Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
C2025-271 - 12/16/2025 - Approved (41)
kc CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER PROJECT NUMBER: 25069 I TURNER RAMIREZ ARCHITECTS 3751 S. Alameda Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78411 TRA PROJECT NO. 2024-38 Record Drawing Number: PBG-963 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CONFORMED SET- 10/10/25 July 31,2025 Addendum No. 2 - September 24, 2025 Addendum No. 3 - September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 5 - October 2, 2025 Addendum No. 6 - October 2, 2025 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division / Section Title Division 00 Preface Documents 00 00 00 Cover Sheet 00 0100 Table of Contents 00 0101 Seals Page (Optional) 00 0102 List of Drawings Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 52 23 Agreement (Rev 12-2021) 00 72 00 General Conditions (Rev6-2021) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions (Rev4-2022) Division 01 General Requirements 01 1100 Summary of Work (Rev 10-2018) 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances (Rev 5-2020) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment (Rev5-2020) 01 33 01 Submittal Register (Rev 10-2018) 01 35 00 Special Procedures (Rev 10-2018) 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls (Rev 8-2019) 01 57 00 Temporary Controls (Rev8-2019) Part S Standard Specifications NOT USED Part T Technical Specifications DIV 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 4100 Demolition DIV 03 CONCRETE 03 11 13.11 Concrete Forms (Civil) 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing Table of Contents #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000100-1 Rev 1/2022 Division / Section Title 03 21 11 Reinforcing Steel (Civil) 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03 31 11 Concrete Structures (Civil) 03 35 11 Concrete Finishing (Civil) 03 35 40 Sealed Concrete Floor Finishing (SC1) 03 39 11 Concrete Curing (Civil) DIV 04 MASONRY 04 20 00 Unit Masonry DIV 05 METALS 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 05 52 13 Pipe and Tube Railings DIV 06 WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 10 53 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 18 00 Glue -Laminated Construction 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry 06 4100 Architectural Wood Casework 06 83 16 Fiberglass Reinforced Paneling DIV 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 01 50.19 Preparation for Re -Roofing 07 13 26 Self -Adhering Sheet Waterproofing 07 19 17 Anti -Graffiti Coatings 07 2100 Thermal Insulation 07 27 20 Fluid Applied Air Barrier 07 42 43 Composite Wall Panels 07 46 47 Fiber -Cement Soffits 07 54 19 Polyvinyl -Chloride (PVC/TPA) Roofing - Addendum No. 3 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim (TPA) Table of Contents #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000100-2 Rev 1/2022 Division / Section Title 07 72 00 Roof Accessories 07 81 23 Intumescent Fire Protection 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 07 95 13 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies DIV 08 OPENINGS 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors 08 16 13 Fiberglass Doors and Frames 08 3100 Access Doors and Panels 08 41 13 Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts 08 7100 Door Hardware 08 80 00 Glazing DIV 09 FINISHES 09 22 16 Non -Structural Metal Framing 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring 09 65 13 Resilient Base and Accessories 09 67 23 Resinous Flooring 09 72 00 Wall Coverings 09 77 20 Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09 90 13 Painting 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings DIV 10 SPECIALTIES 10 14 19 Dimensional Letter Signage 10 14 23.16 Room -Identification Panel Signage 10 26 13 Corner Guards 10 28 00 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 10 44 00 Fire Protection Specialties Table of Contents #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000100-3 Rev 1/2022 Division / Section Title DIV 12 FURNISHINGS 12 36 61.16 Solid Surfacing Countertops DIV 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION 2102 01 Coordination Drawings 2105 29 Hangers and Supports for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment 21 13 00 Fire Suppression Sprinkler System 21 13 14 Wet Pipe Sprinkler System, Corrosion Mitigation Program DIV 22 PLUMBING 22 02 01 Coordination Drawings 22 05 00 Basic Materials and Methods 22 07 00 Inside Utility Trench Excavation, Backfill and Compaction 22 08 00 Outside Utility Trench Excavation, Backfill and Compaction 22 14 00 Hangers and Supports 22 19 00 System Identification and Pipe Markings 22 26 00 Piping Insulation 22 4100 Plumbing, Piping, and Valves 22 41 10 Natural Gas Piping System 22 43 00 Plumbing Specialties 22 44 00 Plumbing Fixtures 22 45 00 Plumbing Equipment DIV 23 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 23 02 01 Coordination Drawings 23 05 00 Basic Materials and Methods 23 07 19 DX Piping System Insulation 23 14 00 Supports and Anchors 23 17 00 Motors and Motor Controllers 23 19 00 System Identification and Pipe Markings 23 24 00 Sound and Vibration Control 23 29 00 Duct Insulation 23 53 00 Refrigerant Piping Table of Contents #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000100-4 Rev 1/2022 Division / Section Title 23 58 54 DX Fan Coil Unit 23 67 10 Air Cooled Condensing Units 23 88 10 Air Distribution Devices 23 88 85 Air Filters 23 89 00 Metal Ductwork 23 9100 Ductwork Accessories 23 99 00 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing DIV 26 ELECTRICAL 26 0100 General 26 06 00 Grounding 26 07 50 Identification 26 12 30 Wire and Cable 26 13 60 Raceways 26 14 00 Wiring Devices 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 32 00 Natural Gas Engine Generator 26 33 00 Automatic Transfer Switch 26 43 13 Surge Protection Devices 26 44 10 Disconnect Switches 26 5100 Luminaires 26 74 00 Telephone/Data System (Rough -In) 26 75 00 Cable TV System (Rough -In) DIV 27 COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 33 Pathways For Communications Systems 27 05 43 Underground Pathways for Communications Systems 27 10 00 Structured Cabling 27 41 16 Integrated Audiovisual Systems DIV 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 05 00 Security System Wiring 28 10 01 Access Control System Pedestal Table of Contents #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000100-5 Rev 1/2022 Division / Section Title 28 13 00 Access Control System 28 23 00 Video Surveillance System 28 3100 Fire Detection and Alarm System DIV 31 EARTHWORK 31 1100 Clearing and Grubbing (Civil) 31 22 13.10 Site Grading (Civil) 31 22 16.13 Roadway Subgrade Shaping (Civil) 31 23 16.13 Trenching (Civil) 31 24 13.10 Embankment (Civil) 31 31 16 Termite Control 31 63 29 Drilled Concrete Piers and Shafts DIV 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 11 00 Subgrade and Base Course (Civil) 32 11 13.13 Lime Treated Subgrade (Civil) 32 11 13.26 Cement Treated Subgrade (Civil) 32 11 23 Flexible Base Course (Civil) 32 12 13.19 Prime Coat (Civil) 32 13 13 Concrete Paving (Civil) 32 16 13.13 Curbs and Gutters (Civil) 32 16 23 Sidewalks (Civil) 32 16 33 Driveways (Civil) 32 17 23.13 Pavement Markings (Civil) 32 31 13 Chain Link Fences and Gates 32 31 19 Decorative Metal Fences and Gates 32 84 23 Underground Sprinklers (Landscape) 32 90 01 Common Planting Requirements (Landscape) 32 91 13 Soil Preparation (Landscape) 32 93 00 Plants (Landscape) DIV 33 SITE UTILITIES 33 05 10 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities Table of Contents #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000100-6 Rev 1/2022 Division / Section Title 33 05 76 Fiberglass Manholes 33 14 13 Water Utility Distribution Piping 33 14 19 Tapping Sleeves Valves and Hydrants for Water Utility 33 31 13 Wastewater Utility Piping Appendix All Testing Reports as Applicable 1 [Report Name]Testing Requirements; dated June 20, 2025; 2 pages 2 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan; dated June 20, 2025; 3 Geotechnical Engineering Report No. G125067, published by UES, dated April 14, 2025; 29 pages 4 eurofins Built Environment Testing report, Project: C25-013, EML ID: 3962656 5 Flow Test — 3312 Leopard 6 25045_Commissioning Plan_Corpus 7 Windstorm Construction Requirements 8 TOPOGRAPHIC AND STANDARD LAND SURVEY - ADDENDUM NO. 6 END OF SECTION Table of Contents #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000100-7 Rev 1/2022 AC b® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE * DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) 12/18/2025 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER The Baldwin Group Southwest LLC 2255 Ridge Rd, Ste 333 Rockwall TX 75087 License#: BR-1796913 CONTACT Cyndi Kirk PHONE FAX (A/C, No, Ext): 972-771-4071 (A/C, No): 972-771-4695 ADDRESS: certs2.southwest@baldwin.com INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: Greenwich Insurance Company 22322 INSURED STBPINC-03 STEP, Inc. DBA South Texas Building Partners 601 Everhart Rd Corpus Christi TX 78412 INSURER B : XL Insurance America, Inc 24554 INSURER C : Texas Mutual Insurance Company 22945 INSURERD: Evanston Insurance Company 35378 INSURER E : INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 1182235184 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSD SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MM/DDIYYYY) POLICY EXP (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS B X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY AGG7479912 7/20/2025 7/20/2026 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR DAMAGE TO RETED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $ 100,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE X LIMIT APPLIES Ter- PER: LOC GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 $ A AUTOMOBILE X X LIABILITY ANY AUTO OWNED X SCHEDULED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AAG8000135 7/20/2025 7/20/2026 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ $ B X UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X O OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE AUU7479913 7/20/2025 7/20/2026 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 DED X RETENT ON $ 10.000 $ C WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBEREXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Y / N NIA 0001240352 7/20/2025 7/20/2026 X PER STATUTE OTH- ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 D D Excess Liability Contractor's Pollution Liability Contractor's Professional ANE4544734.25 EX2S314363 7/20/2025 7/20/2025 7/20/2026 7/20/2026 Excess Liability Each Claim/Aggregate Each Claim/Aggregate 5,000,000 1,000,000 2,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) The General Liability policy includes a blanket automatic additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder only when there is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires such status. The endorsement's wording includes both the insured's Ongoing and Completed Operations. The General Liability and Auto Liability policies contains an endorsement with "Primary and Noncontributory" wording. The Business Auto and Contractor's Pollution Liability policies include blanket automatic additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder only when there is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires such status. See Attached... CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Corpus Christi -Procurement 1201 Leopard St City Hall First Floor Corpus Christi TX 78469-9277 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZEDREPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: STBPINC-03 LOC #: ACORO° ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page 1 of 1 AGENCY The Baldwin Group Southwest LLC NAMED INSURED STEP, Inc. DBA South Texas Building Partners 601 Everhart Rd Corpus Christi TX 78412 POLICY NUMBER CARRIER NAIL CODE EFFECTIVE DATE: ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE The General Liability, Business Auto Liability, Workers Compensation, and Pollution Liability policies include blanket automatic waiver of subrogation endorsements that provide this feature, only when there is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires it. *ALWAYS REFER TO THE ATTACHED POLICY FORMS FOR SPECIFIC WORDING OF SUCH COVERAGE, LIMITS, CONDITIONS AND EXCLUSIONS RE: CC Detention Center RFB/Contract No. 6772 Project No. 25069 ACORD 101 (2008/01) © 2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD ENDORSEMENT # This endorsement, effective 12:01 a.m., 07/20/2025 forms a part of Policy No. AAG8000135 issued to STBP, Inc. by Greenwich Insurance Company. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CANCELLATION NOTIFICATION TO OTHERS ENDORSEMENT In the event coverage is cancelled for any statutorily permitted reason, other than nonpayment of premium, advanced written notice will be mailed or delivered to person(s) or entity(ies) according to the notification schedule shown below: Name of Person(s) or Entity(ies) Mailing Address: Number of Days Advanced Notice of Cancellation: Per schedule on file with company 30 days (10 days in the case of non- payment of premium) All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged. IX! 405 0910 © 2010 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. ENDORSEMENT # This endorsement, effective 12:01 a.m., 07/20/2025 forms a part of Policy No. AGG7479912 issued to STBP, Inc. by XL Insurance America, Inc. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CANCELLATION NOTIFICATION TO OTHERS ENDORSEMENT In the event coverage is cancelled for any statutorily permitted reason, other than nonpayment of premium, advanced written notice will be mailed or delivered to person(s) or entity(ies) according to the notification schedule shown below: Name of Person(s) or Entity(ies) Mailing Address: Number of Days Advanced Notice of Cancellation: Per schedule on file with company 30 days (10 days in the case of non- payment of premium) All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged. IX! 405 0910 © 2010 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. ENDORSEMENT # This endorsement, effective 12:01 a.m., 07/20/2025, forms a part of Policy No. AAG8000135 issued to STBP, Inc. by Greenwich Insurance Company. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL INSURED This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM A. COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE, Who Is An Insured, is amended to include as an "insured" any person or organization you are required in a written contract to name as an additional insured, but only for "bodily injury" or "property damage" otherwise covered under this policy caused, in whole or in part, by the negligent acts or omissions of: 1. You, while using a covered "auto"; or 2. Any other person, except the additional insured or any employee or agent of the additional insured, operating a covered "auto" with your permission; Provided that: a. The written contract is in effect during the policy period of this policy; b. The written contract was signed by you and executed prior to the "accident" causing "bodily injury" or "property damage" for which liability coverage is sought; and c. Such person or organization is an "insured" solely to the extent required by the contract, but in no event if such person or organization is solely negligent. B. The Limits of Insurance provided for the Additional Insured shall not be greater than those required by contract and, in no event shall the Limits of Insurance set forth in this policy be increased by the contract. C. General Conditions, Other Insurance is amended as follows: Any coverage provided hereunder shall be excess over any other valid and collectible insurance available to the additional insured whether such insurance is primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis unless the contract specifically requires that this policy be primary. All terms, conditions, exclusions and limitations of this policy shall apply to the liability coverage provided to any additional insured, and in no event shall such coverage be enlarged or expanded by reason of the contract. All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. XIC 411 1013 © 2013 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 1 ENDORSEMENT # This endorsement, effective 12:01 a.m., 07/20/2025, forms a part of Policy No. AAG8000135 issued to STBP, Inc. by Greenwich Insurance Company. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. Schedule Additional Insured(s) Work As per schedule on file with company COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE, Who Is An Insured, is amended to include as an "insured" the person or organization listed in the Schedule above, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" otherwise covered under this policy caused, in whole or in part, by the negligent acts or omissions of: 1. You, while using a covered "auto"; or 2. Any other person, except the additional insured or any employee or agent of the additional insured, operating a covered "auto" with your permission; in the performance of your work as described in the Schedule above. In no event shall any person or organization listed in the Schedule become an "insured" pursuant to this Endorsement if such person or organization is solely negligent. IT IS FURTHER AGREED THAT IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT ALTER THE CONDITIONS, COVERAGES OR EXCLUSIONS SET FORTH IN THIS POLICY. All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. XIC 414 1013 © 2013 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 1 ENDORSEMENT # This endorsement, effective 12:01 a.m., July 20, 2025 forms part of Policy No. AGG7479912 issued to STBP, Inc. by XL Insurance America, Inc. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. XL PLUS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE - This endorsement broadens coverage. The following listing is a general coverage description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply to these coverages. Read this endorsement carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A. Reasonable Force — Bodily Injury or Property Damage B. Damage To Premises Rented To You Extension • Perils of fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, aircraft or vehicles, riot or civil commotion, vandalism, leakage from fire extinguishing equipment or water damage • Limit increased to $300,000 C. Aircraft Chartered with Crew D. Non -Owned Watercraft E. Personal and Advertising Injury — Assumed by Insured Contract F. Increased Supplementary Payments • Cost for bail bonds increased to $5,000 • Loss of earnings increased to $1,000 per day G. Resulting Damage to Your Work or Your Product H. Broadened Named Insured I. In Rem J. Additional Insured — Automatic Status When Required in Written Contract or Agreement K. Blanket Additional Insured — Managers or Lessors of Premises L. Blanket Additional Insured — Lessor of Leased Equipment M. Blanket Additional Insured — Controlling Interest XIL 436 0623 © 2023 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 14 N. Blanket Additional Insured — Mortgagee, Assignee or Receiver O. Blanket Additional Insured — State or Governmental Agency P. Blanket Additional Insured — Vendors Q. Blanket Additional Insured — Grantor of Franchise R. Primary Insurance Clause Endorsement S. Injury to Co -Employees and Co -Volunteer Workers T. Knowledge and Notice of Occurrence or Offense U. Unintentional Omission V. Unintentional Failure to Notify or Report W. Liberalization X. Blanket Waiver of Subrogation Y. Extension of Coverage — Bodily Injury Z. Coverage Territory XIL 436 0623 © 2023 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 14 A. REASONABLE FORCE — BODILY INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE 1. Exclusion a. Expected Or Intended Injury of Paragraph 2., Exclusions of COVERAGE A. - BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY of SECTION I — COVERAGES is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: This insurance does not apply to: Expected Or Intended Injury Or Damage a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" expected or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. B. DAMAGE TO PREMISES RENTED TO YOU EXTENSION 1. The last Paragraph of 2. Exclusions of COVERAGE A.- BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY of SECTION I — COVERAGES is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damages to premises while rented to you, or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner, caused by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, aircraft or vehicles, riot or civil commotion, vandalism, leakage from fire extinguishing equipment or water damage. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE. 2. This insurance does not apply to damage to premises while rented to you, or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner, caused by: a. Rupture, bursting, or operation of pressure relief devices; b. Rupture or bursting due to expansion or swelling of the contents of any building or structure, caused by or resulting from water; or c. Explosion of steam boilers, steam pipes, steam engines, or steam turbines. 3. Paragraph 6. of SECTION III- LIMITS OF INSURANCE is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: XIL 436 0623 6.a. Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" to any one premises while rented to you, or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner, caused by fire, explosion, lightning, smoke, aircraft or vehicle, riot or civil commotion, vandalism, leakage from fire extinguishing equipment or water damage. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit will apply to all damage proximately caused by the same "occurrence", whether such damage results from fire, explosion, lightning, smoke, aircraft or vehicle or riot or civil commotion, vandalism, leakage from fire extinguishing equipment or water damage or any combination of any of these. b. The Damage to Premises Rented to You Limit will be the higher of: (1) $300,000; or (2) The amount shown on the Declarations for Damage to Premises Rented to You Limit. © 2023 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 14 4. Paragraph 9.a. of the definition of "insured contract" under SECTION V - DEFINITIONS, is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: "Insured contract" means: a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, aircraft or vehicle, riot or civil commotion, vandalism, leakage from fire extinguishing equipment or water damage to premises while rented to you, or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner is not an "insured contract". 5. This Article B. does not apply if coverage for Damage to Premises Rented to You of COVERAGE A — BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY of SECTION I — COVERAGES is excluded by endorsement. C. AIRCRAFT CHARTERED WITH CREW 1. The following is added to the exceptions contained in exclusion g., Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft in Paragraph 2., Exclusions of COVERAGE A — BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY SECTION - COVERAGES: This exclusion does not apply to: Aircraft chartered with crew to any insured. 2. This Article C. does not apply if the chartered aircraft is owned by any insured. 3. The insurance provided by this Article C. shall be excess over any valid and collectible insurance available to the insured, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, except for insurance purchased specifically by you to be excess of this policy. D. NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT 1. The exception contained in Subparagraph (2) of exclusion g. Aircraft. Auto Or Watercraft in Paragraph 2., Exclusions of COVERAGE A — BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY of SECTION I - COVERAGES is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a) 50 feet long or less; and (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge; 2. This Article D. applies to any person who, with your expressed or implied consent, either uses or is responsible for the use of the watercraft. 3. This insurance provided by this Article D. shall be excess over any other valid and collectible insurance available to the insured, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, except for insurance purchased specifically by you to be excess of this policy. XIL 436 0623 © 2023 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 14 E. PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY —ASSUMED BY INSURED CONTRACT 1. Exclusion e. Contractual Liability in Paragraph 2., Exclusions of COVERAGE B — PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY of SECTION I — COVERAGES is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: This insurance does not apply to: e. Contractual Liability "Personal and advertising injury" for which the insured has assumed liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages: (1) That the insured would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; or (2) Assumed in a written contract or agreement that is an "insured contract"; provided the "personal and advertising injury" is caused by an offense which occurs subsequent to the execution of the contract or agreement. 2. Subparagraph f. of the definition of "insured contract" SECTION V — DEFINITIONS is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: f. That part of any other contract or agreement pertaining to your business, including an indemnification of a municipality in connection for work performed for a municipality, under which you assume the tort liability of anther party to pay for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" to a third party or organization. Tort liability means a liability that would be imposed by law in the absence of any contract or agreement. 3. This Article E. does not apply if Coverage B. Personal And Advertising Injury Liability is excluded by endorsement. F. INCREASED SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS Subparagraphs 1. b. and d. of SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B of SECTION I — COVERAGES are amended as follows: 1. In Subparagraph b., the amount we will pay for the cost of bail bonds is increased up to $5,000. 2. In Subparagraph d., the amount we will pay for a loss of earnings is increased up to $1,000 a day. G. RESULTING DAMAGE TO YOUR WORK OR YOUR PRODUCT The following is added to Paragraph 1. Insuring Agreement under COVERAGE A — BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY of SECTION I — COVERAGES Subject to all terms and conditions of the policy but most particularly SECTION I — COVERAGES Paragraph 2. Exclusions, a. Expected Or Intended Injury, j. Damage To Property, k. Damage To Your Product and I. Damage To Your Work, "property damage" resulting from faulty workmanship shall be deemed to be caused by an "occurrence". XIL 436 0623 © 2023 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 14 H. BROADENED NAMED INSURED 1. The Named Insured in Item 1. of the Declarations is as follows: The person or organizations named in Item 1. of the Declarations and any organization, other than a partnership or joint venture, over which you maintain ownership or majority interest on the effective date of the policy. However, coverage for any such organization will cease as of the date that you no longer maintain ownership of, or majority interest in, such organization. 2. This Article G. does not apply to any person or organization for which coverage is excluded by endorsement. I. IN REM We agree that any action in rem against any vessel owned, operated by or for, or charted by or for you shall in all respects be treated in the same manner as though the action was in personam against you. J. ADDITIONAL INSURED — AUTOMATIC STATUS WHEN REQUIRED IN WRITTEN CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT 1. SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an additional insured any person(s) or organization(s) for whom you have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that such person(s) or organization(s) be added as an additional insured on your policy. Such person(s) or organization(s) is an additional insured only with respect to liability for: a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" not included in the "products -completed operations hazard"; or b. "Personal and advertising injury"; caused by, in whole or in part, your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf in the performance of your operations. 2. The insurance afforded to such additional insured described in Paragraph 1. of this endorsement: a. Only applies to the extent permitted by law; and b. Will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. 3. With respect to insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: XIL 436 0623 This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" due to rendering of or failure to render any professional service. This includes but is not limited to: a. Legal, accounting or advertising services; b. Preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings or specifications; c. Inspection, supervision, quality control, architectural or engineering activities done by or for you on a project on which you serve as construction manager; d. Engineering services, including related supervisory or inspection services; © 2023 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission. Page 6 of 14 e. Medical, surgical, dental, X-ray or nursing services treatment, advice or instruction; f. Any health or therapeutic service treatment, advice or instruction; 9. Any service, treatment, advice or instruction for the purpose of appearance or skin enhancement, hair removal or replacement, or personal grooming or therapy; h. Any service, treatment, advice or instruction relating to physical fitness, including service, treatment, advice or instruction in connection with diet, cardiovascular fitness, bodybuilding or physical training programs; i. Optometry or optical or hearing aid services including the prescribing, preparation, fitting, demonstration or distribution of ophthalmic lenses and similar products or hearing aid devices; j. Body piercing services; k. Services in the practice of pharmacy; I. Law enforcement or firefighting services; and m. Handling, embalming, disposal, burial, cremation or disinterment of dead bodies. This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the "occurrence" which caused the "bodily injury" or "property damage", or the offense which caused the "personal and advertising injury", involved the rendering of or failure to render any professional service. 4. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE: The most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: a. Required by the contract or agreement described in Paragraph 1.; or b. Available under the applicable limits of insurance; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable limits of insurance. K. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — MANAGERS OR LESSORS OF PREMISES 1. SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an insured any person or organization with whom you have agreed in a written contract executed prior to loss (an "additional insured"), but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of any premises leased to you, subject to the following provisions: XIL 436 0623 a. Limits of Insurance. The Limits of Insurance afforded to the "additional insured" shall be the limits you agreed to provide, or the limits shown on the Declarations, whichever is less. b. The insurance afforded to the "additional insured" does not apply to: (1) Any "occurrence" that takes place after you cease to be a tenant in that premises; (2) Any premises for which coverage is excluded by endorsement; or © 2023 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission. Page 7 of 14 (3) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such "additional insured". 2. The insurance afforded to the "additional insured" is excess over any valid and collectible insurance available to such "additional insured", unless you have agreed in a written contract for this insurance to apply on a primary or contributory basis. L. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — LESSOR OF LEASED EQUIPMENT 1. SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include an "additional insured" (as defined in Article H. above), but only with respect to their liability arising out of maintenance, operation or use by you of equipment leased to you by such "additional insured", subject to the following provisions: a. Limits of Insurance. The Limits of Insurance afforded to the "additional insured" shall be the limits which you agreed to provide, or the limits shown on the Declarations, whichever is less. b. The insurance afforded to the "additional insured" does not apply to: (1) Any "occurrence" that takes place after the equipment lease expires; or (2) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the sole negligence of such additional insured. 2. The insurance provided to the "additional insured" is excess over any valid and collectible insurance available to such "additional insured", unless you have a written contract for this insurance to apply on a primary or contributory basis. M. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — CONTROLLING INTEREST 1. SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an additional insured ANY person(s) or organization(s), but only with respect to their liability arising out of: a. Their financial control of you; or b. Premises they own, maintain or control while you lease or occupy these premises. However: c. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and d. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. 2. This insurance does not apply to structural alterations, new construction and demolition operations performed by or for that person or organization. 3. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE: XIL 436 0623 If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: a. Required by the contract or agreement; or © 2023 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission. Page 8 of 14 b. Available under the applicable limits of insurance; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable limits of insurance. N. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — MORTGAGEE, ASSIGNEE OR RECEIVER 1. SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an additional insured ANY person(s) or organization(s), but only with respect to their liability as mortgagee, assignee or receiver and arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of the premises by you and shown in the Schedule. However: a. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and b. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. 2. This insurance does not apply to structural alterations, new construction and demolition operations performed by or for that person or organization. 3. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: a. Required by the contract or agreement; or b. Available under the applicable limits of insurance; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable limits of insurance. O. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — STATE OR GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY 1. SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an additional insured any state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision, subject to the following additional provision: XIL 436 0623 This insurance applies only with respect to the following hazards for which the state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision has issued a permit or authorization in connection with premises you own, rent or control and to which this insurance applies: a. The existence, maintenance, repair, construction, erection or removal of advertising signs, awnings, canopies, cellar entrances, coal holes, driveways, manholes, marquees, hoist away openings, sidewalk vaults, street banners or decorations and similar exposures; or b. The construction, erection or removal of elevators; or c. The ownership, maintenance or use of any elevators covered by this insurance. © 2023 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission. Page 9 of 14 However: d. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and e. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. 2. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURED: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: a. Required by the contract or agreement; or b. Available under the applicable limits of insurance; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable limits of insurance. P. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED - VENDORS 1. SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an additional insured any person(s) or organization(s) (referred to throughout this endorsement as vendor), but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of "your products" shown in the Schedule of this endorsement which are distributed or sold in the regular course of the vendor's business. However: a. The insurance afforded to such vendor only applies to the extent permitted by law; and b. If coverage provided to the vendor is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such vendor will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such vendor. 2. With respect to the insurance afforded to these vendors, the following additional exclusions apply: XIL 436 0623 a. The insurance afforded the vendor does not apply to: (1) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which the vendor is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; (2) Any express warranty unauthorized by you; (3) Any physical or chemical change in the product made intentionally by the vendor; (4) Repackaging, except when unpacked solely for the purpose of inspection, demonstration, testing, or the substitution of parts under instructions from the manufacturer, and then repackaged in the original container; © 2023 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission. Page 10 of 14 (5) Any failure to make such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products; (6) Demonstration, installation, servicing or repair operations, except such operations performed at the vendor's premises in connection with the sale of the product; (7) Products which, after distribution or sale by you, have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container, part or ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor; or 3. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the sole negligence of the vendor for its own acts or omissions or those of its employees or anyone else acting on its behalf. However, this exclusion does not apply to: a. The exceptions contained in Subparagraphs (4) or (6); or b. Such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products. This insurance does not apply to any insured person or organization, from whom you have acquired such products, or any ingredient, part or container, entering into, accompanying or containing such products. 4. With respect to the insurance afforded to these vendors, the following is added to SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE: If coverage provided to the vendor is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the vendor is the amount of insurance: a. Required by the contract or agreement; or b. Available under the applicable limits of insurance; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable limits of insurance. Q. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — GRANTOR OF FRANCHISE 1. SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an additional insured ANY person(s) or organization(s), but only with respect to their liability as grantor of a franchise to you. However: a. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and b. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. 2. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE: XIL 436 0623 © 2023 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission. Page 11 of 14 If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: a. Required by the contract or agreement; or b. Available under the applicable limits of insurance; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable limits of insurance. R. PRIMARY INSURANCE CLAUSE ENDORSEMENT It is agreed that to the extent that insurance is afforded to any Additional Insured under this policy, this insurance shall apply as primary and not contributing with any insurance carried by such Additional Insured, if so required by written contract. S. INJURY TO CO -EMPLOYEES AND CO -VOLUNTEER WORKERS 1. SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include your "employees" as insureds solely with respect to "bodily injury" to a co -"employee" in the course of the co -"employee's" employment by you, or to your "volunteer workers" while performing duties related to the conduct of your business, provided that this coverage for your "employees" does not apply to acts outside the scope of their employment by you or while performing duties unrelated to the conduct of your business. 2. SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include your "volunteer workers" as insureds with respect to "bodily injury" to a co -"volunteer worker" while performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or to your "employees" employment by you, provided that this coverage for your "volunteer workers" does not apply while performing duties unrelated to the conduct of your business. T. KNOWLEDGE AND NOTICE OF OCCURRENCE OR OFFENSE 1. The following is added to Paragraph 2., Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit of the SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: Notice of an "occurrence" or of an offense which may result in a claim under this insurance shall be given as soon as practicable after knowledge of the "occurrence" or offense has been reported to any insured listed under Paragraph 1. of SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED or any "employee" (such as insurance, loss control, risk manager or administrator) designated by you to give such notice. Knowledge of any other "employee(s)" of an "occurrence" or of an offense does not imply that you also have such knowledge. Notice shall be deemed prompt if given in good faith as soon as practicable to your workers compensation insurer. This applies only if you subsequently give notice to us as soon as practicable after any insured listed under Paragraph 1. of SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED or an "employee" (such as an insurance, loss control, or risk manager or administrator) designated by you to give such notice discovers that the "occurrence", offense or claim may involve this policy. U. UNINTENTIONAL OMISSION 1. The following is added to Paragraph 6., Representations, of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: XIL 436 0623 The unintentional omission of, or unintentional error in, any information provided by you shall not prejudice your rights under this insurance. However, this Article L. does not affect our right to collect © 2023 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission. Page 12 of 14 additional premium or to exercise our right of cancellation or nonrenewal in accordance with applicable state insurance laws or regulations. V. UNINTENTIAL FAILURE TO NOTIFY OR REPORT ENDORSEMENT 1. SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, 2.a. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit is amended to add the following: In the event that an insured reports an injury to its Workers Compensation carrier or handles the injury as a qualified workers compensation self -insurer, and you do not notify us of such injury or the accident out of which such injury arose, and this injury or accident later develops into a claim covered by this policy, the unintentional failure by you to report such injury or accident to us as soon as practicable as an "occurrence" which may result in a claim, shall not be deemed a violation of this condition. You must, however, give us written notice as soon as possible after becoming aware that the injury or accident could develop into a liability claim. W. LIBERALIZATION 1. The following is added to SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: Liberalization After the issuance of this policy, if we adopt a change in our forms or rules which would broaden the coverage provided by any form that is a part of this policy without a premium charge, the broader coverage will apply to this policy. This extension is effective upon the approval of such broader coverage in your state. X. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION 1. The following is added to SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: Waiver of Subrogation We waive any right of recovery we may have against any person or organization because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of premises owned or occupied or rented or loaned to you; ongoing operations performed by you or on your behalf, done under a contract with that person or organization; "your work"; or "your products". We waive this right where you have agreed to do so as part of a written contract, executed by you prior to loss. Y. EXTENSION OF COVERAGE — BODILY INJURY The definition of "bodily injury" in SECTION V — DEFINITIONS, Item 3. is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: 3. "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness, or disease sustained by a person. This includes mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright, or death resulting from the bodily injury. Z. COVERAGE TERRITORY The definition of "coverage territory" SECTION V — DEFINITIONS, Item 4. is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: 4. "Coverage territory" means anywhere in the world with the exception of any country or jurisdiction which is subject to trade or other economic sanction or embargo by the United States of America. XIL 436 0623 © 2023 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission. Page 13 of 14 This insurance does not apply to: a. "bodily injury" or "property damage"; or b. "personal and advertising injury" that takes place or is caused by an offense committed outside the United States of America (including its possessions and territories), Canada and Puerto Rico, unless a "suit" on the merits (to determine the insured's responsibility to pay damages to which this insurance applies) is brought in the United States of America (including its possessions and territories), Canada or Puerto Rico. This insurance does not apply to damage, loss, cost or expenses in connection with any "suit" brought outside the United States of America (including its possessions and territories), Canada or Puerto Rico. All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. XIL 436 0623 © 2023 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission. Page 14 of 14 ENDORSEMENT # This endorsement, effective 12:01 a.m., 07/20/2025, forms a part of Policy No. AGG7479912 issued to STBP, Inc. by XL Insurance America, Inc. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED — OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS — SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART Name of Person or Organization: Any person or organization for whom you have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy, provided the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs subsequent to the execution of the written contract or written agreement but only when the contract demand specifies ISO 2013 edition forms or equivalent (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of your ongoing operations performed for that insured. XIL 2010-1001 (Ed. 0413) © 2013, XL America, Inc. Page 1 of 2 All rights reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following exclusion is added: 2. Exclusions This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: (1) All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the site of the covered operations has been completed; or (2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. XIL 2010-1001 (Ed. 0413) © 2013, XL America, Inc. Page 2 of 2 All rights reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission ENDORSEMENT # This endorsement, effective 12:01 a.m., 07/20/2025, forms a part of Policy No. AGG7479912 issued to STBP, Inc. by XL Insurance America, Inc. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED — OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS — SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART Name of Person or Organization: Any person or organization for whom you have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy, provided the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs subsequent to the execution of the written contract or written agreement but only when the contract demand specifies ISO 2013 edition forms or equivalent (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of your ongoing operations performed for that insured. XIL 2010-1001 (Ed. 0413) © 2013, XL America, Inc. Page 1 of 2 All rights reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following exclusion is added: 2. Exclusions This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: (1) All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the site of the covered operations has been completed; or (2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. XIL 2010-1001 (Ed. 0413) © 2013, XL America, Inc. Page 2 of 2 All rights reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission ENDORSEMENT # This endorsement, effective 12:01 a.m., 07/20/2025, forms a part of Policy No. AGG7479912 issued to STBP, Inc. by XL Insurance America, Inc.. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED — OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS — COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART Name of Person or Organization: Any person or organization for whom you have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy, provided the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs subsequent to the execution of the written contract or written agreement but only when the contract demand specifies ISO 2013 edition forms or equivalent Location And Description of Completed Operations: All locations work is performed (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) XIL 2037-1001 (Ed. 0413) © 2013, XL America, Inc. Page 1 of 2 All rights reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" at the location designated and described in the schedule of this endorsement performed for that insured and included in the "products - completed operations hazard". All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. XIL 2037-1001 (Ed. 0413) © 2013, XL America, Inc. Page 2 of 2 All rights reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission ENDORSEMENT # This endorsement, effective 12:01 a.m., 07/20/2025, forms a part of Policy No. AAG8000135 issued to STBP, Inc. by Greenwich Insurance Company. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. XL PLUS BUSINESS AUTO EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM COVERAGE DESCRIPTION A. Temporary Substitute Auto Physical Damage B. Who Is An Insured 1. Broad Form Insured 2. Employees As Insureds 3. Additional Insured By Contract, Agreement or Permit 4. Employee Hired Autos C. Supplementary Payments D. Amended Fellow Employee Exclusion E. Physical Damage Coverage 1. Rental Reimbursement 2. Extra Expense — Broadened Coverage 3. Personal Effects Coverage 4. Lease Gap 5. Glass Repair — Waiver Of Deductible F. Physical Damage Coverage Extensions 1. Additional Transportation Expense 2. Hired Auto Physical Damage G. Business Auto Conditions 1. Notice Of Occurrence 2. Waiver Of Subrogation 3. Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards 4. Primary Insurance H. Bodily Injury Redefined I. Extended Cancellation Condition XIC 421 1013 © 2013 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 6 A. Temporary Substitute Auto Physical Damage SECTION I — COVERED AUTOS, C. Certain Trailers, Mobile Equipment And Temporary Substitute Autos is changed by adding the following: If Physical Damage coverage is provided by this Coverage Form, the following types of vehicles are also covered "autos" for Physical Damage coverage: 1. Any "auto" you do not own while used with the permission of its owner as a temporary substitute for a covered "auto" you own that is out of service because of its: a. Breakdown; b. Repair; c. Servicing; d. "Loss"; or e. Destruction. B. Who Is An Insured SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 1. Who Is An Insured is changed by adding the following: 1. Broad Form Insured For any covered "auto", any subsidiary, affiliate or organization, other than a partnership or joint venture, as may now exist or hereafter be constituted over which you assume active management or maintain ownership or majority interest, provided that you notify us within ninety (90) days from the date that any such subsidiary or affiliate is acquired or formed and that there is no similar insurance available to that organization. However, coverage does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization. 2. Employees As Insureds Any "employee" of yours is an "insured" while using a covered "auto" you don't own, hire or borrow, in your business or your personal affairs. 3. Additional Insured By Contract, Agreement Or Permit Any person or organization with whom you have agreed in writing in a contract, agreement or permit, to provide insurance such as is provided under this policy, provided that the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs subsequent to the execution of the written contract, agreement or permit. 4. Employee Hired Autos An "employee" of yours is an "insured" while operating an "auto" hired or rented under a contract or agreement in that "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. XIC 421 1013 © 2013 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 6 SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, B. General Conditions, 5. Other Insurance, b. is replaced with the following: b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage Coverage, the following are deemed to be covered "autos" you own: (1) Any covered "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and (2) Any covered "auto" hired or rented by your "employee" under a contract in that individual "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, any "auto" that is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto". C. Supplementary Payments SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 2. Coverage Extensions, a. Supplementary Payments is changed as follows: Item (2) is deleted and replaced by the following: (2) Up to $3,500 for cost of bail bonds (including bonds for related traffic law violations) required because of an "accident" we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. Item (4) is deleted and replaced by the following: (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the "insured" at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. D. Amended Fellow Employee Exclusion SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE, B. Exclusions, 5. Fellow Employee does not apply. The insurance provided under this Provision D. is excess over any other collectible insurance. E. Physical Damage Coverage SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. Coverage is changed by adding the following: 1. Rental Reimbursement a. We will pay for rental reimbursement expenses incurred by you for the rental of an "auto" because of "loss" to a covered "auto". Payment applies in addition to the otherwise applicable amount of each coverage you have on a covered "auto". No deductibles apply to this coverage. b. We will pay only for those expenses incurred during the policy period beginning twenty-four (24) hours after the "loss" and ending, regardless of the policy's expiration, with the lesser of the following number of days: XIC 421 1013 © 2013 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 6 (1) The number of days reasonably required to repair or replace the covered "auto". If "loss" is caused by theft, this number of days is added to the number of days it takes to locate the covered "auto" and return it to you. (2) Thirty (30) days. c. Our payment is limited to the lesser of the following amounts: (1) Necessary and actual expenses incurred. (2) $50 any one day per private passenger "auto"; $100 any one day per truck; $1,500 any one period per private passenger "auto"; $3,000 any one period per truck; or Higher limits if shown elsewhere in this policy. d. This coverage does not apply while there are spare or reserve "autos" available to you for your operations. e. If "loss" results from the total theft of a covered "auto" of the private passenger type, we will pay under this coverage only that amount of your rental reimbursement expenses which is not already provided for under the Physical Damage Coverage Extension. 2. Extra Expense — Broadened Coverage We will pay for the expense of returning a stolen covered "auto" to you. 3. Personal Effects Coverage If you have purchased Comprehensive Coverage on this policy for an "auto" you own and that "auto" is stolen, we will pay, without application of a deductible, up to $500 for "personal effects" stolen from the "auto". As used in this endorsement, "personal effects" means tangible property that is worn or carried by an "insured". "Personal effects" does not include tools, jewelry, money or securities. 4. Lease Gap In the event of a total "loss" to a covered "auto" shown in the Declarations, we will pay any unpaid amount due on the lease or loan for a covered "auto", less: a. The amount paid under the Physical Damage Coverage Section of the policy; and b. Any: (1) Overdue lease/loan payments at the time of the "loss"; (2) Financial penalties imposed under a lease for excessive use, abnormal wear and tear or high mileage; (3) Security deposits not returned by the lessor; (4) Costs for extended warranties, Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchases with the loan or lease; and (5) Carry-over balances from previous loans or leases. XIC 421 1013 © 2013 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 6 5. Glass Repair — Waiver Of Deductible No deductible applies to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced. F. Physical Damage Coverage Extensions SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 4. Coverage Extensions is amended by the following: 1. Additional Transportation Expense Sections a. and b. are amended to provide a limit of $50 per day and a maximum limit of $1,000. 2. Hired Auto Physical Damage The following section is added: Any "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow is deemed to be a covered "auto" for physical damage coverage. The most we will pay for each covered "auto" is the lesser of: (1) the actual cash value; (2) the cost for repair or replacement; or (3) $50,000, or higher limit if shown on the Declarations for Hired Auto Physical Damage Coverage. For each covered "auto" a deductible of $100 for Comprehensive Coverage and $1,000 for Collision Coverage will apply. G. Business Auto Conditions SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. Loss Conditions is changed by the following: 1. Notice Of Occurrence Section 2. — Duties In The Event Of Accident, Claim, Suit Or, Loss, a. is changed by adding the following: If you report an injury to an "employee" to your workers' compensation carrier and if it is subsequently determined that the injury is one to which this insurance may apply, any failure to comply with this condition will be waived if you provide us with the required notice as soon thereafter as practicable after you know or reasonably should have known that this insurance may apply. 2. Waiver Of Subrogation Section 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us is changed by adding the following: However, this Condition does not apply to any person(s) or organization(s) with whom you have a written contract, but only to the extent that subrogation is waived prior to the "accident" or the "loss" under such contract with that person or organization. XIC 421 1013 © 2013 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 6 SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, B. General Conditions is changed by the following: 3. Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards The following condition is added: Your unintentional failure to disclose all hazards as of the inception date of the policy shall not prejudice any insured with respect to the coverage afforded by this policy. 4. Primary Insurance Condition 5. Other Insurance is changed by adding the following: For any covered "auto" this insurance shall apply as primary and not contribute with any other insurance where such requirement is agreed in a written contract executed prior to a "loss". H. Bodily Injury Redefined SECTION V — DEFINITIONS, C. "Bodily injury" is replaced by the following: "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person including mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright or death resulting from any of these at any time. Extended Cancellation Condition COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS (Form IL 00 17), A. Cancellation, 2.b. is replaced by the following: The greater of sixty (60) days or the time required by any applicable state amendatory endorsement before the effective date of cancellation if we cancel for any other reason. All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. XIC 421 1013 © 2013 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 6 of 6 ACORO® EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) 12/18/2025 THIS EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE ADDITIONAL INTEREST NAMED BELOW. THIS EVIDENCE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE ADDITIONAL INTEREST. AGENCY PHONE (A/C, No, Ext): 972-771-4071 The Baldwin Group Southwest LLC 2255 Ridge Rd, Ste 333 Rockwall, TX 75087 License#: BR-1796913 FAX (A/C No): 972-771-4695 CODE: E-MAIL ADDRESS: SUB CODE: AGENCY CUSTOMER ID #: INSURED STBP, Inc. 601 Everhart Rd Corpus Christi TX 78412 COMPANY Transguard Insurance Company o 4200 Six Forks Road Raleigh, NC 27609 LOAN NUMBER POLICY NUMBER IMP4001475 02 EFFECTIVE DATE 07/20/2025 EXPIRATION DATE 07/20/2026 CONTINUED UNTIL TERMINATED IF CHECKED THIS REPLACES PRIOR EVIDENCE DATED: PROPERTY INFORMATION LOCATION/DESCRIPTION Builders Risk Monthly Reporting Form. New Construction and Non -Structural Renovations under course of construction and submitted in monthly reports from insured Limits per construction types. THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. COVERAGE INFORMATION PERILS INSURED BASIC BROAD X SPECIAL COVERAGE / PERILS / FORMS AMOUNT OF INSURANCE DEDUCTIBLE Any one Frame or Joisted Masonry structures located in Tier 1 or 2 Windstorm Hazard Zones 1,500,000 1,000 Any one Frame or Joisted Masonry structures located outside Tier 1 or 2 Windstorm Hazard Zones 2,500,000 1,000 Any one Non -Combustible Structure structures located in Tier 1 or 2 Windstorm Hazard Zones 5,000,000 1,000 Any one Non -Combustible Structure structures located outside Tier 1 or 2 Windstorm Hazard Zones 5,000,000 1,000 Any one Masonry Non -Combustible, Modified Fire Resistive or Fire Resistive structures located in Tier 1 or 2 5,000,000 1,000 Windstorm Hazard Zones 10,000,000 1,000 Any one Masonry Non -Combustible, Modified Fire Resistive or Fire Resistive Structures outside of Tier 1 or 2 250,000 1,000 Windstorm Hazard Zones 250,000 1,000 Temporary Storage 500,000 50,000 Property in Transit 5% 50,000 Min Flood Coverage Zone C, and X Unshaded 3% 25,000 Min Windstorm or Hail Tier 1 High Hazard Windstorm Areas 2% 10,000 Min Windstorm or Hail Tier 2 High Hazard Windstorm Areas Windstorm or Hail all others REMARKS (Including Special Conditions) RE: CC Detention Center RFB/Contract No. 6772 Project No. 25069 CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. ADDITIONAL INTEREST NAME AND ADDRESS ADDITIONAL INSURED MORTGAGEE LENDER'S LOSS PAYABLE LOSS PAYEE LOAN # City of Corpus Christi - Procurement 1201 Leopard St AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE City Hall First Floor Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277 7 ACORD 27 (2016/03) © 1993-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO. 4410046 Contractor as Principal Name: STBP, Inc. dba South Texas Building Partners Mailing address (principal place of business): 601 Everhart Road Corpus Christi, Texas 78412 Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Contract Project name and number: CC Detention Center 25069 Award Date of the Contract: December 16, 2025 Contract Price: $4,852,511.00 Bond Date of Bond: December 18, 2025 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of the Contract) Performance Bond Surety Name: FCCI Insurance Company Mailing address (principal place of business): 6300 University Parkway Sarasota, FL 34240 - 8424 Physical address (principal place of business): 6300 University Parkway Sarasota, FL 34240 - 8424 Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: Florida By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number): (800) 226-3224 Telephone (for notice of claim): (800) 226-3224 Local Agent for Surety Name:Cokinos Bond Agency, LLC Address: 1337 W. 43rd Street, Suite 105 Houston, Texas 77018 Telephone: (832) 683-9193 Email Address: hnoles@cokinosbond.com The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll free number: 1-800252-3439 006113-1 Rev 5/2025 CC Detention Center 25069 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work through the Warranty Period required by the Contract Documents then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. The Contract Documents between Owner and Contractor is incorporated by reference into this Statutory Performance Bond, pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Surety agrees to be bound by the mediation clause in Article 22 of the Contract Documents between Owner and Contractor, said Contract Documents are incorporated by reference in this Bond. Contractor as Principal Signature: Name: Title: Email Address: RA Ka) Si • :0 Name: Title: Heather Noles Attorney -in -Fact Email Address: hnoles@cokinosbond.com (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Performance Bond 006113-2 Rev 5/2025 CC Detention Center 25069 FCCW°INsU«NCE GROUP GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY Know all men by these presents: That the FCCI Insurance Company, a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Florida (the "Corporation") does make, constitute and appoint: Taylor Mann; Kyle Cokinos; Heather Noles Each, its true and lawful Attorney -In -Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed in all bonds and undertakings provided that no bond or undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the sum of (not to exceed $30,000,000.00): $30,000,000.00 This Power of Attorney is made and executed by authority of a Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. That resolution also authorized any further action by the officers of the Company necessary to effect such transaction. The signatures below and the seal of the Corporation may be affixed by facsimile, and any such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Corporation when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached. In witness whereof, the FCCI Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by its duly authorized officers and its corporate Seal to be hereunto affixed, this 23rd day of July , 2020 . Attest: Christina D. Welch, President FCCI Insurance Company �y�PnNCF'�o "••. •,v: w SEAL Christopher Shoucair, EVP, CFO, Treasurer, Secretary FCCI Insurance Company State of Florida County of Sarasota Before me this day personally appeared Christina D. Welch, who is personally known to me and who executed the foregoing document for the purposes expressed therein. My commission expires: 2/27/2027 egt4;kr, PEGGYSNOW C0e1/154ebn#N+i32853S 0/ fib's Exglrea February 27. MI Notary Public State of Florida County of Sarasota Before me this day personally appeared Christopher Shoucair, who is personally known to me and who executed the foregoing document for the purposes expressed therein. I;":: , PEGGY SNOW - * Commtealon 0 NH 328535 AExpires February 27.2027 My commission expires: 2/27/2027 CERTIFICATE Notary Public I, the undersigned Secretary of FCCI Insurance Company, a Florida Corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore that the February 27, 2020 Resolution of the Board of Directors, referenced in said Power of Attorney, is now in force. Dated this 18th day of December , 2025 Christopher Shoucair, EVP, CFO, Treasurer, Secretary FCCI Insurance Company 1-IONA-3592-NA-04, 7/2021 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO.4410046 Contractor as Principal Name: STBP, Inc. dba South Texas Building Partners Mailing address (principal place of business): 601 Everhart Road Corpus Christi, Texas 78412 Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Contract Project name and number: CC Detention Center 25069 Award Date of the Contract: December 16, 2025 Contract Price: $4,852,511.00 Bond Date of Bond: December 18, 2025 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of Contract) Surety Name: FCCI Insurance Company Mailing address (principal place of business): 6300 University Parkway Sarasota, FL 34240 - 8424 Physical address (principal place of business): 6300 University Parkway Sarasota, FL 34240 - 8424 Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: Florida By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number): (800) 226-3224 Telephone (for notice of claim): (800) 226-3224 Local Agent for Surety Name: Cokinos Bond Agency, LLC Address: 1337 W. 43rd St., Suite 105 Houston, TX 77018 Telephone: (832) 683-9193 Email Address: hnoles@cokinosbond.com The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll free number: 1-800-252-3439 Payment Bond Form 006116-1 5/2024 CC Detention Center 25069 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor required by the Contract Documents then this obligation shall be null is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces to Owner do or representative. successors if the Contractor in the prosecution and void; pursuant to amended Chapter to C unty, Tex each cause this Payment The Principal and assigns, jointly as Principal pays of the Work otherwise the obligation the terms and provisions and all liabilities on this the same extent . it or any 1 action Contractor a Principal Signature: /I Surety Signatu : Name: Aka a )2_, f \ Name: Title: Email Address: (Attach Power Heather Noles Title: I� bo Attorney -in -Fact Email Address: MLA O T. uoiA, hnoles@cokinosbond.com of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Payment Bond Form 006116-2 5/2024 CC Detention Center 25069 IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call FCCI Insurance Group's (FCCI)* toll -free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at 1-800-226-3224. You may also write to FCCI Insurance Group Compliance Department e-mail at StateComplaints(a�fcci-group.com. For Claims, you may write to FCCI Insurance Group Claim Department e-mail at newclaim a(�.fcci-aroup.com. You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at 1-800-252-3439. You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: PO Box 149104 Austin TX 78714-9104 Fax: 1-512-490-1007 Web: http://www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtectionsatdi.texas.gov PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact FCCI first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached documents. "The FCCI Insurance Group includes the following insurance carriers: Brierfield Insurance Company, FCCI Advantage Insurance Company, FCCI Commercial Insurance Company, FCCI Insurance Company, Monroe Guaranty Insurance Company, and National Trust Insurance Company. 1-BD-TX-21690-NTP-07 15 Page 1 of 1 Copyright 2015 FCCI Insurance Group. FCC I®GROUP�: N� GROUP GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY Know all men by these presents: That the FCCI Insurance Company, a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Florida (the "Corporation") does make, constitute and appoint: Taylor Mann; Kyle Cokinos; Heather Noles Each, its true and lawful Attorney -In -Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed in all bonds and undertakings provided that no bond or undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the sum of (not to exceed $30,000,000.00): $30,000,000.00 This Power of Attorney is made and executed by authority of a Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. That resolution also authorized any further action by the officers of the Company necessary to effect such transaction. The signatures below and the seal of the Corporation may be affixed by facsimile, and any such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Corporation when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached. In witness whereof, the FCCI Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by its duly authorized officers and its corporate Seal to be hereunto affixed, this 23rd day of July , 2020 . Attest: Christina D. Welch, President FCCI Insurance Company Christopher Shoucair, EVP, CFO, Treasurer, Secretary FCCI Insurance Company State of Florida County of Sarasota Before me this day personally appeared Christina D. Welch, who is personally known to me and who executed the foregoing document for the purposes expressed therein. My commission expires: 2/27/2027 eg:; , PEGGYSNOW • ;' * Commisolon C NH 3203S Expires February 27, 2021 isn Notary Public State of Florida County of Sarasota Before me this day personally appeared Christopher Shoucair, who is personally known to me and who executed the foregoing document for the purposes expressed therein. My commission expires: 2/27/2027 e `t PEGGYSNOW N32 * * ConuNsabn � HH 924535 %o n/ Explrea February 27, 2D21 CERTIFICATE Notary Public I, the undersigned Secretary of FCCI Insurance Company, a Florida Corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore that the February 27, 2020 Resolution of the Board of Directors, referenced in said Power of Attorney, is now in force. Dated this 18th day of December 2025 Christopher Shoucair, EVP, CFO, Treasurer, Secretary FCCI Insurance Company 1-IONA-3592-NA-04, 7/2021 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on December 16, 2025, is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and STBP, INC (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1— WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Corpus Christi Detention Center 25069 ARTICLE 2 — DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Turner I Ramirez Architects Herb Morrison, AIA, Project Manager 37515. Alameda Corpus Christi, Texas 78411 Office: (361) 278-5004 I Cell: (361) 563-0465 herbert@trarch.com 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Joseph Johnson, Assistant Director — Construction Management 4917 Holly Road, Building 5 Corpus Christi, Texas 78411 JosephJ2@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 510 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 540 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. Agreement #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 005223-1 Rev 12/2021 C. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each, are as defined in Section 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $400.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner $400.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 — CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ 4,852,511.00 ARTICLE 5 — PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. Agreement #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 005223-2 Rev 12/2021 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.B, less the total of payments previously made and less set -offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6 — INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site -related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; Agreement #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 005223-3 Rev 12/2021 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. Agreement #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 005223-4 Rev 12/2021 ARTICLE 8 — ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 — CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES (SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS) Agreement #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 005223-5 Rev 12/2021 ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Reberra Huerta (Jan 9.20761639'44 CST) Rebecca Huerta City Secretary 01/09/2026 APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: Francis ywh d (� 7-16:06:34 CST) Assistant City Attorney 01/09/2026 ATTEST (IF CORPORATION) (Seal Below) Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Jeff'Ed�ds (Jan 9, 202616:10:55 CST) Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E 01/09/2026 Director of Engineering Services M2025-172 BY COUNCIL 12/16/2025 AUTHORIZED RH/SB CONTRACTOR Matthew Ezell Matthew Ezell (Jan 5, 2C2611:11:14 CST) By: Matthew Ezell Title: President 601 Everhart Address Corpus Christi TX 78412 City 3612995462 Phone mce@stbp.com State Zip Fax EMail END OF SECTION Agreement #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 005223-6 Rev 12/2021 BID FORM Project Name: Corpus Christi Detention Center Project Number: 25069 Owner: City of Corpus Christi OAR: Joseph Johnson Designer: Herb Morrison, AIA -Turner I Ramirez Architects By its signature below, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Bid Acknowledgement, acknowledges receipt of all Addenda to the Bid and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into a Contract with the Owner and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the Bid price. Bidder: Signature: Name: Title: Attest: STBP, Inc. dba South Texas Building Partners AAA Matt Ezell President State of Residency: Texas Federal Tx ID No. 90-0781206 Address for Notices: 601 Everhart Rd. Corpus Christi, TX 78412 Phone: (361) 299-5462 Email: mce@stbp.com (full legal name of Bidder) (signature of person with authority to bind the Bidder) (printed name of person signing Bid Form) (title of person signing Bid Form) (signature) Bid Form #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center Page 1 of 6 Rev 8/2019 CIVCAST RFB 6772 CC Detention Center 25069 Report Created On: 10/8/2025 9:03:55 PM BID TOTALS BASE BID Total PART A - GENERAL $707,631.00 PART B - EXISTING CONDITIONS $145,690.00 PART C - CONCRETE $168,179.00 PART D - MASONRY $202,242.00 PART E - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING $305,955.00 PART F - WOODS, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES $182,868.00 PART G - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION $431,394.00 PART H - OPENINGS $101,134.00 PART I - FINISHES $246,629.00 PART J - SPECIALTIES $34,929.00 PART K - FURNISHINGS $65,361.00 PART L - FIRE SUPPRESSION $50,783.00 PART M - PLUMBING $224,501.00 PART N - MECHANICAL $181,060.00 PART 0 - ELECTRICAL $479,000.00 PART P - COMMUNICATIONS $75,969.00 PART Q - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY $145,413.00 PART R - EARTHWORK $274,363.00 PART S - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS $440,310.00 PART T - UTILITIES $94,100.00 PART U - ALLOWANCES $295,000.00 Total $4,852,511.00 ALTERNATE 1 Total PART V - ALTERNATE NO. 01 ($58,144.00) Total ($58,144.00) PART A - GENERAL CIVCAST RFB 6772 CC Detention Center 25069 Report Created On: 10/8/2025 9:03:55 PM No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price Al MOBILIZATION (5% MAX) LS 1 $243,584.00 $243,584.00 A2 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PALN LS 1 $1,400.00 $1,400.00 A3 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS LS 1 $303,408.00 $303,408.00 A4 TEMPORARY FACILITIES LS 1 $61,806.00 $61,806.00 A5 BONDS AND INSURANCE(2% MAX) LS 1 $97,433.00 $97,433.00 Subtotal: $707,631.00 PART B - EXISTING CONDITIONS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B1 DEMOLITION LS 1 $145,690.00 $145,690.00 Subtotal: $145,690.00 PART C - CONCRETE No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price Cl CONCRETE FORMS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 C2 CONCRETE REINFORCING LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 C3 REINFORCING STEEL LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 C4 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE LS 1 $168,179.00 $168,179.00 C5 CONCRETE STRUCTURES LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 C6 CONCRETE FINISHING LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 C7 SEALED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING(SC1) LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 C8 CONCRETE CURING LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 Subtotal: $168,179.00 PART D - MASONRY No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price D1 UNIT MASONRY LS 1 $202,242.00 $202,242.00 Subtotal: $202,242.00 PART E - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING CIVCAST RFB 6772 CC Detention Center 25069 Report Created On: 10/8/2025 9:03:55 PM No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price E1 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING LS 1 $12,820.00 $12,820.00 E2 METAL FABRICATIONS LS 1 $277,965.00 $277,965.00 E3 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS LS 1 $15,170.00 $15,170.00 Subtotal: $305,955.00 PART F - WOODS, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price F1 ROUGH CARPENTRY LS 1 $100,000.00 $100,000.00 F2 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY LS 1 $19,060.00 $19,060.00 F3 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK LS 1 $38,808.00 $38,808.00 F4 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING LS 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 Subtotal: $182,868.00 PART G - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price G1 PREPARATION FOR RE -ROOFING LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 G2 SELF -ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING LS 1 $66,879.00 $66,879.00 G3 ANTI -GRAFFITI COATINGS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 G4 THERMAL INSULATION LS 1 $41,000.00 $41,000.00 G5 FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIERS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 G6 COMPOSITE WALL PANELS LS 1 $55,000.00 $55,000.00 G7 FIBER CEMENT SOFFITS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 G8 POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC -TPA) ROOFING LS 1 $268,515.00 $268,515.00 G9 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM (TPA) LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 G10 ROOF ACCESSORIES LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 G11 INTRUMESCENT FIRE PROTECTION LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 G12 JOINT SEALANTS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 G13 EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 CIVCAST RFB 6772 CC Detention Center 25069 Report Created On: 10/8/2025 9:03:55 PM Subtotal: $431,394.00 PART H - OPENINGS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price H1 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES LS 1 $65,136.00 $65,136.00 H2 FLUSH WOOD DOORS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 H3 FIBERGLASS DOORS AND FRAMES LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 H4 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES LS 1 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 H5 ALUMINUM FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS LS 1 $33,998.00 $33,998.00 H6 DOOR HARDWARE LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 H7 GLAZING LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 Subtotal: $101,134.00 PART I - FINISHES No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price 11 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING LS 1 $50,000.00 $50,000.00 12 GYPSUM BOARD LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 13 RESILIENT FLOORING LS 1 $9,859.00 $9,859.00 14 RESILIENT FLOORING, BASE, AND ACCESSORIES LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 15 RESINOUS FLOORING LS 1 $21,470.00 $21,470.00 16 WALL COVERINGS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 17 DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED WALL PANELS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 18 PAINTING AND COATINGS LS 1 $165,300.00 $165,300.00 19 HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 Subtotal: $246,629.00 PART J - SPECIALTIES No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price 11 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE LS 1 $26,757.00 $26,757.00 J2 ROOM -IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 CIVCAST RFB 6772 CC Detention Center 25069 Report Created On: 10/8/2025 9:03:55 PM J3 CORNER GUARDS LS 1 $1,976.00 $1,976.00 J4 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES LS 1 $2,082.00 $2,082.00 J5 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES LS 1 $4,114.00 $4,114.00 Subtotal: $34,929.00 PART K - FURNISHINGS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price K1 SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS LS 1 $65,361.00 $65,361.00 Subtotal: $65,361.00 PART L - FIRE SUPPRESSION No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price L1 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 L2 FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM LS 1 $50,783.00 $50,783.00 L3 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, CORROSION MITIGATION PROGRAM LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 Subtotal: $50,783.00 PART M - PLUMBING No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price M1 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION (INSIDE & OUTSIDE) LS 1 $224,501.00 $224,501.00 M2 PLUMBING HANGERS, SUPPORTS & ANCHORS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 M3 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION & PIPE MARKING LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 M4 PIPING INSULATION LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 M5 PLUMBING PIPING & VALVES LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 M6 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 M7 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 M8 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 Subtotal: $224,501.00 CIVCAST RFB 6772 CC Detention Center 25069 Report Created On: 10/8/2025 9:03:55 PM PART N - MECHANICAL No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price N1 DIRECT EXPANSION PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION LS 1 $181,060.00 $181,060.00 N2 HVAC SUPPORTS & ANCHORS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 N3 MOTORS & MOTOR CONTROLLERS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 N4 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION & PIPE MARKING LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 N5 SOUND & VIBRATION CONTROL LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 N6 DUCT INSULATION LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 N7 REFRIGERANT PIPING LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 N8 DX FAN COIL UNIT LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 N9 AIR-COOLED CONDENSING UNITS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 N10 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 N11 AIR FILTERS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 N12 METAL DUCTWORK & DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 N13 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 Subtotal: $181,060.00 PART 0 - ELECTRICAL No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price 01 GROUNDING LS 1 $479,000.00 $479,000.00 02 WIRE AND CABLE LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 03 RACEWAYS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 04 WIRING DEVICES LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 05 PANELBOARDS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 06 NATURAL GAS GENERATOR LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 07 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 08 SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 09 DISCONNECT SWITCHES LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 CIVCAST RFB 6772 CC Detention Center 25069 Report Created On: 10/8/2025 9:03:55 PM 010 LUMINAIRES LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 011 PHONE/DATA/CABLE TV SYSTEM ROUGH -IN LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 Subtotal: $479,000.00 PART P - COMMUNICATIONS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price P1 PATHWAYS INCLUDING UNDERGROUND FOR COMMUNICATIONS LS 1 $40,636.00 $40,636.00 P2 STRUCTURED CABLING LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 P3 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS LS 1 $35,333.00 $35,333.00 Subtotal: $75,969.00 PART Q - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price Q1 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS & PEDESTAL LS 1 $49,450.00 $49,450.00 Q2 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM LS 1 $69,278.00 $69,278.00 Q3 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM LS 1 $26,685.00 $26,685.00 Subtotal: $145,413.00 PART R - EARTHWORK No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price R1 CLEARING & GRUBBING LS 1 $82,150.00 $82,150.00 R2 SITE GRADING LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 R3 ROADWAY SUBGRADE SHAPING LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 R4 TRENCHING LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 R5 EMBANKMENT LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 R6 TERMITE CONTROL LS 1 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 R7 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS & SHAFTS LS 1 $190,213.00 $190,213.00 Subtotal: $274,363.00 PART S - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price CIVCAST RFB 6772 CC Detention Center 25069 Report Created On: 10/8/2025 9:03:55 PM 51 SUBGRADE, BASE COURSE, LIME TREATED SUBGRADE, & CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 S2 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 S3 PRIME COAT LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 S4 CONCRETE PAVEMENT; CURBS & GUTTERS; SIDEWALKS; AND DRIVEWAYS LS 1 $253,139.00 $253,139.00 S5 PAVEMENT MARKINGS LS 1 $4,798.00 $4,798.00 S6 CHAIN -LINK FENCES & GATES LS 1 $153,158.00 $153,158.00 S7 DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 S8 UNDERGROUND SPRINKLERS LS 1 $12,675.00 $12,675.00 S9 SEEDING AND PLANTS LS 1 $16,540.00 $16,540.00 Subtotal: $440,310.00 PART T - UTILITIES No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price T1 EXCAVATION & BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES LS 1 $94,100.00 $94,100.00 T2 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 T3 WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 T4 TAPPING SLEEVES VALVES AND HYDRANTS LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 T5 WASTEWATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING LS 1 $0.00 $0.00 Subtotal: $94,100.00 PART U - ALLOWANCES No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price U1 UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS AL 1 $250,000.00 $250,000.00 U2 MISCELLANEOUS SIGNAGE AL 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 U3 COMMISSIONING AL 1 $15,000.00 $15,000.00 U4 TESTING AND BALANCING AL 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 Subtotal: $295,000.00 CIVCAST RFB 6772 CC Detention Center 25069 Report Created On: 10/8/2025 9:03:55 PM PART V - ALTERNATE NO. 01 No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price V1 SLAB -ON -GRADE FOUNDATION AT CELLS LS 1 ($58,144.00) ($58,144.00) Subtotal: ($58,144.00) Bid Tab - RFB 6772 CC Detention Center 25069 Item Description Unit Quantity STBP, Inc. Total Base Bid PART A - GENERAL Al MOBILIZATION (5% MAX) A2 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PALN A3 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS A4 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A5 BONDS AND INSURANCE(2% MAX) Sub Totals PART B - EXISTING CONDITIONS B1 DEMOLITION Sub Totals PART C - CONCRETE Cl C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 CONCRETE FORMS CONCRETE REINFORCING REINFORCING STEEL CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CONCRETE STRUCTURES CONCRETE FINISHING SEALED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING(SC1) CONCRETE CURING Sub Totals PART D - MASONRY D1 UNIT MASONRY Sub Totals PARTE- STRUCTURALSTEELFRAMING El STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING E2 METAL FABRICATIONS E3 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Sub Totals PART F - WOODS, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES F1 ROUGH CARPENTRY F2 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY F3 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK F4 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING Sub Totals PART G - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION LS LS LS LS LS 1 1 1 1 1 $243,584.00 $1,400.00 $303,408.00 $61,806.00 $97,433.00 $243,584.00 $1,400.00 $303,408.00 $61,806.00 $97,433.00 $707,631.00 LS 1 $145,690.00 $145,690.00 $145,690.00 LS 1 49402.00 49402.00 LS 1 16913.00 16913.00 LS 1 26163.00 26163.00 LS 1 28457.00 28457.00 LS 1 23893.00 23893.00 LS 1 9268.00 9268.00 LS 1 8190.00 8190.00 LS 1 5893.00 5893.00 $168,179.00 LS 1 $202,242.00 $202,242.00 $202,242.00 LS 1 $12,820.00 $12,820.00 LS 1 $277,965.00 $277,965.00 LS 1 $15,170.00 $15,170.00 $305,955.00 LS 1 88060.00 88060.00 LS 1 31000.00 31000.00 LS 1 $38,808.00 $38,808.00 LS 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 $182,868.00 G1 PREPARATION FOR RE -ROOFING LS 1 40277.00 40277.00 G2 SELF -ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING LS 1 6096.00 6096.00 G3 ANTI -GRAFFITI COATINGS LS 1 27053.00 27053.00 G4 THERMAL INSULATION LS 1 26000.00 26000.00 G5 FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIERS LS 1 13716.00 13716.00 G6 COMPOSITE WALL PANELS LS 1 20000.00 20000.00 G7 FIBER CEMENT SOFFITS LS 1 16000.00 16000.00 G8 POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC -TPA) ROOFING LS 1 222253.00 222253.00 G9 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM (TPA) LS 1 9435.00 9435.00 G10 ROOF ACCESSORIES LS 1 5985.00 5985.00 G11 INTRUMESCENT FIRE PROTECTION G12 JOINT SEALANTS G13 EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES Sub Totals PART H - OPENINGS H1 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES H2 FLUSH WOOD DOORS H3 FIBERGLASS DOORS AND FRAMES H4 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES H5 ALUMINUM FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS H6 DOOR HARDWARE H7 GLAZING Sub Totals PART I - FINISHES 11 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 12 GYPSUM BOARD 13 RESILIENT FLOORING 14 RESILIENT FLOORING, BASE, AND ACCESSORIES 15 RESINOUS FLOORING 16 WALL COVERINGS 17 DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED WALL PANELS 18 PAINTING AND COATINGS 19 HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS Sub Totals PART J - SPECIALTIES J1 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE J2 ROOM -IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE J3 CORNER GUARDS J4 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES J5 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES Sub Totals PART K - FURNISHINGS K1 SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS Sub Totals PART L - FIRE SUPPRESSION HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING L1 AND EQUIPMENT L2 FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, CORROSION MITIGATION L3 PROGRAM Sub Totals PART M - PLUMBING M1 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION (INSIDE & OUTSIDE) M2 PLUMBING HANGERS, SUPPORTS & ANCHORS M3 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION & PIPE MARKING M4 PIPING INSULATION M5 PLUMBING PIPING & VALVES M6 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM M7 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES M8 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT Sub Totals LS 1 15000.00 15000.00 LS 1 10579.00 10579.00 LS 1 19000.00 19000.00 $431,394.00 LS 1 9474.00 9474.00 LS 1 11967.00 11967.00 LS 1 16921.00 16921.00 LS 1 2000.00 2000.00 LS 1 27198.00 27198.00 LS 1 26774.00 26774.00 LS 1 6800.00 6800.00 $101,134.00 LS 1 5000.00 5000.00 LS 1 47595.00 47595.00 LS 1 6739.00 6739.00 LS 1 3120.00 3120.00 LS 1 24065.00 24065.00 LS 1 19875.00 19875.00 LS 1 27595.00 27595.00 LS 1 80835.00 80835.00 LS 1 31805.00 31805.00 $246,629.00 LS 1 24081.00 24081.00 LS 1 2676.00 2676.00 LS 1 1976.00 1976.00 LS 1 2082.00 2082.00 LS 1 4114.00 4114.00 $34,929.00 LS 1 $65,361.00 $65,361.00 $65,361.00 LS 1 31802.00 31802.00 LS 1 16850.00 16850.00 LS 1 2131.00 2131.00 $50,783.00 LS 1 10750.00 10750.00 LS 1 5000.00 5000.00 LS 1 4000.00 4000.00 LS 1 15000.00 15000.00 LS 1 97501.00 97501.00 LS 1 10750.00 10750.00 LS 1 15750.00 15750.00 LS 1 65750.00 65750.00 $224,501.00 PART N - MECHANICAL N1 DIRECT EXPANSION PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION N2 HVAC SUPPORTS & ANCHORS N3 MOTORS & MOTOR CONTROLLERS N4 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION & PIPE MARKING N5 SOUND & VIBRATION CONTROL N6 DUCT INSULATION N7 REFRIGERANT PIPING N8 DX FAN COIL UNIT N9 AIR-COOLED CONDENSING UNITS N10 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES N11 AIR FILTERS N12 METAL DUCTWORK & DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES N13 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING Sub Totals PART 0 - ELECTRICAL 01 GROUNDING 02 WIRE AND CABLE 03 RACEWAYS 04 WIRING DEVICES 05 PANELBOARDS 06 NATURAL GAS GENERATOR 07 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 08 SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES 09 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 010 LUMINAIRES 011 PHONE/DATA/CABLE TV SYSTEM ROUGH -IN Sub Totals PART P - COMMUNICATIONS PATHWAYS INCLUDING UNDERGROUND FOR P1 COMMUNICATIONS P2 STRUCTURED CABLING P3 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS Sub Totals PART Q - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY Q1 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS & PEDESTAL Q2 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM Q3 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM Sub Totals PART R - EARTHWORK R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 Sub Totals CLEARING & GRUBBING SITE GRADING ROADWAY SUBGRADE SHAPING TRENCHING EMBANKMENT TERMITE CONTROL DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS & SHAFTS PART S - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS LS 1 3891.00 3891.00 LS 1 2349.00 2349.00 LS 1 1500.00 1500.00 LS 1 1200.00 1200.00 LS 1 1050.00 1050.00 LS 1 25780.00 25780.00 LS 1 12890.00 12890.00 LS 1 20900.00 20900.00 LS 1 20900.00 20900.00 LS 1 32450.00 32450.00 LS 1 1250.00 1250.00 LS 1 49750.00 49750.00 LS 1 7150.00 7150.00 $181,060.00 LS 1 13560.00 13560.00 LS 1 88365.00 88365.00 LS 1 99450.00 99450.00 LS 1 10700.00 10700.00 LS 1 74850.00 74850.00 LS 1 85865.00 85865.00 LS 1 30500.00 30500.00 LS 1 8225.00 8225.00 LS 1 18360.00 18360.00 LS 1 25700.00 25700.00 LS 1 23425.00 23425.00 $479,000.00 LS 1 5436.00 5436.00 LS 1 35200.00 35200.00 LS 1 35333.00 35333.00 $75,969.00 LS 1 $49,450.00 $49,450.00 LS 1 $69,278.00 $69,278.00 LS 1 $26,685.00 $26,685.00 $145,413.00 LS 1 14638.00 14638.00 LS 1 31879.00 31879.00 LS 1 10879.00 10879.00 LS 1 8878.00 8878.00 LS 1 8120.00 8120.00 LS 1 2000.00 2000.00 LS 1 197969.00 197969.00 $274,363.00 SUBGRADE, BASE COURSE, LIME TREATED SUBGRADE, & S1 CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE LS 1 25000.00 25000.00 S2 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE S3 PRIME COAT CONCRETE PAVEMENT; CURBS & GUTTERS; SIDEWALKS; AND S4 DRIVEWAYS S5 PAVEMENT MARKINGS S6 CHAIN -LINK FENCES & GATES S7 DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES S8 UNDERGROUND SPRINKLERS S9 SEEDING AND PLANTS Sub Totals PARTT- UTILITIES T1 EXCAVATION & BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES T2 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES T3 WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING T4 TAPPING SLEEVES VALVES AND HYDRANTS T5 WASTEWATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING Sub Totals PART U - ALLOWANCES U1 UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS U2 MISCELLANEOUS SIGNAGE U3 COMMISSIONING U4 TESTING AND BALANCING Sub Totals LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS AL AL AL AL 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7216.00 4810.00 216113.00 4798.00 35108.00 118050.00 12675.00 16540.00 20,000.00 1,800.00 28,500.00 15,687.00 28,113.00 $250,000.00 $5,000.00 $15,000.00 $25,000.00 7216.00 4810.00 216113.00 4798.00 35108.00 118050.00 12675.00 16540.00 $440,310.00 20,000.00 1,800.00 28,500.00 15,687.00 28,113.00 $94,100.00 $250,000.00 $5,000.00 $15,000.00 $25,000.00 $295,000.00 Grand Total $4,852,511.00 Alternate 1 PART V - ALTERNATE NO. 01 V1 SLAB -ON -GRADE FOUNDATION AT CELLS Sub Totals LS 1 ($58,144.00) ($58,144.00) ($58,144.00) Grand Total ($58,144.00) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER PROJECT NUMBER: 25069 I TURNER RAMIREZ ARCHITECTS 3751 S. Alameda Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78411 TRA PROJECT NO. 2024-38 Record Drawing Number: PBG-963 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CONFORMED SET- 10/10125 July 31,2025 Addendum No. 2 - September 24, 2025 Addendum No. 3 - September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 5 - October 2, 2025 Addendum No. 6 - October 2, 2025 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division / Section Title Division 00 Preface Documents 00 00 00 Cover Sheet 00 0100 Table of Contents 00 0101 Seals Page (Optional) 00 0102 List of Drawings Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 52 23 Agreement (Rev 12-2021) 00 72 00 General Conditions (Rev6-2021) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions (Rev4-2022) Division 01 General Requirements 01 1100 Summary of Work (Rev 10-2018) 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances (Rev 5-2020) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment (Rev5-2020) 01 33 01 Submittal Register (Rev 10-2018) 01 35 00 Special Procedures (Rev 10-2018) 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls (Rev 8-2019) 01 57 00 Temporary Controls (Rev8-2019) Part S Standard Specifications NOT USED Part T Technical Specifications DIV 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 4100 Demolition DIV 03 CONCRETE 03 11 13.11 Concrete Forms (Civil) 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing Table of Contents #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000100-1 Rev 1/2022 Division / Section Title 03 21 11 Reinforcing Steel (Civil) 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03 31 11 Concrete Structures (Civil) 03 35 11 Concrete Finishing (Civil) 03 35 40 Sealed Concrete Floor Finishing (SC1) 03 39 11 Concrete Curing (Civil) DIV 04 MASONRY 04 20 00 Unit Masonry DIV 05 METALS 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 05 52 13 Pipe and Tube Railings DIV 06 WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 10 53 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 18 00 Glue -Laminated Construction 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry 06 4100 Architectural Wood Casework 06 83 16 Fiberglass Reinforced Paneling DIV 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 01 50.19 Preparation for Re -Roofing 07 13 26 Self -Adhering Sheet Waterproofing 07 19 17 Anti -Graffiti Coatings 07 2100 Thermal Insulation 07 27 20 Fluid Applied Air Barrier 07 42 43 Composite Wall Panels 07 46 47 Fiber -Cement Soffits 07 54 19 Polyvinyl -Chloride (PVC/TPA) Roofing - Addendum No. 3 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim (TPA) Table of Contents #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000100-2 Rev 1/2022 Division / Section Title 07 72 00 Roof Accessories 07 81 23 Intumescent Fire Protection 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 07 95 13 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies DIV 08 OPENINGS 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors 08 16 13 Fiberglass Doors and Frames 08 3100 Access Doors and Panels 08 41 13 Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts 08 7100 Door Hardware 08 80 00 Glazing DIV 09 FINISHES 09 22 16 Non -Structural Metal Framing 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring 09 65 13 Resilient Base and Accessories 09 67 23 Resinous Flooring 09 72 00 Wall Coverings 09 77 20 Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09 90 13 Painting 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings DIV 10 SPECIALTIES 10 14 19 Dimensional Letter Signage 10 14 23.16 Room -Identification Panel Signage 10 26 13 Corner Guards 10 28 00 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 10 44 00 Fire Protection Specialties Table of Contents #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000100-3 Rev 1/2022 Division / Section Title DIV 12 FURNISHINGS 12 36 61.16 Solid Surfacing Countertops DIV 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION 2102 01 Coordination Drawings 2105 29 Hangers and Supports for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment 21 13 00 Fire Suppression Sprinkler System 21 13 14 Wet Pipe Sprinkler System, Corrosion Mitigation Program DIV 22 PLUMBING 22 02 01 Coordination Drawings 22 05 00 Basic Materials and Methods 22 07 00 Inside Utility Trench Excavation, Backfill and Compaction 22 08 00 Outside Utility Trench Excavation, Backfill and Compaction 22 14 00 Hangers and Supports 22 19 00 System Identification and Pipe Markings 22 26 00 Piping Insulation 22 4100 Plumbing, Piping, and Valves 22 41 10 Natural Gas Piping System 22 43 00 Plumbing Specialties 22 44 00 Plumbing Fixtures 22 45 00 Plumbing Equipment DIV 23 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 23 02 01 Coordination Drawings 23 05 00 Basic Materials and Methods 23 07 19 DX Piping System Insulation 23 14 00 Supports and Anchors 23 17 00 Motors and Motor Controllers 23 19 00 System Identification and Pipe Markings 23 24 00 Sound and Vibration Control 23 29 00 Duct Insulation 23 53 00 Refrigerant Piping Table of Contents #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000100-4 Rev 1/2022 Division / Section Title 23 58 54 DX Fan Coil Unit 23 67 10 Air Cooled Condensing Units 23 88 10 Air Distribution Devices 23 88 85 Air Filters 23 89 00 Metal Ductwork 23 9100 Ductwork Accessories 23 99 00 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing DIV 26 ELECTRICAL 26 0100 General 26 06 00 Grounding 26 07 50 Identification 26 12 30 Wire and Cable 26 13 60 Raceways 26 14 00 Wiring Devices 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 32 00 Natural Gas Engine Generator 26 33 00 Automatic Transfer Switch 26 43 13 Surge Protection Devices 26 44 10 Disconnect Switches 26 5100 Luminaires 26 74 00 Telephone/Data System (Rough -In) 26 75 00 Cable TV System (Rough -In) DIV 27 COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 33 Pathways For Communications Systems 27 05 43 Underground Pathways for Communications Systems 27 10 00 Structured Cabling 27 41 16 Integrated Audiovisual Systems DIV 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 05 00 Security System Wiring 28 10 01 Access Control System Pedestal Table of Contents #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000100-5 Rev 1/2022 Division / Section Title 28 13 00 Access Control System 28 23 00 Video Surveillance System 28 3100 Fire Detection and Alarm System DIV 31 EARTHWORK 31 1100 Clearing and Grubbing (Civil) 31 22 13.10 Site Grading (Civil) 31 22 16.13 Roadway Subgrade Shaping (Civil) 31 23 16.13 Trenching (Civil) 31 24 13.10 Embankment (Civil) 31 31 16 Termite Control 31 63 29 Drilled Concrete Piers and Shafts DIV 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 11 00 Subgrade and Base Course (Civil) 32 11 13.13 Lime Treated Subgrade (Civil) 32 11 13.26 Cement Treated Subgrade (Civil) 32 11 23 Flexible Base Course (Civil) 32 12 13.19 Prime Coat (Civil) 32 13 13 Concrete Paving (Civil) 32 16 13.13 Curbs and Gutters (Civil) 32 16 23 Sidewalks (Civil) 32 16 33 Driveways (Civil) 32 17 23.13 Pavement Markings (Civil) 32 31 13 Chain Link Fences and Gates 32 31 19 Decorative Metal Fences and Gates 32 84 23 Underground Sprinklers (Landscape) 32 90 01 Common Planting Requirements (Landscape) 32 91 13 Soil Preparation (Landscape) 32 93 00 Plants (Landscape) DIV 33 SITE UTILITIES 33 05 10 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities Table of Contents #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000100-6 Rev 1/2022 Division / Section Title 33 05 76 Fiberglass Manholes 33 14 13 Water Utility Distribution Piping 33 14 19 Tapping Sleeves Valves and Hydrants for Water Utility 33 31 13 Wastewater Utility Piping Appendix All Testing Reports as Applicable 1 [Report Name]Testing Requirements; dated June 20, 2025; 2 pages 2 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan; dated June 20, 2025; 3 Geotechnical Engineering Report No. G125067, published by UES, dated April 14, 2025; 29 pages 4 eurofins Built Environment Testing report, Project: C25-013, EML ID: 3962656 5 Flow Test — 3312 Leopard 6 25045_Commissioning Plan_Corpus 7 Windstorm Construction Requirements 8 TOPOGRAPHIC AND STANDARD LAND SURVEY - ADDENDUM NO. 6 END OF SECTION Table of Contents #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000100-7 Rev 1/2022 SECTION 00 0107 SEALS PAGE ARCH!! EL I' PHILIP RAMIREZ, AIA TURNER, RAMIREZ, & ASSOCIATES 3751 S. ALAMEDA ST. CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78411 V 361.994.8900 F 1361.994.8955 E I philip@trarch.com eskeD ARC ,t CO `Q,N.R4 /r/A�, • � �U /.Q� , j' �0 CC / �� ��• ���` '1C y • �, N - • 91a Q, �; T 'i- 0 `•. F OF " STRUCTURAL: �' r/ •� t` • ' ..7. • • • • •' �; YE�H A. S/l�•§~RS 4 •. 88234 • ' .�,��>-t•�t ��;��,. ``1�:;:f. ; • - 7-30•zs KEITH SANDERS, P.E. WILKERSON & SANDERS 3530 S. ALAMEDA STREET CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78411 V I 361.853.2071 E I ksanders.pe@gmail.com F- 4769 ELECTRICAL: TA�E OF lt)_co/' A . 6#A r JOHN RODRIGUEZ, P.E. NRG ENGINEERING 5656 S. STAPLES, SUITE 312 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78411 V � 361.85.2727 E I jrod@nrgcc.com 71i * JOHN A. RODRIGUEZ III % ro ••. 90273 ' �i 1+Ap� . �� . \��' iy 07/31/2025 --0- �F �v11 MECHANICAL/PLUMBINGOSP�� • .. • SEAN RODRIGUEZ, P.E. NRG ENGINEERING 5656 S. STAPLES, SUITE 312 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78411 V 1361.85.2727 E I srod@nrgcc.com Ls)0 + SEAN M. RODRIGUEZ I o °. 96478 j l� r �� ,01�; . C.eNS F • G �0A.., e..y 07/31/2025 SEALS PAGE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000107-1 July 30, 2025 CIVIL_ rc7RK 9EAL AppiNtm oW Ii$ r 414V 1nu 8' rrW1_ C. lilac. PL 12.318. Gr # DUD =UM F 'O ' 110TF0101 TO If f*3PCIMIX 6 al OFTD if UMW ME Tfx& MUM PRAM MI MICHAEL YORK P.E. YORK ENGINEERING 9708 S. PADRE ISLAND DRIVE, SUITE A200 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78418 1361.254.9400 E I michael@yorkeng.com I c:HAFr c: 1249'36 &TENAL' y • 11 JI,LY 2025 NE aIJK ALVA.WO PROPER Mtn TECHNOLOGY CON; ``p(1ONSDis, 'P/ BRIAN COMBS COMBS CONSULTING GROUP 1022 RIVER ROAD, #2 BOERNE, TEAXAS 78006 V 1210.780.8628 EXT. 700 J� oBiCS/ LLJ fj z Jason Gonzalez Jr BICSI ID #364970 EXPIRES12-31-25 /_ - RCDO 07/31/2025 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT: •���� 011 �^� •'gUNA .•0• E. GAC�• ROBERT GIGNAC, ASLA GIGNAC LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 3833 S. STAPLES, SUITE N-119 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78411 V 361.853.0795 E I gignaclandscape@aol.com (��••' �,, yF " 0 ROBERT 1559 : F.-. V 0 �!!yo•'QFGISTER9'�ii sC'••••. • 'G`Zf 7/31 /25. END OF SECTION 00 0107 SEALS PAGE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 000107-2 July 30, 2025 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on [insert Award Date], is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and Owner and Contractor agree as follows: (Contractor). ARTICLE 1— WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Corpus Christi Detention Center 25069 ARTICLE 2 — DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Turner I Ramirez Architects Herb Morrison, AIA, Project Manager 37515. Alameda Corpus Christi, Texas 78411 Office: (361) 278-5004 I Cell: (361) 563-0465 herbert@trarch.com 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Joseph Johnson, Assistant Director —Construction Management 4917 Holly Road, Building 5 Corpus Christi, Texas 78411 JosephJ2@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 510 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 540 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. Agreement #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 005223-1 Rev 12/2021 B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. C. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each, are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $400.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner $400.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 — CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ Agreement #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 005223-2 Rev 12/2021 ARTICLE 5 — PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.B, less the total of payments previously made and less set -offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6 — INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Agreement #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 005223-3 Rev 12/2021 C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site -related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Agreement #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 005223-4 Rev 12/2021 L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8 — ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 — CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES (SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS) ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Agreement #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 005223-5 Rev 12/2021 Rebecca Huerta City Secretary Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E Director of Engineering Services APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL Assistant City Attorney AUTHORIZED ATTEST (IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Title: Address City State Zip Phone Fax EMail END OF SECTION Agreement #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 005223-6 Rev 12/2021 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1— Definitions and Terminology 10 1.01 Defined Terms 10 1.02 Terminology 15 Article 2 — Preliminary Matters 16 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance 16 2.02 Copies of Documents 16 2.03 Project Management System 16 2.04 Before Starting Construction 17 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives 17 Article 3 — Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse 17 3.01 Intent 17 3.02 Reference Standards 18 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 19 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents 20 3.05 Reuse of Documents 20 Article 4 — Commencement and Progress of the Work 20 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed 20 4.02 Starting the Work 20 4.03 Progress Schedule 21 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress 21 Article 5 — Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions 22 5.01 Availability of Lands 22 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas 22 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 23 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions 24 5.05 Underground Facilities 25 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site 26 Article 6 — Bonds and Insurance 28 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds 28 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-1 Rev 6/2021 6.02 Licensed Sureties 29 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage 29 6.04 General Insurance Provisions 29 6.05 Contractor's Insurance 30 6.06 Property Insurance 33 6.07 Waiver of Rights 34 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project 34 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance 35 6.10 Certificate of Insurance 35 6.11 Insurance Policies 35 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage 35 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance 35 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice 36 Article 7 - Contractor's Responsibilities 38 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence 38 7.02 Labor; Working Hours 38 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment 39 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 39 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties 40 7.06 Permits 41 7.07 Taxes 41 7.08 Laws and Regulations 41 7.09 Safety and Protection 42 7.10 Safety Representative 43 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs 43 7.12 Emergencies 43 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee 43 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION 44 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services 45 Article 8 - Other Work at the Site 46 8.01 Other Work 46 8.02 Coordination 47 8.03 Legal Relationships 47 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-2 Rev 6/2021 Article 9 — Owner's and OPT's Responsibilities 48 9.01 Communications to Contractor 48 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members 48 9.03 Furnish Data 48 9.04 Pay When Due 48 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests 48 9.06 Insurance 48 9.07 Modifications 48 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals 48 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities 48 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition 49 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program 49 Article 10 — OAR's and Designer's Status During Construction 49 10.01 Owner's Representative 49 10.02 Visits to Site 49 10.03 Resident Project Representatives 49 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work 49 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments 50 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work 50 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities 50 Article 11— Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work 50 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents 50 11.02 Owner -Authorized Changes in the Work 51 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work 51 11.04 Change of Contract Price 52 11.05 Change of Contract Times 52 11.06 Change Proposals 52 11.07 Execution of Change Orders 53 11.08 Notice to Surety 54 Article 12 — Change Management 54 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal 54 12.02 Change Proposals 54 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification 55 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-3 Rev 6/2021 12.04 Substitutions 55 Article 13 — Claims 56 13.01 Claims 56 13.02 Claims Process 57 Article 14 — Prevailing Wage Rate Requirements 58 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates 58 14.02 Records 58 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense 59 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates 59 Article 15 — Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work 59 15.01 Cost of the Work 59 15.02 Allowances 63 15.03 Unit Price Work 63 15.04 Contingencies 64 Article 16—Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work 65 16.01 Access to Work 65 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals 65 16.03 Defective Work 65 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work 66 16.05 Uncovering Work 66 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work 67 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work 67 Article 17 — Payments to Contractor; Set -Offs; Completion; Correction Period 67 17.01 Progress Payments 67 17.02 Application for Payment 69 17.03 Schedule of Values 71 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value 72 17.05 Basis for Payments 73 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment 73 17.07 Retainage and Set -Offs 74 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment 74 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative 75 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title 76 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-4 Rev 6/2021 17.11 Substantial Completion 76 17.12 Partial Utilization 77 17.13 Final Inspection 77 17.14 Final Application for Payment 77 17.15 Final Payment 78 17.16 Waiver of Claims 78 17.17 Correction Period 78 Article 18 - Suspension of Work and Termination 79 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work 79 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause 79 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience 80 Article 19 - Project Management 81 19.01 Work Included 81 19.02 Quality Assurance 81 19.03 Document Submittal 81 19.04 Required Permits 81 19.05 Safety Requirements 82 19.06 Access to the Site 82 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site 82 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities 83 19.09 Pre -Construction Exploratory Excavations 83 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations 84 19.11 Field Measurements 84 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points 84 19.13 Delivery and Storage 85 19.14 Cleaning During Construction 86 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access 86 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control 87 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires 87 19.18 Blasting 87 19.19 Archeological Requirements 87 19.20 Endangered Species Resources 88 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies 88 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-5 Rev 6/2021 Article 20 — Project Coordination 88 20.01 Work Included 88 20.02 Document Submittal 88 20.03 Communication During Project 89 20.04 Project Meetings 89 20.05 Requests for Information 91 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log 91 20.07 Notification By Contractor 92 20.08 Record Documents 92 Article 21— Quality Management 94 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities 94 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT 95 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports 96 21.04 Documentation 96 21.05 Standards 97 21.06 Delivery and Storage 97 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects 97 21.08 Test Reports 97 21.09 Defective Work 98 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory 98 21.11 Quality Control Plan 98 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan 100 Article 22 — Final Resolution of Disputes 101 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations 101 22.02 Mediation 101 Article 23 — Minority/MBE/DBE Participation Policy 102 23.01 Policy 102 23.02 Definitions 102 23.03 Goals 103 23.04 Compliance 104 Article 24 — Document Management 104 24.01 Work Included 104 24.02 Quality Assurance 104 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-6 Rev 6/2021 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities 104 24.04 Document Submittal 105 24.05 Document Numbering 105 24.06 Document Requirements 106 Article 25 — Shop Drawings 107 25.01 Work Included 107 25.02 Quality Assurance 107 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities 107 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements 109 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports 109 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees 110 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures 110 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures 112 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products 113 25.10 Requests for Deviation 113 25.11 Designer Responsibilities 114 25.12 Resubmission Requirements 116 Article 26 — Record Data 117 26.01 Work Included 117 26.02 Quality Assurance 117 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities 117 26.04 Record Data Requirements 118 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports 118 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees 119 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures 119 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities 120 Article 27 — Construction Progress Schedule 121 27.01 Requirements 121 27.02 Document Submittal 121 27.03 Schedule Requirements 121 27.04 Schedule Revisions 123 27.05 Float Time 123 Article 28 — Video and Photographic documentation 124 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-7 Rev 6/2021 28.01 Work Included 124 28.02 Quality Assurance 124 28.03 Document Submittal 124 28.04 Photographs 125 28.05 Video Recording 125 Article 29 - Execution and Closeout 125 29.01 Substantial Completion 125 29.02 Final Inspections 126 29.03 Reinspection Fees 126 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal 127 29.05 Transfer of Utilities 127 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements 127 Article 30 - Miscellaneous 128 30.01 Computation of Times 128 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records 128 30.03 Independent Contractor 129 30.04 Cumulative Remedies 129 30.05 Limitation of Damages 129 30.06 No Waiver 129 30.07 Severability 129 30.08 Survival of Obligations 130 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries 130 30.10 Assignment of Contract 130 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity 130 30.12 Controlling Law 130 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue 130 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury 130 30.15 Attorney Fees 130 30.16 Compliance with Laws 131 30.17 Enforcement 131 30.18 Subject to Appropriation 131 30.19 Contract Sum 131 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy 131 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-8 Rev 6/2021 30.21 Notices. 131 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-9 Rev 6/2021 ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Terms with initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, have the meanings indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution - The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date —The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi (City) authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid — The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Documents. 7. Bidding Documents — The solicitation documents, the proposed Contract Documents and Addenda. 8. Bidder — An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 10. Change Order - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract, which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. 11. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 12. City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or designee as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-10 Rev 6/2021 13. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. Claims must be initiated by written notice, signed and sworn to be an authorized corporate officer, verifying the truth and accuracy of the Claim. 14. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5101 et seq.; c. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g• Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 15. Contract - The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 16. Contract Amendment - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract but does not make changes in the Work. 17. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 18. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications, and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any, that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 19. Contract Times - The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and c. Complete the Work. 20. Contractor - The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-11 Rev 6/2021 21. Contractor's Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 22. Cost of the Work - The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 15. 23. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR's recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion 24. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers, Registered Architects or Registered Landscape Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 25. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 26. Effective Date of the Contract - The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 27. Field Order - A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 28. Hazardous Environmental Condition - The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. 29. Indemnified Costs - All costs, losses, damages, and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 30. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations - Applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 31. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-12 Rev 6/2021 32. Milestone - A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 33. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; c. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 34. Notice of Award - The notice of Owner's intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 35. Notice to Proceed - A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 36. Owner - The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home -rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and designee, the City Engineer (the Director of Engineering Services), and the City's officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 37. Owner's Authorized Representative or OAR - The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 38. Owner's Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner's Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 39. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 40. Progress Schedule - A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. The Progress Schedule must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule. 41. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 42. Project Manual — That portion of the Contract Documents that may include the following: introductory information, solicitation requirements and responses, proposal, Contract forms and General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, Specification, Drawings, Project Safety Manual and Addenda. 43. Resident Project Representative or RPR - The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-13 Rev 6/2021 44. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 45. Schedule of Documents - A schedule of required documents, prepared and maintained by Contractor. 46. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor's Applications for Payment. 47. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 48. Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights -of -way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 49. Specifications - The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 50. Subcontractor - An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 51. Substantial Completion - The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 52. Supplementary Conditions - The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 53. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 54. Technical Data -Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or c. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 55. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 56. Unit Price Work - Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-14 Rev 6/2021 57. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 58. Work Change Directive - A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to "at no additional cost to Owner," "at Contractor's expense," or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms "day" or "calendar day" mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed," or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. E. The use of the words "furnish," "install," "perform," and "provide" have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-15 Rev 6/2021 equipment, but do not expressly use the words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide." F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word "all" is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words "furnish," "install," "perform," "provide," or similar words include the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor shall..." before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT's project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2 — PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement (either electronic or printed) and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Project Management System A. Owner shall administer its design and construction management through an internet-based project management system known as e-Builder. B. Contractor shall conduct all communication through and perform all project -related functions utilizing this project management system. This includes all correspondence, General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-16 Rev 6/2021 submittals, requests for information, payment requests and processing, contract amendments, change orders, delivery orders and other administrative activities. C. Owner shall administer the software and provide training to Contractor's Team. 2.04 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule, which must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract, Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; c. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-17 Rev 6/2021 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. 5. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations, whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-18 Rev 6/2021 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. The exactness of existing grades, elevations, dimensions or locations given on any Drawings issued by Designer, or the work installed by other contractors, is not guaranteed by Owner. Contractor shall, therefore, satisfy itself as to the accuracy of all grades, elevations, dimensions and locations. Any errors due to Contractor's failure to verify at the site all such grades, elevations, dimensions or locations relating to such existing or other work shall be rectified by Contractor without any additional cost to Owner. 3. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; c. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 4. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-19 Rev 6/2021 Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 5. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 6. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non -technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer's or OAR's interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor's Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4 — COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-20 Rev 6/2021 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process. 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress A. No Damages for Delay: Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except in the case of direct interference with means and methods by the Owner. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any compensation or recovery of any special damages in connection with any delays, including without limitation: consequential damages, lost opportunity costs, impact damages, or other similar damages. Owner's exercise of any of its rights or remedies under the Contract Documents (including without limitation ordering changes in the Work, or directing suspension, rescheduling, or correction of the Work), regardless of the extent or frequency of Owner's exercise of such rights or remedies, shall not be construed as active interference in the Contractor's performance of the Work. An extension of Contract Time, to the extent permitted, shall be the sole remedy of the Contractor for any acknowledged delays. Contractor agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor's Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor's performance or progress is delayed, disrupted or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site; 3. Acts of war or terrorism; and 4. Rain days in excess of the number specified in a calendar year. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-21 Rev 6/2021 E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Claims for adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Times that do not comply with Article 13 are waived. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 5 —AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-22 Rev 6/2021 full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor's Team's operations; c. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, or Contractor's safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Contractor's interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-23 Rev 6/2021 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site, and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. Advise OPT of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-24 Rev 6/2021 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or c. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of the OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Investigating and field -verifying the location of underground facilities before beginning Work; 2. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 3. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 4. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 5. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 6. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-25 Rev 6/2021 C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.B. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-26 Rev 6/2021 Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor's safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered or revealed at the Site unless this removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor's Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor's Team that was not created by the Contractor's Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-27 Rev 6/2021 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR's notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 6 — BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-28 Rev 6/2021 G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. 6.04 General Insurance Provisions A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with this Article 6 and the Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Article. C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A-VIII or better. D. Furnish copies of endorsements and documentation of applicable self -insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. OPT's failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor's full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-29 Rev 6/2021 Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests. J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not apply to the OPT where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy. Contractor's insurance is primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the workers' compensation policy and Contractor's professional liability policy. 6.05 Contractor's Insurance A. Purchase and maintain workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance for: 1. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. Obtain workers' compensation coverage through a licensed insurance company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet all workers' compensation obligations. Provide an "All Other States" endorsement if Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. 3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. The expected coverage is that which would be included in a commercially available ISO Commercial General Liability policy and should provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor; and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-30 Rev 6/2021 4. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. Insurance is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. If required by the Supplementary Conditions, provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor. Provide Installation Floater insurance that is a broad form or "All Peril" policy providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) Provide coverage under the Contractor's Installation Floater that includes: a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) Coverage for testing and startup; e) Any loss to property while in transit; f) Any loss at the Site; g) Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.14, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. Industry standard ISO Contractual Liability coverage will meet this obligation. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-31 Rev 6/2021 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Endorsement CG 2032, "Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured" or its equivalent. D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. E. For Projects with a Contract Value that exceeds $5,000,000, purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first -dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that: 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for Owner as defined in Article 1; and 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third -party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which result from Contractor's operations and completed operations. Provide Contractor's pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Article must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article or the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-32 Rev 6/2021 Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 6.06 Property Insurance A. Purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.09. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT, Contractor, and all Subcontractors, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds. 2. Be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder's risk, by endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner -furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights as set forth below. 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-33 Rev 6/2021 B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. Notify builder's risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. Maintain the builder's risk insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. 6.07 Waiver of Rights A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Article are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all rights against the Owner's Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contain provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner, Contractor, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk insurance and other property insurance. 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance by the OPT, named insureds, or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-34 Rev 6/2021 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. Provide a list of "Additional Insureds" for each policy. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days' notice before cancellation or any material change in the policy's terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible amount. 6.10 Certificate of Insurance A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101. 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 6.11 Insurance Policies A. If requested by the Owner, make available for viewing a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self -insured retentions and deductibles. B. Contractor may block out (redact) any proprietary information or confidential premium pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Article and the Supplementary Conditions prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance A. Notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-35 Rev 6/2021 City of Corpus Christi — Engineering Attn: Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice A. Definitions: 1. Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the Project. 2. Duration of the Project - includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the Contractor's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the Project ("Subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-36 Rev 6/2021 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by this section, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-37 Rev 6/2021 classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner's consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are between sunrise and sundown Monday through Saturday unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. C. Do not perform Work on a Sunday or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King Jr Day Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-38 Rev 6/2021 Holiday Date Observed Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 17.01.E 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. Under no circumstances shall any Subcontractor debarred under Chapter 41 of The Code of Ordinances, City of Corpus Christi, be deemed acceptable to Owner. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractor's reasonable objections. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-39 Rev 6/2021 F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 days of Owner's notice to replace a Subcontractor, Supplier, or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner's initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers' Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor's Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor's Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-40 Rev 6/2021 designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. B. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. This Project is not exempt from City permits and fees unless expressly stated otherwise. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner's exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-41 Rev 6/2021 C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.B caused by Contractor's Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor's Team. E. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor's Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-42 Rev 6/2021 F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner's safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner's safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor's warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR to pay or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections, tests, or approvals by others; or General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-43 Rev 6/2021 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION A. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees or dispute resolution costs, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work and/or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the contract, violations of Laws or Regulations, or bodily injury, death or destruction of tangible property caused by the acts, omissions or negligence of the Contractor's Team, regardless of whether such claim, damage, loss or expense is alleged to be caused in part by an Owner hereunder, subject to the Owner's defenses and liability limits under the Texas Tort Claims Act. However, nothing herein shall be construed to require Contractor to indemnify an Owner against a claim, loss, damage or expense caused by the sole negligence of an Owner. B. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs, arising out of or relating to: (i) the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team or a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor's Team, (ii) Contractor's Team's action or inaction related to damages, delays, disruptions or interference with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, or (iii) the correction of Defective Work. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to indemnify the Owner from the consequences of the Owner's sole negligence. c. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs resulting from infringement on patent rights or copyrights by Contractor's Team. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-44 Rev 6/2021 D. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor's Team or other individuals or entities under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor's Team. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 shall not be deemed to be released, waived or modified in any respect by reason of any surety or insurance provided by Contractor. E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner does not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10-day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor's counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner may assume and control the defense if Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner's consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner; b. Would require Owner to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or c. Would not result in Owner's full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-45 Rev 6/2021 services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor's design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8 — OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor's Work. This other work may be performed by Owner's employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-46 Rev 6/2021 E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor's Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT or other contractor retained by the City: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor's Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor's Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner's contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occur. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-47 Rev 6/2021 E. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to damages, delays, disruptions, and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9 — OWNER'S AND OPT'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Article 17. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. OPT's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 16.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-48 Rev 6/2021 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT's responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. 9.12 Plans and Specifications A. Owner does not warrant the plans and specification. ARTICLE 10 — OAR'S AND DESIGNER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner's Representative A. OAR is Owner's representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner's representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner's quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner's representative as described in the Contract Documents. OAR's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives' authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 16. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 16. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-49 Rev 6/2021 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer's authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer's authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. C. OAR and Designer's authority related to Modifications is described in Article 11. D. OAR's authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 15 and 17. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non -technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 16.04 if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. Contractor may appeal Designer's decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer's decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor's Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 11— AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-50 Rev 6/2021 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer's approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. If negotiations under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 are unsuccessful, Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non -technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner -Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor's safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 16.05. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-51 Rev 6/2021 B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price for authorized Work can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 15.01 plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 15.05 when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute, whichever is greater. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times for authorized Work can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal in accordance with Article 12 to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-52 Rev 6/2021 B. Notify the OAR within 3 days if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set -offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 16.04 or Owner's correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 16.07, or c. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 13. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor's agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor's submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Change Order, nor a warranty that the Change Order will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. If the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, the Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor. Contractor may file a Claim for payment and/or time, pursuant to Article 13. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-53 Rev 6/2021 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents, or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. ARTICLE 12 — CHANGE MANAGEMENT 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 12.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 12.02 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. A Change Proposal must be submitted to the OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or proposed changes to the OPT's description of the proposed Modification. b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. c. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for classification; 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies, fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; and 9) Other items of cost. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-54 Rev 6/2021 d. Provide the level of detail outlined in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self -performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 15 for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with Article 25. 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification A. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor's supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 13. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Contractor's risk. b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 12.04 Substitutions A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list "or equal" or "or approved equal" products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow these procedures for a substitution. B. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 12.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by Article 25 to request approval of a substitution. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-55 Rev 6/2021 C. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Designer's responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. D. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request, the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. E. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with Article 25. ARTICLE 13 — CLAIMS 13.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Contesting an initial decision by OAR concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Appealing OAR's decision regarding a Change Proposal; 4. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or 5. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. B. Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Contractor shall bear the entire economic risk of all weather delays and disruptions. Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Price by reason of such delays or disruptions. Upon Contractor reaching Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor shall look back at the entire duration of the calendar day Project and review the totality of what Contractor claims were unusually severe weather disruptions. If the Project was delayed or disrupted due to unusually severe weather in General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-56 Rev 6/2021 excess of weather normally experienced over the entire duration of the Project, Contractor may make a Claim for an extension of the Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Any time extension granted shall be non -compensatory. 13.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. Notice must conspicuously state that it is a notice of a Claim in the subject line or first sentence. Notice must also list the date of first occurrence of the claimed event. B. Except for Claims resulting from unusually severe weather, notice of a Claim by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer and the OAR within 14 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim. Failure by Contractor to submit written notice of a Claim within 14 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. C. Submit the complete Claim with supporting documentation to Owner no later than 60 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim (unless Designer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). The Claim must be signed and sworn to by Contractor, certifying that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief, the relief requested accurately reflects the full compensation to which Contractor is entitled. Failure by Contractor to submit the Claim within 60 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. D. Any Claims by Contractor that are not brought within 90 days following the termination of the Contract are waived and shall be automatically deemed denied. E. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. F. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. Claims must contain sufficient detail to allow the other party to fully review the Claim. 1. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Price must include the Contractor's job cost report. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. 2. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Time must include a Time Impact Analysis and native schedule files in Primavera or MS Project digital format. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. G. Claims by Contractor against Owner and Claims by Owner against Contractor, including those alleging an error or omission by Designer but excluding those arising under Section 7.12, shall be referred initially to Designer for consideration and recommendation. H. Designer will review a Claim by Contractor within 30 days of receipt of the Claim and take one or more of the following actions: 1. Request additional supporting data from the party who made the Claim; 2. Issue a recommendation; 3. Suggest a compromise; or General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-57 Rev 6/2021 4. Advise the parties that Designer is not able to make a recommendation due to insufficient information or a conflict of interest. I. If the Designer does not take any action, the Claim shall be deemed denied 30 days after receipt of the Claim. J. Following receipt of Designer's initial recommendation regarding a Claim, the Contractor and the Owner shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. If no agreement is reached within 90 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of any actions taken on a Claim. K. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in whole or in part or denies it in whole or in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 22 for final resolution of disputes by filing a notice of appeal within 30 days after this action. L. If the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, the results of the agreement or action on the Claim will be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times. M. Both parties shall continue to perform all obligations under the Agreement during the pendency of any dispute or disagreement relating to this Agreement, unless performance would be impracticable or impossible under the circumstances. N. Any failure of Contractor to comply with any of the foregoing conditions precedent with regard to any such Claim shall constitute a waiver of any entitlement to submit or pursue such Claim. O. Receipt and review of a Claim by City shall not be construed as a waiver of any defenses to the Claim available to the City under the Contract Documents or at law. ARTICLE 14 — PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay Davis -Bacon Wage Rates. C. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay laborers and mechanics an overtime rate of not less than one and one-half times the basic rate for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in a given workweek. 14.02 Records A. In accordance with Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024, the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-58 Rev 6/2021 B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense A. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.003 — Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.023(b) — Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258, shall pay to the Owner, on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed on each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.058— Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or Subcontractor, commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024. 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or c. Both a fine and confinement. 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates A. Use the Prevailing Wage Rates specified in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 15 — COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 15.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 15.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 15.01.D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus, time -and -materials, or other cost -based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-59 Rev 6/2021 C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor's employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 15.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits, which may include: 1) Social security contributions, 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers' compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave, vacations, and holidays; and c. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Sunday or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers' field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining, with the OPT, which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 15.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-60 Rev 6/2021 c. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. For Contractor- and Subcontractor -owned machinery, trucks, power tools or other equipment, use the FHWA rental rates found in the Rental Rate Blue Book ("Blue Book") multiplied by the regional adjustment factor and the rate adjustment factor to establish hourly rates. Use the rates in effect for each section of the Blue Book at the time of use. Payment will be made for the actual hours used in the Work. 1) Standby costs will be paid at 50% of the FHWA rental rates found in the Blue Book if Contractor is directed by Owner in writing to standby. Standby costs will not be allowed during periods when the equipment would otherwise have been idle. For a six -day work week, no more than eight hours per a 24-hour day, no more than 48 hours per week and no more than 208 hours per month shall be paid of standby time. Operating costs shall not be charged by Contractor. e. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; 1) The hourly rate shall be determined by dividing the actual invoice cost by the actual number of hours the equipment is involved in the Work. Owner reserves the right to limit the hourly rate to comparable Blue Book rates. 2) If Contractor is directed to standby in writing by Owner, standby costs will be paid at the invoice daily rate excluding operating costs, which includes fuel, lubricants, repairs and servicing. f. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; g. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor's Team; h. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; i. Cost of additional utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; j. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and k. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-61 Rev 6/2021 by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 15.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 15.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor's Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor's fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor's indemnification of Owner. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 15.01.C. E. The Contractor's fee for profit and overhead is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis; 2. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 3. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1, 15.01.C.2 and 15.01.C.4; b. The Contractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.3; c. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1 and 15.01.C.2 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; 2) The Subcontractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.4 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 3) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor. d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraph 15.01.D; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-62 Rev 6/2021 e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and 4. The adjustment in Contractor's fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 15.05.B.1 through 15.05.6.5, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 15.01. 15.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 15.02.B.1 and 15.02.6.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 15.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Contract. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR's decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03.E. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-63 Rev 6/2021 E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may file a Claim, seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR's decision under Paragraph 15.03.D, if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Contract; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 15.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Contract. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 15.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Contract. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor's selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained by the Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-64 Rev 6/2021 ARTICLE 16 — TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 16.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor's safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain, and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work; 6. For re -inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 16.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor's obligation to ensure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-65 Rev 6/2021 F. Pay claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work; and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 for costs associated with OPT's evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 16.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT's observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others resulting from the Defective Work if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-66 Rev 6/2021 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner's right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor's Team or surety. 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy deficiencies in the Work after 7 days' notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off -Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 17. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. ARTICLE 17 — PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET -OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 17.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payment requests are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in this Article 17. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-67 Rev 6/2021 j• 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 17.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 15.01, 15.02 and 15.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses, or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor's conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; c. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor's Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 16.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor's failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; g• i. Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; k. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; I. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-68 Rev 6/2021 m. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re -inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; n. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; o. OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; p. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or q• Payment would result in an over -payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim, demand, or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.02 Application for Payment A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Article 17. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning, start-up, training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer's facilities or on Site; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-69 Rev 6/2021 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. Storage facilities for Contractor's use, storage facilities for stored materials and equipment, including spare parts storage, c. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-70 Rev 6/2021 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 25. Contractor's safety programs, including management, administration, and training; 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 29. Demobilization of all physical, temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Record Documents per Article 20. 2. Progress Schedule per Article 27. 3. Project photographs per Article 28. 4. Documentation required to comply with Owner's Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy. 5. Documentation required to substantiate any approved Project deviation, including overruns of Designer's estimated quantity. 6. Documentation required by funding agency, if applicable. 17.03 Schedule of Values A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form attached to the Application for Payment - Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. If unit prices are included in the Contract, use each unit price line item in the Contract as a unit price line item in the Schedule of Values. E. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned value for each item. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-71 Rev 6/2021 1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item. 2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into units or subassemblies. 3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value. a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum amount for that line item. b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order. 4. Include Contractor's overhead and profit in each line item in proportion to the value of the line item to the Contract Price. 5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item. 6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted from the Project. 7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price. F. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components. The first component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. The second component is all other costs associated with the item in the Contract. The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line item in the Schedule of Values. G. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion, show the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost. 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-72 Rev 6/2021 17.05 Basis for Payments A. Lump Sum Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the payment period per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents multiplied by the percentage of Work completed. 3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value per Paragraph 17.03 will be made for the measured number of units. 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. B. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Contract. b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. 2. Measure the Work described in the Contract for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. 2. Payment for materials and equipment shown in the Application for Payment and attachments will be made for the invoice amount, up to the value shown in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on the Application for Payment and attachments. Include invoice numbers so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on the Application for Payment and attachments. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-73 Rev 6/2021 materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Contractors can be paid for non-perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value, and that Contractor provides documents, satisfactory to the City, that show that the material supplier has been paid for the materials delivered to the work site. D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest. E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of payment. The Contractor's obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance, insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. 17.07 Retainage and Set -Offs A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. B. Reduce payments for set -offs per the General Conditions. Include the appropriate attachment to the Application for Payment. 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Contract for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set -offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-74 Rev 6/2021 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line items for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment C to document set -offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the set-off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending payment. Contractor may make necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. OAR's recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-75 Rev 6/2021 E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. G. Neither OPT's review of Contractor's Worl< for the purposes of recommending payments nor OAR's recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT: 1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work; 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. For Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work; 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 17.11 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work within 30 days after Contractor's notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR, within 120 days after receipt of Contractor's notification, is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-76 Rev 6/2021 C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor's coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner's assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor's obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor's access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1-year correction period. 17.12 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 17.11 for this part of the Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 17.13 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 17.14 Final Application for Payment A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set -offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-77 Rev 6/2021 17.15 Final Payment A. Make final Application for Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending final payment. C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR's recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.16 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection; 3. Contractor's failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 22 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 17.17 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or, in the event of a latent defect, within 1 year after discovery thereof by City. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 17.17.A and 17.17.E corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR's instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-78 Rev 6/2021 D. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or system is placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 17.17 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 17.17 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 18 — SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, c. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency; 5. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; 6. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of OPT; 7. Contractor's failure to prosecute the work with diligence; or General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-79 Rev 6/2021 8. Contractor's other material breach of the contract. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 18.02.A.4. Owner may terminate Contractor's performance under this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR's request for this information. C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that Contractor's performance under the Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days' notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 18.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated Contractor's performance under the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of Contractor's performance under the Contract under this Paragraph 18.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 18.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. The cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination of Contractor's performance does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. H. In the event the Owner terminates the contract for cause, and it is later determined that cause for termination was lacking, the termination will be deemed a termination without cause under Paragraph 18.03. 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days' notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 15.05; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-80 Rev 6/2021 B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. ARTICLE 19 — PROJECT MANAGEMENT 19.01 Work Included A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of excess earth. 19.02 Quality Assurance A. Employ competent workmen, skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 19.03 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. 1. Provide copies of Supplier's printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes, sketches, recordings, and computations made by the Contractor in Record Data. 19.04 Required Permits A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-81 Rev 6/2021 19.05 Safety Requirements A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports, including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per Article 26. 19.06 Access to the Site A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per Article 26. 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures. E. Park employees' vehicles in designated areas only. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately -owned land outside of the Owner's property, rights -of -way, or easements. G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-82 Rev 6/2021 H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action and coordinate Work with local utility companies and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles, guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. 19.09 Pre -Construction Exploratory Excavations A. Excavate and expose existing pipelines that cross within 20 feet of Project pipelines prior to any Work. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point the existing pipeline may potentially conflict with the Work. B. Excavate and expose existing parallel pipelines at 300 feet intervals (maximum) for existing pipelines which are within 10 feet of Project pipelines. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point where the line is excavated and exposed. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-83 Rev 6/2021 C. Prepare a Plan of Action indicating the owner of pipelines excavated and surveyed and all pertinent survey data, including the station where lines cross or conflicts may exist and the distance to the pavement centerline and elevations of the top of existing pipelines. D. Do not perform Work on the Project until all exploratory excavations have been completed and the Plan of Action has been approved by the OAR. E. Unless specifically indicated otherwise in the Bid Form, no separate payment will be made for pre -construction exploratory excavations. Include the cost for pre -construction exploratory excavations in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. When necessary, pavement repairs associated with exploratory excavations that are beyond the limits of the new pavement will be paid for at the unit prices for pavement repair when an item is included in the Bid Form. When an item for pavement repair is not included in the Bid Form, the cost should be included in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner of utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action if facilities must be taken out of operation. 19.11 Field Measurements A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines, grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Data as required in Article 26. 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-84 Rev 6/2021 Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms, tools, and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. 19.13 Delivery and Storage A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier's storage instructions immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather -tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier's instructions. Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-85 Rev 6/2021 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. Supplier's required environmental conditions are continually maintained; and 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. 19.14 Cleaning During Construction A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air -borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner's approval of a street closing. The request shall state: General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-86 Rev 6/2021 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction, with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. Comply with the Owner's Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices. Copies of this document are available through the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. Secure required permits from the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 19.18 Blasting A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 19.19 Archeological Requirements A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-87 Rev 6/2021 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. 19.20 Endangered Species Resources A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. ARTICLE 20 — PROJECT COORDINATION 20.01 Work Included A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 20.02 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-88 Rev 6/2021 B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre -construction conference. 20.03 Communication During Project A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The OAR will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre -construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. 20.04 Project Meetings A. Pre -Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre -construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The OPT, Contractor's project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per Article 27. b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per Article 17. c. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-89 Rev 6/2021 d. Contractor's organizational chart as it relates to this Project. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents, Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. c. Contractor's superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. Contractor's detailed schedule for the next month. c. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts. i. Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre- Submittal and Pre -Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre -submittal and pre -installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 20.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-90 Rev 6/2021 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 20.05 Requests for Information A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the OAR to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. OAR will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per Article 12 if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 20.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-91 Rev 6/2021 C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action item if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 20.07 Notification By Contractor A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use "Notification by Contractor" form provided. 20.08 Record Documents A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Modifications. 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor's field office. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-92 Rev 6/2021 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. c. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves, unions, traps, and tanks. 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g• Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work (lines added) in yellow; c. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-93 Rev 6/2021 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. ARTICLE 21— QUALITY MANAGEMENT 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review the OPT's Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. B. Implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; c. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; g. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 94 Corpus Christi Standards Addendum No. 05 Rev 6/2021 h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT's use in performing inspections and testing; j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be conducted as part of the OPT's Quality Management Program. 6. Document Defective Work through Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the OAR and the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or inspected in accordance with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, the OPT's Quality Control Program, or the Contract Documents. H. Owner will withhold payment for additional testing fees incurred due to Contractor noncompliance with OPT's Quality Control Program, including retesting fees, standby time, cancellation charges, and trip fees for retesting or cancellations. I. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed or might be damaged by corrective actions. 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor's Quality Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 21.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 21.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not: General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-95 Rev 6/2021 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products before OPT's acceptance; 4. Constitute or imply OPT's acceptance; and 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT's acceptance of the completed Work. D. Work is subject to OPT's quality assurance observations or testing at any time. Products which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT's anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT's quality assurance activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these test results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Include cost for additional testing and inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT's quality assurance testing program deviates significantly from the OPT's Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan resulting from these deviations. 21.04 Documentation A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. Contractor's Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per Article 25. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be performed, General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-96 Rev 6/2021 equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per Article 25. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per Article 24. 21.05 Standards A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratories (ACIL) "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications." B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 21.06 Delivery and Storage A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing, curing, and processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 21.08 Test Reports A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-97 Rev 6/2021 b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number; c. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the sample was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; I. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents; and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 21.09 Defective Work A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 21.11 Quality Control Plan A. Submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. Use Contractor's Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to review the document before General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-98 Rev 6/2021 submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Do not begin Work until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved. Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for the Project. Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. B. Provide a Contractor's Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor's Quality Control Plan is to include: 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control, verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, c. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test, and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 21.11.B.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 21.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the efforts of the Contractor's Team to prevent or correct Defective Work. D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor's Quality Control Plan or quality control personnel. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-99 Rev 6/2021 E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor's Quality Control Plan is submitted and before start of construction to discuss the Contractor's Quality Control Plan and expedite its approval. 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Include the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g• Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. 2. Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b. Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-100 Rev 6/2021 c. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on -site, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b. Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. c. Conduct a review of the Work with the OPT one month prior to the expiration of the correction period. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1. The quality of on -going Work is unacceptable; 2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on -site production supervision or crews; 3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or 4. Other quality problems develop. ARTICLE 22 — FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations A. Each party is required to continue to perform its obligations under the Contract pending the final resolution of any dispute arising out of or relating to the Contract, unless it would be impossible or impracticable under the circumstances then present. B. All negotiations pursuant to Article 22 are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence. C. Before invoking mediation, Owner and Contractor agree that they first shall try to resolve any dispute arising out of or related to this Contract through discussions directly between those senior management representatives within their respective organizations who have overall managerial responsibility for similar projects. Both Owner and Contractor agree that this step shall be a condition precedent to use of any other alternative dispute resolution process. If the parties' senior management representatives cannot resolve the dispute within 45 calendar days after a party delivers a written notice of such dispute to the other, then the parties shall proceed with mediation. 22.02 Mediation A. In the event that Owner and/or Contractor contend that the other has committed a material breach of the Contract or the parties cannot reach a resolution of a claim or dispute pursuant General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-101 Rev 6/2021 to Article 13, as a condition precedent to filing a lawsuit, either party shall request mediation of the dispute with the following requirements: 1. The request for mediation shall be in writing and shall request that the mediation commence not less than 30 calendar days or more than 90 calendar days following the date of the request, except upon agreement of the parties. 2. In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree to a date for the mediation or to the identity of the mediator within 30 calendar days following the date of the request for mediation, all conditions precedent shall be deemed to have occurred. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs. Venue for any mediation or lawsuit filed under this Contract shall be in Nueces County, Texas. Any agreement reached in mediation shall be enforceable as a settlement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as consent to a lawsuit. No provision of the Contract shall waive any immunity or defense. ARTICLE 23 — MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 23.01 Policy A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, low income persons and Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (M/DBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives. In accordance with such policy, the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 23.02 Definitions A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract. B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s) or socially and economically disadvantaged individual(s). Minority/Disadvantaged person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-102 Rev 6/2021 c. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power, direct or indirect, to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican -Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy, women are also considered as minorities. E. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual: Any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias within American society because of his or her identity as a member of a group and without regard to his or her individual qualities. The social disadvantage must stem from circumstances beyond the individual's control. F. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman, a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. G. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example, a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 23.03 Goals A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be 1. Minority participation goal is 45%. 2. Minority Business Enterprise participation goal is 15%. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-103 Rev 6/2021 employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's percentage is prohibited. 23.04 Compliance A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project, the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi- weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. ARTICLE 24 — DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 24.01 Work Included A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 24.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-104 Rev 6/2021 24.04 Document Submittal A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. g• h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 24.05 Document Numbering A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CP Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-105 Rev 6/2021 Prefix Description Originator RCP Request fora Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop Drawing number 25 and the letter "A" designates that this is the second time this document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference to the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 24.06 Document Requirements A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: Document Type Section Application for Payment Article 17 Change Proposal Article 12 Certified Test Report Article 25 for approval of product Article 21 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor Article 20 Photographic Documentation Article 28 Progress Schedules Article 27 Record Data Article 26 Request for Information Article 20 Shop Drawing Article 25 Schedule of Values Article 17 Substitutions Article 12 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-106 Rev 6/2021 Document Type Section Suppliers and Subcontractors Articles 20 and 26 ARTICLE 25 — SHOP DRAWINGS 25.01 Work Included A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general, to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 25.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 25.10 are approved. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Provide Shop Drawings as required by Paragraph 25.03 of the Supplementary Conditions. B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14-day review cycle for each time General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-107 Rev 6/2021 a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawings; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawings are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawings related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer's attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 25.09. G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor's risk. Defective products may be rejected at the Owner's option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-108 Rev 6/2021 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors, textures, or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-109 Rev 6/2021 and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product's intended use. 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1-year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 25.08.A. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. g• General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-110 Rev 6/2021 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. 2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier's standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of "or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-111 Rev 6/2021 be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14-day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 25.03. 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is approved by the Designer. At Owner's option, Samples will become the property of the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-112 Rev 6/2021 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products A. Contractor may submit other manufacturers' products that are in full compliance with the Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase "or equal" or "or approved equal." 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by this article to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the OPT's responsibility to prove the product is not equal. a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. c. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. c. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 25.10 Requests for Deviation A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-113 Rev 6/2021 E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 25.11 Designer Responsibilities A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Article for general conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. Designer's review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Designer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Designer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Designer will respond to Contractor's markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. c. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per Article 26. c. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-114 Rev 6/2021 d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is "Approved as Noted," but has significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. g• Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked "Approved as Noted" and "Resubmit with corrections made." These drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. 5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as "At Variance With" (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as "Not Approved" if the requested deviation is unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires a change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-115 Rev 6/2021 E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 25.11 that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. 25.12 Resubmission Requirements A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents. 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay costs for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-116 Rev 6/2021 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer's review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. ARTICLE 26 — RECORD DATA 26.01 Work Included A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents require for record purposes. 26.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Submit Record Data in accordance with SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Record Data to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-117 Rev 6/2021 D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 26.04 Record Data Requirements A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, model number, and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-118 Rev 6/2021 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. g• 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-119 Rev 6/2021 a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of "or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 26.03. 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 26.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. 3. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. Document will be given the status of "Filed as Received" and no further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop Drawing. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Submit Shop Drawing." No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-120 Rev 6/2021 b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Revise and Resubmit." Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." When Record Data is filed, no further action is required, and the Record Data process will be closed. c. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is the Record Data applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Cancel - Not Required." No further action is required, and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." ARTICLE 27 — CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 27.01 Requirements A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Schedule Work based upon a six day work week. 27.02 Document Submittal A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre -construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedule updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 27.03 Schedule Requirements A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-121 Rev 6/2021 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. Provide personnel with 5 years' minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. Allow analysis of the Contractor's program for the completion of the Project. 6. Permit schedules to be revised when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and 8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with Article 24 indicating: 1. Specific date each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific date each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-122 Rev 6/2021 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re -submission of each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. 27.04 Schedule Revisions A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and c. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor's plan for bringing the Project back on schedule. 27.05 Float Time A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path, the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-123 Rev 6/2021 E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. ARTICLE 28 — VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 28.01 Work Included A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way) including but not limited to streets, curb and gutter, utilities, driveways, fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials, trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication, or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 28.02 Quality Assurance A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 28.03 Document Submittal A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-124 Rev 6/2021 28.04 Photographs A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date, time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photographs in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8-by-10-inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 28.05 Video Recording A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 1080p. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. H. Pipeline projects should be recorded linearly from beginning to end. ARTICLE 29 — EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT 29.01 Substantial Completion A. Notify the OAR that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-125 Rev 6/2021 B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within 30 days after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. OAR will notify the Contractor, within 120 days after notification, that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. OAR will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the OAR when the items of Work in the OAR's notice have been completed. 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. OAR will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the OAR of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 29.02 Final Inspections A. Notify the OAR when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within 30 days after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has been corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. OAR will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 29.04 if notified that the Project is complete, and the Work is acceptable. 29.03 Reinspection Fees A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-126 Rev 6/2021 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal A. Record Documents per Article 20. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per Article 28. 29.05 Transfer of Utilities A. If applicable to the Project, transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by the Contract Documents. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the Contract Documents. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1-year correction period specified in the Contract Documents and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number; c. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond, or service agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the Contract Documents for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty, bond, and service agreement; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-127 Rev 6/2021 h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds, and service agreements within 10 days after equipment or components are placed in service. ARTICLE 30 — MISCELLANEOUS 30.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Sunday or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee, which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four (4) years following termination of the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract, then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Examples of Contractor written and electronically stored records include, but are not limited to: accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondence, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Contract Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor's records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner's designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities, and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-128 Rev 6/2021 appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Paragraph 30.02 in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 30.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor's Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor's Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. 30.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of, the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 30.04 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 30.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner is not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by Contractor's Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. B. Contractor waives claims for consequential damages, incidental or special damages arising out of or relating to this Contract, whether the damages are claimed in contract, tort or on any other basis. 30.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision or affect the enforceability of that provision or the remainder of this Contract. 30.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-129 Rev 6/2021 30.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 30.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the prior written consent of the Owner. 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. B. This Contract is to perform a governmental function solely for the public benefit. 30.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Cases must be filed and tried in Nueces County and cannot be removed from Nueces County, Texas. 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 30.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys' fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for payment of attorney's fees. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-130 Rev 6/2021 30.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. B. No qualified person shall on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, gender, age or disability be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity which receives or benefits from federal financial assistance. C. Comply with all applicable federal, state and city laws, rules and regulations. D. Each applicable provision and clause required by law to be inserted into the Contract shall be deemed to be enacted herein, and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though each were physically included herein. 30.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 30.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason, funds are not appropriated in any given year, the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demobilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 30.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments, is the total maximum not -to -exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated, this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor's guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. 30.21 Notices. A. Any notice required to be given to Owner under any provision in this Contract must include a copy to OAR by mail or e-mail. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-131 Rev 6/2021 30.22 Public Information A. The requirements of Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract, and Contractor agrees that the contract can be terminated if Contractor knowingly or intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter. END OF SECTION General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-132 Rev 6/2021 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and other provisions of the Contract Documents. All provisions not amended or supplemented in these Supplementary Conditions remain in effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below. ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC-1.01 DEFINED TERMS A. The members of the OPT as defined organizations: OWNER: PROJECT ARCHITECT: LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT: CIVIL ENGINEER: STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: MEP ENGINEER: GEOTECHNICAL COUSULTANT: TECHNOLOGY/ SECURITY CONSLUTANT: B. a. in Paragraph 1.01.A.41 consists of the following City of Corpus Christi, Texas Turner I Ramirez Architects Gignac Landscape Architecture York Engineering W + S Structural Engineers NRG Engineering UES Combs Consulting Group ARTICLE 4 — COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC-4.04 DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR'S PROGRESS A. The allocation for delays in the Contractor's progress for rain days as set forth in General Conditions Paragraph 4.04.D are to be determined as follows: 1. Include rain days in developing the schedule for construction. Schedule construction so that the Work will be completed within the Contract Times assuming that these rain days will occur. Incorporate residual impacts following rain days such as limited access to and within the Site, inability to work due to wet or muddy Site conditions, delays in delivery of equipment and materials, and other impacts related to rain days when developing the schedule for construction. Include all costs associated with these rain days and residual impacts in the Contract Price. 2. A rain day is defined as any day in which the amount of rain measured by the National Weather Services at the Power Street Stormwater Pump Station is 0.50 inch or greater. Records indicate the following average number of rain days for each month: Supplementary Conditions #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 007300-1 Rev 3/2023 Month Day Month Days January 3 July 3 February 3 August 4 March 2 September 7 April 3 October 4 May 4 November 3 June 4 December 3 3. A total of60 rain days have been set for this Project. An extension of time due to rain days will be considered only after 60 rain days have been exceeded in a calendar year and the OAR has determined that a detrimental impact to the construction schedule resulted from the excessive rainfall. Rain days are to be incorporated into the schedule and unused rain days will be considered float time which may be consumed by the Owner or Contractor in delay claims. ARTICLE 5 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC-5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.03.A which describe subsurface and physical conditions. 1. Geotechnical Reports include the following: a. Geotechnical Engineering Report, Published by UES, dated April 14, 2025 (29 pages) - The Contractor may rely on the following Technical Data in using this document: 2. Supplementary Conditions #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 007300-2 Rev 3/2023 SC-5.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.06 which describe Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. 1. Environmental Reports include the following: a. Asbestos Report No. C25-013/EML ID: 3962656, Published by Eurofins Built Environment Testing Central, LLC, dated February 28, 2025; 8 pages - The Contractor may rely on the following Technical Data in this document. 1) B. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.06 which describe Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. No reports of explorations or tests for Hazardous Environmental Conditions at or contiguous to the Site are known to Owner. ARTICLE 6 — BONDS AND INSURANCE SC-6.03 REQUIRED MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE AMOUNTS Provide the insurance coverage for at least the following amounts unless greater amounts are required by Laws and Regulations: Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage Commercial General Liability including 1. Commercial Broad Form 2. Premises — Operations $1,000,000 Per Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate Supplementary Conditions #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 007300-3 Rev 3/2023 3. Underground Hazard 4. Products / Completed Operations 5. Contractual Liability 6 Independent Contractors 7. Personal & Advertising Injury Business Automobile Liability - Owned, Non - Owned, Rented and Leased $500,000 Combined Single Limit Workers' Compensation Statutory Employer's Liability $500,000/ 500,000/ 500,000 Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability Required if Contract Price > $5,000,000 $1,000,000 Per Occurrence Contractor's Pollution Liability / Environmental Impairment Coverage Not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. To include long-term environmental impact for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants. Required if excavation > 5 ft or asbestos present $1,000,000 Per Claim 0 Required • Not Required Builder's Risk (All Perils including Collapse) Required for vertical structures and bridges Coverage limit shall be in the amount of the total cost of the project. 0 Required • Not Required Installation/Equipment Floater Required if installing city -owned equipment or storing contractor equipment on city- owned property Equal to Contract Price 0 Required • Not Required ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC-7.04 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS A. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 7.04.A: "The Contractor goal is to perform at least 30 percent of the Work, measured as a percentage of the Contract Price, using its own employees." Supplementary Conditions #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 007300-4 Rev 3/2023 ARTICLE 14 — PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS SC-14.04 PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. The minimum rates for various labor classifications as established by the Owner are shown below: Wage Determination Construction Type Project Type (WD) No TX288 Building Building Construction Projects (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories) "GENERAL DECISION NUMBER: TX20250288 03/14/2025 SUPERSEDED GENERAL DECISION NUMBER: TX20240288 STATE: TEXAS CONSTRUCTION TYPE: BUILDING COUNTIES: ARANSAS, NUECES AND SAN PATRICIO COUNTIES IN TEXAS. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (DOES NOT INCLUDE SINGLE FAMILY HOMES OR APARTMENTS UP TO AND INCLUDING 4 STORIES). NOTE: CONTRACTS SUBJECT TO THE DAVIS-BACON ACT ARE GENERALLY REQUIRED TO PAY AT LEAST THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM WAGE RATE. REQUIRED UNDER EXECUTIVE ORDER 14026 OR EXECUTIVE ORDER 13658. PLEASE NOTE THAT THESE EXECUTIVE ORDERS APPLY TO COVERED CONTRACTS ENTERED INTO BY THE FEDERAL GOVERNEMENT THAT ARE SUBJECT TO THE DAVIS-BACON ACT ITSELF, BUT DO NOT APPLY TO CONTRACTS SUBJECT ONLY TO THE DAVIS-BACON RELATED ACTS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH AT 29 CFR 5.1(A)(1). IF THE CONTRACT IS ENTERED . EXECUTIVE ORDER 14026 INTO ON OR AFTER JANUARY 30, GENERALLY APPLIES TO THE 2022, OR THE CONTRACT IS CONTRACT. RENEWED OR EXTENDED (E.G., AN . THE CONTRACTOR MUST PAY OPTION IS EXERCISED) ON OR ALL COVERED WORKERS AT AFTER JANUARY 30, 2022: LEAST $17.75 PER HOUR (OR THE APPLICABLE WAGE RATE LISTED ON THIS WAGE DETERMINATION, IF IT IS HIGHER) FOR ALL HOURS SPENT PERFORMING ON THE CONTRACT IN 2025. Supplementary Conditions #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 007300-5 Rev 3/2023 IF THE CONTRACT WAS AWARDED ON OR BETWEEN JANUARY 1, 2015 AND JANUARY 29, 2022, AND THE CONTRACT IS NOT RENEWED OR EXTENDED ON OR AFTER JANUARY 30, 2022: 1 . EXECUTIVE ORDER 13658 GENERALLY APPLIES TO THE CONTRACT. . THE CONTRACTOR MUST PAY ALL COVERED WORKERS AT LEAST $13.30 PER HOUR (OR THE APPLICABLE WAGE RATE LISTED 1 ON THIS WAGE DETERMINATION, 1 IF IT IS HIGHER) FOR ALL 1 1 HOURS SPENT PERFORMING ON 1 1 THAT CONTRACT IN 2025. 1 THE APPLICABLE EXECUTIVE ORDER MINIMUM WAGE RATE WILL BE ADJUSTED ANNUALLY. IF THIS CONTRACT IS COVERED BY ONE OF THE EXECUTIVE ORDERS AND A CLASSIFICATION CONSIDERED NECESSARY FOR PERFORMANCE OF WORK ON THE CONTRACT DOES NOT APPEAR ON THIS WAGE DETERMINATION, THE CONTRACTOR MUST STILL SUBMIT A CONFORMANCE REQUEST. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS AND WORKER PROTECTIONS UNDER THE EXECUTIVE ORDERS IS AVAILABLE AT HTTP://WWW.DOL.GOV/WH D/GOVCONTRACTS. MODIFICATION NUMBER PUBLICATION DATE 0 01/03/2025 1 03/14/2025 * BOIL0074-003 01/01/2025 RATES FRINGES BOILERMAKER $ 33.17 24.92 ELECO278-002 08/25/2024 RATES FRINGES ELECTRICIAN $ 30.80 8.97 ENGI0178-005 06/01/2020 Supplementary Conditions #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 007300-6 Rev 3/2023 RATES FRINGES POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (1) TOWER CRANE $ 32.85 (2) CRANES WITH PILE DRIVING OR CAISSON ATTACHMENT AND HYDRAULIC CRANE 60 TONS AND ABOVE $ 28.75 (3) HYDRAULIC CRANES 59 TONS AND UNDER $ 32.35 13.10 10.60 13.10 IRON0084-011 06/01/2024 RATES FRINGES IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL $ 28.26 8.13 * SUTX2014-068 07/21/2014 RATES FRINGES BRICKLAYER $ 20.04 0.00 CARPENTER $ 15.21 ** 0.00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 15.33 ** 0.00 INSULATOR - MECHANICAL (DUCT, PIPE & MECHANICAL SYSTEM INSULATION) $ 19.77 7.13 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING $ 12.27 ** 0.00 IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL $ 22.16 5.26 LABORER: COMMON OR GENERAL $ 9.68 ** 0.00 LABORER: MASON TENDER - BRICK...$ 11.36 ** 0.00 LABORER: MASON TENDER - CEMENT/CONCRETE $ 10.58 ** 0.00 LABORER: PIPELAYER $ 12.49 ** 2.13 Supplementary Conditions #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 007300-7 Rev 3/2023 LABORER: ROOF TEAROFF $ 11.28 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: BACKHOE/EXCAVATOR/TRACKHOE $ 14.25 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: BOBCAT/SKID STEER/SKID LOADER $ 13.93 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: BULLDOZER $ 18.29 1.31 OPERATOR: DRILL $ 16.22 ** 0.34 OPERATOR: FORKLIFT $ 14.83 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: GRADER/BLADE $ 13.37 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: LOADER $ 13.55 ** 0.94 OPERATOR: MECHANIC $ 17.52 ** 3.33 OPERATOR: PAVER (ASPHALT, AGGREGATE, AND CONCRETE) $ 16.03 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: ROLLER $ 12.70 ** 0.00 PAINTER (BRUSH, ROLLER, AND SPRAY) $ 14.45 ** 0.00 PIPEFITTER $ 25.80 8.55 PLUMBER $ 25.64 8.16 ROOFER $ 13.75 ** 0.00 SHEET METAL WORKER (HVAC DUCT INSTALLATION ONLY) $ 22.73 7.52 SHEET METAL WORKER, EXCLUDES HVAC DUCT INSTALLATION $ 21.13 6.53 TILE FINISHER $ 11.22 ** 0.00 TILE SETTER $ 14.74 ** 0.00 Supplementary Conditions #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 007300-8 Rev 3/2023 TRUCK DRIVER: DUMP TRUCK $ 12.39 ** 1.18 TRUCK DRIVER: FLATBED TRUCK $ 19.65 8.57 TRUCK DRIVER: SEMI -TRAILER TRUCK $ 12.50 ** 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: WATER TRUCK $ 12.00 ** 4.11 WELDERS - RECEIVE RATE PRESCRIBED FOR CRAFT PERFORMING OPERATION TO WHICH WELDING IS INCIDENTAL. ** WORKERS IN THIS CLASSIFICATION MAY BE ENTITLED TO A HIGHER MINIMUM WAGE UNDER EXECUTIVE ORDER 14026 ($17.75) OR 13658 ($13.30). PLEASE SEE THE NOTE AT THE TOP OF THE WAGE DETERMINATION FOR MORE INFORMATION. PLEASE ALSO NOTE THAT THE MINIMUM WAGE REQUIREMENTS OF EXECUTIVE ORDER 14026 ARE NOT CURRENTLY BEING ENFORCED AS TO ANY CONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACT TO WHICH THE STATES OF TEXAS, LOUISIANA, OR MISSISSIPPI, INCLUDING THEIR AGENCIES, ARE A PARTY. NOTE: EXECUTIVE ORDER (EO) 13706, ESTABLISHING PAID SICK LEAVE FOR FEDERAL CONTRACTORS APPLIES TO ALL CONTRACTS SUBJECT TO THE DAVIS-BACON ACT FOR WHICH THE CONTRACT IS AWARDED (AND ANY SOLICITATION WAS ISSUED) ON OR AFTER JANUARY 1, 2017. IF THIS CONTRACT IS COVERED BY THE EO, THE CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE EMPLOYEES WITH 1 HOUR OF PAID SICK LEAVE FOR EVERY 30 HOURS THEY WORK, UP TO 56 HOURS OF PAID SICK LEAVE EACH YEAR. EMPLOYEES MUST BE PERMITTED TO USE PAID SICK LEAVE FOR THEIR OWN ILLNESS, INJURY OR OTHER HEALTH -RELATED NEEDS, INCLUDING PREVENTIVE CARE; TO ASSIST A FAMILY MEMBER (OR PERSON WHO IS LIKE FAMILY TO THE EMPLOYEE) WHO IS ILL, INJURED, OR HAS OTHER HEALTH -RELATED NEEDS, INCLUDING PREVENTIVE CARE; OR FOR REASONS RESULTING FROM, OR TO ASSIST A FAMILY MEMBER (OR PERSON WHO IS LIKE FAMILY TO THE EMPLOYEE) WHO IS A VICTIM OF, DOMESTIC VIOLENCE, SEXUAL ASSAULT, OR STALKING. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS AND WORKER PROTECTIONS UNDER THE EO IS AVAILABLE AT HTTPS://WWW.DOL.GOV/AGENCIES/WHD/GOVERNMENT-CONTRACTS. UNLISTED CLASSIFICATIONS NEEDED FOR WORK NOT INCLUDED WITHIN Supplementary Conditions #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 007300-9 Rev 3/2023 THE SCOPE OF THE CLASSIFICATIONS LISTED MAY BE ADDED AFTER AWARD ONLY AS PROVIDED IN THE LABOR STANDARDS CONTRACT CLAUSES (29CFR 5.5 (A) (1) (III)). THE BODY OF EACH WAGE DETERMINATION LISTS THE CLASSIFICATIONS AND WAGE RATES THAT HAVE BEEN FOUND TO BE PREVAILING FOR THE TYPE(S) OF CONSTRUCTION AND GEOGRAPHIC AREA COVERED BY THE WAGE DETERMINATION. THE CLASSIFICATIONS ARE LISTED IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER UNDER RATE IDENTIFIERS INDICATING WHETHER THE PARTICULAR RATE IS A UNION RATE (CURRENT UNION NEGOTIATED RATE), A SURVEY RATE, A WEIGHTED UNION AVERAGE RATE, A STATE ADOPTED RATE, OR A SUPPLEMENTAL CLASSIFICATION RATE. UNION RATE IDENTIFIERS A FOUR-LETTER IDENTIFIER BEGINNING WITH CHARACTERS OTHER THAN "SU", "UAVG", ?SA?, OR ?SC? DENOTES THAT A UNION RATE WAS PREVAILING FOR THAT CLASSIFICATION IN THE SURVEY. EXAMPLE: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2024. PLUM IS AN IDENTIFIER OF THE UNION WHOSE COLLECTIVELY BARGAINED RATE PREVAILED IN THE SURVEY FOR THIS CLASSIFICATION, WHICH IN THIS EXAMPLE WOULD BE PLUMBERS. 0198 INDICATES THE LOCAL UNION NUMBER OR DISTRICT COUNCIL NUMBER WHERE APPLICABLE, I.E., PLUMBERS LOCAL 0198. THE NEXT NUMBER, 005 IN THE EXAMPLE, IS AN INTERNAL NUMBER USED IN PROCESSING THE WAGE DETERMINATION. THE DATE, 07/01/2024 IN THE EXAMPLE, IS THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE MOST CURRENT NEGOTIATED RATE. UNION PREVAILING WAGE RATES ARE UPDATED TO REFLECT ALL CHANGES OVER TIME THAT ARE REPORTED TO WHD IN THE RATES IN THE COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENT (CBA) GOVERNING THE CLASSIFICATION. UNION AVERAGE RATE IDENTIFIERS THE UAVG IDENTIFIER INDICATES THAT NO SINGLE RATE PREVAILED FOR THOSE CLASSIFICATIONS, BUT THAT 100% OF THE DATA REPORTED FOR THE CLASSIFICATIONS REFLECTED UNION RATES. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 01/01/2024. UAVG INDICATES THAT THE RATE IS A WEIGHTED UNION AVERAGE RATE. OH INDICATES THE STATE OF OHIO. THE NEXT NUMBER, 0010 IN THE EXAMPLE, IS AN INTERNAL NUMBER Supplementary Conditions #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 007300-10 Rev 3/2023 USED IN PRODUCING THE WAGE DETERMINATION. THE DATE, 01/01/2024 IN THE EXAMPLE, INDICATES THE DATE THE WAGE DETERMINATION WAS UPDATED TO REFLECT THE MOST CURRENT UNION AVERAGE RATE. A UAVG RATE WILL BE UPDATED ONCE A YEAR, USUALLY IN JANUARY, TO REFLECT A WEIGHTED AVERAGE OF THE CURRENT RATES IN THE COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENTS ON WHICH THE RATE IS BASED. SURVEY RATE IDENTIFIERS THE "SU" IDENTIFIER INDICATES THAT EITHER A SINGLE NON -UNION RATE PREVAILED (AS DEFINED IN 29 CFR 1.2) FOR THIS CLASSIFICATION IN THE SURVEY OR THAT THE RATE WAS DERIVED BY COMPUTING A WEIGHTED AVERAGE RATE BASED ON ALL THE RATES REPORTED IN THE SURVEY FOR THAT CLASSIFICATION. AS A WEIGHTED AVERAGE RATE INCLUDES ALL RATES REPORTED IN THE SURVEY, IT MAY INCLUDE BOTH UNION AND NON -UNION RATES. EXAMPLE: SUFL2022-007 6/27/2024. SU INDICATES THE RATE IS A SINGLE NON -UNION PREVAILING RATE OR A WEIGHTED AVERAGE OF SURVEY DATA FOR THAT CLASSIFICATION. FL INDICATES THE STATE OF FLORIDA. 2022 IS THE YEAR OF THE SURVEY ON WHICH THESE CLASSIFICATIONS AND RATES ARE BASED. THE NEXT NUMBER, 007 IN THE EXAMPLE, IS AN INTERNAL NUMBER USED IN PRODUCING THE WAGE DETERMINATION. THE DATE, 6/27/2024 IN THE EXAMPLE, INDICATES THE SURVEY COMPLETION DATE FOR THE CLASSIFICATIONS AND RATES UNDER THAT IDENTIFIER. ?SU? WAGE RATES TYPICALLY REMAIN IN EFFECT UNTIL A NEW SURVEY IS CONDUCTED. HOWEVER, THE WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION (WHD) HAS THE DISCRETION TO UPDATE SUCH RATES UNDER 29 CFR 1.6(C)(1). STATE ADOPTED RATE IDENTIFIERS THE "SA" IDENTIFIER INDICATES THAT THE CLASSIFICATIONS AND PREVAILING WAGE RATES SET BY A STATE (OR LOCAL) GOVERNMENT WERE ADOPTED UNDER 29 C.F.R 1.3(G)-(H). EXAMPLE: SAME2023-007 01/03/2024. SA REFLECTS THAT THE RATES ARE STATE ADOPTED. ME REFERS TO THE STATE OF MAINE. 2023 IS THE YEAR DURING WHICH THE STATE COMPLETED THE SURVEY ON WHICH THE LISTED CLASSIFICATIONS AND RATES ARE BASED. THE NEXT NUMBER, 007 IN THE EXAMPLE, IS AN INTERNAL NUMBER USED IN PRODUCING THE WAGE DETERMINATION. THE DATE, 01/03/2024 IN THE EXAMPLE, REFLECTS THE DATE ON WHICH THE CLASSIFICATIONS AND RATES UNDER THE ?SA? IDENTIFIER TOOK EFFECT UNDER STATE LAW IN THE STATE FROM WHICH THE RATES WERE ADOPTED. Supplementary Conditions #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 007300-11 Rev 3/2023 WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1) HAS THERE BEEN AN INITIAL DECISION IN THE MATTER? THIS CAN BE: A) A SURVEY UNDERLYING A WAGE DETERMINATION B) AN EXISTING PUBLISHED WAGE DETERMINATION C) AN INITIAL WHD LETTER SETTING FORTH A POSITION ON A WAGE DETERMINATION MATTER D) AN INITIAL CONFORMANCE (ADDITIONAL CLASSIFICATION AND RATE) DETERMINATION ON SURVEY RELATED MATTERS, INITIAL CONTACT, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR SUMMARIES OF SURVEYS, SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE WHD BRANCH OF WAGE SURVEYS. REQUESTS CAN BE SUBMITTED VIA EMAIL TO DAVISBACONINFO@DOL.GOV OR BY MAIL TO: BRANCH OF WAGE SURVEYS WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR 200 CONSTITUTION AVENUE, N.W. WASHINGTON, DC 20210 REGARDING ANY OTHER WAGE DETERMINATION MATTER SUCH AS CONFORMANCE DECISIONS, REQUESTS FOR INITIAL DECISIONS SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE WHD BRANCH OF CONSTRUCTION WAGE DETERMINATIONS. REQUESTS CAN BE SUBMITTED VIA EMAIL TO BCWD-OFFICE@DOL.GOV OR BY MAIL TO: BRANCH OF CONSTRUCTION WAGE DETERMINATIONS WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR 200 CONSTITUTION AVENUE, N.W. WASHINGTON, DC 20210 2) IF AN INITIAL DECISION HAS BEEN ISSUED, THEN ANY INTERESTED PARTY (THOSE AFFECTED BY THE ACTION) THAT DISAGREES WITH THE DECISION CAN REQUEST REVIEW AND RECONSIDERATION FROM THE WAGE AND HOUR ADMINISTRATOR (SEE 29 CFR PART 1.8 AND 29 CFR PART 7). REQUESTS FOR REVIEW AND RECONSIDERATION CAN BE SUBMITTED VIA EMAIL TO DBA.RECONSIDERATION@DOL.GOV OR BY MAIL TO: Supplementary Conditions #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 007300-12 Rev 3/2023 WAGE AND HOUR ADMINISTRATOR U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR 200 CONSTITUTION AVENUE, N.W. WASHINGTON, DC 20210 THE REQUEST SHOULD BE ACCOMPANIED BY A FULL STATEMENT OF THE INTERESTED PARTY'S POSITION AND ANY INFORMATION (WAGE PAYMENT DATA, PROJECT DESCRIPTION, AREA PRACTICE MATERIAL, ETC.) THAT THE REQUESTOR CONSIDERS RELEVANT TO THE ISSUE. 3) IF THE DECISION OF THE ADMINISTRATOR IS NOT FAVORABLE, AN INTERESTED PARTY MAY APPEAL DIRECTLY TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW BOARD (FORMERLY THE WAGE APPEALS BOARD). WRITE TO: ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW BOARD U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR 200 CONSTITUTION AVENUE, N.W. WASHINGTON, DC 20210. END OF GENERAL DECISION" ARTICLE 19 — PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SC-19.21 COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC AGENCIES C. For the Contractor's convenience, the following telephone numbers are listed: Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number City Engineer 361-826-3500 Turner I Ramirez Architects 361-994-8900 Herb Morrison, AIA 361-278-5004 Traffic Engineering 361-826-3547 Police Department 361-882-2600 361-826-1800 (361-826-1818 after Water/ Wastewater/ Stormwater hours) Gas Department 361-885-6900 (361-885-6942 after hours) Parks & Recreation Department 361-826-3461 Street Department 361-826-1875 City Street Div. for Traffic Signals 361-826-1610 Supplementary Conditions #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 007300-13 Rev 3/2023 Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number Solid Waste & Brush 361-826-1973 IT Department (City Fiber) 361-826-1956 AEP 1-877-373-4858 AT&T 361-881-2511 hours) (1-800-824-4424 after Grande Communications 1-866-247-2633 Spectrum Communications 1-800-892-4357 Crown Castle Communications (Network Operations Center) 1 888 632 0931 Centu ryLi n k 361-208-0730 Windstream 1-800-600-5050 Regional Transportation Authority 361-289-2712 Port of Corpus Christi Authority Engr. 361-882-5633 TxDOT Area Office 361-808-2500 Corpus Christi ISD 361-695-7200 ARTICLE 25 — SHOP DRAWINGS SC-25.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide Shop Drawings for the following items: Specification Section Shop Drawing Description Refer to Submittal Register SC-25.12 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. A maximum of two (2) designs submittals per item is expected. If additional submittals are required due to contractor errors, such as incomplete, unclear or unprofessional submissions, these will be considered excessive. Any excess designer review fees incurred as a result will be passed on to the contractor at the rates shown below. 2. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed below: Supplementary Conditions #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 007300-14 Rev 3/2023 Turner I Ramirez Architects - Professional Services Hourly Rates [2025- 20261 EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2025 Principal $265 00/hr Director $235.00/hr Senior Project Manager $215,00/hr Project Architect II / Interior Designer II $205,U0/hr Project Architect I / Interior Designer I Si95,00/hr Project Manager $185,00/hr Associate II $175,00/hr Associate I $165.00/hr Adrnin $11a.00/hr ARTICLE 26 — RECORD DATA SC-26.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit Record Data for the following items: Specification Section Record Data Description Refer to Submittal Register SC-30.21 Notices. B. Strict compliance is required for all notice provisions in this Contract. END OF SECTION Supplementary Conditions #25069 City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 007300-15 Rev 3/2023 01 1100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project completely and fully useable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete Project. 3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work is described in general, non -inclusive terms as: The purpose of this project is to renovate and expand the existing facility. The building serves as both a short-term detention facility and magistrate court and does not adequately serve the needs of this function. This building will be occupied and remain in use during construction activities; will be phased to accommodate law enforcement functions during construction. The existing structure was previously Corpus Christi Fire Department Station No. 5 with a garage to accommodate two (2) truck bays and associated fire station components. It is a wood and structural tile framed building on concrete foundation. The expansion will likely consist of concrete foundations and a combination of steel, wood and concrete masonry. The existing structure is a single -story building, approximately 4,000 square feet. The building expansion is expected to increase the area by approximately 2,500 square feet and will include a new sallyport and other administrative functions. The project site includes new paving around the building and a new parking area on an adjacent lot acquired by the city. Perimeter fencing, a backup generator, and landscaping are also included. 1.03 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The following items of work are not included in this Contract, but may impact construction scheduling and completion: B. In the case of a disagreement between the above list and those specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor is to base his Proposal on the most expensive listing. Summary of Work #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 011100-1 Rev 10/2018 C. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction and testing of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. 1.04 WORK BY OWNER A. The Owner plans to perform the following items of work which are not included in this Contract, but may impact the construction scheduling and completion: B. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. C. Owner will provide normal operation and maintenance of the existing facilities during construction, unless otherwise stated. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES A. Pay for temporary power, including but not limited to construction cost, meter connection fees, and permits. 1.06 USE PRIOR TO COMPLETION A. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so. B. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of the Project. C. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the remaining period of construction. D. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Summary of Work #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 011100-2 Rev 10/2018 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Alternates: 1. This Section describes each alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Work when this alternate is made a part of the Work in the Agreement. 2. Drawings and Specifications will outline the extent of Work to be included in the alternate Contract Price. 3. Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work as required to properly integrate the Work under each alternate, and provide a complete and functional Project as required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bids for alternates may be accepted or rejected at the option of the Owner. 5. Owner may incorporate these alternates in the Contract when executed, or may issue a Change Order to incorporate these alternates within 120 days at the prices offered in the Bid, unless noted otherwise. A Request for a Change Proposal may be issued after 120 days or other designated time period to negotiate a new price for incorporating the Work into the Project. B. Items described as "Allowances" have been set as noted in Section 00 30 01 Bid Form and shall be included in the Total Base Bid of the Bid Form for each Bidder. These Allowances may be used at the Owner's discretion in the event that unforeseen conditions or conflicts are encountered during construction that warrants the use of the Allowance funds. If the use of Allowance funds becomes necessary, the OAR will provide written authorization at a cost negotiated between Owner and Contractor, using unit prices in the Bid Form when applicable. No work is to be performed under the Allowance items without written authorization from the OAR. There is no guarantee that any of these funds will need to be used during the course of the Work. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Provide documents for materials furnished as part of the alternate in accordance with Article 24 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 01 SLAB -ON -GRADE FOUNDATION AT CELLS. 1. In Cells A105, provide a slab -on -grade foundation over fill material as indicated by alternate description on structural drawings in lieu of the suspended foundation as designed. Alternates and Allowances #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012310-1 Rev 5/2020 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance U1 - Unforeseen Building Conditions during Construction: 1. The sum of $250,000.00 to be used for Unforeseen Building Conditions during Construction. B. Allowance U2 - Miscellaneous Signage: 1. The sum of $5,000.00 to be used for the purchase miscellaneous building signage that is not otherwise described in Construction Documents. This is for ADDITIONAL signage as maybe requested during construction. C. Allowance U3 — Commissioning: 1. The sum of $15,000.00 to be used for the commissioning of building systems as required. D. Allowance U4 — Test and Balance: 1. The sum of $25,000.00 to be used for the testing and balancing of building systems as required. E. Allowance U5 — Materials Testing: 1. The sum of $18,000.00 to be used for the testing of materials during construction. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Alternates and Allowances #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012310-2 Rev 5/2020 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for lump sum payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that lump sum item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each lump sum item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the lump sum price. B. Measurement for progress payments will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. Payment at Final Completion will be equal to the total lump sum amount for that item. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in unit price payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that unit price item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each unit price item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the unit price. B. Measurement for payments will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. Measurement will be as indicated for each unit price item. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR BASE BID ITEMS A. Bid Item Al — Mobilization (Maximum 5%): 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Transportation and setup for equipment; b. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; c. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; d. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; e. Demobilization; and f. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the total Contract Price. Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-1 Rev 5/2020 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: When at least 5% of the adjusted contract amount for construction is earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. Upon substantial completion of all work under this Contract and removal of all equipment and materials from the Project site, the remaining 25% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. B. Bid Item A2 — Storm Water Pollution Prevention 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing and submitting the SWPPP to TCEQ and Owner and updating the Plan during the Project as needed. All permits and required fees related to the SWPPP will be included in this item. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: The initial pay application will include 50% of the lump sum bid amount minus retainage. The balance will be paid according to the percent of construction completion after 50% completion has occurred, minus retainage. C. Bid Item A3 — General Site Conditions: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. D. Bid Item A4—Temporary Facilities: 1. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. E. Bid Item A5 — Bonds and Insurance: 1. Payment shall include all bonds and insurance required under Contract Documents and not exceed 2% of the Bid Price. 2. Payment for bonds and insurance will be based upon the receipt of documentation of actual costs. Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for all bonds and insurance. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of unique insurance as required and obtained specifically for this Project, not including the routine and general company insurance policies that are maintained for the course of conducting normal business operations. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of project specific bonds and insurance, not to exceed the bid amount or the verifiable costs of Project specific bonds and insurance incurred by the Contractor. F. Bid Item B1 — Demolition: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-2 Rev 5/2020 G. Bid Item C1— Concrete Forms: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit of measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. H. Bid Item C2 — Concrete Reinforcing: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. I. Bid Item C3 — Reinforcing Steel: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. J. Bid Item C4 — Cast -in -Place Concrete: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. K. Bid Item C5 —Concrete Structures: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. L. Bid Item C6 —Concrete Finishing: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. M. Bid Item C7 — Sealed Concrete Flooring: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. N. Bid Item C6 —Concrete Curing: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-3 Rev 5/2020 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. O. Bid Item D1— Masonry 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. P. Bid Item E1— Structural Steel Framing 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. Q. Bid Item E2 — Metal Fabrications: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. R. Bid Item E3 — Pipe and Tube Railings: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. S. Bid Item F1— Rough Carpentry: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. T. Bid Item F2 — Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. U. Bid Item F3 — Architectural Wood Casework: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. V. Bid Item F4 — Fiberglass Reinforced Paneling: Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-4 Rev 5/2020 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. W. Bid Item G1— Preparation for Re -Roofing: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. X. Bid Item G2 — Self -Adhering Sheet Waterproofing: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. Y. Bid Item G3 — Anti -Graffiti Coatings: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. Z. Bid Item G4 - Thermal Insulation: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item.. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. AA. Bid Item G5 — Fluid -Applied Air Barrier: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. BB. Bid Item G6 — Composite Wall Panels: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. CC. Bid Item G7 — Fiber Cement Soffits: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-5 Rev 5/2020 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. DD. Bid Item G8 — Polyvinyl -Chloride (PVC/TPA) Roofing: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. EE. Bid Item G9 — Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim (TPA): 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. FF. Bid Item G10 — Roof Accessories: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. GG. Bid Item G11 Intumescent Fire Protection: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. HH. Bid Item G12 —Joint Sealants: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. II. Bid Item G13 — Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. JJ. Bid Item H1— Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. KK. Bid Item H2 — Flush Wood Doors: Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-6 Rev 5/2020 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. LL. Bid Item H3 — Fiberglass Doors and Frames: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. MM.Bid Item H4 — Access Doors and Frames: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. NN. Bid Item H5 — Aluminum Framed Entrances and Storefronts: 1. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. 00. Bid Item H6 — Door Hardware: PP. 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. Bid Item H7 — Glazing: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. QQ. Bid Item 11— Non -Structural Metal Framing: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. RR. Bid Item 12 —Gypsum Board: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-7 Rev 5/2020 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. SS. Bid Item 13 — Resilient Flooring: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. TT. Bid Item 14— Resilient Flooring, Base, and Accessories: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. UU. Bid Item 15 — Resinous Flooring: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. VV. Bid Item 16 — Wall Coverings: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. WW. Bid Item 17 — Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Panels 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. XX. Bid Item 18 — Painting and Coatings: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. YY. Bid Item 19 — High Performance Coatings: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. ZZ. Bid Item J1- Dimensional Letter Signage: Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-8 Rev 5/2020 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. AAA. Bid Item J2 — Room -Identification Panel Signage: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. BBB. Bid Item J3 — Corner Guards: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. CCC. Bid Item J4 — Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. DDD. Bid Item J5 — Fire Protection Specialties: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. EEE. Bid Item K1— Solid Surfacing Countertops: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. FFF. Bid Item L1— Hangers and Supports for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. GGG. Bid Item L2 — Fire -Suppression Sprinkler System 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-9 Rev 5/2020 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. HHH. Bid Item L3 — Wet -Pipe Sprinkler System, Corrosion Mitigation Program 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. III. Bid Item M1— Utility Trench Excavation (Inside & Outside): 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. JJJ. Bid Item M2 — Plumbing Hangers, Supports & Anchors: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. KKK. Bid Item M3 — Piping Insulation: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. LLL. Bid Item M4 — Plumbing Piping & Valves: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. MMM. Bid Item M5 — Natural Gas Piping System: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. NNN. Bid Item M6 — Plumbing Specialties: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. 000. Bid Item M7 — Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-10 Rev 5/2020 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. PPP. Bid Item N1— Direct Expansion Piping System Insulation: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. QQQ. Bid Item N2 — HVAC Supports & Anchors: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. RRR. Bid Item N3 — Motors & Motor Controllers: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. SSS. Bid Item N4—System Identification & Pipe Markings: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. TTT. Bid Item N5 — Sound & Vibration Control: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. UUU. Bid Item N6 — Duct Insulation: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. VVV.Bid Item N7— Refrigerant Piping: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-11 Rev 5/2020 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. WWW. Bid Item N8 — DX Fan Coil Unit: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. XXX. Bid Item N9 — Air -Cooled Condensing Units: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. YYY. Bid Item N10—Air Distribution Devices: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. ZZZ. Bid Item N11—Air Filters: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. AAAA. Bid Item N12 — Metal Ductwork & Ductwork Accessories: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. BBBB. Bid Item N13 —Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing: 1. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. CCCC. Bid Item 01— Grounding: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. DDDD. Bid Item 02 — Wire and Cable: Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-12 Rev 5/2020 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. EEEE. Bid Item 03 — Raceways: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. FFFF. Bid Item 04 — Wiring Devices: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. GGGG. Bid Item 05 — Panelboards: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. HHHH. Bid Item 06 — Natural Gas Generator: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. 1111. Bid Item 07 — Automatic Transfer Switch: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. JJJJ. Bid Item 08 — Surge Protection Devices: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. KKKK. Bid Item 09 — Disconnect Switches: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-13 Rev 5/2020 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. LLLL.Bid Item 010 — Luminaires: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. MMMM. Bid Item 011— Phone/Data/Cable TV Systems Rough -in: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. NNNN. Bid Item P1 — Structured Cabling: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. 0000. Bid Item P2 — Integrated Audiovisual Systems: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. PPPP. Bid Item P3 — Pathways Including Underground for Communications: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. QQQQ. Bid Item Q1— Access Control Systems & Pedestal: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. RRRR. Bid Item Q2 —Video Surveillance System: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. SSSS. Bid Item Q3 — Fire Detection and Alarm System: Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 01 29 01 - 14 Rev 5/2020 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. TTTT. Bid Item R1— Clearing & Grubbing: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. UUUU. Bid Item R2 — Site Grading: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. VVVV. Bid Item R3 — Roadway Subgrade Shaping: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. WWWW. Bid Item R4—Trenching: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. XXXX. Bid Item R5 — Embankment: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. YYYY. Bid Item R6—Termite Control: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. ZZZZ. Bid Item R7 — Drilled Concrete Piers and Shafts: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-15 Rev 5/2020 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. AAAAA. Bid Item S1— Subgrade, Base Course, Lime Treated Subgrade, & Cement Treated Subgrade: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. BBBBB. Bid Item S2 — Flexible Base Course: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. CCCCC. Bid Item S3 — Prime Coat: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. DDDDD. Bid Item S4 — Concrete Pavement; Curbs & Gutters; Sidewalks; and Driveways: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. EEEEE. Bid Item S5 — Pavement Markings: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. FFFFF. Bid Item S6 — Chain -link Fences & Gates: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. GGGGG. Bid Item S7 — Decorative Metal Fences & Gates: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-16 Rev 5/2020 HHHHH. Bid Item S8— Underground Sprinklers: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. 11111. Bid Item S9 — Seeding & Plants: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. JJJJJ. Bid Item T1— Excavation & Backfill for Utilities: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. KKKKK. Bid Item T2 — Fiberglass Manholes: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. LLLLL. Bid Item T3 — Wastewater Utility Piping: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect. MMMMM. Other Bid Items 1. The basis of measurement and payment for other Bid Items shall be as described in the applicable Specification Sections, Construction Drawings and/or SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Measurement and Basis for Payment #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 012901-17 Rev 5/2020 0133 01 Submittal Register Specification Section Specification Description Paragraph No. Types of Submittals Required Product Information Sample or Mockup Operations Data 02 41 00 Demolition 1.04 Record Data 02 41 00 Demolition 1.04 Shop Drawing 03 11 13.11 Concrete Forms 1.03 Shop Drawing 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing 1.05 Shop Drawing 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing 1.05 Record Data 03 21 11 Reinforcing Steel 1.04 Record Data 03 30 00 Cast -in -place Concrete 1.04 Record Data Sample O&M Manual 03 30 00 Cast -in -place Concrete 1.04 Shop Drawing 03 31 11 Concrete Structures 1.04 Record Data 03 35 11 Concrete Finishing 1.04 Record Data 03 35 40 Sealed Concrete Floor Finishing 1.04 Record Data 03 39 11 Concrete Curing 1.04 Record Data 04 20 00 Unit Masonry 1.05 Record Data Sample 04 20 00 Unit Masonry 1.05 Shop Drawing 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 1.05 Record Data 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 1.05 Shop Drawing 05 52 13 Pipe and Tube Railings 1.04 Shop Drawing 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 1.04 Shop Drawing 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 1.04 Record Data O&M Manual 06 10 53 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 1.03 Record Data O&M Manual 06 18 00 Glue Laminated Construction 1.04 Record Data 06 18 00 Glue Laminated Construction 1.04 Shop Drawing 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry 1.04 Record Data Sample 06 41 00 Architectural Wood Casework 1.03 Record Data 06 41 00 Architectural Wood Casework 1.03 Shop Drawing 06 41 00 Architectural Wood Casework 1.03 Record Data 06 83 00 Fiberglass Reinforced Paneling 1.03 Record Data 07 01 50.19 Preparation for Re -Roofing 1.04 Record Data 07 01 50.19 Preparation for Re -Roofing 1.04 Shop Drawing 07 13 26 Self -Adhering Sheet Waterproofing 1.02 Record Data O&M Manual 07 13 26 Self -Adhering Sheet Waterproofing 1.02 Shop Drawing 07 19 17 Anti -Graffiti Coatings 1.03 Record Data 07 21 00 Themal Insulation 1.04 Record Data 07 21 00 Themal Insulation 1.04 Shop Drawing 07 27 20 Fluid Applied Air Barrier 1.07 Record Data 07 27 20 Fluid Applied Air Barrier 1.07 Shop Drawing 07 42 47 Fiber Cement Soffits 1.05 Record Data O&M Manual 07 54 19 Polyvinal Chloride (PVC/TPA) Roofing 1.06 Record Data O&M Manual 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 1.06 Record Data Sample 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 1.06 Shop Drawing 07 72 00 Roof Accessories 1.07 Record Data 07 72 00 Roof Accessories 1.07 Shop Drawing 07 81 23 Intumescent Fire Protection 1.03 Record Data 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 1.04 Record Data Sample 07 95 13 Expansion Joint Cover Assembly Applications 1.04 Record Data 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 1.05 Record Data 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 1.05 Shop Drawing 08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors 1.04 Record Data O&M Manual 08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors 1.04 Shop Drawing 08 16 13 Fiberglass Doors and Frames 1.05 Record Data Sample 08 16 13 Fiberglass Doors and Frames 1.05 Shop Drawing 08 31 00 Access Doors and Panels 1.03 Record Data 08 3100 Access Doors and Panels 1.03 Shop Drawing 08 41 13 Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts 1.03 Record Data 08 41 13 Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts 1.03 Shop Drawing 08 71 00 Door Hardware 1.03 Record Data Sample O&M Manual 08 7100 Door Hardware 1.03 Shop Drawing 08 80 00 Glazing 1.05 Record Data Sample O&M Manual 09 22 16 Non -Structural Metal Framing 1.02 Record Data 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 1.03 Record Data Sample 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring 1.03 Record Data 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring 1.03 Shop Drawing 09 65 13 Resilient Base and Accessories 1.02 Record Data Sample 09 67 23 Resinous Flooring 1.02 Record Data Sample 09 72 00 Wall Coverings 1.02 Record Data Sample 09 77 20 Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 1.04 Record Data Sample Submittal Register Corpus Christi Detention Center #25069 01 33 01-1 10/2018 Specification Section Specification Description Paragraph No. Types of Submittals Required Product Information Sample or Mockup Operations Data 09 77 20 Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 1.04 Shop Drawing 09 91 13 Painting 1.05 Record Data Sample 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings 1.04 Record Data 10 14 19 Demensional Letters Signage 1.02 Record Data Sample O&M Manual 10 14 23.16 Room Identification Panel Signage 1.03 Record Data Sample O&M Manual 10 14 23.16 Room Identification Panel Signage 1.03 Shop Drawing 10 26 13 Corner Guards 1.03 Record Data Sample 10 26 13 Corner Guards 1.03 Shop Drawing 10 28 00 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 1.03 Record Data Sample O&M Manual 10 44 00 Fire Protection Specialities 1.03 Record Data 10 44 00 Fire Protection Specialities 1.03 Shop Drawing 12 36 61.16 Solid Surfacing Countertops 1.03 Record Data Sample 12 36 61.16 Solid Surfacing Countertops 1.03 Shop Drawing 21 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment 1.03 Record Data 2113 00 Fire Suppression Sprinkler System 1.03 Record Data 2113 14 Wet Pipe Sprinkler System, Corrosion Mitigation Program 1.03 Record Data 22 07 00 Inside Utility Trench Excavation, Backfill and Compaction 1.03 Record Data 22 08 00 Outside Utility Trench Excavation, Backfill and Compaction 1.03 Record Data 22 14 00 Hangers and Supports 1.03 Record Data 22 19 00 System Identification and Pipe Markings 1.03 Record Data 22 26 00 Piping Insulation 1.03 Record Data 22 41 00 Plumbing, Piping, and Valves 1.03 Record Data 22 41 10 Natural Gas Piping System 1.03 Record Data 22 43 00 Plumbing Specialties 1.03 Record Data 22 44 00 Plumbing Fixtures 1.03 Record Data 22 45 00 Plumbing Equipment 1.03 Record Data 23 05 00 Basic Materials and Methods 1.13 Shop Drawing 23 07 19 DX Piping System Insulation 1.03 Record Data 23 14 00 Supports and Anchors 1.03 Record Data 23 17 00 Motors and Motor Controllers 1.04 Shop Drawing 23 17 00 Motors and Motor Controllers 1.04 Record Data 23 19 00 System Identification and Pipe Markings 1.01 Record Data 23 19 00 System Identification and Pipe Markings 1.01 Shop Drawing 23 24 00 Sound and Vibration Control 1.04 Shop Drawing 23 2400 Sound and Vibration Control 1.04 Record Data 23 29 00 Duct Insulation 1.04 Record Data 23 29 00 Duct Insulation 1.04 Shop Drawing 23 53 00 Refrigerant Piping 1.02 Record Data 23 58 54 DX Fan Coil Unit 1.02 Record Data 23 58 54 DX Fan Coil Unit 1.02 Shop Drawing 23 67 10 Air Cooled Condensing Units 1.02 Record Data 23 67 10 Air Cooled Condensing Units 1.02 Shop Drawing 23 88 10 Air Distribution Devices 1.04 Record Data 23 88 10 Air Distribution Devices 1.04 Shop Drawing 23 88 10 Air Distribution Devices 1.04 Record Data 23 88 85 Air Filters 1.02 Record Data 23 88 85 Air Filters 1.02 Shop Drawing 23 99 00 Metal Ductwork 1.02 Record Data 23 99 00 Metal Ductwork 1.02 Shop Drawing 23 91 00 Ductwork Accessories 1.02 Record Data 23 91 00 Ductwork Accessories 1.02 Shop Drawing 23 99 00 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 1.02 Record Data 23 99 00 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 1.02 Shop Drawing 26 06 00 Grounding 1.02 Record Data 26 06 00 Grounding 1.02 Shop Drawing 26 07 50 Identification 1.02 Record Data 26 07 50 Identification 1.02 Shop Drawing 26 12 30 Wire and Canle 1.02 Record Data 26 12 30 Wire and Canle 1.02 Shop Drawing 26 13 60 Raceways 1.02 Record Data 26 13 60 Raceways 1.02 Shop Drawing 26 14 00 Wiring Devices 1.02 Record Data 26 14 00 Wiring Devices 1.02 Shop Drawing 26 24 16 Panelboards 1.02 Record Data 26 24 16 Panelboards 1.02 Shop Drawing 26 32 00 Natural Gas Generator 1.02 Record Data 0133 01 Submittal Register Specification Section Specification Description Paragraph No. Types of Submittals Required Product Information Sample or Mockup Operations Data 26 32 00 Natural Gas Generator 1.02 Shop Drawing 26 33 00 Automatic Transfer Switch 1.02 Record Data 26 33 00 Automatic Transfer Switch 1.02 Shop Drawing 2643 13 Surge Protection Devices 1.02 Record Data 2643 13 Surge Protection Devices 1.02 Shop Drawing 26 44 10 Disconnect Switches 1.02 Record Data 26 44 10 Disconnect Switches 1.02 Shop Drawing 26 5100 Luminaires 1.02 Record Data Sample 26 74 00 Telephone/Data System (Rough -In) 1.02 Shop Drawing 26 74 00 Telephone/Data System (Rough -In) 1.02 Record Data 26 75 00 Cable TV System (Rough -In) 1.02 Shop Drawing 26 75 00 Cable TV System (Rough -In) 1.02 Record Data 27 05 33 Pathways for Communications Systems 1.09 Record Data O&M Manual 27 05 33 Pathways for Communications Systems 1.09 Shop Drawing 27 05 43 Underground Pathways for Communications 1.9 Record Data 27 05 43 Underground Pathways for Communications 1.9 Shop Drawing 27 41 16 Integrated Audiovisual Systems 1.5 Record Data 27 41 16 Integrated Audiovisual Systems 1.5 Shop Drawing 28 05 00 Security System Wiring 1.6 Record Data O&M Manual 28 05 00 Security System Wiring 1.6 Shop Drawing 28 10 01 Access Contorl System Pedestal 1.02 Record Data 28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm System 1.4 Record Data 28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm System 1.4 Shop Drawing 31 23 16.13 Trenching 1.03 Shop Drawing 31 24 13.10 Embankment 1.03 Record Data 31 31 16 Termite Control 1.04 Record Data O&M Manual 3163 29 Drilled Concrete Piers and Shafts 1.06 Shop Drawing 32 1100 Subgrade and Base Course 1.03 Record Data 32 11 13.13 Lime Treated Subgrade 1.03 Record Data 32 11 13.26 Cement Treated Subgrade 1.03 Record Data 32 11 23 Flexible Base Course 1.04 Record Data 32 12 13.19 Prime Coat 1.03 Record Data 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 1.03 Record Data 32 13 13.13 Curb and Gutter 1.03 Record Data 32 16 23 Sidewalks 1.04 Record Data 32 16 33 Driveways 1.03 Record Data 32 17 23.13 Painted Pavement Markings 1.03 Record Data 32 31 13 Chain Link Fences and Gates 1.03 Record Data O&M Manual 32 31 13 Chain Link Fences and Gates 1.03 Shop Drawing 32 31 19 Decorative Metal Fences and Gates 1.04 Record Data Sample 32 31 19 Decorative Metal Fences and Gates 1.04 Shop Drawing 32 84 23 Underground Sprinklers 1.04 Record Data 32 84 23 Underground Sprinklers 1.04 Shop Drawing 32 90 01 Common Planting Requirements 1.3 O&M Manual 32 91 13 Soil Preparation 1.4 Record Data Sample 32 93 00 Plants 1.4 Sample O&M Manual Submittal Register Corpus Christi Detention Center #25069 01 33 01-3 10/2018 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE A. Perform the Work as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times and in the sequence stipulated below: 1. PHASE 1: Construction of new addition including the sallyport, rear drive and parking, mechanical room and the demolition, renovation/construction of holding cells and exterior/site work; Construction of new addition including the Processing area, Corrections Department Breakroom and restrooms. IT/Data cabling rough -in for all phases to be performed, installation will be done during each phase. 2. PHASE 2: Renovation of Processing area connection to addition, reporting room, restrooms, Corrections Department Manager's office, IT/Storage, Magistrate offices/hearing room, interview room/space and related mechanical rooms. This phase includes drives and parking at the Leopard Street entrance for the front parking area. B. Consider the sequences, duration limitations, and governing factors outlined in this Section to prepare the schedule for the Work. C. Perform the Work not specifically described in this Section as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times. 1.02 PLAN OF ACTION A. Submit a written plan of action for approval for shutting down essential services. These include: 1. Electrical power, 2. Control power, 3. Pipelines or wastewater systems, 4. Communications equipment, and 5. Other designated functions. B. Describe the following in the plan of action: 1. Scheduled dates for construction; 2. Work to be performed; 3. Utilities, piping, or services affected; 4. Length of time the service or utility will be disturbed; Special Procedures #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 013500-1 Rev 10/2018 5. Procedures to be used to carry out the Work; 6. Plan of Action to handle emergencies; 7. List of manpower, equipment, and ancillary supplies; 8. Backups for key pieces of equipment and key personnel; 9. Contingency plan that will be used if the original schedule cannot be met; and C. Submit plan 1 month prior to beginning the Work. 1.03 CRITICAL OPERATIONS A. The Owner has identified critical operations that must not be out of service longer than the designated maximum time out of service and/or must be performed only during the designated times. These have been identified in the table below: Critical Operation Max. Time Out of Operation Hours Operation can be Shut Down Liquidated Damages ($ per hour) Phase 1 Relocation 5 business days TBD N/A Phase 2 Relocation 5 business days TBD N/A B. Submit a written plan of action per Paragraph 1.02 for approval for critical operations. C. Work affecting critical operations is to be performed on a 24-hour a day basis until Owner's normal operations have been restored. D. Provide additional manpower and equipment as required to complete the Work affecting critical operations within the allotted time. E. Liquidated damages will be assessed if Work on critical operations is not completed within the time indicated. 1. F. Designated Critical Operations are described in more detail as follows: 1. Critical Operation 1 - Phase 1 - Relocation a. Relocation to space to be utilized during Phase 1 construction activities. 2. Critical Operation 2 - Phase 2 - Relocation a. Relocation to space to be utilized during Phase 2 construction activities. 1.04 OWNER ASSISTANCE A. The Owner will assist the Contractor in draining the existing pipelines as much as possible through existing blow -off valves. The Contractor will be responsible for providing Special Procedures #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 013500-2 Rev 10/2018 dewatering pumps, etc. required to completely dewater the facilities and handle any leakage past closed valves, gates or adjacent structures. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Special Procedures #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 013500-3 Rev 10/2018 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide temporary facilities, including the Contractor's field offices, storage sheds, and temporary utilities needed to complete the Work. B. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs. Provide temporary on -site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for all required inspections and tests by regulatory agencies, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Locate buildings and sheds at the Site as indicated or as approved by the OPT. B. Prepare the Site by removing trees, brush, or debris and performing demolition or grubbing needed to clear a space adequate for the structures. C. Pay for the utilities used by temporary facilities during construction. D. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the Work. E. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. F. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR. G. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner. 1. Restrict loads on temporary services or facilities to within their designed or designated capacities. 2. Provide sanitary conditions. Prevent public nuisance or hazardous conditions from developing or existing at the Site. 3. Prevent freezing of pipes, flooding, or the contamination of water. 4. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities. 1.05 OPTIONS A. Construction offices may be prefabricated buildings on skids or mobile trailers. B. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers. Temporary Facilities and Controls #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 015000-1 Rev 8/2019 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES A. Furnish a field office of adequate size for Contractor's use. Provide conference room space for a minimum of 10 people. B. Other trades may provide their own offices only when space is available at the Site, and the OPT agrees to its size, condition, and location. 2.02 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the Site that might be affected by weather. 2.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities at the Site from the commencement of the Project until Project conclusion. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. On large sites, provide portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from a toilet. B. Use these sanitary facilities. Do not use restrooms within existing or Owner -occupied buildings. 2.04 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Provide heating devices needed to protect buildings during construction. Provide fuel needed to operate the heating devices and attend the heating devices at all times they are in operation, including overnight operations. 2.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide the temporary utilities for administration, construction, testing, disinfection, and start-up of the Work, including electrical power, water, and telephone. Pay all costs associated with furnishing temporary utilities. 1. Provide a source of temporary electrical power of adequate size for construction procedures. a. Use existing power systems where spare capacity is available. Provide temporary power connections that do not adversely affect the existing power supply. Submit connections to the OAR for approval prior to installation. b. Provide electrical pole and service connections that comply with Laws and Regulations and the requirements of the power company. 2. Provide telephone service to the Site and install telephones inside the Contractor's field office. Temporary Facilities and Controls #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 015000-2 Rev 8/2019 2.06 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Provide temporary water. Potable water may be purchased from the Owner by obtaining a water meter from the Owner and transporting water from a water hydrant. Non -potable water may be used for hydraulic testing of non -potable basins or pipelines. Include the cost of water in the Contract Price. B. Contractor must comply with the City of Corpus Christi's Water Conservation and Drought Contingency Plan as amended (the "Plan"). This includes implementing water conservation measures established for changing conditions. The City Engineer will provide a copy of the Plan to Contractor at the pre -construction meeting. The Contractor will keep a copy of the Plan on the Site throughout construction. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR. Construct and install signs at locations approved by the OAR. Install informational signs so they are clearly visible. 3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. Contractor -name project signs are allowed by city engineering department at the contractor's expense and requite permitting and approval by Development Services. B. The signs must be installed before construction begins and will be maintained throughout the Project period by the Contractor. The locations of the signs will be determined in the field by the OAR. 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide temporary lighting inside buildings once buildings are weatherproof. B. Provide lighting that is adequate to perform Work within any space. Temporary lights may be removed once the permanent lighting is in service. C. Provide portable flood lights at any time that Work will be performed outside the structure at night. Provide adequate lighting at any location Work is being performed. 3.04 DRINKING WATER A. Provide all field offices with potable water. Provide a dispenser and cooling apparatus if bottled drinking water is provided. B. Pay for water services and maintain daily. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Install and maintain a construction fence around the Site and off -site storage yards. Fence must be a minimum 6 feet high chain link construction unless shown otherwise. Provide gates with padlocks. Temporary Facilities and Controls #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 015000-3 Rev 8/2019 1. Project fencing requires screening with project rendering image. 3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Remove temporary buildings, sheds, and utilities at the conclusion of the Project and restore the Site to original condition or finished in accordance with the Drawings. B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction. C. Remove Project identification signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion of the Project. 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE A. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition. Repair damage to structures, framings, or signs. B. Repair any damage to Work caused by placement or removal of temporary signage. END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities and Controls #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 015000-4 Rev 8/2019 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. B. Construct temporary impounding works, channels, diversions, furnishing and operation of pumps, installing piping and fittings, and other construction for control of conditions at the Site. Remove temporary controls at the end of the Project. C. Provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000 for stormwater discharges from construction activities as applicable to the nature and size of the Project. Comply with all requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) and Laws and Regulations. File required legal notices and obtain required permits prior to beginning any construction activity. D. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to prevent stormwater pollution for the duration of the Project. Provide and maintain erosion and sediment control structures as required to preventive sediment and other pollutants from the Site from entering any stormwater system including open channels. Remove pollution control structures when no longer required to prevent stormwater pollution. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and maintain temporary controls with adequate workmanship using durable materials to provide effective environmental management systems meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations. Use materials that require minimal maintenance to prevent disruption of construction activities while providing adequate protection of the environment. B. Periodically inspect systems to determine that they are meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents requiring approval by the OPT as Shop Drawings in accordance with Article 25 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. Provide copies of notices, records, and reports required by the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.04 STANDARDS A. Provide a SWPPP that complies with all requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. Temporary Controls #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 015700-1 Rev 8/2019 B. Perform Work to comply with the City of Corpus Christi Code of Ordinances, Part III, Chapter 14, Article X - titled "STORM WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS" and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. 1.05 PERMITS A. Development Services Department (DSD) has approved plans for construction. Contractor must register with DSD as the contractor of record and obtain a final permit prior to commencing construction work B. As applicable, submit the following to the TCEQ and the Operator of any Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) receiving stormwater discharges from the Site: 1. Notice of Intent (NOI) at least 48 hours prior to beginning construction activity. Construction activity may commence 24 hours after the submittal of an electronic NOI. 2. Notice of Change (NOC) letter when relevant facts or incorrect information was submitted in the NOI, or if relevant information in the NOI changes during the course of construction activity. 3. Notice of Termination (NOT) when the construction Project has been completed and stabilized. C. Post a copy of the NOI at the Site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public and as required by Laws and Regulations prior to starting construction activities and maintain the posting until completion of the construction activities. D. Maintain copies of a schedule of major construction activities, inspection reports, and revision documentation with the SWPPP. 1.06 STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROL A. Comply with the current requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 as set forth by the TCEQ for the duration of the Project as applicable to the nature of the work and the total disturbed area: 1. Develop a SWPPP meeting all requirements of the TPDES General Permit. 2. Submit of a Notice of Intent to the TCEQ. 3. Develop and implement appropriate Best Management Practices as established by local agencies of jurisdiction. 4. Provide all monitoring and/or sampling required for reporting to the TCEQ. 5. Submit reports to the TCEQ as required as a condition of the TPDES General Permit. 6. Submit copies of the reports to the Designer as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 7. Retain copies of these documents at the Site at all times for review and inspection by the OPT or regulatory agencies. Post a copy of the permit as required by Laws and Regulations. 8. Assume sole responsibility for implementing, updating, and modifying the TPDES General Permit per Laws and Regulations for the SWPPP and Best Management Practices. Temporary Controls #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 015700-2 Rev 8/2019 B. Use forms required by the TCEQ to file the Notice of Intent. Submit the Notice of Intent at least 2 days prior to the start of construction. Develop the SWPPP prior to submitting the Notice of Intent. Provide draft copies of the Notice of Intent, SWPPP, and any other pertinent TCEQ submittal documents to Owner for review prior to submittal to the TCEQ. C. Return any property disturbed by construction activities to either specified conditions or pre - construction conditions as set forth in the Contract Documents. Provide an overall erosion and sedimentation control system that will protect all undisturbed areas and soil stockpiles/spoil areas. Implement appropriate Best Management Practices and techniques to control erosion and sedimentation and maintain these practices and techniques in effective operating condition during construction. Permanently stabilize exposed soil and fill as soon as practical during the Work. D. Assume sole responsibility for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures for furnishing, installing, and maintaining erosion and sedimentation control structures and procedures and overall compliance with the TPDES General Permit. Modify the system as required to effectively control erosion and sediment. E. Retain copies of reports required by the TPDES General Permit for 3 years from date of Final Completion. 1.07 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Prevent the contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. Provide adequate measures to prevent the creation of noxious air -borne pollutants. Prevent dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. Do not dump or otherwise discharge noxious or harmful fluids into drains or sewers, nor allow noxious liquids to contaminate public waterways in any manner. B. Provide equipment and personnel and perform emergency measures necessary to contain any spillage. 1. Contain chemicals in protective areas and do not dump on soil. Dispose of such materials at off -site locations in an acceptable manner. 2. Excavate contaminated soil and dispose at an off -site location if contamination of the soil does occur. Fill resulting excavations with suitable backfill and compact to the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. 3. Provide documentation to the Owner which states the nature and strength of the contaminant, method of disposal, and the location of the disposal site. 4. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding the disposal of pollutants. C. Groundwater or run-off water which has come into contact with noxious chemicals, sludge, or sludge -contaminated soil is considered contaminated. Contaminated water must not be allowed to enter streams or water courses, leave the Site in a non -contained form, or enter non -contaminated areas of the Site. 1. Pump contaminated water to holding ponds constructed by the Contractor for this purpose, or discharge to areas on the interior of the Site, as designated by the OAR. 2. Construct temporary earthen dikes or take other precautions and measures as required to contain the contaminated water and pump to a designated storage area. Temporary Controls #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 015700-3 Rev 8/2019 3. Wash any equipment used for handling contaminated water or soil within contaminated areas three times with uncontaminated water prior to using such equipment in an uncontaminated area. Dispose of wash water used to wash such equipment as contaminated water. 1.08 EARTH CONTROL A. Remove excess soil, spoil materials, and other earth not required for backfill at the time of generation. Control stockpiled materials to eliminate interference with Contractor and Owner's operations. B. Dispose of excess earth off the Site. Provide written approval from the property owner for soils deposited on private property. Obtain approval of the Owner if this disposal impacts the use of Site or other easements. 1.09 OZONE ADVISORY DAYS A. Do not conduct roofing, priming, or hot -mix paving operations, except for repairs, on days the City Engineer has notified Contractor that an ozone advisory is in effect. An extension of time will be allowed for each day for which priming or hot mix paving was scheduled, crews were prepared to perform this Work and the City Engineer issued ozone alert prevents this Work. Contractor will be compensated at the unit price indicated in the Bid for each day for which an extension of time was granted due to an ozone alert. 1.10 MANAGEMENT OF WATER A. Manage water resulting from rains or ground water at the Site. Maintain trenches and excavations free of water at all times. B. Lower the water table in the construction area by acceptable means if necessary to maintain a dry and workable condition at all times. Provide drains, sumps, casings, well points, and other water control devices as necessary to remove excess water. C. Provide continuous operation of water management actions. Maintain standby equipment to provide proper and continuous operation for water management. D. Ensure that water drainage does not damage adjacent property. Divert water into the same natural watercourse in which its headwaters are located, or other natural stream or waterway as approved by the Owner. Assume responsibility for the discharge of water from the Site. E. Remove the temporary construction and restore the Site in a manner acceptable to the OAR and to match surrounding material at the conclusion of the Work. 1.11 DEWATERING A. This item is considered subsidiary for all dewatering methods other than "well pointing" to the appropriate bid items as described in the Bid Form where dewatering is needed to keep the excavation dry, as approved by the Designer, and shall include all costs to provide a dry foundation for the proposed improvements. Temporary Controls #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 015700-4 Rev 8/2019 B. Storm water that enters an excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. C. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by a manmade berm(s) prior to entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering a storm water conduit or inlet. D. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property without permission. It is the intent that Contractor discharges groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system, provided that the quality of groundwater is equal to or better than the receiving stream, the CC Ship Channel. E. Testing of groundwater quality is to be performed by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, prior to commencing discharge and shall be retested by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, a minimum of once a week. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner on all testing. Tests will also be performed as each new area of construction is started. F. Another option for disposal of groundwater by Contractor would include pumping to the nearest wastewater system. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a wastewater or wastewater plant, the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Designer on a case by case basis. G. Prior to pumping groundwater from a trench to the wastewater system the Contractor shall contact Wastewater Pre-treatment Coordinator at 826-1817 to obtain a "no cost" permit from the Owner's Waste Water Department. Contractor will pay for any water quality testing or water analysis cost required. The permit will require an estimate of groundwater flow. Groundwater flow can be estimated by boring a hole or excavating a short trench then record water level shortly after completion, allow to sit overnight, record water level again, pump hole or trench dry to a holding tank or vacuum truck then record how long it takes to fill to original level and overnight level. 1.12 DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER A. An allowance will be included in the Bid for the unanticipated disposal of contaminated groundwater. This allowance may not be needed but is provided in case contaminated groundwater is encountered during the course of the Project and does not meet the water quality requirements for discharge into the storm water or wastewater systems. This allowance includes all materials, tools, equipment, labor, transportation, hauling, coordination, and proper disposal of the contaminated water at an approved landfill, deep water injection well, or other site as agreed to by the Designer. Suggested disposal facilities would be [US Ecology (USET) in Robstown, Texas or Texas Molecular in Corpus Christi, Texas]. B. The payment for this Work will be based on the Contractor's actual costs and will be negotiated. Payment will not include costs associated with routine dewatering, which is considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid items as described in Paragraph 1.11. Temporary Controls #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 015700-5 Rev 8/2019 1.13 DISPOSAL OF HIGHLY CHLORINATED WATER A. Dispose of water used for testing, disinfection, and line flushing. Comply with Owner's requirements and Laws and Regulation regarding the disposal of contaminated water, including water with levels of chlorine, which exceed the permissible limits for discharge into wetlands or environmentally sensitive areas. Comply with the requirements of all regulatory agencies in the disposal of all water used in the Project. Include a description and details for disposal of this water in a Plan of Action per SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Do not use the Owner's wastewater system for disposal of contaminated water. 1.14 WINDSTORM CERTIFICATION A. All affected materials and installation shall comply with Texas Department of Insurance Requirements for windstorm resistant construction for design wind speed as required by the current version of the International Building Code (IBC). When applicable, Owner shall be responsible for contracting with a licensed structural engineer in the State of Texas to perform all inspections and provide documentation for windstorm certification to the Texas Board of Insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary design/assembly documentation for all new windows, doors, louvers, etc. to the windstorm engineer/inspectors required to conform with the requirements of the Texas Department of Insurance. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that comply with Laws and Regulations. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTING, MAINTAINING AND REMOVING TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Construct temporary controls in accordance with Laws and Regulations. B. Maintain controls in accordance with regulatory requirements where applicable, or in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Remove temporary controls when no longer required, but before the Project is complete. Correct any damage or pollution that occurs as the result of removing controls while they are still required. END OF SECTION Temporary Controls #25069 — City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 015700-6 Rev 8/2019 SECTION 02 4100 - DEMOLITION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Selective demolition of built site elements. B. Selective demolition of building elements for alteration purposes. C. Abandonment and removal of existing utilities and utility structures. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31 23 23 - Fill: Fill material for filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal operations. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations; 2022, with Errata (2021). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Site Plan: Indicate: 1. Areas for temporary construction and field offices. B. Demolition Plan: Submit demolition plan as required by OSHA and local AHJs. 1. Indicate extent of demolition, removal sequencing, bracing and shoring, and location and construction of barricades and fences. 2. Indicate phasing of demolition. 3. Summary of safety procedures. 4. Demolition firm qualifications. C. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities and subsurface construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fill Material: See Section 31 23 23. DEMOLITION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 024100-1 July 31, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent structures and the public. 1. Obtain required permits. 2. Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 241. 3. Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures. 4. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. 5. Use physical barriers to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public. 6. Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and occupants. 7. Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permits from authority having jurisdiction. 8. Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits. Do not obstruct required exits at any time. Protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations. 9. Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon, or limit access to their property. B. Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from Owner. C. Do not begin removal until vegetation to be relocated has been removed and vegetation to remain has been protected from damage. D. Protect existing structures and other elements to remain in place and not removed. 1. Provide bracing and shoring. 2. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. 3. Stop work immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. E. Minimize production of dust due to demolition operations. Do not use water if that will result in ice, flooding, sedimentation of public waterways or storm sewers, or other pollution. F. Hazardous Materials: 1. Hazardous materials are present in buildings and structures to be demolished. A report on the presence of hazardous materials is included in the project manual for review and use. Examine the report to become aware of locations where hazardous materials are present. DEMOLITION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 024100-2 July 31, 2025 2. Hazardous materials identified in the report will be removed by the contractor as a part of this construction contract. Contractor shall utilize a licensed abatement contractor to remove the materials in accordance with all applicable codes and ordinances. 3. If any other suspected hazardous materials not identified in the report are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. G. Partial Removal of Paving and Curbs: Neatly saw cut at right angle to surface. 3.02 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Coordinate work with utility companies. Notify utilities before starting work, comply with their requirements, and obtain required permits. B. Protect existing utilities to remain from damage. C. Do not disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction. D. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing life safety systems that are in use without at least 7 days prior written notification to Owner. E. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing utility branches or take -offs that are in use without at least 3 days prior written notification to Owner. F. Locate and mark utilities to remain; mark using highly visible tags or flags, with identification of utility type; protect from damage due to subsequent construction, using substantial barricades if necessary. G. Remove exposed piping, valves, meters, equipment, supports, and foundations of disconnected and abandoned utilities. 3.03 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS A. Existing construction and utilities indicated on drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. 1. Verify construction and utility arrangements are as indicated. 2. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. 3. Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions that would be apparent upon examination prior to starting demolition. B. Separate areas in which demolition is being conducted from areas that remain occupied. C. Maintain weatherproof exterior building enclosure, except for interruptions required for replacement or modifications; prevent water and humidity damage. D. Remove existing work as indicated and required to accomplish new work. 1. Remove items indicated on drawings. E. Services including, but not limited to, Plumbing, Electrical, and Telecommunications: Remove existing systems and equipment as indicated. DEMOLITION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 024100-3 July 31, 2025 1. Maintain existing active systems to remain in operation, and maintain access to equipment and operational components. 2. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service. 3. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities before removal. 4. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment. Remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification. F. Protect existing work to remain. 1. Prevent movement of structure. Provide shoring and bracing as required. 2. Perform cutting to accomplish removal work neatly and as specified for cutting new work. 3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. 4. Patch to match new work. 3.04 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL A. Remove debris, junk, and trash from site. B. Remove materials not to be reused on site; do not burn or bury. C. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. D. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION 02 4100 DEMOLITION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 024100-4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 03 11 13.11- CONCRETE FORMS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern work required for the installation and removal of Concrete Forms as required to complete the project. 1.02 REFERENCES The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. American Concrete Institute B. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 420, Concrete Structures 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Forming plans shall be submitted to the Owner for review as specified. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Forms may be of either wood or metal, except where otherwise specified or directed by the Owner. B. Forms shall be straight, free from warp, and of a depth equal to the thickness of the finished work. C. Forms shall be practically mortar -tight, rigidly braced and strong enough to prevent bulging between supports and maintained to the proper line and grade during concrete placement. 2.02 FORM DESIGN AND FORM PLANS A. Forms shall be designed for the pressure exerted by a liquid weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot. 1. The rate of placing the concrete shall be taken into consideration in determining the depth of the equivalent liquid. B. For job -fabricated forms, an additional live load of fifty pounds per square foot (50 psf) shall be allowed on horizontal surfaces. C. Commercially produced structural units used in formwork shall not exceed the manufacturer's maximum allowable working load for moment, shear or end reaction. D. The maximum working load shall include a live load of thirty-five pounds per square foot (35 psf) of horizontal form surface and sufficient details and data shall be submitted for use in checking formwork details for approval. E. Forming plans shall be submitted to the Owner for approval when specified. CONCRETE FORMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 11 13.11 - 1 July 31, 2025 2.03 WOOD FORMS A. Lumber 1. Lumber for forms shall be properly seasoned, of good quality, and free from imperfections which would affect its strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. 2. The lumber used for facing or sheathing shall be finished on at least one (1) side and two (2) edges and shall be sized to uniform thickness. B. Plywood 1. Forms may be constructed of plywood not less than one-half inch (1/2") in thickness, with no form lining required. 2. The grain of the face plies on plywood forms shall be placed parallel to the span between the supporting studs or joists. 3. Plywood used for forming surfaces which remain exposed shall be equal to that specified as B-B Plyform Class I or Class II. C. Reuse of Lumber or Plywood Forms 1. Forms or form lumbers to be reused shall be maintained clean and in good condition. 2. Any lumber or plywood which is split, warped, bulged, marred or has defects that will produce inferior work shall not be used and, if condemned, shall be promptly removed from the work. D. Liner 1. Form lining will be required for all formed surfaces, except for the inside of culvert barrels, inlets and manholes; surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill material or are completely enclosed; and, any surface formed by a single finished board. 2. Lining will not be required when plywood forms are used. 3. Form lining shall be of an approved type such as Masonite or plywood. 4. Thin membrane sheeting, such as polyethylene sheets, shall not be used for form lining. 2.04 METAL FORMS A. The foregoing requirements for timber forms as regard to design, mortar -tightness, filleted corners, beveled projections, bracing, alignment, removal, reuse and wetting shall also apply to metal forms, except that these will not require lining, unless specifically noted on the plans. B. The thickness of form metal shall be as required to maintain the true shape without warping or bulging. C. All bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides shall be countersunk. D. Clamps, pins or other connecting devices shall be designed to hold the forms rigidly together and to allow removal without injury to the concrete. E. Metal forms which do not present a smooth surface or line up properly shall not be used. F. Metal shall be kept free from rust, grease or other foreign materials. 2.05 MOLDING A. Molding specified for chamfer strips or other uses shall be made of materials of a grade that will not split when nailed and which can be maintained to a true line without warping. B. Wood molding shall be mill cut and dressed on all faces. CONCRETE FORMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 031113.11-2 July 31, 2025 C. Unless otherwise provided, forms shall be filleted at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips measuring three -fourths inch (3/4") on the sides. 2.06 METAL FORM TIES A. Metal form ties of an approved type or a satisfactory substitute shall be used to hold forms in place and shall be of a type that permits ease of removal of the metal as hereinafter specified. B. Devices holding metal ties in place shall be capable of developing the strength of the tie and adjustable to allow for proper alignment. 2.07 FORM REMOVAL COATING A. Shall be oil or other bond breaking coating of such composition that it will not discolor or otherwise injuriously affect the concrete surface, which is approved by the Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INFORMATION A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. 3.02 SUPPORTS A. Studs and joists shall be spaced so that the facing form material remains in true alignment under the imposed loads. B. Shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. 3.03 FORM WALLS A. Walls shall be spaced close enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines and scabbed at least four -feet (4') on each side of joints to provide continuity. B. A row of walls shall be placed near the bottom of each placement. C. Adequate clean -out openings shall be proved for narrow walls and other locations where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily attainable. D. Facing material shall be placed with parallel and square joints and securely fastened to supporting studs. E. Forms for surfaces receiving only an ordinary finish and exposed to view shall be placed with the form panels symmetrical, i.e., long dimensions set in the same direction. F. Forms for round columns exposed to view shall be of steel, except that other materials will be allowed with written permission of the Owner. G. Horizontal joints shall be continuous. CONCRETE FORMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 031113.11-3 July 31, 2025 H. All forms shall be constructed to permit their removal without marring or damaging the concrete. 1. The forms may be given a slight draft to permit ease of removal. I. Offset at form joints shall not exceed one -sixteenth inch (1/16"). J. Forms shall conform to the specified radius when placed on curves. K. All forms and footing areas shall be cleaned of any extraneous matter before placing concrete. L. Permission to place concrete will not be given until all such formwork is completed to the satisfaction of the Owner. M. If, at any stage of the work, the forms show signs of bulging or sagging, the portion of the concrete causing such condition shall be removed immediately, if necessary, and the forms shall be reset and securely braced against further movement. 3.04 SPREADERS A. Metal and wooden spreaders which are separate from the forms shall be removed entirely as the concrete is being placed. 3.05 METAL APPLIANCES A. All metal appliances used inside of forms for alignment purposes shall be removed to a depth of at least one-half inch (1/2") from the concrete surface. B. They shall be made so the metal may be removed without undue chipping or spalling, and when removed, shall leave a smooth opening in the concrete surface. C. Burning off of rods, bolts or ties will not be permitted. D. Any wire ties used shall be cut back at least one-half inch (1/2") from the face of the concrete. 3.06 RAILING AND ORNAMENTAL WORK A. Forms for railing and ornamental work shall be constructed to standards equivalent to first-class millwork. B. All moldings, panel work and bevel strips shall be straight and true with nearly mitered joints designed so the finished work is true, sharp and clean cut. 3.07 FORM REMOVAL COATING A. Prior to placing concrete reinforcement, the facing of all forms shall be treated with oil or other bond breaking coating of such composition that it will not discolor or otherwise injuriously affect the concrete surface. 3.08 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Except as herein provided, forms for vertical surfaces may be removed when the concrete has aged not less than one (1) day when Type I and Type II cement is used, and not less than one-half (1/2) day when Type III cement is used, provided it can be done without damage to the concrete. B. Forms for inside curb faces may be removed in approximately three (3) hours provided it can be done without damage to the curb. CONCRETE FORMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 1113.11 - 4 July 31, 2025 C. Weight -supporting forms shall be removed once the concrete has attained a compressive strength of 2,500 psi or as directed by the Owner. END OF SECTION 03 11 13.11 CONCRETE FORMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 031113.11-5 July 31, 2025 SECTION 03 20 00 - CONCRETE REINFORCING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reinforcing steel for cast -in -place concrete. B. Supports and accessories for steel reinforcement. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories. B. Section 03 30 00 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. C. Section 04 20 00 - UNIT MASONRY: Reinforcement for masonry. D. Section 3163 29 - Drilled Concrete Piers and Shafts: Reinforcement for drilled pier foundations. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Bar Reinforcement: By the ton (metric ton). Includes reinforcement, placement, and accessories. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI CODE-318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; 2019 (Reapproved 2022). B. ACI MNL-66 - ACI Detailing Manual; 2020. C. ACI SPEC-301 - Specifications for Concrete Construction; 2020. D. ASTM A184/A184M - Standard Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement; 2019. E. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2022. F. ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon -Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete; 2022. G. AWS B2.1/B2.1M - Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification; 2021, with Errata (2023). H. AWS D1.4/D1.4M - Structural Welding Code - Steel Reinforcing Bars; 2018, with Amendment (2020). I. CRSI (DA4) - Manual of Standard Practice; 2024. CONCRETE REINFORCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 032000-1 July 31, 2025 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 00 73 00 — Supplementary Conditions, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Comply with requirements of ACI MNL-66 Include bar schedules, shapes of bent bars, spacing of bars, and location of splices. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that reinforcing steel and accessories supplied for this project meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Welders' Qualification Statement: Welders' certificates in accordance with AWS B2.1/B2.1M and dated no more than 12 months before start of scheduled welding work. E. Reports: Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials analysis. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI CODE-318, ACI MNL-66, ACI SPEC-301, and ASTM A184/A184M. 1. Maintain one copy of each document on project site. B. Provide Architect with access to fabrication plant to facilitate inspection of reinforcement. Provide notification of commencement and duration of shop fabrication in sufficient time to allow inspection. C. Welder Qualifications: Welding processes and welding operators qualified in accordance with AWS D1.4/D1.4M and no more than 12 months before start of scheduled welding work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Commercial Metals Company; Rebar: www.cmc.com/#sle. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi) (420 MPa). 1. Deformed billet -steel bars. 2. Unfinished. B. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR): Galvanized, deformed type; ASTM A1064/A1064M 1. Form: Flat Sheets. 2. WWR Style: As indicated on drawings. C. Reinforcement Accessories: 1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gauge, 0.0508 inch (1.29 mm). CONCRETE REINFORCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 032000-2 July 31, 2025 2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement. 3. Provide stainless steel components for placement within 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) of weathering surfaces. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with ACI CODE-318, ACI MNL-66 - ACI Detailing Manual, ASTM A184/A184M, and CRSI (DA4) - Manual of Standard Practice. B. Welding of reinforcement is not permitted. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. B. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier. C. Accommodate placement of formed openings. D. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing as shown on the Drawings. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency, as specified in Appendix Section "Testing Requirements", will inspect installed reinforcement for compliance with contract documents before concrete placement. END OF SECTION 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 032000-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 03 21 11- REINFORCING STEEL PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern work required for the furnishing and placement of Reinforcing Steel as required to complete the project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 1.03 REFERENCES The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete B. ASTM A36 / A36M — Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel C. ASTM A82 / A82M — Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement D. ASTM A123 / A123M —Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coating on Iron and Steel Products E. ASTM A185 / A185M - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete F. ASTM A496 / A496M — Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement G. ASTM A615 / A615M — Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement H. ASTM A675 / A675M — Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot -Wrought, Special Quality, Mechanical Properties I. ASTM A706 / A706M — Standard Specification for Low -Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement J. ASTM A775 / A775M — Standard Specification for Epoxy -Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars K. ASTM A884 / A884M — Standard Specification for Epoxy -Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement L. ASTM A934 / A934M — Standard Specification for Epoxy -Coated Prefabricated Steel Reinforcing Bars M. ASTM A996 / A996M — Standard Specification for Rail -Steel and Axle -Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement N. ASTM D3963 — Standard Specification for Fabrication and Jobsite Handling of Epoxy -Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars O. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 440, Reinforcing Steel P. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-7320, "Qualification Procedure for Reinforcing Steel Mills" REINFORCING STEEL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 032111-1 July 31, 2025 Q. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-7330, "Qualification Procedure for Reinforcing Steel Epoxy Coating Applicators" R. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-4510, "Mechanical Couplers" S. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) T. American Welding Society AWS D1.4/D1.4M, "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel" 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related Section(s). B. Mill approval letter certified by mill. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The requirements of the Drawings, Owner, ASTM Designation, and / or ACI requirements shall govern all products. B. In cases where the provisions of this specification are in conflict with the provisions of the ASTM Designation and / or ACI requirements to which reference is made, the provisions of this specification shall govern. C. All bars shall be marked in accordance with ASTM A615 or ASTM A706. D. Furnish copies of a written certification that the reinforcing steel meets the requirements of this Section. 2.02 APPROVED MILLS A. Reinforcement shall be produced by mills that are approved by the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) in accordance with TxDOT DMS-7320. B. Mill certification shall be submitted with each delivery prior to incorporation of the material into the Project. 2.03 DEFORMED BAR A. Unless otherwise designated on the Drawings, all bar reinforcement shall be deformed. B. Reinforcing Steel must conform to one of the following: 1. ASTM A615, Grades 40 or 60, 2. ASTM A996, Type A, Grades 40 or 60, 3. ASTM A996, Type R, Grade 60, permitted in concrete pavement only (Furnish ASTM A996, Type R bars as straight bars only and do not bend them. Bend tests are not required), 4. ASTM A706 5. ACI 318 C. Large diameter new billet steel (Nos. 14 and 18), Grade 75, and will be permitted for straight bars only. REINFORCING STEEL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 2111- 2 July 31, 2025 D. The nominal size and area and the theoretical weight of reinforcing steel bars covered by this specification is shown in Table 1: Table 1 Size, Area, and Weight of Reinforcing Steel Bars Bar Size Number Nominal Diameter (inch) Nominal Area (square inch) Weight Per Linear Foot 2 0.250 0.05 0.167 3 0.375 0.11 0.376 4 0.500 0.20 0.668 5 0.625 0.31 1.043 6 0.750 0.44 1.502 7 0.875 0.60 2.044 8 1.000 0.79 2.670 9 1.128 1.00 3.400 10 1.270 1.27 4.303 11 1.410 1.56 5.313 14 1.693 2.25 7.600 18 2.257 4.00 13.60 2.04 SMOOTH ROUND BARS AND DOWELS A. Reinforcing Steel must conform to one of the following: 1. ASTM A615, Grades 40 or 60, 2. ASTM A996, Type A, Grades 40 or 60, 3. ASTM A996, Type R, Grade 60, permitted in concrete pavement only (Furnish ASTM A996, Type R bars as straight bars only and do not bend them. Bend tests are not required), 4. ASTM A706 5. ACI 318 B. Large diameter new billet steel (Nos. 14 and 18), Grade 75, and will be permitted for straight bars only. C. Smooth bars larger than No. 3, provide steel conforming to ASTM A615 or meet the physical requirements of ASTM A36 and ACI 318. D. Concrete pavement 1. Smooth bars and Dowels must have a minimum yield strength of 60 ksi and meet ASTM A615 and ACI 318. 2.05 SPIRAL REINFORCEMENT A. Spiral reinforcement shall be smooth (not deformed) bars or wire of the minimum diameter shown on the Drawings. B. Bars 1. Bars must comply with ASTM A615, Grade 40; ASTM A996, Type A, Grade 40; or ASTM A675, Grade 80, meeting the dimensional tolerances of ASTM A615, and ACI 318. C. Wire REINFORCING STEEL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 2111- 3 July 31, 2025 1. Wire shall be cold -drawn from rods that have been hot -rolled from billets and shall comply with ASTM A185 and ACI 318. 2. Smooth wire must comply with ASTM A82. 3. Deformed wire must comply with ASTM A496. 2.06 WELDABLE REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcement shall comply with ASTM A706 or have a carbon equivalent (C.E.) of at most 0.55%. B. Furnish copies of the chemical analysis showing the percentages of carbon, manganese, phosphorus and sulfur and written certification that the reinforcing steel meets the requirements of this Section. 2.07 WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Provide in rolls or sheets complying with ASTM A185. 2.08 EPDXY COATING 1. Required when and as shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Owner. 2. The epoxy shall be applied by an approved applicator in accordance with TxDOT DMS-7330, "Qualification Procedure for Reinforcing Steel Epoxy Coating Applicators". 3. Reinforcement is to be coated in accordance with Table 2. Table 2 Epoxy Coating Requirements for Reinforcing Steel Material Specification Bar ASTM A775 or A934 Wire or Fabric ASTM A884 Class A or B Mechanical Couplers As shown on Drawings Hardware As shown on Drawings 4. Epoxy coating material and coating repair material shall comply with TxDOT DMS-8130, "Epoxy Powder Coating for Reinforcing Steel". 5. Epoxy -Coated Reinforcement will be sampled and tested in accordance with TxDOTTex-739-I. 6. Maintain identification of all reinforcing throughout the coating and fabrication and until delivery to the project. 7. Furnish copies of a written certification that the reinforcing steel meets the requirements of this Section and copies of the manufacturers control tests. 2.09 MECHANICAL COUPLERS A. When mechanical splices are shown in the Drawings and allowed by the Owner, the following types shall be used: 1. Sleeve -filler, 2. Sleeve -threaded, 3. Sleeve -swaged, or 4. Sleeve -wedge (not permitted on coated reinforcement). REINFORCING STEEL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 032111-4 July 31, 2025 B. Furnish only couplers that have been produced by a manufacturer that is approved in accordance with TxDOT DMS-4510, "Mechanical Couplers". C. Couplers must be sampled and tested in accordance with DMS-4510. D. Furnish copies of a written certification that the mechanical couplers meets the requirements of this Section. 2.10 TIES A. Uncoated Reinforcement 1. Ties shall be a minimum of 16 gauge of like material of the reinforcement 2. Be in accordance with the Drawings and ACI 318. B. Coated Reinforcement 1. Ties shall be a minimum of 16 gauge 7 mil PVC coated 2. Be in accordance with the Drawings and ACI 318 3. Be approved by the Owner. 2.11 SPACERS AND BLOCKING A. Galvanized Metal Spacers 1. Be galvanized in conformance with ASTM A123. 2. Are to be approved for use by Owner. 3. Not allowed with epoxy -coated reinforcement. B. Metal Spacers with Plastic Coated Tips 1. Are to be approved for use by Owner. C. Stainless Steel Spacers 1. Shall be type 316 or as directed by Owner. 2. Are to be approved for use by Owner. D. Plastic Spacers 1. For approval of plastic spacers on project, representative samples of the plastic shall show no visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a five percent (5%) solution of sodium hydroxide for 120 hours. 2. Must be used with epoxy -coated reinforcement. E. Pre -cast Mortar or Concrete Blocks 1. Pre -cast mortar or concrete blocks to be used for holding steel in position adjacent to formed surfaces shall be cast in molds meeting the approval of the Owner and shall be cured by covering with wet burlap or cotton mats for a period of 72 hours. 2. The blocks shall be cast in the form of a frustum of a cone or pyramid with the smaller face placed against the forms. 3. A suitable tie wire shall be provided in each block, to be used for anchoring to the steel. 4. Except in unusual cases, and when specifically otherwise authorized by the Owner, the size of the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall not exceed two and one-half inches (2 1/2") square or the equivalent thereof in cases where circular or rectangular areas are provided. 5. Blocks shall be cast accurately to the thickness required, and the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall be a true plane free of surface imperfections. 6. Not allowed with epoxy -coated reinforcement. REINFORCING STEEL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 2111- 5 July 31, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. 3.02 BENDING A. The reinforcement shall be bent cold, true to the shapes indicated on the Drawings. B. Bending shall preferably be done in the shop. 1. Field bending and method of, will need to be approved by the Owner. C. Irregularities in bending shall be cause for rejection at no cost to the Owner. D. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the inside diameter of bar bends, in terms of the nominal bar diameter (d), shall be as shown in Table 3: Table 3 Minimum Inside Diameter of Bends Bend Bar Size Number (inch) Grade 40 Grade 60 Grade 75 Bends of 90 degree and greater in stirrups, ties and other secondary bars that enclose another bar in the bend. #3, #4, #5 3d 4d -- #6, #7, #8 4d 6d -- All bends in main bars and in secondary bars not covered above. #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8 5d 6d -- #9, #10 5d 8d -- #11 5d 8d 8d #14, #18 10d 10d -- E. Where bending of bar sizes No. 14 or No. 18 of Grades 40 and 60 is required, bend testing shall be performed on representative specimens as described for smaller bars in the applicable ASTM Specification. 1. The required bend shall be 90 degrees around a pin having a diameter of ten (10) times the nominal diameter of the bar. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Fabricating tolerances for bars shall be as specified on the Drawings or as shown in Figure 1: REINFORCING STEEL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 2111- 6 July 31, 2025 Figure 1 Fabrication Tolerances for Bars +1" ±2" From end of bar to any bend ±1/2 .11 3.04 STORAGE +0, -1/4" if 6" or less +0, -1/2" if over 6" Spiral or Circular Tie ±1/2" Stirrup or Tie A. All materials shall be stored above the surface of the ground upon platforms, skids, or other supports and shall be protected as far as practicable from mechanical injury and surface deterioration caused by exposure to conditions producing rust. B. Materials shall be free from injurious defects such as cracks and laminations. C. Rust, surface seams, surface irregularities or mill scale will not be cause for rejection, provided the minimum dimensions, cross -sectional area and tensile properties of a hand wire crushed specimen meets the physical requirements for size and grade of steel specified. 3.05 SPLICES A. Bars 1. No splicing of bars, except when provided on the Drawings or specified herein, will be permitted without written approval of the Owner. 2. Splices not provided for on the Drawings will be permitted, but not included for measurement, in Grade 40 bars only, sizes No. 8 and smaller, subject to the following: REINFORCING STEEL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 2111- 7 July 31, 2025 a. For bars exceeding forty -feet (40') in drawing length, the distance center to center of splices shall not be less than forty -feet (40') and no individual bar length shall be less than ten -feet (10'). b. Splices will not be permitted in bars less than forty -feet (40') in drawing length. c. Splices which are not shown on the Drawings, but permitted hereby, shall be made in accordance with Table 4, or as directed by Owner: Table 4 Minimum Lap Requirements Bar Size Number (inches) Uncoated Lap Length Coated Lap Length 3 1'-6" 2'-6" 4 2'-0" 3'-0" 5 2'-6" 3'-6" 6 3'-0" 4'-0" 7 3'-6" 5'-6" 8 4'-6" 7'-0" 9 6'-0" 8'-6" 10 7'-6" 11'-0" 11 9'-0" 13'-6" d. Do not lap No. 14 or No. 18 bars e. The specified concrete cover shall be maintained at such splices and the bars placed in contact and securely tied together. 3. Splices will not be permitted in main reinforcement at points of maximum stress. a. When permitted in main bars, splices in adjacent bars will be staggered a minimum of two (2) splice lengths. B. Welded Wire 1. Lap length shall be at least two (2) cross wires plus two inches (2") on each sheet or roll. 2. All intersections of wire shall be securely tied together. C. Box Culvert Extensions 1. For box culvert extensions with less than one -foot (1') of fill, the existing longitudinal bars shall have a twenty (20) diameter lap with the new bars. 2. For extensions with more than one -foot (1') of fill, a minimum of one -foot (1') lap will be required. D. Welding 1. Welding of reinforcing bars may be used only where shown on the Drawings and by a method approved by the Owner. 2. All welding operations, processes, equipment, materials, workmanship, and inspection shall conform to the requirements of the Drawings and AWS D1.4/D1.4M, "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel" of the American Welding Society. 3. All splices shall be of such dimension and character as to develop the full strength of bar being spliced. 4. End preparation for butt welding reinforcing bars, shall be done in the field. 5. Delivered bars shall be of sufficient length to permit this practice. REINFORCING STEEL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 2111- 8 July 31, 2025 6. Welding of coated bars is not allowed unless the Owner approves of the method and location. E. Mechanical Couplings 1. Install mechanical coupling in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations only where shown on the Drawings. 2. Do not repair damaged threads. 3. Mechanical coupling of coated bars is not allowed unless the Owner approves of the method and location. 3.06 DOWEL BARS A. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, dowel bars transferring tensile stresses, shall have a minimum embedment equal to the minimum lap requirements shown in Table 4. B. Shear transfer dowels shall have a minimum embedment of twelve -inches (12"). C. Bars shall be greased or sleeved on one (1) end. 3.07 UNCOATED REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT A. Handling 1. Provide systems for handling the reinforcement to prevent damage. 2. Bundles shall be lifted with a strong back, spreader bar, multiple supports, platform bridge, or other means to prevent damage. 3. Do not drag or drop reinforcement. 4. Do not drag or drop other materials onto reinforcement. B. Cutting 1. Cutting of rods, bolt, and ties shall be done by saw or shear -cut only. 2. Burning off of rods, bolts or ties will not be permitted. C. Reinforcement 1. Reinforcement shall be placed as near as possible in the position shown on the Drawings. a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, dimensions shown for reinforcement are to the centers of the bars. 1) In the plane of the steel parallel to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from Drawing placement by more than one -twelfth (1/12) of the spacing between bars. 2) In the plane of the steel perpendicular to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from Drawing placement by more than one -quarter inch (1/4"). 3) Cover of concrete to the nearest surface of steel shall meet the above requirements but shall never be less than one inch (1") or as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Owner. 2. Vertical stirrups shall always pass around the main tensions members and be attached securely thereto. 3. When placed in the work, reinforcement shall be free from dirt, paint, grease, oil, or other foreign materials. D. Support 1. Reinforcement is to be supported and tied in such manner that a sufficiently rigid case of steel is provided. REINFORCING STEEL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 2111- 9 July 31, 2025 2. If the cage is not adequately supported to resist settlement or floating upward of the steel, overturning of truss bars, or movement in any direction during concrete placement, permission to continue concrete placement will be withheld until corrective measures are taken. 3. Sufficient measurements shall be made during concrete placement to insure compliance with this specification and the Drawings. 4. All metal appliances used inside of forms for alignment purposes shall be removed to a depth of at least one-half inch (1/2") from the concrete surface. a. They shall be made so the metal may be removed without undue chipping or spalling, and when removed, shall leave a smooth opening in the concrete surface. E. Tying 1. All reinforcing steel shall be tied at all intersections, except that where spacing is less than one foot (1') in each direction, alternate intersections only, need be tied. 2. Any wire ties used shall be cut back at least one-half inch (1/2") from the face of the concrete. F. Spacers and Blocking 1. The reinforcing steel shall be spaced its required distance from the form surface by means of approved galvanized metal spacers, metal spacers with plastic coated tips, stainless steel spacers, plastic spacers, or approved pre -cast mortar or concrete blocks. 2. Metal supports are not allowed to come into contact with the soil, subgrade, water, or other material which is corrosive to metal, unless approved by the Owner. 3.08 COATED REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT A. Handling 1. Provide systems for handling the reinforcement with padded contact areas to prevent damage to the coating. 2. Bundles shall be lifted with a strong back, spreader bar, multiple supports, platform bridge, or other means to prevent damage to the coating. 3. Do not drag or drop reinforcement. 4. Do not drag or drop other materials onto reinforcement. B. Cutting 1. Cutting of rods, bolt, and ties shall be done by saw or shear -cut only when approved. a. The cut shall be coated in accordance with ASTM D3963 and as recommended by the manufacturer. C. Reinforcement 1. Reinforcement shall be placed as near as possible in the position shown on the Drawings. a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, dimensions shown for reinforcement are to the centers of the bars. b. In the plane of the steel parallel to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from Drawing placement by more than one -twelfth (1/12) of the spacing between bars. c. In the plane of the steel perpendicular to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from Drawing placement by more than one -quarter inch (1/4"). d. Cover of concrete to the nearest surface of steel shall meet the above requirements but shall never be less than one -inch (1") or as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Owner. 2. Vertical stirrups shall always pass around the main tensions members and be attached securely thereto. REINFORCING STEEL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 21 11- 10 July 31, 2025 3. When placed in the work, reinforcement shall be free from dirt, paint, grease, oil, or other foreign materials. D. Support 1. Reinforcement is to be supported and tied in such a manner that a sufficiently rigid case of steel is provided. 2. If the cage is not adequately supported to resist settlement or floating upward of the steel, overturning of truss bars, or movement in any direction during concrete placement, permission to continue concrete placement will be withheld until corrective measures are taken. 3. Sufficient measurements shall be made during concrete placement to insure compliance with this specification and the Drawings. 4. All metal appliances used inside of forms for alignment purposes shall be removed to a depth of at least one-half inch (1/2") from the concrete surface. a. They shall be made so the metal may be removed without undue chipping or spalling, and when removed, shall leave a smooth opening in the concrete surface. E. Tying 1. All reinforcing steel shall be tied at all intersections, except that where spacing is less than one - foot (1') in each direction, alternate intersections only, need be tied. 2. Any wire ties used shall be cut back at least one-half inch (1/2") from the face of the concrete. F. Spacers and Blocking 1. The reinforcing steel shall be spaced its required distance from the form surface by means of approved metal spacers with plastic coated tips, stainless steel spacers, or approved plastic spacers. 2. Metal supports are not allowed to come into contact with the soil, subgrade, water, or other material which is corrosive to metal, unless approved by the Owner. G. Coating Repair 1. The coating repair shall be in accordance with ASTM D3963 and as recommended by the manufacturer. 3.09 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. No concrete shall be deposited until the Owner has inspected the placement of the reinforcing steel and given permission to proceed. B. Before any concrete is placed, all debris shall be cleaned from the reinforcement. END OF SECTION 03 21 11 REINFORCING STEEL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 21 11- 11 July 31, 2025 SECTION 03 30 00 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete formwork. B. Concrete building frame members. C. Suspended concrete slabs. D. Floors and slabs on grade. E. Concrete foundation walls. F. Concrete reinforcement. G. Joint devices associated with concrete work. H. Miscellaneous concrete elements, including equipment pads, equipment pits, light pole bases, and flagpole bases. I. Concrete curing. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing. B. Section 03 35 40 - Sealed Concrete Floor Finishing C. Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealants: Products and installation for sealants and joint fillers for saw cut joints and isolation joints in slabs. D. Section 07 95 13 - Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies. E. Section 31 31 16 - Termite Control: Field -applied termiticide and mildewcide for concrete surfaces. F. Appendix Section "Testing Requirements". 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI CODE-318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; 2019 (Reapproved 2022). B. ACI PRC-211.1 - Selecting Proportions for Normal -Density and High Density -Concrete - Guide; 2022. C. ACI PRC-223 - Shrinkage -Compensating Concrete - Guide; 2021. D. ACI PRC-302.1 - Guide to Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; 2015. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-1 July 31, 2025 E. ACI PRC-304 - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; 2000 (Reapproved 2009). F. ACI PRC-305 - Guide to Hot Weather Concreting; 2020. G. ACI PRC-306 - Guide to Cold Weather Concreting; 2016. H. ACI PRC-308 - Guide to External Curing of Concrete; 2016. I. ACI PRC-347 - Guide to Formwork for Concrete; 2014 (Reapproved 2021). J. ACI SPEC-117 - Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; 2010 (Reapproved 2015). K. ACI SPEC-301 - Specifications for Concrete Construction; 2020. L. ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2023. M. ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2023. N. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete; 2024. O. ASTM C109/C109M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 50 mm [2 in.] Cube Specimens); 2023. P. ASTM C143/C143M - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic -Cement Concrete; 2020. Q. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2022. R. ASTM C171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete; 2020. S. ASTM C173/C173M - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method; 2023. T. ASTM C260/C260M - Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete; 2010a (Reapproved 2016). U. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete; 2019. V. ASTM C330/C330M - Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete; 2023. W. ASTM C494/C494M - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete; 2019, with Editorial Revision (2022). X. ASTM C579 - Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical -Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes; 2023. Y. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2023, with Editorial Revision. Z. ASTM C827/C827M - Standard Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens of Cementitious Mixtures; 2023. AA. ASTM C845/C845M - Standard Specification for Expansive Hydraulic Cement; 2018. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-2 July 31, 2025 BB. ASTM C881/C881M - Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Base Bonding Systems for Concrete; 2020a. CC. ASTM C979/C979M - Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete; 2016. DD. ASTM C989/C989M - Standard Specification for Slag Cement for Use in Concrete and Mortars; 2024. EE. ASTM C1059/C1059M - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete; 2021. FF. ASTM C1107/C1107M - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout (Nonshrink); 2020. GG. ASTM C1202 - Standard Test Method for Electrical Indication of Concrete's Ability to Resist Chloride Ion Penetration; 2019. HH. ASTM C1240 - Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures; 2020. II. ASTM C1315 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete; 2019. JJ. ASTM C1582/C1582M - Standard Specification for Admixtures to Inhibit Chloride -Induced Corrosion of Reinforcing Steel in Concrete; 2011, with Editorial Revision (2017). KK. ASTM C1602/C1602M - Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete; 2022. LL. ASTM D471 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property --Effect of Liquids; 2016a (Reapproved 2021). MM. ASTM D695 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics; 2023. NN. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 2017 (Reapproved 2023). 00. COE CRD-C 48 - Handbook for Concrete and Cement Standard Test Method for Water Permeability of Concrete; 1992. PP. ICRI 310.2R - Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, Polymer Overlays, and Concrete Repair; 2013. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with specified requirements and installation instructions. 1. For curing compounds, provide data on method of removal in the event of incompatibility with floor covering adhesives. 2. For chemical -resistant waterstops, provide data on ASTM D471 test results. 3. For membrane -forming, moisture emission -reducing, curing and sealing compound, provide manufacturer's installation instructions. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-3 July 31, 2025 B. Mix Design: Submit proposed concrete mix design. 1. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI SPEC-301, Section 4 - Concrete Mixtures. 2. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI CODE-318, Chapter 5 - Concrete Quality, Mixing and Placing. C. Samples for Pigment Color Selection: Submit manufacturer's complete sample chip set, including pigment number and required dosage rate for each color. D. Verification Samples: Submit sample chips of specified colors indicating pigment numbers and required dosage rates, for subsequent comparison to installed concrete. E. Samples: Submit samples of underslab vapor retarder to be used. F. Test Reports: Submit report for each test or series of tests specified. G. Test Reports: Submit termite -resistant sheet manufacturer's summary of independent laboratory and field testing for effectiveness in subterranean termite exclusion. H. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: For concrete accessories, indicate installation procedures and interface required with adjacent construction. I. Sustainable Design Submittal: If any fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, rice hull ash, or other waste material is used in mix designs to replace Portland cement, submit the total volume of concrete cast in place, mix design(s) used showing the quantity of portland cement replaced, reports showing successful cylinder testing, and temperature on day of pour if cold weather mix is used. J. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components that will be concealed from view upon completion of concrete work. K. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI SPEC-301 and ACI CODE-318. 1. Maintain one copy of each document on site. B. Follow recommendations of ACI PRC-305 when concreting during hot weather. C. Follow recommendations of ACI PRC-306 when concreting during cold weather. D. For slabs indicated to receive membrane -forming, moisture emission -reducing, curing and sealing compound, do not proceed with application unless manufacturer's representative is present for every day of placement. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-4 July 31, 2025 1.06 WARRANTY A. Moisture Emission -Reducing Curing and Sealing Compound, Membrane -Forming: Provide warranty to cover cost of flooring delamination failures for 10 years. 1. Include cost of repair or removal of failed flooring, remediation with a moisture vapor impermeable surface coating, and replacement of flooring with comparable flooring system. B. Moisture Emission -Reducing Curing and Sealing Compound, Penetrating: Provide non -prorated warranty to cover cost of flooring delamination failures for 20 years. 1. Include cost of repair or removal of failed flooring, remediation with a moisture vapor impermeable surface coating, and replacement of flooring with comparable flooring system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. Formwork Design and Construction: Comply with guidelines of ACI PRC-347 to provide formwork that will produce concrete complying with tolerances of ACI SPEC-117. B. Form Materials: Contractor's choice of standard products with sufficient strength to withstand hydrostatic head without distortion in excess of permitted tolerances. 1. Form Facing for Exposed Finish Concrete: Contractor's choice of materials that will provide smooth, stain -free final appearance. 2. Form Facing for Exposed Finish Concrete: Steel. 3. Earth Cuts: Do not use earth cuts as forms for vertical surfaces. Natural rock formations that maintain a stable vertical edge may be used as side forms. 4. Form Coating: Release agent that will not adversely affect concrete or interfere with application of coatings. 5. Form Ties: Cone snap Taper removable bolt type that will leave no metal within 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) of concrete surface. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 03 20 00. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type IA - Air Entraining Portland type. 1. Acquire cement for entire project from same source. B. Blended, Expansive Hydraulic Cement: ASTM C845/C845M, Type K, Type M, or Type S. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-5 July 31, 2025 1. Products: a. Euclid Chemical Company; EUCON MSA: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. C. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33/C33M. 1. Acquire aggregates for entire project from same source. D. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C330/C330M. E. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. F. Calcined Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class N. G. Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag: ASTM C989/C989M. H. Silica Fume: ASTM C1240, proportioned in accordance with ACI PRC-211.1. I. Water: ASTM C1602/C1602M; clean, potable, and not detrimental to concrete. 2.04 ADMIXTURES A. Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight of cement. B. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C260/C260M. C. High Range Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type F. 1. Products: a. Euclid Chemical Company; PLASTOL 6420: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. b. Master Builders Solutions, MasterGlenium Series: www.master-builders- solutions.com/en-us/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. D. Water Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type E. 1. Products: a. Euclid Chemical Company; ACCELGUARD 80: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. b. Master Builders Solutions; MasterSet AC FP 20: www.master-builders- solutions.com/en-us/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. E. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type D. 1. Provide pigmented type, with ASTM C979/C979M inorganic pigments. 2. Products: a. Master Builders Solutions; MasterSet DELVO: www.master-builders- solutions.com/en-us/#sle. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-6 July 31, 2025 b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. F. Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type C. 1. Products: a. Master Builders Solutions; MasterSet AC 534: www.master-builders- solutions.com/en-us/#sle. b. W. R. Meadows, Inc; Hydraset: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. G. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type B. H. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type A. 1. Products: a. Euclid Chemical Company; EUCON NW: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. b. Specialty Products Group; Vapor Lock 40/41: www.spggogreen.com/#sle. c. Master Builders Solutions; MasterEase 5000: www.master-builders- solutions.com/en-us/#sle. d. Master Builders Solutions; MasterPolyheed Series: www.master-builders- solutions.com/en-us/#sle. e. Master Builders Solutions; MasterPozzolith Series: www.master-builders- solutions.com/en-us/#sle. f. Master Builders Solutions; Master X-Seed 66: www.master-builders- solutions.com/en-us/#sle. g• Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. I. Alkali -Silica Reaction Inhibiting Admixture: For on -site production of concrete with Type S cement in accordance with ASTM C494/C494M. 1. Products: a. Master Builders Solutions; MasterLife ASR 30: www.master-builders- solutions.com/en-us/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. J. Strength -Enhancing Admixture: For on -site production of concrete with Type S cement in accordance with ASTM C494/C494M. 1. Products: a. Master Builders Solutions; Master X-Seed Series: www.master-builders- solutions.com/en-us/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-7 July 31, 2025 K. Workability -Retaining Admixture: For on -site production of concrete with Type S cement in accordance with ASTM C494/C494M. 1. Products: a. Master Builders Solutions; MasterSure Z 60: www.master-builders-solutions.com/en- us/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. L. Shrinkage Reducing Admixture: For on -site production of concrete with Type S cement in accordance with ASTM C494/C494M. 1. Products: a. Euclid Chemical Company; Eucon SRA Floor: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. b. Euclid Chemical Company; Eucon SRA-XT: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. c. GCP Applied Technologies; Eclipse Floor 200: www.gcpat.com/#sle. d. GCP Applied Technologies; Eclipse 4500: www.gcpat.com/#sle. e. Master Builders Solutions; MasterLife CRA Series: www.master-builders- solutions.com/en-us/#sle. f. Master Builders Solutions; MasterLife SRA Series: www.master-builders- solutions.com/en-us/#sle. g• Substitutions: See Section 00 07 00 - Product Requirements. M. Shrinkage Reducing Admixture: N. Shrinkage Compensating Admixture: For on site production of concrete with ASTM C845/C845M, Type K, Type M, or Type S cement. 1. Products: a. CTS Cement Manufacturing Corporation; Komponent: www.ctscement.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. O. Corrosion Inhibiting Admixture: 1. ASTM C494/C494M, Type C. 2. ASTM C1582/C1582M. 3. Products: a. Euclid Chemical Company; EUCON CIA: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Division 01 Sections for Product Requirements. 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Underslab Vapor Retarder: CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-8 July 31, 2025 1. Sheet Material: ASTM E1745, Class A; stated by manufacturer as suitable for installation in contact with soil or granular fill under concrete slabs. Single -ply polyethylene is prohibited. 2. Accessory Products: Vapor retarder manufacturer's recommended tape, adhesive, mastic, prefabricated boots, etc., for sealing seams and penetrations. 3. Products: a. Henry Company; Moistop Ultra 15: www.henry.com/#sle. b. Inteplast Group; Barrier-Bac VB-350: www.barrierbac.com/#sle. c. ISI Building Products; Viper VaporCheck II 15-mil (Class A): www.isibp.com/#sle. d. Poly -America; Husky Yellow Guard Class A 15-mil Vapor Barrier: www.yellowguard.com/#sle. e. Stego Industries, LLC; 15 mil: www.stegoindustries.com/#sle. f. Tex-Trude, LP; Xtreme Vapor Barrier (15-mil): www.tex-trude.com/#sle. g. W. R. Meadows, Inc; PERMINATOR Class A - 15 mils (0.38 mm): www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. h. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Non -Shrink Cementitious Grout: Premixed compound consisting of nonmetallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents. 1. Grout: Comply with ASTM C1107/C1107M. 2. Height Change, Plastic State; when tested in accordance with ASTM C827/C827M: a. Maximum: Plus 4 percent. b. Minimum: Plus 1 percent. 3. Minimum Compressive Strength at 48 Hours, ASTM C109/C109M: 2,000 pounds per square inch (13.7 MPa). 4. Minimum Compressive Strength at 28 Days, ASTM C109/C109M: 7,000 pounds per square inch (48 MPa). 5. Products containing aluminum powder are not permitted. 6. Flowable Products: a. Euclid Chemical Company; NS GROUT: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. b. W. R. Meadows, Inc; CG-86: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 7. Low -Slump, Dry Pack Products: a. Euclid Chemical Company; DRY PACK GROUT: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. b. Five Star Products, Inc; Five Star Grout: www.fivestarproducts.com/#sle. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-9 July 31, 2025 c. SpecChem, LLC; SC Multipurpose Grout: www.specchemllc.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. C. Non -Shrink Epoxy Grout: Moisture -insensitive, two-part; consisting of epoxy resin, nonmetallic aggregate, and activator. 1. Composition: High solids content material exhibiting positive expansion when tested in accordance with ASTM C827/C827M. a. Maximum Height Change: Plus 4 percent. b. Minimum Height Change: Plus 1 percent. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength at 7 days, ASTM C579: 12,000 pounds per square inch (82.7 MPa). 3. Minimum Compressive Strength at 7 days, ASTM D695: 12,000 pounds per square inch (82.7 MPa). 4. Products: a. Adhesives Technology Corporation; ACCU-GROUT: www.atcepoxy.com/#sle. b. Kaufman Products Inc; K Pro HP Grout: www.kaufmanproducts.net/#sle. c. LATICRETE International, Inc; EPOGROUT 758: www.laticrete.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.06 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS A. Latex Bonding Agent: Non-redispersable acrylic latex, complying with ASTM C1059/C1059M, Type II. 1. Products: a. Euclid Chemical Company; AI<I<RO-7T: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. b. Kaufman Products Inc; SureBond: www.kaufmanproducts.net/#sle. c. Kaufman Products Inc; SureWeld: www.kaufmanproducts.net/#sle. d. SpecChem, LLC; Strong Bond Acrylic Bonder: www.specchemllc.com/#sle. e. W. R. Meadows, Inc; ACRY-LOK: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. f. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Epoxy Bonding System: 1. Complying with ASTM C881/C881M and of Type required for specific application. 2. Products: a. Adhesives Technology Corporation; CRACKBOND 2100 MV: www.atcepoxy.com/#sle. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-10 July 31, 2025 b. CTS Cement Manufacturing Corporation; Ultra -Fast Anchoring Adhesive: www.CTScement.com/#sle. c. CTS Cement Manufacturing Corporation; Fast Anchoring and Repair Adhesive: www.CTScement.com/#sle. d. Euclid Chemical Company; DURAL FAST SET LV: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. e. Euclid Chemical Company; DURALFLEX GEL: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. f. Euclid Chemical Company; DURALFLEX LV: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. g. Euclid Chemical Company; DURAL 452 GEL, DURAL 452 LV, or DURAL 452 MV: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. h. Dayton Superior Corporation: www.daytonsuperior.com/#sle. i. Kaufman Products Inc; SurePoxy HM EPL: www.kaufmanproducts.net/#sle. j. Kaufman Products Inc; SurePoxy HM Class B: www.kaufmanproducts.net/#sle. k. Mapei Corporation; Planibond AE: www.mapei.com/#sle. I. Mapei Corporation; Planibond 3C: www.mapei.com/#sle. m. Pecora; Dynapoxy Healer/Sealer: www.pecora.com/#sle. n. Pecora; Dynapoxy Low -Mod Epoxy: www.pecora.com/#sle. o. SpecChem, LLC; SpecPoxy 1000, SpecPoxy 2000, SpecPoxy 3000, or SpecPoxy 3000FS: www.specchemllc.com/#sle. p. W. R. Meadows, Inc; Rezi-Weld Gel Paste, Rezi-Weld Gel Paste State, Rezi-Weld 1000: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. q. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. C. Acetate Bonding Agent: Non-redispersable polyvinyl acetate. 1. Products: a. Larsen Products Corp; Weldcrete: www.larsenproducts.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. D. Slab Isolation Joint Filler: 1/2-inch (13 mm) thick, height equal to slab thickness, with removable top section forming 1/2-inch (13 mm) deep sealant pocket after removal. E. Slab Contraction Joint Device: Preformed linear strip intended for pressing into wet concrete to provide straight route for shrinkage cracking. F. Slab Construction Joint Devices: Combination keyed joint form and screed, galvanized steel, with round knockout holes for conduit or rebar to pass through joint form at 6 inches (150 mm) on center; ribbed steel stakes for setting. 1. Provide removable plastic cap strip that forms wedge-shaped joint for sealant installation. 2. Height: To suit slab thickness. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-11 July 31, 2025 3. Manufacturers: a. BoMetals, Inc; : www.bometals.com/#sle. G. Dowel Sleeves: Plastic sleeve for smooth, round, steel load -transfer dowels. 1. Manufacturers: a. BoMetals, Inc; QuicDowel: www.bometals.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. H. Plate Dowel System: Steel plate dowel and plastic dowel sleeve; with integral fasteners for attachment to formwork. 1. Manufacturers: a. BoMetals, Inc; : www.bometals.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.07 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Reducer: Liquid thin -film -forming compound that reduces rapid moisture loss caused by high temperature, low humidity, and high winds; intended for application immediately after concrete placement. 1. Products: a. Dayton Superior Corporation: www.daytonsuperior.com/#sle. b. Euclid Chemical Company ; EUCOBAR: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. c. Kaufman Products Inc; VaporAid: www.kaufmanproducts.net/#sle. d. Master Builders Solutions; MasterKure ER 50: www.master-builders- solutions.com/en-us/#sle. e. Nox-Crete Inc; Monofilm: www.nox-crete.com/#sle. f. SpecChem, LLC; SpecFilm Concentrate or SpecFilm: www.specchemllc.com/#sle. g. W. R. Meadows, Inc; Evapre or Evapre-RTU: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. h. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Curing Compound, Naturally Dissipating: Clear, water -based, liquid membrane -forming compound; complying with ASTM C309. 1. Products: a. Dayton Superior Corporation; : www.daytonsuperior.com/#sle. b. Euclid Chemical Company; COLOR-CRETE CURE AND SEAL VOC: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. c. Kaufman Products Inc; Thinfilm 420 Resin Base: www.kaufmanproducts.net/#sle. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-12 July 31, 2025 d. Mapei Corporation; Mapecure DR: www.mapei.com/#sle. e. Nox-Crete Inc; Res -Cure DH 100: www.nox-crete.com/#sle. f. Sinak Corporation; Cure3D: www.sinak.com/#sle. g. SpecChem, LLC; SpecRez: www.specchemllc.com/#sle. h. US Spec, an Oldcastle brand; Maxcure Wax White: www.usspec.com/#sle. i. W. R. Meadows, Inc; 1100: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. j. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. C. Curing Agent, Water -Cure Equivalent Type: Clear, water -based, non -film -forming, liquid -water cure replacement agent. 1. Comply with ASTM C309 standards for water retention. 2. Compressive Strength of Treated Concrete: Equal to or greater than strength after 14-day water cure when tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M. 3. VOC Content: Zero. 4. Products: a. Sinak Corporation; LithiumCure 1000: www.sinak.com/#sle. b. Sinak Corporation; LithiumCure 2000: www.sinak.com/#sle. c. LATICRETE International, Inc; L&M CURE: www.laticrete.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. D. Curing and Anti-Spalling Compound: Boiled linseed oil compound. 1. Application: Use on roadway, bridge deck, parking deck, and ramps. 2. Products: a. Dayton Superior Corporation: www.daytonsuperior.com/#sle. b. Euclid Chemical Company; LINSEED OIL TREATMENT: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. c. W. R. Meadows, Inc; Lin -Seal, Lin -Seal Emulsion, or Lin -Seal White: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. E. Wax Curing Compound: Water -based liquid, white pigmented, membrane -forming. 1. Products: a. Dayton Superior Corporation: www.daytonsuperior.com/#sle. b. Euclid Chemical Company; KUREZ VOX WHITE PIGMENTED: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. c. Kaufman Products Inc; Thinfilm 445 Wax Base: www.kaufmanproducts.net/#sle. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-13 July 31, 2025 d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. F. Resin Curing Compound: Solvent -based liquid, white pigmented, membrane -forming. 1. For use on exterior slabs. When slab will be painted, sealed, topped, or receive other applied finish, completely remove curing compound after curing is complete and before finish coatings are applied. 2. Comply with ASTM C309, Type 2, Classes A and B. 3. VOC Content: Less than 350 g/L. 4. Solids Content: 20 percent, minimum. 5. Products: a. Dayton Superior Corporation: www.daytonsuperior.com/#sle. b. Euclid Chemical Company; KUREZ VOX WHITE PIGMENTED: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. c. Euclid Chemical Company: KUREZ DR-100: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. d. Euclid Chemical Company: KUREZ DR -VOX: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. e. Kaufman Products Inc; Thinfilm 450 Resin Base: www.kaufmanproducts.net/#sle. f. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. G. Low -Solids, Non -Membrane -Forming, Silicate Curing Compound: Water -based, reactive silicate liquid. 1. Products: a. Nox-Crete Inc; Bro-Cure: www.nox-crete.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. H. Curing and Sealing Compound, Moisture Emission -Reducing, Membrane -Forming: Clear, liquid sealer for application to newly -placed concrete; capable of providing adequate bond for flooring adhesives, initially and over the long term; with sufficient moisture vapor impermeability to prevent deterioration of flooring adhesives due to moisture emission. 1. Use this product to cure and seal all slabs to receive adhesively applied flooring or roofing. 2. Comply with ASTM C309 and ASTM C1315 Type I Class A. 3. VOC Content: Less than 100 g/L. 4. Solids Content: 25 percent, minimum. 5. Products: a. Floor Seal Technology, Inc; VaporSeal 309: www.floorseal.com/#sle. b. Forta Corporation: www.forta-ferro.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-14 July 31, 2025 I. Curing and Sealing Compound, Moisture Emission -Reducing, Penetrating: Clear, water -based, non -film -forming curing agent; capable of providing adequate bond for flooring adhesives, initially and over the long term; with sufficient moisture vapor impermeability to prevent deterioration of flooring adhesives due to moisture emission, moisture vapor emission, and alkalinity. 1. Use this product to cure and seal all slabs to receive adhesively applied flooring or roofing. 2. Compressive Strength of Treated Concrete: Equal to or greater than strength after 28-day water cure when tested according to ASTM C39/C39M. 3. Chloride Ion Resistance of Treated Concrete: Equal to or greater than strength after 28- day water cure when tested according to ASTM C1202. 4. Comply with ASTM C309 and ASTM C1315 Type I Class A. 5. VOC Content: Zero. 6. UL GREENGUARD Gold certified. 7. Products: a. Sinak Corporation; VC5: www.sinak.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. J. Curing and Densifying Compound, Membrane -Forming: Lithium polysilicate-based, clear, liquid densifier for application to newly -placed concrete. 1. Comply with ASTM C309. 2. VOC Content: Less than 50 g/L. 3. Solids Content: 25 percent, minimum. 4. Products: a. Adhesives Technology Corporation; CONVERGENT Pentra-Cure (MH): www.atcepoxy.com/#sle. b. Green Umbrella Architectural Concrete Systems; SoloCure: www.greenumbrellasystems.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. K. Curing Compound, Non -Dissipating: Liquid, membrane -forming, clear, nonyellowing acrylic; complying with ASTM C309. 1. Vehicle: Water -based. 2. Gloss: Low. 3. VOC Content: OTC compliant. 4. Products: a. Kaufman Products Inc; Krystal 15 Emulsion: www.kaufmanproducts.net/#sle. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-15 July 31, 2025 b. LATICRETE International, Inc; Dress & Seal WB: www.laticrete.com/#sle. c. SpecChem, LLC; Cure and Seal WB: www.specchemllc.com/#sle. d. SpecChem, LLC; Cure and Seal WB 25: www.specchemllc.com/#sle. e. United Gilsonite Laboratories; DRYLOI< Natural Look Sealer: www.ugl.com/#sle. f. W. R. Meadows, Inc; PENCURE OTC: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. g. W. R. Meadows, Inc; VOCOMP-20: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. h. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. L. Curing and Sealing Compound, Low Gloss: Liquid, membrane -forming, clear, non -yellowing acrylic; complying with ASTM C1315 Type 1 Class A. 1. Vehicle: Water -based. 2. VOC Content: OTC compliant. 3. Products: a. Clemons Concrete Coatings: www.clemonsconcretecoatings.com/#sle. b. Concrete Sealers USA: www.concretesealersusa.com/#sle. c. Dayton Superior Corporation: www.daytonsuperior.com/#sle. d. Euclid Chemical Company; DIAMOND CLEAR VOX: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. M. Curing and Sealing Compound, High Gloss: Liquid, membrane -forming, clear, nonyellowing acrylic; complying with ASTM C1315 Type 1 Class A. 1. Vehicle: Solvent -based. 2. Solids by Mass: 25 percent, minimum. 3. VOC Content: Ozone Transport Commission (OTC) compliant. 4. Products: a. BRICKFORM; BRICKFORM Gem Cure and Seal 1315 - 350 VOC: www.brickform.com/#sle. b. BRICKFORM: BRICKFORM Gem Cure and Seal 1315 - 650 VOC: www.brickform.com/#sle. c. Concrete Sealers USA: www.concretesealersusa.com/#sle. d. Kaufman Products Inc; Krystal 25 OTC, or Krystal 25 Emulsion: www.kaufmanproducts.net/#sle. e. Kaufman Products Inc; Krystal 30 OTC, or Krystal 30 Emulsion: www.kaufmanproducts.net/#sle. f. LATICRETE International, Inc; LUMISEAL FX: www.laticrete.com/#sle. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-16 July 31, 2025 g. Mapei Corporation; Mapecure UV WB: www.mapei.com/#sle. h. Nox-Crete Inc; Cure & Seal 1315A: www.nox-crete.com/#sle. i. W. R. Meadows, Inc; Decra-Seal Natural: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. j. W. R. Meadows, Inc; Decra-Seal OTC: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. k. W. R. Meadows, Inc; Decra-Seal W/B: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. I. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. N. Curing Agent, Densifier, and Trowelling Aid: Penetrating, moisture -retaining, densifying, and workability -extending system spray -applied to wet concrete and floated or troweled into the surface. 1. Product: a. Green Umbrella Architectural Concrete Systems: Greenlce Curing System: www.greenumbrellasystems.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. O. Moisture -Retaining Sheet: ASTM C171. 1. Curing paper, regular. 2. Polyethylene film, clear, minimum nominal thickness of 4 mil, 0.004 inch (0.102 mm). 3. White -burlap -polyethylene sheet, weighing not less than 3.8 ounces per square yard (1.71 kg/sq m). 2.08 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI PRC-211.1 recommendations. 1. Replace as much Portland cement as possible with fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, or rice hull ash as is consistent with ACI recommendations. B. Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength for each type of concrete on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures, as specified in ACI SPEC-301. 1. For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. C. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI PRC-211.1 and at rates recommended or required by manufacturer. D. Normal Weight Concrete: 1. Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M at 28 days: As indicated on drawings. 2. Fly Ash Content: Maximum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 3. Calcined Pozzolan Content: Maximum 10 percent of cementitious materials by weight. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-17 July 31, 2025 4. Silica Fume Content: Maximum 5 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 5. Water -Cement Ratio: Maximum 40 percent by weight. 6. Total Air Content: 4 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM C173/C173M. 7. Maximum Slump: 3 inches (75 mm). 8. Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch (19 mm). 2.09 MIXING A. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C94/C94M. B. Adding Water: If concrete arrives on -site with slump less than suitable for placement, do not add water that exceeds the maximum water -cement ratio or exceeds the maximum permissible slump. C. Do not use expansive component in same concrete batch with MVRA or PIA. D. Do not use shrinkage -reducing admixture (SRA) in same concrete batch with MVRA or PIA. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Formwork: Comply with requirements of ACI SPEC-301. Design and fabricate forms to support all applied loads until concrete is cured and for easy removal without damage to concrete. B. Verify that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent. C. Coordinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. D. Prepare existing concrete surfaces to be repaired according to ICRI 310.2R. E. Where new concrete is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare existing surface by cleaning and applying bonding agent in according to bonding agent manufacturer's instructions. 1. Use epoxy bonding system for bonding to damp surfaces, for structural load -bearing applications, and where curing under humid conditions is required. 2. Use latex bonding agent only for non -load -bearing applications. F. Where new concrete with integral waterproofing is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare surfaces to be treated in accordance with waterproofing manufacturer's instructions. Saturate cold joint surface with clean water, and remove excess water before application of coat of waterproofing admixture slurry. Apply slurry coat uniformly with semi -stiff bristle brush at rate recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-18 July 31, 2025 G. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non -shrink grout. 3.03 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Comply with requirements of ACI SPEC-301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete coverage required for protection. B. Install flat welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both directions. Splice laps with tie wire. C. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not interfere with concrete placement. 3.04 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI PRC-304. B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI PRC-302.1. C. Place concrete with shrinkage -compensating expansive component in accordance with ACI PRC- 223. D. Notify Architect not less than 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operations. E. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. F. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint devices will not be disturbed during concrete placement. G. Place concrete continuously without construction (cold) joints wherever possible; where construction joints are necessary, before next placement prepare joint surface by removing laitance and exposing the sand and sound surface mortar, by sandblasting or high-pressure water jetting. H. Finish floors level and flat, unless otherwise indicated, within the tolerances specified below. 3.05 SLAB JOINTING A. Locate joints as indicated on drawings. B. Anchor joint fillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placement. C. Isolation Joints: Use preformed joint filler with removable top section for joint sealant, total height equal to thickness of slab, set flush with top of slab. 1. Install wherever necessary to separate slab from other building members, including columns, walls, equipment foundations, footings, stairs, manholes, sumps, and drains. D. Load Transfer Construction and Contraction Joints: Install load transfer devices as indicated; saw cut joint at surface as indicated for contraction joints. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-19 July 31, 2025 E. Saw Cut Contraction Joints: Saw cut joints before concrete begins to cool, within 24 hours after placing; use 3/16 inch (5 mm) thick blade and cut at least 1 inch (25 mm) deep but not less than one quarter (1/4) the depth of the slab. F. Contraction Joint Devices: Use preformed joint device, with top set flush with top of slab. G. Construction Joints: Where not otherwise indicated, use metal combination screed and key form, with removable top section for joint sealant. 3.06 FLOOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS TOLERANCES A. An independent testing agency, as specified in Section 01 40 00, will inspect finished slabs for compliance with specified tolerances. B. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: C. Minimum F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness Values: 1. Exposed to View and Foot Traffic: F(F) of 20; F(L) of 15. 2. Under Raised Access Flooring: F(F) of 20; F(L) of 15. 3. Under Thick -Bed Tile: F(F) of 20; F(L) of 15. 4. Under Carpeting: F(F) of 25; F(L) of 20. 5. Under Thin Resilient Flooring and Thinset Tile: F(F) of 35; F(L) of 25, on -grade only. D. Correct defects by grinding or by removal and replacement of the defective work. Areas requiring corrective work will be identified. Re -measure corrected areas by the same process. 3.07 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork. B. Unexposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch (6 mm) or more in height. C. Exposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off and smooth fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch (6 mm) or more in height. Provide finish as follows: 1. Smooth Rubbed Finish: Wet concrete and rub with carborundum brick or other abrasive, not more than 24 hours after form removal. 2. Grout Cleaned Finish: Wet areas to be cleaned and apply grout mixture by brush or spray; scrub immediately to remove excess grout. After drying, rub vigorously with clean burlap, and keep moist for 36 hours. 3. Cork Floated Finish: Immediately after form removal, apply grout with trowel or firm rubber float; compress grout with low -speed grinder, and apply final texture with cork float. D. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI PRC-302.1 and as follows: CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 30 00 - 20 July 31, 2025 1. Surfaces to Receive Thick Floor Coverings: "Wood float" as described in ACI PRC-302.1; thick floor coverings include quarry tile and ceramic tile with full bed setting system. 2. Surfaces to Receive Thin Floor Coverings: "Steel trowel" as described in ACI PRC-302.1; thin floor coverings include carpeting, resilient flooring, seamless flooring, resinous matrix terrazzo, thin set quarry tile, and thin set ceramic tile. 3. Decorative Exposed Surfaces: Trowel as described in ACI PRC-302.1; take measures necessary to avoid black -burnish marks; decorative exposed surfaces include surfaces to be stained or dyed, pigmented concrete, surfaces to receive liquid hardeners, surfaces to receive dry -shake hardeners, surfaces to be polished, and all other exposed slab surfaces. 4. Chemical Hardener: See Section 03 35 11. E. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces uniformly to drains at 1:100 nominal. 3.08 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with requirements of ACI PRC-308. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. 1. Normal concrete: Not less than seven days. 2. High early strength concrete: Not less than four days. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period. D. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms: 1. Slabs and Floors To Receive Adhesive -Applied Flooring: Curing compounds and other surface coatings are usually considered unacceptable by flooring and adhesive manufacturers. If such materials must be used, either obtain the approval of the flooring and adhesive manufacturers prior to use or remove the surface coating after curing to flooring manufacturer's satisfaction. 2. Initial Curing: Start as soon as free water has disappeared and before surface is dry. Keep continuously moist for not less than three days by water ponding, water -saturated sand, water -fog spray, or saturated burlap. a. Ponding: Maintain 100 percent coverage of water over floor slab areas, continuously for 7 days. b. Spraying: Spray water over floor slab areas and maintain wet. c. Saturated Burlap: Saturate burlap -polyethylene and place burlap -side down over floor slab areas, lapping ends and sides; maintain in place. 3. Final Curing: Begin after initial curing but before surface is dry. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033000-21 July 31, 2025 a. Moisture -Retaining Sheet: Lap strips not less than 3 inches (75 mm) and seal with waterproof tape or adhesive; secure at edges. b. Curing Compound: Apply in two coats at right angles, using application rate recommended by manufacturer. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Division 01 Specifications. B. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm. C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of concrete operations. D. Tests of concrete and concrete materials may be performed at any time to ensure compliance with specified requirements. E. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C39/C39M, for each test, mold and cure four concrete test cylinders. Obtain test samples for every 100 cubic yards (76 cu m) or less of each class of concrete placed. F. Take one additional test cylinder during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents. G. Perform one slump test for each set of test cylinders taken, following procedures of ASTM C143/C143M. H. Slab Testing: Cooperate with manufacturer of specified moisture vapor reducing admixture (MVRA) to allow access for sampling and testing concrete for compliance with warranty requirements. I. Permeability Test: Test concrete with waterproofing admixture according to COE CRD-C 48. 3.10 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Test Results: The testing agency shall report test results in writing to Architect and Contractor within 24 hours of test. B. Defective Concrete: Concrete not complying with required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. C. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Architect. The cost of additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when defective concrete is identified. D. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Architect for each individual area. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 30 00 - 22 July 31, 2025 3.11 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected concrete floor surface until fully cured. END OF SECTION 03 30 00 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 30 00 - 23 July 31, 2025 SECTION 03 31 11- CONCRETE STRUCTURES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern work required for the construction of structures involving the use of structural concrete as required to complete the project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 03 11 13.11 CONCRETE FORMS B. 03 21 11 REINFORCING STEEL C. 03 35 11 CONCRETE FINISHING D. 03 39 11 CONCRETE CURING 1.03 REFERENCES The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. ACI 211, "Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete" B. ACI 302, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction" C. ACI 304, "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete" D. ACI 305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting" E. ACI 306, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting" F. ACI 309, "Consolidation of Concrete" G. ACI 315, "Recommended Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Systems" H. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete" I. ACI 614, "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete" J. ASTM C 150 — Specification for Portland Cement K. ASTM C 595 — Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements L. ASTM C 845 — Specification for Expansive Hydraulic Cement M. ASTM C 1157 — Performance Specification for Hydraulic Cement N. ASTM D 994 — Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type) O. ASTM D 1751— Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) P. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 420, Concrete Structures Q. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 421, Hydraulic Cement Concrete R. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-4610, Fly Ash S. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-1 July 31, 2025 T. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-6310, Joint Sealants and Fillers U. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-6160, Waterstops, Nylon Reinforced Neoprene Sheet, and Elastomeric Pads V. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-4650, Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation Retardants W. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-100-E X. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-203-F Y. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-401-A Z. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-410-A AA. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-411-A BB. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-413-A CC. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-472-A DD. CRSI, "Reinforced Concrete — A Manual of Standard Practice" EE. National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related Section(s). B. Complete concrete design data shall be submitted to the Owner for approval. C. All test results shall be sent to the Owner upon completion of test. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Retarding admixture - a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will retard the initial set of the concrete. B. Water -reducing admixture — a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of a given consistency. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Any testing required for approval of use of a product is the responsibility of the Contractor. 2.02 HYDRAULIC CEMENT A. Cement shall be in conformance with TxDOT DMS-4600. 1. Any testing required for approval of use is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. For cement strength requirements, either the tensile or the compressive test may be used. C. Either Type I or II cement shall be used unless Type II is specified on the Drawings. 1. Except when Type II is specified on the Drawings, Type III cement may be used when the anticipated air temperature for the succeeding twelve (12) hours will not exceed 60° F. CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-2 July 31, 2025 2. Type III cement may be used in all precast prestressed concrete, except in piling when Type II cement is required for substructure concrete. 3. Only one (1) brand of each type will be permitted on the entire project, unless otherwise authorized by the Owner. D. Cement Delivery 1. Bulk a. Cement may be delivered in bulk where adequate bin storage is provided. b. Information shall be provided in the bills of lading accompanying each shipment of name of the manufacturer and the type of cement. 2. Bag a. Shall be delivered in bags marked plainly with the name of the manufacturer and the type of cement. b. Information shall be provided in the bills of lading accompanying each shipment of name of the manufacturer and the type of cement. c. Bags shall contain ninety-four (94) pounds net. d. All bags shall be in good condition at time of delivery. 3. No caked cement will be accepted. E. Storage 1. All cement shall be stored in well -ventilated weatherproof buildings or approved bins, which will protect it from dampness or absorption of moisture. 2. Storage facilities shall be ample, and each shipment of packaged cement shall be kept separated to provide easy access for identification and inspection. 3. The Owner may permit small quantities of sacked cement to be stored in the open for a maximum of forty-eight (48) hours on a raised platform and under waterproof covering during periods of no precipitation. 4. Cement remaining in storage for a prolonged period of time may be retested and rejected if it fails to conform to any of the requirements of these specifications. 2.03 AGGREGATE A. Supply aggregates that meet the definitions in TxDOT Tex-100-E. B. Coarse Aggregate 1. Coarse aggregate shall consist of durable particles of gravel, crushed blast furnace slag, crushed stone, or combinations thereof; free from frozen material or injurious amount of salt, alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable material either free or as an adherent coating; and its quality shall be reasonably uniform throughout. 2. It shall not contain more than quarter -percent (0.25%) by weight of clay lumps, nor more than one -percent (1%) by weight of shale, nor more than five -percent (5%) of weight of laminated and/or friable particles when tested in accordance with TxDOT Tex-413-A. 3. It shall have a wear of not more than forty -percent (40%) when tested in accordance with TxDOT Tex-410-A. 4. Unless otherwise specified on the Drawings, coarse aggregate will be subjected to a five (5) cycle magnesium sulfate soundness of not more than eighteen -percent (18%) when tested in accordance with TxDOT Tex-411-A. CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-3 July 31, 2025 a. Crushed recycled hydraulic cement concrete is not subject to the five (5) cycle soundness test. 5. When tested by approved methods, the coarse aggregate, including combinations of aggregates when used, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 1. Table 1 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Aggregate Grade No. Nominal Size Percent Passing on Each Sieve 21/2 2 11/2 1 3/4 1/2 3/8 No. 4 No. 8 1 2" 100 80 to 100 50 to 85 20 to 40 0 to 5 2 (467)* 1 1/2" 100 95 to 100 35 to 70 10 to 30 0 to 5 3 1 1/2" 100 95 to 100 60 to 90 25 to 60 0 to 5 4 (57)* 1" 100 95 to 100 25 to 60 0 to 10 0 to 5 5 (67) 3/4" 100 90 to 100 20 to 55 0 to 10 0 to 5 6 (7) 1/2" 100 90 to 100 40 to 70 0 to 15 0 to 5 7 3/8" 100 70 to 95 0 to 25 8 3/8" 100 95 to 100 20 to 65 0 to 10 *Numbers in parenthesis indicate conformance with ASTM C33. 6. The Loss by Decantation as tested in accordance with TxDOT Tex-406-A and the allowable weight of clay lumps shall not exceed one -percent (1%), or the value shown on the Drawings, whichever is smaller. a. In the case of aggregates made primarily from crushing stone, if the material finer than the No. 200 sieve is established to be the dust of fracture and essentially free from clay or shale as established by TxDOT Tex-406-A, Part III, the limit may be increased to one and one-half percent (1.5%). CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-4 July 31, 2025 b. When crushed limestone coarse aggregate is used in concrete pavements, the decant may not exceed one -percent (1%) but not more than three -percent (3%) if the material finer than the No. 200 sieve is determined to be at least sixty-seven percent (67%) calcium carbonate in accordance with TxDOT Tex-406-A, Part III. C. Fine Aggregate 1. Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, hard, durable and uncoated particles of natural or manufactured sand or a combination thereof, with or without a mineral filler. 2. It shall be free from frozen material or injurious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter or other objectionable material and it shall not contain more than half -percent (0.5%) by weight of clay lumps in accordance with TxDOT Tex-413-A. 3. When subjected to the color test for organic impurities in accordance with TxDOT Tex-408-A, it shall not show a color darker than standard. 4. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the acid insoluble residue of the fine aggregate shall be not less than sixty -percent (60%) by weight when tested in accordance with TxDOT standard laboratory test procedure Tex-612-J and as noted in TxDOT Item 421 for all concrete subject to direct traffic. 5. When tested in accordance with TxDOT Tex-401-A, the fine aggregate or combinations of aggregates, including mineral filler, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 2. Table 2 Fine Aggregate Gradation Chart Aggregate Grade No. Percent Retained on Each Sieve 3/8" No. 4 No. 8 No. 16 No. 30 No. 50 No. 100 No. 200 1 0 0 to 5 0 to 20 15 to 50 35 to 75 65 to 90 90 to 100 97 to 100 NOTE 1: Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natura sand, the percent retained on the No. 200 sieve shall be 94 to 100. NOTE 2: Where the sand equivalent value is greater than 85, the retainage on the No. 50 sieve may be 70 to 94 percent. 6. Fine aggregate will be subjected to the Sand Equivalent Test (TxDOT Tex-203-F). a. The sand equivalent shall not be less than 80 nor less than the value shown on the Drawings, whichever is greater. 7. For all classes of concrete except K, the fineness modulus for fine aggregates shall be between 2.30 and 3.10 as determined by TxDOT Tex-402-A. 8. For all class K concrete, the fineness modulus for fine aggregates shall be between 2.60 and 2.80 as determined by TxDOT Tex-402-A. D. Mineral Filler 1. Mineral filler shall consist of stone dust, clean crushed sand, or other approved inert material with 100% passing the No. 30 sieve and 65% to 100% passing the No. 200 sieve when tested in accordance with TxDOT Tex-401-A. E. Storage 1. The method of handling and storing concrete aggregate shall prevent contamination with foreign materials. CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-5 July 31, 2025 2. If the aggregates are stored on the ground, the sites for the stockpiles shall be clear of all vegetation and level. a. The bottom layer of aggregate shall not be disturbed or used without recleaning. 3. When conditions require the use of two (2) or more sizes of aggregates, they shall be separated to prevent intermixing. a. Where space is limited, stockpiles shall be separated by physical barriers. 4. Methods of handling aggregates during stockpiling and subsequent use shall be such that segregation will be minimized. a. If segregation is apparent, the stockpile shall be remixed and tested. 5. Unless otherwise authorized by the Owner, all aggregate shall be stockpiled at least twenty-four (24) hours to reduce the free moisture content. F. Supplementary Cementing Materials (SCM) 1. Fly Ash a. Shall conform to TxDOT DMS-4610 1) Do not use class C Fly Ash in sulfate -resistant concrete 2. Ultra -Fine Fly Ash (UFFA) a. Shall conform to TxDOT DMS-4610 3. Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag (GGBFS) a. Shall conform to TxDOT DMS-4620, Grade 100 or 120 4. Silica Fume a. Shall conform to TxDOT DMS-4630 5. Metakaolin a. Shall conform to TxDOT DMS-4635 2.04 MIXING WATER A. Water for use in concrete shall be free from oils, acids, organic matter or other deleterious substances. B. Water from municipal supplies approved by the State Health Department will not require testing, but water from other sources will be sampled and tested before use in structural concrete. C. Water shall be in accordance with TxDOT Item 421. 1. Any testing required for approval of use is the responsibility of the Contractor. D. The water source shall be able to supply the required amounts of water and shall be maintained in such condition to insure completion of the work under way without excessive delays for repairs or replacements. E. The water source shall be arranged so that the amount of water can be measured accurately. 2.05 ADMIXTURES A. Admixtures must be in conformance with TxDOT DMS-4640 and ASTM C 494 or ASTM C 1017 (for flowing concrete only). 1. Any testing required for approval of use is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Dosage rates of admixtures shall be determined prior to use by means of trial mixes made with materials to be used and under anticipated construction conditions. C. Calcium Chloride will not be permitted. CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-6 July 31, 2025 D. Storage shall be in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. 2.06 MORTAR AND GROUT A. Mortar for repair of concrete shall consist of one (1) part hydraulic cement, two (2) parts finely graded sand, and sufficient water to make the mixture plastic and can be easily handled and spread by trowel. B. When required to prevent color difference, white cement shall be added to produce the color required C. When required by the Owner, latex adhesive shall be added to the mortar. 2.07 EPDXY A. Epoxy materials shall conform to TxDOT DMS-6100. B. Epoxy Bonding Compound for bonding new concrete to hardened concrete or other structural material 1. Epoxy Bonding Compound shall be a two component, 100% solids, moisture insensitive system. C. Epoxy Grout for Epoxy patch on non -horizontal surfaces to concrete 1. Epoxy Compound shall be a low -modulus, high viscosity, moisture insensitive system. 2.08 EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL A. Preformed Fiber Material 1. Preformed fiber expansion joint material shall be of the dimensions shown on the Drawings. 2. At the Contractor's option, the material shall be one of the following types, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings: a. Asphalt Board 1) Asphalt Board shall consist of two (2) liners of 0.016-inch asphalt impregnated paper, filled with a mastic mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler. 2) Boards shall be smooth, flat and sufficiently rigid to permit installation. 3) When tested in accordance with TxDOTTex-524-C, the asphalt board shall not deflect from the horizontal more than one inch (1") in three and one-half inches (3 1/2"). 4) Bituminous fiber and bituminous mastic composition material conforming to ASTM D 994 and ASTM D 1751 b. Wood 1) Shall be Filler board of selected stock. 2) Use wood of density and type as follows: a) Clear, all -heart cypress weighing no more than 40 pounds per cubic foot, after being oven dried to constant weight. b) Clear, all -heart redwood weighing no more than 30 pounds per cubic foot, after being oven dried to constant weight. c. Rebonded Neoprene Filler 1) Rebonded neoprene filler shall consist of ground closed -cell neoprene particles, rebonded and molded into sheets of uniform thickness of the dimensions shown on Drawings. CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-7 July 31, 2025 2) Filler material shall have the physical properties in Table 3 and shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1752, Type 1 where applicable: Table 3 Filler Material Properties Property Method Requirement Color ASTM D1752 Type 1 Black Density ASTM D1752 Type 1 40 PCF Min Recovery ASTM D1752 Type 1 90% Min. Compression ASTM D1752 Type 1 50 to 500 psi Extrusion ASTM D1752 Type 1 0.25 In. Max. Tensile Strength ASTM D1752 Type 1 20 psi Min. Elongation 75% Min 3) The manufacturers shall furnish the Owner with certified test results as to the compliance with the above requirements and a twelve -inch (12") x twelve -inch (12") x one -inch (1") sample from the shipment for approval. B. Joint Sealing Materials 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, joint sealing material shall conform to the following requirements: a. The material shall adhere to the sides of the concrete joint or crack and shall form an effective seal against infiltration of water and incompressible. b. The material shall not crack or break when exposed to low temperatures. c. The material shall be one of the following: 1) Class 1-a a) Two component, Synthetic Polymer, Cold Extruded Type. b) Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. c) This type is specifically designed for vertical or sloping joints and hence not self - leveling. d) It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature leveling. e) It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77° F, + 3° F maximum for twenty-four (24) hours. 2) Class 1-b a) Two component, Synthetic Polymer, Cold Pourable, Self Leveling Type. b) Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. c) It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77° F + 3° F maximum for three (3) hours. 3) For Sidewalks and Driveways a) Shall be Greenstreak #610 or approved equal installed over expansion joint filler. d. Performance Requirements 1) Class 1-a and 1-b, when tested in accordance with TxDOT Tex-525-C, shall meet the above curing times and requirements as follows: CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-8 July 31, 2025 a) It shall be of such consistency that it can be mixed and poured, or mixed and extruded into joints at temperatures above 60° F. b) Penetration at 77° F. (1) 150 gm. cone, 5 sec., max. cm 0.90 c) Bond and Extension 75%, 0° F, 5 cycles (1) Dry Concrete Blocks Pass (2) Wet Concrete Blocks Pass (3) Steel Blocks (Primed if specified by Manuf.)...Pass (4) Flow at 200° F None 2) Water Content % by weight, max 5.0 a) Resilience (1) Original sample min. % (cured) 50 (2) Oven aged at 158° F min. % 50 b) For Class 1-a Material Only (1) Cold Flow (10 min.) None 3) Greenstreak #610 a) Provide flexible, modified PVC (polyvinyl chloride) "G-SEAL" as manufactured by Greenstreak, profile style number 610. b) The modified PVC paving cap seal shall be extruded from an elastomeric plastic material of which the basic resins are prime virgin materials. The compound shall not contain any scrapped or reclaimed material whatsoever. c) Performance Requirements as noted in Table 4: Table 4 Performance Requirements Property Test Method Requirements Tensile Strength ASTM D412-92 2350 psi min. Elongation ASTM D412-92 375% min. Hardness ASTM D2240-95 81+/-3 Shore A Oil Swell (ASTM Oil #3, 70 hrs @ 212° F change in volume/weight) ASTM D471 95 +/- 15% by vol. +/- 15% by wt. Ozone Resistance (20% strain, 300 pphm, 70 hrs @ 104° F) ASTM D518-91 No Cracking UV Resistance (2000hrs @ 70° F) ASTM G53 2200 psi minimum 200% minimum Abrasion Resistance (10,500 cycles, 1000 g load) ASTM D 3884 Material Loss: -0.35 grams max. Adhesive Bond Strength ASTM D412-92 1000 psi min. Results after Heat Aging (24 hrs @ 70° F) ASTM D573 Tensile Strength retained: 90% CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-9 July 31, 2025 Elongation retained: 90% Hardness change: +/-3 Shore A PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another, the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. 3.02 FORMS A. General 1. Shall be in accordance with Section 03 11 13.11 CONCRETE FORMS 2. Opening in forms shall be provided, if needed, for the removal of laitance of foreign matter of any kind. 3. All forms shall be wetted thoroughly before the concrete is placed therein. 4. If, at any stage of the work, the forms show signs of bulging or sagging, the portion of the concrete causing such condition shall be removed immediately, if necessary, and the forms shall be reset and securely braced against further movement. 3.03 REINFORCING STEEL A. Shall be in accordance with Section 03 21 11 REINFORCING STEEL 3.04 EQUIPMENT A. Concrete Plant 1. Certified by the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) or have an inspection report signed and sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas showing that the equipment meets all requirements of ASTM C94. a. If the Plant is moved, it must be recertified. b. Plants with a licensed engineer's inspection are required to be reinspected every two (2) years. c. Provide a copy of the certification to the Owner's representative. d. When equipment fail to meet requirements it shall be removed from service and corrected. 2. The batching Plant shall be provided with adequate bins for batching all aggregates and materials required by the specifications. B. Mixing Equipment 1. General CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-10 July 31, 2025 a. All equipment, tools, and machinery used for mixing materials and performing any part of the work shall be maintained in such condition to insure completion of the work under way without excessive delays for repairs or replacements. b. When equipment fail to meet specification requirements it shall be removed from service and corrected. c. Mixers may be either the revolving drum type or the revolving blade type, and shall be capable of producing concrete meeting the required specifications. 1) The mixer shall have a plate affixed showing the manufacturer's recommended operating data. d. Job mix concrete shall be concrete mixed in an approved batch mixer in accordance with the requirements of this specification, adjacent to the structure for which the concrete is being mixed, and moved to the placement site, in non -agitating equipment. 2. Mixers and Agitators a. General 1) Mixers shall be of an approved stationary or truck -type. b. Volumetric Mixers 1) Capable of combining the materials into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. 2) Shall have rating plates defining the capacity and the performance of the mixers in accordance with the Volumetric Mixer Manufacturers Bureau or equivalent. 3) Mixers shall comply with ASTM C685. 4) Provide information showing the mixers meet the uniformity test requirements of TxDOT Tex-472-A. c. Stationary Mixers 1) Capable of combining the ingredients into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass within the specified time or the number of revolutions specified and capable of discharging concrete which satisfies five (5) of the six (6) requirements of TxDOT Tex-472-A. 2) Facilities shall be provided to permit ready access to the inside of the drum for inspection, cleaning and repair of blades. 3) Mixer shall be subject to daily examination for changes in condition due to accumulation of hardened concrete and/or wear of blades. a) Any hardened concrete shall be removed before the mixer will be permitted to be used. b) Worn blades shall be repaired or replaced in accordance with the manufacturer's design when any part or section is worn as much as ten percent (10%) below the original height of the manufacturer's design. 4) If deemed not adequate or suitable for the work, it shall be removed from the site upon a written order from the Owner and a suitable mixer shall be provided by the Contractor. 5) Truck mixers mounted on a stationary base will not be considered a stationary mixer. d. Truck Mixer 1) Capable of combining the ingredients into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass within the specified time or the number of revolutions specified and capable of discharging concrete which satisfies five (5) of the six (6) requirements of TxDOT Tex-472-A. CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-11 July 31, 2025 2) Certified by the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) or have an inspection report signed and sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas showing that the equipment meets all requirements of ASTM C94. 3) Facilities shall be provided to permit ready access to the inside of the drum for inspection, cleaning and repair of blades. 4) Mixer shall be subject to daily examination for changes in condition due to accumulation of hardened concrete and/or wear of blades. a) Any hardened concrete shall be removed before the mixer will be permitted to be used. b) Worn blades shall be repaired or replaced in accordance with the manufacturer's design when any part or section is worn as much as ten percent (10%) below the original height of the manufacturer's design. 5) If deemed not adequate or suitable for the work, it shall be removed from the site upon a written order from the Owner and a suitable mixer shall be provided by the Contractor. 6) An engine in satisfactory working condition and capable of accurately going the desired speed of rotation shall be mounted as an integral part of the mixing unit for the purpose of rotating the drum. 7) Truck mixers equipped with a transmission that will govern the speed of the drum within the specified rpm will not require a separate engine. 8) All truck mixers shall be equipped with actuated counters by which the proper number of revolutions of the drum as specified may be readily verified. a) Counters (1) Truck mixers will be permitted to transport concrete to the job site at mixing speed if equipped with double actuated counters that will separate revolutions at mixing speed from total revisions. (2) Truck mixers equipped with a single actuated counter counting total revolutions of the drum shall mix the concrete at the Plant not less than fifty (50) nor more than seventy (70) revolutions at mixing speed, transport it to the job site at agitating speed and complete the required mixing before placing the concrete. b) The counters shall be read and recorded at the start of mixing at mixing speeds. 9) Shall have adequate water supply and accurate metering or gauging devices for measuring the amount used. e. Agitators 1) Concrete agitators shall be of the truck type, capable of maintaining a thoroughly mixed and uniform concrete mass and discharging it within the same degree of uniformity specified for mixers. 2) Agitators shall comply with all of the requirements for truck mixers, except for the actual mixing requirements. C. Hauling Equipment 1. All equipment, tools, and machinery used for hauling materials and performing any part of the work shall be maintained in such condition to insure completion of the work under way without excessive delays for repairs or replacements. CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-12 July 31, 2025 2. Certified by the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) or have an inspection report signed and sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas showing that the equipment meets all requirements of ASTM C-94. a. Equipment with a licensed engineer's inspection is required to be reinspected every two (2) years. b. Provide a copy of the certification to the Owner's representative. c. When equipment fail to meet requirements it shall be removed from service and corrected. 3. Provide equipment capable of maintaining the mixed concrete with a satisfactory degree of uniformity. 4. When using non -agitating equipment for transporting concrete, provide equipment with smooth, mortar tight metal containers equipped with gates that prevent accidental discharge. D. Placing Equipment 1. The method and equipment used to transport concrete to the forms shall be capable of maintaining the rate of placement approved by the Owner. a. Concrete may be transported by buckets, chutes, buggies, belt conveyors, pumps or other acceptable methods. b. Chutes, troughs, conveyors or pipes shall be arranged and used so that the concrete ingredients will not be separated. c. All transporting equipment shall be kept clean and free from hardened concrete coatings. 1) Water used for cleaning shall be discharged clean of the concrete. d. Belt Conveyors and Pumps 1) When belt conveyors or pumps are used, sampling for testing will be done at the discharge end. 2) Concrete transported by conveyors shall be protected from sun and wind, if necessary, to prevent loss of slump and workability. e. Pipes 1) Pipes through which concrete is pumped shall be shaded and/or wrapped with wet burlap, if necessary, to prevent loss of slump and workability. 2) Concrete shall not be transported through aluminum pipes, tubes or other aluminum equipment. f. Troughs and Chutes 1) When steep slopes are necessary, the chutes shall be equipped with baffle boards or made in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement, or the chute ends shall terminate in vertical downspouts. 2) Open troughs and chutes shall extend, if necessary, down inside the forms or through holes left in them. E. Scales 1. Check prior to use, after each move, or whenever the accuracy or adequacy is questioned, and at least once every six (6) months. 2. Immediately correct deficiencies and recalibrate. 3. Provide a record of calibration showing the scales are in compliance with ASTM C94. 4. Check batching accuracy of volumetric water batching devices and admixture dispensing devices at least every ninety (90) days. 5. Perform daily checks as needed to confirm accuracy. CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-13 July 31, 2025 F. Testing Equipment 1. Shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of the tests and in working condition to provide accurate information. 3.05 CLASSIFICATION AND MIX DESIGN A. General a. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish the mix design, for the class(es) of concrete specified. b. The mix shall be designed by a qualified concrete technician to conform with the requirements contained herein and in accordance with ACI 211. c. The Contractor shall perform, at his own expense, the work required to substantiate the design. d. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine and measure the batch quantity of each ingredient, including all water, so that the mix conforms to these specifications and any other requirements shown on the Drawings. e. In lieu of the above mix design responsibility, the Contractor may accept a design furnished by the Owner; however, this will not relieve him of providing concrete meeting the requirements of these specifications. B. Aggregate a. Coarse Aggregate Factor 1) The coarse aggregate factor shall not be more than 0.82, except that when the voids in the coarse aggregate exceed forty-eight percent (48%) of the total dry loose volume, the coarse aggregate factor shall not exceed 0.85. 2) The coarse aggregate factor shall not be less than 0.70 for Grades 1, 2 and 3 aggregate. b. Recycled Aggregate 1) Limit recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete as a coarse or fine aggregate to Class A, B, D, E, and P concrete. 2) Limit recycled crushed concrete fine aggregate to a maximum of twenty percent (20%) of the fine aggregate. C. Strength 1. If the strength required for the class of concrete being produced is not secured with the cement specified in Table 5, the Contractor may use an approved water reducing or retarding admixture, or the Contractor shall furnish aggregates with different characteristics that will produce the required results. Table 5 Classes of Concrete Class of Concrete Design Strength' (psi) Maximum Water to Concrete Ratio2 Coarse Aggregate Grades3,4 General Usages A 3,000 0.60 1 4, 8 Inlets, Manholes, Curb, Gutter, Curb & gutter, Concrete retards, CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-14 July 31, 2025 Sidewalks, Driveways, Backup walls, Anchors B 2,000 0.60 2-7 Riprap, Small roadside signs, and Anchors Drilled shafts, Bridge Substructure, Bridge railing, Culverts (except top C 3,600 0.45 1-6 slab of direct traffic culverts), Headwalls, Wing walls, Approach slabs, Concrete traffic barrier (cast -in - place) D 1,500 0.60 2-7 Riprap E 3,000 0.50 2-5 Seal Concrete 4,000 min F6 Or as Noted on Drawings 0.45 2-5 Railroad structures; occasionally for bridge piers, columns, or bents H6 4,000 min Or as Noted on Drawings 0.45 3-6 Prestressed concrete beams, Boxes, Piling, Concrete traffic barrier (precast) 4,000 min 56 Or as Noted on Drawings 0.45 2-5 Bridge slabs, Top slabs of direct traffic culverts 4,000 min P Or as Noted on Drawings 0.45 2-3 Concrete pavement 5,500 min DC6 Or as Noted on Drawings 0.40 6 Dense concrete overlay 4,600 min C06 Or as Noted on Drawings 0.40 6 Latex -modified concrete overlay 4,000 min LMC6 Or as Noted on Drawings 0.40 6-8 Slurry displacement shafts, Underwater drilled shafts 1— minimum twenty-eight (28) day f'c for all types of cement 2— Maximum water -cement or water -cementations ratio by weight 3 - Do not use Grade 1 coarse aggregate except as approved by Owner, may not be used in Drilled shafts 4— Unless otherwise approved, use Grade 8 coarse aggregate in extruded curbs. 5 — For information only, see Drawings and appropriate specifications for required class 6-Structural Concrete Classes 2. A higher class of concrete with equal or lower water to cementations material ratio may be substituted for the specified class of concrete. CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-15 July 31, 2025 3. To account for production variability and to ensure minimum compressive strength requirements are satisfied, the mix shall be over -designed in accordance with Table 6. Table 6 Over Design Compressive Strength Requirements No. of Tests Standard Deviation (psi) 300 400 500 600 700 15 470 620 850 1,120 1,390 20 430 580 760 1,010 1,260 30 + 400 530 670 900 1,130 Note: When designing the mix the values above shall be added to the minimum design strength in Table 5 Number of tests of a concrete mixture used to estimate D. Cementations Material 1. Unless otherwise specified or approved, limit cementations material content to no more than 700 lb per cubic yard. 2. Use only Type III cement only in precast concrete or when specified or permitted. E. Admixtures 1. Water Reducing or Retarding Agents a. Water reducing or retarding agents may be used with all classes of concrete at the option of the Contractor. b. When water reducing or retarding agents are used at the option of the Contractor, reduced dosage of the admixture will be permitted. 2. Entrained Air Agents a. Entrained air will be required in all concrete, except Class B, in accordance with Table 7 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Table 7 Air Entrainment Aggregate Grade No. Air Moderate Exposure Severe Exposure 1 4 5 2 4 1/2 5 1/2 3 4 1/2 5 1/2 4 4 1/2 6 5 5 6 6 5 1/2 7 7 6 7 1/2 8 6 7 1/2 1. For specified concrete strengths above 5,000 psi a reduction of one (1) percentage point is permitted. b. Tolerances 1) Shall contain the proper amount as required in Table 7 with a tolerance of plus or minus one and one-half percentage (1 1/2%) points. 2) If the amount is beyond the above tolerance then the load of concrete will be rejected. F. Consistency CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-16 July 31, 2025 1. General a. The concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing qualities, and of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into a homogenous mass. b. The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. c. Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. d. Modifications 1) In cases where the consistency requirements cannot be satisfied without exceeding the maximum allowable amount of water, the Contractor may use, or the Owner may require, an approved water reducing or retarding agent or the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates, or aggregates with different characteristics, which will produce the required results. 2) Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates or admixture. 2. Slump a. Slump shall be in accordance with Table 8 using the lowest slump possible that can be placed and finished efficiently without segregation or honeycombing. Table 8 Slump Requirements Class of Concrete Concrete Use Recommended Design And Placement Slump 1 (inch) Maximum Design and Placement Slump 2 (inch) A B D Inlets, Manholes, Curb, Gutter, Curb & gutter, Concrete retards, Sidewalks, Driveways, Backup walls, Anchors, Riprap, Small road signs, Slip -formed, Extruded 2.5 or Owner Approved 4 or Owner A roved pp C F Thin Walled Section (9 inch or Tess) 4 5 Approach slabs, Concrete overlays, Caps, Columns, Piers, Wall sections (over 9 inch) 3 4 Bridge railing, Concrete traffic barrier (cast -in -place) 4 6 1/2 Drilled shafts (dry) 61/2 71/2 Drilled shafts (underwater, under slurry) 5 6 H Prestressed concrete beams, Boxes, Piling, Concrete traffic barrier (precast) 4 6 1/2 S Bridge slabs, Top slabs of direct traffic culverts 4 5 1/2 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-17 July 31, 2025 P Concrete pavement (slip -formed) 1 1/2 3 Concrete pavement (formed) 4 6 1/2 DC Dense concrete overlay 3/4 2 CO Latex -modified concrete overlay 3 7 1/2 LMC Slurry displacement shafts, Underwater drilled shafts 6 8 1/2 1— Recommended design and placement slump shall be as shown or as approved by Owner 2— Maximum design and placement slump shall be as shown or as approved by Owner b. Concrete that exceeds the maximum acceptable slump at time of delivery will be rejected. c. When approved, the slump may be increased above the values shown in Table 8 using chemical admixtures, provided that the admixture -treated concrete has the same or lower water -cement or water -cementations material ratio and does not exhibit segregation or excessive bleeding. 1) Mix design must be approved by the Owner. G. Mix Design Options 1. Shall be in accordance with TxDOT Item 421. H. Sulfate -Resistant Concrete 1. When sulfate -resistant concrete is required, use mix design options 1, 2, 3, or 4 given in below using Type 1/11, II, V, IP, or IS cement in accordance with ACI 318. a. Option 1 1) Replace twenty percent (20%) to thirty-five percent (35%) of the cement with Class F fly ash. b. Option 2 1) Replace thirty-five percent (35%) to fifty percent (50%) of the cement with Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag c. Option 3 1) Replace thirty-five percent (35%) to fifty percent (50%) of the cement with a combination of Class F fly ash, Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag, or silica fume. d. Option 4 1) Use Type IP or Type IS cement. (Up to ten percent (10%) of a Type IP or Type IS cement may be replaced with Class F fly ash, Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag, or silica fume.) 2. Do not use Class C Fly Ash in sulfate -resistant concrete I. Trial Batches 1. Trial batches will be made and tested using all the proposed ingredients prior to the placing of concrete, and when the aggregate and/or brand of cement or admixture are changed. 2. Trail batches shall be in accordance with TxDOT 421. 3. Trial batches shall be made in the mixer to be used on the job. 4. When Transit Mix concrete is to be used, the trial designs will be made in a transit mixer representative of the mixers to be used. CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-18 July 31, 2025 a. Batch size shall not be less than fifty percent (50%) of the rated mixing capacity of the truck. 5. Mix designs from previous or concurrent jobs may be used without trial batches if it is shown that no substantial change in any of the proposed ingredients has been made. 3.06 MIXING A. Mixing Conditions 1. General a. The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use. 2. Weather a. In threatening weather, which may result in conditions that will adversely affect quality of the concrete to be placed, the Owner may order postponement of the work. b. Where work has been started and changes in weather conditions require protective measures, the Contractor shall furnish adequate shelter to protect the concrete against damage from rainfall, or from freezing temperatures. c. If necessary to continue operations during rainfall, the Contractor shall also provide protective coverings for the material stockpiles. d. Aggregate stockpiles need be covered only to the extent necessary to control the moisture conditions in the aggregates to adequately control the consistency of the concrete. B. Mixing 1. General a. The mixing shall be done in a batch mixer of approved type and size that will produce uniform distribution of the material throughout the mass. b. After all the ingredients are assembled in the drum, the mixing shall continue not less than one (1) minute for mixers of one (1) cubic yard or less capacity plus fifteen (15) seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. c. The mixer shall operate at the speed and capacity designated by the Mixer Manufacturers Bureau of the Associated General Contractors of America. d. The absolute volume of the concrete batch shall not exceed the rated capacity of the mixer. e. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are placed therein for the succeeding batch. f. The first batch of concrete materials placed in the mixer for each placement shall contain an extra quantity of sand, cement, and water sufficient to coat the inside surface of the drum. g. Upon the cessation of mixing for any considerable length of time, the mixer shall be thoroughly cleaned. 2. Mixing Water a. A portion of the mixing water, required by the batch design to produce the desired slump, may be withheld and added at the job site, but only with permission of the Owner and under his supervision. b. When water is added under the above conditions, it shall be thoroughly mixed in accordance with this specification delivery provision for water added at the job site. 3. Ready -Mix Plants a. General 1) It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish concrete meeting all requirements of the governing specifications. CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-19 July 31, 2025 b. Mixing 1) Ready -Mixed Concrete shall be mixed and delivered by means of one of the following approved methods. 2) Mixers a) Stationary Mixed (1) Mixed completely in a stationary mixer and transported to the point of delivery in a truck agitator or a truck mixer operating at agitator or a truck mixer operating at agitation speed. (Central -Mix Concrete) (2) Mixed completely in a stationery mixer and transported to the job site in approved non -agitating trucks with special bodies. This method of transporting will be permitted for concrete pavement only. b) Truck Mixed (1) Mixed complete in a truck mixer and transported to the placement site at mixing and/or agitating speed (Transit -Mix Concrete), subject to the requirements of Mixing Equipment within this specification. 3.07 QUALITY OF CONCRETE A. General 1. The concrete shall be uniform and workable. 2. Improperly mixed concrete shall not be placed in the structure. 3. The cement content, maximum allowable water cement ratio, the desired and maximum slump and the strength requirements of the various classes of concrete shall conform to the requirements herein. 4. Sampling and Testing a. During the process of the work, the Owner or Inspector will require the Contractor to test the concrete actually placed. b. Testing Requirements 1) Testing Rate shall be in accordance with Table 9: Table 9 Testing Schedule Class of Concrete Testing Rate 1,2 General Usage 3 A 1 Set Per 500 Linear Feet or less Curb, Gutter, Curb & gutter 1 Set Per 4,000 Square Feet or less Sidewalks, Driveways 1 Set Per 6 or less Inlets, Manholes 1 Set Per 30 cubic yards or less Or As required by Drawings and / or Owner Concrete retards, Backup walls, Anchors B 1 Set Riprap, Small roadside signs CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-20 July 31, 2025 Per 50 cubic yards or less 1 Set Per 30 cubic yards or less Or As required by Drawings and / or Owner Anchors C 1 Set Per 30 cubic yards or less or As required by Drawings and / or Owner Culverts (except top slab of direct traffic culverts), Headwalls, Wing walls As required by Drawings and / or Owner Drilled shafts, Bridge Substructure, Bridge railing, Culverts (except top slab of direct traffic culverts), Headwalls, Wing walls, Approach slabs, Concrete traffic barrier (cast -in -place) D 1 Set Per 50 cubic yards or less Riprap E As required by Drawings and / or Owner Seal Concrete F As required by Drawings and / or Owner Railroad structures; occasionally for bridge piers, columns, or bents H As required by Drawings and / or Owner Prestressed concrete beams, Boxes, Piling, Concrete traffic barrier (precast) S As required by Drawings and / or Owner Bridge slabs, Top slabs of direct traffic culverts P 1 Set Per 30 cubic yards or less or As required by Drawings and / or Owner Concrete pavement DC As required by Drawings and / or Owner Dense concrete overly CO As required by Drawings and / or Owner Latex -modified concrete overly LMC As required by Drawings and / or Owner Slurry displacement shafts, Underwater drilled shafts 1— For information only, see Drawings and appropriate specifications for required class 2 —Test rates are per day of work unless Owner approves otherwise 3 — For information only, see Drawings and appropriate specifications for required class 2) Testing of Fresh Concrete a) Air Content (1) In accordance with TEX-414-A or TEX-416-A b) Slump (1) In accordance with TEX-415-A CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-21 July 31, 2025 c) Temperature (1) In accordance with TEX-422-A d) Making and Curing Strength Specimens (1) In accordance with TEX-447-A 3) Testing of Hardened Concrete a) Compressive Strength (1) In accordance with TEX-418-A b) Flexural Strength (1) In accordance with TEX-448-A c) Maturity (1) In accordance with TEX-426-A c. The Contractor shall provide and maintain curing facilities as described in the appropriate test procedure for the purpose of curing test specimens. 1) It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that the test cylinders are handled in a manner to ensure that the test results are accurate. d. When control of concrete quality is by twenty-eight (28) day compressive tests, job control will be by seven (7) day compressive tests that are shown to provide the required twenty- eight (28) day strength, based on results from trial batches. e. If the required seven (7) day strength is not secured with the cement specified in the mix design, changes in the batch design shall be made f. All test results shall be sent to the Owner upon completion of test. 3.08 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Joints and devices to provide for expansion and contraction shall be constructed where and as indicated herein or on the Drawings. B. All open joints and joints to be filled with expansion joint material, shall be constructed using forms adaptable to loosening or early removal. C. To avoid expansion or contraction damage to the adjacent concrete, these forms shall be loosened as soon as possible after final concrete set to permit free movement without requiring full form removal. D. Prior to placing the sealing material, the vertical facing the joint shall be cleaned of all laitance by sandblasting or by mechanical routing. E. Cracked or spalled edges shall be repaired. F. The joint shall be blown clean of all foreign material and sealed. G. Where preformed fiber joint material is used, it shall be anchored to the concrete on one side of the joint by light wire or nails, to prevent the material from falling out. H. The top one -inch (1") of the joint shall be filled with joint sealing material. I. Finished joints shall conform to the indicated outline with the concrete sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. J. Soon after form removal and again where necessary after surface finishing, all projecting concrete shall be removed along exposed edges to secure full effectiveness of the expansion joints. 3.09 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-22 July 31, 2025 A. The joint formed by placing plastic concrete in direct contact with concrete that has attained its initial set shall be deemed a construction joint. B. The term monolithic placement shall be interpreted to mean at the manner and sequence of concrete placing shall not create construction joints. C. Construction joints shall be of the type and at the locations shown on the Drawings. D. Additional joints will not be permitted without written authorization from the Owner, and when authorized, shall have details equivalent to those shown on the Drawings for joints in similar locations. E. Unless otherwise provided, construction joints shall be square and normal to the forms. F. Bulkheads shall be provided in the forms for all joints, except when horizontal. G. Construction joints requiring the use of joint sealing material shall be as detailed on the Drawings. H. The material will be specified on the Drawings without referenced to joint type. I. A concrete placement terminating at a horizontal construction joint shall have the top surface roughened thoroughly as soon as practicable after initial set is attained. J. The surfaces at bulkheads shall be roughened as soon as the forms are removed. K. The hardened concrete surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose material, laitance, dirt or foreign material and saturated with water so it is moist when placing fresh concrete against it. L. Forms shall be drawn tight against the placing of the fresh concrete. 3.10 DELIVERY OF CONCRETE A. General 1. Delivery of concrete shall equal or exceed the rate approved by the Owner for continuous placement. 2. In all cases, the delivery of concrete to the placement site shall assure compliance with the time limits in the applicable specification for depositing successive batches in any monolithic unit. 3. The Contractor shall satisfy the Owner that adequate standby equipment are available. B. Delivery Tickets 1. A standard ticket system will be used for recording concrete batching, mixing and delivery date. 2. Loads arriving without ticket and/or in unsatisfactory condition shall not be used. 3. Tickets will be delivered to the job inspector. C. Mixers 1. General a. When Ready -Mix Concrete is used, additional mortar (one (1) sack cement, three (3) parts sand and sufficient water) shall be added to the batch to coat the drum of the mixer or agitator truck and this shall be required for every load of Class C concrete only and for the first batch from central mix Plants. 2. Stationary Mixer a. When a stationary mixer is used for the entire mixing operation, the mixing time for one (1) cubic yard of concrete shall be one (1) minute plus fifteen (15) seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. b. This mixing time shall start when all cement, aggregates and initial water have entered the drum. c. The mixer shall be charged so that some of the mixing water will enter the drum in advance of the cement and aggregate. CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-23 July 31, 2025 d. All of the mixing water shall be in the drum by the end of the first one-fourth (1/4) of the specified mixing time. e. Water used to flush down the blades after charging shall be accurately measured and included in the quantity of mixing water. f. The introduction of the initial mixing water, except blade wash down water and that permitted in this specification, shall be prior to or simultaneous with the charging of the aggregates and cement. g. The drum shall be kept in continuous motion from the time mixing is started until the discharge is completed. D. Truck Mixers 1. The loading of truck mixers shall not exceed sixty-three percent (63%) of the total volume of the drum. 2. When used as an agitator only, the loading shall not exceed eighty percent (80%) of the drum volume. 3. The drum shall be kept in continuous motion from the time mixing is started until the discharge is completed. E. Mixing Speed and Revolutions 1. Mixing speed shall be attained as soon as all ingredients are in the mixer, and each complete batch (containing all the required ingredients) shall be mixed not less than seventy (70) nor more than one -hundred (100) revolutions of the drum at mixing speed a. Except that when water is added at the job site, twenty-five (25) revolutions (minimum) at mixing speed, will be required to uniformly disperse the additional water throughout the mix. 2. Mixing speed shall be as designated by the manufacturer. 3. All revolutions after the prescribed mixing time shall be at agitating speed. 4. The agitating speed shall be not less than one (1) nor more than five (5) rpm. 3.11 PLACING CONCRETE A. General 1. Before starting work, the Contractor shall inform the Owner fully of the construction methods he proposes to use, the adequacy of which shall be subject to the approval of the Owner. 2. The Contractor shall give the Owner sufficient advance notice before placing concrete in any unit of the structure to permit the inspection of forms, reinforcing steel placement, and other preparations. 3. Concrete shall not be placed in any unit prior to the completion of formwork and placement of reinforcement therein. 4. Concrete mixing, placing and finishing shall be done in daylight hours, unless adequate provisions are made to light the entire site of all operations. 5. Concrete placement will not be permitted when impending weather conditions will impair the quality of the finish work. a. If rainfall should occur after placing operations are started, the Contractor shall provide ample covering to protect the work. b. In case of drop in temperature, the provisions set forth in the "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of this specification shall be applied. CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-24 July 31, 2025 6. Concrete not meeting the slump, workability and consistency requirements of the governing specification, shall not be placed in the structure or pavement. 7. Any concrete that is not in place within the limits outlined in shall not be used. 8. The placing shall be regulated so the pressures caused by the plastic concrete shall not exceed the loads used in form design. 9. The method of handling, placing and consolidation of concrete shall minimize segregation and displacement of the reinforcement, and produce a uniformly dense and compact mass. 10. Concrete shall not have a free fall of more than five feet (5'), except in the case of thin walls such as in culverts. a. Any hardened concrete spatter ahead of the plastic concrete shall be removed. 11. The method and equipment used to transport concrete to the forms shall be capable of maintaining the rate of placement approved by the Owner. 12. Each part of the forms shall be filled by depositing concrete as near its final position as possible. a. The coarse aggregate shall be worked back from the face and the concrete forced under and around the reinforcement bars without displacing them. b. Depositing large quantities at one point and running or working it along the forms will not be allowed. 13. Concrete shall be deposited in the forms in layers of suitable depth but not more than thirty- six inches (36") in thickness, unless otherwise directed by the Owner. 14. An approved retarding agent shall be used to control stress cracks and/or unauthorized cold joints in mass placements where differential settlement and/or setting time may induce stress cracking. B. Temperature and Time Allowances 1. The minimum temperature of all concrete at the time of placement shall be not less than 50° F. 2. The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface unless in accordance with section 03 35 29.13 CONCRETE FINISHING. 3. The maximum time interval between the addition of cement to the batch, and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the time in Table 10: Table 10 Maximum Time Interval between Addition of Cement to Placing Air or Concrete Temperature Maximum Time Non -Agitated Concrete Up to 80° F 30 minutes Over 80° F 15 minutes Agitated Concrete 90° F or above 45 minutes 75° F to 89° F 60 minutes 35° F to 74° F 90 minutes 4. The use of an approved retarding agent in the concrete will permit the extension of each of the temperature -time maximums shown in Table 10: CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-25 July 31, 2025 a. Thirty (30) minutes for direct traffic culverts, b. One (1) hour for all other concrete except that the maximum time shall not exceed thirty (30) minutes for non -agitated concrete. 5. The sequence of successive layers or adjacent portions of concrete shall be such that they can be vibrated into a homogenous mass with the previously placed concrete without a cold joint. a. Not more than one (1) hour shall elapse between adjacent or successive placement of concrete. b. Authorized construction joints shall be avoided by placing all concrete between the authorized joints in one (1) continuous operation. 6. Consolidation a. All concrete shall be well consolidated and the mortar flushed to the form surfaces by continuous working with immersion type vibrators. b. Vibrators that operate by attachment to forms or reinforcement will not be permitted, except on steel forms. c. At least one (1) stand-by vibrator shall be provided for emergency use in addition to the ones required for placement. d. The concrete shall be vibrated immediately after deposit. e. Prior to the beginning of work, a systematic spacing of the points of vibration shall be established to insure complete consolidation and through working of the concrete around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms. f. Immersion type vibrators shall be inserted vertically, at point eighteen inches (18) to thirty inches (30) apart, and slowly withdrawn. g. The vibrator may be inserted in a sloping or horizontal position in shallow slabs. h. The entire depth of each lift shall be vibrated, allowing the vibrator to penetrate several inches into the preceding lift. i. Concrete along construction joints shall be thoroughly consolidated by operating the vibrator along and close to but not against the joint surface. j. The vibration shall continue until thorough consolidation, and complete embedment of reinforcement and fixtures is produced, but not long enough to cause segregation. k. Vibration may be supplemented by hand spading or rodding, if necessary, to insure the flushing of mortar to the surface of all forms. 7. Slab concrete shall be mixed in a Plant located off the structure. a. Carting or wheeling concrete batches over completed slabs will not be permitted until they have aged at least four full curing days. b. If carts are used, timber Planking will be required for the remainder of the curing period. c. Carts shall be equipped with pneumatic tires. d. Curing operations shall not be interrupted for the purpose of wheeling concrete over finished slabs. 8. After concrete has taken its initial set, at least one (1) curing day shall elapse before placing strain on projecting reinforcement to prevent damage to the concrete. C. Placing Concrete in Cold Weather 1. General a. Concrete shall be placed as recommended in ACI 306. CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-26 July 31, 2025 b. The Contractor is responsible for the protection of concrete placed under any and all weather conditions. c. Permission given by the Owner for placing during freezing weather will in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for producing concrete equal in quality to that placed under normal conditions. d. Should concrete placed under such conditions prove unsatisfactory, it shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost. 2. Cast -in -Place Concrete a. Concrete may be placed when the atmospheric temperature is not less than 40° F and rising. b. Concrete shall not be placed in contact with any material coated with frost or having a temperature less than 32° F. c. When required, in order to produce the minimum specified concrete temperature, the aggregate and/or the water shall be heated uniformly, in accordance with the following: 1) The water temperature shall not exceed 180° F, and/or the aggregate temperature shall not exceed 150° F. 2) The heating apparatus shall heat the mass of aggregate uniformly. 3) The temperature of the mixture of aggregates and water shall be between 50° F and 85° F before introduction of the cement. d. All concrete shall be effectively protected as follows: 1) Slab Concrete a) The temperature of all unformed surfaces shall be maintained at 50° F or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement and above 40° F for an additional 72 hours. 2) Piers, Culverts walls, Retaining walls, Parapets, Wing walls, Bottoms of Slabs, and Other Similar Formed Concrete a) The temperature at the surface of all concrete shall be maintained at 40° F or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. b) The temperature of all concrete, including the bottom slabs of culverts placed on or in the ground, shall be maintained above 50° F for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. 3) Protection shall consist of providing additional covering, insulated forms or other means, and if necessary, supplementing such covering with artificial heating. 4) Curing as specified in Section 03 39 11 CONCRETE CURING shall be provided during this period until all requirements for curing have been satisfied. 5) When impending weather conditions indicate the possibility of the need for such temperature protection, all necessary heating and covering material shall be on hand ready for use before placement. 6) Sufficient extra test specimen will be made and cured with the placement to ascertain the condition of the concrete as placed prior to form removal and acceptance. 3. Precast Concrete a. A fabricating Plant for precast products which has adequate protection from cold weather in the form of permanent or portable framework and covering, which protects the CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-27 July 31, 2025 concrete when placed in the forms, and is equipped with approved steam curing facilities, may place concrete under any low temperature conditions provided: 1) The framework and covering are placed and heat is provided for the concrete and the forms within one (1) hour after the concrete is placed. 2) This shall not be construed to be one (1) hour after the last concrete is placed, but that no concrete shall remain unprotected longer than one (1) hour. 3) For fabricating Plants without the above facilities and for job site precast products, the requirements of Section 03 39 11 CONCRETE CURING will apply. D. Placing Concrete in Hot Weather 1. Extra care shall be taken to reduce the temperature of the concrete being placed and to prevent rapid drying of newly placed concrete. 2. When the outdoor ambient temperature is more than 90°F, the temperature of the concrete as placed shall not exceed 90°F. 3. When high temperatures, low humidity and dry winds create conditions suitable for plastic cracking, an evaporation retarder may be required to be applied by spray one or more times during the finishing operation. 4. A fog spray shall be used during finishing operations. 5. Curing shall be started as soon as the surface of the fresh concrete is sufficiently hard to permit it without damage. E. Placing Concrete in Water 1. Concrete shall be deposited in water only when specified on the Drawings or with written permission by the Owner. a. Its surface shall be kept approximately level during placement. 2. The forms or cofferdams shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any water current passing through the space in which the concrete is being deposited. 3. Pumping will not be permitted during the concrete placing, nor until it has set for at least thirty-six (36) hours. 4. The concrete shall be placed with a tremie, closed bottom -dump bucket, or other approved method, and shall not be permitted to fall freely through the water nor shall it be disturbed after it has been placed. a. Tremie 1) The tremie shall consist of a watertight tube fourteen inches (14") or less in diameter. 2) It shall be constructed so that the bottom can be sealed and opened after it is in place and fully charged with concrete. 3) It shall be supported so that it can be easily moved horizontally to cover all the work area and vertically to control the concrete flow. 4) The placing operations shall be continuous until the work is complete. b. Bottom -dump Buckets 1) Bottom -dump buckets used for underwater placing shall have a capacity of not less than one-half cubic yard (1/2 cubic yard). 2) It shall be lowered gradually and carefully until it rests upon the concrete already placed and raised very slowly during the upward travel; the intent being to maintain still water at the point of discharge and to avoid agitating the mixture. 3) The placing operations shall be continuous until the work is complete. CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-28 July 31, 2025 F. Placing Concrete in Box Culverts 1. In general, construction joints will be permitted only where shown on the Drawings. 2. Where the top slab and walls are placed monolithically in culverts more than four -feet (4') in clear height, an interval of not less than one (1) nor more than two (2) hours shall elapse before placing the top slab to allow for shrinkage in the wall concrete. 3. The base slab shall be finished accurately at the proper time to provide a smooth uniform surface. 4. Top slabs which carry direct traffic shall be finished as specified for roadway slabs in Section 03 35 11 CONCRETE FINISHING. 5. Top slabs of fill type culverts shall be given a reasonable smooth float finish. G. Placing Concrete in Foundations and Substructures 1. Concrete shall not be placed in footings until the depth and character of the foundation has been inspected by the Owner and permission has been given to proceed. 2. Placing of concrete footings upon seal courses will be permitted after the caissons or cofferdams are free from water and the seal course cleaned. 3. Any necessary pumping or bailing during the concreting operation shall be done from a suitable sump located outside the forms. 4. All temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams or caissons shall be constructed or adjusted as the work proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints in footings or shafts. 5. When footings can be placed in a dry excavation without the use of cofferdams or caissons, forms may be omitted, if desired by the Contractor and approved by the Owner, and the entire excavation filled with concrete to the elevation of the top of footing. a. Note: Measurement for payment will be based on the footing dimensions as shown on the Drawings. 3.12 EPDXY A. General Precaution 1. The Contractor is advised to become familiar with type of epoxy, method of application, and its basic limitations prior to using the epoxy. B. Bond New Concrete to Existing Concrete 1. Surface Preparation a. The existing concrete or structural surface to which the new concrete is to be bonded shall be roughened and cleaned. b. The existing surface shall be made free from dust, laitance, grease, curing compounds, waxes and all foreign material. c. Cleaning shall be done in strict accordance with manufacturer instructions. 1) Washing will not be allowed, unless authorized by Owner. d. During application of bonding compound, surface may be dry, moist, or wet, but surface shall be free of standing water. 2. Proportioning and Mixing a. The epoxy shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. b. The epoxy shall be used in a neat condition (without aggregate filler). 3. Application of Epoxy CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-29 July 31, 2025 a. The epoxy -bonding compound shall be applied in strict accordance with manufacturer instructions. b. Area adjacent to work shall be cleaned free of epoxy spills as to provide a neat appearance before work will be accepted. C. Concrete Overlay 1. The concrete overlay shall be in accordance with the Drawings and this section. 2. The concrete overlay shall be applied over the epoxy within a period of time that shall not exceed sixty percent (60%) of the tack free time of the epoxy. a. It is important for the Contractor to note that these times vary with the temperature and pot time. b. The allowable times must be determined from the tack free times that are provided by the manufacturer. 3. If the allowable period of time is allowed to elapse before concrete overlay can be placed, another layer of epoxy shall be applied prior to placement of the concrete. D. Epoxy Grout for patch to non -horizontal surfaces to concrete: 1. Surface Preparation a. The existing concrete or structural surface to be bonded to shall be cleaned. b. The existing surface shall be made free from dust, laitance, grease, curing compounds, waxes and all foreign material. c. Cleaning shall be done in strict accordance with manufacturer instructions. 1) Washing will not be allowed, unless authorized by Owner. d. During application of bonding compound, surface may be dry, moist, or wet, but surface shall be free of standing water, unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer 2. Proportioning and Mixing a. The epoxy shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer instruction. b. The epoxy may be mixed with dry masonry sand. c. Sand shall conform to ASTM C-144 with 100% passing a No. 8 sieve and not more than 15% to 35% passing a No. 50 mesh sieve. d. The amount of sand filler shall not exceed 3/4 to 1 (loose sand to epoxy by volume). 3. Application a. Epoxy shall be applied in strict accordance with manufacturer instructions. b. Area adjacent to work shall be cleaned free of epoxy spills as to provide a neat appearance before work will be accepted. END OF SECTION 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033111-30 July 31, 2025 SECTION 03 35 11- CONCRETE FINISHING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern work required for the finishing of concrete as required to complete the project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 1.03 REFERENCES The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 427, Surface Finishes for Concrete B. American Concrete Institute 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related Sections. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All equipment, tools, and machinery used and performing any part of the work shall be maintained in such condition to insure completion of the work under way without excessive delays for repairs or replacements. 2.02 SCREED A. The screed shall be designed rigid enough to hold true to shape and shall have sufficient adjustments to provide for the required camber. B. A vibrating screed may be used if heavy enough to prevent undue distortion. C. The screed shall be provided with a metal edge. 2.03 HAND OPERATED FOGGING EQUIPMENT A. Shall be capable of producing a fine mist, not a spray. CONCRETE FINISHING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 35 11- 1 July 31, 2025 B. Equipment shall pump water or water and air under high pressure through a suitable atomizing nozzle. C. Shall be portable enough to use in the direction of any prevailing wind and adaptable for intermittent use to prevent excessive wetting of the concrete. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INFORMATION A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. B. When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum. 3.02 TREATMENT AND FINISHING OF HORIZONTAL SURFACES EXCEPT ROADWAY SLABS A. All uniformed upper surfaces shall be struck off to grade and finished. B. The use of mortar topping for surfaces under this classification will not be permitted. C. After the concrete has been struck off, the surface shall be floated with a suitable float. D. Sidewalks 1. Shall be given a broom finish or may be stripped with a brush, as indicated on the Drawings or specified by the Owner. 2. Finish shall be perpendicular to the centerline providing a slip resistant surface. E. Other surfaces 1. Shall be float finished and stripped with a fine brush leaving a fine-grained texture. 3.03 FINISH OF ROADWAY SLABS A. As soon as the concrete has been placed and vibrated in a section of sufficient width to permit working, the surface shall be approximately leveled, struck off and screed, carrying a slight excess of concrete ahead of the screed to insure filling of all low spots. B. Screed 1. The surface of the concrete shall be screed a sufficient number of times and at such intervals to produce a uniform surface, true to grade and free of voids. 2. Longitudinal screeds shall be moved across the concrete with a saw -like motion while their ends rest on headers or templates set true to the roadway grade or on the adjacent finished slab. CONCRETE FINISHING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 35 11- 2 July 31, 2025 3. If necessary, the screed surface shall be worked to smooth finish with a long handled wood or metal float of the proper size, or hand floated from bridges over the slab. C. When required by the Owner, the Contractor shall perform sufficient checks with a long handled ten -foot (10') straightedge on the plastic concrete to insure that the final surface will be within the tolerances specified below. 1. The check shall be made with the straightedge parallel to the centerline. 2. Each pass thereof shall lap half of the preceding pass. 3. Ordinates of irregularities measured from the face of the straight -edge to the surface of the slab shall not exceed one -eighth of an inch (1/8") in depth shall be filled with fresh concrete and floated, making proper allowances for camber, vertical curvature and surface texture. 4. Occasional variations, not exceeding three -sixteenth of an inch (3/16") will be acceptable, if in the opinion of the Owner it will not affect the riding qualities. 5. The checking and floating shall be continued until the surface is true to grade and free of depressions, high spots, voids or rough spots. D. Rail support holes shall be filled with concrete and finished to match the top of the slab. E. Finish 1. Upon completion of the floating and/or straight edging and before the disappearance of the moisture sheen, the surface shall be given a finish as indicated within the Drawings or as directed by the Owner. 2. Should the texture depth fall below that intended, the finishing procedures shall be revised to produce the desired texture. F. In all roadway slab finishing operations, camber for specified vertical curvature and transverse slopes shall be provided. 3.04 FINISHING EXPOSED SURFACES A. Concrete shall be finished as required for the respective items or as otherwise specified on the Drawings. B. An ordinary surface finish shall be applied to all concrete surfaces either as a final finish or preparatory to a higher finish. C. Ordinary Surface Finish shall be as follows: 1. After form removal, all porous or honeycombed areas and spalled areas shall be corrected by chipping away all loose or broken material to sound concrete. 2. Featheredges shall be eliminated by cutting a face perpendicular to the surface. 3. Shallow cavities shall be repaired using adhesive grout or epoxy grout. 4. If judged repairable by the Owner, large defective areas shall be corrected using concrete or other material approved by the Owner. CONCRETE FINISHING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 35 11- 3 July 31, 2025 5. Holes and spalls caused by removal of metal ties, etc., shall be cleaned and filled with adhesive grout or epoxy grout. 6. Exposed parts of metal chairs on surfaces to be finished by rubbing, shall be chipped out to a depth of one-half inch (1/2") and the surface repaired. 7. All fines, runs, drips or mortar shall be removed from surfaces that remain exposed. 8. Form marks and chamfer edges shall be smoothed by grinding and/or dry rubbing. 9. Grease, oil, dirt, curing compound, etc., shall be removed from surfaces requiring a higher grade of finish. 10. Discolorations resulting from spillage or splashing of asphalt, paint or other similar material shall be removed. 11. Repairs shall be dense, well bonded and properly cured, and when made on surfaces that remain exposed and do not require a higher finish, shall be finished to blend with the surrounding concrete. END OF SECTION 03 35 11 CONCRETE FINISHING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033511-4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 03 35 40 - SEALED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING (SC1) PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of acrylic concrete sealer to new concrete. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -in -Place Concrete B. Division 09 — Finishes 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 310 — Guide to Decorative Concrete 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 00 73 00 — Submittal Procedures. 1. Manufacturer's chemical and product data sheets for: a. Acrylic concrete sealer B. Installer's Certification: 1. Provide list of 5 completed projects performed with last three years of similar type, size and complexity. Submit project names, addresses, contacts and phone numbers for each project. General Contractor is to validate references and contractor's capabilities prior to submitting bid. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with applicable requirements of the Texas Accessibility Standards and Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAGs) for Buildings and Facilities; Final Guidelines, revisions, and updates for static coefficient of friction for walkway surfaces. 2. Environmental Requirements: Comply with current Federal and local toxicity and air quality regulations and with Federal requirements on content of lead, mercury, and other heavy metals. Do not use solvents in floor polish products that contribute to air pollution or impact food quality. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: SEALED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING (SC1) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033540-1 July 31, 2025 1. A firm with a minimum of 5 years of experience in manufacturing concrete floor sealing systems. 2. Firm shall have completed work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Pre -installation Meeting: 1. General contractor shall schedule and convene a pre -installation meeting at the project site before start of installation of sealed concrete floor system. 2. Require attendance of parties directly affecting work of this section, including: 3. Owner's Representative 4. Architect 5. General Contractor 6. Sealing Subcontractor including Project Manager and Foreman 7. Meeting agenda to include (but not limited to): Review of existing conditions, surface preparation, system installations, field quality control, protection, environmental requirements, coordination with other work, controls to limit damage from dust and field quality control methods and reporting. 8. Unacceptable finishes include blisters, cracking, curling, delamination, surface discoloration, efflorescence, pop outs, scaling, and spalling. 1.06 MOCK-UP A. Provide benchmark mock-up to verify finish indicated and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution, i.e., typical joints, surface finish, color variation (if any), and standard of workmanship. B. Notify the Architect seven days in advance of date and time when mock-up will be constructed. C. Provide a sealed concrete floor finish mock-up, a minimum of 100 sq feet (0.10764 sq cm), illustrating completed sealed floor. No grinding is necessary. D. Mock-up will include properly installed repairs per section 03 30 00. E. Locate mock-up where directed by the Architect. F. If the Architect determines that mock-up does not meet requirements, re -finish floor sample in new location until mock-up is approved. G. Accepted mock-up will serve as standard to judge quality and workmanship of completed concrete floor finish. H. Accepted mock-up shall remain as part of finished product. SEALED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING (SC1) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033540-2 July 31, 2025 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Sequence application of concrete grinding and sealing until post completion of other construction activities that would be damaging to the completed concrete finish. B. Close areas to traffic during and after floor application for time period recommended in writing by manufacturer. PART 2 — PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT 2.01 MATERIALS A. Water Based Acrylic Concrete Sealer 25% Solids or Higher 1. SUPER AQUA -CURE VOX by Euclid Chemical 2. DRESS & SEAL WB 30 by Laticrete 3. DECRA-SEAL W/B by W.R. Meadows 4. Substitutions by approval only. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine floor to receive sealed concrete floor system. B. Notify the Architect of conditions that would adversely affect installation or subsequent use prior to commencement. C. Do not begin surface preparation or installation until conditions are corrected and approved. 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and adjacent surfaces from the following: 1. Contact with overspray of sealer. B. Clean Surfaces: Remove dirt, dust, debris, oil, grease, curing agents, bond breakers, paint, 1. coatings, and other surface contaminants, which could adversely affect installation of sealed concrete floor system. C. Fill concrete joints in accordance with specification requirements prior to installation of any sealer. Failure to install joint filler will cause failure as the sealer will bond to the side wall of the joint which will prevent joint sealant from bonding correctly. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Repair all cracks and existing conditions or damage prior to installation of the sealed concrete flooring. SEALED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING (SC1) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033540-3 July 31, 2025 B. Install sealed concrete floor system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions at locations indicated on the Drawings. C. New Concrete Floor Sealing Only: 1. Clean floor thoroughly using an auto -scrubber and allow to completely dry per manufacturer's instructions. 2. Apply Sealer: a. Apply sealer per manufacturer's instructed coverage rate using sprayers to insure consistent application. b. Apply a second coat within the manufacturer's approved recoat time frame. c. Per manufacturer's instructions, remove or spread excess product completely from areas of over application. d. If required, use manufacturer's approved non -slip additive to achieve a non -slip floor finish. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect completed sealed concrete floor system with Architect for compliance and comparison with mock-up. Correct any deficiencies noted. B. Review procedures with Architect to correct unacceptable areas of completed sealed concrete floor system. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect completed sealed concrete floor system from damage until Substantial Completion. 1. Prohibit parking of vehicles on concrete slab. 2. If construction equipment must be used for overhead construction, the General Contractor is to require that all trades diaper components that might drip oil, hydraulic fluid, or other liquids. 3. Prohibit pipe cutting or threading using machinery on concrete slab. 4. Prohibit temporary placement and storage of steel members on concrete slab. 5. Cover concrete floors with drop cloths or use breathable drop cloths during painting. If paint is spilled on concrete floor, remove paint immediately. 6. Protect completed sealed concrete surface from standing moisture for 72 hours to prevent re -emulsification of surface treatment prior to cure B. Immediately remove mortar splatter, spilled liquids, oil, grease, paint, coatings, and other surface contaminants that could adversely affect completed sealed concrete floor system. C. Repair damaged areas of completed sealed concrete floor system to satisfaction of the Architect. SEALED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING (SC1) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033540-4 July 31, 2025 D. Protect finished work until project is turned over to the Owner. END OF SECTION 03 35 40 SEALED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING (SC1) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033540-5 July 31, 2025 SECTION 03 39 11- CONCRETE CURING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern work required for the curing of concrete as required to complete the project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 1.03 REFERENCES The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete B. Texas Department of Transportation Departmental Material Specification DMS-4650, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation Retardants" C. AASHTO Method T-26, "Standard Method of Test for Quality of Water to be used in Concrete" 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related Section(s). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MEMBRANE CURING A. Membrane curing materials shall comply with Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-4650. B. It shall be of such consistency that it can be satisfactorily applied as a fine mist through an atomizing nozzle by means of approved pressure spraying equipment at atmospheric temperatures above 40° Fahrenheit. C. It shall be of such nature that it will not produce permanent discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete or its components. D. Type 1 compound shall contain a fugitive dye that will be distinctly visible not less than four (4) hours nor more than seven (7) days after application. E. The compound shall produce a firm, continuous, uniform moisture impermeable film free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp concrete. CONCRETE CURING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033911-1 July 31, 2025 F. It shall, when applied to the damp concrete surface, at the rate of coverage specified herein, dry to touch in not more than four (4) hours and shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciable sagging. G. It shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the required curing period. H. The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration. I. The compound shall be delivered to the job only in the manufacturer's original containers, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, the trade name of the material, and a batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated. J. Percentage loss shall be defined as the water lost after the application of the curing material was applied. K. The permissible percentage moisture loss (at the rate of coverage specified herein) shall not exceed the following: 1. 24 hours after application 2 percent (2%) 2. 72 hours after application 4 percent (4%) L. Type 1 (Resin Base Only) curing compound will be permitted for slab concrete in bridge decks and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. 2.02 MAT CURING A. Wet Mat 1. Shall be one (1) of the following: a. Cotton mats shall be used for this curing method. b. Damp burlap blankets made from nine -ounce stock 2.03 WATER A. Water for use in curing shall be free from oils, acids, organic matter or other deleterious substances and shall not contain more than 1000 parts per million of chlorides as CL nor than 1000 parts million of sulfates as SO4. B. Water from municipal supplies approved by the State Health Department will not require testing, but water from other sources will be sampled and tested before use. C. Tests shall be made in accordance with AASHTO Method T-26, except where such methods are in conflict with provisions of this specification. D. Seawater will not be permitted. E. Water that stains or leaves an unsightly residue shall not be used. PART 3 - EXECUTION CONCRETE CURING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 03 39 11- 2 July 31, 2025 3.01 GENERAL INFORMATION A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall inform the Owner fully of the methods and procedures proposed for curing; shall provide the proper equipment and material in adequate amounts, and shall have the proposed method, equipment and material approved prior to placing concrete. C. Inadequate curing and/or facilities therefore shall be cause for the Owner to stop all construction on the job until remedial action is taken. 3.02 CURING PERIOD A. All concrete shall be cured for a period of seven (7) curing days except as noted below: Table 1 Curing Days of Selected Concrete Description Required Curing Top slabs of Direct Traffic Fourteen (14) curing days (Type I or III cement) Culverts Ten (10) curing days (Type 11 cement) Concrete Piling (non -prestressed) Ten (10) curing days B. When the air temperature is expected to drop below thirty-five (35) degrees Fahrenheit, the water curing mats shall be covered with polyethylene sheeting, burlap -polyethylene blankets or other material to provide the protection required by Article "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of these specifications. C. A curing day is defined as a calendar day when the temperature, taken in the shade away from artificial heat, is above fifty (50) degrees Fahrenheit for at least nineteen (19) hours, (colder days if satisfactory provisions are made to maintain the temperature at all surfaces of the concrete above forty (40) degrees Fahrenheit for the entire twenty-four (24) hours). D. The required curing period shall begin when all concrete therein has attained its initial set. 3.03 CURING METHODS A. The following methods are permitted for curing concrete subject to the restrictions of Table 2 and the following requirements for each method of curing: 1. Form Curing a. When forms are left in contact with the concrete, other curing methods will not be required except for cold weather protection. 2. Water Curing a. General CONCRETE CURING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033911-3 July 31, 2025 1) All exposed surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet continuously for the required curing time. b. Wet Mat 1) Mat curing of concrete is allowed where permitted by Table 2 in this specification or where otherwise approved by the Owner. 2) They shall be placed as soon as possible after the surface has sufficiently hardened to prevent damage to the concrete. 3) The mats shall be weighted down adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete surfaces where possible. 4) The surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet for the required curing time. 5) Surfaces which cannot be cured by contact shall be enclosed with mats, anchored positively to the forms, or to the ground, so that outside air cannot enter the enclosure. 6) Sufficient moisture shall be provided inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the concrete wet. c. Water Spray a) This method shall consist of overlapping sprays or sprinklers that keeps all unformed surfaces continuously wet. d. Ponding 1) This method requires the covering of the surfaces with a minimum of two-inches(2") of approved clean granular sand material, kept wet at all times, or a minimum of one - inch depth of water. 2) Satisfactory provisions shall be made to provide a dam to retain the water or saturated sand. 3. Membrane Curing a. This consists of curing concrete pavement, concrete pavement (base), curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalk, driveways, medians, islands, concrete riprap, cement stabilized riprap, concrete structures and other concrete as indicated on the Drawings by impervious membrane method. b. Unless otherwise provided herein or shown on the Drawings, either Type 1 or Type 2 membrane curing compound may be used where permitted except that Type 1 (Resin Base Only) will be permitted for slab concrete in bridge decks and top of direct traffic culverts. c. Membrane curing shall be applied to dry surfaces, but shall be applied just after free moisture has disappeared. d. Formed surfaces and surfaces which have been given a first rub shall be dampened and shall be moist at the time of application of the membrane. CONCRETE CURING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033911-4 July 31, 2025 J• e. When membrane is used for complete curing, the film shall remain unbroken for the minimum curing period specified. f. Membrane which is damaged shall be corrected immediately by reapplication of membrane. g• Unless otherwise noted herein or on the Drawings, the choice of membrane type shall be at the option of the Contractor. h. Only one (1) type of curing compound will be permitted on any one (1) structure. i. The membrane curing compound shall be applied after the surface finishing has been completed, and immediately after the free surface moisture has disappeared. The surface shall be sealed with a single uniform coating of curing compound applied at the rate of coverage recommended by the manufacturer and directed by the Owner, but not less than one (1) gallon per 180 square feet of area. 1<. The Contractor shall provide satisfactory means and facilities to properly control and check the rate of applications of the compound. 1. The compound shall be thoroughly agitated during its use and shall be applied by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers. m. The sprayers used to apply the membrane to concrete pavement or concrete pavement (base) shall travel at uniform speed along the forms and be mechanically driven. n. The equipment shall be of such design that it will insure uniform and even application of the membrane material. o. The sprayers shall be equipped with satisfactory atomizing nozzles. p• q. Only on small miscellaneous items will the Contractor be permitted to use hand -powered spray equipment. For all spraying equipment, the Contractor shall provide facilities to prevent the loss of the compound between the nozzle and the concrete surface during the spraying operations. r. The compounds shall not be applied to a dry surface and if the surface of the concrete has become dry, it shall be thoroughly moistened prior to application of membrane by fogging or mist application. s. Sprinkling or coarse spraying will not be allowed. t. At locations where the coating shows discontinuities, pinholes, or other defects; or if rain falls on the newly -coated surface before the film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, an additional coat of the compound shall be applied immediately at the same rate of coverage specified herein. u. To insure proper coverage, the Owner shall inspect all treated areas after application of the compound for the period of time designated in the governing specification for curing, either for membrane curing or for other methods. CONCRETE CURING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033911-5 July 31, 2025 1) Should the foregoing indicate that any area during the curing period is not protected, an additional coat or coats of the compound shall be applied immediately, and the rate of application of the membrane compound shall be increased until all areas are uniformly covered. v. When temperatures are such as to warrant protection against freezing, curing by this method shall be supplemented with an approved insulating material capable of protecting the concrete for the specified curing period. w. If at any time there is reason to believe that this method of curing is unsatisfactory or is detrimental to the work, the Contractor, when notified, shall immediately cease the use of this method and shall change to curing by one of the other methods specified under this contract. B. The following methods are permitted for curing concrete subject to the restrictions of Table 2 and the following requirements for each method of curing: Table 2 Curing Method REQUIRED PERMITTED Structure Unit Description Water for Curing Membrane for Interim Curing Water for Curing Membran e for Interim Curing Top slabs of direct traffic culverts X X Top surface of any concrete unit upon which concrete is to be placed and bonded at a later interval (Stub walls, risers, etc.) Other superstructure concrete (wing walls, parapet walls, etc.) X Concrete pavement, curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians, islands, concrete structures, concrete riprap, etc. X* X* All substructure concrete, culverts, box sewers, inlets, manholes, retaining walls X* X* * Polyethylene sheeting, burlap polyethylene mats, or laminated mats to prevent outside air from entering will be considered equivalent to water or membrane curing. END OF SECTION 03 39 11 CONCRETE CURING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 033911-6 July 31, 2025 SECTION 04 20 00 - UNIT MASONRY PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete block. B. Mortar and grout. C. Reinforcement and anchorage. D. Flashings. E. Lintels. F. Accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Windstorm Construction Requirements referenced in drawings. B. Section 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS: Loose steel lintels. C. Section 071917 - Anti -Graffiti Coatings: Anti -Graffiti coatings surface -applied to unit masonry assemblies. D. Section 07 21 00 - THERMAL INSULATION: Insulation for cavity spaces. E. Section 072720 - Fluid Applied Air Barriers: Fluid air barriers applied to the exterior face of backing sheathing or unit masonry substrate. F. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Through -wall masonry flashings. G. Section 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS: Sealing control and expansion joints. H. Appendix Section "Testing Requirements" 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 23 10 — Alternates and Allowances, for testing allowances affecting this section. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2022. B. ASTM A951/A951M - Standard Specification for Steel Wire for Masonry Joint Reinforcement; 2022. C. ASTM C90 - Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units; 2023. D. ASTM C129 - Standard Specification for Nonloadbearing Concrete Masonry Units; 2023. UNIT MASONRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 042000-1 July 31, 2025 E. ASTM C144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar; 2018. F. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2022. G. ASTM C207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes; 2018. H. ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry; 2019a, with Editorial Revision. I. ASTM C404 - Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout; 2024. J. ASTM C476 - Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry; 2023. K. ASTM C979/C979M - Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete; 2016. L. ASTM C1072 - Standard Test Methods for Measurement of Masonry Flexural Bond Strength; 2022. M. ASTM C1314 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Masonry Prisms; 2023b. N. ASTM C1714/C1714M - Standard Specification for Preblended Dry Mortar Mix for Unit Masonry; 2019a. O. ASTM E514/E514M - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration and Leakage Through Masonry; 2020. P. BIA Technical Notes No. 7 - Water Penetration Resistance — Design and Detailing; 2017. Q. BIA Technical Notes No. 13 - Ceramic Glazed Brick Exterior Walls; 2017. R. TMS 402/602 - Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures; 2022, with Errata (2024). 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 00 73 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data for masonry units, fabricated wire reinforcement, mortar, masonry accessories, and grout. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories for brickwork support system. D. Samples: Submit four samples of CMU units to illustrate color, texture, and extremes of color range. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that masonry units meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that water repellent admixture manufacturer has certified masonry unit manufacturer as an approved user of water repellent admixture in the manufacture of concrete block. G. Test Reports: Concrete masonry manufacturer's test reports for units with integral water repellent admixture. UNIT MASONRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 042000-2 July 31, 2025 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with provisions of TMS 402/602, except where exceeded by requirements of Contract Documents. 1. Maintain one copy of each document on project site. B. Fire -Resistance Ratings: Comply with requirements for fire -resistance -rated assembly designs indicated. 1. Where fire -resistance -rated construction is indicated, units are listed by UL or a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Windstorm Construction Requirements: Comply with the requirements of the Texas Windstorm Code including elements assembled to form the exterior wall and roof systems that are either directly loaded by the wind or receive wind loads originating at relatively close locations, and that transfer those loads to the main wind force resisting system. D. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified and with at least five years of documented experience and approved by manufacturer. All masonry flashing installers must complete the International Masonry Institute Flashing Upgrade training course. 1.07 MOCK-UPS A. Construct a masonry wall as a mock-up panel sized 8 feet (2.4 m) long by 6 feet (1.8 m) high; include mortar, accessories, structural backup, reinforcement, wall openings, flashings (with lap joint, corner, and end dam), and weather barrier in mock-up. B. Locate where directed. C. Mock-up may not remain as part of work. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, handle, and store masonry units by means that will prevent mechanical damage and contamination by other materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Concrete Block: Comply with referenced standards and as follows: 1. Size: Standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16 by 8 inches (400 by 200 mm) and nominal depths as indicated on drawings for specific locations. 2. Special Shapes: Provide nonstandard blocks configured for corners, lintels, headers, control joint edges, and other detailed conditions. a. Provide square -edged units for outside corners unless otherwise indicated. UNIT MASONRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 042000-3 July 31, 2025 3. Load -Bearing Units: ASTM C90, lightweight unless indicated otherwise. a. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net -area compressive strength of 1900 psi. b. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture. B. Ground Face (Burnished) and Split Face CMUs: ASTM C90, medium weight. 1. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Acme Featherlite Burnished (Ground Face) or Split Face CMU where indicated on drawings or comparable product by on of the following: a. Featherlite Building Products, Inc. b. Echelon Masonry. c. Best Block 2. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net -area compressive strength of 1900 psi. 3. Size (Width): As indicated on Drawings, manufactured to dimensions 3/8 inch less than nominal dimensions. 4. Pattern, Texture and Colors: Ground Face (Burnished). Basis -of -Design - Best Block #300 "Island Sand" 5. Nonloadbearing Units: ASTM C129. a. Lightweight. 6. Units with Integral Water Repellent: Concrete block units as specified in this section with polymeric liquid admixture added to concrete masonry units at time of manufacture. a. Performance of Units with Integral Water Repellent: 1) Water Permeance: When tested per ASTM E514/E514M and for a minimum of 72 hours. (a) No water visible on back of wall above flashing at the end of 24 hours. (b) No flow of water from flashing equal to or greater than 0.032 gallons per hour (0.05 L per hour) at the end of 24 hours. (c) No more than 25 percent of wall area above flashing visibly damp at end of test. 2) Flexural Bond Strength: ASTM C1072; minimum 10 percent increase. 3) Compressive Strength: ASTM C1314; maximum 5 percent decrease. b. Use only in combination with mortar that also has integral water repellent admixture. c. Use water repellent admixtures for masonry units and mortar by a single manufacturer. UNIT MASONRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 042000-4 July 31, 2025 2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I; color as required to produce approved color sample. 1. Not more than 0.60 percent alkali. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. C. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144. D. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404. E. Pigments for Colored Mortar: Pure, concentrated mineral pigments specifically intended for mixing into mortar and complying with ASTM C979/C979M. 1. Mortar Color: a. Ground Face (Burnished) or Split Face CMU: As selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full range of colors. b. Concrete Masonry Units: Natural color unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. F. Water: Clean and potable. G. Integral Water Repellent Admixture for Mortar: Polymeric liquid admixture added to mortar at the time of manufacture. 1. Use only in combination with masonry units manufactured with integral water repellent admixture. 2. Use only water repellent admixture for mortar from the same manufacturer as water repellent admixture in masonry units. 3. Meet or exceed performance specified for water repellent admixture used in masonry units. 4. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide W.R. Grace & Co., Construction Products Division; Dry -Block or comparable product by one of the following: a. ACM Chemistries. b. Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company. c. GCP Applied Technologies Inc. d. Master Builders Solutions. e. W.R. Grace & Co., Construction Products Division. H. Packaged Dry Material for Mortar for Unit Masonry: Premixed Portland cement, hydrated lime, and sand; complying with ASTM C1714/C1714M and capable of producing mortar of the specified strength in accordance with ASTM C270 with the addition of water only. 1. Type: Type N. UNIT MASONRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 042000-5 July 31, 2025 2. Color: Standard gray. 3. Water-repellent mortar for use with water repellent masonry units. 2.03 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi) (420 MPa), deformed billet bars; uncoated. B. Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A951/A951M. 1. Type: Truss or ladder. 2. Interior Walls: Hot -dip galvanized carbon steel. 3. Exterior Walls: Stainless Steel. 4. Wire Size for Side Rods: 9 5. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 9-gauge diameter. 6. Spacing of Cross Rods, Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches o.c. C. Multiple Wythe Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A951/A951M. 1. Type: Truss. 2. Interior Walls: Hot -dip galvanized carbon steel. 3. Exterior Walls: Stainless Steel. 4. Wire Size for Side Rods: 9-gauge diameter. 5. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 9-gauge diameter. 6. Wire Size for Veneer Ties: 9-gauge diameter. 7. Spacing of Cross Rods, Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches o.c. D. Adjustable Multiple Wythe Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A951/A951M. 1. Type: Truss or ladder, with adjustable ties or tabs spaced at 16 in (406 mm) on center. 2. Size ties to extend at least halfway through facing wythe but with at least 5/8 inch cover on outside face. Ties have hooks or clips to engage a continuous horizontal wire in the facing wythe. 3. Vertical adjustment: Not more than 1 1/4 inches (32 mm). 4. Maximum horizontal play of 1/16 inch E. Flexible Anchors: 2-piece anchors that permit differential movement between masonry and building frame, sized to provide not less than 5/8 inch (16 mm) of mortar coverage from masonry face. F. Masonry Veneer Anchors: 2-piece anchors that permit differential movement between masonry veneer and structural backup, stainless steel. UNIT MASONRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 042000-6 July 31, 2025 1. Anchor plates: Not less than 0.075 inch (1.91 mm) thick, designed for fastening to structural backup through sheathing by two fasteners; provide design with legs that penetrate sheathing and insulation to provide positive anchorage. 2. Wire ties: Manufacturer's standard shape, 0.1875 inch (4.75 mm) thick. 3. Vertical adjustment: Not less than 3-1/2 inches (89 mm). 2.04 TIES AND ANCHORS A. General: Ties and anchors extend at least 1-1/2 inches into veneer but with at least a 5/8-inch cover on outside face. B. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that comply with the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Hot -Dip Galvanized, Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A1064/A1064M, with ASTM A153/A153M, Class B-2 coating. 2. Stainless Steel Wire: ASTM A580/A580M, Type 304. 3. Steel Sheet, Galvanized after Fabrication: ASTM A1008/A1008M, Commercial Steel, with ASTM A153/A153M, Class B coating. 4. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M. C. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Structural Steel Framing: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall. 1. Anchor Section for Welding to Steel Frame: Crimped 1/4-inch- diameter, wire. 2. Tie Section: Triangular -shaped wire tie made from diameter, wire. D. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Concrete: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall. 1. Connector Section: Dovetail tabs for inserting into dovetail slots in concrete and attached to tie section; formed from 0.109-inch- thick, stainless -steel sheet. a. 0.108-inch- thick, galvanized -steel sheet may be used at interior walls unless otherwise indicated. 2. Tie Section: Triangular -shaped wire tie made from 9-gauge diameter, stainless steel wire. Mill -galvanized wire may be used at interior walls unless otherwise indicated. E. Partition Top Anchors: 0.105-inch- thick metal plate with a 3/8-inch- diameter metal rod 6 inches long welded to plate and with closed -end plastic tube fitted over rod that allows rod to move in and out of tube. Fabricate from stainless steel. F. Adjustable Masonry -Veneer Anchors: UNIT MASONRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 042000-7 July 31, 2025 1. General: Provide anchors that allow vertical adjustment but resist a 100 Ibf load in both tension and compression perpendicular to plane of wall without deforming or developing play in excess of 1/16 inch. 2. Fabricate sheet metal anchor sections and other sheet metal parts from 0.0781-inch- thick, stainless steel sheet. 3. Fabricate wire ties from 9-gauge diameter, stainless steel wire unless otherwise indicated. 4. Contractor's Option: Unless otherwise indicated, provide any of the adjustable masonry - veneer anchors specified. 5. Masonry -Veneer Anchors; Double-Pintle Plate: Rib -stiffened, sheet metal anchor section with screw holes at top and bottom, projecting horizontal leg with slots for vertical legs of double pintle wire tie. 2.05 EMBEDDED FLASHINGS A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing complying with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and as follows: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M or ASTM A666, Type 304, 0.016 inch thick. 2. Fabricate continuous flashings in sections 96 inches long minimum, but not exceeding 12 ft. Provide splice plates at joints of formed, smooth metal flashing. 3. Fabricate through -wall flashing with snaplock receiver on exterior face where indicated to receive counterflashing. 4. Fabricate through -wall flashing with drip edge unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate by extending flashing 1/2 inch out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed. 5. Fabricate metal drip edges from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches into wall and 1/2 inch out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed. 6. Solder metal items at the corners. B. Flexible Flashing: Use the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Self -Adhering, Stainless Steel Fabric Flashing: Composite, flashing product consisting of 2 mil of Type 304 stainless steel sheet, bonded to a layer of polymeric fabric with a butyl adhesive, to produce an overall thickness of 40 mil. a. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide York Manufacturing, Inc; 304 Self -Adhering Stainless Steel or comparable product by one of the following: 1) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. 2) STS Coatings, Inc. 3) VaproShield LLC. UNIT MASONRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 042000-8 July 31, 2025 4) Wire -Bond. 5) York Manufacturing, Inc. b. Applications: Use 10-mil- thick flashing at windows, doors, and small wall penetrations; not at base of walls. Use 40-mil- thick flashing at base of walls. C. Drainage Plane Flashing: Fabricate from rubberized asphalt and drainage membrane to shapes indicated, including weep tabs, termination bar, and drip edge. Provide flashing materials as follows: 1. Rubberized Asphalt: 40 mil (1.0 mm) thick. 2. Accessories: Provide preformed corners, end dams, other special shapes, and seaming materials produced by flashing manufacturer. D. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to substrates. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Preformed Control Joints: styrene-butadiene-rubber material, complying with ASTM D2000, Designation M2AA-805 and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall. Size and configuration as indicated. B. Cavity Mortar Control: Semi -rigid polyethylene or polyester mesh panels, sized to thickness of wall cavity, and designed to prevent mortar droppings from clogging weeps and cavity vents and allow proper cavity drainage. 1. Basis of Design Product: Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; Mortar Trap. C. Weep/Cavity Vents: Use the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Rectangular Plastic Weep/Vent Tubing: Clear butyrate, 3/8 by 1-1/2 by 3-1/2 inches long. 2. Basis of Design: Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; QV-Quadro-Vent. D. Proprietary Acidic Masonry Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard -strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. E. Cleaning Solution: Non -acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials. 2.07 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXING A. Mortar for Unit Masonry: ASTM C270, using the Proportion Specification. Provide the following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated or needed to provide required compressive strength of masonry. 1. For reinforced masonry, use Type S. UNIT MASONRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 042000-9 July 31, 2025 2. Exterior, loadbearing masonry: Type N. 3. Exterior, non-loadbearing masonry: Type N. 4. Interior, non-loadbearing masonry: Type 0 may be used instead of Type N. B. Grout: ASTM C476; consistency required to fill completely volumes indicated for grouting; fine grout for spaces with smallest horizontal dimension of 2 inches (50 mm) or less; coarse grout for spaces with smallest horizontal dimension greater than 2 inches (50 mm). C. Admixtures: Add to mixture at manufacturer's recommended rate and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; mix uniformly. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive masonry. B. Verify that related items provided under other sections are properly sized and located. C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied for installation under other sections. B. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. 3.03 COLD AND HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of TMS 402/602 or applicable building code, whichever is more stringent. 3.04 COURSING A. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement. B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness. C. Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Bond: Running. 2. Coursing: One unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches (200 mm). 3. Mortar Joints: Concave. UNIT MASONRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 042000-10 July 31, 2025 3.05 PLACING AND BONDING A. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints is not permitted. B. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses. C. Remove excess mortar with water repellent admixture promptly. Do not use acids, sandblasting or high pressure cleaning methods. D. Interlock intersections and external corners. E. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. F. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, clean, unchipped edges. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges. G. Cut mortar joints flush where wall tile is scheduled, resilient base is scheduled, cavity insulation vapor barrier adhesive is applied, or bitumen dampproofing is applied. H. Isolate masonry partitions from vertical structural framing members with a control joint. 3.06 WEEPS/CAVITY VENTS A. Install weeps in cavity walls at 24 inches (600 mm) on center horizontally on top of through -wall flashing above shelf angles and lintels and at bottom of walls. 3.07 CAVITY MORTAR CONTROL A. Do not permit mortar to drop or accumulate into cavity air space or to plug weep/cavity vents. B. For cavity walls, build inner wythe ahead of outer wythe to accommodate accessories. C. Install cavity mortar diverter at base of cavity and at other flashing locations as recommended by manufacturer to prevent mortar droppings from blocking weep/cavity vents. 3.08 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE - GENERAL AND SINGLE WYTHE MASONRY A. Unless otherwise indicated on drawings or specified under specific wall type, install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches (400 mm) on center. B. Place masonry joint reinforcement in first and second horizontal joints above and below openings. Extend minimum 16 inches (400 mm) each side of opening. C. Place continuous joint reinforcement in first and second joint below top of walls. D. Embed longitudinal wires of joint reinforcement in mortar joint with at least 5/8 inch (16 mm) mortar cover on each side. E. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches (150 mm). UNIT MASONRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 042000-11 July 31, 2025 F. Fasten anchors to structural framing and embed in masonry joints as masonry is laid. Unless otherwise indicated on drawings or closer spacing is indicated under specific wall type, space anchors at maximum of 36 inches (900 mm) horizontally and 24 inches (600 mm) vertically. G. Embed ties and anchors in mortar joint and extend into masonry unit a minimum of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) with at least 5/8 inch (16 mm) mortar cover to the outside face of the anchor. 3.09 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE - MASONRY VENEER A. Masonry Back -Up: Embed anchors to bond veneer at maximum 16 inches (400 mm) on center vertically and 36 inches (900 mm) on center horizontally. Place additional anchors at perimeter of openings and ends of panels, so maximum spacing of anchors is 8 inches (200 mm) on center. 3.10 MASONRY FLASHINGS A. Whether or not specifically indicated, install masonry flashing to divert water to exterior at all locations where downward flow of water will be interrupted. 1. Extend flashings full width at such interruptions and at least 6 inches (152 mm), minimum, into adjacent masonry or turn up flashing ends at least 1 inch (25.4 mm), minimum, to form watertight pan at nonmasonry construction. 2. Remove or cover protrusions or sharp edges that could puncture flashings. 3. Seal lapped ends and penetrations of flashing before covering with mortar. B. Terminate flashing up 8 inches (203 mm) minimum on vertical surface of backing: 1. Install vertical leg of flashing over fluid -applied or self -adhered air/vapor barriers over backing or per manufacturer's directions. C. Install flashing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and BIA Technical Notes No. 7. D. Extend metal flashings through exterior face of masonry and terminate in an angled drip with hemmed edge. Install joint sealer below drip edge to prevent moisture migration under flashing. 3.11 LINTELS A. Install steel lintels where indicated. B. Install loose steel lintels over openings. C. Install reinforced unit masonry lintels over openings where steel or precast concrete lintels are not scheduled. 1. Openings to 42 inches (1070 mm): Place two, No. 3 (M9) reinforcing bars 1 inch (25 mm) from bottom web. 2. Openings from 42 inches (1070 mm) to 78 inches (1980 mm): Place two, No. 5 (M16) reinforcing bars 1 inch (25 mm) from bottom web. 3. Openings over 78 inches (1980 mm): Reinforce openings as detailed. UNIT MASONRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 042000-12 July 31, 2025 4. Do not splice reinforcing bars. 5. Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Maintain position within 1/2 inch (13 mm) of dimensioned position. 6. Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing. 7. Allow masonry lintels to attain specified strength before removing temporary supports. D. Maintain minimum 8 inch (203 mm) bearing on each side of opening. 3.12 GROUTED COMPONENTS A. Lap splices minimum 24 bar diameters. B. Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Maintain position within 1/2 inch (13 mm) of dimensioned position. C. Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing. D. At bearing locations, fill masonry cores with grout for a minimum 12 inches (300 mm) either side of opening. 3.13 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcement through control or expansion joints. B. Install preformed control joint device in continuous lengths. Seal butt and corner joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Size control joints as indicated on drawings; if not indicated, 3/4 inch (19 mm) wide and deep. D. Form expansion joint as detailed on drawings. 3.14 BUILT-IN WORK A. As work progresses, install built-in metal door frames and other items to be built into the work and furnished under other sections. B. Install built-in items plumb, level, and true to line. C. Bed anchors of metal door frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with grout. 1. Fill adjacent masonry cores with grout minimum 12 inches (300 mm) from framed openings. 3.15 TOLERANCES A. Install masonry within the site tolerances found in TMS 402/602. UNIT MASONRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 042000-13 July 31, 2025 3.16 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for chases. Coordinate with other sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and location. B. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.17 CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar and mortar droppings. B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. C. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution. D. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. END OF SECTION 04 20 00 UNIT MASONRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 042000-14 July 31, 2025 SECTION 05 12 00 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Structural steel framing members. B. Structural steel support members. C. Base plates, shear stud connectors. D. Grouting under base plates. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications: Steel fabrications affecting structural steel work. B. Section 31 31 16 - Termite Control: Field -applied termiticide and mildewcide for structural steel. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 22 00 - Unit Prices, for additional unit price requirements. B. Structural Steel Framing: 1. Basis of Measurement: By the ton (metric ton). 2. Basis of Payment: Includes structural members fabricated, placed, and anchored. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AISC (MAN) - Steel Construction Manual; 2023, with Errata (2025). B. AISC 303 - Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges; 2022, with Errata (2025). C. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2019. D. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2017. E. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and Threaded Rod 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2021. F. ASTM A514/A514M - Standard Specification for High -Yield -Strength, Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding; 2022. G. ASTM A563/A563M - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts (Inch and Metric); 2021a. H. ASTM A572/A572M - Standard Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Columbium -Vanadium Structural Steel; 2021, with Editorial Revision. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 051200-1 July 31, 2025 I. ASTM A992/A992M - Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes; 2022. J. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy, High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra -High Strength; 2023. K. ASTM E94/E94M - Standard Guide for Radiographic Examination Using Industrial Radiographic Film; 2017. L. ASTM E164 - Standard Practice for Contact Ultrasonic Testing of Weldments; 2019. M. ASTM E165/E165M - Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Testing for General Industry; 2023. N. ASTM E709 - Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing; 2021. O. ASTM F436/F436M - Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers Inch and Metric Dimensions; 2019. P. ASTM F1554 - Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength; 2020. Q. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2020. R. AWS B2.1/B2.1M - Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification; 2021, with Errata (2023). S. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; 2020, with Errata (2023). T. IAS AC172 - Accreditation Criteria for Fabricator Inspection Programs for Structural Steel AC172; 2019. U. RCSC (HSBOLT) - Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts; Research Council on Structural Connections; 2020. V. SSPC-Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer; 2004. W. SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc -Rich Coating (Type I - Inorganic, and Type II - Organic); 2019. X. SSPC-SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning; 2015, with Editorial Revision (2016). Y. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning; 2024. Z. SSPC-SP 3 - Power Tool Cleaning; 2024. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 0 sections, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, locations of structural members, openings, attachments, and fasteners. 2. Connections not detailed. 3. Indicate cambers. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 051200-2 July 31, 2025 4. Indicate welded connections with AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. C. Manufacturer's Mill Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Mill Test Reports: Indicate structural strength, destructive test analysis and non-destructive test analysis. E. Fabricator Test Reports: Comply with ASTM A1011/A1011M. F. Materials Test Reports: Submit independent test results or engineered performance analysis of structural thermal -break pad performance in bearing or slip -critical connections where shear and moment loads are applied. G. Welders' Qualification Statement: Welders' certificates in accordance with AWS B2.1/B2.1M and dated no more than 12 months before start of scheduled welding work. H. Designer's Qualification Statement. I. Fabricator's Qualification Statement. J. Fabricator's Qualification Statement: Provide documentation showing steel fabricator is accredited under IAS AC172. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC (MAN) "Steel Construction Manual." B. Structural steel members designated as architecturally -exposed structural steel (AESS) to also comply with Section 05 12 13. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. D. Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years of documented experience. E. Welder Qualifications: Welding processes and welding operators qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and no more than 12 months before start of scheduled welding work. F. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified steel fabricator that is accredited by the International Accreditation Service (IAS) Fabricator Inspection Program for Structural Steel in accordance with IAS AC172. G. Erector: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years of documented experience. H. Design connections not detailed on drawings under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 051200-3 July 31, 2025 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Angles, Plates, Channels, S Shapes, M Shapes, and HP Shapes: ASTM A36/A36M. B. Steel W Shapes and Tees: ASTM A992/A992M. C. Rolled Steel Structural Shapes: ASTM A992/A992M. D. Steel Shapes, Plates, Sheet Piling, and Bars: ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50 (345) high -strength, columbium -vanadium steel. E. Steel Plate: ASTM A514/A514M. F. Structural Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, ASTM A307, Grade A. G. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, plain, with matching ASTM A563/A563M nuts and ASTM F436/F436M Type 1 washers. H. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1M; type required for materials being welded. I. Grout: ASTM C1107/C1107M; Non -shrink; premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength at 48 Hours: 2,000 pounds per square inch (13.7 MPa). 2. Minimum Compressive Strength at 28 Days: 7,000 pounds per square inch (48 MPa). J. Shop and Touch -Up Primer: Fabricator's standard, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. K. Touch -Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Fabricator's standard, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate to greatest extent possible. B. Continuously seal joined members by intermittent welds and plastic filler. Grind exposed welds smooth. C. Fabricate connections for bolt, nut, and washer connectors. D. Develop required camber for members. 2.03 FINISH A. Prepare structural component surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP 1. B. Shop prime structural steel members. Do not prime surfaces that will be fireproofed, field welded, or in contact with concrete. C. Galvanize structural steel members to comply with ASTM A123/A123M. Provide minimum 1.7 oz/sq ft galvanized coating. (Provide minimum 530 g/sq m galvanized coating.) STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 051200-4 July 31, 2025 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. High -Strength Bolts: Provide testing and verification of shop -bolted connections in accordance with RCSC (HSBOLT) "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts," testing at least 15 percent of bolts at each connection. B. Welded Connections: Visually inspect all shop -welded connections and test at least 15 percent of welds. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION A. Erect structural steel in compliance with AISC 303. B. Allow for erection loads and provide sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure in safe condition, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. C. Field weld components and shear studs indicated on drawings. D. Use carbon steel bolts only for temporary bracing during construction, unless otherwise specifically permitted on drawings. Install high -strength bolts in accordance with RCSC (HSBOLT) "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts". E. Do not field cut or alter structural members without approval of the Project Engineer. F. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed or galvanized, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. G. Grout solidly between column plates and bearing surfaces, complying with manufacturer's instructions for nonshrink grout. Trowel grouted surfaces smooth, splaying neatly to 45 degrees. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch (6 mm) per story, non -cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch (6 mm). 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work. B. High -Strength Bolts: Provide testing and verification of field -bolted connections in accordance with RCSC (HSBOLT) "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts," testing at least 15 percent of bolts at each connection. C. Welded Connections: Visually inspect all field -welded connections and test at least 15 percent of welds using one of the following: STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 051200-5 July 31, 2025 1. Radiographic testing performed in accordance with ASTM E94/E94M. 2. Ultrasonic testing performed in accordance with ASTM E164. 3. Liquid penetrant inspection performed in accordance with ASTM E165/E165M. 4. Magnetic particle inspection performed in accordance with ASTM E709. END OF SECTION 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 051200-6 July 31, 2025 SECTION 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated steel and aluminum items. B. Metal bollards. C. Loose bearing and leveling plates. 1.02 PRODUCTS FURNISHED, BUT NOT INSTALLED, UNDER THIS SECTION INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A. Loose steel lintels. B. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted -channel inserts, and wedge -type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry. C. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A276/A276M - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes; 2025. B. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2019. C. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2022. D. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2017. E. ASTM A283/A283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates; 2018. F. ASTM A501/A501M - Standard Specification for Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing; 2021. G. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold -Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2023. H. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2021. I. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; 2020, with Errata (2023). J. SSPC-Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer; 2004. K. SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc -Rich Coating (Type I - Inorganic, and Type II - Organic); 2019. L. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning; 2024. METAL FABRICATIONS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 055000-1 July 31, 2025 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS - STEEL A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36/A36M. B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A501/A501M hot -formed structural tubing. C. Plates: ASTM A283/A283M. D. Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. E. Stainless Steel, General: ASTM A666, Type 304. F. Stainless Steel Bars, Shapes and Moldings: ASTM A276/A276M, Type 304. G. Shop and Touch -Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. H. Touch -Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02 MATERIALS - ALUMINUM A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M), 6063 alloy, T6 temper. B. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: Stainless steel. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. D. Furnish components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.04 FABRICATED ITEMS A. Ledge Angles, Shelf Angles, Channels, and Plates Not Attached to Structural Framing: For support of metal decking; prime paint finish. METAL FABRICATIONS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 055000-2 July 31, 2025 B. Lintels: As detailed; prime paint finish. C. Door Frames for Overhead Door Openings: Channel sections; galvanized finish. 1. Fabricate structural -steel door frames for overhead doors from steel shapes, plates, and bars of size and to dimensions indicated, fully welded together, unless otherwise indicated. Plug -weld built-up members and continuously weld exposed joints. Reinforce frames and drill and tap as necessary to accept finish hardware. 2. Provide with integrally welded steel strap anchors for securing door frames into adjoining concrete or masonry. 3. Galvanize exterior steel frames at overhead doors 2.05 METAL BOLLARDS A. Bollards: Fabricate metal bollards from Schedule 80 steel pipe shapes, as indicated. B. Prime steel bollards with zinc -rich primer. 2.06 FINISHES - STEEL A. Prime paint steel items not indicated to be galvanized. 1. Exceptions: Galvanize items to be embedded in concrete, items to be embedded in masonry, and items specified for galvanized finish. 2. Shop prime with primers specified in Section 09 91 13 "Painting" unless zinc -rich primer is indicated. B. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP2. C. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. D. Galvanizing of Structural Steel Members: Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM A123/A123M requirements. Provide minimum 1.7 oz/sq ft galvanized coating. (Provide minimum 530 g/sq m galvanized coating.) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B. Furnish setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. METAL FABRICATIONS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 055000-3 July 31, 2025 C. Field weld components as indicated on drawings. D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. E. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. F. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch (6 mm) per story, non -cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch (6 mm). C. Maximum Out -of -Position: 1/4 inch (6 mm). END OF SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 05 50 00 - 4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 05 52 13 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall mounted handrails. B. Free-standing railings at steps. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 30 00 - Cast -In -Place Concrete: Placement of anchors in concrete. B. Section 04 20 00 - Unit Masonry: Placement of anchors in masonry. C. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Placement of backing plates in stud wall construction. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA 611 - Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; 2024. B. ADA Standards - 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. C. ASTM B241/B241M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube; 2022. D. ASTM B429/B429M - Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube; 2020. E. ASTM B483/B483M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Drawn Tube and Drawn Pipe for General Purpose Applications; 2021. F. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2020. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. 1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 2. Include the design engineer's seal and signature on each sheet of shop drawings. PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 055213-1 July 31, 2025 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Designer Qualifications: Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located, or personnel under direct supervision of such an engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RAILINGS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Design, fabricate, and test railing assemblies in accordance with the most stringent requirements of applicable local code. B. Allow for expansion and contraction of members and building movement without damage to connections or members. C. Dimensions: See drawings for configurations and heights. 1. Top Rails and Wall Rails: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) diameter, round. 2. Intermediate Rails: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) diameter, round. 3. Posts: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) diameter, round. D. Provide anchors and other components as required to attach to structure, made of same materials as railing components unless otherwise indicated; where exposed fasteners are unavoidable provide flush countersunk fasteners. 1. For anchorage to concrete, provide inserts to be cast into concrete, for bolting anchors. 2. For anchorage to masonry, provide brackets to be embedded in masonry, for bolting anchors. 3. For anchorage to stud walls, provide backing plates, for bolting anchors. 4. Posts: Provide adjustable flanged brackets. E. Provide slip-on non -weld mechanical fittings to join lengths, seal open ends, and conceal exposed mounting bolts and nuts, including but not limited to elbows, T-shapes, splice connectors, flanges, escutcheons, and wall brackets. 2.02 ALUMINUM MATERIALS A. Aluminum Pipe: Schedule 40; ASTM B429/B429M, ASTM B241/B241M, or ASTM B483/B483M. B. Non -Weld Mechanical Fittings: Slip-on cast aluminum, for Schedule 40 pipe, with flush setscrews for tightening by standard hex wrench, no bolts or screw fasteners. C. Straight Splice Connectors: Concealed spigot; cast aluminum. D. Exposed Fasteners: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; consistent with design of railing. PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 055213-2 July 31, 2025 2.03 FABRICATION A. Accurately form components to suit specific project conditions and for proper connection to building structure. B. Fit and shop assemble components in largest practical sizes for delivery to site. C. Fabricate components with joints tightly fitted and secured. Provide spigots and sleeves to accommodate site assembly and installation. 2.04 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Class I Natural Anodized Finish: AAMA 611 AA-M12C22A41 Clear anodic coating not less than 0.7 mils (0.018 mm) thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Supply items required to be cast into concrete with setting templates, for installation as work of other sections. B. Apply one coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum surfaces that will be in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects, with tight joints. C. Install railings in compliance with Texas Accessibility Standards for accessible design at applicable locations. D. Anchor railings securely to structure. E. Conceal anchor bolts and screws whenever possible. Where not concealed, use flush countersunk fastenings. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch (6 mm) per floor level, non -cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch (6 mm). C. Maximum Out -of -Position: 1/4 inch (6 mm). END OF SECTION 05 52 13 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 055213-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 06 10 00 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Structural dimension lumber framing. B. Structural composite lumber framing. C. Nonstructural dimension lumber framing. D. Rough opening framing for doors, windows, and roof openings. E. Sheathing. F. Underlayment. G. Roof -mounted curbs. H. Roofing nailers. I. Roofing cant strips. J. Preservative treated wood materials. K. Fire retardant treated wood materials. L. Miscellaneous framing and sheathing. M. Communications and electrical room mounting boards. N. Concealed wood blocking, nailers, and supports. O. Miscellaneous wood nailers, furring, and grounds. P. Wall sheathing with factory applied water -resistive and air barrier sheet. Q. Roof sheathing with factory applied roofing underlayment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 30 00 - Cast -in -Place Concrete: Setting anchors in concrete. B. Section 05 12 00 - Structural Steel Framing: Prefabricated beams, columns, and hangers for support of wood framing. C. Section 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS: Miscellaneous steel connectors, support angles, and blocking for wood framing. D. Section 06 18 00 - Glued -Laminated Construction. E. Section 07 25 00 - Weather Barriers: Water -resistive barrier over sheathing. F. Section 07 27 00 - Air Barriers: Air barrier over sheathing. G. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Sill flashings. ROUGH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061000-1 July 31, 2025 H. Section 07 72 00 - Roof Accessories: Prefabricated roof curbs. I. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Gypsum -based sheathing. J. Section 31 31 16 - TERMITE CONTROL: Field -applied termiticide and mildewcide for wood materials. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2023. B. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc - Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2023. C. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self -Piercing Tapping Screws for Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2022. D. ASTM D5456 - Standard Specification for Evaluation of Structural Composite Lumber Products; 2021, with Editorial Revision. E. AWC (WFCM) - Wood Frame Construction Manual for One- and Two -Family Dwellings; 2024, with Errata. F. AWPA U1 - Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; 2024. G. NELMA (SGR) - Standard Grading Rules for Northeastern Lumber; 2024. H. PS 1 - Structural Plywood; 2023. I. PS 2 - Performance Standard for Wood Structural Panels; 2018. J. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard; 2025. K. SPIB (GR) - Standard Grading Rules; 2021. L. WCLIB (GR) - WCLB Standard Grading Rules for West Coast & Imported Softwood Lumber No.18; 2024. M. WWPA G-5 - Western Lumber Grading Rules; 2025. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide technical data on sheathing, wood preservative materials and application instructions. C. Structural Composite Lumber: Submit manufacturer's published structural data including span tables, marked to indicate which sizes and grades are being used; if structural composite lumber is being substituted for dimension lumber or timbers, submit grading agency structural tables marked for comparison. D. ABAA Field Quality Control Submittals: Submit third -party reports of testing and inspection required by ABAA QAP. ROUGH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061000-2 July 31, 2025 E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that wood products supplied for rough carpentry meet or exceed specified requirements. F. ABAA Manufacturer Qualification: Submit documentation of current evaluation of proposed manufacturer and materials. G. ABAA Installer Qualification: Submit documentation of current contractor accreditation and current installer certification. Keep copies of all contractor accreditation and installer certification on site during and after installation. Present on -site documentation upon request. H. Warranty Documentation: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Cover wood products to protect against moisture. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation. 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Manufacturer Warranty: Provide 2-year manufacturer warranty for materials and workmanship commencing on Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 1. Species: Douglas Fir -Larch, Douglas Fir, Douglas Fir (South), Spruce -Pine -Fir (South), Southern Pine or equal, unless otherwise indicated. 2. If no species is specified, provide species graded by the agency specified; if no grading agency is specified, provide lumber graded by grading agency meeting the specified requirements. 3. Grading Agency: Grading agency whose rules are approved by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standard Committee at www.alsc.org, and who provides grading service for the species and grade specified; provide lumber stamped with grade mark unless otherwise indicated. 4. Lumber of other species or grades is acceptable provided structural and appearance characteristics are equivalent to or better than products specified. 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS A. Grading Agency: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; NELMA (SGR). B. Grading Agency: Southern Pine Inspection Bureau, Inc; SPIB (GR). ROUGH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061000-3 July 31, 2025 C. Grading Agency: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; WCLIB (GR). D. Grading Agency: Western Wood Products Association; WWPA G-5. E. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. F. Moisture Content: S-dry or MC19. G. Stud Framing (2 by 2 through 2 by 6 (50 by 50 mm through 50 by 150 mm) ): 1. Species: Allowed under referenced grading rules. 2. Species: Douglas Fir -Larch, Douglas Fir, Southern Pine, or Hem -Fir. 3. Grade: Select Structural, No. 1, Stud, Construction, Standard. H. Joist, Rafter, and Small Beam Framing (2 by 6 through 4 by 16 (50 by 150 mm through 100 by 400 mm) ): 1. Machine stress -rated (MSR) as follows: a. Fb-single; minimum extreme fiber stress in bending: 1350 psi (9,300 kPa). b. E; minimum modulus of elasticity: 1,300,000 psi (8960 MPa). 2. Species: Allowed under grading rules. 3. Species: Douglas Fir -Larch, Douglas Fir, Douglas Fir (South), Spruce -Pine -Fir (South), Southern Pine. 4. Grade: No. 1 and Better. 5. Species and Grades: As indicated on drawings for various locations. I. Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds, and Furring: 1. Lumber: S4S, No. 1 or Construction Grade. 2. Boards: Standard or No. 3. 2.03 EXPOSED DIMENSION LUMBER A. Submit manufacturer's certificate that products meet or exceed specified requirements, in lieu of grade stamping. B. Grading Agency: Southern Pine Inspection Bureau, Inc; SPIB (GR). C. Grading Agency: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; WCLIB (GR). D. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings. E. Surfacing: S4S. F. Moisture Content: S-dry or MC19. 2.04 TIMBERS FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS A. Grading Agency: Southern Pine Inspection Bureau, Inc; SPIB (GR). ROUGH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061000-4 July 31, 2025 2.05 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER A. At Contractor's option, structural composite lumber may be substituted for concealed dimension lumber and timbers. B. Source Limitations: Furnish products produced by single manufacturer and obtained from single supplier. C. Structural Composite Lumber Materials: Factory -fabricated engineered wood products consisting of wood veneers, strands, or flakes pressed with moisture -resistant adhesive into blocks of material, evaluated in accordance with ASTM D5456. 1. Laminated Veneer Lumber (LVL): Engineered wood products consisting of thin wood veneer bonded together with adhesive with grain of veneers running parallel to long dimension. a. Manufacturer's Published Modulus of Elasticity, E: 2,000,000 psi (13,790 MPa), minimum. b. Application: For headers, beams, and rafters. c. Basis of Design Products: 1) Boise Cascade Company; Versa -Lam LVL: www.bc.com/#sle. 2) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.06 CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Roof Decking: 1. Panel Type: Plywood. 2. Bond Classification: Exposure 1. 3. Span Rating: 16. 4. Performance Category: 3/4 PERF CAT. 5. Edges: Tongue and groove. 6. Basis of Design Products: a. Roseburg Forest Products; Plywood: www.roseburg.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Roof Sheathing: PS 2 type, rated Structural I Sheathing. 1. Bond Classification: Exterior; Exposure 1. 2. Span Rating: 16. 3. Performance Category: 3/4 PERF CAT. C. Wall Sheathing, Plywood: PS 1 type. ROUGH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061000-5 July 31, 2025 1. Bond Classification: Exterior, Exposure 1. 2. Grade: Structural I Sheathing. 3. Span Rating: 16. 4. Performance Category: 5/16 PERF CAT. 5. Edge Profile: Square edge. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Metal and Finish: Hot -dipped galvanized steel complying with ASTM A153/A153M, Stainless steel for high humidity and preservative -treated wood locations. 2. Gypsum Board Screws: ASTM C1002; Type W, bugle head, self -piercing, tapping screws; length to penetrate wood members 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) minimum. 3. Anchors: Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollow masonry, expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete, bolt or ballistic fastener for anchorage. B. Die -Stamped Connectors: Hot dipped galvanized steel, sized to suit framing conditions. 1. For contact with preservative treated wood in exposed locations, provide minimum G185 (Z550) galvanizing complying with ASTM A653/A653M. C. Joist Hangers: Hot dipped galvanized steel, sized to suit framing conditions. 1. For contact with preservative treated wood in exposed locations, provide minimum G185 (Z550) galvanizing complying with ASTM A653/A653M. D. Sill Flashing: See Section 07 62 00. E. Water -Resistive Barrier: See Section 07 25 00. F. Air Barrier: See Section 07 27 00. 2.08 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. 1. Preservative -Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped by an ALSC- accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with AWPA standards. ROUGH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061000-6 July 31, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Where wood framing bears on cementitious foundations, install full width sill flashing continuous over top of foundation, lap ends of flashing minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) and seal. B. Install sill gasket under sill plate of framed walls bearing on foundations; puncture gasket cleanly to fit tightly around protruding anchor bolts. C. Coordinate installation of rough carpentry members specified in other sections. 3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking. C. Where treated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation during and immediately after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants. 3.03 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Set structural members level, plumb, and true to line. Discard pieces with defects that would lower required strength or result in unacceptable appearance of exposed members. B. Make provisions for temporary construction loads, and provide temporary bracing sufficient to maintain structure in true alignment and safe condition until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. C. Install structural members full length without splices unless otherwise specifically detailed. D. Comply with member sizes, spacing, and configurations indicated, and fastener size and spacing indicated, but not less than required by applicable codes and AWC (WFCM) Wood Frame Construction Manual. E. Install horizontal spanning members with crown edge up and not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) of bearing at each end. F. Construct double joist headers at floor and ceiling openings and under wall stud partitions that are parallel to floor joists; use metal joist hangers unless otherwise detailed. G. Provide bridging at joists in excess of 8 feet (2.3 m) span. Fit solid blocking at ends of members. H. Frame wall openings with two or more studs at each jamb; support headers on cripple studs. 3.04 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. ROUGH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061000-7 July 31, 2025 B. In framed assemblies that have concealed spaces, provide solid wood fireblocking as required by applicable local code, to close concealed draft openings between floors and between top story and roof/attic space; other material acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction may be used in lieu of solid wood blocking. C. In metal stud walls, provide continuous blocking around door and window openings for anchorage of frames, securely attached to stud framing. D. In walls, provide blocking attached to studs as backing and support for wall -mounted items, unless item can be securely fastened to two or more studs or other method of support is explicitly indicated. E. Where ceiling -mounting is indicated, provide blocking and supplementary supports above ceiling, unless other method of support is explicitly indicated. F. Provide the following specific nonstructural framing and blocking: 1. Cabinets and shelf supports. 2. Wall brackets. 3. Handrails. 4. Grab bars. 5. Towel and bath accessories. 6. Wall -mounted door stops. 7. Chalkboards and marker boards. 8. Wall paneling and trim. 9. Joints of rigid wall coverings that occur between studs. 3.05 ROOF -RELATED CARPENTRY A. Coordinate installation of roofing carpentry with deck construction, framing of roof openings, and roofing assembly installation. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Roof Sheathing: Secure panels with long dimension perpendicular to framing members, with ends staggered and over firm bearing. 1. At long edges use sheathing clips where joints occur between roof framing members. 2. At long edges provide solid edge blocking where joints occur between roof framing members. 3. Nail panels to framing; staples are not permitted. No overdriven nails are allowed. B. Wall Sheathing: Secure with long dimension parallel to wall studs, with ends over firm bearing and staggered, using nails. ROUGH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061000-8 July 31, 2025 1. Install plywood wall sheathing in accordance with manufacturer's current ICC-ES evaluation report for specified sheathing product. 2. Use plywood or other acceptable structural panels at building corners, for not less than 96 inches (2440 mm), measured horizontally. 3. Place water -resistive barrier horizontally over wall sheathing, weather lapping edges and ends. 3.07 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT A. Apply preservative treatment compatible with factory applied treatment at site -sawn cuts, complying with manufacturer's instructions. B. Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members. 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch (6 mm) from true position, maximum. B. Surface Flatness of Floor: 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1 mm/m) maximum, and 1/4 inch in 30 feet (7 mm in 10 m) maximum. C. Variation from Plane, Other than Floors: 1/4 inch in 10 feet (2 mm/m) maximum, and 1/4 inch in 30 feet (7 mm in 10 m) maximum. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Division 00 and 01 Sections for additional requirements. B. Coordination of ABAA Tests and Inspections: 1. Provide testing and inspection required by ABAA QAP. 2. Notify in ABAA writing of schedule for air barrier work. Allow adequate time for testing and inspection. 3. Cooperate with ABAA testing agency. 4. Allow access to air barrier work areas and staging. 5. Do not cover air barrier work until tested, inspected, and accepted. 3.10 CLEANING A. Waste Disposal: See Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal. 1. Comply with applicable regulations. 2. Do not burn scrap on project site. 3. Do not burn scraps that have been pressure treated. ROUGH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061000-9 July 31, 2025 4. Do not send materials treated with pentachlorophenol, CCA, or ACA to co -generation facilities or "waste -to -energy' facilities. B. Do not leave wood, shavings, sawdust, etc. on the ground or buried in fill. C. Prevent sawdust and wood shavings from entering the storm drainage system. END OF SECTION 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 0610 00 - 10 July 31, 2025 SECTION 06 10 53 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roof -mounted curbs. B. Roofing nailers. C. Preservative treated wood materials. D. Fire retardant treated wood materials. E. Communications and electrical room mounting boards. F. Concealed wood blocking, nailers, and supports. G. Miscellaneous wood nailers, furring, and grounds. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2023. B. ASTM D2898 - Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire -Retardant -Treated Wood for Fire Testing; 2010 (Reapproved 2017). C. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2023d. D. AWPA U1 - Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; 2024. E. PS 1 - Structural Plywood; 2023. F. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard; 2025. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide technical data on wood preservative materials and application instructions. C. Warranty Documentation: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Cover wood products to protect against moisture. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation. MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061053-1 July 31, 2024 B. Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Prevent exposure to precipitation during shipping, storage, and installation. 1.05 WARRANTY A. See Division 0 and 01 sections for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective work within a two-year period commencing on Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 1. If no species is specified, provide species graded by the agency specified; if no grading agency is specified, provide lumber graded by grading agency meeting the specified requirements. 2. Grading Agency: Grading agency whose rules are approved by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standard Committee (www.alsc.org) and who provides grading service for the species and grade specified; provide lumber stamped with grade mark unless otherwise indicated. 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS A. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. B. Moisture Content: S-dry or MC19. C. Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds, and Furring: 1. Lumber: S4S, No.2 or Standard Grade. 2. Boards: Standard or No.3. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: PS 1, A-D plywood, or medium density fiberboard; 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick; flame spread index of 25 or less, smoke developed index of 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Metal and Finish: Stainless steel for high humidity and preservative -treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. 2. Anchors: Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollow masonry. MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061053-2 July 31, 2024 3. Screws for Fastening to Metal Framing: ASTM C954, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. 4. Power -Driven Fasteners: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. 2.05 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. 1. Fire -Retardant Treated Wood: Mark each piece of wood with producer's stamp indicating compliance with specified requirements. 2. Preservative -Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped by an ALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with AWPA standards. B. Fire Retardant Treatment: 1. Exterior Type: AWPA U1, Category UCFB, Commodity Specification H, chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread index of 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, with no evidence of significant combustion when test is extended for an additional 20 minutes both before and after accelerated weathering test performed in accordance with ASTM D2898. a. Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. b. Do not use treated wood in direct contact with ground. 2. Interior Type A: AWPA U1, Use Category UCFA, Commodity Specification H, low temperature, low hygroscopic type, chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread index of 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, with no evidence of significant combustion when test is extended for an additional 20 minutes. a. Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. b. Treat rough carpentry items as indicated. c. Do not use treated wood in applications exposed to weather or where the wood may become wet. C. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for interior construction not in contact with ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in contact with ground. 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061053-3 July 31, 2024 D. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. E. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs -on -grade PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking. C. Where treated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation during and immediately after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants. 3.02 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. B. In metal stud walls, provide continuous blocking around door and window openings for anchorage of frames, securely attached to stud framing. C. In walls, provide blocking attached to studs as backing and support for wall -mounted items, unless item can be securely fastened to two or more studs or other method of support is explicitly indicated. D. Where ceiling -mounting is indicated, provide blocking and supplementary supports above ceiling, unless other method of support is explicitly indicated. E. Provide the following specific nonstructural framing and blocking: 1. Cabinets and shelf supports. 2. Wall brackets. 3. Handrails. 4. Grab bars. 5. Towel and bath accessories. 6. Wall -mounted door stops. 7. Chalkboards and marker boards. MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061053-4 July 31, 2024 8. Wall paneling and trim. 9. Joints of rigid wall coverings that occur between studs. 3.03 ROOF -RELATED CARPENTRY A. Coordinate installation of roofing carpentry with deck construction, framing of roof openings, and roofing assembly installation. B. Provide wood curb at roof openings except where prefabricated curbs are specified and where specifically indicated otherwise. Form corners by alternating lapping side members. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: Secure with screws to studs with edges over firm bearing; space fasteners at maximum 24 inches (610 mm) on center on edges and into studs in field of board. 1. At fire -rated walls, install board over wall board indicated as part of the fire -rated assembly. 2. Where boards are indicated as full floor -to -ceiling height, install with long edge of board parallel to studs. 3. Install adjacent boards without gaps. END OF SECTION 06 10 53 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061053-5 July 31, 2024 SECTION 06 18 00 - GLUE -LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glue laminated wood beams. B. Preservative treatment of wood. C. Steel hardware and attachment brackets. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 29 01 — Measurement and Basis for Payment, for additional unit price requirements. B. Glue Laminated Structural Beam Members: By the linear foot (linear meter). Includes unit member shop finished, connectors and brackets, placed and anchored. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AITC A190.1 - American National Standard for Wood Products - Structural Glued Laminated Timber; 2007. B. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2019. C. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2017. D. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2023. E. ASTM A563 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts; 2021a. F. ASTM A563M - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts (Metric); 2021a. G. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold -Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2023. H. ASTM D2559 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Bonded Structural Wood Products for Use Under Exterior Exposure Conditions; 2012a (Reapproved 2018). I. ASTM F3125/F3125M - Standard Specification for High Strength Structural Bolts and Assemblies, Steel and Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, Inch Dimensions 120 ksi and 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, and Metric Dimensions 830 MPa and 1040 MPa Minimum Tensile Strength; 2023. J. AWPA U1 - Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; 2024. K. AWS 62.1/B2.1M - Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification; 2021, with Errata (2023). GLUE -LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061800-1 July 31, 2025 L. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; 2020, with Errata (2023). M. RIS (GR) - Standard Specifications for Grades of California Redwood Lumber; 2019. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide technical data on wood preservative materials, application technique and resultant performance information. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate framing system, sizes and spacing of members, loads and cambers, bearing and anchor details, bridging and bracing, framed openings . 1. Submit design calculations signed and sealed by design engineer. D. Designer's Qualification Statement. E. Manufacturer's Qualification Statement. F. Welders' Qualification Statement: Welders' certificates in accordance with AWS B2.1/B2.1M and dated no more than 12 months before start of scheduled welding work. G. Erector's Qualification Statement. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer/Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacture of glue laminated structural units with five years of documented experience, and certified by AITC in accordance with AITC A190.1. B. Erector Qualifications: Company specializing in erection of products of the type specified with five years documented experience, and approved by manufacturer. C. Welder Qualifications: Welding processes and welding operators qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and no more than 12 months before start of scheduled welding work. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect members to AITC requirements for individually wrapped. B. Leave individual wrapping in place until finishing occurs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Glued -Laminated Structural Units: 1. BASIS OF DESIGN PRODUCT: Anthony Forest Products Company; Power Beam: www.anthonyforest.com/ 2. Boise Cascade Company: www.bc.com/#sle. GLUE -LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061800-2 July 31, 2025 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 GLUED -LAMINATED UNITS A. Glued -Laminated Units: Fabricate in accordance with AITC 117 Premium grade. 1. Verify dimensions and site conditions prior to fabrication. 2. Cut and fit members accurately to length to achieve tight joint fit. 3. Fabricate member with camber built in. 4. Do not splice or join members in locations other than those indicated without permission. 5. Fabricate steel hardware and connections with joints neatly fitted, welded, and ground smooth. 6. Welding: Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 7. After end trimming, seal with sealer coat in accordance with AITC requirements. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Lumber: Lumber complying with RIS (GR), SPIB (GR), WCLIB (GR), WWPA G-5 grading rules with 12 percent maximum moisture content before fabrication. Design for the values indicated on the Drawings. B. Steel Connections and Brackets: ASTM A36/A36M weldable quality, prime painted. Galvanize per ASTM A123/A123M where embedded in concrete. C. Steel Connections and Brackets: ASTM A666, Type 304 stainless steel. D. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Type 1 heavy hex high strength bolts and ASTM A563 (ASTM A563M) nuts; hot -dip galvanized to meet requirements of ASTM A153/A153M, matching washers. E. Laminating Adhesive: Tested for wet/exterior service in accordance with ASTM D2559. F. Wood Sealer: as recommended by Manufacturer. G. Bearing Plate Anchors: Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. 2.04 WOOD TREATMENT A. Factory -Treated Lumber: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category System for pressure impregnated wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. B. Preservative Pressure Treatment: 1. Manufacturers: a. Lonza Group: www.wolmanizedwood.com/#sle. GLUE -LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061800-3 July 31, 2025 b. Osmose Utilities Services, Inc: www.osmose.com/#sle. c. Viance, LLC: www.treatedwood.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Glued -Laminated Structural Units: AWPA U1, Use Category UC2, Commodity Specification F using waterborne preservative. a. Kiln dry lumber after treatment and before lamination to maximum moisture content of 15 percent. 3. Marking: Marked each piece with stamp of an ALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with AWPA standards. C. Shop treat wood materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fabricate glue laminated structural members in accordance with AITC Premium grade. B. Welding: Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Verify dimensions and site conditions prior to fabrication. D. Cut and fit members accurately to length to achieve tight joint fit. E. Fabricate member with camber built in. F. Do not splice or join members in locations other than those indicated without permission. G. Fabricate steel hardware and connections with joints neatly fitted, welded, and ground smooth. H. After end trimming, seal with penetrating sealer in accordance with AITC requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that supports are ready to receive units. B. Verify sufficient end bearing area. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of bearing or support brackets. 3.03 ERECTION A. Lift members using protective straps to prevent visible damage. B. Set structural members level and plumb, in correct positions or sloped where indicated. C. Provide temporary bracing and anchorage to hold members in place until permanently secured. GLUE -LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061800-4 July 31, 2025 D. Fit members together accurately without trimming, cutting, splicing, or other unauthorized modification. E. Swab and seal the interior wood surfaces of field drilled holes in members with primer. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) maximum from true position. END OF SECTION 06 18 00 GLUE -LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 061800-5 July 31, 2025 SECTION 06 20 00 - FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wood base and moldings. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) - Architectural Woodwork Standards, 2nd Edition; 2014, with Errata (2016). B. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) - North American Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2021, with Errata. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: C. Samples: Submit two finished samples of wood trim 12 inch (305 mm) long. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store finish carpentry items under cover, elevated above grade, and in a dry, well -ventilated area not exposed to heat or sunlight. B. Protect from moisture damage. C. Handle materials and products to prevent damage to edges, ends, or surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS A. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise. B. Interior Woodwork Items: 1. Wood Base and Moldings: Clear fir; prepare for stained finish to match plastic laminate color PL2. 2.02 FASTENINGS A. Fasteners: Of size and type to suit application. FINISH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 062000-1 July 31, 2025 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Type recommended by fabricator to suit application. B. Wood Filler: Solvent base, tinted to match surface finish color. 2.04 SITE FINISHING MATERIALS A. Stain and Finishing Materials: Comply with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Shop assemble work for delivery to site, permitting passage through building openings. B. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. 2.06 SHOP FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. B. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. C. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler that matches surrounding surfaces and is of type recommended for the applicable finish. D. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), Section 5 - Finishing for grade specified and as follows: 1. Transparent: a. Catalyzed Lacquer. b. Stain: As scheduled on Drawings. c. Sheen: Semigloss. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install custom fabrications in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) requirements for grade indicated. B. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb and level. C. Carefully scribe work abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch (0.79 mm). Do not use additional overlay trim to conceal larger gaps. FINISH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 062000-2 July 31, 2025 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). B. Maximum Offset from True Alignment with Abutting Materials: 1/32 inch (0.79 mm). END OF SECTION 06 20 00 FINISH CARPENTRY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 062000-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 06 4100 - ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specially fabricated cabinet units. B. Countertops. C. Hardware. D. Factory finishing. E. Preparation for installing utilities. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI A208.1 - American National Standard for Particleboard; 2022. B. ANSI A208.2 - Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) for Interior Applications; 2022. C. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) - Architectural Woodwork Standards, 2nd Edition; 2014, with Errata (2016). D. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) - North American Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2021, with Errata. E. NEMA LD 3 - High -Pressure Decorative Laminates; 2005. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 00 73 00 — Supplementary Conditions for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles, fastening methods, jointing details, and accessories. C. Product Data: Provide data for hardware accessories. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in fabricating the products specified in this section with minimum five years of documented experience. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect units from moisture damage. ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 064100-1 July 31, 2025 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. During and after installation of custom cabinets, maintain temperature and humidity conditions in building spaces at same levels planned for occupancy. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CABINETS A. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise. B. Plastic Laminate Faced Cabinets: Custom grade. C. Cabinets: 1. Finish - Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Decorative laminate. 2. Finish - Exposed Interior Surfaces: Decorative laminate. 3. Finish - Semi -Exposed Surfaces: Decorative laminate 4. Finish - Concealed Surfaces: Manufacturer's option. 5. Casework Construction Type: Type A - Frameless. 6. Cabinet Style: Flush overlay. a. Reveal Dimension: 1/2 inch. D. Drawer Construction: Fabricate with exposed fronts fastened to subfront with mounting screws from interior of body. 1. Join subfronts, backs, and sides with glued rabbeted joints supplemented by mechanical fasteners or glued dovetail joints. 2.02 PANEL CORE MATERIALS A. Particleboard: Composite panel composed of cellulosic particles, additives, and bonding system; comply with ANSI A208.1. 1. Grade: M-2; moisture resistance: MR10. B. Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF): Composite panel composed of cellulosic fibers, additives, and bonding system; cured under heat and pressure; comply with ANSI A208.2. 1. Grade: 130; moisture resistance: MR10. 2.03 THERMALLY FUSED LAMINATE PANELS A. Thermally Fused Laminate (TFL): Melamine- or polyester -resin -saturated decorative papers; for fusion to composite wood substrates under heat and pressure. 1. Test in accordance with NEMA LD 3 Section 3. ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 064100-2 July 31, 2025 2. Panel Core Substrate: Particleboard or Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF). 3. Color: As selected from manufacturer's standard range of colors. 2.04 LAMINATE MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Formica Corporation: www.formica.com/#sle. 2. Wilsonart LLC: www.wilsonart.com/#sle. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. High Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL): NEMA LD 3, types as recommended for specific applications. C. Provide specific types as indicated. 1. Horizontal Surfaces: HGS, 0.048 inch (1.22 mm) nominal thickness, finish as indicated. 2. Vertical Surfaces: VGS, 0.028 inch (0.71 mm) nominal thickness. 3. Post -Formed Horizontal Surfaces: HGP, 0.039 inch (1.0 mm) nominal thickness. 4. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: CLS, 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) nominal thickness. a. Edges of Plastic Laminate Shelves: PVC edge banding, 0.12-inch thick, matching laminate in color, pattern and finish. 2.05 COUNTERTOPS A. Plastic Laminate Countertops: Medium density fiberboard substrate covered with HPDL, conventionally fabricated and self -edge banded. B. Solid Surfacing Countertops: Where indicated on drawings. Refer to Specification Section 12 36 61 "Solid Surfacing Countertops". 2.06 COLORS, PATTERNS, AND FINISHES: A. Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 1. As indicated on the Room Finish Schedule. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Type recommended by fabricator to suit application. Do not use adhesives that contain urea formaldehyde. B. Plastic Edge Banding: Extruded ABS or PVC, convex shaped; smooth finish; self locking serrated tongue; of width to match component thickness. 1. Color: Matching laminate in color and pattern. ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 064100-3 July 31, 2025 C. Fasteners: Size and type to suit application. D. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins, and Screws: Of size and type to suit application; galvanized or chrome -plated finish in concealed locations and stainless steel finish in exposed locations. E. Grommets for Cable Passage: 2-inch OD, molded -plastic grommets and matching plastic caps with slot for wire passage where indicated on the drawings, 3'-0" o.c. minimum. 1. Color: as selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full line of colors. 2.08 HARDWARE A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets except for items specified in Section 08 7100 "Door Hardware." B. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B01602, 135 degrees of opening. C. Back -Mounted Pulls: ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B02011. 1. Amerock BP36571G10 Monument 5-1/16 inch Center to Center Pull 2. Finish: Satin Nickel. D. Catches: Push -in magnetic catches, ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B03131. E. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B04071; with shelf rests, B04081. F. Shelf Rests: ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B04013; metal. G. Drawer Slides: ANSI/BHMA A156.9. 1. Heavy -Duty (Grade 1HD-100 and Grade 1HD-200): Side mount. a. Type: Full extension. b. Material: Zinc -plated ball bearing slides. H. Door Locks: ANSI/BHMA A156.11, E07121. I. Drawer Locks: ANSI/BHMA A156.11, E07041. J. Door and Drawer Silencers: ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L03011. K. Grommets for Cable Passage: 2-inch OD, molded -plastic grommets and matching plastic caps with slot for wire passage where indicated on the drawings, 3'-0" o.c. minimum. 1. Color: as selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full line of colors. L. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with ANSI/BHMA A156.18 for ANSI/BHMA finish number indicated. 1. Satin Stainless Steel: ANSI/BHMA 630. M. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements in ANSI/BHMA A156.9 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 064100-4 July 31, 2025 2.09 FABRICATION A. Assembly: Shop assemble cabinets for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. B. Edging: Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges with specified edging. Do not use more than one piece for any single length. C. Fitting: When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide matching trim for scribing and site cutting. D. Plastic Laminate: Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Fit corners and joints hairline; secure with concealed fasteners. Slightly bevel arises. Locate counter butt joints minimum 2 feet from sink cut-outs. (Locate counter butt joints minimum 600 mm from sink cut-outs.) E. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures. Verify locations of cutouts from on -site dimensions. Prime paint cut edges. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) requirements for grade indicated. B. Set and secure custom cabinets in place, assuring that they are rigid, plumb, and level. C. Carefully scribe casework abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch (0.79 mm). Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose. D. Anchor cabinets to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with wafer -head cabinet installation screws. E. Install cabinets level, plumb, and true in line to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches using concealed shims. 1. Scribe and cut cabinets to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. 2. Install cabinets without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 3. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, and at ends not more than 16 inches o.c. with No. 10 wafer -head screws sized for not less than 1-1/2-inch penetration into wood framing, blocking, or hanging strips. F. Secure cabinets to floor using appropriate angles and anchorages. ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 064100-5 July 31, 2025 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Repair damaged and defective cabinets, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Adjust moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean casework, counters, shelves, hardware, fittings, and fixtures. END OF SECTION 06 4100 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 064100-6 July 31, 2025 SECTION 06 83 16 - FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fiberglass reinforced plastic panels. B. Trim. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D5319 - Standard Specification for Glass -Fiber Reinforced Polyester Wall and Ceiling Panels; 2022. B. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2023d. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 00 73 00 — Supplementary Conditions, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store panels flat, indoors, on a clean, dry surface. Remove packaging and allow panels to acclimate to room temperature for 48 hours prior to installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels: 1. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Marlite Standard FRP Panels or comparable product by one of the following: a. Crane Composites, Inc: www.cranecomposites.com/#sle. b. Marlite, Inc: www.marlite.com/#sle. c. Nudo Products, Inc; FiberLite FRP: www.nudo.com/#sle. d. Panolam Industries International, Inc: www.panolam.com/#sle. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 068316-1 July 31, 2025 2.02 PANEL SYSTEMS A. Wall Panels: 1. Panel Size: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Panel Thickness: 0.10 inch (2.5 mm). 3. Surface Design: P199, Pebbled. 4. Color: "Bright White". 5. Attachment Method: Adhesive only, sealant joints, no trim. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Panels: Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP), complying with ASTM D5319. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread index of 25 and smoke developed index of 450; when system tested in accordance with ASTM E84. B. Trim: PVC; color coordinating with panel. Pattern -matched to panel. C. Adhesive: Type recommended by panel manufacturer. D. Sealant: Mildew -resistant, single -component, neutral -curing silicone sealant recommended by Manufacturer; color matching panel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions and substrate flatness before starting work. B. Verify that substrate conditions are ready to receive the work of this section. C. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work; make adjustments in layout as necessary. 3.02 INSTALLATION - WALLS A. Install panels in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Cut and drill panels with carbide tipped saw blades, drill bits, or snips. C. Apply adhesive to the back side of the panel using trowel as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. D. Apply panels to wall with seams plumb and pattern aligned with adjoining panels. E. Install panels with manufacturer's recommended gap for panel field and corner joints. F. Place trim on panel before fastening edges, as required. G. Fill channels in trim with sealant before attaching to panel. FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 068316-2 July 31, 2025 H. Install trim with adhesive and screws or nails, as required. I. Seal gaps at floor, ceiling, and between panels with applicable sealant to prevent moisture intrusion. J. Remove excess sealant after paneling is installed and prior to curing. END OF SECTION 06 83 16 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 068316-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 07 01 50.19 - PREPARATION FOR RE -ROOFING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Replacement of existing roofing system in preparation for entire new roofing system. B. Removal of existing flashing and counterflashings. C. Temporary roofing protection. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 54 19 - Polyvinyl -Chloride TPA Roofing. B. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Replacement of flashing and counterflashings. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate with affected mechanical and electrical work associated with roof penetrations. B. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section. 1. Attendees: a. Architect. b. Contractor. c. Owner. d. Installer. 2. Meeting Agenda: Provide agenda to participants prior to meeting in preparation for discussions on the following: a. Removal and installation schedule. b. Necessary preparatory work. c. Protection before, during, and after roofing system installation. d. Removal of existing roofing system. e. Installation of new roofing system. f. Temporary roofing and daily terminations. g. Transitions and connection to and with other work. h. Inspections and testing of installed systems. PREPARATION FOR RE -ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 070150.19-1 July 31, 2025 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of material. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate size, configuration, and installation details. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Existing Roofing System: Spray -on roofing over modified bitumen roofing. B. Do not remove existing roofing membrane when weather conditions threaten the integrity of building contents or intended continued occupancy. C. Maintain continuous temporary protection prior to and during installation of new roofing system. D. Provide notice at least three days before starting activities that will affect normal building operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPONENTS A. See the following sections for additional information on components relating to this work: 1. Replacement and removal of existing roofing system in preparation for entire new roofing system over the existing roof deck, see Section 07 5419. 2. Remove existing flashing and counterflashings in preparation for replacement of these materials as part of this work, see Section 07 62 00 for material requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Temporary Roofing Protection Materials: 1. Contractor's responsibility to select appropriate materials for temporary protection of roofing areas as determined necessary for this work. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Type and size as required and compatible with existing and new roofing system to resist local wind uplift. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing roof surface has been cleared of materials being removed from existing roofing system and ready for next phase of work as required. PREPARATION FOR RE -ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 07 0150.19 - 2 July 31, 2025 3.02 PREPARATION A. Sweep roof surface clean of loose matter. B. Remove loose refuse and dispose of properly off -site. 3.03 MATERIAL REMOVAL A. Remove only existing roofing materials that can be replaced with new materials the same day. B. Remove metal counter flashings. C. Repair existing wood deck surface to provide smooth working surface for new roof system. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate scope of this work with requirements for installation of new roofing system, see Section 075419 for additional requirements. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent agency inspection and testing will be provided under provisions of Section 01 40 00. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Provide protection of existing roofing system that is not having work performed on it. B. Provide temporary protective sheeting over uncovered deck surfaces. C. Provide for surface drainage from sheeting to existing drainage facilities. D. Do not permit traffic over unprotected or repaired deck surface. END OF SECTION 07 0150.19 PREPARATION FOR RE -ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 07 0150.19 - 3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 07 13 26 - SELF -ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Modified bituminous sheet waterproofing. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample warranties. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish replacement waterproofing material for waterproofing that does not comply with requirements or that fails to remain watertight within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET WATERPROOFING A. Modified Bituminous Sheet Waterproofing: Minimum 60-mil nominal thickness, self -adhering sheet consisting of 56 mils (1.4224 mm) of rubberized asphalt laminated on one side to a 4- mil- thick, polyethylene -film reinforcement, and with release liner on adhesive side. 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. GCP Applied Technologies Inc.; Bituthene 3000. 2. Physical Properties: a. Tensile Strength, Membrane: 325 psi (2240.80 kPa) minimum; ASTM D412, Die C, modified. b. Ultimate Elongation: 300 percent minimum; ASTM D412, Die C, modified. c. Low -Temperature Flexibility: Pass at minus 20 deg F; ASTM D1970/D1970M. d. Crack Cycling: Unaffected after 100 cycles of 1/8-inch movement; ASTM C836/C836M. SELF -ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 071326-1 July 31, 2025 e. Puncture Resistance: 50 Ibf minimum; ASTM E154/E154M. f. Water Absorption: 0.1 percent weight -gain maximum after 48-hour immersion at 70 deg F; ASTM D570. g. Water Vapor Permeance: 0.05 perm maximum; ASTM E96/E96M, Water Method. h. Hydrostatic -Head Resistance: 200 feet (6096 cm) minimum; ASTM D5385. 3. Sheet Strips: Self -adhering, rubberized -asphalt strips of same material and thickness as sheet waterproofing. 2.02 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Furnish auxiliary materials recommended by waterproofing manufacturer for intended use and compatible with sheet waterproofing. 1. Furnish liquid -type auxiliary materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Metal Termination Bars: Aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch (3.18 mm), predrilled at 9-inch centers where required by manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Clean, prepare, and treat substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide clean, dust -free, and dry substrates for waterproofing application. B. Mask off adjoining surfaces not receiving waterproofing to prevent spillage and overspray affecting other construction. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET -WATERPROOFING A. Install modified bituminous sheets according to waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply primer to substrates at required rate and allow it to dry. Limit priming to areas that will be covered by sheet waterproofing in same day. Reprime areas exposed for more than 24 hours. C. Apply and firmly adhere sheets over area to receive waterproofing. Accurately align sheets and maintain uniform 2-1/2-inch- minimum lap widths and end laps. Overlap and seal seams, and stagger end laps to ensure watertight installation. 1. When ambient and substrate temperatures range between 25 and 40 deg F, install self - adhering, modified bituminous sheets produced for low -temperature application. Do not use low -temperature sheets if ambient or substrate temperature is higher than 60 deg F. D. Horizontal Application: Apply sheets from low to high points of decks to ensure that laps shed water. SELF -ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 071326-2 July 31, 2025 E. Apply continuous sheets over already -installed sheet strips, bridging substrate cracks, construction, and contraction joints. F. Seal edges of sheet -waterproofing terminations with mastic. G. Install sheet -waterproofing and auxiliary materials to tie into adjacent waterproofing. H. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in waterproofing not complying with requirements. Slit and flatten fishmouths and blisters. Patch with sheet waterproofing extending 6 inches (152.4 mm) beyond repaired areas in all directions. 3.03 PROTECTION, REPAIR, AND CLEANING A. Do not permit foot or vehicular traffic on unprotected membrane. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove waterproofing that does not comply with requirements; repair substrates, reapply waterproofing, and repair sheet flashings. C. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended in writing by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION 07 13 26 SELF -ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 071326-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 07 19 17 - ANTI -GRAFFITI COATINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D1653 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Organic Coating Films; 2013 (Reapproved 2021). 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Surface applied anti -graffiti coatings. 2. Extended written warranty. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: including the following: 1. Detailed specification of construction and fabrication. 2. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Certified test reports indicating compliance with performance requirements specified herein. B. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Statement of qualifications. 2. Statement of compliance with Regulatory Requirements. 3. Field Quality Control Submittals as specified in Part 3. 4. Manufacturer's field reports. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualification: Not less than 5 years' experience in the actual production of specified products. B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm experienced in installation or application of systems similar in complexity to those required for this Project, plus the following: 1. Acceptable to or licensed by manufacturer. C. Product Qualifications: The anti -graffiti coating shall meet the following requirements: 1. Active Content: Organofluorosilane. 2. Solvent: None, water -borne. 3. VOC Content: less than 50 grams per liter. ANTI -GRAFFITI COATINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 071917-1 July 31, 2025 4. Cleaning Cycles: ASTM D 6578 "Standard Practice for Determination of Graffiti Resistance" minimum 25 cycles without loss of repellency. 5. Breathability: ASTM D1653 greater than 95% water vapor transmission. 6. Surface Appearance: No appreciable difference compared to non -coated surface. 7. Excellent Ultraviolet light stability. D. Regulatory and Safety Requirements: Products must have an independent laboratory analysis that material does not contain any known carcinogens. Materials shall comply with State and local regulations concerning AIM (Architectural, Industrial and Maintenance) coatings regarding Volatile Organic Content (VOC). If used indoors the material must comply with the following safety requirements: 1. Flammability, Smoke Spread and Toxic Fume Emission During Burning (BS 6853) a. Toxic gases below IDLH level. b. Flame Propagation: Does not propagate flame. c. Smoke emission: No change. 1.05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packing and Shipping: Deliver products in original unopened packaging with legible manufacturer's identification. B. Storage and Protection: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Maintain ambient temperature above 40 degrees Fahrenheit (4.44 degrees Celsius) during and 24 hours after installation. 2. Do not proceed with application on materials if ice or frost is covering the substrate. 3. Do not proceed with application if ambient temperature of surface exceeds 100-degree F. 4. Do not proceed with the application of materials in rainy conditions or if heavy rain is anticipated with 4 hours after application. B. Sealer Coordination: 1. Verify compatibility with curing compounds, patching materials, repair mortar, paints, sealants, to be used on masonry surfaces to ensure compatibility with the anti -graffiti coating. ANTI -GRAFFITI COATINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 071917-2 July 31, 2025 1.07 SPECIAL WARRANTIES A. The system manufacture shall furnish the Owner a written single source performance warranty that the Anti -Graffiti Coating System will be free of defects related to workmanship or material deficiency for a five (5) year period from the date of completion of the work provided under this section. 1. All defective areas shall be retreated by the system manufacture as determined by the Engineer. 2. The Anti -Graffiti manufacturer shall be responsible for providing labor and material to reseal area where coating effectiveness does not meet the specified limits. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Products of the following anti -graffiti manufacturer listed below will be acceptable for use on this project, provided that they meet the performance requirements of these specifications. Product substitution of materials or manufacturers must comply with Section 1.02. 1. Basis of Design: Protectosil ANTIGRAFFITI®, Evonik Corporation 1-800- 828-0919. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. 1. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protection: Install coverings to protect adjacent surfaces. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Surfaces to receive sealer shall be cleaned of dirt, oil, graffiti, grease, laitance, and other contaminants. All other surfaces shall be cleaned by mid -pressure water (1500 psi (10342.14 kPa)) and commercial paint strippers. Pressure washing is the minimum cleaning that will be accepted other methods, such as blast racking, mobile power scrubbing and sandblasting may be submitted. 2. Remove dirt, dust and materials that will interfere with the proper and effective application of the anti -graffiti coating. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to prepare the surfaces of the concrete as recommended by the Anti -graffiti Manufacturer and acceptable to the Engineer. ANTI -GRAFFITI COATINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 071917-3 July 31, 2025 3. Check the compatibility of all caulking and patching material to be used with the anti - graffiti coating. 4. Sealants, patching materials, and expansion joints shall have been installed and approved. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Before an anti -graffiti coating will be accepted a field test evaluation will be done. The cost of the field testing will be the responsibility of the contractor. The owner's representative will approve the test area prior to starting the project. 3.04 APPLICATION A. Product shall be applied as per manufacturer's application instructions and recommendations for this specific project. Provide a written copy of manufacturer's recommendations. B. Apply at temperature and weather conditions recommended by the manufacture or written in this specification. C. Surface residue shall be brushed out thoroughly until they completely penetrate into the surface. D. Protect treated areas from rain and other surface water for a period of not less than four hours after application. E. Provide adequate ventilation and follow all safety regulations for the City, County and State. 3.05 CLEANING A. As Work Progresses: Clean spillage from adjacent surfaces using materials and methods as recommended by anti -graffiti manufacturer. B. Remove protective coverings from adjacent surfaces when no longer needed. 3.06 COMPLETION A. Work that does not conform to specified requirements shall be corrected and/or replaced as directed by the Owners Representative at contractor's expense without extension of time. END OF SECTION 07 19 17 ANTI -GRAFFITI COATINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 071917-4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 07 2100 - THERMAL INSULATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Batt insulation in exterior roof construction. B. Insulation board at roof construction. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 27 00 - Air Barriers: Separate air barrier materials. B. Section 07 54 19 - Polyvinyl -Chloride TPA Roofing: Installation requirements for board insulation over low slope roof deck. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C578 - Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation; 2023. B. ASTM C1289 - Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board; 2023a. C. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2023d. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 00 73 00 — Supplementary Conditions for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and product limitations. C. Shop Drawings: Submit drawings that indicate location of joint or termination detail conditions. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install insulation adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are detrimental to successful installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 APPLICATIONS A. Insulation over Roof Deck: Polyisocyanurate board. THERMAL INSULATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072100-1 July 31, 2025 2.02 FOAM BOARD INSULATION MATERIALS A. Polyisocyanurate (ISO) Board Insulation: Rigid cellular foam, comply with ASTM C1289. 1. Classifications: a. Type II: Faced with either cellulosic facers or glass fiber mat facers on both major surfaces of the core foam. 1) Class 2 - Faced with coated glass fiber mat facers on both major surfaces of core foam. 2) Compressive Strength: Classes 1-2-3, Grade 2 - 20 psi (138 kPa), minimum. 3) Thermal Resistance, R-value (RSI-value): As indicated on Drawings. 2. Board Size: 48 inch by 96 inch (1220 mm by 2440 mm). 3. Board Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Insulation Fasteners: Appropriate for purpose intended and approved by Factory Mutual and roofing manufacturer. 1. Length as required for thickness of insulation material and penetration of deck substrate. B. Adhesive: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 BOARD INSTALLATION OVER LOW SLOPE ROOF DECK A. Installation of board insulation over low slope roof deck, see Section 07 54 19 - Polyvinyl - Chloride TPA Roofing. B. Board Installation Over Roof Deck, General: 1. See applicable roofing specification section for specific board installation requirements. 2. Fasten insulation to deck in accordance with roofing manufacturer's written instructions and applicable Factory Mutual requirements. 3. Do not apply more insulation than can be covered with roofing on the same day. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Do not permit installed insulation to be damaged prior to its concealment. END OF SECTION 07 2100 THERMAL INSULATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072100-2 July 31, 2025 SECTION 07 27 20 - FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Materials and installation methods supplementing a one -component vapor permeable, liquid applied elastic air and water barrier, vapor retarder materials and assemblies, located in the non -accessible part of the wall. B. Materials and installation to bridge and seal air leakage pathways and gaps, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Connections of the walls to the roof air barrier. 2. Connections of the walls to the foundations. 3. Expansion joints. 4. Openings and penetrations of window frames, store front, curtain wall. 5. Door frames. 6. Piping, conduit, duct and similar penetrations. 7. Masonry ties, screws, bolts and similar penetrations. 8. All other air leakage pathways in the building envelope. 9. Sealing flashing to wall surface. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D412 - Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers-- Tension; 2016 (Reapproved 2021). B. ASTM D4541 - Standard Test Method for Pull -Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers; 2022. C. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2023d. D. ASTM E331 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2000 (Reapproved 2023). E. ASTM E2178 - Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate and Calculation of Air Permeance of Building Materials; 2021a. FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072720-1 July 31, 2025 F. ASTM E2357 - Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate of Air Barrier Assemblies; 2024. G. ICC-ES AC212 - Acceptance Criteria for Water -Resistive Coatings Used as Water -Resistive Barriers over Exterior Sheathing; 2015, with Editorial Revision (2020). H. NFPA 285 - Standard Fire Test Method for Evaluation of Fire Propagation Characteristics of Exterior Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components; 2025. 1.04 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04 20 00 — Unit Masonry: Flexible through wall flashing membrane. Sealing flashing to wall surface. B. Section 07 90 00 —Joint Protection: Sealants. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REFERENCES A. ASTM E2178-01: Standard Test for Determining the Air Permeability of Building Materials. B. ASTM E2357, Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage of Air Barrier Assembly (Full Scale Wall Testing of the Air Barrier System). Ensure tests were conducted on steel stud frame walls with penetrations (Specimen 2) as some air barrier assembly are not tested in that critical mode. C. ASTM E283-91: Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. D. CODE MANDATED ASTM E331: Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. E. ASTM E96: Water Vapor Transmission of Materials, Procedure B F. AATCC 127 Water Resistance G. ASTM D 1970, Self Sealability H. ICC-ES AC212, Freeze Thaw, Crack Bridging I. CODE MANDATED Fire Testing: Air Barrier, as a component of a wall assembly, shall have passed a NFPA 285 complete wall fire test. J. ASTM E84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning K. Listed as an evaluated system by Air Barrier Association of America at www.airbarriers.org. 1.06 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Air Barrier Membrane Continuity: The application of the Air Barrier products and methods, when complete, shall provide a continuous and unbroken membrane "enclosure" on all exterior walls, soffits and other surfaces enclosing conditioned space. Special attention shall be paid to all door, window and louver penetrations and proper membrane continuity FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072720-2 July 31, 2025 between the exterior cavity wall membrane and the specified roof system. (See attached details in this specification section and the Drawings for indications on Floor Plan & Wall Sections and their associated enlarge details.) B. Provide an air barrier system constructed to perform as a continuous elastic air barrier, and as a liquid water drainage plane flashed to discharge to the exterior any incidental condensation or water penetration. Membrane shall accommodate movements of building materials by providing expansion and control joints as required, with accessory air seal materials at such locations, changes in substrate and perimeter conditions. 1. The air barrier shall have the following characteristics: a. It must be continuous, with all joints made air -tight. b. It shall be capable of withstanding positive and negative combined design wind, fan and stack pressures on the envelope without damage or displacement, and shall transfer the load to the structure. It shall not displace adjacent materials under full load. The air barrier shall be joined in an airtight and flexible manner to the air barrier material of adjacent assembly, allowing for the relative movement of assembly due to thermal and moisture variations and creep. Connection shall be made between: 1) Foundation and walls. 2) Walls and the windows, curtain walls, storefronts, louvers and doors in those walls. 3) Different wall assemblies. 4) Wall and roof. 5) Wall and soffits below conditioned space 6) Wall and roof over conditioned and unconditioned space. 7) Walls, floor and roof across construction, control and expansion joints. 8) Walls, floors and roof to utility, pipe and duct penetrations. 9) Flashing to wall surface. 2. All penetrations of the air barrier and paths of air infiltration/exfiltration shall be made air -tight. 3. Air Permeability: Maximum 0.04 cfm/sq.ft. @ 10.5 psf per ASTM E283. 4. Air Permeability: @ delta P of 0.3 inches (7.62 mm) water...0.002 CFM/ft2 per ASTM E2178 5. ASTM E2357, Full Scale Wall Testing of the Air Barrier System a. System Air Leakage, Requirement — 0.0008 CFM/ft2 maximum b. Penetration Check, Requirement — 0.00088 CFM/ft2 maximum 6. ASTM E96 Water Vapor Permeance:10-20 Perms per Procedure B FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072720-3 July 31, 2025 7. ASTM E331, Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference - 10 psf for 2 hours. 8. Elongation: Minimum 50% per ASTM D412. 9. AATC 127 Water Resistance — Pass 10. ASTM D 1970 Self Sealability — Pass 11. ICC-ES AC212, Freeze Thaw, Crack Bridging — Pass 12. Fire Testing: Air Barrier, as a component of a wall assembly, shall have passed a NFPA 285 complete wall fire test. 13. ASTM E84 Class A Fire Resistant 14. Listed as an evaluated assembly by the Air Barrier Association at www.airbarriers.org. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Procedures: Submit per Section 0133 00 — Submittal Procedures. B. Quality Assurance Program: Submit evidence of current Contractor accreditation and Installer certification under the Air Barrier Association of America's (ABAA) Quality Assurance Program (QAP). Submit accreditation number of the Contractor and certification number(s) of the ABAA Certified Installer(s). C. Product Data: Submit material Manufacturer's Product Data, material manufacturer's instructions for evaluating, preparing, and treating substrate, temperature and other limitations of installation conditions, Technical Data, and tested physical and performance properties. 1. Submit letter from primary air barrier material manufacturer indicating approval of materials that are proposed to be used that are not currently listed in the accessories section of this specification for that manufacturer's material. 2. Include statement from the primary air barrier material manufacturer that the materials used in their air barrier assembly which will be used to adhere to the underlying substrate are chemically compatible to the substrate material. D. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings showing locations and extent of air barrier assemblies and details of all typical conditions, intersections with other envelope assemblies and materials, membrane counter-flashings, and details showing how gaps in the construction will be bridged, how inside and outside corners are negotiated, how materials that cover the materials are secured with air -tight condition maintained, and how miscellaneous penetrations such as conduits, pipes, electric boxes and similar items are sealed. 1. Include VOC content of each material, and applicable legal limit in the jurisdiction of the project. 2. Include statement that materials are compatible with adjacent materials proposed for use. FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072720-4 July 31, 2025 3. Include required values for field adhesion test on each substrate in accordance with ASTM D4541 (modified), using a type II pull tester. E. Samples: Submit clearly labelled samples, three (3) inch by four (4) inch minimum size of each material specified. F. Prior to commencing the Work, submit manufacturer's independent Laboratory Report for the Air Barrier Assembly testing on ASTM E2357 tested on a steel stud frame wall, results are to be based on Specimen 2 testing only. G. Prior to commencing the Work, submit documentation certifying that the air barrier system has been tested independently, indicating compliance with the performance requirements of the Air Barrier Association of Association. H. Prior to commencing the Work, submit copies of manufacturers' literature for the system, membrane, primers, sealants, adhesives and associated auxiliary materials shall be included as parts of the system that is listed by the Air Barrier Association of America evaluation. I. Prior to commencing the Work, submit references clearly indicating that the materials proposed have been installed for not less than three years on projects of similar scope and nature. J. Prior to commencing the Work, submit manufacturers' complete set of standard details for air barrier/vapor retarders. The manufacturer's representative shall review the contract drawings and note any modifications required to make the system air and water tight. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Assurance Program: The Contractor shall implement and comply with the requirements of the Air Barrier Association of America's (ABAA) Quality Assurance Program (QAP) for the project, including audits of the project by an ABAA Certified Auditor. All deficiencies identified by the auditor shall be corrected prior to proceeding with any work that will necessitate removal and replacement to correct deficiencies in the air barrier system. B. Installers Qualifications: All work shall be performed by ABAA Certified Installers. C. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Provide primary products, including each component of the air barrier membrane system, which has been commercially available for a minimum of 3 years. D. Submit in writing, a document stating that the applicator of the primary air barrier membrane specified in this section is recognized by the manufacturer as suitable for the execution of the Work. E. Perform Work in accordance with the printed requirements of the air barrier manufacturer and this specification. F. Maintain one copy of manufacturer instructions on site. G. At the beginning of the Work and at all times during the execution of the Work, allow access to Work site by the air barrier membrane manufacturer's representative. FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072720-5 July 31, 2025 H. Compatibility: Submit letter from primary material manufacturer stating that materials proposed for use are permanently chemically compatible and adhesively compatible with adjacent materials proposed for use. Submit letter from manufacturer stating that cleaning materials used during installation are chemically compatible with adjacent materials proposed for use. I. Manufacturer: Components used in this section shall be sourced from one manufacturer, including sheet membrane, air barrier sealants, primers, mastics, tapes and adhesives as listed as an evaluated air barrier assembly by the Air Barrier Association of America (ABAA). 1.09 MOCK-UP A. Construct mockup in accordance with Section 00 73 00 — Supplementary Conditions for Submittal Requirements regarding mock-ups. B. Location: Where indicated in the Drawings. C. Coordination: Coordinate with masonry veneer wall mock-up as noted in Section 04 20 00 - Unit Masonry, Part 1 - General; Article 1.7; Paragraph A - "Sample Panel Mockups." D. Construct typical exterior wall panel: Items to be incorporated in mock-up include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. For metal stud wall system: Masonry veneer system, through wall flexible flashing, glass - faced gypsum sheathing, wall ties, board insulation, metal studs, aluminum curtain wall frame, aluminum window frame, vinyl window Frame, showing air barrier membrane application details and transition membranes to foundation, roofing system and adjacent masonry Wall system. 2. For masonry wall system: Masonry veneer system, concrete masonry backup, wall ties, through wall flexible flashing, board insulation, aluminum window frame, showing air barrier membrane application details and transition membranes to foundation, roofing system and adjacent metal stud Wall system. E. Allow 72 hours for inspection of mock-up by Architect before proceeding with air barrier work. 1.10 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Pre -installation Meeting: Convene a minimum of four weeks prior to commencing work of this section, Agenda shall include, as a minimum, construction and testing of mock-up, sequence of construction, coordination with substrate preparation, air barrier materials approved for use, compatibility of materials, coordination with installation of adjacent and covering materials, and details of construction and chemical/fire safety plans. Attendance is required by representatives of related trades including covering materials, substrate materials and adjacent materials. B. DO NOT PROCEED WITH THE INSTALLATION OF THE AIR BARRIER MEMBRANE AND THE THROUGH WALL FLASHING MEMBRANE PRIOR TO THE PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE. FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072720-6 July 31, 2025 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to project site in original packaging with seals unbroken, labelled with Material Manufacturer's name, product, date of manufacturer and directions for storage. B. Store materials in their original undamaged packages in a clean, dry, protected location and within temperature range required by material manufacturer. C. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight and other sources of ultra -violet light. D. Handle materials in accordance with material manufacturer's recommendations. E. All pail goods shall bear the ABAA Evaluated Air Barrier label. F. Do not double stack pail goods. G. Store roll materials on end in original packaging. H. Keep all products stored at above 40°F. Apply to a substrate with a surface T°F of 40°F and rising. DO NOT ALLOW PRODUCT TO FREEZE. 1.12 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temperature: Install fluid -applied air barrier material within range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended by material manufacturer. Do not apply air barrier to a damp or wet substrate. B. Field Conditions: Do not install air barrier in snow, rain, fog, or mist. Do not install air barrier when the temperature of substrate surfaces and surrounding air temperatures are below those recommended by the manufacturer. C. Compatibility: Do not allow air barrier materials to come in contact with chemically incompatible materials D. Ultra Violet Light Exposure: Do not expose air barrier materials to sunlight longer than as recommended by the material manufacturer. 1.13 COORDINATION A. Ensure continuity of the air seal throughout the scope of this section. 1.14 WARRANTY A. Material Warranty: Provide material manufacturer's standard product warranty, for a minimum three (3) years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Installer Warranty: 1. Applicator must be approved by ABAA and Manufacturer 2. Provide a two (2) year installation warranty from date of Substantial Completion, including all accessories and materials of the air barrier assembly, against failures, FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072720-7 July 31, 2025 including loss of air tight seal, loss of watertight seal, loss of attachment, loss of adhesion and failure to cure properly. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR BARRIER MATERIAL A. Liquid air barrier: One component elastomeric membrane, spray, trowel or brush applied, having the following characteristics and have passed all evaluations by the Air Barrier Association of America (ABAA) and be listed on their web site as having passed all the following evaluations: 1. Air permeability: a. Air Leakage Thru Cured Films: <0.04 cfm/ft2 @ 10.5 Ibs/ ft2 or <0.005 L/sm2 @ 75 Pa to ASTM E283 (Modified) 24 hours, +/- 10%. b. Air Leakage per ASTM E2178, dry film, delta P of 0.3 inches (7.62 mm) of water, 0.002 +/- 10% 2. Air Barrier System Test on Full Scale Wall Assembly, ASTM E2357 a. System Air Leakage, 0.0004 CFM/ft2 +/- 10% b. Penetrations Check, MUST PASS ASTM E2357 requirements. 3. Water Vapor permeance: (704 ng/Pa.m2.s.) 10 to 20 perms, ASTM E96 Method B. Note: The material specified is VAPOR PERMEABLE. 4. Elongation (ASTM D412: >50%) 5. Low temperature flexibility and crack bridging: Pass — ICC-ES AC212 6. ASTM D 1970, Self Sealability — Pass 7. AATCC 127 Water Resistance — Pass 8. ASTM E84, Class A Fire Resistant 9. Recycle content >20% B. Basis of Design Product: 1. Wall Guardian FW-100A (a non -asphaltic product) 2. Other products/assemblies meeting all requirements of Paragraph 2.1, A (Above) C. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. STS Coatings, Wall Guardian, 830-995-5177, www.wallguardian.com, a Certified Texas HUB 2. Other manufacturers with products/assemblies meeting all requirements of Paragraph 2.01, A (Above) FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072720-8 July 31, 2025 2.02 AIR BARRIER ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Transition Membrane, Self -Adhering: Polymer -based, sheet membrane complete with polyester facing, and having the following physical properties: 1. Thickness: 35 mils (0.02 inch (0.5 mm)) min. 2. Vapor permeance: <0.1 3. Low temperature flexibility: -20 F to CGSB 37-GP-56M. 4. Elongation: >90% to ASTM D412-modifed 5. ASTM E331, 10 psf for 2 hours a. Acceptable material: 1) UT-40 by STS Coatings for use with the FW-100 system. 2) Others as recommended by manufacturer. B. Primer for self -adhering membranes: Synthetic polymer -based adhesive type, quick setting, having the following characteristics: 1. Acceptable material: As manufactured and/or recommended by the Air Barrier System manufacturer. Note: Primer shall be compatible with specified glass faced gypsum sheathing. 2. Verify compatibility of self -adhering membranes with preservative treated materials specified in Section 06 10 53 - Rough Carpentry. Prime preservative treated materials as required using primer recommended by self -adhering membrane manufacturer or use the non -chemical thermally modified wood known as EcoPrem. 3. Other Primers as recommended by manufacturer for surfaces to be sealed. C. Through -Wall flashing at wall base and shelf angles: 1. As specified in Section 07 13 26 — Self -Adhering Sheet Waterproofing. D. Transition Strip: 1. Basis of Design: UT-40 Universal Tape, By STS Coatings 2. Others as recommended by manufacturer. E. Sealants: Shall be compatible with air barrier assembly and shall be approved by the air barrier manufacturer. 1. Basis of Design for Concealed Applications: LT-100 Liquid Tape, By STS Coatings. 2. Basis of Design for Concealed & Exposed Applications: Great Seal PE-150 3. Others as recommended by manufacturer. F. Backer Rods: As recommended by sealant manufacturer. G. Other Products as recommended by manufacturer. FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072720-9 July 31, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. The ABAA Certified installer shall examine substrates, areas and conditions under which the Air Barrier assembly will be installed, in the Presence of the General Contractor to confirm suitability of substrate and underlying work to accept Air Barrier B. Verify that surfaces and conditions are ready to accept the Work of this section. Notify Architect in writing of any discrepancies. Commencement of the work or any parts thereof shall mean acceptance of the prepared substrate. 3.02 PREPARATION A. All surfaces must be sound, dry, clean and free of oil, grease, dirt, excess mortar or other contaminants. Fill spalled areas in substrates to provide an even plane. B. Mortar joints in concrete block and form tie holes/voids in poured concrete shall be filled flush and smooth and allowed to be cured for a minimum of 24 hours. C. All joints between sheathing, roof board, masonry and concrete and other substrate joints up to 1/4" wide shall be treated: 1. STS Coatings LT-100 Liquid Tape, www.stscoatings.com. 2. York Manufacturing, US-100, www.yorkmfg.com. 3. Others as recommended by manufacturer. D. All joints between sheathing, roof board, masonry and concrete and other substrates wider than 1/4" shall be sealed with: 1. UT-40, overlapping each side of joint a minimum of 3 inches (76.2 mm). 2. Others as recommended by manufacturer. E. Install backer rod and sealant at the following joints: 1. All expansion/control/erection joints between concrete wall panels. 2. All expansion/control joints in concrete block back-up. 3. All joints between concrete wall panels and concrete block back-up. 3.03 PRIMER FOR TRANSITION MEMBRANE (SELF -ADHERING TYPE ONLY) A. Apply primer for self -adhering membranes at rate recommended by manufacturer. B. Apply primer to all areas to receive transition sheet membrane as indicated in Drawings by roller or spray and allow minimum 30-minute open time. Primed surfaces not covered by transition membrane during the same working day must be re -primed. FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072720-10 July 31, 2025 3.04 TRANSITION MEMBRANE (SELF -ADHERING TYPE) A. Align and position self -adhering transition membrane, remove protective film and press firmly into place. Ensure minimum 2-inch overlap at all end and side laps unless otherwise noted. B. Tie-in to roofing system and at the interface of dissimilar materials as indicated in Drawings. C. Promptly roll all laps and membrane with a counter top roller to affect seal. D. Ensure all preparatory work is complete prior to applying liquid membrane. 3.05 PRIMARY AIR BARRIER A. Apply by spray or roller, a complete and continuous unbroken film at a temperature of 40°F and rising with less than a 30% chance of rain in the next 18 hours and apply at the same rate as listed in the Air Barrier Association of America evaluation. 1. Exterior Gypsum Sheathing, Plywood or OSB a. Wall Guardian FW-100A at a minimum of 2.5 gallons per 100 ft2 (40 ft2/gallon) (40 wet mils) b. Others meeting stated requirements. c. Spray around all projections, including masonry veneer anchors, ensuring a complete and continuous air seal. 2. Concrete Masonry Unit (CMU), Concrete a. Wall Guardian FW-100A at a minimum of 2.5 gallons per 100 ft2 (40 ft2/gallon) (equal to 40 wet mils on a smooth surface) B. Others meeting stated requirements. C. Spray around all projections including masonry veneer anchors ensuring a complete and continuous air seal. 3.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE / INSPECTION A. Quality Assurance Program: 1. (ABAA) Quality Assurance Program (QAP) Audits: a. Contractor shall verify the total # of audits required for the project and schedule all audits in accordance with the requirements of the QAP to insure eligibility for Certification under the QAP b. As multiple audits will be required, all deficiencies identified by the auditor, for each audit shall be corrected prior to proceeding with any work that will necessitate removal and replacement to correct deficiencies in the air barrier system. B. Notify Architect when sections of work are complete so as to allow for review prior to installing insulation. The manufacturer's representative shall be on site to review the installation along with the Architect. FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072720-11 July 31, 2025 3.07 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Liquid membranes are not designed for permanent exposure. Cover the liquid membrane, as recommended by the manufacturer, within the following time frames. Contractor shall verify the number of calendar days with the air barrier manufacturer: 1. Cover the Wall Guardian material within 180 calendar days after installation. The nature of this product is such that some surface weathering may become apparent during exposure. This is a surface effect only and does not impact air barrier system performance. 2. Transition membranes shall be covered within 180 days after installation. B. Prepare, treat and seal vertical and horizontal surfaces at terminations and penetrations through the air barrier and at protrusions according to air barrier manufacturer's written instructions. 3.08 INSTALLATION A. Fluid Applied Membrane Air Barrier: Install air barrier accessories and fluid -applied membrane air barrier material to provide continuity throughout the building envelope in a shingle fashion. Install materials in accordance with material manufacturer's instructions and the following (unless manufacturer recommends other procedures in writing based on project conditions or particular requirements of their recommended materials): 1. Install veneer anchors as per air barrier manufacturer installation sequencing. 2. Apply treatment to exterior gypsum joints and screw heads as per air barrier material manufacturer. 3. Apply primer for transition material at the rate instructed by the air barrier material manufacturer for 1 inch (25.4 mm) beyond terminating edge of transition membrane. Allow primer to set/cure completely before transition strip application. 4. Position subsequent sheets of transition material so that membrane overlaps the membrane sheet below by a minimum of 2 inches (50.8 mm), unless greater overlap is recommended by the material manufacturer. Ensure transition membrane is securely sealed onto substrate with roller. 5. Overlap horizontally adjacent pieces of transition material a minimum of 2 inches (50.8 mm), unless greater overlap is recommended by the material manufacturer. Roll all areas of transition strip including seams with roller. 6. Seal around all penetrations with termination mastic/sealant, membrane counter - flashing or other procedure in accordance with material manufacturer's instructions, ensuring chemical compatibility amongst adjoining materials. 7. Connect air barrier in exterior wall assembly continuously to the air barrier of the roof, to concrete below -grade structures, to windows, curtain wall, storefront, louvers, exterior doors, other intersection conditions and transitions from wet cavity to dry cavity and seal FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072720-12 July 31, 2025 penetrations using accessory materials in accordance with the material manufacturer's instructions. 8. Provide transition material at changes in substrate plane (with bead of sealant/mastic, membrane counter -flashing or other material recommended by material manufacturer) under membrane to eliminate all sharp 90 degree inside corners and to make a smooth transition from one plane to another. 9. Provide mechanically fastened non -corrosive metal sheet or other manufacturer approved transition material to span gaps greater than 1 inch (25.4 mm) in substrate plane and to make a smooth transition from one plane to the other. Transition membrane shall be installed continuously from air barrier material onto sheet metal maintaining 2-inch overlap on both edges. 10. For through -wall flashing and head -flashing, lap transition material over top edge of it. 11. Provide backup for the membrane to accommodate anticipated movement or use other manufacturer approved transition material at deflection and control joints. 12. Provide transition to the joint assemblies at expansion and seismic joints. 13. Apply a bead or trowel coat of mastic along membrane seams at reverse lapped seams, rough cuts, and as recommended by the material manufacturer. 14. Seal top edge of the self -adhered membrane to substrate with termination mastic at end of each working day. 15. Inspect installation prior to enclosing assembly and repair punctures, damaged areas and inadequately lapped seams with a patch of membrane lapped as recommended by material manufacturer. 16. Install primer for fluid -applied air barrier if instructed by material manufacturer. 17. Install fluid -applied membrane using equipment and methods recommended by manufacturer, to achieve a dry film thickness as required by the material manufacturer. 3.09 SCHEDULE A. Install liquid membrane system over the entire surface of the glass faced sheathing in the following area. Seal any masonry anchor penetrations air tight. 1. In the masonry cavity wall. B. Install liquid membrane system over the entire surface of the outer surface of the inner wythe of masonry. Seal any masonry anchor penetrations air tight. C. Install liquid membrane system over the entire surface of the glass faced gypsum sheathing and/or roof board in the following area: 1. Behind the metal parapet panels. 2. Behind the metal wall and soffit panels. 3. Behind the EIFS system. FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072720-13 July 31, 2025 D. Hollow Metal Door Frames: Seal door frame to wall surface with transition membrane. E. Wall and Roof Junction: Seal wall to roof with transition membrane. F. Seal joints in glass -faced sheathing with tape in the following areas: 1. Cement plaster soffit. G. Seal the top of sheathing to the underside of the roof assembly with foam or LT-100. H. Openings: Seal around the perimeter of all openings with transition membrane. I. Perimeter wood nailers at wall openings: Cover all exposed surfaces of wood nailers with transition membrane. Extend membrane over sheathing, masonry and metal framing as shown. J. Aluminum window frames with nailing flanges: Seal the nailing flanges to the wall surface with transition membrane. K. Aluminum window frames without nailing flanges: Seal frames to the wall surface with transition membrane. L. Aluminum storefront frames: Seal frames to the wall surface with transition membrane. M. Aluminum curtain wall frames: Seal frames to wall surface with transition membrane. 3.10 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect air barrier materials from damage during installation and the remainder of the construction period, according to material manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Coordinate with installation of materials which cover the air barrier assemblies, to ensure exposure period does not exceed that recommended by the air barrier manufacturer. B. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction and acceptable to the primary material manufacturer. END OF SECTION 07 27 20 FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 072720-14 July 31, 2025 SECTION 07 42 43 - COMPOSITE WALL PANELS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Composite wall panel system and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 25 00 - Weather Barriers. B. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. C. Section 09 91 13 - Paint. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C1186 - Standard Specification for Flat Fiber -Cement Sheets; 2022, with Editorial Revision (2023). B. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2023d. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design Product: Nichiha USA, Inc; Novenary Tile: www.nichiha.com/#sle. B. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 COMPOSITE WALL PANELS A. Materials 1. Fiber cement panels manufactured from a pressed, stamped, and autoclaved mix of Portland Cement, fly ash, silica, recycled rejects, and wood fiber bundles. 2. Panel surface pre -finished and machine applied. 3. Panels profiled along all four edges, such that both horizontal and vertical joints between the installed panels are ship -lapped. 4. Factory -applied sealant gasket added to top and right panel edges; all joints contain a factory sealant. B. Performance Requirements: Fiber -cement sheets complying with ASTM C1186, Type A, Grade 1. Design Wind Loads: Comply with requirements indicated on the drawings. COMPOSITE WALL PANELS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 074243-1 July 31, 2025 2. Maximum Allowable Deflection of Panel: L/240 for length (L) of span. 3. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread index of 0 and maximum smoke developed index of 0 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 4. Water Penetration (ASTM E331): No water leakage observed into wall cavity. 5. Steady -State Heat Flux and Thermal Transmission Properties Test (ASTM C518): 16mm thick panel thermal resistance R Value of 0.47. 6. Fire Resistant (ASTM E119): The wall assembly must successfully endure 60-minute fire exposure without developing excessive unexposed surface temperature or allowing flaming on the unexposed side of the assembly. 7. Ignition Resistance (NFPA 268): No sustained flaming of panels, assembly when subjected to a minimum radiant heat flux of 12.5 kW/m2 +/- 5% in the presence of a pilot ignition source for a 20-minute period. 8. Drained and Back Ventilated Rainscreen (AAMA 509): System classifications: W1, V1. C. Rectangular Blocks Panel Style 1. Style: Nichiha Novenary. 2. Profile: Nine rectangular blocks about 23-1/4 inches wide by 5-3/8 inches tall, separated by 5/8 inch and 3/8 inch grooves. 3. Height: 18 inches (455 mm). 4. Length: 72 inches (1818 mm). 5. Thickness: 7/8 inch (21 mm). 6. Coverage: 8.88 sq. ft. per panel. 7. Panel Orientation: As indicated on drawings. 8. Finish: Matte, lightly textured. 9. Color: Painted. Refer to Specification Section 09 90 00 - Paints and Coatings. 2.03 INSTALLATION COMPONENTS A. Ultimate Clip System: 1. Starter Track: FA 700 (10mm rainscreen) — 10' (3030mm) (I) galvalume coated steel. Panel Clips: JEL 778 "Ultimate Clip II" (10mm rainscreen for 5/8" AWP) — Zinc -Aluminum - Magnesium alloy coated steel. 2. Panel Clips: JEL 778 "Ultimate Clip II" (10mm rainscreen for 5/8" AWP) — Zinc -Aluminum - Magnesium alloy coated steel. a. Joint Tab Attachments (included) — used at all AWP-1818 panel to panel vertical joints. COMPOSITE WALL PANELS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 074243-2 July 31, 2025 3. Corner Clips: JE 777C (10mm rainscreen for 5/8" AWP Manufactured Corners) -- Zinc - Aluminum -Magnesium alloy coated steel. 4. Single Flange Sealant Backer — FHK 1015 R (10mm) — 6.5' (I) fluorine coated galvalume. 5. Double Flange Sealant Backer — FH 1015 R (10mm) — 10' (I) fluorine coated galvalume. 6. Corrugated Spacer — FS 1005 (5mm), FS 1010 (10mm) — 4' (I). 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Manufactured Corners with 3-1/2 inch returns for each profile color. B. Aluminum Trim (optional): 1. J-Mold (MTJM21) and Compression Joint Flashing (MTCJ21) available for 21-mm thick panels. C. Essential Flashing System (optional): 1. Starter - main segments (3030mm), inside corners, outside corners. 2. Overhang - main segments (3030mm), inside corners, outside corners, joint clips. D. Fasteners: Use Stainless Steel fasteners in high humidity and high -moisture regions. Do not use aluminum fasteners, staples or fasteners that are not rated or designed for intended use. See manufacturer's instructions for appropriate fasteners for construction method used. E. Flashing: Flash all areas specified in manufacturer's instructions. Do not use raw aluminum flashing. Flashing must be galvanized, anodized, or PVC coated. F. Sealant: Sealant shall comply with ASTM C920, Class 35. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrate; clean and repair as required to eliminate conditions detrimental to proper installation. B. Verify that water -resistive barrier has been properly installed and approved. C. Do not begin installation until unacceptable conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Touch up field cut edges before installing. B. Protect surrounding areas and adjacent surfaces from damage during execution of this work. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install cladding in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and approved shop drawings. COMPOSITE WALL PANELS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 074243-3 July 31, 2025 B. Ensure that supports for cladding and continuous insulation are plumb and plane. C. Verify that a weather resistive barrier has been installed. D. Verify that metal flashing to prevent moisture penetration around all doors, windows, wall bottoms, material transitions and penetrations have been correctly installed. E. Wall Panels: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Install wall panels with manufacturer's recommended concealed attachment system. F. Sheet Metal Flashing: Install in accordance with wall panel manufacturer's instructions and as indicated on drawings. G. After installation, seal joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean exposed work upon completion of installation; remove grease and oil films, excess joint sealer, handling marks, and debris. Leave work clean, unmarked, and free from dents, creases, waves, scratch marks, or other damage to finish. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 07 42 43 COMPOSITE WALL PANELS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 074243-4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 07 46 47 - FIBER -CEMENT SOFFITS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C1186 - Standard Specification for Flat Fiber -Cement Sheets; 2022, with Editorial Revision (2023). B. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2023d. C. ASTM E136 - Standard Test Method for Assessing Combustibility of Materials Using a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 Degrees C; 2024. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fiber -cement soffits. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 10 00 "Rough Carpentry" for wood furring, grounds, nailers, and blocking. 1.03 COORDINATION A. Coordinate soffit installation with flashings and other adjoining construction to ensure proper sequencing. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Fiber -cement soffit. B. Product Data Submittals: For each type of fiber -cement soffit. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For fiber -cement soffits including related accessories. 1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: For each type of fiber -cement soffit. B. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for fiber -cement siding. C. Research/Evaluation Reports: For each type of fiber -cement siding required, from ICC-ES. D. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. FIBER -CEMENT SOFFITS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 074647-1 July 31, 2025 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with labels intact until time of use. B. Store materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace products that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including cracking and deforming. b. Deterioration of materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SOURCE LIMITATIONS A. Obtain products, including related accessories, from single source from single manufacturer. 2.02 FIBER -CEMENT SOFFIT A. Fiber -Cement Soffit: ASTM C1186, Type A, Grade II, fiber -cement board, noncombustible when tested in accordance with ASTM E136; with a flame -spread index of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. CertainTeed; SAINT-GOBAIN b. BASIS OF DESIGN: James Hardie Building Products, Inc. c. Nichiha USA, Inc. B. Nominal Thickness: Not less than 5/16 inch (7.94 mm). C. Pattern: 48-inch-wide sheets with smooth texture. D. Ventilation: Provide non -perforated soffit unless otherwise indicated. E. Factory Priming: Manufacturer's standard acrylic primer. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Accessories, General: Provide trim and other items as recommended by siding manufacturer for building configuration. 1. Provide accessories matching color and texture of adjacent siding unless otherwise indicated. FIBER -CEMENT SOFFITS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 074647-2 July 31, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of fiber -cement soffit and related accessories. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated unless more stringent requirements apply. 1. Do not install damaged components. 2. Install fasteners no more than 24 inches (609.6 mm) o.c. as required by Manufacturer in order to meet all applicable code requirements, including the windstorm code. B. Install joint sealants as specified in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants" and to produce a weathertight installation. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove damaged, improperly installed, or otherwise defective materials and replace with new materials complying with specified requirements. B. Clean finished surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions and maintain in a clean condition during construction. END OF SECTION 07 46 47 FIBER -CEMENT SOFFITS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 074647-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 07 54 19 - POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Adhered thermoplastic PVC roofing system on wood deck, including: 2. Roof insulation. a. Polyisocyanurate roofing insulation (as indicated on plans), as required to provide positive drainage with NO PONDING. Provide for a minimum start thickness of 4.0" of 1/4" per ft tapered polyisocyanurate at areas with no structural slope. b. Polyisocyanurate roofing insulation crickets & saddles (as indicated on plans), 1/2" per foot slope or as required to provide positive drainage with NO PONDING. 3. Roof insulation cover board. a. One (1) layer of 1/2" thick high performance gypsum -fiber roof cover board. 4. Roof membrane and membrane base flashings. a. One (1) ply of PVC/TPA fleece backed membrane adhered in cold adhesive with heat welded laps, corners, and terminations. 5. Walkway material. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers and blocking. 2. Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for shop -formed sheet metal items including roof drainage system items, roof penetration flashings, base and counterflash- ings and reglets, and formed copings and roof edge metal items. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D1079 "Standard Terminology Relating to Roofing and Wa- terproofing" and glossary in applicable edition of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual: Mem- brane Roof Systems" for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Roofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, [deck In- staller] and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof -mounted equipment. POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419-1of18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 2. Review drawings and specifications. 3. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 4. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 5. Examine substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness and fastening. 6. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 7. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equip- ment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system. 8. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applica- ble. 9. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installa- tion. 10. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Base flashings and membrane terminations. a. Indicate details meet requirements of NRCA and FMG required by this Section. 2. Tapered insulation, including slopes and crickets. 3. Insulation fastening patterns for corner, perimeter, and field -of -roof locations. C. Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. Sheet roofing, of color specified, including T-shaped side and end lap seam. 2. Walkway pads or rolls. 3. Metal termination bars. D. Wind Uplift Resistance Submittal: For roofing system, indicating compliance with wind uplift performance requirements. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Product Certificate: Submit certificate, indicating products intended for Work of this Section, including product names and numbers and manufacturers' names, with statement indicating that products to be provided meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419-2of18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 B. Qualification Data: For Installer, Manufacturer and Roofing Inspector. 1. Include letter from Manufacturer written for this Project indicating approval of Installer. C. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system com- plies with requirements specified in "Performance Requirements" Article. 1. Submit evidence of compliance with performance requirements. a. Include: UL listing certificate. 2. Product Compatibility: Indicate manufacturer has verified compatibility of roofing system components, including but not limited to: Roofing membrane, flashing sheets, adhesives, and sealants. D. Warranties: Unexecuted sample copies of special warranties. E. Inspection Reports: Reports of Roofing Inspector. Include weather conditions, description of work performed, tests performed, defective work observed, and corrective actions taken to cor- rect defective work. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Executed copies of warranties. B. Maintenance Data: To include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. General: 1. ONLY Substitutions approved in writing by the Owner or Owner's Representative prior to the scheduled bid date will be considered. 2. Notification of approvals will be issued at least five (5) days before the scheduled bid date. 3. Architect/Owner reserves the right to be final authority on acceptance or rejection of any substitution request. B. When a particular make or trade name is specified, it shall be indicative of standard required. Bidders proposing substitutes shall submit the following ten (10) days prior to bid date to the Owner or Owner's Representative; requests received after that time will not be considered. 1. Written application with explanation of why it should be considered. 2. Independent laboratory certification providing written confirmation that the physical and performance characteristics of the substitute material/system will meet the physical and performance characteristics of the specified materials and or system. C. Submit five copies of request for substitution. Items to be included in the request: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution. 2. Product identification, including manufacturer's literature and manufacturer's name. POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419-3of18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 3. Current certificate from an accredited testing laboratory comparing the physical and per- formance attributes of the proposed material with those of the specified materials. Test results must be dated, notarized, and on testing laboratory stationery. 4. Material Safety Data Sheets providing all pertinent data as to flammability, combustibility. 5. List of at least (5) five jobs as described under the requirements where the proposed al- ternate material was used under similar conditions. These jobs must be available for in- spection by the Owner or Owner's Representative. Names and phone numbers are re- quired for verification. Submit a minimum of 200,000 square feet for review. Submitted projects must be a minimum of (5) years old. 6. Notarized statement from the Roof System Manufacturer, signed by a corporate officer of the corporation stating that: a. All Documents have been reviewed and are approved. b. The Project site has been inspected. c. The Roofing System Manufacturer will provide two (2) field inspections weekly; during, and until all construction work is complete and accepted by the owner. A full time employee of the manufacturer must perform inspections. d. Provide documentation of the proposed alternate system passing the specified reg- ulatory requirements. Documentation must be on the specified regulatory require- ments letterhead or approval guide. No third party testing will be accepted. D. In making substitution request, Bidder/Contractor represents: 1. He has personally investigated proposed product or method, and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. Additionally, he will have a technical service representative of the proposed manufacturer attend the pre -bid meeting. 2. He will provide the same guarantee for substitution as for those specified. 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution in work, making such changes as may be required for work to be completed in all respects. 4. Advise the owner of any credit savings or additional costs as opposed to the system type specified. E. Substitutions will not be considered if: 1. Product or method to be considered does not have a minimum of (5) five years of suc- cessful performance in roofing and re -roofing of similar applications. 2. Any discrepancies in the test data, or if the tests or submittals are incomplete. 3. They are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or Project Data Submittals without formal request submitted in accordance with the specification document. 4. Acceptance requires significant revision of documents. 5. The Owner will not incur any additional costs for design or construction costs. POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419-4of18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and certified by manufacturer, including a full-time on -site supervisor with a minimum of five years' experience installing products com- parable to those specified, able to communicate verbally with Contractor, Architect, and em- ployees, and qualified by the manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and furnish war- ranty of type specified. 1. Installer must provide (2) manufacturer inspections each week. Noncompliance may re- sult in an $850 per day fee for missing inspections. 2. Roofing Contractors included in the following list are to the owner's knowledge, the only pre -approved installers that can install and provide the system and warranty for this spec- ified system. A list of additional certified contractors for the specified system can be ob- tained by contacting the system manufacturer. a. American Contracting USA, Inc., Mr. Eddie Fuentes; (956) 748-4030. b. Argio Roofing Inc., Mr. Rojerio Escobedo, (956) 748-9507. c. Rio Roofing Inc., Mr. Tom Gonzalez; (956) 423-3359 d. Haeber Roofing Company, Mr. Don Rucker; (361) 851-8142. e. Port Enterprises, Inc., Mr Cody Comstock; (361) 289-2944. f. Rain King, Inc; Mr. Jared Cain; (361) 576-0606 g. Rain Seal Master Roofing & Sheet Metal, Mr. Ramon Gonzalez; (361) 576-0926 h. American Roofing & Metal, Mr. Toby Cargile; (210) 224-5463 i. Tadco Roofing, Mr. Javier Ramos; (956) 227-4339 j. JJ Flores Roofing & Construction, Mr JJ Flores; (956) 722-7688 B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Approved manufacturer listed in this Section, UL listed for roofing systems comparable to that specified for this Project, with minimum five years' experience in manufacture of thermoplastic roof membrane products in successful use in similar applications. C. Roofing Inspector Qualifications: A technical representative of manufacturer not engaged in the sale of products and experienced in the installation and maintenance of the specified roofing system, qualified to perform roofing observation and inspection specified in Field Quality Con- trol Article, to determine Installer's compliance with the requirements of this Project, and ap- proved by the manufacturer to issue warranty certification. The Roofing Inspector shall be one of the following: 1. An authorized full-time technical employee of the manufacturer. D. Random Sampling 1. During course of work, the Architect may secure samples according to ASTM D140-93 of materials being used from containers at job site and submit them to an independent la- boratory for comparison to specified material. POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419-5of18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 2. Should test results prove that material is not equal to specified material: a. Contractor shall pay for all testing. b. Roofing installed and found not to comply with the specifications shall be removed and replaced with no change in the contract price. 3. Installation quality control a. The roofing inspector shall provide written and photographic reports, to be sub- mitted to the architect, owner, roof system installation contractor, appraising the installation of the roof system at each of the project progress stages. The installa- tion contractor shall make all necessary corrections, additions or remedial actions to resolve any issues raised in the reports. b. The roofing inspector shall have the authority to have any and all roofing work cor- rected, as required, to insure the proper installation and weather -tightness of the roof system, in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on -site access to manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liq- uid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufactur- er's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. D. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent de- flection of deck. 1.10 PROJECT / FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather con- ditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Daily Protection: Coordinate installation of roofing so insulation and other components of roof- ing system not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419-6of18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 1. Provide tie -offs at end of each day's work to cover exposed roofing and insulation with a course of roofing sheet securely in place with joints and edges sealed. 2. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing. 3. Remove temporary plugs from roof drains at end of each day. 4. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Roof System Manufacturer's standard form in which Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within warranty period, as follows. 1. Form of Warranty: Manufacturer's standard warranty form. 2. Scope of Warranty: Work of this Section and including sheet metal details and termination details installed by the roof system Installer and approved by the Roof System Manufac- turer. 3. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of completion. B. Manufacturer Inspection Services: By manufacturer's technical representative, to report maintenance responsibilities to Owner necessary for preservation of Owner's warranty rights. The cost of manufacturer's inspections is included in the Contract Sum. 1. Inspections to occur in following years: 2, 5 and10 following completion. C. Installer Warranty: Installer's warranty signed by Installer, as follows. 1. Form of Warranty: Form acceptable to Roofing Manufacturer and Owner. 2. Scope of Warranty: Work of this Section. 3. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: The roof system specified in this Section is based upon products of Tremco CPG Inc, Beachwood, OH, (800) 562-2728, www.tremcoroofing.com that are named in other Part 2 articles. Provide specified products. 1. Manufacturers of comparable products: Approved by Architect prior to bid. B. Source Limitations: Obtain components for roofing system from same manufacturer as mem- brane roofing or manufacturer approved by membrane roofing manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419-7of18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 A. Wind uplift Compliance: Provide roofing membrane, base flashing, and component materials that comply with the requirements to acquire a certificate of wind storm from the State of Texas. Basis of Compliance: NEMO Evaluation Report NER-TRM-002 for FL16425-R8 Construction W- 105. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO READ AND FOLLOW THE PROVIDED TESTED ASSEMBLY. A LIST OF THE BASIS OF DESIGN ASSEMBLIES MAY BE LOCATED FROM THE FBC WEBSITE OR THE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. B. General Performance: Installed membrane roofing and base flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Membrane roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight. 1. Accelerated Weathering: Roofing system shall withstand 10,000 hours of exposure when tested according to ASTM G152, ASTM G154, or ASTM G155. 2. Impact Resistance: Roof membrane shall resist impact damage when tested according to ASTM D3746/D3746M, ASTM D4272/D4272M, or the "Resistance to Foot Traffic Test" in FM Approvals 4470. C. Roofing System Design: Provide membrane roofing system that is identical to systems that have been successfully tested by a qualified testing and inspecting agency in accordance with ANSI/FM 4474, UL 580, or UL 1897, and to resist uplift pressures calculated in accordance with ASCE-7 and applicable code. 1. All Zones (Corner, Perimeter, and Field -of -Roof) Uplift Pressures: As indicated on Draw- ings. Verify specified system meets all uplift requirements with project engineer prior to installation. D. SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install copings and roof -edge flashings tested according to ANSI/SPRI ES-1. 1. Design Pressure: As indicated on Drawings. Verify installation methods are acceptable to project windstorm engineer prior to installation. E. Flashings and Fastening: Comply with requirements of Division 07 Sections "Sheet Metal Flash- ing and Trim" and "Roof Specialties." Provide base flashings, perimeter flashings, detail flashings and component materials and installation techniques that comply with requirements and rec- ommendations of the following: 1. FM Global 1-49: Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Perimeter Flashings. 2. FM Global 1-29: Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Above Deck Roof Components. 3. NRCA Roofing Manual (Sixth Edition) for construction details and recommendations. 4. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual (Seventh Edition) for construction details. 5. Comply with requirements of Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim". F. Exterior Fire -Test Exposure: ASTM E108, Class A; for application and roof slopes indicated, as determined by testing identical membrane roofing materials by a qualified testing agency. Ma- terials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419-8of18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 G. Fire -Resistance Ratings: Comply with fire -resistance -rated assembly designs indicated. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. H. Solar Reflectance Index: Not less than 78 when calculated according to ASTM E1980, based on testing identical products by a qualified testing agency. 2.3 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roof mem- brane manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2.4 THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE MATERIALS A. PVC Roof Membrane: 1. Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPA) Sheet: Internal fabric reinforced and fleece -backed, ASTM D6878. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, TremPly TPA FB Single Ply Roof Membrane. b. Breaking Strength, at 45 mil, ASTM D751: 375 Ibf (560 kg/m) by 330 lb (490 kg/m). c. Tear Strength, ASTM D751: 90 Ibf (134 kg/m) by 120 Ibf (179 kg/m). d. Elongation at Break, ASTM D751: 30 percent. e. Membrane Thickness, nominal: 60 mils (1.5 mm). f. Exposed Face Color: White. g. Solar Reflectance Index (SRI), ASTM E 1980: 87 (White, initial). B. Membrane Flashing: Manufacturer's standard, smooth -backed, sheet flashing of same material, type, reinforcement, thickness, and color as PVC sheet membrane. 2.5 AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary membrane roofing materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use, and compatible with membrane roofing. 1. Liquid -type auxiliary materials shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdic- tion. B. Membrane Adhesive: 1. Elastomeric solvent -based contact -type adhesive for bonding TPA fleece -backed and non - fleece -backed single ply membranes and flashings to substrates. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, TPA Single Ply Bonding Adhesive. b. Density at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D147: 7.0 lb/gal (0.84 kg/L). c. Percent solids, minimum ASTM D316: 25 percent. POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419-9of18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 d. VOC, maximum, ASTM D 3960: 612 g/L. C. Flashing Membrane Adhesive: Same as membrane bonding adhesive. D. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard, predrilled stainless -steel or aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch (25 mm by 3 mm) thick; with anchors. E. Metal Battens: Manufacturer's standard, aluminum -zinc -alloy -coated or zinc -coated steel sheet, approximately 1 inch wide by 0.05 inch (25 mm wide by 1.3 mm) thick, prepunched. F. Fasteners: Factory -coated steel fasteners and metal plates complying with corrosion -resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening components to substrate, and accepta- ble to membrane roofing system manufacturer. G. Joint Sealant: Elastomeric joint sealant compatible with roofing materials, with movement ca- pability appropriate for application. 1. Joint Sealant, Polyurethane: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50 single -component moisture curing sealant, formulated for compatibility and use in dynamic and static joints; paintable. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, TremSEAL Pro. b. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D3960: 40 g/L. c. Hardness, Shore A, ASTM C661: 40. d. Adhesion to Concrete, ASTM C794: 35 pli. e. Tensile Strength, ASTM D412: 350 psi (2410 kPa). f. Color: Closest match to substrate. H. Prefabricated Pipe Flashings: As recommended by roof membrane manufacturer. I. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, lap sealants, termination reglets, and other accessories. 2.6 ROOF INSULATION MATERIALS A. General: Preformed roof insulation boards manufactured or approved by roofing manufacturer, selected from insulation manufacturer's standard sizes, suitable for application, and of thick- nesses indicated. 1. Tapered Insulation: Provide factory -tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches (1:48) unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated, not less than two times the roof slope. B. Roof Insulation: Provide roof insulation product in thicknesses indicated in Part 3 as follows: POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419 - 10 of 18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 1. Board Insulation, Polyisocyanurate: CFC- and HCFC- free, with recycled content glass -fiber mat facer on both major surfaces, ASTM C1289 Type II Class 1. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, Trisotech Insulation. b. Compressive Strength, ASTM D1621: Grade 2: 20 psi (138 kPa). c. Conditioned Thermal Resistance at 75 deg. F (24 deg. C): 14.4 at 2.5 inches (50.8 mm) thick. d. Available manufacturer's: 1) Tremco 2) Atlas AC Foam II 2.7 ROOF INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. Cover Board: 1. Gypsum panel, glass -mat -faced, primed, ASTM C1177/C1177M. a. Basis of design product: Tremco/GP Gypsum DensDeck Prime. b. Thickness: 1/2 inch (12 mm). B. Roof Insulation Adhesive: 1. Urethane adhesive, bead -applied, low-rise two -component solvent -free low odor, formu- lated to adhere roof insulation to substrate. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, Low Rise Foam Insulation Adhesive. b. Flame Spread Index, ASTM E84: 10. c. Smoke Developed Index, ASTM E84: 30. d. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D3960: 0 g/L. e. Tensile Strength, minimum, ASTM D412: 250 psi (1720 kPa). f. Peel Adhesion, minimum, ASTM D903: 17 Ibf/in (2.50 kN/m). g. Flexibility, 70 deg. F (39 deg. C), ASTM D816: Pass. h. Available manufacturer's: 1) Tremco 2) Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive C. Insulation Cant Strips: ASTM C208, Type II, Grade 1, cellulosic -fiber insulation board OPTIONAL. D. Tapered Edge Strips: ASTM C208, Type II, Grade 1, cellulosic -fiber insulation board. E. Insulation Fasteners: Factory -coated steel fasteners and metal or plates complying with corro- sion -resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation and cover boards to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419 - 11 of 18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 1. Tremco #15 EHD Fastener with Tremco 3" Metal Insulation Plate 2. Trufast #15 EHD Fastener with Trufast 3" Metal Insulation Plate F. Metal Flashing Sheet: Metal flashing sheet is specified in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flash- ing and Trim." 1. Vents and/or Stacks: a. Stainless: Type 316. b. Gage: Twenty-four (24). c. Solder: ASTM B32-89, alloy grade 60A. Neutralize flux after soldering. 2. Termination Bar for top edge of all base flashings: a. Extruded aluminum, pre -punched 8" o.c. 3. Fascia, Pitch Pans, Primary Scuppers and Overflow Scuppers: a. TPA membrane factory laminated to hot -dipped galvanized steel. 24gauge, G90 hot dipped galvanized steel, cack wash coat of 0.0001" clear acrylic, laminated on one side with 20 mil unreinforced TPA membrane. 4. Coping, Collector Heads, Gutters, Downspouts, designated cladding and other Visible Sheet Metal Flashing: Match existing size, profile and location. a. Galvalume, Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating designation, Grade 50 (Class AZM150 coating designation, Grade 340), prepainted by the coil -coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M; structural quality. 1) Paint finish at exposed side: Factory applied baked -on two (2) coat system comprised of one (1) coat of full 70% resin fluorocarbon by Kynar 500 or ac- cepted substitute over a smooth coat of corrosion -resistant epoxy -based pri- mer. Color as selected by owner. 2) Finish at underside shall be a wash coat over a coat of corrosion -resistant epoxy -based primer 5. Counter flashing, slip flashing: a. Galvalume, Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating designation, Grade 50 (Class AZM150 coating designation, Grade 340), prepainted by the coil -coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M; structural quality. b. Gage: Twenty-four (24) 6. Pitch pans with hoods: a. Stainless Steel, Type 304: Twenty-four (24) gauge minimum, stainless steel; com- mercial quality, Fed. Spec. QQ-S-775, Type I, Class D or ASTM A 526 or lock forming quality ASTM A 527, G90 coating in accordance with ASTM A 525 POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419 - 12 of 18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 7. Roof top splash pans. a. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish re- quired, with temper as required to suit forming operations and performance re- quired; with smooth, flat surface, .040-.050, with water slowing ridges. b. Stainless Steel, Type 316. Twenty-four (24) gauge minimum, stainless steel; com- mercial quality, Fed. Spec. QQ-S-775, Type I, Class D or ASTM A 526 or lock forming quality ASTM A 527. Fabricate with water slowing ridges. c. Concrete splash pads at ground level: Refer to drawings for size and detail G. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide miscellaneous accessories recommended by roofing system manufacturer. 1. Pipe Supports for large pipes and conduit: a. Pipe or Conduit size: 0.5" or larger ID b. Galvanized roller pipe supports. c. Basis of Design: SS8-R or RB-18 as applicable by PHP Pipe supports of Houston, TX or approved equal. 2. Roof Drain & Scupper Target Striping: Polyurethane Elastomeric Fluid -Applied System: Two -coat fluid -applied roofing membrane formulated for application over prepared ex- isting roofing substrate. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, AlphaGuard BIO Top Coat. 3. Roof Drain & Scupper Target Primer: Polyurethane Elastomeric Fluid -Applied System: Sin- gle component primer designed to enhance adhesion to approved substrates and appli- cations of urethane based products. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, Geogard Primer. 4. Roof Drain & Scupper Target Striping: Polyester Reinforcing and Protection Fabric: 100 percent stitch -bonded mildew -resistant polyester fabric intended for reinforcement of compatible fluid -applied membranes and flashings and as a protection layer under pavers or stone aggregates. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, Permafab. H. Prefabricated Pipe Flashings: As recommended by roof membrane manufacturer. I. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, lap sealants, termination reglets, and other accessories. 2.8 WALKWAY MATERIALS A. Walkway Material: POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419 - 13 of 18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 1. Walkway roll, reinforced PVC/TPA membrane roll with serrated slip -resistant surface, fab- ricated for heat welding to compatible PVC/TPA membrane surface. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, TPA Walkway Roll. b. Roll Size: 36 inches by 60 foot (914 mm by 18.3 m). c. Thickness / Color: Yellow, 0.156 inch (4 mm). d. Tensile, Grab ASTM D751: 200 Ibf (890 N). e. Tear Strength, Tongue: 45 Ibf (200N). f. Low Temp Flex: -40 deg F. (-40 deg C.). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with the fol- lowing requirements and other conditions affecting performance of roofing system: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and curbs are set and braced and that roof drain bodies are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at pene- trations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. 3. Wood Roof Deck: Verify that deck is sound and dry and securely fastened with no project- ing fasteners and with no adjacent units in excess of 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) out of plane relative to adjoining deck. 4. Verify that existing substrate is sound and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installa- tion according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projec- tions. B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof -drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. C. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is fore- cast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419 - 14 of 18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 A. Install roofing system in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved de- tails. B. NRCA Installation Details: Install roofing system in accordance with applicable NRCA Manual Plates and NRCA recommendations; modify as required to comply with manufacturer's ap- proved details and perimeter fastening requirements of FM Global references if applicable. 3.4 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to pre- cipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. B. Comply with membrane roofing system and insulation manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation. C. Tapered Insulation, Drains, and Crickets: Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to con- form to slopes indicated. 1. Where crickets are indicated or required to provide positive slope to drain, make slope of crickets minimum of two times the roof slope, not less than 1/4 inch in 12 inches (1:48). D. Install insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2.7 inches (70 mm) or greater, install two or more layers with joints of each succeed- ing layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direc- tion. 1. Install tapered insulation as shown on plan. It is the contractor's responsibility to provide or enhance tapered crickets, saddles, or backslope towards scupper locations to ensure positive drainage. 2. Tapered Insulation System for Flat Roof Deck: Install insulation as follows: a. Minimum total thickness of Continuous Insulation: 4 inches on tapered, 4.5 on sloped structural deck. E. Insulation Drain Sumps: Tapered insulation sumps, not less than 2 by 2 ft. (600 by 600 mm), sloped to primary roof drain; sump to maximum depth of not more than 1 inch (25 mm) less than the Project -stipulated continuous insulation thickness based upon code requirements. F. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. G. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints stag- gered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch (6 mm) with insulation. 1. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch (6 mm) of nailers, projections, and penetrations. H. Mechanically Fastened and Adhered Insulation: Install each layer of insulation and secure first layer of insulation to deck using mechanical fasteners specifically designed and sized for fas- tening specified board -type roof insulation to deck type. POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419 - 15 of 18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 1. Fasten first layer of insulation to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof. a. Fasten 1 per 1.0 Sq. Ft. min. 0.75-inch penetration (engineered sheathing) or min. 1-inch embedment (plank) 2. Set each subsequent layer of insulation in continuous ribbons of bead -applied insulation adhesive at 6" o.c., firmly pressing and maintaining insulation in place. I. Cover Boards: Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines with end joints staggered between rows. Offset joints of insulation below a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction. Loosely butt cover boards together. 1. Secure cover boards to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof. 2. Adhere cover boards by setting in continuous ribbons of bead -applied insulation adhesive at 6" o.c., firmly pressing and maintaining cover board in place. 3.5 ADHERED MEMBRANE ROOFING INSTALLATION A. Adhere membrane roofing over area to receive roofing and install according to membrane roof- ing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Start installation of membrane roofing in presence of membrane roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel. C. Accurately align membrane roofing and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimen- sions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps. D. Solvent -Based Bonding Adhesive: Apply to substrate and underside of membrane roofing at rate required by manufacturer and allow adhesive to become tacky before installing membrane roofing; do not allow adhesive to fully dry. Roll membrane into adhesive. Do not apply adhesive to splice area of membrane. E. Apply membrane roofing with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible. F. Welded Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap membrane roofing, and hot-air weld side and end laps of membrane roofing and sheet flashings according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure a watertight seam installation. 1. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply lap sealant to seal cut edges of sheet membrane. 2. Verify field strength of seams a minimum of twice daily and repair seam sample areas. 3. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing that does not comply with requirements. G. Spread sealant bed over deck drain flange at roof drains and securely seal membrane roofing in place with clamping ring. 3.6 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419 - 16 of 18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories and adhere to substrates according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate and allow to partially dry. Do not apply to seam area of flashing. C. Flash penetrations and field -formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet flashing. D. Clean seam areas, overlap, and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Hot-air weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation. E. Seal top termination of base flashing with a metal termination bar and a continuous bead of joint sealant. 3.7 WALKWAY INSTALLATION A. Flexible Walkways: Install walkway products in locations indicated. Heat weld to substrate or adhere walkway products to substrate with compatible adhesive according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Roofing Inspector: Contractor shall engage a qualified roofing inspector to perform roof tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. B. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion. C. Repair or remove and replace components of membrane roofing system where inspections in- dicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. D. Additional inspections, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.9 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect membrane roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction pe- riod. When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for de- terioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Ar- chitect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove membrane roofing system that does not comply with require- ments; repair substrates; and repair or reinstall membrane roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty require- ments. C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419 - 17 of 18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 END OF SECTION 07 5419 POLYVINYL -CHLORIDE (PVC/TPA) ROOFING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 075419 - 18 of 18 September 26, 2025 Addendum No. 3 SECTION 07 62 00 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM (TPA) PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Roof drainage sheet metal fabrications. 2. Low -slope roof sheet metal fabrications. 3. Manufactured reglets and counterflashings. 4. Miscellaneous sheet metal flashing and trim. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 06 Section "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2023. B. ASTM A240/A240M - Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium -Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications; 2024b. C. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc - Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2023. D. ASTM A755/A755M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot -Dip Process and Prepainted by the Coil -Coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building Products; 2018. E. ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal; 2020. F. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2018. G. ASTM C1311 - Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants; 2022. 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM (TPA) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 076200-1 July 31, 2025 B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials, joints, and seams to provide leak proof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.05 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site in coordination with roofing Preinstallation conference. 1. Review special roof details, roof drainage, roof -penetration flashing, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affect sheet metal flashing and trim. 1.06 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each manufactured product and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. 3. Indicate details meet requirements of SMACNA, NRCA and FMG required by this Section. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish. 1.07 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For fabricator. 1.08 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For sheet metal flashing and trim, and its accessories, to include in maintenance manuals. B. Warranties: Manufacturer's executed warranty documents. Submit prior to acceptance of Work. 1.09 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. 1. For copings and roof edge flashings that are SPRI ES-1 tested, shop shall be listed as able to fabricate required details as tested and approved. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM (TPA) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 076200-2 July 31, 2025 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry. B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Refer to warranty requirements of Division 07 Section Modified Bitumen Roofing for terms and conditions of warranties covering work of this Section. B. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory -applied finishes within specified warranty period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight. B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual" and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Flashings and Fastening: Comply with requirements of Division 07 roofing sections. Provide base flashings, perimeter flashings, detail flashings and component materials and installation techniques that comply with requirements and recommendations of the following: 1. FM Global 1-49: "Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Perimeter Flashings." 2. FM Global 1-29: "Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Above Deck Roof Components." 3. NRCA: "The NRCA Roofing Manual" for construction details and recommendations. D. SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install roof edge flashings tested according to SPRI ES-1 and capable of resisting the following design pressure: 1. Design Pressure: As indicated in 07000 Section and/or drawings. E. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM (TPA) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 076200-3 July 31, 2025 2.02 SHEET METALS A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping. B. TPA Clad Metal Sheet: Flexible non -reinforced TPA membrane factory laminated to hot - dipped galvanized steel. 1. Finish: TPA membrane 20 mil (0.508 mm) 2. Color Finish: White 3. Concealed Finish: Clear Acrylic C. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A240/A240M, Type 316, dead soft, fully annealed; with smooth, flat surface. 1. Finish: 2D (dull, cold rolled). D. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: Provide zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet according to ASTM A653/A653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation; prepainted by coil -coating process to comply with ASTM A755/A755M. 1. Surface: Smooth, flat. 2. Exposed Coil -Coated Finish: a. Two -Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 3. Color: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Concealed Finish: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil (0.0127 mm). 2.03 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Self -Adhering, High -Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 mils (0.03 inch (0.76 mm)) thick, consisting of a slip -resistant polyethylene- or polypropylene -film top surface laminated to a layer of butyl- or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release -paper backing; specifically designed to withstand high metal temperatures beneath metal roofing. Provide primer according to written recommendations of underlayment manufacturer. 1. Low -Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970; passes after testing at minus 20 degrees Fahrenheit (-6.67 degrees Celsius) or lower. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM (TPA) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 076200-4 July 31, 2025 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item unless otherwise indicated. B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self -tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item. 1. General: Blind fasteners or self -drilling screws, gasketed, with hex -washer head. a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory -applied coating. Provide metal -backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal. b. Blind Fasteners: High -strength aluminum or stainless -steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened. c. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal gutter width. 2. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel. 3. Fasteners for Stainless -Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel. 4. Fasteners for Zinc-Coated(Galvanized) and Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot -dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A153/A153M or ASTM F 2329. C. Solder: 1. For Stainless Steel: ASTM B32, Grade Sn60, with acid flux of type recommended by stainless -steel sheet manufacturer. D. Sealant Tape: Pressure -sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release -paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) wide and 1/8 inch (3.18 mm) thick. E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. F. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C1311, single -component, solvent -release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked -type expansion joints with limited movement. G. Bituminous Coating: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion according to ASTM D 1187. H. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required for application. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM (TPA) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 076200-5 July 31, 2025 2.05 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible. 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. 2. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 3. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view. B. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) in 20 feet (609.6 cm) on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch (3-mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. C. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, non -expansion -type joints are required, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal standard. E. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet metal standard and by FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured. G. Seams, Soldered: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat -lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. H. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat -lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. Rivet joints where necessary for strength. I. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM (TPA) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 076200-6 July 31, 2025 2.06 LOW -SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Roof Edge Flashing (Gravel Stop) and Fascia Cap: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-) long, but not exceeding 12-foot- (3.6-m-) long sections. Furnish with 6-inch- (150-mm-) wide, joint cover plates. Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. 1. Joint Style: Butted with expansion space and 6-inch- (150-mm-) wide, exposed cover plate. 2. Fabricate from the Following Materials: a. Prepainted, metallic coated steel. B. Thru-wall Reglet Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials; 1. Stainless Steel: 24ga thick C. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-) long, but not exceeding 12-foot- (3.6-m-) long, sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and drill elongated holes for fasteners on interior leg. Miter corners, fasten and seal watertight. 1. Joint Style: Butted with expansion space and 6-inch- (150-mm-) wide, exposed cover plate. 2. Fabricate from the Following Materials: a. Prepainted, Metallic Coated Steel: 24 ga thick. D. Counterflashing: Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Prepainted, Metallic Coated Steel; 24ga thick. E. Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Stainless Steel: 24ga thick. F. Roof -Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. TPA Coated Metal: 24ga thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM (TPA) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 076200-7 July 31, 2025 3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION A. Felt Underlayment: Install felt underlayment, wrinkle free, using adhesive to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal flashing and trim. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches (50.8 mm). B. Synthetic Underlayment: Install synthetic underlayment, wrinkle free, according to manufacturers' written instructions, and using adhesive where possible to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal. C. Self -Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self -adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free. Prime substrate if recommended by underlayment manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches (152.4 mm) staggered 24 inches (609.6 mm) between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches (89 mm). Roll laps and edges with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days. 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches (304.8 mm) apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of buckling and tool marks. 5. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. 6. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure -treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM (TPA) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 076200-8 July 31, 2025 1. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet. C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet (304.8 cm) with no joints within 24 inches (609.6 mm) of corner or intersection. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate wood blocking or sheathing not less than 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) for nails and not less than 3/4 inch (19.05 mm) for wood screws. E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation. F. Seal 1. joints as required for watertight construction. Use sealant -filled joints unless otherwise indicated. Embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 degrees Fahrenheit (21.11 degrees Celsius), set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant -type joints at temperatures below 40 degrees Fahrenheit (4.44 degrees Celsius). 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." G. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre -tin edges of sheets with solder to width of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm); however, reduce pre -tinning where pre -tinned surface would show in completed Work. 1. Do not solder for aluminum sheet. 2. Do not use torches for soldering. 3. Heat surfaces to receive solder, and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. 4. Stainless -Steel Soldering: Tin edges of uncoated sheets, using solder for stainless steel and acid flux. Promptly remove acid flux residue from metal after tinning and soldering. Comply with solder manufacturer's recommended methods for cleaning and neutralization. H. Rivets: Rivet joints in uncoated aluminum where necessary for strength. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM (TPA) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 076200-9 July 31, 2025 3.04 ROOF -DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof -drainage items to produce complete roof -drainage system according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof -drainage system. B. Hanging Gutters: Join sections with joints sealed with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Attach gutters at eave or fascia to firmly anchor them in position. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Slope to downspouts. 1. Fasten gutter spacers to front and back of gutter. 2. Anchor and loosely lock back edge of gutter to continuous cleat. 3. Anchor back of gutter that extends onto roof deck with cleats spaced not more than 24 inches (609.6 mm) apart. 4. Anchor gutter with straps spaced not more than 24 inches (609.6 mm) apart to roof deck, unless otherwise indicated, and loosely lock to front gutter bead. 5. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated, but not exceeding, 50 feet (1524 cm) apart. Install expansion -joint caps. C. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) telescoping joints. 1. Provide hangers with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls. Locate hangers at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. 2. Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building on to precast concrete splash blocks. D. Expansion -Joint Covers: Install expansion -joint covers at locations and of configuration indicated. Lap joints minimum of 4 inches (101.6 mm) in direction of water flow. 3.05 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements and cited sheet metal standard. Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line, levels, and slopes. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight and weather resistant. B. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at staggered 3-inch (75-mm) centers. C. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for FM Approvals' listing for required windstorm classification. D. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM (TPA) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 076200-10 July 31, 2025 E. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified FM Approvals' listing for required windstorm classification. F. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close -fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending minimum of 4 inches (101.6 mm) over base flashing. Install stainless -steel draw band and tighten. G. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Extend counterflashing 4 inches (101.6 mm) over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints minimum of 4 inches (101.6 mm). Secure in waterproof manner by means of anchor and washer at 36- inch (910-mm) centers unless otherwise indicated. 3.06 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall -opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers. B. Reglets: Installation of reglets is specified in Section 042000 "Unit Masonry." 3.07 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) in 20 feet (609.6 cm) on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch (3-mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.08 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder. C. Clean off excess sealants. D. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove unused materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended by sheet metal flashing and trim manufacturer. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during construction. E. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM (TPA) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 076200-11 July 31, 2025 SECTION 07 72 00 - ROOF ACCESSORIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. MSS SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation; 2018, with Amendment (2019). B. UL 793 - Automatically Operated Roof Vents for Smoke and Heat; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.03 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Roof curbs. 2. Equipment supports. 3. Pipe Supports/Hangers. B. Related Requirements: 1. Windstorm Construction Requirements in the Drawings. 2. Section 06 10 53 "Rough Carpentry" for roof sheathing, wood cants, and wood nailers. 3. Section 07 52 16 "SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing for roofing accessories. 4. Section 07 62 00 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for shop- and field -fabricated metal flashing and counterflashing, roof expansion -joint covers, and miscellaneous sheet metal trim and accessories. 1.04 REFERENCES A. Aluminum Association (AA): Specifications for Aluminum Structures. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A 36: Carbon Structural Steel. 2. A 53: Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated, Welded and Seamless. 3. A 123: Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 4. A 153: Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) Steel and Iron Hardware. ROOF ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 077200-1 July 31, 2025 5. A 167: Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. 6. A 240: Chromium and Chromium -Nickel Stainless -Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications. 7. A 500: Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 8. A 653: Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated, (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip process, Structural (Physical) Quality Property. 9. A 666: Annealed or Cold -Worked Austenitic Stainless -Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 10. A 755: Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot -Dip Process and Prepainted by the Coil - Coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building Products. 11. A 780: Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot -Dip Galvanized Coatings. 12. A 792: Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated by the Hot -Dip Process. 13. A 924: Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated, (galvanized) by the Hot -Dip process. 14. A 1011: Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy and High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability. 15. B 209: Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. 16. B 221: Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. 17. C 208: Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board. 18. C 726: Mineral Fiber Roof Insulation Board. 19. C 920: Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 20. C 1289: Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board. 21. C 1311: Solvent Release Sealants. 22. D 638: Tensile Properties of Rigid Plastic. 23. D 226: Asphalt -Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. 24. D 256: Determining the Izod Pendulum Impact Resistance of Plastics. 25. D 695: Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastic. 26. D 785: Rockwell Hardness of Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 27. D 1003: Haze and Luminous Transmittance of Transparent Plastics. 28. D 2240: Rubber Property — Durometer Hardness. 29. D 2244: Color Tolerance and Calculation of Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates. 30. D 4214: Evaluating the Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paint Films. ROOF ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 077200-2 July 31, 2025 31. D 4397: Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial and Agricultural Applications. 32. D 4586: Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos -Free. 33. D 4802: Poly(Methyl Methacrylate) Acrylic Plastic Sheet. C. Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS): 1. SP-58 Pipe Hangers and Supports, Materials, Design and Manufacture. 2. SP-59 Pipe Hangers and Supports, Selection and Application. D. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA): Roofing and Waterproofing Manual. E. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association (SMACNA): Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. F. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL): 1. Fire Hazard Classifications. 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Manufactured Curbs: Engineered, prefabricated structural box curb assembly designed for installation onto roof deck or structural framing, capable of supporting weight of roof -mounted equipment without deformation. Include integral base plate, treated wood nailer and insulation. B. Pipe Supports: Support all roof mounted piping with engineered, prefabricated, portable system designed for installation on roof without roof penetrations, flashings, or damage to roofing materials. Include bases, structural steel frames, and adjustable height pipe hangers or supports suitable for existing and proposed piping and conduits. 1.06 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Fabricate and install Roof Accessories to comply with NRCA recommendation that top of curb to top of roofing membrane be a minimum of 8-inches. 1.07 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product List: Submit list of proposed Products and manufacturers, including all items specified in Part 2 — Products or otherwise required by the Work. B. Product Data: For each type of roof accessory indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. C. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for roof accessories. Show layouts of roof accessories including plans and elevations. Indicate dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, and components. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. ROOF ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 077200-3 July 31, 2025 1.08 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Roof plans, drawn to scale, and coordinating penetrations and roof - mounted items. Show the following: 1. Size and location of roof accessories specified in this Section. 2. Method of attaching roof accessories to roof or building structure. 3. Other roof -mounted items including mechanical and electrical equipment, ductwork, piping, and conduit. B. Samples: For each type of exposed factory -applied finish required and for each type of roof accessory indicated, prepared on Samples of size to adequately show color. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include installation sequence, special instructions and precautions, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). D. Certification: Provide current letter(s) on Company's letterhead, signed by an authorized employee or corporate officer attesting to all following items: 1. Qualifications: Certify and document items in Article on Quality Assurance, and; 2. Products: Certify that selected products meet or exceed specified requirements: a. Quality Assurance/Control Data: Provide Design Data, Test Reports, Certificates, Manufacturer's Installation Instructions, and Manufacturer's Field Reports. b. Test Reports: Certified test reports or labeling agency file numbers indicating compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties. c. Manufacturer's Certification: Each product meets or exceeds specified requirements. 1.09 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Accurately record exact location of roof penetrations and any items installed but not visible after installation of roofing system or other Products. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Include complete instructions for normal maintenance and local contacts for service and spare parts. 2. Include cleaning and stain removal methods and recommended cleaning materials, polishes, and waxes. C. Warranty: Executed special warranty. 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in the manufacturer of products specified in this Section with minimum five years documented experience. ROOF ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 077200-4 July 31, 2025 B. Applicator: Company specializing in installing the work of this Section with minimum three years documented experience and approved by the manufacturer. C. Supervisor/Foreman: Individual that is a direct employee of Applicator Company experienced in using selected manufacturer's Products. D. Sheet Metal Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" details for fabrication of units, including flanges and cap flashing to coordinate with type of roofing indicated. E. Perform work in accordance with MSS SP-59. F. Maintain one copy of each document accessible to site. G. Pre -Installation Conference: 1. Convene two weeks prior to commencing work of this Section, under provisions of Section 00 73 00 — Supplementary Conditions. 2. Require attendance of parties directly affecting work of this Section. 3. Review conditions of installation, installation procedures, and coordination with related work. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Pack, handle, and ship roof accessories properly labeled in heavy-duty packaging to prevent damage. B. Store materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by manufacturer. 1. Protect from damage from sunlight, weather, excessive temperatures and construction operations. 1.12 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify required openings for each type of roof accessory by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Conform to International Building Code as amended by the City of Corpus Christi code for fire and wind loading requirements. 2. Comply with "Windstorm Construction Requirements" located in the Drawings. 3. Provide certification of inspection confirming approval of by authority having jurisdiction. C. Environmental Requirements: 1. Do not install Roof Accessories when chances for inclement weather exist, or might occur before installation can be completed and accessories made weatherproof. 2. Maintain waterproof integrity of building during and after installation of Roof Accessories. ROOF ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 077200-5 July 31, 2025 D. Existing Conditions: Verify actual measurements/openings by field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on shop drawings. 1. Coordinate field measurements and fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid construction delays. 2. Allow for field tolerances if taking field measurements before fabrication is not possible. 1.13 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of roof accessories with roofing membrane and base flashing and interfacing and adjoining construction to provide a leakproof, weathertight, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1. With Architect's approval, adjust location of roof accessories that would interrupt roof drainage routes, roof expansion joints or other construction elements. B. Sequence work to allow installation of Roof Accessories that are mounted directly on roof deck during installation of new roofing system. Do not cut into new roofing system to retrofit Roofing Accessories unless specifically permitted by Architect. C. Coordinate with installation of mechanical and electrical equipment, hardware, and assemblies to ensure Roof Accessories are properly located and in place to receive equipment installed by others. 1.14 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Cover damage to Roof Accessories and substrates resulting from failure of Roof Accessories to perform as intended, including resist penetration of water. Include replacement of defective materials and labor. 1. Manufactured Curbs and Equipment Supports: Provide warranty on curbs against structural failure. 2. Pipe Support System: Provide warranty covering pipe bases against deterioration for same time period as roofing warranty. 3. Warranty Period: a. Pipe Support System: Same duration as Roofing System Warranty. b. Other Items: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Warranty on Painted Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace roof accessories that show evidence of deterioration of factory - applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Fluoropolymer Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. ROOF ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 077200-6 July 31, 2025 c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers listed in other Part 2 articles. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide roof accessories that have been manufactured, fabricated and installed to withstand design loads from and to maintain performance criteria stated by manufacturer without defects, damage or failure. 2.03 METAL MATERIALS A. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: Restricted flatness steel sheet, metallic coated by the hot -dip process and prepainted by the coil -coating process to comply with ASTM A 755. 1. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, G90 coated and mill phosphatized for field painting. 2. Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792, AZ50 coated. B. Prepainted Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: Steel sheet metallic coated by hot -dip process and prepainted by coil -coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. 1. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, G90 coated. 2. Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792, Class AZ50 coated. 3. Exposed Finishes: High -Performance Organic Finish (2-Coat Fluoropolymer): Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturer's written instructions. a. Fluoropolymer 2-Coat System: Manufacturer's standard 2-coat, thermocured system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with physical properties and coating performance requirements in AAMA 2605, except as modified below: 1) Humidity Resistance: 1000 hours. 2) Salt -Spray Resistance: 1000 hours. C. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and mill finish. ROOF ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 077200-7 July 31, 2025 1. High -Performance Organic Finish (2-Coat Fluoropolymer): AA-C12C40R1x (Chemical Finish: Cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: Conversion coating; Organic Coating: Manufacturer's standard 2-coat, thermocured system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight). Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with AAMA 2605 and with coating and resin manufacturer's written instructions. a. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. D. Aluminum Extrusions and Tubes: A STM B 221, alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use, mill finished. E. Stainless -Steel Shapes or Sheet: ASTM A 240 or ASTM A 666, Type 304 or Type 316, No. 2D finish. F. Steel Shapes: ASTM A 36, hot -dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M, unless otherwise indicated. G. Steel Tube: ASTM A 500, round tube, baked -enamel finished. H. Galvanized Steel Tube: ASTM A 500, round tube, hot -dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 123. I. Galvanized Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Cellulosic -Fiber Board Insulation: ASTM C 208, Type II, Grade 1, not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) thick. B. Glass -Fiber Board Insulation: ASTM C 726, not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) thick. C. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) thick. D. Wood Nailers: Softwood lumber, pressure treated with waterborne preservatives for aboveground use, complying with AWPA C2; not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick. E. Bituminous Coating: Cold -applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert -type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. F. Polyethylene Sheet: 6-mil thick, polyethylene sheet complying with ASTM D 4397. G. Felt: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt -saturated organic felt, nonperforated. 1. Slip Sheet: Rosin -sized paper, minimum 3 Ib/100 sq. ft. H. Fasteners: Same metal as metals being fastened, or nonmagnetic stainless steel or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by roof accessory manufacturer. Match finish of exposed fasteners with finish of material being fastened. Provide nonremovable fastener heads to exterior exposed fasteners. I. Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard tubular or fingered design of neoprene, EPDM, or PVC; or flat design of foam rubber, sponge neoprene, or cork. ROOF ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 077200-8 July 31, 2025 J. Sealant: of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. K. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single -component, solvent -release butyl rubber sealant, polyisobutylene plasticized and heavy bodied for hooked -type expansion joints with limited movement. L. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, non -asbestos, fibrated asphalt cement designed for trowel application or other adhesive compatible with roofing system. 2.05 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Equipment Supports: Provide metal equipment supports, internally reinforced and capable of supporting superimposed live and dead loads, including equipment loads and other construction to be supported. Fabricate with welded or sealed mechanical corner joints, with integral formed mounting flange at perimeter bottom. Coordinate dimensions with rough -in information or Shop Drawings of equipment to be supported. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Custom Curb, Inc. b. LM Curbs. c. Pate Company (The). d. Thaler Metal Industries Ltd. e. ThyCurb; Div. of Thybar Corporation. 2. Load Requirements: As required to support equipment weight. 3. Material: Metallic -coated steel sheet, 0.079 inch (2.01 mm) thick. 4. Factory -install continuous wood nailers 3-1/2 wide at tops of equipment supports. 5. Metal Counterflashing: Manufacturer's standard removable counterflashing, fabricated of same metal and finish as equipment support. 6. On ribbed or fluted metal roofs, form flange at perimeter bottom to conform to roof profile. 7. Fabricate units to minimum height of 12 inches (304.8 mm) above the new roof surface unless otherwise indicated. 8. Sloping Roofs: Where slope of roof deck exceeds 1:48, fabricate curb units with water diverter or cricket and with height tapered to match slope to level tops of units. 2.06 ROOF MOUNTED PIPE / EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Pipe Support System and Hangers: Adjustable height, with bases, traffic pads, and manufacturer's recommended hardware for mounting on roof membrane, suitable for quantity of pipe runs and sizes, with EPDM end caps. ROOF ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 077200-9 July 31, 2025 1. Hot -dip galvanize completed assemblies. Stainless steel when framing is stainless steel. 2. Fabricate to MSS SP-58 and MSS SP-69. 3. Pipe Size 2-1/2-inch and Smaller: Single roller supports for piping subject to expansion and contraction; with 3-sided channels and pipe clamps. 4. Pipe Size 3-inch and Larger: Rollers, clevis hangers or band hangers, to allow for expansion and contraction without movement of the bases. 5. Available Manufacturers: a. Advanced Support Products, Inc. b. Mapa Products c. Miro Industries, Inc. d. Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc. 6. Steel Framing: 12 gage minimum cold -rolled, hot dipped galvanized steel perforated channel sections equal to Uni-strut, Portable Pipe Hangers, or previously approved alternate. 7. Bases: Black, injection molded, moisture resistant, chemical resistant, non-flammable high density polypropylene plastic, or manufacturer's standard approved. 8. Accessory Hardware: Hot dipped galvanized, clamps, bolts nuts and washers as required for a complete system. 9. Base Pedestal: 3000 PSI reinforced, pre -cast concrete pavers not less than four inches larger than pedestal base size. 10. Traffic Pad: Recycled elastomers vulcanized into pads, 3/8-inches thick; TufPad° manufactured by Rubber Products, Inc. or roof membrane traffic pads as specified in Division 07 Section "Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) Modified Asphalt Bituminous Roofing." a. Size: Not less than four (4") inches larger in both directions pedestal base. 11. Support Height: As indicated or required for existing items to be supported. B. Mechanical Units and Duct Supports: Same manufacturer as pipe supports, and suitable for item to be supported, including manufacturer's standard hardware for mounting to structure or structural roof deck. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual locations, dimensions, and other conditions affecting performance of work. ROOF ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 077200-10 July 31, 2025 1. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored and is ready to receive roof accessories. 2. Verify dimensions of roof openings for roof accessories. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces, including roofing system from damage during installation of Roofing Accessories. B. Clean surfaces of roof to receive pipe support bases. Remove loose gravel, dirt, dust, oils, and other foreign materials from all roofs. Prime existing substrate or membrane with primer that is compatible with and acceptable roofing membrane manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install roof accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions. Anchor roof accessories securely in place and capable of resisting forces specified. Use fasteners, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for completing roof accessory installation. Install roof accessories to resist exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, and fastener disengagement. B. Coordinate installation with adjacent Work such as roofing, sheet metal and other work to ensure creation of a complete weatherproof assembly. Anchor work securely to supporting structure, but allow for differential and thermal movement. C. Install roof accessories to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. D. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating acceptable to roofing membrane manufacturer or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Coat concealed side of uncoated aluminum and stainless -steel roof accessories with bituminous coating where in contact with wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing exposed -to -view components of roof accessories directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet, or install a course of polyethylene underlayment. 3. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required by roof accessory manufacturers for waterproof performance. E. Install roof accessories level, plumb, true to line and elevation, and without warping, jogs in alignment, excessive oil canning, buckling, or tool marks. F. Equipment Support Installation: ROOF ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 077200-11 July 31, 2025 1. Locate curbs and support framing where indicated or instructed by Owner's Representative. 2. Set equipment support so top surface of equipment support is level. G. Roof Mounted Pipe / Equipment Support Installation: 1. Locate bases and support framing as indicated on shop drawings or as required for existing conditions. Completely support all piping, conduit, ducts, and equipment whether indicated or not. a. Do not use wood or wire to support items. b. Maximum Deflection: 1/240th of span. c. Maximum Load on Membrane: Two and one-half (2.5) pounds per square inch. 2. Set bases with adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and as acceptable to membrane manufacturer. Accurately locate and align bases. 3. Install support devices at spacings to support weight of piping and conduit, but in no case exceeding 10-feet on center. 4. Set framing posts into bases and assemble framing structure as indicated. 5. Use galvanized fasteners for galvanized framing and stainless -steel fasteners for stainless steel framing. H. Seal joints with sealant as required by manufacturer of roof accessories. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 00 73 00 — Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide manufacturer's field services under provisions of Section 00 73 00 — Supplementary Conditions. C. Request site attendance of Roof Accessory manufacturers during installation of the work if required to confirm compliance with instructions or for special or unusual conditions. 3.05 TOUCH UP A. Touch up factory -primed surfaces with compatible primer ready for field painting in accordance with Section 09 90 00 "Paints and Coatings." B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. ROOF ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 077200-12 July 31, 2025 1. Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. Repair or replace damaged installed products. 2. Clean metal and glazing using non-abrasive materials and methods. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned. 3. Remove adhesive from supports, pipes and bases, and leave work in clean condition. B. Remove all construction debris, packaging, unused fasteners, adhesives, and other installation materials from project site and dispose of legally. C. Reclean as necessary to prevent damage. Protect completed work from damage and deterioration and inspect immediately before final acceptance of project. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected roof surfaces. END OF SECTION 07 72 00 ROOF ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 077200-13 July 31, 2025 SECTION 07 81 23 - INTUMESCENT FIRE PROTECTION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. High -quality latex, intumescent, fire retardant coating for interior ceilings, walls and trim. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2023d. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Performance characteristics and test results. 2. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 3. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 4. Installation methods. C. Certificates: Certify that intumescent fireproofing provided for this project meets or exceeds specified requirements in all respects. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened containers with identification labels and testing agency markings intact and legible. B. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. 1. Store at temperatures not less than 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) in dry, protected area. 2. Protect from freezing, and do not store in direct sunlight. 3. Dispose of any materials that have come into contact with contaminants of any kind prior to application. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Exposed Interior Wood Surfaces: Class A, flame spread index (FSI) and smoke developed index (SDI) of 25/450, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. INTUMESCENT FIRE PROTECTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 078123-1 July 31, 2025 2.02 MATERIALS A. Fire Resistive Coating System: Intumescent fire protection system for primed plywood. 1. Basis of Design: Benjamin Moore & Co., INSL-X Fire Retardant Paint. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Class A, flame spread/smoke developed index of 25/450, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. For Interior Use: a. High -quality latex, intumescent, fire retardant coating. 4. Color: White. 5. Vehicle Type: 100% Acrylic. 6. Pigment Type: Acrylic Co -Polymer. 7. Volume Solids: 48.5 +/- 1.0% 8. Coverage per Gallon at Recommended Film Thickness: 150 sq.ft. 9. Recommended Film Thickness: a. Wet: 10.7 mils b. Dry: 5.2 mils 10. Gloss / Sheen: Flat 11. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC): 0.37 lbs./gallon (45 grams/liter). B. Sealers and Primer: As required by tested and listed assemblies, and recommended by fireproofing manufacturer to suit specific substrate conditions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to determine if they are in satisfactory condition to receive intumescent fire protection; verify that substrates are clean and free of oil, grease, incompatible primers, or other foreign substances capable of impairing bond to fireproofing system. B. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. C. If substrate preparation is responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Thoroughly clean surfaces to receive fireproofing. B. Repair substrates to remove surface imperfections that could effect uniformity of texture and thickness of fireproofing system, and remove minor projections and fill voids that could telegraph through finished work. INTUMESCENT FIRE PROTECTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 078123-2 July 31, 2025 C. Cover or otherwise protect other work that might be damaged by fallout or overspray of fireproofing system, and provide temporary enclosures as necessary to confine operations and maintain required ambient field conditions. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for each particular intumescent fire protection system installation application as indicated. B. Apply manufacturer's recommended primer to required coating thickness. C. Apply fireproofing to full thickness over entire area of each substrate to be protected. D. Apply coats at manufacturer's recommended rate to achieve dry film thickness (DFT) as required for fire resistance ratings designated for each condition. E. Apply intumescent fire protection by spraying to maximum extent possible, and as necessary complete coverage by roller application or other method acceptable to manufacturer. 3.04 CLEANING A. See Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements for additional requirements. B. Immediately after installation of fireproofing in each area, remove overspray and fallout from other surfaces and clean soiled areas. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect installed intumescent fire protection from damage due to subsequent construction activities, so fireproofing is without damage or deterioration before Date of Substantial Completion. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 07 8123 INTUMESCENT FIRE PROTECTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 078123-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Nonsag gunnable joint sealants. B. Joint backings and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Sealing acoustical and sound -rated walls and ceilings. B. Section 09 30 00 - TILING: Sealant between tile and plumbing fixtures and at junctions with other materials and changes in plane. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C661 - Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Elastomeric-Type Sealants by Means of a Durometer; 2015 (Reapproved 2022). B. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2018. C. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2016 (Reapproved 2023). D. ASTM C1330 - Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid - Applied Sealants; 2023. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical datasheets for each product to be used; include the following: 1. Physical characteristics, including movement capability, VOC content, hardness, cure time, and color availability. 2. List of backing materials approved for use with the specific product. 3. Backing material recommended by sealant manufacturer. 4. Substrates that product is known to satisfactorily adhere to and with which it is compatible. 5. Substrates the product should not be used on. C. Color Cards for Selection: Where sealant color is not specified, submit manufacturer's color cards showing manufacturer's full range of colors available for selection. JOINT SEALANTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 079200-1 July 31, 2025 D. Executed warranty. 1.05 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Manufacturer Warranty: Provide 2-year manufacturer warranty for installed sealants and accessories that fail to achieve a watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. Complete forms in Owner's name and register with manufacturer. C. Extended Correction Period: Correct defective work within 2-year period commencing on Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 JOINT SEALANT APPLICATIONS A. Scope: 1. Exterior Joints: a. Seal the following joints: 1) Wall expansion and control joints. 2) Joints between doors, windows, and other frames or adjacent construction. 3) Joints between different exposed materials. 2. Interior Joints: a. Seal the following joints: 1) Joints between door frames and window frames and adjacent construction. 2) In sound -rated wall and ceiling assemblies, gaps at electrical outlets, wiring devices, and piping penetrations. 3) In sound -rated wall and ceiling assemblies, seal joints between wall assemblies and ceiling assemblies; between wall assemblies and other construction; between ceiling assemblies and other construction. 4) Floor expansion joints between new floor construction and existing. 3. Do Not Seal: a. Intentional weep holes in masonry. b. Joints indicated to be covered with expansion joint cover assemblies. c. Joints where sealant is specified to be furnished and installed by manufacturer of product to be sealed. d. Joints where sealant installation is specified in other sections. e. Joints between suspended ceilings and walls. JOINT SEALANTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 079200-2 July 31, 2025 B. Exterior Joints: Use nonsag polyurethane sealant, unless otherwise indicated. C. Interior Joints: Use nonsag polyurethane sealant, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Floor Joints in Wet Areas: Nonsag polyurethane traffic -grade sealant suitable for continuous liquid immersion. 2. Wall, Ceiling, and Floor Joints in Jail Cells Where Tamper -Resistance is Required: Non -sag tamper -resistant polyurethane -based elastomeric sealant. 3. Joints between Tile in Wet Areas and Floors, Walls, and Ceilings: Mildew -resistant silicone sealant; white. 4. Floor Joints between new floor construction and existing: Non -sag polyurethane traffic - grade sealant. D. Interior Wet Areas: Bathrooms, restrooms, kitchens, food service areas, and food processing areas; fixtures in wet areas include plumbing fixtures, food service equipment, countertops, cabinets, and other similar items. E. Areas Where Tamper -Resistance is Required: As indicated on drawings. 2.02 NONSAG JOINT SEALANTS A. Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single component, mildew resistant; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Color: White. B. Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single or multi -component; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. 2. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. C. Nonsag Traffic -Grade Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Type M; multi -component; explicitly approved by manufacturer for traffic without the necessity to recess sealant below traffic surface. 1. For use at floor to wall expansion joints. Refer to drawings. 2. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. 3. Hardness Range: 40 to 50, Shore A, when tested in accordance with ASTM C661. 4. Acceptable for sealing joints in institutions, correctional facilities, etc., as a tamper resistant sealant. 5. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 6. Basis of Design Product: a. Sika Corporation; Sikaflex-2c NS TG: usa.sika.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. JOINT SEALANTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 079200-3 July 31, 2025 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Sealant Backing Materials, General: Materials placed in joint before applying sealants; assists sealant performance and service life by developing optimum sealant profile and preventing three -sided adhesion; type and size recommended by sealant manufacturer for compatibility with sealant, substrate, and application. B. Sealant Backing Rod, Closed -Cell Type: 1. Cylindrical flexible sealant backings complying with ASTM C1330 Type C. 2. Size: 25 to 50 percent larger in diameter than joint width. 3. Basis of DeProducts: a. Nomaco, Inc; HBR: www.nomaco.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. C. Masking Tape: Self-adhesive, nonabsorbent, nonstaining, removable without adhesive residue, and compatible with surfaces adjacent to joints and sealants. D. Joint Cleaner: Noncorrosive and nonstaining type, type recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. E. Primers: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application; nonstaining. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that joints are ready to receive work. B. Verify that backing materials are compatible with sealants. C. Verify that backer rods are of the correct size. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean joints, and prime as necessary, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193. D. Mask elements and surfaces adjacent to joints from damage and disfigurement due to sealant work; be aware that sealant drips and smears may not be completely removable. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install this work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Provide joint sealant installations complying with ASTM C1193. JOINT SEALANTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 079200-4 July 31, 2025 C. Install bond breaker backing tape where backer rod cannot be used. D. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags, and without getting sealant on adjacent surfaces. E. Do not install sealant when ambient temperature is outside manufacturer's recommended temperature range, or will be outside that range during the entire curing period, unless manufacturer's approval is obtained and instructions are followed. F. Nonsag Sealants: Tool surface concave, unless otherwise indicated; remove masking tape immediately after tooling sealant surface. END OF SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 079200-5 July 31, 2025 SECTION 07 95 13 - EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Expansion joint cover assemblies for floor and wall surfaces. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Roof expansion and control joint covers. B. Section 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS: Sealing expansion and control joints using gunnable and pourable sealants. C. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Gypsum board control joint trim. D. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Placement of expansion joint assemblies in gypsum board walls and ceilings. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2021. B. ASTM B221M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric); 2021. C. ASTM 6308/B308M - Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Profiles; 2020. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide joint assembly profiles, profile dimensions, anchorage devices and available colors and finish. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate rough -in sizes and required tolerances for item placement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLY APPLICATIONS A. Interior Floor Joints Subject to Thermal Movement: 1. Basis of Design Product Manufacturer: a. Inpro 101-A01-025 Floor to Floor Expansion Joint Cover (1 inch). EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 079513-1 July 31, 2025 b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Interior Wall to Wall Corner Joints Subject to Thermal Movement: 1. Basis of Design Product Manufacturer: a. Inpro 801-A09 Wall to Wall Corner Expansion Joint Cover (1 inch). b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. C. Drywall Control Joint and Drywall Expansion Control Joint Covers: 1. Refer to Specification Section 09 29 00 - Gypsum Board. 2.02 EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES A. Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies - General: Factory -fabricated and assembled; designed to completely fill joint openings, sealed to prevent passage of air, dust, water, smoke; suitable for traffic expected. 1. Joint Dimensions and Configurations: As indicated on drawings. 2. Joint Cover Sizes: Selected to suit joint width and configuration, based on manufacturer's published recommendations and limitations. 3. Lengths: Provide covers in full lengths required; avoid splicing wherever possible. 4. Anchors, Fasteners, and Fittings: Provided by cover manufacturer. B. Floor Joint Covers: Coordinate with indicated floor coverings. C. Drywall Control Joint Covers in Gypsum Board Assemblies: Provide style with anchoring wings that can be completely covered by joint compound. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M), 6063 alloy, T6 temper; or ASTM B308/B308M, 6061 alloy, T6 temper. 1. Exposed Finish at Floors: Mill finish. 2. Exposed Finish at Walls and Ceilings: Natural anodized. B. Anchors and Fasteners: As recommended by cover manufacturer. C. Backing Paint for Aluminum Components in Contact with Cementitious Materials: Asphaltic type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install components and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Align work plumb and level, flush with adjacent surfaces. EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 079513-2 July 31, 2025 C. Rigidly anchor to substrate to prevent misalignment. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected floor joint surfaces. END OF SECTION 07 95 13 EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 079513-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 08 11 13 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non -fire -rated hollow metal doors and frames. B. Hollow metal frames for wood doors. C. Thermally insulated hollow metal doors with frames. D. Hollow metal borrowed lites glazing frames. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 14 16 - Flush Wood Doors. B. Section 08 7100 - Door Hardware. C. Section 08 80 00 - Glazing: Glass for doors and borrowed lites. D. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Field painting. 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. ANSI: American National Standards Institute. B. ASCE: American Society of Civil Engineers. C. HMMA: Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association. D. NAAMM: National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers. E. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association. F. SDI: Steel Door Institute. G. UL: Underwriters Laboratories. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards - 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. ANSI/SDI A250.4 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors, Frames and Frame Anchors; 2024. C. ANSI/SDI A250.8 - Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames (SDI-100); 2023. D. ANSI/SDI A250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 2020. E. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc - Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2023. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081113-1 July 31, 2025 F. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy, High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability, Required Hardness, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2023, with Editorial Revision. G. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy, High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra -High Strength; 2023. H. ASTM C143/C143M - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic -Cement Concrete; 2020. I. ASTM C476 - Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry; 2023. J. BHMA A156.115 - Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Frames; 2016. K. ICC A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2017. L. NAAMM HMMA 830 - Hardware Selection for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2002. M. NAAMM HMMA 831 - Hardware Locations for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2024. N. NAAMM HMMA 840 - Guide Specifications for Receipt, Storage and Installation of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2024. O. NAAMM HMMA 861 - Guide Specifications for Commercial Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2014. P. SDI 117 - Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; 2023. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware locations, reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, and finishes. C. Shop Drawings: Details of each opening, showing elevations, glazing, frame profiles, and any indicated finish requirements. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certification that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with NAAMM HMMA 840 or ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100) in accordance with specified requirements. B. Protect with resilient packaging; avoid humidity build-up under coverings; prevent corrosion and adverse effects on factory applied painted finish. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081113-2 July 31, 2025 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: 1. Ceco Door, an Assa Abloy Group company: www.assaabloydss.com/#sle. 2. Curries, an Assa Abloy Group company: www.assaabloydss.com/#sle. 3. Republic Doors, an Allegion brand: www.republicdoor.com/#sle. 4. Steelcraft, an Allegion brand: www.allegion.com/#sle. 5. Substitutions: See Section 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Requirements for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: 1. Steel Sheet: Comply with one or more of the following requirements; galvannealed steel complying with ASTM A653/A653M, cold -rolled steel complying with ASTM A1008/A1008M, or hot -rolled pickled and oiled (HRPO) steel complying with ASTM A1011/A1011M, commercial steel (CS) Type B, for each. 2. Accessibility: Comply with ICC A117.1 and ADA Standards. 3. Exterior Door Top Closures: Flush end closure channel, with top and door faces aligned. Seal joints against water penetration. 4. Bottom Edges: Close bottom edges of doors with end closures or channels of same material as face sheets. Provide weep -hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. 5. Door Edge Profile: Manufacturers standard for application indicated. 6. Typical Door Face Sheets: Flush. 7. Hardware Preparations, Selections and Locations: Comply with NAAMM HMMA 830 and NAAMM HMMA 831 or BHMA A156.115 and ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100) in accordance with specified requirements. 8. Zinc Coating for Typical Interior and/or Exterior Locations: Provide metal components zinc -coated (galvanized) and/or zinc -iron alloy -coated (galvannealed) by the hot -dip process in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M, with manufacturer's standard coating thickness, unless noted otherwise for specific hollow metal doors and frames. a. Based on SDI Standards: Provide at least A40/ZF120 (galvannealed) when necessary, coating not required for typical interior door applications, and at least A60/ZF180 (galvannealed) for corrosive locations. B. Windstorm Requirements for All Exterior Doors and Frames and Hardware: HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081113-3 July 31, 2025 1. Comply with International Building Code and with the Texas Department of Insurance Windstorm Requirements (144 mph ultimate wind velocity (LRFD) (3 second gust). Exposure A, Risk Category II, and appropriate shape factor from the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 7-17 "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures." Refer to Drawings for Windstorm Construction Requirements. 2. Utilize only door, frame and hardware assemblies that have been tested and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. C. Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to comply with more than one type of requirement, comply with the specified requirements for each type; for instance, an exterior door that is also indicated as being sound -rated must comply with the requirements specified for exterior doors and for sound -rated doors; where two requirements conflict, comply with the most stringent. 2.03 HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. Exterior Doors: Thermally insulated. 1. Based on SDI Standards: ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100). a. Level 3 - Extra Heavy-duty. b. Physical Performance Level A, 1,000,000 cycles; in accordance with ANSI/SDI A250.4. c. Model 1- Full Flush. d. Door Face: Metallic -coated sheet steel, minimum thickness required to meet the requirements of Section 0141 19 - Windstorm Construction Requirements. e. Zinc Coating: A60/ZF180 galvannealed coating; ASTM A653/A653M. 2. Door Core Material: Manufacturers standard core material/construction and in compliance with requirements. 3. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inches (44.5 mm), nominal. 4. Weatherstripping: Refer to Section 08 71 00. 5. Door Finish: Factory primed and field finished. B. Interior Doors, Non -Fire -Rated: 1. Based on SDI Standards: ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100). a. Level 3 — Extra Heavy-duty. b. Physical Performance Level B, 500,000 cycles; in accordance with ANSI/SDI A250.4. c. Model 1- Full Flush. d. Door Face Metal Thickness: 16 gauge, 0.053 inch (1.3 mm), minimum. 2. Door Core Material: Manufacturers standard core material/construction and in compliance with requirements. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081113-4 July 31, 2025 3. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inches (44.5 mm), nominal. 2.04 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Comply with standards and/or custom guidelines as indicated for corresponding door in accordance with applicable door frame requirements. B. Exterior Door Frames: Face welded type. 1. Galvanizing: Components hot -dipped zinc -iron alloy -coated (galvannealed) in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M, with A60/ZF180 coating. 2. Frame Metal Thickness: Minimum thickness required to meet the requirements of Section 0141 19 - Windstorm Construction Requirements. 3. Frame Finish: Factory primed and field finished. 4. Weatherstripping: Separate, see Section 08 71 00. C. Interior Door Frames, Non -Fire Rated: Knock -down type. 1. Frame Metal Thickness: 16 gauge, 0.053 inch (1.3 mm), minimum. 2. Frame Finish: Factory primed and field finished. D. Frames for Wood Doors: Comply with frame requirements in accordance with corresponding door. E. Mullions for Pairs of Doors: Removable type, with profile similar to jambs. F. Borrowed Lites Glazing Frames: Construction and face dimensions to match door frames, and as indicated on drawings. G. Provide mortar guard boxes for hardware cut-outs in frames to be installed in masonry or to be grouted. H. Frames in Masonry Walls: Size to suit masonry coursing with head member 4 inches (102 mm) high to fill opening without cutting masonry units. 2.05 FINISHES A. Primer: Rust -inhibiting, complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10, door manufacturer's standard. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Door Window Frames: Door window frames with glazing securely fastened within door opening. 1. Size: As indicated on drawings. 2. Frame Material: 18 gauge, 0.0478 inch (1.21 mm), galvanized steel. 3. Metal Finish: polyester powder coating as selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full range of colors. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081113-5 July 31, 2025 B. Glazing: As specified in Section 08 80 00, factory installed. C. Astragals for Double Doors: Specified in Section 08 7100. D. Grout for Frames: Mortar grout complying with ASTM C476 with maximum slump of 4 inches (102 mm) as measured in accordance with ASTM C143/C143M for hand troweling in place; plaster grout and thinner pumpable grout are prohibited. E. Silencers: Resilient rubber, fitted into drilled hole; provide three on strike side of single door, three on center mullion of pairs, and two on head of pairs without center mullions. F. Temporary Frame Spreaders: Provide for factory- or shop -assembled frames. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coat inside of frames to be installed in masonry or to be grouted, with bituminous coating, prior to installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and related requirements of specified door and frame standards or custom guidelines indicated. B. Coordinate frame anchor placement with wall construction. C. Grout frames in masonry construction, using hand trowel methods; brace frames so that pressure of grout before setting will not deform frames. D. Install door hardware as specified in Section 08 7100. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Clearances Between Door and Frame: Comply with related requirements of specified frame standards or custom guidelines indicated in accordance with SDI 117 or NAAMM HMMA 861. B. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement. 3.05 SCHEDULE A. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule on the drawings. END OF SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081113-6 July 31, 2025 SECTION 08 1416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Flush wood doors; flush and flush glazed configuration; non -rated. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 11 13 - Hollow Metal Doors And Frames. B. Section 08 7100 - Door Hardware. C. Section 08 80 00 - Glazing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E2112 - Standard Practice for Installation of Exterior Windows, Doors and Skylights; 2023. B. NEMA LD 3 - High -Pressure Decorative Laminates; 2005. C. WDMA I.S. 1A - Interior Architectural Wood Flush Doors; 2021, with Errata (2022). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Indicate door core materials and construction; veneer species, type and characteristics. C. Shop Drawings: Show doors and frames, elevations, sizes, types, swings, undercuts, beveling, blocking for hardware, factory machining, factory finishing, cutouts for glazing and other details. D. Certificate: Submit labels and certificates required by quality assurance and quality control programs. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. F. Specimen warranty. G. Warranty, executed in Owner's name. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package, deliver and store doors in accordance with specified quality standard. B. Accept doors on site in manufacturer's packaging, and inspect for damage. C. Protect doors with resilient packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic; do not store in damp or wet areas or areas where sunlight might bleach veneer; seal top and bottom edges with tinted sealer if stored more than one week, and break seal on site to permit ventilation. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081416-1 July 31, 2025 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Manufacturer Warranty: Provide manufacturer's warranty on interior doors for the life of the installation. Complete forms in Owner's name and register with manufacturer. 1. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation tolerances, defective materials, and telegraphing core construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. High Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL) Faced Doors: 1. ABS- American Building Supply- Dooramerica. 2. Forte Opening Solutions; Aspiro Choice Laminate Doors: www.forteopenings.com/#sle. 3. Haley Brothers, Inc. 4. Oregon Door: www.oregondoor.com/#sle. 5. Oshkosh Door Company. 6. Poncraft Door Co: www.poncraft.com/#sle. 7. VT Industries, Inc: www.vtindustries.com/#sle. 2.02 DOORS A. Doors: See drawings for locations and additional requirements. 1. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, Heavy Duty performance, in accordance with WDMA I.S. 1A. 2. High Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL) Faced Doors: 5-ply unless otherwise indicated. B. Interior Doors: 1-3/4 inches (44 mm) thick unless otherwise indicated; flush construction. 1. Provide solid core doors at each location. 2. High pressure decorative laminate (HPDL) finish as indicated on drawings. 2.03 DOOR AND PANEL CORES A. Non -Rated Solid Core and 20 Minute Rated Doors: Type particleboard core (PC), plies and faces as indicated. 2.04 DOOR FACINGS A. High Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL) Facing for Non -Fire -Rated Doors: NEMA LD 3, HGS; Color as selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full range of colors; finish as selected. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081416-2 July 31, 2025 2.05 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Fabricate doors in accordance with door quality standard specified. B. Cores Constructed with stiles and rails: 1. Provide solid blocks at lock edge for hardware reinforcement. 2. Provide solid blocking for other throughbolted hardware. C. Glazed Openings: Non -removable stops on non -secure side; sizes and configurations as indicated on drawings. D. Factory machine doors for hardware other than surface -mounted hardware, in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions. E. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings, with edge clearances in accordance with specified quality standard. F. Provide edge clearances in accordance with the quality standard specified. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Hollow Metal Door Frames: See Section 08 11 13. B. Metal Louvers: 1. Material and Finish: Extruded aluminum, Polyester powder coated. Color as selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full range of colors. 2. Size: As indicated on the Drawings. C. Door Window Frames: Door window frames with glazing securely fastened within door opening. 1. Size: As indicated on drawings. 2. Frame Material: 18 gauge, 0.0478 inch (1.21 mm), galvanized steel. 3. Metal Finish: polyester powder coating, color as selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full range of colors. D. Glazing: See Section 08 80 00. E. Glazing Stops: Wood, of same species as door facing, butted corners; prepared for countersink style tamper proof screws. F. Door Hardware: See Section 08 71 00. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standard. 1. Install exterior doors in accordance with ASTM E2112. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081416-3 July 31, 2025 B. Factory -Finished Doors: Do not field cut or trim; if fit or clearance is not correct, replace door. C. Use machine tools to cut or drill for hardware. D. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware. E. Coordinate installation of glazing. F. Install door louvers plumb and level. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Comply with specified quality standard for fit and clearance tolerances. B. Comply with specified quality standard for telegraphing, warp, and squareness. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. B. Adjust closers for full closure. END OF SECTION 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081416-4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 08 16 13 - FIBERGLASS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA 1304 - Voluntary Specification for Determining Forced Entry Resistance of Side -Hinged Door Systems; 2018. B. ANSI/SDI A250.13 - Testing and Rating of Severe Windstorm Resistant Components for Swinging Door Assemblies for Protection of Building Envelopes; 2008 (Reaffirmed 2018). C. ASTM E1886 - Standard Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors, and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Missile(s) and Exposed to Cyclic Pressure Differentials; 2019. D. ASTM E1996 - Standard Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors, and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes; 2023. 1.02 SCOPE AND DEFINITIONS A. Furnish and install doors, frames of FRP composite construction in accordance with details and schedule shown on the drawings and as specified herein. Door and frame products of aluminum, steel or wood constructions that use FRP face sheets are strictly excluded. B. FRP is defined as "Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester." 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08 71 00 - Finish Hardware. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Experience: Manufacturer shall be engaged in the manufacture of FRP door and frame systems for a minimum of fifteen (15) years documented experience prior to the start of this work, and who has a history of successful production acceptable to the Architect. B. Process: Certify that FRP doors are manufactured via press -molding technology. C. Certify that FRP doors and frame assembly meet the requirements of applicable windstorm codes and Texas Department of Insurance Product Evaluation DR-981. D. Warranty: Provide written limited guarantee for FRP doors and frames as follows: 1. Extreme Duty Hurricane doors are guaranteed for the life of the product against delamination and failure due to corrosion from the specific environment. All products are to be guaranteed against defective workmanship for a period of ten (10) calendar years after the date of installation. FIBERGLASS DOORS AND FRAMES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081613-1 July 31, 2025 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide catalog cut of FRP door detailing internal construction and reinforcements, materials used and description of molding process. B. Shop Drawings: To include the following specific information: 1. Specifications relating to FRP door thickness, resin type, core material, method of construction, finish color, anchor systems, joint construction and complete warranty information. 2. Complete schedules or drawings of FRP doors and frames and associated hardware showing identifying mark numbers, door and frame types, typical elevations, nominal sizes, handling, actual dimensions and clearances, and required hardware preps and reinforcements. 3. Supporting reference drawings pertaining to frame mounting details, hardware locations and factory hardware cutouts and reinforcements. C. Color Samples: Provide a complete set of manufacturer's full color line for selection by Architect. D. Installation instructions: Include manufacturer's specific information describing procedures, sequence and required fasteners for frame and door installation. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. FRP doors and frames are to be delivered to jobsite in adequate crating with foam sheet separations between all components. B. Upon receipt of shipment, remove and inspect doors and frames for damage. C. Contractor shall handle and store the doors and frames as directed by the manufacturer. Store indoors in a vertical position, clear of the floor, with blocking between the doors to permit air circulation between the doors and prevent damage to the door faces. Rain/water or condensation must not be allowed to collect or lay between stored doors. Do not wrap in plastic sheeting as it will promote condensation formation within. D. Use care in handling FRP doors and frames to prevent damage to factory finishes. Wear protective gloves and do not slide or drag doors or frames against one another. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers or an equivalent approved by the Architect: 1. Special-Lite, Inc., P.O. Box 6, Decatur, Michigan 49045, phone: 800-821-6531, www.special-lite.com. FIBERGLASS DOORS AND FRAMES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081613-2 July 31, 2025 2. Tiger Door, 5224 FM 802, Brownsville, TX 78521, ph. 888-891-4416, www.tigerdoor.com. 2.02 FRP DOORS A. Hurricane Rated FRP Doors 1. Design: FRP doors shall be of seamless press -molded construction. Laminated FRP face sheets shall be applied while wet and uncured to an internal door stile and rail subframe/core assembly and then press- molded under heat and pressure. The composite door panel must be integrally fused over its entire surface area, not just adhesive -bonded at perimeter stiles and rails. Doors shall remain under pressure during curing for flat, warp -free surfaces. 2. Stiles & Rails: A high -modulus pultruded FRP square or rectangular tube subframe is to be provided within the door. Tubes are to be mitered and joined internally at the corners with solid polymer blocks to yield a one-piece unit that does not require any secondary external sealing. Provide a tubular midrail across width of door at lock height, and additional horizontal rails where specific design conditions dictate. Doors shall incorporate molded -in FRP edge strips, chemically bonded to the subframe stiles, for machining of hardware mortises so as not to cut or otherwise compromise the integrity of the pultruded stiles, nor allow moisture to penetrate into the core of the door. All connections shall be chemically welded. No mechanical fasteners will be allowed. The use or inclusion of aluminum, steel, gypsum or wood into stile and rail construction is not permitted. 3. Core: For maximum rigidity and compressive strength a triangular shaped 3/8" cell phenolic resin impregnated kraft paper honeycomb core shall be used. Molding pressure and resin gel time shall be sufficient to allow for penetration of resin into the cellular structure of the core to maximize shear and peel strengths at the skin/core interface and eliminate the possibility of delamination. The honeycomb is to be completely enclosed within the stile and rail subframe. Use of foam or balsa wood is not permitted. 4. Internal Reinforcement: High -modulus pultruded tubular FRP, high -density polymer compression blocks, or plastic compression blocking at all hardware locations, and corner locations. No wood blocking, steel or aluminum reinforcing plates, ribs or fittings shall be used. A minimum of 900 Ibs of pullout strength is required for each factory supplied hinge screw. 5. Faces: Door facings shall utilize a chemical resistant thermosetting polyester resin system with fiber reinforcing layers. Supplier shall furnish door faces as shown on the drawings and in the door elevations. Chopped strand mat layers shall be used to provide bond integrity between gelcoat, laminated facings and the internal door structure. Structural reinforcement shall be in the form of a knitted multi -layer material with layers of uni- directional glass fiber oriented in both the vertical and horizontal directions for high stiffness, impact resistance and resistance to warping. Gelcoat surface integrally molded to be 25/30 mils thick (wet) ultra -violet light stabilized marine grade NPG-isophthalic polyester gelcoat. FIBERGLASS DOORS AND FRAMES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081613-3 July 31, 2025 6. Finish: The exposed FRP door faces shall have a 3-4 mils (0.1016 mm) factory applied two-part aliphatic polyurethane fully cured coating of industrial urethane. Coating shall have a minimum hardness of H to 2H. Finish shall be a slightly textured semi -gloss to minimize the visual effects of wear and tear. 7. Color: As scheduled. 8. Astragals: All pairs of doors shall be furnished with an astragal from door manufacturer made of same pultruded FRP material as door stile, rail and edge as required. Astragal shall be located on the meeting stile edge of each inactive leaf of double door pairs. Architect shall advise active leaf of door, and astragal shall be installed to cover meeting stile gap to effect seal and security. 2.03 FRP FRAMES A. Hurricane Rated FRP Frames: 1. Design: FRP Door frames furnished under this specification shall utilize a high -modulus pultruded structural FRP shape. The frame section shall be standard double rabbeted 8- 3/4" deep x 2" face, 3/16" thick, with integral 5/8" doorstop, to match typical hollow metal configurations. Additional jamb profiles and widths are available. 2. Corner Joints: Frame jambs and header shall be joined at corners via miter connections with hidden FRP angle clips and associated fasteners. Post and beam corners will not be acceptable. 3. Hardware Reinforcements: FRP reinforcing shall be chemically welded to door frame material at required locations. Minimum screw pullout strength of 1100 lb per #12 x 1- 1/4" sheet metal screw is required. Mechanically fastened reinforcements are not permitted. 4. Anchors: a. Bolt -In: Provide manufacturer's required number of 3/8" diameter x 4" machine screws with nut and washers for structural steel openings. Include extra anchors for additional frame height in two foot increments above 8'-0". Provide single bolt anchor at center of all headers over four feet in nominal width. Stainless steel fasteners shall be furnished by the factory. 5. Finish: Frames shall have a 3-4 mils (0.1016 mm) factory applied two-part aliphatic polyurethane fully cured coating of industrial urethane. Industrial urethane chemical coating color topcoat, to match the color and sheen of the doors, for superior weatherability. Gelcoat may not be sprayed onto the frame as a secondary coating. 6. Color: As scheduled. FIBERGLASS DOORS AND FRAMES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081613-4 July 31, 2025 2.04 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES AND TEST PERFORMANCE A. Pultruded structural shapes for stiles; rails, frames, and astragals shall exhibit the following minimum longitudinal coupon properties (per ASTM): 1. Tensile strength (D638) 30,000 psi (206842.80 kPa) 2. Comprehensive strength (D695) 30,000 psi (206842.80 kPa) 3. Flexural strength (D790) 30,000 psi (206842.80 kPa) 4. Flexural modulus (D790) 1,600,000 psi (4136856.00 kPa) 5. Shear strength (D2846) 4,500 psi (31026.42 kPa) 6. Impact, notched (D256) 25 ft-Ib/in 7. Barcol hardness (D2853) 50 B. Core material shall exhibit the following minimum coupon properties (per ASTM): 1. Core material must comply with the International Building Code (IBC) chapter 26 requirements for use with a plastic skin. 2. Shear strength, longitudinal direction (C273) 68.2 psi (468.84 kPa) 3. Shear strength, transverse direction (C273) 25.8 psi (172.37 kPa) 4. Shear modulus, longitudinal direction (C273) 6940 psi (47849.63 kPa) 5. Shear modulus, transverse direction (C273) 1878 psi (12948.36 kPa) 6. Shear elongation, longitudinal direction (C393 short beam) 1.79% 7. Shear elongation, transverse direction (C393 short beam) 2.72% 8. Maximum facing stress, longitudinal direction (C393 short beam) 735 psi (5067.65 kPa) 9. Maximum facing stress, transverse direction (C393 short beam) 289 psi (1992.59 kPa) 10. Maximum core shear stress, longitudinal direction (C393 short beam) 63.8 psi (434.37 kPa) 11. Maximum core shear stress, transverse direction (C393 short beam) 24.9 psi (165.47 kPa) 12. Modulus of elasticity (El) per 1" width, longitudinal direction (C393 short beam) 4.92E+04 psi 13. Modulus of elasticity (El) per 1" width, transverse direction (C393 short beam) 1.97E+04 psi 14. Maximum facing stress, longitudinal direction (C393 long beam) 9011 psi (62128.68 kPa) 15. Maximum facing stress, transverse direction (C393 long beam) 4727 psi (32591.53 kPa) 16. Maximum core shear stress, longitudinal direction (C393 long beam) 48.3 psi (330.95 kPa) 17. Maximum core shear stress, transverse direction (C393 long beam) 23.5psi FIBERGLASS DOORS AND FRAMES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081613-5 July 31, 2025 18. Modulus of elasticity (El) per 1" width, longitudinal direction (C393 long beam) 1.14E+05 psi 19. Modulus of elasticity (El) per 1" width, transverse direction (C393 long beam) 7.23E+05 psi 20. Stiffness "D", longitudinal direction (C393 long beam) 379,270 psi (2614975.63 kPa) 21. Stiffness "D", longitudinal direction (C393 long beam) 260,608 psi (1796829.61 kPa) 22. Compressive strength (C365) 53 psi (365.42 kPa) 23. Compressive modulus (C365) 2110 psi (14547.94 kPa) 24. Density (C271) 2.42 Ib/ft3 C. Adhesive shall exhibit the following minimum coupon properties (per SAE) 1. Tensile Strength (D882-83A modified) minimum 2000 psi (13789.52 kPa) 2. 8 day 25° C at 100% humidity Cross Peel (SAE J1553) minimum 330 psi (2275.27 kPa) 3. 7 day immersion in seawater Cross Peel (SAE J1553) minimum 330 psi (2275.27 kPa) 4. 30 day immersion in saltwater Cross Peel (SAE J1553) minimum 330 psi (2275.27 kPa) 5. 72 hour immersion in gasoline Cross Peel (SAE J1553) minimum 330 psi (2275.27 kPa) 6. 72 hour immersion in 20% sulfuric acid Cross Peel (SAE J1553) minimum 300 psi (2068.43 kPa) D. ANSI A250.4 1,000,000 cycle test 1. 4' x 8' door (up to a full lite) and frame successfully tested in excess of 1,000,000 cycles with no failure of any of the design features of the door or frame E. Doors and Frames shall exhibit the following minimum properties: 1. ASTM E 283-91(99), "Standard Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen." 2. ASTM E 331-00, "Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference." 3. ASTM E 330-02, Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Window, Doors Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 4. AAMA 1304-02, Voluntary Specification for Forced Entry Resistance of Side -Hinged Door Systems. 5. ASTM E1886-02, Standard Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors and Storm Shutters Impacted by Missile(s) and Exposed to Cyclic Pressure Differentials. 6. ASTM E1996-02, Standard Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors and Storm Shutters Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes. FIBERGLASS DOORS AND FRAMES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081613-6 July 31, 2025 7. ANSI/SDI A250.13-03, Testing and Rating of Severe Windstorm Components for Swinging Door Assemblies, Section 8.2 Stiffness Classification. 2.05 FASTENERS A. All fasteners for all hardware shall be Type 316L stainless steel with no exception. No carbon steel or aluminum components shall be used. 2.06 HARDWARE A. Doors shall be factory mortised and drilled for mortise template butt hinges, with #12x3" long stainless -steel screws for hinge attachment. Provide 161 cylindrical lock bore, rim deadbolt, ANSI 86 mortise lock edge prep and pocket or flush bolt cutouts as required. Hardware used must meet the configuration tested for compliance. B. Frames shall be factory machined and drilled for all hardware requiring mortises, with #12x1- 1/4" long stainless -steel screws for hinge attachment. C. Hardware shall be furnished as listed in section 08 70 00 or as so designated in appropriate section and shall be coordinated by GC and installed by experienced mechanics. D. Supplier shall furnish manufacturer's standard templates, installation instructions, or full-size approved door and frame preparation instructions as approved by the architect and as required by door and frame manufacturer prior to door and frame factory -initiated manufacture. Standard factory lead-time for production of FRP doors and frames shall commence only and when all distributors required preparation information is received and acknowledged by the door and frame manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 IDENTIFICATION A. Factory mark all doors and frames using a chemical resistant plastic tag or indelible marker with identifying number, keyed to shop drawings, prior to shipment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Frames: Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and according to Texas Department of Insurance Product Evaluation DR-981. Set plumb and square, using shims for bolt -in of existing openings. Use at least two 2x6 wood spreaders inside of frame to maintain critical opening dimensions during installation. B. Doors: Hang per manufacturer's printed instructions using special screws for hinge attachment. Install doors to swing freely and to stand open at any angle. After installation make final adjustments to hardware to allow for proper door operation and latching. All surface applied hardware shall be thru bolted. FIBERGLASS DOORS AND FRAMES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081613-7 July 31, 2025 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of FRP doors and frames with a mild, non-abrasive cleaner and water. END OF SECTION 08 16 13 FIBERGLASS DOORS AND FRAMES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 081613-8 July 31, 2025 SECTION 08 3100 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall- and ceiling -mounted access units. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 90 00 — Painting and Coating: Field paint finish. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide sizes, types, finishes, hardware, scheduled locations, and details of adjoining work. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate exact position of each access door and/or panel unit. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS ASSEMBLIES A. Wall -Mounted Units: 1. Location: As indicated on drawings. 2. Panel Material: Steel, hot -dipped zinc or zinc -aluminum -alloy coated. 3. Size: 24 by 24 inches (610 by 610 mm). 4. Door/Panel: Hinged, standard duty, with tool -operated spring or cam lock and no handle. 5. Gypsum Board Mounting Criteria: Provide drywall bead frame with door surface flush with wall surface. 6. Masonry Mounting Criteria: Provide surface -mounted frame with door surface flush with frame surface. B. Ceiling -Mounted Units: 1. Location: As indicated on drawings. 2. Panel Material: Aluminum extrusion with gypsum board inlay. 3. Size - Gypsum Board Ceilings: 24 by 24 inches (610 by 610 mm). ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 083100-1 July 31, 2025 4. Door/Panel: Hinged, standard duty, with tool -operated spring or cam lock and no handle. 2.02 WALL- AND CEILING -MOUNTED ACCESS UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. ACUDOR Products Inc: www.acudor.com. 2. Babcock -Davis: www.babcockdavis.com. 3. Best Access Doors: www.bestaccessdoors.com. 4. Nystrom, Inc: www.nystrom.com/#sle. B. Wall- and Ceiling -Mounted Units: Factory -fabricated door and frame, fully assembled units with corner joints welded, filled and ground flush; square and without rack or warp; coordinate requirements with type of installation assembly being used for each unit. 1. Frames: 16-gauge, 0.0598-inch (1.52 mm) minimum thickness. 2. Single Steel Sheet Door Panels: 16-gauge, 0,0625-inch (1.6 mm) minimum thickness. 3. Steel Finish: Primed. 4. Hardware: a. Hinges for Non -Fire -Rated Units: Concealed, constant force closure spring type. b. Latch/Lock: Cylinder lock -operated cam latch, two keys for each unit. c. Inside Latch Release: Mechanism that allows door/panel to be opened from inside. d. Gasketing: Extruded neoprene, around perimeter of door panel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install frames plumb and level in openings, and secure units rigidly in place. C. Position units to provide convenient access to concealed equipment when necessary. END OF SECTION 08 3100 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 083100-2 July 31, 2025 SECTION 08 4113 - ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aluminum -framed storefront systems. 1.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Submit manufacturer's product specifications, technical product data, standard details, and installation recommendations for each type of entrance and storefront product required. Include the following information: 1. Fabrication methods. 2. Finishing. 3. Accessories. B. Delegated Design Submittal: For aluminum -framed entrances and storefronts, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Structural -Test & Impact -Test Performance: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests according to ASTM E 330 and ASTM E 1886, performed by a qualified testing agency, for each type assembly indicating the following: a. Structural -Test Performance Results: ASTM E 330 performance data, signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation, including test and design wind pressures for approved test assembly as described above (test results based on use of downsized test units will not be accepted). b. Impact -Test Performance Results: ASTM E 1996 performance data, signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation, including test and design wind pressures for approved test assembly as described above (test results based on use of downsized test units will not be accepted). C. Windstorm Debris Impact Resistance Performance: Provide aluminum -framed systems that pass missile -impact and cyclic -pressure tests when tested according to ASTM E 1886 and testing information in ASTM E 1996. 1. Large -Missile Impact: For aluminum -framed systems located within 30 feet (914.4 cm) of grade. ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 08 4113 - 1 July 31, 2025 2. Small -Missile Impact: For aluminum -framed systems located more than 30 feet (914.4 cm) above grade. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Energy Performance Certificates: NFRC-certified energy performance values from manufacturer. B. Product test reports. C. Source quality -control reports. D. Field quality -control reports. E. Sample warranties. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Provide storefront produced by a single manufacturer capable of showing prior production of units similar to those required. B. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Provide storefront produced by a single manufacturer with not less than 5 years successful experience in the fabrication of assemblies of the type and quality required. C. Installers Qualifications: Storefront shall be installed by a firm that has not less than 5 years successful experience in the installation of systems similar to those required. D. Delegated Design Engineer: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in state where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the type indicated. E. Design Criteria: Drawings indicate sizes, spacings of members, profiles and dimensional requirements of entrance and storefront work. Minor deviations will be accepted in order to utilize manufacturer's standard products when, in the Architect's sole judgement, such deviations do not materially detract from the design concept or intended performance. 1. Design Criteria: Drawings are based on one manufacturer's entrance and storefront system. Another manufacturer's system of a similar and equivalent nature will be acceptable when, in the Architect's sole judgement, differences do not materially detract from the design concept or intended performance. F. Requirement for all Exterior Storefront Frames: 1. Comply with International Building Code and with the Texas Department of Insurance Windstorm Requirements. Comply with Specification Section 014119 - Windstorm Construction Requirements. ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 084113-2 July 31, 2025 2. Utilize only assemblies that have been tested and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. G. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. 1. Do not change intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If changes are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements," to design aluminum -framed storefronts. B. General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing of aluminum -framed entrances and storefronts representing those indicated for this Project without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. 1. Aluminum -framed storefronts shall withstand movements of supporting structure, including, but not limited to, twist, column shortening, long-term creep, and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads. 2. Failure also includes the following: a. Thermal stresses transferring to building structure. b. Glass breakage. c. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. d. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components. e. Failure of operating units. C. Structural Loads: 1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Other Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings. D. Deflection of Framing Members Supporting Glass: At design wind load, as follows: 1. Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to edge of glass in a direction perpendicular to glass plane not exceeding 1/175 of the glass edge length for each individual glazing lite or an amount that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4 inch (19.05 mm), whichever is less. ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 084113-3 July 31, 2025 2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to 1/360 of clear span or 1/8 inch (3.18 mm), whichever is smaller. a. Operable Units: Provide a minimum 1/16-inch clearance between framing members and operable units. E. Structural: Test in accordance with ASTM E330/E330M as follows: 1. When tested at positive and negative wind -load design pressures, storefront assemblies, including entrance doors, do not evidence deflection that exceed specified limits. 2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind -load design pressures, storefront assemblies, including entrance doors and anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span. 3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not less than 10 seconds. F. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Test in accordance with ASTM E331 as follows: 1. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas, including entrance doors, when tested in accordance with a minimum static -air -pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind -load design pressure, but not less than 12 Ibf/sq.ft. G. Energy Performance: Certified and labeled by manufacturer for energy performance as follows: 1. Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): a. Fixed Glazing and Framing Areas: U-factor for the system of not more than 0.29 as determined in accordance with NFRC 100. 2. Solar Heat -Gain Coefficient (SHGC): a. Fixed Glazing and Framing Areas: SHGC for the system of not more than 0.25 as determined in accordance with NFRC 200. H. Windborne-Debris Impact Resistance (Exterior Storefront Systems): Passes ASTM E1886 missile -impact and cyclic -pressure tests in accordance with ASTM E1996 for Wind Zone 1. 1. Large -Missile Test: For glazing located within 30 feet (914.4 cm) of grade. 2. Small -Missile Test: For glazing located between 30 feet (914.4 cm) and above grade. I. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 084113-4 July 31, 2025 2.02 EXTERIOR STOREFRONT SYSTEMS A. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Kawneer Company, Inc.; Arconic Corporation; Trifab Versaglaze Type 451T - Impact Resistant or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Oldcastle Building Envelope (OBE); CRH Americas, Inc. 2. YKK AP America Inc. 3. Kawneer Company, Inc.; Arconic Corporation. B. Framing Members: Manufacturer's extruded- or formed -aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. 1. System Dimensions: 2 inches x 4-1/2 inches. 2. Exterior Framing Construction: Thermally broken. 3. Interior Vestibule Framing Construction: Nonthermal. 4. Glazing System: Structural silicone or weatherseal (type B). 5. Finish: Clear anodic finish. 6. Fabrication Method: Field -fabricated stick system. 7. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. 8. Steel Reinforcement: As required by manufacturer. C. Backer Plates: Manufacturer's standard, continuous backer plates for framing members, if not integral, where framing abuts adjacent construction. D. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high -strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Do not install damaged components. C. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. D. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. E. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints. F. Seal perimeter and other joints watertight unless otherwise indicated. G. Metal Protection: ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 084113-5 July 31, 2025 1. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with materials recommended by manufacturer for this purpose or by installing nonconductive spacers. 2. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. H. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed, as specified in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants," to produce weathertight installation. I. Install joint filler behind sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer. J. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF GLAZING A. Install glazing as specified in Section 08 80 00 "Glazing." END OF SECTION 08 41 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 084113-6 July 31, 2025 SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE PART1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Mechanical door hardware B. Section excludes: 1. Windows 2. Cabinets (casework), including locks in cabinets 3. Signage 4. Toilet accessories 5. Overhead doors C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 "General Requirements" sections for Allowances, Alternates, Owner Furnished Contractor Installed, Project Management and Coordination. 2. Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry" 3. Division 06 Section "Finish Carpentry" 4. Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealant requirements applicable to threshold installation specified in this section. 5. Division 08 Sections: a. "Metal Doors and Frames" b. "Flush Wood Doors" c. "Stile and Rail Wood Doors" d. "Interior Aluminum Doors and Frames" e. "Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts" f. "Stainless Steel Doors and Frames" g. "Special Function Doors" h. "Entrances" 1.02 REFERENCES A. UL LLC 1. UL 10B - Fire Test of Door Assemblies DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 087100-1 July 31, 2025 2. UL 10C - Positive Pressure Test of Fire Door Assemblies 3. UL 1784 - Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies 4. UL 305 - Panic Hardware B. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute 1. Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule 2. Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware 3. Keying Systems and Nomenclature 4. Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware C. NFPA — National Fire Protection Association 1. NFPA 80 — 2016 Edition — Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives 2. NFPA 101— Life Safety Code 3. NFPA 105 — Smoke and Draft Control Door Assemblies 4. NFPA 252 — Fire Tests of Door Assemblies D. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 1. ANSI A117.1 — 2017 Edition — Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities 2. ANSI/BHMA A156.1 - A156.29, and ANSI/BHMA A156.31 - Standards for Hardware and Specialties 3. ANSI/BHMA A156.28 - Recommended Practices for Keying Systems 4. ANSI/WDMA I.S. 1A - Interior Architectural Wood Flush Doors 5. ANSI/SDI A250.8 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Submit in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01 Submittal Procedures. 2. Prior to forwarding submittal: a. Review drawings and Sections from related trades to verify compatibility with specified hardware. b. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify on submittals: deviations from Contract Documents, issues of incompatibility or other issues which may detrimentally affect the Work. B. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: Submit technical product data for each item of door hardware, installation instructions, maintenance of operating parts and finish, and other information necessary to show compliance with requirements. DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 087100-2 July 31, 2025 2. Door Hardware Schedule: a. Submit concurrent with submissions of Product Data, Samples, and Shop Drawings. Coordinate submission of door hardware schedule with scheduling requirements of other work to facilitate fabrication of other work critical in Project construction schedule. b. Submit with hardware sets in vertical format as illustrated by Sequence of Format for the Hardware Schedule published by DHI. c. Indicate complete designations of each item required for each opening, include: 1) Door Index: door number, heading number, and Architect's hardware set number. 2) Quantity, type, style, function, size, and finish of each hardware item. 3) Name and manufacturer of each item. 4) Fastenings and other pertinent information. 5) Location of each hardware set cross-referenced to indications on Drawings. 6) Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. 7) Mounting locations for hardware. 8) Door and frame sizes and materials. 9) Degree of door swing and handing. 3. Key Schedule: a. After Keying Conference, provide keying schedule that includes levels of keying, explanations of key system's function, key symbols used, and door numbers controlled. b. Use ANSI/BHMA A156.28 "Recommended Practices for Keying Systems" as guideline for nomenclature, definitions, and approach for selecting optimal keying system. c. Provide 3 copies of keying schedule for review prepared and detailed in accordance with referenced DHI publication. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key to unique door designations. d. Index keying schedule by door number, keyset, hardware heading number, cross keying instructions, and special key stamping instructions. e. Provide one complete bitting list of key cuts and one key system schematic illustrating system usage and expansion. Forward bitting list, key cuts and key system schematic directly to Owner, by means as directed by Owner. f. Prepare key schedule by or under supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. C. Informational Submittals: 1. Provide Qualification Data for Supplier, Installer and Architectural Hardware Consultant. DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 087100-3 July 31, 2025 2. Provide Product Data: a. Certify that door hardware approved for use on types and sizes of labeled fire -rated doors complies with listed fire -rated door assemblies. b. Include warranties for specified door hardware. D. Closeout Submittals: 1. Operations and Maintenance Data: Provide in accordance with Division 01 and include: a. Complete information on care, maintenance, and adjustment; data on repair and replacement parts, and information on preservation of finishes. b. Catalog pages for each product. c. Final approved hardware schedule edited to reflect conditions as installed. d. Final keying schedule e. Copy of warranties including appropriate reference numbers for manufacturers to identify project. E. Inspection and Testing: 1. Submit written reports to the Owner and Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) of the results of functional testing and inspection for: a. Fire door assemblies, in compliance with NFPA 80. b. Required egress door assemblies, in compliance with NFPA 101. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications and Responsibilities: 1. Supplier: Recognized architectural hardware supplier with a minimum of 5 years documented experience supplying both mechanical and electromechanical door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this Project. Supplier to be recognized as a factory direct distributor by the manufacturer of the primary materials with a warehousing facility in the Project's vicinity. Supplier to have on staff, a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) or Door Hardware Consultant (DHC) available to Owner, Architect, and Contractor, at reasonable times during the Work for consultation. 2. Installer: Qualified tradesperson skilled in the application of commercial grade hardware with experience installing door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality as indicated for this Project. 3. Architectural Hardware Consultant: Person who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and meets these requirements: a. For door hardware: DHI certified AHC or DHC. DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 087100-4 July 31, 2025 b. Can provide installation and technical data to Architect and other related subcontractors. c. Can inspect and verify components are in working order upon completion of installation. 4. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of door hardware from single manufacturer. B. Certifications: 1. Fire -Rated Door Openings: a. Provide door hardware for fire -rated openings that complies with NFPA 80 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. b. Provide only items of door hardware that are listed products tested by UL LLC, Intertek Testing Services, or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use on types and sizes of doors indicated, based on testing at positive pressure and according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C and in compliance with requirements of fire -rated door and door frame labels. 2. Smoke and Draft Control Door Assemblies: a. Provide door hardware that meets requirements of assemblies tested according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105 b. Comply with the maximum air leakage of 0.3 cfm/sq. ft. (3 cu. m per minute/sq. m) at tested pressure differential of 0.3-inch wg (75 Pa) of water. 3. Accessibility Requirements: a. Comply with governing accessibility regulations cited in "REFERENCES" article 087100, 1.02.D3 herein for door hardware on doors in an accessible route. This project must comply with all Federal Americans with Disability Act regulations and all Local Accessibility Regulations. C. Pre -Installation Meetings 1. Keying Conference a. Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule after reviewing door hardware keying system including: 1) Function of building, flow of traffic, purpose of each area, degree of security required, and plans for future expansion. 2) Preliminary key system schematic diagram. 3) Requirements for key control system. 4) Address for delivery of keys. 2. Pre -installation Conference DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 087100-5 July 31, 2025 a. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. b. Inspect and discuss preparatory work performed by other trades. c. Review required testing, inspecting, and certifying procedures. d. Review questions or concerns related to proper installation and adjustment of door hardware. 3. Hurricane and Wind Load Assemblies: a. Provide hardware that meets the hurricane and wind load test requirements in compliance with TDI. b. All openings required to meet either the impact test or wind load test shall be tested as systems with the finish hardware, doors, and frames. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock -up for hardware delivered to Project site. Promptly replace products damaged during shipping B. Tag each item or package separately with identification coordinated with final door hardware schedule, and include installation instructions, templates, and necessary fasteners with each item or package. Deliver each article of hardware in manufacturer's original packaging. C. Maintain manufacturer -recommended environmental conditions throughout storage and installation periods. D. Provide secure lock -up for door hardware delivered to Project. Control handling and installation of hardware items so that completion of Work will not be delayed by hardware losses both before and after installation. E. Handle hardware in manner to avoid damage, marring, or scratching. Correct, replace or repair products damaged during Work. Protect products against malfunction due to paint, solvent, cleanser, or any chemical agent. F. Deliver keys to manufacturer of key control system for subsequent delivery to Owner. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of floor -recessed door hardware with floor construction. Cast anchoring inserts into concrete. B. Installation Templates: Distribute for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory or shop prepared. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. 1.07 WARRANTY DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 087100-6 July 31, 2025 A. Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within published warranty period. 1. Warranty does not cover damage or faulty operation due to improper installation, improper use or abuse. 2. Warranty Period: Beginning from date of Substantial Completion, for durations indicated in manufacturer's published listings. a. Mechanical Warranty 1) Locks: 10 years 2) Closers: 30 years 1.08 MAINTENANCE A. Furnish complete set of special tools required for maintenance and adjustment of hardware, including changing of cylinders. B. Turn over unused materials to Owner for maintenance purposes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Approval of alternate manufacturers and/or products other than those listed as "Scheduled Manufacturer" in the individual article for the product category are only to be considered by official substitution request in accordance with section 01 25 00. B. Approval of products is contingent upon those products providing all functions and features and meeting all requirements of scheduled manufacturer's product. C. Where specified hardware is not adaptable to finished shape or size of members requiring hardware, furnish suitable types having same operation and quality as type specified, subject to Architect's approval. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Fabrication 1. Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. provide screws according to manufacturer's recognized installation standards for application intended. 2. Finish exposed screws to match hardware finish, or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of this other work including prepared for paint surfaces to receive painted finish. 3. Provide concealed fasteners wherever possible for hardware units exposed when door is closed. Coordinate with "Metal Doors and Frames", "Flush Wood Doors", "Stile and Rail DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 087100-7 July 31, 2025 Wood Doors" to ensure proper reinforcements. Advise the Architect where visible fasteners, such as thru bolts, are required. B. Provide screws, bolts, expansion shields, drop plates and other devices necessary for hardware installation. 1. Where fasteners are exposed to view: Finish to match adjacent door hardware material. 2.03 HINGES A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: a. Ives 5BB series B. Requirements: 1. Provide hinges conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.1. 2. Provide five knuckle, ball bearing hinges. 3. 1-3/4 inch (44 mm) thick doors, up to and including 36 inches (914 mm) wide: a. Exterior: Standard weight, bronze or stainless steel, 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) high b. Interior: Standard weight, steel, 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) high 4. 1-3/4 inch (44 mm) thick doors over 36 inches (914 mm) wide: a. Exterior: Heavy weight, bronze/stainless steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high b. Interior: Heavy weight, steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high 5. 2 inches or thicker doors: a. Exterior: Heavy weight, bronze or stainless steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high b. Interior: Heavy weight, steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high 6. Adjust hinge width for door, frame, and wall conditions to allow proper degree of opening. 7. Provide three hinges per door leaf for doors 90 inches (2286 mm) or less in height, and one additional hinge for each 30 inches (762 mm) of additional door height. 8. Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows: a. Steel Hinges: Steel pins b. Non -Ferrous Hinges: Stainless steel pins c. Out -Swinging Exterior Doors: Non -removable pins d. Out -Swinging Interior Lockable Doors: Non -removable pins e. Interior Non -lockable Doors: Non -rising pins 2.04 FLUSH BOLTS DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 087100-8 July 31, 2025 A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: a. Ives B. Requirements: 1. Provide automatic, constant latching, and manual flush bolts with forged bronze or stainless -steel face plates, extruded brass levers, and with wrought brass guides and strikes. Provide 12 inch (305 mm) steel or brass rods at doors up to 90 inches (2286 mm) in height. For doors over 90 inches (2286 mm) in height increase top rods by 6 inches (152 mm) for each additional 6 inches (152 mm) of door height. Provide dust -proof strikes at each bottom flush bolt. 2.05 CYLINDRICAL LOCKS — GRADE 1 A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: a. Schlage ND series B. Requirements: 1. Provide cylindrical locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1, and UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors. 2. Indicators: Where specified, provide escutcheon with lock status indicator window on top of lockset rose: a. Escutcheon height (including rose) 6.05 inches high by 3.68 inches wide. b. Indicator window measuring a minimum 3.52-inch by .60 inch with 1.92 square - inches of front facing viewing area and 180-degree visibility with a total of .236 square -inches of total viewable area. c. Provide snap -in serviceable window to prevent tampering. Lock must function if indicator is compromised. d. Provide messages color -coded with full text and symbol, as scheduled, for easy visibility. e. Unlocked and Unoccupied message will display on white background, and Locked and Occupied message will display on red background. 3. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 4. Provide locks with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset, unless noted otherwise, with 1/2-inch latch throw. Provide proper latch throw for UL listing at pairs. 5. Provide locksets with separate anti -rotation thru-bolts, and no exposed screws. 6. Provide independently operating levers with two external return spring cassettes mounted under roses to prevent lever sag. DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 087100-9 July 31, 2025 7. Provide standard ASA strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 8. Lever Trim: Solid cast levers without plastic inserts and wrought roses on both sides. a. Vandlgard: Provide levers with vandal resistant technology for use at heavy traffic or abusive applications. b. Lever Design: Rhodes "RHO" 2.06 CYLINDERS A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: a. Schlage full size interchangeable core "FSIC" B. Requirements: 1. Provide cylinders/cores compliant with ANSI/BHMA A156.5; latest revision; cylinder face finished to match lockset; manufacturer's series as indicated. Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 2. Patent Protection: Cylinders/cores requiring use of restricted, patented keys, patent protected. 3. Nickel silver bottom pins. 2.07 KEYING A. Scheduled System: 1. Existing factory registered system: a. Provide cylinders/cores keyed into Owner's existing factory registered keying system. Comply with guidelines in ANSI/BHMA A156.28, incorporating decisions made at keying conference. B. Requirements: 1. Construction Keying: a. Replaceable Construction Cores. 1) Provide temporary construction cores replaceable by permanent cores, furnished in accordance with the following requirements. a) 3 construction control keys b) 12 construction change (day) keys. 2) Owner or Owner's Representative will replace temporary construction cores with permanent cores. 2. Permanent Keying: DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 08 7100 - 10 July 31, 2025 a. Provide permanent cylinders/cores keyed by the manufacturer according to the following key system. 1) Master Keying system as directed by the Owner. b. Forward bitting list and keys separately from cylinders, by means as directed by Owner. Failure to comply with forwarding requirements will be cause for replacement of cylinders/cores involved at no additional cost to Owner. c. Provide keys with the following features: 1) Material: Nickel silver; minimum thickness of .107-inch (2.3mm) 2) Patent Protection: Keys and blanks protected by one or more utility patent(s). 3) Geographically Exclusive: Where High Security or Security cylinders/cores are indicated, provide nationwide, geographically exclusive key system complying with the following restrictions. d. Identification: 1) Identification stamping provisions must be approved by the Architect and Owner. 2) Stamp cylinders/cores and keys with Owner's unique key system facility code as established by the manufacturer; key symbol and embossed or stamped with "DO NOT DUPLICATE" along with the "PATENTED" or patent number to enforce the patent protection. 3) Failure to comply with stamping requirements will be cause for replacement of keys involved at no additional cost to Owner. 4) Forward permanent cylinders/cores to Owner, separately from keys, by means as directed by Owner. e. Quantity: Furnish in the following quantities. 1) Permanent Control Keys: 3. 2) Master Keys: 6. 3) Change (Day) Keys: 3 per cylinder/core that is keyed differently 4) Key Blanks: Quantity as determined in the keying meeting. 2.08 KEY CONTROL SYSTEM A. Requirements: 1. Provide key control system, including envelopes, labels, tags with self-locking key clips, receipt forms, 3-way visible card index, temporary markers, permanent markers, and standard metal cabinet, all as recommended by system manufacturer, with capacity for 150% of number of locks required for Project. DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 08 7100 - 11 July 31, 2025 a. Provide complete cross index system set up by hardware supplier, and place keys on markers and hooks in cabinet as determined by final key schedule. b. Provide hinged -panel type cabinet for wall mounting. 2.09 DOOR CLOSERS (EXTERIOR) A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: a. LCN 4040XP series B. Requirements: 1. Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. ISO 9000 certify closers. Stamp units with date of manufacture code. 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with high strength cast iron cylinder, and full complement bearings at shaft. 3. Cylinder Body: 1-1/2-inch (38 mm) diameter piston with 5/8-inch (16 mm) diameter double heat -treated pinion journal. QR code with a direct link to maintenance instructions. 4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 5. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. Provide snap -on cover clip, with plastic covers, that secures cover to spring tube. 6. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper -proof, non -critical valves, with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and backcheck. Provide graphically labelled instructions on the closer body adjacent to each adjustment valve. Provide positive stop on reg valve that prevents reg screw from being backed out. 7. Provide closers with solid forged steel main arms and factory assembled heavy-duty forged forearms for parallel arm closers. 8. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not permitted. 9. Finish for Closer Cylinders, Arms, Adapter Plates, and Metal Covers: Powder coating finish which has been certified to exceed 100 hours salt spray testing as described in ANSI Standard A156.4 and ASTM B117, or has special rust inhibitor (SRI). 10. Provide special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. 11. Closers shall be capable of being upgraded by adding modular mechanical or electronic components in the field. DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 08 7100 - 12 July 31, 2025 2.10 DOOR CLOSERS (INTERIOR) A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: a. LCN 1460 series B. Requirements: 1. Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action cast iron cylinder. 3. Closer Body: 1-1/4-inch (32 mm) diameter, with 5/8-inch (16 mm) diameter heat -treated pinion journal. 4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 5. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. 6. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper -proof, non -critical valves, with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and backcheck. 7. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not permitted. 8. Provide special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. 2.11 PROTECTION PLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: a. Ives B. Requirements: 1. Provide protection plates with a minimum of 0.050 inch (1 mm) thick, beveled four edges as scheduled. Furnish with sheet metal or wood screws, finished to match plates. 2. Sizes plates 2 inches (51 mm) less width of door on single doors, pairs of doors with a mullion, and doors with edge guards. Size plates 1 inch (25 mm) less width of door on pairs without a mullion or edge guards. 3. At fire rated doors, provide protection plates over 16 inches high with UL label. 2.12 OVERHEAD STOPS AND OVERHEAD STOP/HOLDERS A. Manufacturers: DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 13 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center July 31, 2025 1. Scheduled Manufacturers: a. Glynn -Johnson B. Requirements: 1. Provide overhead stop at any door where conditions do not allow for a wall stop or floor stop presents tripping hazard. 2.13 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: a. Ives B. Provide door stops at each door leaf: 1. Provide wall stops wherever possible. Provide concave type where lockset has a push button of thumbturn. 2. Where a wall stop cannot be used, provide universal floor stops. 3. Where wall or floor stop cannot be used, provide overhead stop. 4. Provide roller bumper where doors open into each other and overhead stop cannot be used. 2.14 THRESHOLDS, SEALS, DOOR SWEEPS, AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOMS, AND GASKETING A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: a. Zero International B. Requirements: 1. Provide thresholds, weather-stripping, and gasketing systems as specified and per architectural details. Match finish of other items. 2. Smoke- and Draft -Control Door Assemblies: Where smoke- and draft -control door assemblies are required, provide door hardware that meets requirements of assemblies tested according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105. 3. Provide door sweeps, seals, astragals, and auto door bottoms only of type where resilient or flexible seal strip is easily replaceable and readily available. 4. Size thresholds 1/2 inch (13 mm) high by 5 inches (127 mm) wide by door width unless otherwise specified in the hardware sets or detailed in the drawings. 2.15 SILENCERS A. Manufacturers: DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 14 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center July 31, 2025 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: a. Ives B. Requirements: 1. Provide "push -in" type silencers for hollow metal or wood frames. 2. Provide one silencer per 30 inches (762 mm) of height on each single frame, and two for each pair frame. 3. Omit where gasketing is specified. 2.16 DETENTION DEAD LOCKS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: a. Southern/Folger B. Requirements: 1. Provide deadlocks conforming to ASTM F1557 Certified Impact Test -Grade 1, and UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors. 2. Provide deadlocks with 3/16" steel plate covers and 3/16" steel plate case. 3. Cylinders: Paracentric made of silicon bronze/copper alloy. 4. Tumblers: Spring tempered brass. Tumblers actuated by phosphor bronze springs, six tumblers per lock. 5. Provide deadlocks with a stainless -steel actuator. 6. Provide deadlocks with a cold rolled, steel latch bolt size of 2" x %" and a 1" throw. 7. Electrical Requirements: 115 VAC, 1 phase, 60 Hz., .3 amp running (optional 24 VDC motor) 2.17 FINISHES A. FINISH: BHMA 626/652 (US26D); EXCEPT: 1. Hinges at Exterior Doors: BHMA 630 (US32D) 2. Aluminum Geared Continuous Hinges: BHMA 628 (US28) 3. Push Plates, Pulls, and Push Bars: BHMA 630 (US32D) 4. Protection Plates: BHMA 630 (US32D) 5. Overhead Stops and Holders: BHMA 630 (US32D) 6. Door Closers: Powder Coat to Match 7. Wall Stops: BHMA 630 (US32D) DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 08 7100 - 15 July 31, 2025 8. Latch Protectors: BHMA 630 (US32D) 9. Weatherstripping: Clear Anodized Aluminum 10. Thresholds: Mill Finish Aluminum PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to installation of hardware, examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire -rated door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. Verify doors, frames, and walls have been properly reinforced for hardware installation. B. Submit a list of deficiencies in writing and proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Mount door hardware units at heights to comply with the following, unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: HMMA 831. 3. Interior Architectural Wood Flush Doors: ANSI/WDMA I.S. 1A 4. Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware: DHI TDH-007-20 B. Install door hardware in accordance with NFPA 80, NFPA 101 and provide post -install inspection, testing as specified in section 1.03.E unless otherwise required to comply with governing regulations. C. Install each hardware item in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, using only fasteners provided by manufacturer. D. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrate. Protect all installed hardware during painting. E. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. F. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. G. Install operating parts so they move freely and smoothly without binding, sticking, or excessive clearance. H. Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule but not fewer than quantity recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. I. Lock Cylinders: DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 08 7100 - 16 July 31, 2025 1. Install construction cores to secure building and areas during construction period. 2. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as indicated in keying section. 3. Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation. J. Key Control System: Tag keys and place them on markers and hooks in key control system cabinet, as determined by final keying schedule. K. Continuous Hinges: Re -locate the door and frame fire rating labels where they will remain visible so that the hinge does not cover the label once installed. L. Door Closers & Auto Operators: Mount closers/operators on room side of corridor doors, inside of exterior doors, and stair side of stairway doors from corridors. Mount closers/operators so they are not visible in corridors, lobbies and other public spaces unless approved by Architect. M. Overhead Stops/Holders: Mount overhead stops/holders on room side of corridor doors, inside of exterior doors, and stair side of stairway doors. N. Thresholds: Set thresholds in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." O. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are indicated in door hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they may impede traffic or present tripping hazard. P. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame. Q. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed. R. Door Bottoms and Sweeps: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 1. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period to comply with accessibility requirements and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Occupancy Adjustment: Approximately three to six months after date of Substantial Completion, examine and readjust each item of door hardware, including adjusting operating forces, as necessary to ensure function of doors and door hardware. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 08 7100 - 17 July 31, 2025 B. Clean operating items per manufacturer's instructions to restore proper function and finish. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.05 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. The intent of the hardware specification is to specify the hardware for interior and exterior doors, and to establish a type, continuity, and standard of quality. However, it is the door hardware supplier's responsibility to thoroughly review existing conditions, schedules, specifications, drawings, and other Contract Documents to verify the suitability of the hardware specified. B. Discrepancies, conflicting hardware, and missing items are to be brought to the attention of the architect with corrections made prior to the bidding process. Omitted items not included in a hardware set should be scheduled with the appropriate additional hardware required for proper application. C. Hardware items are referenced in the following hardware schedule. Refer to the above specifications for special features, options, cylinders/keying, and other requirements. D. Hardware Sets: 134401 0PT0429180-V2 DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 08 7100 - 18 July 31, 2025 HARDWARE SET # 001 For use on Door #(s): 108A 1088 108C 108D EACH RU DOOR(S) TO HAVE: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 1 EA CYLINDER AS REQUIRED 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 20-030 X MATCH EXISTING KEYING A 626 SCH SYSTEM 1 EA BALANCE OF HARDWARE BY DOOR MFR - GC TO COORDINATE REQUIREMENT WITH OVERHEAD DOOR MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO BID. OMIT CYLINDER/CORE AS REQUIRED. HARDWARE SET # 002 (JAIL CELL DOORS W/ ELECTRIC DEAD LOCK) For use on Door #(s): JC1 JC2 JC3 JC7 JC8 JC9 EACH SGL DOOR(S) TO HAVE: JC4 JC5 JC6 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 1 EA ELECTRO-MECHANICAL 1051M-1 GALV SOU DEAD LOCK 1 EA CYLINDER PARACENTRIC 626 SOU 1 EA BALANCE OF HARDWARE BY DOOR MFR ** GC TO COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENT WITH DETENTION DOOR MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO BID. ** OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: MECHANICAL— LATCHBOLT IS RETRACTED BY A PARACENTRIC I<EY AND REMAINS RETRACTED UNITL THE DOOR IS OPENED APPROXIMATELY 2", THEN IT RELEASES. IT AUTOMATICALLY LATCHES AND DEAD LOCKS WHEN THE DOOR IS CLOSED. ** OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: ELECTRICAL — REMOTE SWITCH ACTIVATES A MOTOR WHICH RETRACTS THE LATCHBOLT. LATCHBOLT REMAINS RETRACTRED UNTIL THE DOOR IS OPENED APPROXIMATELY 2", THEN IT RELEASES. IT AUTOMATICALLY LATCHES AND DEADLOCKS WHEN THE DOOR IS CLOSED. DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 08 7100 - 19 July 31, 2025 HARDWARE SET # 103 For use on Door #(s): 102 EACH SGL DOOR(S) TO HAVE: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 A 652 IVE 1 EA ENTRANCE LOCK ND53TD RHO A 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 20-030 X MATCH EXISTING KEYING Q 626 SCH SYSTEM 1 EA FLOOR/WALL STOP FS436/WS406CCV AS REQ 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HARDWARE SET # 201 For use on Door #(s): 104 EACH SGL DOOR(S) TO HAVE: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB14.5 X 4.5 Q 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND8OTD RHO 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 20-030 X MATCH EXISTING KEYING A 626 SCH SYSTEM 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 RW/PA FC TBSRT A 689 LCN X MTG PLT/BRKT/SPCR AS REQ 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA FLOOR/WALL STOP FS436/WS406CCV AS REQ A 626 IVE 1 EA GASKETING 488S PSA H & J (USE SILENCERS AT BK ZER NON -RATED DOORS) DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 08 7100 - 20 July 31, 2025 HARDWARE SET # 203 For use on Door #(s): 105A 1056 1136 EACH SGL DOOR(S) TO HAVE: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 A 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80TD RHO A 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 20-030 X MATCH EXISTING KEYING Q 626 SCH SYSTEM 1 EA FLOOR/WALL STOP FS436/WS406CCV AS REQ 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HARDWARE SET # 212S For use on Door #(s): 107 116 EACH PR DOOR(S) TO HAVE: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 6 EA HINGE 5BB14.5 X 4.5 Q 652 IVE 1 EA CONST LATCHING BOLT FB51P/FB61P AS REQ • 630 IVE 1 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP2 A 626 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80TD RHO A 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 20-030 X MATCH EXISTING KEYING • 626 SCH SYSTEM 2 EA OH STOP 900S SERIES X SIZE & MOUNTING • 630 GLY AS REQ 2 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 087100-21 July 31, 2025 HARDWARE SET # 341 For use on Door #(s): 114 115 EACH SGL DOOR(S) TO HAVE: QTY DESCRIPTION 3 EA HINGE 1 EA PRIVACY LOCK W/ OUTSIDE INDICATOR 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA KICK PLATE 1 EA FLOOR/WALL STOP 1 EA GASKETING HARDWARE SET # 403 For use on Door #(s): 113A 117 EACH SGL DOOR(S) TO HAVE: QTY DESCRIPTION 3 EA HINGE 1 EA PASSAGE SET 1 EA FLOOR/WALL STOP 3 EA SILENCER DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center CATALOG NUMBER 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 ND40S RHO OS-OCC 1461 RW/PA FC TBSRT X MTG PLT/BRKT/SPCR AS REQ 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS FS436/WS406CCV AS REQ 488S PSA H & J (USE SILENCERS AT NON -RATED DOORS) CATALOG NUMBER 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 ND10S RHO FS436/WS406CCV AS REQ SR64 FINISH MFR A 652 IVE A 626 SCH A 689 LCN A 630 IVE A 626 IVE • BK ZER FINISH MFR A 652 IVE A 626 SCH • 626 IVE • GRY IVE 087100-22 July 31, 2025 HARDWARE SET # 501 For use on Door #(s): 119 EACH SGL DOOR(S) TO HAVE: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 A 652 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70TD RHO A 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 20-030 X MATCH EXISTING KEYING Q 626 SCH SYSTEM 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 RW/PA FC TBSRT 689 LCN X MTG PLT/BRKT/SPCR AS REQ 1 EA FLOOR/WALL STOP FS436/WS406CCV AS REQ A 626 IVE 1 EA GASKETING 488S PSA H & J (USE SILENCERS AT BK ZER NON -RATED DOORS) HARDWARE SET # 501CW For use on Door #(s): 111 EACH SGL DOOR(S) TO HAVE: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 5 X 4.5 A 652 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70TD RHO A 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 20-030 X MATCH EXISTING KEYING 626 SCH SYSTEM 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 SCUSH FC TBSRT 689 LCN X MTG PLT/BRKT/SPCR AS REQ 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS A 630 IVE 1 EA GASKETING 488S PSA H & J (USE SILENCERS AT BK ZER NON -RATED DOORS) DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 087100-23 July 31, 2025 HARDWARE SET # 501HW For use on Door #(s): 118 EACH SGL DOOR(S) TO HAVE: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 5 X 4.5 A 652 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70TD RHO A 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 20-030 X MATCH EXISTING KEYING Q 626 SCH SYSTEM 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 H FC TBSRT 689 LCN X MTG PLT/BRKT/SPCR AS REQ 1 EA FLOOR/WALL STOP FS436/WS406CCV AS REQ A 626 IVE 1 EA GASKETING SET 488S PSA H & J BK ZER HARDWARE SET # W205 For use on Door #(s): 106 EACH SGL DOOR(S) TO HAVE: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP A 630 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80TD RHO 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 20-030 X MATCH EXISTING KEYING A 626 SCH SYSTEM 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP SCUSH TBSRT 689 LCN X MTG PLT/SPCR/BRKT AS REQ 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA RAIN DRIP 142A DW + 4" A AA ZER (OMIT @ COVERED AREAS) 1 EA WEATHER STRIPPING APPROVED FOR USE WITH AL ZER OPENING SYSTEM 1 EA DOOR SWEEP APPROVED FOR USE WITH AL ZER OPENING SYSTEM 1 EA THRESHOLD APPROVED FOR USE WITH AL ZER OPENING SYSTEM ** HARDWARE SET IS FOR GUIDELINE ONLY.** - GC TO VERIFY WINDSTORM "CERTIFICATION" OF SPECIFIED HARDWARE W/DOOR SYSTEM. HARDWARE BUILT AS BASIS OF DESIGN AROUND SPECIAL-LITE DOOR SYSTEM. FINAL HARDWARE MAY CHANGE BASED ON SELECTED DOOR SYSTEM. DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 08 7100 - 24 July 31, 2025 HARDWARE SET # C201 For use on Door #(s): 101A 103 120 EACH SGL DOOR(S) TO HAVE: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 2 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 A 652 IVE 1 EA ELECTRIC HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 TW8 CON 1 EA EU STOREROOM LOCK ND80TDEU RHO RX 12V/24V DC Q 626 SCH CON 1 EA FSIC CORE 20-030 X MATCH EXISTING KEYING • 626 SCH SYSTEM 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 RW/PA FC TBSRT A 689 LCN X MTG PLT/BRKT/SPCR AS REQ 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS A 630 IVE 1 EA FLOOR/WALL STOP FS436/WS406CCV AS REQ • 626 IVE 1 EA GASKETING 488S PSA H & J (USE SILENCERS AT • BK ZER NON -RATED DOORS) DOOR CONTACT BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR CARD READER BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR ** OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: DOOR NORMALLY CLOSED AND LOCKED. ENTRY VIA VALID CREDENTIAL OR KEY OVERRIDE. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. DOOR TO REMAIN LOCKED UPON POWER FAILURE OR FIRE ALARM ACTIVATION. FAIL -SECURE. DOOR STATUS & LATCH BOLT MONITORED DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 087100-25 July 31, 2025 HARDWARE SET # C201HW For use on Door #(s): 110 EACH SGL DOOR(S) TO HAVE: QTY DESCRIPTION 2 EA HINGE 1 EA ELECTRIC HINGE 1 EA EU STOREROOM LOCK 1 EA FSIC CORE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA 1 EA FLOOR/WALL STOP GASKETING SET DOOR CONTACT CARD READER POWER SUPPLY ** OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: DOOR NORM CATALOG NUMBER FINISH 5BB1HW 5 X 4.5 A 652 5BB1HW 5 X 4.5 TW8 CON 652 ND80TDEU RHO RX 12V/24V DC Q 626 CON 20-030 X MATCH EXISTING KEYING 626 SCH SYSTEM 1461 H FC TBSRT A 689 LCN X MTG PLT/BRKT/SPCR AS REQ FS436/WS406CCV AS REQ A 626 IVE 488S PSA H & J BK ZER BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR MFR IVE IVE SCH ALLY CLOSED AND LOCKED. ENTRY VIA VALID CREDENTIAL OR KEY OVERRIDE. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES FIRE ALARM ACTIVATION. FAIL -SECURE. DOOR STATUS & LATCH BOLT MONITORED DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center . DOOR TO REMAIN LOCKED UPON POWER FAILURE OR 087100-26 July 31, 2025 HARDWARE SET # CW205 For use on Door #(s): 100 1018 105C EACH SGL DOOR(S) TO HAVE: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 2 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP A 630 IVE 1 EA ELECTRIC HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 TW8 CON NRP 630 IVE 1 EA EU STOREROOM LOCK ND8OTDEU RHO RX 12V/24V DC Q 626 SCH CON 1 EA FSIC CORE 20-030 X MATCH EXISTING KEYING 626 SCH SYSTEM 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP SCUSH TBSRT A 689 LCN X MTG PLT/SPCR/BRKT AS REQ 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS A 630 IVE 1 EA RAIN DRIP 142A DW + 4" AA ZER (OMIT @ COVERED AREAS) 1 EA WEATHER STRIPPING APPROVED FOR USE WITH AL ZER OPENING SYSTEM 1 EA DOOR SWEEP APPROVED FOR USE WITH AL ZER OPENING SYSTEM 1 EA THRESHOLD APPROVED FOR USE WITH AL ZER OPENING SYSTEM DOOR CONTACT BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR CARD READER BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR ** HARDWARE SET IS FOR GUIDELINE ONLY.** - GC TO VERIFY WINDSTORM "CERTIFICATION" OF SPECIFIED HARDWARE W/DOOR SYSTEM. HARDWARE BUILT AS BASIS OF DESIGN AROUND SPECIAL-LITE DOOR SYSTEM. FINAL HARDWARE MAY CHANGE BASED ON SELECTED DOOR SYSTEM. ** OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: DOOR NORMALLY CLOSED AND LOCKED. ENTRY VIA VALID CREDENTIAL OR KEY OVERRIDE. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. DOOR TO REMAIN LOCKED UPON POWER FAILURE OR FIRE ALARM ACTIVATION. FAIL -SECURE. DOOR STATUS & LATCH BOLT MONITORED. END OF SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 087100-27 July 31, 2025 SECTION 08 80 00 - GLAZING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 16 CFR 1201 - Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials; Current Edition. B. NFRC 100 - Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors; 2023. C. NFRC 200 - Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence; 2023. D. NFRC 300 - Test Method for Determining the Solar Optical Properties of Glazing Materials and Systems; 2023. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glass products. 2. Laminated glass. 3. Insulating glass. 4. Miscellaneous glazing materials. 1.03 COORDINATION A. Coordinate glazing channel dimensions to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances to achieve proper safety margins for glazing retention under each design load case, load case combination, and service condition. 1.04 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.05 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Glass Samples: For each type of glass product other than clear monolithic vision glass; 12 inches (304.8 mm) square. C. Delegated Design Submittal: For glass indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. GLAZING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 088000-1 July 31, 2025 1.06 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: For glass. B. Product test reports. C. Preconstruction adhesion and compatibility test report. D. Sample warranties. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sealant Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C1021 to conduct the testing indicated. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated -Glass Products: Manufacturer agrees to replace coated -glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Laminated Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace laminated -glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of laminated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated -glass standard. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Insulating Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace insulating -glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Evidence of failure is obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. GLAZING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 088000-2 July 31, 2025 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer to design glazing. B. Structural Performance: Glazing shall withstand the following design loads within limits and under conditions indicated determined in accordance with the IBC and ASTM E1300: 1. Design Wind Pressures: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Thermal Loads: Design glazing to resist thermal stress breakage induced by differential temperature conditions and limited air circulation within individual glass lites and insulated glazing units. C. Windborne-Debris-Impact Resistance: Exterior glazing shall pass ASTM E1886 missile -impact and cyclic -pressure tests in accordance with ASTM E1996 for Wind Zone 1. 1. Large -Missile Test: For glazing located within 30 feet (914.4 cm) of grade. 2. Small -Missile Test: For glazing located between 30 feet (914.4 cm) and 60 feet (1828.8 cm) above grade. D. Safety Glazing: Where safety glazing is indicated, provide glazing that complies with 16 CFR 1201, Category II. E. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on procedures indicated below: 1. U-Factors: Center -of -glazing values, in accordance with NFRC 100 and based on most current non -beta version of LBL's WINDOW computer program, expressed as Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F. 2. SHGC and Visible Transmittance: Center -of -glazing values, in accordance with NFRC 200 and based on most current non -beta version of LBL's WINDOW computer program. 3. Visible Reflectance: Center -of -glazing values, in accordance with NFRC 300. F. Acoustic Performance where indicated on drawings: 1. Interior Glazing: 35 STC. 2.02 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below unless more stringent requirements are indicated. See these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. NGA Publications: "Laminated Glazing Reference Manual" and "Glazing Manual." 2. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use." GLAZING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 088000-3 July 31, 2025 B. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of manufacturer. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies. C. Insulating -Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of the IGCC. D. Thickness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum. Provide glass that complies with performance requirements and is not less than thickness indicated. E. Strength: Where annealed float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, heat - strengthened float glass, or fully tempered float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where heat -strengthened float glass is indicated, provide heat - strengthened float glass or fully tempered float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where fully tempered float glass is indicated, provide fully tempered float glass. 2.03 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Thickness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum. Provide glass lites in thicknesses as needed to comply with requirements indicated. 1. Minimum Glass Thickness for Exterior Lites: Not less than 0.24 inch (6 mm). 2. Thickness of Tinted Glass: Provide the same thickness for each tint color indicated throughout the Project. B. Strength: Where float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, Kind HS heat -treated float glass, or Kind FT heat -treated float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where heat -strengthened glass is indicated, provide Kind HS heat - treated float glass or Kind FT heat -treated float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where fully tempered glass is indicated, provide Kind FT heat -treated float glass. C. Windborne-Debris-Impact Resistance: Provide exterior glazing that passes basic protection testing requirements in ASTM E 1996 for Wind Zone 1 when tested according to ASTM E 1886. Test specimens shall be no smaller in width and length than glazing indicated for use on the Project and shall be installed in the same manner as glazing indicated for use on the Project. 1. Large -Missile Test: For glazing located within 30 feet (914.4 cm) of grade. 2. Small Missile Test: For glazing located more than 30 feet (914.4 cm) above grade. 3. Large -Missile Test: For all glazing, regardless of height above grade. D. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on procedures indicated below: 1. For monolithic -glass lites, properties are based on units with lites 0.24 inch (6 mm) thick. 2. For laminated -glass lites, properties are based on products of construction indicated. GLAZING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 088000-4 July 31, 2025 3. For insulation -glass units, properties are based on units of thickness indicated for overall unit and for each lite. 4. U-Factors: Center -of -glazing values, according to NFRC 100 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program, expressed as Btu/sq.ft. x h x deg F. 5. Solar Heat -Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance: Center -of -glazing values, according to NFRC 200 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program. 6. Visible Reflectance: Center -of -glazing values, according to NFRC 300. 2.04 GLASS PRODUCTS A. Clear Annealed Float Glass: ASTM C1036, Type I, Class 1 (clear), Quality-Q3. B. Tinted Annealed Float Glass: ASTM C1036, Type I, Class 2 (tinted), Quality-Q3. C. Fully Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated) unless otherwise indicated, Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality-Q3. D. Heat -Strengthened Float Glass: ASTM C1048, Kind HS (heat strengthened), Type I, Condition A (uncoated) unless otherwise indicated, Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality-Q3. E. Reflective- and Low-E-Coated Vision Glass: ASTM C1376. 2.05 LAMINATED GLASS A. Laminated Glass: ASTM C1172. Use materials that have a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after fabrication and installation. 1. Construction: Laminate glass with polyvinyl butyral interlayer or cast -in -place and cured - transparent -resin interlayer to comply with interlayer manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Interlayer Thickness: Provide thickness not less than that indicated and as needed to comply with requirements. 3. Interlayer Color: Clear unless otherwise indicated. B. Windborne-Debris-Impact-Resistant Laminated Glass: Comply with requirements specified above for laminated glass except laminate glass with one of the following to comply with interlayer manufacturer's written instructions: 1. Construction: Laminate glass with polyvinyl butyral interlayer reinforced with polyethylene terephthalate film to comply with interlayer manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Interlayer Thickness: Provide thickness not less than that indicated and as needed to comply with requirements. 3. Interlayer Color: Clear unless otherwise indicated. GLAZING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 088000-5 July 31, 2025 2.06 INSULATING GLASS A. Insulating -Glass Units: Factory -assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, qualified in accordance with ASTM E2190. 1. Sealing System: Dual seal, with manufacturer's standard primary and secondary sealants. 2. Perimeter Spacer: Manufacturer's standard spacer material and construction. 3. Desiccant: Molecular sieve or silica gel, or a blend of both. 2.07 GLAZING SEALANTS A. General: 1. Compatibility: Compatible with one another and with other materials they contact, including glass products, seals of insulating -glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation. 3. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full range of colors. 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. B. Setting Blocks: 1. Elastomeric with Shore A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. 2. Type recommended in writing by sealant or glass manufacturer. C. Spacers: 1. Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. 2. Type recommended in writing by sealant or glass manufacturer. D. Edge Blocks: 1. Elastomeric with Shore A durometer hardness per manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Type recommended in writing by sealant or glass manufacturer. E. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C1330, Type 0 (open -cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. GLAZING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 088000-6 July 31, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass includes glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass, impair performance, or impair appearance. C. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing. D. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. E. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. F. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches (1270 mm). G. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and in accordance with requirements in referenced glazing publications. 3.02 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A. Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. B. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. C. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended in writing by gasket manufacturer. D. Installation with Pressure -Glazing Stops: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure - glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended in writing by gasket manufacturer. E. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. GLAZING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 088000-7 July 31, 2025 3.03 SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A. Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Immediately after installation, remove non -permanent labels and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains. 1. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. Remove and replace glass that cannot be cleaned without damage to coatings. C. Remove and replace glass that is damaged during construction period. 3.05 LAMINATED GLASS SCHEDULE A. Clear Laminated Glass - Type GL-2: Two plies of fully tempered float glass. 1. Minimum Thickness of Each Glass Ply: 0.24 inch (6 mm). 2. Interlayer Thickness: 0.060 inch (1.52 mm). 3. Overall Unit Thickness: 9/16 inch (14.29 mm). 4. Safety glazing label required. 3.06 INSULATING -LAMINATED -GLASS SCHEDULE A. Low-E-Coated, Tinted, Insulating Laminated Glass - Type GL-1: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Viracon VE24-48 Stormguard 2. Large missile impact resistant 3. Overall Unit Thickness: 1-5/16 inch (33 mm). 4. Minimum Thickness of Outdoor Lite: 0.24 inch (6 mm). 5. Interspace Content: Air. GLAZING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 088000-8 July 31, 2025 6. Indoor Lite: Clear laminated glass with two plies of heat -strengthened float glass. a. Minimum Thickness of Each Glass Ply: 0.24 inch (6 mm). b. Interlayer Thickness: enhanced polyvinyl butyral 0.100 inch (1.52 mm). 7. Low-E Coating: Pyrolytic on second surface. 8. Safety glazing label required. END OF SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 088000-9 July 31, 2025 SECTION 09 22 16 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Non -load -bearing steel framing systems for interior partitions, ceilings and soffits. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: For each type of code -compliance certification for studs and tracks. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated on Drawings, according to ASTM E90 and classified according to ASTM E413 by an independent testing agency. 2.02 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Framing Members, General: Comply with AISI S220 and ASTM C645, Section 10 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with AISI S220 and ASTM C645, Section 10 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated 2. Protective Coating: Comply with AISI S220; ASTM A653/A653M, G40; or coating with equivalent corrosion resistance. Galvannealed products are unacceptable. a. Coating demonstrates equivalent corrosion resistance with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Studs and Track: AISI S220 and ASTM C645, Section 10. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ClarkDietrich. b. Marino\WARE. c. Phillips Manufacturing Co. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 092216-1 July 31, 2025 2. Minimum Base -Steel Thickness: As required by performance requirements for horizontal deflection, 25 Gauge minimum typical. Provide 20 Gauge minimum at all locations with ceramic tile finish. 3. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. C. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide the following: 1. Double -Track System: ASTM C645 top outer tracks, inside track with 2-inch- deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs and fastened to studs, and outer track sized to friction -fit over inner track. D. Cold -Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.0538-inch minimum base -steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). 2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), 0.068-inch- thick, galvanized steel. E. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C645. 1. Minimum Base -Steel Thickness: 0.0296 inch (0.75 mm). 2. Depth: 7/8 inch (22.22 mm). 2.03 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Tie Wire: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch- diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- diameter wire. B. Wire Hangers: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.16 inch (4.06 mm) in diameter. C. Flat Hangers: Steel sheet, 1 by 3/16 inch (4.76 mm) by length indicated. D. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): Cold -rolled, commercial -steel sheet with a base -steel thickness of 0.0538 inch (1.37 mm) and minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). E. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 1. Cold -Rolled Channels: 0.0538-inch uncoated -steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges, 3/4 inch (19.05 mm) deep. 2. Steel Studs and Tracks: ASTM C645. Use either conventional steel studs and tracks or embossed, high -strength steel studs and tracks. a. Minimum Base -Steel Thickness: 0.033 inches (0.84 mm) or as indicated on drawings. b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C645, 7/8 inch (22.22 mm) deep. a. Minimum Base -Steel Thickness: 0.024 inches (0.61 mm). NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 092216-2 July 31, 2025 4. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- deep members designed to reduce sound transmission. a. Configuration: Asymmetrical. 2.04 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. 1. Fasteners for Steel Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C754. 1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, with connections securely fastened. C. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. D. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. E. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non -load -bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently. 3.02 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. C. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. D. Install tracks at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts that penetrate partitions above ceiling. 1. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. 2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 092216-3 July 31, 2025 a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated. b. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. 3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 4. Sound -Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound -rated assembly indicated. E. Direct Furring: 1. Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder -driven fasteners spaced 24 inches (609.6 mm) o.c. F. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch (3.18 mm) from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. END OF SECTION 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 092216-4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 09 29 00 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Current Edition. B. ANSI A108.11 - American National Standard Specifications for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units; 2023. C. ASTM C475/C475M - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2017 (Reapproved 2022). D. ASTM C1047 - Standard Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base; 2019. E. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2017. F. GA-216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Panel Products; 2024. G. GA-600 - Fire Resistance and Sound Control Design Manual; 2024. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior gypsum board. 2. Texture finishes. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Gypsum board, Type X. 2. Abuse -resistant gypsum board. 3. Glass -mat, water-resistant backing board. 4. Interior trim. 5. Joint treatment materials. 6. Sound -attenuation blankets. 7. Acoustical sealant. 8. Textured finishes. B. Samples: 1. Submit samples for each texture finish indicated on the same backing indicated for Work. GYPSUM BOARD 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 092900-1 July 31, 2025 2. Submit full size samples in 12-inch-long lengths for each exposed trim accessory indicated. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single -Source Responsibility for Panel Products: Obtain each type of gypsum board and other panel products from a single manufacturer. B. Single -Source Responsibility for Finishing Materials: Obtain finishing materials from either the same manufacturer that supplies gypsum board and other panel products or from a manufacturer acceptable to gypsum board manufacturer. C. Mockups: Before beginning gypsum board installation, install mockups of at least 100 sq. ft. in surface area to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Install mockups for the following: a. Each level of gypsum board finish indicated for use in exposed locations. 2. Apply or install final decoration indicated, including painting and wallcoverings, on exposed surfaces for review of mockups. 3. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of mockups. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completions. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging. C. Handle gypsum board to prevent damage to edges, ends and surfaces. Do not bend or otherwise damage metal corner beads and trim. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. B. Installation of gypsum board joint treatments shall not start until the space to receive gypsum board joint treatments is heated to maintain a continuous and uniform temperature of not less than 55 deg. F, from one week prior to beginning of joint treatment until joint treatment is completed and thoroughly dry. Ventilation, either natural or supplied by fans, circulators or air conditioning systems shall be provided to remove excess moisture during joint treatment. Temperature requirements may be waived only on recommendation of gypsum board manufacturer. GYPSUM BOARD 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 092900-2 July 31, 2025 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E90 and classified according to ASTM E413 by an independent testing agency. 1. STC-Rated Assemblies: Indicated by design designations form GA-600, "Fire Resistance Design Manual." 2.02 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. General: For fire -rated assemblies, provide materials, including accessories and fasteners produced by one manufacturer, or, when products of more than one manufacturer are used in a rated system, they shall be acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 2.03 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Gypsum Board, Type X: ASTM C1396/C1396M. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. American Gypsum. b. Certainteed; SAINT-GOBAIN. c. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. d. National Gypsum Company. e. USG Corporation. 2. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.88 mm). 3. Long Edges: Tapered. 4. Location: At ceilings, and where indicated on Drawings. B. Abuse -Resistant Gypsum Board, Type X: ASTM C1396/C1396M gypsum board, tested according to ASTM C1629/C1629M. 1. Surface Abrasion: ASTM C1629/C1629M, meets or exceeds requirements. 2. Indentation: ASTM C1629/C1629M, meets or exceeds requirements. 3. Soft -Body Impact: ASTM C1629/C1629M, meets or exceeds requirements. 4. Long Edges: Tapered. GYPSUM BOARD 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 092900-3 July 31, 2025 5. Mold Resistance: ASTM D3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D3274. 6. Location: At ALL walls except where moisture resistant gypsum board is required. C. Moisture and Mold -Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396/C1396M. With moisture- and mold - resistant core and paper surfaces. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Gypsum. b. Certainteed; SAINT-GOBAIN. c. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. d. National Gypsum Company. e. USG Corporation. 2. Core: 5/8 inch (15.88 mm), Type X. 3. Long Edges: Tapered. 4. Mold Resistance: ASTM D3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D3274. 5. Location: At all walls in bathrooms and at wet walls. 2.04 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C1047.C1047; formed metal sheet steel zinc coated by hot -dipped process. 1. Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig.1 designations in ASTM C 1047: a. Cornerbead, Impact -resistant (PR1): Pittcon SO-HSN-90, Fry DMCT-1250 or equivalent: Use at outside corners. b. Drywall Control Joints: ClarkDietrich 093 Zinc Control Joint (ZNCJ). 1) At ceilings and walls. Refer to drawings. c. Drywall Expansion Control Joints: Pittcon SWR-CJ-025-050 Series (1/4 inch). 1) At walls. Refer to drawings. d. LC -Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound; use at exposed panel edges. e. J-Mould: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound: Use where indicated. 2.05 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C475/C475M and with the recommendations of both the manufacturers of the products and joint treatment materials for each application indicated. B. Joint Tape: GYPSUM BOARD 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 092900-4 July 31, 2025 1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat, use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting -type taping compound. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying -type, all purpose compound. 5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. 2.06 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C1002 unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch (2.84 mm) thick. 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. D. Sound -Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 1. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral -fiber requirements of assembly. 2. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Roxul AFB; Roxul Inc. b. Rockwool Acoustic Slabs; Rockwool Ltd. c. SAFB Blankets; Thermafiber LLC. E. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex sealant, with a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), complying with ASTM C 834 that effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and opening in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. One of the following: 1. SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant; U.S. Gypsum. 2. AC-20 FTR; Pecora. GYPSUM BOARD 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 092900-5 July 31, 2025 F. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Section 07 21 00 "Thermal Insulation." G. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive recommended by the manufacturer for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. 2.07 TEXTURE FINISHES A. Primer: As recommended by textured finish manufacturer. B. Textured finish as directed by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut, installed door frames and structural framing with Installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of assemblies specified in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840, GA-216, and the gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations, where standards conflict, the more stringent shall apply. Install specialty gypsum board as specified below except where manufacturer's instructions conflict; follow manufacturer's instructions for specialty performance board to maintain warranty coverage. B. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels, unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. C. Single -Layer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing), unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly, and minimize end joints or avoid them entirely. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. b. At high walls, install panels horizontally, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly. D. Multilayer Application: GYPSUM BOARD 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 092900-6 July 31, 2025 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base layers on walls/partitions; apply base layers in the same sequence. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members and offset face layer joints one framing member, 16 inches (406.4 mm) minimum, from parallel base joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire - resistance -rated assembly. 2. On partitions/walls: Apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face -layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base -layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite side of partitions. E. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. F. Multi -Layer Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. G. Laminating to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate (other than studs, furring members, or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set. H. Tile Backing Panels: 1. Cementitious Backer Unit Application: ANSI A108.11 at showers, where substrates are indicated to receive Tile Units having a face dimension greater than 8 by 8 inches (203.2 mm), and where otherwise indicated. I. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp panels. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch (1.59 mm) of open space between panels. Do not force into place. J. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back -blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite side of partitions. K. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. L. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. M. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally. 1. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes and conduits. 2. Where partitions intersect open exterior and interior wall kickers, and other structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by the wall kickers and other structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch- wide joints to install sealant. GYPSUM BOARD 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 092900-7 July 31, 2025 3. Where chase walls are shown, provide bracing between parallel rows of studs. Unless otherwise shown, provide gypsum board braces no less than 1/2-inch thick by 12 inches (304.8 mm) wide and cut to width of chase. Locate at quarter points in wall height between each pair of parallel studs. Fasten with not less than 3 screws at each stud. N. Isolate perimeter of non -load -bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch-wide spaces at these locations, and trim edges with U-bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. O. STC-Rated Assemblies: Seal construction at perimeters, behind control and expansion joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer's written recommendations for locating edge trim and closing off sound -flanking paths around or through gypsum board assemblies, including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings. P. Cut openings in gypsum board for electrical outlets, piping and other penetrations. Maintain close tolerances so that edges will be covered by plates and escutcheons. Cut both face and back paper. Do not install electrical outlets back-to-back on opposing sides of partitions. Q. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's written recommendations. 1. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches (304.8 mm) o.c. for vertical applications. 2. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches (203.2 mm) o.c. 3. Install fasteners not less than 3/8-inch from ends or edges of gypsum board sheets, spacing fasteners opposite each other on adjacent ends or edges. 4. Begin fastening from center of gypsum board and proceed toward edges and corners. 5. Apply pressure on surface of gypsum board adjacent to fasteners being driven to insure that gypsum board will be secured tightly to supporting members. a. Drive fastener with shank perpendicular to face of board. b. Drive screws with a power screwdriver as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. Set heads of screws slightly below surface of paper without cutting paper. 3.03 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: Fasten trim accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners. B. Install corner beads at external corners. C. Install interior trim accessories where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed or semi -exposed. Provide interior trim accessories with face flange formed to receive joint compound. GYPSUM BOARD 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 092900-8 July 31, 2025 D. Install aluminum trim accessories where indicated. E. Install expansion control joints in locations indicated and where directed by the Architect. F. Install control joints in locations indicated and where directed by the Architect for visual effect, or if not indicated or directed by the Architect, provide control joints in accordance with ASTM C 840 which is as follows: 1. Where a partition, wall or ceiling traverses a construction joint (expansion, seismic or building control element) in the base building structure. 2. Where a wall or a partition runs in an uninterrupted straight plane exceeding 30 linear feet. 3. Control joints in interior ceilings with a perimeter relief shall be installed so that linear dimensions between control joints do not exceed 50 feet (1524 cm) and total area between control joints does not exceed 2500 sq feet (2.69107 sq cm). 4. Control joints in interior ceilings without perimeter relief shall be installed so that linear dimensions between controls joints do not exceed 30 feet (914.4 cm) and total area between control joints does not exceed 900 sq feet (0.96878 sq cm). 5. A control joint or intermediate blocking shall be installed where ceiling framing members change direction. 3.04 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. General: Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints, flanges of interior trim and aluminum trim accessories, interior angles, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration and levels of gypsum board finish indicated. Produce surfaces free of tool marks and ridges ready for decoration of type indicated. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape. D. Glass -Mat, Water -Resistant Backing Panels: Do not use paper tape and joint compound. Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C840: 1. Level 1: Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required forfire-resistance-rated assemblies and sound -rated assemblies. 2. Level 2: Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to tape, fasteners and trim flanges where panels are substrate for tile and where indicated. 3. Level 3: Typically not used. GYPSUM BOARD 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 092900-9 July 31, 2025 4. Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Level 5: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges, and apply skim coat of joint compound over entire surface where gypsum board is indicated to receive wall coverings, semi -gloss and high gloss paints, and Italian plaster. F. Glass -Mat Faced Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.05 APPLYING TEXTURE FINISHES A. Surface Preparation and Primer: Prepare and apply primer to gypsum panels and other surfaces receiving texture finishes. Apply primer to surfaces that are clean, dry, and smooth. B. Texture Finish Application: Mix and apply finish using powered spray equipment, to produce a uniform texture free of starved spots or other evidence of thin application or of application patterns. 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean floors of all gypsum board debris and leave broom clean. Excess material, scaffolding, tools and equipment are to be removed upon completion of the Work. B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. END OF SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 092900-10 July 31, 2025 SECTION 09 65 00 - RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Resilient tile flooring. B. Installation accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM F1700 - Standard Specification for Solid Vinyl Floor Tile; 2020. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate floor patterns. D. Selection Samples: Submit manufacturer's complete set of color samples for Architect's initial selection. E. Concrete Subfloor Test Report: Submit a copy of the moisture and alkalinity (pH) test reports. F. Certification: Prior to installation of flooring, submit written certification by flooring manufacturer and adhesive manufacturer that condition of subfloor is acceptable. G. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re -waxing. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing specified flooring with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in installing specified flooring with minimum three years documented experience. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Upon receipt, immediately remove any shrink-wrap and check materials for damage and the correct style, color, quantity and run numbers. B. Store all materials off of the floor in an acclimatized, weather -tight space. C. Maintain temperature in storage area between 55 degrees F (13 degrees C) and 90 degrees F (72 degrees C). RESILIENT FLOORING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 096500-1 July 31, 2025 D. Protect roll materials from damage by storing on end. E. Do not double stack pallets. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Store materials for not less than 48 hours prior to installation in area of installation at a temperature of 70 degrees F (21 degrees C) to achieve temperature stability. Thereafter, maintain conditions above 55 degrees F (13 degrees C). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE FLOORING A. Solid Vinyl Tile - Type RF1: Solid vinyl with color and pattern throughout thickness. 1. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Shaw Industries Groups, Inc., Amtico Signature Collection, Luxury Vinyl Tile or comparable product manufactured by one of the following: a. Tarkett, North America. b. Armstrong Flooring, Inc. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2. Minimum Requirements: Comply with ASTM F1700, Class III, Type B. 3. Plank Tile Size: 18 by 18 inch (457 by 457 mm). 4. Total Thickness: 0.098 inch (2.5 mm). 5. Installation Method: Grid, 1/4 Turn 6. Collection: Amtico Signature Collection. 7. Product Number: AROSMS33. 8. Color: Stria Rock. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland-cement-based or blended hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or approved by floor tile manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Waterproof; types recommended by flooring manufacturer. RESILIENT FLOORING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 096500-2 July 31, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prepare floor substrates as recommended by flooring and adhesive manufacturers to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Remove subfloor ridges and bumps. Fill minor low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with subfloor filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. C. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by floor tile manufacturer. Do not use solvents. D. Test concrete substrate for moisture as recommended by manufacturer. E. Prohibit traffic until filler is fully cured. F. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient floor tile. 3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Starting installation constitutes acceptance of subfloor conditions. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. C. Adhesive -Applied Installation: 1. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. 2. Fit joints and butt seams tightly. 3. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. D. Where type of floor finish, pattern, or color are different on opposite sides of door, terminate flooring under centerline of door. E. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, where flooring terminates, and where indicated. 1. Edge Protection Profiles: 1/2" high, satin anodized aluminum. 2. Basis of Design: At all transitions from LVT flooring to concrete and at all transitions from ceramic tile to LVT flooring: Install Schluter Systems RENO-U Floor Edging Profile. Comply with Texas Accessibility Standards. 3. Finish: as selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full line of colors and textures. F. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. G. Install flooring in recessed floor access covers, maintaining floor pattern. H. At movable partitions, install flooring under partitions without interrupting floor pattern. RESILIENT FLOORING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 096500-3 July 31, 2025 3.03 INSTALLATION -TILE FLOORING A. Mix tile from container to ensure shade variations are consistent when tile is placed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Lay flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical pattern. Lay out floor tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter. 1. Lay tiles in pattern as directed by Architect. C. Match floor tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. 1. Lay tiles in pattern of colors and sizes indicated by Architect. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. B. Clean in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic on resilient flooring for 48 hours after installation. END OF SECTION 09 65 00 RESILIENT FLOORING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 096500-4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 09 65 13 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Thermoplastic -rubber base. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 THERMOPLASTIC -RUBBER BASE (RB-1) A. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Roppe Corporation Profiled Resilient Thermoplastic Rubber Base. B. Product Standard: ASTM F 1861, Type TP (rubber, thermoplastic). 1. Group: 2. 2. Style and Location: a. Style D, Sculptured: 1) Profile: Simplicity Bold #05 (PV4005). C. Thickness: 1/2 inch (12.8 mm). D. Height: 4 1/2 inches (11.4 cm). E. Lengths: 8 feet (2.4 m). F. Color: 129 Dolphin. G. ASTM E84 Flammability: Class A. 2.02 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland-cement-based or blended hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or approved by resilient -product manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by resilient -product manufacturer for resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 096513-1 July 31, 2025 2.03 THRESHOLD TRANSITION STRIPS A. General: Furnish and install transition strips as required to provide transition between adjacent floor finishes. B. Transition Strips: Satin anodized aluminum. C. Basis of Design: At all transitions from LVT flooring to concrete and at all transitions from ceramic tile to LVT flooring: Install Schluter Systems RENO-U Floor Edging Profile. Comply with Texas Accessibility Standards. D. Finish: as selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full line of colors and textures. E. Profiles: Same -height transition or sloped transition strips as required by adjacent floor surfaces. 1. Profile type as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full selection of profile types. 2. Comply with the Texas Accessibility Standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. C. Do not install resilient products until materials are the same temperature as space where they are to be installed. D. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products. 3.02 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base. B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practical without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. E. Do not stretch resilient base during installation. F. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 096513-2 July 31, 2025 G. Job -Formed Corners: 1. Outside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than in length. 2. Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than 3 inches (76.2 mm) in length. a. Miter or cope corners to minimize open joints. 3.03 THRESHOLD TRANSITION STRIP INSTALLATION A. Install where exposed edge of floor finish meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with or below top of floor finish and no threshold is indicated. B. Secure to subfloor in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Sloped transition strips shall comply with the Texas Accessibility Standard. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting resilient products. B. Floor Polish: Remove soil, adhesive, and blemishes from resilient stair treads before applying liquid floor polish. C. Cover resilient products subject to wear and foot traffic until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09 65 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 096513-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 09 67 23 - RESINOUS FLOORING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes: 1. High-performance resinous flooring systems. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Installer Certificates for Qualification: Signed by manufacturer stating that installers comply with specified requirements. C. Material Certificates: For each resinous flooring component, from manufacturer. D. Maintenance Data: For maintenance manuals. E. Samples: Submit two 6" X 6" samples of each resinous flooring system applied to a rigid backing. Provide sample which is a true representation of proposed field applied finish. Provide sample color and texture for approval from Owner in writing or approved by General Contractor prior to installation. F. Product Schedule: For resinous flooring. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of flooring systems required for this Project. 1. Engage an installer who is approved in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer as qualified to apply resinous flooring systems indicated. 2. Installer Letter of Qualification: Installer to provide letter stating that they have been in business for at least 5 years and listing 5 projects in the last 2 years of similar scope. For each project provide: project name, location, date of installation, contact information, size of project, and manufacturer of materials with system information. B. Source Limitations: Obtain primary resinous flooring materials, including primers, resins, hardening agents, grouting coats, and topcoats, from single source from single manufacturer. Provide secondary materials, including patching and fill material, joint sealant, and repair materials, of type and from source recommended by manufacturer of primary materials. C. Pre -installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site before work and mockups begin. RESINOUS FLOORING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 096723-1 July 31, 2025 D. Mockups: Apply mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. Do not cover up mockup area. 1. Apply full -thickness mockups on 16 sq foot (0.01722 sq cm) floor area selected by Architect. 2. Finish surfaces for verification of products, color, texture, and sheen. 3. Simulate finished lighting conditions for Architect's review of mockups. 4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 5. Mockup shall demonstrate desired slip resistance for review and approval by Owner's representative in writing. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages and containers, with unbroken seals, bearing manufacturer's labels indicating brand name and directions for storage and mixing with other components. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions for substrate temperature, ambient temperature, moisture, ventilation, and other conditions affecting resinous flooring application. B. Lighting: Provide permanent lighting or, if permanent lighting is not in place, simulate permanent lighting conditions during resinous flooring application. C. Close spaces to traffic during resinous flooring application and for not less than 24 hours after application unless manufacturer recommends a longer period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by: 1. The Sherwin Williams Company, Cleveland, OH. swflooring@sherwin.com 2. Or equivalent products by other manufacturers approved by the Architect. B. Basis of Design Product: Resuflor Aqua Topfloor, that does not require moisture testing. No systems allowed that do not meet this requirement. 1. 1st Coat: Primer, 2-part epoxy Resuflor Aqua 3460 at 250 sf per RESINOUS FLOORING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 096723-2 July 31, 2025 2. 2nd Coat: Slurry coat - epoxy Resuflor Aqua 3460 (2.5 gal) and 30 Ibs of 5150 applied at 90 sf. and broadcast with 5900F colored quartz to refusal, est. 0.4 lbs. per sq. ft. 3. 3rd Coat: Bonding Coat, Resuflor 3561, 2-part epoxy at 65-70 sf. per gallon and broadcast with 5900F colored quartz to refusal, est. 0.4 Ibs. per sq. ft. 4. 4th Coat: Grout Coat Resuflor 3746, 2-part epoxy at 100 sf. per gallon. 5. 5th Coat: Seal Coat Resuflor 3746, 2-part epoxy at 250 sq. ft. per gallons. 6. Total system thickness: 1/8 inch to 3/16 inch textured as required. 2.02 MATERIALS A. VOC Content of Resinous Flooring: Provide resinous flooring systems, for use inside the weatherproofing system, that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24)]. 1. Resinous Flooring: 100 g/L. 2.03 HIGH-PERFORMANCE RESINOUS FLOORING A. Resinous Flooring: Abrasion-, impact- and chemical -resistant, high-performance, resin -based, monolithic floor surfacing designed to produce a seamless floor. B. System Characteristics: 1. Color: As selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full range of colors. 2. Slip Resistance: Provide slip resistant finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Inspection: Prior to commencing Work, thoroughly examine all underlying and adjoining work, surfaces and conditions upon which Work is in any way dependent for perfect results. Report all conditions which affect Work. No "waiver of responsibility" for incomplete, inadequate or defective underlaying and adjoining work, surfaces and conditions will be considered, unless notice of such unsatisfactory conditions has been filed and agreed to in writing before Work begins. Commencement of Work constitutes acceptance of surfaces. B. Surface Preparation: Remove all surface contamination, loose or weakly adherent particles, laitance, grease, oil, curing compounds, paint, dust and debris by blast track method or approved mechanical means (acid etch not allowed). If surface is questionable, try a test patch. Create a minimum surface profile for the system specified in accordance with the methods described in ICRI No. 03732 to achieve profile numbers as follows: 1. Thin film, to 10 mils (0.254 mm): CSP-1 to CSP-3 2. Thin and medium films, 10 to 40 mils (1.016 mm): CSP-3 to CSP-5 3. Self -leveling mortars, to 3/16": CSP-4 to CSP-6 RESINOUS FLOORING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 096723-3 July 31, 2025 4. Mortars and laminates, to 1/4" or more: CSP-5 to CSP-10 3.02 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. All applicators and all other personnel in the area of the RF installation shall take all required and necessary safety precautions. All manufacturers' installation instructions shall be implicitly followed. B. Repair damaged and deteriorated concrete according to resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions. C. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Verify that concrete substrates have pH within acceptable range. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with application only after substrates pass testing. D. Resinous Materials: Mix components and prepare materials according to resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions. E. Use patching and fill material to fill holes and depressions in substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Treat control joints and other nonmoving substrate cracks to prevent cracks from reflecting through resinous flooring according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.03 APPLICATIONS A. Install resinous floor over properly prepared concrete surface in strict accordance with the manufacturer's directions. 1. Install the primer and/or base coats over thoroughly cleaned and prepared concrete. 2. Install topcoat over flooring after excess aggregate has been removed. 3. Maintain a slab temperature of 60°F to 80°F for 24 hours minimum before applying floor topping, or as instructed by manufacturer. B. Apply components of resinous flooring system according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a uniform, monolithic wearing surface of thickness indicated. 1. Coordinate application of components to provide optimum adhesion of resinous flooring system to substrate, and optimum intercoat adhesion. 2. Cure resinous flooring components according to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent contamination during application and curing processes. 3. At substrate expansion and isolation joints, comply with resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions. C. Sealant: Saw cut resinous floor topping at expansion joints in concrete slab. Fill sawcuts with sealant prior to final seal coat application. Follow manufacturer's written recommendations. D. Apply primer over prepared substrate at manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. E. Slip Resistant Finish: Provide grit for slip resistance. RESINOUS FLOORING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 096723-4 July 31, 2025 F. Apply topcoats in number indicated for flooring system and at spreading rates recommended in writing by manufacturer. 3.04 COMPLETED WORK A. Cleaning: Upon completion of the Work, clean up and remove from the premises surplus materials, tools, appliances, empty cans, cartons and rubbish resulting from the Work. Clean off all spattering and drippings, and all resulting stains. B. Protection: Protect Work in accordance with manufacturer's directions from damage and wear during the remainder of the construction period. Use protective methods and materials, including temporary covering, recommended in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer. C. Contractor shall ensure that coating is protected from any traffic until it is fully cured to the satisfaction of the coating manufacturer. END OF SECTION 09 67 23 RESINOUS FLOORING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 096723-5 July 31, 2025 SECTION 09 72 00 - WALL COVERINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Flexible Protective Wall Coverings. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on wall covering and adhesive. C. Samples: Submit two samples of wall covering, 7 by 9 inches (178 by 229 mm) in size illustrating color, finish, and texture. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inspect roll materials at arrival on site, to verify acceptability. B. Protect packaged adhesive from temperature cycling. C. Do not store roll goods on end. 1.04 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the adhesive or wall covering product manufacturer. B. Maintain these conditions 24 hours before, during, and after installation of adhesive and wall covering. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WALL COVERINGS A. Wall Covering - Type WC1: Fabric -backed vinyl roll stock. 1. Basis of Design Product: Duratec Wall Protection. 2. Product Name: Intrepid. 3. Product Number: MDV1085 4. Color: Linen. 5. Thickness: 030 to .035 inch. 6. Total Weight: 38 ounces per linear yard. Wall Coverings 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 097200-1 July 31, 2025 7. Finished Width: 50 to 52 inches. 8. Tensile Strength ASTM D-751: >200 x 118 (MD x CD) 9. Tear Strength ASTM D-1922: >3200 x 3200 (MD x CD) 10. Impact Resistance ASTM D-5420: 135 (in. /Ibs.) cavity breach 11. Abrasion Resistance ASTM D-1044: Less than .05% (wt. loss %) 12. Hoffman Scratch: >2000 gms (no image damage) 13. Stain & Chemical Resistance: Meet or exceed ASTM D1308. 14. Fire Rating: Pass Class A per ASTM E-84. 15. Vinyl material adhered to fabric backing. 16. Basis of Design Manufacturer: MDC Interior Solutions, 400 High Grove Blvd., Glendale Heights, IL www.mdcwall.com. B. Adhesive: Type recommended by wall covering manufacturer to suit application to substrate. C. Substrate Filler: As recommended by adhesive and wall covering manufacturers; compatible with substrate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work, and comply with requirements of wall covering manufacturer. B. Before cutting, examine pattern and color and determine that they are the correct pattern and color specified. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Fill cracks in substrate and smooth irregularities with filler; sand smooth. B. Wash impervious surfaces with tetra -sodium phosphate, rinse and neutralize; wipe dry. C. Surface Appurtenances: Remove or mask electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. D. Surfaces: Correct defects and clean surfaces that affect work of this section. Remove existing coatings that exhibit loose surface defects. E. Vacuum clean surfaces free of loose particles. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Apply adhesive and wall covering in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply adhesive to wall surface immediately prior to application of wall covering. Wall Coverings 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 097200-2 July 31, 2025 C. Install each roll in sequence and each strip in the same sequence as cut from the roll. If pattern is not random, examine for repeat design. If necessary trim selvage deep enough to assure color uniformity. D. Apply wall covering smooth, without wrinkles, gaps or overlaps. Eliminate air pockets and ensure full bond to substrate surface. E. Butt edges tightly. F. After the application of three (3) strips, request inspection by the Architect to determine if there are variations in color or pattern which are considered to be excessive. G. Horizontal seams are not acceptable. H. Do not seam within 2 inches (50 mm) of internal corners or within 6 inches (150 mm) of external corners. I. Remove excess adhesive while wet from seam with clean, warm water before proceeding to next wall covering sheet. Wipe clean with dry cloth. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean wall coverings of excess adhesive, dust, dirt, and other contaminants. B. Reinstall wall plates and accessories removed prior to work of this section. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Do not permit construction activities at or near finished wall covering areas. END OF SECTION 09 72 00 Wall Coverings 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 097200-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 09 77 20 - DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED WALL PANELS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes prefinished polyester glass reinforced plastic sheets and adhered to unfinished wallboard or existing surfaces. 1. Aluminum trim. B. Products Not Furnished or Installed under This Section: 1. Gypsum or Cementitious substrate board. 2. Resilient Base. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09 20 00 — Gypsum or Cementitious substrate board. B. Section 05 4100 — Wall Framing. C. Section 09 93 00 — Wall Finishes. D. Section 09 65 13 — Resilient Base. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials: Standard Specifications (ASTM) B. ASTM D256 — Izod Impact Strength (ft #/in) C. ASTM D570 — Water Absorption (%) D. ASTM D638 — Tensile Strengths (psi) & Tensile Modulus (psi) E. ASTM D790 — Flexural Strengths (psi) & Flexural Modulus (psi) F. ASTM D 2583 — Barcol Hardness G. ASTM E84 — Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. H. ASTM D3273 - Mold & Mildew I. ASTM C 1629-6.1- Surface Abrasion J. ASTM C 1629-6.2 - Indentation Gardner Impact K. ASTM C 1629-6.4 - Hard Body Impact L. ASTM D5319 - Standard Specification for Glass -Fiber Reinforced Polyester Wall Panels DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED WALL PANELS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 097720-1 July 31, 2025 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit sufficient manufacturer's data to indicate compliance with these specifications, including: B. Shop Drawings: Submit elevations of each wall showing location of paneling and trim members with respect to all discontinuities in the wall elevation. C. Selection Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard color pattern selection samples representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns Samples for Verification. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to building code requirements for interior finish for smoke and flame spread requirements as tested in accordance with ASTM E84. B. Sanitary Standards: System components and finishes to comply with: 1. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) / Food Safety & Inspection Services (FSIS) requirements for food preparation facilities, incidental contact. 2. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) 2013 Food Code 6-101.11. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials factory packaged on strong pallets. B. Store panels and trim lying flat, under cover and protected from the elements. Allow panels and adhesive to acclimate to room temperature (range of 60 to 75°F) for 48 hours prior to installation. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Buildings are to be fully enclosed prior to installation with heat (70° or similar room temperature) and ventilation consistent with good working conditions for finish work. B. During Installation and for not less than 48 hours before, maintain an ambient temperature and relative humidity within limits required by type of adhesive used and recommendation of adhesive manufacturer. 1. Provide ventilation to disperse fumes during application of adhesive as recommended by the adhesive manufacturer. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Furnish one-year guarantee against defects in material and workmanship. DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED WALL PANELS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 097720-2 July 31, 2025 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Basis -of -Design Product: FRP Wall Panels Types FRP1 and FRP2 to be Symmetrix SmartSeam as manufactured by Marlite. Local Marlite Architectural Representative: Jill Young, call (210) 307-0709 or email: jill@archspecinc.com 1. Local Stocking Distributor: Structured Building Solutions. Contact Joseph Wilson at sales@sbuildsolutions.com or (469) 630-2606. B. Basis -of -Design Product: FRP Wall Panels Type FRP3 to be Induro HPL-Faced FRP Service Panels as manufactured by Marlite. Local Marlite Architectural Representative: Jill Young, call (210) 307-0709 or email: jill@archspecinc.com 1. Local Stocking Distributor: Structured Building Solutions. Contact Joseph Wilson at sales@sbuildsolutions.com or (469) 630-2606. C. Substitutions: The Architect will consider products of comparable manufacturers as a substitution, pending the contractor's submission of complete details and documentation of the substitution in accordance with procedures in Division 01 of the Project Manual. Requests of alternates must be submitted a minimum of 10 days prior to bid. 2.02 PANELS A. Properties for Symmetrix SmartSeam FRP Wall Panels - Types FRP1 and FRP2: 1. Symmetrix will include an assimilated tile design as selected by the architect. a. Tile Pattern, Groove Direction, Tile Size & Panel Size: Subway Horizontal Direction, 6 inches x 3 inches tile pattern, narrow groove, horizontal direction, white grout. b. Interlocking Panel Size to be 48 inches x 48 inches nominal. 2. To comply with all requirements as listed in paragraph 1.03 of this specification. 3. Colors: a. Panel Type FRP1: Naval SS5462. b. Panel Type FRP2: Loggia SS5461. 4. Finish Gloss Level: a. Satin 5. Fire Rating: a. Class C B. Properties for Induro HPL-Faced FRP Service Wall Panels - Type FRP3: 1. Induro will include a HPL-Faced FRP as selected by the architect. a. Panel Size: 47.5 inches x 95.5 inches x 3/32 inches. DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED WALL PANELS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 097720-3 July 31, 2025 b. Color: Abstract Pattern 4143 "Neutral Glace". 2. To comply with all requirements as listed in paragraph 1.03 of this specification. 3. Finish Gloss Level: a. Satin 4. Fire Rating: a. Class C 2.03 TRIM MOLDING A. Aluminum Anodized Trim: Heavy weight extruded aluminum 6063-T5 alloy prefinished at the factory. Provide at all vertical corners and at top edge. 1. Color: Clear Anodized unless noted otherwise. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Manufacturers recommended construction adhesives for each type of substrate required and complies with ASTM C557. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Examine sub wall to determine that corners are plumb and straight, surfaces are smooth, uniform, clean and free from foreign matte, nails countersunk, joints and cracks filled flush and smooth with the adjoining surface. 1. Verify that stud spacing does not exceed 24" on -center. B. Repair defects prior to installation. 1. Level wall surfaces to panel manufacturer's requirements. Remove protrusions and fill indentations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's recommended procedures and installation sequence. 1. Refer to paragraphs 1.07 and 1.08 for field requirements. B. Cut panels to meet supports allowing 1/8" (0.12 inch (3.05 mm)) clearance for every 8 feet (243.84 cm) of panel. 1. Cut and drill with carbide tipped saw blades or drill bits or cut with shears. C. Apply panels to board substrate, above base, vertically oriented with seams plumb and pattern aligned with adjoining panels. 1. Install panels with manufacturer's recommended gap for panel field and corner joints. DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED WALL PANELS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 097720-4 July 31, 2025 2. Adhesive towel and application method to conform to adhesive manufacturer's recommendations. D. For interlocking SmartSeam Panels (non -continuous vertical joints, i.e. subway groove configuration), apply Marlite C-109 Low VOC Cartridge Adhesive or Marlite MS-250 Clear Silicone Cartridge Sealant using swirl technique at jagged panel edges. E. Apply panel trim molding to all panel edges using silicone sealant providing for required clearances. 1. All trim molding must provide for a minimum 1/8" of panel expansion at joints and edges, to insure proper installation. 2. Apply sealant to all trim molding, channels and joints between the system and different materials to ensure watertight installation. 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove excess sealant from panels and trim molding. Wipe panel down using a damp cloth and mild soap solution or cleaner. B. Refer to manufacturer's specific cleaning recommendations. Do not use abrasive cleaners. END OF SECTION 09 77 20 DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED WALL PANELS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 097720-5 July 31, 2025 SECTION 09 91 13 - PAINTING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Current Edition. B. ASTM D523 - Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss; 2014 (Reapproved 2018). 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section. 1.03 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation, painting, and finishing of exposed interior and exterior items and surfaces. 1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified under other sections. B. Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in "schedules," except where a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural. Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available. 1. Painting includes field painting exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. C. Painting is not required on prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Prefinished items not to be painted include the following factory -finished components: a. Architectural woodwork and casework. b. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. c. Light fixtures. d. Switchgear. e. Distribution cabinets. 2. Concealed surfaces not to be painted include wall or ceiling surfaces in the following generally inaccessible areas: PAINTING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 099113-1 July 31, 2025 a. Foundation spaces. b. Furred areas. c. Utility tunnels. d. Pipe spaces. 3. Finished metal surfaces not to be painted include: a. Anodized aluminum. b. Stainless steel. c. Chromium plate. d. Copper. e. Bronze. f. Brass. 4. Operating parts not to be painted include moving parts of operating equipment such as the following: a. Valve and damper operators. b. Linkages. c. Sensing devices. d. Motor and fan shafts. 5. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriter's Laboratories, Factory Mutual or other code - required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. D. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Division 5 Section "Structural Steel" for shop priming structural steel. 2. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming ferrous metal. 3. Division 8 Section "Steel Doors and Frames" for shop priming steel doors and frames. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. "Paint" includes coating systems materials, primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats. B. Standard coating terms in accordance with ASTM D523. 1. Gloss Level 1 (Flat): Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, in accordance with ASTM D523. 2. Gloss Level 3 (Eggshell): 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, in accordance with ASTM D523. PAINTING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 099113-2 July 31, 2025 3. Gloss Level 4 (Satin): 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, in accordance with ASTM D523. 4. Gloss Level 5 (Semi -Gloss): 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, in accordance with ASTM D523. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical information, label analysis, and application instructions for each material proposed for use. 1. List each material and cross-reference the specific coating and finish system and application. Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. VOC content. B. Samples for verification purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate. Define each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. 1. Provide a list of material and application for each coat of each sample. Label each sample as to location and application. 2. Submit samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture only: a. Concrete: Provide two 4-inch-square samples for each color and finish. b. Concrete Masonry: Provide two 4- by-8-inch samples of masonry, with mortar joint in the center, for each finish and color. c. Painted Wood: Provide two 12- by 12-inch samples of each color and material on hardboard. d. Ferrous Metal: Provide two 4-inch-square samples of flat metal and two 8-inch-long samples of solid metal for each color and finish. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single -Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. B. Coordination of Work: Review other sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total systems for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify the Architect of problems anticipated using the materials specified. C. Field Samples: On wall surfaces and other exterior and interior components, duplicate finishes of prepared samples. Provide full- coat finish samples on at least 100 sq. ft. of surface until PAINTING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 099113-3 July 31, 2025 required sheen, color and texture are obtained; simulate finished lighting conditions for review of in -place work. 1. Final acceptance of colors will be from job -applied samples. 2. The Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for each type of coating and substrate to be painted. Apply coatings in this room or surface in accordance with the schedule or as specified. After finishes are accepted, this room or surface will be used for evaluation of coating systems of a similar nature. D. Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best quality trade sale paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary names used to designate colors or materials are not intended to imply that products named are required or to exclude equal products of other manufacturers. 2. Federal Specifications establish a minimum quality level for paint materials, except where other product identification is used. Provide written certification from the manufacturer that materials provided meet or exceed these criteria. 3. Products that comply with qualitative requirements of applicable Federal Specifications, yet differ in quantitative requirements, may be considered for use when acceptable to the Architect. Furnish material data and manufacturer's certificate of performance to Architect for proposed substitutions. E. VOC Content: Products shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction and, for interior paints and coatings applied at Project site, the following VOC limits, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 150 g/L. 3. Dry -Fog Coatings: 400 g/L. 4. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L. 5. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L. 6. Zinc -Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 340 g/L. 7. Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L. 8. Floor Coatings: 100 g/L. 9. Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L. 10. Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L. PAINTING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 099113-4 July 31, 2025 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information: 1. Product name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type). 3. Federal Specification number, if applicable. 4. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 5. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 6. Thinning instructions. 7. Application instructions. 8. Color name and number. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well -ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees Fahrenheit (7.22 degrees Celsius). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application. 1.08 JOB CONDITIONS A. Apply water -based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degrees Fahrenheit (10 degrees Celsius) and 90 degrees Fahrenheit (32.22 degrees Celsius). B. Apply solvent -thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees Fahrenheit (7.22 degrees Celsius) and 95 degrees Fahrenheit (35 degrees Celsius). C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist, when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, at temperatures less than 5 degrees Fahrenheit (-15 degrees Celsius) above the dew point, or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include but are not limited to the following: PAINTING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 099113-5 July 31, 2025 1. Benjamin Moore and Co. (Moore). 2. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. (PPG). 3. Pratt and Lambert (P & L). 4. The Sherwin-Williams Company (S-W). 2.02 MASONRY BLOCK FILLER A. High -Performance Latex Block Filler: Heavy-duty latex block fillers used for filling open textured interior and exterior concrete masonry block before application of top coats: 1. PPG: Speedhide Interior/Exterior Masonry Hi fill Latex Block Filler 6-15X1. 2. S-W: Prep Rite Block Filler B25W25. 2.03 PRIMERS A. Exterior Primer Coating: Exterior latex wood primer used for priming mineral -fiber -reinforced cement panels under an acrylic latex emulsion finish: 1. S-W: Extreme Bond Primer 2. Zinzer Bulls Eye 1-2-3 Plus B. Interior Masonry Latex -Based Paint: Alkali -resistant paint used as a primer over concrete and masonry under flat and semigloss enamel: 1. PPG: Seal Grip Interior/Exterior Acrylic Universal Primer/Sealer 17-921X1 2. S-W: Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer, A24W8300. C. Interior Flat Latex -Based Paint: Flat latex paint used as a primer on plaster under flat, semigloss, and full -gloss alkyd finishes: 1. PPG: Seal Grip Interior/Exterior Acrylic Universal Primer/Sealer 17-921X1 2. S-W: Premium Wall and Wood Primer, B28W8111. D. Latex -Based Interior White Primer: Latex -based primer coating used on interior gypsum drywall under a flat latex paint or an alkyd semigloss enamel. 1. PPG: Speedhide Interior Quick -Drying Latex Sealer 6-2 2. S-W: Pro Green 200 Latex Wall Primer. E. Synthetic, Rust -Inhibiting Primer: Quick -drying, rust -inhibiting primer for priming ferrous metal on the exterior under full -gloss and flat alkyd enamel and on the interior under flat latex paint or odorless alkyd semigloss or alkyd gloss enamels: 1. PPG: Pitt -Tech Plus EP Waterborne Acrylic Primer/Finish 90-1908 Series 2. S-W: Pro Cryl Universal Metal Primer B66W310. PAINTING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 099113-6 July 31, 2025 F. Galvanized Metal Primer: Primer used to prime interior and exterior zinc -coated (galvanized) metal surfaces: 1. PPG: Pitt -Tech Plus EP Waterborne Acrylic Primer/Finish 90-1908 Series 2. S-W: Pro Cryl Universal Metal Primer B66W310. 2.04 EXTERIOR FINISH PAINT MATERIAL A. Exterior Acrylic Emulsion: Quick -drying, flat (Gloss Level 1), acrylic paint for use on the exterior over concrete, stucco, masonry (including concrete masonry block), and mineral -fiber - reinforced cement -panel surfaces: 1. PPG: Sunproof Exterior 100% Acrylic Latex Flat 72-45X1 Series 2. S-W: A-100 Acrylic Latex Flat Exterior Finish A- 6 Series. B. Exterior Semi -transparent Oil Stain: Semi -transparent oil based exterior wood stains: 1. PPG: Olympic Maximum Sealant + Stain in One 79550 2. S-W: WoodScapes Semi -Transparent Polyurethane Exterior Stain (A15T5). C. Exterior Gloss Level 5 Enamel: Full -Gloss Alkyd enamel for use over prime -coated ferrous metal: 1. PPG: HPC Urethane Alkyd Enamel Semi -Gloss 4336H Series. Applied Dry Film Thickness: 2.0 mils (0.0508 mm) min. 2. S-W: Industrial Alkyd Urethane B54W150. 2.05 INTERIOR FINISH PAINT MATERIAL A. Latex -Based Interior Semi -Gloss Paint: Ready -mixed, latex -based paint for use as a semi -gloss finish over concrete and masonry surfaces, including filled concrete masonry block, mineral - fiber -reinforced cement panels, and plaster and over prime -coated gypsum drywall, ferrous metal, and zinc -coated (galvanized) metal surfaces: 1. PPG: Speedhide Zero Interior Latex Semi -Gloss 6-5510 Series 2. S-W: Pro Mar 200 Zero VOC Semigloss Wall Paint. B. Interior Semigloss Odorless Acrylic Paint: Ready -mixed, low -odor interior semigloss acrylic enamel for use over concrete, masonry, and plaster wood, hardwood, gypsum drywall, and metal surfaces: 1. PPG: Pitt -Tech Plus Semi -Gloss HP Waterborne Acrylic 90-1610 Series 2. S-W: Pro Industrial 0 VOC Acrylic Egg -Shell. C. Latex -based, Interior Flat Paint: Ready -mixed, latex based paint for use over acoustical plaster surfaces and as a "size" on cotton or canvas covering over insulation: 1. PPG: Speedhide Zero Interior Latex Flat 6-5110 2. S-W: Pro Mar 200 Zero VOC Flat Wall Paint, B30W2600 Series. PAINTING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 099113-7 July 31, 2025 D. Exposed Steel Roof Structure and Acoustical Tectum Panels: 2 coats with total dry film thickness not less than 4 mils (0.1016 mm). 1. Two Coats: PPG Speedhide Super Tech WB Interior Latex Dry Fog Flat, 6-725X1 Series. 2. Two Coats: S-W Low VOC Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall, B42W00081. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with requirements for application of paint. Do not begin paint application until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General Procedures: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place that are not to be painted or provide surface -applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items if necessary for complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved. 1. Clean surfaces before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Notify Architect in writing of problems anticipated with using the specified finish -coat material with substrates primed by others. 2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete masonry block, cement plaster, and mineral -fiber -reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. a. Use abrasive blast -cleaning methods if recommended by the paint manufacturer. b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If PAINTING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 099113-8 July 31, 2025 c. surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of finish paint, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions. d. Clean concrete floors to be painted with a 5 percent solution of muriatic acid or other etching cleaner. Flush the floor with clean water to remove acid, neutralize with ammonia, and rinse; allow to dry and vacuum before painting. 3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before application of primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. c. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall construction occurs on backside. d. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery. 4. Ferrous Metals: Clean nongalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council. a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by the paint system manufacturer and in accordance with requirements of SSPC specification SSPC-SP 10. b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before priming. c. Touch up bare areas and shop -applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire - brush, clean with solvents recommended by the paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. 5. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with non- petroleum -based solvents so that the surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. Test adhesion prior to full application. C. Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. PAINTING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 099113-9 July 31, 2025 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using. 3. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and only within recommended limits. D. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat where multiple coats of the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. B. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in "schedules." 2. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 3. The number of coats and film thickness required is the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding is required to produce an even smooth surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. 4. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners, receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 5. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned tube radiation, grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas as required to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. 6. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only before final installation of equipment. 7. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat, nonspecular black paint. 8. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 9. Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field- finished casework to match exterior. 10. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges same as exterior faces. PAINTING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 09 91 13 - 10 July 31, 2025 11. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. 12. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop -primed and touch up painted. C. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure and where application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not less than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide a total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. E. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in mechanical equipment rooms and in occupied spaces. F. Mechanical items to be painted include but are not limited to: 1. Piping, pipe hangers, and supports. 2. Heat exchangers. 3. Tanks. 4. Ductwork. 5. Insulation. 6. Supports. 7. Motors and mechanical equipment. 8. Accessory items. G. Electrical items to be painted include but are not limited to: 1. Conduit and fittings. 2. Switchgear. H. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. I. Prime Coats: Before application of finish coats, apply a prime coat of material as recommended by the manufacturer to material that is required to be painted or finished and has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to assure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. J. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. PAINTING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 09 91 13 - 11 July 31, 2025 K. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner reserves the right to invoke the following test procedure at any time and as often as the Owner deems necessary during the period when paint is being applied: 1. The Owner will engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to sample the paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to the project will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in the presence of the Contractor. 2. The testing laboratory will perform appropriate tests for the following characteristics as required by the Owner: a. Quantitative materials analysis. b. Abrasion resistance. c. Apparent reflectivity. d. Flexibility. e. Washability. f. Absorption. g. Accelerated weathering. h. Dry opacity. i. Accelerated yellowness. j. Recoating. k. Skinning. I. Color retention. m. Alkali and mildew resistance. 3. If test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements, the Contractor may be directed to stop painting, remove noncomplying paint, pay for testing, repaint surfaces coated with rejected paint, and remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if, upon repainting with specified paint, the two coatings are noncompatible. 3.05 CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. B. Upon completion of painting, clean glass and paint -spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. PAINTING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 09 91 13 - 12 July 31, 2025 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. B. Provide "wet paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work after completion of painting operations. 1. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.07 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. General: Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates indicated. B. Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Two finish coats over a block filler. a. Block Filler: Acrylic. Applied Dry Film Thickness: 8.0 mils (0.2032 mm) min. b. First Coat: Acrylic Latex Satin. Applied Dry Film Thickness: 1.6 mils (0.04064 mm) min. c. Second Coat: Acrylic Latex Satin. Applied Dry Film Thickness: 1.6 mils (0.04064 mm) min. C. Mineral -Fiber -Reinforced Cement Panels (Composite Wall Panels) 1. Acrylic Latex Enamel: 2 finish coats over primer. a. Primer: SW Extreme Bond Primer. b. First Coat: Acrylic Latex Satin. c. Second Coat: Acrylic Latex Satin. D. Ferrous Metal: Primer is not required on shop -primed items. 1. Lusterless Alkyd Enamel: 2 finish coats over primer. a. Primer: Synthetic Rust -Inhibiting Primer. b. First Coat: Lusterless Alkyd Enamel. c. Second Coat: Lusterless Alkyd Enamel. E. Zinc -Coated Metal: 1. Lusterless Alkyd Enamel: 2 finish coats over primer. a. Primer: Galvanized Metal Primer. b. First Coat: Alkyd Gloss Enamel. c. Second Coat: Alkyd Gloss Enamel. PAINTING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 09 91 13 - 13 July 31, 2025 3.08 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. General: Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates, as indicated. B. Concrete and Masonry (Other than concrete masonry units): 1. Semi -gloss Enamel Finish: 3 coats with total dry film thickness not less than 3.5 mils (0.0889 mm). a. Primer: Latex -Based Interior Flat Paint. b. Undercoat: Interior Enamel Undercoat. c. Finish Coat: Interior semi -gloss Odorless Acrylic Enamel. C. Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Semi -gloss Acrylic Enamel Finish: 2 coats over filled surface with total dry film thickness not less than 3.5 mils (0.0889 mm), excluding filler coat. a. Block Filler: High Performance Latex Block Filler. b. Undercoat: Interior Enamel Undercoat. c. Finish Coat: Interior semi -gloss Odorless Acrylic Enamel. D. Gypsum Drywall Systems: 1. Egg -Shell Acrylic Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over primer with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils (0.0635 mm). a. Primer: Interior Latex -Based White Primer. b. First Coat: Interior Egg -Shell Acrylic Enamel. c. Second Coat: Interior Egg -Shell Acrylic Enamel 2. Semi -gloss Acrylic Enamel Finish: 3 coats with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils (0.0635 mm). a. Primer: Interior Latex -Based White Primer. b. First Coat: Interior Egg -Shell Acrylic Enamel. c. Second Coat: Interior semi -gloss Acrylic Enamel. E. Woodwork and Hardboard: 1. Semigloss Enamel Finish: 3 coats. a. Undercoat: Interior Enamel Undercoat. b. First Coat: Interior semi -gloss Odorless Acrylic Enamel. c. Second Coat: Interior semi -gloss Odorless Acrylic Enamel. PAINTING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 09 91 13 - 14 July 31, 2025 F. Ferrous Metal: 1. Lusterless (Flat) Finish: 2 finish coats over primer with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils (0.0635 mm). a. Primer: Synthetic Rust -Inhibiting Primer. b. First Coat: Latex -Based Interior Flat Paint. c. Second Coat: Latex -Based Interior Flat Paint. 2. Semigloss Enamel Finish: 2 coats over primer with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils (0.0635 mm). a. Primer: Synthetic Rust -Inhibiting Primer. b. Undercoat: Interior Enamel Undercoat. c. Finish Coat: Interior semigloss Acrylic Enamel. G. Zinc -Coated Metal: 1. Lusterless (Flat) Finish: 2 finish coats over primer with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils (0.0635 mm). a. Primer: Galvanized Metal Primer. b. First Coat: Latex -Based Interior Flat Paint. c. Second Coat: Latex -Based Interior Flat Paint. 2. Semigloss Finish: 2 coats over primer, with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils (0.0635 mm). a. Primer: Galvanized Metal Primer. b. Undercoat: Interior Enamel Undercoat. c. Finish Coat: Interior semi -gloss Acrylic Enamel. END OF SECTION 09 91 13 PAINTING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 09 91 13 - 15 July 31, 2025 SECTION 09 96 00 - HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. High performance coatings. B. Surface preparation. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 90 00 - PAINTS AND COATINGS 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual; Current Edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide complete list of all products to be used, with the following information for each: 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel"). 2. MPI product number (e.g. MPI #47). 3. Cross-reference to specified coating system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system. 4. Manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Maintenance Data: Include cleaning procedures and repair and patching techniques. D. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. Extra Coating Materials: 1 gallon (4 liters) of each type and color. 2. Label each container with manufacturer's name, product number, color number, and room names and numbers where used. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 099600-1 July 31, 2025 B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of coating, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Coating Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) and a maximum of 90 degrees F (32 degrees C), in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install materials when temperature is below 55 degrees F (13 degrees C) or above 90 degrees F (32 degrees C). B. Maintain this temperature range, 24 hours before, during, and 72 hours after installation of coating. C. Restrict traffic from area where coating is being applied or is curing. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 1100 Summary of Work for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. High -Performance Coatings: 1. Basis of Design Product: Pittsburgh Paints: www.ppgpaints.com/#sle. 2. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.protective.sherwin-williams.com/industries/#sle. 3. Substitutions: Section 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions. 2.02 TOP COAT MATERIALS A. Coatings - General: Provide complete multi -coat systems formulated and recommended by manufacturer for the applications indicated, in the thicknesses indicated; number of coats specified does not include primer or filler coat. 1. Colors: As selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full range of colors. B. Concrete Masonry Units (CMU) where scheduled: 1. Top Coat(s): Latex, Interior, High Performance Architectural. a. Basis of Design Products: 1) Pittsburgh Paints; Pitt -Glaze WB1 High Performance Pre -Catalyzed Waterborne Epoxy, 16-1510 Series, Semi -Gloss. (MPI #141) @ 1.6 mils dry. HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 099600-2 July 31, 2025 2.03 PRIMERS A. Primers: Provide the following unless other primer is required or recommended by coating manufacturer. 1. Block Filler, Latex. a. Products: 1) Pittsburgh Paints; Speedhide Masonry Hi Fill Latex Block Filler, 6-15X1: www.ppgpaints.com/#sle. (MPI #4) 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessory Materials: Provide primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean-up materials as required for final completion of coated surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces and materials not receiving coating from spatter and overspray; mask if necessary to provide adequate protection. Repair damage. B. Clean surfaces of loose foreign matter. C. Remove substances that would bleed through finished coatings. If unremovable, seal surface with shellac. D. Remove finish hardware, fixture covers, and accessories and store. E. Masonry: 1. Prepare surface as recommended by coating manufacturer. 3.02 PRIMING A. Concrete Masonry: Apply masonry filler to thickness required to fill holes and produce smooth surface; minimum thickness of 7.0 mils (0.178 mm). 3.03 COATING APPLICATION A. Apply coatings in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, to thicknesses specified and recommendations in MPI - Architectural Painting and Specification Manual. B. Apply in uniform thickness coats, without runs, drips, pinholes, brush marks, or variations in color, texture, or finish. Finish edges, crevices, corners, and other changes in dimension with full coating thickness. HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 099600-3 July 31, 2025 3.04 CLEANING A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. B. Clean surfaces immediately of overspray, splatter, and excess material. C. After coating has cured, clean and replace finish hardware, fixtures, and fittings previously removed. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finished work from damage. END OF SECTION 09 96 00 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 099600-4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 10 1419 - DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Dimensional characters. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For signs. 1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work. 2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by other installers, and accessories. 3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, and layout for each sign at least half size. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample warranty. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTERS A. Fabricated Flat Characters: Metal faced, formed free from warp and distortion; with uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; internally braced for stability, to meet structural performance loading without oil -canning or other surface deformation, and for securing fasteners; and as follows. 1. Character Material: Sheet or plate aluminum. 2. Character Height: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Character Depth or Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Character Font: As indicated on Drawings. DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 10 14 19 - 1 July 31, 2025 5. Finishes as indicated on Drawings: a. Baked -Enamel or Powder -Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard, in colors as selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full range of colors. b. Decals. Graphics as indicated on Drawings. 6. Mounting: Manufacturer's standard concealed fastening for size and design of character. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signs, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following: 1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors. 2.03 FABRICATION A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated. 1. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention. 2. Provide welds and brazes behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed welded and brazed connections of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF DIMENSIONAL CHARACTERS A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation. 3. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of exterior aluminum in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. B. Mounting Methods: Manufacturer's standard concealed fastening for size and design of character. C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed. END OF SECTION 10 14 19 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 10 14 19 - 2 July 31, 2025 SECTION 10 14 23.16 - ROOM -IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Texas Accessibility Standards - 2012 Edition. B. ADA Standards - 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes room -identification signs that are directly attached to the building. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For room -identification signs. 1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work. 2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by other installers, and accessories. 3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, including raised characters and Braille, and layout for each sign at least half size. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample warranty. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. ROOM -IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 101423.16-1 July 31, 2025 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Accessibility Standard: Comply with applicable provisions in the USDOJ's "2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design", 2012 Texas Accessibility Standards and ICC A117.1. 2.02 ROOM -IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Room -Identification Sign: Sign with smooth, uniform surfaces; with message and characters having uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; and as follows: 1. Laminated -Sheet Sign: Polymer face sheet with raised graphics laminated to acrylic backing sheet to produce composite sheet. a. Composite -Sheet Thickness: Manufacturer's standard for size of sign. b. Surface -Applied Graphics: Applied "tactile" signage, with letters raised minimum of 1/32 inch (0.79 mm) and Grade II braille. c. Color(s): As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. d. Signage layout, graphics and lettering: As indicated on the Signage Schedule on the Drawings. 2. Sign -Panel Perimeter: Finish edges smooth. a. Edge Condition: As indicated on Drawings. b. Corner Condition in Elevation: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Backing Plate: Furnish and install a plain acrylic backing plate at all signage mounted to glazing. Color to match sign. 4. Mounting: Surface mounted to wall or glazing with two -face tape. 2.03 SIGN MATERIALS A. Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D 4802, category as standard with manufacturer for each sign, Type UVF (UV filtering). 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Two -Face Tape: Manufacturer's standard high -bond, foam -core tape, 0.045 inch (1.14 mm) thick, with adhesive on both sides. 2.05 FABRICATION A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated. ROOM -IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 101423.16-2 July 31, 2025 1. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention. 2. Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are inconspicuous. B. Subsurface -Applied Graphics: Apply graphics to back face of clear face -sheet material to produce precisely formed image. Image shall be free of rough edges. C. Subsurface -Etched Graphics: Reverse etch back face of clear face -sheet material. Fill resulting copy with manufacturer's standard enamel. Apply opaque manufacturer's standard background color coating over enamel -filled copy. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Install signs so they do not protrude or obstruct according to the accessibility standard. 3. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation. B. Mounting Methods: 1. Two -Face Tape: Clean bond -breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage. Keep strips away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage tape adhesive. END OF SECTION 10 14 23.16 ROOM -IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 101423.16-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 10 26 13 - CORNER GUARDS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section includes the following types of wall protection systems: 1. Corner Guards 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with conditions of contract and Division 1 specification section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures". B. Product data and detailed specifications for each system component and installation accessory required, including installation methods for each type of substrate. C. Shop drawings showing locations, extent and installation details of corner guards. Show methods of attachment to adjoining construction. D. Samples for verification purposes: Submit the following samples, as proposed for this work, far verification of guard. E. Maintenance data for wall protection system components for inclusion in the operating and maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer qualifications: Engage an installer who has no less than 3 years' experience in installation of systems similar in complexity to those required for this project. B. Manufacturer's qualifications: Not less than 5 years' experience in the production of specified products and a record of successful in-service performance. C. Single source responsibility: Provide all components of the wall protection system manufactured by the same company to ensure compatibility of color, texture and physical properties. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the project site in unopened original factory packaging clearly labeled to show manufacturer. B. Material must be stored flat. CORNER GUARDS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 102613-1 July 31, 2025 C. Handling: Take adequate measure to prevent damage to materials. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: Do not install wall protection products until installation areas are enclosed and weatherproof. HVAC system must be operational and maintaining temperature at 650-75°F (18°-24°C) for at least 72 hours prior to installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: TheCornerGuardStore.com 1. 2220 Fernbrook Lane North, Plymouth, MN 55447 11445 E Via Linda, Suite 2 #323, Scottsdale, AZ 85259 2. Tel: 800-516-0436 2.02 DESCRIPTION A. Basis of Design Product: Model CG-SS4-141721-90 - 72" (1828.8mm) x 1" (25.4mm) x 1" (25.4mm) x 90° Surface mounted stainless steel corner guard with a 1/8" (3.2mm) radius corner. Construction adhesive included for standard installation. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: Type 304, 14 gauge, with a #4 satin finish. B. Adhesive: Polyurethane based construction adhesive. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Corner guards shall be factory formed from stainless steel sheet. 1. Lengthwise perimeter edges to include an optional nominal 10° return bend. 2. Edge burrs shall be removed. 3. Satin finish grain oriented parallel with length. 4. Single piece fabrication to 144" (3658) in length. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. 1. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CORNER GUARDS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 102613-2 July 31, 2025 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface preparation: Prior to installation, clean substrate to remove dirt, debris and loose 1. particles. Perform additional preparation procedures as required by manufacturer's instructions. B. Protection: Take all necessary steps to prevent damage to material during installation as required in manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install the work of this section in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, using only approved mounting hardware, and locating all components firmly into position, level and plumb. 3.04 CLEANING A. General: Immediately upon completion of installation, clean material in accordance with manufacturer's recommended cleaning method. B. Remove surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from installation as work progresses and upon completion of work. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect installed materials to prevent damage by other trades. Use materials that may be easily removed without leaving residue or permanent stains. END OF SECTION 10 26 13 CORNER GUARDS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 102613-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 10 28 00 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A480/A480M - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat -Rolled Stainless and Heat -Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip; 2025a. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Public -use washroom accessories. 2. Custodial accessories. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each finish specified, full size. 1. Approved full-size Samples will be returned and may be used in the Work. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample warranties. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Mirrors: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace mirrors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 102800-1 July 31, 2025 B. Structural Performance: Design accessories and fasteners to comply with the following requirements: 1. Grab Bars: Installed units are able to resist 250 Ibf concentrated load applied in any direction and at any point. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. A&J Washroom Accessories. 2. ASI American Specialties, Inc.; ASI Group. 3. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. 4. Bradley Corporation. 5. Gamco Commercial Restroom Accessories; Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. 2.03 PUBLIC -USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES A. Grab Bar, Types TA-1 and TA-2: 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick B-6806 Series. a. TA-1: Bobrick B-6806 x 36" b. TA-2: Bobrick B-6806 x 42" 2. Mounting: Flanges with concealed fasteners. 3. Material: Stainless steel, 0.05 inch (1.27 mm) thick. a. Finish: Smooth, ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish (satin). 4. Outside Diameter: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). 5. Configuration and Length: As indicated on Drawings . B. Toilet Tissue (Roll) Dispenser, Type TA-3: 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick B-6977. 2. Description: Recessed horizontal dual -roll toilet paper dispenser. 3. Mounting: Recessed. 4. Capacity: Designed for two standard diameter tissue rolls. 5. Material and Finish: Type 304, 22-guage satin stainless steel. 6. Theft -resistant toilet tissue spindles shall be removable only with special key provided. C. Sanitary -Napkin Disposal Unit, Type TA-4: 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick B-270. TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 102800-2 July 31, 2025 2. Mounting: Surface mounted. 3. Door or Cover: Self -closing, disposal -opening cover. 4. Receptacle: Removable. 5. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish (satin) . D. Soap Dispenser, Type TA-6: 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick B-2111. 2. Mounting: Surface mounted. 3. Container: 18-8 S, type 304, 22-gauge stainless steel with satin -finish. Body is drawn, one- piece, seamless construction. Back plate has mounting bracket attached. Furnished with concealed wall plate. Equipped with a clear acrylic refill -indicator window and a locked, hinged stainless steel lid for top filling. 4. Valve: Black molded plastic push button and spout. Soap head -holding mushroom valve. Stainless steel spring. U-packing seal and duckbill. Antibacterial -soap -resistant plastic cylinder. 5. Capacity: 40-f1. oz. E. Mirror Unit, Type TA-7: 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick B-290 2436. 2. Frame: Type 304 Heavy Gauge Stainless Steel frame, 3/4" x 3/4" with satin finish. a. Corners: Manufacturer's standard. 3. Size: 24 x 36 inches. 4. Hangers: Manufacturer's standard rigid, tamper and theft resistant. F. Combination Towel (Folded) Dispenser/Waste Receptacle, Type TA-9: 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick B-3942. 2. Description: Combination unit for dispensing C-fold or multifold towels, with removable waste receptacle. 3. Mounting: a. Semi -recessed. 4. Minimum Towel -Dispenser Capacity: 600 C-fold or 800 multifold paper. 5. Minimum Waste -Receptacle Capacity: 12 gallon. 6. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish (satin). 7. Lockset: Tumbler type for towel -dispenser compartment. TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 102800-3 July 31, 2025 2.04 FABRICATION A. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. 1. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. B. Grab Bars: Install to comply with specified structural -performance requirements. END OF SECTION 10 28 00 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 102800-4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 10 44 00 - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire extinguishers. B. Fire extinguisher cabinets. C. Accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems; 2023a. B. NFPA 10 - Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers; 2022. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide extinguisher operational features. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations of cabinets and cabinet physical dimensions. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special criteria and wall opening coordination requirements. E. Maintenance Data: Include test, refill or recharge schedules and re -certification requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets and Accessories: 1. Basis of Design Product: Activar Construction Products Group, Inc. - JL Industries; Model Cosmic 5E Extinguisher - Multipurpose Chemical: www.activarcpg.com/#sle. 2. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 3. Kidde, a unit of United Technologies Corp: www.kidde.com/#sle. 4. Potter -Roemer: www.potterroemer.com/#sle. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets and Accessories: 1. Basis of Design Product: Activar Construction Products Group, Inc. - JL Industries; Ambassador Series: www.activarcpg.com/#sle. 2. Kidde, a unit of United Technologies Corp: www.kidde.com/#sle. FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 104400-1 July 31, 2025 3. Larsen's Manufacturing Co: www.larsensmfg.com/#sle. 4. Potter -Roemer: www.potterroemer.com/#sle. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers - General: Comply with product requirements of NFPA 10 and applicable codes, whichever is more stringent. B. Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type Fire Extinguishers: Carbon steel tank, with pressure gauge. 1. Class: A:B:C type. 2. Size: 5 pound (2.27 kg). 3. Finish: Baked polyester powder coat, color as selected. 2.03 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. Fire Rating: Listed and labeled in accordance with ASTM E814 requirements for fire resistance rating of walls where being installed. B. Fire Rated Cabinet Construction: Two-hour fire rated. 1. Tub Material: Cold rolled steel. C. Cabinet Configuration: Recessed and Semi -recessed types where indicated on Drawings. 1. Size to accommodate accessories. 2. Trim: Flat square edge, with 3 inch (76 mm) wide face. D. Door and Trim: 20 gauge cold rolled steel. Basis of Design Product: Activar Construction Products Group, Inc. - JL Industries; Ambassador Series, Style L22 solid door with Saf-T-Lok and recessed pull (ADA) . E. Cabinet Mounting Hardware: Appropriate to cabinet, with pre -drilled holes for placement of anchors. F. Fabrication: Weld, fill, and grind components smooth. G. Finish of Cabinet Exterior Trim and Door: Baked enamel, white color. H. Finish of Cabinet Interior: White colored enamel. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Extinguisher Brackets: Formed steel, chrome -plated. B. Lettering: "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" horizontal decal, prespaced red lettering in accordance with authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 104400-2 July 31, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install fire extinguishers at height in compliance with the 2012 Texas Accessibility Standards. C. Place extinguishers in cabinets and on wall brackets as indicated on Drawings. END OF SECTION 10 44 00 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 104400-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 12 36 61.16 - SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2023d. B. AWI/AWMAC/WI - Architectural Woodwork Standards, 2nd Edition; 2014, with Errata (2016). C. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid surface material countertops. 2. Solid surface material back and end splashes. 3. Solid surface material apron fronts. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical literature indicating physical properties and performance criteria for solid surface materials and related components. B. Shop Drawings: Show materials, finishes, edge and backsplash profiles, methods of joining, anchorages and cutouts for plumbing fixtures. Provide templates and rough -in measurements. C. Samples: For each type of material exposed to view, submit two, 2 x 2 inch (50.8 mm) samples representative of colors, patterns, textures, finishes and edge treatments. Approved samples will be retained as a standard for the work. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's recommended cleaning and maintenance procedures. Include in project closeout documents. 1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design Load: Deflection limited to 1/360. B. Design items with sufficient strength for handling stresses. C. Accessible Design: Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG) and with the Texas Accessibility Standards. SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 12 36 61.16 - 1 July 31 2025 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP MATERIALS A. Solid Surface Material: Homogeneous -filled plastic resin complying with ISSFA 2. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Formica Corporation; Everform Solid Surface countertops. b. Wilsonart LLC; Solid Surface countertops. 2. Type: Provide Standard type unless Special Purpose type is indicated. 3. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide solid surface fabrications with the following surface -burning characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E84 by UL 723 or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. a. Flame -Spread Index: 25 or less. b. Smoke -Developed Index: 450 or less. 4. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate countertops according to solid surface material manufacturer's written instructions and to the AWI/AWMAC/WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards. 1. Grade: Custom. B. Countertops: 1. 1/2-inch- thick, solid surface material with front edge built up with same material. C. Backsplashes: 1/2-inch- thick, solid surface material. D. Joints: 1. Fabricate countertops with hairline joints that are tight, held rigidly in place. E. Cutouts and Holes: 1. Undercounter Plumbing Fixtures: Make cutouts for fixtures in shop using template or pattern furnished by fixture manufacturer. Form cutouts to smooth, even curves. 2.03 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Adhesive: Product recommended by solid surface material manufacturer. B. Sealant for Countertops: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants." SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 12 36 61.16 - 2 July 31 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions and approved Submittals. B. Set items plumb, level, rigid and solidly adhered to substrate. C. Prefit items: Adjust supports to make fit. Align joints over support framing. D. Fasten countertops as recommended by manufacturer. E. Bond joints with adhesive and draw tight as countertops are set. Mask areas of countertops adjacent to joints to prevent adhesive smears. F. Install backsplashes and end splashes by adhering to wall and countertops with adhesive. G. Install aprons to backing and countertops with adhesive. H. Complete cutouts not finished in shop. Mask areas of countertops adjacent to cutouts to prevent damage while cutting. Make cutouts to accurately fit items to be installed, and at right angles to finished surfaces unless beveling is required for clearance. Ease edges slightly to prevent snipping. I. Apply sealant to gaps at walls; comply with Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants." 3.02 CLEANING: A. Clean and polish fabrications in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Promptly remove excessive mastic and seam adhesive. END OF SECTION 12 36 61.16 SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 12 36 61.16 - 3 July 31 2025 SECTION 2102 01 - COORDINATION DRAWINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions 013100 and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. 1.2 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall take the lead in coordinating the Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, and Fire Protection systems within the building. B. The General Contractor shall coordinate a three-dimensional (3D) model of the building which includes the Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, and Fire Protection systems. The Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, and Fire Protection Contractors shall prepare their work and generate 3D models which will be given to the General Contractor for coordination. The Contractor will be provided with the REVIT model that was used to generate the contract documents, this file may be used as the background file. The Contractor shall replace the systems drawn with the actual shop drawing models. The Contractor is not limited to using REVIT, but may use any 3-D software in generating and combining the coordination model. C. Submitting the contract drawings as coordination drawings will not be acceptable. D. The model shall include detailed and accurate representations of all equipment to be installed based upon the reviewed equipment submittals. E. The Contractor shall hold a 3-D coordination meeting with all sub- contractors present to review the model and discuss coordination of the installation of the building systems. F. Upon completion of the coordination meeting, the Contractor shall submit the 3-D model and %" scale drawings for review. G. The model shall detail major elements, components, and systems in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: 1. Indicate the proposed locations of pipe, duct, equipment, and other materials. Include the following: a. Wall and type locations. b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. COORDINATION DRAWINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 210201-1 July 31, 2025 c. Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. d. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e. Equipment connections and support details. f. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. g. Routing of storm and sanitary sewer piping. h. Fire -rated wall and floor penetrations. i. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. j. Valve stem movement. k. Structural floor, wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 4. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air distribution devices, light fixtures, communication systems components, and other ceiling -mounted items. H. Sequence of Coordination Below is hierarchy of model elements and the sequencing by which the models will be coordinated. 1. Structural and Architectural model 2. Miscellaneous steel 3. Perform preliminary space allocation 4. Identify hard constraints (locations of access panels, lights, A/V space requirements, etc.) 5. Main and medium pressure ducts from the shaft out 6. Main graded plumbing lines and vents 7. Sprinkler mains and branches S. Cold and hot water mains and branches 9. Lighting fixtures and plumbing fixtures 10. Smaller sized ducts and flex ducts 11. Smaller size cold water and hot water piping, flex ducts, etc. COORDINATION DRAWINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 210201-2 July 31, 2025 I. The Contractor and Sub -Contractors shall not install any item until the coordination has been completed and reviewed by the Construction Manager, Owner, and A/E team. J. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include, but not be limited to: voltage, ampacity, capacity, electrical and piping connections, space requirements, sequence of construction, building requirements and special conditions. K. By submitting shop drawings on the project, this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems, products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended, in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. END OF SECTION COORDINATION DRAWINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 210201-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 2105 29 — HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe, and equipment hangers, supports and associated anchors. B. Sleeves and seals. C. Flashing and sealing equipment and pipe stacks. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 2113 00 — Wet Pipe Sprinkler System. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. B. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. C. NFPA 14 - Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supports for Sprinkler Piping: In conformance with NFPA 13. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division One. B. Indicate hanger and support framing and attachment methods. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 Inches Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll, double hanger. D. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods; cast iron roll and stand for pipe sizes 6 inches and over. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 210529-1 7-31-2025 E. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over: adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll. G. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. H. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, locknut nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. I. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over: Adjustable cast iron roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support. J. Roof Pipe Supports and Hangers: Galvanized Steel Channel System as manufactured by Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc. or approved equal. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller — Type PP10 with roller For pipes 3" through 8" — Type PS For multiple pipes — Type PSE - Custom K. For installation of protective shields refer to paragraph 3.3.0 Shields. 2.2 HANGER RODS A. Galvanized Hanger Rods: Threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded. 2.3 INSERTS A. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.4 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing: 20 gage galvanized steel. B. Lead Flashing: 4 lb./sq. ft. sheet lead for waterproofing; 1 lb./sq. ft. sheet lead for soundproofing. C. Caps: Steel, 20 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements. D. Coordinate with roofing contractor/architect for type of flashing on metal roofs. 2.5 EQUIPMENT CURBS A. Fabricate curbs of hot dipped galvanized steel. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 210529-2 7-31-2025 2.6 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Pipes through Non -fire Rated Floors: Form with 18 gage galvanized steel, tack welded to form a uniform sleeve. B. Sleeves for Pipes through Non -fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Form with steel pipe, schedule 40. C. Sleeves for Pipes through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fireproofing: Prefabricated fire rated steel sleeves including seals, UL listed. D. Fire Stopping Insulation: Glass fiber type, non-combustible, U.L. listed. E. Caulk: Paintable 25-year acrylic sealant. F. Pipe Alignment Guides: Factory fabricated, of cast semi -steel or heavy fabricated steel, consisting of bolted, two -section outer cylinder and base with two -section guiding spider that bolts tightly to pipe. Length of guides shall be as recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. B. Design hangers without disengagement of supported pipe. C. Design roof supports without roof penetrations, flashing or damage to the roofing material. 2.8 FINISH A. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSERTS A. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. Coordinate with structural engineer for placement of inserts. B. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. C. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, provide inserts to be flush with slab surface. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 210529-3 7-31-2025 D. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide thru- bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab. Verify with structural engineer prior to start of work. 3.2 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Support horizontal piping as follows: PIPE SIZE MAX. HANGER SPACING HANGER DIAMETER (Steel Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 7'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 3 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" 15 inch and over 10'-0" 7/8" (Copper Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 5'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inch 8'-0" 3/8" 3 to 4 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 10'-0" 1/2" (PVC Pipe) 1-1/2 to 4 inch 4'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 4'-0" 1/2" 10 and over 4'-0" 5/8" B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. C. Place a hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow and at the vertical horizontal transition. D. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. E. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 feet maximum spacing between hangers. F. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 210529-4 7-31-2025 G. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. H. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. I. Install hangers with nut at base and above hanger; tighten upper nut to hanger after final installation adjustments. J. Portable pipe hanger systems shall be installed per manufactures instructions. 3.3 Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements. A. Clamps: Attach galvanized clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ASME B31.9. B. Saddles: Install galvanized protection saddles MSS Type 39 where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with segments of insulation that match adjoining pipe insulation. C. Shields: Install protective shields MSS Type 40 on cold and chilled water piping that has vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees and shall have dimensions in inches not less than the following: NPS LENGTH THICKNESS 1/4 THROUGH 3-1/2 12 0.048 4 12 0.060 5 & 6 18 0.060 8 THROUGH 14 24 0.075 16 THROUGH 24 24 0.105 D. Piping 2" and larger provide galvanized sheet metal shields with calcium silicate at hangers/supports. E. Insert material shall be at least as long as the protective shield. F. Thermal Hanger Shields: Install where indicated, with insulation of same thickness as piping. 3.4 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide equipment bases of concrete. B. Provide templates, anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. C. Construct support of steel members. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. D. Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 210529-5 7-31-2025 3.5 FLASHING A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counter flashing where piping and ductwork penetrate weather or waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs. B. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting 8 inches minimum above finished roof surface with lead worked one inch minimum into hub, 8 inches minimum clear on sides with 24 x 24 inches sheet size. For pipes through outside walls, turn flanges back into wall and caulk, metal counter flash and seal. C. Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches clear on sides with minimum 36 x 36 inch sheet size. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. D. Seal floor shower mop sink and all other drains watertight to adjacent materials. E. Provide curbs for mechanical roof installations 8 inches minimum high above roofing surface. Contact architect for all flashing details and roof construction. Seal penetrations watertight. 3.6 SLEEVES A. Set sleeves in position in formwork. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. B. Extend sleeves through floors minimum one inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves full depth with fire rated thermfiber and 3M caulking and provide floor plate. C. Where piping penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with U.L. listed fire stopping insulation and caulk seal air tight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. D. Fire protection sleeves may be flush with floor of stairways. END OF SECTION 2105 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 210529-6 7-31-2025 SECTION 21 13 00 FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wet -pipe sprinkler system. 2. System design, installation, and certification. 3. Backflow prevention. 4. Fire department connections. 5. Small hose stations. 6. Underground piping within 5 feet-0 inches of building. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section Mechanical, Refrigeration, Food Service Equipment and Electrical Coordination. 2. Division 01 Section Quality Control. 3. Division 01 Section Closeout Procedures. 4. Division 07 Section Firestopping 5. Division 26 Electrical. 6. Division 28 Section Fire Detection And Alarm 7. Division 31 Section Earthwork. C. System Description: 1. System to provide complete coverage for the entire building, including exterior canopies. 2. Provide system to meet National Fire Protection Association - NFPA 13, Latest Edition, and occupancy and hazard classifications shown on the preliminary working plans (bid documents) completed by the Engineer Of Record. FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211300-1 July 31, 2025 3. Determine volume and pressure of incoming water supply from water flow test data. Conduct new water flow tests per NFPA 291. Do not rely on data shown on preliminary working plans. Provide new water flow test data to the Engineer of Record for evaluation and hydraulically design system based on the evaluated data from the Engineer of Record. 4. Interface system with building fire detection and alarm system. 5. Provide fire department connections where indicated. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Perform Work in accordance with NFPA 13, Latest Edition. 1.3 REFERENCES A. The following publications form a part of this Specification to the extent they are applicable: 1. Division 01 Section Quality Control. 2. NFPA 13 - Latest Edition - Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 3. NFPA 70 - Latest Edition - National Electrical Code. 4. NFPA 72 - Latest Edition - National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code. 5. NFPA 150 — Latest Edition — Fire and Life Safety in Animal Housing Facilities Code 6. NFPA 170 — Latest Edition — Standard for Fire Safety and Emergency Symbols. 7. Underwriters Laboratories - UL 199 - Automatic Sprinklers. 8. American Society of Sanitary Engineering - ASSE 1015 - Double check backflow prevention assemblies and double check fire protection backflow assemblies. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals for Review: 1. Division 01 Section Quality Control: Procedures for submittals. 2. Manufacturer's Descriptive Data: Annotate descriptive data to show clearly the specific model, type, and size of each item. At a minimum, submit two sets of data to the COR for the following: a. Pipe and fittings. b. Valves, including gate, check, and globe. FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211300-2 July 31, 2025 c. Electric alarm valve. d. Sprinkler heads. e. Pressure or flow switch. f. Pipe hangers and support. g. Excess pressure pump. h. Fire department connections. i. Low air pressure supervisory panel. j. Air Maintenance device. k. Mechanical couplings/fittings. I. Backflow preventer. m. Tamper switch. n. Hose connection. 3. Shop Drawings (Working Plans): a. Drawing symbols shall be per NFPA 170. b. Submit preliminary layout of finished ceiling areas indicating only sprinkler locations coordinated with ceiling installation. c. Indicate hydraulic calculations, detailed pipe layout, hangers and supports, sprinklers, components and accessories. Indicate system controls. d. Prepare in accordance with NFPA 13, Latest Edition. All 46 items of NFPA 13, chapter 22, section 22.1 for working plans shall be complied with. e. Working plans shall include sufficient information indicating conformance to the preliminary working plans (bid documents) completed by the Engineer of Record. 4. Submit computer program generated hydraulic calculation to substantiate compliance with hydraulic design requirement per NFPA 13, latest edition. Specify name and edition of software program used. 5. Fire Sprinkler Contractor shall perform a two hydrant flow test in accordance with NFPA 291 at time of actual Working Plan design. FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211300-3 July 31, 2025 6. Submit complete sprinkler system Working Plans and hydraulic calculations sealed with the preparing subcontractor's PE stamp of the FPE who prepared or supervised the preparation of the Working Plans. 7. Operation and Maintenance Data. B. Submittals at Project Closeout: 1. Division 01 Section Closeout Procedures: Procedures for submittals. 2. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of sprinklers and deviations of piping from drawings. Indicate drain and test locations. 3. Manufacturer's Certificate: The Engineer of Record shall inspect the system and certify that the system has been tested and meets or exceeds specified requirements and code requirements. 4. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include components of system, servicing requirements, record drawings, inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and location and numbers of service depot. Provide three copies, printed and bound in hard cover or three-ring loose leaf notebooks. 5. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Government's name and registered with manufacturer. a. The components of the fire protection system(s) furnished under this division of the Specifications shall be guaranteed for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of acceptance thereof, either for beneficial use or final acceptance, whichever is earlier, against defective materials, design, and workmanship. Upon receipt of notice from the Government of failure of any part of the equipment during the guarantee period, the affected part or parts shall be replaced promptly which includes removing the defective part or parts, replacing and installing the new part or parts and at the expense of the Contractor. 6. A Certificate or Letter of Approval from Government's Insurance Underwriters shall be obtained by Fire Protection Contractor and turned over to the Government. 7. Provide one (1) copy of NFPA 25 - Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water -Based Fire Protection Systems 8. The contractor shall submit all certifications and testing data as a supplement to previously submitted 0 & M manuals at Contract Closeout. Testing data shall include all applicable "Acceptance Requirements" per NFPA 13. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211300-4 July 31, 2025 A. Division 01 Section Quality Control: Transport, handle, store, and protect products. B. Store products in shipping containers and maintain in place until installation. C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience. C. Design system under direct supervision of a state licensed Professional Fire Protection Engineer. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Underwriters Laboratories - UL. B. Perform Work in accordance with NFPA 13, Latest Edition. C. Equipment and Components shall be UL listed and FM approved. D. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Division 01 Section Closeout Procedures - Maintenance Data. B. Provide extra sprinklers under provisions of NFPA 13, Latest Edition. C. Provide suitable wrenches for each sprinkler type. D. Provide metal storage cabinet in location designated near sprinkler riser. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SPRINKLERS A. Install sprinklers from reviewed Working Plans. B. All sprinklers shall be of similar design and from a single manufacturer. FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211300-5 July 31, 2025 C. The operating temperature of sprinkler heads shall be as required by the specific location of installation. D. Extended coverage sprinklers shall not be used unless specified in the preliminary working plans. E. Sprinklers shall conform to the following schedule, the requirements of NFPA 13 and as indicated in the preliminary working plans: 1. Suspended Ceiling - Finished Rooms: a. Type: Recessed pendant type with matching escutcheon plate. Maximum projection below ceiling 1 inch. b. Finish: c. Escutcheon Plate Finish: White d. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type or Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard. 2. Exposed Area - No Finished Ceiling Type: a. Type: Standard upright type. b. Finish: Brass. c. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type or Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard. 3. Suspended Ceilings - Janitors closets, Storage, Mechanical Rooms: a. Type: Standard type with matching flat escutcheon plate. Projection below ceiling shall not exceed 2 inches. b. Finish: c. Escutcheon Plate Finish: d. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type or glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard. e. Sprinkler with deflectors less than 7 feet-6 inches above finished floor shall have listed sprinkler guards. 2.2 FLEXIBLE SPRINKLER HOSE FITTINGS FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211300-6 July 31, 2025 A. Provide flexible hose assemblies and end fittings with 100 percent Type 304 Stainless steel, with a 175 psi maximum rated pressure. Flexible hose assemblies shall be stainless steel, braided, and leak tested. B. Flexible hose assemblies shall have G90 galvanized steel ceiling bracket, direct attachment type, having ends that positively attach to the ceiling using tamper resistant screws. Provide flexible hose attachment with removable hub type with set screw. C. All flexible sprinkler hose fittings shall be UL listed and FM approved. D. Install flexible sprinkler hose fittings for use in commercial suspended and sheetrock ceilings. E. Hose assemblies shall be limited to 48" in length. 2.3 PIPE AND FITTINGS -EXTERIOR A. Piping underground shall be Class 52 cement lined ductile iron pipe or as required by the local utility company a minimum of 5 feet-0 inches from the building. Straight runs of pipe with no offsets may be rubber joint with bell and spigot. All fittings shall consist of mechanical joint type. B. All buried pipe and fittings shall be installed in a sand bedded trench, 6 inches under pipe and filled with sand to 12 inches minimum above pipe. C. Block or rod underground piping and fittings for static and surge pressures. Furnish and install concrete thrust blocks and joint ties at each change in direction of all underground piping in accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 24 requirements. Set screw ("Mega -Lug type") restraint shall be used in addition to concrete thrust blocks. D. Prior to connection to existing water line, the Water Authority having jurisdiction shall be contacted so that they can inspect the procedures used. E. All underground pipe, fittings, and valves shall conform to NFPA 13 and NFPA 24 requirements. 2.4 PIPE AND FITTINGS -INTERIOR A. Interior piping for automatic sprinkler system shall conform to NFPA 13 and as follows. 1. Sprinkler piping above ground with threaded fittings shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe with a corrosion resistance rating equal to or greater than 1.0. Threaded thin -wall pipe shall not be used. 2. Fittings for threaded and coupled pipe shall consist of malleable iron threaded fittings joined with Teflon tape thread sealing compound or pipe joint compound. Pressure rating of fittings shall be as required for application. FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211300-7 July 31, 2025 3. Sprinkler piping above ground with grooved fittings for sizes 2-1/2-inch and larger shall be roll grooved Schedule 40 black steel pipe. Pressure rating of fittings shall be as required for application. 4. All piping shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe. 5. Fittings for grooved end pipe shall in accordance with NFPA 13. 6. All exterior copper pipe shall be type K soft or hard copper with brazed copper fittings. 7. All interior copper pipe shall be type L hard copper pipe with brazed wrought or cast copper fittings. 8. Fittings for plain end pipe shall not be used. 9. CPVC piping and fitting shall not be used. 10. Alternate piping systems approved by NFPA 13 may be allowed with prior approval of the Engineer of Record. 11. All piping shall be identified with pre -manufactured piping identification labels. 12. All drain and Fire Department Connection piping and fittings down -stream of valves shall be galvanized. 2.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Space pipe hangers in accordance with the requirements of NFPA. Construct hangers, hanger rods, inserts and clamps as approved by NFPA 13. 2.6 VALVES A. Gate valves shall be approved indicating type as required by NFPA. Check valves shall be as required by NFPA. Test and drain valves shall be approved brass globe, angle, or ball valves. Locate sprinkler system isolation valves as shown on the drawings complete with a tamper alarm. 2.7 BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES A. Install new backflow prevention devices of the type and configuration as required by the Water Authority having jurisdiction. B. Double Check Valve Assemblies shall be: ANSI/ASSE 1015, AWWA C510; Bronze body with corrosion resistant internal parts and stainless steel springs; two independently operating check valves two os&y valves, 175 psig working pressure, drain pipe to floor drain with air gap fitting. FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211300-8 July 31, 2025 C. Reduced Pressure Backflow Assemblies shall be: ANSI/ASSE 1013, AWWA C511; stainless steel body with corrosion resistant internal parts and stainless steel springs; two link operating check valves with replaceable check disc rubber, two os&y valves, 175 psig working pressure, pressure relief with air gap fitting. D. Devices shall be UL or FM approved. E. All reduced pressure backflow prevention devices shall be provided with an air gap drain with splash guard and piped to the exterior or adequate floor drain with galvanized pipe and fittings. Drain pipe shall be sized as required by the manufacturer for full flow of the relief valve. 2.8 SPECIALTIES A. Fire Seals: 1. Where piping passes through walls, floors or other building construction which by code requires a fire rating, approved fire rated assemblies shall be used. Proposed protection shall be submitted for approval. Plans shall clearly indicate details and locations of required protection. B. Escutcheon Plates: 1. Where exposed piping passes through finish work, chrome plated or other finish acceptable to the Government's Designated Inspector wall plates shall be installed. Split wall plates or escutcheons shall be installed to fit snugly around piping. All wall plates shall be metal. 2. Solid galvanized wall plates shall be used at both sides of all exterior walls. C. Valve Identification: 1. All valves within the building shall have permanently marked identification signs provided in accordance with NFPA 13 standards. Signs shall be manufactured and not hand written. Signs shall be hung with galvanized or chrome chain. D. Spare Head Supply: 1. Furnish and install a supply of extra sprinklers of each type and degree link installed in the project, complete with mountable box. Mount box on wall next to sprinkler entry; provide wrenches for each type of sprinkler installed in box. Quantity of sprinklers to be per NFPA 13. E. Piping Identification: 1. All piping shall be identified at 40 foot maximum spacing and a minimum of one identification label per room. Labels shall be Seton wrap around style or equal. FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211300-9 July 31, 2025 2.9 ELECTRICAL DEVICES A. All electrical devices shall be coordinated with Division 26 Electrical and Division 28 Fire Detection and Alarm requirements for compatibility of voltages and manufacturer. B. Water Flow Switch: 1. Vane type switch for mounting horizontal or vertical with retard adjustment. Switch shall have two sets of SPDT contacts; rated 10 amps at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amps at 24 volt. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4/IP54 rated. Flow sensitivity shall be 4-10 gpm Construction of base and cover shall be die-cast and provided with two (2) knockouts for 1/2-inch conduit. Switch shall be UL listed for fire protection service. C. Pressure Alarm Switch: 1. Pressure actuated switch suitable to provide an adjustable pressure supervisory signal. Switch shall have two sets of SPDT contacts; rated 10 amps at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amps at 24 volt DC. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4/IP55 rated. Construction of base and cover shall be die-cast and provided with two (2) knockouts for 1/2-inch conduit. Switch shall be UL listed for fire protection service. D. Low Air Alarm: 1. Pressure actuated switch suitable to provide an adjustable pressure supervisory signal. Switch shall have two sets of SPDT contacts; rated 10 amps at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amps at 24 volt DC. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4/IP55 rated. Construction of base and cover shall be die-cast and provided with two (2) knockouts for 1/2-inch conduit. Switch shall be UL listed for fire protection service. E. Tamper Switch: 1. Tamper switch shall be suitable to monitor the open position of valves. Switch shall have two sets of SPDT contacts; rated 10 amps at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amps at 24 volt DC. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4 and NEMA 6(IP67) rated. Construction of base and cover having corrosion resistant finishes and tamper resistant screws. Switch shall be UL listed for fire protection service. 2. On each control valve, arranged to actuate alarm when valve is closed. F. Audio/Visual Alarm Indicating Appliances: 1. Devices to be per Specification Section 28.31.76 Fire Alarm / Mass Notification Systems 2.10 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 21 13 00 - 10 July 31, 2025 1. Fire department connection shall be free standing remote connections with chrome plated finish. 2. Outlets: Two-way with thread size to suit fire department hardware; threaded dust cap and chain of matching material and finish. 3. Drain: 3/4 inch automatic drip, connected to drain. 4. Label: "Sprinkler - Fire Department Connection." 5. Signal: Electric strobe on outside wall above FDC tied in to each riser served by the particular FDC and activated by the alarm system when any water flow occurs. 6. Siamese connections shall be set 2 feet-6 inches above grade. 7. Coordinate height, thread type, connection type, and location with local fire department. 2.11 INSPECTOR'S TEST AND DRAIN 1. Inspector's test and drain shall be Per NFPA 13, Latest Edition, Hard piped to adequate drain or to exterior of building. 2. Minimum of one per sprinkler system zone. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Design Basis Information: Provide design, materials, equipment, installation, inspection, and testing of the automatic sprinkler system in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13. Recommendations in appendices shall be treated as requirements. 1. Perform hydraulic calculations in accordance with NFPA 13 utilizing the Area/Density method only. 2. The room design method is not allowed. 3. Sprinkler Protection: To determine spacing and sizing, apply the following coverage classifications: a. See occupancy design table and notes on preliminary working plans. b. Request clarification from the Engineer of Record for any hazard classification not identified. FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 21 13 00 - 11 July 31, 2025 4. Hydraulic Calculations: Calculated demand including hose stream requirements shall fall no less than 10 percent or 10 psi, whichever is more, below the available water supply curve. 5. Flexible head assemblies shall be in hydraulic calculations using the higher of the FM or UL listing equivalent length of Schedule 40, nominal 1 inch diameter pipe. 6. Water Supply: See preliminary working plans. B. The fire protection system supplier shall design the piping to supply the system. Piping shall be laid out so as not to interfere with the installation of other piping, ductwork or light fixtures. C. The entire sprinkler system is not shown on preliminary working plans. The intent is to provide complete sprinkler systems as required. This Contractor shall be responsible for surveying the site, existing construction, and new construction, and prepare working plans for the total system. D. All piping shall be run concealed wherever possible. Where piping is run exposed, special notation on Contractor's working plans to that effect shall be evident and conspicuous on the drawings. Any piping determined to be a problem shall be relocated at no cost to the Government. E. System piping to be hydraulically calculated including system riser and fire pumper connection in accordance with NFPA 13. F. Meet the Seismic Restraint requirements in NFPA 13, Latest Edition, Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints. Seismic coefficient to be provided or derived from NFPA 13 G. The preparation of all working plans and hydraulic calculations shall be prepared by an FPE or NICET certified contractor. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Furnish sprinkler system with the following components: 1. Systems shall be equipped with a supervised isolation valve and an approved flow alarm connected to the building fire alarm system. 2. A Fire Department Connection shall be installed on the system side of the water supply check valve complete with its own check valve and ball drip. 3. A main drain shall be installed on each riser or sectional zone control valve and shall drain to the exterior or to an adequate drain connection. 4. Auxiliary drains shall be provided when a change in piping direction prevents drainage of sections of branch lines or mains through the main drain valve. FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211300-12 July 31, 2025 5. A test pipe of not less than 1 inch diameter terminating in an orifice equivalent to one sprinkler shall be provided for each system or sectional zone. 6. Exterior alarm shall be installed as near as practical to Fire Department connection with identification sign. Exterior horn/strobe shall be wired to alarm system. B. Installation shall be accomplished by the licensed Contractor. Provide a qualified technician, experienced in the installation and operation of the type of system being installed, to supervise the installation and testing of the system. C. Installation of Piping: 1. Pipe threads to be deburred, cleaned, and made free of rust prior to installation. 2. Internally and externally cold galvanize all threaded and roll grooved ends cut in the field. Properly clean the pipe per manufacture's instruction before applying the finish. 3. Accurately cut pipe to measurements established by the installer and work into place without springing or forcing. In any situations where bending of the pipe is required, use a standard pipe -bending template. 4. Install concealed piping in spaces that have finished ceilings. Pipe installed near equipment shall not block or encroach on equipment access or impede maintenance. Where ceiling mounted equipment exists, install sprinklers so as not to obstruct the movement or operation of the equipment or block access. Sidewall heads may need to be utilized. 5. Locate piping in stairways as near to the ceiling as possible to prevent tampering by unauthorized personnel, and to provide a minimum headroom clearance of seven feet -six inches. To prevent an obstruction to egress, provide piping clearances in accordance with NFPA 101. D. Welding: Conform to the requirements and recommendations of NFPA 13. E. Drains: Install adequate drains piped to floor drains or out of doors. Pipe drains to discharge at safe points outside of the building or to sight cones attached to drains of adequate size to readily carry the full flow from each drain under maximum pressure. Do not provide a direct drain connection to sewer system or discharge into sinks. Install drips and drains where necessary and required by NFPA 13. F. Waterflow Alarm Switches: Install waterflow switch and adjacent valves in easily accessible locations. G. Inspector's Test Connection: Install and supply in conformance with NFPA 13, locate in a secured area, and discharge to the exterior of the Building. FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211300-13 July 31, 2025 H. Affix cutout disks, which are created by cutting holes in the walls of pipe for flow switches and non -threaded pipe connections to the respective waterflow switch or pipe connection near to the pipe from where they were cut. I. Sleeves: Provide for pipes passing through masonry or concrete schedule 40 pipe. Provide space between the pipe and the sleeve in accordance with NFPA 13. Seal this space with a UL Listed through penetration fire stop material per UL assembly listings. J. Provide pressure gage at each water flow alarm switch location, at the top of each standpipe, and at each main drain connection. K. Securely attach identification signs to control valves, drain valves, and test valves. Locate hydraulic placard information signs at each sectional control valve where there is a zone water flow switch. L. Repairs: Repair damage to the building or equipment resulting from the installation of the sprinkler system by the installer at no additional expense to the Government. M. Where details of installation are not given, the installation shall be made using manufacturer's recommended practices or at the direction of the Architect/Engineer. N. Contractor shall complete the fire protection systems ready for operation, in all respects, as soon as possible. When system is complete and ready for continuous operation, activate the system for its intended use. After system has been activated for continuous use, water charges will be paid by the Government. O. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. P. Conceal piping above suspended ceilings. Q. Install buried shut-off valves in valve box. Provide post indicator. R. Run piping as high as possible in areas without ceilings. S. Provide approved double check valve backflow preventer assembly or reduced pressure backflow assembly at sprinkler system water source connection. Provide means of forward flow testing at system demand per NFPA 13. T. No sprinkler mains are permitted in Electrical Rooms. U. No sprinkler branch lines are permitted directly above electrical panels or gear. V. Locate fire department connection with sufficient clearance from walls, obstructions, or adjacent siamese connectors to allow full swing of fire department wrench handle. For each fire department connection, provide the symbolic sign given in NFPA 170 and locate 8 to 10 feet FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 21 13 00 - 14 July 31, 2025 above each connection location. Size sign 18 by 18 inches with the symbol being at least 14 by 14 inches. W. Locate outside electric alarm bell on building wall as indicated. X. Place pipe runs to minimize obstruction to other work. Y. Place piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings. Z. Center sprinklers in one direction in ceiling tile and provide piping offsets as required. AA. Coordinate sprinkler locations with light fixtures, structure, HVAC ducts, grilles, diffusers, etc. Provide additional heads under ducts, equipment, etc, as per NFPA 13, Latest Edition. BB. Apply masking tape or paper cover to ensure concealed sprinklers, cover plates, and sprinkler escutcheons do not receive field paint finish. Remove after painting. CC. Install guards on sprinklers where indicated or required. DD. Provide all electrical devices and wiring required but not provided under Division 26. EE. Flush entire piping system, new and existing, of foreign matter. Flushing shall occur prior to installation of sprinkler heads. FF. Provide labels on all controls, valves, etc. as required by NFPA 13, Latest Edition. GG. This Contractor shall remove from the building, all rubbish and unused materials due to or connected with this installation. HH. The surface of all piping shall be cleaned and left ready for painting. 3.3 TESTING A. The entire sprinkler system shall be hydrostatically tested at not less than 200 psig or 50 psig above normal working pressure, not to exceed 225 psig for a period of not less than two (2) hours with no pressure drop in the system and per NFPA 13. B. The underground fire service main shall be hydrostatically tested at not less than 200 psig or 50 psig above normal working pressure, not to exceed 225 psig for a period of not less than two (2) hours with no pressure drop in the system and per NFPA 13. C. All testing shall be witnessed by a representative of the Engineer or the D. Conduct Preliminary Test in the presence of the Fire Department and the FPE. The test shall include hydrostatic test per NFPA 13, and operational tests of alarms and all other devices. Make FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211300-15 July 31, 2025 any corrections required. Submit a signed and dated Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping, specified in NFPA 13, to the Contracting Officer. The FPE shall prepare a report documenting the test and results. E. Submit a request for formal test and inspection at least 15 days prior to the desired inspection date and after the Preliminary test is complete and corrections are completed and approved. An experienced technician regularly employed by the system installer shall be present, as well as the Fire Department, and the FPE. The test shall include all applicable testing and documentation required by NFPA 13 Chapter 25, including, but not limited to: hydrostatic test, and operational tests of alarms and other devices. The Contracting Officer or Government's Designated Inspector shall witness formal tests and approve systems before they are accepted. F. Where jurisdictional authority's standards are more stringent than the above test, they shall prevail. 3.4 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Ensure required devices are installed and connected as required to fire alarm system. END OF SECTION 21 13 00 FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211300-16 July 31, 2025 SECTION 21 13 14 - WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, CORROSION MITIGATION PROGRAM PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A Provide all required labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for a complete and operational Corrosion Mitigation Program for wet fire sprinkler systems as hereinafter described. B. Corrosion mitigation work may include the following listed products and services: 1. Corrosion mitigation products shall be as specified herein: a. Corrosion Monitoring Station b. Corrosion Monitoring Probe Kit c. Automatic Air Release Vent d. Air Vent 2. Piping, fittings, couplings, valves, etc. as required. 3. Coordination of work and schedules with other trades. C Accepted Manufacturers: 1. Potter Electrical Signal Company 2. South-Tek Systems 3. Engineered Corrosion Solutions 1.2 REFERENCES A All corrosion management work shall be designed, installed, inspected, tested and maintained in accordance with all applicable codes, referenced standards, documents listed herein, the manufacturer's instructions and the provisions of this specification: 1. NFPA 13, Standard for installation of Sprinkler Systems 2. NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water -Based Fire Protection Systems B. All Corrosion Monitoring Devices shall be provided to achieve compliance with Section 23.1.5.2 (3) of NFPA 13, Standard for the installation of Sprinkler Systems. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, CORROSION MITIGATION PROGRAM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211314-1 July 31, 2025 A Equipment and components not specifically specified shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, inc. for Fire Protection System installation. B. All fire sprinkler system components shall be installed free of rust/corrosion or visible damage. All items not complying with this requirement shall be replaced without cost to the Owner. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A All work shall meet the requirements of Section 1.02, References. B. The fire sprinkler contractor shall not pursue any interpretations of the Corrosion Mitigation Program except through the Engineer. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING A. Wet Fire Sprinkler System: 1. Per local requirements and NFPA 13. 2. All piping shall have a Corrosion Resistance Ratio (CRR) greater than or equal to 1.00. Refer to the current UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory — Steel Sprinkler Pipe for acceptable manufacturers, sizes and joining methods. 2.2 JOINING OF PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Wet Fire Sprinkler System: 1. Fittings shall be 175 psi screwed or mechanical fittings. Where mechanical fittings and couplings are used together they shall be of the same manufacturer. 2. All gaskets shall be a flush style gasket. 2.3 CORROSION MITIGATION PROGRAM A. Corrosion Monitoring Station (CMS-RM) and Corrosion Monitoring Probe (CMPK) 1. Furnish and install a CMS-RM Corrosion Monitoring Station with a Monitoring Probe Kit (CMPK) for each fire sprinkler system. Install per manufacturer's instructions. Verification shall be made by viewing the devices through the sight glass at the end of the CMS-RM. The fire sprinkler contractor shall confirm the CMK Corrosion Monitoring Probe that has been installed in the CMS-RM Corrosion Monitoring Station and has been wired to the monitoring system specified. 2. The fire sprinkler contractor shall confirm the isolation valve to the CMS-RM Corrosion Monitoring Station is in the open position during and after hydrostatic WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, CORROSION MITIGATION PROGRAM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211314-2 July 31, 2025 and air pressure testing and that the water is drained when the system is placed in service. 3. Corrosion monitoring station shall be suitable for use on systems up to 250 PSI. 4. Corrosion monitoring station shall have a minimum of 3 welded outlets for the installation of corrosion coupons or corrosion monitoring probes. B. Automatic Air Release Valve 1. Furnish and install an air release valve that is UL listed and FM approved for use on fire sprinkler branch lines. The automatic air release valve shall be brass consisting of a 40 mesh "Y" type strainer to which an air vent valve is connected. 2. The output of the air vent valve shall be piped to a secondary automatic shut off valve, (WAGS), factory installed in a water retention pan. The WAGS shall use a powerful spring loaded piston to provide a positive water shutoff when the water level in the retention pan reaches a pre -determined level. 3. Operation of the WAGS shall activate a switch capable of being monitored by a fire alarm panel or remote indicator. The WAGS shall be field replaceable without disabling the sprinkler system. 4. Furnish and install a ball valve prior to the "Y" type strainer to isolate the automatic air release valve and strainer from system pressure for WAGS replacement or strainer maintenance. 5. The automatic air release valve shall be located at the high point(s) on the fire sprinkler system piping. 6. The fire sprinkler designer shall determine the location of the automatic air release valve during layout of the fire sprinkler piping to assure evacuation of trapped air in the fire sprinkler system. 7. The automatic air release valve is to be mounted in a vertical position which requires a minimum 8 " of clearance above the fire sprinkler main or branch line piping. C. Air Vent 1. Furnish and install an air vent that is UL listed and FM approved for use on fire sprinkler branch lines. 2. The air vent shall have a %" NPT male connection which allows a drain attachment for safely draining inadvertent discharge of water that is inherent in the operation of the automatic air vent. Install drain pipe to appropriate drain. 3. The air vent is furnished connected to a "y" type strainer. 4. All components and fittings shall be brass. WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, CORROSION MITIGATION PROGRAM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211314-3 July 31, 2025 5. The air vent valve shall be located within the mechanical room of each floor on the fire sprinkler system piping. The fire sprinkler designer should determine the location of the air vent during layout of the fire sprinkler piping to assure evacuation of trapped air in the fire sprinkler system. Air vents to be mounted in a vertical position which requires 8" of clearance above the fire sprinkler main or branch line piping. 6. Furnish and install a ball valve to isolate the air vent from system pressure for replacement or strainer maintenance. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Coordinate closely with the General Contractor, other trades and the Owner to expedite construction, commissioning and avoid interference. 3.2 SUPERVISION AND TRAINING A. A Consulting Services Package for injecting Pipe -Shield shall be provided by the manufacturer. Contact the manufacturer to schedule commissioning at least 3 weeks in advance. The fire sprinkler contractor shall have the manufacturer assist in final system commissioning. The fire sprinkler contractor shall confirm that all the chemical injection connections have been made as specified and as indicated in the manufacturer's installation instructions. END OF SECTION 21 13 14 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, CORROSION MITIGATION PROGRAM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 211314-4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 22 02 01 COORDINATION DRAWINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions 013100 and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. 1.2 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall take the lead in coordinating the Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, Fire Protection systems within the building. B. The General Contractor shall coordinate a three-dimensional (3D) model of the building which includes the Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, and Fire Protection systems. The Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, and Fire Protection Contractors shall prepare their work and generate 3D models which will be given to the General Contractor for coordination. The Contractor will be provided with the REVIT model that was used to generate the contract documents, this file may be used as the background file. The Contractor shall replace the systems drawn with the actual shop drawing models. The Contractor is not limited to using REVIT, but may use any 3-D software in generating and combining the coordination model. C. Submitting the contract drawings as coordination drawings will not be acceptable. D. The model shall include detailed and accurate representations of all equipment to be installed based upon the reviewed equipment submittals. E. The Mechanical Contractor shall hold a 3-D coordination meeting with all sub- contractors present to review the model and discuss coordination of the installation of the building systems. F. Upon completion of the coordination meeting, the Contractor shall submit the 3-D model and %" scale drawings for review. G. The model shall detail major elements, components, and systems in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: 1. Indicate the proposed locations of pipe, duct, equipment, and other materials. Include the following: a. Wall and type locations. b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. COORDINATION DRAWINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220201-1 July 31, 2025 c. Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. d. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e. Equipment connections and support details. f. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. g. Routing of storm and sanitary sewer piping. h. Fire -rated wall and floor penetrations. i. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. j. Valve stem movement. k. Structural floor, wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 4. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air distribution devices, light fixtures, communication systems components, and other ceiling -mounted items. H. Sequence of Coordination Below is hierarchy of model elements and the sequencing by which the models will be coordinated. 1. Structural and Architectural model 2. Miscellaneous steel 3. Perform preliminary space allocation 4. Identify hard constraints (locations of access panels, lights, A/V space requirements, etc.) 5. Main and medium pressure ducts from the shaft out 6. Main graded plumbing lines and vents 7. Sprinkler mains and branches 8. Cold and hot water mains and branches 9. Lighting fixtures and plumbing fixtures 10. Smaller sized ducts and flex ducts 11. Smaller size cold water and hot water piping, flex ducts, etc. COORDINATION DRAWINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220201-2 July 31, 2025 I. The Contractor and Sub -Contractors shall not install any item until the coordination has been completed and reviewed by the Construction Manager, Owner, and A/E team. J. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include, but not be limited to: voltage, ampacity, capacity, electrical and piping connections, space requirements, sequence of construction, building requirements and special conditions. K. By submitting shop drawings on the project, this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems, products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended, in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. END OF SECTION 22 02 01 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220201-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 22 05 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. B. The Contract Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the systems. If any departure from the Contract Drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons therefore, shall be submitted to the Architect for approval as soon as practicable. No such departures shall be made without the prior written approval of the Architect. C. Notwithstanding any reference in the Specifications to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction by name, make or catalog number, such reference shall not be construed as limiting competition; and the Contractor, in such cases, may at his option use any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction which in the judgment of the Architect, expressed in writing, is equal to that specified. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Work included under this Contract consists of the furnishing and installation of all equipment and material necessary and required to form the complete and functioning systems in all of its various phases, all as shown on the accompanying Drawings and/or described in these Specifications. The contractor shall review all pertinent drawings, including those of other contracts prior to commencement of Work. B. This Division requires the furnishing and installing of all items Specified herein, indicated on the Drawings or reasonably inferred as necessary for safe and proper operation; including every article, device or accessory (whether or not specifically called for by item) reasonably necessary to facilitate each system's functioning as indicated by the design and the equipment specified. Elements of the work include, but are not limited to, materials, labor, supervision, transportation, storage, equipment, utilities, all required permits, licenses and inspections. All work performed under this Section shall be in accordance with the Project Manual, Drawings and Specifications and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-1 7-31-2025 C. The approximate locations of Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing items are indicated on the Drawings. These Drawings are not intended to give complete and accurate details in regard to location of outlets, apparatus, etc. Exact locations are to be determined by actual measurements at the building, and will in all cases be subject to the Review of the Owner or Engineer, who reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in the locations indicated without additional cost to the Owner. D. Items specifically mentioned in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings and/or items shown on Drawings but not specifically mentioned in the Specifications shall be installed by the Contractor under the appropriate section of work as if they were both specified and shown. E. All discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job -site conditions shall be reported to the Owner or Engineer so that they will be resolved prior to the bidding, where this cannot be done at least 7 working days prior to bid; the greater or more costly of the discrepancy shall be bid. All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be included as part of this Contract. F. It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn -key and fully operating system in cooperation with other trades. G. It is the intent of the above "Scope" to give the Contractor a general outline of the extent of the Work involved; however, it is not intended to include each and every item required for the Work. Anything omitted from the "Scope" but shown on the Drawings, or specified later, or necessary for a complete and functioning heating, ventilating and air conditioning system shall be considered a part of the overall "Scope". H. The Contractor shall rough -in fixtures and equipment furnished by others from rough -in and placement drawings furnished by others. The Contractor shall make final connection to fixtures and equipment furnished by others. 1.03 SCHEMATIC NATURE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The contract documents are schematic in nature in that they are only to establish scope and a minimum level of quality. They are not to be used as actual working construction drawings. The actual working construction drawings shall be the approved shop drawings. B. All duct or pipe or equipment locations as indicated on the documents do not indicate every transition, offset, or exact location. All transitions, offsets clearances and exact locations shall be established by actual field measurements, coordination with the BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-2 7-31-2025 structural, architectural and reflected ceiling plans, and other trades. Submit shop drawings for approval. C. All transitions, offsets and relocations as required by actual field conditions shall be performed by the contractor at no additional cost to the owner. D. Additional coordination with electrical contractor may be required to allow adequate clearances of electrical equipment, fixtures and associated appurtenances. Contractor to notify Architect and Engineer of unresolved clearances, conflicts or equipment locations. 1.04 SITE VISIT AND FAMILIARIZATION A. Before submitting a bid, it will be necessary for each Contractor whose work is involved to visit the site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met therein in installing his work and make due provision for same in his bid. It will be assumed that this Contractor in submitting his bid has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work necessary to properly install the equipment shown. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this requirement shall not be considered justification for the omission or faulty installation of any work covered by these Specifications and Drawings. B. Understand the existing utilities from which services will be supplied; verify locations of utility services, and determine requirements for connections. C. Determine in advance that equipment and materials proposed for installation fit into the confines indicated. 1.05 WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Finish painting is specified. Prime and protective painting are included in the work of this Division. B. Owner and General Contractor furnished equipment shall be properly connected to Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing systems. C. Furnishing and installing all required Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing equipment control relays and electrical interlock devices, conduit, wire and J-boxes are included in the Work of this Division. 1.06 PERMITS, TESTS, INSPECTIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-3 7-31-2025 A. Arrange and pay for all permits, fees, tests, and all inspections as required by governmental authorities. 1.07 DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. The date of final acceptance shall be the date of owner occupancy, or the date all punch list items have been completed or final payment has been received. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements. B. The date of final acceptance shall be documented in writing and signed by the architect, owner and contractor. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification. B. Deliver products to the project at such time as the project is ready to receive the equipment, pipe or duct properly protected from incidental damage and weather damage. C. Damaged equipment, duct or pipe shall be promptly removed from the site and new, undamaged equipment, pipe and duct shall be installed in its place promptly with no additional charge to the Owner. 1.09 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. The heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, and the component parts there of, shall be guaranteed to operate without objectionable noise and vibration. B. Provide foundations, supports and isolators as specified or indicated, properly adjusted to prevent transmission of vibration to the Building structure, piping and other items. C. Carefully fabricate ductwork and fittings with smooth interior finish to prevent turbulence and generation or regeneration of noise. D. All equipment shall be selected to operate with minimum of noise and vibration. If, in the opinion of the Architect, objectionable noise or vibration is produced or transmitted to or through the building structure by equipment, piping, ducts or other parts of the Work, the Contractor shall rectify such conditions without extra cost to the Owner. 1.10 APPLICABLE CODES BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-4 7-31-2025 A. Obtain all required permits and inspections for all work required by the Contract Documents and pay all required fees in connection thereof. B. Arrange with the serving utility companies for the connection of all required utilities and pay all charges, meter charges, connection fees and inspection fees, if required. C. Comply with all applicable codes, specifications, local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the following nationally accepted codes and standards: 1. Air Moving & Conditioning Association, AMCA. 2. American Standards Association, ASA. 3. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air -Conditioning Engineers, Inc., ASHRAE. 4. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, ASME. 5. American Society of Plumbing Engineers, ASPE. 6. American Society of Testing Materials, ASTM. 7. American Water Works Association, AWWA. 8. National Bureau of Standards, NBS. 9. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA. 10. Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, SMACNA. 11. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., UL. 12. International Energy Conservation Code, IECC. D. Where differences existing between the Contract Documents and applicable state or city building codes, state and local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the above listed nationally accepted codes and standards, the more stringent or costly application shall govern. Promptly notify the Engineer in writing of all differences. E. When directed in writing by the Engineer, remove all work installed that does not comply with the Contract Documents and applicable state or city building codes, state and local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-5 7-31-2025 requirements of the above listed nationally accepted codes and standards, correct the deficiencies, and complete the work at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.11 DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS A. General Explanation: A substantial amount of construction and Specification language constitutes definitions for terms found in other Contract Documents, including Drawings which must be recognized as diagrammatic and schematic in nature and not completely descriptive of requirements indicated thereon. Certain terms used in Contract Documents are defined generally in this article, unless defined otherwise in Division 1. B. Definitions and explanations of this Section are not necessarily either complete or exclusive, but are general for work to the extent not stated more explicitly in another provision of the Contract Documents. C. Indicated: The term "Indicated" is a cross-reference to details, notes or schedules on the Drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and to similar means of recording requirements in Contract Documents. Where such terms as "Shown", "Noted", "Scheduled", "Specified" and "Detailed" are used in lieu of "Indicated", it is for the purpose of helping the reader locate cross-reference material, and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically shown. D. Directed: Where not otherwise explained, terms such as "Directed", "Requested", "Accepted", and "Permitted" mean by the Architect or Engineer. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's or Engineer's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. E. Reviewed: Where used in conjunction with the Engineer's response to submittals, requests for information, applications, inquiries, reports and claims by the Contractor the meaning of the term "Reviewed" will be held to limitations of Architect's and Engineer's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplemental Conditions. In no case will "Reviewed" by Engineer be interpreted as a release of the Contractor from responsibility to fulfill the terms and requirements of the Contract Documents. F. Furnish: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Furnish" is used to mean supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, etc., as applicable in each instance. G. Install: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Install" is used to describe operations at the project site including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-6 7-31-2025 H. Provide: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Provide" is used to mean "Furnish and Install", complete and ready for intended use, as applicable in each instance. I. Installer: Entity (person or firm) engaged by the Contractor or its subcontractor or Sub -contractor for performance of a particular unit of work at the project site, including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. It is a general requirement that such entities (Installers) be expert in the operations they are engaged to perform. J. Imperative Language: Used generally in Specifications. Except as otherwise indicated, requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor. For clarity of reading at certain locations, contrasting subjective language is used to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or when so noted by other identified installers or entities. K. Minimum Quality/Quantity: In every instance, the quality level or quantity shown or specified is intended as minimum quality level or quantity of work to be performed or provided. Except as otherwise specifically indicated, the actual work may either comply exactly with that minimum (within specified tolerances), or may exceed that minimum within reasonable tolerance limits. In complying with requirements, indicated or scheduled numeric values are either minimums or maximums as noted or as appropriate for the context of the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner or Engineer via a request for information (RFI) for decision before proceeding. L. Abbreviations and Symbols: The language of Specifications and other Contract Documents including Drawings is of an abbreviated type in certain instances, and implies words and meanings which will be appropriately interpreted. Actual word abbreviations of a self explanatory nature have been included in text of Specifications and Drawings. Specific abbreviations and symbols have been established, principally for lengthy technical terminology and primarily in conjunction with coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Drawings and in Schedules. These are frequently defined in Section at first instance of use or on a Legend and Symbol Drawing. Trade and industry association names and titles of generally recognized industry standards are frequently abbreviated. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular where applicable and where full context of Contract Documents so indicate. Except as otherwise indicated, graphic symbols and abbreviations used on Drawings and in Specifications are those recognized in construction industry for indicated purposes. Where not otherwise noted symbols and abbreviations are defined by 2004ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, chapter 37 "Abbreviations and Symbols", ASME and ASPE published standards. 1.12 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-7 7-31-2025 A. These Specifications are intended to supplement the Drawings and it will not be the province of the Specifications to mention any part of the work which the Drawings are competent to fully explain in every particular and such omission is not to relieve the Contractor from carrying out portions indicated on the Drawings only. B. Should items be required by these Specifications and not indicated on the Drawings, they are to be supplied even if of such nature that they could have been indicated thereon. In case of disagreement between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Drawings or Specifications, the better quality or greater quantity of work shall be estimated and the matter referred to the Architect or Engineer for review with a request for information and clarification at least 7 working days prior to bid opening date for issuance of an addendum. C. The listing of product manufacturers, materials and methods in the various sections of the Specifications, and indicated on the Drawings, is intended to establish a standard of quality only. It is not the intention of the Owner or Engineer to discriminate against any product, material or method that is equal to the standards as indicated and/or specified, nor is it intended to preclude open, competitive bidding. The fact that a specific manufacturer is listed as an acceptable manufacturer should not be interpreted to mean that the manufacturers' standard product will meet the requirements of the project design, Drawings, Specifications and space constraints. D. The Architect or Engineer and Owner shall be the sole judge of quality and equivalence of equipment, materials and methods. E. Products by other reliable manufacturers, other materials, and other methods, will be accepted as outlined, provided they have equal capacity, construction, and performance. However, under no circumstances shall any substitution by made without the written permission of the Architect or Engineer and Owner. Request for prior approval must be made in writing 10 days prior to the bid date without fail. F. Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is not a statement that another product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that the specified product, material or method is the only one that shall be used without prior approval. G. Wherever a definite material or manufacturer's product is specified and the Specification states that products of similar design and equal construction from the specified list of manufacturers may be substituted, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that products of manufacturers that are specified are the only products that will be acceptable and that products of other manufacturers will not be considered for substitution without approval. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-8 7-31-2025 H. Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is a statement that "OR EQUAL" product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that the specified product, material or method or an "OR EQUAL" product, material or method may be used if it complies with the specifications and is submitted for review to the Engineer as outline herein. Where permission to use substituted or alternative equipment on the project is granted by the Owner or Engineer in writing, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor or Subcontractor involved to verify that the equipment will fit in the space available which includes allowances for all required Code and maintenance clearances, and to coordinate all equipment structural support, plumbing and electrical requirements and provisions with the Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing Design Documents and all other trades, including Division 26. J. Changes in architectural, structural, electrical, mechanical, and plumbing requirements for the substitution shall be the responsibility of the bidder wishing to make the substitution. This shall include the cost of redesign by the affected designer(s). Any additional cost incurred by affected subcontractors shall be the responsibility of this bidder and not the owner. K. If any request for a substitution of product, material or method is rejected, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. L. The Owner or Engineer will investigate all requests for substitutions when submitted in accordance with above and if accepted, will issue a letter allowing the substitutions. M. Where equipment other than that used in the design as specified or shown on the Drawings is substituted (either from an approved manufacturers list or by submittal review), it shall be the responsibility of the substituting Contractor to coordinate space requirements, building provisions and connection requirements with his trades and all other trades and pay all additional costs to other trades, the Owner, the Architect or Engineer, if any, due to the substitutions. N. The electrical design and electrical drawings are based on the equipment and/or electric motors of the type, size and electrical characteristics shown and specified on the mechanical drawings. Any change in equipment and/or motor size or type brought on directly or indirectly by a substitution or mechanical equipment having characteristics requiring a change, shall be the responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor and the entire cost of such change, including conduit, wiring, motor starting equipment, etc., shall be paid for by the Mechanical Contractor at no additional charge, unless the substitution was initiated by the Owner. Submittals must clearly show and deviations. Mechanical BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-9 7-31-2025 Contractor is responsible for coordinating any required changes with the Electrical Contractor, prior to Electrical Contractors ordering of panels and associated equipment. 1.13 SUBMITTALS A. Coordinate with Division 1 for submittal timetable requirements, unless noted otherwise within thirty (30) days after the Contract is awarded the Contractor shall submit a minimum of eight (8) complete bound sets of shop drawings and complete data covering each item of equipment or material. The first submittal of each item requiring a submittal must be received by the Architect or Engineer within the above thirty day period. The Architect or Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs incurred due to excessive shop drawing review time for submittals received after the thirty (30) day time limit. The Architect and Engineer will retain one (1) copy each of all shop drawings for their files. Where full size drawings are involved, submit one (1) print and one (1) reproducible sepia or mylar in lieu of eight (8) sets. All literature pertaining to an item subject to Shop Drawing submittal shall be submitted at one time. A submittal shall not contain information from more than one Specification section, but may have a section subdivided into items or equipment as listed in each section. The Contractor may elect to submit each item or type of equipment separately. Each submittal shall include the following items enclosed in a suitable binder: 1. A cover sheet with the names and addresses of the Project, Architect, MEP Engineer, General Contractor and the Subcontractor making the submittal. The cover sheet shall also contain the section number covering the item or items submitted and the item nomenclature or description. 2. An index page with a listing of all data included in the Submittal. 3. A list of variations page with a listing all variations, including unfurnished or additional required accessories, items or other features, between the submitted equipment and the specified equipment. If there are no variations, then this page shall state "NO VARIATIONS". Where variations affect the work of other Contractors, then the Contractor shall certify on this page that these variations have been fully coordinated with the affected Contractors and that all expenses associated with the variations will be paid by the submitting Contractor. This page will be signed by the submitting Contractor. 4. Equipment information including manufacturer's name and designation, size, performance and capacity data as applicable. All applicable Listings, Labels, Approvals and Standards shall be clearly indicated. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-10 7-31-2025 5. Dimensional data and scaled drawings as applicable to show that the submitted equipment will fit the space available with all required Code and maintenance clearances clearly indicated and labeled at a minimum scale of 1/4" = 1'-0", as required to demonstrate that the alternate or substituted product will fit in the space available. 6. Identification of each item of material or equipment matching that indicated on the Drawings. 7. Sufficient pictorial, descriptive and diagrammatic data on each item to show its conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any options or special requirements or accessories shall be so indicated. All applicable information shall be clearly indicated with arrows or another approved method. 8. Additional information as required in other Sections of this Division. 9. Certification by the General Contractor and Subcontractor that the material submitted is in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, signed and dated in long hand. Submittals that do not comply with the above requirements shall be returned to the Contractor and shall be marked "REVISE AND RESUBMIT". B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information on shop drawings and submittals. C. Equipment and materials submittals and shop drawings will be reviewed for compliance with design concept only. It will be assumed that the submitting Contractor has verified that all items submitted can be installed in the space allotted. Review of shop drawings and submittals shall not be considered as a verification or guarantee of measurements or building conditions. D. Where shop drawings and submittals are marked "REVIEWED", the review of the submittal does not indicate that submittals have been checked in detail nor does it in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to furnish material and perform work as required by the Contract Documents. E. Shop drawings shall be reviewed and returned to the Contractor with one of the following categories indicated: 1. REVIEWED: Contractor need take no further submittal action, shall include this submittal in the O&M manual and may order the equipment submitted on. 2. REVIEWED AS NOTED: Contractor shall submit a letter verifying that required exceptions to the submittal have been received and complied with including additional accessories or coordination action as noted, and shall include this submittal and compliance letter in the O&M manual. The contractor may order the BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-11 7-31-2025 equipment submitted on at the time of the returned submittal providing the Contractor complies with the exceptions noted. 3. NOT APPROVED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is not approved, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment that is not approved. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 4. REVISE AND RESUBMIT: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked revise and resubmit, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or provide as noted on previous shop drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment marked revise and resubmit. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 5. CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION REQUIRED: Contractor shall resubmit submittal on material, equipment or method of installation. The Contractor's stamp is required stating the submittal meets all conditions of the contract documents. The stamp shall be signed by the General Contractor. The submittal will not be reviewed if the stamp is not placed and signed on all shop drawings. 6. MANUFACTURER NOT AS SPECIFIED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked manufacturer not as specified, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the specifications. Contractor shall not order equipment where submittal is marked manufacturer not as specified. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. F. Materials and equipment which are purchased or installed without shop drawing review shall be at the risk of the Contractor and the cost for removal and replacement of such materials and equipment and related work which is judged unsatisfactory by the Owner or Engineer for any reason shall be at the expense of the Contractor. The responsible Contractor shall remove the material and equipment noted above and replace with specified equipment or material at his own expense when directed in writing by the Architect or Engineer. G. Shop Drawing Submittals shall be complete and checked prior to submission to the Engineer for review. H. Submittals are required for, but not limited to, the following items: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-12 7-31-2025 1. Pipe Material and Specialties. 2. Pipe Fabrication Drawings. 3. Basic Materials. 4. Variable Air Volume Boxes. 5. Air Handling Units. 6. Cooling Towers. 7. Chillers. 8. Air Cooled Condensing Units. 9. Water Treatment. 10. Expansion Compensation. 11. Variable Frequency Drives. 12. Noise and Vibration Controls. 13. Plumbing Fixtures and Specialties. 14. Plumbing Equipment. 15. Sanitary DWV Fittings, Pipe and Accessories. 16. Domestic Hot and Cold Water Pipe, Fittings and Accessories. 17. HVAC Pipe and Duct Insulation. 18. Hydronic and Plumbing Valves. 19. Hydronic Piping and Accessories. 20. Hydronic Pumps. 21. Roof -Top A/C Units. 22. Heating Water Boiler. 23. Portable Pipe Hanger and Equipment Supports. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-13 7-31-2025 24. Duct Specialties. 25. Duct Fabrication Drawings. 26. Air Distribution Devices. 27. Fan Coil Units. 28. Filters. 29. Fans. 30. Fire Dampers and Fire Smoke Dampers. 31. Temperature Controls and Control Sequences. 32. Test, Adjust and Balance Reports. 33. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Contractor Qualifications. 34. Coordination Drawings. Refer to other Division 22 sections for additional shop drawing requirements. Provide samples of actual materials and/or equipment to be used on the Project upon request of the Owner or Engineer. J. Contractor to submit Mechanical/Electrical equipment coordination sheet with equipment submittal for all AHU's, ACCU's, and Fans. Reference chart at end of section. Provide copy to electrical subcontractor. 1.14 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare coordination drawings to a scale of 1/4"=1'-0" or larger; detailing major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: 1. Indicate the proposed locations of pipe, duct, equipment, and other materials. Include the following: a. Wall and type locations. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-14 7-31-2025 b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. c. Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. d. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e. Equipment connections and support details. f. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. g. Routing of storm and sanitary sewer piping. h. Fire -rated wall and floor penetrations. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. j. Valve stem movement. k. Structural floor, wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 4. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air distribution devices, light fixtures, communication systems components, and other ceiling -mounted items. B. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include, but not be limited to: voltage, ampacity, capacity, electrical and piping connections, space requirements, sequence of construction, building requirements and special conditions. C. By submitting shop drawings on the project, this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems, products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended, in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. 1.15 RECORD DOCUMENTS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-15 7-31-2025 A. Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Special Project Requirements, in addition to the requirements specified in Division 22, indicate the following installed conditions: 1. Duct mains and branches, size and location, for both exterior and interior; locations of dampers, fire dampers, duct access panels, and other control devices; filters, fuel fired heaters, fan coils, condensing units, and roof -top A/C units requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 2. Mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered, concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e., traps, strainers, expansion compensators, tanks, etc.). Valve location diagrams, complete with valve tag chart. Indicate actual inverts and horizontal locations of underground piping. 3. Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 4. Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed. 5. Contract Modifications, actual equipment and materials installed. B. Engage the services of a Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer registered in the state in which the project is located as specified herein to record the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. C. The Contractor shall maintain a set of clearly marked black line record "AS -BUILT" prints on the job site on which he shall mark all work details, alterations to meet site conditions and changes made by "Change Order" notices. These shall be kept available for inspection by the Owner, Architect or Engineer at all times. D. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements concerning record drawings. If the Contractor does not keep an accurate set of as -built drawings, the pay request may be altered or delayed at the request of the Architect. Mark the drawings with a colored pencil. Delivery of as -built prints and reproducible is a condition of final acceptance. E. The record prints shall be updated on a daily basis and shall indicate accurate dimensions for all buried or concealed work, precise locations of all concealed pipe or duct, locations of all concealed valves, controls and devices and any deviations from the work shown on the Construction Documents which are required for coordination. All dimensions shall include at least two dimensions to permanent structure points. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-16 7-31-2025 F. Submit three prints of the tracings for approval. Make corrections to tracings as directed and delivered "Auto Positive Tracings" to the architect. "As -Built" drawings shall be furnished in addition to shop drawings. G. When the option described in paragraph F., above is not exercised then upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall transfer all marks from the submit a set of clear concise set of reproducible record "AS -BUILT" drawings and shall submit the reproducible drawings with corrections made by a competent draftsman and three (3) sets of black line prints to the Architect or Engineer for review prior to scheduling the final inspection at the completion of the work. The reproducible record "AS -BUILT" drawings shall have the Engineers Name and Seal removed or blanked out and shall be clearly marked and signed on each sheet as follows: CERTIFIED RECORD DRAWINGS DATE: (NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR) BY: (SIGNATURE) (NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR) BY: (SIGNATURE) 1.16 OPERATING MANUALS A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 and in addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, include the following information for equipment items: 1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-17 7-31-2025 3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.17 CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST REPORTS A. Submit a detailed schedule for completion and testing of each system indicating scheduled dates for completion of system installation and outlining tests to be performed and schedule date for each test. This detailed completion and test schedule shall be submittal at least 90 days before the projected Project completion date. B. Test result reporting forms shall be submitted for review no later than the date of the detailed schedule submitted. C. Submit 4 copies of all certifications and test reports to the Architect or Engineer for review adequately in advance of completion of the Work to allow for remedial action as required to correct deficiencies discovered in equipment and systems. D. Certifications and test reports to be submitted shall include, but not be limited to those items outlined in Section of Division 22. 1.18 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Coordinate with Division 1 for maintenance manual requirements, unless noted otherwise bind together in "D ring type" binders by National model no. 79-883 or equal, binders shall be large enough to allow %" of spare capacity. Three (3) sets of all approved shop drawing submittals, fabrication drawings, bulletins, maintenance instructions, operating instructions and parts exploded views and lists for each and every piece of equipment furnished under this Specification. All sections shall be typed and indexed into sections and labeled for easy reference and shall utilize the individual specification section numbers shown in the Mechanical Specifications as an organization guideline. Bulletins containing information about equipment that is not installed on the project shall be properly marked up or stripped and reassembled. All pertinent information required by the Owner for proper operation and maintenance of equipment supplied by Division 22 shall be clearly and legibly set forth in memoranda that shall, likewise, be bound with bulletins. B. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Special Project Conditions, in addition to the requirements specified in Division 22, include the following information for equipment items: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-18 7-31-2025 1. Identifying names, name tags designations and locations for all equipment. 2. Valve tag lists with valve number, type, color coding, location and function. 3. Reviewed shop drawing submittals with exceptions noted compliance letter. 4. Fabrication drawings. 5. Equipment and device bulletins and data sheets clearly highlighted to show equipment installed on the project and including performance curves and data as applicable, i.e., description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and model numbers of replacement parts. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 7. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions, servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 8. Equipment and motor name plate data. 9. Wiring diagrams. 10. Exploded parts views and parts lists for all equipment and devices. 11. Color coding charts for all painted equipment and conduit. 12. Location and listing of all spare parts and special keys and tools furnished to the Owner. 13. Furnish recommended lubrication schedule for all required lubrication points with listing of type and approximate amount of lubricant required. C. Refer to Division 1 for additional information on Operating and Maintenance Manuals. D. Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall be turned over to the Owner or Engineer a minimum of 14 working days prior to the beginning of the operator training period. 1.19 OPERATOR TRAINING BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-19 7-31-2025 A. The Contractor shall furnish the services of factory trained specialists to instruct the Owner's operating personnel. The Owner's operator training shall include 12 hours of on site training in three 4 hour shifts. B. Before proceeding with the instruction of Owner Personnel, prepare a typed outline in triplicate, listing the subjects that will be covered in this instruction, and submit the outline for review by the Owner. At the conclusion of the instruction period obtain the signature of each person being instructed on each copy of the reviewed outline to signify that he has a proper understanding of the operation and maintenance of the systems and resubmit the signed outlines. C. Refer to other Division 22 Sections for additional Operator Training requirements. 1.20 FINAL COMPLETION A. At the completion of the work, all equipment and systems shall be tested and faulty equipment and material shall be repaired or replaced. Refer to Sections of Division 22 for additional requirements. B. Clean and adjust all air distribution devices and replace all air filters immediately prior to final acceptance. C. Touch up and/or refinish all scratched equipment and devices immediately prior to final acceptance. 1.21 CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE A. Use of the HVAC and Plumbing systems to provide temporary service during construction period will not be allowed without permission from the Owner in writing and if granted shall not be cause warranty period to start, except as defined below. B. Contractor shall guarantee to keep the entire installation in repair and perfect working order for a period of one year after its completion and final acceptance, and shall furnish free of additional cost to the Owner all materials and labor necessary to comply with the above guarantee throughout the year beginning from the date of issue of Substantial Completion, Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner or the Certificate of Final Payment as agreed upon by all parties. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-20 7-31-2025 C. This guarantee shall not include cleaning or changing filters except as required by testing, adjusting and balancing. D. All air conditioning compressors shall have parts and labor guarantees for a period of not less than 5 years beyond the date of final acceptance. E. Refer to Sections in Division 22 for additional guarantee or warranty requirements. 1.22 TRANSFER OF ELECTRONIC FILES A. Project documents are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by Architect/Owner or others on extensions of this project or on any other project. Any such reuse or modification without written verification or adaptation by Engineer, as appropriate for the specific purpose intended, will be at Architect/Owner's risk and without liability or legal exposure to Engineer or its consultants from all claims, damages, losses and expense, including attorney's fees arising out of or resulting thereof. B. Because data stored in electric media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently, or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving the electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within sixty (60) days of receipt, after which time the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred to be acceptable. Any errors detected within the sixty (60) day acceptance period will be corrected by the party delivering the electronic files. Engineer is not responsible for maintaining documents stored in electronic media format after acceptance by the Architect/Owner. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, Engineer makes no representations as to the long term compatibility, usability or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by Engineer at the beginning of the Project. D. Any reuse or modifications will be Contractor's sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Architect, Engineer or any consultant. E. The Texas Board of Architectural Examiners (TBAE) has stated that it is in violation of Texas law for persons other than the Architect of record to revise the Architectural drawings without the Architect's written consent. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-21 7-31-2025 It is agreed that "MEP" hard copy or computer -generated documents will not be issued to any other party except directly to the Architect/Owner. The contract documents are contractually copyrighted and cannot be used for any other project or purpose except as specifically indicated in AIA B-141 Standard Form of Agreement between Architect and Owner. If the client, Architect/Owner, or developer of the project requires electronic media for "record purposes", then an AutoCAD based compact disc ("CD") will be prepared. The "CD" will be submitted with all title block references intact and will be formatted in a "plot" format to permit the end user to only view and plot the drawings. Revisions will not be permitted in this configuration. F. At the Architect/Owner's request, Engineer will prepare one "CD" of electronic media to assist the contractor in the preparation of submittals. The Engineer will prepare and submit the "CD" to the Architect/Owner for distribution to the contractor. All copies of the "CD" will be reproduced for a cost of reproduction fee of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per "CD". The "CD" will be prepared and all title blocks, names and dates will be removed. The "CD" will be prepared in a ".dwg" format to permit the end user to revise the drawings. G. This Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per "CD" cost of reproduction will be paid directly from the Contractor to the Engineer. The "CD" will be prepared only after receipt of the Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00). The Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per "CD" cost of reproduction is to only recover the cost of the manhours necessary to reproduce the documents. It is not a contractual agreement between the Contractor and Engineer to provide any engineering services, nor any other service. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials and equipment manufactured by a domestic United States manufacturer. B. Access Doors: Provide access doors as required for access to equipment, valves, controls, cleanouts and other apparatus where concealed. Access doors shall have concealed hinges and screw driver cam locks. C. All access panels located in wet areas such as restrooms, locker rooms, shower rooms, kitchen and any other wet areas shall be constructed of stainless steel. D. Access Doors: shall be as follows: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-22 7-31-2025 1. Plastic Surfaces: Milcor Style K. 2. Ceramic Tile Surface: Milcor Style M. 3. Drywall Surfaces: Milcor Style DW. 4. Install panels only in locations approved by the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ROUGH -IN A. Verify final locations for rough -ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected via reviewed submittals. B. Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 2 through 28 for additional rough -in requirements. 3.02 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-23 7-31-2025 7. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with architectural action markings on submittal, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, resolve conflicts and route proposed solution to the Architect for review. 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings to an accessible location and label. 11. Install access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified. 12. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope. 13. Provide roof curbs for all roof mounted equipment. Coordinate with roof construction for pitched roof. Provide roof curb to match roof slope. Refer to architectural drawings and details. 14. The equipment to be furnished under this Specification shall be essentially the standard product of the manufacturer. Where two or more units of the same class of equipment are required, these units shall be products of a single manufacturer; however, the component parts of the system need not be the product of the same manufacturer. 15. The architectural and structural features of the building and the space limitations shall be considered in selection of all equipment. No equipment shall be furnished which will not suit the arrangement and space limitations indicated. 16. Lubrication: Prior to start-up, check and properly lubricate all bearings as recommended by the manufacturer. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-24 7-31-2025 17. Where the word "Concealed" is used in these Specifications in connection with insulating, painting, piping, ducts, etc., it shall be understood to mean hidden from sight as in chases, furred spaces or suspended ceilings. "Exposed" shall be understood to mean the opposite of concealed. 18. Identification of Mechanical Equipment: a. Mechanical equipment shall be identified by means of nameplates permanently attached to the equipment. Nameplates shall be engraved laminated plastic or etched metal. Shop drawings shall include dimensions and lettering format for approval. Attachments shall be with escutcheon pins, self -tapping screws, or machine screws. b. Tags shall be attached to all valves, including control valves, with nonferrous chain. Tags shall be brass and at least 1-1/2 inches in diameter. Nameplate and tag symbols shall correspond to the identification symbols on the temperature control submittal and the "as -built" drawings. 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Protection of Installed Work: During cutting and patching operations, protect adjacent installations. B. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to: 1. Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work. 2. Remove and replace defective Work. 3. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing. 5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures. 6. Upon written instructions from the Engineer, uncover and restore Work to provide for Engineer/Owner's observation of concealed Work, without additional cost to the Owner. 7. Patch existing finished surfaces and building components using new materials matching existing materials and experienced Installers. Patch finished surfaces and building components using new materials specified for the original installation and BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-25 7-31-2025 experienced Installers; refer to the materials and methods required for the surface and building components being patched; Refer to Section "DEFINITIONS" for definition of "Installer." C. Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected mechanical equipment, components, and materials as indicated, including but not limited to removal of mechanical piping, mechanical ducts and HVAC units, plumbing fixtures and trim, and other mechanical items made obsolete by the new Work. D. Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. E. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. 3.04 WORK SEQUENCE, TIMING, COORDINATION WITH OWNER A. The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor, however, the following provisions must be observed: 1. A meeting will be held at the project site, prior to any construction, between the Owner's Representative, the General Contractor, the Sub -Contractors and the Engineer to discuss Contractor's employee parking space, access, storage of equipment or materials, and use of the Owner's facilities or utilities. The Owner's decisions regarding such matters shall be final. 2. During the construction of this project, normal facility activities will continue in existing buildings until renovated areas are completed. Plumbing, fire protection, lighting, electrical, communications, heating, air conditioning, and ventilation systems will have to be maintained in service within the occupied spaces of the existing building. END OF SECTION 22 05 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-26 7-31-2025 Plumbing/Elec. Equipment Coordination Sheet Mark # Unit Type Manufacturer's Recomm. Fuse Size (MOCP) Mark # Unit Type Manufacturer's Recomm. Fuse Size (MOCP) BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220500-27 7-31-2025 SECTION 22 07 00 INSIDE UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This section describes general requirements, products, and methods of execution relating to excavation, backfill and compaction of inside trenches for mechanical work. Inside trenches are those which occur within an arbitrary, imaginary boundary five feet beyond the outside perimeter of the structure. B. Scope: Provide all trench work for mechanical work of every description and of whatever substance encountered to the depth indicated, or to provide pipe slopes and elevations shown on the drawing. Excavate and backfill utility trenches. Place and compact bedding material on compact backfill material. C. SPECIAL NOTE: All provisions and divisions of these specifications are a part of this section of these specifications. The Contractor shall consult these divisions and provisions in detail for instructions and include all items pertaining to this work. The Contractor shall consult all other divisions of these specifications, determine the extent of impact on the work required to complete the work required by this section of the specifications or portion thereof and related work shown on the drawings. 1.02 APPLICABE CODES A. Local Codes and Ordinances B. Texas Safety Standards C. OSHA — Section 1926.650 1.03 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS A. It shall be the duty and responsibility of the Contractor and all of its subcontractors to be familiar and comply with all requirements of Public Law 91-696, 29 U.S.C. Secs. 651 et. seq., the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, (OSHA) and all amendments thereto, and to enforce and comply with all of these provisions of this Act. IN ADDITION, ON PROJECTS IN WHICH TRENCH EXCAVATION WILL EXCEED A DEPTH OF FIVE FEET, THE CONTRACTOR AND ALL OF ITS SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF 29 C.F.R. SECS. 1926.652 AND 1926.653, OSHA SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS. INSIDE UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220700-1 7-31-2025 PART 2 — BEDDING MATERIAL 2.01 BEDDING MATERIAL A. Select bedding material from trench excavation using care to separate it from unsuitable material. If suitable bedding material is not available from trench excavation, import it from sources approved by the Architect. B. Use clean sand. Maintain moisture content within a range that will allow specified compaction. 2.02 TRENCH BACKFILL A. Obtain trench backfill material from trench excavation. If sufficient suitable trench backfill material compatible with structural backfill is not available from trench excavation, import it from sources approved by Architect. B. Use granular material, free from large stones, boulders and debris. Maintain moisture content within a range that will allow specified compaction. Maximum aggregate size four inches (4"). PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION A. Place all excavated material suitable for backfill in an orderly manner, and in conformance with safety codes. B. Dispose of all material not suitable for backfilling. C. Form bell holes so pipelines rest on continuous undisturbed soil. If larger rocks or boulders are encountered, remove them. If trenches are below specified grade, backfill to required depth with select granular materials free from debris and rock, and compact to proper grade before installing piping. 3.02 LOCATION A. Locate trenches to accommodate utilities shown on drawings B. Construct trench with adequate width to allow compaction equipment to be used at the sides of pipes. C. Make trench side slopes conform to prevailing safety code requirements. 3.03 DEWATERING A. Perform whatever work is necessary to prevent the flow and accumulation of surface or ground water in the excavation. INSIDE UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220700-2 7-31-2025 3.04 TIMING A. Do not backfill until underground mechanical system has been properly tested, inspected and approved. B. Coordinate with the work of others, and complete all trench work in a timely manner. 3.05 BEDDING A. Place bedding material under, around, and over the pipe in lifts not exceeding 8" in depth. B. Work material around pipe by hand methods, taking care to keep any oversize or sharp stones out of contact with the pipe, and to provide uniform support for the pipe. C. Cover pipe with bedding material to building subgrade or to a minimum 12" depth before adding other backfill. 3.06 BACKFILLING A. Continue placing backfill material until trench is completely filled to building subgrade, or as shown on drawings. B. Place backfill material in lifts not to exceed 12" in depth. 3.07 COMPACTION A. Compact all bedding material to at least 95% of maximum density, taking care not to damage the pipe. B. Compact all backfill under footings, slabs, and other structures to 95% of maximum density or more, if required by the Architect. C. Compact other areas to preclude future settlements, or at least 85% of maximum density. 3.08 FINISHING A. After completion of backfilling, dispose of excess material and smooth the surface of grade. B. Do not allow heavy equipment to be used over backfilled work that does not have sufficient cover to prevent pipe damage. 3.09 SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS A. Avoid unauthorized and unnecessary excavations. B. Minimize number and size of excavations under footings or bearing walls. INSIDE UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220700-3 7-31-2025 C. Support footings, foundations, and walls with timbers and jacks if there appears to be any possible chance of damage, and keep such precautions in place to eliminate possible damage. D. Backfill under footings and bearing walls, using maximum compaction or concrete or proportions as specified for footings. E. Avoid damage to all existing underground services, foundations, cables, conduit lines or foundations. Repair any existing underground work accidentally damaged at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.10 UNDER EXISTING SLAB INSTALLATION A. When breaking out an existing floor slab, make a saw cut and remove concrete. When repouring concrete, compact the fill to the same specifications as the building fill. Re: Architectural/Structural. Make necessary saw cuts and patching as required. END OF SECTION 22 07 00 INSIDE UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220700-4 7-31-2025 SECTION 22 08 00 OUTSIDE UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 220500— Basic Materials and Methods 2. Division 2 — Site Work B. Description: This section described general requirements, products, and methods of execution relating excavation, backfill, and compaction of utility trenches outside of buildings. The arbitrary line of demarcation between inside and outside of buildings occurs 5 feet outside the building perimeters. C. It shall be the duty and responsibility of the Contractor and all of its subcontractors to be familiar and comply with all requirements of Public Law 91-696, 29 U.S.C. Secs. 651 et. seq., the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, (OSHA) and all amendments thereto, and to WHICH TRENCH EXCAVATION WILL EXCEED A DEPTH OF FIVE FEET, THE CONTRACTOR AND ALL OF ITS SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF 29 C.F.R. SECS. 1926.652 AND 1926.653, OSHA SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS. D. SPECIAL NOTE: All provisions and divisions of these specifications are a part of this section of these specifications. The Contractor shall consult these divisions and provisions in detail for instructions and include all items pertaining to this work. The Contractor shall consult all other divisions of these specifications, determine the extent of impact on the work required to complete the work required by this section of the specifications or portion thereof and related work shown on the drawings. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 BEDDING MATERIAL A. Select bedding material from trench excavation using care to separate it from unsuitable material. If suitable bedding material is not available from trench excavation, import it from sources approved by the Architect. B. Use granular material, free from large stones, boulders and debris. Maximum aggregate size passing a 2" sieve opening. Maintain moisture content within a range that will allow specified compaction. 2.02 TRENCH BACKFILL OUTSIDE UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220800-1 7-31-2025 A. Obtain trench backfill material from trench excavation. If sufficient suitable trench backfill material is not available from trench excavation, import it from sources approved by the Architect. B. Use granular material, free from large stones, boulders, and debris. Maintain moisture content within range that will allow specified compaction. Maximum aggregate size shall be 4 inches. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION A. Excavate trenches to depth and grades as shown on drawings. B. Place all excavated material suitable for backfill in an orderly manner and in conformance with safety codes. C. Dispose of all material not suitable for backfill. D. Form bell holes so pipelines rest on continuous undisturbed soil. If larger rocks or boulders are encountered, remove them. If ground surface is below specified pipe grade, fill to required depth with granular materials free from debris and rock, and compact to proper grade before installing piping. 3.02 LOCATION A. Locate trenches to accommodate utilities shown on the drawings. B. Construct trench with adequate width to allow compaction equipment to be used at the side of pipes. C. Make trench side slopes conform to prevailing safety code requirements. 3.03 DE -WATERING A. Perform whatever work is necessary to prevent flow and accumulation of surface or ground water in the excavation. 3.04 TIMING A. Do not complete backfill until utility system has been properly tested, inspected, and approved. B. Coordinate with the work of others and complete all trench work in a timely manner. 3.05 BEDDING A. Place bedding material under, around, and over pipe in lifts not exceeding 8" in depth. OUTSIDE UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220800-2 7-31-2025 B. Work material around pipe by hand methods, taking care to keep any oversize or sharp stones out of contact with the pipe, and provide uniform support for the pipe. C. Cover pipe with bedding material to a minimum 6" depth before adding other backfill. D. Cover water line with 18" bedding material before backfilling. 3.06 BACKFILLING A. Continue placing backfill material until trench is completely filled to finished grade, or as shown on the drawing. B. Place backfill material in lifts not to exceed 12" in depth. 3.07 COMPACTION A. Compact all bedding material to al least 95% of maximum density, taking care not to damage the pipe. B. Compact backfill material to preclude future settlement or at least to 90% of maximum density. 3.08 FINISHING A. After completion of backfilling, dispose of excess material and smooth the surface to grade. B. Restore all surface areas to original conditions, or improve as shown on the drawings. C. Replace all paving, base course, gravel surfacing, sub -base, topsoil or other existing finished surface shown or not shown on the drawings. D. Clean up and finish all construction areas to original condition or better. END OF SECTION 22 08 00 OUTSIDE UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 220800-3 7-31-2025 SECTION 22 14 00 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe, and equipment hangers, supports, and associated anchors. B. Sleeves and seals. C. Flashing and sealing equipment and pipe stacks. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 232400 - Vibration Isolation. B. Section 222600 - Piping Insulation. C. Section 232800 - Equipment Insulation. D. Section 211300 - Fire Protection System. E. Section 224100 - Plumbing System. F. Section 235100 - Hydronic Piping. G. Section 235300 — Refrigerant Piping 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. B. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. C. NFPA 14 - Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supports for Sprinkler Piping: In conformance with NFPA 13. B. Supports for Standpipes: In conformance with NFPA 14. HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 221400-1 7-31-2025 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Indicate hanger and support framing and attachment methods. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 Inches Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and over: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll, double hanger. D. All hangers, supports and rods in areas exposed to the outdoors, such as but not limited to crawl spaces, service bays, wash bays, open shops and warehouses shall be hot dipped galvanized. E. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods; cast iron roll and stand for pipe sizes 6 inches and over. F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. G. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and over: adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll. H. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, locknut nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. J. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and over: Adjustable cast iron roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support. K. Roof Pipe Supports and Hangers: Galvanized Steel Channel System as manufactured by Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc. or approved equal. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller — Type PP10 with roller For pipes 3" through 8" —Type PS HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 221400-2 7-31-2025 For multiple pipes — Type PSE - Custom L. Copper Pipe Support and Hangers: Electro-galvanized with thermoplastic elastomer cushions; Unistrut "Cush -A -Clamp" or equal. Hangers: Plastic coated; Unistrut or equal. M. For installation of protective shields refer to specification section 231400-3.03. N. Shields for Vertical Copper Pipe Risers: Sheet lead. O. Pipe Rough -In Supports in Walls/Chases: Provide preformed plastic pipe supports, Sioux Chief "Pipe Titan" or equal. 2.02 HANGER RODS A. Galvanized Hanger Rods: Threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded. 2.03 INSERTS A. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.04 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing: 20 gage galvanized steel. B. Lead Flashing: 4 lb./sq. ft. sheet lead for waterproofing; 1 lb./sq. ft. sheet lead for soundproofing. C. Caps: Steel, 20 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements. D. Coordinate with roofing contractor/architect for type of flashing on metal roofs. 2.05 EQUIPMENT CURBS A. Fabricate curbs of hot dipped galvanized steel unless noted otherwise. 2.06 SLEEVES HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 221400-3 7-31-2025 A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non -fire Rated Floors: Form with 18 gage galvanized steel, tack welded to form a uniform sleeve. B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non -fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Form with steel pipe, schedule 40. C. Sleeves for Pipes Through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fireproofing: Prefabricated fire rated steel sleeves including seals, UL listed. D. Sleeves for Round Ductwork: Form with galvanized steel. E. Sleeves for Rectangular Ductwork: Form with galvanized steel. F. Fire Stopping Insulation: Glass fiber type, non-combustible, U.L. listed. G. Caulk: Paintable 25-year acrylic sealant. H. Pipe Alignment Guides: Factory fabricated, of cast semi -steel or heavy fabricated steel, consisting of bolted, two -section outer cylinder and base with two -section guiding spider that bolts tightly to pipe. Length of guides shall be as recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel. 2.07 FABRICATION A. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. B. Design hangers without disengagement of supported pipe. C. Design roof supports without roof penetrations, flashing or damage to the roofing material. 2.08 FINISH A. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSERTS HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 221400-4 7-31-2025 A. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. Coordinate with structural engineer for placement of inserts. B. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. C. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, provide inserts to be flush with slab surface. D. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide thru-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab. Verify with structural engineer prior to start of work. 3.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Support horizontal piping as follows: PIPE SIZE MAX. HANGER SPACING HANGER DIAMETER (Steel Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 7'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 3 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" (Copper Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 5'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inch 8'-0" 3/8" 3 to 4 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 10'-0" 1/2" (Cast Iron) 2 to 3 inch 5'-0" 3/8" HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 221400-5 7-31-2025 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" (PVC Pipe) 1-1/2 to 4 inch 4'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 4'-0" 1/2" 10 and over 4'-0" 5/8" B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. C. Place a hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow and at the vertical horizontal transition. D. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. E. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 feet maximum spacing between hangers. F. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub. G. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. H. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. Install hangers with nut at base and above hanger; tighten upper nut to hanger after final installation adjustments. J. Portable pipe hanger systems shall be installed per manufactures instructions. 3.03 Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements. A. Clamps: Attach galvanized clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ASME B31.9. HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 221400-6 7-31-2025 B. Saddles: Install galvanized protection saddles MSS Type 39 where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with segments of insulation that match adjoining pipe insulation. C. Shields: Install protective shields MSS Type 40 on cold and chilled water piping that has vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees and shall have dimensions in inches not less than the following: NPS LENGTH THICKNESS 1/4 THROUGH 3-1/2 12 0.048 4 12 0.060 5 & 6 18 0.060 8 THROUGH 14 24 0.075 16 THROUGH 24 24 0.105 D. Piping 2" and larger provide galvanized sheet metal shields with calcium silicate at hangers/supports. E. Insert material shall be at least as long as the protective shield. F. Thermal Hanger Shields: Install where indicated, with insulation of same thickness as piping. 3.04 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide equipment bases of concrete. B. Provide templates, anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. C. Construct support of steel members. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. D. Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed. 3.05 FLASHING A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counter flashing where piping and ductwork penetrate weather or waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs. HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 221400-7 7-31-2025 B. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting 8 inches minimum above finished roof surface with lead worked one inch minimum into hub, 8 inches minimum clear on sides with 24 x 24 inches sheet size. For pipes through outside walls, turn flanges back into wall and caulk, metal counter flash and seal. C. Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches clear on sides with minimum 36 x 36 inch sheet size. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. D. Seal floor shower mop sink and all other drains watertight to adjacent materials. E. Provide curbs for mechanical roof installations 8 inches minimum high above roofing surface. Contact architect for all flashing details and roof construction. Seal penetrations watertight. 3.06 SLEEVES A. Set sleeves in position in formwork. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. B. Extend sleeves through floors minimum one inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves full depth with fire rated thermfiber and 3M caulking and provide floor plate. C. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with U.L. listed fire stopping insulation and caulk seal air tight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. D. Fire protection sleeves may be flush with floor of stairways. END OF SECTION 22 14 00 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 221400-8 7-31-2025 SECTION 22 19 00 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND PIPE MARKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 220500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered by this Section, with all auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. 1.03 Refer to Architectural Sections for additional requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 VALVE AND PIPE IDENTIFICATION A. Valves: 1. All valves shall be identified with a 1-1/2" diameter brass disc wired onto the handle. The disc shall be stamped with 1/2" high depressed black filled identifying numbers. These numbers shall be numerically sequenced for all valves on the job. 2. The number and description indicating make, size, model number and service of each valve shall be listed in proper operational sequence, properly typewritten. Three copies to be turned over to Owner at completion. 3. Tags shall be fastened with approved meter seal and 4 ply 0.018 smooth copper wire. Tags and fastenings shall be manufactured by the Seton Name Plate Company or approved equal. SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND PIPE MARKING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 221900-1 7-31-2025 4. All valves shall be numbered serially with all valves of any one system and/or trade grouped together. B. Pipe Marking: 1. All interior visible piping located in accessible spaces such as above accessible ceilings, equipment rooms, attic space, under floor spaces, etc., shall be identified with all temperature pipe markers as manufactured by W.H. Brady Company, 431 West Rock Ave., New Haven, Connecticut, or approved equal. 2. All exterior visible piping shall be identified with UV and acid resistant outdoor grade acrylic plastic markers as manufactured by Set Mark distributed by Seton nameplate company. Factory location 20 Thompson Road, Branford, Connecticut, or approved equal. 3. Generally, markers shall be located on each side of each partition, on each side of each tee, on each side of each valve and/or valve group, on each side of each piece of equipment, and, for straight runs, at equally spaced intervals not to exceed 75 feet. In congested area, marks shall be placed on each pipe at the points where it enters and leaves the area and at the point of connection of each piece of equipment and automatic control valve. All markers shall have directional arrows. 4. Markers shall be installed after final painting of all piping and equipment and in such a manner that they are visible from the normal maintenance position. Manufacturer's installation instructions shall be closely followed. 5. Markers shall be colored as indicated below per ANSI/OSHA Standards: SYSTEM COLOR LEGEND Sanitary Sewer Green Vent Sanitary Sewer Domestic Water Green Domestic Water Domestic Hot Water Yellow Domestic Hot Supply Water Supply Domestic Hot Water Yellow Domestic Hot Re -circulating Water Return SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND PIPE MARKING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 221900-2 7-31-2025 Fire Protection Automatic Sprinkler C. Pipe Painting: Red Red Fire Protection Fire Sprinkler 1. All piping exposed to view shall be painted as indicated or as directed by the Architect in the field. Confirm all color selections with Architect prior to installation. 2. The entire fire protection piping system shall be painted red. 3. All piping located in mechanical rooms and exterior piping shall be painted as indicated below: System Color Storm Sewer White Sanitary Sewer Waste and Vent Light Gray Domestic Cold Water Dark Blue Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return Orange Compressed Air Green Chilled Water Supply and Return Light Blue PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 All labeling equipment shall be installed as per manufacturers printed installation instructions. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Contractor's price shall include all items required as per manufacturers' requirements. SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND PIPE MARKING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 221900-3 7-31-2025 3.03 All piping shall be cleaned of rust, dirt, oil and all other contaminants prior to painting. Install primer and a quality latex paint over all surfaces of pipe. END OF SECTION 22 19 00 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND PIPE MARKING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 221900-4 7-31-2025 SECTION 22 26 00 PIPING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 220500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE A. Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered by this Section, with all auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. B. Work specified elsewhere. 1. Painting. 2. Pipe hangers and supports. C. All pipes subject to freezing conditions shall be insulated. 1.03 WARRANTY A. Warrant the Work specified herein for one year against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance resulting from either defective or nonconforming materials or workmanship. B. Defects shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Mildewing. 2. Peeling, cracking, and blistering. 3. Condensation on exterior surfaces. PIPING INSULATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 222600-1 July 31, 2025 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Indicate size, material, and finish. Show locations and installation procedures. Include details of joints, attachments, and clearances. B. PRODUCT DATA: Submit schedules, charts, literature, and illustrations to indicate the performance, fabrication procedures, project variations, and accessories. 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. DELIVERY: Deliver undamaged materials in the manufacturer's unopened containers. Containers shall be clearly labeled with the insulation's flame and smoke ratings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 It is the intent of these specifications to secure superior quality workmanship resulting in an absolutely satisfactory installation of insulation from the standpoint of both function and appearance. Particular attention shall be given to valves, fittings, pumps, etc., requiring low temperature insulation to insure full thickness of insulation and proper application of the vapor seal. All flaps of vapor barrier jackets and/or canvas covering must be neatly and securely smoothed and sealed down. 2.02 The type of insulation and its installation shall be in strict accordance with these specifications for each service, and the application technique shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. All insulation types, together with adhesives and finishes shall be submitted and approved prior to installation. 2.03 A sample quantity of each type of insulation and each type application shall be installed and approval secured prior to proceeding with the main body of the work. Condensation caused by improper installation of insulation shall be corrected by Installing Contractor. Any damage caused by condensation shall be made good at no cost to the Owner or Architect/Engineer. 2.04 All insulation shall have composite (insulation, jacket or facing, and adhesive used to adhere the facing or jacket to insulation) fire and smoke hazard as tested by Procedure ASTM E084, NFPA 255 and UL 723 not exceeding: Flame Spread 25 Smoke Developed 50 PIPING INSULATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 222600-2 July 31, 2025 2.05 Accessories, such as adhesives, mastics and cements shall have the same component ratings as listed above. 2.06 All products or their shipping cartons shall have a label affixed, indicating flame and smoke ratings do not exceed the above requirements. 2.07 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Calcium silicate materials shall be as manufactured by Johns Manville. B. Glass fiber materials shall be as manufactured by Johns Manville or Owens-Corning and shall have the same thermal properties, density, fire rating, vapor barrier, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer. C. Adhesives shall be as manufactured by Childers, Foster, HB Fuller or Armstrong, and shall have the same adhesive properties, fire rating, vapor seal, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer. D. Armaflex elastomeric cellular thermal insulation by Armstrong. E. Phenolic foam insulation shall be as manufactured by PolyPhen 2500 Insulation. F. Polyisocyanurate insulation shall be as manufactured by Dow "Trymer 2000 XP". G. Metal jacketing and fitting covers shall be as manufactured by Childers or RPR Products. 2.08 MATERIALS A. For insulation purpose piping is defined as the complete piping system including supplies and returns, pipes, valves, automatic control valve bodies, fittings, flanges, strainers, thermometer well, unions, reducing stations, and orifice assemblies. B. INTERIOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPE: provide fiberglass pipe insulation with all service jackets with self sealing lap joint. C. EXTERIOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPE: Provide elastomeric cellular thermal, or preformed phenolic foam pipe insulation with secured metal jacketing. D. DRAIN BODIES AND DOWN SPOUTS: Insulate all horizontal roof drain down spouts, underside of all roof drain bodies, chilled water waste lines from drinking fountain to junction with main waste stacks, and branch lines including traps and exposed underside of floor drains receiving cooling coil condensate, same as water piping where PIPING INSULATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 222600-3 July 31, 2025 exposed to building occupant view. When concealed, insulation may be same as specified for external duct wrap. E. CONDENSATE DRAINAGE PIPING: Fire resistant fiberglass insulation; insulation not required when piping is exposed on roof. F. METAL JACKETING: Utilize Childers "Strap -On" jacketing. Provide preformed fitting covers for all elbows and tees. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 All insulation shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations and printed installation instructions, including high density inserts at all hangers and pipe supports to prevent compression of insulation. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturers requirements. 3.03 Pipes located outdoors or in crawl spaces shall be insulated same as concealed piping; and in addition shall have a jacket of 0.016 inch thick, smooth aluminum with longitudinal modified Pittsburg Z-Lock seam and 2 inch overlap. Jacketing shall be easily removed and replaced without damage. All butt joints shall be sealed with gray silicone. Galvanized banding is not acceptable. 3.04 All insulated piping located over driveways shall have an aluminum shield permanently banded over insulation to protect it from damage from car antennas. 3.05 WATER PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. The insulation shall be applied to clean, dry pipes with all joints firmly butted together. Where piping is interrupted by fittings, flanges, valves or hangers and at intervals not to exceed 25 feet on straight runs, an isolating seal shall be formed between the vapor barrier jacket and the bare pipe. The seal shall be by the applications of adhesive to the exposed insulation joint faces, carried continuously down to and along 4 inches of pipe and up to and along 2 inches of jacket. B. Pipe fittings and valves shall be insulated with pre -molded or shop fabricated glass fiber covers finished with two brush coats of vapor barrier mastic reinforced with glass fabric. PIPING INSULATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 222600-4 July 31, 2025 C. All under lap surfaces shall be clean and free of dust, etc. before the SSL is sealed. These laps shall be firmly rubbed to insure a positive seal. A brush coat of vapor retarder shall be applied to all edges of the vapor barrier jacket. 3.06 FIRE RATED INSULATION A. All pipe penetrations through walls and concrete floors shall be fire rated by applying USG Thermafiber in the space between the concrete and the pipe. B. The fire rating shall be additionally sealed by using 3M brand model CP 25 or 303 fire barrier caulk and putty. C. All fire rating material shall be insulated in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. PART 4 - SCHEDULES 4.01 LOW TEMPERATURE SURFACES MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESS BASED ON FIBERGLASS A. Exposed exterior domestic water pipe: 1% inch ****Select B for projects with ALL domestic water pipe insulated SELECT THIS OPTION WHEN PIPES ARE RUN IN EXPOSED CEILINGS TO PROVIDE A UNIFORM LOOK**** ****Select C for projects with ONLY domestic HOT water pipe insulated**** B. Interior domestic cold water pipe: 1 inch C. Interior domestic cold water pipe exposed to freezing temperatures: 1 inch D. Condensate drain lines: 3 inch E. Drains receiving condensate: 1 inch F. Concealed horizontal leader from roof drain: 1A inch blanket wrap Exposed horizontal leader from roof drain: 1 inch thick rigid (phenolic) with all service jackets PIPING INSULATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 222600-5 July 31, 2025 4.02 HIGH TEMPERATURE SURFACES MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESS A. Domestic Hot Water and Hot Water Circulating Piping 1 inch END OF SECTION 22 26 00 PIPING INSULATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 222600-6 July 31, 2025 SECTION 22 4100 PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe and pipe fittings. B. Valves. C. Sanitary sewer piping system. D. Storm sewer piping system. E. Domestic water piping system. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 022220 - Excavating. B. Section 022230 - Backfilling. C. Section 022250 - Trenching. D. Section 221400 - Supports and Anchors. E. Section 221900—System Identification and Pipe Marking. F. Section 232420 - Vibration Isolation. G. Section 222600 - Piping Insulation. H. Section 224400 - Plumbing Fixtures. I. Section 224500 - Plumbing Equipment. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI B31.1 - Power Piping. B. ANSI B31.9 - Building Service Piping. PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-1 7-31-2025 C. ASME - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. D. ASME Sec. 9 - Welding and Brazing Qualifications. E. ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25, 125, 250 and 800. F. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. G. ASME B16.4 - Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 and 250. H. ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Bronze Solder -Joint Pressure Fittings I. ASTM A47 - Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. J. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless. K. ASTM A74 - Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. L. ASTM B32 - Solder Metal. M. ASTM B42 - Seamless Copper Pipe. N. ASTM B306 - Copper Drainage Tube (DWV). O. ASTM D1785 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedule 40, 80, and 120. P. ASTM D2241 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR). Q. ASTM D2466 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. R. ASTM D2564 - Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. S. ASTM D2729 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. T. ASTM D2846 - Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe, Fittings, Solvent Cements and Adhesives for Potable Hot Water Systems. U. ASTM F493 - Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. V. AWWA C111- Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. W. AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains. X. CISPI 301 - Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Hubless Cast Iron Sanitary Systems. PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-2 7-31-2025 Y. CISPI 310 - Joints for Hubless Cast Iron Sanitary Systems. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, Pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturers catalog information. Indicate valve data and ratings. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Record actual locations of valves. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating cast or marked on valve body. B. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME Code and applicable state labor regulations. C. Welders Certification: In accordance with ASME Sec 9. D. Foreign pipe, fittings or valves are unacceptable. E. Piping shall be labeled along entire length indicating size, class, material specification, manufacturers name and country of origin. 1.08 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum 5 years documented experience and must be a domestic manufacturer. PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-3 7-31-2025 B. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years documented experience. 1.09 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Perform Work in accordance with plumbing and building codes having jurisdiction. B. Conform to applicable codes for the provision and installation of all required backflow prevention devices. C. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of installation of backflow prevention devices. D. No PVC pipe or fittings will be allowed for any areas where pipe is to penetrate a fire rated assembly or to be installed in a return air plenum unless the entire length of all such piping is encased within a minimum 2 hour fire rated enclosure. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Division 1. B. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. E. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. Tape will not be allowed as an acceptable end cover. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Division 1. B. Provide two repacking kits for each size valve. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SANITARY SOIL WASTE AND VENT PIPING, BURIED BEYOND 5 FEET OUTSIDE OF BUILDING PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-4 7-31-2025 A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A 74 service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A 74 drainage pattern. 2. Joints: Hub and spigot, ASTM C 564 neoprene, compression type gaskets. ***OR*** ****** [Note: Use PVC SEWER only on case by case basis, confirm project requirements with project manager] B. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785/D 2729 schedule 40; installed per ASTM D 2321. 1. Fittings: PVC, ASTM D 3311/D 2665 drainage pattern, with bell and spigot ends. Furnished by the same manufacturer as pipe or approved equal. 2. Joints: solvent weld with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement, installed per the requirements of ASTM D 2855. ***OR*** C. PVC pipe: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35; installed per ASTM D 2321. 1. Fittings: ASTM F 1336 PVC, drainage pattern, with bell and spigot ends. Furnished by the same manufacturer as pipe or approved equal. 2. Joints: ASTM F 477 or F 913, elastomeric gaskets or solvent weld. 2.02 SANITARY SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING, BELOW GRADE A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A 74 service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A 74 drainage pattern. 2. Joints: Hub and spigot, ASTM C 564 neoprene, compression type gaskets. ***OR*** [Note: Use PVC SEWER only on case by case basis verify project requirements with project manager] PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-5 7-31-2025 B. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785/D 2665 schedule 40 1. Fittings: PVC, ASTM D 3311/D 2665 drainage pattern, with bell and spigot ends to be furnished by the same manufacturer as pipe or approved equal. 2. Joints: solvent weld with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement, clear, medium bodied, for sizes 3" and smaller and gray, heavy bodied, for sizes 4" and larger, mating surfaces shall be prepared with ASTM F 656 purple primer immediately prior to cement application. 2.03 SANITARY SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING, WITHIN BUILDING, ABOVE GRADE A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A 74 service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A 74 drainage pattern. 2. Joints: Hub and spigot, ASTM C 564 neoprene, compression type gaskets. ***OR*** B. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A 888, hubless, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A 888 drainage pattern. 2. Joints: No hub, ASTM C 564 neoprene gaskets and heavy duty four band stainless steel clamps and solid shield assemblies constructed of type 300 series stainless steel. Clamp assemblies shall conform to FM 1680. C. Copper Tubing: ASTM B 306, DWV, sizes 2" and smaller. 1. Fittings: ASME B 16.23 cast bronze, or ASME B16.29, wrought copper. 2. Joints: ASTM B 32, solder, Grade 50B. D. Brass Pipe: ASTM B 43, chrome plated. 1. Fittings: ASME B 16.23 cast bronze, chrome plated. 2. Joints: ASTM B 32, solder, Grade 50B. ***OR*** PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-6 7-31-2025 [Note: Use PVC SEWER only on case by case basis verify project requirements with project manager] E. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785/D 2665 schedule 40 1. Fittings: PVC, ASTM D 3311/D 2665 drainage pattern, with bell and spigot ends to be furnished by the same manufacturer as pipe or approved equal. 2. Joints: ASTM D 2855, solvent weld with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement. 2.04 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, BURIED BEYOND 5 FEET OUTSIDE OF BUILDING [SELECT ONE (use D.I. or C900 for projects with size 4" and larger only)] A. Copper Pipe: ASTM B 88, Type K, hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B 16.18, cast bronze, or ASTM B 16.22 wrought copper alloy. 2. Joints: ASTM B 32, solder. B. Ductile Iron Pipe: ANSI/AWWA C151. 1. Fittings: Ductile or gray cast iron, standard thickness. 2. Joints: ANSI/AWWA C111, rubber gasket with 3/4 inch diameter rods. ***OR*** [Note: Use PVC PIPE only on case by case basis confirm project requirements with project manager] ****** C. PVC Pipe: AWWA C900 CLASS 150. 1. Fittings: Ductile or gray cast iron, standard thickness. 2. Joints: ANSI/AWWA C111, rubber gasket with 3/4 inch diameter rods. D. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785 schedule 80. 1. Fittings: ASTM D 2467 PVC. 2. Joints: ASTM D 2855, solvent weld with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement. E. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785 schedule 40. PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-7 7-31-2025 1. Fittings: ASTM D 2466 PVC. 2. Joints: ASTM D 2855, solvent weld with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement. F. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2241, SDR-26 for not less than 150 psig pressure rating. 1. Fittings: ASTM D 2466 PVC. 2. Joints: ASTM D 2855, solvent weld with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement. 2.05 DOMESTIC WATER PIPE, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING, BELOW GRADE A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K, soft annealed. Provide for pipe sizes up to and including 2-1/2". 1. Fittings: ASTM B16.22 wrought copper pressure fittings. 2. Joints shall be as follows: a. No joints shall be permitted for pipe sizes 2" and smaller. All such piping must be run continuous below slab on grade and brought up to no less than 12" above the finished floor before any joint is provided. b. For sizes larger than 2", joints between copper pipe and fittings shall be brazed and shall be made in accordance with all the applicable portions of ASTM B828, manufacturer's recommendations, and AWS requirements. Brazing filler metal shall be in accordance with AWS A5.8 and any required flux shall meet AWS A5.31, Type FB3-A or FB3-C. 3. Beginning at no closer than the 5'-0" mark from the building, all piping buried or in contact with concrete shall be provided with one of the following, which shall also extend to a minimum of 6" above the finished floor: a. AWWA C209 cold -applied, integrated primer type, elastomericadhesive, laminate polymeric tape coating, minimum 35 mil nominal thickness, in accordance with manufacturer's installation guidelines. Chase Construction Products Tapecoat H35 or approved equivalent. b. Continuous polyethylene lining, minimum 60 mil nominal thickness. B. Ductile Iron Pipe: Minimum pressure class 150, ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51. Provide for pipe sizes 3" and larger. 1. Fittings: Standard ductile iron, ANSI/AWWAC110/A21.10. PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-8 7-31-2025 2. Joints: Rubber-gasketed and bolted mechanical joints, ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. Installation shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C600 and approved pipe lubricant shall be used for optimum gasket sealing and long-term performance. 3. Note: A single fitting may be installed below slab on grade to facilitate underground pipe entry up to above floor from an immediately adjacent exterior building wall. 4. Provide continuous polyethylene encasement for all piping buried or in contact with concrete in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5, beginning at no closer than the 5'-0" mark from the building and to a minimum of 6" above the finished floor. C. Stainless Steel Pre -Fabricated In -Building Riser (acceptable for sizes 2" through 10") 1. Corrosion resistant Type 304 stainless steel construction single, extended 90 degree fitting. 2. UL listed, FM approved and NFPA 24 compliant. 3. Lead free and NSF/ANSI 61 (372) certified. 4. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Ames Fire & Waterworks Series IBR (4" through 10") and IBR2 (2", 2- 1/2", and 3") b. Zurn Wilkins Model WBR (4" through 10") 5. Note: For this application, the inlet joint for larger diameter (4" through 10") piping (which shall not be located below a building slab or foundation) can be rubber gasketed push -on type, ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. Installation shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C600. 6. Provide continuous polyethylene encasement for all piping buried or in contact with concrete in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5, beginning at no closer than the 5'-0" mark from the building and to a minimum of 6" above the finished floor. 2.06 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, WITHIN BUILDING, ABOVE GRADE: A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L, hard drawn. PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-9 7-31-2025 1. Fittings: ASME B 16.18, cast bronze, or ASTM B 16.22 wrought copper alloy. 2. Joints between copper pipe and fittings shall be made in accordance with ASTM B828 using ASTM B32 Alloy HB lead-free solder. 3. Fittings and joints for pipe sizes 1/2" through 4" may be mechanical press -connect system joints with ASME B16.51 lead-free copper bodied fittings with integral ethylene -propylene diene monomer rubber (EPDM) sealing gaskets. All fittings, couplings, and adapters shall be the product of a single system manufacturer and only that manufacturer's approved press tools, kits, and jaws shall be used. a. EPDM o-rings shall be pre -installed and lubricated with ANSI/NSF 61 listed lubricant. b. All installers of copper press -connect fittings shall be trained by the fitting manufacturer's appointed representative and carry such credentials for the duration of the project. c. The fitting manufacturer's representative shall conduct periodic inspections of the installation and shall provide written reports of such inspections to the Contractor and Engineer, including any observed deviations from the manufacturer's recommended installation practices. d. Acceptable system manufacturers: Viega, Merit Brass, or pre -approved equal. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Schedule 40, galvanized. 1. Fittings: ANSI B 16.3 Malleable iron, 150 Ib. galvanized. 2. Joints: Screwed for sizes less than 4", flanged or mechanical cut grooved couplings for sizes 4" and larger. ***OR*** [Note: Use PVC PIPE only on case by case basis verify project requirements with project manager] C. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785 schedule 40. 1. Fittings: ASTM D 2466 PVC. 2. Joints: ASTM D 2855, solvent weld with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement. PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-10 7-31-2025 D. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785 schedule 80. 1. Fittings: ASTM D 2467 PVC. 2. Joints: ASTM D 2855, solvent weld with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement. E. CPVC Pipe, ASTM D2846, Schedule 40. 1. Fittings: ASTM D2846. F. Cross -linked Polyethylene (PEX) ASTM F877 tubing for hot and cold water distribution systems. Manufactured in accordance with ASTM F876 and ASTM F877 and tested for compliance by an independent third -party agency 1. ASTM F876 cross -linked polyethylene (PEX) tube, ASTM F1807 fittings and ASTM F2159 fittings. 2. Non -barrier type. 3. Shall have a pressure and temperature rating of 160 PSI at 73°F, 100 PSI at 180°F and 80 PSI at 200°F 4. Tubing shall have a minimum of 6 months UV protection. 5. Tubing shall have a 25/50 flame and smoke developed rating as per ASTM E84. 6. Tubing shall have a 25 year warranty. 7. Tubing shall be used with copper manifolds and nipples. 2.07 FLANGES AND UNIONS A. Drainage Applications: 1. Provide approved listed adapter and transition fittings appropriate to the specific pipe transition and in accordance with code requirements. 2. For piping above ground, provide stainless steel shielded, molded elastomeric couplings and adapters meeting ASTM C564 and FM 1680. No -hub couplings shall be heavy duty type with four band stainless steel bands clamps and solid shield assembly constructed of type 300 series stainless steel. 3. For dissimilar piping above ground, provide heavy duty stainless steel shielded, molded elastomeric couplings and adapters meeting ASTM C564 and ASTM C1460. Applies to installations including cast iron to PVC transitions immediately adjacent to building slabs on grade. PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-11 7-31-2025 4. For dissimilar underground piping not below building slab, provide shear resistant .012" thick 300 series stainless steel shielded, PVC gasketed flexible couplings and adapters meeting ASTM D5926 and ASTM C1173. For direct -bury applications, provide AWWA C209 cold -applied, integrated primer type, elastomeric adhesive, laminate polymeric tape coating, minimum 35 mil nominal thickness, in accordance with manufacturer's installation guidelines, to completely wrap the shield, banding, and screws. Chase Construction Products Tapecoat H35 or approved equivalent. 5. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Anaco-Husky/Cremco b. Mission Rubber Company LLC c. Fernco, Inc. d. Fernco, Inc. Strong Back RC 1000 Series (underground piping, not below building slab; or readily accessible underground piping transitions in backwater valve pits, etc.) 6. Adapters, couplings, bushings for copper DWV pipe shall be cast bronze or wrought copper, ASME B16.23/B16.29. B. Domestic Water Applications: 1. Provide joints between various materials with approved adapter and transition fittings appropriate to the specific pipe transition and in accordance with code requirements and the manufacturer's instructions. 2. For copper tube and pipe: adapters, bushings, plugs, caps, and couplings shall be wrought copper or cast bronze; flanges (minimum class 150) and unions shall be cast bronze. Provide with solder or threaded connections as necessary and as produced to applicableASMEstandards B16.15, B16.18, B16.22, B16.24, B16.50, B1.20.1. All such appurtenances shall be for use in above ground potable water systems. 3. Above slab transitions for water service entries: a. 100% fusion bonded epoxy coated ASTM A536 cast ductile iron construction coupling with acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) gaskets and EPDM insulating boot for water service. 5/8 inch high strength stainless steel bolts and nuts. Coupling shall meet AWWA C219. Romac Industries, Inc. IC501 or pre -approved equivalent. PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-12 7-31-2025 b. 100% fusion bonded 14 mil epoxy coated coupling with ASTM A536 cast ductile iron rings. Complete with acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) gaskets and type 304 stainless steel bridge, spacers, nuts, and bolts. Coupling shall meet AWWA C219, NSF 61, and NSF 372. Krausz USA Hymax Grip Coupling Restraint or pre -approved equivalent. 4. Dielectric connections: a. For pipe sizes 2 inch and smaller, provide lead-free dielectric unions, rated to 180 F at 250 psi and compliant to ASSE 1079. b. For pipe sizes larger than 2 inches, provide lead-free dielectric flanged pipe fittings, rated to 180 F at 175 psi and meeting ASME B16.1. c. For grooved copper joining systems, provide grooved end dielectric transition fitting from system manufacturer, with virgin polypropylene internal lining, meeting NSF 61. C. General: 1. Unions for ferrous pipe shall be ASTM B16.39 galvanized malleable iron, threaded, minimum pressure class 150. 2. Plugs and bushings for ferrous pipe shall be ASME B16.14 galvanized malleable iron, threaded. 3. Nipples for ferrous pipe shall be schedule 40, galvanized, ASTM A53 welded steel pipe nipples, threaded, meeting ASTM A733. 4. Couplings for ferrous pipe shall be galvanized steel, threaded, manufactured in accordance with ASTM A865. 5. Flanges for ferrous pipe shall be galvanized forged steel construction, either socket weld or slip-on weld type, minimum pressure class 150, manufactured to ASME B16.5. 6. Bolts, nuts, and gaskets for flanged connections shall be appropriate to the pipe material, fluid type, temperature, and pressure. 1/16" thick pre -formed neoprene, typical. 7. Provide flexible stainless steel connectors at pumps and other such equipment, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Connectors shall have corrugated hose and braided 300 series stainless steel jacketing. Carbon steel PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-13 7-31-2025 flanged or grooved ends as appropriate. NSF 372 lead-free for all potable water applications. Metraflex Company or pre -approved equivalent. 2.08 GATE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Nibco No. T-111 up to 2-1/2"; F-617-0 3" and over. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Crane No. 428 up to 2-1/2"; 465-1/2 3" and over. b. Stockham No. B-100 up to 2-1/2"; G-623 3" and over. c. Grinnell No. 3010 up to 2-1/2"; 6020A 3" and over. B. Up to and including 2-1/2" Inches: Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, solid wedge threaded ends. C. Over 3" Inches: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, OS&Y, solid wedge, flanged ends. D. Provide bronze tee or cast iron square nut operator for all valves installed below ground. 1. Valves 2-1/2" and smaller shall be equipped with ASTM B62 solid red bronze tee securely affixed to the valve stem. 2. Valves 3" and larger shall be equipped with a standard 2" square combination nut/socket securely affixed to the valve stem. 3. Provide owner with two extended tee handle operating wrenches for each type of valve head installed. 2.09 BALL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Nibco No. T-585-66-LF (full port) for all sizes up through 2" 2. Nibco No. T-580-66-LF (conventional port) for sizes 2-1/2" and 3" PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-14 7-31-2025 3. Valves 4" and larger shall be split body stainless steel construction, 275psi cold working pressure, blow-out proof stem, PTFE seated, type 316 stainless steel trimmed, class 150 full port desing with manual gear operator. Nibco F-515-S6-F- 66-FS 4. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Apollo 70LF-140 series (full port) for all sizes up through 2". b. Milwaukee UPBA-400S (full port) for all sizes up through 2". c. Apollo 70LF-140 series (full port) for size 2-1/2" and Apollo 70LF-140 series (standard port) for 3". d. Milwaukee UPBA-100S (standard port) for sizes 2-1/2" and 3". B. Up to and including 2 Inches: Bronze two 600 PSI piece body full port, lead-free, stainless steel ball and stem, Teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle and balancing stops, threaded ends with union. C. Ball valves used for balancing shall have memory stops. 2.10 SWING CHECK VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Nibco No. T-413-Y-LF up to 2"; F-918-B-LF 2-1/2" and over. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Crane No. 37 up to 2-1/2"; 372 3" and over. b. Stockham No. B-319; up to 2-1/2"; G931 3" and over. c. Grinnell No. 3300 up to 2-1/2"; 6300A 3" and over. B. Up to and including 2-1/2 Inches: Bronze swing disc, screwed ends. C. Over 2-1/2 Inches: Iron body, bronze trim, swing disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends. Include outside lever and adjustable weight where required for quiet operation. 2.11 SPRING LOADED (SILENT) CHECK VALVES PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-15 7-31-2025 A. Manufacturers: 1. Nibco No. W-910 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Grinnell No. 402 B. Iron body, bronze trim, stainless steel spring, renewable composition disc, screwed, wafer, or flanged ends. 2.12 SOLDER A. 95.5% tin, 4% copper, 0.5% silver. B. Lead free, antimony free, zinc -free. C. Silvabrite 100, by Engelhard Corporation or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Coordinate and verify excavations under provisions of Division 2. B. Verify that all excavations are to the required grade, dry, and not over -excavated. 3.02 EXCAVATION, BEDDING AND BACKFILL A. This section shall apply for the excavation, bedding, and backfill of all buried piping unless specifically noted otherwise. All work shall be coordinated with any job site subsurface drainage/dewatering and adjusted accordingly. B. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure the following: 1. Not less than 2 feet of cover, or not less than maximum depth of frost penetration, whichever is the greater. 2. For water lines intended for fire protection service, the depth of cover shall be: a. Not less than 2'-6" in those locations where frost is not a factor. b. Not less than 1'-0" below the frost line for the locality. PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-16 7-31-2025 c. Not less than 3'-0" for piping under driveways. d. Not less than 1'-0" below the bottom of the building foundation/footers. e. In full compliance with the requirements of NFPA 13 and NFPA 24. C. Excavation: 1. Excavate trenches for underground piping to the required depths. 2. The bottom of the trench or excavation shall be cut to a uniform grade. 3. Should rock be encountered, excavate 6 inches below grade, fill with bedding material and tamp to existing density. 4. Coordinate alignment of pipe trenches to avoid obstructions. Ensure that proposed routing of pipe will not interfere with building foundation before any trenching has begun. Should conflicts occur, contact Architect/Engineer before proceeding. 5. Should any sleeves through the building foundation be required, this shall be provided as directed by the structural engineer of record AND in accordance with the prevailing code, but in no case shall the sleeve be any less than two (2) pipe sizes greater than the pipe it serves. D. Bedding and Backfill: 1. Backfill shall not be placed until the piping has been inspected, tested and approved. Complete backfill to the surface of natural ground or to the lines and grades indicated on drawings. Provide 6 inch stabilized sand bed with 4 inch stabilized sand cover around each pipe. Provide select fill up to finished surface or grade, unless indicated otherwise by project geotechnical report or specified otherwise in Division 02. 2. Compacting Backfill: Place material in uniform layers of 8 inches maximum, loose measure and compact to not less than 95% of maximum soil density as determined by ASTM D-698 Standard Proctor. 3. Restoration: Compact backfill, where trenching or excavation is required in improved areas such as pavements, walks and similar areas, to a condition equal to the adjacent undisturbed earth and restore surface of the area to the condition existing prior to trenching or excavating operation. 4. A clay fill "trench plug" extending 3 feet inside the building line and 5 feet outside the building line shall be placed to completely surround utility lines passing beneath the foundation and grade beam. The materials shall consist of on -site soils with a plasticity index (PI) between 20 and 30 percent compacted to at least 95 percent of the Standard Proctor and maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D-698. PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-17 7-31-2025 E. Cement Stabilized Sand: 1. Materials: a. Cement shall be Type I Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. b. Sand shall be clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C33 and free of organic matter and deleterious substances. c. Water shall be potable and free of oils, acids, alkalis, organic matter, or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94. 2. Mixture: a. Product shall consist of not less than 1.5 sacks of Portland cement per ton of dry sand. b. Mixture shall contain sufficient water to hydrate the cement and be thoroughly mixed in a pugmill type mixer. F. For water lines (including In -Building Risers) intended for fire protection service, provide joint restraints by way of concrete thrust blocks in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13 and NFPA 24. G. Aggressive Soil Conditions: Soil shall be considered aggressive and protection of buried metallic piping shall be provided as specified if any of the following situations exist: 1. Conditions are identified as such by the project geotechnical report or project geotechnical engineer. 2. The soil environment is a landfill area, swamp, marsh, polluted river bottom, cinder bed, or has alkaline soils. 3. A score of ten or higher is tallied when applying the soil assessment tool detailed in Appendix A of AWWA C105. An excerpt of this evaluation procedure is provided below for reference but is not intended as a substitute for the complete and latest Standard: Numerical Corrosivity Scale Soil Parameter Assigned Points Resistivity (ohm -cm) <700 10 700 — 1,000 8 1,000 —1,200 5 1,200 —1,500 2 1,500 — 2,000 1 PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-18 7-31-2025 >2,000 0 pH 0-2 5 2-4 3 4 — 6.5 0 6.5 — 7.5 0 7.5 — 8.5 0 >8.5 3 Redox Potential (mV) >100 0 50 — 100 3.5 0-50 , 4 <0 5 Sulfides Positive 3.5 Trace 2 Negative 0 Moisture Poor drainage continuously wet 2 Fair drainage generally moist 1 Good drainage generally dry 0 3.03 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale, oil and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. D. Install, clean bank sand backfill in trench to a minimum of 6 inches below pipe, and to cover all piping a minimum of 12 inches above pipe. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install all materials in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-19 7-31-2025 B. All exposed sewer and water pipe in toilet rooms or other finished areas of the building shall be chromium plated. C. Provide non -conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. D. Route piping in orderly manner, parallel and perpendicular to building column grid lines, unless indicated otherwise on drawings, and maintain gradients. E. Install piping to conserve building space and not conflict with other trades or interfere with intended use of space. F. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. G. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. H. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. Valves installed beyond reasonable reach shall be provided with chain operator. Provide access doors where valves and operable fittings are not exposed. Access doors shall be of approved types set in locations pre -approved by submittal to the Architect. J. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less than 2 feet of cover, or maximum depth of frost penetration, which ever is the greater. K. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. L. Provide encasement for and support of utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility companies. M. Gate valves installed below grade shall be covered with an adjustable cast iron roadway box extended to grade. Cover shall be cast iron with 'water' cast on top and set flush to finished paving or 2" above finished earthen grade. Box shall be supported from undisturbed soil or concrete base and shall not introduce any stress to piping under all traffic conditions. N. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories not pre -finished, ready for finish painting. O. Excavate in accordance with Division 2. P. Backfill in accordance with Division 2. Q. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream. PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-20 7-31-2025 ** * * R. Maintain uniformity in the installation of piping materials and joining methods. Do not mix materials types. S. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. T. Solder joints shall be wiped clean at each joint, remove excess metal while molten and flux residue when cooled. ** U. No PVC pipe or fittings will be allowed for any areas where pipe is installed in return air plenum unless the entire length of all such piping is encased within a minimum 2 hour fire rated enclosure. [Note: Use PVC Sewer only on case by case basis. Verify project requirements with project manager, delete paragraph "V" & "W" when there is no PVC on project.] V. Installations of thermoplastic piping systems shall be in strict conformity to the manufacturers published instructions. Under ground drainage pipe installations shall be in conformity to ASTM D 2321. W. Installation of solvent cement joints for PVC piping shall be in strict conformity to the requirements outlined in ASTM D 2855. X. Waste nipple from wall to tapped tee shall be schedule 40 threaded galvanized steel pipe or brass or copper with threaded adapter. Y. Provide approved PVC slip by cast iron no hub adaptor at each transition from underground PVC piping to above ground cast iron pipe using standard or wide bodied no hub couplings for as specified elsewhere in this section. Transition shall be made as close as possible to floor for sanitary DWV piping systems and at test tee for storm drainage piping. Support vertical cast iron pipe from floor anchors with using riser clamp and galvanized all thread rod as specified in section 231400. 3.05 APPLICATION A. Install union downstream of all valves at equipment or apparatus connections. B. Install male adapters each side of threaded valves in copper piped system. Sweat solder adapters to tube prior to make-up of threaded connections. PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-21 7-31-2025 C. Install gate valves for shut-off and to isolate all equipment items, distinct parts of systems, or vertical risers. D. Each plumbing fixture shall have a shut-off valve on each hot water and cold water supply line. E. Each plumbing water rough -in stub out shall be fitted with a shut off valve. F. Install globe, ball or butterfly valves for throttling, bypass, or balancing (manual flow control) services. G. Ball valves installed in insulated piping shall be fitted with extended lever operators of sufficient length to raise handle above the insulation jacket material. Where valve is used for throttling service valve handle shall be equipped with adjustable memory stop device. H. Provide spring loaded, non -slam, check valves on discharge of water pumps. 3.06 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. All drainage lines in the building shall have 1/4 inch to the foot fall where possible and not less than 1/8 inch to the foot fall toward the main sewer. Pipe must be so laid that the slope will be uniform and continuous. Permission shall be secured from the Architect and Engineer before proceeding with any Work where existing conditions prevent the installation at minimum grade specified. B. Slope all water piping and arrange to drain at low points. Provide loose key operated, polished chrome, sill cock flush to wall where fixture stop will not suffice for this requirement. 3.07 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM A. Prior to starting work, all domestic water systems shall be complete, thoroughly flushed clean and free of all foreign matter or erection residue. B. Ensure PH of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric). C. On building side of the main shut off valve, provide a 3/4" connection through which chlorine can be introduced into the water piping PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-22 7-31-2025 D. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form, in sufficient quantity to obtain 50 to 80 mg/L residual free chlorine solution throughout the entire domestic water piping systems. E. Bleed water from outlets as required to ensure complete distribution and test for disinfectant residual at a minimum 15 percent of total outlets. F. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. G. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment. H. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water or 1.0 mg/L. I. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 5 percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651. 3.08 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Provide new sanitary and storm sewer services connecting to existing building services or utility lines as shown on the drawings. B. Before commencing work, field verify invert elevations required for sewer connections, confirm inverts and ensure that these can be properly connected with slope for drainage and cover as required. C. Provide new domestic water service connecting to existing building services or utility lines as shown on plans. Assure connections are in compliance with requirements of the jurisdiction having authority. D. Extension of services to the building shall be fabricated from the same materials as the utility service lines or those materials specified herein. E. Should points of connection vary from those indicated on the drawings contractor shall properly allow for this in the actual connections field fabricated. 3.09 RODDING SEWERS A. All sanitary soil and waste lines, both in the building and out, shall be rodded out after completion of the installation. B. This Work shall be done, as part of the contract, to make certain that all lines are clear, and any obstruction that may be discovered shall be removed immediately. Rodding shall be accomplished by utilizing a rotary cutter, which shall be full size of pipe being cleaned. PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-23 7-31-2025 3.10 TESTING OF PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS A. During the progress of the work and upon completion, tests shall be made as specified herein and as required by Authorities Having Jurisdiction, including Inspectors, Owner or Architect. The Architect or duly authorized Construction Inspector shall be notified in writing at least 2 working days prior to each test or other Specification requirement which requires action on the part of the Construction Inspector. B. Tests shall be conducted as part of this work and shall include all necessary instruments, equipment, apparatus, and service as required to perform the tests with qualified personnel. Submit proposed test procedures, recording forms, and test equipment for approval prior to the execution of testing. C. Tests shall be performed before piping of various systems have been covered or furred -in. For insulated piping systems testing shall be accomplished prior to the application of insulation. D. All piping systems shall be tested with water and proved absolutely tight for a period of not less than 24 hours. Tests shall be witnessed by the Architect or an authorized representative and pronounced satisfactory before pressure is removed or any water drawn off. E. Leaks, damage or defects discovered or resulting from test shall be repaired or replaced to a like new condition. Leaking pipe joints, or defective pipe, shall be removed and replaced with acceptable materials. Test shall be repeated after repairs are completed and shall continue until such time as the entire test period expires without the discovery of any leaks. F. Wherever conditions permit, each piping system shall thereafter be subjected to its normal operating pressure and temperature for a period of no less than five 5 days. During that period, it shall be kept under the most careful observation. The piping systems must demonstrate the propriety of their installation by remaining absolutely tight during this period. G. Domestic Water: 1. Provide hydrostatic pressure test at one and one half times the normal working pressure or 125 psig, which ever is the greater, for 24 hours. H. Sanitary Soil, Waste and Vents and Storm Sewer: 1. After the rough -in soil, waste and vent and other parts of the sanitary sewer including branch laterals have been set from the lowest level, at point of connection to existing utility lines, to above the floor line, all outlets shall be PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-24 7-31-2025 temporarily plugged or capped, except as are required for testing as described herein. Ground work shall not permit the backfill of trenches to cover any joints until the completion of testing. Back fill shall be limited to mid sections of full joints of piping only. For pipe in ground the piping shall be readied as described herein and filled with water to a verifiable and visible level to 10' above the lowest portions of the system being tested. 2. On multi -level buildings only one floor level shall be tested at a time. Each floor shall be tested from a level below the structure of the floor, or the outlet of the building in the case of the lowest level, to a level of 12 inches above the floor immediately above the floor being tested, or the top of the highest vent in the case of the highest building level. The pipes for the level being tested shall be filled with water to a verifiable and visible level as described above and be allowed to remain so for 24 hours. If after 24 hours the level of the water has been lowered by leakage, the leaks must be found and stopped, and the water level shall again be raised to the level described, and the test repeated until, after a 24 hour retention period, there shall be no perceptible lowering of the water level in the system being tested. 3. Should the completion of these tests leave any reasonable question or doubt of the integrity of the installation, additional tests including peppermint smoke, or other measures shall be performed to demonstrate the reliability of these systems to the complete satisfaction of the Owner's duly authorized representative. Such tests shall be conducted and completed before any joints in plumbing are concealed or made inaccessible. 3.11 COMPLETE FUNCTIONING OF WORK A. All work fairly implied as essential to the complete functioning of the systems shown on the Drawings and Specification shall be completed as part of the work of this Division unless specifically stated otherwise. It is the intention of the Drawings and Specification to establish the type and function of systems but not to set forth each item essential to the functioning of any system. In case of doubt as to the work intended or in the event of amplification or clarification thereof, the Contractor shall call upon the Architect for Supplementary Instructions and Drawings, etc. END OF SECTION 22 4100 PLUMBING, PIPING, AND VALVES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224100-25 7-31-2025 SECTION 22 4110 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 220500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE A. Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing, complete installation and testing of the gas piping system, with all metering, valves, piping and auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. B. Coordinate with the gas company and pay all fees and permits required for a complete and operating gas service to the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 All gas piping above ground shall be Schedule 40 black steel as manufactured by National Tube, Republic, Youngstown, or approved equal domestic manufacturer. 2.02 All gas piping larger than 2" shall be of welded construction. Screwed fittings will only be permitted for size 2" and smaller. Unions and valves will not be permitted above furred ceiling areas or in walls or chases. 2.03 All pipe fittings shall be of materials as follows: 1. All welding fittings shall be factory -made and shall be full line size, for each tee, branch, elbow, etc., with reducers after fittings, if required. 2. All screwed fittings shall be Crane, or approved equal, Class 150 malleable iron. Screw joints shall be made up with graphite and oil or Teflon tape. Screwed threads shall be in accordance with American Pipe Thread Standards. 3. All piping and fittings shall be from a domestic manufacturer. NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224110-1 July 31, 2025 2.04 All underground gas piping with 5 pound working pressure or less shall be as follows: A. The pipe shall be yellow polyethylene with socket heat fusion joints and fittings. Pipe sizes 1-1/2" and 2" shall be SDR 11, (PE 2406) and pipe sizes 3" and 4" shall be SDR 11.5 (PE 2406). B. All socket heat fusion fittings shall be D.O.T. approved and meet ASTM D-2513 and ANSI B31.8 codes. C. All gas valves shall be polyethylene ball type, doubled union, rated for natural gas use. All valves shall be placed in a cast-iron valve box of an adequate size for accessibility and maintenance. 4. All transition meter risers shall be D.O.T. approved anode -less service type, fusion coupled and PE 2406 rated. E. The contractor shall take thermal expansion under consideration during installation. The contractor shall follow all requirements set by the manufacturer to protect the system from damage due to thermal expansion. F. The contractor shall provide detector tape approximately 12" above all gas piping. G. Wrap pipe with 18 gauge minimum copper tracer wire. 2.05 Gas piping installed in unventilated spaces shall be routed in properly vented continuous sleeve where required by the building code. 2.06 Gas valves shall be U.L. listed as follows: A. Ball Valves: Nibco T585-70-UL for %" to 1" and T580-70-UL for 1-%" to 3". B. Plug Valves: DeZurick Series 425 or 435 Eccentric valves with RS 49 plug seals. 2.07 Gas pressure regulators shall be capable of reducing 75 psi pressure gas to 0.5 psi gas at capacities required by Gas Demand. Install per A.G.A. Bulletin 90. Regulators shall be as manufactured by Rockwell, Fisher -Governor or approved equal. 2.08 All gas regulators located inside the building shall be vented to atmosphere with schedule 40 black steel pipe. This includes all regulators provided with mechanical and plumbing equipment and all other regulators provided under this contract. Vent piping shall be the full size of regulatory port opening, or as recommended by regulator manufacturer, and shall run independent of any other regulator vent through to point of termination. NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224110-2 July 31, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 All piping shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and printed installation instructions. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturer's requirements. 3.03 All underground gas piping shall be laid on 6" of wet compact banksand approximately 24" below grade. Backfill trench with wet compacted banksand to 6" above pipe. The remainder of backfill shall be selected backfill and shall meet all compaction requirements set forth by the general trenching and backfill requirements. 3.04 Provide lever handle gas valve, drip leg and union to each piece of equipment and where indicated. 3.05 All gas lines entering building shall be valved on the exterior of the building above grade. PART 4 - TESTING 4.01 TESTING OF GAS PIPING SYSTEMS A. All gas system testing shall be in compliance with local codes or as required in NFPA 54 National Fuel Gas Code whichever is the more stringent requirement. B. All work shall be performed by a Journeyman Plumber holding current State and local licenses. C. All tests shall be accomplished during normal working hours and after having given due notification to building owner, construction manager or designee, of tests to be performed. All tests shall be performed in the presence of and witnessed by the building owners representative or designee D. All gas system piping shall be subjected to a pneumatic test pressure of 60 psig for not less than 2 hours upon completion of all rough -in work and prior to covering. While the systems are subjected to this air pressure test, all joints shall have a soapy water solution applied and shall be observed for leaks. During test period there shall be no perceptible drop in test gage pressure E. A final test shall be performed after all portions of the piping system are completely installed and covered. The entire system shall be tested, with all system outlets plugged or capped, before any equipment or appliances are connected to the piping. NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224110-3 July 31, 2025 1. Final test shall be with mercury, measured with a manometer or slope gage. Test pressures shall in no case be less than one and one half times the normal operating pressure or as listed below; which ever is the greater: a. 10.5 inches mercury (5 psig) for 4 ounce system. b. 21.0 inches mercury (10 psig) for 8 ounce system. 2. Tests shall be for a period of not less than 30 minutes and shall prove absolutely tight, showing no perceptible drop, for the entire test period. F. Purge air from test piping before connecting equipment or appliances. Purge air to outdoors or to ventilated space of sufficient volume to prevent accumulation of flammable mixtures. END OF SECTION 22 41 10 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224110-4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 22 43 00 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Floor drains. B. Cleanouts. C. Backflow preventers. D. Water hammer arrestors. E. Thermostatic mixing valves. F. Hose bibbs hydrants. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 221400 - Supports and Anchors. B. Section 224100 - Plumbing Piping. C. Section 224400 - Plumbing Fixtures. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASSE 1012 - Backflow Preventers with Immediate Atmospheric Vent. B. ANSI/ASSE 1011 - Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers. C. ANSI/ASSE 1013 - Backflow Preventers, Reduced Pressure Principle. D. ANSI/ASSE 1019 - Wall Hydrants, Frost Proof Automatic Draining Anti-Backflow Types. E. ANSI A112.21.1 - Floor Drains. F. ANSI A112.26.1 - Water Hammer Arresters. G. PDI WH-201 Water Hammer Arresters PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224300-1 July 31, 2025 H. AWWA C506 - Backflow Prevention Devices - Reduced Pressure Principle and Double Check Valve Types. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: For each product specified, provide components by same manufacturer throughout. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Submit product data under provisions of Division 1. C. Include component sizes, rough -in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate assembly and support requirements. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Record actual locations of equipment, cleanouts, and backflow preventers. 1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Operation Data: Indicate frequency of treatment required for interceptors. C. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Division 1. B. Accept specialties on site in original factory packaging. Inspect for damage. PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224300-2 July 31, 2025 1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Division 1. B. Provide two loose keys for hose bibbs and spare hose end vacuum breakers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FLOOR DRAINS A. Zurn B. Watts C. Jay R. Smith D. MiFab E. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division One. F. Floor Drains 1. Lacquered cast iron floor drain with anchor flange, standard satin finish nickel bronze strainer with vandal proof stainless steel alien key screws. Provide floor drains with trap guard insert. G. Shower Drains 1. Galvanized cast iron floor drain body with anchor flange, membrane clamp, stainless steel strainer with vandal proof stainless steel alien key screws. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - OIL INTERCEPTORS A. Park USA B. Comal Concrete C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. D. Oil Interceptors 1. Construction: Precast concrete for in ground applications and non-skid stainless steel cover with gasket and securing handle. PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224300-3 July 31, 2025 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center SZOZ 'LE Alnf S3I11VID3dS 9NI8Wf11d b-00EtZZ 2 SINVUGAH/S9919 3SOH P 2 Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. CA \ ¥ -s 0 0 ]• 7 k ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - HOSE BIBBS/HYDRANTS •sJlapeal J1aleMuleJ1 IeDp.Jlan uo slnoueap K Interior Unfinished Accessible Areas: Calked or threaded type. Provide bolted stack Mans aU!gJeW L1l!M P P p 0 P W 5 M 0 ƒ 7 / 0 _.73 in / s \ 2 e / 2 0 X } $ \ \ k \ / \ \ \ H. \ & ) ® \ n ' \ \ ƒ cD CL / / ƒ \ / / CL / ) R \ / ƒ t \ m & /rD , / / z / = \ - $ 0 \ a> n 2 a% 0) n = _ > n 0, vl \ \ ® C cn ) k _4 \ E. / eL E in / cu \ =n ® w 3 _ / 7 e / \ / in 0 § \ \ § §. _ \ j. 0- e \ • g 2. ncn s 2 E / 0 / \ n - / 2 . = a / rD 0 5. \ -' NJ NJ vi J \ \ £ /rD ®•/ 0 § ® \ n n k ° ) G § 2 \ _• n \ cn ) ƒ ) / / cn 0 q\ k 0 7 § 0_ CL 0) ) a) J a) k ± _ C 0- / _ ± f ± \ 0 2 0 @ / ¥ § / 2 3 = _ _ \ CL a r s s e 1 'T \ B S1flONV31D - 521321l1DV3fNVW 318V1d3DDV I 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center SZOZ 'LE Alnf S3I11VID3dS 9NISINf11d S-00EtZZ 2 P p SUI31N]A] Id MOIdNJV9 Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 0i co > \ 2 $ 0 ƒ ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 'aanoa Ou!ys!u!j u! Plastic preformed rough -in box with quarter turn brass ball valve, slip :aanoa Su!ys!u!J u! d!Is 'alseM 1a!1J •slanpoad lualen!nba Su!aallo sa :saaanlaejnueAI 0 XO8 3A1VA 03SS3D321 W » M 0 � / .. 2 V) m \ . 0 ] co co ± / / § ) \ / 0 $ / 3 a 'aa�Ieaaq wnnaen / / % / 7 \ \ 0 �. q / \ 0 \ / \ 0 ± n a j 0 / $ / rD 0 ' 4 § x 0 / o > / z - 7 _ ) / $ \ 0_ m m e_ . \ 0_ 7 K Cu 7 ƒ g ] o- / o a = ± 22 a) < e 0_ (-CD 7 3. 2 g e' ± § cm 7 0 z / . ( q \ CL m ] CO 0 / a \ / ƒ / 0 f % 0 2 / E 0 Q $ \ (0 0) / 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center SZOZ 'LE Alnf S3I11VID3dS 9NI8Wf11d 9-00EtZZ 5. § / / / / / (D 7 3 } 0 \ g 0 \ 3 \ \ ] 3 3 / ] ro . ,-raj m5. \ -o / 0 f 3 0 / Provide thermostatic mixing valve, with check valve, volume control shut-off valve 2 P pcci sanleA gu!x1W JllelsowJayl Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 0 / / \ .< § B ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES 2!sd OSZ wnwlxew \ / _ \ R \ ] \ / / ) 5' / § § 0 ƒ / § / 3 §. §0 0 G / / CIO 9 / � 7 \ _ E(713 41. C o_\ CIO ± / cr 0_/ S21O1S3112V VsJWVH 2J31VM P p Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. CO NJ g \ J �ai4D xno1S 2 S21OIS3UUV U3 W WCH HUM - SH3Hfl1DV3f NVW 318V1d3DDV check valves with intermediate atmospheric vent; » M valves, strainer, and four test cocks; 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center SZOZ `T£ Alnf S3111VID3dS 9NISINflld L-00£tZZ 00 £ti ZZ NOIID3S 3O cN3 P n Pipe relief from back flow preventer to nearest drain. Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade. CD 3 mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage CO Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with W O NOI1YD11ddd 4NV NOI1 '11VISNI 0 O 0 v r) rrt-r 7' DG O 2 OO 0 1 O 0 v O_ 0 O 0 r) 0 r) r-r O r-r O 1 rD rD rD 0 v O N 0 rD Q NOIld21Vd321d NOIlf1D3X3 - E lHVd 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center SZOZ-T£-L S321l1X13 9NI8Wf11d 1 - 0017b ZZ •uop.eJado As!oN 00 Defects shall include, but not be limited to, the following: D A1NV21H1VM W N I� •gullsal swelsAs gulgwnld •sgullll3 pue'sanlen adld •swelsAs 2uldid 00 :1113HM]S13 G1IdI33dS>21OM N I� co C7 O •slnoueap pue suleaa •saanlx!J Sulgwnld D WORK INCLUDED: Include the following Work in addition to items normally part of this by this Section, with all auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered though written in full in this document. CO The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 220500, are included as a part of this Section as uiaaay 1.10M The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all F- C S1N3 W321If1.0321 1V213N3D 1`d213N3D - 1: 111Vd N N 0 0 S3bl1Xid 9NI8Wflld 2. Noticeable deterioration of finish. 3. Leakage of water. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Indicate size, material, and finish. Show locations and installation procedures. Include details of joints, attachments, and clearances. B. PRODUCT DATA: Submit schedules, charts, literature, and illustrations to indicate the performance, fabrication procedures, product variations, and accessories. C. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS: Provide pre-printed operating and maintenance instructions for each item specified. Instruct and demonstrate the proper operation and maintenance to the Owner's designated representative. 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. DELIVERY: Deliver clearly labeled, undamaged materials in the manufacturers' unopened containers. B. TIMING AND COORDINATION: Deliver materials to allow for minimum storage time at the project site. Coordinate delivery with the scheduled time of installation. C. STORAGE: Store materials in a clean, dry location, protected from weather and abuse. 1.06 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Confirm and field coordinate that millwork is constructed with adequate provision for the installation of counter top lavatories and sinks. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. PLUMBING FIXTURES: 1. GENERAL: Provide plumbing fixtures as specified on drawings. The approved equal products manufacturers are as follows: PLUMBING FIXTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224400-2 7-31-2025 a. Water closet, urinals, lavatories, bath tubs and showers: American Standard, Kohler, Eljer. b. Stainless steel sinks: Elkay, Just and Moen. c. Mop sinks: Stern -Williams, Fiat C. Faucets: American Standard, Kohler, Eljer, e. Faucets: Chicago, T&S Brass, Zurn, Sloan f. Faucets: Moen Commercial, Speakman g. Shower valves: Leonard, Powers, Symmons, Chicago h. Shower Systems: Bradley, Acorn, Willoughby i. Flush Valves: Sloan "Royal", Zurn "AquaVantage" j. Drinking fountains: Halsey Taylor, Elkay, Haws, Acorn Aqua. k. Floor drains and roof drains: Zurn, J.R. Smith, Josam and Watts. I. Emergency Fixtures: Bradley, Chicago, Haws, Speakman and Encon 2. CHAIR CARRIERS: ANSI/ASME A112.6.1.; Adjustable cast iron frame, integral drain hub and vent, adjustable spud, lugs for floor and wall attachment, threaded fixture studs with nuts and washers. As manufactured by Zurn, J. R. Smith, Josam or Watts. 3. DRINKING FOUNTAIN & URINAL WALL SUPPORTS: ANSI/ASME A112.6.1; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment, threaded fixture studs for fixture hanger, bearing studs. As manufactured by Zurn, J. R. Smith, Josam or Watts. 4. TRAPS, STOPS AND RISERS: Heavy pattern as manufactured by McGuire, Chicago or Zurn. B. CLEANOUTS: 1. GENERAL: Provide cleanouts as shown on Drawings and as required by the city building code. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Zurn J. R. Smith, Josam and Watts. 3. TYPES: PLUMBING FIXTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224400-3 7-31-2025 a. FINISHED FLOOR CLEANOUTS: Provide cast iron, adjustable floor level assembly with round nickel bronze top and gasket cover. b. RESILIENT OR TILE FINISHED FLOOR CLEANOUTS: Provide cast iron, adjustable assembly with round nickel -bronze top with gasketed water tight cover and depressed top to receive flooring finish material. c. DRY WALL CLEANOUTS: Provide cast iron tee and counter sink bronze plug with square nickel bronze frame and stainless steel cover. d. Provide membrane clamp rings for slab on grade cleanouts. e. All cleanouts shall have tapered bronze plugs. f. All cleanouts outside of building on grade shall be set in a 18" x 18" x 4" thick concrete pad. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. EXAMINATION OF CONDITIONS: Examine conditions affecting this Work. Report unsatisfactory conditions to the proper authority and do not proceed until those conditions have been corrected. Commencing Work implies acceptance of existing conditions as satisfactory to the outcome of this Work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures in locations and heights as shown on Drawings or as directed by the Architect. B. Install materials plumb, level, securely, and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. All rough -in pipe openings, for final connections with all supply waste soil and vent systems shall be closed with caps or plugs during early stages of construction and installation. Tape shall not be considered sufficient protection. D. Rough -in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough -in schedule for particular fixtures. E. Provide gate valves in piping serving batteries of fixtures. Label stops "Hot" and "Cold." Valves to be located above accessible ceiling. If ceiling are not accessible, provide access PLUMBING FIXTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224400-4 7-31-2025 panels of adequate size to make valves fully accessible. F. Plumbing fixtures shall be supported by a concealed chair carrier where required to properly support the fixture specified. All carriers to be securely mounted, bolted and checked prior to concealment. G. Caulk around fixtures with best grade white silicone caulking. Do not use grout. H. All handles on supply and drainage fittings or other brass items shall be properly lined up and adjusted. Fittings shall not be left in any haphazard manner. All fixtures shall have individual chrome plated loose key cutoff stops on supply lines. Where same are not specified as a part of the fixture trim, they shall be installed as close to fixtures as possible in the hot and cold water supply. J. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. K. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with loose key stops, reducers, and escutcheons. L. Hot and cold water riser air chambers: Provide air chambers for hot and/or cold water riser located at the rough -in tee at all fixtures. The air chamber shall be of the same materials and the next larger diameter than the required rough -in supply pipe and a minimum of 24" tall. The contractor may install water hammer arrestors in lieu of air chambers. Water hammer arrestors shall be PDI Certified and sized and placed as recommended by manufacture. Provide an accessible isolation valve and proper access to arrestor for replacement. 3.03 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough -in and installation. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust work under provisions of Division 1. B. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow. 3.05 CLEANING PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 44 00 - 5 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 7-31-2025 A. Clean work under provisions of Division 1. B. At completion clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. 3.06 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished Work under provisions of Division 1. B. Do not permit use of fixtures. 3.07 ADA ACCESSIBLE FIXTURES A. Install fixtures to heights, indicated on architectural drawings. B. Handicapped fixtures shall be installed to required heights, shall be of types suitable for, and supplied with controls properly installed, to comply with requirements as directed by ADA Accessibility of Federal Registry, Part III, Department of Justice 28 CFR 36 and comply with all state and local ADA Code requirements. C. Exposed accessible sink or lavatory p-trap and angle valve assemblies shall be insulated with the fully molded, Truebro, Handi Lav-guard insulation kit. Provide the proper model for fixtures specified. All kits shall be White or as selected by Architect. D. Wall mounted drinking fountains and coolers which protrude into passages or corridor space, whether single or paired with adjacent accessible fixture, shall be supplied with skirt or apron to lower the underside clearance of non -accessible fixture equal to that required for accessible fixture. END OF SECTION 22 44 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224400-6 7-31-2025 SECTION 22 45 00 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water Heaters. B. In -line circulator pumps. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 221400 - Supports and Anchors. B. Section 232400 — Sound & Vibration Control. C. Section 224100 - Plumbing Piping & Valves. D. Section 224300 - Plumbing Specialties. E. Section 261800 - Equipment Wiring Systems: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASHRAE 90A - Energy Conservation in New Building Design. B. ASME Section VIIID - Pressure Vessels; Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes. C. ANSI/NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code. D. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. E. ANSI/UL 1453 - Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Shop Drawings: PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224500-1 7-31-2025 1. Include heat exchanger dimensions. size of tappings, and performance data. 2. Include dimensions of tanks, tank lining methods, anchors, attachments, lifting points, tappings, and drains. C. Product Data: 1. Include dimension drawings of water heaters indicating components and connections to other equipment and piping. 2. Indicate pump type, capacity, power requirements, and affected adjacent construction. 3. Submit certified pump curves showing pump performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. 4. Provide electrical characteristics and connection requirements. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and service depot location and telephone number. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Provide pumps with manufacturer's name, model number, and rating/capacity identified. C. Ensure products and installation of specified products are in conformance with recommendations and requirements of the following organizations: 1. American Gas Association (AGA). 2. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 4. National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors (NBBPVI). PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224500-2 7-31-2025 5. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA). 6. Underwriters Laboratories (UL). D. Ensure pumps operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non -overloading in parallel or individual operation, operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to AGA NSF ANSI/NFPA 54 ANSI/NFPA 70 ANSI/UL 1453 requirements for water heaters. B. Conform to ASME Section VIIID for manufacture of pressure vessels for heat exchangers. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section Division 1. B. Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty under provisions of Division 1. B. Warranty: Include coverage of domestic water heaters, water storage tanks, and packaged water heating systems. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Division 1. B. Provide two sets of electric heater elements. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224500-3 7-31-2025 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS A. Manufacturers: 1. A.O. Smith. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. State Industries. b. Bradford White. B. Type: Factory -assembled and wired, electric, vertical storage. C. Tank: Glass lined welded steel; 4 inch diameter inspection port, thermally insulated with minimum 2 inches glass fiber encased in corrosion -resistant steel jacket; baked -on enamel finish. D. Controls: Automatic immersion water thermostat; externally adjustable temperature range from 60 to 180 degrees F (16 to 82 degrees C), flanged or screw -in nickle-chrome elements, high temperature limit thermostat. E. Accessories: Brass water connections and dip tube, drain valve, high -density magnesium anode, and ASME rated temperature and pressure relief valve. 2.02 DIAPHRAGM -TYPE COMPRESSION TANKS A. Manufacturer: 1. Amtrol. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Bell & Gossett. b. Armstrong. c. Taco. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224500-4 7-31-2025 B. Construction: Welded steel, tested and stamped in accordance with Section 8D of ASME Code; supplied with National Board Form U-1, rated for working pressure of 125 psig, with flexible EPDM diaphragm sealed into tank, and steel legs or saddles. C. Accessories: Pressure gage and air -charging fitting, tank drain; pre -charge to 12 psig. 2.03 IN -LINE CIRCULATOR PUMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Bell & Gossett. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. TACO. b. Grundfos c. Armstrong B. Casing: Bronze, rated for 125 psig working pressure. C. Impeller: Bronze. D. Shaft: Alloy steel with integral thrust collar and two oil lubricated bronze sleeve bearings. E. Seal: Carbon rotating against a stationary ceramic seat. F. Drive: Flexible coupling. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WATER HEATER INSTALLATION A. Install water heaters in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to AGA NSF ANSI/NFPA 54 UL requirements. B. Coordinate with plumbing piping and related work to achieve operating system. C. Provide secondary drain pan and route secondary drain pipe to outside the building or as indicated on the construction documents. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 224500-5 7-31-2025 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 1N3Wdiflb3 9N18Wflld 9-00StZZ 00 St ZZ N011J3S 30 (IN3 Align and verify alignment of base mounted pumps prior to start-up. m m P C D D 0 r+ azis au!' wojj aseaaaaa valve and balancing valve on discharge. Provide air cock and drain connection on horizontal pump casings. 5. (D rt O C 3 -o 0) Q 3 7 3 3 61 - h n N N n (D v v n (D O 3 CT O O 3 0 - h 3 73 • 1 N 0) - h 1-F (D Dt7 a) O N N 3 3 O 6 (D O v rt co Q 3 3 3 C') co CT (D O O (D rN•r •suo fan.nsul s,Jampe.nuew aauepaoaae ul lle�sul N011V11V1SNI dVIfld m Provide 18 inch high galvanized stand manufactured for supporting water heaters. P Route TPR drain line to the exterior of the building and terminate 6 inches above grade. SECTION 23 02 01 - COORDINATION DRAWINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions 013100 and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. 1.2 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall take the lead in coordinating the Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, Communications, Electronic Safety/Security and Fire Protection systems within the building. B. The General Contractor shall coordinate a three-dimensional (3D) model of the building which includes the Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, and Fire Protection systems. The Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, and Fire Protection Contractors shall prepare their work and generate 3D models which will be given to the General Contractor for coordination. The Contractor will be provided with the REVIT model that was used to generate the contract documents, this file may be used as the background file. The Contractor shall replace the systems drawn with the actual shop drawing models. The Contractor is not limited to using REVIT, but may use any 3-D software in generating and combining the coordination model. C. Submitting the contract drawings as coordination drawings will not be acceptable. D. The model shall include detailed and accurate representations of all equipment to be installed based upon the reviewed equipment submittals. E. The Mechanical Contractor shall hold a 3-D coordination meeting with all sub- contractors present to review the model and discuss coordination of the installation of the building systems. F. Upon completion of the coordination meeting, the Contractor shall submit the 3-D model and %" scale drawings for review. G. The model shall detail major elements, components, and systems in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: 1. Indicate the proposed locations of pipe, duct, equipment, and other materials. Include the following: COORDINATION DRAWINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230201-1 07-31-2025 a. Wall and type locations. b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. c. Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. d. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e. Equipment connections and support details. f. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. g. Routing of storm and sanitary sewer piping. h. Fire -rated wall and floor penetrations. i. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. j. Valve stem movement. k. Structural floor, wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2 Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 4. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air distribution devices, light fixtures, communication systems components, and other ceiling -mounted items. H. Sequence of Coordination Below is hierarchy of model elements and the sequencing by which the models will be coordinated. 1. Structural and Architectural model 2 Miscellaneous steel 3. Perform preliminary space allocation 4. Identify hard constraints (locations of access panels, lights, A/V space requirements, etc.) 5. Main and medium pressure ducts from the shaft out 6. Main graded plumbing lines and vents 7. Sprinkler mains and branches & Cold and hot water mains and branches COORDINATION DRAWINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230201-2 07-31-2025 9. Lighting fixtures and plumbing fixtures 10. Smaller sized ducts and flex ducts 11. Smaller size cold water and hot water piping, flex ducts, etc. I. The Contractor and Sub -Contractors shall not install any item until the coordination has been completed and reviewed by the Construction Manager, Owner, and A/E team. J. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include, but not be limited to: voltage, ampacity, capacity, electrical and piping connections, space requirements, sequence of construction, building requirements and special conditions. K. By submitting shop drawings on the project, this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems, products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended, in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors END OF SECTION 23 02 01 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230201-3 07-31-2025 SECTION 23 05 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. B. The Contract Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the systems. If any departure from the Contract Drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons therefore, shall be submitted to the Architect for approval as soon as practicable. No such departures shall be made without the prior written approval of the Architect. C. Notwithstanding any reference in the Specifications to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction by name, make or catalog number, such reference shall not be construed as limiting competition; and the Contractor, in such cases, may at his option use any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction which in the judgment of the Architect, expressed in writing, is equal to that specified. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Work included under this Contract consists of the furnishing and installation of all equipment and material necessary and required to form the complete and functioning systems in all of its various phases, all as shown on the accompanying Drawings and/or described in these Specifications. The contractor shall review all pertinent drawings, including those of other contracts prior to commencement of Work. B. This Division requires the furnishing and installing of all items Specified herein, indicated on the Drawings or reasonably inferred as necessary for safe and proper operation; including every article, device or accessory (whether or not specifically called for by item) reasonably necessary to facilitate each system's functioning as indicated by the design and the equipment specified. Elements of the work include, but are not limited to, materials, labor, supervision, transportation, storage, equipment, utilities, all required permits, licenses and inspections. All work performed under this Section shall be in accordance with the Project Manual, Drawings and Specifications and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-1 July 31, 2025 C. The approximate locations of Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing items are indicated on the Drawings. These Drawings are not intended to give complete and accurate details in regard to location of outlets, apparatus, etc. Exact locations are to be determined by actual measurements at the building, and will in all cases be subject to the Review of the Owner or Engineer, who reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in the locations indicated without additional cost to the Owner. D. Items specifically mentioned in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings and/or items shown on Drawings but not specifically mentioned in the Specifications shall be installed by the Contractor under the appropriate section of work as if they were both specified and shown. E. All discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job -site conditions shall be reported to the Owner or Engineer so that they will be resolved prior to the bidding, where this cannot be done at least 7 working days prior to bid; the greater or more costly of the discrepancy shall be bid. All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be included as part of this Contract. F. It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn -key and fully operating system in cooperation with other trades. G. It is the intent of the above "Scope" to give the Contractor a general outline of the extent of the Work involved; however, it is not intended to include each and every item required for the Work. Anything omitted from the "Scope" but shown on the Drawings, or specified later, or necessary for a complete and functioning heating, ventilating and air conditioning system shall be considered a part of the overall "Scope". H. The Contractor shall rough -in fixtures and equipment furnished by others from rough -in and placement drawings furnished by others. The Contractor shall make final connection to fixtures and equipment furnished by others. 1.03 SCHEMATIC NATURE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The contract documents are schematic in nature in that they are only to establish scope and a minimum level of quality. They are not to be used as actual working construction drawings. The actual working construction drawings shall be the approved shop drawings. B. All duct or pipe or equipment locations as indicated on the documents do not indicate every transition, offset, or exact location. All transitions, offsets clearances and exact locations shall be established by actual field measurements, coordination with the structural, architectural and reflected ceiling plans, and other trades. Submit shop drawings for approval. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-2 July 31, 2025 C. All transitions, offsets and relocations as required by actual field conditions shall be performed by the contractor at no additional cost to the owner. D. Additional coordination with electrical contractor may be required to allow adequate clearances of electrical equipment, fixtures and associated appurtenances. Contractor to notify Architect and Engineer of unresolved clearances, conflicts or equipment locations. 1.04 SITE VISIT AND FAMILIARIZATION A. Before submitting a bid, it will be necessary for each Contractor whose work is involved to visit the site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met therein in installing his work and make due provision for same in his bid. It will be assumed that this Contractor in submitting his bid has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work necessary to properly install the equipment shown. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this requirement shall not be considered justification for the omission or faulty installation of any work covered by these Specifications and Drawings. B. Understand the existing utilities from which services will be supplied; verify locations of utility services, and determine requirements for connections. C. Determine in advance that equipment and materials proposed for installation fit into the confines indicated. 1.05 WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Finish painting is specified. Prime and protective painting are included in the work of this Division. B. Owner and General Contractor furnished equipment shall be properly connected to Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing systems. C. Furnishing and installing all required Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing equipment control relays and electrical interlock devices, conduit, wire and J-boxes are included in the Work of this Division. 1.06 PERMITS, TESTS, INSPECTIONS A. Arrange and pay for all permits, fees, tests, and all inspections as required by governmental authorities. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-3 July 31, 2025 1.07 DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. The date of final acceptance shall be the date of owner occupancy, or the date all punch list items have been completed or final payment has been received. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements. B. The date of final acceptance shall be documented in writing and signed by the architect, owner and contractor. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification. B. Deliver products to the project at such time as the project is ready to receive the equipment, pipe or duct properly protected from incidental damage and weather damage. C. Damaged equipment, duct or pipe shall be promptly removed from the site and new, undamaged equipment, pipe and duct shall be installed in its place promptly with no additional charge to the Owner. 1.09 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. The heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, and the component parts there of, shall be guaranteed to operate without objectionable noise and vibration. B. Provide foundations, supports and isolators as specified or indicated, properly adjusted to prevent transmission of vibration to the Building structure, piping and other items. C. Carefully fabricate ductwork and fittings with smooth interior finish to prevent turbulence and generation or regeneration of noise. D. All equipment shall be selected to operate with minimum of noise and vibration. If, in the opinion of the Architect, objectionable noise or vibration is produced or transmitted to or through the building structure by equipment, piping, ducts or other parts of the Work, the Contractor shall rectify such conditions without extra cost to the Owner. 1.10 APPLICABLE CODES A. Obtain all required permits and inspections for all work required by the Contract Documents and pay all required fees in connection thereof. B. Arrange with the serving utility companies for the connection of all required utilities and pay all charges, meter charges, connection fees and inspection fees, if required. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-4 July 31, 2025 C. Comply with all applicable codes, specifications, local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the following nationally accepted codes and standards: 1. Air Moving & Conditioning Association, AMCA. 2. American Standards Association, ASA. 3. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air -Conditioning Engineers, Inc., ASHRAE. 4. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, ASME. 5. American Society of Plumbing Engineers, ASPE. 6. American Society of Testing Materials, ASTM. 7. American Water Works Association, AWWA. 8. National Bureau of Standards, NBS. 9. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA. 10. Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, SMACNA. 11. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., UL. 12. International Energy Conservation Code, IECC. D. Where differences existing between the Contract Documents and applicable state or city building codes, state and local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the above listed nationally accepted codes and standards, the more stringent or costly application shall govern. Promptly notify the Engineer in writing of all differences. E. When directed in writing by the Engineer, remove all work installed that does not comply with the Contract Documents and applicable state or city building codes, state and local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the above listed nationally accepted codes and standards, correct the deficiencies, and complete the work at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.11 DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS A. General Explanation: A substantial amount of construction and Specification language constitutes definitions for terms found in other Contract Documents, including Drawings which must be recognized as diagrammatic and schematic in nature and not completely BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-5 July 31, 2025 descriptive of requirements indicated thereon. Certain terms used in Contract Documents are defined generally in this article, unless defined otherwise in Division 1. B. Definitions and explanations of this Section are not necessarily either complete or exclusive, but are general for work to the extent not stated more explicitly in another provision of the Contract Documents. C. Indicated: The term "Indicated" is a cross-reference to details, notes or schedules on the Drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and to similar means of recording requirements in Contract Documents. Where such terms as "Shown", "Noted", "Scheduled", "Specified" and "Detailed" are used in lieu of "Indicated", it is for the purpose of helping the reader locate cross-reference material, and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically shown. D. Directed: Where not otherwise explained, terms such as "Directed", "Requested", "Accepted", and "Permitted" mean by the Architect or Engineer. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's or Engineer's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. E. Reviewed: Where used in conjunction with the Engineer's response to submittals, requests for information, applications, inquiries, reports and claims by the Contractor the meaning of the term "Reviewed" will be held to limitations of Architect's and Engineer's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplemental Conditions. In no case will "Reviewed" by Engineer be interpreted as a release of the Contractor from responsibility to fulfill the terms and requirements of the Contract Documents. F. Furnish: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Furnish" is used to mean supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, etc., as applicable in each instance. G. Install: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Install" is used to describe operations at the project site including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. H. Provide: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Provide" is used to mean "Furnish and Install", complete and ready for intended use, as applicable in each instance. Installer: Entity (person or firm) engaged by the Contractor or its subcontractor or Sub -contractor for performance of a particular unit of work at the project site, including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. It is a general requirement that such entities (Installers) be expert in the operations they are engaged to perform. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-6 July 31, 2025 J. Imperative Language: Used generally in Specifications. Except as otherwise indicated, requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor. For clarity of reading at certain locations, contrasting subjective language is used to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or when so noted by other identified installers or entities. K. Minimum Quality/Quantity: In every instance, the quality level or quantity shown or specified is intended as minimum quality level or quantity of work to be performed or provided. Except as otherwise specifically indicated, the actual work may either comply exactly with that minimum (within specified tolerances), or may exceed that minimum within reasonable tolerance limits. In complying with requirements, indicated or scheduled numeric values are either minimums or maximums as noted or as appropriate for the context of the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner or Engineer via a request for information (RFI) for decision before proceeding. L. Abbreviations and Symbols: The language of Specifications and other Contract Documents including Drawings is of an abbreviated type in certain instances, and implies words and meanings which will be appropriately interpreted. Actual word abbreviations of a self explanatory nature have been included in text of Specifications and Drawings. Specific abbreviations and symbols have been established, principally for lengthy technical terminology and primarily in conjunction with coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Drawings and in Schedules. These are frequently defined in Section at first instance of use or on a Legend and Symbol Drawing. Trade and industry association names and titles of generally recognized industry standards are frequently abbreviated. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular where applicable and where full context of Contract Documents so indicate. Except as otherwise indicated, graphic symbols and abbreviations used on Drawings and in Specifications are those recognized in construction industry for indicated purposes. Where not otherwise noted symbols and abbreviations are defined by 1993 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, chapter 34 "Abbreviations and Symbols", ASME and ASPE published standards. 1.12 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. These Specifications are intended to supplement the Drawings and it will not be the province of the Specifications to mention any part of the work which the Drawings are competent to fully explain in every particular and such omission is not to relieve the Contractor from carrying out portions indicated on the Drawings only. B. Should items be required by these Specifications and not indicated on the Drawings, they are to be supplied even if of such nature that they could have been indicated thereon. In case of disagreement between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Drawings or Specifications, the better quality or greater quantity of work shall be estimated and the BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-7 July 31, 2025 matter referred to the Architect or Engineer for review with a request for information and clarification at least 7 working days prior to bid opening date for issuance of an addendum. C. The listing of product manufacturers, materials and methods in the various sections of the Specifications, and indicated on the Drawings, is intended to establish a standard of quality only. It is not the intention of the Owner or Engineer to discriminate against any product, material or method that is equal to the standards as indicated and/or specified, nor is it intended to preclude open, competitive bidding. The fact that a specific manufacturer is listed as an acceptable manufacturer should not be interpreted to mean that the manufacturers' standard product will meet the requirements of the project design, Drawings, Specifications and space constraints. D. The Architect or Engineer and Owner shall be the sole judge of quality and equivalence of equipment, materials and methods. E. Products by other reliable manufacturers, other materials, and other methods, will be accepted as outlined, provided they have equal capacity, construction, and performance. However, under no circumstances shall any substitution by made without the written permission of the Architect or Engineer and Owner. Request for prior approval must be made in writing 10 days prior to the bid date without fail. F. Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is not a statement that another product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that the specified product, material or method is the only one that shall be used without prior approval. G. Wherever a definite material or manufacturer's product is specified and the Specification states that products of similar design and equal construction from the specified list of manufacturers may be substituted, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that products of manufacturers that are specified are the only products that will be acceptable and that products of other manufacturers will not be considered for substitution without approval. H. Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is a statement that "OR EQUAL" product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that the specified product, material or method or an "OR EQUAL" product, material or method may be used if it complies with the specifications and is submitted for review to the Engineer as outline herein. I. Where permission to use substituted or alternative equipment on the project is granted by the Owner or Engineer in writing, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor or Subcontractor involved to verify that the equipment will fit in the space available which includes allowances for all required Code and maintenance clearances, and to coordinate all equipment structural support, plumbing and electrical requirements and provisions with BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-8 July 31, 2025 the Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing Design Documents and all other trades, including Division 16. J. Changes in architectural, structural, electrical, mechanical, and plumbing requirements for the substitution shall be the responsibility of the bidder wishing to make the substitution. This shall include the cost of redesign by the affected designer(s). Any additional cost incurred by affected subcontractors shall be the responsibility of this bidder and not the owner. K. If any request for a substitution of product, material or method is rejected, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. L. The Owner or Engineer will investigate all requests for substitutions when submitted in accordance with above and if accepted, will issue a letter allowing the substitutions. M. Where equipment other than that used in the design as specified or shown on the Drawings is substituted (either from an approved manufacturers list or by submittal review), it shall be the responsibility of the substituting Contractor to coordinate space requirements, building provisions and connection requirements with his trades and all other trades and pay all additional costs to other trades, the Owner, the Architect or Engineer, if any, due to the substitutions. N. The electrical design and electrical drawings are based on the equipment and/or electric motors of the type, size and electrical characteristics shown and specified on the mechanical drawings. Any change in equipment and/or motor size or type brought on directly or indirectly by a substitution or mechanical equipment having characteristics requiring a change, shall be the responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor and the entire cost of such change, including conduit, wiring, motor starting equipment, etc., shall be paid for by the Mechanical Contractor at no additional charge, unless the substitution was initiated by the Owner. Submittals must clearly show and deviations. Mechanical Contractor is responsible for coordinating any required changes with the Electrical Contractor, prior to Electrical Contractors ordering of panels and associated equipment. 1.13 SUBMITTALS A. Coordinate with Division 1 for submittal timetable requirements, unless noted otherwise within thirty (30) days after the Contract is awarded the Contractor shall submit a minimum of eight (8) complete bound sets of shop drawings and complete data covering each item of equipment or material. The first submittal of each item requiring a submittal must be received by the Architect or Engineer within the above thirty day period. The Architect or Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs incurred due to excessive shop drawing review time for submittals received after the thirty (30) day time limit. The BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-9 July 31, 2025 Architect and Engineer will retain one (1) copy each of all shop drawings for their files. Where full size drawings are involved, submit one (1) print and one (1) reproducible sepia or mylar in lieu of eight (8) sets. All literature pertaining to an item subject to Shop Drawing submittal shall be submitted at one time. A submittal shall not contain information from more than one Specification section, but may have a section subdivided into items or equipment as listed in each section. The Contractor may elect to submit each item or type of equipment separately. Each submittal shall include the following items enclosed in a suitable binder: 1. A cover sheet with the names and addresses of the Project, Architect, MEP Engineer, General Contractor and the Subcontractor making the submittal. The cover sheet shall also contain the section number covering the item or items submitted and the item nomenclature or description. 2. An index page with a listing of all data included in the Submittal. 3. A list of variations page with a listing all variations, including unfurnished or additional required accessories, items or other features, between the submitted equipment and the specified equipment. If there are no variations, then this page shall state "NO VARIATIONS". Where variations affect the work of other Contractors, then the Contractor shall certify on this page that these variations have been fully coordinated with the affected Contractors and that all expenses associated with the variations will be paid by the submitting Contractor. This page will be signed by the submitting Contractor. 4. Equipment information including manufacturer's name and designation, size, performance and capacity data as applicable. All applicable Listings, Labels, Approvals and Standards shall be clearly indicated. 5. Dimensional data and scaled drawings as applicable to show that the submitted equipment will fit the space available with all required Code and maintenance clearances clearly indicated and labeled at a minimum scale of 1/4" = 1'-0", as required to demonstrate that the alternate or substituted product will fit in the space available. 6. Identification of each item of material or equipment matching that indicated on the Drawings. 7. Sufficient pictorial, descriptive and diagrammatic data on each item to show its conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any options or special requirements or accessories shall be so indicated. All applicable information shall be clearly indicated with arrows or another approved method. 8. Additional information as required in other Sections of this Division. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-10 July 31, 2025 9. Certification by the General Contractor and Subcontractor that the material submitted is in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, signed and dated in long hand. Submittals that do not comply with the above requirements shall be returned to the Contractor and shall be marked "REVISE AND RESUBMIT". B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information on shop drawings and submittals. C. Equipment and materials submittals and shop drawings will be reviewed for compliance with design concept only. It will be assumed that the submitting Contractor has verified that all items submitted can be installed in the space allotted. Review of shop drawings and submittals shall not be considered as a verification or guarantee of measurements or building conditions. D. Where shop drawings and submittals are marked "REVIEWED", the review of the submittal does not indicate that submittals have been checked in detail nor does it in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to furnish material and perform work as required by the Contract Documents. E. Shop drawings shall be reviewed and returned to the Contractor with one of the following categories indicated: 1. REVIEWED: Contractor need take no further submittal action, shall include this submittal in the O&M manual and may order the equipment submitted on. 2. REVIEWED AS NOTED: Contractor shall submit a letter verifying that required exceptions to the submittal have been received and complied with including additional accessories or coordination action as noted, and shall include this submittal and compliance letter in the O&M manual. The contractor may order the equipment submitted on at the time of the returned submittal providing the Contractor complies with the exceptions noted. 3. NOT APPROVED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is not approved, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment that is not approved. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 4. REVISE AND RESUBMIT: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked revise and resubmit, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or provide as noted on previous shop drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment marked revise and resubmit. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-11 July 31, 2025 5. CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION REQUIRED: Contractor shall resubmit submittal on material, equipment or method of installation. The Contractor's stamp is required stating the submittal meets all conditions of the contract documents. The stamp shall be signed by the General Contractor. The submittal will not be reviewed if the stamp is not placed and signed on all shop drawings. 6. MANUFACTURER NOT AS SPECIFIED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked manufacturer not as specified, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the specifications. Contractor shall not order equipment where submittal is marked manufacturer not as specified. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. F. Materials and equipment which are purchased or installed without shop drawing review shall be at the risk of the Contractor and the cost for removal and replacement of such materials and equipment and related work which is judged unsatisfactory by the Owner or Engineer for any reason shall be at the expense of the Contractor. The responsible Contractor shall remove the material and equipment noted above and replace with specified equipment or material at his own expense when directed in writing by the Architect or Engineer. G. Shop Drawing Submittals shall be complete and checked prior to submission to the Engineer for review. H. Submittals are required for, but not limited to, the following items: 1. Pipe Material and Specialties. 2. Pipe Fabrication Drawings. 3. Basic Materials. 4. Air Handling Units. 5. Air Cooled Condensing Units. 6. Noise and Vibration Controls. 7. Plumbing Fixtures and Specialties. 8. Plumbing Equipment. 9. Sanitary DWV Fittings, Pipe and Accessories. 10. Domestic Hot and Cold Water Pipe, Fittings and Accessories. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-12 July 31, 2025 11. HVAC Pipe and Duct Insulation. 12. Plumbing Valves. 13. Portable Pipe Hanger and Equipment Supports. 14. Duct Specialties. 15. Duct Fabrication Drawings. 16. Air Distribution Devices. 17. Fan Coil Units. 18. Filters. 19. Fans. 20. Fire Dampers and Fire Smoke Dampers. 21. Temperature Controls and Control Sequences. 22. Test, Adjust and Balance Reports. 23. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Contractor Qualifications. 24. Coordination Drawings. Refer to other Division 23 sections for additional shop drawing requirements. Provide samples of actual materials and/or equipment to be used on the Project upon request of the Owner or Engineer. J. Contractor to submit Mechanical/Electrical equipment coordination sheet with equipment submittal for all AHU's, ACCU's, and Fans. Reference chart at end of section. Provide copy to electrical subcontractor. 1.14 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare coordination drawings to a scale of 1/4"=1'-0" or larger; detailing major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-13 July 31, 2025 1. Indicate the proposed locations of pipe, duct, equipment, and other materials. Include the following: a. Wall and type locations. b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. c. Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. d. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e. Equipment connections and support details. f. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. g. Routing of storm and sanitary sewer piping. h. Fire -rated wall and floor penetrations. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. j. Valve stem movement. k. Structural floor, wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 4. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air distribution devices, light fixtures, communication systems components, and other ceiling -mounted items. B. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include, but not be limited to: voltage, ampacity, capacity, electrical and piping connections, space requirements, sequence of construction, building requirements and special conditions. C. By submitting shop drawings on the project, this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems, products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended, in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-14 July 31, 2025 1.15 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Special Project Requirements, in addition to the requirements specified in Division 23, indicate the following installed conditions: 1. Duct mains and branches, size and location, for both exterior and interior; locations of dampers, fire dampers, duct access panels, and other control devices; filters, fuel fired heaters, fan coils, condensing units, and roof -top A/C units requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 2. Mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered, concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e., traps, strainers, expansion compensators, tanks, etc.). Valve location diagrams, complete with valve tag chart. Indicate actual inverts and horizontal locations of underground piping. 3. Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 4. Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed. 5. Contract Modifications, actual equipment and materials installed. B. Engage the services of a Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer registered in the state in which the project is located as specified herein to record the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. C. The Contractor shall maintain a set of clearly marked black line record "AS -BUILT" prints on the job site on which he shall mark all work details, alterations to meet site conditions and changes made by "Change Order" notices. These shall be kept available for inspection by the Owner, Architect or Engineer at all times. D. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements concerning record drawings. If the Contractor does not keep an accurate set of as -built drawings, the pay request may be altered or delayed at the request of the Architect. Mark the drawings with a colored pencil. Delivery of as -built prints and reproducibles is a condition of final acceptance. E. The record prints shall be updated on a daily basis and shall indicate accurate dimensions for all buried or concealed work, precise locations of all concealed pipe or duct, locations of all concealed valves, controls and devices and any deviations from the work shown on the BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-15 July 31, 2025 Construction Documents which are required for coordination. All dimensions shall include at least two dimensions to permanent structure points. F. Submit three prints of the tracings for approval. Make corrections to tracings as directed and delivered "Auto Positive Tracings" to the architect. "As -Built" drawings shall be furnished in addition to shop drawings. G. When the option described in paragraph F., above is not exercised then upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall transfer all marks from the submit a set of clear concise set of reproducible record "AS -BUILT" drawings and shall submit the reproducible drawings with corrections made by a competent draftsman and three (3) sets of black line prints to the Architect or Engineer for review prior to scheduling the final inspection at the completion of the work. The reproducible record "AS -BUILT" drawings shall have the Engineers Name and Seal removed or blanked out and shall be clearly marked and signed on each sheet as follows: CERTIFIED RECORD DRAWINGS DATE: (NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR) BY: (SIGNATURE) (NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR) BY: (SIGNATURE) 1.16 OPERATING MANUALS A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 and in addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, include the following information for equipment items: 1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-16 July 31, 2025 2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.17 CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST REPORTS A. Submit a detailed schedule for completion and testing of each system indicating scheduled dates for completion of system installation and outlining tests to be performed and schedule date for each test. This detailed completion and test schedule shall be submittal at least 90 days before the projected Project completion date. B. Test result reporting forms shall be submitted for review no later than the date of the detailed schedule submitted. C. Submit 4 copies of all certifications and test reports to the Architect or Engineer for review adequately in advance of completion of the Work to allow for remedial action as required to correct deficiencies discovered in equipment and systems. D. Certifications and test reports to be submitted shall include, but not be limited to those items outlined in Section of Division 23. 1.18 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Coordinate with Division 1 for maintenance manual requirements, unless noted otherwise bind together in "D ring type" binders by National model no. 79-883 or equal, binders shall be large enough to allow %" of spare capacity. Three (3) sets of all approved shop drawing submittals, fabrication drawings, bulletins, maintenance instructions, operating instructions and parts exploded views and lists for each and every piece of equipment furnished under this Specification. All sections shall be typed and indexed into sections and labeled for easy reference and shall utilize the individual specification section numbers shown in the Mechanical Specifications as an organization guideline. Bulletins containing information about equipment that is not installed on the project shall be properly marked up or stripped and reassembled. All pertinent information required by the Owner for proper operation and maintenance of equipment supplied by Division 23 shall be clearly and legibly set forth in memoranda that shall, likewise, be bound with bulletins. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-17 July 31, 2025 B. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Special Project Conditions, in addition to the requirements specified in Division 23, include the following information for equipment items: 1. Identifying names, name tags designations and locations for all equipment. 2. Valve tag lists with valve number, type, color coding, location and function. 3. Reviewed shop drawing submittals with exceptions noted compliance letter. 4. Fabrication drawings. 5. Equipment and device bulletins and data sheets clearly highlighted to show equipment installed on the project and including performance curves and data as applicable, i.e., description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and model numbers of replacement parts. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 7. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions, servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 8. Equipment and motor name plate data. 9. Wiring diagrams. 10. Exploded parts views and parts lists for all equipment and devices. 11. Color coding charts for all painted equipment and conduit. 12. Location and listing of all spare parts and special keys and tools furnished to the Owner. 13. Furnish recommended lubrication schedule for all required lubrication points with listing of type and approximate amount of lubricant required. C. Refer to Division 1 for additional information on Operating and Maintenance Manuals. D. Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall be turned over to the Owner or Engineer a minimum of 14 working days prior to the beginning of the operator training period. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-18 July 31, 2025 1.19 OPERATOR TRAINING The Contractor shall furnish the services of factory trained specialists to instruct the Owner's operating personnel. The Owner's operator training shall include 12 hours of on site training in three 4 hour shifts. Before proceeding with the instruction of Owner Personnel, prepare a typed outline in triplicate, listing the subjects that will be covered in this instruction, and submit the outline for review by the Owner. At the conclusion of the instruction period obtain the signature of each person being instructed on each copy of the reviewed outline to signify that he has a proper understanding of the operation and maintenance of the systems and resubmit the signed outlines. A. Refer to other Division 23 Sections for additional Operator Training requirements. 1.20 FINAL COMPLETION A. At the completion of the work, all equipment and systems shall be tested and faulty equipment and material shall be repaired or replaced. Refer to Sections of Division 23 for additional requirements. B. Clean and adjust all air distribution devices and replace all air filters immediately prior to final acceptance. C. Touch up and/or refinish all scratched equipment and devices immediately prior to final acceptance. 1.21 CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE A. Use of the HVAC and Plumbing systems to provide temporary service during construction period will not be allowed without permission from the Owner in writing and if granted shall not be cause warranty period to start, except as defined below. B. Contractor shall guarantee to keep the entire installation in repair and perfect working order for a period of one year after its completion and final acceptance, and shall furnish free of additional cost to the Owner all materials and labor necessary to comply with the above guarantee throughout the year beginning from the date of issue of Substantial Completion, Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner or the Certificate of Final Payment as agreed upon by all parties. C. This guarantee shall not include cleaning or changing filters except as required by testing, adjusting and balancing. D. All air conditioning compressors shall have parts and labor guarantees for a period of not less than 5 years beyond the date of final acceptance. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-19 July 31, 2025 E. Refer to Sections in Division 23 for additional guarantee or warranty requirements. 1.22 TRANSFER OF ELECTRONIC FILES A. Project documents are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by Architect/Owner or others on extensions of this project or on any other project. Any such reuse or modification without written verification or adaptation by Engineer, as appropriate for the specific purpose intended, will be at Architect/Owner's risk and without liability or legal exposure to Engineer or its consultants from all claims, damages, losses and expense, including attorney's fees arising out of or resulting thereof. B. Because data stored in electric media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently, or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving the electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within sixty (60) days of receipt, after which time the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred to be acceptable. Any errors detected within the sixty (60) day acceptance period will be corrected by the party delivering the electronic files. Engineer is not responsible for maintaining documents stored in electronic media format after acceptance by the Architect/Owner. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, Engineer makes no representations as to the long term compatibility, usability or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by Engineer at the beginning of the Project. D. Any reuse or modifications will be Contractor's sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Architect, Engineer or any consultant. E. The Texas Board of Architectural Examiners (TBAE) has stated that it is in violation of Texas law for persons other than the Architect of record to revise the Architectural drawings without the Architect's written consent. It is agreed that "MEP" hard copy or computer -generated documents will not be issued to any other party except directly to the Architect/Owner. The contract documents are contractually copyrighted and cannot be used for any other project or purpose except as specifically indicated in AIA B-141 Standard Form of Agreement between Architect and Owner. If the client, Architect/Owner, or developer of the project requires electronic media for "record purposes", then an AutoCAD based compact disc ("CD") will be prepared. The "CD" will be submitted with all title block references intact and will be formatted in a "plot" format to permit the end user to only view and plot the drawings. Revisions will not be permitted in this configuration. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 23 05 00 - 20 July 31, 2025 F. At the Architect/Owner's request, Engineer will prepare one "CD" of electronic media to assist the contractor in the preparation of submittals. The Engineer will prepare and submit the "CD" to the Architect/Owner for distribution to the contractor. All copies of the "CD" will be reproduced for a cost of reproduction fee of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per "CD". The "CD" will be prepared and all title blocks, names and dates will be removed. The "CD" will be prepared in a ".dwg" format to permit the end user to revise the drawings. G. This Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per "CD" cost of reproduction will be paid directly from the Contractor to the Engineer. The "CD" will be prepared only after receipt of the Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00). The Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per "CD" cost of reproduction is to only recover the cost of the manhours necessary to reproduce the documents. It is not a contractual agreement between the Contractor and Engineer to provide any engineering services, nor any other service. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials and equipment manufactured by a domestic United States manufacturer. B. Access Doors: Provide access doors as required for access to equipment, valves, controls, cleanouts and other apparatus where concealed. Access doors shall have concealed hinges and screw driver cam locks. C. All access panels located in wet areas such as restrooms, locker rooms, shower rooms, kitchen and any other wet areas shall be constructed of stainless steel. D. Access Doors: shall be as follows: 1. Plastic Surfaces: Milcor Style K. 2. Ceramic Tile Surface: Milcor Style M. 3. Drywall Surfaces: Milcor Style DW. 4. Install panels only in locations approved by the Architect. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230500-21 July 31, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ROUGH -IN A. Verify final locations for rough -ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected via reviewed submittals. B. Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 2 through 16 for additional rough -in requirements. 3.02 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 7. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with architectural action markings on submittal, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 23 05 00 - 22 July 31, 2025 Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, resolve conflicts and route proposed solution to the Architect for review. 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings to an accessible location and label. 11. Install access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified. 12. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope. 13. Provide roof curbs for all roof mounted equipment. Coordinate with roof construction for pitched roof. Provide roof curb to match roof slope. Refer to architectural drawings and details. 14. The equipment to be furnished under this Specification shall be essentially the standard product of the manufacturer. Where two or more units of the same class of equipment are required, these units shall be products of a single manufacturer; however, the component parts of the system need not be the product of the same manufacturer. 15. The architectural and structural features of the building and the space limitations shall be considered in selection of all equipment. No equipment shall be furnished which will not suit the arrangement and space limitations indicated. 16. Lubrication: Prior to start-up, check and properly lubricate all bearings as recommended by the manufacturer. 17. Where the word "Concealed" is used in these Specifications in connection with insulating, painting, piping, ducts, etc., it shall be understood to mean hidden from sight as in chases, furred spaces or suspended ceilings. "Exposed" shall be understood to mean the opposite of concealed. 18. Identification of Mechanical Equipment: a. Mechanical equipment shall be identified by means of nameplates permanently attached to the equipment. Nameplates shall be engraved laminated plastic or etched metal. Shop drawings shall include dimensions BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 23 05 00 - 23 July 31, 2025 and lettering format for approval. Attachments shall be with escutcheon pins, self -tapping screws, or machine screws. b. Tags shall be attached to all valves, including control valves, with nonferrous chain. Tags shall be brass and at least 1-1/2 inches in diameter. Nameplate and tag symbols shall correspond to the identification symbols on the temperature control submittal and the "as -built" drawings. 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Protection of Installed Work: During cutting and patching operations, protect adjacent installations. B. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to: 1. Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work. 2. Remove and replace defective Work. 3. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing. 5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures. 6. Upon written instructions from the Engineer, uncover and restore Work to provide for Engineer/Owner's observation of concealed Work, without additional cost to the Owner. 7. Patch existing finished surfaces and building components using new materials matching existing materials and experienced Installers. Patch finished surfaces and building components using new materials specified for the original installation and experienced Installers; refer to the materials and methods required for the surface and building components being patched; Refer to Section "DEFINITIONS" for definition of "Installer." C. Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected mechanical equipment, components, and materials as indicated, including but not limited to removal of mechanical piping, mechanical ducts and HVAC units, plumbing fixtures and trim, and other mechanical items made obsolete by the new Work. D. Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 23 05 00 - 24 July 31, 2025 E. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. 3.04 WORK SEQUENCE, TIMING, COORDINATION WITH OWNER A. The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor, however, the following provisions must be observed: 1. A meeting will be held at the project site, prior to any construction, between the Owner's Representative, the General Contractor, the Sub -Contractors and the Engineer to discuss Contractor's employee parking space, access, storage of equipment or materials, and use of the Owner's facilities or utilities. The Owner's decisions regarding such matters shall be final. 2. During the construction of this project, normal facility activities will continue in existing buildings until renovated areas are completed. Plumbing, fire protection, lighting, electrical, communications, heating, air conditioning, and ventilation systems will have to be maintained in service within the occupied spaces of the existing building. END OF SECTION 23 05 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 23 05 00 - 25 July 31, 2025 Mech/Elec. Equipment Coordination Sheet Mark # Unit Type Manufacturer's Recomm. Fuse Size (MOCP) Mark # Unit Type Manufacturer's Recomm. Fuse Size (MOCP) BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 23 05 00 - 26 July 31, 2025 SECTION 23 07 19 - DIRECT EXPANSION PIPING SYSTEM INSULATIONS Part 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following HVAC piping systems. 1. Refrigerant suction (low pressure gas) piping. 2. Refrigerant hot gas (discharge or high pressure gas) piping. 3. Refrigerant liquid piping, for VRF/VRV and Heat Pump systems. 4. Condensate drainage piping. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include thermal conductivity, water vapor permeance, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied if any). 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualification: Only trained installers that are familiar with the products should be used. 1.06 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Material to be delivered in new condition, free of defects and stored in a clean, dry space that provides protection against damage and contamination. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 231400 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment". B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field -applied jackets and finishes and space required for maintenance. DIRECT EXPANSION PIPING SYSTEM INSULATIONS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230719-1 July 31, 2025 1.08 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing and leak testing of systems. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. Part 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Flexible Elastomeric Foam: EPDM - Closed cell expanded rubber. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials for refrigeration pipe sizes 1/4" and greater. 1. Outdoor Use, Basis of Design Product: Provide Reftekk AC-SSPT (EPDM pre -split with lap seal and field applied Aeroflex Aerocoat) or comparable product by one of the following. a. Aeroflex, EPDM SSPT with field applied Aerocel Aerocoat b. Armacell, LLC, EPDM UT Solaflex, Pre -split with lap seal and with field applied Black PVC jacket 2. Indoor Use, Basis of Design Product: Provide Reftekk AC-SSPT (EPDM pre -split with lap seal) or comparable product by one of the following. a. Aeroflex, EPDM SSPT b. Armacell, LLC, EPDM UT Solaflex, Pre -split with lap seal 3. Applied to Annealed Coiled Tubing (Line Sets), Basis of Design Product: EPDM continuous tube. B. Elastomeric insulation shall not use CFC's or HFC's in the manufacturing process. C. Elastomeric insulation shall have a flame spread -index of 25 or less and a smoke -developed index of 50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 for all products through 2" thickness. D. Elastomeric insulation and elastomeric joining system shall be suitable of use from -70°F to 257°F continuous service temperature, per ASTM C 411. E. Elastomeric insulation shall have a maximum thermal conductivity of 0.235 Btu-in/h-ft2-°F at a mean temperature of 75°F when tested in accordance with ASTM C 177 or ASTM C 518. F. Elastomeric insulation shall have a maximum water vapor transmission of <_0.03 perm -inch when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96, Procedure A, latest revision. G. Elastomeric insulation must exhibit long-term UV resistance in outdoor installation per ASTM G 7 and ASTM G 90. H. Elastomeric insulation must not contribute to external stress corrosion cracking when tested per ASTM C 692. 2.02 ADHESIVES, AND TAPES A. Flexible Elastomeric Adhesive for Indoor and Outdoor Application: DIRECT EXPANSION PIPING SYSTEM INSULATIONS 23 07 19 - 2 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center July 31, 2025 1. Basis of Design Product: Provide Aeroflex AeroSeal contact adhesive or comparable product by one of the following. a. Armacell, LLC HT 625 contact adhesive B. Flexible Elastomeric for LEED low VOC Application: 1. Basis of Design Product: Provide Aeroflex AeroSeal LVOC C. Seaming tape to be 15-mil EPDM rubber with acrylic adhesive. 2.03 INSULATING PIPE HANGER SUPPORTS A. Support the piping system using high density rigid foam insulating pipe hanger supports with an inner lining of EPDM rubber insulating tape and 15-mil exterior EPDM rubber jacket. Insulation density to be a minimum of 10 Ib. / cu. ft. with a compressive strength of 284 PSI or greater, and a k-value of 0.312 or lower. Continuous use temperature range to be -70°F to 257°F with water absorption of 5% or less. 1. Basis of Design Product: Provide Reftekk "Cush -A -Therm", model UX insulated pipe support complete with steel channel insulation OD clamp or comparable product by one of the following. a. Aeroflex USA, Aerofix-U with matching steel channel insulation OD clamp. b. Armaflex LLC, Armafix IPH with matching steel channel insulation OD clamp. 2.04 METAL JACKETING A. Childers "Strap -On" jacketing. Provide preformed fitting covers on all elbows and tees. Part 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and free of leaks and defects 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean, dry and free of dirt, dust, grease, frost, and moisture. 3. Work shall be performed at the installation temperatures recommended by the product manufacturer. 4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. DIRECT EXPANSION PIPING SYSTEM INSULATIONS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230719-3 July 31, 2025 B. Tape seams and lap seam tape overlaps shall be clean dry, fan free of dirt, dust, grease, frost and moisture. 3.03 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. All piping, valves and fittings scheduled to be insulated to have all insulation applied in strict accordance with the insulation manufacturers installation instructions and practices described in the National Commercial and Industrial Insulation Standards Manual. In case of conflict, the manufacturers installation guidelines and instruction will be used. B. Install insulation materials, accessories and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids, throughout the length of the piping including supports, fittings, valves and specialties. Pipes located outdoors or in crawl spaces shall be insulated same as concealed piping; and in addition shall have a jacket of 0.016 inch thick, smooth aluminum with longitudinal modified Pittsburg Z-Lock seam and 2 inch overlap. Jacketing shall be easily removed and replaced without damage. All butt joints shall be sealed with gray silicone. Galvanized banding is not acceptable. D. Install insulation materials, vapor barriers, vapor dams, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of the pipe system as required. E. Install insulation with longitudinal seams oriented per the insulation manufacturers installation instructions for all horizontal runs. C. F. Keep insulation dry and clean during application and finishing. Do not apply insulation to operating systems. G. Install insulation with the least number of joints practical. H. Piping to be insulated with tubular preformed pipe insulation. I. Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations, wall penetrations and floor penetrations. J. Install insulation continuously through fire rated wall and fire rated floor penetrations complying with Penetration Fire -stopping details. K. Insulating Pipe Hanger Supports are to be installed at all pipe support and clamp locations. Insulating Pipe Hanger Supports are to be installed at the time of piping installation such that the pipe insulation system is installed in a continuous manner through the pipe support system. L. All insulation terminations, butt joints, longitudinal joints, and access points to be properly glued or sealed with the insulation manufacturers sealant system. M. Vapor dams to be installed every 12' to 18' per insulation manufacturers installation instructions, high point of piping run and at all insulation terminations (supports, valves, flanges and end of pipe runs) N. Provide sufficient clearance between insulated pipes to allow air circulation. DIRECT EXPANSION PIPING SYSTEM INSULATIONS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230719-4 July 31, 2025 O. Provide mitered insulation fittings at elbows to prevent compression of the insulation at the throat of the elbow and stretching on the outside of the bend. P. Do not compress the insulation at penetrations or structural members, such as joists or studs. Do not allow the insulation to be compressed by ceiling hanger wires. Q. Do not allow attachment of anything to the insulated piping that will reduce the effective thickness of the insulation, such as control wiring, cabling, telephone wiring, etc. When using insulation manufacturers recommended tape on joints, do not compress the insulation. R. Insulation should be installed such that butt joints are in slight compression. This prevents separation of the insulation joints over time or due to changes in temperature. Do NOT apply the insulation in a stretched condition. S. Insulation thickness to be the most restrictive of the following options. 1. Liquid, suction, and discharge lines per state energy codes. 2. In accordance with the thickness tables for piping insulation in the latest version of ASHRAE 90.1. 3. In accordance with local building code requirements and Authority Having Jurisdiction. 4. In accordance with the requirements of the manufacturers of the equipment being served by the insulated refrigerant piping system. 5. Sufficient thickness to prevent condensation on the surface of the insulation under all operating conditions. PART 4 - SCHEDULES 4.01 LOW TEMPERATURE SURFACES MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESS BASED ON FIBERGLASS A. Condensate drain lines: % inch B. Drains receiving condensate: 1 inch C. Refrigerant Piping (1) 1%" and smaller 1 inch (2) Larger than 1% inch 1 inch END OF SECTION 23 07 19 DIRECT EXPANSION PIPING SYSTEM INSULATIONS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 230719-5 July 31, 2025 SECTION 23 14 00 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe, and equipment hangers, supports, and associated anchors. B. Sleeves and seals. C. Flashing and sealing equipment and pipe stacks. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 23 24 00 — Sound and Vibration Control. B. Section 23 26 00 - Piping Insulation. C. Section 23 28 00 - Equipment Insulation. D. Section 22 41 00 - Plumbing System. E. Section 23 53 00 — Refrigerant Piping 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. B. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. C. NFPA 14 - Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supports for Sprinkler Piping: In conformance with NFPA 13. B. Supports for Standpipes: In conformance with NFPA 14. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Indicate hanger and support framing and attachment methods. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 Inches Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and over: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll, double hanger. SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231400-1 07-31-2025 D. All hangers, supports and rods in areas exposed to the outdoors, such as but not limited to crawl spaces, service bays, wash bays, open shops and warehouses shall be hot dipped galvanized. E. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods; cast iron roll and stand for pipe sizes 6 inches and over. F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. G. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and over: adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll. H. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, locknut nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. J. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and over: Adjustable cast iron roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support. K. Roof Pipe Supports and Hangers: Galvanized Steel Channel System as manufactured by Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc. or approved equal. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller — Type PP10 with roller For pipes 3" through 8" — Type PS For multiple pipes —Type PSE - Custom L. Copper Pipe Support and Hangers: Electro-galvanized with thermoplastic elastomer cushions; Unistrut "Cush -A -Clamp" or equal. Hangers: Plastic coated; Unistrut or equal. M. For installation of protective shields refer to specification section 231400-3.03. N. Shields for Vertical Copper Pipe Risers: Sheet lead. O. Pipe Rough -In Supports in Walls/Chases: Provide preformed plastic pipe supports, Sioux Chief "Pipe Titan" or equal. 2.02 HANGER RODS A. Galvanized Hanger Rods: Threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded. 2.03 INSERTS A. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.04 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing: 20 gage galvanized steel. SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231400-2 07-31-2025 B. Lead Flashing: 4 lb./sq. ft. sheet lead for waterproofing; 1 lb./sq. ft. sheet lead for soundproofing. C. Caps: Steel, 20 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements. D. Coordinate with roofing contractor/architect for type of flashing on metal roofs. 2.05 EQUIPMENT CURBS A. Fabricate curbs of hot dipped galvanized steel unless noted otherwise. 2.06 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non -fire Rated Floors: Form with 18 gage galvanized steel, tack welded to form a uniform sleeve. B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non -fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Form with steel pipe, schedule 40. C. Sleeves for Pipes Through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fireproofing: Prefabricated fire rated steel sleeves including seals, UL listed. D. Sleeves for Round Ductwork: Form with galvanized steel. E. Sleeves for Rectangular Ductwork: Form with galvanized steel. F. Fire Stopping Insulation: Glass fiber type, non-combustible, U.L. listed. G. Caulk: Paintable 25-year acrylic sealant. H. Pipe Alignment Guides: Factory fabricated, of cast semi -steel or heavy fabricated steel, consisting of bolted, two -section outer cylinder and base with two -section guiding spider that bolts tightly to pipe. Length of guides shall be as recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel. 2.07 FABRICATION A. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. B. Design hangers without disengagement of supported pipe. C. Design roof supports without roof penetrations, flashing or damage to the roofing material. 2.08 FINISH A. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSERTS SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231400-3 07-31-2025 A. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. Coordinate with structural engineer for placement of inserts. B. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. C. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, provide inserts to be flush with slab surface. D. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide thru-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab. Verify with structural engineer prior to start of work. 3.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Support horizontal piping as follows: PIPE SIZE MAX. HANGER SPACING HANGER DIAMETER (Steel Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 6'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 3 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" (Copper Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 5'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inch 8'-0" 3/8" 3 to 4 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 10'-0" 1/2" (Cast Iron) 2 to 3 inch 5'-0" 3/8" 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" (PVC Pipe) 1-1/2 to 4 inch 4'-0" 3/8" SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231400-4 07-31-2025 6 to 8 inch 4'-0" 1/2" 10 and over 4'-0" 5/8" B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. C. Place a hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow and at the vertical horizontal transition. D. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. E. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 feet maximum spacing between hangers. F. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub. G. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. H. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. Install hangers with nut at base and above hanger; tighten upper nut to hanger after final installation adjustments. J. Portable pipe hanger systems shall be installed per manufactures instructions. 3.03 Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements. A. Clamps: Attach galvanized clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ASME B31.9. B. Saddles: Install galvanized protection saddles MSS Type 39 where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with segments of insulation that match adjoining pipe insulation. C. Shields: Install protective shields MSS Type 40 on cold and chilled water piping that has vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees and shall have dimensions in inches not less than the following: NPS LENGTH THICKNESS 1/4 THROUGH 3-1/2 12 0.048 4 12 0.060 5 & 6 18 0.060 8 THROUGH 14 24 0.075 16 THROUGH 24 24 0.105 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231400-5 07-31-2025 D. Piping 2" and larger provide galvanized sheet metal shields with calcium silicate at hangers/supports. E. Insert material shall be at least as long as the protective shield. F. Thermal Hanger Shields: Install where indicated, with insulation of same thickness as piping. 3.04 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide equipment bases of concrete. B. Provide templates, anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. C. Construct support of steel members. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. D. Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed. 3.05 FLASHING A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counter flashing where piping and ductwork penetrate weather or waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs. B. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting 8 inches minimum above finished roof surface with lead worked one inch minimum into hub, 8 inches minimum clear on sides with 24 x 24 inches sheet size. For pipes through outside walls, turn flanges back into wall and caulk, metal counter flash and seal. C. Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches clear on sides with minimum 36 x 36 inch sheet size. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. D. Seal floor shower mop sink and all other drains watertight to adjacent materials. E. Provide curbs for mechanical roof installations 8 inches minimum high above roofing surface. Contact architect for all flashing details and roof construction. Seal penetrations watertight. 3.06 SLEEVES A. Set sleeves in position in formwork. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. B. Extend sleeves through floors minimum one inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves full depth with fire rated thermfiber and 3M caulking and provide floor plate. C. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with U.L. listed fire stopping insulation and caulk seal air tight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231400-6 07-31-2025 D. Fire protection sleeves may be flush with floor of stairways. END OF SECTION 23 14 00 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231400-7 07-31-2025 SECTION 23 17 00 MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 230500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE A. Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered by this Section, with all auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. B. WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Painting 2. Automatic temperature controls. 3. Power control wiring to motors and equipment. 1.03 WARRANTY Warrant the Work specified herein for one year and motors for five years beginning on data of substantial completion against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance resulting from either defective or nonconforming materials and workmanship. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Indicate size material, and finish. Show locations and installation procedures. Include details of joints, attachments, and clearances. B. PRODUCT DATA: Submit schedules, charts, literature, and illustrations to indicate the performance, fabrication procedures variations, and accessories. C. MOTOR NAMEPLATE INFORMATION: Manufacturer's name, address, utility and MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231700-1 July 31, 2025 operating data. D. Refer to Division 1 for additional information. 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. DELIVERY: Deliver clearly labeled, undamaged materials in the manufacturers' unopened containers. B. TIME AND COORDINATION: Deliver materials to allow for minimum storage time at the project site. Coordinate delivery with the scheduled time of installation. C. STORAGE: Store materials in a clean, dry location, protected from weather and abuse. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRIC MOTORS A. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Provide motors by a single manufacturer as much as possible. 1. Baldur 2. Marathon 3. Siemens -Allis 4. General Electric 5. U.S. Motor B. TEMPERATURE RATING: Provide insulation as follows: 1. CLASS B: 40 degrees C maximum. 2. CLASS F: a. Between 40 degrees C and 65 degrees C maximum. b. Totally enclosed motors. C. STARTING CAPABILITY: As required for service indicated five starts minimum per hour. D. PHASES AND CURRENT: Verify electrical service compatibility with motors to be used. MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231700-2 July 31, 2025 1. UP TO 1/2 HP: Provide permanent split, capacitor -start single phase with inherent overload protection. 2. 3/4 HP AND LARGER: Provide squirrel -cage induction polyphone. 3. Provide two separate windings on 2-speed polyphone motors. 4. Name plate voltage shall be the same as the circuit's normal voltage, serving the motor. E. SERVICE FACTOR: 1.15 for multiphase; 1.35 for single phase. F. FRAMES: U-frames 1.5 hp. and larger. G. BEARINGS: Provide sealed re -graspable ball bearings; with top mounted ale mite lubrication fittings and bottom side drains minimum average life 100,000 hours typically, and others as follows: 1. Design for thrust where applicable. 2. PERMANENTLY SEALED: Where not accessible for greasing. 3. SLEEVE -TYPE WITH OIL CUPS: Light duty fractional hp. motors or polyphone requiring minimum noise level. H. ENCLOSURE TYPE: Provide enclosures as follows: 1. CONCEALED INDOOR: Open drip proof. 2. EXPOSED INDOOR: Guarded. 3. OUTDOOR TYPICAL: Type II. TEC. 4. OUTDOOR WEATHER PROTECTED: Type I. TEA. I. OVERLOAD PROTECTION: Built-in sensing device for stopping motor in all phase legs and signaling where indicated for fractional horse power motors. J. NOISE RATING: "Quiet" except where otherwise indicated. K. EFFICIENCY: Minimum full load efficiency listed in the following table, when tested in accordance with IEEE Test Procedure 112A, Method B, including stray load loss measure. MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231700-3 July 31, 2025 NEMA Efficiency Motor Horsepower INDEX Letter Minimum Efficiency 1800 RPM Synchronous Speed 7.5-10 F 89.5 15-20 E 91.0 25-30 E 92.4 40 D 93.0 50 C 93.0 60 C 93.6 75 C 94.1 100-125 B 94.5 150-200 B 95.0 1200 RPM Synchronous Speed 3-5 G 87.5 7.5 G 89.5 10 F 89.5 15 F 90.2 20 E 90.2 25-30 E 91.7 40-50 D 93.0 60 D 93.6 75 C 93.6 100-125 C 94.1 150-200 B 95.0 2.02 MOTOR CONTROLLERS (STARTERS) A. All motor controllers (for equipment furnished under Division 23) shall be furnished under Division 23 and installed under Division 26 unless otherwise noted on the plans. B. Motor starters shall be furnished as follows. 1. GENERAL: Motor starters shall be Square D Company Class 8536 across -the -line magnetic type, full -voltage, non -reversing (FAVOR) starter. All starters shall be constructed and tested in accordance with the latest NEMA standards, sizes and horsepower. ICE sizes are not acceptable. Starters shall be mounted in a general purpose dead front, painted steel enclosure and surface -mounted. Provide size and number of poles as shown and required by equipment served. Provide two speed, two winding or two speed, single winding motor starter as required for two speed motors. 2. CONTACTS: Magnetic starter contacts shall be double break solid silver alloy. All contacts shall be replaceable without removing power wiring or removing MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231700-4 July 31, 2025 starter from panel. The starter shall have straight -through wiring. 3. OPERATING COILS: Operating coils shall be 120 volts and shall be of molded construction. When the coil fails, the starter shall open and shall not lock in the closed position. 4. OVERLOAD RELAYS: Provide manual reset, trip -free Class 20 overload relays in each phase conductor in of all starters. Overload relays shall be melting alloy type with visual trip indication. All 3 phase and single phase starters shall have one overload relay in each underground conductor. Relay shall not be field adjustable from manual to automatic reset. Provide 6 overload relays for two speed motor starters. 5. PILOT LIGHTS: Provide a red running pilot light for all motor starters. Pilot lights shall be mounted in the starter enclosure cover. Pilot lights shall be operated from an interlock on the motor starter and shall not be wired across the operating coil. 6. CONTROLS: Provide starters with HAND -OFF -AUTOMATIC switches. Coordinate additional motor starter controls with the requirements of Division 23. Motor starter controls shall be mounted in the starter enclosure cover. 7. CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER: Provide a single-phase 480 volt control power transformer with each starter for 120 volt control power. Connect the primary side to the line side of the motor starter. The primary side shall be protected by a fuse for each conductor. The secondary side shall have one leg fused and one leg grounded. Arrange transformer terminals so that wiring to terminals will not be located above the transformer. 8. AUXILIARY CONTACTS: Each starter shall have one normally open and one normally closed convertible auxiliary contact in addition to the number of contacts required for the "holding interlock", remote monitoring, and control wiring. In addition, it shall be possible to field -install three more additional auxiliary contacts without removing existing wiring or removing the starter from its enclosure. 9. UNIT WIRING: Unit shall be completely pre -wired to terminals to eliminate any interior field wiring except for line and load power wiring and HVAC control wiring. 10. ENCLOSURES: All motor starter enclosures shall be NEMA 1, general purpose enclosures or NEMA-4X 316 stainless steel (for coastal marine and sandy environments) if mounted exposed outdoors. Provide NEMA 4X when located by cooling towers. MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231700-5 July 31, 2025 11. POWER MONITOR: Provide a square "D" 8430 MPS phase failure and under - voltage relay, base and wiring required for starters serving motors 5 horsepower and larger. Set the under -voltage setting according to minimum voltage required for the motor to operate within its range. C. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Controller numbers are based on first named manufacturer. Provide one of the following manufacturer's. 1. Siemens. 2. Square D. 3. General Electric. 4. Cerus. 2.03 COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS A. GENERAL: Combination motor starters shall consist of a magnetic starter and a fusible or non -fusible disconnect switch in a dead front, painted steel NEMA 1 enclosure unless otherwise noted and shall be surface -mounted. Size and number of poles shall as shown and required by equipment served. Combination motor starters shall be as specified for motor starters in Paragraph 2.01/B, except as modified herein. B. DISCONNECT SWITCH: Disconnect switches shall be as specified in Section 264900. C. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Controller numbers are based on first named manufacturer. Provide one of the following manufacturer's. 1. Siemens. 2. Square D. 3. General Electric. 4. Franklin-Cerus. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations and printed installation instructions. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231700-6 July 31, 2025 plans or in the specifications. Contractors' price shall include all items required as per manufacturers' requirements. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: Install in a professional manner. Any part or parts not meeting this requirement shall be replaced or rebuilt without extra expense to Owner. B. Install rotating equipment in static and dynamic balance. C. Provide foundations, supports, and isolators properly adjusted to allow minimum vibration transmission within the building. D. Correct objectionable noise or vibration transmission in order to operate equipment satisfactorily as determined by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 23 17 00 MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231700-7 July 31, 2025 SECTION 23 19 00 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND PIPE MARKING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 220500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered by this Section, with all auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. 1.03 Refer to Architectural Sections for additional requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 VALVE AND PIPE IDENTIFICATION A. Valves: 1. All valves shall be identified with a 1-1/2" diameter brass disc wired onto the handle. The disc shall be stamped with 1/2" high depressed black filled identifying numbers. These numbers shall be numerically sequenced for all valves on the job. 2. The number and description indicating make, size, model number and service of each valve shall be listed in proper operational sequence, properly typewritten. Three copies to be turned over to Owner at completion. 3. Tags shall be fastened with approved meter seal and 4 ply 0.018 smooth copper wire. Tags and fastenings shall be manufactured by the Seton Name Plate Company or approved equal. SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND PIPE MARKING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231900-1 July 31, 2025 4. All valves shall be numbered serially with all valves of any one system and/or trade grouped together. B. Pipe Marking: 1. All interior visible piping located in accessible spaces such as above accessible ceilings, equipment rooms, attic space, under floor spaces, etc., shall be identified with all temperature pipe markers as manufactured by W.H. Brady Company, 431 West Rock Ave., New Haven, Connecticut, or approved equal. 2. All exterior visible piping shall be identified with UV and acid resistant outdoor grade acrylic plastic markers as manufactured by Set Mark distributed by Seton Nameplate Company. Factory location 20 Thompson Road, Branford, Connecticut, or approved equal. 3. Generally, markers shall be located on each side of each partition, on each side of each tee, on each side of each valve and/or valve group, on each side of each piece of equipment, and, for straight runs, at equally spaced intervals not to exceed 75 feet. In congested area, marks shall be placed on each pipe at the points where it enters and leaves the area and at the point of connection of each piece of equipment and automatic control valve. All markers shall have directional arrows. 4. Markers shall be installed after final painting of all piping and equipment and in such a manner that they are visible from the normal maintenance position. Manufacturer's installation instructions shall be closely followed. 5. Markers shall be colored as indicated below per ANSI/OSHA Standards: SYSTEM COLOR LEGEND Sanitary Sewer Green Vent Sanitary Sewer Storm Drain Green Storm Drain Domestic Water Green Domestic Water Domestic Hot Water Yellow Domestic Hot Supply Water Supply SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND PIPE MARKING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231900-2 July 31, 2025 Domestic Hot Water Yellow Domestic Hot Re -circulating Water Return Fire Protection Red Fire Protection Automatic Red Fire Sprinkler Sprinkler C. Pipe Painting: 1. All piping exposed to view shall be painted as indicated or as directed by the Architect in the field. Confirm all color selections with Architect prior to installation. 2. The entire fire protection piping system shall be painted red. 3. All piping located in mechanical rooms and exterior piping shall be painted as indicated below: System Color Storm Sewer White Sanitary Sewer Waste and Vent Light Gray Domestic Cold Water Dark Blue Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return Orange PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 All labeling equipment shall be installed as per manufacturers printed installation instructions. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Contractor's price shall include all items required as per manufacturers' requirements. 3.03 All piping shall be cleaned of rust, dirt, oil and all other contaminants prior to painting. Install primer and a quality latex paint over all surfaces of pipe. END OF SECTION 23 19 00 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND PIPE MARKING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 231900-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 23 24 00 SOUND AND VIBRATION CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Vibration and sound control products. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division One specification sections, apply to work of this section B. This section is Division 23 Basic Materials and Methods section, and is part of each Division 23 section making reference to vibration control products specified herein. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of vibration control products, of type, size, and capacity required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Vibration and sound control products shall conform to ASHRAE criteria for average noise criteria curves for all equipment at full load conditions. C. Except as otherwise indicated, sound and vibration control products shall be provided by a single manufacturer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Indicate size, material, and finish. Show locations and installation procedures. Include details of joints, attachments, and clearances. SOUND AND VIBRATION CONTROL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 232400-1 July 31, 2025 B. PRODUCT DATA: Submit schedules, charts, literature, and illustrations to indicate the performance, fabrication procedures, product variations, and accessories. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Amber/Booth Company, Inc. B. Mason Industries, Inc. C. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 2.02 GENERAL A. Provide vibration isolation supports for equipment, piping and ductwork, to prevent transmission of vibration and noise to the building structures that may cause discomfort to the occupants. B. Model numbers of Amber/Booth products are included for identification. Products of the additional manufacturers will be acceptable provided they comply with all of the requirements of this specification. 2.03 FLOOR MOUNTED AIR HANDLING UNITS A. Provide Amber/Booth CAL-2, style C aluminum housed isolators sized for 2" static deflection. Cast iron or steel housings may be used provided they are hot -dip galvanized after fabrication B. If floor mounted air handling units are furnished with internal vibration isolation option, provide 2" thick Amber/Booth type NRC ribbed neoprene pads to address high frequency breakout and afford additional unit elevation for condensate drains. Ribbed SOUND AND VIBRATION CONTROL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 232400-2 July 31, 2025 neoprene pads shall be located in accordance with the air handling unit manufacturer's recommendations. 2.04 SUSPENDED AIR HANDLING UNITS A. Provide Amber/Booth type BSWR-2 combination spring and rubber -in -shear isolation hanger sized for 2" static deflection. B. If suspended air handling units are furnished with internal vibration isolation option, furnish Amber/Booth type BRD rubber -in -shear or NR AMPAD 3/8" thick neoprene pad isolation hangers sized for approximately %z" deflection to address high frequency break-out. 2.05 SUSPENDED FANS AND FAN COIL UNITS A. Provide Amber/Booth type HS spring hangers sized for 1" static deflection. 2.06 BASE MOUNTED PUMPS AND CHILLERS A. Amber/Booth type SP-NR style E flexplate pad isolators consisting of two layers of 3/8" thick alternate ribbed neoprene pad bonded to a 16 gage galvanized steel separator plate. B. Pads shall be sized for approximately 40 PSI loading and 1/8" deflection. C. Provide Amber/Booth CPF, 8" concrete inertia base. The base shall be welded steel construction with concrete in -fill supplied by the contractor on site and shall incorporate standard rebar reinforcement, spaced a maximum of 12" on center. Provide Amber/Booth AWH, floor mounted spring isolators sized for 1" static deflection. D. Provide inertia bases for all base mounted pump applications in which the pumps are to be installed on any floor level other than the ground floor or grade level. Inertia bases shall also be provided for base mounted pump applications in which the associated SOUND AND VIBRATION CONTROL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 232400-3 July 31, 2025 mechanical room where they are housed is in a noise sensitive location, regardless of floor level. 2.07 PIPING A. Provide spring and rubber -in -shear hangers, Amber/Booth type HRS in mechanical equipment rooms, for a minimum distance of 30 feet from isolated equipment for all chilled water and hot water piping 1-1/2" diameter and larger. Springs shall be sized for 1" deflection. B. Floor supported piping is required to be isolated with Amber/Booth type AW-1 open springs sized for 1" deflection. C. Furnish line size flexible connectors at supply and return of pumps, Amber/Booth style 2800 single sphere EPDM construction, connector shall include 150 Ib. cadmium plated carbon steel floating flanges. 2.08 CORROSION PROTECTION A. All vibration isolators shall be designed and treated for resistance to corrosion. B. Steel components: PVC coated or phosphated and painted with industrial grade enamel. Nuts, bolts, and washers: zinc -electroplated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and printed installation instructions. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturers requirements. SOUND AND VIBRATION CONTROL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 232400-4 July 31, 2025 3.03 If internal isolation option is used on air handling units, the mechanical contractor shall verify proper adjustment and operation of isolators prior to start-up. All shipping brackets and temporary restraint devices shall be removed. 3.04 The vibration isolation supplier shall certify in writing that he has inspected the installation and that all external isolation materials and devices are installed correctly and functioning properly. END OF SECTION 23 24 00 SOUND AND VIBRATION CONTROL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 232400-5 July 31, 2025 SECTION 23 29 00 DUCT INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Ductwork system insulation. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 230500 - Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 231700 - Motors and Motor Controllers 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years successful installation experience on projects with mechanical insulations similar to that required for this project. B. Flame/Smoke Ratings: Provide composite mechanical insulation (insulation, jackets, coverings, sealers, mastics and adhesives) with flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of 50 or less, as tested by ASTM E 84 (NFPA 255) method. 1. Exception: Outdoor mechanical insulation may have flame spread index of 75 and smoke developed index of 150. C. Duct and plenum insulation shall comply with minimum R-value requirements of 2015 International Energy Conservation Code. D. Adhesive and other material shall comply with NFPA and NBFU Standards No. 90A and 90B. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Indicate size, material, and finish. Show locations and installation procedures. Include details of joints, attachments, and clearances. B. PRODUCT DATA: Submit schedules, charts, literature, and illustrations to indicate the performance, fabrication procedures, product variations, and accessories. DUCT INSULATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 232900-1 July 31, 2025 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in unopened containers with manufacturer's stamp, clearly labeled with flame and smoke rating, affixed showing fire hazard indexes of products. B. Protect insulation against dirt, water and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged or wet insulation; remove from project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. The type of insulation and its installation shall be in strict accordance with these specifications for each service, and the application technique shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. All insulation types, together with adhesives and finishes shall be submitted and approved before any insulation is installed. B. A sample quantity of each type of insulation and each type of application shall be installed and approval secured prior to proceeding with the main body of the work. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Glass fiber materials shall be as manufactured by Knauf, Certain -Teed, Johns -Manville or Owens-Corning and shall have the same thermal properties, density, fire rating, vapor barrier, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer. B. Adhesives shall be as manufactured by Minnesota Mining, Arabol, Benjamin -Foster, Armstrong or Insulmastic, Inc., and shall have the same adhesive properties, fire rating, vapor seal, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer. C. Ceramic fiber materials shall be as manufactured by Primer Refractories, A.P. Green Refractories or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All insulation shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and printed installation instructions. DUCT INSULATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 232900-2 July 31, 2025 B. All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturer's requirements. 3.02 EXTERNAL DUCT INSULATION A. Fasten all longitudinal and circumferential laps with outward clinching staples 3" on center. On rectangular ducts over 24" wide apply as above and hold insulation in place on bottom side with mechanical pins and clips on 12" centers. B. Seal all seams and joints, fastener penetrations and other breaks in vapor barrier with 3 inch wide strips of white glass fabric embedded between two coats of vapor barrier mastic, Childers CP-30 or approved equal. C. All external duct insulation shall be Knauf Insulation Atmosphere Duct Wrap with ECOSE Technology, Johns Manville Microlite EQ duct wrap insulation with reinforced aluminum facing or approved equal. D. External duct wrap is required on all outside air ducts, supply and return air ducts that are not internally insulated. External duct wrap is also required on all exhaust and relief air ducts that are used in airside energy recovery systems. Any exhaust ductwork located in an unconditioned space shall also be provided with external duct wrap. Duct wrap shall be provided as follows: 1. A minimum installed R-value of 6 when ducts are located in conditioned and unconditioned spaces, such as ceiling plenum space. 2. A minimum installed R-value of 8 when ducts are located outside of the building. E. Any ductwork located in an air plenum that is comprised of materials that do not comply with the 25/50 flame and smoke rating per ASTM E 84 testing requirements shall be provided with a single layer of duct wrap to establish a noncombustible rating per ASTM E 136. Duct wrap products which are approved for such non -compliant combustible duct materials located in air plenums shall be 3M Fire Barrier Plenum Wrap 5A+ or Unifrax FyreWrap 0.5 Plenum. Insulation products for this application shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 DUCT LINER A. Duct liner shall be kept clean and dry during transportation, storage, installation, and throughout the construction process care should be taken to protect the liner from exposure to the elements or damage from mechanical abuse. DUCT INSULATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 232900-3 July 31, 2025 B. All portions of duct designed to receive duct liner shall be completely covered with liner as specified. The smooth, black, mat facing or acrylic -coated surfaces with flexible glass cloth reinforcement shall face the airstream. All duct liner shall be cut to assure tight, overlapped corner joints. The top pieces shall be supported by the sidepieces. Duct liner shall be installed following the guidelines in the NAIMA "Duct Liner Installation Standard". C. The duct liner shall be tested according to erosion test method in ASTM C 1071 and shall be guaranteed to withstand velocities in the duct system up to 6000 fpm without surface erosion. D. Duct liner shall be adhered to the sheet metal with full coverage of an approved adhesive that conforms to ASTM C 916, and all exposed leading edges and transverse joints shall be coated with Permacote factory -applied or field -applied edge coating and shall be neatly butted without gaps. Shop or field cuts shall be liberally coated with Johns Manville SuperSeal® duct butter and Edge Treatment or approved adhesive. E. Metal nosings shall be securely installed over transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream at forward discharge and at any point where lined duct is preceded by unlined duct. F. When velocity exceeds 4000 fpm (20.3 m/sec), use metal nosing on every leading edge. Nosing may be formed on duct or be channel or zee attached by screws, rivets or welds. G. The liner shall further be secured with Graham welding pins and washers on not more than 18 inch centers both vertical and horizontal surfaces, and the pins and washers shall be pointed up with adhesive. H. Duct liner shall be Knauf Insulation Atmosphere Duct Liner with ECOSE Technology, Johns Manville Linacoustic RC duct liner with factory -applied edge coating and acrylic coating on the mat surface of airstream side or approved equal. The liner shall meet the Life Safety Standards as established by NFPA 90A and 90B, FHC 25/50 and Limited Combustibility and the air stream surface coating should contain an immobilized, EPA - registered, anti -microbial agent so it will not support microbial growth as tested in accordance with ASTM G21 and G22. The duct liner shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 1071, UL 2824, with an NRC not less than .70 as tested per ASTM C 423 using a Type "A" mounting, and a thermal conductivity no higher than 0.24 BTU•in/(hr•ft2.OF) at 750F mean temperature. I. Line supply and return ductwork at connection of HVAC unit to a point of 15 feet upstream and downstream of the equipment and in return air boots. Attach with full cover coat of cement, duct dimensions up to 16 inches; provide stick clips or screws and cap for dimensions over 16 inches, spaced 16 DUCT INSULATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 232900-4 July 31, 2025 inches o.c. maximum. Provide sheet metal liner cap over all leading edges of internal insulation exposed to air stream. J. Duct liner shall be provided as follows: A. Minimum installed R-value of 6 when ducts are located in conditioned spaces. B. Minimum installed R-value of 6 when ducts are located in unconditioned spaces, such as ceiling plenum space. C. Minimum installed R-value of 12 or greater when ducts are located outdoors. 3.04 EXPOSED DUCTWORK LOCATED INDOORS A. Round duct routed exposed shall be double wall with solid inner liner and 1-1/2" thick layer of glass mineral wool insulation as manufactured by United McGill Company model no. Acousti-27 or approved equal. Insulation density shall be a minimum of 1.5 PCF. 3.05 AIR DEVICE AND MISCELLANEOUS DUCT INSULATION A. The backside of all supply air devices shall be insulated with taped and sealed with external duct wrap equivalent to the insulation specified. B. The contractor shall install an additional layer of 2 inch thick external fiberglass duct wrap on any portion of the supply air, return air, outside air, or exhaust air system that has condensation forming during any period of operation. The insulation shall be taped and sealed and located until all evidence of the condensation had been eliminated at no additional cost to the owner. END OF SECTION 23 29 00 DUCT INSULATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 232900-5 July 31, 2025 SECTION 23 53 00 - REFRIGERANT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 230500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered by this Section, with all auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL Provide for the systems as shown. Submit shop drawings of piping systems showing all traps, pipe sizes, and accessories; drawing to be marked "Approved", and signed by a representative of the Application Engineering Department of the condensing unit manufacturer. Pipe sizes shall be as recommended by unit manufacturer. Refer to piping schematic on drawings. 2.02 MATERIAL A. PIPE: Copper ACR tubing. B. FITTINGS: Wrought copper streamlined sweat fitting. C. SOLDER: Sil-Fos, except on valves use solder recommended by valve manufacturer. 2.03 ACCESSORIES All accessories shall be UL listed and rated in accordance with ARI Standard 710. A. On systems 7-1/2 tons and larger, each separate refrigerant circuit shall have a separate filter dryer. Each filter dryer shall have a replaceable core and a three valve bypass. The REFRIGERANT PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 235300-1 07-31-2025 filter drier shall be full line size and installed in the refrigerant liquid line. The filter shall have a minimum 4-3/4 inches diameter shell with removable flange and gasket. Flange shall be tapped for 1/4 inch FPT access valve. Size filter -drier for maximum 2.0 psi pressure drop at evaporator operating temperature. Similar to Mueller Brass Company model Drymaster micro -guard refillable filter series SD-485 through SD19217 or Sporlan catch-all. B. On systems less than 7-1/2 tons, the filter dryer shall be the sealed type sizes as above. One drier per refrigerant circuit. C. Liquid -Moisture Indicator shall be installed in liquid refrigerant line full line size similar to Mueller Brass Company model "Vuemaster" with soldered ends. D. Thermostatic expansion valve shall have adjustable super heat and be as manufactured by Sporlan. 2.04 EVACUATION Evacuate moisture completely by applying a commercial vacuum pump for a minimum of 24 hours. Moisture indicator shall indicate a completely moisture -free condition at time of final inspection. The vacuum pump shall run until the system indicates a maximum of 35 degrees FDB. The system shall be flushed with the operating refrigerant and the vacuum pump connected and rerun to repeat the evacuation. Evaluation shall be performed under supervision of the Engineer. 2.05 FREON AND OIL A. Contractor shall leave the refrigeration system with a full charge of freon and oil and shall be responsible for the maintenance of a full charge of freon and oil in the systems for a period of one year from date of acceptance. B. Should any leaks in the refrigeration system occur during the guarantee period, the Contractor shall eliminate such leaks and recharge system to a full charge of freon and oil at no cost to the Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 All equipment and piping shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and printed installation instructions. A. All pipe joints and pipe fittings shall be properly cleaned prior to brazing. REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 53 00 - 2 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 07-31-2025 B. An inert gas purge (e.g. nitrogen) shall be used during brazing to prevent oxides, which can contaminate system. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturer's requirements. END OF SECTION 23 53 00 REFRIGERANT PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 235300-3 07-31-2025 SECTION 23 58 54 "DX" FAN COIL UNIT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 230500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered by this Section, with all auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FAN COIL UNITS Fan coil units shall be factory built, manufactured as scheduled on drawings. Carrier, York, Trane or McQuay shall be considered as equal, if they comply with the specification and schedule. Special Note: Contractor shall field verify exact clearances required for air handling units. Units shall be field located as required and shop drawings shall indicate final location for approval by Architect/Engineer. A. Furnish and install fan coil units of the type, capacities, ratings and drive motor horsepower shown on the drawings. B. Units shall be factory fabricated, draw-thru type, and shall have fan section, cooling coil section, condensate drain pan, adjustable blower drive with motor on resilient mounted base, vee-belts with guard, filter section, and mixing box (if scheduled) assembled as integrated air handling units. C. REQUIREMENTS: DX" FAN COIL UNIT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 235854-1 07-31-2025 1. Mill -galvanized steel, rigidly framed, braced, and reinforced; access panels each side of unit; minimum panel ga. - 18; minimum weight formed framing member 14 ga. 2. Fan section, cooling coil section, and outlet frame throats shall be internally insulated at the factory with 1" thick, 3/4 PCF density, Neoprene coated fiberglass cemented in place with water -proof adhesive, having fire -retardant characteristics in accordance with NFPA 90A. 3. Drain pan shall be not lighter than 14 ga.; extend completely under the coil section and be all -galvanized, foam insulated pan with drain connections. 4. When the fan coil unit is installed above an accessible ceiling, the unit shall incorporate a secondary drain pan. The secondary pan shall be fabricated from galvanized sheet metal, 16 gauge minimum with cross breaking sloped towards a drain. The sides shall be a minimum 2" tall and the corners shall be soldered watertight. The top edge shall have a 1/4" hem to provide additional rigidity and the secondary pan shall be supported at a minimum of six points. The pan shall extend on all sides a minimum of 3" beyond the sides of the unit casing. Route the secondary drain piping to a conspicuous location or install a float switch at the low point in the secondary pan. The secondary pan should be sloped a minimum of 1/8" per foot and supported so that the unit is not in contact with the bottom of the secondary pan. 5. The fan section, including wheels, shafts, bearings, drive, etc., shall be statically and dynamically balanced as an assembly, and the shaft shall not pass through the first critical speed, while accelerating from rest to operating speed. Submittal data shall state the first critical shaft speed. Shaft bearings shall be of vacuum de -gassed steel, and shall be selected for 200,000 hours average life. 6. Coil shall be as hereinafter specified. 2.02 COILS A. Cooling coils shall be cartridge type and, when mounted in air handling units, shall be removable from either end. Coils shall be constructed of copper tubes with aluminum fins and shall be designed for even distribution of air across the face of the coils; air shall not pass around coil frames: Coils shall have same end connection for DX or chilled water piping. B. DX refrigerant coils shall be counter -flow refrigerant to air, shall have inlet and outlet connections permanently marked shall have thermostatic expansion valves with adjustable super heat. DX" FAN COIL UNIT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 235854-2 07-31-2025 C. Maximum face velocity across cooling coils shall be 500 FPM, unless noted otherwise on schedule. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 All HVAC equipment shall be installed as per manufacturers printed installation instructions. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturers requirements. END OF SECTION 23 58 54 DX" FAN COIL UNIT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 235854-3 07-31-2025 SECTION 23 67 10 - AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 230500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered by this Section, with all auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR-COOLED CONDENSING UNITS A. Air-cooled condensing unit shall be designed for use with split system having a remote direct -expansion (DX) cooling coil mounted in evaporator fan unit. Capacity shall be as called for on the drawings when matched to the appropriate evaporator coil. B. Condensing unit shall consist of high -efficiency hermetic compressor, air-cooled condenser with quiet fan, factory wired controls, Required refrigerant per schedule and refrigeration circuit and valves. C. Cabinet shall be heavy -gauge galvanized steel with bonding primer and baked -enamel finish coat. The entire cabinet shall be protected from rust. D. Condenser coils and entire cabinet shall be factory coated with a 10,000 hour salt spray coating equivalent to Energy Guard's E-Guard DCC Cabinet Casing and DCC Green. Coatings shall meet ASTM B-117, ASTM G85, and ASTM D4587/4141 for UV Weathering. E. Compressor shall be protected from excessive current and temperatures and shall be provided with a thermostatically controlled crankcase heater to operate only when needed for protection of the compressor. Compressor shall be spring -mounted on AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 236710-1 07-31-2025 rubber isolators. Compressor shall be located in compartment isolated from condenser fan and coil. Provide a high -capacity dryer in the system to remove moisture and dirt. F. Condenser fan shall be directly connected to a weather -protected, quiet, high -efficiency motor. Fan guard shall be provided and shall be protected from rust by PVC finish. Condenser coil shall be aluminum fin with copper tube. G. Connections for refrigerant suction and liquid lines shall be extended outside the cabinet and provided with service valves with gauge connections. H. Power connections shall be made to the connectors located inside the electrical connection box. I. Standard operating and safety controls shall include high-pressure switch, low pressure switch, compressor overload service, and solid-state timed -off control. J. All components (parts and labor) of the sealed refrigeration circuit shall be warranted by the manufacturer for five years. 2.02 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT A. Auxiliary equipment shall consist of refrigerant lines prepared for the unit involved. These lines shall be cleaned, dried, and pressurized at the factory. B. Low ambient kit to allow operation at outside temperature below 35 deg. F (2 deg. C) shall be provided. C. Expansion valve shall be provided with the evaporator coil. D. Provide thermostat to match the requirements of the job. Thermostat shall provide subbase with Heat -Cool -Off and Fan On -Auto switch. See section on controls for other related requirements. E. Provide polyethylene structural base designed for that service and intended to support the unit and eliminate vibration transmission. F. Provide hard -start kit with unit. G. Provide guards for condenser coils. AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 236710-2 07-31-2025 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Condensing unit shall be the make and model number shown on the drawings or acceptable equivalents by Lennox, Carrier, York, or Trane. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 All HVAC equipment shall be installed as per manufacturers printed installation instructions. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturers requirements. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install the condensing unit on proper foundation as shown on the drawings, and in location that will not restrict the air entry or discharge from the unit. B. Install refrigerant lines as recommended by the manufacturer, taking care not to lose the refrigerant charge contained in the lines, or allow air to enter the lines or equipment. Locate the lines in such a way as to not obstruct access to the condensing unit or other equipment. Lines located under ground or under concrete shall be installed in a PVC pipe conduit for protection. C. Provide electrical connections as required by the applicable codes. Provide control wiring required. All power wiring and control wiring shall be in conduit and located so as not to obstruct access to the unit or other equipment. 3.04 TESTING A. Operate the condensing unit and the system to assure that unit is operating properly and without excessive noise and vibration. B. Read and record the power draw and the refrigeration suction and liquid pressures as required by Balancing and Test, Section 239900. END OF SECTION 23 67 10 AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 236710-3 07-31-2025 SECTION 23 88 10 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Ceiling air diffusers. B. Wall registers and grilles. C. Louvers. D. Other air devices indicated on drawings and schedules. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 230500 — Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 238900 — Metal Ductwork C. Section 239100 — Ductwork Accessories D. Section 239900 — Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of air distribution devices of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ARI Compliance: Test and rate air distribution devices in accordance with ARI 650 "Standard for Air Outlets and Inlets". 2. ASHRAE Compliance: Test and rate air distribution devices in accordance with ASHRAE 70 "Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets". 3. AMCA Compliance: Test and rate louvers in accordance with AMCA 500 "Test Method for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters". AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238810-1 July 31, 2025 4. AMCA Seal: Provide louvers bearing AMCA Certified Rating Seal. 5. NFPA Compliance: Install air distribution devices in accordance with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems". 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for air distribution devices including the following: 1. Schedule of air distribution devices indicating drawing designation, room location, number furnished, model number, size, and accessories furnished. 2. Data sheet for each type of air distribution devices, and accessory furnished; indicating construction, finish, and mounting details. 3. Performance data for each type of air distribution devices furnished, including aspiration ability, temperature and velocity traverses; throw and drop; and noise criteria ratings. Indicate selections on data. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly -type shop drawing for each type of air distribution devices, indicating materials and methods of assembly of components. C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data, including cleaning instructions for finishes, and spare parts lists. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manuals; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver air distribution devices wrapped in factory -fabricated fiber -board type containers. Identify on outside of container type of outlet or inlet and location to be installed. Avoid crushing or bending and prevent dirt and debris from entering and settling in devices. B. Store air distribution devices in original cartons and protect from weather and construction work traffic. Where possible, store indoors; when necessary to store outdoors, store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Warrant the installation of the Work specified herein for one year against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance resulting from defective or nonconforming workmanship. AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238810-2 July 31, 2025 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 DIFFUSER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Titus Company B. Price C. Nailor Industries D. Krueger E. Substitutions under provisions of Division 1. 2.02 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard air devices when shown of size, shape, capacity, type and accessories indicated on drawings and schedules, constructed of materials and components as indicated and as required for complete installation and proper air distribution. B. Provide air devices that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device and listed in manufacturer's current data. C. Unless noted otherwise on drawings, the finish shall be #26 white. The finish shall be an anodic acrylic paint, baked at 315°F for 30 minutes. The pencil hardness must be HB to H. The paint must pass a 100 hour ASTM D117 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray Test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass a 250 hour ASTM-870 Water Immersion Test. The paint must also pass the ASTM D-2794 Reverse Impact Cracking Test with a 50 inch pound force applied. D. Provide air device with border styles that are compatible with adjacent ceiling or wall system, and that are specially manufactured to fit into the wall construction or ceiling module with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to architectural construction drawings and specifications for types of wall construction and ceiling systems. E. Provide integral volume damper with roll formed steel blades where indicated on drawings or schedules. Dampers shall be opposed blade design with a screw driver slot or a concealed lever operator for adjustment through the face of the air device. F. Air devices designated for fire rated systems shall be pre -assembled with UL classified radiation damper and thermal blanket. Fire rated air devices shall be shipped completely AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238810-3 July 31, 2025 assembled; one assembly per carton. Each assembly shall be enclosed in plastic shrink wrap with installation instructions. 2.03 LOUVERS A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's rain resistant Hurricane rated louvers where shown; of size, shape, capacity and type indicated; constructed of materials and components as indicated, and as required for complete installation. B. Provide louvers that have minimum free area, and maximum pressure drop of each type as listed in manufacturer's current data, complying with louver schedule. Louvers shall not have a velocity higher than 500 fpm at the specified airflow. C. Provide louvers with frame and sill styles that are compatible with adjacent substrate, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into construction openings with accurate fit and adequate support, for weatherproof installation. Refer to architectural construction drawings and specifications for types of substrate. D. Louvers shall be constructed of aluminum extrusions, ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5. Weld units or use stainless steel fasteners. E. Louver Screens: On inside face of exterior louvers, provide 1/2" square mesh anodized aluminum wire bird screens mounted in removable extruded aluminum frames. F. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Ruskin Manufacturing Company 2. Greenheck Company 3. Louvers and Dampers, Inc. 4. Substitutions under provisions of Division 1. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 All interior surfaces of all air devices shall be painted flat black. 3.02 See floor plans for type, neck size and CFM of air for all air distribution devices. AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238810-4 July 31, 2025 3.03 Install all air distribution devices as detailed on plans and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 23 88 10 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238810-5 July 31, 2025 SECTION 23 88 85 AIR FILTERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 230500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered by this Section, with all auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTERS A. The filters shall be AAF Flanders Mini -Pleat Filters or approved equal. B. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: The following manufacturers are approved subject to specification compliance. 1. AAF Flanders 2. American Air Filter. 3. Airguard Industries, Inc. 4. Cambridge. 2.02 LOW VELOCITY RIGID BOX FILTER SECTION - MERV 13 FILTERS A. Filters shall be of the throwaway cartridge type in 24 inches X 24 inches with 4 inch frames. When installing multiple filters into slide -in frames tape adjacent filters together with duct tape to prevent bypassing of air around the filter. Media shall be AIR FILTERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238885-1 July 31, 2025 rated at 500 feet per minute. B. Filtering media shall be formed of microglass paper with a water repellent binder type filtering media bonded to an open area media support grid folded into a non -creased radial pleat design. The filter pack shall be bonded to the inclosing frame to prevent air bypass. Average efficiency shall be 85% at 0.5 microns on ASHRAE test standard 52.2. Initial resistance shall not exceed 0.15 inches water gauge at 500 FPM face velocity. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install differential pressure switch to activate "Filter Dirty" light when pressure difference across filters reaches 0.5 inch W.G. (adjustable). Locate "filter dirty" lights in mechanical rooms with identifying label B. Install and relocate filters in the mechanical or the storage room in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Refer to Section 230500 for additional filter information. END OF SECTION 23 88 85 AIR FILTERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238885-2 July 31, 2025 SECTION 23 89 00 - METAL DUCTWORK PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Low pressure ductwork. B. Medium and high pressure ductwork. C. Casings. D. Duct cleaning. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 230500 - Basic Material and Methods. B. Section 231400 - Supports and Anchors. C. Section 232900 - Duct Insulation. D. Section 239100 - Ductwork Accessories. E. Section 238810 - Air Distribution Devices. F. Section 239900 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of metal ductwork products of types, materials and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer's Qualifications: Firms with least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with metal ductwork systems similar to that required for project. C. Codes and Standards: 1. SMACNA Standards: Comply with latest SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible" for fabrication and installation of metal ductwork. METAL DUCTWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238900-1 July 31, 2025 2. ASHRAE Standards: Comply with ASHRAE Handbook, Equipment Volume, Chapter 1 "Duct Construction", for fabrication and installation of metal ductwork. 3. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems", NFPA 90B "Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems", and NFPA 96 Standard. 4. IECC 2015: Comply with the 2015 International Energy Conservation Code. 1.04 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Extent of metal ductwork is indicated on drawings and in schedules, and by requirements of this section. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, duct fabrication standards and product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Indicate duct fittings, particulars such as gages, sizes, welds, and configuration prior to start of work. C. The contract documents are schematic in nature and are to be used only for design intent. The contractor shall prepare sheet metal shop drawings, fully detailed and drawn to scale, indicating all structural conditions, all plumbing pipe and light fixture coordination, and all offsets and transitions as required to permit the duct to fit in the space allocated and built. All duct revisions required as a result of the contractor not preparing fully detailed shop drawings will be performed at no additional cost. 1.06 DEFINITIONS A. Duct Sizes: Inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain indicated clear size inside lining. Where offsets or transitions are required, the duct shall be the equivalent size based on constant friction rate. B. Low Pressure: Three pressure classifications: 1/2 inch WG positive or negative static pressure and velocities less than 1,000 fpm; 1 inch WG positive or negative static pressure and velocities less than 1,500 fpm, and 2 inch WG positive or negative static pressure and velocities less than 2,000 fpm. Low pressure ductwork shall be defined as all return, exhaust, and outside air ducts associated with constant volume air handling METAL DUCTWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238900-2 July 31, 2025 units with a scheduled external static pressure of less than 1.5", and all supply ductwork downstream of terminal units in variable volume systems. C. Medium Pressure: Three pressure classifications: 3 inch WG positive or negative static pressure and velocities greater than 2,000 fpm but less than 3,000 fpm, 4 inch WG positive static pressure and velocities greater than 3,000 fpm but less than 4,000 fpm, and 6 inch WG positive static pressure and velocities greater than 4,000 fpm. Medium pressure ductwork shall be defined as all supply ducts extending from variable volume air handling units to terminal units in variable volume systems with air handling units having a scheduled external static pressure of less than 4". The supply ductwork of constant volume air handling units having scheduled external static pressure greater than 2" and less than 4" shall be rated for medium pressure. D. High Pressure: 10 inch WG positive static pressure and velocities greater than 6,000 fpm. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protection: Protect shop -fabricated and factory -fabricated ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage during shipping, storage and handling. Prevent end damage and prevent dirt and moisture from entering ducts and fittings, use sheet metal end caps on any lined duct exposed to the weather and use 3 mil vinyl wrap with duct tape on end pieces where stored inside. B. Storage: Where possible, store ductwork inside and protect from weather. Where necessary to store outside, store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTWORK MATERIALS A. Exposed Ductwork Materials: Where ductwork is indicated to be exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains and discolorations, and other imperfections, including those which would impair painting. B. Sheet Metal.: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate ductwork from galvanized sheet steel complying with ASTM A 527, lockforming quality, with G 90 zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A 525; and mill phosphatized for exposed locations. C. Stainless Steel Sheet: Where indicated, provide stainless steel complying with ASTM A167; Type 316; with No. 4 finish where exposed to view in occupied spaces, No. 1 finish METAL DUCTWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238900-3 July 31, 2025 elsewhere. Protect finished surfaces with mill -applied adhesive protective paper, maintained through fabrication and installation. D. Aluminum Sheet: Where indicated, provide aluminum sheet complying with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, Temper H14. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS A. General: Non combustible and conforming to UL 181, Class 1 air duct materials. B. Flexible Ducts: Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. Type 1M or approved equal, corrosive resistant galvanized steel formed and mechanically locked to inner fabric with factory wrapped insulation blanket with aluminum vapor barrier and an R-6 thermal conductance. Flexible duct shall have reinforced metalized outer jacket comply with UL 181, Class 1 air duct. Equivalent manufactures are Thermaflex. C. Sealants: Hard -Cast "iron grip" or approved equal, non -hardening, water resistant, fire resistive and shall not be a solvent curing product. Sealants shall be compatible with mating materials, liquid used alone or with tape or heavy mastic. D. Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot -dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and angles for support of ductwork. 1. For exposed stainless steel ductwork, provide matching stainless steel support materials. 2. For aluminum ductwork, provide aluminum support materials. 2.03 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK A. Fabricate and support in accordance with latest SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards and ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. B. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by approved shop drawings. Obtain engineer's approval prior to using round duct in lieu of rectangular duct. C. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide METAL DUCTWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238900-4 July 31, 2025 airfoil -turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. D. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible. Divergence upstream of equipment shall not exceed 30 degrees; convergence downstream shall not exceed 45 degrees. E. Use crimp joints with bead for joining round duct sizes 6 inch smaller with crimp in direction of airflow. F. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. 2.04 MEDIUM AND HIGH PRESSURE DUCTS A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA High Pressure Duct Construction Standards and ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. B. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1% times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide airfoil - turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is required, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. Weld in place. C. Transform duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence and 30 degrees convergence. D. Fabricate continuously welded medium and high pressure round and oval duct fittings two gages heavier than duct gages indicated in SMACNA Standard. Joints shall be minimum 4 inch cemented slip joint, brazed or electric welded. Prime coat welded joints. E. Provide standard 45 degree lateral wye takeoffs unless otherwise indicated where 90 degree conical tee connections may be used. 2.05 CASINGS A. Fabricate casings in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards and SMACNA High Pressure Duct Construction Standards and construct for operating pressures indicated. B. Mount floor mounted casings on 4 inch high concrete curbs. At floor, rivet panels on 8 inch centers to angles. Where floors are acoustically insulated, provide liner of 18 gage METAL DUCTWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238900-5 July 31, 2025 galvanized expanded metal mesh supported at 12 inch centers, turned up 12 inches at sides with sheet metal shields. C. Reinforce doorframes with steel angles tied to horizontal and vertical plenum supporting angles. Install hinged access doors where indicated or required for access to equipment for cleaning and inspection. Provide clear wire glass observation ports, minimum 6 X 6 inch size. D. Fabricate acoustic casings with reinforcing turned inward. Provide 16 gage back facing and 22 gage perforated front facing with 3/32 inch diameter holes on 5/32 inch centers. Construct panels 3 inches thick packed with 4.5 lb./cubic foot minimum glass fiber media, on inverted channels of 16 gage. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Obtain manufacturer's inspection and acceptance of fabrication and installation of ductwork at beginning of installation. B. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide pitot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring. C. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. D. Connect terminal units to medium or high pressure ducts with four feet maximum length of flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction. E. Connect diffusers or troffer boots to low pressure ducts with 6 feet maximum, 4 feet minimum, length of flexible duct. Hold in place with strap or clamp. F. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. G. The interior surface of all ductwork shall be smooth. No sheet metal parts, tabs, angles, or anything else may project into the ducts for any reason, except as specified to be so. All seams and joints shall be external. METAL DUCTWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238900-6 July 31, 2025 H. All ductwork located exposed on roof shall be "crowned" to prevent water from ponding. Ref: Insulation for additional requirements. I. Where ducts pass through floors, provide structural angles for duct support. Where ducts pass through walls in exposed areas, install suitable sheet metal escutcheons as closers. J. All angles shall be carried around all four sides of the duct or group of ducts. Angles shall overlap corners and be welded or riveted. K. All ductwork shall be fabricated in a manner to prevent the seams or joints being cut for the installation of grilles, registers, or ceiling outlets. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Determine the minimum length of flexible duct needed for each connection. Excess flex causing tight bends and increased pressure drops are not acceptable. Do not exceed 6'- 0" extended length. B. Install in accordance with Section III of SMACNA's, "HVAC Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible". C. Cut outer vapor barrier and insulation. Fold back insulation and outer vapor barrier to expose inner core. Using sheet metal snips, cut the inner core. D. Connect the inner core to the tap or collar by pulling it a minimum of 1" over the collar. E. Where collars are less than 1" in length, i.e. diffusers, connect a separate collar to the existing collar and proceed as described in 3.02.0 above. F. Wrap the core twice with UL181 Tape over the collar. Secure the connection by placing a clamp over the tap or collar, UL listed Panduit clamps for collars with beads and Stainless Steel clamps for collars without beads are acceptable. G. Roll the insulation and vapor barrier back over the collar or tap as described in 3.02.0 above and wrap twice with UL181 Tape. H. Secure the outer vapor barrier with a clamp as described in 3.02.F above if desired. I. For Medium to High Pressure applications, use duct sealer for 3.02.F and 3.02.G in lieu of UL181 Tape. J. Flexible duct shall be hung with proper support to minimize sagging and snaking between supports. Maximum of 4'-0" between supports. Hanger material will be a minimum of 1 1/2" wide. METAL DUCTWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238900-7 July 31, 2025 K. Supports will be used before all vertical 90° bends to prevent sagging and ensure a 1.5 center line turn radius of flexible duct. 3.03 REQUIREMENTS FOR UNIT CASINGS A. Set plenum doors 6 to 12 inches above floor. Arrange door swings so that fan static pressure holds door in closed position. 3.04 REQUIREMENTS FOR KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST DUCT A. Provide residue traps in kitchen hood exhaust ducts at base of vertical risers with provisions for cleanout. B. Provide access openings in each change in direction, located on sides of duct 11/2 minimum from bottom, and fitted with grease -tight covers of same material as duct C. Use stainless steel for ductwork exposed to view. 3.05 DUCTWORK APPLICATION SCHEDULE AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL Low Pressure Supply Steel, Aluminum Return and Relief Steel, Aluminum General Exhaust Steel, Aluminum Outside Air Intake Steel Combustion Air Steel 3.06 DUCTWORK HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. All ductwork shall be properly suspended or supported from the building structure. Hangers shall be galvanized steel straps or hot -dipped galvanized rod with threads pointed after installation. Strap hanger shall be attached to the bottom of the ductwork, provide a minimum of two screws one at the bottom and one in the side of each strap on metal ductwork. The spacing, size and installation of hangers shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the latest SMACNA edition. METAL DUCTWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238900-8 July 31, 2025 B. All duct risers shall be supported by angles or channels secured to the sides of the ducts at each floor with sheet metal screws or rivets. The floor supports may also be secured to ducts by rods, angles or flat bar to the duct joint or reinforcing. Structural steel supports for duct risers shall be provided under this Division. 3.07 DUCT JOINTS AND SEAMS A. Seal all non -welded duct joints and seams with duct sealant as indicated. All longitudinal and transverse joints, seams and connections in metallic and non-metallic ducts shall be constructed as per specified in SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible. All longitudinal and transverse joints, seams and connections shall be sealed in accordance with the latest adopted International Energy Conservation Code edition. 3.08 AIR DUCT LEAKAGE: (From SMACNA Duct Standards 3rd Edition) Test all ductwork (designed to handle over 1000 CFM) as follows: A. Test apparatus The test apparatus shall consist of: 1. A source of high pressure air --a portable rotary blower or a tank type vacuum cleaner. 2. A flow measuring device consisting of straightening vanes and an orifice plate mounted in a straight tube with properly located pressure taps. Each orifice assembly shall be accurately calibrated with its own calibration curve. Pressure and flow readings shall be taken with U-tube manometers. B. Test Procedures 1. Test for audible leaks as follows: 2. Close off and seal all openings in the duct section to be tested. Connect the test apparatus to the duct by means of a section of flexible duct. a. Start the blower with its control damper closed. b. Gradually open the inlet damper until the duct pressure reaches 1.5 times the standard designed duct operating pressure. c. Survey all joint for audible leaks. Mark each leak and repair after shutting down blower. Do not apply a retest until sealants have set. METAL DUCTWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238900-9 July 31, 2025 3. After all audible leaks have been sealed, the remaining leakage should be measured with the orifice section of the test apparatus as follows: a. Start blower and open damper until pressure in duct reaches 50% in excess of designed duct operating pressure. b. Read the pressure differential across the orifice on manometer No. 2. If there is no leakage, the pressure differential will be zero. c. Total allowable leakage shall not exceed one (1) percent of the total system design air flow rate. When partial sections of the duct system are tested, the summation of the leakage for all sections shall not exceed the total allowable leakage. d. Even though a system may pass the measured leakage test, a concentration of leakage at one point may result in a noisy leak which, must be corrected. 4. Test Witness a. Air duct leakage test shall be witnessed by Owner/Engineer. b. The Architect or duly authorized construction inspector shall be notified in writing at least 2 working days prior to each test. END OF SECTION 23 89 00 METAL DUCTWORK 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 238900-10 July 31, 2025 SECTION 23 9100 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Volume control dampers. B. Round Duct Taps. C. Fire dampers. D. Combination fire and smoke dampers. E. Back draft dampers. F. Air turning devices. G. Flexible duct connections. H. Duct access doors. Duct test holes. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 232400 — Sound & Vibration Control. B. Section 238900 — Metal Ductwork. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. B. SMACNA - Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards. C. UL 33 - Heat Responsive Links for Fire -Protection Service. D. UL 555 - Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Provide shop drawings for shop fabricated assemblies indicated, including volume DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239100-1 07-31-2025 control dampers duct access doors duct test holes. Provide product data for hardware used. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300, for fire dampers and combination fire and smoke dampers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards, and as indicated. B. Fabricate splitter dampers of material same gauge as duct to 24 inches size in either direction, and two gauges heavier for sizes over 24 inches. C. Fabricate splitter dampers of double thickness sheet metal to streamline shape. Secure blade with continuous hinge or rod. Operate with minimum 1/2 inch diameter rod in self aligning, universal joint, action flanged bushing, with set screw. D. Fabricate single blade dampers for duct sizes to 9-1/2 x 24 inch. E. Fabricate multi -blade damper of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 12 x 72 inch. 1. Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware. 2. On outside air, return air, and all other dampers required to be low leakage type, provide galvanized blades and frames, seven inches wide maximum, with replaceable vinyl, EPDM, silicone rubber seals on blade edges and stainless steel side seals. Provide blades in a double sheet corrugated type construction for extra strength. Provide hat channel shape frames for strength and blade linkage enclosure to keep linkage out of the air stream. Construction leakage not to exceed 1/2%, based on 2,000 fpm and 4 inch static pressure. F. Except in round ductwork 12 inches and smaller, provide end bearings. On multiple blade dampers, provide oil -impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings. G. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi -blade dampers. Where rod lengths exceed 30 inches provide regulator at both ends. H. On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets, bases, or adapters. DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239100-2 07-31-2025 2.02 ROUND DUCT TAPS A. Taps to trunk duct for round flexible duct shall be spin -in fitting with locking quadrant butterfly damper, model no. FLD-B03 by Flexmaster or approved equal. 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FIRE DAMPERS AND COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. Greenheck B. Louvers and Dampers Inc. C. Ruskin. D. Nailor Industries. 2.04 FIRE DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555, and as indicated. B. Provide curtain type dampers of galvanized steel with interlocking blades. Provide stainless steel closure springs and latches for horizontal installations. Configure with blades out of air stream. C. Fabricate multiple blade fire dampers per U.L. with 16 gauge minimum galvanized steel frame and blades, oil -impregnated bronze or stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated steel axles, 1/8 x 1/2 inch plated steel concealed linkage, stainless steel closure spring, blade stops, and lock. D. Fusible links, UL 33, shall separate at 160 degrees F. Provide adjustable link straps for combination fire/balancing dampers. 2.05 COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A, UL555 and UL 555S, and as indicated. B. Provide factory sleeve for each damper. Install damper operator on exterior of sleeve and link to damper operating shaft. C. Fabricate with multiple blades with 16 gauge galvanized steel frame and blades, oil -impregnated bronze or stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated steel axles, stainless steel jamb seals, 1/8 x 1/2 inch plated steel concealed linkage, stainless steel closure spring, blade stops, and lock, and 1/2 inch actuator shaft. 1. Operators shall be spring return electric type suitable to operate on 120 V AC, DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239100-3 07-31-2025 60 cycle. 2. Operators shall be UL listed and labeled. D. See smoke dampers for details and accessories to be included 2.06 SMOKE DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555S, and as indicated. B. Motorized Smoke Dampers: normally open with power on, close automatically when power is interrupted, UL-listed and labeled damper and damper operator. Unit shall close upon actuation of electro thermal link, flexible stainless steel blade edge seals to provide constant sealing pressure, stainless steel springs with locking devices ensure positive closure for units mounted horizontally. C. Electro thermal Link: Fusible link which melts when subject to local heat of 165 degrees F and from external electrical impulse; UL listed and labeled. D. Each smoke damper and combination fire/smoke damper shall be equipped with end position indicators for remote indication of damper blade position. E. Furnish each smoke damper with a duct mounted smoke detector and sensing tube for proper operation of smoke damper. Duct smoke detectors shall be of the photoelectronic type. Sensing tube shall run the entire width of the duct and comply with manufactures instructions. Smoke detector and sensing tube shall be furnished and factory installed by the damper manufacture. 2.07 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Greenheck B. American Warming and Vent. C. Louvers and Dampers Inc. D. Ruskin. E. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 2.08 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS. A. Gravity back draft dampers, size 18 x 18 inches or smaller, furnished with air moving equipment, may be air moving equipment manufacturers standard construction. B. Fabricate multi -blade, parallel action gravity balanced back draft dampers of 16 gauge DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239100-4 07-31-2025 galvanized steel, or extruded aluminum, with blades of maximum 6 inch width, with felt or flexible vinyl sealed edges, linked together in rattle -free manner with 90 degree stop, steel ball bearings, and plated steel pivot pin; adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. 2.09 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - AIR TURNING DEVICES A. Young Regulator. B. Titus. C. Tuttle and Bailey. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 2.10 AIR TURNING DEVICES A. On duct sizes less than 12 x 12, multi -blade device with blades aligned in short dimension; steel or aluminum construction; with individually adjustable blades, mounting straps. B. Multi -blade device with radius blades attached to pivoting frame and bracket, steel or aluminum construction, with worm drive mechanism with 18 inch long removable key operator. 2.11 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. Metaledge. B. Ventglass. C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 2.12 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS TO AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards, and as indicated. B. UL listed fire -retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 20 oz per sq yd, approximately 6 inches wide, crimped into metal edging strip. 2.13 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Greenheck DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239100-5 07-31-2025 B. Ruskin. C. Titus. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 2.14 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards and as indicated. B. Review locations prior to fabrication. C. Fabricate rigid and close -fitting doors of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quick fastening locking devices. For insulated ductwork, install minimum one inch thick insulation with sheet metal cover. Insulation shall be replaceable without field cutting or patching. D. Access doors smaller than 12 inches square may be secured with sash locks. E. Provide two hinges and two sash locks for sizes up to 18 inches square, three hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles for sizes up to 24 x 48 inches. Provide an additional hinge for larger sizes. F. Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable. 2.15 DUCT TEST HOLES A. Cut or drill temporary test holes in ducts as required. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs, threaded plugs, or threaded or twist -on metal caps. B. Permanent test holes shall be factory fabricated, air tight flanged fittings with screw cap. Provide extended neck fittings to clear insulation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Balancing Dampers 1. Provide at points on low pressure supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts and as required for air balancing. Use splitter dampers only where indicated. DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239100-6 07-31-2025 2. All regulators mounted on externally insulated ductwork shall have 16 gauge elevated platforms at least 1/8 inch higher than the thickness of the insulation. Damper shaft shall have Ventlock No. 607 bearing mounted on ductwork within elevated platform. If duct is inaccessible the operating handle shall be extended and the regulator installed on the face of the wall or ceiling. Where regulators are exposed in finished parts of the building, they shall be flush type, Ventlock No. 666. All regulators shall be manufactured by Ventlock, or approved equal. 3. All dampers in lined ductwork shall have bushing to prevent damper damage to liner. 4. Provide cable extensions with adjustable regulators and cover plate for dampers located in locations not accessible such as behind sheetrock ceilings. Regulators shall be equivalent to Young's Regulator. C. Provide fire dampers at locations indicated, where ducts and outlets pass through fire rated components, and where required by authorities having jurisdiction. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, bearings, bushings and hinges. D. Demonstrate re -setting of fire dampers to authorities having jurisdiction and Owner's representative. E. Provide back draft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated. F. Provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment. Provide at least one inch slack at all flexible duct connections. G. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access, and as indicated. H. Provide duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes. END OF SECTION 23 9100 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239100-7 07-31-2025 SECTION 23 99 00 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conditions of the contract and general requirements in Division 1 apply to work specified in all section of Division 23. B. All Division 23 specification sections, drawings, and general provisions of the contract apply to work of this section, as do other documents referred to this section. C. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. D. Requirements for submittals, shop drawings, and substitutions, Division 1, Section 013000 and 016000, apply to work specified in all sections of Division 23. E. The basic Materials and Methods, Section 230500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. The publications listed below from a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE CONCIL (AABC) (2002) National Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems NATIONAL EVROMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB) (1998) National Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems (1994) Procedural Standards for the Measurement and Assessment of Sound and Vibration B. TAB shall be preformed in accordance with the requirements of the standard under which the TAB Firm's qualifications are approved, i.e., AABC or NEBB procedural standards, unless otherwise specifies herein. All recommendations and suggested practices contained in the TAB standard shall be considered mandatory. The provisions of the TAB Standard, including checklists, report forms, etc. Shall, as nearly as practical, be used to satisfy the Contract requirements. The TAB standard shall be used for all aspects of TAB, including qualifications, for the TAB Firm and Specialist and calibration of TAB instruments. Where the instrument manufacturer calibration recommendations are more stringent than those listed in the TAB Standard, the manufacture's recommendations shall TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239900-1 07-31-2025 be adhered to. All quality assurance provisions of the TAB Standard such as performance guarantees shall be part of this contract. For systems or system components not covered in the TAB standard TAB procedures shall be developed by the TAB Specialist. Where new procedures, requirements, etc. applicable to the Contact requirements have been published or adopted by the body responsible for the TAB Standard used (AABC or NEBB), the requirements and recommendations contained in these procedures and requirements shall be considered mandatory. C. The TAB contractor shall submit all questions regarding interpretations and questions regarding these standards in writing or as required by documents to the A/E team who shall provide formal reply in ka reasonable time. Decisions of the A/E team shall be final. 1.03 DEFINITIONS AND SIMILAR TERMS A. In some instances, terminology differs between the Contract TAB Standard primarily because the intent of this section is to use the industry standards specified, along with the additional requirements listed herein to produce optimal results. The following table of similar terms is provided for clarification only. Contract requirements take precedent the corresponding AABC or NEBB where differences. CONTRACT TERM AABC TERM NEBB TERM TAB Standard National Standard Procedural Standards Testing and Balancing for Testing Adjusting Heating, Ventilating, and Environmental System Air Conditioning System TAB Specialist TAB Engineer TAB Supervisor System Readiness Construction Phase Field Readiness Check Inspection Check & Preliminary Field Procedures 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. The TAB of the air conditioning systems will be performed by an independent, impartial technical firm whose operations are limited only to the field of professional TAB, and is not a part or subsidiary of any other project contractor or subcontractor, to include, but not limited to General Contractor, and Mechanical; Contractor. The TAB work will be done under the direct supervision of qualified Professional Engineer employed as a full time employee of TAB firm. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239900-2 07-31-2025 B. The TAB agency shall be either a member of AABC or certified by the NEBB and certified in all categories and functions where measurements or performance are specified on the plans and specifications. C. QUALIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTOR PERSONAL: Submit evidence to show that the people who shall be in charge of correcting deficiencies for balancing the systems are qualified. The Owner and Engineer reserve the right to require that the originally approved personal be replaced with other qualified personnel if, in the Owner and Engineer's opinion, the original personnel are not qualified to properly place the system in condition for balancing. D. QUALIFICATIONS OF TAB FIRM The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of specified herein. If, for any reason, the firm losses subject certification during this period, the Contractor shall immediately execute each certifying agency's applicable Performance Guaranty, then immediately notify the Contracting Officer and submit another TAB firm for approval, at no additional cost to Project Owner, Architect, Engineer, or their designated representatives. Any firm that has been the subject to disciplinary action by either the AABC or the NEBB within the five years preceding the contract award shall not be eligible to perform any duties related to the HVAC systems including TAB. All work specified in this section and in other related sections to be performed by the TAB firm shall be considered invalid if the TAB firm losses its certification prior to contract completion and must be performed by an approved successor, at no additional cost to Project Owner, Architect, Engineer, or their designated representative. The TAB firm shall have an occupied office within 100 miles of the project site. E. QUALIFICATIONS OF TAB FIRM PERSONAL: 1. A minimum of one registered Professional Engineer, licensed in the State the work is performed, is required to be in permanent employment of the firm. 2. The TAB Specialist shall be either a member of AABC or an experienced technician of the firm certified by NEBB. The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of duties specified herein. If, for any reason the Specialist losses subject certification during this period, the Contractor shall immediately execute each certifying agency's applicable Performance Guaranty, then immediately notify the Contracting Officer and submit another TAB Specialist for approval, at no additional cost to Project Owner, Architect, Engineer, or their designated representatives. Any individual that has been the subject of disciplinary action by either the AABC or the NEBB within the five years preceding the contract award shall not be eligible performed any duties related to the HVAC systems, including TAB. All work specified in this section and other related sections to be performed by the TAB Specialist shall be considered invalid if the TAB Specialist losses certification prior to the contract completion and must be performed by an TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239900-3 07-31-2025 approved successor, at no additional cost to the Project Owner, Architect, Engineer, or their designated representatives. 3. Personal used on the job site shall be either Professional Engineers or technicians, who shall have been permanent, full time employees of the firm for a minimum of six months prior to the start of work for that specified project. 4. Evidence shall be submitted to show that the personal who actually balanced the systems are qualified. Evidence showing that the personnel have passed the tests required by the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) shall be required. F. ACCEPTABLE TAB FIRMS SHALL INCLUDE: 1. PHI Service Agency (361-248-4861) 2. Engineering Air Balance Company (210-736-9494) 3. Testing Specialties (210-492-8885) 4. TCx Synergy (361-960-3475) 1.05 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor will contract with a professional TAB firm under the provisions of paragraph 1.04 of this section. B. The TAB firm will be responsible for inspecting, adjusting, balancing, and logging the data on the performance of fans, dampers in the duct system, and air distribution devices. The Contactor and the various subcontractors of the equipment installed shall cooperate with the TAB firm to furnish necessary data on the design and proper applications of the system components and provide labor ad material required to eliminate deficiencies or poor performance. D. The work included in this section consists of furnishing labor, instruments, and tools required in testing, adjusting, and balancing the HVAC systems, as described in these specifications or shown on accompanying drawings. Services shall include checking equipment performance, taking specified measurements, recording and reporting the results. The items requiring testing, adjusting, and balancing include the following (as applicable to contract drawings): AIR SYSTEMS Air Handling Units Packaged Units Exhaust Fans Diffusers, Registers, & Grilles TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239900-4 07-31-2025 Coils (Air Temperature) DX Refrigerant Systems Refrigerant Pressures Suction/Liquid Refrigerant Temperature Measurements (Sat Suction, Suction Line, SuperHeat, Liquid Sat, Liquid Line Subcooling Temp, and Discharge Line Temp) PLUMBING SYSTEMS Recirc Pumps Mixing Valves Circuit Setters 1.06 SUBMITTALS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. The name of the selected AABC or NEBB certified firm shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval within 30 days after contract award. B. Within 30 days after the award of contract, the TAB firm shall submit for approval an organizational chart and proof of current certification which shall identify all AABC or NEBB certified Supervisors or Specialist. The TAB firm shall submit a company resumes listing personal and project experience in air and hydronic system balancing. TAB firm will also provide information showing successful completion for three similar scope projects for which the firm is being contracted. C. Within 30 days after the award of contract, the TAB firm will submit for approval the name of the TAB Specialist and/or Professional Engineer, who will have direct supervision of all TAB related labor through completion of project. D. Within 30 days after the award of contract the TAB firm shall submit TAB procedures and agenda proposed to be used. E. Within 30 days after the award of contract, but prior to TAB field measurements, the TAB firm shall submit sample report forms, sample report forms, which shall include minimum data required by either the AABC or NEBB National Standards. F. Within 15 days of notification of approval of TAB firm and TAB Specialist by engineer, TAB firm shall conduct a Design Review of contract drawings and submit a Design Review report. G. Proposed date and time for execution of Systems Readiness Inspection shall be submitted no later than 7 days prior to inspection. A copy of the Systems Readiness Inspection Report shall be signed by the TAB Specialist and shall bear the seal of the Professional Society or National Association used as the TAB Standard. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239900-5 07-31-2025 H. Proposed date and time to begin field measurements, making adjusting, ext., for the TAB report, shall be submitted with the Systems Readiness Inspection Report. I. Six (6) copies of the completed TAB Report shall be submitted for approval no later than 7 days after the execution of TAB. All copies of TAB Report shall be signed by the TAB Specialist and shall bear the seal of the Professional Society or National Association used as the TAB Standard. J. Proposed date and time to begin TAB Completion Verification, shall be submitted with the TAB Report. Six (6) copies of TAB Completion Verification Report shall be submitted no later than 7 days after execution of TAB verification. K. Proposed date and time for execution of Opposite Season Inspection shall be submitted no later than 7 days prior to inspection. 1.07 INSTRUMENTATION A. All instruments used for measurements shall be accurate and calibrated. TAB firm shall submit list of all instruments, to include gauges, thermometers, flow measuring hoods, and other balancing devices to be used in balancing the system. The list will indicate name of equipment, function, model number, serial number, date of the last calibration, and date calibration is due. TAB firm shall submit copies of calibration certificates for all test instruments used showing all devices were properly calibrated before proceeding with system balancing. All instruments will be within one year of calibration for duration of the project. If duration of project exceeds the tenure of instrument calibration, then said instrument must be recalibrated, and copy of calibration certificate sent to Engineer, before the instrument is placed into continued use. 1.08 TAB PREPARATION AND COORDINATION A. It is the intent of this specification section to provide for a completely tested, adjusted, and balanced (TAB) installation without overlaps or omissions between the installing contractor and the TAB contractor. The installing contractors are those who perform the installation of this work and make all preparations for the TAB contractor who performs the testing, adjusting, and balancing described herein. B. The contactor Manager or General Contractor performing the General construction work shall coordinate the work of the contractors performing the Mechanical, Electrical, Automatic Temperature Control, and TAB work to provide complete properly tested, adjusted, and balanced systems. The Construction Manager or General Manager shall require and provide a start-up report for each piece of equipment furnished. C. The contractor performing the HVAC work shall coordinate all Mechanical work, including Sheet Metal work and Automatic Temperature Controls, to provide a complete, properly tested adjusted and balanced system throughout. He shall furnish progress reports regarding this phase of the work on a regular basis as directed. At such time as the systems TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239900-6 07-31-2025 are started up, the Contractor performing the Mechanical work shall provide TAB Contractor with documentation that the duct systems have been tested to the satisfaction of the Duct Leak Test Specifications. The Mechanical Contractor shall insure that all comments are installed and operating, and the major components such as fans, pumps, refrigeration machines, and the like are capable of producing the scheduled capacity requirements. The requirement does not relieve the Mechanical Contractor of any other requirements specified elsewhere. Should any of these components or systems not be capable of producing these requirements, he shall make corrections within the limits of his responsibility or as otherwise authorized and shall certify in writing that the systems are ready for final testing and balancing by the Tab contractor. D. The contractor performing the Electrical work shall work coordinate all electrical work to provide complete, properly tested, adjusted and balanced mechanical systems throughout the project. He shall furnish progress reports on a regular basis as directed. He shall certify in writing when each system is electrically operable, including the check for proper rotation of equipment. E. The Contractor performing the Automatic Temperature Controls work shall coordinate all controls work to provide complete, properly tested, adjusted and balanced mechanical systems throughout the project. He shall furnish progress reports on a regular basis as directed. He shall certify in writing when each system is operational from an Automatic Temperature Controls standpoint. This contractor shall also provide to TAB contractor all necessary submittal information, software, and/or personal complete, properly tested, adjusted and balanced mechanical systems. F. The TAB contractor shall from the award of contract, begin preparation. PART 2-PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 SERVICES OF THE CONTRACTOR A. The drawing and specifications have indicated valves, dampers, and miscellaneous adjustment devices for the purpose of adjustment to obtain optimum operating conditions, install these devices in a manner that leaves them accessible, provide access as requested by the TAB firm. B. Have systems complete and in operational readiness prior to notifying the TAB firm the project is ready for their services, and certify in writing to the Construction Manager that such a condition exists. C. As a part of the Work of this Section, make changes in the sheaves, belts, and dampers or the addition of dampers required for correct balance of new work as required by TAB firm, at no additional cost to owner. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239900-7 07-31-2025 D. Fully examine the existing system to be balanced, to determine, whether or not sufficient volume dampers, balancing valves, thermometers, gauges, pressure in the duct systems, means of determining water flow, and other means of taking data needed for proper water and air balancing are existing. Submit to the Engineer in writing a listing of omitted items considered necessary to balance existing systems. Submit the list and proposal as a cost add item. E. Verify that fresh air louvers are free of blockage, coils are clean and fresh air ducts to each air handling unit has individually adjustable volume regulating dampers. F. Provide correct, repair, or replace deficient items or conditions found during the testing, adjusting, and balancing period. G. In order that systems may be properly tested, balanced, and adjusted as specified, operate the systems at no expense for the Owner at the length of time necessary to properly verify their completion and readiness for TAB period. H. Project Contract completion schedules shall allow time for allowance to permit the successful completion of TAB services to Owner's final inspection and expectance. Complete, operational readiness, prior to commencement of TAB services, shall include the following services of the Contractor: 1. Construction status of building shall permit the closing of doors, window, ceilings, installed and penetrations complete, to obtain project operating conditions. 2. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS: a. Verify installation for conformity to design. Supply, return, and exhaust ducts terminated and pressure tested for leakage as specified. b. Volume and fire dampers properly located and functional. Dampers serving requirements of minimum and maximum outside air, return and relief shall provide tight closure and full opening, smooth and free operation. c. Supply return, exhaust and transfer grilles, registers and diffusers. d. Air handling systems, units and associated apparatus, such as heating and cooling coils, filter sections, access doors, ect., shall be blanked and sealed to eliminate excessive bypass or leakage of air. e. Fans (supply and exhaust) operating and verified for freedom from vibrations, proper fan rotation and belt tension; overload heater elements shall be of proper size and rating ; record motor amperage and voltage and verify that these functions do not exceed nameplate ratings. f. Furnish or revise fan drives or motors as necessary to attain the specified air volumes. 3. WATER CIRCLULATING SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239900-8 07-31-2025 a. Position valves pertinent to system design and require operation to permit full flow of water through system components. Operate systems under full flow conditions until circulating water is clean. Remove and clean strainers as required during this cycle of operation. b. Record each pump motor amperage and voltage. Readings shall not exceed nameplate rating. c. Verify, on new equipment, electrical starter overload heater elements to be of proper size and rating. d. Ensure that water circulating systems shall be full of water and free of air; expansion tanks set for proper water level, and air vents installed at high points of systems and operating freely. Advise Owner of deficiencies. e. Check and set operating temperatures of heat exchangers to design requirements. 4. AUTOMATIC CONTROLS a. Verify that control components are installed in accordance with project documents and functional, electrical interlocks, damper sequences, air and water resets, fire and freeze stats. b. Controlling instruments shall be functional and set for design operating conditions. Factory pre -calibration of room thermostats and pneumatic equipment will not be acceptable. c. The temperature shall be regulation shall be adjusted for proper relationship between the controlling instruments and calibrated by the TAB Contractor. Advise Owner of deficiencies or malfunctions. 3.02 SERVICES OF THE TAB FIRM A. The TAB firm will act as liaison between the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor and inspect the installation of mechanical piping system, sheet metal work, temperature controls and other component parts of the heating, air conditioning and ventilating systems being retrofitted, repaired, or added under this Contract. The re -inspection of the Work will cover that part related to proper arrangement and adequate provision for the testing and balancing and will be done when the Work is 80 percent complete. B. Upon completion of the installation and start —up of the mechanical equipment, to check, adjust, and balance system components to obtain optimum conditions in each conditioned space in the building. Prepare and submit to the Owner complete reports on the balance and operations of the systems. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239900-9 07-31-2025 C. Measurements and recorded readings of air, water and electricity that appear in the TAB reports will be done by the permanently employed technicians or engineers of the TAB firm. D. Make an inspection in the building during the opposite season from that in which the initial adjustments were made. At the time, make necessary modifications to the initial adjustments required to produce optimum operation of system components to effect the proper conditions as indicated on the Drawings. At time of opposite season check-out, the Owner's representative will be notified before readings and adjustments are made. E. In fan systems, the air quantities indicated on the Drawings may be varied as required to secure a maximum temperature variation of two degrees with each separately controlled space, but the total air quantity indicated for each zone must be obtained. It shall be the obligation of the Contractor to furnish or revise fan drive and motors if necessary, without cost to the Owner, to attain the specified air volumes. F. The various existing water circulating systems shall be cleaned, filled, purged, of air, and put into operation before hydronic balancing. 3.03 PROFESSIONAL REPORT A. Before the final acceptance of the report is made the TAB will furnish the Owner the following data to be approved by the Owner and Engineer. 1. Summary of main supply, return and exhaust duct pilot tube traverses and fan settings indicating minimum value required to achieve specified air volumes. 2. A listing of the measured air quantities at each outlet corresponding to the temperature tabulation as developed by the Engineer and TAB firm. 3. Air quantities at each return and exhaust air handling device. 4. Static pressure readings entering and leaving each supply fan exhaust fan, filter, coil, balancing dampers and other components of the systems included in the retrofit Work. These readings will be related to performance curves in terms of the CFM handled if available, 5. Motor current readings at each equipment motor on load side of capacitors. The voltages at the time of the reading shall be listed. 6. The final report shall certify test methods and instrumentation used, final velocity reading obtained, temperatures, pressure drops, RPM of equipment, amperage of motors, air balancing problems encountered, recommendations and uncompleted punch list items. The test results will be recorded on standard forms. 7. A summary of actual operating conditions shall be included with each system outlining normal and ventilation cycles of operation. The final report will act as a reference of actual operating conditions for the Owner's operating personal. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239900-10 07-31-2025 3.03 BALANCING AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM A. GENERAL 1. Place all equipment into full operation, and shall continue the operating during each working day of balancing and testing. If the air conditioning system is balanced during OFF -Peak cooling seasons Balancing Contractor shall return to rebalance air side system as required to put system in proper balance at that time. 2. The contractor shall submit detailed balancing and recording forms for approval. After the approval by the Architect, prepare complete set of forms for recording test data on each system. All Work shall be done under the supervision of Registered Professional Engineer. All instruments used shall be accurately calibrated to within 1% of scale and maintained in good working order. 3. Upon completion of the balancing and testing, the Balancing Contractor shall compile the test data in report forms, and forward five copies to the Architect for evaluation 4. The final report shall contain logged results of all tests, including such data as a. Tabulation of air volume at each outlet. b. Outside dry bulb and wet bulb temperature. c. Inside dry bulb and wet bulb temperature in each conditioned space room or area. d. Actual fan capacities and static pressures. Motor current and voltage readings at each fan. B. AIR SYSTEMS: Perform the following operations as applicable to system balance and test: 1. Check fan rotation. 2. Check filters (balancing shall be done with clean filters). 3. Test and adjust blower rpm to design requirements. 4. Test and record motor full load amperes. 5. Test and record system static pressures, suction and discharge. 6. Test and adjust system for design cfm, return air and outside air (+2%). Change out fan sheaves as required to balance system. 7. Test and record entering air temperatures, db and wb. 8. Test and record leaving air temperature, db and wb 9. Adjust all zones to design cfm (+2%). 10. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille, and register to within 5% of design. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239900-11 07-31-2025 C. WATER SYSTEMS: Perform the following operations as applicable to system balance and test: 1. Check pump operation 2. Check operation of all mixing valves. 3. Test water flow rate at all pumps. Adjust balancing valves as required. 4. Record water temperature entering and leaving the pump and water heater. 5. Record pump suction and discharge pressures. D. DX SYSTEMS: 1. Test and record suction and discharge pressures at each compressor and record ambient air temperature entering the condensing coils. 2. Test and record unit full load amps and voltage. 3. Test and record staging and unloading of unit required by sequence of operation or drawing schedule. E. Automatic temperature controls shall be calibrated and all thermostats and dampers, adjusted so that the control system is in proper operating condition, subject to approval of the Architect. F. The Air Balance Contractor shall report to Engineer all air distribution devices or other equipment that operate noisily so that corrective measures may be implemented by the Contractor at no additional cost to the owner. 3.04 AIR DUCT LEAKAGE: (From SMACNA Duct Standards 3rd Edition) Test 50% of all ductwork (from VAV Air Handler to terminal unit) as follows: A. Test apparatus The test apparatus shall consist of: 1. A source of high pressure air --a portable rotary blower or a tank type vacuum cleaner. 2. A flow measuring device consisting of straightening vanes and an orifice plate mounted in a straight tube with properly located pressure taps. Each orifice assembly shall be accurately calibrated with its own calibration curve. Pressure and flow readings shall be taken with U-tube manometers. B. Test Procedures 1. Test for audible leaks as follows: 2. Close off and seal all openings in the duct section to be tested. Connect the test apparatus to the duct by means of a section of flexible duct. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239900-12 07-31-2025 a. Start the blower with its control damper closed. b. Gradually open the inlet damper until the duct pressure reaches 1.5 times the standard designed duct operating pressure. c. Survey all joint for audible leaks. Mark each leak and repair after shutting down blower. Do not apply a retest until sealants have set. 3. After all audible leaks have been sealed, the remaining leakage should be measured with the orifice section of the test apparatus as follows: a. Start blower and open damper until pressure in duct reaches 50% in excess of designed duct operating pressure. b. Read the pressure differential across the orifice on manometer No. 2. If there is no leakage, the pressure differential will be zero. c. Total allowable leakage shall not exceed one (1) percent of the total system design air flow rate. When partial sections of the duct system are tested, the summation of the leakage for all sections shall not exceed the total allowable leakage. d. Even though a system may pass the measured leakage test, a concentration of leakage at one point may result in a noisy leak which, must be corrected. 4. Test Witness a. Air duct leakage test shall be witnessed by Owner/Engineer. b. The Architect or duly authorized construction inspector shall be notified in writing at least 2 working days prior to each test. END OF SECTION 23 99 00 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 239900-13 07-31-2025 SECTION 26 0100 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: A. The Contractor shall execute all work as hereinafter specified, as shown on the drawings or as necessary to provide complete and functioning systems. All items of labor, material or equipment not required in detail by the specifications or drawings, but incidental to or necessary for the complete installation and proper operation of all phases of work described herein, or reasonably implied in connection therewith, shall be furnished as if called for in detail by the specifications or drawings. 1.02 LAWS AND ORDINANCES: A. All work and materials shall conform to the requirements of the federal, state, and local laws and ordinances having jurisdiction at the jobsite. The installation shall be in strict accordance with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC). The Contractor at no increase in contract price shall make all modifications to the work, which may be required by an authority having legal jurisdiction over the work. 1.03 LICENSES, FEES AND PERMITS: A. The Contractor shall have a Master Electrician license issued by or acceptable to the city in which the work is to be performed. Additionally, and at all times while work is being performed, for every five or less craftsman working on the project site, at least one craftsman shall have a Journeyman Electrician license issued by or acceptable to the city in which the work is to be performed. 1.04 THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: A. The drawings and specifications shall be interpreted together, and any and all work included in either, though not in both, shall be part of the contracted work. The drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction of the project and existing job site conditions will permit. Any changes due to equipment supplied, conflict with the work of other trades or to make this work conform to the National Electrical Code shall be made by the Contractor at no increase in contract price. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260100-1 July 31, 2025 1.05 SITE CONDITIONS: A. Before submitting his bid, the Contractor shall visit the site and familiarize himself with all existing conditions and his bid shall be based on accepting conditions as they exist. 1.06 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. All materials and equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be new. Materials and equipment shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of such materials and equipment. Where two or more units of the same item are required, they shall be products of a single manufacturer. The Contractor shall unload and properly store all electrical materials and equipment delivered to the jobsite. 1.07 UTILITY CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE: A. The Contractor shall make arrangements for connection with the electrical utility company that will serve the jobsite and shall comply with all the rules, regulations and requirements of the utility company. The Contractor shall examine the site, confer with the utility company and verify the requirements for connections prior to bidding the work. The Contractor shall verify with the utility company the exact location of service tie-in points, cable routes, etc. Failure of the Contractor to contact the utility company and obtain such information prior to bidding the work shall not be considered as a basis for additional compensation. Where outages to existing electrical service are required, the Contractor shall coordinate the timing and duration of such outages with Owner's representative. B. The Contractor shall furnish and install a meter enclosure for the utility company meter. The enclosure and installation shall be in accordance with utility company requirements. 1.08 SAFETY: A. It shall be the responsibility of the electrical Contractor to initiate, maintain, and supervise all safety precautions required by local, state, and federal laws, including OSHA. 1.09 SUBMITTALS: A. Submittals for Approval: 1. Submit in accordance with Section 013000 except as otherwise stated herein. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260100-2 July 31, 2025 2. Within 30 calendar days after award of contract, the Contractor shall furnish seven (7) sets of drawings and data as described herein for Engineer approval. No item of equipment or material shall be ordered or shipped to the job site until the Engineer has given written approval of the submittal data. 3. The submittal data shall be bound in a 3-ring binder with dividers. The binder shall include a cover and a table of contents with the contractors name as well as the name of the project. All data shall be divided by specification section. 4. The submittal data for each item shall include descriptive literature, performance data, shop drawings technical literature and any other necessary data to readily identify that the equipment will meet the requirements of the drawings and specifications. 5. One complete submittal of drawings and data shall be made for all required items. Partial or incomplete submittals will be returned without comment. All copies furnished shall be manufacturer's original copies of good quality, legible photocopies or blue line prints. Copies transmitted by facsimile machine are not acceptable. 6. Submittal documents shall be job specific. Where manufacturer's standard drawings or catalog sheets are provided, they shall be marked to show specifically what is being furnished. Drawings shall be marked to show Owner's name, plant location, project description and equipment designation. 7. Substitutions for specified products shall be in compliance with Paragraph 1.10. 8. The Contractor shall review all manufacturers' submittals for completeness, accuracy and compliance with project specifications before submitting to Engineer. 9. The Engineer will review the complete submittal package and return five (5) sets to the Contractor with individual items marked in one of the following three forms: Reviewed as submitted Reviewed with comments Disapproved Items that are disapproved shall be corrected as required and shall be resubmitted to the Engineer for approval. B. Approval of submittals, etc. shall not be construed as releasing the Contractor from further responsibility, but rather as a means to coordinate the work and to aid in the proper selection and installation of the materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be subject to final acceptance by the Engineer at completion of the project. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260100-3 July 31, 2025 C. Submittal of Record Data: 1. Record Data: Provide seven (7) sets of record data books containing information listed below. The material shall be bound into appropriately sized 3 ring binders, organized with dividers and index sheets. The binders shall be appropriately labeled with the Owner's name, project name and location. The data books shall include: a. Certified as -built shop drawings for all fabricated equipment. b. Approved product data for all items required in Paragraph 1.09A. c. Spare parts lists d. Test records. 2. Record Drawings: Provide one (1) set of project drawings marked neatly and legibly in colored pencil to show any significant deviation between actual conditions and original design layout. 3. Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide seven (7) sets of manufacturer's operation and maintenance data on equipment and components. The data shall be organized into loose- leaf binders with dividers and master index. 1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS: A. Requirements for Substitutions: It is the intention of the drawings and specifications to establish a definite standard when a particular manufacturer's product is mentioned. Written request for substitutions of equivalent products will be considered provided all the following conditions are met. Substitutions for specified products will not be permitted unless all of the following conditions are met: 1. Written request shall be received in the Engineer's office ten (10) days prior to the day of bid opening. Requests after ten days prior to the day of bid opening will not be considered. 2. Request shall include complete technical data, i.e. product data sheets, curve, ratings, etc. 3. Request shall include a complete written comparison of differences and similarities between the proposed and specified product. Provide a written comparison for each substitution being requested. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260100-4 July 31, 2025 4. Space and clearance requirements are adequate for products mentioned. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify space and clearance requirements for products proposed for substitution. 5. If modifications to the drawings and specifications are necessary for the proper installation of a product proposed for substitution, the request shall explain such in detail, accompanied by drawings if necessary. B. Approval: If the above has been complied with, and in the Engineer's opinion the product proposed for substitution is equivalent to that mentioned, the product will be approved for substitution and all prospective bidders will be so notified. 1.11 PROTECTION: A. All new work, equipment and materials shall be protected at all times to prevent damage or breakage, either in transit, storage, installation or testing. All openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during installation. All materials and equipment shall be covered and protected against dirt, water, chemical or mechanical injury. This shall include the erection of all required temporary shelters, cribbing of any apparatus above floor construction and covering of apparatus in incomplete buildings with tarpaulins or other protective covering. Temporary electric heaters shall be installed to keep apparatus dry. All rotating equipment and/or machinery shall be properly lubricated and rotated on a regular basis. All electrical materials and equipment damaged during handling, storage, and installation, until the Owner has accepted the project, shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor with no increase in contract price. 1.12 COORDINATION: A. The Contractor shall not hinder and/or delay any work being accomplished by other construction companies at or near the general construction site; nor shall the Contractor impede normal operation of the Owner at any time except as otherwise indicated. 1.13 WORKMANSHIP: A. All labor shall be performed in the best and most workmanlike manner by mechanics skilled in their particular trades. All installations shall be complete in both effectiveness and appearance whether finally enclosed or left exposed. The Engineer reserves the right to direct the removal or replacement of any item which, in his opinion, does not present a reasonably neat or workmanlike appearance, providing that same can be properly installed in an orderly way by usual methods for such work. All specialties and appurtenances shall be installed to conform to the manufacturer's recommendations unless otherwise specified. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260100-5 July 31, 2025 1.14 EQUIPMENT BY OTHERS: A. This Contractor shall make electrical connections to equipment installed by other trades. The mechanical contractor shall install all motor driven equipment and motors furnished under this contract. 1. The Contractor shall verify the electrical requirements of equipment and appliances furnished by others with data provided by the successful vendor or vendors. The Contractor shall provide the proper sized circuits, circuit breakers, starters, disconnect switches, receptacles, etc. as required to connect this equipment. If changes are required to electrical systems shown on the drawings, the Contractor shall make these changes at no additional cost to Owner. 1.15 CUTTING AND REPAIRING: A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work to eliminate cutting of the construction except as specified. Where it becomes necessary to cut through the construction to permit the installation of work or the repair of defective work, it shall be done by mechanics skilled in the trade of erecting the type of work involved. The Contractor without additional compensation shall pay the cost of cutting and repairing. No cutting shall be done to any structural members unless the Engineer grants specific permission, in writing. 1.16 SLEEVES, INSERTS, SUPPORTS, ANCHOR BOLTS, FLASHING AND FOUNDATIONS: A. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, supports, anchor bolts, flashing, counter flashing and foundations required for the proper installation of the proposed work. 1.17 CLEANING: A. All debris resulting from the construction shall be removed from the project site daily. Upon completion of the project, unused materials and equipment shall be removed from the project site. All visible labels, dirt overspray, paint, grease, and stains shall be removed from all electrical equipment. Labels indicating testing laboratory approval or giving parts numbers shall be left in place. 1.18 TESTING: A. The Contractor shall test the entire wiring system for proper voltage level and balance, and for short circuits and grounds in accordance with established methods upon completion of work. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260100-6 July 31, 2025 The system shall operate satisfactorily in every respect. This Contractor shall make all corrections to accomplish such. 1.19 INSPECTIONS: A. The Contractor shall cooperate with and provide assistance to the Engineer or the Engineer's Inspector in making periodic and final inspections of the work. This assistance shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the furnishing of labor, tools, etc. to operate equipment and demonstrate its proper functioning. Also included shall be the removal of outlet, junction box and panel covers, etc. as necessary for the Engineer to inspect the work. 1.20 GUARANTEE: A. Any defects from imperfect or improper materials or faults arising from improper workmanship that may appear within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of final acceptance of the system shall be amended and made good by the Contractor at his own cost. Any defects or faults shall be attended to within ten (10) days after receiving written notice from the Engineer. Failure to promptly attend to said defects or faults shall be sufficient cause for the Owner to correct the problem with the Owner's forces or the forces of others and invoice the Contractor for any and all charges, including management and overhead, related to correcting said problem. END OF SECTION 26 0100 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260100-7 July 31, 2025 SECTION 26 06 00 GROUNDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Solid grounding of electrical systems, equipment, machine frames, enclosures, appliances and structures. 2. Basic requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems. 3. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other sections of these Specifications. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. B3 Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. 2. B8 Standard Specification for Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium -Hard or Soft. 3. B33 Standard Specification for Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 National Electrical Code 2. 78 Lightning Protection Code C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 1. 467 UL Standard for Safety Grounding and Bonding Equipment. GROUNDING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260600-1 July 31, 2025 1.03 SUBMITTALS — FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 013000 and 260100. B. Product Data: Submit for grounding conductors, ground rods, clamps, connectors, wells and insulating materials. 1.04 SUBMITTALS — RECORD DATA: A. Submit in accordance with Section 013000. B. Product Data: Approved, as furnished data as listed above. C. Test Reports 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Items provided under this Section shall be listed or labeled by UL. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Provide components and installation as required by National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70, Article 250. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. Provide products in quantities, sizes and ratings to comply with the NEC or the design drawings, whichever requirements are more stringent. B. Conductor Materials: Copper C. Connector Materials: Copper or bronze, tin-plated where required for corrosion resistance. 2.02 CONDUCTORS: A. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Soft drawn copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8, 600 volt TW, THW or THWN insulation. Size per NEC 250. GROUNDING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260600-2 July 31, 2025 B. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Soft drawn copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8 except that conductor sizes Nos. 12 and 10 AWG used in lighting and receptacle branch circuits may be solid conductor. All conductors shall have 600 volt, TW, THW or THWN insulation. C. Grounding Grid Conductor: Medium hard drawn bare copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8, No. 2/0 AWG or as otherwise indicated on the drawings. D. Color Code: Insulation color shall be green, except that sizes No. 2 AWG and larger may be black with green colored tape spirally applied over all visible surfaces within enclosures. 2.03 WIRE CONNECTORS: A. Terminal Lugs: Copper alloy, tin-plated, compression type, Burndy type, YA, NEMA 1 hole for sizes No. 6 through No. 1/0 AWG. Burndy type YGHA, NEMA 2 hole pad for sizes No. 2/0 AWG and larger. B. Split Bolt Connectors: Burndy SERVIT, type KS C. Taps and Splices: 1. Grounding Grid below Grade: Exothermic type (Cadweld) or compression type (Burndy Hyground). 2. Above Grade: Compression type. 2.04 CONDUIT CONNECTORS: A. Conduit Clamps: Burndy type GAR or GD. B. Grounding Bushings: 0-Z/GEDNEY 2.05 GROUNDING ELECTRODES: A. Ground Rods: 3/ inch diameter, 10 feet long, copper clad steel with high strength sheath, molten welded to core. B. Rod Connectors: 1. Exothermic type: Cadweld 2. Mechanical type: Burndy type GAR or GD GROUNDING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260600-3 July 31, 2025 C. Test Wells: (Not Required) 2.06 INSULATING MATERIALS: A. Tape: Scotch 33+ vinyl plastic. B. Mastic Pads: Scotch EZ — Seal PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Provide grounding of systems, equipment and structures in accordance with NEC Article 250, the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction and the design drawings. B. Service Entrance: 1. Provide a main bonding jumper between the service neutral conductor, the service equipment ground bus and the service equipment enclosure. 2. Provide a grounding electrode conductor to connect the service neutral conductor to the main grounding electrode. C. Building Steel and Piping: 1. Provide bonding jumper from the service neutral to the building steel and metallic piping systems. E. Equipment Grounding: 1. Provide a green insulated equipment grounding conductor in all branch circuits and feeder conduits. Size conductor in accordance with NEC 250 unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 2. Connect the equipment grounding conductor to panelboard or switchgear ground bus and to all metallic raceways, outlet boxes, lighting fixtures, equipment enclosures, appliances and motor frames. GROUNDING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260600-4 July 31, 2025 3. Where metallic raceways are installed, both the raceway and the internal equipment grounding conductor shall be utilized for equipment grounding. F. Grounding Grid: 1. Excavate and backfill for main grounding grid conductor. Locate conductors at least 3 feet away from foundation. Conductor depth shall be 18 to 24 inches below finished grade. 2. Install ground rods vertically in undisturbed soil so that the top of the rod is 18 to 24 inches below finished grade, except that in test wells the top of rods shall be 6 to 8 inches below grade. Space rods a minimum of 10 feet apart. 3. Make underground cable to cable connections using either exothermic or compression type connections. 4. Provide test wells where indicated on the drawings. Install top of test well flush with finished grade or pavement. Use only bolted type rod connectors in test wells. 5. In addition to equipment grounding conductor connections, make connections from the grounding grid to the following items using green, insulated conductors: a. Electrical equipment ground busses b. Electrical equipment enclosures c. Motor frames d. Steel support frames for electrical equipment e. Building steel frame 6. Grounding conductors stubbed up from below grade shall be enclosed in a 1- inch Schedule 40 PVC protective sleeve. G. Conduit: 1. Provide grounding bushings where metallic conduits connect to non-metallic enclosures or stub -up into open -bottom, floor -mounted enclosures. 2. Provide conduit grounding clamps where metallic conduit stub -ups are connected to non-metallic underground conduits. GROUNDING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260600-5 July 31, 2025 H. Testing: 1. Perform a "Fall of Potential" grounding test as described by ANSI/IEEE Standard 81. a. Provide ground resistance measurements prior to and after the grounding electrode system is installed. b. Ground resistance shall be 5 ohms or less. c. Provide additional grounding electrodes a minimum of 10 feet apart to achieve 5 ohms or less. d. Provide a signed grounding report to the Engineer and Owner on the Contractor's letterhead with date, time, and resistance measurements of when the tests were completed. END OF SECTION 26 06 00 GROUNDING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260600-6 July 31, 2025 SECTION 26 07 50 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment nameplates and labels 2. Warning and caution signs 3. Operational instruction signs 4. Identification labeling of conduits, cables B. Related Sections: 1. Additional identification requirements are specified in other Sections of Division 26. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1. 29CFR1910.145 Specification for Accident Prevention Signs B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. 70 National Electrical Code 1.03 SUBMITTALS FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 013000 and 260100. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of product used on project. C. Schedules: Nameplate engraving schedule. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS: A. Engraved Nameplates and Signs: ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260750-1 7-31-2025 1. Material: 3 ply plastic laminate, matte -finish, 0.125 inch thickness, white with black center core except that material used for warning signs shall be red with white center core. Provide punched mounting holes for mechanical fasteners. 2. Size: Minimum size to be 1 inch by 2.5 inches, rectangular shape with square corners. 3. Engraving: Accurately align lettering and engrave into center core. Lettering shall be normal block style. Character size shall be 3/8 inch high for grouped equipment and load designation and 1/4 inch for individual equipment, loads and devices. B. Warning Signs: 1. Fiberglass reinforced polyester, non -adhesive backed, indoor -outdoor with punched mounting holes, Brady B-120. 2. Polyester overlaminated with plastic coating, adhesive -backed, indoor -outdoor, Brady B-302. 3. High Voltage warning signs to read "Danger -High Voltage -Keep Out." 4. Provide identical signs for each application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Provide labels and signs in accordance with NEC requirements. 2. Install labels and signs at locations for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. 3. All nameplates and signs used on the project shall be of similar size, style and appearance. B. Equipment Nameplates: 1. Provide engraved identification nameplates for each of the following: a. Panelboards b. Circuit breakers c. Switches d. Contactors e. Pull and junction boxes 2. Nameplate legends shall include the equipment identification number as indicated on the design drawings and an appropriate service description. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260750-2 7-31-2025 3. Nameplates for switchgear assemblies, panelboards, and separately enclosed breakers, switches, starters and contactors shall include the operating voltage. 4. Attach engraved nameplates to equipment with self -tapping, stainless steel, round head screws. Use adhesive attachment only where the substrate material is not suitable for screw attachment. C. Warning Signs: 1. Voltage warning signs where required by the NEC, where indicated on drawing and as follows: a. Equipment Rooms: On all doors to equipment rooms containing equipment or circuits over 600 volts or containing exposed live parts. Minimum size shall be 7 inches x 10 inches. b. Pull Boxes: On removable covers for all pull and junction boxes containing circuits over 600 volts. c. Equipment: On front and rear compartment access doors and covers enclosing live parts. Signs provided as part of equipment that meet these requirements are acceptable. d. Fences: On each gate and on each side of fences that enclose equipment or circuits over 600 volts or exposed live parts. Minimum size shall be 10 inches by 14 inches. Locate at intervals not exceeding 30 feet. 2. Multiple Source Signs: a. Where enclosures contain voltages from more than one source which are not interrupted by opening the local unit disconnecting means, provide an engraved nameplate bearing the following (or similar) legend: "WARNING — MULTIPLE ELECTRICAL SOURCES EXIST WITHIN THIS ENCLOSURE" OR "WARNING — VOLTAGE MAY BE PRESENT WITH DISCONNECT SWITCH OPEN" 3. Hazardous Operation: a. Where operation of an electric switch or control device may create an unsafe or undesirable operating condition, provide an engraved plastic sign with appropriate warning statement. D. Multiple Services: ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260750-3 7-31-2025 1. Where multiple services exist, provide each service disconnect with an additional sign which states the name and location of other service disconnects. E. Conduits: 1. Identify conduits at each termination and at all transitions from exposed to concealed or underground installation. 2. Mark conduits legibly with a permanent marker pen to indicate conduit per circuit number. F. Cables: 1. Identify cables in pull and junction boxes, vaults, manholes and where entering switchgear panelboard assembly. 2. Provide an engraved plastic nameplate or other suitable permanent tag for each cable or cable assembly. Attach with self-locking nylon cable tie. 3. Cable identification shall include circuit number and phase as indicated on drawings. END OF SECTION 26 07 50 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 260750-4 7-31-2025 SECTION 26 12 30 WIRE & CABLE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section includes copper wire, cable, associated connectors, and termination hardware used on systems operating at 600 volts or less. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. B8 Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductor, Hard, Medium Hard, Or Soft. B. National Electrical Contractor Association (NECA) 1. Standard of Installation C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. 70 National Electrical Code D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 1. 44 Rubber -Insulated Wires and Cables 2. 83 Thermoplastic -Insulated Wires and Cables 3. 486A Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use With Copper Conductors 4. 486C Splicing Wire Connectors 5. 510 Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber Insulating Tape 6. 1569 Metal -Clad Cables 1.03 SUBMITTALS — FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedures: Submit in accordance with Section 013000 and 260100. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of wire and cable, terminal lugs, connectors, and cable fittings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS — RECORD DATA: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 013000. B. Product Data: Approved, as furnished data as listed above. WIRE & CABLE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261230-1 7-31-2025 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Furnish wire, cable, associated connectors, and termination hardware bearing UL label. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BUILDING WIRE: A. Single conductor, soft drawn, annealed copper conductor, Class B stranded except that sizes No. 10 AWG and smaller used for lighting and power branch circuits may be solid. Insulation shall be 600 volt, type THHN/THWN per UL 83 or type XHHW per UL 44. 2.02 TYPE MC CABLE: Metal Clad Cable type MC multi -conductor cabling as manufactured by AFC Cable Systems or equivalent having the following construction features: A. Conductor: Bare, soft annealed copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8. B. Insulation: Polypropylene tape assembly with 600 volt, 90°C (dry) type THHN insulation with printed number and color identification. C. Neutral conductor: White — 120v circuits; Gray — 480Y277v circuits D. Grounding conductor: Green insulated copper ground conductor. E. Assembly: Three insulated conductors with grounding conductor, non -hygroscopic fillers and overall binder tape per UL 1569. F. Sheath: High strength, lightweight galvanized interlocking steel strip and color coded on the out side for easy identification. G. U.L rated 1569 2.03 CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS: A. Insulated Crimp Type Connectors and Terminals: Nylon insulated, Burndy INSULINK and INSULUG, or Thomas & Betts Sta-Kon. B. Split Bolts: High -conductivity copper alloy, Burndy SERVIT or Thomas & Betts Split - Bolt. C. Two Bolt Connectors: High -conductivity copper alloy, Burndy OKLIP, Type KVS or Blackburn 2BU. D. Compression Terminals: Copper, long barrel, Burndy HYLUG or Thomas & Betts Color -Keyed. WIRE & CABLE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261230-2 7-31-2025 E. Bolted Terminals: Cast copper alloy, Burndy QIKLUG or Thomas & Betts Locktite. F. Spring Wire Connectors: Insulated, twist -on type, Ideal Wire Nut or 3M Scotchlok. Push -in type connectors are prohibited. 2.04 CABLE TERMINATIONS: A. Type MC Cable: Steel set screw connectors 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS: A. Tape: UL 510 1. Vinyl Plastic: 3M Scotch 33+ or Scotch 88. 2. Varnished Cambric (VC): 3M Irvington 2920. 3. Friction: Black friction tape. B. Pulling Lubricants: Ideal Yellow 77 or Polywater Type J. C. Wire Markers: 1. Individual Wires: Heat shrink, machine printed, Raychem. 2. Multi -Conductor Cables or Groups of Wires as a Cable: Nylon tie on marker, Thomas & Betts Nylon I.D. Ties, Ty -Raps. D. Wire and Cable Ties: Thomas & Betts Ty -Raps. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION: A. Wire and Cable: 1. THWN-THHN for power wiring through No. 250 AWG and control wiring in conduit. XHHW for sizes above No. 250 AWG in conduit. 2. TW or THW for equipment grounding conductor. 3. Type MC cable for fixture wipes no longer than 6' and in accordance with NEC Article 334. 4. No. 12 AWG minimum for power circuits and No. 14 AWG minimum for control circuits unless noted otherwise on drawings. B. Splices and Taps: 1. Use insulated spring wire connectors for lighting and receptacle branch circuits No. 10 AWG and smaller. Push -in type connectors are prohibited. WIRE & CABLE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261230-3 7-31-2025 2. Use solderless pressure connectors for branch circuit conductors No. 8 AWG and larger. 3. Do not make splices or taps in feeder circuits or control circuits. C. Terminals: 1. Use copper compression terminals, NEMA 1 hole for sizes No. 4 AWG and smaller, NEMA 2 hole for sizes No. 2 AWG and larger. 2. Use insulated, ring tongue terminals for signal and control conductors. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Install wire and cable in accordance with the NECA Standard of Installation. B. Installation in Conduit: 1. Swab conduits completely and thoroughly before pulling in conductors. 2. Pull all conductors into conduit at same time. 3. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire No. 4 AWG and larger. 4. Do not pull in conductors until conduit system is completed. Do not pull through boxes, fittings or enclosures where a change of conduit alignment or direction occurs. 5. Limit pulling tension to maximum values as recommended by manufacturer. 6. Do not combine circuits into a common conduit other than as indicated on the drawings. C. Direct Burial Cable: 1. Trench and backfill for direct burial cables. Minimum depth of installation shall be 24 inches. 2. Terminate and ground metallic cable sheath with suitable fittings. D. Compression Connectors and Terminals: 1. Install on wire and cable with approved tool and die to recommended compression pressure. Do not cut strands from conductors to fit lugs or terminals. E. Bolted Connectors and Terminals: 1. Torque to manufacturer's recommended foot-pounds for size and class of connector. 2. Where manufacturer's published torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with UL 486A torque values. WIRE & CABLE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261230-4 7-31-2025 3. Use galvanized steel bolts, nuts, split -lock washers and flat washers on terminal connections. F. Wiring in Enclosures: 1. Form and tie conductors in panelboards, cabinets, control panels, motor controllers, wireways, and wiring troughs in a neat and orderly manner. 2. Use Thomas & Betts wire and cable ties of appropriate size and type. 3. Limit spacing between ties to not more than 6 inches. G. Taping: 1 Above Ground and Dry Locations: Fill voids and irregularities with half -lapped layers of VC (two minimum) or electrical insulation putty. Insulate with three half -lapped layers of vinyl plastic and one half -layer of friction tape. 2. In damp or wet locations, wrap insulated spring wire connectors with 2 layers of vinyl plastic tape. 3.03 COLOR CODING: A. Power Wiring: Provide color coding for single and multi -conductor power circuits as follows: Voltage (PA cB (PC Neutral 240 volts and below Black Red Blue White 250 — 600 volts Brown Purple Yellow Gray 1. For specified insulation and jackets not manufactured with integral colors, use conductors with black insulation or jacket and color -coding tape. 2. Color code conductors entering boxes, troughs, cabinets, and other enclosures. 3. Color code conductors in wireways, trenches, and other locations where conductors are continuously accessible at intervals not exceeding 5 feet. B. Insulated Equipment Ground: Green. C. Isolated Ground conductor: Green with Yellow tracer. 3.04 WIRING IDENTIFICATION A. Control Circuits: Install a permanent wire label at each termination. Identifying numbers shall match approved schematic and wiring diagrams. B. Feeder and Branch Circuits: Install a permanent wire label at each termination. Identifying numbers shall include source panel designation and circuit number. WIRE & CABLE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261230-5 7-31-2025 3.05 FIELD TESTS: A. Test conductors after installation is complete and prior to connection to equipment. B. Perform insulation resistance test on each conductor phase -to -ground with adjacent conductors grounded and test conductor disconnected from equipment. Applied potential shall be 1000 volts do for one minute. Minimum acceptable test values shall be 50 megohms. Investigate deviations in test values between adjacent phases. C. Verify tightness of bolted connections with a calibrated torque wrench. Torque values shall be terminal lug manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 26 12 30 WIRE & CABLE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261230-6 7-31-2025 SECTION 26 13 60 RACEWAYS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (RGS) 2. PVC -Coated Rigid Steel Conduit (CRGS) 3. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC) 4. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) 5. PVC Conduit (PVC) 6. Flexible Conduit 7. Associated Fittings 8. Wireways 9. Pull and Junction Boxes 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. C80.1 Rigid Steel Conduit — Zinc Coated 2. C80.3 Electrical Metallic Tubing — Zinc Coated 3. C80.5 Rigid Aluminum Conduit B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. TC 2 Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC- 80) 2. TC 3 PVC Fitting for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing 3. TC 13 Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT) 4. TC 14 Filament -Wound Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit and Fittings. C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 National Electrical Code D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. 1 Flexible Metal Conduit 2. 5 Surface Metal Raceways and Fittings 3. 5A Nonmetallic Surface Raceways and Fittings 4. 6 Rigid Metal Conduit 5. 360 Liquid -Tight Flexible Steel Conduit 6. 514B Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes 7. 797 Electrical Metallic Tubing RACEWAYS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261360-1 7-31-2025 8. 870 Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings 9. 886 Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations 10. 1660 Liquid -Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit 1.03 SUBMITTALS — FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 013000 and 260100. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of conduit, fitting, connector, pull and junction box, and wireway used on the project. 1.04 SUBMITTALS — RECORD DATA: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 013000. B. Product Data: Approved, as furnished data as listed above. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL (RGS): A. Conduit: Conduit including elbows, couplings, and nipples shall be standard weight zinc -coated steel, rigid threaded conduit; shall meet the requirements of ANSI C80.1; and shall be hot -dipped galvanized inside, outside and over threads and lacquered inside. B. Fittings: Conduit fittings and accessories for use with RGS conduit shall be cast malleable iron or ferrous alloy, hot -dipped galvanized or zinc-electro-plated and lacquered. Fittings shall have threaded hubs and gasketed covers. Fittings shall be the product of Crouse -Hinds, Appleton or Gedney or an equal. C. Boxes: Device and outlet boxes for use with RGS conduit shall be cast malleable iron, hot -dipped galvanized or zinc-electro-plated and lacquered. Boxes shall have threaded hubs and gasketed covers. Boxes shall be the product of Crouse -Hinds, Appleton, Gedney or equal. D. Fasteners and Supports: All clamps, straps, framing and supporting materials shall be hot -dipped galvanized steel or malleable iron. Bolts, nuts, screws, washers, etc. shall be stainless steel. Cadmium -plated or zinc -plated fasteners and hardware will not be acceptable. 2.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC - SCHEDULE 40): A. Conduit: Conduit, elbows and couplings shall be Schedule 40 rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit per NEMA TC 2 with a 90° UL rating, and shall be the standard product of Krayloy or Carlon or approved equal. RACEWAYS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261360-2 7-31-2025 B. Fittings: Fittings and accessories for use with Schedule 40 PVC conduit shall conform to NEMA TC 3 and shall be of the same material and manufacturer as the conduit. 2.03 PVC COATED STEEL CONDUIT (CRGS): A. Conduit: Prior to coating, all conduits, elbows, couplings, nipples etc. shall be standard weight rigid, threaded steel and shall be hot dipped galvanized inside and out and over the ends. The conduit shall meet the requirements of ANSI C80.1, UL 6, and NEMA RN-1, 1980. B. Fittings: Prior to coating, fittings shall be cast malleable iron, hot dipped galvanized, Appleton Form 35 or Crouse -Hinds or equivalent with cast cover and neoprene gasket. C. Boxes: Device and outlet boxes for use with PVC coated conduit shall be cast malleable iron, hot dipped galvanized with threaded hubs and gasketed cast covers or device plates. Boxes shall be the product of Appleton or Crouse -Hinds. D. PVC Coating: Conduit, fittings, boxes and accessories shall be Plasti-Bond 2 coated, as produced by Robroy Industries Inc. or an approved equal. Before coating, the galvanized surfaces shall be coated with an epoxy -acrylic primer. Exterior surfaces shall have a 40 mil PVC coating applied by dip method. Interior surfaces of conduits, fittings, boxes, etc. shall have a fusion bonded phenolic coating with a thickness of 4-6 mils. E. Fasteners and Supports: U-bolts, conduit clamps, straps, modular framing channels shall be 1-5/81 1 1-5/8❑ minimum section dimensions, Type 304 stainless steel, and shall be the product of Unistrut. Fasteners and attachment hardware shall be Type 304 stainless steel. 2.04 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT: A. Conduit: Conduit, including elbows, couplings and nipples shall be standard weight, threaded, rigid aluminum 6063 alloy, with a copper content not to exceed 0.20%. The conduit shall have a silicon or lacquer coating inside. B. Fittings: Fittings, accessories and device boxes for aluminum conduit systems shall be the standard threaded type as manufactured by Crouse -Hinds, Appleton, or equal. Both fittings and covers shall be aluminum containing less than 0.4 of 1 % copper. All screws shall be stainless steel. Covers shall be gasketed. C. Fasteners: All straps and clamps used to support aluminum conduit shall be hot - dipped galvanized steel or malleable iron, with a 40 mil fused PVC coating, Plastibond, Ocal or equivalent. Strut type framing channels shall be either PVC coated galvanized steel or fiberglass. D. Hardware: Nuts, bolts, screws, washers, etc. shall be stainless steel. Galvanized or cadmium -plated hardware will not be acceptable for use with aluminum conduit. 2.05 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT): RACEWAYS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261360-3 7-31-2025 A. Conduit: Conduit, including elbows, couplings, and nipples shall be hot dipped galvanized steel inside and out with an organic corrosion resistant coating applied to the inside. B. Fittings and Boxes: Conduit fittings, boxes, and accessories for use with EMT conduit shall be cast malleable iron or ferrous alloy, hot -dipped galvanized or zinc -electro- plated and lacquered. Fittings shall be compression type. Setscrew fittings are not acceptable. Fittings shall be the product of Crouse -Hinds, Appleton, OZ Gedney or an equal. C. Fasteners and Supports: All clamps, straps, framing and supporting materials shall be hot -dipped galvanized steel or malleable iron. 2.06 LIQUID -TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: A. Flexible Conduit: Flexible conduit shall have a spiraled, flexible, galvanized steel inner core and an outer jacket of neoprene. Sizes 3/8" through 4" shall have a continuous, internal copper ground. Liquid -tight connectors shall be galvanized steel or malleable iron with neoprene sealing gaskets, external ground lugs and insulated throats. Connectors shall be Appleton type STB or Gedney or equal. 2.07 WIREWAYS: A. Sheet Metal: 1. Indoor, dry locations: NEMA 1, sheet steel per UL 870 with hinged cover per NEMA ICS 6. Finish being manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 2. Outdoor and damp locations: NEMA 3R, galvanized sheet steel per UL 870 with hinged cover per NEMA ICS 6. B. Non -Metallic: 1. NEMA 4X, Robroy Industries fiberglass trough with gasketed cover attached with non-metallic fasteners. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, hubs, elbows, adapters, end caps and other fittings to match and mate with type of wireway furnished as required for a complete system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION: A. General: 1. All field wiring shall be installed in conduit except as otherwise indicated. 2. Minimum conduit size shall be 1/2-inch nominal diameter. RACEWAYS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261360-4 7-31-2025 B. Exposed: 1. Conduit installed outdoors exposed shall be rigid galvanized steel. 2. Conduit installed indoors exposed and below 7 feet shall be rigid galvanized steel. Exposed conduit above 7 feet installed indoors may be EMT. C. Underground: 1. Conduit installed underground shall be Schedule 40 PVC. See section 3.02-E for additional requirements. 2. Elbows used for underground conduit stub -ups from below grade shall be PVC coated rigid galvanized steel, non-metallic Schedule 80 PVC, or Rigid Galvanized Steel completely taped with non -corrosive protective tape. D. Concealed: 1. Conduit installed concealed above lay -in ceilings and in dry wall construction shall be EMT. E. Flexible Connections: 1. Indoor -dry areas: Flexible metal conduit. 2. Indoor -wet, damp areas: Liquid -tight, flexible metal conduit. 3. Outdoors: Liquid -tight, flexible metal conduit. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Installation Methods: Conduit shall be installed concealed in walls or above ceiling or underground as indicated on the drawings. 2. Cleaning: All conduit systems shall be completed and shall be swabbed clean before conductors are pulled in. 3. Field cuts: Do not cut conduit with pipe cutters. 4. Bends: Field made bends and offsets shall be made with a hickey or conduit bending machine. Crushed or deformed raceways shall not be installed. The maximum number of 90 ❑ bends, or equivalent between pulling points in any conduit run shall be three. Pull and junction fittings and/or boxes shall be provided as necessary to satisfy this requirement. 5. Protection: The ends of all conduit runs shall be closed immediately after installation to prevent the accumulation of water, dirt and other foreign material. 6. Locknuts: Conduits shall be fastened to all sheet metal boxes and cabinets with two locknuts. Locknuts shall have sharp edges for digging into the wall of RACEWAYS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261360-5 7-31-2025 metal enclosures. Bushings shall be installed on the ends of all conduits and shall be the insulating type. 7. Conduit couplings shall be threaded type for RGS or RA conduit and compression type for EMT conduit. Set -screw couplings are not acceptable. 8. Spare conduits: Spare conduits shall have a pull cord installed. The pull cord shall be plastic with a minimum tensile strength of 200 pounds. Not less that 12 inches of slack shall be left at each end of the pull cord. 9. Supports: Supports shall be provided a minimum of every 10' and within 3' of all enclosures. In addition, conduits shall be rigidly supported between couplings, on either side of bends and at terminations and fittings. 10. Boxes: Boxes shall be provided in the raceway system as indicated on the drawings and also wherever required for pulling of wires or making connections. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, boxes installed in normally wet locations or on the outside of exterior surfaces shall be NEMA 3R, stainless steel sheet construction. Boxes shall be furnished with hinged and gasketed doors and stainless steel back panels. Each box shall have the volume required by the NEC for the number of conductors enclosed in the box. All boxes shall be securely anchored in place. 11. Flexible Connections: Flexible connections of short length shall be provided for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission or movement. A separate ground conductor shall be provided across all flexible connections. Flexible conduit connections shall be rigidly and securely supported in an approved manner at intervals not exceeding 24 inches in length and within 12 inches of each conduit termination. Lengths of not more than 36 inches may be installed without such supports where flexibility is required. 12. Identification: Identify conduits in accordance with Section 260750. 13. PVC: PVC conduit joints shall be solvent cement welded and shall be watertight. All PVC conduits shall have a separate grounding conductor installed. Where transition is made to the metallic conduit or enclosures, the grounding conductor shall be bonded to the metal conduit or enclosure. 14. Penetrations through walls, floors, and roof: All penetrations shall be sealed with a UL listed fire sealant equal to Dow Corning #3-6548. B. Exposed Conduit: 1. Routing: Exposed conduit shall be run straight and true to structure lines. Changes in direction of runs shall be made with fittings or symmetrical bends. Conduit in damp locations or outdoors shall be exposed to the air on all sides and shall not be installed tight against walls, ceilings and structural members, etc. Clamp backs and/or offsets shall be used as necessary to maintain uniform clearances. RACEWAYS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261360-6 7-31-2025 2. Supports: Acceptable supporting and clamping materials for exposed conduit include one -hole straps and clamp back, "U" bolts, parallel or right angle conduit clamps, hot -dipped galvanized structural steel frames or modular stainless steel channel as manufactured by Unistrut or equal. Perforated steel tape, stamped steel one- and two -hole straps shall not be used. Conduits shall be supported in accordance with NEC 346-12. 3. Obstructions: Conduit shall be routed so as not to create any tripping or head banging hazard and so as not to create any obstruction to Owner's operation and maintenance activities. 4. Hubs: Watertight conduit hubs shall be installed where conduits enter the tops or sides of sheet metal or non-metallic enclosures. 5. Drains: Drain fittings shall be installed at low points throughout the conduit system where condensation is likely to occur. C. PVC Coated Conduit: 1. PVC coated conduit requires special care to minimize damage to the PVC coating during cutting, threading, bending and installation. Contractor shall install conduit in accordance with manufacturer's recommended installation procedures. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for providing strap wrenches, cutting dies, vises, and other special tools required to install PVC coated conduit. Standard pipe wrenches, chain wrenches or channel locks shall not be used. Conduit bending equipment shall have the proper diameter shoes or dies to allow for the thickness of the PVC coating. 3. PVC coated conduit shall be supported with Type 304 stainless steel clamps, straps, hangers and supports. Attachment hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 4. All PVC coated conduit and fittings that have teeth marks, cuts, nicks or are otherwise damaged shall be repaired by coating damaged area with a liquid PVC touch-up compound. Spray -type compound is not acceptable. 5. Unistrut channel supports and related accessories for use with PVC coated conduit shall be Type 304 stainless steel. D. Aluminum: 1. Aluminum conduit shall not be installed in direct contact with earth, concrete, steel, copper, brass or bronze. Where aluminum conduit comes into contact with dissimilar metals or passes through concrete walls or floors, it shall be wrapped with 2 layers, half -lapped, of corrosion preventative pipe tape, Scotch 50 or equal. RACEWAYS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261360-7 7-31-2025 2. Aluminum conduit threads shall have a Penetrox, No-Ox-Id or equal, applied when installed. E. Underground Conduit: 1. Under Landscaping (i.e. sod or grass): a. Underground conduits 2" and larger shall be laid in sand and covered with a 4" red concrete cap. The conduit shall be surrounded by a minimum of 3-inches of virgin sand (top, bottom, and sides). b. The top of concrete cap shall be a minimum of 24 inches below grade. c. Communication conduits shall be buried a minimum of 36" to top of conduit. d. Provide red caution tape 12" below finish grade over all conduits. e. Unless otherwise indicated, electrical conduits must go below conflicts, such as yard piping, if the minimum depth cannot be met. Backfill for all trenches shall be compacted to original density. 2. Under Paved Areas (i.e. Parking Lot, Driveways, and Roads): a. Underground communication conduit runs shall be buried a minimum 36" below grade to top of conduit. Provide red caution tape 12" below finish grade over all conduits. b. Underground power conduit runs shall be buried the minimum depth per the National Electric Code. Provide red caution tape 12" below finish grade over all conduits. c. Unless otherwise indicated, electrical conduits must go below conflicts, such as yard piping, if the minimum depth cannot be met. Backfill for all trenches shall be compacted to original density. 3. Separation: Minimum separation between the outside edges of adjacent conduits shall be 3 inches. 4. Elbows: All elbows shall be long radius type. 5. Spacers: Conduit spacers shall be installed at 5 feet on centers. 6. Expansion Fittings: Provide expansion fittings in aboveground, vertical portion of each underground conduit stub -up. END OF SECTION 26 13 60 RACEWAYS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261360-8 7-31-2025 SECTION 26 14 00 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Receptacles 2. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles 3. Snap Switches 4. Wall Plates 1.02 REFERENCES: A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. WD1-83 General Requirements for Wiring Devices 2. WD-5 Specific Purpose Wiring Devices B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 National Electrical Code C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. 20-86 Standard for Safety General Use Snap Switches 2. 94-91 Standard for Safety Tests for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances 3. 498091 Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Procedures: Submit for approval and record purposes in accordance with Section 013000 and 260100. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of device used on project. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be defined as they are in National Electrical Code, Article 100. WIRING DEVICES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261400-1 7-31-2025 B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRING DEVICES: A. General: Provide wiring devices, in types, characteristics, grades, colors, and electrical ratings for applications indicated which are UL listed and which comply with NEMA WD 1 and other applicable UL and NEMA Standards. B: Receptacles, General Use Duplex Receptacles: 125 volt, 15 or 20 amp, heavy duty, grounding type, TAMPER RESISTANT, by Hubbell, Leviton, or P&S. Device color shall be selected by the Architect. C: Ground -Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Receptacles: 125 volt, 15 or 20 amp, heavy duty, grounding type "non feed -through" conforming to UL 498 and UL 943 by Hubbell, Leviton, or P&S. Device color shall be selected by the Architect. D: Snap Switches: 120/277 volt, 20 ampere, quiet rated, heavy duty, complying with UL 20 and NEMA WD1 by Hubbell, Leviton, or P&S. Device color shall be selected by the Architect. E. Provide tamper proof receptacles where indicated on the drawings by the designation "T". Tamper proof receptacles shall be hospital grade tamper resistant duplex type. Tamper proof receptacles shall meet NEMA WD1 Heavy Duty & WD6 requirements and be UL listed as "Hospital Grade" under UL 498. Hubbell identification number HBLSG63H, model number HBL8300SGI. 2.02 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES: A. Wall Plates: 1. Single and combination, of types, sizes, and with ganging and cutouts as required by devices. 2. Provide plates which mate and match with wiring devices to which attached. 3. Provide metal screws for securing plates to devices with screw heads colored to match finish of plates. 4. Provide plates possessing following additional construction features. a. Device plates: Nylon. Color to match device b. Device plates for surface mounted, 4 inch sq boxes: 1/2 inch stainless steel covers. WIRING DEVICES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261400-2 7-31-2025 c. Device plates (including but not limited to receptacles, switches, TV outlet etc.) for secured areas shall be one piece #14 cold rolled zinc plated steel with safety ground -tab or equivalent redundant feature. Plates shall have a five stage baked white polyester powder enamel finish. The back plate shall be #10 cold rolled galvanized steel. Plate assembly shall use four (4) #8-32 x Vz" stainless steel T-20 Torx head screws with center pin reject. Plates shall be UL listed as 514A or D. Hubbell Model number SWP. NO EQUAL. d. Weatherproof covers for exterior devices or devices in damp locations: Raintight while in use, UL listed, molded UV stabilized poly -carbonate with stainless steel screws and mounting gaskets. Tay Mac Corporation safety outlet enclosure, or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install wiring devices and accessories as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements. B. Coordinate with other Work, including painting, electrical boxes and wiring installations, as necessary to interface installation of wiring devices with other Work. C. Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes that are clean; free from building materials, dirt and debris. D. Mounting Heights: Unless otherwise indicated or directed, boxes for wiring devices shall be mounted so that the centerline of the device is at the following height above finished floor (AFF) or above finished grade (AFG). DEVICE FINISHED AREAS UNFINISHED AREAS Snap switches 48" 48" Convenience Receptacles 18" 18" E. Install wiring devices after wiring work is completed. F. Install wall plates after painting work is completed. G. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for wiring devices. Where manufacturer's torque requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL 486A. Use properly scaled torque indicating hand tool. WIRING DEVICES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261400-3 7-31-2025 H. Do not use terminals on wiring devices (hot or neutral) for feed -through connections, looped or otherwise. Make circuit connections via wire connectors and pigtails. I. Ground receptacles with insulated green ground wire from device ground screw to bolted outlet box connection. 3.02 PROTECTION: A. Protect installed components from damage. Replace damaged items prior to final acceptance. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Testing: Prior to energizing circuits, test wiring for electrical continuity and for short circuits. Ensure proper polarity of connections is maintained. Subsequent to energizing, test wiring devices and demonstrate compliance with requirements, operating each operable device at least six (6) times. B. Test receptacles with Hubbell 5200, Woodhead 1750 or equal for correct polarity, proper ground connection and wiring faults. C. Test ground fault interrupter operation with both local and remote fault simulations in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 26 14 00 WIRING DEVICES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 261400-4 7-31-2025 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: A. Furnish and install panelboards as specified herein and as indicated on the drawings. B. Panelboard types included in this Section are: 1. Power distribution panelboards 2. Lighting and appliance panelboards 1.02 REFERENCES: A. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) 1. Standard of Installation B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 1. AB 1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers 2. PB 1 Panelboards 3. PB1.1 General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less. C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 1. 50 Cabinets and Boxes 2. 67 Panelboards 1.03 SUBMITTALS - FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 013000, 26 01 00, and as stated herein. B. Product Data: 1. Descriptive bulletins 2. Enclosure outline drawing with complete dimensions 3. Breaker layout drawing 4. Component list 5. Conduit entry/exit locations 6. Assembly ratings including: a. Short circuit current b. Voltage c. Continuous current 7. Cable terminal sizes. 8. Installation Instructions PANELBOARDS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 26 24 16 -1 7-31-2025 1.04 SUBMITTALS — RECORD DATA: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 013000. B. The following information shall be submitted for record purposes: 1. Final (as -built) drawings and information for items listed in Paragraph 1.03 2. Installation, operation and maintenance instruction 3. Spare parts list 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: A. The manufacturer of the panelboard shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly, including circuit breakers. B. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9000, 9001 or 9002 certified. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. One (1) copy of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Cutler -Hammer B. Square D C. Siemens D. ABB 2.02 RATINGS: A. Panelboards rated 240 Vac or less shall have short circuit ratings as indicated on the drawings or as herein scheduled, but not less than 10,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. B. Panelboards rated 480 Vac shall have short circuit ratings as indicated on the drawings or as herein scheduled, but not less than 14,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. C. Panelboards shall be labeled with a UL short circuit rating. All panelboards shall be fully rated. Series ratings shall not be used. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION: PANELBOARDS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 262416-2 7-31-2025 A. Interiors shall be completely factory assembled devices. They shall be designed such that switching and protective devices can be replaced without disturbing adjacent units and without removing the main bus connectors. B. Trims for lighting and appliance panelboards shall be supplied with a hinged door covering all circuit breaker handles. Doors in panelboard trims shall not uncover any live parts. Doors shall have a semiflush, cylinder lock and catch assembly. Doors over 48 inches in height shall have auxiliary fasteners. C. Distribution panelboard trims shall cover all live parts. Switching device handles shall be accessible. D. Surface trims shall be same height and width as box. Flush trims shall overlap the box by 3/4 inch on all sides. Trims shall be secured to box with concealed clamps. E. A directory card with a clear plastic cover shall be supplied and mounted on the inside of each door in a metal frame. F. All locks shall be keyed alike. 2.04 BUS: A. Main bus bars shall be tin-plated copper, sized in accordance with UL standards to limit temperature rise on any current carrying part to a maximum of 65° C above an ambient of 40° C maximum. B. A bolted ground bus shall be included in all panels. C. Full-size (100%-rated) insulated neutral bars shall be included for panelboards indicated to have a neutral bus. Bus bar taps for panels with single -pole branches shall be arranged for sequence phasing of the branch circuit devices. Neutral busing shall have a suitable lug for each outgoing feeder requiring a neutral connection. 200%-rated neutrals shall be supplied for panels designated on drawings with oversized neutral conductors. 2.05 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS: A. Distribution panelboards including circuit breakers contained therein shall have fully rated interrupting ratings as indicated on the drawings. Panelboards shall have bolt -on, molded case circuit breakers as indicated below. B. Molded case circuit breakers shall provide circuit overcurrent protection with inverse time and instantaneous tripping characteristics. Ground fault protection shall be provided where indicated. C. Circuit breakers shall be operated by a toggle -type handle and shall have a quick -make, quick -break, over -center switching mechanism that is mechanically trip -free. Automatic PANELBOARDS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 262416-3 7-31-2025 tripping of the breaker shall be clearly indicated by the handle position. Contacts shall be non -welding silver alloy and arc extinction shall be accomplished by means of arc chutes. A push -to -trip button on the front of the circuit breaker shall provide a local manual means to exercise the trip mechanism. D. Where indicated, circuit breakers shall be current limiting. E. Circuit breakers below 600-ampere shall have thermal -magnetic trip units and inverse time -current characteristics. F. Circuit breakers 600-ampere through 1200-ampere shall be provided with microprocessor -based RMS sensing trip units. 1. Each molded case circuit breaker microprocessor -based tripping system shall consist of three (3) current sensors, a trip unit, and a flux -transfer shunt trip. The trip unit shall use microprocessor -based technology to provide the adjustable time -current protection functions. True RMS sensing circuit protection shall be achieved by analyzing the secondary current signals received from the circuit breaker current sensors and initiating trip signals to the circuit breaker trip actuators when predetermined trip levels and time delay settings are reached. 2. Interchangeable rating plugs shall establish the continuous trip ratings of each circuit breaker. Rating plugs shall be fixed or adjustable as indicated. Rating plugs shall be interlocked so they are not interchangeable between frames, and interlocked such that a breaker cannot be closed and latched with the rating plug removed. 3. The microprocessor -based trip unit shall have thermal memory capabilities to prevent the breaker from being reset following an overload condition until after a preset time delay. 4. When the adjustable instantaneous setting is omitted, the trip unit shall be provided with an instantaneous override. Internal ground fault protection adjustable pick-up ratings shall not exceed 1200 amperes. Provide neutral ground fault current sensor for four -wire loads. 5. Breakers shall have built-in test points for testing the long-time delay, instantaneous, and ground fault functions of the breaker, by means of a 120- volt operated test set. Provide one test set capable of testing all breakers 600- ampere and above. 6. System coordination shall be provided by the following microprocessor -based, time -current curve shaping adjustments: Adjustable long-time pick-up Adjustable short -time pick-up and delay, with selective curve shaping Adjustable instantaneous pick-up Adjustable ground fault pick-up and delay, with selective curve shaping. PANELBOARDS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 262416-4 7-31-2025 G. Where indicated, provide circuit breakers UL listed for application at 100% of their continuous ampere rating in their intended enclosure. H. Provide shunt trips, bell alarms, and auxiliary switches as indicated on the drawings. I. Circuit breakers supplying air conditioning branch circuits shall be UL listed as type HACR. 2.06 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS: A. The minimum integrated short circuit rating for branch circuit panelboards shall be indicated on the drawings. B. Bolt -in type, heavy-duty, quick -make, quick -break, single- and multi -pole circuit breakers of the types specified herein, shall be provided for each circuit with toggle handles that indicate when unit has tripped. C. Circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic type with common type handle for all multiple pole circuit breakers. Circuit breakers shall be minimum 100-ampere frame and through 100-ampere trip sizes shall take up the same pole spacing. Circuit breakers shall be UL listed as type SWD for lighting circuits and HACR for air conditioning branch circuits. 1. Circuit breaker handle locks shall be provided for all circuits that supply exit signs, emergency lights, energy management and control system (EMCS) panels and fire alarm panels. 2.07 ENCLOSURE: A. General: Enclosures shall be at least 20 inches wide and made from galvanized steel. Provide minimum gutter space in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where feeder cables supplying the mains of a panel are carried through its box to supply other electrical equipment, the box shall be sized to include the additional required wiring space. At least four interior mounting studs with adjustable nuts shall be provided. Enclosures shall be provided with blank ends. B. Rating: Indoor enclosures -NEMA type 1 enclosures except where other enclosure requirements are indicated. Outdoor enclosures - NEMA type 3R Stainless Steel enclosures except where other enclosure requirements are indicated. 2.08 FINISH: A. Surfaces of the trim assembly shall be properly cleaned, primed, and a finish coat of the manufacturers standard paint color shall be applied. 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES PANELBOARDS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 262416-5 7-31-2025 A. Provide TVSS system integral to distribution panelboards and appliance panelboards where indicated on drawings. Reference section 266710 for specifications on TVSS units. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: A. Confirm installation space and clearance requirements for panelboards in accordance with NEC requirements. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General: Install panelboards as indicated on the drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions, NEMA PB 1.1, and NECA "Standard of Installation". B. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 6 feet 2 inches above finished floor, except as otherwise indicated. C. Mounting: 1. Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. 2. Mount flush panels uniformly flush with wall finish. D. Circuit Directory: Typed directory indicating final circuit connections. Obtain approval before installing. E. Install filler plates in unused breaker spaces. F. Provisions for Future Circuits at Flush Panelboards: 1. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits from panel into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in future. 2. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab other than slabs on grade. G. Wiring in Panel Gutters: Train conductors neatly in groups, bundle, and wrap with wire ties after completion of load balancing. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION: A. Identify field -installed wiring and components and provide unit nameplate in accordance with Section 26 07 50. B. Provided one (1) 8-1/2"x11" stainless steel nameplate engraved with one -line diagram and year installed. One -line diagram shall include panel voltages, amps, AIC ratings, and feeder sizes. Nameplate shall be mounted to the exterior door of the main distribution panel. PANELBOARDS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 26 24 16-6 7-31-2025 3.04 GROUNDING: A. Connections: Make equipment grounding connections for panelboards as required in Section 260600. B. Provide ground continuity to main electrical ground bus. C. Provide isolated ground bars for panels serving sensitive electronic equipment and as indicated on panel schedules. 3.05 CONNECTIONS: A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. 3.06 FIELD TESTING: A. Inspect for compliance with drawings and specifications. B. Inspect for defects, damaged or missing parts. C. Operate each breaker a minimum of three (3) times to insure proper operation. D. Perform insulation resistance test on complete assembly at 1000 Vdc. Disconnect any solid-state devices prior to testing. Minimum acceptable test results are 100 megohms. 3.07 CLEANING: A. Upon completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. B. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. C. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. D. Clean interior of panelboard. 3.08 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS: A. Balancing Loads: Prior to final acceptance, conduct load -balancing measurements and circuit changes as follows: 1. Perform measurements during period of normal working load as advised by Owner. 2. Advise Engineer of load imbalances exceeding 20% or of loads exceeding 80% of circuit ratings. Reconnect branch circuit loads as directed by Engineer. PANELBOARDS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 262416-7 7-31-2025 3. Perform load -balancing circuit changes outside the normal occupancy/working schedule of the facility. Make special arrangements with Owner to avoid disrupting critical circuits. 4. Recheck loads after circuit changes during normal load period. Record load readings before and after changes and submit test records. END OF SECTION 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 262416-8 7-31-2025 26 32 00 NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 1. General Description of System & Site 1.1.1.Provide a standby generator to provide power as scheduled in drawings (refer to One - Line Diagram). The generator shall consist of a liquid cooled, rich burn, natural gas engine, a synchronous AC alternator, and system controls with all necessary accessories for a complete operating system, including but not limited to the items as specified hereinafter. 1.1.2.Kohler is basis of design. Equivalent by Cummins, MTU, and Generac are acceptable. 1.1.4.The site is an NEC ordinary location with no specific harsh environment requirements. The genset shall be applied at the listed ambient and elevation. Bidders to submit the generators rated power output at 104 degrees ambient (°F) and 100' elevation (Ft). 1.1.6.The on -site gas pressure is 17 inches of water column. 1.1.7.Bidders are to submit the genset's sound level in dBA at 23 ft based on the configuration specified. 1.2. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies 1.2.1.An electric generating system, consisting of a prime mover, generator, governor, coupling and all controls, must have been tested, as a complete unit, on a representative engineering prototype model of the equipment to be sold. 1.2.2.The generator set must conform to applicable NFPA requirements. 1.2.3.The generator set must be available with the Underwriters Laboratories listing (UL2200) for a stationary engine generator assembly. The generator set must be pre -certified to meet EPA federal emission requirements for stationary standby. The generator shall utilize a rich burn engine, air fuel ratio control, and a three-way catalytic converter. On -site emission testing & certification will not be acceptable for standby applications. 1.3. Manufacturer Qualifications 1.3.1.This system shall be supplied by an original equipment manufacturer (OEM) who has been regularly engaged in the production of engine -alternator sets, automatic transfer switches, and associated controls for a minimum of 25 years, thereby identifying one source of supply and responsibility. Approved suppliers are Generac Industrial Power or an approved equal. 1.3.2.The manufacturer shall produce the generator in facilities that meet the standards of IS09001. NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263200-1 7-31-2025 2. Engine 1.3.3.The manufacturer shall have printed literature and brochures describing the standard series specified, not a one of a kind fabrication. Custom designed paralleling solutions using site specific PLC programs and site -specific schematics are not acceptable. 1.3.4.Manufacturer's authorized service representative shall meet the following criteria: 1.3.4.1. Certified, factory trained, industrial generator technicians 1.3.4.2. Service support 24/7 1.3.4.3. Service location within 200 miles 1.3.4.4. Response time of 4 hours 1.3.4.5. Service & repair parts in -stock at performance level of 95% 1.4. Submittals 1.4.1.Engine Generator specification sheet 1.4.2.Controls specification sheet(s) 1.4.3.Installation / Layout dimensional drawing 1.4.4.Wiring schematic 1.4.5.Sound data 1.4.6.Emission certification 1.4.7.Manufacturer quality statement 1.4.8.Warranty statement 2.1. Engine Rating and Performance 2.1.1.The prime mover shall be a liquid cooled, rich burn spark -ignited, 4-cycle engine. It will have adequate horsepower to achieve rated kW output as indicated on the drawings. 2.1.2.The engine shall support a 100% load step per NFPA110 2.1.3.The system shall be sized to allow emergency system loads as defined by NEC 700 to be transferred onto the generator(s) within 10 seconds. 2.2. Engine Oil System 2.2.1.Full pressure lubrication shall be supplied by a positive displacement lube oil pump. The engine shall have a replaceable oil filter(s) with internal bypass and replaceable element(s). 2.2.2.The engine shall operate on mineral based oil. Synthetic oils shall not be required. NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263200-2 7-31-2025 2.2.3.The oil shall be cooled by an oil cooler which is integrated into the engine system. Engine Cooling System 2.3.1.The engine is to be cooled with a unit mounted radiator, fan, water pump, and closed coolant recovery system. The coolant system shall include a coolant fill box, which will provide visual means to determine if the system has adequate coolant level. The radiator shall be designed for operation in 122 degrees F, (50 degrees C) ambient temperature 2.3.2.The engine shall have unit mounted, thermostatically controlled, circulating style water jacket heater to aid in quick starting. The wattage shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. 2.3.3.Engine coolant and oil drain extensions, equipped with pipe plugs and shut-off valves, must be provided to the outside of the mounting base for cleaner and more convenient engine servicing. 2.3.4.A radiator fan guard must be installed for personnel safety that meets UL and OSHA safety requirements. 2.4. Engine Starting System 2.4.1.Starting shall be by a solenoid shift, DC starting system. 2.4.2.The engine's cranking batteries shall be lead acid. The batteries shall be sized per the manufacturer's recommendations. The batteries supplied shall meet NFPA 110 cranking requirements of 90 seconds of total crank time. Battery specifications (type, amp -hour rating, cold cranking amps) to be provided in the submittal. 2.4.3.The genset shall have an engine driven, battery -charging alternator with integrated voltage regulation. 2.4.4.The genset shall have an automatic dual rate, float equalize, 10-amp battery charger. The charger must be protected against a reverse polarity connection. The chargers charging current shall be monitored within the generator controller to support remote monitoring and diagnostics. The battery charger is to be factory installed on the generator set. Due to line voltage drop concerns, a battery charger mounted in the transfer switch will be unacceptable. Engine Fuel System 2.5.1.The engine shall be configured to operate on pipeline grade natural gas. The engine shall utilize a fuel system inclusive of carburetor, gas regulator, air fuel ratio control, low gas pressure switch, and fuel shut-off solenoids. NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263200-3 7-31-2025 2.5.3.The engine's internal fuel connections shall be terminated to the generator frame via an NPT fitting for easy installation 2.6. Engine Controls 2.6.1.Engine speed shall be controlled with an integrated isochronous governor function with no change in alternator frequency from no load to full load. Steady state regulation is to be 0.25%. 2.6.2.To support EPA emission requirements, the engine will incorporate an active air -fuel - ratio controller. The air -fuel -ratio controller shall be integrated into the generator controller to ensure security of settings and to support monitoring and remote diagnostics. External air -fuel -ratio controllers are not acceptable. 2.6.3.Engine ignition shall be variable timing based upon load levels to provide maximum transient load performance. 2.6.4.AII engine sensor connections shall be sealed to prevent corrosion and improve reliability. 2.7. Engine Exhaust & Intake 2.7.1.Engine Exhaust Emissions, Emergency use only: Comply with 40 CFR Part 60, Subpart JJJJ, Sections 60.4231— 60.4232, Emission Standards for Manufacturers, and applicable state and local government requirements. A requirement to test and certify engine emissions in the field, as part of system commissioning, is not acceptable. 2.7.2.The engine shall incorporate a 3-way catalytic converter to meet EPA emission requirements. 2.7.3.The manufacturer shall supply its recommended stainless steel, flexible connector to couple the engine exhaust manifold to the exhaust system. A rain cap will terminate the exhaust pipe after the silencer. All components must be properly sized to assure operation without excessive back pressure when installed. 2.7.4.The manufacturer shall supply a critical grade exhaust silencer/catalyst as standard. 2.7.5.For gensets in a weather or sound attenuated enclosure, all exhaust piping from the turbo -charger discharge to the silencer/catalyst shall be thermally wrapped to minimize heat dissipation inside the enclosure. 2.7.6.The engine intake air is to be filtered with engine mounted, replaceable, dry element filters. NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263200-4 7-31-2025 3. Alternator 3.5. The alternator shall be the voltage and phase configuration as specified in section 1.1.1. 3.6. The alternator shall be a 4-pole, revolving field, stationary armature, synchronous machine. The excitation system shall utilize a brushless exciter with a three-phase full wave rectifier assembly protected against abnormal transient conditions by a surge protector. Photo -sensitive components will not be permitted in the rotating exciter. 3.7. The alternator shall include a permanent magnet generator (PMG) for excitation support. The system shall supply a minimum short circuit support current of 300% of the rating (250% for 50Hz operation) for 10 seconds 3.8. The alternator shall be at least a 6 lead design to support option protective relaying. All leads must be extended into a NEMA 1 connection box for easy termination. A fully rated, isolated neutral connection must be included by the generator set manufacturer. 3.9. The alternator shall use a single, sealed bearing design. The rotor shall be connected to the engine flywheel using flexible drive disks. The stator shall be direct connected to the engine to ensure permanent alignment. 3.10. The alternator shall meet temperature rise standards of UL2200 (120 degrees C). The insulation system material shall be class "H" capable of withstanding 150 degrees C temperature rise. 3.11. The alternator shall be protected against overloads and short circuit conditions by advanced control panel protective functions. The control panel is to provide a time current algorithm that protects the alternator against short circuits. To ensure precision protection and repeatable trip characteristics, these functions must be implemented electronically in the generator control panel -- thermal magnetic breaker implementation are not acceptable. 3.11.1. The algorithm shall allow the alternator to be protected from thermal damage and the power system to produce 10 seconds of 300% fault current for breaker coordination. 3.12. An alternator strip heater shall be installed to prevent moisture condensation from forming on the alternator windings. A tropical coating shall also be applied to the alternator windings to provide additional protection against the entrance of moisture. 4. Controls & Operating Sequence 4.5. Genset Controller must be certified UL6200. 4.5.1.The generator control system shall be a fully integrated microprocessor -based control NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263200-5 7-31-2025 system for standby emergency engine generators, meeting all requirements of NFPA 110 level 1. 4.5.1.1. The generator control system shall be a fully integrated control system enabling remote diagnostics and easy building management integration of all generator functions. The generator controller shall provide integrated and digital control over all generator functions including: engine protection, alternator protection, speed governing, voltage regulation, synchronizing, load -sharing (real and reactive) and all related generator operations. The generator controller must also provide seamless digital integration with the engine's electronic engine control module (ECM) if so equipped. 4.5.2.Communications shall be supported with building automation via the Modbus or SNMP protocol. The controller shall provide native Ethernet, Wifi, and Bluetooth connectivity. All interfacing shall be done by via a web browser interface. Solutions that utilize dedicated software for connectivity are not acceptable. Connectivity may be set up to operate internally or externally to the user's network, based on network security preferences. All remote connectivity may be disabled at any time by the user. 4.5.3.Automated Notification: Controller shall be capable of sending multiple automated e- mail and/or text alerts without the need for a third -party intermediate service provider. Users shall be able to individually set up notifications to internal personnel for any selected operational or fault condition, including (but not limited to) automated notification to the generator service provider. 4.5.4.The control system shall provide an environmentally hardened design. The use of open circuit boards, edge cards, and pc ribbon cable connections are considered unacceptable. 4.5.5.Circuit boards shall utilize surface mount technology to provide vibration durability. Circuit boards that utilize large capacitors or heat sinks must utilize encapsulation methods to securely support these components. 4.5.6.All engine, voltage regulator, and accessory unit parameter settings shall be accessible through protected menus on the generator control panel. The following maintenance functionality shall be integral to the generator set controls: 4.5.6.1. Engine running hours (non-resettable). 4.5.6.2. Service maintenance interval (running hours, calendar days). 4.5.6.3. Engine crank attempt counter. 4.5.6.4. Engine successful starts counter. 4.5.6.5. 1,000 events are stored in control panel memory. 4.5.6.6. Control panel shall time and date stamp all alarms and warnings. A snap shot of key parameters shall be saved in the control panel for use in troubleshooting alarms. 4.5.6.7. A predictive maintenance algorithm will determine the optimal time for maintenance service based on the generator loading and operation. 4.5.7.Diagnostic capabilities should include time -stamped event and alarm logs, ability to capture operational parameters during events, simultaneous monitoring of all input or output parameters, email capabilities, support for multi -channel digital strip chart functionality, and pre and post alarm operational data for all measured inputs. 4.5.8.In addition to standard NFPA 110 alarms, the application loads should also be NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263200-6 7-31-2025 protected through instantaneous and steady state protective settings on system voltage, frequency, and power levels. 4.5.9.The control system shall provide pre -wired customer use I/O: 4 relay outputs (user definable functions), 4 contact inputs, 2 analog inputs, communications support via Ethernet, WiFi, and Bluetooth. RS485 communications shall be included for communicating to remote annunciator panels. 4.5.10. Generator shall provide the ability to monitor ground fault and trip main output circuit breaker and or annunciate through audible alarm as applicable. 4.5.11. Customer I/O shall be software configurable providing full access to all alarm, event, data logging, and shutdown functionality. In addition, custom ladder logic functionality inside the generator controller shall be supported to provide application support flexibility. The ladder logic function shall have access to all the controller inputs and customer assignable outputs. 4.5.12. The control panel shall include a touch screen to display all user pertinent unit parameters including: engine and alternator operating conditions; oil pressure and optional oil temperature; coolant temperature and level alarm; fuel level (where applicable); engine speed; DC battery voltage; run time hours; generator voltages, amps, frequency, kilowatts, and power factor; alarm status and current alarm(s) condition per NFPA 110 level 1. 4.5.13. User manuals for the generator controller and generator maintenance shall be available electronically in a library on the generator controller for download to authorized end -user devices. 4.6. Remote Annunciator Panel 4.6.1.The Remote Annunciator Panel must comply with NFPA 110. 4.6.2.Provide remote monitoring and annunciation for up to 21 generator system indications. 4.6.3.Remote Annunciator must include one function capable of starting system test. 5. Engine / Alternator Packaging 5.5. The engine/alternator shall be rigidly mounted to structural steel main frame. This frame shall be supported with spring isolators for vibration dampening. 5.6. A mainline, electronic LSI circuit breaker shall be a factory installed UL1066 power breaker providing robust operation for generator paralleling. The breaker shall be rated as specified in drawings. The line side connections are to be made at the factory. Output lugs shall be provided for load side connections. 5.7. The generator shall include a unit mounted auxiliary power load center. All ancillary AC devices (block heater, battery charger, alternator strip heater, etc) shall have a dedicated breaker within the load center. NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263200-7 7-31-2025 6. Enclosure 6.5.1.The genset shall be packaged with a Level 1 sound attenuating enclosure. 6.5.2.The enclosure shall be completely lined with 3" of fiberglass and perforated aluminum for sound deadening. This lining includes the air discharge hood. 6.5.3.The enclosure shall be made of with a minimum thickness of 14 gauge. The enclosure is to have hinged, removable doors to allow access to the engine, alternator and control panel. The hinges shall allow for door fit adjustment. Hinges and all exposed fasteners will be stainless steel or Sermagard coated. The use of pop -rivets weakens the paint system and not allowed on external painted surfaces. Each door will have lockable hardware with identical keys. 6.5.4.The enclosure shall utilize an upward discharging radiator hood. 6.5.5.The enclosure shall be coated with electrostatic applied powder paint, baked and finished to manufacturer's specifications. The color will be manufacturer's standard. 6.5.6.The genset silencer/catalyst shall be mounted on the top of the enclosure. 7. Loose Items 7.5. Supplier to itemize loose parts that require site mounting and installation. Preference will be shown for gensets that factory mount items like mufflers, battery chargers, etc. 7.6. Spare Parts: 7.6.1.Fuses: One spare set 7.6.2.Filters One spare set (air, fuel, oil) 8. Additional project requirements 8.5. Factory testing 8.5.1.Before shipment of the equipment, the engine -generator set shall be tested under rated load for performance and proper functioning of control and interfacing circuits. Tests shall include: 8.5.1.1. Verify voltage & frequency stability. 8.5.1.2. Verify transient voltage & frequency dip response. 8.5.1.3. Load test the generator for 30 minutes. 8.6. Manuals 8.6.1.Three (3) sets of owner's manuals specific to the product supplied must accompany delivery of the equipment. General operating instruction, preventive maintenance, wiring diagrams, schematics and parts exploded views specific to this model must be included. NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263200-8 7-31-2025 8.7. Installation 8.7.1.Contractor shall install the complete electrical generating system including all external fuel connections in accordance with requirements of NEC, NFPA, and the manufacturer's recommendations as reviewed by the Engineer. 8.8. Service 8.8.1.Supplier of the genset and associated items shall have permanent service facilities in this trade area. These facilities shall comprise a permanent force of factory trained service personnel on 24 hour call, experienced in servicing this type of equipment, providing warranty and routine maintenance service to afford the owner maximum protection. Delegation of this service responsibility for any of the equipment listed herein will not be considered fulfillment of these specifications. Service contracts shall also be available. 8.9. Warranty 8.9.1.The standby electric generating system components, complete genset and instrumentation panel shall be warranted by the manufacturer against defective materials and factory workmanship for a period of ten (10) years. Such defective parts shall be repaired or replaced at the manufacturer's option, free of charge for parts, labor and travel. 8.9.2.The warranty period shall commence when the standby power system is first placed into service. Multiple warranties for individual components (engine, alternator, controls, etc.) will not be acceptable. Satisfactory warranty documents must be provided. Also, in the judgment of the specifying authority, the manufacturer supplying the warranty for the complete system must have the necessary financial strength and technical expertise with all components supplied to provide adequate warranty support. 8.10. Startup and Commissioning 8.10.1. The supplier of the electric generating plant and associated items covered herein shall provide factory trained technicians to check out the completed installation and to perform an initial startup inspection to include: 8.10.1.1. Ensuring the engine starts (both hot and cold) within the specified time. 8.10.1.2. Verification of engine parameters within specification. 8.10.1.3. Verify no load frequency and voltage, adjusting if required. 8.10.1.4. Test all automatic shutdowns of the engine -generator. NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263200-9 7-31-2025 8.10.1.5. Perform a load test of the electric plant, ensuring full load frequency and voltage are within specification by using a load bank(s) of the appropriate size to test the unit. 8.11. Training 8.11.1. Training is to be supplied by the start-up technician for the end -user during commissioning. The training should cover basic generator operation and common generator issues that can be managed by the end -user. 8.11.2. Training is to include manual operation of system. END OF SECTION 26 32 00 NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263200-10 7-31-2025 26 33 00 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Automatic Transfer Switches 1.02 SYSTEM A. Furnish the automatic transfer switches to automatically transfer between the normal and emergency power source. 1.03 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. The automatic transfer switches covered by these specifications shall be designed, tested, and assembled in strict accordance with all applicable standards of ANSI, U.L., IEEE and N E MA. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer shall submit shop drawings for review, which shall include the following, as a minimum: 1. Descriptive literature 2. Plan, elevation, side, and front view arrangement drawings, including overall dimension, weights and clearances, as well as mounting or anchoring requirements and conduit entrance locations. 3. Schematic diagrams. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Accessory list. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Russelectric B. ASCO 2.02 CONSTRUCTION AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263300-1 7-31-2025 A. General 1. The automatic transfer switch shall be furnished as shown on the drawings. Voltage and continuous current ratings and number of poles shall be as shown. The automatic transfer switch shall be Service Entrance Rated, unless otherwise indicated. 2. On 3 phase, 4 wire systems, utilizing ground fault protection, a true 4-pole switch shall be supplied with all four poles mounted on a common shaft. The continuous current rating and the closing and withstand rating of the fourth pole shall be identical to the rating of the main poles. 3. The transfer switch shall be mounted in a NEMA 3r enclosure, unless otherwise indicated. Enclosures shall be fabricated from 12-gauge steel. The enclosure shall be sized to exceed minimum wire bending space required by UL 1008. 4. The transfer switch shall be equipped with an internal welded steel pocket, housing an operations and maintenance manual. 5. The transfer switch shall be top and bottom accessible. 6. The main contacts shall be capable of being replaced without removing the main power cables. 7. The main contacts shall be visible for inspection without any major disassembly of the transfer switch. 8. All bolted bus connections shall have Belleville compression type washers. 9. When a solid neutral is required, a fully rated bus bar with required AL-CU neutral lugs shall be provided. 10. Control components and wiring shall be front accessible. All control wires shall be multiconductor 18 gauge 600-volt SIS switchboard type point to point harness. All control wire terminations shall be identified with tubular sleeve -type markers. 11. The switch shall be equipped with 90 degrees C rated copper/aluminum solderless mechanical type lugs. 12. The complete transfer switch assembly shall be factory tested to ensure proper operation and compliance with the specification requirements. A copy of the factory test report shall be available upon request. B. Automatic Transfer Switch AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263300-2 7-31-2025 1. The transfer switch shall be double throw, actuated by a single electrical operator momentarily energized, and connected to the transfer mechanism by a simple over center type linkage. Total transfer time shall not exceed one half second 2. The normal and emergency contacts shall be positively interlocked mechanically and electrically to prevent simultaneous closing. Main contacts shall be mechanically locked in both the normal and emergency positions without the use of hooks, latches, magnets, or springs, and shall be silver -tungsten alloy. Separate arcing contacts with magnetic blowouts shall be provided on all transfer switches. Interlocked, molded case circuit breakers or contactors are not acceptable. 3. The transfer switch shall be equipped with a safe external manual operator, designed to prevent injury to operating personnel. The manual operator shall provide the same contact to contact transfer speed as the electrical operator to prevent a flashover from switching the main contacts slowly. The external manual operator shall be safely operated from outside of the transfer switch enclosure while the enclosure door is closed. C. Automatic Transfer Switch Controls 1. The transfer switch shall be equipped with a microprocessor based control system, to provide all the operational functions of the automatic transfer switch. The controller shall have two asynchronous serial ports. The controller shall have a real time clock with NiCad battery back up. 2. The CPU shall be equipped with self diagnostics which perform periodic checks of the memory I/O and communication circuits, with a watchdog/power fail circuit 3. The controller shall use industry standard open architecture communication protocol for high-speed serial communications via multidrop connection to other controllers and to a master terminal with up to 4000 ft of cable, or further, with the addition of a communication repeater. The serial communication port shall be RS422/485 compatible. 4. The serial communication port shall allow interface to either the manufacturers or owner furnished remote supervisory control. 5. The controller shall have password protection required to limit access to qualified and authorized personnel. 6. The controller shall include a 20 character, LCD display, with a keypad, which allows access to the system. AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263300-3 7-31-2025 7. The controller shall include three-phase over/under voltage, over/under frequency, phase sequence detection and phase differential monitoring on both normal and emergency sources. 8. The controller shall be capable of storing the following records in memory for access either locally or remotely: a. Number of hours transfer switch is in the emergency position (total since record reset). b. Number of hours emergency power is available (total since record reset). c. Total transfer in either direction (total since record reset). d. Date, time, and description of the last four source failures. e. Date of the last exercise period. f. Date of record reset. D. Sequence of Operation 1. When the voltage on any phase of the normal source drops below 80% or increases to 120%, or frequency drops below 90%, or increase to 110%, or 20% voltage differential between phases occurs, after a programmable time delay period of 0-9999 seconds factory set at 3 seconds to allow for momentary dips, the engine starting contacts shall close to start the generating plant. 2. The transfer switch shall transfer to emergency when the generating plant has reached specified voltage and frequency on all phases. 3. After restoration of normal power on all phases to a preset value of at least 90% to 110% of rated voltage, and at least 95% to 105% of rated frequency, and voltage differential is below 20%, an adjustable time delay period of 0-9999 seconds (factory set at 300 seconds) shall delay retransfer to allow stabilization of normal power. If the emergency power source should fail during this time delay period, the switch shall automatically return to the normal source. 4. After retransfer to normal, the engine generator shall be allowed to operate at no load for a programmable period of 0-9999 seconds, factory set at 300 seconds. E. Automatic Transfer Switch Accessories 1. Programmable three phase sensing of the normal source set to pickup at 90% and dropout at 80% of rated voltage and overvoltage to pickup at 120% and dropout AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263300-4 7-31-2025 out at 110% of rated voltage. Programmable frequency pickup at 95% and dropout at 90% and over frequency to pickup at 110% and dropout at 105% of rated frequency. Programmable voltage differential between phases, set at 20%, and phase sequence monitoring. 2. Programmable three phase sensing of the emergency source set to pickup at 90% and dropout at 80% of rated voltage and overvoltage to pickup at 120% and dropout out at 110% of rated voltage programmable frequency pickup at 95% and dropout at 90% and over frequency to pickup at 110% and dropout at 105% of rated frequency. Programmable voltage differential between phases set at 20%, and phase sequence monitoring. 3. Time delay for override of momentary normal source power outages (delays engine start signal and transfer switch operation). Programmable 0-9999 seconds. Factory set at 3 seconds, if not otherwise specified. 4. Time delay on retransfer to normal, programmable 0-9999 seconds, factory set at 300 seconds if not otherwise specified, with overrun to provide programmable 0- 9999 second time delay, factory set at 300 seconds, unloaded engine operation after retransfer to normal. 5. Time delay on transfer to emergency, programmable 0-9999 seconds, factory set at 3 seconds. 6. A maintained type load test switch shall be included to simulate a normal power failure, keypad initiated. 7. A remote type load test switch shall be included to simulate a normal power failure, remote switch initiated. 8. A time delay bypass on retransfer to normal shall be included. Keypad initiated. 9. Contact, rated 10 Amps 30 volts DC, to close on failure of normal source to initiate engine starting. 10. Contact, rated 10 Amps 30 volts DC, to open on failure of normal source for customer functions. 11. Light emitting diodes shall be mounted on the microprocessor panel to indicate: switch is in normal position, switch is in emergency position and controller is running. 12. A plant exerciser shall be provided with (10) 7-day events, programmable for any day of the week and (24) calendar events, programmable for any month/day, to automatically exercise generating plant programmable in one -minute increments. AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263300-5 7-31-2025 Also include selection of either "no load" (switch will not transfer) or "load" (switch will transfer) exercise period. Keypad initiated. 13. Provision to select either "no commit" or "commit" to transfer operation in the event of a normal power failure shall be included. In the "no commit position," the load will transfer to the emergency position unless normal power returns before the emergency source has reach 90% of it's rated values (switch will remain in normal). In the "commit position" the load will transfer to the emergency position after any normal power failure. Keypad initiated. 14. Two auxiliary contacts rated 10 Amp, 120 volts AC (for switches 100 to 800 amps) 15 amp, 120 volts AC (for switches 1000 to 4000 amps), shall be mounted on the main shaft, one closed on normal, the other closed on emergency. Both contacts will be wired to a terminal strip for ease of customer connections. 15. A three phase digital LCD voltage readout, with 1% accuracy shall display all three separate phase to phase voltages simultaneously, for both the normal and emergency source. 16. A digital LCD frequency readout with 1% accuracy shall display frequency for both normal and emergency source. 17. An LCD readout shall display normal source and emergency source availability. F. The following accessories shall be available by simple activation, via the keypad: 1. Include (2) time delay contacts that open simultaneously just (milliseconds) prior to transfer in either direction. These contacts close after a time delay upon transfer. Programmable 0-9999 seconds after transfer. 2. A block transfer function shall be included, energized from a 24VDC signal from the generator control switchgear, to allow transfer to emergency. 3. A load -shed function shall be included, energized from a 24VDC signal from the generator control switchgear, to disconnect the load from the emergency source when an overload condition occurs. 4. A peak shave function shall be included, energized from a 24VDC signal from the generator control switchgear. This function will start the emergency generator and transfer the ATS to the emergency source reducing the utility supply to the building. After the peak shave signal is removed, the transfer switch will retransfer to the normal supply, bypassing the retransfer time delay. G. Approval AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263300-6 7-31-2025 1. As a condition of approval, the manufacturer of the automatic transfer switches shall verify that their switches are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Standard UL-1008 with 3 cycle short circuit closing and withstand as follows: RMS Symmetrical Amperes 480 VAC Current Limiting Amperes Closing and Withstand Fuse Rating 100 — 400 42,000 200,000 600 — 800 65,000 200,000 1000 —1200 85,000 200,000 1600 — 4000 100,000 200,000 2. During the 3 cycle closing and withstand tests, there shall be no contact welding or damage. The 3 cycle tests shall be performed without the use of current limiting fuses. The test shall verify that contact separation has not occurred, and there is contact continuity across all phases. Test procedures shall be in accordance with UL-1008, and testing shall be certified by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 3. When conducting temperature rise tests to UL-1008, the manufacture shall include post -endurance temperature rise tests to verify the ability of the transfer switch to carry full rated current after completing the overload and endurance tests. 4. The microprocessor controller shall meet the following requirements: • Storage conditions - 25 degrees C to 85 degrees C • Operation conditions - 20 degrees C to 70 degrees C ambient • Humidity 0 to 99% relative humidity, noncondensing • Capable of withstanding infinite power interruptions • Surge withstand per ANSI/IEEE C-37.90A-1978 5. Manufacturer shall provide copies of test reports upon request. H. Manufacturer 1. The transfer switch manufacturer shall employ a nationwide factory -direct, field service organization, available on a 24-hour a day, 365 days a year, call basis. 2. The manufacture shall include an 800-telephone number, for field service contact, affixed to each enclosure. 3. The manufacturer shall maintain records of each transfer switch, by serial number, for a minimum 20 years. AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263300-7 7-31-2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Automatic Transfer Switches shall be provided with adequate lifting means for ease of installation of wall or floor mounted enclosures. B. Provide access and working space as indicated or as required. 3.02 ADJUSTMENTS A. Tighten assembled bolted connections with appropriate tools to manufacturer's torque recommendations prior to first energization. END OF SECTION 26 33 00 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 263300-8 7-31-2025 SECTION 26 43 13 SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section describes the materials and installation requirements for surge protective devices (SPD) for the protection of all AC electrical circuits. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Other sections that may relate to the work in this section include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Section 26 24 13.11 — Switchboards 2. Section 26 24 16 — Low -Voltage Panelboards 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product information for approval and final documentation in the quantities listed according to the Conditions of the Contract. All transmittals shall be identified by customer name, customer location, and customer order number. B. Submittals shall include UL 1449 4th Edition Listing documentation verifiable by visiting www.UL.com, clicking "Certifications" link, searching using UL Category Code: VZCA. 1. Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) 2. Voltage Protection Ratings (VPRs) for all modes 3. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage rating (MCOV) 4. I -nominal rating (I-n) 5. SPD shall be Type 1 UL listed and labeled C. Upon request, an unencapsulated but complete SPD formally known as TVSS shall be presented for visual inspection. D. Minimum of ten (10) year warranty 1.4 RELATED STANDARDS A. IEEE C62.41.1, IEEE Guide on the Surge Environment in Low -Voltage (1000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits, B. IEEE C62.41.2, IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low -Voltage (1000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits, C. IEEE C62.45, IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low -Voltage (1000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits. D. National Electrical Code: Article 285 E. UL 1283 - Electromagnetic Interference Filters F. UL 1449, Fourth Edition — Surge Protective Devices 1.5 LISTING REQUIREMENTS SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 264313-1 7-31-2025 A. SPD shall bear the UL Mark and shall be Listed to most recent editions of UL 1449 and UL 1283. "Manufactured in accordance with" is not equivalent to UL listing and does not meet the intent of this specification. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage a firm with at least ten (10) years experience in manufacturing transient voltage surge suppressors. B. Manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 or 9002 certified. C. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of five (10) years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. D. The SPD shall be compliant with the Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive 2002/95/EC. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handle and store equipment in accordance with manufacturer's Installation and Maintenance Manuals. One (1) copy of this document to be provided with the equipment at time of shipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide an externally mounted transient voltage suppressors by Siemens or pre -approved equal. Approved manufacturers are as follows: 1. ABB 2. ADP 3. THOR 2.2 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE FEATURES A. SPD shall be UL 1449 listed and labeled with 200kA Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR). Fuse ratings shall not be considered in lieu of demonstrated withstand testing of SPD, per NEC 285.6. B. SPD shall be UL 1449 labeled as Type 1 intended for use without need for external or supplemental overcurrent controls. Every suppression component of every mode, including N-G, shall be protected by internal overcurrent and thermal over -temperature controls. SPDs relying upon external or supplementary installed safety disconnects do not meet the intent of this specification. C. SPD shall be UL 1449 labeled with 20kA I -nominal (I-n) (verifiable at UL.com) for compliance to UL 96A Lightning Protection Master Label and NFPA 780. D. Suppression components shall be heavy duty `large block' MOVs, each exceeding 30mm diameter. SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 264313-2 7-31-2025 E. Standard 7 Mode Protection paths: SPD shall provide surge current paths for all modes of protection: L-N, L-G, L-L, and N-G for Wye systems; L-L, L-G in Delta and impedance grounded Wye systems. F. If a dedicated breaker for the SPD is not provided in the switchboard, the service entrance SPD shall include an integral UL Recognized disconnect switch. A dedicated breaker shall serve as a means of disconnect for distribution SPD's. G. SPD shall meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. Minimum surge current capability (single pulse rated) per phase shall be: a. Service Entrance applications: 1.) Siemens Model TPS3 12 with Maximum 7-Mode surge current capability shall be 250kA per phase. b. Distribution applications: 1.) Siemens Model TPS3 09 with Maximum surge current capability of 100kA per phase 2. UL 1449 Listed Voltage Protection Ratings (VPRs) shall not exceed the following: VOLTAGE L-N L-G N-G 208Y/120V 700V 700V 700V 480Y/277V 1500V 1500V 1500 V I. UL 1449 Listed Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage (MCOV) for L-N, L-G, and N-G modes of protection (verifiable at UL.com): System Voltage Allowable System Voltage Fluctuation (%) MCOV 208Y/120 25% 150V 480Y/277V 20% 320V J. Service Entrance SPD shall be complimentary UL 1283 listed for EMI/RFI filtering with minimum attenuation of -50dB at 100kHz. K. SPD shall have a warranty for a period of ten (10) years, incorporating unlimited replacements of suppressor parts if they are destroyed by transients during the warranty period. L. Service Entrance SPDs shall be equipped with the following diagnostics: 1. Visual LED diagnostics including a minimum of one green LED indicator per phase, and one red service LED. 2. Audible alarm with on/off silence function and diagnostic test function (excluding branch). 3. Form C dry contacts 4. Optional — Surge Counter 5. No other test equipment shall be required for SPD monitoring or testing before or after installation. M. Distribution Panels SPDs shall be equipped with the following diagnostics: 1. Visual LED diagnostics including a minimum of one green LED indicator per phase, and one red service LED. 2. Audible Alarm & Dry Contacts 3. No other test equipment shall be required for SPD monitoring or testing before or after installation. SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 264313-3 7-31-2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.2 INSTALLATION I. The installation shall meet the following criteria: 1. Install per manufacturer's recommendations and contract documents. 2. Install units plumb, level and rigid without distortion 3. One primary suppressor shall be installed external to the service entrance in accordance with manufacturer instructions. 4. Service Entrance SPD shall be installed on the line or load side of the main service disconnect. 5. Service Entrance SPD ground shall be bonded to the service entrance ground. 6. At Service Entrance or Transfer Switch, a UL approved disconnect switch shall be provided as a means of servicing disconnect if a 60A breaker is not available. 7. One SPD shall be installed external to each designated distribution panelboard. 8. At Distribution, MCC and Branch, SPD shall have an independent means of servicing disconnect such that the protected panel remains energized. A 30A breaker (or larger) may serve this function. 9. SPD shall be installed per manufacturer's installation instructions with lead lengths as short (less than 24") and straight as possible. Gently twist conductors together. 10. Installer may reasonably rearrange breaker locations to ensure short & straightest possible leads to SPDs. 11. Before energizing, installer shall verify service and separately derived system Neutral to Ground bonding jumpers per NEC. 3.3 ADJUSTMENTS AND CLEANING A. Remove debris from SPD and wipe dust and dirt from all components. B. Repaint marred and scratched surface with touch up paint to match original finish. 3.4 TESTING A. Check tightness of all accessible mechanical and electrical connections to assure they are torqued to the minimum acceptable manufacture's recommendations. B. Check all installed panels for proper grounding, fastening and alignment. 3.5 WARRANTY A. Equipment manufacturer warrants that all goods supplied are free of non -conformities in workmanship and materials for one year from date of initial operations, but not more than eighteen months from date of shipment. END OF SECTION 26 43 13 SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 264313-4 7-31-2025 SECTION 26 44 10 DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the low -voltage fused and non -fused switches as specified herein and as shown on the contract drawings. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1.03 REFERENCES A. The switches and all components shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable standards of NEMA and UL. 1.04 SUBMITTALS -- FOR REVIEW/APPROVAL A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 013000, 260100, and as stated herein. B. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer: 1. Master drawing index 2. Dimensioned outline drawing 3. Conduit entry/exit locations 4. Switch ratings including: a. Short-circuit rating b. Voltage c. Continuous current 5. Fuse ratings and type 6. Cable terminal sizes. 1.05 SUBMITTALS -- FOR INFORMATION A. When requested by the Engineer the following product information shall be submitted: 1. Descriptive bulletins 2. Product sheets. 1.06 SUBMITTALS --FOR CLOSEOUT A. The following information shall be submitted for record purposes: 1. Final as -built drawings and information for items listed in section 1.04 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 264410-1 7-31-2025 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9000, 9001 or 9002 certified. 1.08 NOT USED 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. One (1) copy of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment. A. FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Contractor shall field verify all dimensions prior to installation. Installation of all switches shall comply with the National Electric Codes clearance and mounting height requirements. B. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Three (3) copies of these instruction manuals shall be submitted with the closeout documents listed in section 1.06. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Square D B. ABB C. Siemens D. Eaton 2.02 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Provide switches as shown on drawings, with the following ratings: 1. 30 to 1200 amperes 2. 250 volts AC, DC; 600 volts AC (30A to 200A 600 volts DC) 3. 2, 3, 4, and 6 poles 4. Non -Fusible and Fusible 5. Copper/aluminum standard mechanical lugs. B. Construction 1. Switchblades and jaws shall be plated copper. 2. Switches shall have a handle that is easily pad lockable in the OFF position. DISCONNECT SWITCHES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 264410-2 7-31-2025 3. Switches shall have defeat -able door interlocks that prevent the door from opening when the handle is in the ON position. 4. Switch assembly and operating handle shall be an integral part of the enclosure base. 5. Fusible switches rated 100A to 1200A shall have reinforced fuse clips. 6.Switch blades shall be readily visible in the OFF position. 7. Switch operating mechanism shall be non-teasible, positive quick-make/quick-break type (except 30A plug fuse -type). 8. Fusible switches shall be suitable for service entrance equipment. 9. Switches shall have line terminal shields. 10. All exterior switches shall be heavy-duty type. 11. All interior switches shall be general -duty type unless otherwise noted. C. Enclosures A. Exterior: All enclosures shall be NEMA 3R rainproof unless otherwise noted. B. Interior: All enclosures shall be NEMA 1 unless otherwise noted. D. Fuses 1. Fuses shall be dual element, current limiting type such as Bussmann Low -Peak Yellow or equal. 2.04 NAMEPLATES A. Manufacturers nameplates shall be front cover mounted, contain a permanent record of switch type, ampere rating, and maximum voltage rating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. All switches shall be cleaned free of debris after installation and prior to final acceptance by the owner. Remove all miscellaneous paint markings, grease and tar. 3.02 FACTORY TESTING A. Standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under this section. All tests shall be in accordance with the latest version of UL and NEMA standards. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. The equipment shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. DISCONNECT SWITCHES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 264410-3 7-31-2025 END OF SECTION 26 44 10 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 264410-4 7-31-2025 SECTION 26 5100 LUMINAIRES PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Lighting fixtures 2. Lamps 3. Ballasts 4. Emergency lighting units 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. C78 Series Lamps 2. C82.1-97 Electric Lamp Ballast - Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballast 3. C82.2-84 Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts - Methods of Measurements 4. C82.4-92 Ballasts for High Intensity Discharge and Low -Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple Supply Type) 5. C82.11-93 High Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts B. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): 1. C62.11-93 IEEE Recommended Practice on Metal Oxide Surge Arresters for Alternating Current Power Circuits C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 National Electrical Code D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. 844-95 Electric Lighting Fixtures for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations 2. 924-95 Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment 3. 935-95 Fluorescent Lamp Ballast 4. 1029-94 High Intensity Discharge Lamp Ballasts 5. 1570-95 Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures 6. 1571-95 Incandescent Lighting Fixtures 7. 1572-97 High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures 1.03 DEFINITIONS: LUMINAIRES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 265100-1 7-31-2025 A. Emergency Lighting Unit: Fixture with integral emergency battery power supply and means for controlling and charging battery. Emergency units are available with integral lamps only. B. Fixture: Complete lighting unit, exit sign, or emergency lighting unit. Fixtures include lamps and parts required to distribute light, position and protect lamps, and connect lamps to power supply. Internal battery powered exit signs and emergency lighting units also include battery and means for controlling and recharging battery. Emergency lighting units are available with and without integral lamp heads and lamps. C. Luminaire: Fixture. D. Average Life: Time after which 50% will have failed and 50% will have survived under normal conditions. E. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): The root mean square (RMS) of all the harmonic current components divided by total fundamental (60 hz) current. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Procedures: Submit in accordance with Section 01300, 16010, and as stated herein. B. Product Data: 1. Describe fixtures, lamps, ballasts, and emergency lighting units. Arrange product data for fixtures in order of fixture designation. Include data on features and accessories and the following information: a. Outline drawings of fixtures indicating dimensions and principal features. b. Electrical ratings and photometric data with specified lamps and certified results of independent laboratory tests. c. Data on batteries and chargers of emergency lighting units. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail nonstandard fixtures indicating dimensions, weights, methods of field assembly, components, features, and accessories. D. Supplies: 1. Submit sample of fixture if different than specified. E. Miscellaneous: LUMINAIRES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 265100-2 7-31-2025 1. Warranty for rechargeable battery. 2. Coordination drawings for fixtures that require coordination with other equipment installed in the same space. F. Substitutions to Specified Product 1. Prior approval requests will include the following : a. Full submittal data, by type, clearly highlighted and arrowed to identify the specific proposed manufacturer's nomenclature b. Full submittal data of lamps of proposed manufacturer c. Full submittal data of ballast/driver (LED) data of proposed manufacturer d. LED lumen data shall include: i. Lumen output ii. L70 and L90 testing iii. Confirmation of independent test lab data ITL iv. Color temperature and CRI with quantity of McAdam Ellipse steps v. Data shall include sphere and goniometer results for total lumen, total power, luminaire efficacy, CRI and junction temperature for the specified color temperature vi. Make and brand of LED diode should be clearly identified on submittal data vii. LED dimming shall be equal in range and quality to the specified drivers, Quality of dimming to be defined by dimming range, freedom from perceived flicker or visible stroboscopic flicker, smooth and continuous change in level (no visible steps in transitions), natural square law response to control input, and stable when input voltage conditions fluctuate over what is typically experience in a commercial environment. viii. All substitutions must meet specified fixtures certifications UL,ETL,CE,CSA,RoHS,DLC, Energy Star) 2. Provide lighting calculations with the prior approval request based on reflectance values and light loss factors provided by the engineer and displayed on lighting calculation drawings. (may be unique by area) Calculations shall be shown on one sheet with dimensions as shown on construction set. Data will be submitted electronically in dxf format on a flash drive and with printed calculations on Architectural E size sheets to scale with construction set sheets. a. Discrepancies between prior approval data calculations and the original design calculations will result in immediate disqualification of review due to time based constraints on the bid process LUMINAIRES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 265100-3 7-31-2025 3. Prior approval request may require a sample of both the proposed and specified fixtures provided by the alternate manufacturer at NO additional cost to the project. Samples of both specified and proposed must be provided within 10 working days of request. 4. Energy calculations (Comcheck) must be provided with specification sheets including lamp and ballast data supporting input wattages highlighted in yellow and clearly identified by type. Input voltages must coincide with panel schedules. This data will be submitted under separate cover with the prior approval request 5. All data will be submitted electronically and in a bound format a. Bound data will be secured in hard binder with 3" rings for ease of review. b. Types will be marked with a tab by type and indexed for ease of reference 6. LED warranty information MUST be included by type and marked in RED to clearly identify the manufacturer's warranty terms. Warranty data MUST meet or exceed the specified manufacturers terms 7. Prior approvals MUST be received and acknowleged to the specifiers office no less than 15 days prior to bid. 8. ALL prior approval data must be submitted in one package with complete information. Information that is incomplete will be rejected without review. 9. The prior approval will be returned marked approved or rejected by type with no explanation. If any specification is deemed not equal the review will be stopped and the type rejected with no explanation. 10. Lumen output for the proposed fixture must be highlighted in yellow for clear identification 11. All inverter systems that supply power to LED fixtures must have pure PWM sine wave function and work with any type of lighting load. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver lighting fixtures in factory -fabricated containers or wrappings, which properly protect fixtures from damage. B. Store lighting fixtures in original packaging. Store inside well -ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperatures, humidity; laid flat and blocked off ground. LUMINAIRES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 265100-4 7-31-2025 C. Handle lighting fixtures carefully to prevent damage, breaking, and scarring of finishes. Do not install damaged units or components; replace with new. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms "listed and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. C. Coordinate fixtures mounting hardware and trim with ceiling system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIXTURES, GENERAL: A. Comply with requirements specified in Paragraphs below and lighting fixture schedule. 2.02 FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL: A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners and edges. B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, except as indicated. Form and support components to prevent warping and sagging. C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating and free from light leakage under operating conditions. Arrange to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses, diffusers and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in operating position. D. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectances as follows, except as otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85% 2. Specular Surfaces: 83% 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75% 4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90% E. Lenses, Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 100% virgin acrylic plastic or water white, annealed crystal glass except as indicated. LUMINAIRES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 265100-5 7-31-2025 1. Plastic: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat and UV radiation. 2. Lens Thickness: 0.125 inch, minimum. 2.03 SUSPENDED FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS: A. Single -Stem Hangers: %-inch steel tubing with swivel ball fitting and ceiling canopy. Finish same as fixture. B. Twin -Stem Hangers: Two, %-inch steel tubes with single canopy arranged to mount single fixture. Finish same as fixture. C. Rod Hangers: %-inch diameter cadmium plated, threaded steel rod. D. Hook Hanger: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with threaded attachment, cord and locking -type plug. 2.04 LED LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LED LAMPS A. All LED products must be UL, ETL and/or CSA listed B. All LED products must have LM-79 and LM-80 testing noted on specification sheet by an independent test lab 1. See note P this section C. All LED products should be identified as L70 and/or L90 ratings based on independent test lab data D. All outdoor pole mounted products must have surge suppression within each fixture. 1. See note P this section E. All outdoor and wet location listed products must clearly state the IP rating carried on the fixture based on independent test lab data F. All LED products must be serviceable for accessable for field reapair needs G. All outdoor lighting color rendering should be within a 7 step McAdams Ellipse. All outdoor lighting should be 4000 kelvin unless specifically noted 1. See note P this section LUMINAIRES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 265100-6 7-31-2025 H. All indoor lighting color rendering should be within a 3 step McAdams ellipse. All indoor lighting should be 4000-4100 kelvin unless specifically noted 1. See note P this section I. All control systems that interface with an LED product will be supported by a project "integrator" until project completion. This includes contact with the installer prior to installation, availability during installation, and final checkout and startup after installation. The quantity of days required for startup will be based on the manufacturer/agents discretion and need. 1. The project integrator must be capable of performing low voltage and dmx terminations. High voltage terminations are performed solely by the electrical subcontractor. 2. Reporting of final startup completion of the controls system back to the engineer is mandantory. J. Invitation to attend the training with the owners representative should be made to the engineer no less than 5 days prior to training K. Signature confirmation of training and startup is required within 5 business days after completion back to the engineers office. 1. A follow up call will be made to the owner 30-45 days after the startup and training of the controls system by the manufacturers representative to ensure all systems are operating to design specification. A 3 hour onsite system fine tuning at no additional cost to the owner is inclusive if requested by the owner at that time for additional training and programming. L. All LED drivers should be capable of 0-10 volt controls and DMX control and shall dim to 1% of total lumen output . Where specifically specified the dimming driver may be required to dim to .1% of lumen output, otherwise known as "dim to dark" M. Driver manufacturers must have a 5 year history producing dimmable electronic LED drivers for the North American market. N. Ambient driver tiemperatures must be within -20 degrees to 50 degrees C (-4 degrees to 122 degrees F) LUMINAIRES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 265100-7 7-31-2025 O. Driver must limit inrush current. 1. Base specification: meet or exceed NEMA 410 driver inrush standard of 430 amp per 10 amps load with a maximum of 370 amps/2 seconds 2. Preferred specification : Meet or exceed 30ma's at 277 VAC for up to 50 watts of load and 75A at 240us att 277 VAC for 100 watts of load 3. Withstand up to a 1,000 volt surge without impairment of performance as defined by ANSI C62.41 Category A 4. No visible change in light output with a variation of plus/minus 10% line voltage input. 5. Total harmonic distortion less than 20%, and meet ANSI C82.11 maximum allowable THD requirements at full output. THD shall at no point in the dimming curve allow imbalance current to exceed full output THD 6. See note P this section. P. Any exceptions are at the engineers discretion based on project needs and applicability. 2.05 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES: A. Fixtures: Conform to UL 1570. B. Ballasts: Electronic type. Conform to UL 935, ANSI C82.11 and NFPA 70. 1. Certification: By Electrical Testing Laboratory (ETL). 2. Labeling: By Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association (CBM). 3. Type: Class P, 0.95 P.F. minimum. 4. Sound Rating: "A" rating, except as indicated otherwise. 5. Voltage: Match connected circuits. 6. Temperature: Start and operate at minimum of 50° F. 7. THD: 10 percent maximum. C. Low Temperature Ballast: Start and maintain operation at a minimum of 0° F. D. T-8 Lamp Ballasts: Full -light output type, compatible with energy -saving lamps. Following are required average input wattages when tested according to ANSI C82.2. 1. 39 or less when operating one F32T8 lamp. 2. 62 or less when operating two F32T8 lamps. 3. 95 or less when operating three F32T8 lamps. 4. 114 or less when operating four F32T8 lamps. E. Recessed fluorescent fixtures shall have 100% acrylic prismatic lenses with a minimum thickness of 0.125 inch unless otherwise indicated. LUMINAIRES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 265100-8 7-31-2025 2.06 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) FIXTURES: A. Fixtures: Conform to UL 1572. B. Ballasts: Conform to UL 1029 and ANSI C82.4. Provide ballasts with following features, except as otherwise indicated. 1. Constant wattage autotransformer (CWA) or regulator, high -power -factor type. 2. Voltage rating matches system voltage. 3. Single -Lamp Ballasts: Minimum starting temperature of —30° C. 4. Normal ambient operating temperature is 40°C. 5. Open circuit operation will not reduce average life. 6. Noise Suppression: Manufacturer's standard epoxy encapsulated model designed to minimize audible fixture noise. 2.07 INCANDESCENT FIXTURES: A. Conform to UL 1571. 2.08 FIXTURES FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS: A. Conform to UL 844 or provide units that have Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (FM) certification for indicated class and division of hazard. 2.09 EXIT SIGNS: A. Conform to UL 924. 1. Sign Colors: Conform to local code. B. Self -Powered Exit Signs (Battery Backup): Integral automatic high/low trickle charger in self- contained power pack. 1. Battery: Sealed, maintenance -free, nickel cadmium type 1.5 hour minimum emergency run time. 2.09 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS: A. Conform to UL 924. Provide self-contained units with features and characteristics as indicated on the drawings. LUMINAIRES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 265100-9 7-31-2025 2.10 LAMPS: A. Conform to ANSI C78 series applicable to each type of lamp. B. Fluorescent Lamps: Color temperature of 3500° K. 2.11 FINISH: A. Steel Parts: Manufacturer's standard finish applied over corrosion -resistant primer, free of streaks, runs, holidays, stains, blisters and defects. Remove fixtures showing evidence of corrosion during project warranty period and replace with new fixtures. B. Other Parts: Manufacturer's standard finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Set units plumb, square and level with ceiling and walls, in alignment with adjacent fixtures, and secure according to manufacturer's printed instructions and approved submittals. B. Mounting heights specified or indicated shall be to the bottom of fixture for ceiling -mounted fixtures and to the center of fixture for wall -mounted fixtures. C. Obtain approval of the exact mounting for lighting fixtures on the job prior to commencing installation and, where applicable, after coordinating with the type, style and pattern of ceiling being installed. D. Where recessed fixtures are supported by ceiling support grid, install additional support wires near each corner of the fixture. E. Make branch circuit wiring connections with conductors having an insulation temperature rating suitable for the fixture. F. Ground and bond fixtures in accordance with Section 16060. G. Install lamp units according to manufacturer's instructions and fixture schedule. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. LUMINAIRES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 265100-10 7-31-2025 B. Give 7-days notice of dates and times for field tests. C. Verify normal operation of each fixture after fixtures have been installed and circuits have been energized with normal power source. D. Interrupt electrical energy to demonstrate proper operation of emergency lighting installation. 1. Duration of supply. 2. Low battery voltage shut -down. 3. Normal transfer to battery source and retransfer to normal. 4. Low supply voltage transfer. E. Replace or repair malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Clean fixtures upon completion of installation. Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities. C. Set and adjust photocells and/or time switches for proper operation as directed by Owner. 3.04 PRE -CONSTRUCTION JOBSITE VISIT: A. Pre -construction On -site Services to be provided by Lighting/Controls vendor/supplier: The project electrical contractor shall contact Lighting vendor/supplier to schedule a jobsite meeting prior to the installation of the lighting control system. Purposeof the meeting is to review submittals and installation documentation provided by the system manufacturer. Discussion should include wiring conventions and specific wiring requirements. Installation of specific devices is also to be addressed. Prior to start-up Lighting manufactures representative shall send a field service technician to visit the jobsite to confirm progress and answer any additional questions. Start-up date is to be confirmed at the time of this visit. Training agenda shall be provided to the contractor/distributor. Contractor/distributor shall confirm with the owner's representative and specifying engineer attendance at lighting system demonstrations and for training. Contractor/distributorshall provide to field service technician programming information as required for start- up such as but not limited to zone assignments, time schedules for operation, presets for all control stations, programming sequences for dynamic LED fixtures, emergency operation, blink -warn, and system override. Programming information is LUMINAIRES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 265100-11 7-31-2025 required for system set-up and pre -start-up. B. Lighting Control System Start-up and Training 1. Prior to energizing lighting control system the following must be completed: No component of the lighting control system shall be energized until a factory certified field service engineer has approved the installation of the system by the projectelectrical contractor. The electrical contractor/distributor shall contact the Lighting vendor/supplier at least 3 weeks prior to the requested start-up date to schedule a field service technician to be at the jobsite. Request shall be in writing and shall include filled out start-up request form and dated jobsite photos of the dimmer and/or relay panels. Lighting Control system is defined as the dimmer/relay panel(s) and all associated control stations and related accessories. The electrical contractor is responsible to install the entire lighting control system, all power feeders, all load wiring, and control wiring. Equipment shall be installed according to the manufacturer's instructions, contract documents, and national and local codes and regulations. Equipment shall be plumb and level to the finished floor. All components of the lighting control system shall be clean, free of dust and paint spatters. Components shall be unmarred or damaged. All cable shall be dressed, neatly routed, and labeled. All conduit shall be securely attached to the dimmer/relay panel. Start-up services are not provided in conjunction or in association with any commissioning of lighting or other related control systems. 2. System Start-up Each dimmer/relay shall be tested by the electrical contractor (with a multi -meter) to confirm what voltage is being passed and to confirm that no voltage is being passed when the circuit is open. A representative of the owner shall be present to observe the testing/demonstration of the dimmer/relay panels. Each individual dimmer/relay panel shall be load tested with all circuits on while under load for a minimum of 1 hour. Where external devices are to be attached to the dimmer/relay panel including photocell, occupancy sensor, time clock, DMX controller, and/or control stations, operation of each device should be verified at the panel and specific circuits that are programmed to be controlled by the external device(s). Where control signals originate from the dimmer/relay panel for control of lighting fixtures, the control signal shall be tested by the electrical contractor to confirm that it is being delivered to each lighting fixture. Proper operation of the lighting fixtures shall beconfirmed LUMINAIRES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 265100-12 7-31-2025 as part of the system testing/demonstration. 3. Training Training shall be provided for the owner's representative and contractor. Prior to start-up the owner's representative and electrical contractor/distributor shall acknowledge receipt of training agenda. The electrical contractor/distributor shall confirm that the specifying engineer has been contacted and been invited to attend the system demonstration and/or training. All product and lighting control system documentation and operation'smanuals shall be provided by electrical contractor/distributor at the time of training. Training is to include, but not be limited to: basic operation of lighting control system, set- up of system and control panels, operation of control stations, programming of system, basic de -bugging, and overall system testing. At completion of training session all in attendees shall sign the start-up technician's field service report to confirm participation in the training session. Completed field service report shall be submitted to the electrical contractor/distributor and specifying engineer. 3.05 Follow-up Contact Services Approximately 90 days following the initialization of the lighting control system the Lighting/controls vendor/supplier shall contact the electrical contractor/distributor to confirm that the system is operating correctly and answer any questions that have come -up since system initialization. 3.06 Extended Follow-up Contact On -site Services Approximately 300 days following initialization of the lighting control system the Lighting/controls vendor/supplier shall contact the owner's representative in order to schedule a job site visit. The purpose of the visit shall be to confirm that all lighting control equipment that was initialized by lighting/control vendor/supplier is fully functioning. Any equipment not functioning as originally specified shall be repaired as required. In addition if the end user has adjustments that need to be made to programming or to any of the control of the system these shall be made during the jobsite visit. If further training on the system is required this shall be provided at the time of the visit or scheduled at a time of mutual convenience. A completed field service report shall be submitted to the electrical contractor, specifying engineer, and the owner's representative. END OF SECTION LUMINAIRES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 265100-13 7-31-2025 SECTION 26 74 00 TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEMS (ROUGH -IN) PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions and Special Conditions govern work under this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes work required to provide a system of raceways, outlet boxes with covers, terminal boards, and grounding to accommodate the installation of the telephone/data cabling system by Owner/Owner's vendor. Note that some indicated ceilings are inaccessible and extensions of raceways to accessible ceiling areas will be required. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 26 — ELECTRICAL 1.04 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Code (NEC) 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. It is the intent of this Specification to provide a system of raceways and outlets to accommodate the installation of telephone and data cabling by the Owner's vendor under a separate contract. The Contract Documents indicate the location and size of the main telephone service raceway and the location of telephone/data outlets and terminal boards. Routing of raceway system between outlets and terminal points shall be determined in the field by the contractor. Design of the system is based upon the premise that the telephone/data system installer will provide UL listed low smoke producing plenum cabling conforming to NEC requirements, permitting open wiring in plenum areas above accessible ceilings. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Raceways: All raceways shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the requirements of this Section and Section 261360. B. Outlet Cover Plates: All outlet coverplates shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 261400. Provide for unused outlet boxes. C. Terminal Boards: Terminal boards shall be %-inch type Marine grade plywood having two coats of insulating oil base exterior enamel paint applied before installation on both sides and all edges. The quantity and dimensions shall be as indicated on the drawings. D. Cabling: By Owner's vendor under separate contract. E. Jacks: By Owner's vendor under separate contract. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION A. Install terminal boards straight and level at locations indicated on drawings. Attach to masonry walls using expansion anchors, to CMU walls using toggle bolts, and to sheetrock and plaster walls using wood or sheet metal lag bolts fastened into the wall supporting the structure. The use of toggle bolts in sheetrock and plaster walls is not acceptable. Install anchors at a maximum of 24-inches on center at the perimeter of each board. B. At the main terminal board, stub -up the service entrance conduits at one end of the board within 3 inches of the supporting wall. C. Service entrance conduits shall be rigid galvanized steel or PVC encased in concrete with steel TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEMS (ROUGH -IN) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 267400-1 7-31-2025 reinforced where it passes through the foundation and for at least 5' beyond the building line. D. Unless otherwise indicated, distribution raceways shall be electrical metallic tubing, except the PVC Schedule 40 may be used where raceway is buried in concrete slabs, columns, or beams. Provide insulating bushings at the ends of all raceways. E. The conduit size for each outlet shall be 1-1/4 inch minimum. F. Boxes shall be steel having the minimum dimensions of 4-11/16"x4-11/16"x2-1/8". G. Provide conduit from each outlet location to an accessible location above a lay -in type ceiling. Terminate conduit with bushing. H. Provide raceways sufficient to accommodate telephone cabling where passing through mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, pipe chases, mechanical chases, areas without ceilings (exposed structure), and nonaccessible areas such as ceiling plenums and crawl spaces. I. Provide %-inch conduit with #6 AWG bare copper ground wire from main terminal location and bond to building grounding system as indicated on drawings. J. Contact local telephone company to coordinate the exact telephone service entrance location and requirements prior to installing the telephone service raceways. K. Refer to construction drawings for additional requirements. END OF SECTION 26 74 00 TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEMS (ROUGH -IN) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 267400-2 7-31-2025 SECTION 26 75 00 CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM (ROUGH -IN) PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions and Special Conditions govern work under this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes work required to provide a system of raceways, outlet boxes and grounding of a cable TV system. Note that some indicated ceilings are inaccessible and extensions of raceways to accessible ceiling areas will be required. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 26 — ELECTRICAL 1.04 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Code (NEC) 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. It is the intent of this Specification to provide a system of raceways, outlet boxes and grounding to accommodate a CATV system by the Owner's vendor under a separate contract. The Contract Documents indicate the location and size of the main Cable service raceway and the location of TV outlets. Routing of raceway system between outlets and terminal points shall be determined in the field by the contractor. Design of the system is based upon the premise that the cable TV system installer will provide UL listed low smoke producing plenum cabling conforming to NEC requirements, permitting open wiring in plenum areas above accessible ceilings. CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM (ROUGH -IN) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 267500-1 7-31-2025 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Raceways: All raceways shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the requirements of this Section and Section 261360. B. Outlet Cover Plates: Provide outlet cover plates in accordance with the requirements of Section 261400. Provide where outlet boxes are unused. C. Terminal Boards: Terminal boards shall be %-inch type Marine grade plywood having two coats of insulating oil base exterior enamel paint applied before installation on both sides and all edges. The quantity and dimensions shall be as indicated on the drawings. Label terminal board "CATV". PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION A. Install terminal boards straight and level at locations indicated on drawings. Attach to masonry walls using expansion anchors, to CMU walls using toggle bolts, and to sheetrock and plaster walls using wood or sheet metal lag bolts fastened into the wall supporting the structure. The use of toggle bolts in sheetrock and plaster walls is not acceptable. Install anchors at a maximum of 24-inches on center at the perimeter of each board. B. At the main terminal board, stub -up the service entrance conduits at one end of the board within 3 inches of the supporting wall. C. Unless otherwise indicated, distribution raceways shall be electrical metallic tubing, except the PVC Schedule 40 may be used where raceway is buried in concrete slabs, columns, or beams. Provide insulating bushings at the ends of all raceways. D. The conduit size for each outlet shall be 3/4-inch minimum. E. Boxes shall be steel having the minimum dimensions of 4-11/16"x4-11/16"x2-1/8". F. Provide conduit from each outlet location to an accessible location above a lay -in type ceiling. Terminate conduit with bushing. G. Provide raceways sufficient to accommodate cabling where passing through mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, pipe chases, mechanical chases, areas without ceilings (exposed structure), and CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM (ROUGH -IN) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 267500-2 7-31-2025 non -accessible areas such as ceiling plenums and crawl spaces. H. Provide %-inch conduit with #6 AWG bare copper ground wire from main terminal location and bond to building grounding system as indicated on drawings. I. Provide pull wire or mylar cord in any empty conduit. J. Coordinate final termination with the Architect, Owner's representative and the Local Cable TV provider. END OF SECTION 26 75 00 CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM (ROUGH -IN) 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 267500-3 7-31-2025 SECTION 27 05 33 - PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section and the associated Technology (T Series) Audiovisual (TA Series), and Security (TS Series) Drawings and Contract Documents identify the requirements, technical design, and specifications for pathways for Communications Systems for the Project. The conduit and backboxes shall be in compliance with the latest version of TIA-569 and the locally adopted version of the NFPA 70 (National Electric Code) and shall include all components needed to ensure proper system performance and code compliance as specified. B. Functionally complete pathways shall be provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result shall be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to Owner. C. The pathways for Communications Systems includes the following main components: 1. Conduit / Sleeves and accessories 2. Backboxes 3. Floorboxes / Poke Thru Devices 4. Pullboxes (Junction Boxes) 5. Wire -mesh Cable Tray 6. Surface Raceways and Boxes 7. Firestopping Systems 8. Labeling 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Work required by this Section shall meet the requirements of Section 27 00 10 General Requirements for Communications. B. Refer to Division 26 for Electrical System requirements, including but not limited to additional material and installation requirements for Communications Systems conduit, backboxes, floorboxes, and pullboxes. C. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for associated General Requirements for Communications D. Refer to Section 27 10 00 for associated Structured Cabling requirements. E. Refer to Section 28 13 00 for associated Access Control System F. Refer to Section 28 23 00 for associated Video Surveillance System PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-1 July 31, 2025 1.03 CONFIDENTIALITY A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for confidentiality requirements. 1.04 ABBREVIATIONS A. NECA — National Electrical Contractors Association B. NEMA — National Electrical Manufacturers Association C. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for additional abbreviations. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Transition Point Enclosure B. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for additional definitions. 1.06 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Codes and Regulations 1. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for additional Codes and Regulations. B. Standards 1. NECA 1— Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2. NECA/BICSI 568 - Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling 3. NECA/BICSI 607 — Standard for Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding Planning and Installation Methods for Commercial Buildings 4. TIA 569 — Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces 5. TIA 606 — Administration Standard for Telecommunications Infrastructure 6. TIA 607 — Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding for Customer Premises 7. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for additional Standards. C. Guidelines 1. BICSI —Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual 2. NEMA VE 2 - Metal Cable Tray Installation Guidelines 3. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for additional Guidelines. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor Qualifications 1. The Contractor shall have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. 2. The Contractor shall have a local office with local technicians and an adequate workforce to complete this project within a 75-mile radius of the project Site. PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-2 July 31, 2025 3. The Contractor shall have completed a minimum of five (5) projects similar in size and scope to the Owner's installation, where the systems have been in continuous satisfactory operation for at least one (1) year. 4. Subcontractors shall be identified at the time of bid and comply with the requirements and intentions of these specifications, associated drawings, and related contract documents. 5. Firestopping Contractor Qualifications a. Firestopping materials shall be part of a UL listed System and installed by a certified technician. b. Contractor / Subcontractor installing Firestopping shall be qualified and properly trained, with at least one of the following certifications: 1) FCIA (Firestop Contractors International Association) — FM 4991 Approval 2) UL Qualified Firestop Contractor 3) Installation Certification through firestopping manufacturer. a) Specified Technologies, Inc products — all installers shall be FIT Level 1 Certified through STI. b) Hilti products — Contractor / Subcontractor shall be part of Hilti Firestop Specialty Contractor Program c) Or Approved Equivalent c. Submit proof of certification as part of Pre -Construction Submittal. 6. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for additional Contractor Qualifications requirements. B. Personnel Qualifications 1. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor (or Subcontractor) responsible for the Work of this Section shall assign a competent Project Manager with the following qualifications / credentials: a. A minimum of five years of experience overseeing installation of Communications Pathways and who is familiar with the requirements of TIA and BICSI Reference Standards listed above. 2. Include resume(s) of the above personnel per Submittal requirements and when requested by Owner or Design Consultant. C. Site Observations 1. Contractor's RCDD (per Section 27 10 00 Structured Cabling) shall make weekly inspections during construction to ensure Pathways for Structured Cabling are installed properly and per the Contract Documents. 2. Contractor's CTS-I/CTS-D (per Section 27 41 00 Audio Visual Systems) shall make weekly inspections during construction to ensure Pathways for Audio Visual Systems are installed properly and per the Contract Documents. PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-3 July 31, 2025 1.08 WARRANTY A. Refer to 27 00 10 for General Warranty requirements. B. Manufacturer Warranty 1. No additional manufacturer warranty is required beyond the Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee. C. Special Warranty 1. No special warranty is required for Pathways for Communications Systems. 1.09 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for General Submittal Requirements. B. Pre -Bid 1. Submit clarifying questions and product Substitution Requests prior to the questions deadline prior to Bid. 2. Submit Contractor and Personnel Qualifications documentation indicating that the requirements of the Quality Assurance paragraph of this Section and Section 27 00 10 are met. C. Bid 1. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general Bid requirements. D. Pre -Construction 1. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general Pre -Construction Submittal requirements and procedures. 2. Pre -Construction Submittal for this Section shall include the following: a. Bill -of -Materials b. Product Data c. Firestopping UL System information d. Shop Drawings 1) Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general Shop Drawing Requirements 2) Shop Drawings for Work of this Section shall also include: a) Floor plans showing the following work: i) Cable tray routing, size and height AFF. Cloud minor changes from Drawings and indicate reason for minor deviation — ie "Routed on west side of corridor due to conflict with mechanical duct." Submit RFI for major changes in routing — ie when coordination issues require cable tray to be routed in different room. PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-4 July 31, 2025 ii) Dimensioned multi -service floor box and poke thru device locations. For slab -on -grade floor boxes, also indicate quantity, size and routing of conduit under/in slab to serving Communications Room (for Structured Cabling) and to rack or accessible ceiling space (for Audio Visual). b) Pathways for Structured Cabling (including firestopping requirements identified by UL System number) shall be identified on Section 2710 00 Shop Drawings. c) Pathways for Audio -Visual Systems (including firestopping requirements identified by UL System number) shall be identified on Section 27 4100 Shop Drawings. d) Pathways for Paging Systems (including firestopping requirements identified by UL System number) shall be identified on Section 27 5100 Shop Drawings. 1.10 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general Project Closeout submittal requirements. B. Project Closeout submittal for this Section shall include the following: 1. Bill -of -Materials / Product Index 2. Product Data 3. Operation and Maintenance Data 4. Warranty Documentation 5. Test Results 6. Training and Spare Parts a. Signed acceptance letter or form indicated Owner has been properly trained in operation of the system and has taken possession of the specified Spare Parts and Tools (items listed as "Furnish to Owner"). 7. Record Drawings ("As Builts") a. Maintain a copy of approved Shop Drawings on the Site (or the Project's Construction Administration website), and update changes to pathways made during construction. b. At the conclusion of the project, utilize AutoCAD or BIM software (such as Revit or Navisworks) to incorporate the pathway changes to the Shop Drawings. c. PDF markups in software such as Bluebeam will not be acceptable. d. Include both PDF and AutoCAD (2010 dwg file type) versions of every drawing in the Project Closeout Submittal. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general Coordination requirements. PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-5 July 31, 2025 B. Coordination with other Divisions and Sections 1. Coordinate routing of cable tray with other trades prior to construction. Installation of cable tray without required clearances will not be accepted. Include in Bid cost of minor cable tray routing adjustments (within the same corridor) due to conflicts with other trades. C. Preinstallation Meeting 1. After Bid and before Preconstruction Submittals, request a Preinstallation Meeting with General Contractor and other Division 27 and 28 Subcontractors regarding Work specified in this Section. 1.12 STRUCTURAL AND SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for structural and seismic requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general product requirements. 2.02 CONDUIT / SLEEVES AND ACCESSORIES A. Electric Metallic Tubing (EMT) and fittings 1. Refer to Division 26 for specific product and material requirements. 2. Shall meet ANSI C80.3, UL 797 3. Manufacturers: a. Allied Tube or equivalent B. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) and fittings 1. Refer to Division 26 for specific product and material requirements. 2. Shall meet ANSI C80.6, UL 1242 3. Manufacturers: a. Allied Tube or equivalent C. Rigid Metallic Conduit (RMC) and fittings 1. Refer to Division 26 for specific product and material requirements. 2. Shall meet ANSI C80.1, UL 6 3. Manufacturers: a. Allied Tube or equivalent D. Conduit Support / Fittings / Accessories 1. Conduit Clamps PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-6 July 31, 2025 a. Caddy Screw On Conduit Clips — For 1-inch — Part No. CS16 b. Or equal 2. 1-5/8" Framing System a. Unistrut Support Channel — Part No. P1000 T b. Or equal 3. Conduit Bushings a. Nylon Bushings Sized for the Conduit Installed 4. Innerduct a. Install size and type as identified on Drawings. b. 1" or 1-1/4" diameter c. Composed of HDPE (High Density Polyethylene) d. UL listed for Riser Plenum installation e. Footage markings every two feet f. With pull tape preinstalled g. Manufacturer: 1) Innerduct 2) Carlon 3) Panduit 5. Fabric Innerduct a. Textile innerduct b. Type (cell size and quantity) as identified on Drawings. c. UL listed for Riser installation d. With pull tape preinstalled in each cell e. Manufacturer: 1) MaxCell — Riser 2) No Substitutions 2.03 BACKBOXES A. Size, Gang, and Trim Ring per Drawings B. Boxes installed into stud walls: 1. Single gang: a. 2" by 3" by 2-1/2" deep PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-7 July 31, 2025 b. Manufacturer: 1) RACO xxx 2) Or equal from: xxx 2. Double gang: a. 4-11/16" by 4-11/16" by 2-1/8" deep b. With a minimum of 3/8" deep trim ring; depth to match thickness of gypboard wall material. c. Manufacturer: 1) RACO xxx 2) Or equal from: xxx 3. TV Display backbox: a. Specialty in -wall backbox b. Minimum dimensions: 7" tall by 14.25" wide by 3.9" deep c. With (2) 1-gang knockouts in top for power receptacle and data outlet d. With a minimum of (1) 1-1/4" knockouts in top and bottom for AV conduits e. With [white] [black] cover with slot openings for cables and ventilation f. Manufacturer: 1) Chief PAC525FC 2) FSR PWB-250 3) Or Approved Equal 4. TV Display backbox — shallow depth a. Specialty in -wall backbox b. Minimum dimensions: 7" tall by 14.25" wide c. Maximum depth: 3" d. With (2) 1-gang knockouts in top for power receptacle and data outlet e. With a minimum of (1) 1-1/4" knockouts in top and bottom for AV conduits f. With [white] [black] cover with slot openings for cables and ventilation g. Manufacturer: 1) FSR PWB-253 2) Or Approved Equal 5. TV Display backbox — fire -rated wall a. Specialty in -wall backbox PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-8 July 31, 2025 b. Minimum opening dimension: 10" by 8" c. With (4) pre -wired electrical outlets (120V AC) d. With (2) 1-1/2" knockouts in top and bottom for AV conduits e. With [white] [black] cover with slot openings for cables and ventilation f. [With bracket to install Crestron RMC device] g. Manufacturer: 1) FSR PWB-FR-450 2) Or Approved Equal C. Boxes installed into CMU (concrete masonry unit) walls: 1. Single gang: a. 2" by 3" by 3-1/2" deep b. Manufacturer: 1) RACO xxx 2) No substitutions 2. Double gang: a. 2" by 3" by 3-1/2" deep b. Manufacturer: 1) RACO xxx 2) No substitutions D. Boxes installed in exterior / Wet locations: 1. Shall be die-cast aluminum 2. Manufacturer: a. 1-gang: xxx b. 2-gang: xxx E. Specialty AV Backboxes 1. Size per Drawings 2. Boxes identified by Manufacturer and Model number represent the Basis -of -Design. Alternate manufacturers will be considered; submit Substitution Request in compliance with Division 1. 2.04 FLOORBOXES / POKE THRU DEVICES A. Multi -service Floor box — Power and Data only 1. Shall have a minimum of 4-gangs, with separate compartments for power and data. PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-9 July 31, 2025 2. Shall accept (1) (2) 1-inch 1-1/4-inch conduit(s) reserved for data cabling. 3. Stamped steel box, concrete -tight construction. 4. Shall maintain fire -rating of floor. 5. Provide power insert for every duplex indicated on Electrical Drawings. 6. Provide decora-style opening insert for every four data jacks on Technology Drawings. 7. Provide blank inserts for any unused gangs. 8. Coordinate cover plate style and type with Architect. 9. Manufacturer shall be: a. xxx B. Multi -service Floor box — Power and Data only — Slab -on -Grade locations 1. Shall have a minimum of 4-gangs, with separate compartments for power and data. 2. Shall accept (1) (2) 1-inch 1-1/4-inch conduit(s) reserved for data cabling. 3. Cast iron box, watertight, Class 1 construction. 4. Provide power insert for every duplex indicated on Electrical Drawings. 5. Provide decora-style opening insert for every four data jacks on Technology Drawings. 6. Provide blank inserts for any unused gangs. 7. Coordinate cover plate style and type with Architect. 8. Manufacturer shall be: a. xxx C. Multi -service Floor box —Shared Power, Data and Audio -Visual 1. Refer to Section 27 41 00 for AV Floor box requirements. D. Multi -service Poke Thru Device — Power and Data only 1. 6-inch diameter flush -mounted poke thru 2. 2-inch conduit opening for 3. UL listed and UL fire classified to match rating of floor 4. Provide power insert for every duplex indicated on Electrical Drawings. 5. Provide decora-style opening insert for every four data jacks on Technology Drawings. 6. Provide blank inserts for any unused gangs. 7. Coordinate cover plate style and type with Architect. 8. Manufacturer shall be: a. Xxx PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-10 July 31, 2025 E. Multi -service Poke Thru Device — Shared Power, Data and Audio -Visual 1. Refer to Section 27 41 00 for AV Poke Thru Device requirements. 2.05 PULLBOXES (JUNCTION BOXES) A. Sized per Part 3 of this Section B. Metallic or steel construction C. Removable cover. Boxes with a dimension greater than 24-inches shall have a hinged cover. D. Interior locations: NEMA Type 1 E. Damp or Wet Locations (as defined by the NEC): NEMA Type 4 F. Manufacturer: 1. NEMA Enclosures 2. Hoffman 3. Custom NEMA enclosures from sheet metal shop / fabricator 4. Or equivalent 2.06 SURFACE RACEWAYS AND BOXES A. Metallic Surface Raceways 1. Minimum cross -sectional area of low -voltage compartment shall be 1-square inch. 2. Manufacturer shall be: a. Hubbell b. Wiremold c. Panduit d. Monosystems B. Metallic Surface Box 1. Single -gang or double -gang per Drawings 2. Minimum interior depth shall be 2-1/2-inches. 3. Manufacturer shall be: a. Same as Metallic Surface Raceway C. Non-metallic Surface Raceways 1. Minimum cross -sectional area of low -voltage compartment shall be 1-square inch. 2. Manufacturer shall be: a. Hubbell b. Wiremold PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-11 July 31, 2025 c. Panduit d. Monosystems D. Non -Metallic Surface Box 1. Single -gang or double -gang per Drawings 2. Minimum interior depth shall be 2-1/2-inches. 3. Manufacturer shall be: a. Same as Non -Metallic Surface Raceway 2.07 WIRE -MESH CABLE TRAY AND ACCESSORIES A. Flexible, wire -mesh cable tray, with wire -mesh openings of approximately 2-inches by 4-inches, welded at all intersections. B. UL listed as an equipment grounding conductor. C. Size per Drawings. D. Utilize manufacturer -specific accessories as needed, including but not limited to: 1. Splice kits 2. Trapeze Support Brackets (center support brackets are not allowed) 3. 3/8-inch (or larger) threaded rod 4. Wall / Triangular Support Brackets 5. Split Bolt Grounding Clamp E. Manufacturer: 1. Chatsworth 2. Cooper B-Line 3. Hoffman 4. Cablofil 5. WBT 6. Or Approved Equivalent 2.08 FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS A. Fire -Rated Pathway Device (Sleeve) 1. Steel pathway (sleeve) with integral intumescent firestopping material to facilitate the initial installation - and frequent moves, adds, and changes - of low -voltage voice/data, fiber, video, security, paging, etc cabling. 2. UL System meeting the hourly fire -rating of the wall or floor type PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-12 July 31, 2025 3. Multiple pathways in the same location shall be ganged together. 4. Plenum -rated 5. Manufacturer: a. Specified Technologies Inc — EZ Path Fire -Rated Pathway 1) 2" — Series 22 2) 3" — Series 33 3) 4" — Series 44 b. Hilti — Speed Sleeve 1) 2" — CP 653 (2") 2) 4" — CP 653 (4") B. Firestopping for conduit penetrations 1. For metallic conduit or tube to be installed through 1 or 2 hr fire -rated wall or floor. 2. Manufacturer: a. Gypsum board stud walls 1) Specified Technologies - UL System No. W-L-1222 with SpecSeal LCI Sealant 2) Or equivalent from Hilti b. Concrete floors or walls 1) Specified Technologies — UL System No. C-AJ-1353 with SpecSeal LCI Sealant 2) Or equivalent from Hilti C. Firestopping for backboxes in fire- or smoke -rated wall 1. For Communications backboxes to be installed in 1 or 2 hr fire -rated or smoke -rated walls. 2. STC sound rating — 64 or higher (related to specific construction) 3. Shall meet criteria of UL263 and classified for up to hrs as a Wall Opening Protective Material (Category CLIV) 4. Manufacturer: a. Specified Technologies — SpecSeal Power Shield b. Or equivalent from Hilti D. Smoke -Rated or Acoustical Sleeves 1. Metallic or non-metallic pathway (sleeve) with integral self-adjusting smoke and sound sealing system to facilitate the initial installation — and frequent moves, ads, and changes — of low -voltage voice/data, fiber, video, security, paging, etch cabling. 2. L Rating — Air Leakage Test Procedure tested per UL1479 without a Fire Test PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-13 July 31, 2025 3. Less than 1.25 cubic feet per minute for 0% fill (cable) capacity 4. Less than 2.5 cubic feet per minute for 1 to 100% fill (cable) capacity 5. Sound Transmission Classification (STC) — 59 or higher (related to specific construction) 6. Plenum -rated 7. Manufacturer: a. Specified Technologies Inc— NEZ Pathway b. Hilti — Smoke and Acoustic Sleeve E. Fire -rated Conduit (Circuit Integrity) Wrap 1. Endothermic wrap for EMT and RMC for protection of cable pathways for critical life safety circuits. 2. Tested to ASTM E1725 for circuit integrity 3. Manufacturer: a. Specified Technologies — E-Wrap Endothermic Wrap 2.09 LABELS A. Machine -printed, thermal -transfer type with self-adhesive B. Text size for pathways shall be 3/8" tall. C. Manufacturer: 1. Brady 2. Dymo 3. Hellermann Tyton 4. Panduit 5. Or equivalent 2.10 UTILITY POLE A. Utility Pole for pole mounted cameras. a. Valmont 27-foot-tall pole, part number DS330. With handhole at the base and plastic cable at the top. b. The pole shall be used at the pole mounted camera locations that are not associated with the standard light pole. c. Or equivalent PART 3 - EXECUTION PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 33 - 14 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center July 31, 2025 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. General pathway requirements have been identified in the Contract Documents through the use of general notes, key notes, symbols, details, and Division 27 specifications. Contractor is responsible for coordinating and providing required pathways to support all Division 27 Work in compliance with the Contract Documents. Coordinate exact pathway requirements with Subcontractors of all Division 27 Sections prior to Bid and include associated pathways in Bid. B. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for additional installation requirements. 3.02 CONDUIT / SLEEVES A. The minimum size conduit shall be 1-inch. B. EMT Conduit shall be used for all interior installations, unless otherwise noted. 1. Where service provider entrance conduits do not enter the building in the same room the service provider cables will be terminated, entrance conduit routed within the building shall be IMC. C. PVC conduit shall only be installed in concrete or underground exterior of the building. Underground conduit bends and sweeps shall be IMC or RMC. D. For exposed conduit routing in Damp or Wet Locations (as defined by the NEC) or parking garages, conduit type shall be IMC or RMC with water -tight fittings and backboxes. E. Conduit shall be sized as indicated on the Technology drawings. If no conduit size is indicated, then conduits shall be a minimum of 1-inch in diameter and sized per TIA-569 — with maximum fill ratio of 40 percent. F. Conduits shall not have more than the equivalent of (2) 90 degree bends or 180 degrees without the installation of a pullbox or hand hole. G. For Interior Installations conduits shall have a pull -box installed when the conduit exceeds 100 feet. H. For Exterior Underground Installations — conduits shall have a hand hole or maintenance hole installed when the conduit exceeds 500 feet. I. All conduits and sleeves shall be reamed after cutting to ensure there are no sharp edges or burrs on the conduit that could damage the cable. J. All conduits and sleeves shall have a nylon bushing installed on the open end(s) of the conduit. K. Conduits and sleeves shall not be shared with any other discipline unless specifically approved in writing by the Architect/Design Consultant. L. Contractor is responsible for field coordination to ensure conduits and sleeves are separated from electrical conduits, and steam or hot water pipes: maintain a minimum clearance of 12- inches where routed parallel. M. Unless indicated otherwise, all conduits shall be concealed under or within floor slabs, within finished walls, or above ceilings. PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-15 July 31, 2025 N. All conduits shall be installed parallel with or at right angles to ceilings, walls, and structural members. O. Conduits shall be routed concealed in walls, above suspended ceilings, in concrete slabs, or below grade. Exposed conduit is allowed only in exposed -to -structure areas without suspended ceilings and where specifically noted by the Contract Documents. P. Restrictions Applicable to EMT 1. Do not install underground. 2. Do not encase in concrete, mortar, grout, or other cementitious materials. 3. Do not use in areas subject to severe physical damage including but not limited to equipment rooms where moving or replacing equipment could physically damage the EMT. 4. Do not use outdoors. Q. Install and bond in accordance with NFPA 70 and TIA-569. In addition, bond telecommunications conduit in accordance with TIA-607. 1. Conduits that stub into Communications Rooms shall be bonded to Telecom Ground Bar in Communications Rooms. Utilize #6 AWG conductor for lengths up 13 feet, a #4 AWG conductor for lengths of 14 to 20 feet, and a #3 AWG conductor for lengths of 21 to 26 feet with listed two -hole compression or exothermic lugs at Ground Bar. Provide pipe grounding connector at conduit. Refer to TIA 607 standard for conductor size requirements for lengths longer than 26 feet. R. Conduit Through Floor Slabs - Where conduits rise through floor slabs, curved portion of bends shall not be visible above finished slab. S. Directional Changes in Conduit Runs 1. Make changes in direction of runs with symmetrical bends 2. Make field -made bends and offsets with hickey or conduit -bending machine. Do not install crushed or deformed conduits. 3. Prevent plaster, dirt, or trash from lodging in conduits, boxes and fittings during construction. Free clogged conduits of obstructions. T. Sleeves through floors shall be rigidly supported utilizing a cast -in -place as the preferred method or using a unistrut rack system and shall extend through either side of the ceiling/floor a minimum of 4-inches. U. Sleeves through walls shall be rigidly fastened to the studs and extend a minimum of 4-inches on either side. V. Install each conduit longer than 5 feet with a nylon pull string with a minimum tensile strength of 200 I bs. W. Conduit and Sleeve Supports 1. Support conduit and sleeves in underground installations using 2-inch duct spacers. PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-16 July 31, 2025 2. Support conduit and sleeves in interior installations using pipe straps, wall brackets, hangers, or ceiling trapeze. 3. Fasten by wood screws to wood; by toggle bolts on hollow masonry units; by concrete inserts or expansion bolts on concrete or brick; and by machine screws, welded threaded studs, or spring -tension clamps on steel work. 4. Do not support conduit by ceiling support system. Conduit and box systems shall be supported independently of both (a) tie wires supporting ceiling grid system, and (b) ceiling grid system into which ceiling panels are placed. 5. Supporting means shall not be shared between telecommunication raceways and electrical raceway, mechanical piping or ducts. 6. Installation shall be coordinated with above -ceiling electrical and mechanical systems to assure maximum accessibility to all systems. 7. Conduit and sleeves shall be supported by a trapeze or wall support brackets. 8. A minimum of 3/8-inch all -thread shall be used for trapeze supports. 9. Support in accordance with NFPA 70 at intervals not to exceed three feet from the box and every 10 feet afterwards. 10. Conduit and sleeves shall be no less than 3-inches above a lay -in ceiling. 11. Conduit and sleeves shall be rigidly supported and level. 12. All supports shall attach to structure or a rigid surface. 13. Supports shall not be shared with any other discipline unless specifically approved by the Architect/Design Consultant. X. Fabric Innerduct 1. If Contractor has not previously installed fabric innerduct, contact Cody Albin prior to installation for free installation support offered by the manufacturer: cody.albin@milliken.com, 512-388-7198. 3.03 BACKBOXES A. Locknuts and Bushings 1. Fasten conduits to sheet metal boxes with two locknuts where required by NFPA 70, where insulated bushings are used, and where bushings cannot be brought into firm contact with the box; otherwise, use at least minimum single locknut and bushing. 2. Locknuts shall have sharp edges for digging into wall of metal enclosures. Install bushings on ends of conduits, and provide insulating type where required by NFPA 70. B. Provide boxes in communication raceway systems at least every 100 feet and /or when 180 degrees in bends are exceeded when installing conduit on the interior of a building. PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-17 July 31, 2025 C. Boxes for metallic raceways shall be cast -metal, hub -type when located in wet locations, when surface mounted on outside of exterior surfaces, or when surface mounted on interior walls exposed up to 7 feet above floors and walkways, and when specifically indicated. D. Boxes in other locations shall be sheet steel, except that aluminum boxes may be used with aluminum conduit, and nonmetallic boxes may be used with nonmetallic conduit system. E. Boxes for telecommunications shall be minimum 4 11/16 inches square and 2 1/8 inches deep. F. Boxes for use in masonry -block or tile walls shall be square -cornered, tile -type, or standard boxes having square -cornered, tile -type covers. G. Provide gaskets for cast -metal boxes installed in wet locations and boxes installed flush with outside of exterior surfaces. H. Backbox Supports 1. Backboxes installed in a sheet rock wall or ceiling shall be supported using the Caddy box mounting bracket or equivalent. 2. Support boxes installed flush in suspended ceilings tiles with T-bar bracket/bridge connected to ceiling grid. 3. Fasten boxes and supports with wood screws on wood, with bolts and expansion shields on concrete or brick, with toggle bolts on hollow masonry units, and with machine screws or welded studs on steel. Threaded studs driven in by powder charge and provided with lock washers and nuts or nail -type nylon anchors may be used in lieu of wood screws, expansion shields, or machine screws. In open overhead spaces. 4. Boxes installed in a wall shall be flush with the wall upon completion. 5. Mounting Heights of Boxes a. Mount telecommunications outlets at height(s) as indicated on the Technology Drawings. 3.04 FLOORBOXES / POKE THRU DEVICES A. Coordinate insert requirements with Division 26 prior to Pre -Construction Submittal. B. Indicate conduit stub -up location on pre -construction shop drawings and as -built drawings. 3.05 PULLBOXES / JUNCTION BOXES A. Support sheet metal boxes directly from building structure or by bar hangers. B. Boxes mounted overhead shall be no more than 5 feet above accessible (lay -in) ceiling. C. Pullboxes for concealed conduits routed above inaccessible ceiling shall be accessible via an access panel. Confirm acceptable location in writing with Architect/Design Consultant prior to installation. Review reflected ceiling plans prior to Bid and include associated costs for additional access panels for required pullboxes for communications conduit with Bid. 1. Access panels shall be 30" by 30"; color, style, manufacturer as approved by Architect. PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-18 July 31, 2025 D. Size pullboxes per the following table: Conduit Trade Size Width Length Depth Width Increase for Additional Conduit (of same size) 1" 4" 4" 2-1/8" Not applicable 1-1/4" 6" 20" 3" 3" 1-1/2" 8" 28" 4" 4" 2" 8" 36" 4" 5" 2-1/2" 10" 42" 5" 6" 3" 12" 48" 5" 6" 4" 16" 60" 8" 6" E. Transition Point Enclosure 1. Where conduit for slab -on -grade floorboxes is not routed underground to serving Communications Rooms — and instead stubs up into accessible ceiling space - a transition point enclosure is required. 2. Transition Point Enclosure requirements: a. 24" x 12" x 12" (minimum size) NEMA 1 enclosure with 1RU, 2RU, or 3RU wall bracket (Chatsworth 11583-719, Middle Atlantic VPM-2, or equal). b. Enclosure shall be located above accessible (lay -in) ceiling. c. Conduit from floorbox shall stub directly into enclosure. d. Provide knockout bushings for number of 1" knockouts to support number of cables installed. e. Each Transition Point Enclosure can support multiple floorboxes, up to 20 total Category cables. 3.06 SURFACE RACEWAYS AND BOXES A. Surface Raceways and Boxes are not allowed, except where specifically identified on the Drawings. B. Where surface raceway meets the ceiling, provide "boot" accessory. C. Attach back part of surface raceway to wall every 4 feet or less with screw or other appropriate form of permanent installation. Use of adhesive to mount raceway to the wall is prohibited. 3.07 WIRE -MESH CABLE TRAY A. Coordinate with all other disciplines to ensure cable tray routing and installation is coordinated with other systems. B. Coordination with all other disciplines to ensure the 12-inch clearance above the tray is maintained. C. Any elevation changes shall have radius drops installed to support the cables properly. PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-19 July 31, 2025 D. Install cable trays parallel with or at right angles to ceilings, walls, and structural members. Utilize 45-degree off-sets/routing to change elevation and horizontal routing. E. Provide supports to resist forces of 0.5 times the equipment weight in any direction and 1.5 times the equipment weight in the downward direction. F. Where cable trays encounter a non -fire-, smoke-, or acoustically -rated wall, cut opening through wall to facilitate continuous cable tray installation through wall. G. Where cable trays encounter fire, smoke, or acoustically -rated wall, stop cable tray and provide Fire -or Smoke -Rated Pathway Devices. Provide number of devices to match square -inch capacity of cable tray. Devices shall be ganged together with manufacturer -specific accessory. H. Where cable trays encounter more than 10 feet of inaccessible (gypsum board) ceiling, stop cable tray and provided number of 4" conduits over inaccessible ceiling to match square -inch capacity of cable tray, per the following table: Cable Tray Size Quantity of 4" Conduits 2"x8" 2 2"x12" 3 4"x12", 2"x24" 4 4"x18", 6"x12" 5 4"x24", 6"x18" 7 6"x24" 10 I. Ground and bond cable tray in accordance with NFPA 70, TIA-607, and NECA/BICSI-607. 1. Bond cable tray to the Telecom Ground Bar in each Communications Rooms. Utilize #6 AWG conductor for lengths up 13 feet, a #4 AWG conductor for lengths of 14 to 20 feet, and a #3 AWG conductor for lengths of 21 to 26 feet. Refer to TIA 607 standard for conductor size requirements for lengths longer than 26 feet. 2. Provide ground lugs between each section of cable tray to ensure electrical continuity of cable tray installation. Where cable tray sections are separated by conduit or firestopping sleeves, provide #6 AWG bonding jumper between cable tray sections. J. Cable Tray Supports 1. Cable tray shall be supported by a trapeze or wall support brackets. No center support brackets shall be allowed. 2. A minimum of 3/8-inch all -thread shall be used for trapeze supports. 3. Support in accordance with manufacturer recommendations but at not more than 10 foot intervals. 4. Cable tray shall be no less than 3-inches above a lay -in ceiling. 5. Cable tray shall be rigidly supported and level. 6. All -thread shall be covered from the attachment to the trapeze system to 3-inches above the tray to protect the cables from being chaffed. PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 05 33 - 20 July 31, 2025 7. All supports shall attach to structure or a rigid surface such as a plywood backer in a sheet rock wall. 8. Supports shall not be shared with any other discipline. 3.08 FIRESTOPPING A. Fire -Rated Pathway Devices 1. Provide Fire -Rated Pathway Device(s) wherever Communications cabling routed above accessible ceiling needs to be routed through a fire -rated wall. Quantity and size of devices shall be sized per manufacturer's published cable fill counts, leaving 25% spare capacity. 2. Coordinate quantity, size and locations with other Division 27 Subcontractors and indicate quantity, size, location, product make and model number, and UL System number on Pre - Construction Shop Drawings. 3. Coordinate quantity, size and locations with other Division 27 Subcontractors and indicate quantity, size, location, product make and model number, and UL System number on Pre - Construction Shop Drawings. 4. Affix adhesive wall label immediately adjacent to devices to communicate to future cable technicians, authorities having jurisdiction and others the manufacturer of the device and the corresponding UL System number installed. B. Firestopping for Conduits 1. Provide firestopping components as part of a UL System for all conduit penetrations through fire -rated and smoke -rated walls and floors. 2. Coordinate locations and UL System with other Division 27 Subcontractors and indicate locations and UL System number on Pre -Construction Shop Drawings. 3. Affix adhesive wall label immediately adjacent to devices to communicate to future cable technicians, authorities having jurisdiction and others the manufacturer of the device and the corresponding UL System number installed. C. Firestopping for Backboxes 1. Provide firestopping component(s) as part of a UL tested/approved solution for backboxes located in fire -rated and smoke -rated walls. 2. Coordinate locations with other Division 27 Subcontractors and indicate locations on Pre - Construction Shop Drawings. D. Smoke -Rated / Acoustical Pathway Device 1. Provide Smoke -Rated Pathway Device(s) wherever Communications cabling routed above accessible ceiling needs to be routed through a smoke -rated wall or through a wall of a Noise Critical Room. 2. Quantity and size of devices shall be sized per manufacturer's published cable fill counts, leaving 25% spare capacity. PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-21 July 31, 2025 3. Coordinate quantity, size and locations with other Division 27 Subcontractors and indicate quantity, size, location, product make and model number, and UL System number on Pre - Construction Shop Drawings. 4. For smoke -rated partitions: Affix adhesive wall label immediately adjacent to devices to communicate to future cable technicians, authorities having jurisdiction and others the manufacturer of the device and the corresponding UL System number installed. E. Fire -rated Conduit (Circuit Integrity) Wrap 1. Provide Fire -rated Conduit (Circuit Integrity) Wrap for certain Communications conduits for the following systems: a. Section 275129 Two -Way Communications System b. Section 275319 Emergency Responder Radio Coverage (ERRC) DAS 2. Coordinate conduit size and lengths requiring wrap with Subcontractors of those sections prior to Bid and include cost to provide that wrap in the Bid. 3.09 LABELING A. Wherever communications conduits stub up into Communications Room, either through the floor or wall), provide label on bottom/front half of conduit indicating communications system and far end location. Example: DATA FROM FRONT DESK FLOORBOX. At far end of these conduits, provide label indicating communications system and room name and room number. Example: DATA TO MDF 123. B. Wherever communications conduits are installed overhead due to runs over inaccessible ceilings, provide label on bottom half of conduit at each end of the conduit indicated communications system and far end location. Example: HORIZONTAL CABLE TO LOBBY 251. C. Provide label on cover of each pullbox/junction box identifying communications system cabling and destinations. Example: BACKBONE CABLE FROM MDF 123 TO IDF 456. 3.10 FUNCTIONAL AND PERFORMANCE TESTING A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general Functional and Performance Testing requirements. B. The following additional testing requirements shall be provided: 1. Cable Tray Two -Point Ground/Continuity Testing a. Prior to the two -point ground testing, a visual inspection shall be performed to verify that the bonding and grounding system is installed according to the Contract Documents and in compliance with the TIA-607 Standard. b. All testing shall be conducted prior to any active equipment being installed. c. The Contractor shall use an earth ground resistance tester that is configured for a continuity test. This is also known as a two -point tester or a "dead earth" test. PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270533-22 July 31, 2025 d. Prior to the two -point continuity test conduct a voltage test to ensure there is no stray voltage in the system. e. The testing shall include but is not limited to the following points. 1) Cable tray to electrical ground in ER/TR. 2) Cable tray to the building steel (if present). 3) Cable tray to each SBB/TGB. f. Per the TIA-607, the maximum value for resistance between any point in the telecommunications bonding and grounding system and the building's electrical grounding electrode system is 100 milliohms. In the case of long conductor runs, the resistance of the conductor must be factored into the total resistance. For example 1 km of a No. 3/0 conductor has a resistance of 0.2028 ohms. (0.06180 ohms per 1000 ft.) 3.11 FIELD OBSERVATIONS A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for Field Observation requirements. 3.12 DEMONSTRATION, TRAINING, AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general Demonstration, Training, and Adjustment requirements. B. Provide the following additional requirements: 1. Conduct (1) 1-hour site walk with Owner after pathways have been installed but prior to installation of suspended ceiling; point out pathway and pull box locations. 3.13 MAINTENANCE A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for Warranty Service and One Year Warranty Check requirements. END OF SECTION 27 05 33 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 05 33 - 23 July 31, 2025 SECTION 27 05 43 — UNDERGROUND PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section and the associated Technology Drawings and Contract Documents identify the requirements, technical design, and specifications for underground pathways for Communications Systems for the Project. The conduit and backboxes shall comply with the latest version of TIA-758 and the locally adopted version of the NFPA 70 (National Electric Code) and shall include all components needed to ensure proper system performance and code compliance as specified. B. Functionally complete pathways shall be provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result shall be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to Owner. C. The pathways for Communications Systems includes the following main components: 1. Conduit and accessories 2. Handholes 3. Vaults and accessories 4. Labeling 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Work required by this Section shall meet the requirements of Section 27 00 10 General Requirements for Communications. B. Refer to Division 26 for Electrical System requirements, including but not limited to additional material and installation requirements for Communications Systems underground conduit. 1.3 CONFIDENTIALITY A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for confidentiality requirements. 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS 1. GRS: Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit 2. RMC: Rigid Metal Conduit 3. RNC: Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit 4. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for additional abbreviations. UNDERGROUND PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 205069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270543-1 July 31, 2025 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for additional definitions. 1.6 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Codes and Regulations 1. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for additional Codes and Regulations. B. Standards 1. ASTM C891 — Standard Practice for Installation of Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures 2. NECA 1— Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 3. NECA/BICSI 568 - Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling 4. NECA/BICSI 607 —Standard for Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding Planning and Installation Methods for Commercial Buildings 5. TIA 569 — Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces 6. TIA 606 — Administration Standard for Telecommunications Infrastructure 7. TIA 607 — Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding for Customer Premises 8. TIA 758 — Customer -Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Infrastructure 9. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for additional Standards. C. Guidelines 1. BICSI —Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual 2. BICSI — Outside Plant Design Reference Manual 3. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for additional Guidelines. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor Qualifications 1. The Contractor shall have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. 2. The Contractor shall have a local office with local technicians and an adequate workforce to complete this project within a 75-mile radius of the project Site. 3. The Contractor shall have completed a minimum of five (5) projects similar in size and scope to the Owner's installation, where the systems have been in continuous satisfactory operation for at least one (1) year. 4. Subcontractors shall be identified at the time of bid and comply with the requirements and intentions of these specifications, associated drawings, and related contract documents. UNDERGROUND PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 205069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270543-2 July 31, 2025 5. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general Contractor Qualifications requirements. B. Personnel Qualifications 1. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor (or Subcontractor) responsible for the Work of this Section shall assign a competent Project Manager with the following qualifications / credentials: a. A minimum of five years of experience overseeing installation of underground Communications Pathways and who is familiar with the requirements of TIA and BICSI Reference Standards listed above. 2. Include resume(s) of the above personnel per Submittal requirements and when requested by Owner or Design Consultant. C. Site Observations 1. Contractor's RCDD (per Section 27 10 00 Structured Cabling) shall make weekly inspections during construction to ensure Pathways for Structured Cabling are installed properly and per the Contract Documents. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Refer to 27 00 10 for General Warranty requirements. B. Manufacturer Warranty 1. No additional manufacturer warranty is required beyond the Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee. C. Special Warranty 1. No special warranty is required for Pathways for Communications Systems. 1.9 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for General Submittal Requirements. B. Pre -Bid 1. Submit clarifying questions and product Substitution Requests prior to the questions deadline prior to Bid. 2. Submit Contractor and Personnel Qualifications documentation indicating that the requirements of the Quality Assurance paragraph of this Section and Section 27 0010 are met. C. Bid 1. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general Bid requirements. 2. Unit Pricing 3. Allowances D. Pre -Construction UNDERGROUND PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 205069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270543-3 July 31, 2025 1. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general Pre -Construction Submittal requirements and procedures. 2. Pre -Construction Submittal for this Section shall include the following: a. Bill -of -Materials b. Product Data 1) Shall include dimensioned fabrication details for custom vaults and handholes with conduit entries, reinforcement, frame and cover, ring, ladder, grounding, sump, joints, pulling irons and cable racks. c. Shop Drawings 1) Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general Shop Drawing Requirements 2) Shop Drawings for Work of this Section shall also include: a) Site plans showing the following work: i. Location, routing, and size of underground conduits, with dimensions indicated height below finished grade/floor and exact location (to within 1/2-inch) of stub up locations in Communications Room. Also indicate location of any conduit elevation change. Where non-metallic (PVC) conduit is proposed, indicate locations where it will be encased in concrete or transition to metallic conduit. ii. Location and size of handholes and vaults. Vaults to include dimension below finished grade to top of vault / and height of ring/collar. 1.10 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general Project Closeout submittal requirements. B. Project Closeout submittal for this Section shall include the following: 1. Bill -of -Materials / Product Index 2. Product Data 3. Operation and Maintenance Data 4. Warranty Documentation 5. Test Results 6. Training and Spare Parts a. Signed acceptance letter or form indicated Owner has been properly trained in operation of the system and has taken possession of the specified Spare Parts and Tools (items listed as "Furnish to Owner"). 7. Record Drawings ("As Builts") UNDERGROUND PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 205069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270543-4 July 31, 2025 a. Maintain a copy of approved Shop Drawings on the Site (or the Project's Construction Administration website), and update changes to pathways made during construction. b. At the conclusion of the project, utilize AutoCAD or BIM software (such as Revit or Navisworks) to incorporate the pathway changes to the Shop Drawings. c. PDF markups in software such as Bluebeam will not be acceptable. d. Include both PDF and AutoCAD (2010 dwg file type) versions of every drawing in the Project Closeout Submittal. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general Coordination requirements. B. Coordination with other Divisions 1. Coordinate underground routing and exact location of handholes and vaults with other Underground Facilities (utilities), Landscaping, and Structural foundations. For congested areas, coordination shall include 3D modeling of all new and existing Work to ensure conflicts are avoided. C. Preinstallation Meeting 1. After Bid and before Preconstruction Submittals, request a Preinstallation Meeting with General Contractor and other Division 27 and 28 Subcontractors regarding Work specified in this Section. 1.12 STRUCTURAL AND SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for structural and seismic requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general product requirements. 2.2 CONDUIT AND ACCESSORIES A. Rigid Metallic Conduit (RMC) and fittings 1. Refer to Division 26 for specific product and material requirements. 2. Shall be type GRS (hot -dip galvanized) and meet ANSI C80.1, UL 6 3. Fittings shall be NEMA FB1 and compatible with raceway materials 4. Manufacturers: a. Allied Tube or equivalent UNDERGROUND PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 205069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270543-5 July 31, 2025 B. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC) 1. Refer to Division 26 for specific product and material requirements. 2. Shall be Schedule 40 or 80 and meet NEMA TC2 and UL 651. 3. Fittings shall be NEMA TC3 or 6 and compatible with raceway materials. 4. Manufacturers: a. Cantex, Allied Tube or equivalent C. Conduit Accessories 1. Pre -Fabricated Elbows a. All pre -fabricated elbows shall be Rigid Steel, with a minimum bend radius of six times the diameter of the conduit for 2-inches in diameter or smaller and ten times for larger than 2-inches. 2. Duct Separators a. Multiple conduits shall be installed with 2-inch duct spacers b. Manufacturer: 1) 2" — Underground Devices Inc 2W20 or equivalent 2) 3" — Underground Devices Inc 3W20 or equivalent 3) 4" — Underground Devices Inc 4W20 or equivalent 3. Concrete Encasement a. Encase nonmetallic conduit within a minimum of 2500 psi (pounds per square inch) concrete at the following locations: 1) All ends greater than 15 degrees. 2) Where conduit is routed under area subject to vehicular (automotive) traffic 4. Underground Warning Tape a. Detectable b. Minimum of 5 mils thick c. Laminated type with BURIED FIBER OPTIC LINE BENEATH or similar text indicated fiber or Communications line. d. 6" or 12" in width e. Manufacturer: 1) Trinity Tape — Detectable Tape 2) Or equal 5. Mule / Pull Tape a. Minimum of 1250 pounds tensile strength UNDERGROUND PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 205069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270543-6 July 31, 2025 b. Polyester construction c. Printed sequential footage markings d. Manufacturer: Submit product cutsheet 6. Innerduct a. Install size and type as identified on Drawings. b. 1" diameter c. Composed of HDPE (High Density Polyethylene) d. Smooth wall e. Footage markings every two feet f. With pull tape preinstalled g. Manufacturer: 1) Carlon A5D2S1JNNB1000 2) Or equal from Innerduct 3) Or Approved Equal 7. Fabric Innerduct a. Textile innerduct b. Type (cell size and quantity) as identified on Drawings. c. With pull tape preinstalled in each cell d. With integral tracer wire e. Manufacturer: 1) MaxCell Edge 2) No Substitutions 8. Duct Plugs a. Provide water -tight blank duct plugs in all underground communications conduits that stub into handholes, vaults, and into building(s). b. For conduits without innerduct: 1) For conduit without cable. Manufacturer: Jackmoon JM-BLA series, or equal 2) For conduit with cable. Manufacturer: Jackmoon JM-SIM series, or equal c. For conduits with innerduct: 1) Provide 4" triplex or quadplex plug for 4" conduit that houses HDPE innerduct. Manufacturer: Jackmoon JM-TRI or JM-QUA series, or equal 2) Provide plug for each empty innerduct: Jackmoon JM-BLA series, or equal UNDERGROUND PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 205069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270543-7 July 31, 2025 3) Provide plug for each innerduct with cable: Jackmoon JM-SIM series, or equal 2.3 HANDHOLES A. Size per Drawings B. Polymer concrete construction, with open bottom. C. Cover shall be Tier 15 Tier 22 with "CITY IT". D. Handholes with a dimension of 48-inches or greater shall have two cable racks installed on the 48-inch or greater side walls. E. Manufacturer: 1. Oldcastle 2. Hubbell Quazite 3. Or Approved Equal 2.4 VAULTS A. Also known as Maintenance Holes B. Size per Drawings C. Precast Concrete construction with minimum strength of 2700 psi D. Shall conform to applicable ASTM standards E. 30-inch diameter ring and cover/lid F. Lid shall be cast iron with "COMMUNICATIONS". G. Lid shall be Tier 15 Tier 22 H-20 rated. H. Accessories as identified on Drawings. I. Manufacturer: 1. Oldcastle 2. Or Approved Equal 2.5 LOCKING ACCESSORIES A. Handhole Lock 1. Replace one bolt of Handhole cover with Handhole Lock 2. Furnish a minimum of three keys to Owner. 3. Manufacturer: Lock Down Inc — Lock Out, or Approved Equal B. Vault Lock UNDERGROUND PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 205069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270543-8 July 31, 2025 1. Stainless steel construction 2. With water -tight seal around frame 3. With padlock accessory 4. Manufacturer: Lock Down Inc or Approved Equal 2.6 LABELS A. Interior Labels (to label pathways in Communications Room) 1. Machine -printed, thermal -transfer type with self-adhesive 2. Text size for pathways shall be 3/8" tall. 3. Manufacturer: a. Brady b. Dymo c. Hellermann Tyton d. Panduit e. Or equivalent B. Labels in Handholes / Vaults 1. Stainless Steel Marker plate, minimum size 3.5-inches by 1.7-inches. 2. Label ID shall be made to plate with indenting machine or embosser. 3. Labels required: a. inside just below the cover, with Handhole or Vault identifying number b. on side wall above each conduit (or group of conduits) identifying far -end location (next handhole/vault, far end device, or Communications Room) 4. Manufacturer: a. Panduit MMP350W17-Q or equivalent PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. General pathway requirements have been identified in the Contract Documents through the use of general notes, key notes, symbols, details, and Division 27 specifications. Contractor is responsible for coordinating and providing required pathways to support all Division 27 Work in compliance with the Contract Documents. Coordinate exact pathway requirements with Subcontractors of all Division 27 Sections prior to Bid and include associated pathways in Bid. B. Make-ready site work: UNDERGROUND PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 205069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270543-9 July 31, 2025 1. Comply with Division 31 for Earthwork requirements and Division 32 for Exterior Improvements. 2. For site work routed through existing parking areas, driveways, and landscaped areas: a. Restore surface at disturbed excavated areas, reestablishing original grade and material. Replace sod immediately and water at regular intervals to reestablish growth. If sod dies, replace sod and water at regular intervals to reestablish growth. C. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for additional installation requirements. 3.2 CONDUIT / SLEEVES A. The minimum size conduit shall be 1-inch. B. PVC conduit shall only be installed in concrete or underground exterior of the building. C. Underground conduit bends and straight sections through/under foundation walls and into handholes/vaults shall be RMC. D. Conduit shall be sized as indicated on the Technology drawings. If no conduit size is indicated then they shall be sized per TIA-569 — with maximum fill ratio of 40 percent. E. Conduits shall not have more than the equivalent of (3) 90 degree bends or 270 degrees without the installation of a handhole. F. For Exterior Installations — conduits shall have a hand hole or vault installed when the conduit exceeds 500 feet. G. Conduits shall slope away from buildings and far -end devices, and towards handholes and vaults. Minimum slope shall be 1:300. H. Sealant — I. All conduits and sleeves shall be reamed after cutting to ensure there are no sharp edges or burrs on the conduit that could damage the cable. J. All conduits and sleeves shall have a nylon bushing installed on the open end of the conduit. K. Conduits and sleeves shall not be shared with any other discipline unless specifically approved in writing by the Design Consultant. L. Contractor is responsible for field coordination to ensure conduits and sleeves are separated from electrical conduits and other Underground Facilities. M. Install and bond in accordance with NFPA 70 and TIA-569. In addition, bond telecommunications conduit in accordance with TIA-607. 1. Conduits that stub into Communications Rooms shall be bonded to Telecom Ground Bar in Communications Rooms. Utilize #6 AWG conductor for lengths up 13 feet, a #4 AWG conductor for lengths of 14 to 20 feet, and a #3 AWG conductor for lengths of 21 to 26 feet with listed two -hole compression or exothermic lugs at Ground Bar. Provide pipe grounding connector at conduit. Refer to TIA 607 standard for conductor size requirements for lengths longer than 26 feet. UNDERGROUND PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 205069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270543-10 July 31, 2025 N. Conduit Through Floor Slabs - Where conduits rise through floor slabs, curved portion of bends shall not be visible above finished slab. O. Directional Changes in Conduit Runs 1. Utilize pre -manufactured long sweeps with a minimum bend radius of 24-inches for 2- inch diameter conduit, 36-inches for 3-inch diameter conduit, and 48-inches for 4-inch diameter conduit. P. Joints — utilize joints and fittings with solvent to make watertight connections between conduit. Q. Install each conduit and innerduct with a mule tape. R. Conduit and Sleeve Supports 1. Support conduit and sleeves in underground installations using 2-inch duct spacers. S. Duct Plugs 1. Tie the pull tape to the exposed loop on Duct Plug. T. Fabric Innerduct 1. If Contractor has not previously installed fabric innerduct, contact Cody Albin prior to installation for free installation support offered by the manufacturer: cody.albin@milliken.com, 512-388-7198. 3.3 HANDHOLES A. Provide 6" to 8" of crushed rock (3/4" and smaller) under each handhole. B. For Tier 15 and Tier 22 applications, provide 2" to 4" of crushed rock around each side of the handhole. C. Installation shall be level and plumb, depth and orientation to minimize conduit bends required for entrance into handhole. D. Covers in paved areas shall be installed flush to grade. For other areas, covers shall be installed 1" above grade. 3.4 VAULTS A. Top of vault shall be a minimum of 15" below grade. B. Provide drain(s) in bottom of vault to facilitate drainage, except in areas subject to high groundwater levels. C. Installation shall be level and plumb, depth and orientation to minimize conduit bends required for entrance into vault. D. Install per ASTM C891. E. Make grounding and bonding connections per details. UNDERGROUND PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 205069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270543-11 July 31, 2025 3.5 LABELING A. Refer to Part 2 for Labeling requirements inside handholes and vaults. B. Wherever communications conduits stub up into Communications Room, either through the floor or wall), provide machine -printed label on bottom/front half of conduit indicating communications system and far end location. Example: SITE CONDUIT FROM VEHICLE GATE. At far end of these conduits, provide label indicating building name, room name and room number. Example: ADMIN MDF 123. 3.6 FUNCTIONAL AND PERFORMANCE TESTING A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general Functional and Performance Testing requirements. B. The following additional testing requirements shall be provided: 1. Pull a mandrel through each underground conduit after installation but before trench is filled to ensure conduit is installed properly without any defects or damage. Repair or replace any issues and repull mandrel. 3.7 FIELD OBSERVATIONS A. Invite Owner and Design Consultant to review underground conduit installations prior to backfilling; give a minimum of 7 days notice. B. Take pictures of underground conduit installations prior to backfilling and submit to Owner and Design Consultant for review; give a minimum of 2 days (48 hours) review time prior to backfilling. C. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for Field Observation requirements. 3.8 DEMONSTRATION, TRAINING, AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for general Demonstration, Training, and Adjustment requirements. 3.9 MAINTENANCE A. Refer to Section 27 00 10 for Warranty Service and One Year Warranty Check requirements. END OF SECTION 27 05 43 UNDERGROUND PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 205069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 270543-12 July 31, 2025 SECTION 27 10 00 - STRUCTURED CABLING 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 Summary a. This section identifies the requirements, technical design, and specifications for the structured cabling system at Detention Center, located in City of Corpus Christi, Texas ("Owner"). The structured cabling system as specified is an Industry -Standard Category 6 structured cabling system and includes horizontal cabling and equipment room hardware as specified. b. The Contractor shall provide a minimum Manufacturer's 20-Year Performance Certification for the installed structured cabling system, certified by the manufacturer for fiber and copper. c. Contractor shall include materials, equipment, and labor necessary to provide a complete and functional structured cabling system regardless of any items not listed or described in this specification or associated drawings. 1.02 Requirements Table of Content a. Contractor Experience Requirements b. Submittal Requirements c. Acceptable Manufacturers d. Codes, Standards and Regulations e. General Requirements f. System Requirements g. Testing Requirements h. Project Closeout Documentation i. Attachments 1.03 Related Requirements a. The Drawings, Specifications, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and other requirements of Division 1 apply to the work specified in Division 27 and shall be complied with in every respect. The Contractor shall examine all of the items which make up the Contract Documents and shall coordinate them with the work on the project. b. Contractor Experience Requirements 1. The Contractor shall possess all relevant Manufacturer Certifications (i.e. structured cable systems, testing equipment, etc,) for both the company and individual technicians prior to submitting a bid for the work. Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 271000-1 July 31, 2025 2. The Contractor's Project Manager shall be a Registered Communications Distribution Designer (RCDD) and available for all on -site coordination meetings. 3. The Contractor shall have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. 4. The Contractor shall have a local office with local technicians and an adequate workforce to complete this project within a 75-mile radius of the project site. 5. The Contractor shall have completed a minimum of three (3) projects similar in size and scope to the Owner's installation, where the systems have been in continuous satisfactory operation for at least one (1) year. c. Subcontractors shall be identified at the time of bid and comply with the requirements and intentions of these specifications, associated drawings, and related contract documents. 1.04 Submittal Requirements a. Pre -Installation Submittal 1. Contractor shall not order, purchase, or install any equipment until pre -installation submittals have been accepted in writing by the Architect/Design Consultant. 2. Contractor shall ensure submittals are submitted in a timely manner to ensure all products can be ordered and received on site in order to not cause any delays. If there are any concerns with any products having long lead times, those products shall be clearly identified in writing so the review and approval can be expedited. 3. All submittals shall be submitted in the same sequence as they are listed in the specifications (i.e. product data in the sequence items are listed in the product data section, manufacturer product certifications for company, manufacturer product certifications for installers, etc.). Submittals not in the proper sequence will not be approved. 4. Manufacturer product data sheets for each proposed system component. a. For product data sheets containing more than one (1) part number or product, the Contractor shall clearly identify the specific part number or product being submitted. Product data sheets without the part number clearly identified will not be approved. 5. Manufacturer Product Certifications for Company. 6. Manufacturer Product Certifications for Installers. 7. Manufacturer Certifications for testing equipment technicians. 8. Manufacturer Certifications for testing equipment calibration. 9. RCDD Certificate for Contractor's Project Manager. 10. Manufacturer Warranty letter. 11. Documentation indicating that Contractor has been in business for (3) years. 12. Address of Contractor's local office within a 100-mile radius of the project site. Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 271000-2 July 31, 2025 13. Quantity of full time local technicians within a 100-mile radius of the project site. 14. List of three (3) contractor -installed projects of a similar size and scope that have been in operation for at least (1) year. The Contractor shall provide the following information for each project: Project Name, Project Location, Project Start Date, Project Completion Date, Project Start Cost, Project Completion Cost, Brief Description of Project, Client Point of Contact Name and Phone Number. 15. List of completed and ongoing projects with the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the following information for each project: Project Name, Project Location, Project Start Date, Project Completion Date, Project Start Cost, Project Completion Cost, and Brief Description of Project. 16. List of subcontractors performing any work on the project. List shall clearly identify the subcontractor's legal name and address, the scope of work to be performed by the subcontractors and the overall percentage of the project being provided by the subcontractor. If there are no subcontractors performing any work on the project, submit a statement on company letterhead clearly indicating no subcontractors will be performing any work on this project. 17. Contractor shall maintain a set of shop drawings on site at all times and shall update the shop drawings on a weekly basis. Shop drawings shall be made available for inspection at the request of the Architect/Design Consultant. 18. Contractor shall submit a line, by line specification review acknowledging conformance to the contract documents If any variances are taken due to a product being discontinued or factory recommended replacement for product reaching end of life the contractor shall note it on the review as a variance. The specified products will be itemized and listed as an attachment. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. The following sections specifically list the acceptable equipment types and items for this project. b. Architect/Design Consultant will have final determination of acceptability of all proposed equipment and must approve submitted equipment prior to purchase or installation. c. Proposed equivalent items must be approved in writing by the Architect/Design Consultant prior to purchase or installation. Proposed equivalent items must meet or exceed these specifications and the specifications of the specified item. d. In the event a manufacturer's specified product or part number has changed or is no longer available, Contractor shall substitute the appropriate equivalent manufacturer's part number and add the required information to the submittal package. Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 271000-3 July 31, 2025 j• e. In the event of a discrepancy between the specifications and the drawings, the greater quantity and/or better quality will be furnished. f. For listed products with no part number specified, Contractor shall provide a product that meets the performance requirements of these specifications, industry standard practices, and intended application. g. All wiring, equipment, and installation materials shall be new and of the highest quality. h. Labels on all cabling, materials, and equipment must indicate a nationally recognized testing laboratory. i. Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) documentation must be provided to the Architect/Design Consultant which certifies performance characteristics and compliance with ANSI/TIA 568-D standards. Contractor shall review all products specified and required for this project to determine if there are any lead times for any products that may cause any delay. Contractor shall clearly identify any concerns with lead times in writing to the Architect/Design Consultant prior to submitting a proposal for this work. If the Contractor does not identify any concerns with products having long lead times, it will be understood there are no long lead time issues and the Contractor will have all products on -site when needed to complete the job as required. 2.02 HORIZONTAL CABLE a. Category 6 (Blue Sheath) (Plenum) (network, wireless, security) a. Berk-Tek LANmark-2000 Part Number —10163222 b. Superior Essex Part Number — 54-246-2B 2.03 FIBER OPTIC CABLE TERMINATION a. Fiber Enclosure 1. Fiber Enclosure — 2RU rack mounted. b. Optical Fiber Coupler Panels 1. Fiber bulkhead panels/Blank panels 2.04 CATEGORY 6 HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTED PATCH PANELS a. Leviton rack mounted Cat 6 Modular Patch Panel. Complies with ANSI/TIA-568-2.D Category 6 performance. Complete with horizontal wire management. a. Leviton Cat 6 48-Port 2RU Patch Panel — Part Number — 69586-U48 2.05 CATEGORY 6 MODULAR JACKS Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 271000-4 July 31, 2025 a. Non -keyed 8-pin modular connectors flat front, suitable to terminate UTP 4-pair Category 6 250 MHz cables. Complies with ANSI/TIA-568-2.D Category 6 performance. Outlet wired with standards compliant T568-B pin out. Suitable to be mounted in corresponding faceplate, mounting plate or surface mount box. b. Leviton Extreme Cat 6 Ivory, Part Number — 61110-R16 (network, wireless, security) 2.06 TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES a. Coordinate color with Architect prior to ordering. 1. Outlet faceplate suitable to be installed over a standard NEMA electrical junction box, capable of mounting approved flat 8-pin modular connectors and coaxial connectors. 2. Outlet box suitable to be surface mounted, capable of mounting approved 8-pin modular connectors and coaxial connectors. 3. Leviton 2-Port, QuickPort in -ceiling bracket with clip for drop wire/rod mounting. Compatible with QuickPort Surface -Mount Boxes (fasteners included with bracket, boxes sold separately). Brackets must be installed on a dedicated drop wire/rod per NEC® 300.11. 2.07 PATCH CABLES a. LC to LC Single -mode Fiber Patch Cords 1. Physical Specifications: Duplex single mode optical fiber cable patch cords, terminated with LC connectors on both ends. 2. Performance Characteristics: Superior to the individual characteristics established in ANSI/TIA-568-3.D — Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard optical fiber cable performance. Equal to or greater than the performance characteristics of cables specified under this work. A. Copper Patch Cables (Non -booted) 1. Equipment Room / Telecommunications Rooms 1. Leviton Copper Patch Cables — Part Number 6D460-XX-L (Blue Network) PART 2 - *XX = Length of Patch Cord, YY = Color of Patch Cord PART 3 - *Lengths and colors verified with owner. a. The contractor shall verify Patch Cord quantity and lengths shall be verified with the owner prior to purchase. 2.08 EQUIPMENT RACKS, CABINETS, CABLE MANAGEMENT, AND ACCESSORIES a. Equipment Cabinet 1. Wavenet Products Inc. or approved equivalent, W=24" H=36", x 24" deep wall mounted cabinet. Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 271000-5 July 31, 2025 a. Wavenet Part # CBTF-WM18U-SW b. Horizontal Cable Managers (Black) 1. Wavenet 1RU Rack Cabling Manager - Part Number MDU-DSW-1U c. Standard Fan and Filter Kit 1. 2 fans, 2 filter, and 2 vent cover Wavenet Part # WFAN110V d. Horizontal PDU (Black) 1. Chatsworth Horizontal PDU with 5-20 plug and 5-20 receptacles - Part Number 12816- 705. 2.09 J-HOOKS / HOOK & LOOP STRAPS a. J-Hooks 1. Shall be listed as meeting UL 2239 requirements. 2. Shall be listed/approved for installation in return -air plenum spaces. 3. Shall be designed and equipped with accessories (if needed) to be supported by the following methods: a. Threaded rod from structure b. Wall -mounted to concrete/CMU walls or wood or metal studs c. Beam clamps. d. Optional "multi -tiered" mounting to bottom of J-hook. e. Optional Fastener to raised floor pedestal. 4. Equipped with retainer or strap over top of J-hook once cables are installed. 5. Sized to support quantity of installed cables, plus 25% spare capacity. 6. Manufacturer: a. Erico — Caddy CAT Links b. Panduit—J-Mod Cable Supports c. Or Approved Equivalent b. Hook & Loop Straps 1. Plenum -rated 2. Velcro construction with hook/loop strap 3. Color: black 4. Manufacturer: a. Panduit Tak-Ty Plenum Ties Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 271000-6 July 31, 2025 b. VELCRO ONE -WRAP c. Or Approved Equal c. Grid Wire Clips 1. Caddy 6Z4S WR RD FLANGE CLIP 2. Or Approved Equal 2.10 TELECOM GROUNDING AND BONDING a. TGB (Telecommunications Grounding Busbar) / SBB (Secondary Bonding Busbar) 1. Copper construction 2. Size: per Drawings 3. UL 467 Listed 4. TIA-607-hole pattern (pairs of lugs at 5/8" hole centers and 1" hole centers) 5. Part of kit that includes busbar, two insulators, two steel stand-off brackets, and mounting accessories 6. Manufacturer: a. 2" x 12" x 1/4" 1) Chatsworth 13622-012 2) Harger GBI14212TGBKT 3) Or equal from Hubbell 4) Or equal from Panduit 5) Or Approved Equal b. 4" x 12" x 1/4" 1) Chatsworth 40153-012 2) Harger GBI14412TMGBI<T 3) Or equal from Hubbell 4) Or equal from Panduit 5) Or Approved Equal b. Two -Hole Lugs 1. UL listed. 2. Two -hole, long barrel, electro tin-plated compression lug with inspection port 3. Manufacturer: a. Chatsworth 40162-XXX Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 271000-7 July 31, 2025 b. Harger — GECLB series c. Burndy d. Or equal from Hubbell e. Or Approved Equal c. Conductors 1. Minimum conductor size shall be #6 AWG; sized based on length per Table on Drawings 2. Green sheath 3. Insulation shall be rated for the environment where it is installed. 4. Manufacturer: a. Chatsworth b. Harger c. Hubbell d. Or Approved Equal e. Or approved conductors listed in Division 26. d. Conduit Clamps 1. Tinned copper with 1-1/2-inches of contact area. 2. Can be connected to conductors via exothermic connection or standard compression lugs. 3. Manufacturer: a. Harger— UPC series b. Or equal from Hubbell c. Or Approved Equal 2.11 LABELING a. Cable Labeling 1. For Horizontal Cables and Inside -Plant Backbone Cables a. Laser/Ink Jet Self Laminating Labels b. Manufacturer: 1) Panduit — S100X Series 2) Or equal from Brady 3) Or equal from Dymo 4) Or equal from Hellermann Tyton Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 271000-8 July 31, 2025 5) Or Approved Equivalent 2. For Outside -Plant Backbone Cables and Innerduct a. Self -laminating cable marker tag, tie on (with zip ties) b. Manufacturer: 1) Fiber Optic — Panduit PST-FO, Mooseline F1-0095 2) Copper — Mooseline F1-0095 b. Rack and Patch Panel Labeling 1. Vinyl cloth label 2. Lettering/numbering text height 3/8" to 1/2" 3. Manufacturer: a. Brady PTL series b. Panduit PCL037 series c. Or Approved Equivalent 2.12 PLYWOOD BACKBOARD a. Fire -treated, AC grade plywood. b. 8' tall by 4' wide by %" thick c. Locations as noted on Drawings. d. Painted with two -coats of fire -retardant white paint (mask out a minimum of one stamp on each piece of plywood used) 2.13 Firestopping Systems a. Fire -Rated Pathway Device (Sleeve) 1. Steel pathway (sleeve) with integral intumescent firestopping material to facilitate the initial installation - and frequent moves, adds, and changes - of low -voltage voice/data, fiber, video, security, paging, etc cabling. 2. UL System meeting the hourly fire -rating of the wall or floor type 3. Multiple pathways in the same location shall be ganged together. 4. Plenum -rated 5. Manufacturer: a. Specified Technologies Inc — EZ Path Fire -Rated Pathway 1) 2" — Series 22 2) 3" — Series 33 Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 271000-9 July 31, 2025 3) 4" — Series 44 b. Firestopping for conduit penetrations 1. For metallic conduit or tube to be installed through 1 or 2 hr fire -rated wall or floor. 2. Manufacturer: a. Gypsum board stud walls 1) Specified Technologies - UL System No. W-L-1222 with SpecSeal LCI Sealant b. Concrete floors or walls 1) Specified Technologies — UL System No. C-AJ-1353 with SpecSeal LCI Sealant c. Firestopping for backboxes in fire- or smoke -rated wall 1. For Communications backboxes to be installed in 1 or 2 hr fire -rated or smoke -rated walls. 2. STC sound rating — 64 or higher (related to specific construction) 3. Shall meet criteria of UL263 and classified for up to hrs as a Wall Opening Protective Material (Category CLIV) 4. Manufacturer: a. Specified Technologies — SpecSeal Power Shield d. Smoke -Rated or Acoustical Sleeves 1. Metallic or non-metallic pathway (sleeve) with integral self-adjusting smoke and sound sealing system to facilitate the initial installation — and frequent moves, ads, and changes — of low -voltage voice/data, fiber, video, security, paging, etch cabling. 2. L Rating — Air Leakage Test Procedure tested per UL1479 without a Fire Test 3. Less than 1.25 cubic feet per minute for 0% fill (cable) capacity 4. Less than 2.5 cubic feet per minute for 1 to 100% fill (cable) capacity 5. Sound Transmission Classification (STC) — 59 or higher (related to specific construction) 6. Plenum -rated 7. Manufacturer: a. Specified Technologies Inc— NEZ Pathway e. Fire -rated Conduit (Circuit Integrity) Wrap 1. Endothermic wrap for EMT and RMC for protection of cable pathways for critical life safety circuits. 2. Tested to ASTM E1725 for circuit integrity. 3. Manufacturer: a. Specified Technologies — E-Wrap Endothermic Wrap Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 10 July 31, 2025 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 CODES, STANDARDS, REGULATIONS a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) b. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM B 1 Standard Specification for Hard -Drawn Copper Wire 2. ASTM B 8 Standard Specification for Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium -Hard, or Soft 3. ASTM D 1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-Ibf/ft3) (2700 kN-m/m3) 4. ASTM D 709 Laminated Thermosetting Materials c. Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS) d. Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI) 1. Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual 14th Edition 2. Outside Plant Design Reference Manual 6th Edition 3. ANSI/BICSI Data Center Design and Implementation Best Practices 4. NECA/BICSI 568-D Standard for Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling 5. NECA/BICSI 607-D, Standard for Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding Planning and Installation Methods for Commercial Buildings e. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) 1. FCC Part 15, Radiated Emissions Limits 2. FCC Part 68, Connection of Terminal Equipment to the Telephone Network 3. FCC Part 76, Cable Television Service f. Insulated Cable Design Consultants Association (ICEA) 1. ICEA S-87-640 Fiber Optic Outside Plant Communications Cable 2. ICEA S-98-688 Broadband Twisted Pair, Telecommunications Cable Aircore, Polyolefin Insulated Copper Conductors 3. ICEA S-99-689 Broadband Twisted Pair Telecommunications Cable Filled, Polyolefin Insulated Copper Conductors g. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) h. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Design Consultants, Inc. (IEEE) 1. IEEE Standard IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistance, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potential of a Ground System Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 11 July 31, 2025 J• 2. IEEE Standard 1100 Recommended for practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive 3. Electronic Equipment in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Emerald Book) 4. IEEE C2 Errata INT National Electrical Safety Code 5. IEEE Std 100 The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms i. International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 1. International Organization of Standardization/International Electrotechnical Commission (ISO/IEC) 2. ISO/IEC 11801, Information Technology -Generic Cabling for Customer Premises, 3. ISO/IEC 14763-1, Information Technology -Implementation and Operation of Customer Premises Cabling -Administration 4. ISO/IEC 11801, Information Technology -Generic Cabling for Customer Premises 5. ISO/IEC 14763-1, Information Technology -Implementation and Operation of Customer Premises Cabling -Administration National Cable Television Association (NCTA) k. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 1. NEMA C62.61 Gas Tube Surge Arresters on Wire Line Telephone Circuits I. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA-70, National Electrical Code 2. NFPA-75, Protection of Electronic Computer Data Processing Equipment. 3. NFPA-101, Life Safety Code 4. NFPA-297, Guide on Principles and Practices for Telecommunications Systems 5. NFPA-780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems. m. National Institute Standards and Technology (NIST) n. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) o. Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) 1. ANSI/TIA-568-D, Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premises. 2. ANSI/TIA-568-D, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard. 3. ANSI/TIA -568-D, Balanced Twisted -Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standard. 4. ANSI/TIA-568-D, Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard. 5. ANSI/TIA-569-E Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. 6. ANSI/TIA-606-D, Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure. Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 12 July 31, 2025 p. q. 7. ANSI/TIA-607-D, Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding (Earthing) for Customer Premises. 8. ANSI/TIA-758-B, Customer -Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard. U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) 1. RUS 1755 Telecommunications Standards and Specifications for Materials, Equipment and Construction 2. RUS Bull 1751F-643 Underground Plant Design 3. RUS Bull 1751F-815 Electrical Protection of Outside Plant 4. RUS Bull 1753F-201 Acceptance Tests of Telecommunications Plant (PC-4) 5. RUS Bull 1753F-401 Splicing Copper and Fiber Optic Cables (PC-2) 6. RUS Bull 345-65 Shield Bonding Connectors (PE-65) 7. RUS Bull 345-72 Filled Splice Closures (PE-74) 8. RUS Bull 345-83 Gas Tube Surge Arrestors (PE-80) Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 1. UL 510 Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene, and Rubber Insulating Tape 2. UL 910 (NFPA 262) Applicable Flame Test 3.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. In the event of any conflicts between documents referenced herein and the contents of this specification, the Contractor shall notify the Architect/Design Consultant in writing of any such occurrences before purchasing or installing any equipment or materials. The Architect/Design Consultant will notify the Contractor of any actions required to resolve these conflicts. Such actions may include but are not limited to: design changes, equipment, materials and/or installation changes. In any event Contractor shall not supersede specifications and standards from the latest NFPA and NEC publications. In the event of any conflicts between Standards and Codes the more stringent shall take precedence. b. Contractor shall comply with the requirements of local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), State of Texas, the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), and the National Electrical Code (NEC). If the Contractor identifies any item in the plans or specifications that will not strictly comply with the aforementioned laws, ordinances, and rules, the matter shall be referred to the Architect/Design Consultant for direction before proceeding with that part of the work. c. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with other trades to ensure any conflicts or potential conflicts are resolved prior to any work beginning on the project. d. The Contractor shall install the materials in accordance with these specifications and the manufacturer's installation guidelines. Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 13 July 31, 2025 e. No deviations from the plans or specifications shall be made without full consent in writing of the Architect/Design Consultant. The Contractor shall have written approval from the Architect/Design Consultant for any additional work beyond the Contract Documents prior to beginning such work. If the Contractor does not obtain written approval from the Architect/Design Consultant prior to proceeding with the work, the contractor shall not be reimbursed for the work. f. The Contractor shall obtain written permission from the Architect/Design Consultant before proceeding with any work that would necessitate cutting into or through any part of the building structure such as, but not limited to girders, beams, floors, walls, roofs, or ceilings. The contractor shall perform onsite coordination with the General Contractor, Structural, MEP, and Civil as required to discuss outside plant and inside plant clash detection with other trades. g• h. Contractor shall notify the Architect/Design Consultant a minimum of (2) weeks prior to beginning work and will participate in a pre -construction meeting with the Architect/Design Consultant to perform a walkthrough, review the scope of work, schedule, and escalation procedures. i. The Contractor shall maintain a work area free of debris, trash, empty cable reels, scrap cable, etc., and dispose of such items on a daily basis and return the site to the original state of cleanliness. The Contractor shall not use Owner's facilities for the disposal of excess or scrap materials. J• Equipment and materials installed by the Contractor shall be free of defects and damage. k. The contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any damage caused by the contractor during the installation. I. The contractor shall test all cables prior to installation. By failing to perform this testing operation, the Contractor shall accept the cable as compliant and assume all liability for the replacement of the cable at no cost to the Owner should it be found defective at a later date. m. Contractors shall maintain a set of working specifications, design drawings, and record drawings to be kept on site at all times and shall update the record drawings with any changes on a weekly basis. Record drawings shall be made available for inspection at the request of the Architect/Design Consultant. n. Equipment and materials shall be consistent throughout the installation. Where multiple units of the same type of equipment and materials are required, these units shall be a standard product with the same manufacturer and model number. o. Equipment and materials shall be delivered and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's guidelines at the Contractor's expense. The contractor shall make all stored equipment and materials available for inspection at the request of the Architect/Design Consultant. All equipment and material used in the installation shall be approved by the manufacturer for the environment in which it is being installed. P. q• Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 14 July 31, 2025 r. Cables shall be properly supported in accordance with industry standards at all times. Improperly supported cables shall be corrected by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. s. Contractor shall be responsible to properly protect information outlets from damage by other trades during construction. t. Cables shall be routed at 90-degree angles to the building structure. At no time shall a diagonal pull be installed. u. The Contractor shall not install cables in conduits or sleeves without nylon bushings. Cables installed through conduits or sleeves without nylon bushings shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner. 3.03 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS a. The contractor is responsible for furnishing materials as required to provide a complete and functioning system. Quantities are not noted, so the information may be obtained from the technology drawings. b. Inter -Building Cable Plant 1. Fiber Optic Cable a. Singlemode 1) Owner shall furnish and install fiber optic cables as indicated on the Drawings. 2) Owner shall install a 10-foot service loop at the ends of each cable to be coiled, mounted, and stored on the wall above the ladder rack. 3) Cables shall be routed utilizing the pathways as indicated in the technology drawings. 2. Fiber Optic Termination a. Owner shall terminate all installed fiber optic strands with fusion splice connectors and place them into fiber optic enclosures with splice trays as indicated in the technology drawings. b. Owner shall furnish fiber optic enclosures and coupler panels for all fiber optic strands and blank panels for all unused slots. c. Intra-Building Cable Plant 1. Fiber Optic Cable a. Singlemode 1) Owner shall furnish and install plenum rated fiber optic cables as indicated on the technology drawings. 2) Each fiber optic cable shall be installed inside a single cell of the fabric innerduct. Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 15 July 31, 2025 3) Owner shall install a 10-foot service loop at the ends of each cable to be coiled, mounted, and stored on the wall above the ladder rack. 4) Cables shall be routed utilizing the pathways as indicated in the technology drawings. 2. Fiber Optic Termination a. Owner shall terminate all installed fiber optic strands with fusion splice connectors and place them into fiber optic enclosures with splice trays as indicated in the technology drawings. b. Owner shall furnish fiber optic enclosures and coupler panels for all fiber optic strands and blank panels for all unused slots. d. Horizontal Cable 1. No horizontal cable shall be longer than two hundred ninety-five (295) feet. If any station cable will be longer than two hundred ninety-five (295) feet, Contractor shall stop installation of the cable and immediately notify Architect/Design Consultant in writing. If Contractor fails to notify the Architect/Design Consultant in writing, Contractor shall replace cable at no cost to the Owner. 2. The Contractor shall furnish and install horizontal cables within each Technology Region from the respective ER or TR to each outlet location as indicated in the technology drawings. 3. The Contractor shall install a 10-foot service loop to be coiled, mounted, and stored above the ladder rack in each respective Equipment Room or Telecommunications Room. 4. The Contractor shall provide a 2-foot service loop coiled and supported directly above the workstation outlet. e. Horizontal Cable Termination 1. Contractor shall terminate cables as defined by the ANSI/TIA 568-D Commercial Building Wiring Standard with the EIA-568B sequence. 2. Workstations a. The contractor shall furnish and install modular jacks to terminate UTP horizontal cables. b. The contractor shall furnish and install faceplates, systems furniture faceplates, or surface -mount boxes to house modular jacks as indicated in the technology drawings. 1) Any unused faceplate positions shall have the appropriate number and color of blanks installed. 3. Equipment Rooms / Telecommunications Rooms a. Horizontal Cable for Data Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 16 July 31, 2025 1) Contractor shall furnish and install patch panels and horizontal cable managers to terminate horizontal data cables as indicated in the technology drawings. 2) The Contractor shall provide and install separate modular patch panels for the cabling supporting the following devices: a) Network Access (Blue cabling and Ivory jacks) b) Security Camera Access (Blue cabling and Ivory jacks) c) Wireless Access (Blue cabling and Ivory jacks) b. Horizontal Cable requiring lightning protection. 1) The contractor shall furnish and install lightning protection on both ends of any cables on the exterior of the building as indicated in the technology drawings. 2) All lightning protection shall be installed per manufacturer's instructions including but not limited to placement and bonding requirements. f. Patch Cables 1. Fiber a. Equipment Rooms / Telecommunications Room 1) The Contractor shall furnish and store (1) patch cable in original manufacturer packaging for 75% of the strands terminated per Equipment Room / Telecommunications Room: a) 100% of the patch cables shall be (2) meters in length and stored in the applicable Equipment Room / Telecommunications Room 2. Copper a. Workstations 1) The Contractor shall furnish and store (1) patch cable in original manufacturer packaging for each cable terminated. 2) 100% of the patch cables shall be (15) feet in length and stored in the applicable Equipment Room / Telecommunications Room. b. Equipment Rooms / Telecommunications Rooms 1) The Contractor shall furnish and store (1) patch cable in original manufacturer packaging for each cable terminated per Equipment Room / Telecommunications Room: 2) 100% of the patch cables shall be (length TBD) foot in length and stored in the applicable Equipment Room / Telecommunications Room g. Cable Support Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 17 July 31, 2025 1. All cables shall be installed and supported in conduit systems, cable trays, cores, sleeves, etc. as indicated in the technology drawings. 2. When cables leave the main pathway systems as indicated on the technology drawings, they shall be installed and supported in Contractor furnished and installed j-hooks or adjustable cable supports. 3. No cable pathway shall exceed 40% fill ratio. 4. The contractor shall furnish a separate j-hook or adjustable cable support pathway for each cable type (data, wireless access point, and security). 5. J-hooks and adjustable cable supports shall be installed no more than five -feet (5') apart on center, using only manufacturer -approved installation methods and hardware. 6. J-hooks and adjustable cable supports shall be installed no higher than 3-feet above the accessible ceiling to allow for ease of access for future moves, adds and changes 7. Do not utilize ceiling grid support wire; support j-hooks via wall, structure, or threaded rod support to structure. 8. J-hooks shall be furnished with closure clips. 9. Maximum sag between supports shall not exceed twelve inches (12"). 10. Contractors shall establish j-hook and adjustable cable supports pathways and shall coordinate pathways with all other disciplines. Under no circumstances shall these pathways be used to support other low -voltage applications not included in this specification. 11. The contractor shall provide and install horizontal cabling in unison with the construction process and prior to the gypsum ceiling being installed. 12. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL ZIP TIES BE USED ON ANY HORIZONTAL CABLING. 13. Cable Dressing a. No nylon cable ties shall be used at any time during the installation of the cable. b. Above Ceiling 1) Contractor shall furnish and install plenum -rated hook & loop straps in plenum -rated airspaces. a) The Contractor shall install no more than (1) hook & loop strap between each j-hook or saddle strap or at service loop locations. c. Equipment Rooms / Telecommunications Rooms 1) The Contractor shall bundle all visible cables by type (blue Cat 6 for data, blue Cat 6 for WAPs, blue for security) with Contractor furnished and installed hook & loop straps. a) Hook & loop straps shall be installed twenty-four (24) inches apart in the center. Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 18 July 31, 2025 h. Equipment Rooms / Telecommunications Room Build -Out 1. Plywood a. The Contractor shall furnish and install 8' H x 4' W x %" D sheets of AC grade fire - rated plywood as indicated in the technology drawings. b. The Contractor shall mount all plywood vertically starting at 24" AFF. c. The Contractor shall cover the plywood with two (2) coats of Contractor furnished white fire -retardant paint leaving exposed (1) fire rating stamp per sheet. i. Cable Runway (Ladder Type) 1. Contractor shall furnish and install cable runway using manufacturer -approved hardware and installation methods as indicated in the technology drawings. 2. Contractor shall furnish and install vertical sections of cable runway using manufacturer - approved hardware and installation methods to provide transition and support where cables enter or exit the room using a vertical pathway. 3. Contractor shall furnish and install radius drops cross member and stringers above each rack using manufacturer -approved hardware and installation methods where cables exit the horizontal section of the ladder rack. J• 4. Contractor shall ground and bond each cable runway section to the next utilizing ground straps and ensure metal -to -metal contact. Equipment Racks and Cabinets 1. The contractor shall furnish and install equipment racks with vertical management using manufacturer approved hardware and installation methods as indicated in the technology drawings. 2. Contractor shall secure relay racks to the concrete floor utilizing expandable concrete anchors. 3. Contractor shall secure the equipment racks to the cable runway using cable runway elevation kits and manufacturer approved hardware and installation methods. 4. The contractor shall bolt all equipment racks and vertical cable managers together. 5. Contractors shall individually ground and bond each equipment rack and ensure metal - to -metal contact. k. Patch Panels 1. Horizontal Cabling patch Panels shall be installed as indicated in the Technology Drawings. I. Grounding and Bonding 1. General Requirements: a. Ensure metal -to -metal contact for all terminations. b. All materials shall be UL Listed. Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 19 July 31, 2025 c. Cable -to -cable connections and cable -to -building steel connections shall be exothermic welds. All other connections shall be made with UL Listed compression 2-hole lugs with anti -oxidation compound, utilizing both lug openings. d. Only one lug shall occupy a hole on the busbar. No stacking lugs or "double lugging" shall be permitted. e. Bonding conductors shall be sized based on length per table on the Drawings; minimum size #6 AWG and maximum size 750kcmil. f. For Communications Rooms / Data Centers with a raised floor, provide a supplementary bonding grid (SGB) below the raised floor comprised of the following: 1) Bare copper conductor around the perimeter of the room 2) 12"x4" TGB/SBB, bonded to two points of the perimeter conductor and to the TGB/SBB above the access floor 3) Bond all piping and conduit entering raised floor at the perimeter. 4) Bond floor pedestal to Computer Room Air Conditioning Unit (if located in Communications Room) 5) Bare copper conductor between every four stringers, running the length/width of the room in both directions; bond to every fourth pedestal in both directions and to perimeter bonding conductor. 6) Bond floor pedestal to Power Distribution Unit feeder conduit below raised floor. 2. Telecom Bonding System shared with Electrical Ground System — Compliant with BICSI TDMM a. For a building without structural steel, Telecommunications Bonding Backbone is not required. The TMGB/PBB shall be bonded to the Electrical Ground System via a Bonding Conductor for Telecommunications. TGB/SBB shall be bonded to the grounding busbar of the serving electrical panelboard. Bonding conductor routing shall be indicated on Record Drawings. b. Provide label above TGB/SBB shall indicated name of electrical panelboard and the room it is located. Indicate routing on pre -construction Shop Drawings, and update with final installed routing as part of As -Built Drawings. 3. Main Communication Room (MDF / Server Room) requirements a. Install TMGB/PBB at 84-inches above finished floor. b. Bonding Conductor for Telecommunications (BCT) 1) Division 26 Contractor shall provide Bonding Conductor for Telecommunications from the Electrical Ground System to the TMGB/PBB in the MDF Room. Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 20 July 31, 2025 2) BCT conductor size shall be sized based on length per the table on the Drawings and shall be no smaller than the largest TBB conductor. If installed underground, install in dedicated 2-inch diameter conduit. c. Provide bonding conductors to the following equipment within the Communication Room (where available/installed): 1) Structural steel or support beams are located within the room. 2) If the electrical distribution panelboard serving the Communications Room is located within the Communications Room, bond TGB/SBB to ground bus of the panelboard. 3) Overhead ladder rack 4) Equipment racks, cabinets, and enclosures 5) Surge protectors / building entrance terminals. 6) Exposed cable shields 7) Continuous metallic conduits for low -voltage cabling that stub into the Communication Room 8) Any additional equipment or pathways where bonding/grounding is recommended by the equipment manufacturer or the referenced standards (TIA 607 and NECA/BICSI 607). 4. Secondary Communication Rooms (IDFs / Data Rooms) a. Install TGB/SBB at 84-inches above finished floor. b. Provide bonding conductors to the following equipment within the Communication Room (where available/installed): 1) Structural steel or support beams are located within the room. 2) If the electrical distribution panelboard serving the Communications Room is located within the Communications Room, bond TGB/SBB to ground bus of the panelboard. 3) Overhead ladder rack 4) Cable trays in corridor 5) Equipment racks, cabinets, and enclosures 6) Surge protectors / building entrance terminals. 7) Exposed cable shields 8) Continuous metallic conduits for low voltage cabling that stub into the Communication Room 9) Any additional equipment or pathways where bonding/grounding is recommended by the equipment manufacturer or the referenced standards (TIA 607 and NECA/BICSI 607). Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 21 July 31, 2025 m. Wire -mesh cable tray 1. Coordinate with all other disciplines to ensure cable tray routing and installation is coordinated with other systems. 2. Coordination with all other disciplines to ensure the 12-inch clearance above the tray is maintained. 3. Any elevation changes shall have radius drops installed to support the cables properly. 4. Install cable trays parallel with or at right angles to ceilings, walls, and structural members. Utilize 45-degree off-sets/routing to change elevation and horizontal routing. 5. Provide support to resist forces of 0.5 times the equipment weight in any direction and 1.5 times the equipment weight in the downward direction. 6. Where cable trays encounter a non -fire-, smoke-, or acoustically rated wall, cut opening through wall to facilitate continuous cable tray installation through wall. 7. Where cable trays encounter fire, smoke, or acoustically rated wall, stop cable tray and provide Fire -or Smoke -Rated Pathway Devices. Provide a number of devices to match square -inch capacity of cable tray. Devices shall be ganged together with manufacturer - specific accessory. 8. Ground and bond cable tray in accordance with NFPA 70, TIA-607, and NECA/BICSI-607. a. Bond cable tray to the Telecom Ground Bar in each Communications Rooms. Utilize #6 AWG conductor for lengths up 13 feet, a #4 AWG conductor for lengths of 14 to 20 feet, and a #3 AWG conductor for lengths of 21 to 26 feet. Refer to TIA 607 standard for conductor size requirements for lengths longer than 26 feet. b. Provide ground lugs between each section of cable tray to ensure electrical continuity of cable tray installation. Where cable tray sections are separated by conduit or firestopping sleeves, provide #6 AWG bonding jumper between cable tray sections. 9. Cable Tray Supports a. Cable tray shall be supported by a trapeze or wall support brackets. No center support brackets shall be allowed. b. A minimum of 3/8-inch all -thread shall be used for trapeze supports. c. Support in accordance with manufacturer recommendations but at not more than 10-foot intervals. d. The cable tray shall be no less than 3-inches above the lay -in ceiling. e. Cable tray shall be rigidly supported and level. f. All thread shall be covered from the attachment to the trapeze system to 3-inches above the tray to protect the cables from being chaffed. All supports shall attach to structure or a rigid surface such as a plywood backer in a sheet rock wall. g• Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 22 July 31, 2025 h. Support shall not be shared with any other discipline. n. Firestopping 1. Fire -Rated Pathway Devices a. Provide Fire -Rated Pathway Device(s) wherever Communications cabling routed above accessible ceiling needs to be routed through a fire -rated wall. Quantity and size of devices shall be sized per manufacturer's published cable fill counts, leaving 25% spare capacity. b. Coordinate quantity, size and locations with other Division 27 Subcontractors and indicate quantity, size, location, product make and model number, and UL System number on Pre -Construction Shop Drawings. c. Coordinate quantity, size and locations with other Division 27 Subcontractors and indicate quantity, size, location, product make and model number, and UL System number on Pre -Construction Shop Drawings. d. Affix adhesive wall label immediately adjacent to devices to communicate to future cable technicians, authorities having jurisdiction and others the manufacturer of the device and the corresponding UL System number installed. 2. Firestopping for Conduits a. Provide firestopping components as part of a UL System for all conduit penetrations through fire -rated and smoke -rated walls and floors. b. Coordinate locations and UL System with other Division 27 Subcontractors and indicate locations and UL System number on Pre -Construction Shop Drawings. c. Affix adhesive wall label immediately adjacent to devices to communicate to future cable technicians, authorities having jurisdiction and others the manufacturer of the device and the corresponding UL System number installed. 3. Firestopping for Backboxes a. Provide firestopping component(s) as part of a UL tested/approved solution for backboxes located in fire -rated and smoke -rated walls. b. Coordinate locations with other Division 27 Subcontractors and indicate locations on Pre -Construction Shop Drawings. 4. Smoke -Rated / Acoustical Pathway Device a. Provide Smoke -Rated Pathway Device(s) wherever Communications cabling routed above accessible ceiling needs to be routed through a smoke -rated wall or through a wall of a Noise Critical Room. b. Quantity and size of devices shall be sized per manufacturer's published cable fill counts, leaving 40% spare capacity. Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 23 July 31, 2025 c. Coordinate quantity, size and locations with other Division 27 Subcontractors and indicate quantity, size, location, product make and model number, and UL System number on Pre -Construction Shop Drawings. d. For smoke -rated partitions: Affix adhesive wall label immediately adjacent to devices to communicate to future cable technicians, authorities having jurisdiction and others the manufacturer of the device and the corresponding UL System number installed. 5. Fire -rated Conduit (Circuit Integrity) Wrap a. Provide Fire -rated Conduit (Circuit Integrity) Wrap for certain Communications conduits for the following systems: 1) Section 275129 Two -Way Communications System 2) Section 275319 Emergency Responder Radio Coverage (ERRC) DAS b. Coordinate conduit size and lengths requiring wrap with Subcontractors of those sections prior to Bid and include cost to provide that wrap in the Bid. o. System Labeling 1. Contractors shall verify room numbers and confirm the final room numbering scheme prior to generating any labels. 2. Horizontal Cables shall be labeled within (12) inches from the termination point inside the Equipment Room/Telecommunications Rooms. 3. Horizontal Cables shall be labeled within (6) inches from the termination point at the workstation end. 4. Backbone Fiber and Copper Cables shall be labeled within (12) inches of the visible end of the jacket and at each pull point location. If passing through an IDF it will be labeled when entering and leaving that IDF. 5. Fiber Innerduct shall be labeled within (12) inches of the point of entry of the fiber optic enclosure and at each pull point location. If passing through an IDF it will be labeled when entering and leaving that IDF. 6. Bonding conductors shall be labeled within (12) inches from their termination point. 7. Cables shall be labeled identically at both ends. 8. Equipment Racks a. Equipment racks in each Equipment/Telecommunication Room shall be labeled in sequential numeric order. 1) Labels shall be centered on the top front of the equipment rack. 9. Cabinets a. Cabinets in each Equipment/Telecommunication Room shall be labeled in sequential numeric order. Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 24 July 31, 2025 1) Labels shall be centered on the top front of the Cabinet. 10. Fiber Optic Enclosures a. Fiber optic enclosures shall be labeled alpha -numeric starting with the 1st fiber optic enclosure in the top of the 1st equipment rack. b. A label for each terminated strand shall be securely placed inside each fiber optic enclosure. 11. Backbone Cable a. Fiber Optic Cable 1) Fiber optic backbone cable labels shall contain the cable origin room number, the cable destination room number, fiber strand numbers, and type (i.e. B126-A118/001-012MM). 2) Fiber optic couplers panels in fiber enclosures shall be labeled at each end by strand denoting building code, Equipment Room and/or Telecommunications Room, enclosure number, and strand number to and from respectively (i.e. B126/01/01-12 — A118/01/01-12). b. High Pair Count Copper Cable 1) For high pair count copper backbone cables, the label scheme shall contain, cable origin room number, the cable destination room number, and cable pairs (i.e. B126-A118/001-025). 12. Horizontal Cable a. Inside Equipment Rooms 1) Horizontal cables shall be labeled at each end with the destination end and origin room number, patch panel number, and port number. (i.e. B126-B127- A01). 2) Patch panels in each closet shall be labeled sequentially starting with the first Patch Panel in the top of the first relay rack (A, B, C, D, E, etc.). 3) All patch panels will indicate the room number along with the patch panel port designation. The labels shall be mechanical labels that are neatly printed with uniform font and evenly spaced across the patch panel. Room numbers will be in sequential order throughout the panels as indicated on the drawings. 4) 110-type blocks shall contain the destination room number, pair numbers, and binder pair number under each pair termination. (example) a) 110-type block labels shall be printed on product -specific label strips and placed into label holders. 13. Workstation Faceplates Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 25 July 31, 2025 a. Cables and wall plates shall be labeled denoting origin, Equipment Room/Telecommunications Room Number, Patch Panel, 110-type termination block, and Port Number. (i.e. B127-A01). 14. TMGB/PBB and TGB/SBB a. TMGB/PBB and TGB/SBB shall be labeled with a unique identifier (i.e. TMGB/PBB- B126, TGB/SBB-A118). 15. Bonding Conductors a. The following conductors shall be labeled at each end with the destination end and origin room number (i.e. B126 — IDFA118). 1) Bonding Conductor for Telecommunications 2) Telecommunications Bonding Backbone 3) Grounding Equalizer 3.04 TESTING REQUIREMENTS a. Fiber Optic Cable 1. Installed strands shall be tested and certified in accordance with industry standards. 2. Only Manufacturer Certified Technicians shall perform testing. 3. The Contractor shall test and certify all fiber optic cable strands with approved field tester(s) that are within their calibration period. The Contractor shall be liable for all re- testing required in the event tests are performed with non -approved test equipment or tester(s) that are not within their calibration period. 4. The Contractor shall provide calibration results from the manufacturer showing the current calibration of the testers. 5. The Contractor shall notify the Architect/Design Consultant a minimum of five (5) days in advance to observe cable testing. 6. The Architect/Design Consultant may randomly select 5% of the installed strands for test verification purposes. The Contractor shall re -test these strands in the presence of the Architect/Design Consultant and the results shall be compared to the previously Contractor submitted test results. In the event that any of the verification tests differ in results from the previously submitted test results, all testing shall be declared a failure and the Contractor shall re -test 100% of the installed strands at no cost to the Owner. b. Copper Backbone Cable 1. Installed pairs shall be tested and certified in accordance with industry standards. 2. Only Manufacturer Certified Technicians shall perform testing. 3. The Contractor shall test and certify all copper pairs with approved field tester(s) that are within their calibration period. The Contractor shall be liable for all re -testing Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 26 July 31, 2025 required in the event tests are performed with non -approved test equipment or tester(s) that are not within their calibration period. 4. The Contractor shall provide calibration results from the manufacturer showing the current calibration of the testers. 5. The Contractor shall notify the Architect/Design Consultant a minimum of five (5) days in advance to observe cable testing. 6. The Architect/Design Consultant may randomly select 5% of the installed pairs for test verification purposes. The Contractor shall re -test these pairs in the presence of the Architect/Design Consultant and the results shall be compared to the previously Contractor submitted test results. In the event that any of the verification tests differ in results from the previously submitted test results, all testing shall be declared a failure, and the Contractor shall re -test 100% of the installed pairs at no cost to the Owner. c. Category 6 and 6A UTP Cable 1. Cable links shall be tested in accordance with industry standards. 2. Only Manufacturer Certified Technicians shall perform testing. 3. The Contractor shall test and certify the structured cable system with approved field tester(s) that are within their calibration period. The Contractor shall be liable for all re- testing required in the event tests are performed with non -approved test equipment or tester(s) that are not within their calibration period. 4. No Fail or *Pass results will be accepted. 5. The Contractor shall notify the Architect/Design Consultant a minimum of five (5) days in advance to observe field testing. 6. The Architect/Design Consultant may randomly select 5% of the installed links for test verification purposes. The Contractor shall re -test these links in the presence of the Architect/Design Consultant and the results shall be compared to the previously Contractor submitted test results. In the event that any of the verification tests differ in results from the previously submitted test results, all testing shall be declared a failure and the Contractor shall re -test 100% of the installed links at no cost to the Owner. d. Grounding and Bonding 1. Main Building Ground a. Coordinate with electrical contractor and provide a copy of their test results for the main building ground. The results shall be below 25 Ohms. 2. Two -Point Ground/Continuity Testing a. Prior to the two -point ground testing, a visual inspection shall be performed to verify that the bonding and grounding system is installed according to the drawings and specifications and in compliance with the TIA-607-D Standard. b. All testing shall be conducted prior to any active equipment is installed. Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 27 July 31, 2025 c. The Contractor shall use an earth ground resistance tester that is configured for a continuity test. This is also known as a two -point tester or a "dead earth" test. d. Prior to the two -point continuity test conduct a voltage test to ensure there is no stray voltage in the system. e. The testing shall include but is not limited to the following points. 1) Building electrical grounding electrode and the TMGB/PBB. 2) TGMB/PBB TGB/SBB to electrical ground in ER/TR. 3) TGMB/PBB TGB/SBB to the building steel (if present). 4) TMGB/PBB to each TGB/SBB. 5) Building steel (if present) to the electrical ground. f. Per the TIA-607-D, the maximum value for resistance between any point in the telecommunications bonding and grounding system and the building's electrical grounding electrode system is 100 milliohms. In the case of long TBB and Grounding Equalizer conductor runs, the resistance of the conductor must be factored into the total resistance. For example, 1 km of a No. 3/0 conductor has a resistance of 0.2028 ohms. (0.06180 ohms per 1000 ft.) The Contractor shall notify the Architect/Design Consultant a minimum of five (5) days in advance to observe field testing. 3.05 PROJECT CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTATION a. As -Built Drawings 1. Drawings shall be provided to the Architect/Design Consultant at the time of substantial completion. Final payment will not be recommended until drawings are received and approved by the Architect/Design Consultant. g• 2. Provide Drawings depicting the condition of the structured cabling system as installed. 3. As -Built drawings shall be produced in AutoCAD 2017 or higher and provided in hardcopy and electronically in .dwg and PDF format. 4. Drawings shall retain the formatting and title block of the original drawings as issued by the Architect/Design Consultant. 5. Drawings shall be provided utilizing the original scale and shall include the exact dimensions and locations of all equipment room/telecommunication room layouts, wall elevations, equipment rack elevations, ladder racks, cable tray, sleeves, backbone and horizontal cable pathways, workstation locations, and labeling scheme. 6. A laminated copy of the telecommunications room service region with the labeled work areas outlet shall be provided and hung in each telecommunications room. Drawing size will be 30"x42". b. Test Documentation Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 28 July 31, 2025 1. Test documentation shall be provided to the Architect/Design Consultant at the time of substantial completion. Final payment will not be recommended until these test results are received and approved by the Architect/Design Consultant. 2. Provide test documentation for the structured cabling system as installed. 3. Test results shall be provided in original electronic format (i.e., manufacturer's proprietary testing software along with applicable reader software) and PDF electronic format. 4. Test documentation shall be bound, sectioned, and tabbed in the following sequence as applicable: a. Tester(s) Calibration Certificate(s) b. Inter -Building Backbone Fiber Optic Cable c. Inter -Building Backbone Copper Cable d. Intra-Building Backbone Fiber Optic Cable e. Intra-Building Backbone Count Copper f. Horizontal Category 3 Cable g. Horizontal Category Se Cable h. Horizontal Category 6 Cable i. Horizontal Category 6A Cable j. Main Building Ground k. Two -Point Ground/Continuity Test c. Manufacturer's Performance Certification 1. Certificate shall be provided to the Architect/Design Consultant at the time of final system acceptance. Final payment will not be recommended until the certificate of certification is received and approved by the Architect/Design Consultant. a. The manufacturer of the solution shall furnish a performance certification as per the specifications starting at final system acceptance. b. One original and two copies of the Manufacturer's Certificate shall be provided. d. Manufacturer's Product Warranty 1. Certificate of product warranty shall be provided to the Architect/Design Consultant at the time of final system acceptance. Final payment will not be recommended until this certificate of product warranty is received and approved by the Architect/Design Consultant. a. The manufacturer of the solution shall furnish a product warranty as per the specifications starting at final system acceptance. Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 29 July 31, 2025 b. One original and two copies of the Manufacturer's product warranty shall be provided. e. Contactor's Statement of Warranty 1. A statement of warranty shall be provided to the Architect/Design Consultant at the time of substantial completion. Final payment will not be recommended until statement of warranty is received and approved by the Architect/Design Consultant. a. Contractor shall furnish a minimum of a one (1) year warranty on all materials, labor and workmanship starting at final system acceptance. b. One original and two copies of Contractor's warranty terms and conditions to include contact information (i.e. Contractor name, Point of Contact, address, phone number and email address) and start and end date for warranty call outs. END OF SECTION 27 10 00 Structured Cable 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 10 00 - 30 July 31, 2025 27 41 16 — INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS PART 1- General 1.1 Related WORK A. Division 26 — Grounding and Bonding B. Division 26 — Electrical Hangers and Supports C. Division 27 — Structured Cabling System 1.2 General A. This section identifies the requirements, technical design, and specifications for the audiovisual systems at City of Corpus Christi Detention Center, located in Corpus Christi, Texas ("Owner"). The audiovisual systems as specified are industry standard and may include (but not be limited to) the following: flat panel display(s), flat panel display mounting hardware, projector and projector screen, audio visual switching and distribution equipment, audio systems, microphone systems, speaker systems, and audiovisual hardware as specified. B. Contractor shall include materials, equipment, and labor necessary to provide a complete and functional audiovisual system regardless of any items not listed or described in this specification or the associated drawings. C. Contractor shall verify presence and proper operation of all OFE prior to beginning work. D. It is strongly recommended that each prospective Contractor perform a site visit to determine any site conditions that may impact the installed system cost prior to submitting a bid and/or submittals. Failure to perform a site visit does not release the Contractor from responsibility for any existing conditions. E. This project requires advanced configuration and programming of Control Systems and Integrated Video Conferencing System. Contractor will be required to have a background in the programming of these and all manufacturer required certifications. 1.3 Quality Assurance A. The contractor providing and installing the integrated audiovisual systems and associated infrastructure shall be an authorized dealer of the specified projector Integrated Audiovisual Systems 27 41 16 - 1 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center July 31, 2025 manufacturer and be capable of providing the manufacturer's maximum available product warranty. B. All individuals installing the audiovisual system must be employees of the authorized dealer and at least 75% of the installing staff shall have undergone a training class given by the manufacturer. Current certification indicating the successful completion of the training course shall be available upon request at the project and submitted in the contractor's product submittals. C. The proposing contractor and the installing contractor must be the same company for the entire scope of work for audiovisual. No subcontractor to the proposing audiovisual contractor will be allowed for any portion of the audiovisual scope of work. D. The Audiovisual System Installer shall meet all applicable regulations of the State of Texas and Department of Labor insofar as they apply to this type of system. The bidder shall be a firm normally employed in the audiovisual industry and shall provide a reference list of (5) projects of equivalent size or larger. Contractor shall provide the following information for each project: project name, project location, project completion date (Month/Year), brief description of project, major components, and client point of contact name/information. Reference projects must be from proposed office location for the project. E. The bidder shall have an authorized office within (75) miles of the project's location technicians and service capabilities. The owner reserves the right to perform an on - site inspection. F. The bidder shall have technicians available for service with a minimum of (1) day response time for service. G. The bidder must produce a letter from the manufacturer guaranteeing the delivery of all the equipment outlined in the specification herein. H. Installing contractor shall have an Infocomm / Avixa CTS-D certification overseeing the submittal and record drawings of the audiovisual systems. Installing contractor shall have an Infocomm / Avixa CTS-I certification overseeing the installation of the audiovisual systems. 1.4 Regulatory Requirements A. Standards: All work shall be performed in accordance with the latest revisions of the following standards and codes: 1. Latest Local Codes and Amendments Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 2741 16 -2 July 31, 2025 2. Latest applicable National Electrical Code (As designated by the project). B. Additional References: 1. TIA-568.E, Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premises. 2. TIA-568, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard. 3. TIA-568.5, Balanced Twisted -Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standard. 4. TIA-569.E, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. 5. TIA-606-D, Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure Commercial Buildings. 6. TIA-607-D, Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications. C. Governing Codes and Conflicts 1. If the requirements of these specifications or the Project Drawings exceed those of the governing codes and regulations, then the requirements of these specifications and the Drawings shall govern. However, nothing in the Drawings or Specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to all governing codes and regulations. 1.5 Submittal Requirements A. Contractor shall provide the following submittals required for the project. 1. Part 1- Qualifications and Product Data 2. Part 2- Submittal Drawings 3. Part 3- Audiovisual Control System Submittal B. Contractor shall provide the following documentation as part of the submittal package. Partial submittals will not be accepted unless project needs on an expedited request for an individual product (Example, lead time issues, back boxes, etc.). C. Part 1 Qualifications and Product Data may be submitted prior to Part 2 and Part 3 completion. D. Part 1- Qualifications and Product Data Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 274116-3 July 31, 2025 1. Provide all documentation confirming requirements noted in section 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE. 2. Manufacturer Product Certifications (Project Specific) for Company, Installers and Programmers including Subcontractors. (Crestron, Extron, Biamp, etc.) 3. Line by line conformance review of the specifications. Any variance from the specification will be annotated and an explanation given. 4. Itemized list of all equipment and materials. Provide bill of material for each room type indicating manufacturer, model, and quantity. 5. Itemized list of all substitutions requests and any proposal discrepancies. This list shall contain quantity, manufacturer, part number and description of substitution requests. 6. Manufacturer product specification sheets for all audiovisual products and cabling. 7. For product data sheets containing more than one (1) part number or product, the Contractor shall clearly identify the specific part number or product being submitted. 8. Submit specification sheets only. Do not submit a user or operator's manual in lieu of a specification sheet. If a specification sheet is not available from the manufacturer, submit a catalog page or the specification appendix (only) from the operation manual. PDF of the specification section of the product from the manufacturer's website is acceptable. 9. Provide a Warranty Statement that contains specific details on the contractors' Warranty being proposed for this scope of work. Base warranty for project shall be (1) year from system acceptance. 10. Contractor shall not order, purchase, or install any equipment until Product Data submittal has been accepted in writing by the Owner/Consultant. E. Part 2 - Submittal Drawings 1. Submittal drawings shall include system line diagrams, floor plans (include projector installed distance from screen with dimensioned distance), rack elevations, and/or detail drawings as required. Shop drawings shall be submitted electronically in pdf format for a 30"x42" paper size. Shop drawings shall not contain copies of or snippets of or depictions of Combs Consulting Group's drawings. Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 2741 16 -4 July 31, 2025 2. Submittal drawing shall provide floor plans with audiovisual devices located and identified. 3. Submittal drawings shall provide major cabling pathways and termination locations noted on drawings. 4. Submittal drawings shall provide point-to-point wiring diagrams for devices and control as indicated on COMBS Signal Flow drawing for all components. 5. Submittal drawings shall include cabling and device labeling scheme. 6. Shop drawings shall be provided clearly depicting any proposed modification to the project drawings. Any modifications shall be highlighted on the shop drawings. 7. Submittal drawings shall be updated as project change requests and field condition changes are completed. Current submittal drawings shall be utilized for Record Drawing or As -Built drawings. 8. Contractor shall maintain a set of submittal / shop drawings on site at all times and shall update the shop drawings on a weekly basis. Consultant drawings and specifications shall be made available during the installation of the project for reference. Both sets of drawings are the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and maintain. Drawings shall be made available for inspection at the request of the Owner / Consultant. F. Part -3 Audiovisual Control System Submittal 1. Contractor shall be required to set up meeting with owner and general contractor to review the space, AV functions, control panel layout preferences, pre-set preferences, and room requirements for programming. 2. Contractor shall provide final control panel layouts as part of the submittal for final approval. 3. Provide the control system submittal prior to initiating any substantial programming work and/or production of custom produced keys/labeling. Do not proceed with custom work until the proposed work product is approved in writing. 4. Proposed touch panel/keypad control layouts for each room/panel. 5. Initial touch panel/keypad control layouts will be required for each room/panel as part of the submission. Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 274116-5 July 31, 2025 6. Contractor will design and modify control interface(s) based on Owner feedback. Contractor shall participate in an initial control system kick-off meeting along with progress meetings to review control system layout and design with the owner to ensure the control system fully meets the Owner's needs and expectations. 7. Contractor shall fully brief Owner on available programming options. Record Owner's decisions and set up initial system program. Prepare a written record of decisions, implementation methodology and final results. 8. Contractor will also be expected to make reasonable adjustments to completed control systems based on Owner feedback once system is in use. 9. Once initial system programming is implemented, allow owner a (2) month period to utilize the system and make comments. Revisions to the programming shall be at no cost to the owner. 10. After initial evaluation period coordinate with Owner, record Owner's feedback and provide adjustments as requested. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The following sections specifically list the acceptable equipment types and items for this project. B. Owner/Consultant will have final determination of acceptability of all proposed equipment and must approve submitted equipment prior to purchase or installation. C. Proposed equivalent items must be approved in writing by the Owner/Consultant prior to submitting a bid. Proposed equivalent items must meet or exceed these specifications and the specifications of the specified item. D. In the event a manufacturer's specified product or part number has changed or is no longer available, Contractor shall substitute the appropriate equivalent manufacturer's part number. E. In the event of a discrepancy between the specifications and the drawings, the greater quantity and/or better quality will be furnished. F. For listed products with no part number specified, Contractor shall provide a product that meets the performance requirements of these specifications, industry standard practices and intended application. Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 2741 16 -6 July 31, 2025 G. All wiring, equipment and installation materials shall be new and of the highest quality. H. Labels on all wiring, materials and equipment must indicate a nationally recognized testing laboratory. I. All new equipment shall be received, stored, and staged at the Contractor's facility until delivered and installed. Contractor shall store all materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturers' instructions in a weather -tight, secure enclosure. All equipment shall be protected from dust, debris and environmental contamination. Contractor shall be responsible for safety and security of all Contractor furnished equipment and OFE until project close-out. 2.2 AUDIOVISUAL DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL A. Provide turn -key AV distribution and control for each room indicated on drawings. B. Signal Flow Diagrams on the Drawings include expected main components. Provide additional components, accessories, and associated programming as needed to provide a fully functional Audiovisual System for each Room Type that operates as intended for all specified components. C. Provide, Install, and Program all PoE networking switch gear required for all audiovisual equipment. All audiovisual devices requiring PoE network cabling shall be patched to the contractor provided network switch as required. D. Network switch and programming for audiovisual switch shall be required to meet the manufacturer's recommendations and requirements for the IP based communications system for manufacturer such as Crestron /QSC controls system and QSC audio system. E. Provide a complete and tested integrated audiovisual system. F. Functionally complete audiovisual system shall be provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result shall be provided whether specifically called for, at no additional cost to Owner. 2.3 COURT ROOM A. Design Intent Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 274116-7 July 31, 2025 1. The room will contain a Cisco video conferencing unit in the courtroom VCC PC located at Judges bench. Overflow video to display in the corridor. There will be a microphone/speaker system between Judges desk and audience. Judge will have mute capabilities on the touch panel. There will be an audio out of the DSP for the OFE PC to record audio from the room. B. Audiovisual Control Systems 1. Room Controller / Processor a. Room shall utilize audiovisual room controller for integration and control of room devices noted on drawings and in specifications. b. Room controller shall be installed / mounted in AV rack. c. Approved Manufacturer: 1) 'ACP' Crestron RMC4 2) Approved Equal 2. Touch Control Panel a. Room shall utilize a Touch Control Panel for room control and device control. b. Touch Control Panel shall be 10" table mounted. c. Each Touch Control Panel shall require a network data drop. Data drop to be provided by the project Division 27 Cabling contractor unless noted otherwise on drawings. d. Approved Manufacturer: 1) 'CP1'- Crestron — TS-1070-B-S 2) Approved Equal. 1. Multimedia Devices a. Transmit Devices 1) 'TX1' - HDMI- Crestron DM-TX-4KZ-100-C-1G-B-T 2) 'TX1' - USB- Crestron USB-EXT-2-LOCAL-1G-B 3) Approved Extron Equal Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 2741 16 -8 July 31, 2025 b. Receive Devices 1) 'RX1 - HDMI- Crestron DM-RMC-4K-100-C-1G-B-TB-T 2) 'TX1' - USB- Crestron USB-EXT-2-REMOTE 3) Approved Extron Equal c. Distribution Amplifier 1) Crestron HD-DA2-41<Z-E 2) Approved Equal C. Video Conferencing Systems 1. BYOD (Bring Your Own Device) 2. Integrated Video Conferencing Computer a. Computer shall be part of an integrated audiovisual system and provided by the AV integrator. b. Native Cisco Webex 1) 'VCC' — OFE computer c. Computer shall be provided by owner. d. Native Cisco Webex 1) Room PC provided by owner with Wireless Keyboard and Mouse. 2) Coordinate delivery of owner device and install. 3) Integrate Room PC into audiovisual system. 3. Integrated Soundbar / Control Panel a. Integrated soundbar shall have camera, microphones, and speakers. b. Integrated soundbar shall be USB peripheral for video conferencing. c. Approved Manufacturer: 1) 'SBC'- Logitech Rally Bar Mini 4. Video Conferencing Codec Hardware Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 274116-9 July 31, 2025 a. Owner furnished PC with Webex Client b. Native Cisco Webex D. Video Displays 1. Flat Panel Displays a. Reference drawing for display designation and location. b. Commercial grade c. Approved Manufacturer: 1) 'FPD55' - Samsung QB55C 2) Approved Equal 2. Audiovisual Wall Box and Display Mounts a. Reference drawings for Wall Box designation and location b. Integrated single gang box cutouts and conduit knock outs. c. Terminations for electrical and data. d. Back box trim bezel 1) WB1- Chief PAC526F 2) Approved Equal e. Installation 1) All AV equipment shall be installed in AV back box including dedicated video conferencing PC, wireless presentation device, other devices as noted on drawings. 2) Equipment as noted on drawings. 3) Electrical shall provide (1) duplex receptacle mounted in back box in single gang knock out. 4) Data contractor shall provide (1) faceplate mounted in back box in single gang knock out. 5) AV cabling routed through knock out, separated from data and electrical. Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 274116-10 July 31, 2025 6) Coordinate power, data, and AV faceplate locations with electrical for low profile display mount locations. 3. Low Profile Display Mount a. Provide low profile mount for displays with no audiovisual wall box. b. All display mounts and displays shall be within ADA requirements. c. Approved Manufacturer: 1) Chief MTM1U 2) Approved equal. E. Audio Systems 1. Audio Digital Sound Processor a. Integration with audiovisual room controls b. Integration with IP encoder / decoders where required. c. Integration with wired and wireless microphone systems. d. Provide all additional input / output cards and licenses to meet design intent for the project. e. Approved Manufacturer: 1) 'DSP' QSC Core 110 2. Speaker Amplifier a. (2) Channel Amplifier b. (60) Watts per Channel c. Capable of 8 0 and 70V d. Rack Mountable e. Approved Manufacturer: 1) QSC SPA2-60 3. Speakers Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 41 16 -11 July 31, 2025 a. Minimum of 6.5" woofer b. Effective frequency range of 65Hz-20kHz c. Low profile depth d. 70V capable e. Approved Manufacturer: 1) 'S1' - QSC AD-C6T-LP 2) Approved Equal 4. Wired Microphones a. Lay -in ceiling microphone array. b. Coverage area 30' x 30'. c. Approved Manufacturer: 1) 'MC1' - Shure MXA920+p300 d. Lectern / Podium Microphone 1) 'MC2' — Shure MX418 with push to talk / push to mute F. Millwork Equipment Rack 1. AV equipment rack mounted in room millwork. 2. Slide out and rotate rack allowing access to equipment and terminations. 3. 19" Width 4. Contractor to provide slot cutouts in the foot ledge for cooling. 5. Provide fan for millwork to pull cool air in and ventilate hot air out of millwork. Middle Atlantic C3 Fan Kit or approved equal. 6. Provide power strip and surge protection. 7. Approved Manufacturer: a. Middle Atlantic- SRSR-4-12 b. Approved Equal Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 274116-12 July 31, 2025 2.4 VESTIBULE A. Design Intent 1. Provide wall wall -mounted display to show video overflow from the courtroom. B. Video Displays 1. Flat Panel Displays a. Reference drawing for display designation and location. b. Commercial grade c. Approved Manufacturer: 1) 'FPD55' - Samsung QB55C 2) Approved Equal 2. Audiovisual Wall Box and Display Mounts a. Reference drawings for Wall Box designation and location b. Integrated single gang box cutouts and conduit knock outs. c. Terminations for electrical and data d. Back box trim bezel 1) WB1- Chief PAC526F 2) Approved Equal e. Installation 1) All AV equipment shall be installed in AV back box including dedicated video conferencing PC, wireless presentation device, other devices as noted on drawings. 2) Equipment as noted on drawings. 3) Electrical shall provide (1) duplex receptacle mounted in back box in single gang knock out. 4) Data contractor shall provide (1) faceplate mounted in back box in single gang knock out. Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 274116-13 July 31, 2025 5) AV cabling routed through knock out, separated from data and electrical. 6) Coordinate power, data, and AV faceplate locations with electrical for low profile display mount locations. 3. Low Profile Display Mount a. Provide low profile mount for displays with no audiovisual wall box. b. All display mounts and displays shall be within ADA requirements. c. Approved Manufacturer: 1) Chief LTM1U 2) Approved equal. 2.5 BREAK ROOM A. Design Intent 1. Provide wall -mounted display for CATV and HDMI input for local content. Display will be controlled by factory handheld remote. B. Video Displays 1. Flat Panel Displays a. Reference drawing for display designation and location. b. Commercial grade c. Minimum 3-year Manufacturer Warranty d. Manufacturers: e. Approved Manufacturer: 1) 'FPD55' - Samsung QB55C 2) Approved Equal 2. Audiovisual Wall Box and Display Mounts a. Reference drawings for Wall Box designation and location Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 41 16 -14 July 31, 2025 b. Integrated single gang box cutouts and conduit knock outs. c. Terminations for electrical and data d. Back box trim bezel 1) WB1- Chief PAC526F 2) Approved Equal e. Installation 1) All AV equipment shall be installed in AV back box including dedicated video conferencing PC, wireless presentation device, other devices as noted on drawings. 2) Equipment as noted on drawings. 3) Electrical shall provide (1) duplex receptacle mounted in back box in single gang knock out. 4) Data contractor shall provide (1) faceplate mounted in back box in single gang knock out. 5) AV cabling routed through knock out, separated from data and electrical. 6) Coordinate power, data, and AV faceplate locations with electrical for low profile display mount locations. 3. Low Profile Display Mount a. Provide low profile mount for displays with no audiovisual wall box. b. All display mounts and displays shall be within ADA requirements. c. Approved Manufacturer: 1) Chief LTM1U 2) Approved equal. 4. HDMI a. Provide HDMI cable and aluminum wall plate with engraved lettering. b. `MM1' — HDMI wall plate and cable to display Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 274116-15 July 31, 2025 c. Approved Manufacturer: 1) Extron 2) Liberty AV 3) RCI Custom 4) C2G 5) Approved equal. 2.6 AV NETWORK (OWNER PROVIDED) 2.7 CABLING AND CONNECTORS A. All indoor cabling shall be plenum rated. All outdoor cabling shall be outdoor rated and direct burial rated when in contact with grade or within conduit in contact with grade. Coordinate all cable colors with Owner/Consultant prior to ordering or installation. Provide connectors and termination as specified by manufacturer for each application. 1. Provide all cabling with Black jacketing unless otherwise noted. 2. Acceptable manufacturers include Extron, Crestron, Belden, West Penn Wire, Gepco and Liberty. Liberty is specified to establish a cabling baseline. Cross reference equal or greater cabling and connectors when making substitutions with the acceptable manufacturers. Submit substitution requests as described in the submittal requirements section when using a manufacturer not identified as acceptable. B. Pathway Wire Support 1. Panduit J-Mod Cable Support System 2. Erico Caddy Cat Links J-Hook Series 3. Panduit Plenum Rated Hook & Loop (Black) C. Fire Stop 1. STI Spec Seal Part Number 2. 3M Products Part Number D. HD -SDI I Analog Video I Genlock Cabling I CATV(RF): Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 274116-16 July 31, 2025 1. <50': a. a. Liberty Cable Part# 20-CMP-VID-COAX-BLK. b. b.Terminate with Liberty Part# CM-RG59M-BNC or Liberty Part# 112975 for BNC style Connectors. c. c. Terminate with Liberty Part# CM-RG59M-F for 'F' style connectors. 2. 50'-200': a. Liberty Cable Part# 18-CMP-VID-COAX-BLK. b. Terminate with Liberty Part# CM-RG6M-BNC for BNC style connectors. c. Terminate with Liberty Part# CM-RG6L-F for 'F' style connectors. HDBASET Cabling: 3. Liberty Cable Part# 24-4P-P-L7SH-BLU. a. Shielded Plenum CAT7 Cable, Blue. b. Terminate with Liberty Part# 1401405012-1. c. Use Conductive Copper Foil Tape 3M 3313 series 1-inch to bond the drain connection and the connector. Dress uncovered copper foil tape and cable with heat shrink. d. Use Igarashi IPS PH-165 or similar type non -marring plastic jaw pliers for connector compression. e. Space constricted back box or bend radius restricted installations. f. Terminate with Liberty #A681PZA-STP keystone insert and install into a keystone plenum rated surface mount box Hubbel #ISB1BKP or similar. Mount in an accessible ceiling space or accessible concealed space and run a plenum rated patch cable from the jack to the device. The plenum rated patch cable is to be same rating/quality or better than the field terminated cabling. E. Digital Audio Network Cabling: 1. Liberty Cable Part# 24-4P-P-L6ASH-BLK 2. Foil Shielded CAT6a Cable, Black. 3. Terminate with Liberty Part# 1401405012-1. Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 41 16 -17 July 31, 2025 4. Use Conductive Copper Foil Tape 3M 3313 series 1-inch to bond the drain connection and the connector. Dress uncovered copper foil tape and cable with heat shrink. 5. Use lgarashi IPS PH-165 or similar type non -marring plastic jaw pliers for connector compression. 6. Space constricted back box or bend radius restricted installations. 7. Terminate with Liberty #A68IPZA-STP keystone insert and install into a keystone plenum rated surface mount box Hubbel #ISB1BKP or similar. Mount in an accessible ceiling space or accessible concealed space and run a plenum rated patch cable from the jack to the device. The plenum rated patch cable is to be same rating/quality or better than the field terminated cabling. F. Network I USB/KVM Extension Cabling 1. Liberty Cable Part# 24-4P-P-L6-EN-BLI<. 2. Unshielded CAT6 cable, Black. 3. Terminate with Liberty Part# 11108080034 RJ45 Connector. G. HDMI I DisplayPort I DVI I USB Passive Cabling 1. Provide cable/signal transport of sufficient length to reach from source device to destination device. No digital cable shall exceed a length of 15 feet unless otherwise specified. Provide a high retention cable when available. 2. HDMI - Liberty Cable Part# HD-600 Series. H. Serial Control Cabling 1. Single data pair only. 2. Liberty Part# 22-1P-CMP-EZ-BLK. 3. Two data pair RS232(RTS/CTS or RS485). 4. Liberty Part# 24-2P-P485. 5. Terminate all data cabling with a reliable termination system, include hoods and retention mechanisms when available. I. Relay I Control Cabling: Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 41 16 -18 July 31, 2025 1. Liberty 18 Gauge, 2-Conductor Plenum -Rated Cabling — Part Number 18-2C-P- BLK. J. Analog Audio I Microphone I Intercom I IFB Cabling 1. Liberty Part# 22-1P-CMP-EZ-BLK. 2. Terminate cabling with Neutrik XX series for XLR connectors. For 1/4" TRS/TS, 1/8" and RCA connectors use Rean manufactured connectors. K. High Impedance Speaker Level Cabling (25v/70v): 1. < 300': a. Liberty 16 Gauge, 2-Conductor Plenum -Rated Cabling — Part Number 16- 2C-P-BLK. 2. 300' to 500' a. Liberty 14 Gauge, 2-Conductor Plenum -Rated Cabling — Part Number 14- 2C-P b. Provide Cable with Black Jacket — Coordinate Cable Color with Architect. 3. > 500': Consult with Manufacturer/Consultant prior to ordering / installation. 4. Terminate when available with Neutrik "Speakon" type connectors. L. Low Impedance Speaker Level Cabling: 1. < 50': Liberty 14 Gauge, 2-Conductor Plenum -Rated Cabling — Part Number 14- 2C-P-BLK. 2. 50' to 100': Liberty 12 Gauge, 2-Conductor Plenum -Rated Cabling — Part Number 12-2C-P-BLK. 3. > 100': Consult with Manufacturer/Consultant prior to ordering / installation. 4. Terminate when available with Neutrik 'Speakon' type connectors. M. Low Voltage Power Supply Cabling: 1. Provide cabling of sufficient gauge and conductor count as required for power supply in use. Size cabling per manufacturer's device specific minimum required voltage drop. Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 41 16 -19 July 31, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. In the event of any conflicts between documents referenced herein and the contents of this specification, the Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer in writing of any such occurrences before purchasing or installing any equipment or materials. The Architect/Engineer will notify the Contractor of any actions required to resolve these conflicts. Such actions may include but are not limited to: design changes, equipment, materials and/or installation changes. In any event Contractor shall not supersede specifications and standards from the latest NFPA and NEC publications. In the event of any conflicts between Standards and Codes the more stringent shall take precedence. B. Contractor shall comply with the requirements of local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), Project State, the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), and the National Electrical Code (NEC). If the Contractor identifies any item in the plans or specifications that will not strictly comply with the aforementioned laws, ordinances, and rules, the matter shall be referred to the Architect/Engineer for direction before proceeding with that part of the work. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with other trades to ensure any conflicts or potential conflicts are resolved prior to any work beginning on the project. D. The Contractor shall install the materials in accordance with these specifications and the manufacturer's installation guidelines. E. No deviations from the plans or specifications shall be made without full consent in writing of the Architect/Engineer. The Contractor shall have written approval from the Architect/Engineer for any additional work beyond the Contract Documents prior to beginning such work. If the Contractor does not obtain written approval from the Architect/Engineer prior to proceeding with the work, the contractor shall not be reimbursed for the work. F. The Contractor shall obtain written permission from the Architect/Engineer before proceeding with any work that would necessitate cutting into or through any part of the building structure such as, but not limited to girders, beams, floors, walls, roofs, or ceilings. G. Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer a minimum of (2) weeks prior to beginning work and will participate in a pre -construction meeting with the Architect/Engineer to perform a walkthrough, review the scope of work, schedule, and escalation procedures. Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 4116 - 20 July 31, 2025 H. The Contractor shall maintain a work area free of debris, trash, empty cable reels, scrap cable, etc., and dispose of such items on a daily basis and return the site to the original state of cleanliness. The Contractor shall not use Owner's facilities for the disposal of excess or scrap materials. I. Equipment and materials installed by the Contractor shall be free of defects and damage. J. Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any damage caused by the contractor during the installation. K. Contractor shall test all cables prior to installation. By failing to perform this testing operation, the Contractor shall accept the cable as compliant and assume all liability for the replacement of the cable at no cost to the Owner should it be found defective at a later date. L. Contractor shall maintain a set of working specifications, design drawings, and record drawings to be kept on site at all times and shall update the record drawings with any changes on a weekly basis. Record drawings shall be made available for inspection at the request of the Architect/Engineer. M. Equipment and materials shall be consistent throughout the installation. Where multiple units of the same type of equipment and materials are required, these units shall be a standard product with the same manufacturer and model number. N. Equipment and materials shall be delivered and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's guidelines at the Contractor's expense. O. Contractor shall make all stored equipment and materials available for inspection at the request of the Architect/Engineer. P. All equipment and material used in the installation shall be approved by the manufacturer for the environment in which it is being installed. Q. Cables shall be properly supported in accordance with industry standards at all times. Improperly supported cables shall be corrected by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. R. Contractor shall be responsible to properly protect information outlets from damage by other trades during construction. S. Cables shall be routed at 90-degree angles to the building structure. At no time shall a diagonal pull be installed. Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 4116 - 21 July 31, 2025 T. The Contractor shall not install cables in conduits or sleeves without nylon bushings. Cables installed through conduits or sleeves without nylon bushings shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner. U. Contractor shall immediately report to the Engineer any design or installation irregularities, particularly architectural elements that interfere with the intended coverage angles of loudspeakers and projector, so that appropriate action may be ta ken. V. Contractor shall observe all HDBaseT Alliance cable types, lengths, bundling, termination, and patching requirements and limitations when installing audio/video over twisted -pair cabling. W. Contractor shall observe signal separation and signal separation best practices at all times. Any cabling found to be damaged shall be replaced at no cost. X. Signals shall be separated and grouped according to type and voltage level. Y. Contractor shall provide all required conduit and sleeves unless otherwise specified. Contractor shall provide conduit bushings even when it is the responsibility of other trades prior to cable installation. Z. Contractor shall provide and utilize rear rack rails, lacing bars, and any other required cable dressing equipment/supplies to ensure proper industry -standard signal separation is achieved. 3.2 AUDIOVISUAL CONTROL SYSTEMS A. Contractor shall furnish, install and configure a complete audio/video switching, transport and control system as specified and indicated on the technology drawings. B. Contractor is responsible for all ancillary AV switching or active components necessary to provide a complete and functional AV system. C. Contractor is responsible for all AV specific cabling, interconnects, patch cords and other ancillary devices required to provide a complete system. D. Contractor shall coordinate the programming of the touch panels with the Owner/Design Team. Touch panels shall be branded to reflect the colors and logos of the Owner. This coordination may consist of multiple in -person meetings to ensure that the finished product fully meets the Owner's needs and expectations. 1. Contractor shall fully brief Owner on available configuration settings / options of the program(s). Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 4116 - 22 July 31, 2025 2. Contractor shall record the Owner's preferences / decisions and build the initial system program(s). 3. Contractor shall deliver a written record including (at minimum): a. The Owner's preferences / decisions b. Contractor's plan for implementation and its methodology. c. The final programming / implementation results. E. Once the system programming has been completed and implemented, the Contractor shall allow a minimum 2-month evaluation period for the Owner to use the system and provide feedback. F. After the evaluation period, the Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner to gain feedback on the system operation. The Contractor shall record the Owner's feedback and provide programming adjustments to resolve any items as directed by the Owner. G. Contractor shall install the entire control system as specified in accordance with manufactures guidelines and industry best practices. H. Control processor(s) shall be connected to an un-switched power outlet. Control processor(s) shall be connected to UPS outlet(s) if available. I. Control system shall be programmed in a manner consistent with current industry best practices. 1. Control functions shall include (but are not limited to) the following: 2. System/Device Power On/Off. 3. Display Source and Sink Switching. 4. Program Volume Adjustment. 5. Audio DSP Control. J. All network -enabled control systems shall be provided with virtual 'soft' control panel client(s) K. All control system programming shall be delivered to the Owner. The Programmer shall transfer all source code/files related to the system. All programming shall be delivered in both compiled and non -compiled form. Upon system acceptance, ownership of the control programming shall be transferred to the Owner for their future use or modification. No claim shall be made by the programmer for continued licensing or other ongoing fees for continued usage of the control system program. Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 4116 - 23 July 31, 2025 3.3 CABLE INSTALLATION A. All cables shall be installed and supported in conduit systems, cable trays, cores, sleeves, etc. B. When cables leave the main pathway systems, they shall be installed and supported in Contractor furnished and installed j-hooks or saddle straps. C. No cable pathway shall exceed NEC limited low voltage fill ratios. D. The contractor shall furnish a separate j-hook or saddle strap pathway for each cable type (data, voice, video and security). 1. J-hooks and saddle straps shall be installed no more than five -feet (5') apart on center, using only manufacturer -approved installation methods and hardware. 2. J-hooks shall be furnished with closure clips. 3. Maximum sag between supports shall not exceed twelve -inches (12"). 4. Contractor shall establish j-hook and saddle strap pathways and shall coordinate pathways with all other disciplines. Under no -circumstances shall these pathways be used to support other low -voltage applications not included in this specification. 5. The Contractor shall install no more than (1) hook & loop strap between each j- hook or saddle strap or at service loop locations. E. No nylon cable ties shall be used at any time during the installation of the cable. F. Signal separation guidelines and best practices shall be observed for the complete length of all cable runs. G. Above Ceiling -Contractor shall furnish and install plenum -rated hook & loop straps in plenum -rated airspaces. H. Equipment Rooms / Telecommunications Rooms- The Contractor shall bundle all visible cables with Contractor furnished and installed hook & loop straps. Hook & loop straps shall be installed twenty-four (24) inches apart on center. J. Plywood -The Contractor shall furnish and install 8' H x 4' W x %" D sheets of BC grade fire -rated plywood as when in the technology drawings. K. The Contractor shall mount all plywood vertically starting at 24" AFF. Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 4116 -24 July 31, 2025 L. The Contractor shall cover the plywood with two (2) coats of Contractor furnished white fire retardant paint leaving exposed (1) fire rating stamp per sheet 3.4 DEVICE IDENTIFICATION A. Contractor will permanently affix labels to each cable. Labels will be affixed at a distance of 3" from the end of each cable end. If label cannot be easily viewed from this placement, cable may be placed 1" from the cable end. Cable label shall include unique cable number, source system name, source termination point, and destination system name and destination termination point. Cable labels will be identical on each cable end. Contractor to contact Consultant for additional information, if necessary. B. Contractor will provide equipment labeling for each device front and back according to the system name used in the shop drawings. Contractor may use laminated labels (white print on black labels in front, black print on yellow in back) or equivalent. C. Contractor will provide engraved plastic laminate labels for all racks. Rack labels to be 1" x 2" with white lettering (Arial font) on black matte finish, plastic. D. Contractor will provide all Input/Output (I/O) panels. I/O panels will be produced from black anodized aluminum and engraved with white lettering. 3.5 ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Audiovisual System Testing and Configuration shall be completed by the AV integrator for substantial completion schedule. Integrator shall provide written documentation that room has been completed and ready for commissioning and testing with owner and or consultant. B. Integrator shall schedule commissioning and testing session with owner as part of final substantial completion of system. Provide written documentation of completion and acceptance date by owner. C. Audiovisual System Testing and Configuration. Provide written documentation for acceptance, training, and owner sign off. D. Once initial system programming is implemented and system is accepted; allow Owner a (2) month period to utilize the system and make comments. Revisions to the programming shall be at no cost to the owner. E. Contractor shall un-pack and pre -test equipment prior to installation into the production environment. All configurations shall be re -verified prior to the units being placed into service. Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 4116 - 25 July 31, 2025 F. Contractor shall test and commission each component per the specifications and manufacture's installation instructions. G. Contractor shall test and verify for full operational and network support control functionalities and connections per the specifications and manufacturer's installation instructions. H. All network devices shall be verified for link and auto negotiation to the highest connection rate. Audio conferencing systems shall be configured to provide excellent audio performance. Verify POTS or VolP phone system with Owner/Owner/Consultant prior to ordering and installation. Contractor shall place test calls utilizing the audio conferencing system to the system manufacturer for system calibration and testing. J. Video conferencing systems shall be configured to provide excellent audio performance. Contractor shall place test calls utilizing the video conferencing system to the system manufacturer for system calibration and testing. K. Contractor shall test and verify all functionalities as installed per the specifications and manufacturer's installation instructions. L. All Crestron Digitalmedia demonstration and acceptance tests shall be performed by a Crestron Digitalmedia Certified Engineer (DMC-E). M. Projector(s) shall be installed square in relation to the screen, and shall be adjusted to fit and fill the screen fully. Projector(s) shall be overscanned slightly into the screen border (if applicable). Projected image shall be square and level. Projector(s) shall be installed so that digital keystone correction is not utilized. N. In situations where keystone correction may be required, notify Owner/Consultant and coordinate solution prior to installation. O. Projector(s) shall be installed in such a way that the axis of the lens is perpendicular to the plane of the projection surface. P. In case of mismatch between projector aspect ratio and screen aspect ratio, projector shall be configured to output at screen aspect ratio. Q. In case of mismatch between display device and signal aspect ratio, system shall be configured such that the source image best fits and fills the display device. R. Unless noted otherwise, all projection screens shall be mounted with the lower edge of the viewable image area at 48" A.F.F. S. Provide additional black drop as required. Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 4116 - 26 July 31, 2025 T. Video display system(s) minimum test protocols: 1. Test each video display system with test signal generating equipment capable of outputting the following resolutions. (Ultra HD and 4K resolutions required only when testing 4K systems) 2. 4:3 - 640x480, 800x600, 1024x768 3. 16:9 - 1280x720 (720p), 1366x768, 1600x900, 1920x1080 (1080p), 3840x2160 (Ultra HD), 4096x2160 (DCI 41<). 4. 16:10 - 1280x800, 1440x900, 1680x1050, 1920x1200 5. Test signal generator must be capable of outputting the correct signal protocol using the applicable connectivity (RCA/BNC, S-Video, VGA, DVI, HDMI, Displayport, Etc.). 6. The test signal generator must be capable of outputting a standard set of color bars, grid pattern, grayscale, checkerboard and multi -burst. 3.6 TRAINING A. Contractor shall provide a proposed training schedule to the Owner/Consultant prior to substantial completion. B. Contractor shall provide a proposed training syllabus for both administrative users and end -users prior to substantial completion. C. Training shall include all aspects of the Audio/Visual System as specified and installed. D. Contractor shall include provisions within the total cost proposal for a minimum of two (2) System Administrator training sessions. It is anticipated these trainings will cover advanced functions of the system, trouble -shooting techniques and other subject matter pertinent to the on -going support of the video conference system at the installed facility. System administration training sessions should be planned for approximately 5 persons. Each training session shall be planned for at least 3 hours per session. E. Contractor shall include provisions within the total cost proposal for a minimum of three (3) End -User training sessions. It is anticipated this training will cover basic function and operation of the system by faculty. This would include event display management, source control and general systems operation for all installed system. User training sessions should be planned for approximately 10 persons each session. Each training session shall be planned for at least 3 hours per session. Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 41 16 - 27 July 31, 2025 3.7 CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION A. Contractor shall provide full close out documentation for project including floor plan drawings, product data, signal flow diagrams, point-to-point wiring diagrams, programming documents and files, testing documents, training documents, and all relevant documentation to the project. B. All revisions from initial bid documents shall be included in the documents including ASI, PR, RFI, and Field condition revisions. C. Close Out documentation shall be delivered to consultant, owner, and architect no later than (30) days after substantial completion. END OF SECTION 27 41 16 Integrated Audiovisual Systems 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 27 4116 - 28 July 31, 2025 SECTION 28 05 00 - SECURITY SYSTEM WIRING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 This section identifies the requirements, technical design, and specifications for the access control system wiring for the City of Corpus Christi Detention Center Project, located in Corpus Christi, Texas ("Owner"). The access control system and intrusion detection wiring as specified is an Industry -Standard security wiring system and includes security wiring as specified. 1.2 The Contractor shall provide a Manufacturer's Performance Certification for the installed access control system wiring. 1.3 Contractor shall include materials, equipment, and labor necessary to provide a complete and functional access control and intrusion detection wiring system regardless of any items not listed or described in this specification or associated drawings. 1.4 REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor Experience Requirements B. Submittal Requirements C. Acceptable Manufacturers D. Codes, Standards and Regulations E. General Requirements F. System Requirements G. Testing Requirements H. Project Closeout Documentation Attachments 1.5 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. The Drawings, Specifications, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and other requirements of Division 1 apply to the work specified in Division 28, and shall be complied with in every respect. The Contractor shall examine all of the items which make up the Contract Documents, and shall coordinate them with the work on the project. B. Contractor Experience Requirements 1. The Contractor shall have been in business for a minimum of five (5)years. 2. The Contractor shall have a local office with local technicians and an SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 1/41 July 31, 2025 adequate workforce to complete this project within a 75-mile radius of the project site. 3. The Contractor shall have completed a minimum of five (5) projects similar in size and scope to the Owner's installation, where the systems have been in continuous satisfactory operation for at least one (1)year. C. Subcontractors shall be identified at the time of bid and comply with the requirements and intentions of these specifications, associated drawings, and related contract documents. 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Proposal Submittal 1. Itemized list of all equipment, materials, and labor included in bid and required for the installation of the access control system wiring as specified herein. This list shall be provided in printed and electronic format (Microsoft Excel) and contain Part Number, Description, Unit of Measure, Unit Cost, Quantity, Labor Price, and Extended Price to provide a complete and functional access control wiring system. a. Attachment "A" of this specification shall be completed and returned with bid. 2. Estimated wiring count for each Equipment Room and/or Telecommunications Room indicating the quantity of drops served from each applicable ER/TR. This list shall be provided in printed and electronic format (Microsoft Excel). a. Attachment "B" of this specification shall be completed and returned with bid. 3. Manufacturer Warranty offering. 4. Documentation indicating Contractor has been in business for (5)years. 5. Address of Contractor's local office within a 75-mile radius of the projectsite. 6. Quantity of full-time local technicians within a 75-mile radius of the project site. 7. List of five (5) contractor -installed projects of a similar size and scope in operation for at least (1) year. The Contractor shall provide the following information for each project: Project Name, Project Location, Project Start Date, Project Completion Date, Project Start Cost, Project Completion Cost, Brief Description of Project, Client Point of Contact Name and Phone Number. 8. List of completed and ongoing projects with the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the following information for each project: Project Name, Project Location, Project Start Date, Project Completion Date, Project Start Cost, SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 2/41 July 31, 2025 Project Completion Cost, and Brief Description of Project. B. Pre -Installation Submittal 1. Contractor shall not order, purchase, or install any equipment until pre - installation submittals have been accepted in writing by the Architect/Engineer. 2. Manufacturer product data sheets for each proposed system component. a. For product data sheets containing more than one (1) part number or product, the Contractor shall clearly identify the specific part number or product being submitted. 3. Shop drawings of the proposed system installation. a. Shop drawings shall include Equipment Room/Telecommunications Room layouts, equipment rack elevations, wall elevations, outlet locations, preliminary wire numbers, proposed wire pathways, system schematics, and riser diagrams. Shop drawings shall be submitted on 30" X 42" bond paper. b. Contractor shall always maintain a set of shop drawings on site and shall update the shop drawings on a weekly basis. Shop drawings shall be made available for inspection at the request of theArchitect/Engineer. 4. Itemized list of all equipment, materials and labor required for the installation of the access control system wiring as specified herein. a. This list shall be provided in printed and electronic format (Microsoft Excel) and shall contain Part Number, Description, Unit of Measure, Unit Cost, Quantity, Labor Cost and Extended Cost to provide a complete and functional access control wiring system. Attachment "A" attached to these specifications shall be used for this purpose. 5. Estimated wiring count for each Equipment Room and/or Telecommunications Room indicating the quantity of drops served from each applicable ER/TR. a. This listing shall be provided in printed form and electronic format (Microsoft Excel). Attachment "B" attached to these specifications shall be used for this purpose. 6. Manufacturer Warranty offering. 7. Documentation indicating that Contractor has been in business for (5)years. 8. Address of Contractor's local office within a 75-mile radius of the projectsite. 9. Quantity of full time local technicians within a 75-mile radius of the project site. 10. List of five (5) contractor -installed projects of a similar size and scope in operation for at least (1) year. The Contractor shall provide the following SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 3/41 July 31, 2025 information for each project: Project Name, Project Location, Project Start Date, Project Completion Date, Project Start Cost, Project Completion Cost, Brief Description of Project, Client Point of Contact Name and Phone Number. 11. List of completed and ongoing projects with the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the following information for each project: Project Name, Project Location, Project Start Date, Project Completion Date, Project Start Cost, Project Completion Cost, and Brief Description of Project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The following sections specifically list the acceptable equipment types and items for this project. B. Architect/Design Consultant will have final determination of acceptability of all proposed equipment and must approve submitted equipment prior to purchase or installation. C. Proposed equivalent items must be approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer prior to submitting a bid. Proposed equivalent items must meet or exceed these specifications and the specifications of the specified item. D. In the event a manufacturer's specified product or part number has changed or is no longer available, Contractor shall substitute the appropriate equivalent manufacturer's part number. E. In the event of a discrepancy between the specifications and the drawings, the greater quantity and/or better quality will be furnished. F. For listed products with no part number specified, Contractor shall provide a product that meets the performance requirements of these specifications, industry standard practices, and intended application. G. All wiring, equipment, and installation materials shall be new and of the highest quality. H. Labels on all wiring, materials, and equipment must indicate a nationally recognized testing laboratory. Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) documentation must be provided to the Architect/Design Consultant which certifies performance characteristics and compliance with industry standards. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Access Control Wiring for Card Readers 1. 22 AWG / 3 Pairs Shielded + 18 AWG / 4 Conductor Shielded + 22 AWG / 2 SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 4/41 July 31, 2025 Conductor Shielded + 22 AWG / 4 Conductor Shielded Plenum Rated (Composite) a. Beldon 658AFS Composite (Plenum Rated) b. Or approved equivalent B. Access Control Wiring for Duress Buttons 1. 18 AWG / 2 Conductor Stranded Shielded Plenum Rated a. Beldon 6300FE (Plenum Rated) b. Or approved equivalent C. Intrusion Detection Wiring for Keypads and Motion Detectors 1. 18 AWG / 4 Conductor Stranded Shielded Plenum Rated a. Beldon 6302FE (Plenum Rated) b. Or approved equivalent D. Intrusion Detection Wiring for Door Position Switches 1. 18 AWG / 2 Conductor Stranded Shielded Plenum Rated a. Beldon 6300FE (Plenum Rated) b. Or approved equivalent E. Video Surveillance Wiring for Cameras 1. Refer to Division 27, Specifications Section 27 10 00 F. Pathway Wire Support 1. Panduit J-Mod Cable Support System 2. Erico — CADDY CAT LINKS J-HookSeries 3. Panduit Plenum Rated Hook & Loop (Black) G. Labeling 1. Permanent Labels for Copper Wires a. Panduit Self -Laminating Labels H. Fire Stop 1. STI Spec Seal Part No. 2. 3M Products Part No. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CODES, STANDARDS, REGULATIONS A. TIA/EIA-568-B.1 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard Part 1: SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 5/41 July 31, 2025 General Requirements — (May 2001) B. TIA-569-B Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces - (October 2004) C. TIA/EIA-606-A Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications Infrastructure - (May 2002) D. ANSI J-STD-607-B Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications - (October 2011) 1. Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual 14th Edition 2. Outside Plant Design Reference Manual 6th Edition 3. ANSI/BICSI Data Center Design and Implementation Best Practices 4. NECA/BICSI 568-D Standard for Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling 5. NECA/BICSI 607-D, Standard for Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding Planning and Installation Methods for Commercial Buildings E. TIA-758-A Customer -owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard - (August 2004) F. AIA G. Local H. NEC I. ISO J. FCC K. UL L. OSHA M. NFPA N. NEMA O. Plenum Applications P. Applicable Flame Test: UL 910 (NFPA 262 1990). 3.2 In the event of any conflicts between documents referenced herein and the contents of this specification, the Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer in writing of any such occurrences before purchasing or installing any equipment or materials. The Architect/Engineer will notify the Contractor of any actions required to resolve these conflicts. Such actions may include but are not limited to: design changes, equipment, materials and/or installation changes. In any event Contractor shall not supersede specifications and standards from the latest NFPA and NEC publications. SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 6/41 July 31, 2025 3.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall comply with the requirements of local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), State of Texas, the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), and the National Electrical Code (NEC). If the Contractor identifies any item in the plans or specifications that will not strictly comply with the aforementioned laws, ordinances, and rules, the matter shall be referred to the Architect/Engineer for direction before proceeding with that part of the work. B. The Contractor shall install the materials in accordance with these specifications and the manufacturer's installation guidelines. C. No deviations from the plans or specifications shall be made without full consent in writing of the Architect/Engineer. The Contractor shall have written approval from the Architect/Engineer for any additional work beyond the Contract Documents prior to beginning such work. If the Contractor does not obtain written approval from the Architect/Engineer prior to proceeding with the work, the contractor shall not be reimbursed for the work. D. The Contractor shall obtain written permission from the Architect/Engineer before proceeding with any work that would necessitate cutting into or through any part of the building structure such as, but not limited to girders, beams, floors, walls, roofs, or ceilings. E. Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer a minimum of (2) weeks prior to beginning work and will participate in a pre -construction meeting with the Architect/Engineer to perform a walkthrough, review the scope of work, schedule, and escalation procedures. F. The Contractor shall maintain a work area free of debris, trash, empty wire reels, scrap wire, etc., and dispose of such items on a daily basis and return the site to the original state of cleanliness. The Contractor shall not use Owner's facilities for the disposal of excess or scrap materials. G. Equipment and materials installed by the Contractor shall be free of defects and damage. H. Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any damage caused by the contractor during the installation. I. Contractor shall test all wires prior to installation. By failing to perform this testing operation, the Contractor shall accept the wire as compliant and assume all liability for the replacement of the wire at no cost to the Owner should it be found defective at a later date. J. Contractor shall maintain a set of working specifications, design drawings, and shop drawings to be kept on site at all times and shall update the shop drawings on a weekly basis. Shop drawings shall be made available for inspection at the request of SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 7/41 July 31, 2025 the Architect/Engineer. K. Equipment and materials shall be consistent throughout the installation. Where multiple units of the same type of equipment and materials are required, these units shall be a standard product with the same manufacturer and model number. L. Equipment and materials shall be delivered and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's guidelines at the Contractor'sexpense. M. Contractor shall make all stored equipment and materials available for inspection at the request of the Architect/Engineer. N. All equipment and material used in the installation shall be approved by the manufacturer for the environment in which it is being installed. O. Wires shall be properly supported in accordance with industry standards at all times. Improperly supported wires shall be corrected by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. P. Contractor shall be responsible to properly protect wiring from damage by other trades during construction. Q. Wires shall be routed at 90-degree angles to the building structure. At no time shall a diagonal pull be installed. R. The Contractor shall not install wires in conduits or sleeves without nylon bushings. Wires installed through conduits or sleeves without nylon bushings shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner. 3.4 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Quantities listed are for reference only, contractor is responsible for furnishing materials as required to provide a complete and functioning system. Where quantities are not noted, they may be obtained from the drawings. In the event of a discrepancy between the specifications and the drawings, the greater quantity shall be furnished. B. Intra-Building Wire Plant 1. Access Control System Wiring for Card Readers a. Composite 22 AWG / 3 Pairs Shielded + 18 AWG / 4 Conductor Shielded + 22 AWG / 2 Conductor Shielded + 22 AWG / 4 Conductor Shielded Plenum Rated 1) Contractor shall furnish and install indoor plenum rated access control wiring. 2) The Contractor shall install a 20-foot service loop at the ends of each wire to be coiled, mounted, and stored on the wall above the ladder rack in the ER/TR. 3) The Contractor shall install a 20-foot service loop at the ends of SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 8/41 July 31, 2025 each wire to be coiled, mounted, and stored on the wall above the card reader. 4) Wires shall be routed utilizing the pathways as indicated in the technology drawings. 5) The contractor shall furnish and install: a) One (1) each composite 22 AWG / 3 pairs shielded + 18 AWG / 4 conductor shielded + 22 AWG / 2 conductor shielded + 22 AWG / 4 conductor shielded plenum rated wire from MDF Room to each card reader location as indicated in the technology and security drawings. 2. Access Control Wiring for Duress Buttons a. 18 AWG / 2 Conductor Stranded Shielded Plenum 1) Contractor shall furnish and install indoor plenum rated access control wiring. 2) The Contractor shall install a 20-foot service loop at the ends of each wire to be coiled, mounted, and stored on the wall above the ladder rack in the ER/TR. 3) The Contractor shall install a 20-foot service loop at the ends of each wire to be coiled, mounted, and stored above the duress button. 4) Wires shall be routed utilizing the pathways as indicated in the technology drawings. 5) The contractor shall furnish and install: a) One (1) 18 AWG / 2 conductor stranded shielded plenum rated wire from MDF Room to each duress button location as indicated in the technology and security drawings. 3. Access Control Wiring Termination a. Contractor shall not terminate the access control wiring. 4. Intrusion Detection wiring for Motion Detectors a. 18 AWG / 4 Conductor Stranded Shielded Plenum 1) Contractor shall furnish and install indoor plenum rated intrusion detection wiring. 2) The Contractor shall install a 20-foot service loop at the ends of each wire to be coiled, mounted, and stored on the wall above the ladder rack in the ER/TR. 3) The Contractor shall install a 20-foot service loop at the ends of each wire to be coiled, mounted, and stored above the motion SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 9/41 July 31, 2025 detector. 4) Wires shall be routed utilizing the pathways as indicated in the technology drawings. 5) The contractor shall furnish and install: a) One (1) 18 AWG / 4 conductor stranded shielded plenum rated wire from MDF Room to each motion detector location as indicated in the technology and security drawings. 5. Intrusion Detection wiring for Keypads a. 18 AWG / 4 Conductor Stranded Shielded Plenum 1) Contractor shall furnish and install indoor plenum rated intrusion detection wiring. 2) The Contractor shall install a 20-foot service loop at the ends of each wire to be coiled, mounted, and stored on the wall above the ladder rack in the ER/TR. 3) The Contractor shall install a 20-foot service loop at the ends of each wire to be coiled, mounted, and stored above the keypad. 4) Wires shall be routed utilizing the pathways as indicated in the technology drawings. 5) The contractor shall furnish and install: a) One (1) 18 AWG / 4 conductor stranded shielded plenum rated wire from MDF Room to each key pad location as indicated in the technology and security drawings. 6. Intrusion Detection wiring for Door Position Switches a. 18 AWG / 2 Conductor Stranded Shielded Plenum 1) Contractor shall furnish and install indoor plenum rated intrusion detection wiring. 2) The Contractor shall install a 20-foot service loop at the ends of each wire to be coiled, mounted, and stored on the wall above the ladder rack in the ER/TR. 3) The Contractor shall install a 20-foot service loop at the ends of each wire to be coiled, mounted, and stored above the door position switch. 4) Wires shall be routed utilizing the pathways as indicated in the technology drawings. 5) The contractor shall furnish and install: a) One (1) 18 AWG / 2 conductor stranded shielded plenum rated SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 10/41 July 31, 2025 wire from MDF Room to each door position switch location as indicated in the technology and security drawings. 7. Intrusion Detection Wiring Termination a. Contractor shall not terminate the intrusion detection wiring. C. Wire Support 1. All wires shall be installed and supported in conduit systems, cable trays, cores, sleeves, etc. as indicated in the technology drawings. 2. When wires leave the main pathway systems as indicated on the technology drawings, they shall be installed and supported in Contractor furnished and installed j-hooks or saddle straps. 3. No wire pathway shall exceed 40% fill ratio. 4. The contractor shall furnish a separate 1-hook or saddle strap pathway for each wire type. 5. 1-hooks and saddle straps shall be installed no more than five -feet (5') apart on center, using only manufacturer -approved installation methods and hardware. 6. J-hooks shall be furnished with closure clips. 7. Maximum sag between supports shall not exceed twelve-inches(12"). 8. Contractor shall establish j-hook and saddle strap pathways and shall coordinate pathways with all other disciplines. Under no -circumstances shall these pathways be used to support other low -voltage applications not included in this specification. 9. Wire Dressing a. No nylon cable ties shall be used at any time during the installation of the wire. b. Above Ceiling 1) Contractor shall furnish and install plenum -rated hook & loop straps in plenum -rated airspaces. a) The Contractor shall install no more than (1) hook & loop strap between each j-hook or saddle strap or at service loop locations. c. Equipment Rooms / Telecommunications Rooms 1) The Contractor shall bundle all visible wires with Contractor furnished and installed hook & loop straps. a) Hook & loop straps shall be installed twenty-four (24) inches apart on center. SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 11/41 July 31, 2025 D. System Labeling 1. Contractor shall not permanently label any wires until the Architect / Engineer has approved contractor spreadsheet detailing the labeling scheme. 2. Contractor shall verify room numbers and confirm the final room numbering scheme prior to generating any labels. 3. Wires shall be labeled within (12) inches from the termination point inside the Equipment Room/Telecommunications Rooms. 4. Wires shall be labeled within (6) inches from the termination point at the workstation end. 5. Wires shall be labeled identically at both ends. 6. Equipment Room/Telecommunications Rooms a. Contractor shall use the following room designations for wire labeling: 1) MDF Room 127 - The contractor shall confirm labeling scheme with the Architect / Engineer and Owner prior to wire labeling. 7. Wire a. Access Control Wire 1) Access control system wiring labels shall contain the wire origin room number, wire destination door number, and wire type (i.e. 138-Door 1/18AWG-4CONDUCTOR - The contractor shall confirm labeling scheme with the Architect/Engineer and Owner prior to wire labeling.) 3.5 TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. Security System Wiring 1. Wires shall be tested in accordance with industrystandards. 2. Wires shall be tested for continuity on all wires to ensure there are no broken conductors, damaged components or excessive resistance. 3. Only Manufacturer Certified Technicians shall perform testing. 4. The Contractor shall test and certify all wires with approved field tester(s) that are within their calibration period. The Contractor shall be liable for all re- testing required in the event tests are performed with non -approved test equipment or tester(s) that are not within their calibration period. 5. The Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer a minimum of five (5) days in advance to observe wire testing. 6. The Architect/Engineer may randomly select 5% of the installed wires for test verification purposes. The Contractor shall re -test these wires in the SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 12/41 July 31, 2025 presence of the Architect/Engineer and the results shall be compared to the previously Contractor submitted test results. In the event that any of the verification tests differ in results from the previously submitted test results, all testing shall be declared a failure and the Contractor shall re -test 100% of the installed strands at no cost to the Owner. 7. Failing wires shall be diagnosed and corrected by the Contractor. Corrective actions shall be followed by a new test of the previously failing wires. The Contractor shall promptly submit all re -test data. 3.6 PROJECT CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTATION A. As -Built Drawings 1. Drawings shall be provided to the Architect/Engineer Consultant/Owner/COSA ITSD at the time of substantial completion. Final payment will not be recommended until drawings are received and approved by the Architect/Engineer. 2. Three (3) sets of drawings depicting the condition of the access control wiring system as installed. 3. As -Built drawings shall be produced in AutoCAD 2017 or higher and provided in hardcopy and electronically in .dwg and PDFformat. 4. Hardcopy drawings shall be provided in the original size as issued by the Architect/Engineer. 5. Drawings shall retain the formatting and title block of the original drawings as issued by the Architect/Engineer. 6. Drawings shall be provided utilizing the original scale and shall include the exact dimensions and locations of all equipment room/telecommunication room layouts, wall elevations, equipment rack elevations, ladder racks, cable tray, sleeves, pathways, card reader locations and labelingscheme. B. Test Documentation 1. Test documentation shall be provided to the Architect/Engineer Consultant/Owner/COSA ITSD at the time of substantial completion. Final payment will not be recommended until these test results are received and approved by the Architect/Engineer and City of San Antonio Information technology Services Department. 2. Three (3) sets of test documentation for the access control wiring system as installed. 3. Test results shall be provided in hard copy and electronic format (i.e., manufacturer's proprietary testing software along with applicable reader software). 4. Test documentation shall be bound, sectioned, and tabbed in the following SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 13/41 July 31, 2025 sequence as applicable: a. Intra-Building Access Control System & Intrusion Detection Wiring C. Wiring Records 1. Wire records shall be provided to the Architect/Engineer at the time of substantial completion. Final payment will not be recommended until these wire records are received and approved by the Architect/Engineer and City of San Antonio Information technology Services Department. 2. Three (3) sets of wire records for the access control wiring system as installed. 3. List of all wires installed produced in an Excel format and provided in hardcopy and electronic format. 4. Wire records shall include wire number, unique wire label (owner's label), wire type, origin and destination, length, and termination method. D. Contactor's Statement of Warranty 1. Statement of warranty shall be provided to the Architect/Engineer Consultant/Owner/COSA ITSD at the time of substantial completion. Final payment will not be recommended until statement of warranty is received and approved by theArchitect/Engineer. 2. Contractor shall furnish a minimum of a one (1) year warranty on all materials, labor and workmanship starting at final system acceptance. 3. One original and two copies of Contractor's warranty terms and conditions to include contact information (i.e. Contractor name, Point of Contact, address, phone number and email address) and start and end date for warranty callouts. SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 14/41 July 31, 2025 A t t a c h m e n t II A II Provide an itemized listing of all equipment and material required to meet the specifications for the Access Control System Wiring. This listing shall include Part Number, Description, Unit of Measure, Unit Cost, Quantity, Labor Cost, and Extended Cost. Part Number Description Unit of Measure Unit Cost Quantity Labor Cost Extended Cost SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 15/41 July 31, 2025 Total Equipment and Materials $ Total Labor and Installation $ Grand Total $ Attachment Provide an estimated drop count for each Equipment Room/Telecommunications Room indicating the quantity of wires served from each applicable Equipment Room/Telecommunications Room. Equipment Room/Telecommunications Room Card Readers Motion Detectors Key Pads IDF Room 182 Total END OF SECTION 28 05 00 SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRING 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 05 00 - 16/41 July 31, 2025 SECTION 28 10 01 - ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PEDESTAL PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Gooseneck Pedestals for Access Control Systems. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit sufficient Manufacturer's data to indicate compliance with these specifications. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to project site in manufacturer's protective packaging.. B. Store pedestals under cover and protected from the elements.. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Finish Warranty: Provide 5-year manufacturer warranty against excessive degradation of powder -coat finish. Include provision for replacing units with excessive fading, chalking, or flaking. Complete forms in Owner's name and register with warrantor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Security Brands Inc.; www.securitybrandsinc.com. B. Substitutions: See Section 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions. 2.02 PEDESTALS A. Description: 1. Basis of Design Product: Gooseneck Pedestal for Access Control Systems: Model 18-42AL. 2. 12 inch gooseneck reach. 3. 14-gauge aluminum, 2 inch square tube construction. 4. Finish: Durable black powder -coated finish. 5. Pad Mounted, car height. 6. Height: 42 inches. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PEDESTAL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 281001-1 July 31, 2025 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: as recommended by Manufacturer. B. Mounting and Base Plate: as recommended by Manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Coordinate with installation of Access Control equipment and wiring. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect installed pedestal from subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION 28 10 01 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PEDESTAL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 281001-2 July 31, 2025 SECTION 28 13 00 - ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PART1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section identifies the requirements, technical design, and specifications for the access control system at the City of Corpus — Detention Center, located in Corpus Christi, Texas ("Owner"). The access control system as specified is an expansion of the Owner's Industry -Standard access control system and includes access control server (Owner furnished / Owner installed (OFOI), access control software, control panels, sub - controller panels, card readers, door position sensors, request to exit devices, cabling, power supplies, and any associated software, hardware, or licensing as specified. B. It is the Contractor's responsibility to review this specification and associated project specifications and drawings in their entirety, prior to bidding on the project. By bidding on this project, the contractor acknowledges that they have read and fully understand these specifications, with no exceptions. Contractor shall review the drawings, specifications, and existing conditions prior to bidding on the project. Any discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Architect / Design Consultant via request for information (RFI) in writing for evaluation and or clarification. If these items are not brought to the attention of the Architect / Design Consultant the more costly or difficult manner, and the better quality or greater quantity of work shall be provided by the contractor in accordance with the Architect's / Design Consultant's interpretation at no additional cost to the owner. C. Contractor shall furnish and install all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to provide a complete and functional turn -key access control system regardless of any items not listed or described in this specification or associated drawings. D. Requirement Sections Table of Contents 1. Contractor Experience Requirements 2. Submittal Requirements 3. Products — General Requirements 4. Acceptable Manufacturers 5. Codes, Standards and Regulations 6. Execution - General Requirements 7. Coordination Requirements 8. System Requirements 9. Testing Requirements ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 1/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 10. Training Requirements 11. Substantial Completion 12. Project Closeout Documentation 13. Attachments 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. The Drawings, Specifications, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and other requirements of Division 1 apply to the work specified in Division 28 and shall be complied with in every respect. The Contractor shall examine all the items which make up the Contract Documents and shall coordinate them with the work on the project. 1.03 CONTRACTOR EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall be a certified Access Control System partner prior to submitting a bid for the work. B. The Contractor shall possess all relevant Manufacturer Certifications (i.e. access control systems, hardware installation, software installation and programming) for both the company and individual technicians prior to submitting a bid for the work. C. The Contractor shall have a manufacturer certified technician onsite throughout the duration of the installation phase of the project. D. The Contractor's Project Manager shall be dedicated to this project for the duration of the project and shall be available for all onsite coordination meetings. E. The Contractor shall have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. F. The Contractor shall have a local office with local technicians and an adequate workforce to complete this project within a 75-mile radius of the project site. G. The Contractor shall have completed a minimum of five (5) projects similar in size and scope to the Owner's installation, where the systems have been in continuous satisfactory operation for at least one (1) year. H. Subcontractors shall be identified at the time of bid and comply with the requirements and intentions of these specifications, associated drawings, and related contract documents. 1.04 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Pre -Installation Submittal 1. Contractor shall not order, purchase, or install any equipment until pre -installation submittals have been accepted in writing by the Architect / Design Consultant. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 2/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 2. The Contractor is responsible for notifying and obtaining written approval via RFI from the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner of any proprietary devices, software, and/or installation processes. 3. Contractor is responsible for obtaining permitting as required in accordance with the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ), local, city, state, federal, and/or applicable law requirements. 4. Contractor shall ensure submittals are submitted in 15 business days of award to ensure all products can be ordered and received on site in order to not cause any delays. Any products having long lead times (more than 60 days) that may negatively impact the schedule shall be clearly identified in writing so the review and approval can be expedited. 5. All submittals shall be submitted in the same sequence as they are listed in the specifications (i.e. product data in the sequence items are listed in the product data section, manufacturer product certifications for company, manufacturer product certifications for installers, etc.). Submittals not in the proper sequence will not be approved. 6. Contractor shall provide the following as part of their submittal: a. Manufacturer product data sheets for each proposed system component. 1) For product data sheets containing more than one (1) part number or product, the Contractor shall clearly identify the specific part number or product being submitted. Product data sheets without the part number clearly identified will not be approved. 2) Contractor shall identify any products that are discontinued, end of life, or near end of life, and shall propose equal alternate to the discontinued product in writing. b. Manufacturer Product Certifications for Company. c. Manufacturer Product Certifications for Installers. d. Manufacturer Warranty letters. e. Documentation indicating that Contractor has been in business for (5) years. f. Address of Contractor's local office within a 75-mile radius of the project site. g. Quantity of full-time, local technicians within a 75-mile radius of the project site. h. List of five (5) contractor -installed projects of a similar size and scope that have been in operation for at least (1) year. The Contractor shall provide the following information for each project: Project Name, Project Location, ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 3/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 Project Start Date, Project Completion Date, Project Start Cost, Project Completion Cost, Brief Description of Project, Client Point of Contact Name and Phone Number. i. List of completed and ongoing projects with the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the following information for each project: Project Name, Project Location, Project Start Date, Project Completion Date, Project Start Cost, Project Completion Cost, and Brief Description of Project. j• List of subcontractors performing any work on the project. List shall clearly identify the subcontractor's legal name and address, the scope of work to be performed by the subcontractors and the overall percentage of the project being provided by the subcontractor. If there are no subcontractors performing any work on the project, submit a statement on company letterhead clearly indicating no subcontractors will be performing any work on this project. k. Manufacturer's certification letter confirming that the proposed access control system components do not have any known cybersecurity notices, bulletins, or alerts. If a vulnerability is discovered, the contractor shall notify the Architect / Design Consultant within 24 business hours. Provide the make and model of the associated equipment and the vulnerability. I. Manufacturer cybersecurity hardening guide. If one is not available, provide documentation from the manufacturer stating such. m. A complete set of shop drawings to include at minimum but are not limited to: 1) Proposed and/or samples of original contractor security schedules. Schedules are not to be copy/paste of schedules provided within the contract documents. Schedules proposed shall be utilized as part of As - Built drawings with coordination with Div. 27 for additional information as required for network components. a) Device and equipment schedules shall include at a minimum but are not limited to: (1) Device Label (2) Device Type (3) Device Power Requirements (4) Terminating MDF / IDF / Panel Location b) Additional networking information as required to include: (1) Rack ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 4/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 (2) Network switch (3) IP addresses (4) Patch panel (5) Surge/lighting protection (6) Power source 2) Elevation and Topography Drawings to illustrate the associated devices and equipment and the heights at which they will be installed. 3) Signal Flow Diagram including full security topology. n. Supplemental documents to include at a minimum but are not limited to: 1) Contractor Safety Plan detailing steps Contractor will take to ensure a safe work environment. 2) Contractor QA/QC Document to include bench testing / initial configuration of all critical system components including but not limited to: a) System Server(s) b) Cameras c) Contractor Furnished Workstations (if applicable) 3) Construction Schedule in a Gant chart format 4) Contractor Cybersecurity Hardening Guide detailing Contractor's internal policies for preventing the introduction of cyberthreats to the Owner's technology / security infrastructure. a) Contractor Certification Letter utilizing company letterhead detailing the company policies and procedures. b) Contractor shall provide a cybersecurity plan detailing their internal policy for preventing the introduction of cyberthreats to the Owner's technology / security infrastructure. 5) Information on service calls, to include all rates and hours of operation PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 5/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 A. The following sections specifically list the acceptable equipment types and items for this project. B. All software, hardware, and equipment (from the date of RFP) shall be tested, currently available and commercially off the shelf product. (COTS). C. All wiring, equipment, and installation materials shall be Commercial Grade, new, and of the highest quality to meet or exceed the performance and features of the equipment and devices specified herein. D. Written approval must be obtained from the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner for any proprietary or custom software and/or equipment prior to the beginning of the project. E. All devices shall be installed with the manufacturer recommended mounts and accessories as necessary for the installation locations type as scheduled. F. Unless otherwise stated, all software and licensing shall be for the most current, up to date version of the system provided. For existing systems, Contractor shall obtain written verification of the Owner's most current software version and notify via RFI the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner if implementation of the most current software / license version will require an upgrade to the Owner's existing system. G. Architect / Design Consultant / Owner will have final determination of acceptability of all proposed equipment and must approve submitted equipment prior to purchase or installation. H. Proposed equivalent items must be approved in writing by the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner prior to purchase or installation. Proposed equivalent items must meet or exceed these specifications and the specifications of the specified item. I. In the event a manufacturer's specified product or part number has changed or is no longer available, Contractor shall submit a formal RFI for an appropriate substitute. J. In the event of a discrepancy between the specifications and the drawings, the greater quantity and/or better quality will be furnished at no additional cost to the owner. K. For listed products with no part number specified, Contractor shall provide a product that meets the performance requirements of these specifications, industry standard practices, and intended application. L. Labels on all cabling, materials, and equipment must indicate a nationally recognized testing laboratory. M. Contractor shall review all products specified and required for this project to determine if there are any lead times for any products that may cause any delay. Contractor shall clearly identify any concerns with lead times in writing to the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner. If the Contractor does not identify any concerns with products having long lead times, it will be understood there are no long lead time issues and the ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 6/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 Contractor will have all products on -site when needed to complete the job as per the project schedule. N. Any quantities listed are for reference only, contractor is responsible for furnishing materials as required to provide a fully functional turkey system. Where quantities are not noted, Contractor shall refer to drawings and schedules to determine exact quantities. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Access Control System Manufacturers 1. RS2 Access It! (Existing) B. Access Control System Software 1. RS2 Access It! (Existing) C. Access Control System Licensing 1. Unless otherwise noted, all licensing for the specified system and add on components shall be Lifetime, Enterprise level licensing for the system and devices specified herein. Whereas Lifetime licenses are not available, provide documentation listing annual licensing costs for Owner's approval. 2. Contractor shall verify with the Owner's existing system for current maximum licensing capacities and notify via RFI if the installation of the project will exceed the current system capacities. D. Access Control System Hardware 1. Access Control Database / File Server a. Refer to Part 3.3 — System Requirements for additional requirements regarding quantity and sizing of server. b. The Access Control Database / File Server shall consist of one of the following: 1) Owner Furnished / Owner Installed (Existing) E. Access Control Application Server(s) a. Refer to Part 3.3 — System Requirements for additional requirements regarding quantity and sizing of server(s). b. The Access Control Database / File Server(s) shall consist of one of the following: 1) Owner Furnished / Owner Installed (Existing) ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 7/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 2. Client Workstation(s) a. Refer to Part 3.3 - System Requirements for additional requirements b. The Client Workstation(s) shall consist of one of the following: 1) Owner Furnished / Owner Installed (Existing) 3. ID Badge Printing Workstation a. Refer to Part 3.3 - System Requirements for additional requirements b. The Badging Workstation(s) shall consist of one of the following: 1) Owner Furnished / Owner Installed (OFOI) c. Each badging workstation shall be accompanied by the following: 1) Badge Printer with Laminator a) Owner Furnished / Owner Installed (OFOI) 2) Camera a) Owner Furnished / Owner Installed (OFOI) 3) Backdrop with Stand a) Owner Furnished / Owner Installed (OFOI) 4) Slot Hole Punch a) Owner Furnished / Owner Installed (OFOI) 5) Supplies to print 200 credential cards consisting of: a) Owner Furnished / Owner Installed (OFOI) 4. Access Control System Controller Boards a. Intelligent Controllers — Enclosed Wall Mounted 1) Refer to Part 3.3 — System Requirements for additional requirements for quantity and sizing of enclosed products 2) Enclosure to be contractor provided / contractor installed per manufacturer requirements, unless otherwise noted. a) RS2 LP-1502-S3 b. Door Controllers - Enclosed Wall Mounted ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 8/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 1) Refer to Part 3.3 — System Requirements for additional requirements for quantity and sizing of enclosed products 2) Enclosure to be contractor provided / contractor installed per manufacturer requirements, unless otherwise noted. a) RS2 MR-52-S3 / MR-50-S3 c. Input Board — Enclosed Wall Mounted 1) Refer to Part 3.3 — System Requirements for additional requirements for quantity and sizing of enclosed products 2) Enclosure to be contractor provided / contractor installed per manufacturer requirements, unless otherwise noted. a) RS2 MR-16N d. Output Boards - Enclosed Wall Mounted 1) Refer to Part 3.3 — System Requirements for additional requirements for quantity and sizing of enclosed products 2) Enclosure to be contractor provided / contractor installed per manufacturer requirements, unless otherwise noted. a) RS2 MR-16OUT 5. Access Control System Reader(s) and Credential(s) a. Provided readers shall be OSDP from factory. b. Proximity / Smart Card / Mobile Reader 1) Wall Mount a) HID Signo 40 Reader 2) Mullion Mount a) HID Signo 20 Reader 3) High Range Proximity Card Reader for Vehicle Gate. a) NEDAP uPASS Target b) Or approved equal - Vehicle tag (if required, confirm with designer/owner prior to bidding). UHF Exterior Tags ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 9/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 - Or approved equal 4) Contractor shall confirm Class (Prox, ect.) with Owner prior to procurement and installation. 6. Access Control System Credentials a. Contactless 1) Owner Furnished / Owner Installed (OFOI) 7. Door Position Sensor(s) a. Recessed 1) GRI 180-12 Series 2) Or approved equal b. Surface Mount 1) GRI 410P Series 2) Or other approved equivalent c. Weather -Resistant Surface Mount (for Exterior Doors, Hatches, etc.) 1) GRI 4400 Series 2) Or approved equal d. Overhead Door Position Switch 1) GRI 4700-A Series (Track Mounted) 2) GRI 200 Series (Floor Mounted) 3) Or approved equal e. Tamper Switch(es) 1) GRI PBF-2020 Series 2) Included with enclosed products 3) Or approved equal 8. Request to Exit Device(s) a. Integral with Electrified Door Hardware ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 10/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 1) Reference Division 8 Finish Hardware Specifications and schedule for integral request to exit. 9. Push Button — Latching (Duress, Lockdown / Lockout) a. Concealed 1) Honeywell 269R 2) United Security HUB-28 b. Or other approved equivalent 10. Push Button — Momentary (Door Release) a. Under Desk 1) Dynalock 6336 with ILM option a) Use Dynalock 6338 with ILM option for multiple door setups 2) Or other approved equivalent 11. Video Intercom System (Confirm with owner prior to bidding) a. Master Station 1) Aiphone IX-MV7 with desk mount b. Door Station 1) Aiphone JP -DV F. Access Control System Power Supplies 1. 12v / 24v Enclosed Products a. LifeSafety Power ProWire Series b. Or Approved Equal 2. Or approved equal G. Uninterruptible Power Supplies / Battery Backup 1. UPS a. Owner Furnished / Owner Installed (OFOI) 2. Battery Backup a. Yuasa NP12-7 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 11/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 b. Or approved equal H. Electrified Locking Mechanism Power Supply 1. Reference Division 8 Finish Hardware Specification and Schedule for electrified lock power hardware. I. Access Control System Cabling 1. Cabling shall be yellow overall jacketed unless otherwise noted. 2. Cabling shall be Un-Shielded unless otherwise noted. 3. Cabling shall be provided with Stranded conductors unless otherwise noted. 4. Cabling shall be rated for the environment for which they are to be installed and as codes require. (Plenum, Riser, OSP, etc.) 5. Typical cable sizes provided. Contractor is responsible for verifying and sizing lock / device power conductors based on power requirements and voltage drop calculations. 6. Acceptable Manufacturers a. Windy City Wire b. Superior Essex c. Lake Cable d. Belden e. Tappan f. Or approved equal 7. Access Control Backbone Cabling a. 18 AWG / 4 Conductor 8. Access Control Door Cabling a. 4-Element Composite cable typically consisting of: 1) 18 AWG / 4 Conductor (Lock Power) 2) 22 AWG / 1 Pair Shielded + 18 AWG / 2 Conductor (OSDP Reader) 3) 22 AWG / 2 Conductor (Door Position) 4) 22 AWG / 4 Conductor (Request to Exit) ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 12/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 9. Push Button (Door Release / Duress / Lockdown Buttons) a. 22 AWG / 4 Conductor J. Data Cable 1. Reference Division 27 Specifications K. Pathway Cable Support 1. Panduit J-Mod Cable Support System 2. Erico — CADDY CAT LINKS J-Hook Series 3. Panduit Plenum Rated Velcro Hook & loop (velcro) (Black) L. Labeling 1. Permanent Labels for Copper Cables a. Panduit Self -Laminating Labels b. Or approved equal M. Fire Stop / Sealants 1. Fire stop a. STI Spec Seal b. 3M Products c. Or approved equal 2. Sealants a. Masterseal NP1 b. Or approved equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CODES, STANDARDS, REGULATIONS A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM B 1 (2001; R 2007) Standard Specification for Hard -Drawn Copper Wire ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 13/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 2. ASTM B 8 (2004) Standard Specification for Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium -Hard, or Soft 3. ASTM D 1557 (2007) Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-Ibf/ft3) (2700 kN-m/m3) 4. ASTM D 709 (2001; R 2007) Laminated Thermosetting Materials C. Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS) D. Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI) 1. Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual 13th Edition 2. Outside Plant Design Reference Manual 5th Edition 3. ANSI/BICSI 002-2011, Data Center Design and Implementation Best Practices 4. NECA/BICSI 568-2006 — Standard for Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling 5. NECA/BICSI 607-2011, Standard for Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding Planning and Installation Methods for Commercial Buildings E. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) 1. FCC Part 15, Radiated Emissions Limits, revised 1998 2. FCC Part 68, Connection of Terminal Equipment to the Telephone Network, revised 1998 3. FCC Part 76, Cable Television Service, revised 1998 F. Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) 1. Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) (FIPS197) 2. FIPS201-2: Open Options DNA Fusion FIPS in conjunction with an E2-SSP-D2-FIPS, NSC-100-FIPS, RSC-2-FIPS and other listed components will provide an access control solution that is fully FIPS 201-2 compliant. 3. Personal Identity Verification (PIV) of Federal Employees and Contractors G. Homeland Security Presidential Directive 12 (HSPD12) H. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 1. ICEA S-87-640 (2006) Fiber Optic Outside Plant Communications Cable 2. ICEA S-98-688 (2006) Broadband Twisted Pair, Telecommunications Cable Aircore, Polyolefin Insulated Copper Conductors ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 14/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 3. ICEA S-99-689 (2006) Broadband Twisted Pair Telecommunications Cable Filled, Polyolefin Insulated Copper Conductors I. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) J. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE) 1. IEEE Standard 81-1983, IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistance, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potential of a Ground System 2. IEEE Standard 1100-1999, Recommended for practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive 3. Electronic Equipment in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Emerald Book) 4. IEEE C2 (2007; Errata 2007; INT 2008) National Electrical Safety Code 5. IEEE Std 100 (2000) The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms K. International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 1. International Organization of Standardization/International Electrotechnical Commission (ISO/IEC) 2. ISO/IEC 11801, Information Technology -Generic Cabling for Customer Premises, 1995 3. ISO/IEC 14443-3:2011 — Identification Cards 4. ISO/IEC 14763-1, Information Technology -Implementation and Operation of Customer Premises Cabling -Administration, 1999 L. National Cable Television Association (NCTA) M. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) 1. NECA 1-2015 Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction N. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 1. NEMA C62.61 (1993) Gas Tube Surge Arresters on Wire Line Telephone Circuits O. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA-70, National Electrical Code 2. NFPA-75, Protection of Electronic Computer Data Processing Equipment. 3. NFPA-101, Life Safety Code 4. NFPA-297, Guide on Principles and Practices for Telecommunications Systems ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 15/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 5. NFPA-780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems. P. National Institute Standards and Technology (NIST) Q. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) R. Security Industry Association (SIA) S. Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) 1. ANSI/TIA-568.0-D-1, Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premises. 2. ANSI/TIA-568.1-D, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard. 3. ANSI/TIA -568.0-D.2, Balanced Twisted -Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standard. 4. ANSI/TIA-568.3-D-1, Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard. 5. ANSI/TIA-569-E Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. 6. ANSI/TIA-606-C, Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure. 7. ANSI/TIA-607-D, Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding (Earthing) for Customer Premises. 8. ANSI/TIA-758-B, Customer -Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard. T. U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) 1. RUS 1755 Telecommunications Standards and Specifications for Materials, Equipment and Construction 2. RUS Bull 1751F-643 (2002) Underground Plant Design 3. RUS Bull 1751F-815 (1979) Electrical Protection of Outside Plant 4. RUS Bull 1753F-201 (1997) Acceptance Tests of Telecommunications Plant (PC-4) 5. RUS Bull 1753F-401 (1995) Splicing Copper and Fiber Optic Cables (PC-2) 6. RUS Bull 345-65 (1985) Shield Bonding Connectors (PE-65) 7. RUS Bull 345-72 (1985) Filled Splice Closures (PE-74) 8. RUS Bull 345-83 (1979; Rev Oct 1982) Gas Tube Surge Arrestors (PE-80) U. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 16/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 1. UL 294 Standard for Access Control System Units 2. UL 294B Standard for Power Over Ethernet (PoE) Power Sources for Access Control Systems and Equipment 3. UL 109 Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame -Resistant Fabrics and Films 4. UL 1076 Standard for Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems 3.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall comply with the requirements of local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), State of Louisiana, the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), and the National Electrical Code (NEC). If the Contractor identifies any item in the plans or specifications that will not strictly comply with the aforementioned laws, ordinances, and rules, the matter shall be referred to the Architect / Design Consultant for direction before proceeding with that part of the work. B. Contractor shall meet the specifications and standards from the latest NFPA and NEC publications. In the event of any conflicts between Standards and Codes the more stringent shall take precedence. C. The Contractor shall install the materials in accordance with these specifications and the manufacturer's installation guidelines. Equipment and materials installed by the Contractor shall be free of defects and damage. D. No deviations from the plans, details or specifications shall be made without full consent in writing of the Architect / Design Consultant. The Contractor shall have written approval from the Architect / Design Consultant for any additional work beyond the Contract Documents prior to beginning such work. E. Prior to execution, Contractor shall verify no changes in software, licensing or hardware versions have occurred since the bidding of the project. In the event of any changes, Contractor shall verify system compatibilities with their proposed design, and notify via RFI the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner if the newest version(s) will require any upgrades / additional costs to the existing system(s). F. In the event site conditions do not allow the contractor to follow the execution requirements specified herein or in the provided details, the Contractor shall submit via RFI an alternative means and methods that is approved in writing by the Architect / Design Consultant. G. The Contractor shall obtain written permission from the Architect / Design Consultant before proceeding with any work that would necessitate cutting into or through any part of the building structure such as, but not limited to: girders, beams, floors, walls, roofs, and/or ceilings. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 17/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 H. If the Contractor does not obtain written approval from the Architect / Design Consultant prior to proceeding with the work, the contractor shall not be reimbursed for the work. I. Contractor shall notify the Architect / Design Consultant a minimum of (2) weeks prior to beginning work and will participate in a pre -construction meeting with the Architect / Design Consultant to perform a walkthrough, review the scope of work, schedule, and escalation procedures. J. The Contractor shall maintain a work area free of debris, trash, empty cable reels, scrap cable, etc., and dispose of such items on a daily basis and return the site to the original state of cleanliness. The Contractor shall not use Owner's facilities for the disposal of excess or scrap materials. K. Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any damage caused by the contractor during the installation. L. Contractor shall test all cables prior to and post installation. By failing to perform this testing operation, the Contractor shall accept the cable as compliant and assume all liability for the replacement of the cable at no cost to the Owner should it be found defective at a later date. M. Contractor shall maintain a set of working specifications, design drawings, and record drawings to be kept on site at all times and shall update the record drawings with any changes on a weekly basis. Record drawings shall be made available for inspection at the request of the Architect / Design Consultant. N. Equipment and materials shall be consistent throughout the installation. Where multiple units of the same type of equipment and materials are required, these units shall be a standard product with the same manufacturer and model number. O. Equipment and materials shall be delivered and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's guidelines at the Contractor's expense. P. Contractor shall make all stored equipment and materials available for inspection at the request of the Architect / Design Consultant. Q. All equipment and material used in the installation shall be approved by the manufacturer for the environment in which it is being installed. R. All devices shall be installed flush, plumb, and (where required) centered on the wall, ceiling tile or structure for which it is being installed, unless otherwise noted. S. Devices installed in public spaces shall be mounted and secured using tamper -proof security fasteners unless otherwise noted. T. Cables shall be properly supported in accordance with industry standards at all times. Improperly supported cables shall be corrected by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 18/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 U. Contractor shall be responsible to properly protect information outlets from damage by other trades during construction. V. Cables shall be routed at 90-degree angles to the building structure. At no time shall a diagonal pull be installed. W. The Contractor shall not install cables in conduits or sleeves without nylon bushings. Cables installed through conduits or sleeves without nylon bushings shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner. X. The manufacturer and contractor shall take positive measures to prevent the introduction of cybersecurity threats to the Owners technology infrastructure. These measures shall include but are not limited to: 1. The contractor shall scan contractor owned equipment for cyber threats such as viruses, malware, ransomware, etc., prior to connecting the contractor owned devices to the Owners network. 2. Ensure all technicians installing or configuring equipment are trained on the prevention of introduction of cyber threats to electronics, i.e. servers, and other associated equipment. 3. All project documents shall be properly securely stored behind encryption and password protection to avoid unauthorized distribution of documents. Y. Labeled Doors and Frames 1. In no instance shall any UL labeled door or frame be drilled, cut, penetrated, or modified in any way. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for replacing any labeled door or frame that is modified without written approval from the Architect. 3.03 COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor is responsible for the coordination of the following items and their respective disciplines included but not limited to. B. Coordinate with the Architect to ensure that: 1. Adequate conduit is provided and that equipment backboxes are adequate for system installation. 2. Adequate power has been provided and properly located for the security system equipment. 3. Doors and door frames are properly prepared for electric locking hardware and door position switches. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 19/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 4. Access hatch locations (when required) shall be submitted in writing via RFI and coordinated with the Architect. 5. Finishes and colors of all equipment visibly installed in public areas. Submit all finish and graphics for all equipment to the Architect for approval prior to installation. C. Coordinate with the Division 8 contractor for the following: 1. Door hardware manufacturer installation and power requirements. 2. Installation, power and requirements for integral request to exit switches. D. Contractor is responsible for coordinating with gate controller installers for controller locations and interfacing terminations. E. Coordinate with the Division 14 (Elevators) contractor for the following: 1. Pathways, installation, cabling, power requirements, media converter, and enclosures within the elevators shaft, wall, and/or elevator control room. 2. Security device cable pathways and terminations to be done by elevator contractor or under direct supervision of elevator contractor. 3. Any drilling or mounting in cab shall be performed by the Elevator Contractor. Security Contractor shall provide all security device mounting/drilling templates to the Elevator Contractor. 4. Interfacing of elevator controls to the Access Control system a. Software integration is preferred b. Coordinate with ACS manufacturer for compatibility and licensing requirements c. If no other method is possible, contractor shall interface via relay cabling from the Access Control System to the designated elevator security interface. 1) Ensure adequate relay signaling cabling is provided for interfacing of each floor F. Coordinate with the Division 26 contractor for the following: 1. Power requirements, conduit sizes/pathways, sleeves, back boxes, grounding, and bonding requirements of security devices in the following locations: a. Interior of the building b. Exterior of the building c. Pole, pedestals, canopies, awnings, building architectural surface, etc. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 20/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 d. Special conditions (clean room, hazardous areas, roof top mounted devices, etc). 2. Coordinate location and termination of earth ground for all device specified herein as required per manufacturer installation requirements. G. Coordinate with the Division 27 contractor for the following: 1. Installation and power requirements of network infrastructure associated to the specified system 2. Associated patch cable lengths and quantities required for the specified system. 3. Location, power, and backup requirements for rack mount equipment. H. Coordinate with the Division 28 (Fire) contractor for the following: 1. Door hardware manufacturer installation and power requirements associated with fire alarm system(s). 2. Door hardware manufacturer installation and power requirements for all ACS electric locking mechanisms with time -delay ("delayed egress") functions as defined by NFPA 101. I. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating ACS locations and mounting preferences of all specified security devices with the Architect / Design Consultant prior to installation. J. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating all ACS programming requirements with the Owner / Architect / Design Consultant. K. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner for the following: 1. Network IP addressing for networked system equipment, controllers, and devices 2. Device labeling scheme 3. Firmware/software updates 4. Client workstations requirements and locations 5. Location of rack mount equipment. 6. Locations, type, programming, configuration, and Owner's final expectations for any Contractor Furnished Contractor Installed (CFCI) equipment and devices. 7. Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) requirements. 8. Painting of exposed, publicly visible conduit pathways ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 21/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 9. Credential reader card formats, LED, buzzer and associated visual/audio functionalities. 10. When required, credential card ordering, formats, facility codes, barcode and template requirements or standards prior to install. Coordinate timelines for delivery and distribution of the credentials to the Owner prior to procurement. 3.04 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. General 1. The Access Control System (ACS) shall consist of server(s), software, licensing, workstations, doors controllers, access control cabling, credentials and all other peripheral components as indicated on the drawing and specified herein. 2. Any devices associated with the installation shall have the latest firmware updates downloads via owner approved secure link from the system software and/or remotely from the manufacturer. 3. All Access Control software, equipment and system requirements shall be installed per their respective Manufacturer Installation Guidelines. 4. Programming and data entry to be provide by the Contractor. Contractor shall program the Access Control System to provide the following basic functions included but not limited to: a. Database Importing (Active Directory, CSV file, etc.) b. Graphics Maps c. Time zones d. System Reports e. Threat / Emergency Management Protocols (Lockdown, Severe Weather, etc.) f. Role Based User System Access (Admin, User Privileges, etc.) g. Access levels (Areas, Floor Groups, User Groups, etc.) h. Schedules (Lock/Unlock, Auto Arm/Disarm, etc.) i. Auxiliary I/O Devices (Sirens, Strobes, Buzzers etc.) j. Door Configuration Settings to include but not limited to: 1) Anti -Pass Back 2) Door Release via Push Button Input 3) Door Release via Request to Exit (Maglock ONLY) ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 22/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 4) Door Forced / Door Held Alarms Conditions 5) ADA Door Settings k. Special Conditions (Fire Alarm Relays, Hold Opens, Elevators, Gate / Door Operators, etc.) 5. When programming and data entry for the system is to be completed by Owner, Contractor is responsible for initial programming to ensure the installed field devices, media converters, etc., are communicating to the head -end equipment, so that the Owner can complete the necessary programming and shall assist in troubleshooting in the event they do not. B. Access Control System (ACS) Software 1. Application / Client Workstation Software a. The ACS software shall be installed as the most current version; contractor shall coordinate with owner prior to the upgrade/install to identify and evaluate any software conflicts. Conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the design team prior to bidding via Request for Information (RFI). Contractor shall coordinate the install and configure software on workstation(s) as required to provide a full turnkey ACS system. 2. Provide Badging Workstation Software as specified. a. The ACS software shall be installed as the most current version; contractor shall coordinate with owner prior to the upgrade/install to identify and evaluate any software conflicts. Conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the design team prior to bidding via Request for Information (RFI). b. Contractor shall coordinate the install and configure software on workstation(s) as required to provide a full turnkey ACS system. C. Access Control System Licensing 1. Contractor shall be responsible for providing and applying all necessary licensing key(s) for the specified system(s) as required by the manufacturer(s) for a fully functioning access control system. 2. Contractor shall maintain a secured document with all license key(s) information applicable to this project. All license key(s) are property of the owner and shall be kept secured at all times and then surrendered to the Owner at the end of the project. D. Access Control System Hardware 1. ACS Server ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 23/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 a. The video server shall be Virtualized / Cloud / Stand-alone installed in centralized data center / MDF b. The access control file servers shall meet or exceed the ACS manufacturers requirements for the size and complexity of the access control system being installed. c. Contractor shall coordinate with Owner for server mounting location and additional requirements. d. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner/ Architect / Design Consultant for any updates or changes to the submitted equipment as a result of changes technologies or updated requirements prior to installation 2. Communications a. Communication between servers, and workstations, networked based controllers/sub-controllers will communicate using the Owner provided data network unless otherwise noted. Coordinate with owner for network configuration requirements. b. The ACS shall also support end to end 128-bit encryption unless otherwise noted. c. Alternative communications means and methods shall be provided by Division 28 where applicable. E. Access Control Workstations 1. Operator/Client Workstation a. The Operator/Client Workstation shall be Owner -Furnished, Owner -Installed b. The Contractor -provided Operator Workstation shall consist of the workstation and peripherals included but not limited to: 1) System Workstation 2) USB Mouse and Keyboard 3) One Large Screen Monitor as specified c. All system workstations shall run on an ACS manufacturer recommended operating system platform. d. All operator interfaces with the system shall be through system workstations and shall display real-time system messages, data files and records, operator instructions, data programming information and custom graphic illustrations. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 24/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 e. A system workstation keyboard and mouse shall provide for entry of operator commands and acknowledgments, and system database queries. f. System workstations shall not be proprietary to the Contractor. The Owner shall be able to purchase additional system workstations from computer vendors other than the Contractor. 2. ID Badge Printing Workstation a. The ID Badge printing Workstation shall be Owner -Furnished, Owner -Installed b. The Contractor -provided Badging Workstation shall consist of the workstation and peripherals included but not limited to: 1) System Compatible Camera with Tripod 2) System Compatible Badge Printer 3) Back Drop with Stand (Coordinate Color with Owner) 4) Credential Cards (QTY 1000) — as specified in Part 2 5) Printing Supplies relative to above card quantity noted above 6) Cleaning Supplies 7) Associated Cabling 8) 20 inch "Vanity" Monitor 9) Slot Punch as required 10) Badge Holders & Lanyards as required c. Coordinate with Owner for installation locations of workstation and associated peripherals prior to install. d. Ensure software is capable of third -party interfaces of auxiliary database systems (Kronos, Active Directory, etc.). Contractor shall furnish and install the necessary software plug -ins to print the referenced information on the credential cards as required. e. Ensure all badge templates and barcode fonts are loaded into the badging workstation to perform a test print of sample credentials cards as required. Coordinate with the owner and manufacturer for badge template design and font barcode requirements. 3. Access Control System Controller(s) a. Install Controller(s) in designated MDF/IDF room(s) as indicated on drawings ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 25/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 1) The Controller(s) shall be wall mounted in the ACS manufacturer's UL listed enclosure, unless a separate manufacturer enclosed power supply solution is specified that is specifically designed for the controller board(s) specified herein. The enclosure shall consist of the following a) Single cover, hinged, with identical key cylinder lock(s) for all enclosure(s). Hinged double doors will not be accepted. b) Contractor shall furnish, install, and connect tamper switch for all enclosure(s) to the controller(s) as specified. One alarm input is needed per MDF/IDF to alarm via the ACS system when the enclosure is opened. c) Contractor shall furnish, install, and connect Battery Fail/Power Loss alarm inputs to the controller(s) as specified. One alarm input is needed per MDF/IDF to alarm via the ACS system in the event of low battery/power loss conditions. d) Enclosure(s) shall be mounted flush, plumb, and properly secured on fire -rated plywood using appropriate mounting hardware. Pathways to or from the enclosure(s) shall mechanically protected in a conduit or gutter system. Exposed cabling is not permitted. b. Device power shall be provided from a UL listed power supply or PoE powered network switch where required in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. c. Controller(s) shall be installed per the construction documents. d. Controller(s) shall be installed and configured in accordance with the most current manufacturer installation instructions. e. The installation shall be performed or directly supervised by a manufacturer - certified technician. 1) The term "supervised" means the certified technician shall be on -site and supervising the installation. 2) The certified (on -site) technician shall have a copy of the manufacturer certification on -site readily available for review. 3) The manufacturer certification shall be current and valid. f. Provide one spare card reader input point and 20 percent spare alarm input points and output point's after all specified points are initially connected. Sufficient modules shall be provided to accommodate only the number of card readers initially installed, as well as one spare input per control panel at each communications closet or consolidation point. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 26/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 F. Access Control System Credential Readers (Cards, Vehicle Tags, PIN, Biometric) 1. Provide credential reader(s) as indicated on the drawings. 2. Readers shall be securely mounted flush and plumb on the wall/mullion per the manufacturer installation guidelines. 3. Exterior credential readers shall be installed with a weather-proof gasket as recommended by the manufacturer. 4. Exterior credential readers mounted on gates or vehicle pedestals shall be securely mounted in a NEMA rated weather-proof enclosure. 5. Where a weather-proof gasket is not sufficient for weather-proof protection, a polyurethane sealant for exterior use shall be applied. 6. Readers shall be installed with the manufacturer provided tamper -proof security fasteners, unless otherwise approved in writing by Architect / Design Consultant. If tamper -proof security fasteners are not provided, the contractor is responsible for procuring the requested hardware at no cost to the owner. G. Access Control System Credentials (Cards, Vehicle Tags, PIN, Biometric) 1. All credential cards shall be surrendered to the owner in their original packaging after procurement. 2. Template / Card Format / PIN numbers a. Security Contractor shall coordinate PIN number assignment with the Owner prior to any programming. b. Security Contractor shall maintain a digital record of all Template / Card Format / PIN numbers to be secured at all times, and then provide to Owner at Project Close -Out. 3. Unless otherwise directed, the contractor is responsible for the mounting of vehicle tags. Contractor shall confirm with the Owner the placement of interior / exterior vehicle tags in writing. H. Door Position Sensors (Door Contacts, Tamper Switches) 1. Provide magnetic concealed door position switches, surface mount door position switches and overhead door position switches to monitor the open/closed status of doors as specified herein and as indicated on the drawings. 2. The contractor shall ensure the circuit of the door position sensor shall match the physical status of the door opening i.e. Normally Closed when the door is closed. 3. Exterior mounted door position sensors shall terminate using the appropriate outdoor -rated weatherproof connections and fasteners based on site conditions. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 27/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 4. Provide flexible metallic conduit (as required) from the sensor location to the associated junction box as indicated on the drawings. Conduit shall be securely fastened to the structure using proper fasteners based on site conditions. 5. Contractor must ensure adequate spacing between contact and magnets to avoid abrasion / damage to the device. 6. Install end of line resistors for line supervision. Refer to manufacturer for recommended resistance values 7. Tamper shall be mounted inside the enclosure on key switch side. I. Request -to -Exit 1. For doors equipped with electric locking mechanical that are free exiting at all times (i.e. mortise electric locks, electric strikes, etc.), the REX motion sensor shall only shunt the door position sensor from the Access Control System unless otherwise noted. a. Integrated in Electrified Door Hardware 1) Security Contractor shall route cable from door controller to access controlled door as indicated on the drawings and terminate the specified cable to the top of the Division 8 installed Electrified Power Transfer Hinge. a) At the time of installation of the door hardware, The Security Contractor shall provide and install all end of line resistors required by the PACS System Manufacturer. b) Security Contractor shall not remove Division 8 Installed Door Hardware unless otherwise approved in writing by the Architect / Design Consultant. b. Request -to -Exit Motion Sensor 1) Motion sensor shall be mounted flush, plumb, and properly secured on a single gang box or mechanical brace using appropriate mounting hardware and trim plate. 2) Motion sensors shall be positioned close to the door opening and angled to prevent tampering from forced entry. Contractor shall ensure devices mounted in the ceiling space are not obstructed or impacted when servicing in relation to other ceiling mounted devices (Exit signs, smoke detectors, lighting fixtures, etc.) J. Door Release / Duress / Lockdown ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 28/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 1. Provide desk -mounted or wall mounted personnel duress alarms with normally closed alarm output contacts as indicated on the drawings. 2. Door Release / Duress buttons / Lockdown shall be wired to the Access Control System input boards as scheduled. a. The Door Release / Duress / Lockdown button shall be mounted flush, plumb, and properly secured as scheduled. 1) The Door Release button shall be configured as momentary. 2) The Duress button shall be configured as latching. a) Latching keys to be turned over to the Owner via the Construction Manager. 3) The Lockdown button shall be configured as latching. b. Security device cabling installed in the knee space shall be mechanically protected with an armored flex from the rough -in back box to the edge device as scheduled. No exposed cabling is permitted. K. Electrified Door Hardware Mechanical Connections (Division 8) 1. Contractor shall conceal security cabling in door frame, door channels, walls wherever possible. Submit RFI if site conditions do not allow and propose alternative methods of terminations. 2. The Division 28 Contractor shall not make any modifications to fire rated doors without obtaining written permission from the Architect. 3. The Division 28 Contractor is responsible for providing the following: a. Provide relay signal cabling only from the ACS to the Division 8 power supply or relay board(s) located either at the door or centralized location b. Termination of Lock Relay Power for PoE based networked door controllers up to the electrified door hardware c. Device power provided by Owner -provided PoE networked switch. 4. The Division 8 Contractor is responsible for providing the following: a. Final terminations of all internal wiring of electrified door hardware and door power supply connections. b. Final terminations from the door power supply or relay board up the power transfer hinge or similar connection point of the electrified door hardware. L. Elevator Interface Requirements ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 29/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 1. The Contractor shall review the drawings and specifications and confirm all required cabling within the elevator travel cable is present for security peripherals shown on the security drawings. Any additional material included but not limited to: media converters, power injectors, power supplies, transformers, relay cabling or direct/indirect labor shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor to facilitate operation. 2. The Contractor shall furnish and install an elevator security interface as shown on plan drawings. The Interface shall include all provisions to support alarm monitoring and authorize access to select floors. 3. The Contractor shall furnish and install all security peripherals within the elevator systems or cab. All work within the elevator control room, elevator shaft, and elevator cab shall be coordinated with the Elevator Contractor. Only the Elevator Contractor shall alter, install, or make modifications to the elevator return panel, interior finished areas within the elevator cab, equipment in the elevator control room. Elevator control equipment and any required programming of the elevator system and wiring from the card readers and/or IP PoE cameras in the elevator cab and at the elevator lobbies to the elevator machine room will be provided by the Elevator Contractor. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for extending cabling for security peripherals devices and relays from the elevator security interface to the elevator equipment interface for final connection by the Elevator Contractor. A redirect panel shall be provided by the Contractor, in the elevator machine room. Contractor shall furnish and install and midpoint break out boxes between the security elevator interface and elevator equipment interface as required. The breakout box shall be alarmed with tamper and key lockable. 5. Programing of the security elevator interface relays and card readers shall be led by the Owner with assistance from the Contractor as required M. Access Control System Power Supplies 1. Unless otherwise noted, all power supplies shall be hardwired to the 120VAC circuit. No pigtails / plugs shall be acceptable. 2. Enclosed Wall Mounted Access Control Panel Power Supply a. The Security Contractor shall provide and install devices as indicated on the drawings. b. Security Contractor shall refer to Division 8 Finish Hardware schedules and system requirements for sizing and quantity of boards in the enclosed power supply. c. The Security contractor shall provide dual voltage power supply board as specified. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 30/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 d. The Security Contractor shall provide and install Power Control Modules as specified. 1) Each Lock power output cable shall be terminated to a dedicated port on the Power Distribution Module specified. e. The Security Contractor shall provide and install Power Distribution Modules as specified. 1) Each request -to -exit motion (where required) cable shall be terminated on a dedicated port on the Power Distribution Module. f. The Security Contractor shall size each enclosure(s) with dual voltage power supplies as specified to include an additional total amperage of at least for 20% additional maximum amperage output per enclosure for future expansion as required. g. The Security contractor shall provide (2) back up batteries as specified per each enclosure. h. 115VAC hardwired power shall be provided and installed by Division 26 Electrical Contractor. i. 30Amp dedicated circuit shall be provided and installed by the Division 26 Electrical Contractor. j. Provide U.L. Listed power supplies for all Access Control System panels as specified. k. Provide battery chargers and batteries for all power. I. Monitor low battery and power fail alarms for each power supply. m. Tampers shall be wired as recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Backup Battery(s) a. The Security Contractor shall provide and install (2) batteries per power supply enclosure. b. The Security Contractor shall label the install date for each battery with printed labels. N. Access Control Cabling 1. Pathways a. Wires shall be routed utilizing the pathways as indicated in the technology drawings. Reference Division 27 specifications for additional requirements. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 31/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 b. Access control cabling shall be routed separate from the network data communication cables specified in Division 27. Contractor shall provide separate pathways and j-hooks for the cables specified herein. 2. Wiring Techniques a. All cables shall be pre -tested for shorts prior to final device terminations after cables are installed. b. The Contractor shall install a 10-foot service loop to be coiled, mounted, and stored in the provided enclosure(s) as detailed in the drawings. If an enclosure is not provided for the specified devices herein, the service loop shall be installed on a j-hook in the nearest accessible ceiling space closest to the device. c. The Contractor shall install a 10-foot service loop to be coiled, mounted, and stored at the access control panel. d. The Contractor shall install a 10-foot service loop to be coiled, mounted, and stored on the wall above the ladder rack in the regional MDF / IDF room(s). e. Install code compliant fire proofing techniques for all penetrations of fire rated partitions and slabs, where the penetrations are made by or used for installation of the ACS. f. All wire and cable shall be continuous from device location to the final point of termination ("Home Run"). No mid -run cable splices shall be allowed. g. Wire and cable within control panels, power distribution cabinets and other security enclosures shall be neatly installed, completely terminated, pulled tight with slack removed and routed in such a way as to allow direct, unimpeded access to the equipment within the enclosure. All wire and cable shall be bundled and tied. Velcro cable ties shall be utilized. h. Neatly bundle and wrap all horizontal / vertical runs (above accessible ceilings and not within conduit) wire and cable at intervals as code requires. Provide supports as required. All supports shall be UL listed for the application. i. All system wiring within vertical riser shafts (as required) shall be bundled, wrapped and tied to the structure at one -meter intervals in order to isolate it from other wire and cable within the shaft. Additionally, all wire and cable within the shaft shall be supported at least every two floors using manufacturer approved vertical management hardware and installation methods. Provide all personnel and equipment necessary to install and support the cable. All equipment shall be UL listed for the application. j• Provide grommets and strain relief material where necessary to avoid abrasion of wire and excess tension on wire and cable. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 32/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 3. Splices / Transitions a. Home run cabling is the preferred method of installation for all Access Control System devices and panels. b. In the unlikely event that a splice or transition is required, the Contractor shall identify all splices / transition points required for the completion of the project and confirm, in writing, in advance, via RFI with the Architect / Design Consultant for acceptance of the proposed wiring techniques to be utilized. c. By not submitting an RFI, Contractor acknowledges that no major splicing is required for the completion of this project. Any splices not previously identified that are found to be faulty shall require the Contractor to re -install the affected cable in its entirety at no cost to the Owner. d. Contractor shall clearly mark splices / transition points on the shop drawings and As -Built drawings as part of the project close-out. 4. Cable Dressing a. No excessive cable slack shall be left in enclosures. b. Cables shall be dressed in a professional manor c. Cables shall be routed in 90-degree angles to termination points inside enclosures. d. Ty raps / zip ties are not permitted, hook and loop / Velcro is acceptable. e. Exposed wires are not acceptable f. Enclosures and equipment / Telecommunication room shall be left clean without debris including but not limited to: labels, connectors, screws, etc. 9• All spare / unused cables shall be in the enclosure shall be neatly coiled and protected to avoid any shorts to ground. O. Device Labeling 1. Unless otherwise, all installed devices shall be labeled. Contractor shall verify device numbering scheme and Owner's current naming convention standard in writing in advance via RFI prior to generating any labels. 2. All labels shall be machine printed and adhered to the device in a location that is visible and legible to the naked eye. 3. All labeling in the field shall match the same labeling scheme in the closeout documents. 4. Refer to Div. 27 specifications for data network device cabling requirements. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 33/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 5. Cables overall sheath shall be labeled within (6) inches from the point the cable enters/exits the enclosure inside the Equipment Room / Telecommunications / Security Control Location Rooms. 6. Cables shall be labeled within (1) inch from the termination point inside the Equipment Room / Telecommunications / Security Control Location Rooms. 7. Cables shall be labeled within (1) inch from the termination point at the device end. 8. Cables shall be labeled identically at both ends. P. Fire Stop / Smoke / Sound Sealants 1. Use proper sealant as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific application in compliance with per all applicable codes: City, State, Federal, LAHJ. 2. All existing pathways shall be resealed in compliance with per all applicable codes: City, State, Federal, LAHJ. Q. Grounding and Bonding 1. All grounding and bonding shall be performed by a licensed electrical contractor to ensure the electrical integrity of the low voltage system and devices specified herein per federal / state / local codes and standards. 2. Contractor shall notify the Architect / Owner / Design Consultant via written RFI of any site conditions or installations that will require additional coordination. 3. Contractor shall ensure proper grounding of shielded or non -shielded cabling and devices conform to the specified devices manufacturer's installation guidelines. 4. The Division 28 Contractor is responsible for coordinating with the Division 26 Contractor for grounding and bonding security devices per applicable codes and standards. R. Conduit, Boxes and Raceways (For Reference Only - By Division 26) 1. Install all conduit necessary for a complete installation, but not provided for in the Security Drawings, in finished areas concealed in chases, furring's, concrete slabs and/or above suspended ceilings. No exposed conduit shall be installed within public areas. 2. Conduit shall be carefully installed, properly and adequately supported as required to comply with the requirements outlined herein and as required by the NEC to provide a neat, industry -standard installation. Horizontal conduit runs shall be supported by clamps, pipe straps, special brackets or heavy iron tie, tied to the black iron structural members supporting the ceiling. Fastening of conduit to masonry walls, floor or partitions require malleable pipe clips with screws and suitable expansion sleeves. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 34/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 3. All conduit shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the building and shall be installed without springing or forcing. 4. All required inserts shall be drilled -in and all openings required through concrete or masonry shall be saw cut or core drilled with tools specifically designed for this purpose. 5. Swab out and remove all burrs from conduit before any wires are pulled. 6. Lay out and install conduit runs as to avoid proximity to hot pipes. In no case shall a conduit be run within 75 mm of such pipes, except where crossings are unavoidable and then the conduit shall be kept at least 25 mm from the covering of the pipe crossed. 7. Provide fire stops where conduits penetrate fire rated walls and/or floors. 8. All conduit installation, whether run exposed or concealed, shall be approved prior to installation by the Architect. S. High Voltage (120VAC) Power Requirements (For Reference Only— by Division 26) 1. 120VAC AC power dedicated to security shall be provided by the electrical contractor for the Access control system as indicated on drawings. Coordinate with the Architect to establish locations of security dedicated 120VAC AC circuits. 2. Connect to the AC power (provided by electrical contractor) and provide UL listed power supplies and transformers to distribute low voltage power to the system components as required. 3. Provide all conduit and wiring from the AC power facilities to the Access Control / Power Supply Enclosures. 4. Provide Mechanical separation to isolate 120VAC wires from other low voltage cabling. Low voltage cabling shall not route over/under/parallel to 120VAC wires. T. Surge Protection / Lightning Arrestors 1. Protect all exterior devices, control, power, signal cables and conductors that are power surges. Each surge protector shall be UL Listed. 2. Unless otherwise noted, surge protection devices shall be installed at both the edge and head end of the cabling run. 3. Surge devices shall be installed as close as accessibly possible to the equipment they are protecting. 4. Surge Protection shall be properly installed in an accessible ceiling or enclosure space to allow for cable removal during troubleshooting. 5. Include surge protection device locations on as-builts and shop drawings. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 35/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 6. Provide protection against spikes, surges, noise, and other line problems for all system equipment and components. 7. Properly ground surge protection devices per the manufacturer installation requirements. 3.05 TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. As a prerequisite, the Contractor shall perform a burn -in of the system that is in accordance with the manufacturer's installation guidelines. 1. All devices shall be powered up and tested in a phased approach in a controlled testing environment on or off premise (to be coordinated with the Owner). 2. Update firmware with most up to date version (to be coordinated with the Owner). B. Each system hardware device shall remain operational during the burn -in test for a minimum of eight (8) hours without failure. 1. Contractor shall provide successful burn -in results in writing to the Architect / Design Consultant prior to final acceptance. C. Security Contractor shall conduct a complete QA/QC test of the entire system and provide a written report of the test results (Punchlist). The tests shall include, but not limited to: 1. Hardware 2. Software 3. Network Connectivity 4. Device Power 5. Configure system device settings D. Identify and remediate any issues and/or system faults E. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify that all devices, equipment, software, interfaces, sub -system interfaces and integrations are fully functional and operational. F. Contractor shall rectify all issues discovered during the QA/QC process and shall document these corrections via a Contractor provided punch -list. 1. At a minimum the punch -list shall contain: a. Date of the item identified b. Description of the discrepancy with photographs as necessary. c. Date the item was rectified ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 36/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 G. All QA/QC items shall be corrected, and an electronic report surrendered to the Architect / Design Consultant prior to calling for Substantial Completion. 3.06 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS A. Provide for (8) hours of training for five (5) persons on each system. B. Provide a test report showing the system has been 100% tested and 100% operational prior to training / demonstration. C. Coordinate with the Owner to establish a training outline and schedule. Submit a comprehensive training curriculum to the Owner once all preliminary coordination is complete. The Owner will revise and comment on the curriculum as required. D. Contractor training shall be conducted onsite/virtually with a manufacturer's representative in attendance. E. Operator training shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. All operating procedures and graphic user interface (GUI) 2. System configuration 3. Alarm acknowledgement, alarm response logging, and map graphics functionality 4. Image capture, badge printing, and print ribbon replacement. F. Administrative training shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. All operating system procedures, configuration variables and graphic user interface (GUI) 2. Database functions and setup 3. Cardholder input and deletion procedures 4. Report generation 5. Card format configuration 6. Badge creation and design G. Record, label, and catalog all training on DVD and "user's manual" written specifically for the Owner personnel onsite, for daily routine operations of the systems. Provide the DVD and user's manual to the Owner for future in-house training sessions and / or reviews. Furnish all temporary equipment necessary for recording all training sessions. Maintain accurate and up-to-date time sheets of all training sessions. H. The Owner reserves the right to use any excess training hours, not used by the time of system completion, for future training as requested until the total number of training hours has been completed. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 37/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 3.07 FIELD OBSERVATIONS A. A minimum of ten business days in advance, Contractor shall notify the Design Consultant and Owner as to the readiness for a Field Observation for the following at a minimum but not limited to: 1. Rough -In Observation — after conduits have been installed, but before walls have been installed. 2. Above Ceiling Observation — after cabling has been installed, but before ceilings have been installed. 3. Final Site Observation — a minimum of two weeks before Substantial Completion. B. During Design Consultant's Final Site Observation of the installed systems, provide a minimum of one factory-trained/certified technician on the operation of all installed systems for up to (1) 8-hour day to assist with Design Consultant's functional testing. C. Non -Conforming Work (Punch -List) 1. After receipt of written notice of deficiencies (Punch -List), Contractor shall correct all defective work within ten business days. If the work has been identified to be corrected by the Architect/Design Consultant, the Contractor shall remediate it in conformance with the contract documents at no cost to the Owner. 3.08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all punch list items are 100% complete. The Contractor shall complete an internal Quality Assurance / Quality Control inspection, make all corrections, document the deficiencies and corrections prior to requesting for any further inspections with the Architect / Owner / Design Consultant. B. Prior to any Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall submit a minimum two sets of preliminary (first draft) Record Drawings (As-Builts) to the Architect/Design Consultant. The preliminary Record Drawings are to be used by the Architect/Design Consultant to conduct the system substantial completion inspection. C. The Contractor shall notify the General Contractor / Architect / Design Consultant that all the items noted above have been completed and the installation is ready for inspection. D. The Architect / Design Consultant shall schedule an inspection of the installation with the General Contractor and the Installing Contractor(s) present. E. The Substantial Completion Inspection shall consist of the following: 1. The Project Manager/Superintendent and Installation Technician shall be on site with all tools, materials, and equipment ready to resolve any minor issues identified. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 38/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 2. The Design Consultant or designated representative shall visually inspect the installation in accordance with the official design documents. a. The Contractor shall be prepared to remove and reinstall (minimum 10%) randomly selected security devices to inspect the mounting, cabling, terminations, connectors, labeling, tampers. 3. Punch list items shall be identified and documented in a provided punch list with a date and description of the issue found, and a date the discrepancy was addressed and the resolution. F. Provide all personnel, equipment, and supplies necessary to perform all site testing. All video surveillance cameras shall be pointed and aimed in the views as shown in the drawings and using best practices. Contractor shall provide a minimum two employees to verify all cameras have been pointed and aimed to achieve Owner final approval. A manufacturer's representative may be present on site to answer any questions that may be beyond the technical capability of the Contractor's employees, if the Contractor so elects or by specific request of the Architect or Owner, at no charge to the Architect or Owner. G. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Architect/Design Consultant on security related construction clean-up and patch work requirements. Security equipment closets and similar areas should be free of accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, remove all waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's and its subcontractors' tools, construction equipment, machinery and all surplus materials. H. At their discretion, if the Design Consultant or their designated representative deems the site not ready for inspection/observation, the inspection will be cancelled. The Contractor(s) shall immediately address all issues identified, and shall reschedule the inspection in a timely manner so as not to affect the overall construction schedule. I. Adjustments and Documentation: energizing and testing the systems, make adjustments and document the setting of controls, configurations, as applicable. Tabulate all data along with an inventory of test equipment, a description of testing conditions and a list of test personnel. J. Test Documentation: Create and provide complete test reports documenting the results of the each performed on each device, control panel, power supply, and other elements of the system. Copies of preliminary test data shall accompany copies of performance testing data as part of the Operating and Maintenance submittal. 3.09 PROJECT CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTATION A. As -Built Drawings ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 39/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 1. Drawings shall be provided to the Architect / Owner / Design Consultant at the time of substantial completion. Final payment will not be recommended until drawings are received and approved by the Architect / Owner / Design Consultant. 2. Unless otherwise requested, Contractor shall provide digital copies of close-out documents, and deliver to the Architect / Owner / Design Consultant electronically. 3. As -Built drawings shall be produced in AutoCAD/Revit in the most current or compatible version and provided electronically in .dwg and/or .pdf format. 4. Drawings shall be provided in the original size as issued by the Architect / Design Consultant. 5. Drawings shall retain the formatting and title block of the original drawings as issued by the Architect / Design Consultant. 6. Provide a conformed set of Drawings as related to the project, depicting the condition of the access control system as installed to include but not limited to: a. ASI, PR and Addendum items installed throughout the duration of the project. 7. Provide a hard copy of the conformed set of drawings to be physically stored at the end of the project in a designated Access Control System enclosure. Coordinate with Owner for final storage location. 8. Drawings shall be provided utilizing the original scale and shall include the exact dimensions and locations of the following not limited to: a. Access Control System Riser / Signal Flow Diagrams b. Access Control System Backboard Layouts 1) To include access control boards, power supplies, pathways, etc. c. Sleeves, Backbone Cabling and Communication pathways d. Access Control System device locations and labeling scheme. B. Operation & Maintenance Manuals 1. Unless otherwise noted, provide O&M manuals electronically to Owner to include all drawings, product datasheets, hardware manuals as related to the project. 2. Coordinate with the Owner for provisioning of physical storage devices (Hardcopy, Flash Drive, CD/DVDs) C. Spare Parts 1. Contractor to provide spare parts as indicated below: a. (1) Intelligent Controller as specified ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 40/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 b. (1) Door Controller as specified c. (1) I/O Boards as specified d. (5) Credential Readers as specified e. (100) Credential Cards as specified 2. The cost for these spare parts shall be included in the cost of the project. Spare parts are to be turned over to the owner for storage. 3. These parts shall be delivered to the owner at the pre -installation meeting. D. Manufacturer's Product Warranty 1. Certificate of product warranty shall be provided to the Architect / Owner / Design Consultant at the time of final system acceptance. Final payment will not be recommended until this certificate of product warranty is received and approved by the Architect / Design Consultant. 2. The manufacturer of the solution shall furnish a product warranty as per the specifications starting at final system acceptance. 3. One original and two copies of the Manufacturer's product warranty shall be provided. E. Contactor's Statement of Warranty 1. Statement of warranty shall be provided to the Architect / Design Consultant at the time of substantial completion. Final payment will not be recommended until statement of warranty is received and approved by the Architect / Design Consultant. 2. Contractor shall furnish a minimum of a one (1) year warranty on all materials, labor and workmanship starting at final system acceptance. 3. One original and two copies of Contractor's warranty terms and conditions to include contact information (i.e. Contractor name, Point of Contact, address, phone number and email address) and start and end date for warranty call outs. END OF SECTION 28 13 00 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 41/41 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 SECTION 28 23 00 - VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section identifies the requirements, technical design, and specifications for the Video Surveillance system at the City of Corpus Christi — Detention Center, located in Corpus Christi, Texas ("Owner"). The video surveillance system as specified is an industry -standard and includes VMS software, licenses, programming, cameras, mounts, surge/lighting protection, power supply(s), cabling and any associated third party software, hardware, or licenses as specified. B. It is the Contractor's responsibility to review this specification and associated project specifications and drawings in their entirety, prior to bidding on the project. By bidding on this project, the contractor acknowledges that they have read and fully understand these specifications, with no exceptions. Contractor shall review the drawings, specifications, and existing conditions prior to bidding on the project. Any discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the architect/Design Consultant via request for information (RFI) in writing for evaluation and or clarification. If these items are not brought to the attention of the architect/Design Consultant the more costly or difficult manner, and the better quality or greater quantity of work shall be provided by the contractor in accordance with the architect's/Design Consultant's interpretation at no additional cost to the owner. Contractor shall verify the installation methodology of each device location prior to proceeding with installation. Potential obstructions or mounting conflicts due to changing conditions shall be identified via written RFI for approval with the Owner / Architect / Design Consultant. C. Contractor shall furnish and install all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to provide a complete and functional turn -key Video Surveillance system regardless of any items not listed or described in this specification or associated drawings. D. Requirement Sections Table of Contents 1.3 Contractor Experience Requirements 1.4 Submittal Requirements 2.1 Products — General Requirements 2.2 Acceptable Manufacturers 3.1 Codes, Standards and Regulations 3.2 Execution - General Requirements 3.3 Coordination Requirements 3.4 System Requirements 3.5 Testing Requirements 3.6 Training Requirements VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 282300-1of27 September 24, 2025 3.8 Substantial Completion 3.9 Project Closeout Documentation 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. The Drawings, Specifications, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and other requirements of Division 1 apply to the work specified in Division 28 and shall be complied with in every respect. The Contractor shall examine all the items which make up the Contract Documents and shall coordinate them with the work on the project. 1.3 CONTRACTOR EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall be a certified Vivotek Preferred Partner prior to submitting a bid for the work. B. The Contractor shall possess all relevant Vivotek Manufacturer Certifications (i.e. video surveillance systems, hardware installation, software installation and programming) for both the company and individual technicians prior to submitting a bid for the work. C. The Contractor shall have a Vivotek certified technician onsite throughout the duration of the installation phase of the project. D. The Contractor's Project Manager shall be dedicated to this project for the duration of the project and shall be available for all onsite coordination meetings. E. The Contractor shall have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. F. The Contractor shall have a local office with local technicians and an adequate workforce to complete this project within a 75-mile radius of the project site. G. The Contractor shall have completed a minimum of five (5) projects similar in size and scope to the Owner's installation, where the systems have been in continuous satisfactory operation for at least one (1) year. H. Subcontractors shall be identified at the time of bid and comply with the requirements and intentions of these specifications, associated drawings, and related contract documents. 1.4 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Bid / Proposal Submittal 1. Contractor shall provide as part of their bid/proposal: a. Breakdown of proposed parts and labor required for the completion of the project. Include documentation showing annual licensing cost of ownership. b. Proposed construction schedule in a Gant chart format c. Contractor Safety Plan detailing safety practices around the jobsite. d. Contractor QA / QC process detailing processes and procedures to ensure quality workmanship during installation and troubleshooting. e. A detailed description of the installation teams) that would perform the work. f. A resume for each of the key project personal. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 282300-2of27 September 24, 2025 g. A list of all Sub Contractors and their scope of work shall be identified at the time of bid. All Sub Contractors will fully comply with the requirements and intentions of these specifications, associated drawings, and related contract documents. h. Hardware, software, and licensing warranty cost for 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th Year(s) extended. i. Manufacturer Service and Support Agreement (SSA) cost for 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th Year(s) extended. j. Cost for associated Manufacture Representative System Training as outlined in the training section of these specifications. k. Cost for spare parts as outlined in these specifications. I. Cost for unit pricing as outlined in related specifications. B. Pre -Installation Submittal 1. Contractor shall not order, purchase, or install any equipment until pre -installation submittals have been accepted in writing by the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner. 2. The Contractor is responsible for notifying and obtaining written approval via RFI from the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner of any proprietary devices, software, and/or installation processes. 3. Contractor is responsible for obtaining permitting as required in accordance with the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ), local, city, state, federal, and/or applicable law requirements. 4. Contractor shall ensure submittals are submitted in 15 business days of award to ensure all products can be ordered and received on site in order to not cause any delays. Any products having long lead times (more than 60 days) that may negatively impact the schedule shall be clearly identified in writing so the review and approval can be expedited. 5. All submittals shall be submitted in the same sequence as they are listed in the specifications (i.e. product data in the sequence items are listed in the product data section, manufacturer product certifications for company, manufacturer product certifications for installers, etc.). Submittals not in the proper sequence will not be approved. 6. Contractor shall provide the following as part of their submittal: a. Manufacturer product data sheets for each proposed system component. 1) For product data sheets containing more than one (1) part number or product, the Contractor shall clearly identify the specific part number or product being submitted. Product data sheets without the part number clearly identified will not be approved. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 282300-3of27 September 24, 2025 2) Contractor shall identify any products that are discontinued, end of life, or near end of life, and shall propose equal alternate to the discontinued product in writing. b. Manufacturer Product Certifications for Company. c. Manufacturer Product Certifications for Installers. d. Manufacturer Warranty letters. e. Documentation indicating that Contractor has been in business for (5) years. f. Address of Contractor's local office within a 75-mile radius of the project site. 9• Quantity of full-time, local technicians within a 75-mile radius of the project site. h. List of five (5) contractor -installed projects of a similar size and scope that have been in operation for at least (1) year. The Contractor shall provide the following information for each project: Project Name, Project Location, Project Start Date, Project Completion Date, Project Start Cost, Project Completion Cost, Brief Description of Project, Client Point of Contact Name and Phone Number. i. List of completed and ongoing projects with the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the following information for each project: Project Name, Project Location, Project Start Date, Project Completion Date, Project Start Cost, Project Completion Cost, and Brief Description of Project. List of subcontractors performing any work on the project. List shall clearly identify the subcontractor's legal name and address, the scope of work to be performed by the subcontractors and the overall percentage of the project being provided by the subcontractor. If there are no subcontractors performing any work on the project, submit a statement on company letterhead clearly indicating no subcontractors will be performing any work on this project. k. Manufacturer's Certification Letter confirming that the proposed video surveillance system components do not have any known cybersecurity notices, bulletins, or alerts. If a vulnerability is discovered, the contractor shall notify the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner within 24 business hours. Provide the make and model of the associated equipment and the vulnerability. I. Manufacturer Cybersecurity Hardening Guide. If one is not available, provide documentation from the manufacturer stating such. m. A complete set of shop drawings to include at a minimum but are not limited to: 1) Proposed and/or samples of original contractor security schedules. Schedules are not to be copy/paste of schedules provided within the contract documents. Schedules proposed shall be utilized as part of As - VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 282300-4of27 September 24, 2025 Built drawings with coordination with Div. 27 for additional information as required for network components. a) Device and equipment schedules shall include at a minimum but are not limited to: (1) Device Label (2) Device Type (3) Device Power Requirements (4) Terminating MDF / IDF / Panel Location b) Additional networking information as required to include: (1) Rack (2) Network switch (3) IP addresses (4) Patch panel (5) Surge/lighting protection (6) Power source 2) Elevation and Topography Drawings to illustrate the associated devices and equipment and the heights at which they will be installed. 3) Signal Flow Diagram including full security topology. n. Supplemental documents to include at a minimum but are not limited to: 1) Contractor Safety Plan detailing steps Contractor will take to ensure a safe work environment. 2) Contractor QA/QC Document to include bench testing / initial configuration of all critical system components including but not limited to: a) System Server(s) b) Cameras c) Contractor Furnished Workstations (if applicable) 3) Construction Schedule in a Gant chart format 4) Contractor Cybersecurity Hardening Guide detailing Contractor's internal policies for preventing the introduction of cyberthreats to the Owner's technology / security infrastructure. a) Contractor Certification Letter utilizing company letterhead detailing the company policies and procedures. b) Contractor shall provide a cybersecurity plan detailing their internal policy for preventing the introduction of cyberthreats to the Owner's technology / security infrastructure. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 282300-5of27 September 24, 2025 5) Information on service calls, to include all rates and hours of operation o. Provide as alternate Contractor extended warranty plans and costs (labor and materials) broken up by typical years: 1) Years 2-4 2) Years 4-6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The following sections specifically list the acceptable equipment types and items for this project. B. All software, hardware, and equipment (from the date of RFP) shall be tested, currently available and commercially off the shelf product. (COTS). C. All wiring, equipment, and installation materials shall be Commercial Grade, new, and of the highest quality to meet or exceed the performance and features of the equipment and devices specified herein. D. Written approval must be obtained from the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner for any proprietary or custom software and/or equipment prior to the beginning of the project. E. All devices shall be installed with the manufacturer recommended mounts and accessories as necessary for the installation locations type as scheduled. F. Unless otherwise stated, all software and licensing shall be for the most current, up to date version of the system provided. For existing systems, Contractor shall obtain written verification of the Owner's most current software version and notify via RFI the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner if implementation of the most current software / license version will require an upgrade to the Owner's existing system. G. Architect / Design Consultant / Owner will have final determination of acceptability of all proposed equipment and must approve submitted equipment prior to purchase or installation. H. Proposed equivalent items must be approved in writing by the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner prior to purchase or installation. Proposed equivalent items must meet or exceed these specifications and the specifications of the specified item. I. In the event a manufacturer's specified product or part number has changed or is no longer available, Contractor shall submit a formal RFI for an appropriate substitute. J. In the event of a discrepancy between the specifications and the drawings, the greater quantity and/or better quality will be furnished at no additional cost to the owner. K. For listed products with no part number specified, Contractor shall provide a product that meets the performance requirements of these specifications, industry standard practices, and intended application. L. Labels on all cabling, materials, and equipment must indicate a nationally recognized testing laboratory. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 282300-6of27 September 24, 2025 M. Contractor shall review all products specified and required for this project to determine if there are any lead times for any products that may cause any delay. Contractor shall clearly identify any concerns with lead times in writing to the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner. If the Contractor does not identify any concerns with products having long lead times, it will be understood there are no long lead time issues and the Contractor will have all products on -site when needed to complete the job as per the project schedule. N. Any quantities listed are for reference only, contractor is responsible for furnishing materials as required to provide a fully functional turkey system. Where quantities are not noted, Contractor shall refer to drawings and schedules to determine exact quantities. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Video Surveillance System Manufacturer 1. Vivotek (No Exception) B. Video Surveillance System Software 1. Vivotek VAST2 (No Exception) — Contractor must ensure owner has latest version prior to bidding. C. Video Surveillance System Licensing 1. Unless otherwise noted, all licensing for the specified system and add on components shall be Lifetime, Enterprise level licensing for the system and devices specified herein. Whereas Lifetime licenses are not available, provide documentation listing annual licensing costs for Owner's approval. 2. Contractor shall verify with the Owner's existing system for current maximum licensing capacities and notify via RFI if the installation of the project will exceed the current system capacities. 3. The contractor is responsible for providing all necessary licenses for a complete turnkey solution. D. Video Surveillance System Hardware 1. Video Surveillance Database Server a. Refer to Part 3.3 — System Requirements for additional requirements regarding quantity and sizing of server. 1) Owner Furnished / Owner Installed 2. Video Surveillance Application Server(s)/NVR a. The Application Server(s)/NVR: 1) Owner Furnished / Owner Installed VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 282300-7of27 September 24, 2025 3. Video Surveillance Cameras a. Interior 1) Single Lens for Cells a) Vivotek 2MP Indoor Fixed Dome 1. FD9167-HT-V2 2. Or approved other 2) Single Lens for hallways, other areas. a) Vivotek 5MP Indoor Fixed Dome 1. FD9189-H-V3 2. Or approved other 3) 180° multi -sensor a) Vivotek 8MP Multi -sensor Panoramic Al Camera 1. MS9390-EHV-V2 2. Or approved other b. Exterior 1. Single Lens a) Vivotek 5MP Outdoor Fixed Dome 1. FD9389-EHV-V3 (a) Pendant Cap (If required): AM-528 (b) Wall mount (If required): AM-218 2. Or approved other 2. Outdoor 360° Multi -Sensor Camera b) Vivotek 20MP Multi -sensor panoramic camera 1. MA9322-EHTVL (a) Wall Mount: AM-21C (b) Weatherproof Junction Box: AM718 (c) Corner Mount: AM-414 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 282300-8of27 September 24, 2025 2. Or approved other 4. Video Surveillance System Surge Suppression Device a. Refer to Part 3.3 - System Requirements for additional requirements b. Provide surge suppression devices consisting of one or combination of the following: 1) Head End Equipment (MDF/IDF) a) Axis T8061 b) Ditek DTK-RM24NETS (1) DTK-NETMS (Modules) (2) DTK-EXTMS (Modules for PoE extenders) c) Or other approved equivalent 2) Device End (Edge) a) Axis T8061 (Indoor/Outdoor) b) Ditek DTK-MRJPOES (Indoor) c) Ditek DTK-MRJPOEX (Outdoor) d) Or other approved equivalent E. Video Surveillance System Data Cabling 1. Reference Division 27 Specifications F. Pathway Cable Support 1. Panduit J-Mod Cable Support System 2. Erico — CADDY CAT LINKS J-Hook Series 3. Panduit Plenum Rated Velcro Hook & loop (velcro) (Black) 4. Permanent Labels for Copper Cables a. Refer to Div. 27 specifications for cable labeling requirements G. Fire Stop / Sealants 1. Fire stop VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 282300-9of27 September 24, 2025 a. STI Spec Seal b. 3M Products c. Or approved equal 2. Sealants a. Masterseal NP1 b. Or approved equal H. Spare Parts 1. Placeholder I. SSA 1. Placeholder PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CODES, STANDARDS, REGULATIONS A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM B 1 (2001; R 2007) Standard Specification for Hard -Drawn Copper Wire 2. ASTM B 8 (2004) Standard Specification for Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium -Hard, or Soft 3. ASTM D 1557 (2007) Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-Ibf/ft3) (2700 kN-m/m3) 4. ASTM D 709 (2001; R 2007) Laminated Thermosetting Materials C. Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS) D. Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI) 1. Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual 13th Edition 2. Outside Plant Design Reference Manual 5th Edition 3. ANSI/BICSI 002-2011, Data Center Design and Implementation Best Practices 4. NECA/BICSI 568-2006 — Standard for Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling 5. NECA/BICSI 607-2011, Standard for Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding Planning and Installation Methods for Commercial Buildings VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 282300-10of27 September 24, 2025 E. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) 1. FCC Part 15, Radiated Emissions Limits, revised 1998 2. FCC Part 68, Connection of Terminal Equipment to the Telephone Network, revised 1998 3. FCC Part 76, Cable Television Service, revised 1998 F. Insulated Cable Design Consultants Association (ICEA) 1. ICEA S-87-640 (2006) Fiber Optic Outside Plant Communications Cable 2. ICEA S-98-688 (2006) Broadband Twisted Pair, Telecommunications Cable Aircore, Polyolefin Insulated Copper Conductors 3. ICEA S-99-689 (2006) Broadband Twisted Pair Telecommunications Cable Filled, Polyolefin Insulated Copper Conductors G. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) H. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Design Consultants, Inc. (IEEE) 1. IEEE Standard 81-1983, IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistance, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potential of a Ground System 2. IEEE Standard 1100-1999, Recommended for practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive 3. Electronic Equipment in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Emerald Book) 4. IEEE C2 (2007; Errata 2007; INT 2008) National Electrical Safety Code 5. IEEE Std 100 (2000) The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms I. International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 1. International Organization of Standardization/International Electrotechnical Commission (ISO/IEC) 2. ISO/IEC 11801, Information Technology -Generic Cabling for Customer Premises, 1995 3. ISO/IEC 14443-3:2011 — Identification Cards 4. ISO/IEC 14763-1, Information Technology -Implementation and Operation of Customer Premises Cabling -Administration, 1999 J. National Cable Television Association (NCTA) K. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 23 00 - 11 of 27 September 24, 2025 1. NECA 1-2015 Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction L. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 1. NEMA C62.61 (1993) Gas Tube Surge Arresters on Wire Line Telephone Circuits M. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA-70, National Electrical Code 2. NFPA-75, Protection of Electronic Computer Data Processing Equipment. 3. NFPA-101, Life Safety Code 4. NFPA-297, Guide on Principles and Practices for Telecommunications Systems 5. NFPA-780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems. N. National Institute Standards and Technology (NIST) O. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) P. Security Industry Association (SIA) Q. Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) 1. ANSI/TIA-568.0-D-1, Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premises. 2. ANSI/TIA-568.1-D, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard. 3. ANSI/TIA -568.0-D.2, Balanced Twisted -Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standard. 4. ANSI/TIA-568.3-D-1, Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard. 5. ANSI/TIA-569-E Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. 6. ANSI/TIA-606-C, Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure. 7. ANSI/TIA-607-D, Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding (Earthing) for Customer Premises. 8. ANSI/TIA-758-B, Customer -Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard. R. U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) 1. RUS 1755 Telecommunications Standards and Specifications for Materials, Equipment and Construction 2. RUS Bull 1751F-643 (2002) Underground Plant Design VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 23 00 - 12 of 27 September 24, 2025 3. RUS Bull 1751F-815 (1979) Electrical Protection of Outside Plant 4. RUS Bull 1753F-201 (1997) Acceptance Tests of Telecommunications Plant (PC-4) 5. RUS Bull 1753F-401 (1995) Splicing Copper and Fiber Optic Cables (PC-2) 6. RUS Bull 345-65 (1985) Shield Bonding Connectors (PE-65) 7. RUS Bull 345-72 (1985) Filled Splice Closures (PE-74) 8. RUS Bull 345-83 (1979; Rev Oct 1982) Gas Tube Surge Arrestors (PE-80) S. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 1. UL 294 Standard for Video Surveillance System Units 2. UL 294B Standard for Power Over Ethernet (PoE) Power Sources for Video Surveillance Systems and Equipment 3. UL 109 Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame -Resistant Fabrics and Films 4. UL 1076 Standard for Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems 3.2 EXECUTION - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall comply with the requirements of local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), State of Texas, the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), and the National Electrical Code (NEC). If the Contractor identifies any item in the plans or specifications that will not strictly comply with the aforementioned laws, ordinances, and rules, the matter shall be referred to the Architect / Design Consultant for direction before proceeding with that part of the work. B. Contractor shall meet the specifications and standards from the latest NFPA and NEC publications. In the event of any conflicts between Standards and Codes the more stringent shall take precedence. C. The Contractor shall install the materials in accordance with these specifications and the manufacturer's installation guidelines. Equipment and materials installed by the Contractor shall be free of defects and damage. D. No deviations from the plans, details or specifications shall be made without full consent in writing of the Architect / Design Consultant. The Contractor shall have written approval from the Architect / Design Consultant for any additional work beyond the Contract Documents prior to beginning such work. E. Prior to execution, Contractor shall verify no changes in software, licensing or hardware versions have occurred since the bidding of the project. In the event of any changes, Contractor shall verify system compatibilities with their proposed design, and notify via RFI the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner if the newest version(s) will require any upgrades / additional costs to the existing system(s). VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 23 00 - 13 of 27 September 24, 2025 F. In the event site conditions do not allow the contractor to follow the execution requirements specified herein or in the provided details, the Contractor shall submit via RFI an alternative means and methods that is approved in writing by the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner. G. The Contractor shall obtain written permission from the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner before proceeding with any work that would necessitate cutting into or through any part of the building structure such as, but not limited to: girders, beams, floors, walls, roofs, and/or ceilings. H. If the Contractor does not obtain written approval from the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner prior to proceeding with the work, the contractor shall not be reimbursed for the work. I. Contractor shall notify the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner a minimum of (2) weeks prior to beginning work and will participate in a pre -construction meeting with the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner to perform a walkthrough, review the scope of work, schedule, and escalation procedures. J. The Contractor shall maintain a work area free of debris, trash, empty cable reels, scrap cable, etc., and dispose of such items on a daily basis and return the site to the original state of cleanliness. The Contractor shall not use Owner's facilities for the disposal of excess or scrap materials. K. Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any damage caused by the contractor during the installation. L. Contractor shall test all cables prior to and post installation. By failing to perform this testing operation, the Contractor shall accept the cable as compliant and assume all liability for the replacement of the cable at no cost to the Owner should it be found defective at a later date. M. Contractor shall maintain a set of working specifications, design drawings, schedules, and record drawings to be kept on site at all times and shall update the record drawings with any changes on a weekly basis. Record drawings shall be made available for inspection at the request of the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner. N. Equipment and materials shall be consistent throughout the installation. Where multiple units of the same type of equipment and materials are required, these units shall be a standard product with the same manufacturer and model number. O. Equipment and materials shall be delivered and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's guidelines at the Contractor's expense. P. Contractor shall make all stored equipment and materials available for inspection at the request of the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner. Q. All equipment and material used in the installation shall be approved by the manufacturer for the environment in which it is being installed. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 282300-14of27 September 24, 2025 R. All devices shall be installed flush, plumb, and (where required) centered on the wall, ceiling tile or structure for which it is being installed, unless otherwise noted. S. Devices installed in public spaces shall be mounted and secured using tamper -proof security fasteners unless otherwise noted. T. Cables shall be properly supported in accordance with industry standards at all times. Improperly supported cables shall be corrected by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. U. Contractor shall be responsible to properly protect information outlets from damage by other trades during construction. V. Cables shall be routed at 90-degree angles to the building structure. At no time shall a diagonal pull be installed. W. The Contractor shall not install cables in conduits or sleeves without nylon bushings. Cables installed through conduits or sleeves without nylon bushings shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner. X. The manufacturer and contractor shall take positive measures to prevent the introduction of cybersecurity threats to the Owners technology infrastructure. These measures shall include but are not limited to: 1. The contractor shall scan contractor owned equipment for cyber threats such as viruses, malware, ransomware, etc., prior to connecting the contractor owned devices to the Owners network. 2. Ensure all technicians installing or configuring equipment are trained on the prevention of introduction of cyber threats to electronics, i.e. servers, and other associated equipment. 3. All project documents shall be properly securely stored behind encryption and password protection to avoid unauthorized distribution of documents. 3.3 COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor is responsible for the coordination of the following items and their respective disciplines included but not limited to. B. Coordinate with the Architect to ensure that: 1. Adequate conduit is provided and that equipment backboxes are adequate for system installation. 2. Adequate communication infrastructure and power has been provided and properly located for the security system equipment. 3. Finishes and colors of all equipment visibly installed in public areas. Submit all finish and graphics for all equipment to the Architect for approval prior to installation. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 23 00 - 15 of 27 September 24, 2025 4. Camera views are not obstructed by landscaping, awnings, or any other obstacles. 5. Mounting techniques are in compliance with construction techniques. 6. Camera location and field of views are adequate and meets Owner's expectations. C. Coordinate with the Division 14 (Elevators) contractor for the following: 1. Pathways, installation, cabling, power requirements, media converter, and enclosures within the elevators shaft, wall, and/or elevator control room. 2. Security device cable pathways and terminations to be done by elevator contractor or under direct supervision of elevator contractor. 3. Any drilling or mounting in cab shall be performed by the Elevator Contractor. Security Contractor shall provide all security device mounting/drilling templates to the Elevator Contractor. D. Coordinate with the Division 26 contractor for the following: 1. Power requirements, conduit sizes/pathways, sleeves, back boxes, grounding, and bonding requirements of security devices in the following locations: a. Interior of the building b. Exterior of the building c. Pole, pedestals, canopies, awnings, building architectural surface, etc. d. Special conditions (clean room, hazardous areas, roof top mounted devices, etc). e. License Plate Recognition (LPR) exact camera placement requirements. 2. Coordinate location and termination of earth ground for all device specified herein as required per manufacturer installation requirements. E. Coordinate with the Division 27 contractor for the following: 1. Installation and power requirements of network infrastructure associated to the specified system. 2. Associated patch cable lengths and quantities required for the specified system. 3. Location, power, and backup requirements for rack mount equipment. 4. Mounting and installation of injectors, midspans, extenders, surge protectors, etc. F. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating all VMS programming requirements with the Owner / Architect / Design Consultant. G. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner prior to installation for the following: VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 23 00 - 16 of 27 September 24, 2025 1. Network IP addressing for networked system equipment, servers, and devices. 2. Device labeling scheme 3. Firmware/software updates 4. Client workstations requirements and locations 5. Location of rack mount equipment. 6. Locations, type, programming, configuration, and Owner's final expectations for any Contractor Furnished Contractor Installed (CFCI) equipment and devices. 7. Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) requirements. 8. Painting of exposed, publicly visible conduit pathways 9. Camera Views (Owner's Written Acceptance Required) 10. Programming including, but not limited to: a. Camera Configuration b. Recording Parameters c. Live View Parameters d. Admin / User Settings e. Camera Analytic Detection and Event Triggering f. VMS Software Configuration g. User / Admin Groups h. Camera Views 3.4 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. General 1. The Video Surveillance System (VMS) shall consist of server(s), software, licensing, workstations, cameras, power source, grounding/bonding, Video Surveillance cabling, and all other peripheral components as indicated on the drawing and specified herein. 2. Any devices associated with the installation shall have the latest firmware updates downloads via Owner approved secure link from the system software and/or remotely from the manufacturer. 3. All Video Surveillance software, equipment and system requirements shall be installed per their respective Manufacturer Installation Guidelines. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 23 00 - 17 of 27 September 24, 2025 4. Programming and data entry to be provided by the Contractor. Contractor shall program the Video Surveillance System to provide the following basic functions included but not limited to: a. Database Importing (Active Directory, CSV file, etc.) b. Graphics Maps c. Time zones d. System Reports e. Role Based User System Access (Admin, User Privileges, Camera Views etc.) f. Device Parameters (Settings, Schedules, Events, etc.) g. Digital or Analog Input / Output Relay Configurations and event triggering h. Configure integrations to other systems (ACS, IDS, etc.) i. Special Conditions (License Plate Recognition (LRP), Facial Recognition, SB507, Thermal / Radar) 1• Event triggering via analytics including but not limited to: (Perimeter fence, object left behind, masking, motion, etc.) 5. When programming and data entry for the system is to be completed by Owner, Contractor is responsible for initial programming to ensure the installed field devices, media converters, etc., are communicating to the head -end equipment, so that the Owner can complete the necessary programming and shall assist in troubleshooting in the event they do not. B. Video Surveillance System (VMS) Software 1. Server/Client/Workstation/Mobile Application Software a. The VMS software shall be installed as the most current version; contractor shall coordinate with Owner prior to the upgrade/install to identify and evaluate any software conflicts. Conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Architect/Design Consultant prior to installation via written Request for Information (RFI). Contractor shall coordinate the install and configure software as required to provide a full turnkey VMS. C. Video Surveillance System Licensing 1. Contractor shall be responsible for providing and applying all necessary licensing key(s) for the specified system(s) as required by the manufacturer(s) for a fully functioning Video Surveillance System. 2. Contractor shall maintain a secured document with all license key(s) information applicable to this project. All license key(s) are property of the Owner and shall be VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 23 00 - 18 of 27 September 24, 2025 kept secured at all times and then surrendered to the Owner at the end of the project. D. Video Surveillance System Hardware 1. Video Surveillance Server a. Owner Furnished / Owner Installed b. Contractor shall coordinate with the Architect / Design Consultant / Owner for any updates or changes to the submitted equipment as a result of changes technologies or updated requirements prior to installation 2. Communications a. Communication between servers, workstations, and networked based edge devices will communicate using the Owner provided data network unless otherwise noted. Coordinate with Owner for network configuration requirements. b. The VMS shall also support end to end encryption unless otherwise noted. E. Video Surveillance Cameras 1. The Contractor shall have all on -site equipment, and personnel necessary to install, program, and troubleshoot devices during and after installation. 2. Unless otherwise stated, all cameras shall receive power through Power over Ethernet. Contractor is responsible for ensuring the power output of the network switch will meet the power requirements of the cameras to be installed. Any additional power will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide. 3. PoE Injectors / Midspans / Extenders provided by the Contractor shall be securely mounted to the rack or wall per the manufacturer installation guidelines and / or Owner's standards. 4. The Contractor shall energize and commission equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and guidelines. All installed cameras, mounts, accessories, and fasteners shall be properly rated for the environmental conditions in which they will be installed. Contractor is responsible for sealing and making watertight all exterior penetrations and equipment. 5. The Contractor is responsible for all the initial configuration of camera settings, IP address settings, recording settings, presets, naming conventions, etc. unless otherwise noted. 6. Default admin account usernames and passwords shall be reconfigured prior to connecting to the Owner's network. New admin accounts and passwords shall be Owner Provided. Account passwords and settings shall be held in confidence by the VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 23 00 - 19 of 27 September 24, 2025 Contractor and secured throughout the duration of the project to prevent unauthorized access. 7. As part of initial installation, Contractor is responsible for focusing and aiming the camera in the direction as indicated in the drawings. Unless otherwise stated, camera lenses shall provide the maximum field of view coverage to the area to provide a usable, level, clear image, pending Owner's final approval. Contractor shall plan for a minimum of one additional trip to make final adjustments of camera field of views. F. Surge Protection / Lightning Arrestors 1. Protect all exterior or interior devices, control, power, signal cables and conductors that are power surges. Each surge protector shall be UL Listed. 2. Unless otherwise noted, surge protection devices shall be installed at both the edge and head end of the cabling run. 3. Surge devices shall be installed as close as accessibly possible to the equipment they are protecting. 4. Surge Protection shall be properly installed in an accessible ceiling or enclosure space to allow for cable removal during troubleshooting. 5. Include surge protection device locations on as-builts and shop drawings. 6. Provide protection against spikes, surges, noise, and other line problems for all system equipment and components. 7. Properly ground surge protection devices per the manufacturer installation requirements. G. Video Surveillance Cabling 1. Unless otherwise noted, all data cabling from end to end to support the Video Surveillance System and all related IP devices shall be provided, installed, and maintained by Div. 27 / the Owner. H. Device Labeling 1. Unless otherwise, all installed devices shall be labeled. Contractor shall verify device numbering scheme and Owner's current naming convention standard in writing in advance via RFI prior to generating any labels. 2. Unless otherwise stated, all labels shall be machine printed and adhered to the device in a location that is visible and legible to the naked eye. 3. All labeling in the field shall match the same labeling scheme in the closeout documents. 4. Refer to Div. 27 specifications for data network device cabling requirements. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 23 00 - 20 of 27 September 24, 2025 I. Grounding and Bonding 1. All grounding and bonding shall be performed by a licensed electrical contractor to ensure the electrical integrity of the low voltage system and devices specified herein per federal / state / local codes and standards. 2. Contractor shall notify the Architect / Owner / Design Consultant via written RFI of any site conditions or installations that will require additional coordination. 3. Contractor shall ensure proper grounding of shielded or non -shielded cabling and devices conform to the specified devices manufacturer's installation guidelines. 4. The Division 28 Contractor is responsible for coordinating with the Division 26 Contractor for grounding and bonding security devices per applicable codes and standards. J. Conduit, Boxes and Raceways (For Reference Only - By Division 26) 1. Install all conduit necessary for a complete installation but not limited to: in finished areas, in concealed areas, in chases, in furring's, in concrete slabs and/or above suspended ceilings. No exposed conduit shall be installed within public areas. 2. Conduit shall be carefully installed, properly and adequately supported as required to comply with the requirements outlined herein and as required by the NEC to provide a neat, industry -standard installation. Horizontal conduit runs shall be supported by clamps, pipe straps, special brackets or heavy iron tie, tied to the black iron structural members supporting the ceiling. Fastening of conduit to masonry walls, floor or partitions require malleable pipe clips with screws and suitable expansion sleeves. 3. All conduits shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the building and shall be installed without springing or forcing. 4. All required inserts shall be drilled -in and all openings required through concrete or masonry shall be saw cut or core drilled with tools specifically designed for this purpose. 5. Swab out and remove all burrs from conduit before any wires are pulled. 6. Lay out and install conduit runs as to avoid proximity to hot pipes. In no case shall a conduit be run within 75 mm of such pipes, except where crossings are unavoidable and then the conduit shall be kept at least 25 mm from the covering of the pipe crossed. 7. Provide fire stops where conduits penetrate fire rated walls and/or floors. 8. All conduit installation, whether run exposed or concealed, shall be approved prior to installation by the Architect. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 282300-21of27 September 24, 2025 K. High Voltage (120VAC) Power Requirements (For Reference Only — by Division 26) 1. 120VAC AC power dedicated to security shall be provided by the electrical contractor for the Video Surveillance system as indicated on drawings. Coordinate with the Architect to establish locations of security dedicated 120VAC AC circuits. 2. Connect to the AC power (provided by electrical contractor) and provide UL listed power supplies and transformers to distribute low voltage power to the system components as required. 3. Provide all conduit and wiring from the AC power facilities to the Video Surveillance / Power Supply Enclosures. 4. Provide Mechanical separation to isolate 120VAC wires from other low voltage cabling. Low voltage cabling shall not route over/under/parallel to 120VAC wires. 3.5 TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall perform a burn -in of the system that is in accordance with the manufacturer's installation guidelines. 1. All devices shall be powered up and tested in a phased approach in a controlled testing environment on or off premise (to be coordinated with the Owner). 2. Update firmware with most up to date version (to be coordinated with the Owner). B. Contractor shall conduct a five (5) day burn in test. Each system hardware device shall remain operational during the burn -in test for a minimum of eight (8) hours without failure. 1. Contractor shall provide successful burn -in results in writing to the Architect / Design Consultant prior to final acceptance. C. Security Contractor shall conduct a complete QA/QC test of the entire system and provide a written report of the test results (Punchlist). The tests shall include, but not limited to: 1. Hardware 2. Software 3. Network Connectivity 4. Device Power 5. Configure system device settings 6. Setting camera views (aim & focus) 7. Archiving of video footage VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 23 00 - 22 of 27 September 24, 2025 D. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify that all devices, equipment, software, interfaces, sub -system interfaces and integrations are fully functional and operational. E. Contractor shall rectify all issues discovered during the QA/QC process and shall document these corrections via a Contractor provided punch -list. 1. At a minimum the punch -list shall contain: a. Date of the item identified b. Description of the discrepancy with photographs as necessary. c. Date the item was rectified F. All QA/QC items shall be corrected, and an electronic report surrendered to the Architect / Design Consultant prior to calling for Substantial Completion. 3.6 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS A. Training outline with Owner sign off specific to the vertical market served. B. Provide for (8) hours of training for five (5) persons on each system. C. The Contractor shall closely coordinate with the Owner to establish a training syllabus and schedule. Submit a comprehensive training curriculum to the Owner once all preliminary coordination is complete. The Owner will revise and comment on the curriculum as required. D. Contractor training shall be conducted onsite/virtually. Training shall be conducted by a Factory Certified trainer from the Manufacturer. E. Operator training shall be structured to provide the appropriate users the information required for them to be able to perform the following tasks: 1. All operating procedures 2. System configuration 3. Camera Configuration 4. Rules Configuration 5. Alarm acknowledgement, alarm response logging, and map graphics functionality 6. Manipulation of cameras and presets. 7. Archiving Recorded Video F. Administrative training shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. All operating system procedures, configuration variables and graphic user interface (GUI) VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 23 00 - 23 of 27 September 24, 2025 2. Report generation G. Record, label, and catalog all training on DVD and "user's manual" written specifically for the Owner personnel onsite, for daily routine operations of the systems. Provide the DVD and user's manual to the Owner for future in-house training sessions and / or reviews. Furnish all temporary equipment necessary for recording all training sessions. Maintain accurate and up-to-date time sheets of all training sessions. H. The Owner reserves the right to use any excess training hours, not used by the time of system completion, for future training as requested until the total number of training hours has been completed. 3.7 FIELD OBSERVATIONS A. A minimum of ten business days in advance, Contractor shall notify the Design Consultant and Owner as to the readiness for a Field Observation for the following at a minimum but not limited to: 1. Rough -In Observation — after conduits have been installed, but before walls have been installed. 2. Above Ceiling Observation — after cabling has been installed, but before ceilings have been installed. 3. Final Site Observation — a minimum of two weeks before Substantial Completion. B. During Design Consultant's Final Site Observation of the installed systems, provide a minimum of one factory-trained/certified technician on the operation of all installed systems for up to (1) 8-hour day to assist with Design Consultant's functional testing. C. Non -Conforming Work (Punch -List) 1. After receipt of written notice of deficiencies (Punch -List), Contractor shall correct all defective work within ten business days. If the work has been identified to be corrected by the Architect/Design Consultant, the Contractor shall remediate it in conformance with the contract documents at no cost to the Owner. 3.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all punch list items are 100% complete. The Contractor shall complete an internal Quality Assurance / Quality Control inspection, make all corrections, document the deficiencies and corrections prior to requesting for any further inspections with the Architect / Owner / Design Consultant. B. Prior to any Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall submit a minimum two sets of preliminary (first draft) Record Drawings (As-Builts) to the Architect/Design Consultant. The preliminary Record Drawings are to be used by the Architect/Design Consultant to conduct the system substantial completion inspection. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 23 00 - 24 of 27 September 24, 2025 C. The Contractor shall notify the General Contractor / Architect / Design Consultant that all the items noted above have been completed and the installation is ready for inspection. D. The Architect / Design Consultant shall schedule an inspection of the installation with the General Contractor and the Installing Contractor(s) present. E. The Substantial Completion Inspection shall consist of the following: 1. The Project Manager/Superintendent and Installation Technician shall be on site with all tools, materials, and equipment ready to resolve any minor issues identified. 2. The Design Consultant or designated representative shall visually inspect the installation in accordance with the official design documents. a. The Contractor shall be prepared to remove and reinstall (minimum 10%) randomly selected security devices to inspect the mounting, cabling, terminations, connectors, labeling, tampers. 3. Punch list items shall be identified and documented in a provided punch list with a date and description of the issue found, and a date the discrepancy was addressed and the resolution. F. Provide all personnel, equipment, and supplies necessary to perform all site testing. All video surveillance cameras shall be pointed and aimed in the views as shown in the drawings and using best practices. Contractor shall provide a minimum two employees to verify all cameras have been pointed and aimed to achieve Owner final approval. A manufacturer's representative may be present on site to answer any questions that may be beyond the technical capability of the Contractor's employees, if the Contractor so elects or by specific request of the Architect or Owner, at no charge to the Architect or Owner. G. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Architect/Design Consultant on security related construction clean-up and patch work requirements. Security equipment closets and similar areas should be free of accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, remove all waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's and its subcontractors' tools, construction equipment, machinery and all surplus materials. H. At their discretion, if the Design Consultant or their designated representative deems the site not ready for inspection/observation, the inspection will be cancelled. The Contractor(s) shall immediately address all issues identified, and shall reschedule the inspection in a timely manner so as not to affect the overall construction schedule. I. Adjustments and Documentation: energizing and testing the systems, make adjustments and document the setting of controls, configurations, as applicable. Tabulate all data along with an inventory of test equipment, a description of testing conditions and a list of test personnel. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 23 00 - 25 of 27 September 24, 2025 J. Test Documentation: Create and provide complete test reports documenting the results of the each performed on each device, control panel, power supply, and other elements of the system. Copies of preliminary test data shall accompany copies of performance testing data as part of the Operating and Maintenance submittal. 3.9 PROJECT CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTATION A. As -Built Drawings 1. Drawings shall be provided to the Architect / Owner / Design Consultant at the time of substantial completion. Final payment will not be recommended until drawings are received and approved by the Architect / Owner / Design Consultant. 2. Unless otherwise requested, Contractor shall provide digital copies of close-out documents, and deliver to the Architect / Owner / Design Consultant electronically. 3. As -Built drawings shall be produced in AutoCAD/Revit in the most current or compatible version and provided electronically in .dwg and/or .pdf format. 4. Drawings shall be provided in the original size as issued by the Architect/Design Consultant. 5. Drawings shall retain the formatting and title block of the original drawings as issued by the Architect/Design Consultant. 6. Provide a conformed set of Drawings as related to the project, depicting the condition of the Video Surveillance system as installed to include but not limited to: a. ASI, PR and Addendum items installed throughout the duration of the project. 7. Provide a hard copy of the conformed set of drawings to be physically stored at the end of the project in a designated Video Surveillance System enclosure. Coordinate with Owner for final storage location. 8. Drawings shall be provided utilizing the original scale and shall include the exact dimensions and locations of the following not limited to: a. Video Surveillance System Riser / Signal Flow Diagrams b. Video Surveillance System Backboard Layouts 1) To include Video Surveillance boards, power supplies, pathways, etc. c. Sleeves, Backbone Cabling and Communication pathways d. Video Surveillance System device locations and labeling scheme. B. Operation & Maintenance Manuals 1. Unless otherwise noted, provide O&M manuals electronically to Owner to include all drawings, product datasheets, hardware manuals as related to the project. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 23 00 - 26 of 27 September 24, 2025 2. Coordinate with the Owner for provisioning of physical storage devices (Hardcopy, Flash Drive, CD/DVDs) C. Spare Parts 1. Contractor to provide spare parts as indicated below: a. (1) Interior Camera and all associated mounting hardware specified. b. (1) Exterior Camera and all associated mounting hardware specified. 2. The cost for these spare parts shall be included in the cost of the project. Spare parts are to be turned over to the owner for storage. 3. These parts shall be delivered to the Owner with transmittal letter prior to final system acceptance. D. Manufacturer's Product Warranty 1. Certificate of product warranty shall be provided to the Architect / Owner / Design Consultant at the time of final system acceptance. Final payment will not be recommended until this certificate of product warranty is received and approved by the Architect/Design Consultant. 2. The manufacturer of the solution shall furnish a product warranty as per the specifications starting at final system acceptance. 3. One original and two copies of the Manufacturer's product warranty shall be provided. E. Contactor's Statement of Warranty 1. Statement of warranty shall be provided to the Architect/Design Consultant at the time of substantial completion. Final payment will not be recommended until statement of warranty is received and approved by the Architect/Design Consultant. 2. Contractor shall furnish a minimum of a one (1) year warranty on all materials, labor and workmanship starting at final system acceptance. One original and two copies of Contractor's warranty terms and conditions to include contact information (i.e. Contractor name, Point of Contact, address, phone number and email address) and start and end date for warranty call outs. END OF SECTION 28 23 00 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 25069-City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 23 00 - 27 of 27 September 24, 2025 28 3100 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION: A. Scope of work shall include new stand-alone system. B. This section of the specification includes the furnishing, installation, connection and testing of the microprocessor controlled, intelligent reporting fire alarm equipment required to form a complete, operative, coordinated system. It shall include, but not be limited to, alarm initiating devices, alarm notification appliances, Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP), auxiliary control devices, annunciators, and wiring as shown on the drawings and specified herein. C. The fire alarm system shall comply with requirements of NFPA Standard 72 for Protected Premises Signaling Systems except as modified and supplemented by this specification. The system shall be electrically supervised and monitor the integrity of all conductors. D. The fire alarm system shall be manufactured by an ISO 9001 certified company and meet the requirements of BS EN9001: ANSI/ASQC Q9001-1994. E. The FACP and peripheral devices shall be manufactured 100% by a single U.S. manufacturer (or division thereof). F. The system and its components shall be Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed under the appropriate UL testing standard as listed herein for fire alarm applications and the installation shall be in compliance with the UL listing. G. The installing company shall employ NICET (minimum Level II Fire Alarm Technology) technicians on site to guide the final checkout and to ensure the systems integrity. 1.2. SCOPE: A. A new intelligent reporting, microprocessor controlled fire detection system shall be installed in accordance to the project specifications and drawings. B. A microprocessor -controlled control panel shall be installed in accordance with the project specifications and drawings. C. Basic Performance: FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 1 July 31, 2025 1. Alarm, trouble and supervisory signals from all intelligent reporting devices shall be encoded on NFPA Style 4 (Class B) Signaling Line Circuits (SLC). 2. Initiation Device Circuits (IDC) shall be wired Class B (NFPA Style A) as part of an addressable device connected by the SLC Circuit. 3. Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC) shall be wired Class B (NFPA Style Y) as part of an addressable device connected by the SLC Circuit. 4. On Style 6 or 7 (Class A) configurations a single ground fault or open circuit on the system Signaling Line Circuit shall not cause system malfunction, loss of operating power or the ability to report an alarm. 5. Alarm signals arriving at the FACP shall not be lost following a primary power failure (or outage) until the alarm signal is processed and recorded. 6. NAC circuits shall be arranged such that there is a minimum of one circuit per floor of the building or smoke zone whichever is greater. 7. NAC circuits and control equipment shall be arranged such that loss of anyone (1) circuit will not cause the loss of any other circuit in the system. D. BASIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL OPERATION When a fire alarm condition is detected and reported by one of the systems initiating devices, the following functions shall immediately occur: 1. The system alarm LED on the system display shall flash. 2. A local piezo electric signal in the control panel shall sound. 3. A backlit LCD display shall indicate all information associated with the fire alarm condition, including the type of alarm point and its location within the protected premises. 4. Printing and history storage equipment shall log the information associated each new fire alarm control panel condition, along with time and date of occurrence. 5. All system output programs assigned via control -by -event interlock programming to be activated by the particular point in alarm shall be executed, and the associated system outputs (notification appliances and/or relays) shall be activated. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 2 July 31, 2025 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Two copies of all submittals shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review. 2. All references to manufacturer's model numbers and other pertinent information herein is intended to establish minimum standards of performance, function and quality. Equivalent compatible UL-listed equipment from other manufacturers may be substituted for the specified equipment as long as the minimum standards are met. 3. For equipment other than that specified, the contractor shall supply proof that such substitute equipment equals or exceeds the features, functions, performance, and quality of the specified equipment. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Sufficient information, clearly presented, shall be included to determine compliance with drawings and specifications. 2. Include manufacturer's name(s), model numbers, ratings, power requirements, equipment layout, device arrangement, complete wiring point-to-point diagrams, and conduit layouts. 3. Show annunciator layout, configurations, and terminations. C. Manuals: 1. Submit simultaneously with the shop drawings, complete operating and maintenance manuals listing the manufacturer's name(s), including technical data sheets. 2. Wiring diagrams shall indicate internal wiring for each device and the interconnections between the items of equipment. 3. Provide a clear and concise description of operation that gives, in detail, the information required to properly operate the equipment and system. D. Software Modifications 1. Provide the services of a factory trained and authorized technician to perform all system software modifications, upgrades or changes. Response time of the technician to the site shall not exceed 4 hours. 2. Provide all hardware, software, programming tools and documentation necessary to modify the fire alarm system on site. Modification includes addition and deletion of FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 3 July 31, 2025 devices, circuits, zones and changes to system operation and custom label changes for devices or zones. The system structure and software shall place no limit on the type or extent of software modifications on -site. E. Certifications: 1. Together with the shop drawing submittal, submit a certification from the major equipment manufacturer indicating that the proposed supervisor of the installation and the proposed performer of contract maintenance is an authorized representative of the major equipment manufacturer. Include names and addresses in the certification. 2. Submit copies of State licenses. 1.5. GUARANTY: All work performed and all material and equipment furnished under this contract shall be free from defects and shall remain so for a period of at least one (1) year from the date of acceptance. The full cost of maintenance, labor and materials required to correct any defect during this one-year period shall be included in the submittal bid. 1.6. POST CONTRACT MAINTENANCE: A. Complete maintenance and repair service for the fire alarm system shall be available from a factory trained authorized representative of the manufacturer of the major equipment for a period of five (5) years after expiration of the guaranty. B. As part of the bid/proposal, include a quote for a maintenance contract to provide all maintenance, tests, and repairs described below. Include also a quote for unscheduled maintenance/repairs, including hourly rates for technicians trained on this equipment, and response travel costs for each year of the maintenance period. Submittals that do not identify all post contract maintenance costs will not be accepted. Rates and costs shall be valid for the period of five (5) years after expiration of the guaranty. C. Maintenance and testing shall be on a semiannual basis or as required by the AHJ. A preventive maintenance schedule shall be provided by the contractor describing the protocol for preventive maintenance. The schedule shall include: 1. Systematic examination, adjustment and cleaning of all detectors, manual fire alarm stations, control panels, power supplies, relays, waterflow switches and all accessories of the fire alarm system. 2. Each circuit in the fire alarm system shall be tested semiannually. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 4 July 31, 2025 3. Each smoke detector shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 72 Chapter 7. 1.7. POST CONTRACT EXPANSIONS: A. The contractor shall have the ability to provide parts and labor to expand the system specified, if so requested, for a period of five (5) years from the date of acceptance. B. As part of the submittal, include a quotation for all parts and material, and all installation and test labor as needed to increase the number of intelligent or addressable devices by ten percent (10%). This quotation shall include intelligent smoke detectors, intelligent heat detectors, addressable manual stations, addressable monitor modules and addressable modules equal in number to one tenth of the number required to meet this specification (list actual quantity of each type). C. The quotation shall include installation, test labor, and labor to reprogram the system for this 10% expansion. If additional FACP hardware is required, include the material and labor necessary to install this hardware. D. Do not include cost of conduit or wire or the cost to install conduit or wire except for labor to make final connections at the FACP and at each intelligent addressable device. Do not include the cost of conventional peripherals or the cost of initiating devices or notification appliances connected to the addressable monitor/control modules. E. Submittals that do not include this estimate of post contract expansion cost will not be accepted. 1.8. APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The specifications and standards listed below form a part of this specification. The system shall fully comply with the latest issue of these standards, if applicable. A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) - USA: No. 12 CO2 Extinguishing Systems (low and high) No. 12A Halon 1301 Extinguishing Systems No. 13 Sprinkler Systems No. 15 Water Spray Systems No. 16 Foam/Water Deluge and Spray Systems FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 5 July 31, 2025 No. 17 Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems No. 17A Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems No. 2001 Clean Agent Extinguishing Systems No. 72 National Fire Alarm Code No. 101Life Safety Code B. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) - USA: No. 268Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems No. 864Control Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems No. 217217 Smoke Detectors, Single and Multiple Station No. 228 Door Closers - Holders for Fire Protective Signaling Systems No. 864Standard for Control Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems No. 268A Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications No. 521Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems No. 464Audible Signaling Appliances No. 38 Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes No. 1481 Power Supplies for Fire Protective Signaling Systems No. 346Waterflow Indicators for Fire Protective Signaling Systems No. 1076 Control Units for Burglar Alarm Proprietary Protective Signaling Systems No. 1971 Visual Notification Appliances No. 2017 Standard for General -Purpose Signaling Devices and Systems No. 60950 Safety of Information Technology Equipment C. Local and State Building Codes. D. All requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 6 July 31, 2025 1.9. APPROVALS: A. The system shall have proper listing and/or approval from the following nationally recognized agencies: UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc B. The fire alarm control panel shall meet UL Standard 864 Ninth Edition (Control Units) and UL Standard 1076 (Proprietary Burglar Alarm Systems). C. The system shall be listed by the national agencies as suitable for extinguishing release applications. The system shall support release of high and low pressure CO2. PART 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL, GENERAL: A. All equipment and components shall be new, and the manufacturer's current model. The materials, appliances, equipment and devices shall be tested and listed by a nationally recognized approvals agency for use as part of a protective signaling system, meeting the National Fire Alarm Code. B. All equipment and components shall be installed in strict compliance with manufacturers' recommendations. Consult the manufacturer's installation manuals for all wiring diagrams, schematics, physical equipment sizes, etc., before beginning system installation. C. All equipment shall be attached to walls and ceiling/floor assemblies and shall be held firmly in place (e.g., detectors shall not be supported solely by suspended ceilings). Fasteners and supports shall be adequate to support the required load. 2.2. CONDUIT AND WIRE: A. Conduit: 1. Conduit shall be in accordance with The National Electrical Code (NEC), local and state requirements. 2. Where required, all wiring shall be installed in conduit or raceway. Conduit fill shall not exceed 40 percent of interior cross -sectional area where three or more cables are contained within a single conduit. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 7 July 31, 2025 3. Cable must be separated from any open conductors of power, or Class 1 circuits, and shall not be placed in any conduit, junction box or raceway containing these conductors, per NEC Article 760. 4. Wiring for 24-volt DC control, alarm notification, emergency communication and similar power -limited auxiliary functions may be run in the same conduit as initiating and signaling line circuits. All circuits shall be provided with transient suppression devices and the system shall be designed to permit simultaneous operation of all circuits without interference or loss of signals. 5. Conduit shall not enter the fire alarm control panel, or any other remotely mounted control panel equipment or backboxes, except where conduit entry is specified by the FACP manufacturer. 6. Conduit shall be 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) minimum. B. Wire: 1. All fire alarm system wiring shall be new. 2. Wiring shall be in accordance with local, state and national codes (e.g., NEC Article 760) and as recommended by the manufacturer of the fire alarm system. Number and size of conductors shall be as recommended by the fire alarm system manufacturer, but not less than 18 AWG (1.02 mm) for Initiating Device Circuits, Signaling Line Circuits, and Notification Appliance Circuits. 3. All wire and cable shall be listed and/or approved by a recognized testing agency for use with a protective signaling system. 4. Wire and cable not installed in conduit shall have a fire resistance rating suitable for the installation as indicated in NFPA 70 (e.g., FPLR). 5. Wiring used for the multiplex communication circuit (SLC) shall be twisted and unshielded and support a minimum wiring distance of 12,500 feet. The design of the system shall permit use of IDC and NAC wiring in the same conduit with the SLC communication circuit. 6. All field wiring shall be electrically supervised for open circuit and ground fault. 7. The fire alarm control panel shall be capable of t-tapping Class B (NFPA Style 4) Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). Systems that do not allow or have restrictions in, for example, the number of t-taps, length of t-taps etc., are not acceptable. C. Terminal Boxes, Junction Boxes and Cabinets: All boxes and cabinets shall be UL listed for their use and purpose. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 28 3100 - 8 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center July 31, 2025 D. Initiating circuits shall be arranged to serve like categories (manual, smoke, waterflow). Mixed category circuitry shall not be permitted except on signaling line circuits connected to intelligent reporting devices. E. The fire alarm control panel shall be connected to a separate dedicated branch circuit, maximum 20 amperes. This circuit shall be labeled at the main power distribution panel as FIRE ALARM. Fire alarm control panel primary power wiring shall be 12 AWG. The control panel cabinet shall be grounded securely to either a cold -water pipe or grounding rod. 2.3. MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL OR NETWORK NODE: A. Main FACP or network node shall be manufactured by Silent Knight, Fire-Lite or approved equivalent and shall contain a microprocessor based Central Processing Unit (CPU) and power supply in an economical space saving single board design. The CPU shall communicate with and control the following types of equipment used to make up the system: intelligent addressable smoke and thermal (heat) detectors, addressable modules, printer, annunciators, and other system -controlled devices. B. Operator Control 1. Acknowledge Switch: a. Activation of the control panel acknowledge switch in response to new alarms and/or troubles shall silence the local panel piezo electric signal and change the alarm and trouble LEDs from flashing mode to steady -ON mode. If multiple alarm or trouble conditions exist, depression of this switch shall advance the LCD display to the next alarm or trouble condition. b. Depression of the Acknowledge switch shall also silence all remote annunciator piezo sounders. 2. Alarm Silence Switch: Activation of the alarm silence switch shall cause all programmed alarm notification appliances and relays to return to the normal condition after an alarm condition. The selection of notification circuits and relays that are silence able by this switch shall be fully field programmable within the confines of all applicable standards. The FACP software shall include silence inhibit and auto -silence timers. 3. Alarm Activate (Drill) Switch: The Alarm Activate switch shall activate all notification appliance circuits. The drill function shall latch until the panel is silenced or reset. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 9 July 31, 2025 4. System Reset Switch: Activation of the System Reset switch shall cause all electronically latched initiating devices, appliances or software zones, as well as all associated output devices and circuits, to return to their normal condition. 5. Lamp Test: The Lamp Test switch shall activate all local system LEDs, light each segment of the liquid crystal display and display the panel software revision for service personal. C. System Capacity and General Operation 1. The control panel or each network node shall provide or be capable of 318 intelligent/addressable devices. 2. The control panel or each network node shall include Form-C alarm, trouble, supervisory, and security relays rated at a minimum of 2.0 amps @ 30 VDC. 3. It shall also include four Class B (NFPA Style Y) or Class A (NFPA Style Z) programmable Notification Appliance Circuits. 4. The Notification Appliance Circuits shall be programmable to Synchronize with System Sensor, Gentex and Wheelock Notification Appliances. 5. The system shall include a full featured operator interface control and annunciation panel that shall include a backlit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD), individual color coded system status LEDs, and an alphanumeric keypad with easy touch rubber keys for the field programming and control of the fire alarm system. 6. The system shall be programmable, configurable, and expandable in the field without the need for special tools, PROM programmers or PC based programmers. It shall not require replacement of memory ICs to facilitate programming changes. 7. The system shall allow the programming of any input to activate any output or group of outputs. Systems that have limited programming (such as general alarm), have complicated programming (such as a diode matrix), or require a laptop personal computer are not considered suitable substitutes. 8. The FACP shall support up to 20 logic equations, including "and," "or," and "not," or time delay equations to be used for advanced programming. Logic equations shall require the use of a PC with a software utility designed for programming. 9. The FACP or each network node shall provide the following features: FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 10 July 31, 2025 a. Drift compensation to extend detector accuracy over life. Drift compensation shall also include a smoothing feature, allowing transient noise signals to be filtered out. b. Detector sensitivity test, meeting requirements of NFPA 72. c. Maintenance alert, with two levels (maintenance alert/maintenance urgent), to warn of excessive smoke detector dirt or dust accumulation. d. Nine sensitivity levels for alarm, selected by detector. The alarm level range shall be .5 to 2.35 percent per foot for photoelectric detectors and 0.5 to 2.5 percent per foot for ionization detectors. The system shall also support sensitive advanced detection laser detectors with an alarm level range of .02 percent per foot to 2.0 percent per foot. The system shall also include up to nine levels of Prealarm, selected by detector, to indicate impending alarms to maintenance personnel. e. The ability to display or print system reports. f. Alarm verification, with counters and a trouble indication to alert maintenance personnel when a detector enters verification 20 times. g• PAS presignal, meeting NFPA 72 requirements. h. Rapid manual station reporting (under 3 seconds) and shall meet NFPA 72 requirements for activation of notification circuits within 10 seconds of initiating device activation. i. Periodic detector test, conducted automatically by the software. j• Self optimizing pre -alarm for advanced fire warning, which allows each detector to learn its particular environment and set its prealarm level to just above normal peaks. k. Cross zoning with the capability of counting: two detectors in alarm, two software zones in alarm, or one smoke detector and one thermal detector. I. Walk test, with a check for two detectors set to same address. m. Control -by -time for non -fire operations, with holiday schedules. n. Day/night automatic adjustment of detector sensitivity. o. Device blink control for sleeping areas. 10. The FACP shall be capable of coding main panel node notification circuits in March Time (120 PPM) and Temporal (NFPA 72 A-2-2.2.2) activates. The panel shall also provide a FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 11 July 31, 2025 coding option that will synchronize specific strobe lights designed to accept a specific "sync pulse." 11. Network Communication a. The FACP shall be capable of communicating on a Local Area Network (LAN), a firmware package that utilizes a peer -to -peer, inherently regenerative communication format and protocol. D. Central Microprocessor 1. The microprocessor shall be a state-of-the-art, high speed, 16-bit RISC device and it shall communicate with, monitor and control all external interfaces. It shall include an EPROM for system program storage, Flash memory for building -specific program storage, and a "watch dog" timer circuit to detect and report microprocessor failure. 2. The microprocessor shall contain and execute all control -by -event programs for specific action to be taken if an alarm condition is detected by the system. Control -by -event equations shall be held in non-volatile programmable memory, and shall not be lost even if system primary and secondary power failure occurs. 3. The microprocessor shall also provide a real-time clock for time annotation of system displays, printer, and history file. The time -of -day and date shall not be lost if system primary and secondary power supplies fail. The real time clock may also be used to control non -fire functions at programmed time -of -day, day -of -week, and day -of -year. 4. A special program check function shall be provided to detect common operator errors. 5. An auto -program (self -learn) function shall be provided to quickly install initial functions and make the system operational. 6. For flexibility and to ensure program validity, an optional Windows(TM) based program utility shall be available. This program shall be used to off-line program the system with batch upload/download, and have the ability to upgrade the manufacturers (FLASH) system code changes. This program shall also have a verification utility, which scans the program files, identifying possible errors. It shall also have the ability to compare old program files to new ones, identifying differences in the two files to allow complete testing of any system operating changes. This shall be in incompliance with the NFPA 72 requirements for testing after system modification. E. System Display 1. The system shall support an 80 character display. The display shall include an 80-character backlit alphanumeric Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) and a full PC style QWERTY keypad. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 12 July 31, 2025 2. The display shall provide all the controls and indicators used by the system operator: a. The 80-character display shall include the following operator control switches: ACKNOWLEDGE, ALARM SILENCE, ALARM ACTIVATE (drill), SYSTEM RESET, and LAMP TEST. 3. The display shall annunciate status information and custom alphanumeric labels for all intelligent detectors, addressable modules, internal panel circuits, and software zones. 4. The display shall also provide Light -Emitting Diodes. a. The 80-character display shall provide 12 Light -Emitting -Diodes (LEDs), that indicate the status of the following system parameters: AC POWER, FIRE ALARM, PREALARM WARNING, SECURITY ALARM, SUPERVISORY SIGNAL, SYSTEM TROUBLE, DISABLED POINTS, ALARM SILENCED, Controls Active, Pre -Discharge, Discharge and Abort. 5. The display shall provide a QWERTY type keypad a. The 80-character display keypad shall be an easy to use QWERTY type keypad, similar to a PC keyboard. This shall be part of the standard system and have the capability to command all system functions, entry of any alphabetic or numeric information, and field programming. Two different password levels shall be provided to prevent unauthorized system control or programming. 6. The system shall support the display of battery charging current and voltage on the 80-character LCD display. F. Signaling Line Circuits (SLC) 1. Each FACP or FACP network node shall support one SLC. Each SLC interface shall provide power to and communicate with up to 159 intelligent detectors (ionization, photoelectric or thermal) and 159 intelligent modules (monitor or control) for a loop capacity of 318 devices. SLC shall be capable of NFPA 72 Style 4, Style 6, or Style 7 (Class A or B) wiring. 2. CPU shall receive analog information from all intelligent detectors to be processed to determine whether normal, alarm, prealarm, or trouble conditions exist for each detector. The software shall automatically maintain the detector's desired sensitivity level by adjusting for the effects of environmental factors, including the accumulation of dust in each detector. The analog information shall also be used for automatic detector testing and for the automatic determination of detector maintenance requirements. G. Serial Interfaces 1. The system shall include two serial EIA-232 interfaces. Each interface shall be a means of connecting UL Listed Information Technology Equipment (ITE) peripherals. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 13 July 31, 2025 a. The EIA-485 interface may be used for network connection to a proprietary -receiving unit. H. Enclosures: 1. The control panel shall be housed in a UL-listed cabinet suitable for surface or semi -flush mounting. The cabinet and front shall be corrosion protected, given a rust -resistant prime coat, and manufacturer's standard finish. 2. The back box and door shall be constructed of 0.060 steel with provisions for electrical conduit connections into the sides and top. 3. The door shall provide a key lock and shall include a glass or other transparent opening for viewing of all indicators. For convenience, the door may be site configured for either right - or left-hand hinging. I. Power Supply: 1. A high-tech off-line switching power supply shall be available for the fire alarm control panel or network node and provide 6.0 amps of available power for the control panel and peripheral devices. 2. Provisions will be made to allow the audio-visual power to be increased as required by adding modular expansion audio-visual power supplies. 3. Positive -Temperature -Coefficient (PTC) thermistors, circuit breakers, or other over -current protection shall be provided on all power outputs. The power supply shall provide an integral battery charger for use with batteries up to 200 AH or may be used with an external battery and charger system. Battery arrangement may be configured in the field. 4. The power supply shall continuously monitor all field wires for earth ground conditions, and shall have the following LED indicators: Ground Fault LED AC Power Fail LED NAC on LED (4) 5. The main power supply shall operate on 120 VAC, 60 Hz, and shall provide all necessary power for the FACP. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 14 July 31, 2025 6. The main power supply shall provide a battery charger using dual rate charging techniques for fast battery recharge and be capable of charging batteries up to 200 AH. 7. All circuits shall be power -limited, per UL864 requirements. J. Auxiliary Field Power Supply - Addressable 1. The auxiliary addressable power supply is a remote 24 VDC power supply used to power Notification Devices and field devices that require regulated 24VDC power. The power supply shall also include and charge backup batteries. 2. The addressable power supply for the fire alarm system shall provide up to a minimum of 6.0 amps of 24-volt DC regulated power for Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) power or 10 amps of 24-volt DC general power. The power supply shall have an additional .5 amp of 24 VDC auxiliary power for use within the same cabinet as the power supply. It shall include an integral charger designed to charge 12.0 - 200.0-amp hour batteries. 3. The addressable power supply shall provide four individually addressable Notification Appliance Circuits that may be configured as two Class "A" and two Class "B" or four Class "B" only circuits. All circuits shall be power limited per UL 864 requirements. 4. The addressable power supply shall provide built-in synchronization for certain Notification Appliances on each circuit without the need for additional synchronization modules. The power supply's output circuits shall be individually selected for synchronization. A single addressable power supply shall be capable of supporting both synchronized and non -synchronized Notification Devices at the same time. 5. The addressable power supply shall operate on 120 or 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz. 6. The interface to the power supply from the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) shall be via the Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) or other multiplexed means Power supplies that do not use an intelligent interface are not suitable substitutes. The required wiring from the FACP to the addressable power supply shall be a single unshielded twisted pair wire. Data on the SLC shall be transmitted between 24 VDC, 5 VDC and 0 VDC at approximately 3.33k baud. 7. The addressable power supply shall supervise for battery charging failure, AC power loss, power brownout, battery failure, NAC loss, and optional ground fault detection. In the event of a trouble condition, the addressable power supply shall report the incident and the applicable address to the FACP via the SLC. 8. The addressable power supply shall have an AC Power Loss Delay option. If this option is utilized and the addressable power supply experiences an AC power loss, reporting of the incident to the FACP will be delayed. A delay time of zero, two, eight or sixteen hours shall be programmable. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 15 July 31, 2025 9. The addressable power supply mounts in either the FACP backbox or it's own dedicated surface mounted backbox with cover. 10. Each of the power supply's four output circuits shall be programmed for Notification Appliance Circuit or General Purpose 24 VDC power. Any output circuit shall be able to provide up to 2.5 amps of 24 VDC power. 11. The addressable power supply's output circuits shall be individually supervised when they are selected to be either a Notification Appliance Circuit when wired Class "A" or by the use of and end -of -line resistor. When the power supply's output circuit is selected as General 24VDC power, the circuit shall be individually supervised when an end -of -line relay is used. 12. When selected for Notification Appliance Circuits, the output circuits shall be individually programmable for Steady, March Time, Dual Stage or Temporal. 13. When selected as a Notification Appliance Circuit, the output circuits of the addressable power supply shall have the option to be coded by the use of a universal zone coder. 14. The addressable power supply shall interface and synchronize with other power supplies of the same type. The required wiring to interface multiple addressable power supplies shall be a single unshielded, twisted pair wire. 15. An individual or multiple interfaced addressable power supplies shall have the option to use an external charger for battery charging. Interfaced power supplies shall have the option to share backup battery power. K. Field Charging Power Supply (FCPS) The FCPS is a device designed for use as either a remote 24-volt power supply or used to power Notification Appliances. 1. The FCPS shall offer up to 6.0 amps (4.0 amps continuous) of regulated 24-volt power. It shall include an integral charger designed to charge 18.0-amp hour batteries and to support 60-hour standby. The FCPS shall offer up to 8.0 amps (6.0 amps continuous) of regulated 24-volt power. It shall include an integral charger designed to charge up to 18.0-amp hour batteries and to support 60 hour standby. 2. The Field Charging Power Supply shall have two input triggers. The input trigger shall be a Notification Appliance Circuit (from the fire alarm control panel) or a relay. Four outputs (two Style Y or Z and two style Y) shall be available for connection to the Notification devices. 3. The FCPS shall include an attractive surface mount backbox. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 16 July 31, 2025 4. The Field Charging Power Supply shall include the ability to delay the AC fail delay per NFPA requirements. 5. The FCPS include power limited circuitry, per UL standards. L. Specific System Operations 1. Smoke Detector Sensitivity Adjust: A means shall be provided for adjusting the sensitivity of any or all addressable intelligent detectors in the system from the system keypad. Sensitivity range shall be within the allowed UL window and have a minimum of 9 levels. 2. Alarm Verification: Each of the intelligent addressable smoke detectors in the system may be independently selected and enabled to be an alarm verified detector. The alarm verification delay shall be programmable from 0 to 60 seconds and each detector shall be able to be selected for verification. The FACP shall keep a count of the number of times that each detector has entered the verification cycle. These counters may be displayed and reset by the proper operator commands. 3. Point Disable: Any addressable device or conventional circuit in the system may be enabled or disabled through the system keypad. 4. Point Read: The system shall be able to display or print the following point status diagnostic functions: a. Device status b. Device type c. Custom device label d. View analog detector values e. Device zone assignments f. All program parameters 5. System Status Reports: Upon command from an operator of the system, a status report will be generated and printed, listing all system status. 6. System History Recording and Reporting: The fire alarm control panel shall contain a history buffer that will be capable of storing up to 800 events. Up to 200 events shall be dedicated to alarm and the remaining events are general purpose. Systems that do not have dedicated alarm storage, where events are overridden by non -alarm type events, are not suitable substitutes. Each of these activations will be stored and time and date FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 17 July 31, 2025 stamped with the actual time of the activation. The contents of the history buffer may be manually reviewed, one event at a time, or printed in its entirety. The history buffer shall use non-volatile memory. Systems that use volatile memory for history storage are not acceptable substitutes. 7. Automatic Detector Maintenance Alert: The fire alarm control panel shall automatically interrogate each intelligent detector and shall analyze the detector responses over a period of time. If any intelligent detector in the system responds with a reading that is above or below normal limits, then the system will enter the trouble mode, and the particular detector will be annunciated on the system display and printed on the optional printer. This feature shall in no way inhibit the receipt of alarm conditions in the system, nor shall it require any special hardware, special tools or computer expertise to perform. 8. Pre -Alarm Function: The system shall provide two levels of pre -alarm warning to give advance notice of a possible fire situation. Both pre -alarm levels shall be fully field adjustable. The first level shall give an audible indication at the panel. The second level shall give an audible indication and may also activate control relays. The system shall also have the ability to activate local detector sounder bases at the pre -alarm level, to assist in avoiding nuisance alarms. 9. Software Zones: The FACP shall provide 100 software zones, 10 additional special function zones, 10 releasing zones, and 20 logic zones. 10. The fire alarm control panel shall include a walk test feature. It shall include the ability to test initiating device circuits and notification appliance circuits from the field without returning to the panel to reset the system. Operation shall be as follows: a. Alarming an initiating device shall activate programmed outputs, which are selected to participate in walk test, for 3 seconds. b. Introducing a trouble into the initiating device shall activate the programmed outputs for 8 seconds. c. All devices tested in walk test shall be recorded in the history buffer. 11. Waterflow Operation An alarm from a waterflow detection device shall activate the appropriate alarm message on the main panel display, turn on all programmed notification appliance circuits and shall not be affected by the signal silence switch. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 18 July 31, 2025 12. Supervisory Operation An alarm from a supervisory device shall cause the appropriate indication on the system display, light a common supervisory LED, but will not cause the system to enter the trouble mode. 13. Signal Silence Operation The FACP shall have the ability to program each output circuit (notification, relay, speaker etc) to deactivate upon depression of the signal silence switch. 14. Non -Alarm Input Operation Any addressable initiating device in the system may be used as a non -alarm input to monitor normally open contact type devices. Non -alarm functions are a lower priority than fire alarm initiating devices. 2.4. SYSTEM COMPONENTS: A. Strobe lights shall meet the requirements of the ADA, UL Standard 1971, be fully synchronized, and shall meet the following criteria: 1. The maximum pulse duration shall be 2/10 of one second 2. Strobe intensity shall meet the requirements of UL 1971. 3. The flash rate shall meet the requirements of UL 1971. B. Horn/Strobes: 1. Operate on 24 VDC 2. Have two selectable tone options of temporal 3 and non -temporal continuous pattern. 3. Have at least 2 audibility options 4. Maximum Pulse Duration: 0.2 second. 5. Strobe Intensity: UL 1971. 6. Flash Rate: UL 1971. 7. Strobe Candela Rating: Determine by positioning selector switch on back of device. C. Alphanumeric LCD Type Annunciator: FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 28 3100 - 19 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center July 31, 2025 1. The alphanumeric display annunciator shall be a supervised, remotely located back -lit LCD display containing a minimum of eighty (80) characters for alarm annunciation in clear English text. 2. The LCD annunciator shall display all alarm and trouble conditions in the system. 3. An audible indication of alarm shall be integral to the alphanumeric display. 4. The display shall be UL listed for fire alarm application. 5. It shall be possible to connect up to 32 LCD displays and be capable of wiring distances up to 6,000 feet from the control panel. 6. The annunciator shall connect to a separate, dedicated "terminal mode" EIA-485 interface. This is a two -wire loop connection and shall be capable of distances to 6,000 feet. Each terminal mode LCD display shall mimic the main control panel. 7. The system shall allow a minimum of 32 terminal mode LCD annunciators and shall be capable of the following system functions: Acknowledge, Signal Silence and Reset, which shall be protected from unauthorized use by a key switch or password. 8. The LED annunciator shall offer an interface to a graphic style annunciator and provide each of the features listed above. D. All interfaces and associated equipment are to be protected so that they will not be affected by voltage surges or line transients consistent with UL standard 864. E. Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (UDACT). The UDACT is an interface for communicating digital information between a fire alarm control panel and an UL-Listed central station. 1. The UDACT shall be compact in size, mounting in a standard module position of the fire alarm control cabinet. Optionally, the UDACT shall have the ability for remote mounting, up to 6,000 feet from the fire alarm control panel. The wire connections between the UDACT and the control panel shall be supervised with one pair for power and one pair for multiplexed communication of overall system status. Systems that utilize relay contact closures are not acceptable. 2. The UDACT shall include connections for dual telephone lines (with voltage detect), per UL/NFPA/FCC requirements. It shall include the ability for split reporting of panel events up to three different telephone numbers. 3. The UDACT shall be completely field programmable from a built-in keypad and 4 character red, seven segment display. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 20 July 31, 2025 4. The UDACT shall be capable of transmitting events in at least 15 different formats. This ensures compatibility with existing and future transmission formats. 5. Communication shall include vital system status such as: Independent Zone (Alarm, trouble, non -alarm, supervisory) Independent Addressable Device Status AC (Mains) Power Loss Low Battery and Earth Fault System Off Normal 12 and 24 Hour Test Signal Abnormal Test Signal (per UL requirements) EIA-485 Communications Failure Phone Line Failure 6. The UDACT shall support independent zone/point reporting when used in the Contact ID format. In this format the UDACT shall support transmission of up to 2,040 points. This enables the central station to have exact details concerning the origin of the fire or response emergency. 7. AN IP Communicator option shall be available to interface to the UDACT and be capable of transmitting signals over the internet/intranet to a compatible receiver. F. Field Wiring Terminal Blocks For ease of service all panel I/O wiring terminal blocks shall be removable, plug-in types and have sufficient capacity for #18 to #12 AWG wire. Terminal blocks that are permanently fixed are not acceptable. 2.5. SYSTEM COMPONENTS - ADDRESSABLE DEVICES A. Addressable Devices - General 1. Addressable devices shall use simple to install and maintain decade, decimal address switches. Devices shall be capable of being set to an address in a range of 001 to 159. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 21 July 31, 2025 2. Addressable devices, which use a binary-coded address setting method, such as a DIP -switch, are not an allowable substitute. Addressable devices that require the address be programmed using a special tool or programming utility are not an allowable substitute. 3. Detectors shall be intelligent (analog) and addressable, and shall connect with two wires to the fire alarm control panel Signaling Line Circuits. 4. Addressable smoke and thermal detectors shall provide dual alarm and power/polling LEDs. Both LEDs shall flash green under normal conditions, indicating that the detector is operational and in regular communication with the control panel, and both LEDs shall be placed into steady red illumination by the control panel, indicating that an alarm condition has been detected. If required, the LED flash shall have the ability to be removed from the system program. An output connection shall also be provided in the base to connect an external remote alarm LED. 5. The fire alarm control panel shall permit detector sensitivity adjustment through field programming of the system. The panel on a time -of -day basis shall automatically adjust sensitivity. 6. Using software in the FACP, detectors shall automatically compensate for dust accumulation and other slow environmental changes that may affect their performance. The detectors shall be listed by UL as meeting the calibrated sensitivity test requirements of NFPA Standard 72. 7. The detectors shall be ceiling -mount and shall include a separate twist -lock base with tamper proof feature. Base options shall include a sounder base with a built-in (local) sounder rated at 85 DBA minimum, a relay base and an isolator base designed for Style 7 applications. 8. The detectors shall provide a test means whereby they will simulate an alarm condition and report that condition to the control panel. Such a test may be initiated at the detector itself (by activating a magnetic switch) or initiated remotely on command from the control panel. 9. Detectors shall also store an internal identifying type code that the control panel shall use to identify the type of device (ION, PHOTO, THERMAL). 10. Detectors will operate in an analog fashion, where the detector simply measures its designed environment variable and transmits an analog value to the FACP based on real-time measured values. The FACP software, not the detector, shall make the alarm/normal decision, thereby allowing the sensitivity of each detector to be set in the FACP program and allowing the system operator to view the current analog value of each detector. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 22 July 31, 2025 11. Addressable devices shall store an internal identifying code that the control panel shall use to identify the type of device. 12. A magnetic test switch shall be provided to test detectors and modules. Detectors shall report an indication of an analog value reaching 100% of the alarm threshold. 13. Addressable modules shall mount in a 4-inch square (101.6 mm square), 2-1/8 inch (54 mm) deep electrical box. An optional surface mount Lexan enclosure shall be available. B. Addressable Manual Fire Alarm Box (manual station) 1. Addressable manual fire alarm boxes shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch and the addressable communication module status. They shall use a key operated test -reset lock, and shall be designed so that after actual emergency operation, they cannot be restored to normal use except by the use of a key. 2. All operated stations shall have a positive, visual indication of operation and utilize a key type reset. 3. Manual fire alarm boxes shall be constructed of Lexan with clearly visible operating instructions provided on the cover. The word FIRE shall appear on the front of the stations in raised letters, 1.75 inches (44 mm) or larger. C. Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector 1. The detectors shall use the photoelectric (light -scattering) principal to measure smoke density and shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the analog level of smoke density. D. Intelligent Ionization Smoke Detector 1. The detectors shall use the dual -chamber ionization principal to measure products of combustion and shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the analog level of products of combustion. E. Intelligent Thermal Detectors 1. Thermal detectors shall be intelligent addressable devices rated at 135 degrees Fahrenheit (58 degrees Celsius) and have a rate -of -rise element rated at 15 degrees F (9.4 degrees C) per minute. It shall connect via two wires to the fire alarm control panel signaling line circuit. F. Intelligent Duct Smoke Detector FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 23 July 31, 2025 1. The smoke detector housing shall accommodate either an intelligent ionization detector or an intelligent photoelectric detector, of that provides continuous analog monitoring and alarm verification from the panel. 2. When sufficient smoke is sensed, an alarm signal is initiated at the FACP, and appropriate action taken to change over air handling systems to help prevent the rapid distribution of toxic smoke and fire gases throughout the areas served by the duct system. G. Two Wire Detector Monitor Module 1. Addressable monitor modules shall be provided to connect one supervised IDC zone of conventional 2-wire smoke detectors or alarm initiating devices (any N.O. dry contact device). 2. The IDC zone may be wired for Class A or B (Style D or Style B) operation. An LED shall be provided that shall flash under normal conditions, indicating that the monitor module is operational and in regular communication with the control panel. 3. For multiple 2-wire smoke detector circuit monitoring a module shall be available that provides 6 Style B or 3 Style D input circuits. H. Addressable Control Module 1. Addressable control modules shall be provided to supervise and control the operation of one conventional NACs of compatible, 24 VDC powered, polarized audio/visual notification appliances. 2. The control module NAC may be wired for Style Z or Style Y (Class A/B) with a current rating of 2 Amps for Style Z and 3 Amps for Style Y. 3. Audio/visual power shall be provided by a separate supervised circuit from the main fire alarm control panel or from a supervised UL listed remote supply. 4. For multiple circuit control a module shall be available that provides 6 Style B or 3 Style D control circuits. I. Addressable Releasing Control Module 1. An addressable FlashScan releasing module shall be available to supervise and control compatible releasing agent solenoids. 2. The module shall operate on a redundant protocol for added protection. 3. The module shall be configurable for Style Z or Style Y (Class A/B) and support one 24 volt or two 12 volt solenoids. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 28 3100 - 24 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center July 31, 2025 J. Addressable Relay Module 1. Addressable Relay Modules shall be available for HVAC control and other network building functions. The module shall provide two form C relays rated at up to 3 Amps resistive and up to 2.0 Amps inductive. The relay coil shall be magnetically latched to reduce wiring connection requirements, and to insure that 100% of all auxiliary devices energize at the same time on the same pair of wires. 2. For multiple relay control a module shall be available that provides 6 programmable Form-C relays. 2.6. BATTERIES: A. The battery shall have sufficient capacity to power the fire alarm system for not less than twenty-four hours plus 5 minutes of alarm upon a normal AC power failure. B. The batteries are to be completely maintenance free. No liquids are required. Fluid level checks for refilling, spills, and leakage shall not be required. C. If necessary to meet standby requirements, external battery and charger systems may be used. PART 3.0 - EXECUTION 3.1. INSTALLATION: A. Installation shall be in accordance with the NEC, NFPA 72, local and state codes, as shown on the drawings, and as recommended by the major equipment manufacturer. B. All conduit, junction boxes, conduit supports and hangers shall be concealed in finished areas and may be exposed in unfinished areas. Smoke detectors shall not be installed prior to the system programming and test period. If construction is ongoing during this period, measures shall be taken to protect smoke detectors from contamination and physical damage. All cabling in finished areas with open structure shall be installed in conduit. C. All fire detection and alarm system devices, control panels and remote annunciators shall be flush mounted when located in finished areas and may be surface mounted when located in unfinished areas. D. Manual fire alarm boxes shall be suitable for surface mounting or semi -flush mounting as shown on the plans, and shall be installed not less than 42 inches (1067 mm), nor more than 48 inches (122 mm) above the finished floor. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 25 July 31, 2025 3.2. TEST: The service of a competent, factory -trained engineer or technician authorized by the manufacturer of the fire alarm equipment shall be provided to technically supervise and participate during all of the adjustments and tests for the system. All testing shall be in accordance with NFPA 72, Chapter 7. A. Before energizing the cables and wires, check for correct connections and test for short circuits, ground faults, continuity, and insulation. B. Close each sprinkler system flow valve and verify proper supervisory alarm at the FACP. C. Verify activation of all waterflow switches. D. Open initiating device circuits and verify that the trouble signal actuates. E. Open and short signaling line circuits and verify that the trouble signal actuates. F. Open and short notification appliance circuits and verify that trouble signal actuates. G. Ground all circuits and verify response of trouble signals. H. Check presence and audibility of tone at all alarm notification devices. I. Check installation, supervision, and operation of all intelligent smoke detectors using the walk test. J. Each of the alarm conditions that the system is required to detect should be introduced on the system. Verify the proper receipt and the proper processing of the signal at the FACP and the correct activation of the control points. K. When the system is equipped with optional features, the manufacturer's manual shall be consulted to determine the proper testing procedures. This is intended to address such items as verifying controls performed by individually addressed or grouped devices, sensitivity monitoring, verification functionality and similar. 3.3. FINAL INSPECTION: A. At the final inspection, a factory -trained representative of the manufacturer of the major equipment shall demonstrate that the system functions properly in every respect. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 26 July 31, 2025 3.4. INSTRUCTION: A. Instruction shall be provided as required for operating the system. Hands-on demonstrations of the operation of all system components and the entire system including program changes and functions shall be provided. B. The contractor and/or the systems manufacturer's representatives shall provide a typewritten "Sequence of Operation." END OF SECTION 28 3100 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 28 3100 - 27 July 31, 2025 SECTION 31 1100 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern all work required for the clearing and grubbing as required to complete the project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 31 22 13.10 SITE GRADING 1.03 DEFINITIONS The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specifications have the meanings ascribed to them A. Clearing and Grubbing — the clearing, grubbing, and stripping of objectionable matter including the removing and disposing of trees, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, rubbish and other objectionable matter from the project site by mechanical means. PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that one requirement conflicts with another the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. B. The site shall be cleared of all trees, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, rubble and other objectionable matter as indicated on Drawings, or as directed by the Owner. C. Trees, Tree Stumps and Tree Roots 1. Within Right -of -Way a. Area bounded by the lines two -feet (2') behind back of curbs 1) Shall be removed to a minimum depth of two -feet (2') below bottom of proposed road subgrade elevation. b. Area bounded by the lines two -feet (2') behind back of curbs to Right -of Way line 1) Shall be removed to a minimum depth of two -feet (2') below proposed finished grade or below natural grade, whichever is lower. 2. Beyond Right -of -Way CLEARING AND GRUBBING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 311100-1 July 31, 2025 a. Shall be removed to a minimum depth of two -feet (2') below proposed finished grade or below natural grade, whichever is lower. D. Vegetation, Humus, and Objectionable Matter 1. Areas which underlie compacted backfill shall be stripped of all vegetation, humus and other objectionable matter encountered within the top six -inches (6") of the soil. a. This material, with the exception of objectionable matter, shall be stockpiled, if feasible, and reused as surface stabilization material. 2. Objectionable matter shall be determined by the Owner and shall become the property of the Contractor and disposed of in accordance with Local, State, and Federal regulations, unless otherwise instructed by the Owner. E. Holes remaining after removal of materials shall be backfilled in accordance with Section 3122 13.10 SITE GRADING. 3.02 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS A. Onsite 1. The material shall be disposed of at a disposal site as indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the Owner. 2. The Contractor is responsible for the disposal of materials in accordance with all applicable Local, State, and Federal regulations. B. Offsite 1. The material shall be disposed of at a disposal site obtained by the Contractor. 2. All material removed from site under this operation shall become the property of the Contractor's and therefore the Contractor's responsibility for proper disposal. 3. The Contractor is responsible for the disposal of materials in accordance with all applicable Local, State, and Federal regulations. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Existing Utilities 1. All existing utilities shall be identified and protected by the Contractor. 2. Damage to utilities shall be repaired by the Contractor at his sole expense as directed by the utility owner. B. Trees, Vegetation, Landscaping, and Other Features 1. That are designated to be preserved shall be protected by the Contractor. 2. Damage shall be repaired by the Contractor at his sole expense as directed by the Owner of the item. CLEARING AND GRUBBING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 311100-2 July 31, 2025 3. Do not park equipment, service equipment, store materials, or disturb the root area under the branches of trees designated for preservation. C. Benchmarks, monuments, and existing structures designated to remain shall be protected. 1. Damage shall be repaired by the Contractor at his sole expense as directed by the Owner of the item. 3.04 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. If the Contractor encounters hazardous substances, industrial waste, other environmental pollutants, underground storage tanks, or conditions conducive to environmental damage, the Contractor shall immediately stop work in the area affected and report the condition to the Owner's representative in writing. B. Contractor shall not be responsible for or required to conduct any investigation, site monitoring, containment, cleanup, removal, restoration or other remedial work of any kind or nature (the "remedial work") under any applicable level, State or Federal law, regulation or ordinance, or any judicial order. C. If the Contractor agrees in writing to commence and/or prosecute some or all of the remedial work, all costs and expenses, to include any extension of the contract time, of such remedial work shall be paid by the Owner to Contractor as additional compensation. 3.05 ARCHEOLOGICAL A. In the event that archeological material is encountered during clearing and grubbing activities, the Contractor shall notify the Owner immediately and cease all work until notified by the Owner. 1. The Contract Time may be adjusted if the work on the project is delayed. 3.06 CONTAMINATION A. In the event that contaminated material is encountered during clearing and grubbing activities, the Contractor shall notify the Owner immediately and cease all work in the contaminated area until notified by the Owner. 1. The Contract Time may be adjusted if the work on the project is delayed. END OF SECTION 31 1100 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 311100-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 31 22 13.10 - SITE GRADING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern all work required for site grading as required to complete the project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 31 1100 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related Sections. 1.04 Definitions The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of this specification have the MEANINGS ascribed to them. A. Site Grading — all areas beyond the right-of-way of roadways and access ways PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL A. Shall be of similar material as to the natural occurring material onsite and approved by the Owner. B. Shall be uniform as to material, density, and moisture content. C. Shall be free of large clods, large rocks, organic matter, and other objectionable material. D. In all cases material shall be free of construction materials (concrete rubble, pipe, fiberglass, asphalt material, metal, etc.) and trash material. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that one requirement conflicts with another the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. SITE GRADING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 312213.10-1 July 31, 2025 3.02 SITE PREPARATION A. Prior to site grading the site shall be cleared in accordance with Section 31 11 00 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. B. Unless specified otherwise on Drawings, the existing surface shall be loosened by scarifying or plowing to a depth of not less than six -inches (6"). C. The loosened material shall be re -compacted with any fill material required for the project. 3.03 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. No fill that is placed by dumping in a pile or windrow, shall be incorporated into a layer in that position; all such piles and windrows shall be moved by blading or similar method. B. All fill shall be placed in layers approximately parallel to the finish grade and in layers not in excess of six -inches (6") of un-compacted depth, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. C. The fill shall be compacted to a density which approximates that of the existing natural ground unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. D. The Owner may order test rolling to evaluate the uniformity of compaction. E. All irregularities, depressions, and soft spots which develop shall be corrected by the Contractor. 3.04 EXCESS MATERIAL A. Excess material from excavation that is not incorporated into the site as fill shall become the property of the Contractor, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. B. The Contractor is responsible for disposal of the excess material away from the project in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. END OF SECTION 31 22 13.10 SITE GRADING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 312213.10-2 July 31, 2025 SECTION 31 22 16.13 - ROADWAY SUBGRADE SHAPING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern all work required for roadway subgrade shaping as required to complete the project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 31 11 00 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1.03 REFERENCES The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used and obtained by the Contractor A. ASTM D 698 — Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-Ibf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another, the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. B. Prior to performing subgrade or base course work all utilities under pavement shall be inspected and tested prior to placement. 1. The Contractor may proceed at his/her own risk, knowing that any repairs required to utilities that requires the removal and replacement of the subgrade, base, and/or pavement surface in accordance with relevant specification will be completed at the Contractors sole expense. 3.02 STRIPPING AND EXCAVATION A. The site shall be cleared and grubbed in accordance with Section 31 11 00 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. B. Unless otherwise noted, remove existing trees, shrubs, fences, curb, gutter, sidewalk, drives, paving, pipe and structures within the graded area which interfere with new construction of finished grading. ROADWAY SUBGRADE SHAPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 312216.13-1 July 31, 2025 C. All suitable excavated materials shall be utilized, insofar as practicable, in constructing the required roadway sections or in uniformly widening embankments, flattening slopes, etc., as directed by the Owner. D. Unwanted roadway excavation and roadway excavation in excess of that needed for construction shall become the property of the Contractor to be disposed of by him outside the limits of the right- of-way at a location suitable to the Owner. E. "Unsuitable" material encountered below subgrade elevation in roadway cuts, when declared unwanted by the Owner, shall be replaced as directed by the Owner with material from the roadway excavation or with other suitable material. F. Maintain moisture and density until covered by the subbase or base. G. Remove soft or wet areas found at any time, replace with suitable material, and recompact (esp. utility trenches). H. That area shown on the Drawings for roadway construction shall be cut to grade as indicated on the Drawings. I. Irregularities exceeding two -inches (2") in sixteen -feet (16') shall be corrected. J. Soft areas found at anytime shall be removed, replaced with acceptable material and compacted (esp. at utility trenches). K. The correct moisture density relationship shall be maintained. 3.03 MATCHING GRADES AT RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE A. Finished grade at the property line shall be as shown on the Drawings. B. The Owner may require a reasonable amount of filling on private property where the sidewalk grade is above the property elevation with permission from property owner. C. Use suitable material from the excavation. D. Unless otherwise directed, cuts at right-of-way lines shall be made at a maximum slope of 3:1. 3.04 DRAINAGE A. During construction, the roadbed and ditches shall be maintained in such condition as to insure proper drainage at all times, and ditches and channels shall be so constructed and maintained as to avoid damage to the roadway section. B. All slopes that, in the judgment of the Owner, require variation shall be accurately shaped, and care shall be taken that no material is loosened below the required slopes. C. All breakage and slides shall be removed and disposed of as directed. End of Section 31 22 16.13 ROADWAY SUBGRADE SHAPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 312216.13-2 July 31, 2025 SECTION 31 23 16.13 — TRENCHING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern all work required for trenching as required to complete the project. 1.02 REFERENCES The latest edition of the referenced item(s) below shall be used and obtained by the Contractor A. Part 1926, Subpart P — Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards and Interpretations B. Texas Code Chapter 756 Subchapter C — Trench Safety 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a Trench Safety Program specifically for the construction of trench excavation and designed in accordance with Local, State, and Federal standards and regulations for trench safety laws. 1. Notice: Review of the safety program by the Owner will only be in regard to compliance with this specification and will not constitute, in any form, approval by the Owner nor relieve the Contractor of any obligations under Local, State, or Federal trench safety regulations. B. Construction and shop drawings containing deviations from local, state, and federal standards and regulations or special designs shall be sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer of the State of Texas and retained and paid by the Contractor. 1.04 DEFINITIONS The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of this specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A. A trench shall be defined as a narrow excavation (in relation to its depth) made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than fifteen feet (15'). B. Trenches as used herein, shall apply to any excavation in which structures, utilities, or other items as a result of construction are placed or removed regardless of depth. C. Trench Safety Program as used herein, shall be a written and detailed plan that is developed by the Contractor with all methods and products used to provide for worker safety in excavation and trenching operations required during the project and includes all information required an in accordance with Local, State (Texas Code Chapter 756 Subchapter C — Trench Safety, but not limited to), and Federal (Part 1926, Subpart P — Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards and Interpretations, but not limited to) TRENCHING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 31 23 16.13 - 1 July 31, 2025 standards and regulations. D. The Trench Safety System shall include, but are not limited to, sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, sheet piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. 1.05 INDEMNIFICATION A. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees and agents, from any and all damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation), judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of person(s) resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. B. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Owner, its employees and agents, in case the Owner, or its employees or agents, is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews, inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor. C. Review of the safety program by the Owner will only be in regard to compliance with this specification and will not constitute approval by the Owner nor relieve the Contractor of any obligations under Local, State, or Federal regulations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 All products shall be in accordance with the Trench Safety Program. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INFORMATION A. Worker Safety in excavations and trenches shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, 29 CFR, in accordance with Local and State regulations, and industry standards. B. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor, and not the Owner, to determine and monitor the specific applicability of a safety system to the field conditions to be encountered on the job site during the project. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install and maintain the trench safety system in accordance with the Trench Safety Program and all Local, State, and Federal provisions. B. Install specially designed trench safety systems in accordance with the Contractors trench excavation safety program for the locations and conditions identified in the program. TRENCHING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 312316.13-2 July 31, 2025 C. A competent person, as identified in the Contractors Trench Safety Program, shall verify that trench safety equipment are certified for the actual installation conditions. 3.03 INSPECTION A. The Contractor or Contractors independently retained consultant, shall make daily inspections of the trench safety system(s) to ensure that the installed system(s) and operations meet the requirements of the Trench Safety Program, and Local, State, and Federal regulations. B. If evidence of possible cave-ins, slides, or trench safety system failure is apparent, the Contractor shall immediately stop work in and around the trench and move all personnel and individuals to a safe location until the necessary precautions have been taken by the Contractor to safeguard personnel entering the trench. C. The Contractor must maintain a permanent record of daily inspections on site. End of Section 31 23 16.13 TRENCHING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 312316.13-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 31 24 13.10 - EMBANKMENT PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern all work required for the furnishing, placing, and compacting materials for the construction of roadways, embankments, levees, dikes, or any designated section of the roadway where additional material is needed as required to complete the project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 31 11 00 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1.03 REFERENCES The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 107 "Embankment" B. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 204 "Sprinkling" C. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 210 "Rolling" D. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 216 "Proof Rolling" E. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure TEX-104-E F. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure TEX-106-E G. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure TEX-107-E H. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure TEX-115-E 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information for Construction for Construction for Construction for Construction and and and and 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related Section(s). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. In addition to the requirement in the excavation items of the specifications covering the general selection and utilization of materials to improve the roadbed, embankments shall be constructed in EMBANKMENT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 312413.10-1 July 31, 2025 proper sequence to receive the select material layers shown on the Drawings, with such modifications as may be directed by the Owner. B. The layer of embankment immediately preceding the upper layer of select material shall be constructed to the proper section and grade within a tolerance of not more than one -tenth of a foot (0.10') from the established section and grade when properly compacted and finished to receive the select material layer. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Shall be approved on -site material capable of forming a stable embankment. B. Material shall be from on -site excavation free from vegetation or other objectionable material unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. C. Offsite Material 1. When offsite material is to be used, the Contractor must comply with all local, state, and federal laws, ordinances, and regulations. 2. The Contractor must demonstrate and satisfy to the Owner that all permits, contracts, and legal documentation are in place prior to obtaining the material. 3. Prior to obtaining materials from offsite the Contractor shall provide all required material tests to analyze the material to insure compliance with specifications. a. When on -site excavation material is to be used and additional material from off -site is to be incorporated the materials shall be similar in properties. D. Water 1. Shall be free of objectionable materials. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INFORMATION A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that one requirement conflicts with another the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. B. Prior to placing embankment the area to be covered shall be stripped of all vegetation in accordance with Section 31 1100 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. C. Equipment shall be applicable to conduct the work as described in this specification or as specified on the Drawings. D. Washes, gulleys, wet areas, and yielding areas shall be corrected as directed by the Owner. E. Trees, stumps, roots, vegetation or other unsuitable materials shall not be placed in embankment. EMBANKMENT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 312413.10-2 July 31, 2025 F. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings the surface of the ground which is to receive embankment shall be loosened by scarifying or plowing to depth of not less than six -inches (6"). 1. The loosened material shall be re -compacted with the new embankment as hereinafter specified. G. Each layer of embankment shall be uniform as to material, density and moisture content before beginning compaction. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Embankment shall be placed in layers not to exceed six-inch (6") un-compacted depth and the full width of the embankment, unless otherwise noted. 1. Where embankment is adjacent to a hillside or old roadbed, the existing slope shall be cut in steps to not less than the vertical depth of an un-compacted layer of six -inches (6"). B. The fill material shall be placed from the low side and compacted. C. Each layer shall overlap the existing embankment by at least the width indicated by the embankment slope. D. Where layers of unlike materials are adjacent to each other, each layer shall be featheredged for at least 100 feet or the material shall be so mixed as to prevent abrupt changes in the soil. E. No material placed in the embankment by dumping in a pile or windrow shall be incorporated in a layer in that position, but all such piles or windrows shall be moved by blading or similar methods. F. Clods or lumps of material shall be broken and the embankment material mixed by blading, harrowing, disking or similar methods to the end that a uniform material of uniform density is secured in each layer. G. Except as otherwise required by the Drawings, all embankments shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to the finished grade and each layer shall be so constructed as to provide a uniform slope of quarter -inch (1/4") per foot from the centerline of the embankment to the outside. 3.03 COMPACTION A. Each layer shall be compacted to the required density by rolling in accordance with TxDOT Item 210. B. Prior to and in conjunction with the rolling operation, each layer shall be brought to the moisture content necessary in accordance with TxDOT Item 204 to obtain the required density C. Prior to and in conjunction with the rolling operation, each layer shall be kept leveled with suitable equipment to insure uniform compaction over the entire layer. D. Rolling shall be longitudinally, begin at the sides, and proceed toward the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least 1/2 the width of the roller. E. All irregularities, depressions, weak or soft spots which develop shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. EMBANKMENT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 312413.10-3 July 31, 2025 3.04 DENSITY CONTROL A. Laboratory Tests shall determine the maximum dry density (Da) and optimum moisture content (Wopt) by means of TxDOT TEX-114-E B. Field density determinations will be made in accordance with TxDOT TEX-115-E and on Table 2: Table 2 Field Density Control Requirements Description Density Moisture Content TEX-115-E PI <_ 15 >_ 98% Da 15 < PI <_ 35 >_ 98% Da and <_ 102% Da >_ Wopt PI > 35 >_ 95% Da and <_ 100% Da >— Wopt C. After each layer of earth embankment or select material is complete, testing as required by the Owner will be made by the Contractor. D. If the material fails to meet the density specified, the course shall be reworked as necessary to obtain the specified compaction, and the compaction method shall be altered on subsequent work to obtain specified density. E. Such procedure shall be determined by, and subject to, the approval of the Owner. F. The Owner may order proof rolling to test the uniformity of compaction of the embankment layers. 1. Proof Rolling shall be in accordance with TxDOT Item 216 3.05 MAINTENANCE OF MOISTURE AND REWORKING A. Should the subgrade, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density or moisture, before the pavement structure is placed, it shall be re -compacted and refinished at the sole expense of the Contractor. B. Excessive loss of moisture in the subgrade shall be prevented by sprinkling, sealing or covering with a subsequent layer or granular material. C. Excessive loss of moisture shall be construed to exist when the subgrade soil moisture content is more than two -percent (2%) below the optimum. End of Section 31 24 13.10 EMBANKMENT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 31 24 13.10 - 4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 31 31 16 - TERMITE CONTROL PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Soil -applied chemical treatment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31 22 00 - Grading. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Title 7, United States Code, 136 through 136y - Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act; 2019. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with specified requirements. C. Test Reports: Indicate regulatory agency approval reports when required. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate caution requirement. E. Installer's qualification statement. F. Executed warranty. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of type specified, with minimum 3 years of documented experience. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Installer Warranty: Provide 2-year warranty for termite control commencing on Date of Substantial Completion. Complete forms in Owner's name and register with installer. 1. Include coverage for repairs to building and to damaged contents. Repair damage and, if required, re -treat. TERMITE CONTROL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 313116-1 July 31, 2025 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Soil -Applied Chemical Treatment: 1. Toxicant: Comply with Title 7, United States Code, 136 through 136y. 2. Color: Synthetically dyed for visual identification of treated soil. 3. Diluent: Recommended by toxicant manufacturer. 4. Mixes: Mix toxicant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 5. Manufacturers: a. Bayer Environmental Science Corp: www.bayer.com/en/agriculture/environmental- science/#sle. b. FMC Professional Solutions: www.fmcprosolutions.com/#sle. c. Syngenta Professional Products: www.syngentaprofessionalproducts.com/#sle. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that soil surfaces are unfrozen and dry to absorb toxicant, ready to receive treatment. B. Verify final grading is complete; see Section 31 22 00. C. Verify utility trenches are wide enough to receive application. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Soil -Applied Chemical Treatment: 1. Comply with requirements of U.S. EPA and applicable state and local codes. 2. Spray -apply toxicant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Apply toxicant at the following locations: a. Building footprint immediately prior to finish grading work outside foundations. b. Soil within 10 feet (3 m) of building perimeter immediately prior to finish grading. c. Along utility conveyances from foundation to 10 feet (3 m) of building perimeter. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Do not permit soil grading over treated work. TERMITE CONTROL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 313116-2 July 31, 2025 B. Protect applications from damage after completion. Repair disturbances according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 31 3116 TERMITE CONTROL 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 313116-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 31 63 29 - DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary casing. B. Concrete materials and mix. C. Reinforcement. D. Shaft liner. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing: Requirements for concrete reinforcement. B. Section 03 30 00 - Cast -in -Place Concrete: Requirements for concrete. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 29 01 — Measurement and Basis for Payment, for additional unit price requirements. B. Designed Piers: 1. Design Pier Quantity: Determined by quantity of piers indicated in contract documents. 2. Design Pier Length: By the linear foot (meter) measured from bearing to top of pier elevation as indicated on drawings. 3. Pier Casings: By the linear foot (meter). 4. Pier Reinforcement: By the linear foot (meter) of full pier. C. Actual Piers: 1. Actual Pier Quantity: Determined by quantity of piers identified in project record documents. 2. Actual Pier Length: Determined by length of piers identified in project record documents. a. Base measurement on total linear measurement of piling from bearing to top of pier. D. Adjustments in contract price made according to quantity and pile lengths. E. Determination of Unit Measurements: Identified by site measurements and verified by the Architect, Professional Engineer, Testing Lab. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI SPEC-336.1 - Construction of Drilled Piers - Specification; 2024. DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 316329-1 July 31, 2025 B. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2019. C. ASTM A252/A252M - Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles; 2019. D. ASTM A283/A283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates; 2018. E. ASTM A929/A929M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic -Coated by the Hot -Dip Process for Corrugated Steel Pipe; 2018. 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct a preinstallation meeting at least one week prior to the start of the work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate details and schedules of pile installation sequence. C. Designer's qualification statement. D. Installer's qualification statement. E. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of piers, pier diameter, and pier length. Accurately record the following: 1. Sizes, lengths, and locations of piers. 2. Sequence of placement. 3. Final base and top elevations. 4. Deviation from indicated locations. 5. Placement and configuration of reinforcement deviations. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 3 years of documented experience. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Casing: Temporary casings of steel, in accordance with ASTM A283/A283M, Grade C; ASTM A36/A36M; or ASTM A929/A929M; of sufficient strength to withstand handling and drilling stresses, concrete pressures, and surrounding earth and water pressures. B. Shaft Liner: In accordance with ASTM A252/A252M, Grade 1; single length steel pipe, of diameter and wall thickness indicated. DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 316329-2 July 31, 2025 C. Concrete Materials and Mix: Specified in Section 03 30 00. D. Reinforcement: Specified in Drawings. E. Equipment: Appropriate for dewatering excavated shaft. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Use placement method which will not cause damage to nearby structures. B. Notify adjacent and affected land owners and building occupants with 30 days notice before proceeding with the work. C. Prepare to place piers from existing site elevations. D. Grade perimeter of pier and shaft area to prevent surface water from draining into soil borings. Provide temporary means and methods, as required, to maintain surface diversion until no longer needed, or as directed by the Architect. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Construct piers in accordance with ACI SPEC-336.1. B. Drill vertical pier shafts to diameters and depths indicated. C. Place steel casings during drilling operations. Set firmly in place. If casing is to be temporary, install shaft liner with sufficient strength to withstand concrete pressures. 1. Withdrawal of temporary casings is required. D. Clean shaft and bottom of loose material. Provide temporary means and methods, as required, to remove all water from soil borings as needed, or until directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. E. Allow inspection of shaft and casing prior to placement of reinforcement and concrete. F. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 20 00. G. Place concrete in single pour, in accordance with Section 03 30 00 with equipment designed for vertical placement of concrete. H. Coordinate casing withdrawal with concrete placement so that concrete pressure head exceeds anticipated outside soil and water pressure above bottom of casing at all times during withdrawal. I. Extend reinforcement or dowels for connection of grade beams. J. Set tops of piers to elevations indicated. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Install piers with maximum variation from location, plumbness, bottom area, diameter, and anchorage locations as specified in ACI SPEC-336.1. DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 316329-3 July 31, 2025 B. Maximum Variation From Vertical: 1 in 48. C. Maximum Variation From Design Top Elevation: Plus 3 inches (75 mm). D. Maximum Out -of -Position: 2 inches (50 mm). 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Appendix Section Testing Requirements. B. Test Piers: Same diameter and type as specified for other piers, placed in same manner. C. Accepted test piers may not be used in work. 3.05 UNACCEPTABLE PIERS A. Unacceptable Piers: Piers that fail, are placed out of position, are below elevations, or are damaged. B. Provide additional piers or replace piers failing to comply with specified requirements. END OF SECTION 31 63 29 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 316329-4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 1100 - SUBGRADE AND BASE COURSE PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern work required, but not limited to, the furnishing and placement of subgrade and base course(s) as required to complete the project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 32 11 13.13 LIME TREATED SUBGRADE B. 32 11 13.26 CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE C. 32 11 23.23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related specification(s). B. Substitution of Base Course: 1. Product substitution submittal shall be in writing and submitted fourteen (14) working days prior to commencing construction of the base course and contain the following information: a. Product information conforming the requirements of the related Section, b. Design of Substituted Base Course indicating equivalence to the Base Course as indicated on the Drawings, c. Indicating other Bid Items affected by such a proposed substitution. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBGRADE A. Shall be as indicated on the Drawings. 1. If no Subgrade Treatment is indicated in the Drawings the treatment shall be as follows: a. Sand Material 1) Shall be as indicated on the Drawings. a) If not indicated on the Drawings, shall be Cement treated in accordance with Section 32 11 13.26 CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE, unless otherwise indicated by the Owner. b. Other SUBGRADE AND BASE COURSE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321100-1 July 31, 2025 1) Shall be as indicated on the Drawings. a) If not indicated on the Drawings, shall be Lime treated in accordance with Section 32 11 13.13 LIME TREATED SUBGRADE, unless otherwise indicated by the Owner. 2.02 BASE COURSE A. Shall be as indicated on the Drawings 1. Aggregate Base Course a. Shall be in accordance with Section 32 11 23.13 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another, the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. B. Prior to performing subgrade or base course work all utilities under pavement shall be inspected and tested prior to placement. 1. The Contractor may proceed at his/her own risk, knowing that any repairs required to utilities that requires the removal and replacement of the subgrade, base, and/or pavement surface in accordance with relevant specification will be completed at the Contractors sole expense. 3.02 SUBGRADE TREATMENT A. Shall be as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with the applicable specification for the product required. 3.03 BASE COURSE A. Shall be as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with the applicable specification for the product required. 3.04 SUBSTITUTION OF DRAWING INDICATED SUBGRADE AND/OR BASE COURSE MATERIAL A. General 1. Substitution of Subgrade and/or Base Course materials, other than as indicated in the Drawings and Specifications is allowed subject to: a. A combination of strength and thickness that is equivalent to the Subgrade and/or Base Course strength and thickness as indicated in the Drawings and Specifications, SUBGRADE AND BASE COURSE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321100-2 July 31, 2025 b. Lines and Grades of the roadway surface must be maintained as indicated on the Drawings, including allowances for utilities, c. Owner and Engineer approval. 2. The Contractor may request the Subgrade and/or Base Course product to be substituted in accordance with Part 1 Section 1.03 of this specification. B. Effects of Substitution 1. Proposed Utilities and Existing Utilities a. lithe Subgrade and/or Base Course product being substituted changes the depth required for the Subgrade and/or Base Course and as a result the horizontal and/or vertical location of utilities, as indicated on the Drawings, or determined in the field, are required to be adjusted, then: 1) The Contractor will be solely responsible for all costs associated with the changes including but not limited to; Designing, Drawing adjustments, Drawing reproduction, Specifications, Contract, Approvals, and incidentals, and, 2. Lines and Grades a. Roadway 1) If the Subgrade and/or Base Course product being substituted changes the depth required for the Subgrade and/or Base Course it is not to affect the lines and grades of the roadway and shall be maintained as indicated on the Drawings. b. Excavation 1) If the substituted Subgrade and/or Base Course product changes the depth required for the Subgrade and/or Base Course and in turn affects the quantities of existing materials to be excavated and/or filled, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to determine and to ensure that the project can be completed as per the Contract and in accordance with the Lines and Grades as shown on the Drawings. The Contractor will be solely responsible for all costs associated with the changes including but not limited to: Additional labor, materials, equipment, maintenance, disposal, and all incidental expenses required to perform the changes. End of Section 32 1100 SUBGRADE AND BASE COURSE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321100-3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 11 13.13 - LIME TREATED SUBGRADE PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern work required for the furnishing, mixing, compacting of Lime Treated Subgrade as required to complete the project. 1.02 REFERENCES The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 204 "Sprinkling" B. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 210 "Rolling" C. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 260 "Lie Treatment (Road -Mixed) D. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-101-E Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing E. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-103-E Determining Moisture Content in Soil Materials F. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-115-E Field Method for Determining In -Place Density of Soils and Base Materials G. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-121-E Soil -Lime Testing H. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-6350, Lime and Lime Slurry 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related specification(s). B. Test reports shall be as follows unless noted otherwise: 1. Submit within three (3) working days after the test is completed to the following: a. Owner, b. As directed by the Owner. 2. All test reports shall clearly indicate the following information: a. Location of area tested by the following, LIME TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.13 - 1 July 31, 2025 1) Station, 2) Distance from Center Line, 3) Travel lane, 4) Or as otherwise specified b. Date, c. Company whom performed test, d. Person by who performed test by one of the following: 1) Name, 2) Initials, 3) Employee identification number, e. Material tested, f. Test used, g. Test values obtained, h. Indicate Pass or Fail in accordance with the Specification(s) and Drawing(s) requirements, i. Person with the testing company who has reviewed and approves the test results by all of the following: 1) Printed name 2) Signature 3) License number PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL A. Soil shall consist of Owner approved material, free from vegetation or other objectionable matter, encountered in the roadbed section and other acceptable material used in the preparation of the roadbed in accordance with this specification. 2.02 LIME A. In accordance with TxDOT Item 260. 2.03 WATER A. Water shall be free from deleterious contaminants and other objectionable materials. B. Source of water shall be approved by the Owner. LIME TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.13 - 2 July 31, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. It is the primary requirement of this specification to secure a completed course of treated material containing a uniform lime treated mixture, free from loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture content, well bound for its full depth and with a smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses. B. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to regulate the sequence of his work, to use the proper amount of lime, maintain the work and rework the courses as necessary to meet the requirements. C. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another, the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. 3.02 EQUIPMENT A. General 1. The machinery, tools and equipment necessary for proper execution of the work shall be on the project and approved by the Owner prior to the beginning of construction operations. 2. All machinery, tools, and equipment used shall be maintained in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. 3. The Contractor shall at all times provide sufficient equipment to enable continuous execution of the work and its completion in the required number of working days. 4. The equipment provided by the Contractor shall be operated by experienced and capable workmen and shall be that necessary to provide a cement treatment meeting the requirements herein specified. B. Transportation Equipment 1. Shall be capable of hauling the material in a method recognized by the industry as being satisfactory for the material being transported. 2. Shall be of type recommended by manufacturer of product(s). 3. Equipment shall be in compliance with local, state, and federal laws and regulations. C. Rollers 1. Shall be in accordance with TxDOT Item 210. D. Storage Facility 1. Material shall be stored and handled in closed weatherproof containers until immediately before distribution. 2. If storage bins are used, they shall be completely enclosed. LIME TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.13 - 3 July 31, 2025 3. Material in bags shall be stored in weatherproof buildings with adequate protection from ground dampness. E. Lime Slurry Equipment 1. Slurry tanks shall be equipped with agitation devices to slurry lime on the project or other approved location. F. Pulverization Equipment 1. Provide pulverization equipment that: a. Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters that will plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut. b. Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times. c. Uniformly mixes the materials. 3.03 MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION A. General 1. All material shall be transported in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. B. Truck 1. Each truck shall have the weight of lime determined on certified scales. 2. All exit ports are to be sealed at the plant. C. Bags 1. Each bag shall bear the manufacturer's certified weight. 2. Bags varying more than five -percent (5%) from that weight may be rejected and the average weight of bags in any shipment, as shown by weighing ten -percent (10%), with a minimum of five (5), of the bags taken at random from each pallet, shall not be less than the manufacturer's certified weight. 3.04 PREPARATION OF ROADBED A. General 1. Before other construction operations are commenced, the roadbed shall be graded and shaped as required to construct the lime treatment for material in place in conformance with the lines, grades, thickness and typical cross section shown on the Drawings. 2. Unsuitable soil or material shall be removed and replaced with acceptable soil. 3. The subgrade shall be firm and able to support without displacing the construction equipment and the compaction hereinafter specified. 4. Soft or yielding subgrade shall be corrected and made stable before construction proceeds. B. Pulverization LIME TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 1113.13 - 4 July 31, 2025 1. The soil shall be pulverized so that 100% of the material passes the two and one -half -inch (2- 1/2") sieve when tested from the roadway in the roadway condition by TxDOT Tex-101-E. 3.05 PLACEMENT A. General 1. It is the primary requirement of this specification to secure a completed course of treated material containing a uniform lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture content, well bound for its full depth and with a smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses. 2. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to regulate the sequence of his work, to use the proper amount of lime, maintain the work and rework the courses as necessary to meet the requirements. B. Application 1. General a. Lime shall be spread only on that area where the first mixing operations can be completed during the same working day. b. Lime amount to be used is to be determined by the Contractor and approved by the Owner, if not on the Drawings. 1) Any rates indicated on the Drawings are the result of preliminary tests and shall be verified. 2) Application rate may be varied by the Owner, if conditions warrant. c. Unless otherwise approved by the Owner, the lime operation shall not be started when the air temperature is below 40° F and falling, but may be started when the air temperature is above 352 F and rising. 1) The temperature will be taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. 2) Lime shall not be placed when weather conditions in the opinion of the Owner are unsuitable. C. Method 1. General a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, lime shall be applied at a rate in pounds of dry lime per square yards, in the form of a slurry. 2. Slurry Method a. The Lime shall be mixed with water to form a slurry with a solids content approved by the Owner. 1) Commercial Lime Slurry shall be delivered to the project in slurry form at or above the minimum dry solids content approved by the Owner. LIME TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.13 - 5 July 31, 2025 2) The distribution of lime at the rate(s) required shall be attained by successive passes over a measured section of roadway until the proper lime content has been secured. 3. Dry Method a. Dry placing is not allowed unless approved by the Owner and: 1) The lime is distributed by an approved spreader at the specified rate or as directed by the Owner. 2) The lime is distributed at a uniform rate and in such a manner as to reduce the scattering of lime by the wind. b. The material shall be sprinkled as approved by the Owner. c. The distribution of lime at the rate(s) required shall be attained by successive passes over a measured section of roadway until the proper lime content has been secured. d. Lime shall be applied to the roadway and water and mixing shall commence to permit uniform and intimate mixture of soil and cement and it shall not exceed the specified optimum moisture content for the soil -lime mixture. 3.06 DELIVERY CERTIFICATION A. Certification of lime quantity and quality shall be provided as required to monitor the application. B. Certification should be in the form of weight tickets which indicate the actual weight of dry hydrated lime. 3.07 MIXING A. General 1. Mixing shall begin within six (6) hours of lime application. 2. During the interval of time between applications and mixing, hydrated lime that has been exposed to the open air for a period of six (6) hours or more or to excessive loss due to washing or blowing will not be accepted for payment. B. Initial Mixing 1. The material and lime shall be thoroughly mixed by approved road mixers or other approved equipment, and the mixing continued until, in the opinion of the Owner, a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and lime is obtained, free from all clods or lumps. 2. Materials containing plastic clays or other material which will not readily mix with lime shall be mixed as thoroughly as possible at the time of the lime application, brought to the proper moisture content and left to cure one (1) to four (4) days as directed by the Owner. 3. During the curing period, the material shall be kept moist as directed. C. Final Mixing 1. After the required curing time, the material shall be uniformly mixed by approved methods. LIME TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.13 - 6 July 31, 2025 2. If the soil binder -lime mixture contains clods, they shall be reduced in size by raking, blading, planning, harrowing, scarifying or the use of other approved pulverization methods so that, when all nonslaking aggregates retained on the 3/4" sieve are removed, the remainder of the material shall meet the following requirements in Table 1 when tested in accordance with TxDOT Tex-101-E, Part III: Table 1 Gradation Requirements Sieve Size Minimum Percent (%) Passing 1-3/4" 100 3/4" 85 #4 60 3.08 COMPACTION A. General 1. Prior to the beginning of compaction, the mixture shall be in a loose condition for its full depth. 2. Compaction of the mixture shall begin immediately after final mixing and in no case later than twenty-four (24) hours after final mixing. 3. Compaction shall continue until the entire depth of mixture is uniformly compacted as hereinafter specified. 4. Bring each layer to the moisture content required. a. At the start of compaction, the percentage of moisture in the mixture and in unpulverized soil lumps, based on over -dry weights, shall not be below or more than two (2) percentage points above the specified optimum moisture content and shall be less than that quantity which will cause the soil -lime mixture to become unstable during compaction and finishing. b. When necessary, sprinkle the material in accordance with TxDOT Item 204. 5. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half (1/2) the width of the roller unit. 6. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the high side. 7. Offset alternate trips of the roller. 8. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 MPH, or as directed. 9. When the uncompacted soil -lime mixture is wetted by rain so that the average moisture content exceeds the tolerance given at the time of final compaction, the entire section shall be reconstructed in accordance with this specification at the sole expense of the Contractor. 10. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project is accepted. 11. Continue work until specification requirements are met. LIME TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.13 - 7 July 31, 2025 12. Use mechanical tamps in areas inaccessible to rollers. 13. If the total thickness of the material to be treated cannot be mixed in one (1) operation, the previously mixed material shall be bladed to a windrow just beyond the area to be treated and the next layer mixed with lime as previously specified. a. The first layer of the material shall be compacted in such a manner that the treated material will not be mixed with the underlying material. 14. In addition to the requirements specified for density, the full depth of the material shown on the Drawings shall be compacted to the extent necessary to remain firm and stable under construction equipment. 15. Throughout this entire operation, the shape of the course shall be maintained by blading, and the surface, upon completion, shall be smooth and in conformity with the typical section shown on the Drawings and to the established lines and grades. 16. After each section is completed, tests as required by the Owner will be made by the Contractor. B. Density Control 1. All testing to ensure density requirements shall be completed by a testing facility that is capable of performing all the required tests and is approved by the Owner. 2. Determine the moisture content in the mixture at the beginning of and during compaction in accordance with TxDOT Tex-103-E. 3. Compact to a minimum ninety-five percent (95%) of the maximum density determined in accordance with Tex-121-E, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 4. The Contractor shall determine roadway density at a frequency of one (1) test per one - hundred feet (100') per lane per lift staggered, of completed travel lane sections and under the curb and gutter, unless noted otherwise, or directed by Owner. 5. If the material fails to meet the density requirements, it shall be reworked as necessary to meet these requirements and retested. C. Rework 1. General a. Rework, when required to meet pulverization requirements or density. b. Reworking shall include loosening, road mixing as approved by the Owner, compacting, and finishing. c. When a section is reworked, a new optimum moisture content in accordance with TxDOT Tex-103-E and density in accordance with Tex-121-E will be determined from the reworked material. d. Compact in accordance with Section 3.8 of this specification. e. Throughout this entire operation, the shape of the course shall be maintained by blading, and the surface, upon completion, shall be smooth and in conformity with the typical section shown on the Drawings and to the established lines and grades. LIME TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.13 - 8 July 31, 2025 2. Within seventy-two (72) hours of final compaction a. Shall be done until compaction is met. 3. Beyond seventy-two (72) hours of final compaction a. Shall include the addition of additional lime at ten -percent (10%) to fifteen -percent (15%) of the initial application rate or as deemed necessary by the Owner. 3.09 FINISHING A. General 1. Immediately after completing compaction the resulting surface shall be thoroughly rolled with a pneumatic tire roller and clipped, skinned, or tight bladed by a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately quarter -inch (1/4"). 2. The surface shall then be thoroughly compacted with the pneumatic roller, adding small increments of moisture as needed during rolling until a smooth surface is attained. 3. If aggregate larger than No. 4 is present in the mixture; one (1) complete coverage of the section with the flat wheel roller shall be made immediately after the clipping operation. 4. When directed by the Owner, surface finishing methods may be varied from this procedure provided a dense, uniform surface, free of surface compaction planes, is produced. 5. The moisture content of the surface material must be maintained at its specified optimum during all finishing operations. 6. Surface compaction, rolling, blading and finishing shall proceed in such a manner as to produce a smooth, closely knit surface, free of cracks, ridges or loose material conforming to the crown, grade and line shown on the Drawings, within three (3) hours of initial mixing. 7. After the final layer or course of the treated material has been compacted, it shall be brought to the required lines and grades in accordance with the Drawings or as directed by the Owner. 8. Remove all loosened material from the surface of the section and dispose of it at an approved location. 9. Do not surface patch. B. Finish grade of constructed subgrade in accordance with the following grade tolerances: 1. Staged Construction a. Grade to within one -inch (1") in the cross-section and one -inch (1") in sixteen -feet (16') measured longitudinally. 2. Turnkey Construction a. Grade to within half -inch (1/2") in the cross-section and half -inch (1/2") in sixteen -feet (16') measured longitudinally. LIME TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.13 - 9 July 31, 2025 3.10 CURING A. The completed section shall be moist cured or prevented from drying by addition of an asphalt material at the rate of 0.05 to 0.20 gallons per square yard. B. Curing shall continue for two (2) to five (5) days before further courses are added or traffic is permitted, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. C. However, the lime treated material may be covered by other courses, the day following finishing, when approved by the Owner. D. When the Drawings provide for the treated material to be covered by other courses of material, the next course shall be applied within fourteen (14) calendar days after final compaction is completed, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. 3.11 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. At the end of each day's construction, a straight transverse construction joint shall be formed by cutting back into the total width of completed work to form a true vertical face free of loose and shattered material. B. For large and wide areas the subgrade shall be built in a series of parallel lanes of convenient length and width meeting and approval of the Owner. 3.12 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor is required to maintain the subgrade in good condition until all work has been completed and accepted. B. Maintenance shall include, but not limited to, the immediate remedy of any defects, maintaining moisture content, repairing damages due to construction and/or local traffic. C. Defect Remedies 1. Low areas shall be remedied by replacing the material for the full depth of treatment, rather than adding a thin layer of material to the completed work, or as required by the Owner. 2. Faulty work shall be replaced for the full depth of treatment. 3. All Defect Remedies shall be completed at the Contractors sole expense and at no additional time allowed to the contract. 3.13 TRAFFIC A. Local traffic and construction equipment may be allowed on the completed section if the section has had time to cure or the application of a single course surface treatment has been completed. End of Section 32 11 13.13 LIME TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.13 - 10 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 11 13.26 - CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern work required for the furnishing, mixing, compacting of Cement Treated Subgrade as required to complete the project. 1.02 REFERENCES The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. ASTM C-150 — Portland Cement B. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 204 "Sprinkling" C. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 210 "Rolling" D. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-101-E Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing E. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-103-E Determining Moisture Content in Soil Materials F. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-115-E Field Method for Determining In -Place Density of Soils and Base Materials G. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-120-E Soil -Cement Testing H. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-4600, Hydraulic Cement I. TxDOT's Hydraulic Cement Quality Monitoring Program (HCQMP) 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related specification(s). 2. Cement information shall include date information on when it was manufactured and a use - by date. B. Test reports 1. Submit within three (3) working days after the test is completed to the following: a. Owner, b. Owner, and c. As directed by the Owner. CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.26 - 1 July 31, 2025 2. All test reports shall clearly indicate the following information: a. Location of area tested by the following, 1) Station 2) Distance from Center Line 3) Travel lane. 4) Or as otherwise specified b. Date, c. Company whom performed test, d. Person by who performed test by one of the following: 1) Name, 2) Initials, 3) Employee identification number, e. Material tested, f. Test used, g. Test values obtained, h. Indicate Pass or Fail in accordance with the Specification(s) and Drawing(s) requirements, i. Person with the testing company who has reviewed and approves the test results by all of the following: 1) Printed name 2) Signature 3) License number PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL A. Soil shall consist of Owner approved material, free from vegetation or other objectionable matter, encountered in the roadbed section and other acceptable material used in the preparation of the roadbed in accordance with this specification. 2.02 CEMENT A. Cement shall be Type I Portland cement. B. Cement shall meet the requirements of TxDOT DMS-4600, TxDOT's Hydraulic Cement Quality Monitoring Program (HCQMP), and ASTM C-150 Type I Portland Cement. CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.26 - 2 July 31, 2025 1. Sources not on the HCQMP or other sources to be used in combination with an approved source will require approval before use. C. Cement shall be used prior to the expiration date. 2.03 WATER A. Water shall be free from deleterious contaminants and other objectionable materials to the hardening of the cement treatment. B. Source of water shall be approved by the Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. It is the primary requirement of this specification to secure a completed course of treated material containing a uniform cement treated mixture, free from loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture content, well bound for its full depth and with a smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses. B. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to regulate the sequence of his work, to use the proper amount of cement, maintain the work and rework the courses as necessary to meet the requirements. C. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another, the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. 3.02 EQUIPMENT A. General 1. The machinery, tools and equipment necessary for proper execution of the work shall be on the project and approved by the Owner prior to the beginning of construction operations. 2. All machinery, tools, and equipment used shall be maintained in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. 3. The Contractor shall at all times provide sufficient equipment to enable continuous execution of the work and its completion in the required number of working days. 4. The equipment provided by the Contractor shall be operated by experienced and capable workmen and shall be that necessary to provide a cement treatment meeting the requirements herein specified. B. Transportation Equipment 1. Shall be capable of hauling the material in a method recognized by the industry as being satisfactory for the material being transported. CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.26 - 3 July 31, 2025 2. Shall be of type recommended by manufacturer of product(s). 3. Equipment shall be in compliance with local, state, and federal laws and regulations. C. Rollers 1. Shall be in accordance with TxDOT Item 210. D. Storage Facility 1. Material shall be stored and handled in closed weatherproof containers until immediately before distribution. 2. If storage bins are used, they shall be completely enclosed. 3. Material in bags shall be stored in weatherproof buildings with adequate protection from ground dampness. E. Cement Slurry Equipment 1. Slurry tanks shall be equipped with agitation devices to slurry cement on the project or other approved location. F. Pulverization Equipment 1. Provide pulverization equipment that: a. Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters that will plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut. b. Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times. c. Uniformly mixes the materials. 3.03 MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION A. General 1. All material shall be transported in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. B. Truck 1. Each truck shall have the weight of cement determined on certified scales. 2. All exit ports are to be sealed at the plant. C. Bags 1. Each bag shall bear the manufacturer's certified weight. 2. Bags varying more than five -percent (5%) from that weight may be rejected and the average weight of bags in any shipment, as shown by weighing ten -percent (10%), with a minimum of five (5), of the bags taken at random from each pallet, shall not be less than the manufacturer's certified weight. 3.04 PREPARATION OF ROADBED CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.26 - 4 July 31, 2025 A. General 1. Before other construction operations are commenced, the roadbed shall be graded and shaped as required to construct the cement treatment for material in place in conformance with the lines, grades, thickness and typical cross section shown on the Drawings. 2. Unsuitable soil or material shall be removed and replaced with acceptable soil. 3. The subgrade shall be firm and able to support without displacing the construction equipment and the compaction hereinafter specified. 4. Soft or yielding subgrade shall be corrected and made stable before construction proceeds. B. Pulverization 1. The soil shall be pulverized so that 100% of the material passes the two and one -half -inch (2- 1/2") sieve when tested from the roadway in the roadway condition by TxDOT Tex-101-E. 3.05 PLACEMENT A. General 1. It is the primary requirement of this specification to secure a completed course of treated material containing a uniform cement mixture, free from loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture content, well bound for its full depth and with a smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses. 2. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to regulate the sequence of his work, to use the proper amount of cement, maintain the work and rework the courses as necessary to meet the requirements. B. Application 1. General a. Cement shall be spread only on that area where the first mixing operations can be completed during the same working day. b. Quantity of cement to be used is to be determined by the Contractor and approved by the Owner if not on the Drawings. 1) Any rates indicated on the Drawings are the result of preliminary tests and shall be verified. 2) Application rate may be varied by the Owner, if conditions warrant. c. Unless otherwise approved by the Owner, the cement operation shall not be started when the air temperature is below 40° F and falling, but may be started when the air temperature is above 35° F and rising. 1) The temperature will be taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. 2) Cement shall not be placed when weather conditions in the opinion of the Owner are unsuitable. CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.26 - 5 July 31, 2025 C. Method 1. General a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, cement shall be applied at a rate in pounds of dry cement per square yards, in the form of a slurry. 2. Slurry Method a. The cement shall be mixed with water to form a slurry with a solids content approved by the Owner. b. The cement shall be mixed with water in trucks with approved distributors and applied as a slurry. c. The distribution of cement at the rate(s) required shall be attained by successive passes over a measured section of roadway until the proper cement content has been secured. d. Slurry shall be applied within two (2) hours of adding water and when the roadway is at moisture content drier than optimum. 1) The percentage of moisture in the soil, at the time of cement application, shall not exceed the quantity that will permit uniform and intimate mixture of soil and cement and it shall not exceed the specified optimum moisture content for the soil cement mixture. 3. Dry Method a. Dry placing is not allowed unless approved by the Owner and: 1) The cement is distributed by an approved spreader at the specified rate or as directed by the Owner. 2) The cement is distributed at a uniform rate and in such a manner as to reduce the scattering of cement by the wind. b. The material shall be sprinkled as approved by the Owner. c. The distribution of cement at the rate(s) required shall be attained by successive passes over a measured section of roadway until the proper cement content has been secured. d. Cement shall be applied to the roadway and water and mixing shall commence to permit uniform and intimate mixture of soil and cement and it shall not exceed the specified optimum moisture content for the soil -cement mixture. 3.06 DELIVERY CERTIFICATION A. Certification of cement quantity and quality shall be provided as required to monitor the application. B. Certification should be in the form of weight tickets which indicate the actual weight of dry cement. 3.07 MIXING A. General CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.26 - 6 July 31, 2025 1. Portland cement treatment for materials in place may be constructed with any machine or combination of machines and auxiliary equipment that will produce results as outlined in this specification. 2. Mixing shall begin immediately once cement is applied. 3. The mixer shall in one (1) continuous operation mix the soil and cement full depth, and the required moisture uniformly, thoroughly moist -mix the soil, cement and water, until a homogeneous mixture is obtained 4. The mixer shall spread the completed soil cement mixture evenly over the machine processed width of the subgrade and leave it in a loose condition ready for immediate compaction. 5. The soil and cement mixture shall not remain undisturbed, after mixing and before compacting, for more than 30 minutes. B. Moisture 1. The mixture shall be sprinkled in accordance with TxDOT Item 204 to maintain optimum mixing moisture. C. The soil shall be mixed so that, the material will meet the following requirement in Table 1 when tested from the roadway in the roadway condition by TxDOT Tex-101-E. Table 1 Gradation Requirements Sieve Size Minimum Percent (%) Passing 1-3/4" 100 3/4" 85 #4 60 3.08 COMPACTION A. General 1. Prior to the beginning of compaction, the mixture shall be in a loose condition for its full depth. 2. Compaction of the mixture shall begin immediately after mixing and be complete within two (2) hours after the application of cement. 3. Compaction shall continue until the entire depth of mixture is uniformly compacted as hereinafter specified. 4. Bring each layer to the moisture content required. a. At the start of compaction, the percentage of moisture in the mixture and in unpulverized soil lumps, based on over -dry weights, shall not be below or more than two (2) percentage points above the specified optimum moisture content and shall be less than that quantity which will cause the soil -cement mixture to become unstable during compaction and finishing. b. When necessary, sprinkle the material in accordance with TxDOT Item 204. CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.26 - 7 July 31, 2025 5. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half (1/2) the width of the roller unit. 6. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the high side. 7. Offset alternate trips of the roller. 8. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 MPH, or as directed. 9. When the uncompacted soil -cement mixture is wetted by rain so that the average moisture content exceeds the tolerance given at the time of final compaction, the entire section shall be reconstructed in accordance with this specification at the sole expense of the Contractor. 10. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project is accepted. 11. Continue work until specification requirements are met. 12. Use mechanical tamps in areas inaccessible to rollers. 13. If the total thickness of the material to be treated cannot be mixed in one (1) operation, the previously mixed material shall be bladed to a windrow just beyond the area to be treated and the next layer mixed with cement as previously specified. a. The first layer of the material shall be compacted in such a manner that the treated material will not be mixed with the underlying material. 14. In addition to the requirements specified for density, the full depth of the material shown on the Drawings shall be compacted to the extent necessary to remain firm and stable under construction equipment. 15. Throughout this entire operation, the shape of the course shall be maintained by blading, and the surface, upon completion, shall be smooth and in conformity with the typical section shown on the Drawings and to the established lines and grades. 16. After each section is completed, tests as necessary will be made by the Contractor. B. Density Control 1. All testing to ensure density requirements shall be completed by a testing facility that is capable of performing all the required tests and is approved by the Owner. 2. Determine the moisture content in the mixture at the beginning of and during compaction in accordance with TxDOT Tex-103-E. 3. Compact to a minimum ninety-five percent (95%) of the maximum density determined in accordance with Tex-121-E, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 4. The Contractor shall determine roadway density at a frequency of one (1) test per one - hundred feet (100') per lane per lift staggered, of completed travel lane sections and under the curb and gutter, unless noted otherwise, or directed by Owner. 5. If the material fails to meet the density requirements, it shall be it shall be reworked as necessary to meet these requirements and retested. CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.26 - 8 July 31, 2025 C. Rework 1. General a. Rework, when required to meet pulverization requirements or density. b. Reworking shall include loosening, road mixing as approved by the Owner, compacting, and finishing. c. When a section is reworked, a new optimum moisture content in accordance with TxDOT Tex-103-E and density in accordance with Tex-121-E will be determined from the reworked material. d. Compact in accordance with Section 3.8 of this specification. e. Throughout this entire operation, the shape of the course shall be maintained by blading, and the surface, upon completion, shall be smooth and in conformity with the typical section shown on the Drawings and to the established lines and grades. f. Shall include the addition of additional cement at the initial application rate or as deemed necessary by the Owner. 3.09 FINISHING A. General 1. Immediately after completing compaction the resulting surface shall be thoroughly rolled with a pneumatic tire roller and clipped, skinned, or tight bladed by a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately quarter -inch (1/4"). 2. The surface shall then be thoroughly compacted with the pneumatic roller, adding small increments of moisture as needed during rolling until a smooth surface is attained. 3. If aggregate larger than No. 4 is present in the mixture; one (1) complete coverage of the section with the flat wheel roller shall be made immediately after the clipping operation. 4. When directed by the Owner, surface finishing methods may be varied from this procedure provided a dense, uniform surface, free of surface compaction planes, is produced. 5. The moisture content of the surface material must be maintained at its specified optimum during all finishing operations. 6. Surface compaction, rolling, blading and finishing shall proceed in such a manner as to produce a smooth, closely knit surface, free of cracks, ridges or loose material conforming to the crown, grade and line shown on the Drawings, within three (3) hours of initial mixing. 7. After the final layer or course of the treated material has been compacted, it shall be brought to the required lines and grades in accordance with the Drawings or as directed by the Owner. 8. Remove all loosened material from the surface of the section and dispose of it at an approved location. 9. Do not surface patch. B. Finish grade of constructed subgrade in accordance with the following grade tolerances: CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.26 - 9 July 31, 2025 1. Staged Construction a. Grade to within one -inch (1") in the cross-section and one -inch (1") in sixteen -feet (16') measured longitudinally. 2. Turnkey Construction a. Grade to within half -inch (1/2") in the cross-section and half -inch (1/2") in sixteen -feet (16') measured longitudinally. 3.10 CURING A. The completed section shall be moist cured or prevented from drying by: 1. Sprinkling in accordance with TxDOT Item 204, and / or 2. Addition of an asphalt material at the rate of 0.05 to 0.20 gallons per square yard. B. Moisture content shall be maintained at no lower than 2.5 percentage points below optimum. C. Curing shall continue for at least three (3) days before further courses are added or traffic is permitted, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. D. When the Drawings provide for the treated material to be covered by other courses of material, the next course shall be applied within fourteen (14) calendar days after final compaction is completed, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. 3.11 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. At the end of each day's construction, a straight transverse construction joint shall be formed by cutting back into the total width of completed work to form a true vertical face free of loose and shattered material. B. For large and wide areas the subgrade shall be built in a series of parallel lanes of convenient length and width meeting and approval of the Owner. 3.12 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor is required to maintain the subgrade in good condition until all work has been completed and accepted. B. Maintenance shall include, but not limited to, the immediate remedy of any defects, maintaining moisture content, repairing damages due to construction and/or local traffic. C. Defect Remedies 1. Low areas shall be remedied by replacing the material for the full depth of treatment, rather than adding a thin layer of material to the completed work, or as required by the Owner. 2. Faulty work shall be replaced for the full depth of treatment. 3. All Defect Remedies shall be completed at the Contractors sole expense and at no additional time allowed to the contract. CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.26 - 10 July 31, 2025 3.13 TRAFFIC A. Local traffic and construction equipment may be allowed on the completed section if the section has had time to cure or the application of a single course surface treatment has been completed. END OF SECTION 32 11 13.26 CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 11 13.26 - 11 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 11 23 - FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern work required for the furnishing and placing Flexible Base Course as required to complete the project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 32 1100 SUBGRADE AND BASE COURSE B. 32 11 13.13 LIME TREATED SUBGRADE C. 32 11 13.26 CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE D. 32 12 13.19 PRIME COAT 1.03 REFERENCES The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. AASHTO T193 — Standard Method of Test for The California Bearing Ratio B. ASTM C-131 — Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine C. ASTM C-150 — Standard Specification for Portland Cement D. ASTM D-1557 — Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort E. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 204 "Sprinkling" F. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 210 "Rolling" G. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 247 "Flexible Base" for Construction and for Construction and H. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-101-E Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing I. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-103-E Determining Moisture Content in Soil Materials J. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-104-E Determining Liquid Limits of Soils K. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-106-E Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321123-1 July 31, 2025 L. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-110-E Particle Size Analysis of Soils M. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-115-E Field Method for Determining In -Place Density of Soils and Base Materials N. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-406-A Material Finer Than 75 mm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates (Decantation Test For Concrete Aggregates) O. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-460-A Determining Crushed Face Particle Count P. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-4600, Hydraulic Cement Q. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-6350, Lime and Lime Slurry R. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-11000, Evaluating and Using Nonhazardous Recyclable Materials Guidelines S. TxDOT's Hydraulic Cement Quality Monitoring Program (HCQMP) 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related specification(s). B. Design Mix Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal the following: a. Gradation b. Admixture Ratio (if admixture is required) c. The Texas Required Base Thickness d. Addition information as directed by Owner C. Test reports 1. Submit within three (3) working days after the test is completed to the following: a. Owner b. Owner, and c. As directed by the Owner 2. All test reports shall clearly indicate the following information: a. Location of area tested by the following, 1) Station FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321123-2 July 31, 2025 2) Distance from Center Line 3) Travel lane designation 4) Or as otherwise specified b. Date c. Weather 1) Temperature 2) General weather conditions d. Company whom performed test e. Person by who performed test by one of the following: 1) Name 2) Initials 3) Employee identification number f. Material tested g. Test used h. Test values obtained Indicate Pass or Fail in accordance with the Specification(s) and Drawing(s) requirements Person with the testing company who has reviewed and approves the test results by all of the following: 1) Printed name 2) Signature 3) License number PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 BASE MATERIAL A. Shall be Type A, Grade 1, in accordance with TxDOT Item 247, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or by the Owner. 2.02 WATER A. Water shall be free from deleterious contaminates and other objectionable materials. B. Source of water shall be approved by the Owner. FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321123-3 July 31, 2025 2.03 PRIME COAT A. Shall be bituminous material in accordance with Section 32 12 13.19 PRIME COAT. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. It is the primary requirement of this specification to secure a completed course of treated material containing a uniform mixture free from loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture content, well bound for its full depth and with a smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses. B. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to regulate the sequence of his work to process a sufficient quantity of material to provide full depth as shown on Drawings, to use the proper amount of chemical stabilization material (if required), maintain the work and rework the courses as necessary to meet the above requirements. C. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another, the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. 3.02 EQUIPMENT A. General 1. The machinery, tools and equipment necessary for the proper construction of the work shall be on the project, and be approved by the Owner. 2. All machinery, tools, and equipment used shall be maintained in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. 3. The Contractor shall at all times provide sufficient equipment to enable continuous execution of the work and its completion in the required number of working days. 4. The equipment provided by the Contractor shall be operated by experienced and capable workmen and shall be that necessary to provide a cement treatment meeting the requirements herein specified. B. Transportation Equipment 1. Shall be capable of hauling the material in a method recognized by the industry as being satisfactory for the material being transported. 2. Shall be of type recommended by manufacturer of product(s). 3. Equipment shall be in compliance with local, state, and federal laws and regulations. C. Rollers 1. Shall be in accordance with TxDOT Item 210. FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321123-4 July 31, 2025 3.03 MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION A. General 1. All material shall be transported in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. B. Truck 1. Each truck shall have the weight/quantity of material determined on certified scales or a Owner approved method. 3.04 PREPARATION OF ROADBED A. Before placing base course, the subgrade shall be graded and shaped in conformance with the lines, grades, thickness and typical cross section as shown on the Drawings, in accordance with Section 32 11 13.13 LIME TREATED SUBGRADE or Section 32 11 13.26 CEMENT TREATED SUBGRADE, and/or as indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the Owner. B. Unsuitable soil or material shall be removed and replaced with acceptable soil. C. The subgrade shall be firm and able to support without displacing the construction equipment and the compaction hereinafter specified. D. Soft or yielding subgrade shall be corrected and made stable before construction proceeds. 3.05 TEST SECTION A. The Contractor shall be required to construct a "Test Section". B. The first section of base shall serve as a test section. C. Its length shall be between 300 and 500 linear feet single lane width. D. Evaluation of the equipment and procedure will be done during this section. E. In case it is found that the work is not satisfactory with respect to the specification requirements, the Contractor shall revise his procedures and augment or replace equipment as necessary to assure work completed in accordance with the specifications. F. Additional test sections may be required as directed by the Owner. G. Test sections not conforming to the requirements of the specifications shall be reconstructed. 3.06 DELIVERY CERTIFICATION A. Certification of all materials quantity and quality shall be provided as required to monitor the application. B. Certification should be in the form of weight tickets which indicate the actual weight of material. FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321123-5 July 31, 2025 3.07 PLACING A. Spread and shape the material into a uniform layer with an approved spreader the same day it is delivered unless otherwise approved. B. Construct loose material layers that are a maximum of six -inches (6") in thickness. C. Maintain the shape of the course. D. Sprinkle in accordance with TxDOT Item 204 to control dust. 3.08 COMPACTION A. General 1. Prior to the beginning of compaction, the mixture shall be in a loose condition for its full depth for a maximum depth of six -inches (6"). 2. Compaction shall continue until the entire depth of mixture is uniformly compacted as hereinafter specified. 3. Bring each layer to the moisture content required. a. At the start of compaction, the percentage of moisture in the mixture and in unpulverized soil lumps, based on over -dry weights, shall not be below or more than two (2) percentage points above the specified optimum moisture content and shall be less than that quantity which will cause the soil cement mixture to become unstable during compaction and finishing. b. Maintain moisture content within three -percent (3%) of optimum on the wet side. 1) When necessary, sprinkle the material in accordance with TxDOT Item 204. 4. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half (1/2) the width of the roller unit. 5. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the high side. 6. Offset alternate trips of the roller. 7. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 MPH, or as directed. 8. When the uncompacted soil mixture is wetted by rain so that the average moisture content exceeds the tolerance given at the time of final compaction, the entire section shall be reconstructed in accordance with this specification at the sole expense of the Contractor. 9. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project is accepted. 10. Continue work until specification requirements are met. 11. Use mechanical tamps in areas inaccessible to rollers. FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321123-6 July 31, 2025 12. In addition to the requirements specified for density, the full depth of the material shown on the Drawings shall be compacted to the extent necessary to remain firm and stable under construction equipment. 13. Throughout this entire operation, the shape of the course shall be maintained by blading, and the surface, upon completion, shall be smooth and in conformity with the typical section shown on the Drawings and to the established lines and grades. 14. After each section is completed, tests as necessary will be made by the Contractor. 3.02 DENSITY CONTROL A. All testing to ensure density requirements shall be completed by a testing facility that is capable of performing all the required tests and is approved by the Owner. B. Determine the moisture content in the mixture at the beginning of and during compaction in accordance with TxDOT Tex-103-E. C. Compact to a minimum ninety-five percent (95%) of the maximum density determined in accordance with Tex-121-E, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. D. The Contractor shall determine roadway density at a frequency of one (1) test per one -hundred feet (100') per lane per lift staggered, of completed travel lane sections and under the curb and gutter, unless noted otherwise, or directed by Owner. E. If the material fails to meet the density requirements, it shall be it shall be reworked as necessary to meet these requirements and retested. 3.09 FINISHING A. General 1. Immediately after completing compaction the resulting surface shall be thoroughly rolled with a pneumatic tire roller and clipped, skinned, or tight bladed by a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately quarter -inch (1/4"). 2. The surface shall then be thoroughly compacted with the pneumatic roller, adding small increments of moisture as needed during rolling until a smooth surface is attained. 3. If aggregate larger than No. 4 is present in the mixture; one (1) complete coverage of the section with the flat wheel roller shall be made immediately after the clipping operation. 4. When directed by the Owner, surface finishing methods may be varied from this procedure provided a dense, uniform surface, free of surface compaction planes, is produced. 5. The moisture content of the surface material must be maintained at its specified optimum during all finishing operations. 6. Surface compaction, rolling, blading and finishing shall proceed in such a manner as to produce a smooth, closely knit surface, free of cracks, ridges or loose material conforming to the crown, grade and line shown on the Drawings, within three (3) hours of initial mixing. FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321123-7 July 31, 2025 7. After the final layer or course of the material has been compacted, it shall be brought to the required lines and grades in accordance with the Drawings or as directed. 8. Remove all loosened material from the section and dispose of it at an approved location. 9. Do not surface patch. B. Finish grade of constructed subgrade in accordance with the following grade tolerances: 1. Staged Construction a. Grade to within half -inch (1/2") in the cross-section and half -inch (1/2") in sixteen -feet (16') measured longitudinally. 2. Turnkey Construction a. Grade to within quarter -inch (1/4") in the cross-section and quarter -inch (1/4") in sixteen - feet (16') measured longitudinally. 3.10 PRIME COAT A. Shall be in accordance with Section 32 12 13.19 PRIME COAT 3.11 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. At the end of each day's construction, a straight transverse construction joint shall be formed by cutting back into the total width of completed work to form a true vertical face free of loose and shattered material. B. For large and wide areas the subgrade shall be built in a series of parallel lanes of convenient length and width meeting and approval of the Owner. 3.12 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor is required to maintain the base in good condition until all work has been completed and accepted. B. Maintenance shall include, but not limited to, the immediate remedy of any defects, maintaining moisture content, repairing damages due to construction and/or local traffic. C. Defect Remedies 1. Low areas shall be remedied by replacing the material for the full depth of treatment, rather than adding a thin layer of material to the completed work, or as required by the Owner. 2. Faulty work shall be replaced for the full depth of treatment. 3. All Defect Remedies shall be completed at the Contractors sole expense and at no additional time allowed to the contract. FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321123-8 July 31, 2025 3.13 TRAFFIC A. The Contractor shall not be permitted to drive heavy equipment over completed portions, but pneumatic -tired equipment required for hauling cement, and water may be permitted after the surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent the equipment from marring the surface, provided protection and cover specified herein are not impaired. B. The base may be opened to local traffic as soon as the prime coat has been applied and sanded or cured as necessary to prevent it from being picked up by traffic. C. It may be opened to all traffic after seven (7) calendar days. 1. Surface course shall be applied prior to opening to through traffic. End of Section 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321123-9 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 12 13.19 - PRIME COAT PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern work required for the application of asphalt material on the completed base course and/or other approved areas as required to complete the project. 1.02 REFERENCES The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 210 "Rollers" B. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 300 "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions" C. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 310 "Prime Coat" D. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-922-K "Calibrating Asphalt Distribution Equipment" 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related specification(s). B. Bituminous material manufacturer information and recommendations. C. Equipment information as required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL A. The material used shall be MC-30 in accordance with TxDOT Item 300, unless otherwise specified on the Drawings or directed by the Owner. 2.02 BLOTTER MATERIAL A. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or approved, use either: 1. Native sand 2. Base course sweepings obtained from cleaning the base PRIME COAT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 12 13.19 - 1 July 31, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INFORMATION A. Prime coat shall be applied when the air temperature is 60° F and above, or is above 50° F and is rising. 1. The air temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. B. Material shall not be placed when general weather conditions, in the opinion of the Owner, are not suitable. C. Do not permit traffic, hauling, or placement of any subsequent courses shall be permitted over the freshly applied prime coat until authorized by the Owner. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the surface until placement of subsequent courses or the Owner accepts the work. E. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another, the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. 3.02 EQUIPMENT A. General 1. All storage tanks, piping, retorts, booster tanks and distributors used in storing or handling bituminous material shall be kept clean and in good operating condition at all times, and they shall be operated in such manner that there will be no contamination of the bituminous material with foreign material. 2. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and maintain in good working order a recording thermometer at the storage -heating unit at all times. 3. The Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities for determining the temperature of the bituminous material in all of the heating equipment and in the distributor, for determining the rate at which it is applied, and for securing uniformity at the junction of two (2) distributor loads. B. Distributor 1. Furnish a distributor that will apply the bituminous material uniformly at the specified rate or as directed. 2. Calibration a. Furnish to the Owner a distributor test report, no more than six (6) months old, documenting that the variation in output for individual nozzles of the same size does not exceed ten percent (10%) when tested at the greatest shot width in accordance with Tex- 922-K. b. Include the following documentation on the test report: PRIME COAT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 12 13.19 - 2 July 31, 2025 1) The serial number of the distributor 2) A method that identifies the actual nozzle set used in the test 3) The fan width of the nozzle set at a twelve -inch (12") bar height 3. Transverse Variance Rate a. When a transverse variance rate is shown on the Drawings, confirm that the nozzles outside the wheel paths will output a predetermined percentage more of bituminous material by volume than the nozzles over the wheel paths. b. When a transverse variance rate is required, perform the test using the type and grade of bituminous material to be used on the project. c. The Owner may verify the transverse rate and distribution at any time. 1) If verification does not meet the requirements, correct deficiencies and furnish a new test report. C. Tank Volume 1. Furnish a volumetric calibration and strap stick for the distributor tank in accordance with Tex-922-K, "Calibrating Asphalt Distribution Equipment," Part I. 2. Calibrate the distributor within the previous three (3) years of the date first used on the project. 3. The Owner may verify calibration accuracy in accordance with TxDOT Tex-922-K. D. Computerized Distributor 1. When paying for bituminous material by weight, the Owner may allow use of the computerized distributor display to verify application rates. 2. Verify application rate accuracy at a frequency acceptable to the Owner. E. Broom 1. Furnish rotary, self-propelled brooms. F. Rollers 1. Rollers provided shall meet the requirements for their type as shown in TxDOT Item 210. G. Digital Measuring Instrument 1. Furnish a vehicle with a calibrated digital -measuring instrument accurate to ±6 ft. per mile. 3.03 SURFACE PREPARATION A. When, in the opinion of the Owner, the base and/or area is satisfactory to receive the prime coat, the surface may be cleaned by sweeping or other approved methods. B. If found necessary by the Owner, the surface shall be lightly sprinkled with water just prior to application of the bituminous material to control dust and ensure absorption. PRIME COAT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 12 13.19 - 3 July 31, 2025 3.04 APPLICATION A. Bituminous 1. The material shall be applied on the clean surface by an approved type of self-propelled pressure distributor so operated as to distribute the material in the quantity specified, evenly and smoothly under a pressure necessary for proper distribution. 2. Shall be applied at a temperature within the recommended range per TxDOT Item 300. a. Apply material within 15° F of the selected temperature. 3. Distribute the material smoothly and evenly at a pressure necessary for proper distribution at an application rate not exceed 0.20 gallon per square yard of surface, unless otherwise specified. 4. After beginning of the work, should the yield on the bituminous material applied appear to be in error, the distributor shall be calibrated in a manner satisfactory to the Owner before proceeding with the work. 5. During the application of the material, the Contractor shall take precautions to prevent splattering of adjacent pavement, curb, gutter, and structures. 6. When directed roll the freshly applied material with a pneumatic -tire roller to ensure penetration. B. Blotter 1. Shall be spread in areas as directed by the Owner before allowing traffic to use the primed surface. 2. Remove blotter material prior to placing subsequent courses. 3.05 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS A. Disposal of all materials shall be in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations, and will be the responsibility of the Contractor. END OF SECTION 32 12 13.19 PRIME COAT 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 12 13.19 - 4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 13 13 - CONCRETE PAVING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern work required for the installation of Concrete Paving as required to complete the project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 03 21 11 REINFORCING STEEL B. 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related specification(s). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE A. Unless otherwise specified on Drawings, materials and proportions for concrete used in construction under this item shall conform the requirements as specified for Class "A" Concrete under specification, Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. B. All concrete shall be Class A with a minimum strength of 3,000 psi. 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel, if required, shall conform to the requirements as specified in the specification, Section 03 21 11 REINFORCING STEEL. B. All steel shall be grade 60 with a minimum fy of 60,000 psi. 2.03 EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL A. Expansion joint filler shall be in accordance with Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES and as noted on the Drawings. B. Cap seal shall be Greenstreak #610 or approved equal installed over expansion joint filler. CONCRETE PAVING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321313-1 July 31, 2025 2.04 BACKFILL A. Material shall be the same or similar to the surrounding area which is free of stones and debris, or as directed by Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INFORMATION A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another, the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. B. Shall be constructed in sections of the lengths and widths shown on Drawings. 1. Unless otherwise provided by the Drawings, no section shall be a length less than eight -feet (8'). 2. Each section shall be separated by an expansion joint. C. All work per day shall terminate at expansion joints. D. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the work. 3.02 EXCAVATION AND FOUNDATION A. Excavation shall be shaped to line, grade per typical cross section, and hand tamped and sprinkled. B. The subgrade shall be as shown on the Drawings. 3.03 FORMS A. Forms shall be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Owner. B. Be straight, free from warp, and of a depth equal to the thickness of the finished work. C. Shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. D. Shall conform to the specified radius when placed on curves. 3.04 REINFORCING STEEL A. The reinforcing steel, if required, shall be placed in position as shown on the Drawings. B. Care shall be exercised to keep all steel in its proper location. 3.05 JOINTS A. Expansion Joints CONCRETE PAVING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321313-2 July 31, 2025 1. Shall be constructed a maximum of 39'-0" on center or as noted on Drawings or as directed by Owner. a. If attached to curb and gutter than the expansion joints shall align with the expansion joints of the curb and gutter, unless noted on the Drawings or directed by the Owner. 2. Joint shall be 3/4" and be filled with expansion joint material placed vertically and at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the sidewalks. 3. Where the paving abuts a retaining wall, sidewalk, curb, or other hard surface expansion joint shall be placed along the entire length. 4. Expansion joint shall be placed around all obstructions protruding through paving. 5. Dowels a. The dowel shall be extended across the joint nine inches (9") minimum and be sleeved or greased. b. When adjacent to existing curb and gutter or to existing sidewalk dowels shall be drilled into the existing concrete on eighteen -inch (18") on centers. 3.06 CONTROL JOINTS 1. Shall be tooled at the time of concrete placement at a maximum of 4'-0" on centers or evenly spaced between expansion joints, or as noted on Drawings or directed by the Owner. 2. Shall be 1/2" depth by 1/8" width or as noted on Drawings or directed by Owner. 3.07 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Concrete shall be mixed and placed in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. B. The subgrade and reinforcement shall be slightly moist at the time the concrete is placed. C. Shall be placed in the forms to the depth specified and spaded and tamped until thoroughly compacted and mortar entirely covers the surface. 3.08 FINISHING A. The top surface shall be floated with a wooden or metal float to a smooth gritty texture. B. The outer edges and joints shall then be rounded with a one-half inch (1/2") radius with approved tools or as shown on Drawings. C. Surface Finish 1. Shall be broom finish or as noted on the Drawings a. The surface shall be textured with a heavy broom finish perpendicular to the common travel way. 2. Other Finish a. The surface shall be as noted on the Drawings or as directed by the Owner. CONCRETE PAVING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321313-3 July 31, 2025 3.09 CURING A. Within twenty (20) minutes of the surface being textured the curing compound shall be applied. B. Other methods of curing as outlined in the specification Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES will be acceptable with a required curing period of 72 hours. C. Concrete must be protected from freezing temperatures for at least three (3) days. 3.10 BACKFILL AND GRADING A. Material shall be the same or similar to the surrounding area which is free of stones and debris, or as directed by Owner. B. Grading shall promote positive drainage END OF SECTION 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321313-4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 16 13.13 - CURB & GUTTER PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern work required for the installation of Curbs and Gutters as required to complete the project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES B. 03 21 11 REINFORCING STEEL 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related specification(s). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE A. Unless otherwise specified on Drawings, materials and proportions for concrete used in construction under this specification shall conform the requirements as specified for Class "A" Concrete under specification, Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. B. All concrete shall be Class A with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL AND DOWELS A. Reinforcing steel and Dowels, if required, shall conform to the requirements as specified in the specification, Section 03 21 11 REINFORCING STEEL, or as noted on the Drawings. B. All steel shall be Grade 60 with a minimum fy of 60,000 psi. 2.03 EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL A. Expansion joint material shall be 3/4" thick wood fiber asphalt -impregnated material meeting the requirements specified in Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES or as noted on the Drawings. 2.04 BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Select Backfill Material CURB & GUTTER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 16 13.13 - 1 July 31, 2025 1. Shall be native on -site material from excavation, imported material, or a mixture of sand and clay or other suitable granular material free from vegetation, rocks, debris, and material that is in large clumps greater than two -inches (2") meeting the following requirements: a. Liquid limit of thirty-five (35) maximum, b. Plasticity index range from eight (8) to twenty (20), c. Moisture range from -1% to 3%. 2. This material shall not include soils with a Unified Soil Classification System of OL, MH, OH, CH, and PT or soils with an AASHTO classification of A7. B. Topsoil Backfill Material 1. Suitable material chosen from the excavation may be used. 2. The material chosen shall be free of large lumps or clods, which will not readily break down under compaction. 3. This material will be subject to approval by the Owner. 4. Material shall be free of vegetation or other extraneous material. 5. Should be stockpiled separately and used for finish grading. 6. Capable of supporting a good growth of grass when fertilized and seeded or sodded. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another, the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. B. Shall be placed in sections of the length indicated on the Drawings. C. Each section shall be separated by an expansion joint of cross section specified for the curb and gutter and of the thickness indicated on the Drawings. D. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the work. 3.02 EXCAVATION AND SUBGRADE A. Excavation shall be shaped to line, grade per typical cross section, and hand tamped and sprinkled. B. The subgrade shall be as shown on the Drawings. 3.03 REINFORCING STEEL AND DOWELS A. The reinforcing steel and Dowels shall be of type and placed in position as shown on the Drawings. CURB & GUTTER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 16 13.13 - 2 July 31, 2025 B. Care shall be exercised to keep all steel in its proper location. 3.04 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Shall be constructed a maximum of 39'-0" on center or as noted on Drawings or as directed by Owner. 1. If curb and gutter is attached to rigid concrete pavement than the expansion joints shall align with the expansion joints of the rigid concrete pavement, unless noted on the Drawings or directed by the Owner. B. Joint shall be 3/4" and be filled with expansion joint material placed vertically and at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the curb and gutter. C. Expansion material shall be placed around all obstructions protruding through the curb and gutter. D. Dowels 1. When required shall be extended across the joint nine -inches (9") minimum and be sleeved or greased on one (1) end. 3.05 CONTROL JOINTS A. Shall be tooled at the time of concrete placement at 10'-0" on centers, or as noted on Drawings or directed by the Owner. B. Shall be 1/2" depth by 1/8" width or as noted on Drawings or directed by Owner. 3.06 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. General 1. Concrete for curb and gutter shall be mixed and placed in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. 2. If dry, the foundation material shall be sprinkled lightly immediately before concrete is deposited thereon. 3. After the concrete has been struck off and after it has become sufficiently set, the exposed surfaces shall be thoroughly worked with a wooden float. 4. The exposed edges shall be rounded by the use of an edging tool to the radius indicated on Drawings. 5. All exposed surfaces of curb and gutter, or curb, shall be brushed to a smooth and uniform surface. B. Curing 1. The completed curb and gutter shall be cured with Type 2, white pigmented, curing compound unless shown otherwise on Drawings. 2. Other methods of curing as outlined in the specification, Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES will be acceptable with a required curing period of 72 hours. CURB & GUTTER 32 1613.13 - 3 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center July 31, 2025 3.07 FORMED CONCRETE A. Forms 1. General a. Forms will be required for all curb and gutter that is not Machine Laid. 2. Outside Forms a. Shall be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Owner. b. Be straight, free of warp, and a depth equal to the depth of the curb and gutter. c. Shall be securely staked to line and grade, and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. d. Shall conform to the specified radius when placed on curves. 3. Inside Forms a. Shall be of wood or metal. b. Of a section satisfactory to the Owner. c. Be straight, free of warp, and a depth equal to the depth of the curb and gutter. d. Shall be securely staked to line and grade, and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. e. Shall be rigidly attached to the outside forms. f. Shall conform to the specified radius when placed on curves. 3.08 MACHINE LAID A. Can be used when approved by the Owner. B. The machine weight shall be such that the required compaction is obtained without the machine riding above the bed on which curbing is constructed. C. Shall form curb and gutter that are uniform in texture, shape, and density. D. Forming tube of the extrusion machine or the form of the slip form machine must be easily adjustable vertically during the forward motion of the machine to provide variable heights necessary to conform to the established grade line. E. A pointer, gauge, or other Owner approved method shall be attached to the machine so that a continual comparison can be made between the extruded or slip form work and the grade guideline. 3.09 BACKFILL A. Sidewalk not Attached 1. Material CURB & GUTTER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 1613.13 - 4 July 31, 2025 a. 6" Below Top Of Curb 1) Select Backfill Material, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or directed by the Owner. b. 6" Below Top Of Curb to Top of Curb 1) Topsoil Backfill Material, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or directed by the Owner. 2. Placement a. Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any work or existing structures. b. Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) two -feet (2') beyond curb immediately after completion of concrete work. c. The placing of the material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 3. Compaction a. General 1) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any work or existing structures. b. Select Backfill Material 1) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment at zero to five -percent (0-5%) of optimum moisture content to ninety -percent (90%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c. Topsoil Backfill Material 1) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 2) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment to a firm density, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. B. Sidewalk Attached 1. Material a. To bottom of Sidewalk Structure 1) Select Backfill Material, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or directed by the Owner. 2. Placement a. Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any work or existing structures. b. Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) full width of sidewalk immediately after completion of concrete work. c. The placing of the material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. CURB & GUTTER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 1613.13 - 5 July 31, 2025 3. Compaction a. General 1) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any work or existing structures. b. Select Backfill Material 1) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment at zero to five -percent (0-5%) of optimum moisture content to ninety -percent (90%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. C. Driveway Attached 1. Material a. To bottom of Driveway Structure 1) Select Backfill Material, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or directed by the Owner. 2. Placement a. Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any work or existing structures. b. Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) full width of driveway or to Right -of -Way line, whichever is greater, immediately after completion of concrete work. c. The placing of the material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 3. Compaction a. General 1) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any work or existing structures. b. Select Backfill Material 1) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment at zero to five -percent (0-5%) of optimum moisture content to ninety -percent (90%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. END OF SECTION 32 16 13.13 CURB & GUTTER 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 1613.13 - 6 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 16 23 - SIDEWALKS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern work required for the installation of Sidewalks as required to complete the project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES B. 03 21 11 REINFORCING STEEL C. 03 39 11 CONCRETE CURING 1.03 REFERENCES The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. Texas Administrative Code, Title 16, Part 4, Chapter 68, Rule §68.10 B. Texas Accessibility Standards C. Department of Justice ADA Standards for Accessible Design 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related specification(s). 1.05 DEFINITIONS The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of this specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A. ADA Standards — shall mean compliance with the Texas Accessibility Standards and the Department of Justice ADA Standards for Accessible Design PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE A. Unless otherwise specified on Drawings, materials and proportions for concrete used in construction under this item shall conform the requirements as specified for Class "A" Concrete under specification, Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. B. All concrete shall be Class A with a minimum 28 day strength of 3,000 psi. SIDEWALKS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321623-1 July 31, 2025 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL AND DOWELS A. Reinforcing steel and Dowels, if required, shall conform to the requirements as specified in the Section 03 21 11 REINFORCING STEEL, or as noted on the Drawings. B. All steel shall be Grade 60 with a minimum fy of 60,000 psi. 2.03 CONCRETE CURING A. Shall be in accordance with Section 03 39 11 CONCRETE CURING. 2.04 EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL A. Expansion joint material shall be in accordance with Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES and as noted on the Drawings. 2.05 DETECTABLE SURFACE A. Unless otherwise stated, shall be in accordance with Texas Accessibility Standards for Detectable Warnings, Department of Justice ADA Standards for Accessible Design for Detectable Warnings, and the Drawings, otherwise specified by the Owner. 2.06 PAVEMENT MARKINGS A. All stripping shall be in accordance with the standard details and specifications of the local governing entity. 2.07 BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Select Backfill Material 1. Shall be native on -site material from excavation, imported material, or a mixture of sand and clay or other suitable granular material free from vegetation, rocks, debris, and material that is in large clumps greater than two -inches (2") meeting the following requirements: a. Liquid limit of thirty-five (35) maximum, b. Plasticity index range from eight (8) to twenty (20), c. Moisture range from -1% to 3%. 2. This material shall not include soils with a Unified Soil Classification System of OL, MH, OH, CH, and PT or soils with an AASHTO classification of A7. B. Topsoil Backfill Material 1. Suitable material chosen from the excavation may be used. 2. The material chosen shall be free of large lumps or clods, which will not readily break down under compaction. SIDEWALKS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321623-2 July 31, 2025 3. This material will be subject to approval by the Owner. 4. Material shall be free of vegetation or other extraneous material. 5. Should be stockpiled separately and used for finish grading. 6. Capable of supporting a good growth of grass when fertilized and seeded or sodded. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another, the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. B. Shall be constructed in sections of the lengths and widths shown on Drawings. 1. Unless otherwise provided by the Drawings, no section shall be a length less than eight -feet (8'). 2. Each section shall be separated by an expansion joint. C. All work per day shall terminate at expansion joints. D. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the work. 3.02 EXCAVATION AND SUBGRADE A. Excavation shall be shaped to line, grade per typical cross section, and hand tamped and sprinkled. B. The subgrade shall be compacted to 95% Standard Proctor or as shown on the Drawings. 3.03 FORMS A. General 1. Shall be in accordance with Section 03 11 13.11 CONCRETE FORMS 2. Opening in forms shall be provided, if needed, for the removal of laitance of foreign matter of any kind. 3. All forms shall be wetted thoroughly before the concrete is placed therein. 4. If, at any stage of the work, the forms show signs of bulging or sagging, the portion of the concrete causing such condition shall be removed immediately, if necessary, and the forms shall be reset and securely braced against further movement. 3.04 REINFORCING STEEL AND DOWELS A. The reinforcing steel and Dowels shall be of type and placed in position as shown on the Drawings. SIDEWALKS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321623-3 July 31, 2025 B. Care shall be exercised to keep all steel in its proper location. 3.05 EXPANSION JOINTS 1. Shall be constructed a maximum of 39'-0" on center or as noted on Drawings or as directed by Owner. a. If attached to curb and gutter than the expansion joints shall align with the expansion joints of the curb and gutter, unless noted on the Drawings or directed by the Owner. 2. Joint shall be 3/4" and be filled with expansion joint material placed vertically and at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the curb and gutter. 3. Where the sidewalk abuts a retaining wall, driveway, curb, or other hard surface expansion joint shall be placed along the entire length. 4. Expansion material shall be placed around all obstructions protruding through the sidewalk. 5. Dowels a. When required shall be extended across the joint nine -inch (9") minimum and be sleeved or greased on one (1) end. b. When adjacent to existing curb and gutter or to existing sidewalk dowels shall be drilled into the existing concrete on eighteen -inch (18") on centers. 3.06 CONTROL JOINTS 1. Shall be tooled at the time of concrete placement at a maximum of 4'-0" on centers or evenly spaced between expansion joints, or as noted on Drawings or directed by the Owner. 2. Shall be 1/2" depth by 1/8" width or as noted on Drawings or directed by Owner. 3.07 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Shall be in accordance with Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES B. The subgrade and reinforcement shall be moist at the time the concrete is placed. C. Shall be placed in the forms to the depth specified and spaded and tamped until thoroughly compacted and mortar entirely covers the surface. D. Subgrade shall be slightly moist at the time the concrete is placed. 3.08 FINISHING A. The top surface shall be floated with a float to a smooth gritty texture. B. The outer edges and joints shall then be rounded with a one-half inch (1/2") radius with approved tools or as shown on Drawings. C. Surface Finish 1. Shall be broom finish or as noted on the Drawings SIDEWALKS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321623-4 July 31, 2025 a. The surface shall be textured with a heavy broom finish perpendicular to the common travel way. 2. Other Finish a. The surface shall be as noted on the Drawings or as directed by the Owner. 3.09 CURB RAMP WITH DETECTABLE SURFACE A. General 1. Shall be installed in accordance with the Drawings and recommendations of the manufacturer. 2. Properly constructed curb ramp shall be true to line, section, grade and shall be free of loose surfacing and irregularities. 3. The subgrade shall be shaped to line, grade, cross section, and shall be of uniform density and moisture, when concrete is placed. 4. The subgrade shall be hand tamped and sprinkled to achieve the desired consistency and uniform support. 5. Unless shown otherwise on the Drawings, ramps shall have a minimum concrete thickness in excess of four -inches (4"), prior to application of textured surface. B. Slope 1. Slopes, S, shall be as shown in Table 1 unless shown otherwise on the Drawings: Table 1 Required Slopes for Curb Ramps and Sidewalks Ramp Slope (S) 1 Ramp in direction of travel S < 1:12 Side slope of ramp (flare) S < 1:10 Cross Slope 1:100 < S < 1:50 Sidewalks Slope (S) 1 Landings adjacent to ramp S < 1:20 Driveways abutting tied sidewalk S < 1:10 1 In all cases the slope shall be in accordance with ADA Standards C. Width of ramp 1. Shall be as shown on the Drawings. D. Obstructions 1. Shall be removed or relocated, as appropriate, or the location of the ramp may be shifted, if authorized. E. Detectable Warning 1. Surfacing shall be flush with abutting areas and placed using a template as required to achieve an esthetic well-defined edge. SIDEWALKS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321623-5 July 31, 2025 2. Perpendicular Curb Ramps a. Within the public right of way, detectable warnings complying with TAS 705 at a minimum of 24" in depth (in the direction of pedestrian travel) and extending the full width of the curb ramp shall be provided where the pedestrian access route enters a crosswalk or other hazardous vehicular area. 3. Parallel Curb Ramps a. Within the public right-of-way, detectable warnings complying with TAS 705 at a minimum of 24" in depth (in the direction of pedestrian travel) and extending the full width of the landing shall be provided where the pedestrian access route enters a crosswalk or other hazardous vehicular area. 4. Diagonal Curb Ramps a. Within the public right-of-way, detectable warnings complying with TAS 705 at a minimum of 24" in depth (in the direction of pedestrian travel) and extending the full width of the curb ramp or landing, shall be provided where the pedestrian access route enters a crosswalk or other hazardous vehicular area. b. The detectable warning shall be curved with the radius of the corner. 5. The detectable warning shall be located so that the edge nearest the curb line is 6" minimum and 10" maximum from the curb line. 6. Abutting curbs, sidewalks, gutters, driveways, etc. shall not receive textured surfacing. F. Pavement Markings for Street Crossings 1. Shall be placed such that the crosswalk is properly aligned with respect to the Curb Ramp. Curb ramp must be wholly contained within cross walk markings. 2. Proper alignment of striping with respect to intersection and curb ramp shall be done in accordance with ADA Standards, and the Drawings. 3. All stripping shall be in accordance with the standard details and specifications of the local governing entity. 3.10 CURING A. Within twenty (20) minutes of the surface being textured the curing compound shall be applied. B. Shall be as outlined in the Section 03 39 11 CONCRETE CURING will be acceptable with a required curing period of seventy-two (72) hours, unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. C. Concrete must be protected from freezing temperatures for at least three (3) days. SIDEWALKS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321623-6 July 31, 2025 3.11 BACKFILL AND GRADING A. Material shall be the same or similar to the surrounding area which is free of stones and debris, or as directed by Owner. B. Grading shall promote positive drainage. END OF SECTION 32 16 23 SIDEWALKS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321623-7 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 16 33 - DRIVEWAYS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern work required for the installation of Driveways as required to complete the project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 03 21 11 REINFORCING STEEL B. 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related specification(s). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE A. Unless otherwise specified on Drawings, materials and proportions for concrete used in construction under this item shall conform the requirements as specified for Class "A" Concrete under specification, Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. B. All concrete shall be Class A with a minimum strength of 3,000 psi. 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel, if required, shall conform to the requirements as specified in the specification, Section 03 21 11 REINFORCING STEEL. B. All steel shall be grade 60 with a minimum fy of 60,000 psi. 2.03 EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL A. Expansion joint filler shall be in accordance with Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES and as noted on the Drawings. B. Cap seal shall be Greenstreak #610 or approved equal installed over expansion joint filler. DRIVEWAYS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321633-1 July 31, 2025 2.04 BACKFILL A. Material shall be the same or similar to the surrounding area which is free of stones and debris, or as directed by Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INFORMATION A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another, the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. B. Shall be constructed in sections of the lengths and widths shown on Drawings. 1. Unless otherwise provided by the Drawings, no section shall be a length less than eight -feet (8'). 2. Each section shall be separated by an expansion joint. C. All work per day shall terminate at expansion joints. D. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the work. 3.02 EXCAVATION AND FOUNDATION A. Excavation shall be shaped to line, grade per typical cross section, and hand tamped and sprinkled. B. The subgrade shall be as shown on the Drawings. 3.03 FORMS A. Forms shall be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Owner. B. Be straight, free from warp, and of a depth equal to the thickness of the finished work. C. Shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. D. Shall conform to the specified radius when placed on curves. 3.04 REINFORCING STEEL A. The reinforcing steel, if required, shall be placed in position as shown on the Drawings. B. Care shall be exercised to keep all steel in its proper location. 3.05 JOINTS A. Expansion Joints DRIVEWAYS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321633-2 July 31, 2025 1. Shall be constructed a maximum of 39'-0" on center or as noted on Drawings or as directed by Owner. a. If attached to curb and gutter than the expansion joints shall align with the expansion joints of the curb and gutter, unless noted on the Drawings or directed by the Owner. 2. Joint shall be 3/4" and be filled with expansion joint material placed vertically and at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the sidewalks. 3. Where the driveway abuts a retaining wall, sidewalk, curb, or other hard surface expansion joint shall be placed along the entire length. 4. Expansion joint shall be placed around all obstructions protruding through driveways. 5. Dowels a. The dowel shall be extended across the joint nine inches (9") minimum and be sleeved or greased. b. When adjacent to existing curb and gutter or to existing sidewalk dowels shall be drilled into the existing concrete on eighteen -inch (18") on centers. 3.06 CONTROL JOINTS 1. Shall be tooled at the time of concrete placement at a maximum of 4'-0" on centers or evenly spaced between expansion joints, or as noted on Drawings or directed by the Owner. 2. Shall be 1/2" depth by 1/8" width or as noted on Drawings or directed by Owner. 3.07 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Concrete shall be mixed and placed in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. B. The subgrade and reinforcement shall be slightly moist at the time the concrete is placed. C. Shall be placed in the forms to the depth specified and spaded and tamped until thoroughly compacted and mortar entirely covers the surface. 3.08 FINISHING A. The top surface shall be floated with a wooden or metal float to a smooth gritty texture. B. The outer edges and joints shall then be rounded with a one-half inch (1/2") radius with approved tools or as shown on Drawings. C. Surface Finish 1. Shall be broom finish or as noted on the Drawings a. The surface shall be textured with a heavy broom finish perpendicular to the common travel way. 2. Other Finish a. The surface shall be as noted on the Drawings or as directed by the Owner. DRIVEWAYS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321633-3 July 31, 2025 3.09 CURING A. Within twenty (20) minutes of the surface being textured the curing compound shall be applied. B. Other methods of curing as outlined in the specification Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES will be acceptable with a required curing period of 72 hours. C. Concrete must be protected from freezing temperatures for at least three (3) days. 3.10 BACKFILL AND GRADING A. Material shall be the same or similar to the surrounding area which is free of stones and debris, or as directed by Owner. B. Grading shall promote positive drainage END OF SECTION 32 16 33 DRIVEWAYS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321633-4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 17 23.13 - PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern work required for the furnishing, installation, and removal of painted pavement markings as required to complete the project. 1.02 REFERENCES The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD) B. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 666 "Reflectorized Pavement Markings" C. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 678 "Pavement Surface Preparation for Markings" D. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Materials Specification DMS-8200, Traffic Paint E. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Materials Specification DMS-8220, Hot Applied Thermoplastic F. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Materials Specification DMS-8290, Glass Traffic Beads G. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-828-B H. National Board of Fire Underwriters I. Texas Railroad Commission 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall furnish a certified report on the quality of materials ordered for the work. 1. This report shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TYPE I AND TYPE II MARKING MATERIALS A. Shall be thermoplastic in accordance with TxDOT Item 666. B. Containers shall be clearly marked with the following information: 1. Color 2. Mass PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 17 23.13 - 1 July 31, 2025 3. Material Type 4. Manufacturer 5. Manufacturing Date 6. Batch Number 2.02 GLASS TRAFFIC BEADS A. Shall be in accordance with TxDOT Item 666. B. Containers shall be clearly marked with the following information: 1. Color 2. Mass 3. Material Type 4. Manufacturer 5. Manufacturing Date 6. Batch Number 2.03 ABRASIVE -BLASTING MEDIUM A. Shall be of commercial quality and capable of producing the specified surface cleanliness. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, TMUTCD, manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that one requirement conflicts with another the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall obtain approval of the sequencing of the work and estimate the daily production. C. If roadway is currently open to traffic, the placement of markings shall minimally interfere with the operations of the roadway. 1. Use traffic control as shown on the Drawings and/or as directed by the Owner. D. The Contractor shall furnish all materials and equipment and perform work or services necessary for complete and proper construction of the completed system of pavement markings. E. Unless otherwise approved by the Owner, permanent pavement markings on newly constructed pavements surfaced with asphaltic concrete or bituminous seals shall not be applied for a minimum of fourteen (14) days or a maximum thirty-five (35) days. PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 17 23.13 - 2 July 31, 2025 1. Temporary pavement marking shall be provided during the fourteen (14) to thirty-five (35) day period. 3.02 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. All materials shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Materials shall be stored within a weatherproof enclosure and protected from damage. 3.03 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Equipment 1. Furnish and maintain equipment in good working condition. 2. Equipment shall be able to prepare concrete and asphaltic surfaces in such a manner that the pavement surface will not be damaged. 3. Air Blasting Equipment a. Use moisture and oil traps to remove all contaminants from blasting air and prevent disposition of moisture, oil, or other contaminants on the roadway surface. B. Construction 1. Prepare pavement surface of sufficient area for the pavement marking as recommended by the manufacturer, TxDOT Item 678, shown on the Drawings, and/or as directed by the Owner. 2. Immediately before application of the paint marking material, the existing surface shall be dry and entirely free from dirt, grease, oil, acids, laitance, or other foreign matter which would reduce the bond between the marking and the pavement. 3. Remove all contamination and loose material from pavement surface by sweeping, air blasting, flail milling, blast cleaning, or as recommended by the manufacturer, directed on the Drawings or by the Owner. a. Contaminates up to 0.5 square inch may remain if they are not removed by the following test which is preformed just prior to applying marking material: 1) Air -blast the surface to simulate blasting during application, 2) Firmly press a ten -inch (10") by two-inch (2") wide strip of monofilament tape onto surface, leaving two-inch (2") end free, 3) Firmly grasp the two-inch (2") free end and remove with a quick pull. 4. When existing marking material is present all loose and flaking material shall be removed by approved method(s). C. Pavement Sealer for Type I Marking Material 1. Pavements less than three (3) years old a. No sealer required unless recommended by manufacturer or noted on Drawings. 2. Pavements greater than three (3) years old PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS 32 17 23.13 - 3 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center July 31, 2025 a. Pavement shall be sealed as recommended by the manufacturer or in accordance with the following: 1) Seal pavement with Type II marking or an acrylic or epoxy sealer. 2) Sealer shall be of same configuration and color as the Type I marking unless noted on the Drawings. D. Dryness Test 1. Prior to marking placement the pavement shall be tested for dryness by the following method: a. Type I Marking Material 1) Place a sample of marking material on a piece of tarpaper on the pavement. 2) Allow material to cool to ambient air temperature, and then inspect the underside of the tarpaper in contact with pavement. 3) Pavement is considered dry if there is no condensation on the tarpaper. b. Type II Marking Material 1) Place a one (1) square foot piece of clear plastic on the pavement during a sunny day. 2) The pavement is considered dry if after fifteen (15) minutes no condensation has occurred on the underside of the plastic. 3.04 MARKING EQUIPMENT A. General 1. Equipment shall be maintained in satisfactory condition. 2. Equipment shall meet or exceed the requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters and the Texas Railroad Commission. 3. All equipment for the work shall be approved by the Owner and shall include the apparatus necessary to clean the existing surface, mechanical marking machine, and such auxiliary hand marking equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the job. 4. The mechanical marker shall be an approved atomizing spray -type marking machine. 5. It shall produce an even and uniform film thickness at the required coverage and shall be designed to apply markings of uniform cross sections and clear -out edges without running of spattering and within the limits for straightness set forth herein up to a width of eight -inches (8"). 6. Suitable adjustments shall be provided on the sprayer(s) of a single machine or by furnishing additional equipment for marking the width required. 7. For Type I a hand-held thermometer capable of measuring the temperature of the marking material when applied. PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 17 23.13 - 4 July 31, 2025 3.05 LAYOUTS AND ALIGNMENTS A. Suitable layouts and lines of proposed stripes shall be spotted in advance of the marking application. B. Control points shall be spaced at such intervals as will insure accurate location of all markings. C. The Contractor shall provide an experience technician to supervise the location, alignment, layout, dimensions, and application of the marking. 3.06 WEATHER A. The suitability of the weather shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation and by the Owner. B. If the Contractor decides to place markings when inclement weather is impending then all markings damaged due to weather shall be replaced at the Contractors sole expense. 3.07 APPLICATION A. General 1. Marking shall be applied at the locations and to the dimensions and spacing indicated on the Drawings or as specified. 2. Marking shall not be applied until the layouts, indicated alignment, and the condition of the existing surface have been approved by the Owner. 3. All marking shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Owner. 4. The Owner shall be notified upon arrival of shipment or inspecting and sampling of the materials. B. Straightness and Width Tolerances 1. In the application of straight stripes, any deviation of the edges exceeding one -inch (1") in fifty - feet (50') shall be obliterated and the marking corrected at the Contractors sole expense. 2. The width of the markings shall be as designated within a tolerance of five -percent (5%). C. Type I Markings 1. Place Type I sealer in accordance with the following and allow to cure: a. Type 11 paint shall be in accordance with Type 11 application requirements of this specification. b. Acrylic sealer shall be in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. c. Epoxy sealer shall be in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 2. Apply within the temperature recommendations of the manufacturer. 3. If during application, the operation ceases for five (5) minutes or longer the spray head shall be flushed until the material returns to recommended temperatures. 4. Apply only to pavement surface which is clean and passes the Dryness Test of this specification. PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 17 23.13 - 5 July 31, 2025 5. For concrete pavement, the surface shall be air -blasted just prior to placing the marking material. a. Air compressor shall be able to generate compressed air at a minimum of 150 cfm and 100 psi using 5/16-inch (5/16") or larger hose. 6. The marking shall be applied only when the existing surface is dry and clean, when the surface temperature is above 50° F or as recommended by the manufacture, and when the weather is not excessively windy, dusty, or foggy. 7. Thickness a. Minimum 1) New Markings and Retracing water -based markings on surface treatments a) 0.100-inch (100 mils) 2) Retracing on thermoplastic markings a) 0.060-inch (60 mils) 3) All other Type I markings a) 0.90-inch (90 mils) b. Maximum 1) All markings a) 0.180-inch (180 mils) D. Type 11 Markings 1. Paint shall be applied uniformly by suitable equipment at a rate as recommended by the manufacture and which will result in the required thickness to cover the pavement surface of width and length as required by the Drawings or as directed by the Owner. 2. Apply within the temperature recommendations of the manufacturer. 3. If during application, the operation ceases for five (5) minutes or longer the spray head shall be flushed until the material returns to recommended consistency. 4. Apply only to pavement surface which is clean and passes the Dryness Test of this specification. 5. For concrete pavement, the surface shall be air -blasted just prior to placing the marking material. a. Air compressor shall be able to generate compressed air at a minimum of 150 cfm and 100 psi using 5/16-inch (5/16") or larger hose. 6. The marking shall be applied only when the existing surface is dry and clean, when the surface temperature is above 50° F or as recommended by the manufacture, and when the weather is not excessively windy, dusty, or foggy. E. Glass Traffic Beads PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 17 23.13 - 6 July 31, 2025 1. Apply beads on top of all Type I and Type II marking material almost instantly after placing the marking material. 2. Provide a uniform distribution of beads across the surface of the stripe with a forty -percent (40%) to sixty -percent (60%) embedment. 3.08 PROTECTION OF MARKINGS A. After application, all markings shall be protected while curing. B. The fresh markings shall be protected from damage of any kind. C. The Contractor shall be directly responsible for the protection of markings and shall erect or place suitable warning signs, flags or barricades, protective screens, or coverings as required. D. All surfaces shall be protected from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage, drippings of paint or other materials. E. If markings are damaged or disfigured due to traffic, construction equipment, or construction method the Contractor shall replace the marking at his expense. 3.09 ELIMINATING PAVEMENT MARKINGS A. Equipment 1. Furnish and maintain equipment in good working condition. 2. Equipment shall be able to eliminate markings on concrete and asphaltic surfaces in such a manner that the color and texture of the pavement surface will be held to a minimum. 3. Air Blasting Equipment a. Use moisture and oil traps to remove all contaminants from blasting air and prevent disposition of moisture, oil, or other contaminants on the roadway surface. B. Marking Removal 1. Asphaltic Surface a. Method of removal may be completed by any of the following: 1) Surface Treatment Method a) Apply surface treatment material at a rate shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Owner. b) Place a surface treatment a minimum of two -foot (2') wide to cover the existing marking. c) Place a surface treatment thin overlay, or microsurfacing a minimum of one (1) lane in width in areas where directional changes of traffic occur or as directed by the Owner. d) All excess material and residue shall be removed completely and disposed of properly in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 17 23.13 - 7 July 31, 2025 2) Burn Method a) Use an approved burning method. b) For thermoplastic pavement markings or prefabricated pavement markings, heat may be applied to remove the bulk of the material prior to blast cleaning. When using heat, avoid spalling pavement surface. c) Sweeping or light blast cleaning may be used to remove minor residue. d) All excess material and residue shall be removed completely and disposed of properly in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. 3) Blasting Method a) Use an approved blasting method such as water blasting, abrasive blasting, water abrasive blasting, shot blasting, slurry blasting, water -injected abrasive blasting, or brush blasting as approved. b) All excess material and residue shall be removed completely and disposed of properly in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. 4) Mechanical Method a) Use any mechanical method except grinding. b) Flail milling is acceptable in the removal of markings. c) All excess material and residue shall be removed completely and disposed of properly in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. 2. Concrete Surface a. Method of removal may be completed by any of the following: 1) Blasting Method a) Use an approved blasting method such as water blasting, abrasive blasting, water abrasive blasting, shot blasting, slurry blasting, water -injected abrasive blasting, or brush blasting as approved. b) All excess material and residue shall be removed completely and disposed of properly in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. 2) Mechanical Method a) Use any mechanical method except grinding. b) Flail milling is acceptable in the removal of markings. c) All excess material and residue shall be removed completely and disposed of properly in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 17 23.13 - 8 July 31, 2025 3.10 MARKING MATERIAL CONTAINERS A. When required, all emptied containers shall be returned to the paint material storage or made available for tallying by the Owner. B. The containers shall not be removed from the job site or destroyed without permission. C. The Contractor shall make an accurate accounting of the paint materials used in the accepted work. D. All containers shall be disposed of in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations 3.11 CLEAN UP A. At all times, the project site shall be kept free of all unnecessary traffic hazards. B. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all rubbish from the work site, and shall clean and restore the area to a manner acceptable to the Owner. C. Also, all damage done by the Contractor during the prosecution of the work must be repaired. D. Before acceptance, the work site must be neat and in a presentable condition throughout. E. Disposal of materials shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and completed in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. 3.12 DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIAL A. When any material not conforming to the requirement of the specifications or Drawings has been delivered to the project or incorporated in the work or any work performed is of inferior quality, such material or work shall be corrected as directed by the Owner, at the expense of the Contractor. 3.13 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Adhesion 1. Installed pavement markings shall adhere to the pavement sufficiently to prevent lifting, shifting, smearing, spreading, flowing or tearing by traffic. B. Appearance 1. In addition to complying with all requirements listed herein, pavement markings shall present a neat, uniform appearance, and shall be free of unsightly conditions caused by spread of excess adhesive. C. Visibility 1. The pavement marking material, in place on the roadway, shall have uniform and distinctive retro reflectance when observed in accordance with TxDOT Tex-828-B. D. Observation Period 1. All material, workmanship and labor furnished shall be covered by manufacturers guarantee and/or warranty for a period of twelve (12) months commencing on final delivery date of materials. PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 17 23.13 - 9 July 31, 2025 3.14 PERFORMANCE PERIOD A. All markings and replacement markings that fail to meet all requirements of this specification and Tex-828-B for a minimum of thirty (30) calendar days after installation shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. B. Markings and replacement markings failing to meet the performance requirements shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor within thirty (30) calendar days after notification at his expense. 1. All replacement pavement markings shall also meet all requirements of this specification for the same warranty period after installation. END OF SECTION 32 17 23.13 PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 321723.13-10 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 31 13 - CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Posts, rails, and frames. B. Wire fabric (Standard and Mini -mesh). C. Concrete. D. Manual gates with related hardware. E. Accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2017. B. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2023. C. ASTM A392 - Standard Specification for Zinc -Coated Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric; 2011a (Reapproved 2022). D. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete; 2024. E. ASTM F567 - Standard Practice for Installation of Chain -Link Fence; 2023. F. ASTM F668 - Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), Polyolefin and Other Polymer - Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric; 2017 (Reapproved 2022). G. CLFMI CLF-SFR0111 - Security Fencing Recommendations; 2014. H. CLFMI WLG 2445 - Wind Load Guide for the Selection of Line Post and Line Post Spacing; 2023. I. FS RR-F-191/1D - Fencing, Wire and Post Metal (Chain -Link Fence Fabric); 1990. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on fabric, posts, accessories, fittings and hardware. C. Design Calculations: For high wind load areas, provide calculations for fence fabric and accessory selection as well as line post spacing and foundation details. See CLFMI WLG 2445 for line post and spacing guidance. D. Shop Drawings: Indicate plan layout, spacing of components, post foundation dimensions, hardware anchorage, and schedule of components. See CLFMI CLF-SFR0111 for planning and design recommendations. CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 323113-1 July 31, 2025 1.04 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for failure to comply with performance requirements and for deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPONENTS A. Line Posts: 2.38 inch (60 mm) diameter. B. Corner and Terminal Posts: 2.88 inch (73 mm) diameter. C. Gate Posts: 3-1/2 inch (89 mm) diameter. D. Top and Brace Rail: 1.66 inch (42 mm) diameter, plain end, sleeve coupled. E. Fencing Fabric 1. Standard Chain Link Fabric: 2 inch (51 mm) diamond mesh interwoven wire, 9 gauge, 0.1483 inch (3.8 mm) thick, top selvage knuckle end closed, bottom selvage knuckle end closed. Fence height as indicated on the drawings. 2. Vinyl Coated Mini -mesh Chain Link Fabric: 1 inch mesh interwoven wire, 10 gauge thick, PVC Coated, top selvage twisted, bottom selvage knucle end closed. Fence height as indicated on the drawings. F. Privacy Slats (at Standard Chain Link Fabric only): High -density polyethylene (HDPE). 1. Basis of Design Product: Pexco Bottom Lock Fence Slats as manufactured by Pexco; www.pexco.com 2. Height: as required by fence height. 3. Install where indicated on the drawings. 4. Visual Barrier: 75%. 5. Ultra violet (UV) inhibitors. 6. Color: Brown. G. Tie Wire: Aluminum alloy steel wire. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Posts, Rails, and Frames: 1. Line Posts: Type I round in accordance with FS RR-F-191/1D. 2. Terminal, Corner, Rail, Brace, and Gate Posts: Type I round in accordance with FS RR-F- 191/1D. CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 323113-2 July 31, 2025 B. Standard Wire Fabric: 1. ASTM A392 zinc coated, Type II, Class 2, 2.0 oz./sq. ft. steel chain link fabric. C. Vinyl Coated Mini -mesh Fabric: 1. ASTM B6, Zinc (Slab Zinc) coated with ASTM F668 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Class 1. 2. AASHTO M-181 Chain Link Fence, Type IV, Class A. D. Concrete: 1. Ready -mixed, complying with ASTM C94/C94M; normal Portland cement; 2,500 psi (17 MPa) strength at 28 days, 3 inch (75 mm) slump. 2.03 MANUAL GATES AND RELATED HARDWARE A. Hardware for Double Swinging Gates: 180 degree hinges, 2 for gates up to 60 inches (1,525 mm) high, 3 for taller gates; drop bolt on inactive leaf engaging socket stop set in concrete, active leaf latched to inactive leaf preventing raising of drop bolt, padlock hasp; keepers to hold gate in fully open position. B. Hardware: Finished to match fence components. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Caps: Cast steel galvanized; sized to post diameter, set screw retainer. B. Fittings: Sleeves, bands, clips, rail ends, tension bars, fasteners and fittings; steel. 2.05 FINISHES A. Standard Fence Components (Other than Fabric): Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M, at 1.7 ounces per square foot (530 g/sq m). B. Mini -mesh Fence Components and Fabric: Vinyl coated over coating of 1.8 ounces per square foot galvanizing (over coating of 550 g/sq m galvanizing). C. Hardware: Hot -dip galvanized to weight required by ASTM A153/A153M. D. Accessories: Same finish as framing. E. Mini -mesh Fabric Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install framework, fabric, accessories in accordance with ASTM F567. Install fencing on established boundary lines inside property line. B. Place fabric on outside of posts and rails. CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 323113-3 July 31, 2025 C. Set intermediate posts plumb , in concrete footings with top of footing 2 inches above finish grade. Slope top of concrete for water runoff. D. Line Post Footing Depth Below Finish Grade: ASTM F567. E. Corner, Gate and Terminal Post Footing Depth Below Finish Grade: ASTM F567. F. Brace each gate and corner post to adjacent line post with horizontal center brace rail and diagonal truss rods. Install brace rail one bay from end and gate posts. G. Provide top rail through line post tops and splice with 6 inch (150 mm) long rail sleeves. H. Position bottom of fabric 1 inches (25 mm) above finished grade. I. Fasten fabric to top rail, line posts, braces, and bottom tension wire with tie wire at maximum 12 inches (305 mm) on centers. J. Attach fabric to end, corner, and gate posts with tension bars and tension bar clips. K. Install privacy slats in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch (6 mm). B. Maximum Offset From True Position: 1 inch (25 mm). C. Do not infringe on adjacent property lines. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean jobsite of excess materials; scatter excess material from post hole excavations uniformly away from posts. Remove excess material if required. B. Clean fence with mild household detergent and clean water rinse well. C. Remove mortar from exposed posts and other fencing material using a 10 percent solution of muriatic acid followed immediately by several rinses with clean water. END OF SECTION 32 31 13 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 323113-4 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 31 19 - DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA 2603 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels (with Coil Coating Appendix); 2022. B. ASTM B26/B26M - Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Sand Castings; 2018, with Editorial Revision. C. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2021. D. ASTM B247 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Die Forgings, Hand Forgings, and Rolled Ring Forgings; 2020. E. ASTM B429/B429M - Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube; 2020. F. ASTM C1107/C1107M Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout (Nonshrink); 2020. G. ASTM F2200 - Standard Specification for Automated Vehicular Gate Construction; 2020. H. BHMA A156.1 - Standard for Butts and Hinges; 2021. I. BHMA A156.31 - Electric Strikes and Frame Mounted Actuators; 2024. J. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. K. UL 325 - Standard for Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver, and Window Operators and Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.03 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Decorative aluminum fences. 2. Pedestrian swing gates. 3. Traffic swing gate. DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 323119-1 July 31, 2025 4. Gate operators, including controls. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 03 30 53 "Miscellaneous Cast -in -Place Concrete" for concrete bases for gate operators, drives, and controls. 2. Division 26 Sections for electrical service and connections for system disconnect switches and powered devices including, but not limited to, motor operators, controls, and limit switches. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For fencing and gates. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, gate locations, post spacing, and attachment details. 2. Gate Operator: Show locations and details for installing operator components, switches, and controls. Indicate motor size, electrical characteristics, drive arrangement, mounting, and grounding provisions. 3. Wiring Diagrams: Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Samples: For each fence material and for each color specified. 1. Provide Samples 12 inches (304.8 mm) in length for linear materials. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For gate operators to include in maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Wind Loading: 1. Fence Height: 8 Feet. 2. Design Requirements: Wind loads shall be determined from the pressures developed by a 155 mph ultimate wind velocity (LRFD) (3-second gust), Exposure C, Risk Category II, and appropriate shape factor from the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 7-16 "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures." 2.02 DECORATIVE ALUMINUM FENCES A. Decorative Aluminum Fences: Fences made from aluminum extrusions. 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Ameristar Perimeter Security; ASSA ABLOY; Echelon II Classic Design Heavy Industrial Aluminum Ornamental Fence System or comparable product. DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 323119-2 July 31, 2025 B. Posts: Square extruded tubes. 1. Line Posts: 3 by 3 inches (76.2 mm) with 0.125-inch wall thickness. 2. End and Corner Posts: 3 by 3 inches (76.2 mm) with 0.125-inch wall thickness. 3. Traffic Swing Gate Post: Size as required by manufacturer. C. Post Caps: Aluminum castings that cover entire top of posts. D. Rails: Extruded -aluminum channels, 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), with 0.100-inch- thick sidewalls and 0.070-inch- thick top. E. Pickets: Extruded -aluminum tubes, 1 inch (25.4 mm) square, with 0.062-inch wall thickness. 1. Extend pickets beyond top rail as indicated and press flat and trim to produce spear point shape. 2. Picket Spacing: 4 inches (101.6 mm) clear, maximum. F. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard tamperproof, corrosion -resistant, color -coated fasteners matching fence components. G. Fabrication: Assemble fences into sections by fastening pickets to rails. 1. Fabricate sections with clips welded to rails for field fastening to posts. 2. Drill clips for fasteners before finishing. H. Finish: Baked enamel or powder coating. 1. Color: Black. 2.03 PEDESTRIAN SWING GATES A. Gate Configuration: As indicated. B. Gate Frame Height: 8 feet (243.84 cm). C. Gate Opening Width: 36 inches (914.4 mm). D. Frame Corner Construction: Welded or assembled with corner fittings. E. Additional Rails: Provide as indicated, complying with requirements for fence rails. F. Infill: Comply with requirements for adjacent fence. G. Picket Size, Configuration, and Spacing: Comply with requirements for adjacent fence. H. Hardware: Latches permitting operation from both sides of gate, hinges, and keepers for each gate leaf more than 5 feet (152.4 cm) wide. I. Hinges: BHMA A156.1, Grade 1, suitable for exterior use. 1. Function: 39 - Full surface, triple weight, antifriction bearing. 2. Material: Wrought steel, forged steel, cast steel, or malleable iron; galvanized. DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 323119-3 July 31, 2025 J. Electric Strikes: BHMA A156.31, Grade 1, of configuration required for use with lock specified, fail -safe, and suitable for exterior use. 1. Mounting Plate: Configuration necessary for mounting electric strikes. Fabricate from 1/8- inch- thick, aluminum plate. 2. Mounting: Mortise into post. K. Aluminum Finish: Baked enamel or powder coating. 1. Color: Black. 2.04 TRAFFIC SWING GATES A. Gate Configuration: Flat -bottom, double leaf, swing type, automated. B. Gate Frame Height: 8 feet (243.84 cm). C. Total Gate Opening Width: 18 feet (548.64 cm). D. Each Gate Leaf Width: 9 feet (274.32 cm). E. Frame Corner Construction: Welded or assembled with corner fittings. F. Additional Rails: Provide as indicated, complying with requirements for fence rails. G. Infill: Comply with requirements for adjacent fence. H. Picket Size, Configuration, and Spacing: Comply with requirements for adjacent fence. I. Hardware: As required by Manufacturer, suitable for exterior use. J. Aluminum Finish: Baked enamel or powder coating. 1. Color: Black. 2.05 GATE OPERATORS A. Provide factory -assembled automatic operating system designed for gate size, type, weight, and operation frequency. Provide operation control system with characteristics suitable for Project conditions, with remote -control stations, safety devices, and weatherproof enclosures; coordinate electrical requirements with building electrical system. 1. Provide operator designed so motor may be removed without disturbing limit -switch adjustment and without affecting auxiliary emergency operator. 2. Provide operator with UL approval. 3. Provide electronic components with built-in troubleshooting diagnostic feature. 4. Provide unit designed and wired for both right-hand/left-hand opening, permitting universal installation. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. UL Standard: Manufacturer and label gate operators to comply with UL 325. DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 323119-4 July 31, 2025 D. Emergency Access Requirements: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for automatic gate operators on gates that must provide emergency access. E. Motor Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, within installed environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate rating or considering service factor. Comply with NEMA MG 1 and the following: 1. Voltage: 208-220 V. Verify with gate manufacturer. 2. Horsepower: As required by gate manufacturer for the gate indicated. 3. Enclosure: Manufacturer's standard. 4. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 105 deg F and at altitude of 3300 feet (100584 cm) above sea level. 5. Service Factor: 1.15 for open drip -proof motors; 1.0 for totally enclosed motors. 6. Phase: One. F. Gate Operators: Concrete base mounted and as follows: 1. Mechanical Swing Gate Operators: a. Duty: Heavy duty, commercial/industrial as required by Manufacturer. 2. Furnish and install concrete base for gate operator and card reader as required by gate manufacturer. G. Remote Controls: Electric controls separated from gate and motor and drive mechanism, with manufacturer's standard enclosure for pedestal mounting, and with space for additional optional equipment. Provide the following remote -control device(s): 1. Card Reader: Functions only when authorized card is presented. Programmable, multiple -code system; face -lighted unit fully visible at night. a. Reader Type: Proximity. 2. Digital Keypad Entry Unit: Programmable, multiple -code capability of not less than 100 possible individual codes, consisting of 4-digit codes. a. Features: Capable of monitoring and auditing gate activity. b. Face -lighted unit with keypad fully visible at night. H. Vehicle Loop Detector: System includes automatic closing timer with adjustable time delay, timer cutoff switch, and loop detector designed to hold gate open until traffic clears. System includes electronic detector with adjustable detection patterns, adjustable sensitivity and frequency settings, and panel indicator light designed to detect presence or transit of a vehicle over an embedded loop of wire and to emit a signal activating the gate operator. System includes number of loops consisting of multiple strands of wire, number of turns, loop size, and method of placement, as recommended in writing by detection system manufacturer for function indicated, at location indicated on Drawings. DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 323119-5 July 31, 2025 I. Limit Switches: Adjustable switches, interlocked with motor controls and set to automatically stop gate at fully retracted and fully extended positions. J. Accessories: 1. Equipment Bases/Pads: Precast or cast in place concrete, dimensioned and reinforced according to gate operator component manufacturer's written instructions and as indicated on Drawings. 2.06 ALUMINUM A. Aluminum, General: Provide alloys and tempers with not less than the strength and durability properties of alloy and temper designated in paragraphs below for each aluminum form required. B. Extrusions: ASTM B221, Alloy 6063-T5. C. Tubing: ASTM B429/B429M, Alloy 6063-T6. D. Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 6061-T6. E. Die and Hand Forgings: ASTM B247, Alloy 6061-T6. F. Castings: ASTM B26/B26M, Alloy A356.0-T6. 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. 1. For aluminum, provide type and alloy as recommended by producer of metal to be welded and as required for strength and compatibility in fabricated items. B. Concrete: Normal -weight, air -entrained, ready -mix concrete complying with requirements in Section 03 30 00 "Cast -in -Place Concrete" with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20684.28 kPa), 3-inch slump, and 1-inch maximum aggregate size. C. Nonshrink Grout: Factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C1107/C1107M and specifically recommended by manufacturer for exterior applications. 2.08 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Baked -Enamel or Powder -Coat Finish: AAMA 2603 except with a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils (0.0508 mm). Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish. 1. Color: Black. DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 323119-6 July 31, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for site clearing, earthwork, pavement work, construction layout, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Do not begin installation before final grading is completed unless otherwise permitted by Architect. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Stake locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts. Do not exceed intervals of 500 feet (15240 cm) or line of sight between stakes. Indicate locations of utilities, lawn sprinkler system, underground structures, benchmarks, and property monuments. 3.03 DECORATIVE FENCE INSTALLATION A. Install fences according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install fences by setting posts as indicated and fastening rails and infill panels to posts. C. Post Setting: Set posts in concrete at indicated spacing into firm, undisturbed soil. Swing gate support posts shall be set in concrete footers having a minimum depth of 48 inches (1219.2 mm). 1. Verify that posts are set plumb, aligned, and at correct height and spacing, and hold in position during setting with concrete or mechanical devices. 2. Concrete Fill: Place concrete around and and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Protect aboveground portion of posts from concrete splatter. a. Exposed Concrete: Extend 2 inches (50.8 mm) above grade. Finish and slope top surface to drain water away from post. 3. Posts Set in Concrete: Extend post to within 6 inches (152.4 mm) of specified excavation depth, but not closer than 3 inches (76.2 mm) to bottom of concrete. 4. Space posts uniformly at 8 feet (243.84 cm) o.c. max. 3.04 GATE INSTALLATION A. Install gates according to manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb, and secure for full opening without interference. Attach hardware using tamper -resistant or concealed means. Install ground -set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary. DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 323119-7 July 31, 2025 3.05 GATE OPERATOR INSTALLATION A. General: Install gate operators according to manufacturer's written instructions, aligned and true to fence line and grade. B. Excavation for Support Posts Pedestals Concrete Bases: Hand -excavate holes for bases in firm, undisturbed soil to dimensions and depths and at locations as required by gate operator component manufacturer's written instructions and as indicated. C. Concrete Bases: Cast -in -place or precast concrete, dimensioned and reinforced according to gate operator component manufacturer's written instructions and as indicated on Drawings. D. Vehicle Loop Detector System: Cut grooves in pavement and bury and seal wire loop according to manufacturer's written instructions. Connect to equipment operated by detector. E. Comply with NFPA 70 and manufacturer's written instructions for grounding of electric - powered motors, controls, and other devices. 3.06 ADJUSTING A. Gates: Adjust gates to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free of binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely without forcing or binding. B. Automatic Gate Operators: Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices. Adjust operators, controls, safety devices, alarms, and limit switches. 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 2. Test and adjust controls, alarms, and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Lubricate hardware, gate operators, and other moving parts. 3.07 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain gates. END OF SECTION 32 31 19 DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 323119-8 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 84 23 UNDERGROUND SPRINKLERS PART.1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install planting irrigation system as described in Contract Documents complete with accessories necessary for proper function. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 32 91 13: Soil Preparation. 2. Section 32 90 01: Common Planting Requirements 3. Section 32 93 00: Plants. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Definitions: 1. Automated Self Flushing Wye Strainer: A wye strainer located immediately downstream from the point of connection in -lieu of a backflow prevention device for irrigation systems that utilize non -potable, secondary and/or reclaimed water that is automatically self -flushing to control unwanted debris from infiltrating the remaining irrigation system. 2. Dielectric Fittings: Special type of fitting used between dissimilar metals to prevent galvanic action from causing corrosion failure. 3. Hydraulic Analysis: A required table that identifies all psi losses in irrigation equipment, psi losses due to elevation differentials and psi required at the spray head, rotor or emitter based on the peak flow requirements. This table shall be prepared and delivered to the Owner for evaluation prior to beginning irrigation design and construction documents. 4. Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or for remote -control, signaling power -limited circuits. 5. Non -Pressure Lateral Line: Downstream from electric control valves to pop-up spray heads and drip valve assemblies to emitters. Piping or tubing is under pressure during flow. In areas where potable or secondary water are used, pressure supply line shall be white. In areas where non -potable or reclaimed water are used, pressure supply line shall be purple. 6. Peak Flow: The maximum required flow for a given month based on a 6 day a week, 9 hour a day watering window to be used for irrigation system design and to be used in the hydraulic analysis. UNDERGROUND SPRINKLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 328423-1/9 July 31, 2025 7. Point of Connection: The location where the meter for the irrigation system is located. 8. Pressure Supply Line: Downstream from point of connection to electric control valves. Piping is under water -distribution -system pressure when activated by master valve or hydrometer. In areas where potable or secondary water are used, pressure supply line shall be white. In areas where non -potable or reclaimed water are used, pressure supply line shall be purple. 9. Controllers: controllers are irrigation clocks. 10. Static Water Pressure: The pressure at the point of connection when the system is not operable. 11. Working Pressure: The pressure at the point of connection when the system is operable. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Provide Coordination for required tests and inspections. a) Manufacturer's Field Service: Provide necessary manufacturer's field service. b) Pressure Test: In the presence of Landscape Architect provide a pressure test. c) Walk Through for Substantial Completion: In the presence of Landscape Architect, plan and provide walk through for Substantial Completion after Contractor has completed all Work. d) Final Walk Through: In the presence of the Landscape Architect, plan and provide final walk through after Contractor has completed all work listed on substantial completion walk through punch list provided by Architect. B. Pre -Installation Conference: 1. Schedule pre -installation conference before irrigation system installation begins. C. Sequencing: 1. Install sleeves before paving or plan installation 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a) Manufacturer's cut sheets for each element of system. UNDERGROUND SPRINKLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 84 23 - 2/9 July 31, 2025 B. Informational Submittals: 1. Certificates: a) Acceptance certificate of irrigation system. b) Upon acceptance of irrigation system, reviewer will provide signed acceptance certificate. c) Certificate will include name and signature of reviewer, reviewer's company, date of review, and reviewer's telephone number. 2. Manufacturer Instructions: a) Manufacturer's printed literature on operation and maintenance of operating elements of system. b) Instruction Manual c) Includes complete directions for system operation and maintenance, including winterizing, controller program worksheet and annual service and scheduling calendar based on local site specific conditions d) Qualification Submittals 3. Irrigation Installer: a) Provide documentation of the following: 1) Firm experience in irrigation projects (minimum of five years) 2) Financial stability. 3) Comply with specifications and contract documents. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual. a) Operations and Maintenance Data: b) Include one copy in Operations and Maintenance Manual c) Instruction Manual. d) Manufacturer's printed literature. 2. Record Documentation: a) Record drawings: As installation occurs, prepare accurate record drawing to be submitted before final inspection, including b) Detail and dimension changes made during construction. c) Significant details and dimensions not shown in original Contract Documents. d) Field dimensioned locations of valve boxes, quick -coupler valves, control wire runs not in mainline ditch, and both ends of sleeves. UNDERGROUND SPRINKLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 84 23 - 3/9 July 31, 2025 e) Take dimensions from permanent constructed surfaces or edges located at or above finish grade. f) Take and record dimensions at time of installation. D. Maintenance Material Submittals: 1. Tools: a) Furnish following items before Final Closeout Review: b) One quick coupler keys with brass hose swivel. (if specified) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Work and materials shall be in accordance with latest rules and regulations, and other applicable state or local laws. 2. Nothing in Contract Documents is to be construed to permit work not conforming to these codes. B. Qualifications: 1. Requirements but not limited to the following: a) Installer Qualifications: 1. General: a) Perform installation under direction of foreman or supervisor with five (5) years minimum experience in sprinkling system installations. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Storage and handling during installation: protect materials from damage and prolonged exposure to sunlight 1.07 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty: 1. Standard one-year guarantee shall include: a) Filling and repairing depressions and replacing plantings due to settlement of irrigation system trenches. b) Adjusting system to supply proper coverage of areas to receive water. UNDERGROUND SPRINKLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 84 23 - 4/9 July 31, 2025 PART.2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Hunter a) Hunter manufacturers equipment B. Materials: 1. Rock -Free Soil: a) Backfill soil around PVC pipe. b) Soil having rocks no larger than 1/2 inch in any dimension. 2. Pea Gravel: a) For use around drains, valves, and quick couplers. b) 1/2-inch maximum dimension, washed rock. c) Native Material: Soil native to project site free of wood and other deleterious materials and rocks over 1-1/2 inches d) Topsoil: Remove rocks, roots, sticks, clods, debris, and other foreign matter over 1 inches longest dimension encountered during trenching. e) Pipe, Pipe Fittings, And Connections: f) Pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked with Manufacturer's name, size, schedule, type, and working pressure. Pipe sizes shown on Drawings are minimum. Larger sizes may be substituted if at no additional cost to Owner. h) Fittings: Same material as pipe, except were detailed otherwise. i) Sleeves: 1) Under Parking Area, walks, planters and Driveway Paving: Schedule 40 PVC Pipe. j) All Other: Class 200 PVC Pipe. k) Sleeve diameter refer to irrigation plan. C. Automatic irrigation Controllers: 1. Automatic Irrigation Control Wiring and Controller: a) Waterproof Wire Connectors: b) Control wire connections shall consist of a properly -sized wire nut inserted in a waterproof grease cap. c) Automatic controller: g) UNDERGROUND SPRINKLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 84 23 - 5/9 July 31, 2025 1) Refer to Irrigation Legend: d) Automatic Rain Sensors: 1) Hunter wireless 2. Valves: a) Hunter: ICV series. 1) Isolation Valves line size: 2) PVC ball valves, size to match pipe size 3) Backflow Preventer: Make and Model shown on Drawings or as required by local code. 3. Lid Colors: a) Brown/tan: Install in groups together. 4. Type Acceptable Products: a) Hunter Industries: 10" & Jumbo. Equal as approved by Architect PART 3 —EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Perform pressure test at stub -out on main water line provided for irrigation system, or at near -by fire hydrant. 2. Notify Architect if pressures are under 45 psi to determine if some re -design of system is necessary before beginning work on system 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Protection Of In -Place Conditions: 2. Repair or replace work damaged during course of the Work at no additional cost to Owner. If damaged work is new, installer of original work shall perform repair or replacement. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Layout of Irrigation Heads: a) Location of drip runs and piping shown on Drawings is approximate. Actual placement may vary slightly as is required to achieve full, even coverage without spraying on to buildings, sidewalks, fences, etc. UNDERGROUND SPRINKLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 84 23 - 6/9 July 31, 2025 b) During layout, consult with Landscape Architect to verify proper placement and make recommendations, where revisions are advisable. c) Minor adjustments in system layout will be permitted to avoid existing fixed obstructions. d) Make certain changes from Contract Documents are shown on record drawings. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Trenching And Backfilling: 1. Pulling of pipe is not permitted. 2. Excavate trenches to specified depth. Remove rocks larger than 1-1/2 inch in any direction from bottom of trench. Separate out rocks larger than 1-1/2 inch in any direction uncovered in trenching operation from excavated material and remove from areas to receive landscaping. 3. Cover pipe both top and sides with 12" for laterals for mainline & 15 inches of rock -free soil as specified. 4. Do not cover pressure main, irrigation pipe, or fittings until Architect has inspected and approved system. B. Sleeving: 1. Sleeve water lines and control wires under walks and paving. Extend sleeves 18 -24 inches minimum beyond walk or pavement edge. Cover sleeve ends until pipes and wires are installed to keep sleeve clean and free of dirt and debris. 2. Position sleeves with respect to buildings and other obstructions so pipe can be easily removed. C. Installation of Pipe: 1. Install pipe in manner to provide for expansion and contraction as recommended by Manufacturer. 2. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, install main lines and lateral lines connecting pop-up rotor and impact sprinklers with minimum cover of 15 inches based on finished grade. Install remaining lateral lines, including those connecting drip tubing, with minimum of 12 inches of cover based on finish grade. 3. Install pipe and wires under driveways or parking areas in specified sleeves 15 inches below finish grade or as shown on Drawings. 4. Locate no sprinkler head closer than 6" inches from building foundation. Heads immediately adjacent to mow strips, walks, or curbs shall be one inch below top of mow strip, walk, or curb and have one to 3 inches clearance between head and mow strip, walk, or curb. UNDERGROUND SPRINKLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 84 23 - 7/9 July 31, 2025 5. Cut plastic pipe square. Remove burrs at cut ends before installation so unobstructed flow will result. 6. Make solvent weld joints as follows: a) Do not make solvent weld joints if ambient temperature is below 35 deg F b) Clean mating pipe and fitting with clean, dry cloth and apply one coat of P-70 primer to each. 7. Apply solvent to fitting in similar manner. 8. Give pipe or fitting a quarter turn to insure even distribution of solvent and make sure pipe is inserted to full depth of fitting socket. 9. Allow joints to set at least 24 hours before applying pressure to PVC pipe. 10. Tape threaded connections with Teflon tape. D. Control Valves And Controller 1. Install valves in plastic boxes with reinforced heavy duty plastic covers. Locate valve boxes within 12 inches of sidewalks and shrub bed/planter edges with tops at finish grade. Do not install more than two valves in single box. 2. Place 3 inches minimum of pea gravel below bricks supporting valve boxes to drain box. Set valve boxes over valve so all parts of valve can be reached for service. Set cover of valve box even with finish grade. Valve box cavity shall be reasonably free from dirt and debris. 3. Wiring: a) Tape control wire to side of main line every 10 feet. Where control wire leaves main or lateral line, enclose it in gray conduit. b) Use waterproof wire connectors consisting of properly -sized wire nut and grease cap at splices and locate all splices within valve boxes. c) Use white or gray color for common wire and other colors for all other wire. Each common wire may serve only one controller. d) Run one spare control wire from panel continuously from valve to valve throughout system similar to common wire for use as a replacement if a wire fails. Spare wire shall be different color than other wires, except use of green wire is not acceptable. Mark spare control wire in control box as an unconnected wire. Extend spare control wires 24 inches and leave coiled in each valve box. E. Backflow Preventer: 1. PVB is 1 ". Contractor shall certify that it is properly working. Supply and install a 1" isolation valve for the irrigation connection. F. Sprinkler Heads: Not used UNDERGROUND SPRINKLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 84 23 - 8/9 July 31, 2025 1. Set sprinkler heads and quick -coupling valves perpendicular to finish grade. 2. Do not install sprinklers using side inlets. Install using base inlets only. 3. Set sprinkler heads at a consistent distance from existing walks, curbs, and other paved areas. 4. Before installation of sprinkler heads and drip line, open control valves and use full head of water to flush out system. G. Arrange valve stations to operate in an easy -to -view progressive sequence around building. 3.04 ADJUSTING Refer to Drip notes. A. Adjust sprinkler heads to proper grade when turf is sufficiently established to allow walking on it without appreciable harm. Such lowering and raising of sprinkler heads shall be part of original contract with no additional cost to Owner. B. Adjust sprinkler heads for proper distribution and trim so spray does not fall on building or walks. C. Adjust watering time of valves to provide proper amounts of water to plants. 3.05 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Training: 1. After system is installed and approved, instruct Owner's designated personnel in complete operation and maintenance. END OF SECTION 32 84 23 UNDERGROUND SPRINKLERS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 84 23 - 9/9 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 90 01 COMMON PLANTING REQUIREMENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Common procedures and requirements for landscaping work. 2. Provide maintenance for new landscaping as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 32 93 00: Plants 2. Section 32 91 13: Soil Preparation. 3. Section 32 84 23: Underground Sprinklers. 4. Section 32 90 01: Common Planting Requirements 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre -Installation Conference: 1. Schedule pre -installation conference. 2. Schedule planting pre -installation conference after completion of fine grading. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations and Maintenance Manual. a. Operations And Maintenance Data: 1) At completion of landscape work, submit two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of landscape work for one full year after contract maintenance period ends. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Installer: a. Use trained personnel familiar with required planting procedures and with Contract Documents. COMMON PLANTING REQUIREMENTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 90 01 - 1/5 July 31, 2025 b. Planting shall be performed under direction of foreman or supervisor with minimum five years' experience in landscape installations. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis, and name of Manufacturer. 2. Deliver sod, plants, trees and shrubs in healthy and vigorous condition. 3. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery. B. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. Store in location on site where they will not be endangered and where they can be adequately watered and kept in healthy and vigorous condition. 2. Protect materials from deterioration while stored at site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: 2.1 POST -EMERGENT WEED CONTROL A. Type Two Acceptable Products: For all planting beds. 1. Treflan or Surflan by Dow Agrosciences. 2. Eptan by Syngenta. 3. Equal as approved by Landscape Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS A. Acceptable Installers: 1. Landscape contractors that have experience in successful landscape installation in this region. 2. Equal approved by Landscape Architect. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Inspect site and Contract Documents to become thoroughly acquainted with locations of irrigation, ground lighting, and utilities. 2. Repair damage to irrigation, ground lighting, and utilities and other items adjacent to landscaping caused by work of this Section or replace at no additional cost to Owner. COMMON PLANTING REQUIREMENTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 90 01 - 2/5 July 31, 2025 3.3 PREPARATION A. Before proceeding with work, verify dimensions and quantities. Report variations between Drawings and site to Landscape Architect before proceeding with landscape work. 1. Plant totals are for convenience of Contractor only and are not guaranteed. Verify amounts shown on Drawings. 2. All planting indicated on Drawings is required unless indicated otherwise. B. Protection: 1. Take care in performing landscaping work to avoid conditions that will create hazards. Post signs or barriers as required. 2. Provide adequate means for protection from damage through excessive erosion, flooding, heavy rains, etc. Repair or replace damaged areas. 3. Keep site well drained and landscape excavations dry. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work: 1. Do not plant trees or and shrubs until major construction operations are completed. B. Coordinate installation of planting materials during normal planting for each type of plant material required. C. Hand excavate as required. D. Maintain grade stakes until parties concerned mutually agree upon removal. E. When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, high water table or adverse drainage conditions, notify Landscape Architect before planting. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspection: 1. Landscape Architect will inspect landscaping installation approximately two weeks before Substantial Completion. 2. Replace landscaping that is dead or appears dead as directed by Architect within 10 days of notification and before Substantial Completion. 3.6 CLEANING A. Waste Management: 1. Immediately clean up soil or debris spilled onto pavement and dispose of deleterious materials. COMMON PLANTING REQUIREMENTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 90 01 - 3/5 July 31, 2025 3.7 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Instruction Of Owner: 1. Replace damaged plantings at no additional cost to Owner. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Protect planted areas against traffic or other use immediately after planting is completed. B. Provide adequate protection of planted areas against trespassing, erosion, and damage of any kind. Remove this protection after Landscape Architect has accepted planted areas. 3.9 MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION A. General: 1. Plants shall be in at least as sound, healthy, vigorous, and in approved condition as when delivered to site, unless accepted by Architect in writing at final landscape inspection. 2. Maintain landscaping until Substantial Completion and accepted by owner. 3. Replace landscaping that is dead or appears unhealthy or non -vigorous as directed by Architect. Make replacements within 10 days of notification. Lawn that does not live and has to be replaced shall be guaranteed and maintained an additional 30 days from date of replacement. B. Sodded Lawn: NOT USED 1. Maintain sodded lawn areas until lawn until acceptance including mowing and weed control. 2. Water sodded areas in sufficient quantities and at required frequency to maintain sub- soil immediately under sod continuously moist 3 to 4 inches deep. 3. Cut grass when it reaches 3 inches high. Continue to mow until acceptance. 4. Apply weed killer as necessary to maintain weed -free lawn. Apply weed killer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions during calm weather when air temperature is between 50 and 80 deg F C. Trees, Shrubs and Plants: 1. Maintain by pruning, cultivating, trimming and weeding as required for healthy growth. 2. Restore planting basins. 3. Tighten and repair stake and guy support and reset trees and shrubs to proper grades or vertical positions as required. 4. Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. COMMON PLANTING REQUIREMENTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 90 01 - 4/5 July 31, 2025 5. Provide supplemental water by hand as needed in addition to water from sprinkling system. END OF SECTION 32 90 01 COMMON PLANTING REQUIREMENTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 90 01 - 5/5 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 9113 SOIL PREPARATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Perform soil preparation work as described in Contract Documents. 2. Furnish and apply soil amendments as described in Contract Documents. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: 1. ASTM International: a. ASTM D1557-09, 'Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre -Installation Conference: 1. Schedule pre -installation conference. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Product literature and chemical / nutrient analysis of soil amendments and fertilizers. 2. Samples: a. Sample of soil conditioner for approval before delivery to site. Include product analysis list. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Field Quality Control Submittals: a. Submit tests on imported and site topsoil by licensed laboratory. 1) Before use, topsoil shall meet minimum specified requirements and be approved by Architect. 2) If necessary, submit proposed amendments and application rates necessary to bring topsoil up to minimum specified requirements. SOIL PREPARATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 329113-1/3 July 31, 2025 b. Submit report stating location of source of imported topsoil and account of recent use. 2. Installer Reports: a. Delivery slips indicating amount of soil conditioner delivered to Project site. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations and Maintenance Manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: 1. Topsoil used in landscaped areas, imported, shall be fertile, brown in color, loose, friable soil meeting following criteria: a. Chemical Characteristics: 1) Acidity / alkalinity range: pH 6.5 to 7.5. 2) Soluble Salts: less than 5.0 mmhos/cm. 3) Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR): less than 10.0. 4) Organic Matter: greater than twenty percent. b. Physical Characteristics: 1) Gradation as defined by USDA triangle of physical characteristics as measured by hydrometer. a) Compost: 15 to 60 percent. b) Silt: 10 to 60 percent. c) Top Soil: 15 to 60 percent d) Bark mulch: 5 to 30 percent. 2) Clean and free from toxic minerals and chemicals, noxious weeds, rocks larger than 1-1/2 inch in any dimension, and other objectionable materials. 3) Soil shall not contain more than 2 percent by volume of rocks measuring over 3/32 inch in largest size. B. Soil Amendments: 1. Incorporate following soil amendments into topsoil used for Project: a. Acceptable Soil Amendments, Soil Conditioners, And Application Rates or approved planting mix: 1) Soil mixture by % sharp sand, % compost,1/4 bark mulch or peat moss and new top soil. SOIL PREPARATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 91 13 - 2/3 July 31, 2025 b. Acceptable Fertilizers and Application Rates: 1) Apply a NP and iron fertilizer at label rate (ironite). Submit brand and analysis for approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Soil Amendments: 1. Add specified soil amendments at specified rates to the planting areas. 2. Roto-till or otherwise mix amendments evenly into top 4 inches of topsoil. Till to an 8" depth. Sub grade to be approved by LA prior to bed preparation 3. Incorporate and leach soil amendments, such as gypsum, within such time limits that soil is sufficiently dry to allow proper application of fertilizer and soil conditioners. END OF SECTION 32 91 13 SOIL PREPARATION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 91 13 - 3/3 July 31, 2025 SECTION 32 93 00 PLANTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install landscaping plants as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 32 84 23: Irrigation system. 2. Section 32 90 01: Common Planting Requirements. 3. Section 32 91 13: Soil Preparation. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: 1. American Nursery & Landscape Association / American National Standards Institute: a. ANLA / ANSI Z60.1-2004, 'American Standard for Nursery Stock.' 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Samples: a. Top dressing mulch & granite for approval before delivery to site. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations and Maintenance Manual a. Operations And Maintenance Data: 1) Installer Instructions: a) Provide written instructions covering maintenance requirements by Owner for one year beyond Contract maintenance period. b. Warranty Documentation: 1) Include final, executed copy of warranty. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Deliver trees, shrubs, ground covers, and plants after preparations for planting have been completed and install immediately. Plants 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 329300-1/6 July 31, 2025 2. Do not prune before delivery, except as approved by Landscape Architect. 3. Protect bark, branches, and root systems from sun scald, drying, whipping, and other handling and tying damage. 4. Do not bend or bind -tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy natural shape. 5. Provide protective covering during delivery. B. Storage And Handling Requirements; 1. Handle balled stock by root ball or container. Do not drop trees and shrubs during delivery. 2. If planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set planting materials in shade and protect from weather and mechanical damage. 3. Set all stock in the shade.. 4. Do not remove container -grown stock from containers before time of planting. 5. Water root systems of trees and shrubs stored on site with fine spray. Water as often as necessary to maintain root systems in moist condition. Do not allow plant foliage to dry out. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: 1. Provide written warranties as follows: a. Guarantee shrubs and ground covers to be alive and remain in strong, vigorous, and healthy condition for one year minimum from date landscape installation is accepted as complete. b. Guarantee tree to live and remain in strong, vigorous, and healthy condition for one year from date landscape installation is accepted as complete. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Plants: 1. Conform to requirements of Plant List and Key on Drawings and to ANLA / ANSI Z60.1. 2. Nomenclature: a. Plant names used in Plant List conform to 'Standardized Plant Names' by American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature except in cases not covered. In these instances, follow custom of nursery trade. Plants shall bear a tag showing the genus, species, and variety of at least 10 percent of each species delivered to site. 3. Quality: Plants 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 93 00 - 2/6 July 31, 2025 a. Plants shall be sound, healthy, vigorous, free from plant disease, insect pests or their eggs, noxious weeds, and have healthy, normal root systems. Container stock shall be well established and free of excessive root -bound conditions. b. Do not prune plants or top trees prior to delivery. c. Plant materials shall be subject to approval by Landscape Architect as to size, health, quality, and character. d. Bare root trees are not acceptable. e. Provide plant materials from licensed nursery or grower. 4. Measurements: a. Measure height and spread of specimen plant materials with branches in their normal position as indicated on Drawings or Plant List. b. Measurement should be average of plant, not greatest diameter. c. Plants properly trimmed should be measured same in every direction. d. Four inches from top of root ball for caliper on trees. e. Where caliper or other dimensions of plant materials are omitted from Plant List, plant materials shall be normal stock for type listed. f. Plant materials larger than those specified may be supplied, with prior written approval of Landscape Architect, 5. Shape and Form: a. Plant materials shall be symmetrical or typical for variety and species and conform to measurements specified in Plant List. b. Well grown material will generally have height equal to or greater than spread. However, spread shall not be less than 2/3's of height. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Planting Mix: 1. Mixture of three parts topsoil mixture as specified in Section 32 9113 and one part well - rotted composted manure, or approved commercial mix. 'Submit sample for approval.. B. Planting Tablets: 1. 21 gram Agriform 20-10-5. C. Tree Stakes and braces: 1. Acceptable Products: a. 8' 'T' post (new) D. Tree Guys: 1. Acceptable Products: Plants 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 93 00 - 3/6 July 31, 2025 a. %" Arbor tie (green), 3/4" green hose for trees. E. Pre -Emergent Herbicide: 1. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories. a. Chipco Dimension Granular by The Andersons Inc, Maumee, IL b. Elanco XL2G granular by Crop Data Management Systems, Marysville, CA c. Ronstar G granular by Bayer Crop Science, Monheim, Germany d. Surflan AS liquid by United Phosphorous Inc, Trenton, NJ e. Oryzalin 4 A.S. liquid by Farm Saver, Seattle, WA F. Weed Barrier: 1. Type Dewitt Product: a. DeWitt 4.1 oz. Pro 5, 20 year woven polypropylene weed barrier.(white) G. Top Dressing Mulch: 1. Acceptable Products: a. Mixed gravel 1"-1%" on a Dewitt Pro 5 landscape Fabric. Submit sample for appraoval. 2.3 EXAMINATION A. Evaluation And Assessment: 1. Before proceeding with work, check and verify dimensions and quantities. Report variations between Drawings and site to Architect before proceeding with work of this Section. 2. Plant totals are for convenience only and are not guaranteed. Verify amounts shown on Drawings. All planting indicated on Drawings is required unless indicated otherwise. 2.4 PREPARATION A. Layout individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple plantings. Stake locations and outline areas. Secure Architect's acceptance before planting. Make minor adjustments as may be requested. 2.5 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work: 1. Do not commence work of this Section until work of Section 32 9113 has been completed and approved. B. Excavation: Plants 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 93 00 - 4/6 July 31, 2025 1. If underground construction work or obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting holes, Landscape Architect will select alternate locations. 2. Plant Excavation Size: a. Diameter: Twice diameter of root ball or container minimum. b. Depth: Equal to container or root ball depth. See landscape details. 3. Unless excavated material meets topsoil requirements as specified in Section 32 9113, remove from landscape areas and do not use for landscaping purposes. 4. Roughen sides and bottoms of excavations. C. Planting: 1. Removing Binders and Containers: a. Remove top one / third of wire root ball and burlap binders'/A b. Remove plastic and twine binders from around root ball and tree trunk/A c. Remove wood boxes from around root ball. Remove box bottoms before positioning plant in hole. After plant is partially planted, remove remainder of box without injuring root ball. 2. Plant immediately after removing binding material and containers. Place tree and shrub root balls on undisturbed soil. After watering and settling, top of tree root balls shall be approximately one inches higher than finished grade and trunk flare is visible. Shrub root balls shall be approximately one inch higher than finished grade 3. Properly cut off broken or frayed roots. 4. Center plant in hole, remove remaining wire basket, and backfill with specified planting mix. Make ring of mounded soil around hole perimeter to form watering basin. 5. Add planting tablets in plant pit as follows. Place tablets in relation to root ball as recommended by Manufacturer. a. One Gallon Shrub: 1 tablet. b. 3/5 Gallon Shrub: 3 tablets. c. 15 Gallon Tree: 4 tablets. d. 24 inches Box Tree or greater: 6 Tablets. 6. Fill landscape excavations tamped planting mix. Settle by firming and watering to ensure top of ball one inch higher than surrounding soil. 7. Do not use muddy soil for backfilling. 8. Make adjustments in positions of plants as directed by Landscape Architect. 9. Thoroughly water trees and shrubs immediately after planting. 10. At base of each tree, leave 36 — 48 inch diameter circle free of any grass. Plants 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 93 00 - 5/6 July 31, 2025 D. Supports for New Trees: 1. Provide new supports for trees noted on Drawings to be staked. a. Remove nursery stakes delivered with and attached to trees. b. Support shall consist of at least three tree stakes driven into hole base before backfill so roots are not damaged. Place stakes vertically and run parallel to tree trunk. Install stakes so three feet of stake length is below finish grade. c. Place tree arbor tie 6 to 12 inches twist tied to trunk secure to eliminate slippage 2. Provide 8' 'T" stakes for trees. E. Ground Covers: 1. Container -grown unless otherwise specified on Drawings. Space evenly to produce a uniform effect, staggered in rows and intervals shown. F. Post Planting Weed Control: 1. Apply specified pre -emergent herbicide to shrub and ground cover planting areas and grass -free areas at tree bases after completion of planting. 2. Areas shall be free of existing weed growth before application of herbicide. 3. Protect existing trees to remain. G. Weed Barrier Fabric: 1. After planting and application or herbicide in shrub beds, apply covering of Dewitt Pro 5 weed barrier fabric. 2. Achieve 100 percent coverage over ground areas. 3. Overlap seams 6 inches minimum. 4. Staple at 5 feet on center each way and within 3 inches of edge of shrub bed, with two at each corner. Staples to be 6"-8" long. H. Topdressing 1. After application of herbicide, top dress all planting areas with 4 inches deep layer of River Rock. 2. Place rock to uniform depth and rake to neat, finished appearance. Submit sample for approval . 3. Top of rock to e 1/2" higher than any flat work, curb or planter wall. END OF SECTION 32 93 00 Plants 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 32 93 00 - 6/6 July 31, 2025 SECTION 33 05 10 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 Description A. This specification shall govern all work required for the excavation and backfill of water utilities, wastewater utilities, and storm drainage utilities, as required to complete the project. 1.02 Related Sections A. 03 31 11.13 CONCRETE STRUCTURES B. 31 23 16.13 TRENCHING C. 31 24 13.10 EMBANKMENT D. 33 05 07 TRENCHLESS UTILITY INSTALLATION E. 33 14 13 WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING F. 33 31 13.13 WASTEWATER UTILITY PIPING 1.03 References The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used and obtained by the Contractor A. ASTM C 150 — Specification for Portland Cement B. ASTM D 558 — Standard Test Methods for Moisture -Density (Unit Weight) Relations of Soil -Cement Mixtures C. ASTM D 698 — Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-Ibf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) D. ASTM D 2487 — Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) E. ASTM D 2922 — Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place By Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) F. Part 1926, Subpart P — Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards and Interpretations G. Texas Code Chapter 756 Subchapter C — Trench Safety H. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 421, Hydraulic Cement Concrete I. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-4610, Fly Ash J. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-106-E EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330510-1 August 26, 2025 1.04 Definitions The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A. Final Backfill — Material located from the top of the Initial Backfill to a specified height and is horizontal from trench sidewall to opposite trench sidewall B. Pipe Bedding — Material located from the top of the foundation to the bottom level line of the pipe and is horizontal from trench sidewall to opposite trench sidewall. C. Initial Backfill — Material placed from the Pipe Bedding up to a determined level line above the top of pipe and is horizontal from trench sidewall to opposite trench sidewall. D. Pipe Embedment — Backfill Material consisting of Pipe Bedding and Initial Backfill. E. Pipe Foundation — Material located at the bottom of the trench and is horizontal from trench sidewall to opposite trench sidewall. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Class I Backfill Materials A. Material shall be well -graded gravels, sands, gravel -sand mixture, with all meet the following requirements: 1. Meet the requirements of ASTM D2487 for: GW, SW. 2. Gradation a. GW 1) D6o / Dip — greater than four -percent (4%) 2) 1-1/2" (37.5 mm) Sieve — one -hundred percent 100% passing 3) No. 4 (4.75 mm) Sieve — less than 50% of coarse fraction passing 4) No. 200 (0.075 mm) Sieve — less than or equal to five -percent (5%) passing b. SW 1) D60 / Dip — greater than six -percent (6%) 2) 1-1/2" (37.5 mm) Sieve — one -hundred percent 100% passing 3) No. 4 (4.75 mm) Sieve — more than 50% of coarse fraction passing 4) No. 200 (0.075 mm) Sieve — less than or equal to five -percent (5%) passing 3. Plasticity Index a. GW 1) Non -plastic b. SW 1) Non -plastic EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330510-2 August 26, 2025 2.02 Class II Backfill Materials A. Material shall meet the following requirements: 1. Meet the requirements of ASTM D2487 for: GM, GP, SM, SP, SP-SM, SW-SM, GP -GM, GW-GM. 2. Gradation a. GP 1) No. 4 (4.75 mm) Sieve — minimum 30% passing 2) No. 200 (0.075 mm) Sieve — less than five -percent (5%) passing b. SP 1) No. 4 (4.75 mm) Sieve — minimum 30% passing 2) No. 200 (0.075 mm) Sieve — less than five -percent (5%) passing c. GP -GM, GW-GM, SP-SM, SW-SM 1) No. 4 (4.75 mm) Sieve — minimum 30% passing 2) No. 200 (0.075 mm) Sieve — between five -percent (5%) and twelve -percent (12%) passing 3. Plasticity Index a. GP 1) Non -plastic to 4 b. SP 1) Non -plastic to 4 c. GP -GM, GW-GM, SP-SM, SW-SM 1) Non -plastic to 4 2.03 Coarse Aggregate Backfill Material A. Material shall be in accordance with TxDOT Item 421, Aggregate Grade 4 or 5. 2.04 Crushed Stone Backfill Material A. Material shall be in accordance with TxDOT Item 421, Aggregate Grade 2, 3, or 4. 2.05 Flowable Fill Backfill Material A. Cement 1. Shall be Cement Portland cement in accordance with ASTM C 150, Type I. B. Fly Ash 1. Fly ash shall conform to the requirements of TxDOT DMS-4610. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330510-3 August 26, 2025 C. Filler Aggregate 1. Shall consist of sand, stone screenings, other granular material that is compatible with the other components. 2. Shall be fine enough to stay in suspension to the extent required for proper flow without segregation and for minimal settlement. 3. Shall have a Plasticity Index (TxDOT Test Method Tex-106-E) less than 15 and shall conform to the following gradation: a. Percent passing Sieve No. 200 shall be 0% — 10% D. Mixing Water 1. Shall be in accordance with Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. E. Additives 1. Darafill° or approved other. F. Strength 1. Shall be 100 — 300 psi minimum compressive strength at 28 days 2.06 Select Backfill Material A. Shall be native on -site material from excavation, imported material, or a mixture of sand and clay or other suitable granular material free from vegetation, rocks, debris, and material that is in large clumps greater than two -inches (2") meeting the following requirements: 1. Liquid limit of thirty-five (35) maximum, 2. Plasticity index range from eight (8) to twenty (20), 3. Moisture range from -1% to 3%. B. This material shall not include soils with a Unified Soil Classification System of OL, MH, OH, CH, and PT or soils with an AASHTO classification of A7. 2.07 Sand Backfill Material A. Sand 1. Gradation shall be as follows: a. Percent passing #4 sieve — 55 — 100 b. Percent passing #10 sieve — 40 —100 c. Percent passing #40 sieve — 25 —100 d. Percent passing #200 sieve — 10 — 20 e. Plasticity Index — Non -plastic to 4 2.08 Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330510-4 August 26, 2025 A. Shall be a mixture of cement -stabilized sand containing a minimum of two (2) sacks of standard Type I Portland cement per cubic yard of sand. B. Sand 1. Gradation shall be as follows: a. Percent passing #4 sieve — 55 - 100 b. Percent passing #10 sieve — 40 - 100 c. Percent passing #40 sieve — 25 - 100 d. Percent passing #200 sieve — 10 - 20 e. Plasticity Index — NP — 10 2.09 Native Backfill Material A. Suitable material chosen from on -site excavation or imported may be used. 1. This material will be subject to approval by the Owner. B. The material chosen shall be free of large lumps or clods, which will not readily break down under compaction. C. This material will be subject to approval by the Owner. D. Material shall be free of vegetation or other extraneous material. 2.10 Topsoil Backfill Material A. Suitable material chosen from on -site excavation or imported may be used. 1. This material will be subject to approval by the Owner. B. The material chosen shall be free of large lumps or clods, which will not readily break down under compaction. C. Material shall be free of vegetation or other extraneous material. D. Should be stockpiled separately and used for finish grading. E. Capable of supporting a good growth of grass when fertilized and seeded or sodded. 2.11 Other Backfill Materials A. Other material of comparable featured and equal quality may be substituted for the above items with approval of the Owner. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330510-5 August 26, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General Information A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that a requirement conflicts with another, the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. B. All surplus materials shall become the Contractors and disposal shall be in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations and will be the responsibility of the Contractor, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or directed by the Owner. C. All damages by excavating, either to surface or subsurface structures, shall be repaired or replaced by the Constructor at his own cost and expense to the requirements of the damaged items owner. 3.02 Safety Requirements A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to adhere to all safety procedures and requirements of local, state, and federal regulations. B. If at any time a trench shall be required to perform the work then the requirements of Section 3123 16.13 TRENCHING shall be required. C. Any excavation that remains open after working hours shall be covered with a steel plate of sufficient thickness to support traffic. 3.03 Excavation A. General 1. Trenching a. Excavation shall be constructed in open cut trenches with vertical sides in accordance with Section 31 23 16.13 TRENCHING. b. The Contractor shall pile excavated material in a manner that will not endanger the work and will avoid obstructing sidewalks, driveways, power pole, drainage, streets, etc. c. The Contractor shall not have more the 200 feet of open trench left behind the trenching operation and no more than 500 feet of ditch behind the ditching machine that is not compacted as required by the Drawings and specification. 1) No trench or excavation shall remain open after working hours, without prior authorization from the Owner. d. If, for whatever reason, the trench width at the top of pipe must exceed that width indicated in the bedding details, the Contractor shall modify bedding as required by the Owner to accommodate the additional load on the pipe. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330510-6 August 26, 2025 1) Excavation width shall not exceed the right-of-way width, easement width, or as indicated on the Drawings or by Owner. e. If quicksand, muck, or similar unstable material develop or is encountered during the excavation, the following procedure shall be used unless other methods are called for on the Drawings. 1) If the unstable condition is a result of ground water, the Contractor, prior to additional excavation shall control it. 2) After stable conditions have been achieved, unstable soil shall be removed or stabilized to a depth of: a) Two -feet (2') below the bottom of pipe for pipes two -feet (2') or more in height. b) To a depth equal to the height of pipe, twelve -inches (12") minimum, for pipe less than two -feet (2') in height. c) Such excavation shall be carried at least one -foot (1') beyond the horizontal limits of the structure on all sides. 3) All unstable soil removed shall be replaced with Coarse Aggregate Backfill Material, or approved suitable stable material, placed in uniform layers of suitable depth as directed by the Owner, and each layer shall be wetted, if necessary, and compacted by mechanical tamping as required to provide a stable condition. 4) For unstable trench conditions requiring outside forms, seals, sheathing, and bracing, any additional excavation and backfill required shall be done at the Contractor's expense. a) The limit of excavation may be modified to allow for placing and removing forms, installing sheeting, shoring, bracing, etc. 2. Trenchless a. Shall be done in accordance with Section 33 05 07 TRENCHLESS UTILITY INSTALLATION 3. For all utilities to be constructed in fill above natural ground, the embankment shall first be constructed to an elevation not less than one -foot (1') above the top of the pipe or conduit in accordance with Section 31 24 13.10 EMBANKMENT, after which excavation for the pipe or conduit shall be made. B. Pipes 1. General a. The limit of excavation shall allow for all work to be performed in a safe manner, for placing and removing forms, installing sheeting, shoring, bracing, etc. b. Trenches shall have a maximum width as required to one -foot (1') above the outside surface of the pipe and parallel thereto on each side unless otherwise specified on the Drawings or by the Owner. 2. Vertical Side EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330510-7 August 26, 2025 a. The limit shall not exceed three -feet (3') outside the Pipe Embedment on a vertical plane parallel to the Pipe Embedment except where specifically approved otherwise by the Owner. b. The Contractor shall provide and install any sheeting, shoring, and bracing as necessary to provide a safe work area as required to protect workmen, structures, equipment, other improvements and utilities, etc. c. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all trench protection. d. The sheeting, shoring, and bracing shall be removed, as the excavation is backfilled in a safe manner. 3. Sloping Sides a. In unimproved areas, where sufficient space is available, the Contractor shall be allowed to back slope the sides of the excavation as long as it is completed in a safe manner in accordance with all Local, State, and Federal regulations. 1) Backfill material will be required to be in accordance with the backfill for the pipe installed. 4. Unauthorized Over Excavation a. In the event the excavation is carried on below the indicated elevation, the Contractor at his expense shall bring the grade back to requirements by filling with Pipe Embedment Backfill material as required, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or directed by the Owner. C. Manholes and Inlets 1. General a. The limit of excavation shall allow for all work to be performed in a safe manner, for placing and removing forms, installing sheeting, shoring, bracing, etc. 2. Vertical Side a. The limit shall not exceed three -feet (3') outside the footing on a vertical plane parallel to the footing except where specifically approved otherwise by the Owner. b. The Contractor shall provide and install any sheeting, shoring, and bracing as necessary to provide a safe work area as required to protect workmen, structures, equipment, other improvements and utilities, etc. c. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all trench protection. d. The sheeting, shoring, and bracing shall be removed, as the excavation is backfilled in a safe manner. 3. Sloping Sides a. In unimproved areas, where sufficient space is available, the Contractor shall be allowed to back slope the sides of the excavation as long as it is completed in a safe manner in accordance with all Local, State, and Federal regulations. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330510-8 August 26, 2025 1) Backfill material will be required to be in accordance with the backfill for the pipe installed. 4. Unauthorized Over Excavation a. Excavation for slabs, footings, etc., that rest on earth, shall not be carried below the elevation shown on the Drawings. 1) In the event the excavation is carried on below the indicated elevation, the Contractor at his expense shall bring the slab, footing, etc., to the required grade by filling with concrete with a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or directed by the Owner. D. Shaping of Trench Bottom 1. The trench bottom shall be undercut a minimum depth sufficient to accommodate the class of bedding indicated in the Drawings and Specifications. E. De -watering 1. The Contractor shall keep the excavation free from water by use of cofferdams, bailing, pumping well pointing, or any combination as the particular situation may warrant. a. Removal of well -points shall be at rate of 1/3 per 24 hours (every third well -point). 2. All de -watering devices shall be installed in such a manner as to provide clearance for construction, removal of forms, and inspection of exterior of formwork. 3. It is the intent of these specifications that the foundation be placed on a firm dry bed. 4. The foundation bed shall be kept in a de -watered condition for a sufficient period of time to insure the safety of the structure, but in no case shall de -watering be terminated sooner than seven (7) days after placing concrete. 5. All de -watering methods and procedures are subject to the approval of the Owner. 6. The excavation shall be inspected and approved by the Owner before work on the structure is started. 7. The Contractor shall provide a relatively smooth, firm foundation bed for footings and slabs that bear directly on the undisturbed earth without additional cost to the Owner, regardless of the soil conditions encountered. a. The Owner will be the sole judge as to whether these conditions have been met. F. Excavation in Streets 1. Excavation in streets, together with the maintenance of traffic where specified, and the restoration of the pavement riding surface shall be in accordance with Drawing detail, or as required by other applicable specifications. G. Removing Abandoned Structures EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330510-9 August 26, 2025 1. When abandoned masonry structures or foundations are encountered in the excavation, such obstructions shall be removed for the full width of the trench and to a depth of one foot (1') below the bottom of the trench. 2. When abandoned inlets or manholes are encountered and no Drawing provision is made for adjustment or connection to the new utility, such manholes and inlets shall be removed completely to a depth one -foot (1') below the bottom of the trench. 3. In each instance, the bottom to the trench shall be restored to grade by backfilling and compacting by the methods provided hereinafter for backfill. 4. Where the trench cuts through utility lines which are known to be abandoned, these sewers shall be cut flush with sides of the trench and blocked with a concrete plug in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. H. Protection of Utilities 1. The Contractor shall inform utility owners sufficiently in advance of the Contractor's operations to enable such utility owners to reroute, provide temporary detours, or to make other adjustments to utility lines in order that the Contractor may proceed with his work with a minimum of delay. 2. The Contractor shall conduct his work such that a reasonable minimum of disturbance to existing utilities will result. 3. If a utility is damaged it shall be restored promptly by the Contractor at his expense in accordance with the utility owners requirements. 4. The Contractor shall not hold the Owner liable for any expense due to delay or additional work because of utility adjustments or conflicts. I. Excess Excavated Material 1. All materials from excavation not required for backfilling the trench shall be removed, by the Contractor, from the job site promptly following the completion of work involved, or incorporated into the project. 3.04 Water Utilities Backfill A. Main Piping and Accessories 1. Pipe Foundation a. Shall be firm and undisturbed native material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b. If disturbed it shall be compacted to same density as the native surrounding material. 2. Pipe Embedment Backfill a. General 1) All pipe and fittings that are not enclosed in concrete valve boxes, laid in encasement pipe, shall be completely embedded as specified. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 10 August 26, 2025 a) This embedment includes the bottom, sides and top of pipe and fittings including bells, so that all portions will be encased to insulate the pipe from the natural ground and from the backfill. 2) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the pipes and accessories are properly placed. 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 4) Flooding or jetting of backfill is not allowed. 5) Care shall be taken to not damage the tracer wire or cause wire to come off of pipe. b. Pipes 6" to 14" 1) Material a) Shall be Sand Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 2) Pipe Bedding a) Eight -inches (8") below the bottom of pipe and the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) In order to reduce the amount of material required, the trench bottom may be excavated in a rounded manner so as to maintain at least a minimum of twelve - inches (12") of embedment material between the excavation sides and the pipe. 3) Initial Backfill a) Twelve -inches (12") above the top of pipe and the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c. Pipes 16" and Larger 1) Material a) Shall be Sand Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 2) Pipe Bedding a) Twelve -inches (12") below the bottom of pipe and the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) In order to reduce the amount of material required, the trench bottom may be excavated in a rounded manner so as to maintain at least a minimum of twelve - inches (12") of embedment material between the excavation sides and the pipe. 3) Initial Backfill a) Twelve -inches (12") above the top of pipe and the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. d. Placement 1) Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 11 August 26, 2025 2) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. e. Compaction 1) General a) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Sand Backfill Material a) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method at a moisture content determined by the Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3. Warning Tape a. Shall be placed as required in Section 33 14 13 WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 4. Final Backfill a. General 1) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the embedment and accessories have been properly placed. 2) The placing of the material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all foreign matter. 3) Flooding or jetting of backfill is not allowed. b. Material 1) Paved Areas a) Top of Pipe Embedment Material to the bottom of road subgrade material (1) Select Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 2) Non -Paved Areas a) Top of Pipe Embedment Material to six -inches (6") below finished grade (1) Native Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Top six -inches (6") (1) Topsoil Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c. Placement 1) Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 12 August 26, 2025 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. d. Compaction 1) General a) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Select Backfill Material a) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment at zero to five -percent (0-5%) of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3) Native Backfill Material a) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment to ninety -percent (90%) Standard Proctor, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 4) Topsoil Backfill Material a) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment to a firm density, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 5. Utility Crossings a. Outside of the pipes are within two -feet (2') of each other 1) Material a) Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 2) Encasement Requirement a) Below Pipe (1) As required in previous parts of this section, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Sides of Pipe (1) As required in previous parts of this section, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c) Above Pipe (1) As required in previous parts of this section, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. d) Distance beyond crossing EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 13 August 26, 2025 (1) Three -feet (3') or as required by the Drawings, owner of utility(ies), or Owner. 3) Placement a) Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. c) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 4) Compaction a) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b) Material shall be placed and be compacted under, around the side, and over the utility(ies) in a manner that will reduce damage and settlement to a minimum or as approved by the Owner. c) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method on the dry side of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration of the cement without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b. Outside of the pipes are beyond two -feet (2') of each other 1) Shall be as required for Main Piping and Accessories, or as required by the Drawings, owner of utility(ies), or Owner. 6. Compaction Testing a. Frequency of tests shall not be less than one (1) for any pipe section between main line valves and every one -hundred linear feet (100') of main pipe per two -feet (2') vertical of backfill material to top of Final Backfill, not including Topsoil Backfill Material, starting at two feet (2') above top of pipe, in accordance with ASTM D 2922. b. Failure 1) If compaction of the fill material does not meet or exceed the requirements that portion of fill material is to be further compacted and retested at the sole expense of the Contractor. B. Service Lines 1. Pipe Foundation a. Shall be firm and undisturbed native material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b. If disturbed it shall be compacted to same density as the native surrounding material. 2. Pipe Embedment Backfill a. General EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 14 August 26, 2025 1) All pipe and fittings that are not laid in encasement pipe, shall be completely embedded as specified. a) This embedment includes the bottom, sides and top of pipe and fittings including bells, so that all portions will be encased to insulate the pipe from the natural ground and from the backfill. 2) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the pipes and accessories are properly placed. 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 4) Flooding or jetting of backfill is not allowed. b. Pipes up to 2" 1) Material a) Shall be Select Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 2) Pipe Bedding a) Six -inches (6") below the bottom of pipe and the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) In order to reduce the amount of material required, the trench bottom may be excavated in a rounded manner so as to maintain at least a minimum of six -inches (6") of embedment material between the excavation sides and the pipe. 3) Initial Backfill a) Six -inches (6") above the top of pipe and the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c. Pipes Larger Than 2" a) Shall be considered Main Piping and be in accordance with Section A of the Water Utilities Backfill in this specification. d. Placement 1) Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. e. Compaction 1) General a) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Sand Backfill Material EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 15 August 26, 2025 a) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method at a moisture content determined by the Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3. Final Backfill a. General 1) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the embedment and accessories have been properly placed. 2) The placing of the material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all foreign matter. 3) Flooding or jetting of backfill is not allowed. b. Material 1) Shall be Native Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c. Placement 1) Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. d. Compaction 1) General a) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Native Backfill Material a) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment to ninety -percent (90%) Standard Proctor, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3) Topsoil Backfill Material a) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment to a firm density, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 4. Compaction Testing a. Are to be tested at a rate of one (1) for every six (6) services staggered or every three - hundred linear feet (300') of water service installed. 3.05 Wastewater Utilities Backfill EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 16 August 26, 2025 A. Main Piping and Accessories 1. Pipe Foundation a. Shall be firm and undisturbed native material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b. If disturbed it shall be compacted to same density as the native surrounding material. 2. Pipe Embedment Backfill a. General 1) All pipe and fittings that are not laid in encasement pipe, shall be completely embedded as specified. a) This embedment includes the bottom, sides and top of pipe and fittings including bells, so that all portions will be encased to insulate the pipe from the natural ground and from the backfill. 2) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the pipes and accessories are properly placed. 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 4) Flooding or jetting of backfill is not allowed. b. Pipes 6" to 14" 1) Material a) Excavation less than twenty -feet (<20') in depth and above groundwater table: (1) Shall be Class I Backfill Material, Class II Backfill Material, Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Excavation greater than twenty -feet (>20') in depth and below groundwater table: (1) Shall be Coarse Aggregate Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 2) Pipe Bedding a) Six -inches (6") below the bottom of pipe and the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) In order to reduce the amount of material required, the trench bottom may be excavated in a rounded manner so as to maintain at least a minimum of twelve - inches (12") of embedment material between the excavation sides and the pipe. 3) Initial Backfill a) Twelve -inches (12") above the top of pipe and the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c. Pipes 16" and Larger EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330510-17 August 26, 2025 1) Material a) Excavation less than twenty -feet (<20') in depth and above groundwater table: (1) Shall be Class I Backfill Material, Class II Backfill Material, Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Excavation greater than twenty -feet (>20') in depth and below groundwater table: (1) Shall be Coarse Aggregate Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 2) Pipe Bedding a) Twelve -inches (12") below the bottom of pipe and the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) In order to reduce the amount of material required, the trench bottom may be excavated in a rounded manner so as to maintain at least a minimum of twelve - inches (12") of embedment material between the excavation sides and the pipe. 3) Initial Backfill a) Twelve -inches (12") above the top of pipe and the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. d. Placement 1) Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. e. Compaction 1) General a) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Class I Backfill Material a) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method at a moisture content determined by the Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3) Class II Backfill Material a) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method at three -percent (3%) of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698 without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 4) Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 18 August 26, 2025 a) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method on the dry side of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration of the cement without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 5) Coarse Aggregate Backfill Material a) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method for effective compaction, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3. Warning Tape a. Ductile Iron Pipe 1) Shall be placed as required in Section 33 14 13 WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING b. Plastic Pipe 1) Shall be placed as required in Section 33 31 13.13 WASTEWATER UTILITY PIPING 4. Final Backfill a. General 1) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the embedment and accessories have been properly placed. 2) The placing of the material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all foreign matter. 3) Flooding or jetting of backfill is not allowed. b. Material 1) Paved Areas a) Top of Embedment Material to three -feet (3') below the bottom of road subgrade material (1) Select Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Three -feet (3') below the bottom of road base material to the bottom of the road subgrade material (1) Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material. 2) Non -Paved Areas a) Top of Embedment Material to six -inches (6") below finished grade (1) Native Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Top six -inches (6") (1) Topsoil Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c. Placement EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 19 August 26, 2025 1) Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. d. Compaction 1) General a) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Select Backfill Material a) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment at zero to five -percent (0-5%) of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3) Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material a) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method on the dry side of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration of the cement without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 4) Native Backfill Material a) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment to ninety -percent (90%) Standard Proctor, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 5) Topsoil Backfill Material a) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment to a firm density, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 5. Utility Crossings a. Outside of the pipes are within two -feet (2') of each other 1) Material a) Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 2) Encasement Requirement a) Below Pipe EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 20 August 26, 2025 (1) As required in previous parts of this section, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Sides of Pipe (1) As required in previous parts of this section, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c) Above Pipe (1) As required in previous parts of this section, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. d) Distance beyond crossing (1) Three -feet (3') or as required by the Drawings, owner of utility(ies), or Owner. 3) Placement a) Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility. b) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. c) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 4) Compaction a) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility. b) Material shall be placed and be compacted under, around the side, and over the utility(ies) in a manner that will reduce damage and settlement to a minimum or as approved by the Owner. c) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method on the dry side of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration of the cement without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b. Outside of the pipes are beyond two -feet (2') of each other 1) Shall be as required for Main Piping and Accessories, or as required by the Drawings, owner of utility(ies), or Owner. 6. Compaction Testing a. Frequency of tests shall not be less than one (1) for any pipe section between manholes and every one -hundred linear feet (100') of main pipe per two -feet (2') vertical of backfill material to top of Final Backfill, not including Topsoil Backfill Material, starting at two feet (2') above top of pipe, in accordance with ASTM D 2922. b. Failure EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 21 August 26, 2025 1) If compaction of the fill material does not meet or exceed the requirements that portion of fill material is to be further compacted and retested at the sole expense of the Contractor. B. Service Lines 1. Pipe Foundation a. Shall be firm and undisturbed native material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b. If disturbed it shall be compacted to same density as the native surrounding material. 2. Pipe Embedment Backfill a. General 1) All pipe and fittings that are not laid in encasement pipe, shall be completely embedded as specified. a) This embedment includes the bottom, sides and top of pipe and fittings including bells, so that all portions will be encased to insulate the pipe from the natural ground and from the backfill. 2) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the pipes and accessories are properly placed. 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 4) Flooding or jetting of backfill is not allowed. b. Pipes 4" to 6" 1) Material a) Excavation less than twenty -feet (<20') in depth and above groundwater table: (1) Shall be Sand Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Excavation greater than twenty -feet (>20') in depth and below groundwater table: (1) Shall be Coarse Aggregate Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 2) Pipe Bedding a) Six -inches (6") below the bottom of pipe and the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) In order to reduce the amount of material required, the trench bottom may be excavated in a rounded manner so as to maintain at least a minimum of six -inches (6") of embedment material between the excavation sides and the pipe. 3) Initial Backfill EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 22 August 26, 2025 a) Six -inches (6") above the top of pipe and the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c. Pipes Larger Than 6" a) Shall be considered Main Piping and be in accordance with Section A of the Wastewater Utilities Backfill in this specification. d. Placement 1) Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. e. Compaction 1) General a) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Sand Backfill Material a) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method at a moisture content determined by the Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3) Coarse Aggregate Backfill Material a) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method for effective compaction, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3. Final Backfill a. General 1) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the embedment and accessories have been properly placed. 2) The placing of the material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all foreign matter. 3) Flooding or jetting of backfill is not allowed. b. Material 1) Shall be Native Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c. Placement 1) Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility. 2) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 23 August 26, 2025 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. d. Compaction 1) General a) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility. 2) Native Backfill Material a) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment to ninety -percent (90%) Standard Proctor, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 4. Utility Crossings a. Outside of the pipes are within two -feet (2') of each other 1) Material a) Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 2) Encasement Requirement a) Below Pipe (1) As required in previous parts of this section, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Sides of Pipe (1) As required in previous parts of this section, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c) Above Pipe (1) As required in previous parts of this section, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. d) Distance beyond crossing (1) Three -feet (3') or as required by the Drawings, owner of utility(ies), or Owner. 3) Placement a) Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. c) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 4) Compaction a) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330510-24 August 26, 2025 b) Material shall be placed and be compacted under, around the side, and over the utility(ies) in a manner that will reduce damage and settlement to a minimum or as approved by the Owner. c) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method on the dry side of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration of the cement without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b. Outside of the pipes are beyond two -feet (2') of each other 1) Shall be as required for Main Piping and Accessories, or as required by the Drawings, owner of utility(ies), or Owner. 5. Compaction Testing 6. Are to be tested at a rate of one (1) for every six (6) services staggered or every three -hundred linear feet (300') of wastewater service installed in accordance with ASTM D 2922. C. Manhole A. Schedule of Backfilling 1. Backfilling around the manholes shall commence as soon as concrete or masonry has been allowed to cure the required time and forms and shoring have been removed. B. Subgrade 1. Shall be undisturbed native material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 2. Compact top six -inches (6") to 95% Standard Proctor Density. C. Bedding 1. General a. The placing of the backfill material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil or other foreign matter and prevent damage to any other work. 2. Material a. Crushed Stone Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3. Requirement a. Below Foundation (1) Eight -inches (8") , or as required by the Drawings or Owner b. Width (1) Foundation width plus two -feet (2') or to edge of excavation whichever is greater. 4. Placement a. Compact to form a stable surface to place foundation upon, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 25 August 26, 2025 D. Initial Backfill 1. General a. The placing of the material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter and prevent damage to any other work. 2. Material a. Excavation less than twenty -feet (<20') in depth and above groundwater table: (1) Shall be Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b. Excavation greater than twenty -feet (>20') in depth and below groundwater table: (1) Shall be Flowable Fill Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. (2) Allow to cure prior to placement of Final Backfill 3. Requirement a. Above Bedding (1) Five -feet (5'), or as required by the Drawings or Owner b. Width (1) To extent of excavation. 4. Placement a. Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility. b. Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. c. The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 5. Compaction a. General (1) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility. b. Crushed Stone Backfill Material (1) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method for effective compaction, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. E. Final Backfill 1. General a. All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the embedment and accessories have been properly placed. b. The placing of the material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all foreign matter. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 26 August 26, 2025 c. Flooding or jetting of backfill is not allowed. 2. Material a. Paved Areas (1) Top of Initial Backfill to the bottom of road subgrade material (a) Cement Stabilized Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b. Non -Paved Areas (1) Top of Embedment Material to six -inches (6") below finished grade (a) Select Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. (2) Top six -inches (6") (a) Topsoil Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3. Placement a. Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b. Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. c. The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 4. Compaction a. General (1) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b. Select Backfill Material (1) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment at zero to five -percent (0-5%) of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c. Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material (1) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method on the dry side of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration of the cement without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. d. Topsoil Backfill Material (1) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. (2) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment to a firm density, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330510-27 August 26, 2025 F. Compaction Testing 1. Frequency of tests shall not be less than one (1) per two -feet (2') vertical of backfill material to top of Final Backfill, not including Topsoil Backfill Material, starting at two feet (2') above top of Initial Backfill, in accordance with ASTM D 2922. 2. Failure a. If compaction of the fill material does not meet or exceed the requirements that portion of fill material is to be further compacted and retested at the sole expense of the Contractor. 3.06 Storm Water Utilities Backfill A. Main Piping and Accessories 1. Pipe Foundation a. Shall be firm and undisturbed native material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner.. b. If disturbed it shall be compacted to same density as the native surrounding material. 2. Pipe Embedment Backfill a. General 1) All pipe and fittings that are not laid in encasement pipe, shall be completely embedded as specified. a) This embedment includes the bottom, sides and top of pipe and fittings including bells, so that all portions will be encased to insulate the pipe from the natural ground and from the backfill. 2) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the pipes and accessories are properly placed. 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 4) Flooding or jetting of backfill is not allowed. b. All Pipes 1) Material a) Excavation less than twenty -feet (<20') in depth and above groundwater table: (1) Shall be Class I Backfill Material, Class II Backfill Material, Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Excavation greater than twenty -feet (>20') in depth and below groundwater table: (1) Shall be Coarse Aggregate Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 28 August 26, 2025 2) Pipe Bedding a) Six -inches (6") below the bottom of pipe and the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) In order to reduce the amount of material required, the trench bottom may be excavated in a rounded manner so as to maintain at least a minimum of twelve - inches (12") of embedment material between the excavation sides and the pipe. 3) Initial Backfill a) Twelve -inches (12") above the top of pipe and the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c. Placement 1) Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. d. Compaction 1) General a) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Class I Backfill Material a) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method at a moisture content determined by the Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3) Class II Backfill Material a) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method at three -percent (3%) of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698 without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 4) Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material a) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method on the dry side of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration of the cement without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 5) Coarse Aggregate Backfill Material a) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method for effective compaction, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 29 August 26, 2025 3. Final Backfill a. General 1) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the embedment and accessories have been properly placed. 2) The placing of the material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all foreign matter. 3) Flooding or jetting of backfill is not allowed. b. Material 1) Paved Areas a) Top of Embedment Material to three -feet (3') below the bottom of road subgrade material (1) Select Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Three -feet (3') below the bottom of road base material to the bottom of the road subgrade material (1) Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material. 2) Non -Paved Areas a) Top of Embedment Material to six -inches (6") below finished grade (1) Native Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Top six -inches (6") (1) Topsoil Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c. Placement 1) Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. d. Compaction 1) General a) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Select Backfill Material a) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment at zero to five -percent (0-5%) of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 30 August 26, 2025 3) Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material a) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method on the dry side of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration of the cement without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 4) Native Backfill Material a) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment to ninety -percent (90%) Standard Proctor, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 5) Topsoil Backfill Material a) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment to a firm density, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 4. Utility Crossings a. Outside of the pipes are within two -feet (2') of each other 1) Material a) Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 2) Encasement Requirement a) Below Pipe (1) As required in previous parts of this section, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b) Sides of Pipe (1) As required in previous parts of this section, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c) Above Pipe (1) As required in previous parts of this section, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. d) Distance beyond crossing (1) Three -feet (3') or as required by the Drawings, owner of utility(ies), or Owner. 3) Placement a) Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 31 August 26, 2025 b) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. c) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 4) Compaction a) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b) Material shall be placed and be compacted under, around the side, and over the utility(ies) in a manner that will reduce damage and settlement to a minimum or as approved by the Owner. c) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method on the dry side of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration of the cement without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b. Outside of the pipes are beyond two -feet (2') of each other 1) Shall be as required for Main Piping and Accessories, or as required by the Drawings, owner of utility(ies), or Owner. 5. Compaction Testing a. Frequency of tests shall not be less than one (1) for any pipe section between manholes, junction boxes, inlets, and every one -hundred linear feet (100') of main pipe per two -feet (2') vertical of backfill material to top of Final Backfill, not including Topsoil Backfill Material, starting at two feet (2') above top of pipe, in accordance with ASTM D 2922. b. Failure 1) If compaction of the fill material does not meet or exceed the requirements that portion of fill material is to be further compacted and retested at the sole expense of the Contractor. B. Manhole A. Schedule of Backfilling 1. Backfilling around the manholes shall commence as soon as concrete or masonry has been allowed to cure the required time and forms and shoring have been removed. B. Subgrade 1. Shall be undisturbed native material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 2. Compact top six -inches (6") to 95% Standard Proctor Density. C. Bedding 1. General EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 32 August 26, 2025 a. The placing of the backfill material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil or other foreign matter and prevent damage to any other work. 2. Material a. Crushed Stone Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3. Requirement a. Below Foundation (1) Eight -inches (8") , or as required by the Drawings or Owner b. Width (1) Foundation width plus two -feet (2') or to edge of excavation whichever is greater. 4. Placement a. Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b. Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. c. The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 5. Compaction a. General (1) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b. Class I Backfill Material (1) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method at a moisture content determined by the Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c. Class II Backfill Material (1) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method at three -percent (3%) of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698 without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. d. Crushed Stone Backfill Material (1) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method for effective compaction, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. D. Initial Backfill 1. General a. The placing of the material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter and prevent damage to any other work. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 33 August 26, 2025 2. Material a. Excavation less than twenty -feet (<20') in depth and above groundwater table: (1) Shall be Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b. Excavation greater than twenty -feet (>20') in depth and below groundwater table: (1) (2) Shall be Flowable Fill Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. Allow to cure prior to placement of Final Backfill 3. Requirement a. Above Bedding (1) Five -feet (5') or to the bottom of the bottom of road subgrade material, whichever is less, or as required by the Drawings or Owner b. Width (1) To extent of excavation. 4. Placement a. Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b. Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. c. The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 5. Compaction a. General (1) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b. Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material (1) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method on the dry side of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration of the cement without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. E. Final Backfill 1. General a. All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the embedment and accessories have been properly placed. b. The placing of the material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all foreign matter. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330510-34 August 26, 2025 c. Flooding or jetting of backfill is not allowed. 2. Material a. Paved Areas (1) Top of Initial Backfill to the bottom of road subgrade material (a) Cement Stabilized Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b. Non -Paved Areas (1) Top of Initial Backfill to six -inches (6") below finished grade (a) Native Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. (2) Top six -inches (6") (a) Topsoil Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3. Placement 1) Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. 2) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. 3) The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 4. Compaction a. General (1) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b. Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material (1) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method on the dry side of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration of the cement without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c. Native Backfill Material (1) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment to ninety -percent (90%) Standard Proctor, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. d. Topsoil Backfill Material (1) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. (2) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment to a firm density, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 35 August 26, 2025 5. Compaction Testing a. Frequency of tests shall not be less than one (1) per two -feet (2') vertical of backfill material to top of Final Backfill, not including Topsoil Backfill Material, starting at two feet (2') above top of Initial Backfill, in accordance with ASTM D 2922. b. Failure (1) C. Inlet If compaction of the fill material does not meet or exceed the requirements that portion of fill material is to be further compacted and retested at the sole expense of the Contractor. A. Schedule of Backfilling 1. Backfilling shall commence as soon as concrete or masonry has been allowed to cure the required time and forms and shoring have been removed. B. Subgrade 1. Shall be undisturbed native material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 2. Compact top six -inches (6") to 95% Standard Proctor Density. C. Bedding 1. General a. The placing of the backfill material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil or other foreign matter and prevent damage to any other work. 2. Material a. Crushed Stone Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3. Requirement a. Below Foundation (1) Eight -inches (8"), or as required by the Drawings or Owner b. Width (1) Foundation width plus two -feet (2') or to edge of excavation whichever is greater. 4. Placement a. Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b. Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. c. The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 5. Compaction a. General EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 36 August 26, 2025 (1) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b. Crushed Stone Backfill Material (1) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method for effective compaction, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. D. Initial Backfill 1. General a. The placing of the material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter and prevent damage to any other work. 2. Material a. Paved Side (1) Shall be Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. (2) Requirement (a) Above Bedding i. Five -feet (5') or to the bottom of the bottom of road subgrade material, whichever is less, or as required by the Drawings or Owner (b) Width i. To extent of excavation. b. Non Paved Side (1) Shall be Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. (2) Requirement (a) Above Bedding i. Five -feet (5') or eight -inches (8") below final grade, or as required by the Drawings or Owner (b) Width i. To extent of excavation. 3. Placement a. Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b. Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. c. The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 4. Compaction EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330510-37 August 26, 2025 a. Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b. Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material (1) Shall be hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method on the dry side of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration of the cement without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. E. Final Backfill 1. General a. All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the embedment and accessories have been properly placed. b. The placing of the material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all foreign matter. c. Flooding or jetting of backfill is not allowed. 2. Material a. Paved Side (1) Top of Initial Backfill to the bottom of road subgrade material (a) Cement Stabilized Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. b. Non -Paved Side (1) Top of Initial Backfill Material to six -inches (6") below finished grade (a) Native Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. (2) Top six -inches (6") (a) Topsoil Backfill Material, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. 3. Placement a. Shall be placed in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b. Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench. c. The placing of the embedment material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil, rock, or other foreign matter. 4. Compaction a. General (1) Shall be compacted in a manner as to not damage any utility or improvements. b. Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill Material EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 38 August 26, 2025 (1) Hand tamp with tamping plate or other approved method on the dry side of optimum moisture content to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration of the cement without softening the soil of foundation or trench walls, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. c. Native Backfill Material (1) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment to ninety -percent (90%) Standard Proctor, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. d. Topsoil Backfill Material (1) Shall be placed in layers not more than eight -inches (8") in depth (loose measurement) the total width of the trench, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. (2) Compacted by use of industry standard equipment to a firm density, or as required by the Drawings or Owner. F. Compaction Testing 1. Frequency of tests shall not be less than one (1) per two -feet (2') vertical of backfill material to top of Final Backfill, not including Topsoil Backfill Material, starting at two feet (2') above top of Initial Backfill, in accordance with ASTM D 2922. 2. Failure a. If compaction of the fill material does not meet or exceed the requirements that portion of fill material is to be further compacted and retested at the sole expense of the Contractor. END OF SECTION 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 10 - 39 August 26, 2025 SECTION 33 05 76 - FIBERGLASS MANHOLES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 Description A. This specification shall govern work required for the furnishing and installation of Wastewater Utility Manholes, Frames, and Covers as required to complete the project. 1.02 Related Sections A. 03 21 11 REINFORCING STEEL B. 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES C. 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.03 References The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. AASHTO M 105—Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings B. AASHTO M 306 C. ASTM A 27 — Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application D. ASTM A 36 — Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel E. ASTM A 48 — Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings F. ASTM A 536 — Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings G. ASTM C 581— Practice for determining chemical resistance of thermosetting resins used in glass - fiber reinforced Structures Intended for Liquid Service H. ASTM C 923 — Standard Specification for Resilient manhole connectors I. ASTM D 695 —Test method for compressive properties of rigid plastics J. ASTM D 790 — Test methods for flexural properties of unreinforced and reinforced plastics and electrical insulating materials. K. ASTM D 2412 — Test Method for external loading properties of plastic pipe by parallel -plate loading. L. ASTM D 2583 — Test method for indentation hardness of rigid plastics by means of a barcol impresser. M. ASTM D 2584 — Test method for ignition loss of cured reinforced resins N. ASTM D 3034 — Type PSM Poly (Vinyl) Chloride) (PVC) sewer pipe and fittings O. ASTM D 3212 — Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals P. ASTM D 3753 — Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyester Manholes FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 33 05 76 - 1 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center August 26, 2025 Q. ASTM F 477 — Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe R. ASTM F 794 — PVC Profile Wall Sewer Pipe (riser) S. Texas Administrative Code Title 30, Part 1, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.55 — Manholes and Related Structures T. Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS) U. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) V. American Welding Society 1.04 Submittals A. Submit manufacturer's data, details, and shop drawings for the following items showing compliance with specifications: 1. Manhole a. Design b. Fabrication c. Fiberglass components d. Installation instruction e. Pipe Connector f. Base g. Inflow Inhibitor 2. Grade Adjustment Rings 3. Frames and Covers 4. Concrete Coatings PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 General A. All products shall be in accordance with Texas Administrative Code Title 30, Part 1, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.55 — Manholes and Related Structures B. Refer to the Sanitary Sewer Standard Details within the Drawings for additional information regarding products. C. To substitute a material or equipment it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all required information to determine that the material or equipment is equal or better to the Owner for approval prior to incorporation into the Project. D. All products shall be in accordance with this specification unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330576-2 August 26, 2025 2.02 Manholes A. Manholes shall be made monolithically from Fiberglass and shall be fabricated in accordance with ASTM D 3753 latest edition and the referenced design criteria as follows: 1. ASTM C 581 — Practice for determining chemical resistance of thermosetting resins used in glass -fiber reinforced Structures Intended for Liquid Service 2. ASTM D 695 —Test method for compressive properties of rigid plastics 3. ASTM D 790 — Test methods for flexural properties of unreinforced and reinforced plastics and electrical insulating materials. 4. ASTM C 923 — Standard Specification for Resilient manhole connectors 5. ASTM D 2412 — Test Method for external loading properties of plastic pipe by parallel -plate loading. 6. ASTM D 2583 — Test method for indentation hardness of rigid plastics by means of a barcol impressor. 7. ASTM D 2584 — Test method for ignition loss of cured reinforced resins 8. ASTM D 3034 — Type PSM Poly (Vinyl) Chloride) (PVC) sewer pipe and fittings 9. ASTM F 794 — PVC Profile Wall Sewer Pipe (riser) 10. The minimum wall thickness for all fiberglass manholes at all depths shall be one-half inch (1/2"). 11. The inside diameter of the manhole barrel shall be no less than forty-eight inches (48") or 1.5 times the nominal pipe diameter of the largest pipe, whichever is larger, or as noted on the Drawings. 12. The length of the manhole shall be in whole foot increments of ± two inches (± 2") 13. A concentric reducer over the barrel shall have a minimum inside diameter of 31 7/8 inch inside diameter. 14. Shall be designed to withstand HS-20 loading in accordance with AASHTO M 306. 15. Markings and Identifications a. Shall be placed on the inside and/or outside as required. b. Inside required Markings and Identifications shall be placed immediately below the upper factory bond joint or approximately one foot (1') below the corbel, whichever is less. 1) Manufacturers Name 2) Manufacturers Trademark 3) Manufacturers Serial Number 4) Manhole Length B. ASTM DesignationManhole Diameter FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330576-3 August 26, 2025 1. Shall be as noted on the Drawings a. In all cases shall be in accordance with Texas Administrative Code Title 30, Part 1, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule §217.55 C. Manhole Pipe Seal Gasket 1. The gasket shall eliminate leaks around the pipe entering the manhole wall and shall permit pipe movement without loss of seal integrity and be in conformance with ASTM D 3212. 2. Material for elastomeric seal in push -on joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 477. 3. Material for rubber sleeve shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 443. 4. Manhole pipe connectors gasket shall be as noted on the Drawings or approved equal. D. Manhole Base 1. Concrete shall be Class A in accordance with Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. 2. Caulk for seal between fiberglass manhole and concrete cast -in -place base shall be Epo-Flex epoxy (gun grade consistency) as manufactured by Dewey Supply of Corpus Christi, or approved equal. 3. Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Base shall be in accordance with requirements of ASTM C 478 as shown on construction Drawings and detail drawings. 4. Reinforcing steel where used shall conform to requirements of Section 03 2111 REINFORCING STEEL. E. Inflow Inhibitors 1. Inflow inhibitors shall be installed in all manholes. 2. They shall be of 316 stainless steel with an equivalent thickness of not less than eighteen (18) gauge and load tested in excess of 3000 pounds. 3. The inhibitor shall rest on the lip of the seating surface of the manhole ring and shall not exceed a depth of six and one-half inches (6 1/2"). 4. The seating surface of the inhibitor shall have an attached gasket on the weight bearing side. 5. The inhibitor shall have a gas relief valve made of Nitrite and shall operate at a 1 psi differential pressure. 6. The inhibitor shall be fitted with a handle of 3/16" plastic coated stainless steel cable attached to the insert body with a 6# 316 stainless steel rivet. 7. The inhibitor shall be constructed of materials that withstand highly corrosive sewer gases. 2.03 Grade Adjustment Rings A. All rings to adjust the height of the manhole shall be made from 100% HDPE and withstand ASSHTO M 306 HS-20 Traffic Loading. B. The internal diameter of the ring shall not be less than thirty inches (30"). FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330576-4 August 26, 2025 2.04 Frames and Covers A. General 1. Manhole frame & cover shall be designated for street application designed to meet AASHTO M306 HS-20 Traffic Loading. a. Shall be rated for traffic service withstanding an application of 40,000 pound proof load in accordance with AASHTO M 306. b. Within the Right -of -Way and in Pavements, Sidewalks, Driveways 1) Shall be heavy duty traffic rated meeting AASHTO M 306 c. Within the Right -of -Way and in Pavements, Sidewalks, Driveways within School Zones 1) Shall be heavy duty traffic rated and able to be bolted meeting AASHTO M 306 2. All products shall be domestically made in the United States of America. 3. Shall be in accordance with the details shown in the Drawings. a. Other patterns for frames, grates, and covers may be submitted for approval by the Owner 4. If cover is within the sidewalk or accessible pathway it shall meet the requirements of Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS) 5. Shall be true to pattern, form, and dimensions. 6. Shall be free from cracks, sponginess, and blowholes. 7. Shall be machined to yield a fit which will not rattle with passing traffic load. 8. Each casting shall be identifiable and show, at a minimum, the following: a. Name of the producing foundry b. Country of manufacture c. ASTM material designation d. Recycle symbol e. Individual part number f. Cast or heat date B. Welded Steel Frames and Grates 1. Shall conform to the member size, dimensions and details shown on the Drawings and shall be welded into an assembly in accordance with those details. 2. Welding shall be in accordance with American Welding Society 3. Steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 36. C. Castings 1. Whether Carbon -Steel, Gray Cast Iron or Ductile Iron shall conform to the shape and dimensions shown in the Drawings and shall be clean substantial castings, free from burnt -on sand and shall FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330576-5 August 26, 2025 be reasonable smooth. a. Runners, risers, fins, and other cast -on pieces shall be removed from the castings and such areas ground smooth. 2. Bearing surfaces between manhole frames and covers or grades and frames shall be cast or machined with such precision that uniform bearing shall be provided throughout the facilitate subsequent identification at installation. 3. Steel Castings a. Shall conform to the requirements of specifications for "Mild to Medium Strength Carbon Steel Castings for General Application", ASTM A 27. b. Grade 70-36 shall be furnished unless otherwise specified. 4. Cast Iron Castings a. Shall conform to the requirements of "Gray Iron Castings", ASTM A 48, Class 30, and AASHTO M 105. 5. Ductile Iron Castings a. Shall conform to the requirements of "Ductile Iron Castings", ASTM A 536. b. Grade 70-50-05 shall be used otherwise specified. D. Manufacturing Facilities 1. Manufacturing facilities shall be domestic in compliance with Local, State, and Federal workplace and environmental regulations. E. Bolts 1. Commercial grade 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts shall be used when indicated on the Drawings or required by the Owner. 2.05 Concrete A. All concrete and accessories shall be in accordance with Section 03 31 11 — CONCRETE STRUCTURES and in accordance with this specification. B. All concrete and accessories shall be rated for use in high sulfur dioxide conditions. 2.06 Non -Shrink Grout A. Shall be prepackaged and meet the requirements of ASTM C1107, be flowable, Nonmetallic, Inorganic, Non -gas liberating, Cement based, have a compressive strength of 7000 psi, and requires only the addition of water. 2.07 Concrete Coatings A. Provide as indicated on the Drawings or approved equal. FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330576-6 August 26, 2025 2.08 Backfill A. Shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that one requirement conflicts with another the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. 3.02 Manholes A. General 1. Work shall be completed and finished in a careful workmanlike manner, with special care being given to sealing joints around all pipes extending through walls of the manholes and at the frames and rings. 2. Refer to the Sanitary Sewer Standard Details within the Drawings for additional information regarding execution. 3. Installation Assist Marks a. Shall be vertical lines 90 degrees apart at the base of the manhole and at other locations to assist in construction. b. Can be applied by Manufacturer and/or by Contractor. c. Marks shall be in a color and visible so that the Contractor and Owner can easily determine the use and determine when requirements are met. d. Required Marks 1) Continuous mark around manhole a) Minimum embedment into base b) Maximum embedment into base c) Minimum initial backfill height 2) Location of dowels (if required) 3) Location and size of pipe penetrations prior to cut. B. Excavation 1. As per Section 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES. C. Wall Preparation for Pipe Penetrations FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330576-7 August 26, 2025 1. For sanitary sewer application, pipe penetrations for pipe four -inch (4") through fifteen -inch (15") shall be made with appropriately sized core drill bits recommended by the Manufacturer. 2. Pipe penetrations other than described above and as authorized by the Owner shall be made as follows: a. Cut shall be equal to the outside diameter of pipe to pass through it, plus two -inches (2"), plus gasket to form a non -leak seal. b. Cuts are to be made using electric or gasoline powered circular saw with masonry blade. c. Impact type tools shall not be used. 3. Where multiple pipe connections occur, maximum wall cutout shall not exceed manufacturer's recommendations, nor shall be cut leaving less than twelve -inches (12") between pipes, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or approved by Owner. D. Pipe Penetrations 1. All pipe penetrations shall be in accordance with the Drawings. 2. Shall have an approved gasket placed between pipe and manhole. 3. Gasket shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. E. Pipe Stub outs for Future Connections 1. Shall be installed where noted on the Drawings and in accordance with the details. 2. Shall have an approved gasket placed between pipe and manhole. 3. Gasket shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 4. A watertight plug shall be installed in the pipe at the point that the pipe enters the manhole and remain until the pipe is connected for future service. F. Handling 1. Manholes shall be handled and stored in a safe manner as necessary to prevent damaging either the manhole or the surroundings. 2. Manholes shall be lifted as specified by the manufacturer. a. If manhole must be moved by rolling, the ground which it transverses shall be smooth and free of rocks, debris, etc. G. Installation 1. Shall be installed as specified by the manufacturer and in accordance with this specification and the details. 2. Field verify all existing elevations and conditions prior to ordering new manholes. H. Inverts 1. Form invert channels with concrete if not integral with manhole base section for all pipes entering and exiting the manhole. FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330576-8 August 26, 2025 2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. 3. Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts in accordance with the Drawings. I. Concrete and Grout 1. Concrete a. All concrete work shall be completed in accordance with Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. b. All concrete shall be placed within forms. c. All exposed concrete inside the manhole shall have an approved concrete coating applied to the surface in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. 2. Grout a. Grout shall be placed in a manner which will not allow for separation of materials. b. All exposed concrete inside the manhole shall have a concrete coating as indicated on the Drawings applied to the surface in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. J. Backfill Material 1. As per Section 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES. K. Grade Adjustment Rings 1. A minimum of twelve -inches (12") of rings are allowed. 2. A maximum of eighteen -inches (18") of rings are allowed. L. Concrete Collar 1. Shall be circular or square of size indicated on the Drawings. 2. Concrete shall be in accordance with Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. 3. Traffic shall be restricted from the traversing across for thirty-six (36) hours after placement of frame and concrete. M. Manhole Leakage Testing 1. Leakage testing shall be performed on each manhole and separate and independent of the collection system pipes by isolation. 2. Hydrostatic Test a. Plug all pipes entering the manhole and fill the manhole completely with water. b. The minimum length of the test shall be one (1) hour. c. Maximum leakage shall be calculated to be 0.025 gallons per foot diameter of manhole depth per hour. FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 330576-9 August 26, 2025 3. Vacuum Testing a. Plug all lift holes and exterior joints by approved methods. b. Plug all pipes entering the manhole. c. The test head shall be placed at the top of the manhole in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. d. A vacuum of 10 inches of mercury shall be drawn on the manhole, the valve on the vacuum line of the test head closed, and the vacuum pump shut off. e. The time of the test will start once the vacuum pump is shut off. f. The manhole shall pass if the time for the vacuum reading to drop from ten (10) inches of mercury to nine (9) inches of mercury exceeds two (2) minutes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made by an approved method and then be retested until a satisfactory test is obtained. g• 4. Testing and Certification a. Testing shall be done by the Contractor and witnessed by the Owner or his representative. b. All manholes and structures shall be tested as finished and completed for final acceptance. c. ANY DEFECTIVE WORK OR MATERIALS shall be corrected or replaced by the Contractor and retested. d. This shall be repeated until all work and materials are acceptable. 3.03 Frames and Covers A. Frames, grates, and covers shall be constructed of the materials as specified and in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings and shall be placed carefully to the lines or grades indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the Owner. B. All welding shall conform to the requirements of the applicable section of the latest American Welding Society Specifications. C. Apply non -seize graphite or approved equal around all the frame, grate, and/or cover prior to installation. 3.04 Grade Adjustment of Existing Fiberglass Manholes A. Adjustment by Rings 1. The adjustment of the frame and cover is to be achieved by removal or addition of HDPE grade adjustment rings that rest above the fiberglass corbel. 2. Butyl Sealant shall be placed between each ring in a manner to form a continuous seal between each ring. 3. Butyl Sealant shall be placed between the ring and manhole to form a continuous seal. FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 76 - 10 August 26, 2025 B. Adjustment by Lowering Top of Manhole 1. If the frame and cover must be lowered to the extent that the new elevation cannot be achieved by removal of grade adjustment rings and it is necessary to remove a section of the fiberglass manhole, this work shall be done as described below: a. All work shall be in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. b. Remove the appropriately sized section of the existing manhole from the vertical manhole wall at least six inches (6") below the seam where the corbel meets the vertical wall. c. Excavate evenly around the manhole as required. d. Mark, cut and remove the required section of the manhole. 1) Make a square cut as necessary for a good butt splice. e. Grind and clean ends of fiberglass that are to be re -united. f. Replace and align the top. g• Apply new Fiberglass in accordance with Manhole Manufacturer recommendations and the recommendations of the repair kit. 1) Repair kit shall be of type as required by Manhole Manufacturer. h. After curing, backfill in accordance with the backfill requirements for Manholes, the Drawings, and/or as directed by the Owner. C. Concrete Collar 1. Shall be circular or square of size indicated on the Drawings. 2. Concrete shall be in accordance with Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. 3. Traffic shall be restricted from the traversing across for thirty-six (36) hours after placement of frame and concrete. 3.05 Grade Adjustment of Existing Brick Manholes A. Shall be in accordance with the Drawings. END OF SECTION 33 05 76 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 05 76 - 11 August 26, 2025 SECTION 33 14 13 - WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 Description A. This specification shall govern work required for the furnishing and installation of Plastic and Ductile Iron Pipe and fittings as required to complete the project. 1.02 Related Sections A. 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.03 References The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. ANSI A 21.4 (AWWA C104) — Cement -Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water B. ANSI A 21.5 (AWWA C105) — Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems C. ANSI A 21.10 (AWWA C110) — Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings, 3 inch through 48 inch D. ANSI A 21.11 (AWWA C111) — Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings E. ANSI A 21.15 (AWWA C115) — Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Ductile Iron or Gray Iron Threaded Flanges F. ANSI A21.16 (AWWA C 116)— Protective Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior Surfaces of Ductile Iron and Grey iron Fittings for Water Supply Service G. ANSI A 21.50 (AWWA C150) — Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe H. ANSI A 21.51 (AWWA C151) — Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water and Other Liquids I. ANSI A 21.53 (AWWA C153) — Ductile Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service J. ASME B 16.1— Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings K. ASTM A 36 — Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel L. ASTM A 536 — Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings M. ASTM F 477 — Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe N. ASTM D 1599 — Standard Test Method for Resistance to Short -Time Hydraulic Pressure of Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings O. ASTM F 1674 — Standard Test Method for Joint Restraint Products for Use with PVC Pipe P. ASTM D 1784 — Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds Q. ASTM D 2122 — Standard Method of Determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings R. ASTM 2241 — Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure -Rated Pipe (SDR Series) WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 33 1413 - 1 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center August 26, 2025 S. ASTM D 3139 — Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes using Flexible Elastomeric Seals T. AWWA C 900—AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 Inch Through 12 Inch, for Water Transmission and Distribution U. AWWA C 905 — AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe Diameters 14 inch through 36 inch V. AWWA M 23 — PVC Pipe Design and Installation W. AWWA C 600 — Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances X. NSF / ANSI Standard 61— Drinking Water System Components Y. American Public Works Association (APWA) Z. Texas Administrative Code — 30 TAC §217.53(d) AA. Texas Administrative Code — 30 TAC §290.44(e) BB. Standard Water Details (as applicable) 1.04 Submittals A. Pipe 1. Submit manufacturer's certifications that the pipe meets the provisions of this section and comply with the references. B. Fittings 1. Submit manufacturer's certifications that the fittings meet the provisions of this section and comply with the references. C. Gaskets 1. An analysis of the material used in each size gasket showing the type of synthetic rubber and that no natural rubber is present shall be supplied. 1.05 Definitions The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A. ASME —American Society of Mechanical Engineers B. ASTM — American Society of Testing and Materials C. ANSI —American National Standards Institute D. AWWA—American Water Works Association E. Dimension Ratio (DR) — the ratio of the pipe outside diameter to the minimum wall thickness. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 General WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 33 1413 - 2 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center August 26, 2025 A. All products must comply with NSF/ANSI Standard 61. B. To substitute a material or equipment it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all required information to determine that the material or equipment is equal or better to the Owner for approval prior to incorporation into the Project. C. All products shall be in accordance with this specification unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 2.02 Plastic Pipe A. General 1. Identification markings a. Each length of pipe shall bear identification markings in conformance with AWWA. b. Markings shall be applied at intervals of not more than five -feet (5') on the pipe. c. The minimum markings are as follows: 1) Nominal Size and OD base 2) PVC 3) Dimension Ratio (DR#) 4) AWWA Pressure Rating (PR#) 5) AWWA Designation Number (AWWA C#) 6) Manufacturer's name and trademark 7) Manufacturer's production code, including day, month, year, shift, Plant, and extruder of manufacture. 2. Pipe shall be furnished in standard laying lengths of twenty -feet (20') (plus or minus one -inch (1")), unless otherwise noted. 3. Certification a. Pipe 1) The Contractor shall furnish in duplicate to the Owner a copy of the manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with this specification. b. Gaskets 1) The Contractor shall furnish in duplicate to the Owner a copy of the manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with this specification. c. Certification shall accompany each delivery of materials. 4. Pipe shall be integrally blue in color. B. AWWA C900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 1. General a. Specification covers six-inch (6") through twelve -inch (12") diameter. WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-3 August 26, 2025 2. Material a. Shall be made of Class 1245A or Class 1245B compounds, as defined in ASTM D 1784 with an established Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB) of 4,000 psi . 3. Dimension a. Shall be manufactured to cast iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. b. Dimensions and tolerances for each nominal pipe sizes shall be in accordance with AWWA C900. 4. Joint a. Pipe shall have an integral bell formed on the pipe end and be designed to be at least as strong as the pipe wall in accordance with ASTM D 3139. b. The use of solvent weld pipe is not allowed. c. Joint restraints shall be used as recommended by the manufacturer or Owner. 5. Gasket a. An elastomeric gasket shall be manufactured with a retainer ring, which "locks" the gasket into the integral bell groove and shall be installed at the point of manufacturer. b. Gaskets for jointing pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F 477. 6. Pipe Pressure Class a. Shall be Class 150 (DR 18) with the following requirements: 1) Sustained pressure requirement of 500 psi in accordance with ASTM D 2241, 2) Minimum burst pressure of 755 psi in accordance with ASTM D 1599. 7. Dimension Ratio a. Unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings pipe shall have a dimension ratio of 18 (DR 18) and in accordance with AWWA C 900. 8. Cause for Rejection a. Pipe does not meet the specification, b. Scratched pipe, c. Evidence of ultraviolet radiation "sunburn" due to extended unprotected storage conditions, d. Damaged pipe, or e. Damaged gasket C. AWWA C905 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 1. General a. Specification covers sixteen -inch (16") through twenty-four inch (24") diameter. WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-4 August 26, 2025 2. Material a. Shall be made of Class 1245A or Class 1245B compounds, as defined in ASTM D 1784 with an established Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB) of 4,000 psi. 3. Dimension a. Be manufactured to cast iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. b. Dimensions and tolerances for each nominal pipe sizes shall be in accordance with AWWA C 905. 4. Joint a. Pipe shall have an integral bell formed on the pipe end and be designed to be at least as strong as the pipe wall in accordance with ASTM D 3139. b. The use of solvent weld pipe is not allowed. c. Joint restraints shall be used as recommended by the manufacturer or Owner. 5. Gasket a. An elastomeric gasket shall be manufactured with a retainer ring, which "locks" the gasket into the integral bell groove and shall be installed at the point of manufacturer. b. Gaskets for jointing pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F 477. 6. Pipe Pressure Class a. Shall be Class 165 (DR25) with the following requirements: 1) Sustained pressure requirement of 500 psi in accordance with ASTM D 2241, 2) Minimum burst pressure of 755 psi in accordance with ASTM D 1599. 7. Dimension Ratio a. Unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings pipe shall have a dimension ratio (DR) of 25 (DR25) and in accordance with AWWA C 905. 8. Cause for Rejection a. Pipe does not meet the specification, b. Scratched pipe, c. Evidence of ultraviolet radiation "sunburn" due to extended unprotected storage conditions, d. Damaged pipe, or e. Damaged gasket 2.03 Ductile Iron Pipe A. General WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-5 August 26, 2025 1. Shall conform to ANSI A 21.15 (AWWA C115), ANSI A 21.50 (AWWA C150), and ANSI A 21.51 (AWWA C 151). 2. Identification Markings a. Each length of pipe shall bear identification markings in conformance with AWWA. b. Markings shall be applied at intervals of not more than five -feet (5') on the pipe. 1) The minimum markings are as follows: a) Nominal Size and OD base b) Wall Thickness c) AWWA Pressure Class d) AWWA Designation Number (AWWA C#) e) Manufacturer's name and trademark f) Manufacturer's production code, including day, month, year, shift, plant. c. The face of bells shall be plainly marked by color coding for classes so as to be readily identified in the field. 3. Pipe shall be furnished in standard laying lengths plus or minus one -inch (1") unless otherwise noted. 4. Certification a. A certification shall accompany each order furnished to job site. b. The Contractor shall furnish in duplicate to the Owner a copy of the manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with this specification. 5. Pressure class for ductile iron pipe shall meet the requirements of Table 1: Table 1 Pressure Class for Ductile Iron Pipe Diameter (inches) Pressure Class (psi) Wall Thickness (inches) Range of Maximum Allowable Depth Cover (A— B)1 (feet) 6 350 0.25 30 — 65 8 350 0.25 20 — 50 12 350 0.28 15 — 44 16 300 0.32 13 — 39 24 250 0.37 11— 29 1 Range of maximum allowable depth of pipe where: A = Groundwater, unstable bottom, or quick condition B = Ideal trench conditions, and sand encasement is at an average density in excess of 90% Standard Proctor. B. Coatings WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-6 August 26, 2025 1. Interior a. Shall be either: 1) Lined with Cement mortar with seal coat in accordance with ANSI A 21.4 (AWWA C104). 2) Lined with Fusion Bonded Epoxy in accordance with ANSI A21.16 (AWWA C 116). b. Shall be free of voids and holidays. 2. Exterior a. Shall have a coating of coal tar epoxy of approximately 1 mil thick or as specified in ANSI A 21.51 (AWWA C151). 2.04 Fittings A. General 1. Shall be ductile iron and in accordance with ANSI A 21.10 (AWWA C110) or ANSI A 21.53 (AWWA C153). 2. Shall be same size as pipe. 3. Shall have a pressure rating of: a. 250 psi for sizes through twelve -inch (12"), unless shown differently on Drawings, b. 150 psi for sixteen -inch (16") and twenty-four inch (24"), unless shown differently on Drawings. B. Coatings 1. Interior a. Shall be either: 1) Lined with Cement mortar with seal coat in accordance with ANSI A 21.4 (AWWA C104), or 2) Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coated in accordance with ANSI A21.16 (AWWA C 116). 2. Exterior a. Shall have a coating of coal tar epoxy of approximately 1 mil thick or as specified in ANSI A 21.51 (AWWA C151). C. Reducers 1. Are not permitted to facilitate an off -size fitting, 2. Reducing bushings are prohibited, 3. Make reductions in pipe size by reducing fittings. D. Certification 1. A certification shall accompany each order furnished to job site. WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-7 August 26, 2025 2. The Contractor shall furnish in duplicate to the Owner a copy of the manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with this specification. 3. A copy of a lab analysis of the material used in each size gasket showing the type of synthetic rubber and that no natural rubber is present. 2.05 Joining A. Pipe 1. Shall be tighten on or push on type. B. Fittings 1. Shall be mechanical joints, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. C. Push on Joints 1. Push on joints shall conform to ANSI A 21.11. Push on joints shall be complete with lubricant and gasket material. Gasket material shall be synthetic rubber, odor free, and containing no natural rubber. D. Mechanical Joints 1. Shall conform to ANSI A 21.11 (AWWA C111) and/or ANSI A 21.53 (C153). 2. Shall be furnished complete with joint material, Cor-ten nuts, Cor-ten bolts, glands and gaskets. E. Restrained Joints 1. When indicated on the Drawings or required by manufacturer of pipe, restrained joints for pipe and fittings shall be mechanical joint push on type with retainer gland with a minimum of 250 psi rated working pressure, manufactured from high strength ductile iron, and be in accordance with ASTM A 536. F. Gaskets 1. Shall be of synthetic rubber. 2. An analysis of the material used in each size gasket showing the type of synthetic rubber and that no natural rubber is present shall be supplied. 2.06 Polyethylene Wrapping A. The polyethylene material shall: 1. Have a minimum thickness of 8 mils 2. May be either clear or black. 2.07 Backfill A. Shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-8 August 26, 2025 2.08 Warning Tape A. The tape shall be: 1. APWA compliant color coding a. Blue 2. Shall be heavy duty polyethylene 3. Minimum three -inches (3") wide 4. 4 Mil thickness 5. Be continuously repeated in one and one-half inch (1-1/2") letters marked with a. "CAUTION BURIED WATER LINE BELOW" 2.09 Tracer Wire A. Wire shall be of solid core 10 gauge insulated B. Shall be Blue insulation PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that one requirement conflicts with another the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. 3.02 Handling A. General 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the handling and safe storage of all materials in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and the specifications. 2. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws or other defects will be rejected. a. Contractor shall remove such defective material from the site of the work by the end of the work day. 3. Care shall be taken not to scratch pipe and fittings. a. Excessive scratching shall be considered cause for rejection of pipe or fitting. B. Unloading 1. Materials shall be unloaded at point of delivery and hauled to the site by the Contractor. WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-9 August 26, 2025 2. Materials may be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be installed provided that it is to be incorporated into the project within ten (10) days. C. Storing Materials 1. Materials shall be stored on platforms and allows the material to not touch the ground or vegetation and protects it from damage, and blowing soil and debris. 2. The interior of materials shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter. 3. Materials shall be stored as recommended by the manufacturer and as directed by the Owner. 4. Materials shall not be placed on private property, unless written permission has been obtained from the property owner by the Contractor. 5. Materials shall not be placed within ten -feet (10') of the back of curb or edge of pavement without permission of the Owner. a. If road is open to traffic then the Contractor will be required to install Traffic Control devices as required to notify the public. D. Distribution of Materials 1. Distribution of materials at the work site shall be allowed provided that they are incorporated into the work within ten (10) days. 2. The Contractor shall not distribute material in such a manner as to cause undue inconvenience to the public. 3. Materials shall not be placed on private property, unless written permission has been obtained from the property owner by the Contractor. 4. Materials shall not be placed within five -feet (5') of the back of curb or edge of pavement without permission of the Owner. a. If road is open to traffic then the Contractor will be required to install Traffic Control devices as required to notify the public. 3.03 Excavation A. Shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES. 3.04 Placing Pipe and Accessories in Trench A. General 1. Shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C 600 and the specifications. 2. The trench shall be excavated true and parallel to the pipe centerline with the required clearances below the pipe bottom and the required clearance from the bottom of the bell to the bottom of the bell hole as per 33 05 10.00 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES and manufacturer recommendations. WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-10 August 26, 2025 3. Proper implements, tools and facilities satisfactory to the Owner shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and efficient execution of the work. 4. Pipe identification markings shall be located on the top of the pipe when pipe is in the final position in the trench. 5. All pipe and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable equipment, in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipe and accessories. 6. Under no circumstances shall pipe or accessories be dropped or dumped into the trench. B. Inspection of Pipe and Accessories 1. The pipe and accessories shall be inspected for defects prior to lowering in the trench. 2. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe shall be replaced. C. Clean Pipe 1. All foreign matter, or dirt, shall be removed from the interior of the pipe prior to lowering into the trench. 2. Pipe shall be kept clean both in and out of the trench at all times during the laying. D. Tracer Wire 1. Tracer wire shall be taped directly to the pipe at a minimum of ten -inch (10") increments. 2. Wire shall be continuous along the top of the pipe with no splices allowed. 3. Wire shall come up to the top of valve extensions and fire hydrant stems, as directed by the Owner. 3.05 Alignment and Grade A. General 1. All pipes and fittings shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades. 2. Where the grade or alignment of the pipe is obstructed by existing utility structures such as conduits, ducts, pipes, connections to sewers or drains, the obstruction shall be permanently supported, relocated, removed, or reconstructed by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense, in cooperation with the Owners of such utility structures. 3. Temporary support and adequate protection of all underground and surface utility structures encountered in the progress of the work shall be furnished by the Contractor. B. Utility Separation Distances 1. General a. Separation is to be measured from the outside surface of each respective piece. 2. General utilities a. Parallel — vertical and horizontal separation shall be a minimum of two -feet (2'), unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-11 August 26, 2025 b. Crossing 1) Separation of six -inches (6") to two -feet (2') — cement stabilized sand (10% cement per cubic yard of sand) shall be placed between and two -feet (2') beyond each utility, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. 2) Separation of more than two -feet (2') — backfill shall be as Drawings indicate or equal to or better than existing, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. 3. Wastewater utilities a. General 1) In all cases the water utility shall be above the wastewater utility 2) Water line pipe joint (18'+) is to be centered on the crossing b. Separation nine -feet (9') or more in all directions 1) In all cases the water line is to be located above the wastewater utility and installed as indicated on the Drawings and by manufacturer recommendations. c. Separation nine -feet (9') or less in any direction 1) New wastewater utility a) The installation must meet the requirements of 30 TAC §217.53(d) and 30 TAC §290.44(e). (1) Parallel — vertical separation shall be a minimum of two -feet (2') and horizontal separation shall be a minimum of four -feet (4'), unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. (2) Crossing — vertical separation shall be a minimum of one -foot (1') between outside diameters and have cement stabilized sand (10% cement per cubic yard of sand) placed between and five -feet (5') beyond utility and the sewage line must be below the water utility, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. 2) Existing wastewater utility a) If the wastewater utility line is leaking the line must be replaced nine -feet (9') in each direction of the crossing, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. b) The installation must meet the requirements of 30 TAC §217.53(d) and 30 TAC §290.44(e). (1) Parallel — vertical separation shall be a minimum of two -feet (2') and horizontal separation shall be a minimum of four -feet (4'), unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. (2) Crossing — vertical separation shall be a minimum of two -feet (2') and have cement stabilized sand (10% cement per cubic yard of sand) placed between WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-12 August 26, 2025 and five -feet (5') beyond, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. 4. Utilities conveying hazardous materials (oil, etc.) a. Contact Owner for requirements. C. Deviation from Drawings 1. No deviation from the line and grade shown on Drawings may be made without the consent of the Owner. D. Depth of Cover 1. Depth of cover will be measured from the established street grade or the surface of the permanent improvement, or from finished grade to the top of the pipe barrel. 2. Under Paved Area a. Lines less than twelve -inch (12") 1) Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, the minimum depth of cover shall be thirty-six inches (36"). 2) The maximum depth of cover shall be forty-eight inches (48"). 3) When depth of cover exceeds forty-eight inches (48") to avoid obstruction the use of bends may be required. 4) The top of pipe shall be a minimum of twelve -inches (12") below subgrade at all points. b. Lines twelve -inch (12") and greater 1) Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, the minimum depth of cover shall be forty- eight -inches (48"). 2) When depth of cover exceeds forty-eight inches (48") to avoid obstruction the use of bends may be required. 3) Be a minimum of twelve -inches (12") below subgrade at all points. 3. Under Non -Paved Area a. Lines less than twelve -inch (12") 1) Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, the minimum depth of cover shall be thirty -six - inches (36"). 2) The maximum depth of cover shall be forty-eight inches (48"). 3) When depth of cover exceeds forty-eight inches (48") to avoid obstruction the use of bends may be required. 4) Lines under Creeks and Drainage Channels shall be placed at a minimum of thirty-six inches (36") below the anticipated depth. b. Lines twelve -inch (12") and greater WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-13 August 26, 2025 1) Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, the minimum depth of cover shall be forty- eight inches (48"). 2) When depth of cover exceeds forty-eight inches (48") to avoid obstruction the use of bends may be required. 3) Lines under Creeks and Drainage Channels shall be placed at a minimum of forty-eight inches (48") below the anticipated depth. 4. Deviations from the minimum depth or maximum depth shall be promptly marked on the field Drawings. 3.06 Joining Pipes A. All pipes shall be joined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. B. When mechanical joints or restrained joints are to be constructed they are to be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Pipe deflection shall not exceed seventy-five percent (75%) of the maximum amount recommended by the manufacturer. 3.07 Polyethylene Wrapping A. All buried ductile iron pipe and fittings, valves, except pipe or valves which are laid in encasement pipe, in concrete valve boxes, or above ground, shall be wrapped in two (2) plys of polyethylene in accordance with ANSI A 21.5 (AWWA C105). B. The wrapping shall be lapped in such manner that all surfaces of pipe valves and fittings, including joints, shall have a double thickness of polyethylene. C. Polyethylene shall be lapped a minimum of eighteen -inches (18") and the lap shall be placed in the lower quadrant of the pipe and in such a manner that backfill material cannot fall into the lap. D. The wrapping shall be lapped in such a manner that all surfaces of the pipe shall have a double thickness of polyethylene. E. The polyethylene shall be secured in place with poly vinyl tape and/or twine at not more than six- foot (6') intervals. F. Damage to the polyethylene wrapping shall be repaired in a manner satisfactory to the Owner, so as to form the best protection to the pipes. 3.08 Backfill A. Shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES. B. The backfill shall be placed in a manner that will not injure the polyethylene wrapping and shall be compacted under, around the sides, and over the pipe in a manner that will reduce settlement to a minimum and as directed by the Owner. 3.09 Hydrostatic Testing and Sterilization of Water System WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-14 August 26, 2025 A. Products 1. General a. All products must comply with NSF/ANSI Standard 61. b. Pre -Approved materials and equipment can be found within the City of Corpus Christi Product List — Water Department. 1) Use of material and equipment from the list does not relieve the Contractor from meeting the requirements of this specification. c. To substitute a material or equipment it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all required information to determine that the material or equipment is equal or better to the Owner for approval prior to incorporation into the Project. d. All products shall be in accordance with this specification unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 2. Test Riser Assembly a. Test Riser Assembly for two-inch (2") water line shall consist of (in order): 1) 2" Brass Nipple of length to allow top of nipple to be 12" minimum to 36" maximum above grade 2) 2" Brass Gate Valve 3) 2" Brass 90 Degree Street Elbow 4) 2" x 12" Brass Nipple b. Test Riser Assembly for four -inch (4") and up water line shall consist of (in order): 1) M.J. Cap, ring, gasket, and hardware with a drilled and tapped 2" female iron pipe thread 2) 2" Brass 90 Degree Street Elbow 3) 2" x 12" Brass Nipple 4) 2" Brass Straight Coupling 5) 2" Brass Nipple of length to allow top of nipple to be 12" minimum to 36" maximum above grade 6) 2" Brass Gate Valve 7) 2" Brass 90 Degree Street Elbow 8) 2" x 12" Brass Nipple 3. Water a. Water for filling the new water line and performing all tests shall be furnished by the Contractor from the City potable water system through a standard water construction meter connection. 4. Standard Water Construction Meter and Gauge WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-15 August 26, 2025 a. Will be supplied by the City after the Contractor has paid all applicable fees for the water construction meter. 5. Test Pump and Gauge a. The test pump, gauge, and applicable hardware at connection points shall be furnished by the Contractor b. The Gauge shall be protected against extreme pressures by the use of a one -inch (1") safety relief valve set at ten (10) psi above the test pressure. 6. Calcium Hypochlorite a. Shall be furnished and handled in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and local, state, and federal regulations. B. Execution 1. General a. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 2. Riser Assembly a. The Contractor shall install riser assemblies on each end of water lines to be tested. 1) Note that this includes all two-inch (2") service connections. b. The assembly shall be wrapped in polyethylene, and concrete thrust blocking shall be applied at the base. c. After the line is tested and ready for connection to the existing water system, the Contractor shall remove the test riser assembly as listed below: 1) For two-inch (2") water line a) Removal (1) 2" Brass Nipple of length to allow top of nipple to be 12" minimum to 36" maximum above grade (2) 2" Brass Gate Valve (3) 2" Brass 90 Degree Street Elbow (4) 2" x 12" Brass Nipple b) Install (1) 2" Brass Plug 2) For four -inch (4") and up water line a) Removal (1) 2" Brass Straight Coupling WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-16 August 26, 2025 (2) 2" Brass Nipple of length to allow top of nipple to be 12" minimum to 36" maximum above grade (3) 2" Brass Gate Valve (4) 2" Brass 90 Degree Street Elbow (5) 2" x 12" Brass Nipple b) Install (1) 2" Brass Cap 3) The removed test riser assembly shall remain the property of the Contractor. 3. Test Pump and Gauge a. Connection points shall be approved by the Water Superintendent or designated agent. b. Installation shall be approved by the Water Superintendent or designated agent. c. Gauge shall be directly connected to the pipe being tested by the use of copper tubing or an approved reinforced hose. 4. Hydrostatic Testing a. General 1) Tests shall be made by the Contractor and witnessed by the Owner only after completion of backfill as specified in Section 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES. 2) Testing shall be completed, and all work shall pass the required testing prior to placement of pavement. a) Contractor may proceed with placement of pavement and will incur all costs associated with the removal and replacement of pavement if utility fails testing and needs to be replaced. 3) Each section of pipeline shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure, measured at the point of lowest elevation, shall be applied. 4) During the filling of the pipe, and before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipeline. 5) During the test, all exposed pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants, and joints shall be carefully examined. a) If found to be leaking, they shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. b) If the leaking is due to cracked or defective material, the defective material shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with sound material. b. Testing 1) All pipes shall be subjected to two (2) hydrostatic tests. a) The first hydrostatic test shall be a two (2) hour test at a pressure of 150 P.S.I. WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-17 August 26, 2025 (1) Ductile Iron Pipe (a) The maximum allowable leakage shall be calculated by the equation as follows: L = S(DVP) / 133,200 L = Maximum Allowable Leakage (Gal./Hr.) Or S = Length of Pipe Tested (feet) L = N(DVP) / 7,400 N = Number of Joints in Tested Line (Pipe & Fittings) D = Nominal Diameter of Pipe (In.) P = Average Test Pressure (P.S.I.) (2) Plastic Pipe (PVC) (a) The maximum allowable leakage shall be calculated by the equation as follows: L = N(DIP) / 7,400 L = Maximum Allowable Leakage (Gal./Hr.) N = Number of Joints in Tested Line (Pipe & Fittings) D = Nominal Diameter of Pipe (In.) P = Average Test Pressure (P.S.I.) b) The second hydrostatic test shall be for a 24-hour period at City operating pressure for waterlines. (1) The second test shall be no less than 48 hours after successful completion of the first hydrostatic test. (2) The maximum allowable leakage shall be zero (0). 2) If the pressure system fails to meet the leakage requirements, the Contractor shall make the required repairs to the system and the system shall be retested. 3) This procedure shall be repeated until the system complies with leakage requirements. 5. Sterilization a. General 1) Where soil or other substances have come in contact with the water surfaces of the pipe and accessories, the interior shall be washed and sterilized with a two -percent (2%) solution of calcium hypochlorite. b. Test 1) After passing the hydrostatic test, the new line shall be slowly filled with a solution of water and a concentrated calcium hypochlorite solution, and allowed to stand for 48 hours. WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-18 August 26, 2025 2) After sterilization period is completed, lines shall be flushed by the Contractor under the direct supervision of a representative of the City Water Department. a) The calcium hypochlorite water shall be disposed of by the Contractor in accordance with TCEQ regulations. 3) After flushing of the new main, the Contractor will be required to obtain a sample and perform all required City and Texas State Health Department Purification Standards tests. a) After a 24 hour incubation period the results of the bacteriological test shall be obtained. b) If the sample does not pass Texas State Health Department purification standards, the procedure shall be repeated. (1) Two (2) series of test failures shall require the Contractor to "pig" the system before any more bacteriological samples can be collected. 4) The entire procedure shall be coordinated under the supervision of the Water Superintendent or designated agent and Owner. 5) During sterilization process, valves shall be operated only under the supervision of the Water Superintendent or designated agent and Owner. c. Passing Test 1) Remove test riser assembly. 2) Complete tie-in of new water line to existing water system. a) Contact Water Superintendent or designated agent and Owner on date and time of final tie-in a minimum of 24 hours prior to. End of Section 33 05 76 WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331413-19 August 26, 2025 SECTION 33 14 19 - TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 Description A. This specification shall govern work required for the furnishing and installation of Tapping Sleeves and Valves, Gate Valves, and Fire hydrants as required to complete the project. 1.02 Related Sections A. 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES B. 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES C. 33 14 13 WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 1.03 References The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. American Water Works Association B. ANSI B 16 — Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings C. ANSI / AWWA C502 — Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants D. ANSI/AWWA C550 — Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants E. ANSI A 21.11 (AWWA C111) — Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings F. AWWA C 509 — Standard for Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service G. NSF / ANSI Standard 61— Drinking Water System Components H. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 246 — Standard for Hydrants for Fire -Protection Service I. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 262 — Standard for Safety for Gate Valves for Fire -Protection Service J. Factory Mutual (FM) 1510— Fire Hydrants (Dry Barrel Type) K. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD) L. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 672 "Raised Pavement Markers" M. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 678 "Pavement Surface Preparation for Markings" N. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-4100, Jiggle Bar Tiles O. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-4200, Raise Markers (Reflectorized) TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331419-1 August 26, 2025 P. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-4300, Traffic Buttons Q. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-6100, Epoxies and Adhesives R. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS-6130, Bituminous Adhesive for Pavement Markers S. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-828-B T. Standard details (as applicable) 1.04 Submittals A. The Contractor shall submit, for approval, Certified Drawings of each size and type of valve sixteen - inch (16") and larger showing principal dimensions, construction details, and materials used indicating compliance with the specification. B. Information regarding products indicating compliance with this specification. C. All required certifications 1.05 Definitions The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A. Fire Hydrant — includes all items required for the installation, including all piping, fittings, valves, hydrant, and accessories as noted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 General A. All products must comply with NSF/ANSI Standard 61. B. To substitute a material or equipment it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all required information to determine that the material or equipment is equal or better to the Owner for approval prior to incorporation into the Project. C. All products shall be in accordance with this specification unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 2.02 Tapping Sleeve A. Tapping sleeves shall have a Class 125 ANSI B 16.1 outlet flange of stainless steel. 1. Sleeves shall be of 304 or 316 stainless steel with a compression gasket capable of providing full support of the tapped pipe. 2. Tapping sleeves shall be sized for the type and size of pipe to be tapped. 3. It should be understood that existing pipes to be tapped might not be of the type of material and/or size that is shown on the Drawings. TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331419-2 August 26, 2025 a. The proper size and type of tapping sleeve shall be provided and installed regardless of what is encountered. 2.03 Tapping Valve A. Tapping Valves shall conform to AWWA Standards and shall conform to the sections related to Gate Valves set forth in this specification. B. Lugs, bolts, washers, and nuts shall be of 304 or 316 stainless steel. C. Gasket materials shall be of material suitable for potable water systems. 2.04 Gate Valve A. Shall be domestically made and conform to AWWA Standard C 509 except for changes or additions as follows: 1. The gate valves shall be: a. Have non -rising stems. 2. Valve ends shall be flanged or mechanical joint type or a combination of these as indicated or specified. a. A complete set of joint materials shall be furnished with each valve, except for bell ends and flanges. 3. Valves eighteen -inch (18") and larger shall be furnished for horizontal installation. 4. Stem seals shall be: a. 0-ring type on valves through twelve -inch (12"). b. Sixteen -inch (16") and larger may be equipped with stuffing boxes. 5. Valves shall open left (counter clockwise). 6. Valves over eighteen -inch (18") shall have the main valve stem furnished with a combination hand wheel and operating nut. 7. Tapping valves to be used with tapping saddles shall have one (1) end mechanical joint. 8. The minimum number of turns to open as applied to the operating nut for valves through twelve -inch (12") shall be as set out in Table 3 (AWWA C500) and for valves sixteen -inch (16") shall be 96 turns to open. 9. All valves shall be equipped with bronze hooks or wedge pins. 10. All valves eighteen -inch (18") in diameter and above shall be equipped with bevel gears. 11. All gears shall be in oil filled extended type gear cases. 12. No position indicator will be required. TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331419-3 August 26, 2025 2.05 Cast Iron Valve Boxes for Gate Valves A. Cast iron valve boxes shall be provided over all operating nuts of gate valves twelve -inch (12") and smaller. B. The word "WATER" shall be cast in the top cover. C. The boots shall be hemispherical in shape and shall fit the particular valve size. D. The boxes and lids shall be given a coat of hot tar dip. E. Valve boxes shall be hemispherical in shape and shall measure ten -inch (10") at the bottom diameter. F. The valve box shall have one -inch (1") wide by two-inch (2") thick rim around the middle four -inches (4") from the top. G. It shall have a six-inch (6") inside diameter bell type top extension with a seven-inch (7") by seven and one -eighth inch (7-1/8") tapered bell of one -inch (1") depth. H. The vertical distance from the bottom of the extension to the top of the bell shall be eleven -inches (11"). I. The casting shall be free of defects with all mold marks and defects ground off. J. The valve box shall have one (1) coat of hot tar dip. K. The extension pipe of the valve box shall be eight -inch (8") PVC (SDR18 or better). 2.06 Hydrant A. The hydrant shall be in accordance with UL 246, UL 262, FM1510, and conform to ANSI/AWWA C502 standard specifications for hydrant for ordinary water works service, except for changes, additions and supplementary details specifically outlined herein: 1. Hydrant shall be of the traffic model type equipped with a safety flange or collar on both the hydrant barrel and stem. a. Breakable Collars, Barrel and Stem 1) Hydrants shall be equipped with a breakable coupling on both the barrel section and the stem. 2) The couplings shall be so designed that in case of traffic collision the barrel and stem collar will break before any other part of the hydrant breaks. 3) Weakened stainless steel bolts that are used in the breakable barrel couplings will not be acceptable. 4) Breakable couplings shall be located at two -inches (2") above back of curb grade. a) If hydrant is placed where curbing is not present then the breakable couplings shall be at least two -inches (2") and less than six -inches (6") above the finished grade. 2. Size of Hydrant TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331419-4 August 26, 2025 a. The main valve opening shall not be less than five and one -quarter inch (5-1/4") inside diameter. 3. Type of Shutoff a. Be of the compression type only. 4. Inlet Connection a. Be AWWA C111 mechanical joint for six-inch (6"), Class 150 ductile iron pipe. b. A complete set of joint material shall be furnished with each hydrant. 5. Bury Length a. Be furnished in the bury length as indicated on Drawings. b. Minimum burial length shall be three -feet (3') 6. Nozzles a. Hose 1) Shall have two (2) nozzles 2) Diameter a) Two and one-half inch (2 1/2") nominal inside diameter 3) Threads a) Have two and one-half inch (2-1/2") National Standard thread (7-1/2" threads per inch). 4) Nozzle Cap Gaskets a) Required 5) Nozzle Chain a) Not required b. Pumper Nozzle 1) Shall have one (1) nozzle 2) Diameter (Nominal Inside) a) Four inch (4") nominal inside diameter 3) Threads a) Have six (6) threads per inch with an outside diameter of 4.658 inches, pitch diameter of 4.543 inches, and a root diameter of 4.406 inches. 4) Nozzle Cap Gaskets a) Required 5) Nozzle Chain TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331419-5 August 26, 2025 a) Not required 7. Harnessing Lugs a. None required 8. Valve Seat Ring a. Shall not be made an integral part of the shoe. b. Be bronze and shall thread into a bronze drain ring. 9. Drain Openings a. Required b. Tapping of the drain opening for pipe threads is not required. 10. Drain Valve Mechanism a. Drain valves operating through springs or gravity are not acceptable. 11. Direction to Open a. The hydrants shall open left (counter clockwise). 12. Color of Finish Above Ground Line a. That portion of the hydrant above the ground line shall be painted chrome yellow. 13. Shape and Size of Operating and Cap Nuts a. The operating and cap nuts shall be tapered pentagon one and one-fourth inch (1-1/4") point to face at base and one and one -eight inch (1-1/8") point to face at top of nut. 14. Valve Facing a. The main valve facing of the hydrant shall be rubber with 90+ Durometer hardness. b. When the main valve lower washer and stem nut are not an integral casting then the bottom stem threads shall be protected with a bronze cap nut and a bronze lock nut. 15. Barrel Sections a. The hydrant shall be made in two (2) or more barrel sections with flanges connecting the barrel to the elbow and to the packing plate. b. 316 Stainless steel bolts and nuts are to be used to connect the sections together. 16. Hydrant Adjustment a. The hydrant shall be designed as to permit its extension without excavating after the hydrant is completely installed. 17. Operating Stem a. Stems that have operating threads located in the waterway shall be made of manganese bronze, everdure, or other high quality non -corrodible metal. TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331419-6 August 26, 2025 b. Stems that do not have operating threads located in the waterway must be sealed by a packing gland or "0" ring seal located between the stem threads and waterway. c. Iron or steel stems shall be constructed with a bronze sleeve extending through the packing or "O" ring seal area. 1) The sleeve shall be of sufficient length to be in the packing gland "O" ring seal in both open and closed positions of the main valve. 2) The sleeve shall be secured to the steel stem so as to prevent water leakage between the two when subjected to 300 pounds hydrostatic test pressure. d. Operating Stem Nut 1) The operating stem nut shall be designed to prevent seepage or rain, sleet and the accumulation of dust between the operating nut and the hydrant top. 2) Be made of bronze. e. Packing Gland or "0" Ring Seal 1) Hydrant having the threaded part of the stem at the hydrant top shall be equipped with a packing gland or an "0" ring seal immediately below the threaded section of the stem. 18. Interior Coating a. Shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C550 NSF 61 fusion bonded epoxy coating. B. Certification 1. The Contractor is to furnish to the Owner two (2) certified sets of prints showing complete details and dimensions of the hydrant. 2. The Contractor is to furnish to the Owner two (2) certified copy of the physical tests of all metals used in the manufacture of the fire hydrant that is normally manufactured and that will meet these specifications. 2.07 Pipe for Fire Hydrant A. All required piping from the main required to install the Fire Hydrant shall be in accordance with the following: 1. Ductile Iron a. Shall be in accordance with Section 33 14 13 WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING unless noted on the Drawings. 2.08 Raised Pavement Marking for Fire Hydrant A. Shall conform to TxDOT Item 672 and TxDOT DMS-4200. 1. Shall be type II-B-B a. Two reflective faces, each of which shall reflect blue. The body other than the reflective faces shall be blue. (Fire Hydrant Application). TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331419-7 August 26, 2025 2. Adhesive for securing Pavement Markers to asphalt or concrete surfaces shall conform to the following: a. TxDOT DMS-6100 b. TxDOT DMS-6130 3. Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, Pavement Markers shall be applied to the roadway surface with a non -integral adhesive 2.09 Backfill A. Shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2.10 Polyethylene Wrapping A. The polyethylene material shall: 1. Have a minimum thickness of 8 mils 2. May be either clear or black. 2.11 Concrete A. Shall be in Class A accordance with Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES B. Shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General A. All work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that one requirement conflicts with another the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. 3.02 Tapping Sleeve and Valve A. Shall be installed and set plumb as recommended by the manufacturer and as indicated on the Drawings. B. Contractor shall pre -test the valve prior to installation. C. Shall be wrapped with two (2) plies of polyethylene. 3.03 Valve A. Contractor shall test the valve to ensure that it is in working condition prior to installation. TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331419-8 August 26, 2025 B. Shall be installed and set plumb as recommended by the manufacturer and as indicated on the Drawings. C. Shall be wrapped with two (2) plies of polyethylene. 3.04 Valve Boxes A. Street 1. Shall be set flush with pavement. B. Right of Way 1. Shall be set flush with proposed grade. C. Cultivated Area 1. The top of box shall be set eighteen -inches (18") below natural ground and long enough to be raised to natural ground at a future date. 3.05 Fire Hydrant Information A. Fire hydrants shall be installed as shown on Drawings. B. Minimum burial length shall be three -feet (3'). C. Breakable couplings shall be located at least two -inches (2") and less than six -inches (6") above finish grade. D. All fittings shall be restrained joints. E. Hydrant shall be blocked against firm soil. F. Hydrant shall be installed plumb. G. Pumper Nozzle to face road, unless otherwise noted. H. Hydrant shall not be placed closer than four -feet (4') to any vertical obstructions 3.06 Piping for Fire Hydrant A. All required piping from the main required to install the Fire Hydrant shall be installed in accordance with the following: 1. Ductile Iron a. Shall be in accordance with Section 33 14 13 WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING unless noted on the Drawings. 3.07 Storage and Sterilization for Hydrants A. Hydrants and fittings shall be stored on timber and kept clean. B. The interior surfaces of hydrants and fittings shall be washed and sterilized with approved sterilized agent, if requested by the Owner at time of installation. TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331419-9 August 26, 2025 3.08 Raised Pavement Marker A. Install one (1) marker in the center of the paved roadway perpendicular to the hydrant B. Storage of Materials 1. All materials shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Materials shall be stored within a weatherproof enclosure and protected from damage. C. Surface Preparation 1. Equipment a. Furnish and maintain equipment in good working condition. b. Equipment shall be able to prepare concrete and asphaltic surfaces in such a manner that the pavement surface will not be damaged. c. Air Blasting Equipment 1) Use moisture and oil traps to remove all contaminants from blasting air and prevent disposition of moisture, oil, or other contaminants on the roadway surface. 2. Construction a. Prepare pavement surface of sufficient area for the pavement marking as recommended by the manufacturer, TxDOT Item 678, shown on the Drawings, and/or as directed by the Owner. b. Immediately before application of the paint marking material, the existing surface shall be dry and entirely free from dirt, grease, oil, acids, laitance, or other foreign matter which would reduce the bond between the marking and the pavement. c. Remove all contamination and loose material from pavement surface by sweeping, air blasting, flail milling, blast cleaning, or as recommended by the manufacturer, directed on the Drawings or by the Owner. 1) Contaminates up to 0.5 square inch may remain if they are not removed by the following test which is preformed just prior to applying marking material: a) Air -blast the surface to simulate blasting during application, b) Firmly press a ten -inch (10") by two-inch (2") wide strip of monofilament tape onto surface, leaving two-inch (2") end free, c) Firmly grasp the two-inch (2") free end and remove with a quick pull. d. When existing marking material is present all loose and flaking material shall be removed by approved method(s). 3. Dryness Test a. Prior to marking placement the pavement shall be tested for dryness by the following method: 1) Type I Marking Material TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331419-10 August 26, 2025 a) Place a sample of marking material on a piece of tarpaper on the pavement. b) Allow material to cool to ambient air temperature, and then inspect the underside of the tarpaper in contact with pavement. c) Pavement is considered dry if there is no condensation on the tarpaper. 2) Type II Marking Material a) Place a one (1) square foot piece of clear plastic on the pavement during a sunny day. b. The pavement is considered dry if after fifteen (15) minutes no condensation has occurred on the underside of the plastic. D. Marking Equipment 1. General a. Equipment shall be maintained in satisfactory condition. b. Equipment shall meet or exceed the requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters and the Texas Railroad Commission. E. Alignment and Positioning 1. The Contractor shall establish guides to mark the lateral location of pavement markings as shown on the Drawings or as directed by Owner. 2. The Owner shall approve locations of these markings and may authorize necessary adjustments from the Drawings. 3. Alignment and positioning of pavement markers shall be such that the reflective faces are aligned for proper visibility: a. Type II markers shall be positioned so that the direction of reflection of one (1) face shall be directly opposite to the direction of reflection of the other face and be visible to the intended traffic. b. Type I-C shall have clear reflector face towards traffic. c. Type II C-R shall have the clear face toward the normal traffic flow and the red face toward wrong -way traffic. 4. Pavement markers placed in broken lines shall be placed in line with and midway between the stripes. 5. All pavement markers not placed in accordance with the Drawings or as directed by the Owner shall be removed by the Contractor the Contractors expense. F. Weather 1. The suitability of the weather shall be in accordance with the manufacturers recommendation and by the Owner. 2. If the Contractor decides to place markings when inclement weather is impending then all markings damaged due to weather shall be replaced at the Contractors sole expense. TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331419-11 August 26, 2025 G. Application 1. General a. Marking shall be applied at the locations and to the dimensions and spacing indicated on the Drawings or as specified. b. Marking shall not be applied until the layouts, indicated alignment, and the condition of the existing surface have been approved by the Owner. c. All marking shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Owner. d. The Owner shall be notified upon arrival of shipment or inspecting and sampling of the materials. 2. Adhesive a. Adhesive shall be applied such that 100% of the lower surface of the marker or button is in contact with the adhesive and in sufficient quantity to serve as a cushion between the marker or button and the paved surface. b. Any surplus adhesive shall be removed so that the visibility of the marker or button is not impaired. H. Protection of Markings 1. After application, all markings shall be protected while curing. 2. The fresh markings shall be protected from damage of any kind. 3. The Contractor shall be directly responsible for the protection of markings and shall erect or place suitable warning signs, flags or barricades, protective screens, or coverings as required. 4. All surfaces shall be protected from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage, drippings of paint or other materials. 5. If markings are damaged or disfigured due to traffic, construction equipment, or construction method the Contractor shall replace the marking at his expense. I. Eliminating Pavement Markings 1. Equipment a. Furnish and maintain equipment in good working condition. b. Equipment shall be able to eliminate markings on concrete and asphaltic surfaces in such a manner that the color and texture of the pavement surface will be held to a minimum. c. Air Blasting Equipment 1) Use moisture and oil traps to remove all contaminants from blasting air and prevent disposition of moisture, oil, or other contaminants on the roadway surface. 2. Marking Removal a. Asphaltic Surface 1) Method of removal may be completed by any of the following: TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331419-12 August 26, 2025 a) Surface Treatment Method (1) Apply surface treatment material at a rate shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Owner. (2) Place a surface treatment a minimum of two -foot (2') wide to cover the existing marking. (3) Place a surface treatment thin overlay, or microsurfacing a minimum of one (1) lane in width in areas where directional changes of traffic occur or as directed by the Owner. (4) All excess material and residue shall be removed completely and disposed of properly in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. b) Burn Method (1) Use an approved burning method. (2) For thermoplastic pavement markings or prefabricated pavement markings, heat may be applied to remove the bulk of the material prior to blast cleaning. When using heat, avoid spalling pavement surface. (3) Sweeping or light blast cleaning may be used to remove minor residue. (4) All excess material and residue shall be removed completely and disposed of properly in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. c) Blasting Method (1) Use an approved blasting method such as water blasting, abrasive blasting, water abrasive blasting, shot blasting, slurry blasting, water -injected abrasive blasting, or brush blasting as approved. (2) All excess material and residue shall be removed completely and disposed of properly in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. d) Mechanical Method (1) Use any mechanical method except grinding. (2) Flail milling is acceptable in the removal of markings. (3) All excess material and residue shall be removed completely and disposed of properly in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. b. Concrete Surface 1) Method of removal may be completed by any of the following: a) Blasting Method (1) Use an approved blasting method such as water blasting, abrasive blasting, water abrasive blasting, shot blasting, slurry blasting, water -injected abrasive blasting, or brush blasting as approved. TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331419-13 August 26, 2025 (2) All excess material and residue shall be removed completely and disposed of properly in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. b) Mechanical Method (1) Use any mechanical method except grinding. (2) Flail milling is acceptable in the removal of markings. (3) All excess material and residue shall be removed completely and disposed of properly in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. J. Clean Up 1. At all times, the project site shall be kept free of all unnecessary traffic hazards. 2. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all rubbish from the work site, and shall clean and restore the area to a manner acceptable to the Owner. 3. Also, all damage done by the Contractor during the prosecution of the work must be repaired. 4. Before acceptance, the work site must be neat and in a presentable condition throughout. 5. Disposal of materials shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and completed in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. K. Defective Workmanship or Material 1. When any material not conforming to the requirement of the specifications or Drawings has been delivered to the project or incorporated in the work or any work performed is of inferior quality, such material or work shall be corrected as directed by the Owner, at the expense of the Contractor. L. Performance Requirements 1. Adhesion a. Installed pavement markings shall adhere to the pavement sufficiently to prevent lifting, shifting, smearing, spreading, flowing or tearing by traffic. 2. Appearance a. In addition to complying with all requirements listed herein, pavement markings shall present a neat, uniform appearance, and shall be free of unsightly conditions caused by spread of excess adhesive. b. Markings shall be free of ragged edges and misshapen lines or contours, and splices in transverse markings. 3. Visibility a. The pavement marking material, in place on the roadway, shall have uniform and distinctive retro reflectance when observed in accordance with TxDOT Tex-828-B. 4. Observation Period TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331419-14 August 26, 2025 a. All material, workmanship and labor furnished shall be covered by manufacturers guarantee and/or warranty for a period of twelve (12) months commencing on final delivery date of materials. M. Performance Period 1. All markings and replacement markings that fail to meet all requirements of this specification and Tex-828-B for a minimum of thirty (30) calendar days after installation shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 2. Markings and replacement markings failing to meet the performance requirements shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor within thirty (30) calendar days after notification at his expense. a. All replacement pavement markings shall also meet all requirements of this specification for the same warranty period after installation. 3.09 Excavation and Backfill A. Shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES for the type of pipe that the tapping sleeve and/or valve is placed on. 3.10 Concrete A. Shall be installed in accordance with the Drawings and Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES END OF SECTION 33 14 19 TAPPING SLEEVES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS FOR WATER UTILITY 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 331419-15 August 26, 2025 SECTION 33 31 13 - WASTEWATER UTILITY PIPING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 Description A. This specification shall govern work required for the furnishing and installation of gravity flow Wastewater Utility Public Piping as required to complete the project. 1.02 Related Sections A. 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES B. 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.03 References The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. ASTM D2487 — Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) B. ASTM D2564 — Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems C. ASTM D2665 —Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings D. ASTM D3034 — Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings E. ASTM D3212 — Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals F. ASTM D3311 — Standard Specification for Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV) Plastic Fittings Patterns G. ASTM F679 — Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large -Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings" H. Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association "Recommended Practice for Low Pressure Air Test of Installed Sewer Pipe" UNI-B-6 I. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 421, Hydraulic Cement Concrete J. Texas Administrative Code K. American Water Works Association (AWWA) L. American Public Works Association (APWA) M. UNI-BELL PVC Pipe Association N. American National Standards Institute WASTEWATER UTILITY PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 333113-1 August 26, 2025 O. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) 1.04 Submittals A. Product Information 1. Clearly indicate within submittal that the product is in compliance with this and related specification(s). B. Certification 1. Pipe a. The Contractor shall furnish in duplicate to the Owner a copy of the manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with this specification. 2. Gaskets a. The Contractor shall furnish in duplicate to the Owner a copy of the manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with this specification. 3. Certification shall accompany each delivery of materials. B. Televised Inspection 1. A Televised Inspection Report Log must be turned into the Owner within in three (3) working days after completion for review shall be submitted for each line or segment inspected. Report format shall be in accordance with the specifications and procedures of the local governing entity. 2. A Inspection Video and Report must be turned into the Owner within in three (3) working days after completion for review shall be submitted for each line or segment inspected. a. The Video and report shall be labeled with the following information: 1) Line Identification 2) Date 3) Project 4) Inspection Company PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Pipe and Fittings A. Poly -vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings 1. Shall be in accordance with: a. ASTM D3034 for pipe sizes three-inch (3") to fifteen -inch (15") b. ASTM F679 for pipe sizes eighteen -inch (18") to forty-eight inch (48"). 2. Pipe shall be integrally green in color. WASTEWATER UTILITY PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 333113-2 August 26, 2025 3. Pipe shall have an SDR of 26 and a Pipe Stiffness of 115 psi. 4. Pipe and fittings shall have push -on compression gasket joints in accordance with ASTM D3212. 5. Pipe shall be furnished in standard laying lengths of twenty -feet (20'), plus or minus one -inch (1") unless otherwise noted. 6. Identification markings a. Each length of pipe shall bear identification markings in conformance with AWWA. b. Markings shall be applied at intervals of not more than five -feet (5') on the pipe. c. The minimum markings are as follows: 1) Nominal Size and OD base 2) PVC 3) Dimension Ratio (DR#) 4) AWWA Pressure Rating (PR#) 5) AWWA Designation Number (AWWA C#) 6) Manufacturer's name and trademark 7) Manufacturer's production code, including day, month, year, shift, plant, and extruder of manufacture. 7. Certification b. Pipe 1) The Contractor shall furnish in duplicate to the Owner a copy of the manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with this specification. c. Gaskets 1) The Contractor shall furnish in duplicate to the Owner a copy of the manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with this specification. 2) Certification shall accompany each delivery of materials. 2.02 Backfill Materials A. As per SECTION 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACI<FILL FOR UTILITIES. 2.03 Wastewater Public Service Lines A. Pipe and fittings shall be solvent weld SCH 40 PVC in accordance with ASTM D2665 and ASTM D3311, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. B. Pipe Size 1. Residential — four -inch (4") diameter and as noted on the Drawings. 2. Commercial — six-inch (6") diameter and as noted on the Drawings. WASTEWATER UTILITY PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 333113-3 August 26, 2025 C. Solvent cement for PVC shall comply with ASTM D2564. D. No co -mingling of different materials except through the use of proper adaptors. E. Adaptors shall have a stainless steel or fiberglass shear ring. F. Cleanout Boot 1. Sigma VB 103 or approved equal. 2.04 Service Marker A. Shall be brass and in accordance with applicable details or governing municipality 2.05 Concrete A. Shall be Class B concrete in accordance with Section 03 31 11 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. 2.06 Warning Tape A. The tape shall be: 1. APWA compliant color coding a. Green 2. Shall be heavy duty polyethylene 3. Minimum three -inches (3") wide 4. 4 Mil thickness 5. Be continuously repeated in one and one-half inch (1-1/2") letters marked with: a. "CAUTION BURIED SEWER LINE BELOW" PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that one requirement conflicts with another the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. 3.02 Handling Materials A. General 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the handling and safe storage of all materials in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and the specifications. WASTEWATER UTILITY PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 31 13 - 4 August 26, 2025 2. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws or other defects will be rejected. a. Contractor shall remove such defective material from the site of the work by the end of the work day. 3. Care shall be taken not to scratch pipe and fittings. a. Excessive scratching shall be considered cause for rejection of pipe or fitting. B. Unloading 1. Materials shall be unloaded at point of delivery and hauled to the site by the Contractor. 2. Materials may be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be installed provided that it is to be incorporated into the project within ten (10) days. C. Storing Materials 1. Materials shall be stored on platforms and allows the material to not touch the ground or vegetation and protects it from damage, and blowing soil and debris. 2. The interior of materials shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter. 3. Materials shall be stored as recommended by the manufacturer and as directed by the Owner. 4. Pipe shall be protected against ultraviolet radiation "sunburn". 5. Materials shall not be placed on private property, unless written permission has been obtained from the property owner by the Contractor. 6. Materials shall not be placed within ten -feet (10') of the back of curb or edge of pavement without permission of the Owner. a. If road is open to traffic then the Contractor will be required to install Traffic Control devices as required to notify the public. D. Distribution of Materials 1. Distribution of materials at the work site shall be allowed provided that they are incorporated into the work within ten (10) days. 2. The Contractor shall not distribute material in such a manner as to cause undue inconvenience to the public. 3. Materials shall not be placed on private property, unless written permission has been obtained from the property owner by the Contractor. 4. Materials shall not be placed within five -feet (5') of the back of curb or edge of pavement without permission of the Owner. 5. If road is open to traffic then the Contractor will be required to install Traffic Control devices as required to notify the public. 3.03 Excavation WASTEWATER UTILITY PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 333113-5 August 26, 2025 A. As per Section 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES. 3.04 Jointing Pipe A. Poly -Vinyl Chloride Pipe 1. Shall have mating surfaces of the gasket joint wiped clean of dirt and foreign matter. 2. A lubricant recommended by the coupling manufacturer shall be applied to the bell and spigot mating surfaces just prior to joining. 3. The spigot shall then be centered on grade into the bell of the previous pipe and shall be shoved home to compress the joint and to assure a tight fit between the inner surfaces. 4. Pipe shall not be assembled in reverse order by pushing bell onto spigot. 5. When the pipe is being installed, bell holes shall be excavated in the bedding material. 6. When the joint has been made, the bell hole shall be carefully filled with material to provide for adequate support of the pipe. 7. The spigot shall be centered within one -quarter inch (1/4) of the home line marked on the spigot. 3.05 Alignment and Grade A. General 1. All pipes and fittings shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades. 2. Where the grade or alignment of the pipe is obstructed by existing utility structures such as conduits, ducts, pipes, connections to sewers or drains, the obstruction shall be permanently supported, relocated, removed, or reconstructed by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense, in cooperation with the Owners of such utility structures. 3. Temporary support and adequate protection of all underground and surface utility structures encountered in the progress of the work shall be furnished by the Contractor. B. Utility Separation Distances 1. General a. Separation is to be measured from the outside surface of each respective piece. 2. General utilities a. Parallel — vertical and horizontal separation shall be a minimum of two -feet (2'), unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. b. Crossing 1) Separation of six -inches (6") to two -feet (2') — cement stabilized sand (10% cement per cubic yard of sand) shall be placed between and two -feet (2') beyond each utility, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. WASTEWATER UTILITY PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 333113-6 August 26, 2025 2) Separation of more than two -feet (2') — backfill shall be as Drawings indicate or equal to or better than existing, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. 3. Wastewater utilities a. General 1) In all cases the water utility shall be above the wastewater utility 2) Water line pipe joint (18'+) is to be centered on the crossing b. Separation nine -feet (9') or more in all directions 1) In all cases the water line is to be located above the wastewater utility and installed as indicated on the Drawings and by manufacturer recommendations. c. Separation nine -feet (9') or less in any direction 1) New wastewater utility a) The installation must meet the requirements of 30 TAC §217.53(d) and 30 TAC §290.44(e). (1) Parallel — vertical separation shall be a minimum of two -feet (2') and horizontal separation shall be a minimum of four -feet (4'), unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. (2) Crossing — vertical separation shall be a minimum of one -foot (1') between outside diameters and have cement stabilized sand (10% cement per cubic yard of sand) placed between and five -feet (5') beyond utility and the sewage line must be below the water utility, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. 2) Existing wastewater utility a) If the wastewater utility line is leaking the line must be replaced nine -feet (9') in each direction of the crossing, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. b) The installation must meet the requirements of 30 TAC §217.53(d) and 30 TAC §290.44(e). (1) Parallel — vertical separation shall be a minimum of two -feet (2') and horizontal separation shall be a minimum of four -feet (4'). (2) Crossing — vertical separation shall be a minimum of two -feet (2') and have cement stabilized sand (10% cement per cubic yard of sand) placed between and five -feet (5') beyond, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. 4. Utilities conveying hazardous materials (oil, etc.) a) Contact Owner for requirements. WASTEWATER UTILITY PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 333113-7 August 26, 2025 C. Deviation from Drawings 1. No deviation from the line and grade shown on Drawings may be made without the consent of the Owner. D. Depth of Cover 1. Depth of cover will be measured from the established street grade or the surface of the permanent improvement, or from finished grade to the top of the pipe barrel. 2. Under Paved Area a. Lines less than twelve -inch (12") 1) Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, the minimum depth of cover shall be thirty-six inches (36"). b. Lines twelve -inch (12") and greater 1) Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, the minimum depth of cover shall be forty- eight -inches (48"). 3. Under Non -Paved Area a. Lines less than twelve -inch (12") 1) Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, the minimum depth of cover shall be thirty -six - inches (36"). b. Lines twelve -inch (12") and greater 1) Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, the minimum depth of cover shall be forty- eight inches (48"). 4. Deviations from the minimum depth or maximum depth shall be promptly marked on the field Drawings. 3.06 Pipe Placement A. General 1. The trench shall be excavated true and parallel to the pipe centerline with the minimum clearances below the pipe bottom and the required clearance from the bottom of the bell to the bottom of the bell hole as per the Backfill portion of this specification. 2. Proper implements, tools and facilities satisfactory to the Owner shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and efficient execution of the work. 3. All pipe and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable equipment, in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipe and accessories. 4. Under no circumstances shall pipe or accessories be dropped or dumped into the trench. B. Inspection of Pipe and Accessories 1. The pipe and accessories shall be inspected for defects prior to lowering in the trench. WASTEWATER UTILITY PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 333113-8 August 26, 2025 2. Any defective damage or unsound pipe shall be replaced. C. Clean Pipe 1. All foreign matter, or dirt, shall be removed from the interior of the pipe prior to lowering into the trench. 2. Pipe shall be kept clean both in and out of the trench at all times during the laying. 3.07 Backfill A. As per Section 33 05 10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES. 3.08 Warning Tape A. Shall be as per Drawings. 1. If not indicated on the Drawings then the tape shall be placed eighteen -inches (18") directly above the pipe. 3.09 Wastewater Public Service Lines A. Where possible, service tees or wyes shall be placed along the main as required for services (no taps). B. Minimum slopes: 1. Residential — Four -inch (4") pipes shall be one -eighth inch (1/8") per foot (S= 0.01), unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. 2. Commercial —Six-inch (6") pipes shall be one -sixteenth inch (1/16") per foot (S= 0.005), unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, or required by the Owner. C. Sanitary sewer service lines shall cross under water mains D. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing alignment and maintaining grade for the proposed service. E. Lines shall be bored, jetted, or jacked under sidewalks, driveways, and other such improved surfaces; unless authorized by the Owner. F. Service lines shall be leakage tested with the main sewer. 3.10 Testing A. General 1. Testing shall be done by the Contractor and witnessed by the Owner. 2. The Contractor may wish to check pipe immediately after backfilling for job control. a. However, this shall not qualify as acceptance testing. WASTEWATER UTILITY PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 333113-9 August 26, 2025 3. No pipe can be tested for formal acceptance until it has been in place, complete with backfill for at least thirty (30) days. 4. Retesting a. Any defective work or Materials shall be corrected or replaced by the Contractor at the Contractors sole expense, and retested. 5. This shall be repeated until all work and materials are acceptable. 6. Testing shall be completed and all work shall pass the required testing prior to placement of pavement. a. Contractor may proceed with placement of pavement and will incur all costs associated with the removal and replacement of pavement if utility fails testing and needs to be replaced. B. Low Pressure Air Test 1. General a. Required for all pipe b. Equipment for test shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. c. The Contractor shall test the entire sanitary sewerage piping system for leaks. d. This work shall be witnessed by the Owner or a representative designated by the Owner. 2. Testing a. Shall be tested in accordance with Uni-Bell Plastic Pipe Association "Recommended Practice for Low Pressure Air Test of Installed Sewer Pipe" UNI-B-6, and Texas Administration Code. b. The test section shall be plugged and subjected to a test pressure not in excess of five (5) psi. c. The time required for a one (1) psi pressure drop shall be measured and be a minimum of the value obtained in Equation A and/or shown in Table 1. Equation A: T = 0.0237D2L Where: T = Minimum allowable time (seconds) for a pressure drop of one (1) psi gage pressure D = Nominal pipe diameter (inches) L = Length of pipe run (feet) WASTEWATER UTILITY PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 31 13 - 10 August 26, 2025 Table 1 Minimum Testing Times for Low -Pressure Air Test Pipe Diameter (inches) Minimum Time (seconds) Maximum Length for Minimum Time Time for Longer Length (seconds/foot) 4 226 597 0.380 6 340 398 0.855 8 454 298 1.520 10 567 239 2.374 12 680 199 3.419 15 850 159 5.342 18 1020 133 7.693 21 1190 114 10.471 24 1360 100 13.676 27 1530 88 17.309 30 1700 80 21.369 33 1870 72 25.856 C. Deflection Testing 1. General a. Required for all PVC Pipe, except for pipe that is a service line. b. All pipe shall be tested for deflection no less than thirty (30) days after placement of backfill. c. All deflection testing is to be completed by means of pulling a mandrel through the pipe. a) For pipes with an inside diameter (ID) of twenty-seven inches (27") and greater, other test methods may be used to determine vertical deflection. 2. Equipment for Deflection Testing a. All equipment is to be provided by the Contractor. b. Mandrels 1) Mandrel Size a) Shall have an outside diameter (OD) of not less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the base inside diameter (ID) or average inside diameter (ID) of the pipe as specified in the appropriate standard by the ASTMs, American Water Works Association, UNI-BELL, or American National Standards Institute. 2) Mandrel Design WASTEWATER UTILITY PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 333113-11 August 26, 2025 a) Mandrels shall be of machined rigid corrosion resistant pipe that can withstand 200 psi without being deformed and shall be in accordance with Texas Administrative Code. b) With a length not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) diameters. c) Adjustable or flexible mandrels are prohibited. d) Mandrels will be sized for SDR 26 PVC pipe at five -percent (5%) deflection. 3. Procedure a. Shall be in accordance with Texas Administrative Code. b. The test shall be witnessed by the Owner or a representative designated by the Owner. c. The mandrel shall not be pulled by any mechanical pulling devices. d. If a section of pipe fails then that portion shall be corrected and a second test of that portion shall be completed no less than thirty (30) days after placement of backfill. D. Televised Inspection 1. Shall be completed in accordance with the local governing entities specifications and procedures. Reports shall be submitted as required by the local governing entity. 2. If bellies/dips are found, they shall not be more then as noted in Table 2 and may not occur more than one (1) time between manholes or in 300 feet, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or by the Owner. Table 2 Maximum Allowable Belly/ Dip Depth in Inches Pipe Size 8" 10" 12" 15" 18" 21" 24" 27" >27" Maximum Belly / Dip 3/4" 1" 1- 1/4" 1- 1/2" 1- 3/4" 2" 2- 1/4" 2- 1/2" 2- 3/4" 3.11 Soil Borings A. The Owner does not assume responsibility for subsurface information. B. Soil data and other subsurface information shown on the Drawings or in the appendix is without warranty as to correctness of fact or interpretation. END OF SECTION 33 31 13 WASTEWATER UTILITY PIPING 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center 33 31 13 - 12 August 26, 2025 TESTING REQUIREMENTS PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This specification shall govern the testing requirements for civil site work associated with the project. In the event the governing authority's testing requirements are more stringent than the requirements set forth herein the governing authority's requirements shall be followed. PART 2 — PRODUCTS: CIVIL 2.01 SUPPLIER MIX DATA & CERTIFICATIONS A. Mix Designs, furnished by supplier, shall be presented to Engineer 1. Surface Course Mix Designs a. 1 per mix design B. Mill Certificates, furnished by supplier, shall be presented to Engineer 1. Lime Stabilized Subgrade a. 1 per load 2. Flexible Base a. 1 per load PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TESTING REQUIREMENTS: CIVIL A. Concrete Strength Test (at 28 days unless noted otherwise on plans) 1. Concrete Pavement a. 1 set of 3 per 75 Cubic Yards for each pavement type (Light Duty, Heavy Duty, Dumpster Pad, etc.) 2. Concrete Sidewalk a. 1 set of 3 per 4,000 Square Feet 3. Curb or Curb & Gutter a. 1 set of 3 per 500 Linear Feet 4. Concrete Inlets a. 1 set of 3 per every 3 inlets B. Field Sieve Analysis after final mixing 1. Lime stabilized Subgrade TESTING REQUIREMENTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center Page - 1/3 September 24, 2025 a. 1 per day C. Eades & Grim Test 1. Lime stabilized Subgrade a. 1 for each soil type D. Atterberg Limits & Gradation Test 1. Caliche a. 1 per 5,000 Cubic Yards E. Los Angeles Abrasion Loss Test 1. Flexible Base a. 1 per 5,000 Cubic Yards F. Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Tests 1. Lab site sampling, Molding, Lab Density, Stability, Maximum Theoretical Specific Gravity (Rice Gravity), Extraction a. 1 per project or 1 per 500 tons 2. Cored In -Place Density, Air Voids, Thickness of Compacted Mix a. 1 per 2,500 Square Yards. PART 5 — REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS 5.1 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION: STRUCTURAL TYPE CONTINUOUS SPECIAL INSPECTION PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION REFERENCED STANDARD IBC REFERENCE 1. Inspect reinforcement and verify placement. -- X ACI 318: Ch 20, 25.2, 25.3, 26.6.1-26.6.3 - 2. Inspect anchors cast in concrete. - X ACI 318: 17.8.2 - 3. Inspect anchors post -installed in hardened concrete members: A. Adhesive anchors installed in horizontally or upwardly inclined orientations to resist sustained tension loads. B. Mechanical anchors and adhesive anchors not defined in 4.0. X - - X ACI 318: 17.8.2.4 ACI 318: 17.8.2 TESTING REQUIREMENTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center Page - 2/3 September 24, 2025 4. Verify use of required design mix - X ACI 318: Ch. 19 26.4.3, 26.4.4 1904.1, 1904.2 5. Prior to concrete placement, fabricate specimens for strength tests, perform slump and air content tests, and determine the temperature of the concrete. X - ASTM C31 ASTM C172- ACI 318: 26.5, 26.12 6. Verify maintenance of specified curing temperature and techniques. - X ACI 318: 26.5.3-26.5.5 7. Inspect formwork for shape, location and dimensions of the concrete member being formed. - X ACI 318: 26.11.1.2(b) - 5.2 CAST -IN -PLACE DEEP FOUNDATION ELEMENTS TYPE CONTINUOUS SPECIAL INSPECTION PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION 1. Inspect drilling operations and maintain complete and accurate records for each element. X 2. Verify placement locations and plumbness, confirm element diameters (if applicable). Lengths, embedment into bedrock (if- applicable) and adequate end -bearing strata capacity. Record concrete or grout volumes. X 3. For concrete elements, perform tests and additional special instructions in accordance with Section 1705.3. In accordance with Section 1705.3 END OF SECTION TESTING REQUIREMENTS 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center Page - 3/3 September 24, 2025 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern all work required for temporary Storm Water Pollution Prevention. B. The work described in this section is applicable to all sections of the contract documents. All work that would disturb the existing site conditions or present the potential for site runoff shall adhere fully to this specification section. 1.02 REFERENCES The latest edition of the referenced item(s) below shall be used and obtained by the Contractor A. The TCEQ TPDES Construction General Permit (CGP) No. TXR150000 effective March 5, 2018 (or most current version). This specification requires compliance with all provisions of the TCEQ TPDES permit. B. The project SWPPP provided with the construction plans. C. City of Corpus Christi ordinance 022941, Storm Water Quality Management Program. D. Any applicable local ordinance or regulation pertaining to storm water pollution control or prevention. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals of products used in structural and non-structural controls shall be made through established procedures prior to installation on the site. The Contractor shall make available physical samples and product literature on any material used in structural or non-structural controls during the course of the project prior to its implementation in the field. B. Construction and shop drawings containing deviations from local, state, and federal standards and regulations or special designs shall be sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer of the State of Texas and retained and paid by the Contractor. 1.04 DEFINITIONS The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of this specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A. BMP — Best Management Practices B. CSN — Construction Site Notice (Large CSN for large sites; Small CSN for small sites) C. EHS — Environmental Health and Safety D. NOI and NOT— Notice of Intent and Notice of Termination for TPDES permits E. ODR — Owner Designated Representative F. Land Disturbance — Any activity which affects the ground surface and/or vegetation STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center PAGE -1/5 September 24, 2025 G. SWPPP — Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan H. TCEQ—Texas Commission on Environmental Quality I. TPDES —Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System J. Large Construction Activities — Construction activities including clearing, grading and excavating that result in land disturbance equal to or greater than 5 acres of land. K. Small Construction Activities - Construction activities including clearing, grading and excavating that result in land disturbance equal to or greater than 1 acre and less than 5 acres of land. L. Under 1 Acre Construction Activities - Construction activities including clearing, grading, excavating, or any activity which affects the ground surface and/or vegetation that results in land disturbance under 1 acre of land 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In order to minimize the discharge of pollutants to storm water, the Contractor shall implement all permanent and temporary site controls according to TPDES Guidelines, as set forth by the TCEQ. B. Implementation of site controls shall be performed by a qualified contractor experienced in the proper installation of such devices in accordance with manufacturers' specifications, and in keeping with both recognized Best Management Practices (BMPs), and TPDES regulations. C. The Contractor shall inspect all BMPs at regular intervals as specified in the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan for this project. Use standard Owner Inspection forms for each inspection. Record all deficiencies of site controls and take immediate action to correct any deficiencies recorded. Keep records of inspections current and on file, available for review by EPA, TCEQ, MS4 Operator and Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS Specific site control devices are identified in the SWPPP provided with the construction plans. Where such devices are indicated, their material composition shall comply with this section. Refer to the construction plans for details of listed materials. Projects may propose alternative BMPs, as long as they are effective at performing the desired functions. A. Temporary Sediment Control Fence (Silt Fence) B. Inlet Protection C. Rock Filter Dam (Rock Check Dam) D. Stabilized Construction Entrance/Exit E. Tracking Control Mat F. Mulch Sock STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center PAGE - 2/5 September 24, 2025 G. Triangular Filter Dikes: for use on surfaces or in locations where standard silt fence cannot be implemented H. Concrete, Paint and Stucco Washout: shall be used for containment of fluids from concrete truck washout wastes. I. Temporary Storage Tanks: shall be used for temporary storage of fuels on the construction project site. J. Diversion Dike K. Interceptor Swale L. Erosion Control Matting: shall be used on steep slopes, in drainage swales, and in high traffic pedestrian areas of barren soil. It shall include one or more of the following: 1. Jute Mat — a plain fabric made of jute yarn, woven in a loose and simple manner, with a minimum unit weight of 2.7 pounds per square yard. Width shall be as required for the dimensions of the area to be covered. 2. Wood Fiber Mat — a mat composed of wood fibers, which are encased in nylon, cotton or other type of netting 3. Synthetic Webbing Mat — a mat manufactured from polyvinyl chloride or polypropylene monofilaments, which are bonded together into a three-dimensional web to facilitate erosion control and/or re- vegetation. 4. Organic Mulches: shall be used for covering bare soil, retaining moisture under existing vegetation being preserved, and for absorbing the energy of compaction caused by foot or vehicular traffic. Refer to Exhibit M. M. Any other materials indicated in the SWPPP. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INFORMATION A. The Contractor shall provide a complete installation of all site control devices and measures (BMPs) indicated in the SWPPP, and as specified herein. These BMPs must be confirmed as fully operational with the Owner before any work that disturbs the site can begin. B. As an alternative to the BMPs indicated in the SWPPP, and as specified herein, the Contractor may propose alternate BMPs that perform the same function as the indicated BMP but may be of a different configuration, materials, or type for review and approval by Engineer. Installation of alternate BMPs shall not proceed until reviewed and approved by Engineer. C. The Contractor shall provide inspection and monitoring of controls in place and shall perform all revisions and updating of SWPPP. An accurate, chronological record of all Contractor inspections, revisions and additional controls shall be kept on file at the project site, for review, with a copy of the SWPPP. STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center PAGE - 3/5 September 24, 2025 D. The Contractor shall submit the NOT to the Owner after all disturbed areas are re-established (stabilized) with vegetative cover following completion of construction. Following acceptance of stabilized areas, all site controls that are no longer necessary shall be removed. 3.02 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. This project requires implementation of storm water Best Management Practices for control devices and monitoring by the Contractor to comply with all provisions of the SWPPP developed for the project by the Engineer. The Contractor must fulfill all TPDES regulatory requirements, including the filing of the NOI and NOT or signing and posting of the CSN. B. The Contractor shall provide signatures of a Corporate Officer for the NOI, Large CSN, Small CSN, NOT and any other forms or applications as required by the TPDES Construction General Permit TXR150000. The Contractor shall also provide delegated authorization to sign reports per 30 TAC 305.128. Individuals conducting site inspections shall be qualified to thesatisfaction of the Owner. C. The Contractor shall insert a copy of the signed NOI, and Large or Small CSN into the SWPPP book to be kept at the jobsite. D. The SWPPP book kept at the jobsite shall also contain the following: 1. A letter delegating signature authority to the field personnel for the Contractor 2. A copy of the TPDES permit when received 3. A copy of the Large or Small CSN 4. A copy of the SWPPP provided with the construction plans E. The Contractor shall review the SWPPP and verify existing conditions at the site before determining scope of implementation of site controls. Site survey and site plan drawings shall be used for additional reference. The Contractor shall notify the Owner, in advance, of this site review to allow for Owner participation. F. The Contractor shall construct a Project SWPPP sign and place it at the main entrance to the project site. This sign shall include the NOI and TPDES permit along with the TCEQ TPDES Large or Small CSN, depending on the size of the construction project. G. The Contractor shall complete the SWPPP Project Start-up form and shared SWPPP Acceptance Form as required before commencing soil disturbing activities. H. The Contractor shall provide all material, labor, equipment and services required to implement, maintain and monitor all erosion and sedimentation controls in compliance with the SWPPP. All controls implemented by the Contractor shall comply with the TPDES regulations as issued by the TCEQ with most current version. These controls shall remain in operation until project completion and re-establishment of the site to pre-existing conditions (or improved) or longeras directed by the ODR. The work shall include, but not be limited to, the following: STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center PAGE - 4/5 September 24, 2025 1. All earthwork as required to implement swales, dikes, basins and other excavations for temporary routing of utilities, to protect against erosion or sediment -laden (polluted) storm water runoff. 2. All structural controls as shown or specified, including silt fences, sediment traps, stabilized construction entrance, subsurface drains, pipe slope drains, inlet/outlet protection, reinforced soil retention, gabions, rock berms, etc. 3. All non-structural controls as shown or specified, including temporary or permanent vegetation, mulching, geotextiles, sod stabilization, preservation of vegetative buffer strips, preservation/protection of existing trees and other mature vegetation. 4. All modifications and revisions to SWPPP necessary to meet changing site conditions and to address new sources of storm water discharges, as the work progresses. 5. All maintenance and repair of structural and non-structural controls in place shall continue until final stabilization is achieved or as directed by the ODR. 6. Weekly site inspections, as required by the SWPPP, of pollutant sources, including hazardous sources, structural and non-structural controls, and all monitoring of SWPPP revisions and maintenance of inspection records. 7. Removal of all structural and non-structural controls as necessary upon completion, and only after final stabilization is achieved. 8. Filing of NOT within 30 days of final stabilization being achieved and being approved by the Owner, or of another Operator assuming control of the un-stabilized portions of the site. 9. Refer to the SWPPP for additional requirements to ensure compliance with TPDES regulations. 3.03 INSPECTION A. Inspection and maintenance is required for all areas disturbed by construction activity and for all erosion and sediment controls that are used. Inspection shall be performed at least once a week, and within 24 hours of a storm event of 0.5 inches or greater for as long as a portion of the site is disturbed. B. The Contractor should select one individual who will be responsible for the inspection and maintenance of the system. The inspector will look at the control measures and determine if they are performing correctly and effectively. C. Reports shall be prepared and stored in accordance with the CGP. D. Additional information may be found on the SWPPP provided with the Construction plans. END OF SECTION STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center PAGE - 5/5 September 24, 2025 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI (COCC) DETENTION CENTER BUILDING ADDITION 3312 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 Prepared for: Turner Ramirez Architects 3751 South Alameda Street Corpus Christi, Texas, 78411 Attention: Mr. Herbert G. Morrison III, AIA RA 9 UES.. UES 16817 Leopard St., Corpus Christi, TX 78409 I office: 361.883.4555 I fax: 361.883.4711 UES.. April 14, 2025 Turner Ramirez Architects 3751 South Alameda Street Corpus Christi, Texas, 78411 Attention: Mr. Herbert G. Morrison III, AIA RA Environmental Geotechnical Engineering Materials Testing Field Inspections & Code Compliance Geophysical Technologies Re: Geotechnical Engineering Report City of Corpus Christi (COCC) Detention Center Building Addition 3312 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas UES Report No. G125067 Dear Mr. Morrison: UES Professional Solutions 45, LLC (hereinafter "UES") has performed a geotechnical exploration for the project referenced above. This study was authorized by Mr. Herb G Morrison III with Turner Ramirez Architects on March 10, 2025, and performed in accordance with UES Proposal No. CGP020725B dated February 12, 2025. The results of this exploration, together with our recommendations, are presented in the accompanying report, an electronic copy of which is being transmitted herewith. UES appreciates the opportunity to be of service on this project. If we can be of further assistance, such as providing materials testing services during construction, please contact our office. Sincerely, UES Professional Solutions 45, LLC. TEXAS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING FIRM NO. 2101 Ahmed Neamah, P.E. Senior Geotechnical Engineer Joshua A. McCann, E.I.T. Project Manager UES 16817 Leopard St., Corpus Christi, TX 78409 I office: 361.883.4555 I fax: 361.883.4711 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION 1 Purpose and Scope 1 General 1 SITE DESCRIPTION 2 FIELD EXPLORATION 2 Scope 2 Drilling and Sampling Procedures 3 Field Observations 3 LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM 4 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 4 General 4 Soil Conditions 4 Groundwater Observations 5 Seismic Site Classification 5 OSHA Soil Type Classification 6 GEOTECHNICAL DISCUSSION 7 Project Description 7 Interaction Between New and Old Foundation Systems 7 Existing Fill and Underground Tanks 7 Potential Vertical Rise (PVR) Discussion 8 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS 9 Lateral Pier Analysis 10 Floor Slabs used with Drilled Straight Sided Shaft 11 PAVEMENT CONSIDERATIONS 11 Flexible Pavement Thickness Design Recommendations 12 Rigid Pavement Thickness Design Recommendations 12 Pavement Subgrade Preparation 13 Routine Maintenance of Rigid and Flexible Pavement Systems 13 Civil and Drainage Consideration 14 SITE IMPROVEMENT METHODS 14 Drainage and Flatwork Construction Considerations 14 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS 15 Site Preparation 15 Drilled Straight -Sided Shaft Construction Considerations 15 Earthwork and Foundation Acceptance 16 Demolition Considerations 16 Vapor Retarder 17 Utilities 17 Expansion and Control Joints 18 GENERAL COMMENTS 18 APPENDIX Site Vicinity Map Boring Location Plan Boring Logs Key to Soil Classifications and Symbols Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of a subsurface exploration, laboratory testing program, and geotechnical recommendations for the proposed City of Corpus Christi (CoCC) Detention Center Addition project planned for a site located at 3312 Leopard Street in Corpus Christi, Texas. This report contains foundation, pavement design, and construction recommendations for the proposed construction. Purpose and Scope The purpose of this exploration was to evaluate the soil and groundwater conditions at the site and to provide geotechnical recommendations suitable for the proposed project. The scope of the exploration and analysis included the subsurface exploration, field and laboratory testing, engineering analysis and evaluation of the subsurface conditions, provision of foundation recommendations, and preparation of this report. The scope of services did not include an environmental assessment. Any statements in this report or on the boring logs regarding odors, colors, unusual or suspicious items or conditions are strictly for the information of the client. General The exploration and analysis of the subsurface conditions reported herein are considered sufficient in detail and scope to provide geotechnical recommendations for the proposed project. The recommendations submitted herein are based on project details provided by the client and the soil information obtained at the boring locations. If the designers require additional soil parameters to complete the design of the foundation, and this information can be obtained from the soil data and laboratory tests performed within the scope of work included in our proposal for this project, UES will provide the additional recommendations requested as a supplement to this report. The Geotechnical Engineer states that the findings, recommendations, specifications, or professional advice contained herein have been presented after being prepared in a manner consistent with that level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by reputable members of the Geotechnical Engineer's profession practicing contemporaneously under similar conditions in the locality of the project. UES operates in general accordance with "Standard Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction" (ASTM D3740). No other representations are expressed or implied, and no warranty or guarantee is included or intended. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of Turner Ramirez Architects for the specific application for the proposed CoCC Detention Center Building Addition project to be located at 3312 Leopard Street in Corpus Christi, Texas. Page 1 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 SITE DESCRIPTION The project is located at the existing CoCC Detention Center facility located at 3312 Leopard Street in Corpus Christi, Texas. The general location and orientation of the site are provided in the "Site Vicinity Map" in the Appendix. Based on the timeline photography as shown on Google EarthTM and our site visit, the existing building in the location of the proposed pavements was constructed prior to 1956 and was originally a gas station. During our site visit, it was discovered that fill sand, commonly used for backfilling underground fuel storage tanks, was present near Boring B-3A. It is unclear how much fill placement may have taken place and documentation regarding placement of fill materials was not available at the time of this report. The ground surface was covered by asphalt and grass and was firm enough to provide adequate support for our drill rig to access the boring locations. It should be noted that the supporting capability of the site soils may be different at the time of construction, particularly after rain events. With this in mind, we recommend that the contractor verifies the ground conditions before construction starts and be prepared to use adequate equipment and vehicles capable of accessing and traversing the site. FIELD EXPLORATION Scope The field exploration performed to evaluate the engineering characteristics of the subsurface materials included reconnaissance of the project site, performing the boring operations, and obtaining disturbed split spoon samples and relatively undisturbed Shelby tubes. During the sample recovery operations, the soils encountered were classified and recorded on the boring logs in accordance with the "Standard Guide for Field Logging of Subsurface Exploration of Soil and Rock", (ASTM D5434). Four (4) soil borings were performed at the site for the purpose of providing geotechnical information. The table below provides the boring identification, boring depths, and approximate Global Positioning System (GPS) coordinates at the boring locations. Boring Identification Depth, feet GPS Coordinates Location B-1 35 N 27.79725° W 97.42689° Proposed Building Addition B-2 35 N 27.79718° W 97.42669° Proposed Building Addition B-3 10 N 27.79705° W 97.42707° Proposed Pavement B-3A 8 N 27.79705° W 97.42723° Proposed Pavement Approximate GPS coordinates were obtained at the boring locations using a recreational grade device and are provided in this report and on the boring logs. The client determined the number and depth of the borings and UES performed the drilling and logging operations. Upon completion of the drilling operations and obtaining the groundwater observations, the boreholes were backfilled with excavated soil. A Boring Location Plan is provided in the Appendix. Page 2 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 AN' The borings performed for this project were used to determine the classification and strengths of the subgrade soils. The information provided on the boring logs includes the boring location, depths, soil classifications, soil strengths, and laboratory test results. The boring logs are included in the Appendix. Drilling and Sampling Procedures The test borings were performed using a drilling rig equipped with a rotary head turning hollow and solid stem augers to advance the boreholes. Disturbed soil samples were obtained employing split - barrel sampling procedures in general accordance with the methods for "Penetration Test and Split - Barrel Sampling of Soils", (ASTM D1586). Relatively undisturbed soil samples were obtained using thin - wall tube sampling procedures in general accordance with "Thin -Walled Tube Sampling of Soils" (ASTM D1587). The samples obtained by this procedure were extruded by a hydraulic ram in the field. The samples were classified, placed in plastic bags, marked according to boring number, depths and any other pertinent field data, stored in special containers and delivered to the laboratory for testing. Field Observations Standard Penetration Tests (SPTs) — During the sampling procedures, SPTs were performed to obtain the standard penetration value of the soil at selected intervals. The standard penetration value (N) is defined as the number of blows of a 140-pound hammer, falling 30 inches, required to advance the split -barrel sampler 1 foot into the soil. The sampler is lowered to the bottom of the previously cleaned drill hole and advanced by blows from the hammer. The number of blows is recorded for each of three successive 6-inch penetrations. The "N" value is obtained by adding the second and third 6-inch increment number of blows. The drill rig utilized an automatic hammer when performing SPTs. An automatic hammer is usually taken as having an efficiency of one, indicating minimum energy loss. The results of standard penetration tests indicate the relative density of cohesionless soils and comparative consistency of cohesive soils, thereby providing a basis for estimating the relative strength and compressibility of the soil profile components. Water Level Observations — Water level observations were made during the test boring operations. Water level observations are noted on the boring logs provided in the Appendix. In relatively pervious soils, such as sands, the indicated depth is usually a reliable groundwater level. In relatively impervious soils, such as clayey soils, a suitable estimate of the groundwater depth may not be possible, even after several days of observation. Seasonal variations, temperature, land -use, proximity to water bodies, and recent rainfall conditions may influence the depth to the groundwater depth. The amount of water in an open borehole largely depends on the permeability of the soils encountered at the boring location. Ground Surface Elevations — The ground surface elevations at the boring locations were not provided at the time of this report. Therefore, the depths referred to in this report are measured from the existing ground surface at the boring locations during the time of our field investigation (further referenced in this report as the "existing grade") unless specified otherwise. Page 3 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM In addition to the field investigation, a laboratory testing program was conducted to determine additional pertinent engineering characteristics of the subsurface materials necessary in analyzing the behavior of the subsurface soil for the proposed project. The laboratory testing program included supplementary visual classification (ASTM D2487) and water content tests (ASTM D2216) on the samples. In addition, selected samples were subjected to Atterberg limits tests (ASTM D4318), unconfined compression strength tests (ASTM D2166), and percent material finer than the #200 sieve tests (ASTM D1140). The estimated soil strengths of cohesive soils sampled using Shelby tubes were obtained using a hand penetrometer in the field and an unconfined compressive test in the lab later. The laboratory testing program was conducted in general accordance with applicable ASTM Specifications. The results of these tests are to be found on the accompanying boring logs provided in the Appendix. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS General The types of soil materials encountered in the test borings have been visually classified and are described in detail on the boring logs. The results of water level observations, field strength tests and laboratory tests are also presented on the boring logs. Representative samples of the soils were placed in sealed polyethylene bags and are now stored in the laboratory for further analysis, if desired. Unless notified to the contrary, the samples will be disposed of three months after issuance of this report. The stratification of the soil, as shown on the boring logs, represents the soil conditions at the actual boring locations. Variations may occur and should be expected between and beyond the boring locations. Lines of demarcation represent the approximate boundary between different soil types, but the transition may be gradual, or not clearly defined. It should be noted that, whereas the test borings were drilled and sampled by experienced drillers, it is sometimes difficult to record changes in stratification within narrow limits. In the absence of foreign substances, it is also difficult to distinguish between discolored soils and clean soil fill. Soil Conditions The generalized soil conditions encountered at the project site have been summarized and soil properties including soil classification, field strength values, and plasticity are provided in the following table. Borings B-1, B-3, and B-3A were drilled in existing asphalt pavements measuring 4 inches, 2.25 inches, and 2.5 inches, respectively. Page 4 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 Generalized Soil Profile Table (Borings B-1 and B-2) D Description LL PI 4200 N P/UC 0-3 Fat CLAY with Sand 63 43 84 8 3-10.5 Fat CLAY 66-78 41-53 88-90 -- 3.25-4.5+/5.7 10.5-13 Fat CLAY -- -- -- -- 2.5/0.9-3.5 13-16 Lean CLAY with Sand 36 21 71 -- 2-3 16-27 Silty SAND NP NP 3-28 -- 27-35 Silty SAND -- -- -- 9-20 -- Exceptions to the generalized soil profile do exist, such as fill extending to a depth of 3 feet below the existing grade in Boring B-1 and a fat clay layer with sand from a depth of 33 to 35 feet below the existing grade in Boring B-2. Generalized Soil Profile Table (Borings B-3 and B-3A) D Description LL PI 4200 N P/UC 0-1 FILL: Clayey Sand with Gravel 42 25 37 -- -- 1-10 Fat CLAY with Sand 64 43 81 -- 4.5+ Where: D = Depth in feet below existing grade PI = Plasticity index N = SPT Value, blows per foot UC = Unconfined Compressive Strength, Lab (tsf) LL = Liquid limit (%) -#200 = Material passing #200 sieve, % P = Pocket Penetrometer Reading, tsf Exceptions to the above generalized soil profile do exist as fill extending to a depth of 5 feet below the existing grade in Boring B-3A. Groundwater Observations Groundwater was encountered at a depth of 23 feet and 19 feet in Borings B-1 and B-2, respectively. Upon completion of drilling operations, the groundwater was not present in Boring B-1 and rose to a depth of 14 feet in Boring B-2. A 7 hour delayed groundwater in Boring B-2 reading indicated the groundwater level remained at 14 feet. It should be noted that the water level in open boreholes may require several hours to several days to stabilize depending on the permeability of the soils and that groundwater levels at this site may be subject to seasonal conditions, recent rainfall, drought or temperature effects. Seismic Site Classification In accordance with the International Building Code (IBC), "When the soil properties are not known in sufficient detail to determine the site class, Site Class D shall be used unless it is determined that Site Class E or F soil is likely to be present at the site." Since our field investigation have not included a 100- foot deep boring, by definition the soil properties are not known in sufficient detail. Site Class D soils should have a Standard Penetration Resistance of 15 to 50 blows per foot (bpf), or an undrained shear strength between 1,000 and 2,000 pounds per square foot (psf). The predominate soil strengths within the depths explored at this site generally meet or exceed the typical strength range above and therefore the site should be classified as Seismic Site Class D. Page 5 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 OSHA Soil Type Classification The table below provides a summary of the OSHA Soil Type Classification based on the soils encountered at the boring locations. Depth Below Ground Surface (feet) Description OSHA Soil Type Classification 0 14 Cohesive Soil Above Water Table (average undrained shear strength greater than 500 psf) Type B yp 14-20 Non -Cohesive Soil above and Below the Groundwater Table Type C It should be noted that the contractor's "competent person" shall make the final determination of the OSHA Soil Type during excavation of the soils at the jobsite. Slope protection for excavations greater than 20 feet need to be designed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas. The maximum allowable slopes during construction for soil OSHA soil types are provided in the following table. Guidelines for Maximum Allowable Slopes Soil Type Max. Allow. Slopes for Excavations < Than 20' Deep Type B 1 Horizontal : 1 Vertical Type C 1% Horizontal : 1 Vertical Guidelines for maximum allowable slopes were obtained from OSHA documents, but do not take into account any recent revisions or the stability of long-term unprotected slopes. Long term unprotected slopes will likely require much flatter slopes. The guidelines presented herein for slopes do not imply UES is taking responsibility for construction site safety; this responsibility falls entirely upon the contractor and his responsible person. The contractor shall comply with all rules, ordinances and other requirements to comply with safe construction practices. Page 6 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 GEOTECHNICAL DISCUSSION Project Description Based on information provided to UES, the project will include the construction of an addition to an existing building with a footprint of approximately 2,500 square feet. Additionally, a new 5,800 square - foot parking lot is planned for the site where a previous gas station building is located to the east side. Our understanding is that the building to the east side of the site will be demolished prior to the construction. It should be noted that the grading plan, maximum anticipated column load, and other design details have not been provided. Interaction Between New and Old Foundation Systems Based on the review of the plans provided by UES, titled "Fire Station" and dated October 30, 1959, it appears that the existing structure to which the addition will be connected is supported by drilled underreamed piers that extend to a depth of 12 feet below the existing grade, in conjunction with a structurally suspended slab. Ideally, the foundation system for the new addition should match the existing foundation in both type and bearing depth. However, based on the subsurface conditions encountered at that bearing depth, a soft layer of lean clay with sand has been observed, which is not considered a competent bearing layer. Furthermore, it will be challenging to form the bell within the soft clay layer. Foundation clear spacing guidelines should be maintained between the new and existing foundations. It is important to note that the existing foundation has remained in place for an extended period and may have undergone settlement. In contrast, the new foundation will experience its own settlement as specified in the relevant section. As such, differential settlement between the new and old foundations should be anticipated and carefully considered in the design of the connections between the existing building and the new addition structure. A detailed settlement analysis of the foundation is beyond the scope of this report. However, UES can assist with a settlement analysis upon request, following a review of the plans and the finalized layout of the new and existing foundations, along with the associated pressures. Existing Fill and Underground Tanks Existing fill was encountered to an approximate depth of depth of 5 feet in Boring B-3A. Documentation regarding the placement of the fill was not available and it is anticipated that testing was not performed during placement. Therefore, the engineering properties and performance of the existing fill cannot be predicted with certainty. As a result, there is some risk of settlement or other performance problems if the slab -on -grade foundation or pavements are supported on the fill material. In order to totally eliminate this risk, all of the existing fill would have to be excavated and either recompacted or replaced. Page 7 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 Considering the probable length of time that the fill has been in place, and the anticipated light loads on the pavement and flat work, the risk of supporting the pavement and flatwork on the existing fill is judged to be low, with proper proofrolling and treatment as described later in this report. Additionally, underground tanks, utilities, and sump pits may exist in previously developed areas that have not been explored in boring areas. Given that the west side building was formerly a gas station and there is evidence of fill, we recommend that the site area be investigated for the presence of underground tanks and other utilities. Any underground tanks and utilities should be properly removed, and the voids should be backfilled appropriately. Potential Vertical Rise (PVR) Discussion Laboratory test results indicate that the subsoils in the active zone at the location of the borings at the site are high in plasticity. The calculated total potential vertical rise (PVR) at the site is estimated to be up to 4 inches. This PVR value was calculated using the Texas Department of Transportation Method TEX-124E and took into account the average depth of active zone, estimated to extend to a depth of approximately 15 feet and the Atterberg limits test result of the soils encountered within the active zone. It is important to note that the PVR value provided herein was calculated using the Texas Department of Transportation Method TEX-124E and represents the vertical rise that can be experienced by relatively dry subsoils subjected to increases in soil moisture content resulting from capillary or surface water. The TEX-124E method is widely used in Texas for predicting expansive soil movements and has been found to be reasonably accurate for moisture variations resulting from normal seasonal and climatic controlled conditions (environmental conditions). The actual movement of the subsoils is dependent upon their change in moisture content. Conditions that allow the soils to become saturated or significantly exceed typical moisture variations resulting from environmental conditions or exceed the dry and wet boundary conditions established by the TEX-124E method, such as poor drainage and/or broken utilities may result in 2 to 3 times or more the magnitude of moisture related soil movements than estimated by the PVR provided herein. Differential vertical movements may occur over a distance equal to the depth of the active zone and can potentially be equal to the expected total movements. Undercutting a portion of the natural expansive soils at this site and replacing them with properly compacted select fill soils should reduce the PVR. The resulting reduction in PVR at this site for the the site, calculated using the Texas Department of Transportation Method TEX-124E and utilizing undercutting and replacement operations, are included in the table below. Page 8 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 PVR Reduction Required Removal and Replacement Depth (ft) Approximate PVR (in) 2 3.0 3 2.5 4 2.0 5 1.5 6 1.0 The estimated PVR values provided above are based on the floor system applying a sustained surcharge load of approximately 1.0 pound per square inch on the subgrade soils resulting in a 4 to 6-inch concrete finished floor slab. If the finished concrete slab elevation is something other than provided, or if proper positive and rapid site drainage is not provided around the structure and/or other measures are not implemented during the design, construction and operation of the structure to ensure that moisture infiltration of the subgrade soils does not occur, UES should be contacted and given the opportunity to revisit the recommendations provided herein and provide additional recommendations as warranted. FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS Straight sided drilled shafts can be utilized to support the proposed building addition structure. The structural designer can utilize an allowable unit skin friction values provided in the tables below for straight shaft drilled piers to resist the axial loads given the strengths of the subsurface soils encountered. Allowable Unit Skin Friction Depth Below Existing Grade (ft) Allowable Unit Skin Friction (psf) 0-5 Neglect 5-10.5 750 10.5-13 450 13-16 100 16-27 350 27-35 550 The allowable unit skin friction values provided above are based on the strengths of the in -situ soils and utilize a design safety factor of 2 against shear failure. The minimum pier depth shall be determined by the structural engineer based on axial and lateral loading conditions, including uplift, as well as compliance with all regulatory requirements. Page 9 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 AL �-J The piers will be subject to swell uplift forces resulting from adhesion of the expansive soils along the perimeter of the shafts. The swell uplift force can be estimated (in kips) by multiplying the diameter of the pier (in feet) by 36. Uplift can be resisted utilizing the dead load on the pier and the weight of the pier itself. If additional resistance to expansive soil induced uplift is required, the allowable skin friction values below a depth of 15 feet may be utilized in the design. Settlement of a properly designed and constructed straight shaft drilled pier is estimated to be on the order of 1 percent of the shaft diameter of the pier and differential settlements of equally loaded same size drilled shafts should experience differential settlements on the order of 1/2 percent of the pier shaft diameters. Straight shaft drilled piers should be spaced no closer than three pier diameters apart measured center to center, to avoid capacity reductions for closely spaced piers. If groups of piers are required to support concentrated loads, the supporting capacity of a group of vertically loaded drilled piers closely spaced could be considerably less than the sum of the capacities of the individual members comprising the group. The capacity of the group varies as a function of change in size, spacing and stiffness. Axial group capacity may be estimated from the equation below, where E is the group efficiency, N is the number of piers in the group and Q is the single drilled pier capacity. P=E*N*Q Values of group efficiency E increase from about 0.8 at a spacings of 2.5 diameters and then decreases to about 1.0 at a spacing of 3 diameters, where the deep foundations act individually. Detailed analyses of foundation -soil interaction for a specific group spacing would be necessary to define actual efficiency. Lateral Pier Analysis Drilled pier foundations may be subjected to lateral loads. Lateral pier analysis programs such as L-pile will require the following soil parameters for this site: L-Pile Design Parameters — Drilled Straight Sided Piers D Soil Type C ye K Eso 0-5 CLAY/FILL Neglect 5-10.5 CLAY 2,500 -- 120 1,000 0.005 10.5-13 CLAY 1,500 -- 120 500 0.007 13-14 CLAY 300 -- 120 30 0.02 14-16 CLAY 300 -- 60 30 0.02 16-27 SAND -- 29 55 20 -- 27-35 SAND -- 30 55 60 -- Where: D = depth (ft) C = shear strength, psf b= angle of internal friction, deg. ye = effective unit weight, pcf 1<= modulus of subgrade reaction (pci) E50 = 50% strain value Page 10 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 K and E50 values were estimated from publicly published correlations. Floor Slabs used with Drilled Straight Sided Shaft A structurally suspended floor slab is recommended to be used in conjunction with the drilled straight sided shafts. The structural slab shall have a minimum 8-inch void space below the bottom of the structural slab and grade beams spanning between the piers. Soil retainers shall be used to ensure that the void space is maintained after construction is completed. All beams spanning between piers shall be structurally connected to the piers. Carton void forms may be utilized to create a minimum 8-inch void space, or a crawl space can be constructed. A crawl space will allow for hanging of underfloor utilities such that differential movements between the underfloor soils and the relatively fixed floor slabs, and the associated differential movements between buried underfloor utilities and the structures, should not pose potential future issues at utility penetrations. In addition, a crawl space will allow for future maintenance beneath the structures, if necessary. If a crawl space is utilized, a mud slab should be used in the underfloor area and provisions should be made to remove any water that enters the crawl space and not allow water to accumulate. PAVEMENT CONSIDERATIONS In designing the proposed parking areas and driveways, the existing subgrade conditions must be considered together with the expected traffic use and loading conditions. The conditions that influence pavement design can be summarized as follows: • Bearing values of the subgrade. These can be represented by a CBR and a Modulus of Subgrade Reaction (K), for flexible and rigid pavements, respectively. • Vehicular traffic, in terms of the number and frequency of vehicles and their range of axle loads. • Probable increase in vehicular use over the life of the pavement. • The availability of suitable materials to be used in the construction of the pavement and their relative costs. Specific laboratory testing to define the subgrade strength (i.e. CBR and K value) has not been performed for this analysis. Based upon local experience, the estimated CBR and K values for the controlling clay soils encountered at the planned parking lot area are 3 and 100 pci, respectively. Page 11 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 AN' Since traffic counts and design vehicles have not been provided, it is only possible to provide non - engineered pavement sections. However, the light duty pavements were designed in consideration to passenger vehicle traffic while the medium duty pavements were designed for areas expected to see car delivery vehicles and other heavy-duty vehicles such as trash vehicles, delivery vehicles, etc. Parking areas and drives can be designed with either a flexible or rigid pavement. Allowances for proper drainage is most important for performance of pavements. Ruts, birdbaths, and poor site drainage allow for quick deterioration of the pavement primarily due to saturation of the underlying subgrade soils. Flexible Pavement Thickness Design Recommendations The recommended light and medium -duty flexible pavement sections, using locally available materials, are provided on the following table. If a heavier duty pavement is required, our office should be contacted to reevaluate our recommendations. Flexible Pavement Light -Duty (Parking) Medium -Duty (Driveways) Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete 2 inches 2%z inches Crushed Limestone Base Material (TxDOT Item 247 Type A; Gr. 1-2) 6 inches 8 inches Lime Stabilized Subgrade (6%) 8 inches 8 inches Hot mix asphaltic concrete should meet the requirements set forth in TxDOT Item 340; Type D surface course. Crushed limestone base materials in flexible pavement areas should meet the requirements set forth in Texas Standard Specifications 2014; Item 247, Type A, Grade 1-2 and should be placed in maximum 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the modified Proctor test (ASTM D1557) and within ± 1% percent of the optimum moisture content. Rigid Pavement Thickness Design Recommendations The use of concrete for paving has become more prevalent in recent years due to the long-term maintenance cost benefits of concrete pavement compared to asphaltic pavements. The recommended light and medium duty pavement sections are provided on the following table. Medium -duty rigid concrete pavements are recommended for pavements that will be exposed to heavy truck traffic. If a heavier duty pavement is required, our office should be contacted to reevaluate our recommendations. Rigid Pavement Light -Duty (Parking) Medium -Duty (Driveways) Reinforced Concrete 6 inches 7 inches Lime Stabilized Subgrade (6%) 8 inches 8 inches Page 12 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 AN' Concrete pavement should be properly reinforced and jointed, as per ACI, and should have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4,000 psi. Expansion joints should be sealed with an appropriate sealant so that moisture infiltration into the subgrade soils and resultant concrete deterioration at the joints is minimized. The joints should be thoroughly cleaned, and sealant should be installed without overfilling before pavement is opened to traffic. Concrete pavement at least 8-inches thick is recommended for the trash dump approach areas and loading ramps due to the high wheel and impact loads that these areas receive. The concrete pads at the location of the trash dumpsters should be large enough to accommodate both the front and rear wheels of the vehicles used to pick up the trash dumpsters. Maintenance or operations managers need to stress the importance of placing the trash dumpsters in their proper locations to reduce the distress trash pickup operations place on the pavement. Pavement Subgrade Preparation In areas where the pavements will be constructed, after demolishing the existing building, all debris, foundation remnants, old pavement components, surface organics, and deleterious materials should be removed to the desired subgrade elevation. The subgrade shall then be proofrolled following TxDOT Item 216 `Proof rolling" using a heavy pneumatic roller or a loaded dump truck. Any identified soft areas shall be removed to firm soils, replaced with select fill, or reworked and recompacted in place to achieve a stable and non -yielding subgrade. Upon completion of proof rolling, the exposed subgrade should be lime stabilized. The lime stabilization operations shall be performed in accordance with TxDOT Item 260, "Lime Treatment for Materials Used As Subgrade (Road Mixed)". Based on the results of the Atterberg limits testing for the subgrade soils and associated curves provided in TxDOT Test Method 121-E, UES recommends that the lime be mixed at the rate of 6 percent, based on the maximum dry unit weight of the raw subgrade soils as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698). The lime -stabilized soils should be compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum dry density, as determined by a standard Proctor test (ASTM D698), and at or above the optimum moisture content. Routine Maintenance of Rigid and Flexible Pavement Systems The pavement sections provided in this report are designed based on pavement sections constructed on similar subgrade soils and for facilities similar to those planned for construction at this site. The pavements will require routine maintenance such as crack sealing and seal coats for flexible pavements and joint maintenance for rigid pavement sections to achieve a desirable life of pavement. Without proper maintenance, moisture infiltration into the base materials and/or subgrade will result in rapid deterioration of the pavement system. UES recommends that the owner protect their investment by incorporating an aggressive maintenance program. Page 13 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 Civil and Drainage Consideration Pavement design is the responsibility of the project Civil Engineer. We have recommended preliminary pavement sections based on geotechnical information and assumed traffic information in accordance with the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) Guidelines for Design of Pavement Structures dated 1993. According to AASHTO design methodology, the pavement design thickness considers pavement performance, traffic, subgrade soils, pavement materials, environment, drainage and reliability. The applicability of our assumptions should be reviewed, adjusted, and approved by the project Civil Engineer based on the actual ESALs before the pavement section is finalized. The recommended pavement sections assume good drainage quality prevails over the life of the pavement and that the pavement subgrade is exposed to moisture levels approaching saturation less than 25 percent of the time. Good drainage is defined by AASHTO as "the ability to remove water from the pavement within one (1) day". Therefore, it is critical that the project Civil Engineer provide appropriate pavement drainage design to assure validity of the assumed drainage conditions. The final design thickness should be adjusted by the project Civil Engineer based on the actual ESALs calculated for this site. SITE IMPROVEMENT METHODS Drainage and Flatwork Construction Considerations Provisions in the site development should be made in order to maintain relatively uniform moisture contents of the supporting soils. A number of measures may be used to attain a reduction in subsoil moisture content variations. Some of these measures are outlined below. • During construction, positive drainage schemes should be implemented to prevent ponding of water on the subgrade. • Positive drainage should be maintained around the structure and site flatwork through roof/gutter systems connected to piping or directed to paved surfaces, transmitting water away from the foundation perimeter and site flatwork. In addition, positive grades sloping away from the foundation and site flatwork should be designed and implemented. • We recommend that an effective site drainage plan be devised by others prior to commencement of construction to provide positive drainage away from the site improvements and off the site, both during and after construction. • Vegetation placed in landscape beds that are adjacent to the structure and site flatwork should be limited to plants and shrubs that will not exceed a mature height of 3 feet. Large bushes and trees should be planted away from the foundation and flatwork at a distance that will exceed their full mature height and canopy width. Page 14 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 AMF • Individual concrete panels of site flatwork should be dowelled together to minimize trip hazards because of differential movements within the flatwork. • Site flatwork should be designed to drain quickly with a minimum positive slope of 1 percent. All project features beyond the scope of those discussed above should be planned and designed similarly to attain a region of relatively uniform moisture content within the foundation and flatwork areas. Poor drainage schemes are generally the primary cause of foundation and flatwork problems in South Texas. CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS Site Preparation If drilled pier foundations are used to support the building structure, a structurally suspended floor slab system is recommended in conjunction with the drilled piers and therefore building pad preparation to reduce the PVR value is not required. Rather, appropriate grading, proof -rolling and ordinary compaction of the subgrade soils should be performed as necessary to properly support formwork and/or carton forms during construction. Drilled Straight -Sided Shaft Construction Considerations For deep drilled pier construction at this site, temporary steel casing, the slurry displacement method of pier installation, or a combination of temporary steel casing and slurry displacement method will be required. Selection of the appropriate method or combination of methods is the sole responsibility and should be determined by the pier installation contractor. Proper installation methods will also depend on the final foundation design depths and the site and groundwater conditions at the time of construction. The drilled piers should be installed in accordance with Item 416 of TxDOT specifications or ACI 336.1 specifications or in accordance with the guidelines provided in FHWA-NHI-18-024. The successful placement of a pier foundation is dependent on the expertise of the drilled pier foundation contractor. It is recommended that at least one (1) test pier excavation be performed at the site to verify groundwater conditions at the specific location and time, and to ensure that the proper method of pier installation is being performed. The Geotechnical Engineer or his designated representative should be present to witness the test pier operations as well as all of the production pier installation activities. Page 15 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 Earthwork and Foundation Acceptance Exposure to the environment may weaken the soils at the foundation bearing levels if excavations remain open for long periods of time. Therefore, it is recommended that the foundation and pavement excavations be extended to final subgrade elevations and that the foundations and pavements be constructed as soon as possible to minimize potential damage to the bearing soils. The foundation and pavement excavations should be free of loose soil, ponded water or debris, and should be observed prior to concreting by the Geotechnical Engineer or his designated representative. Concrete and flatwork constituents should not be placed on soils that have been disturbed by rainfall or seepage. If the subgrade soils are softened by surface water intrusion or by desiccation, the unsuitable soils must be removed and be replaced with properly compacted soils or base material as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. The Geotechnical Engineer or his designated representative should monitor subgrade preparation. As a guideline, density tests should be performed on the exposed subgrade soils and each subsequent lift of compacted select fill soils at a rate of one test per 2,000 square feet or a minimum of three in -place nuclear tests per testing interval, whichever is greater. Any areas not meeting the required compaction should be recompacted and retested until compliance is met. Demolition Considerations Applicability - Recommendations in this section apply to the removal of any existing foundations, utilities or pavement which may be present on this site. General - Special care should be taken in the demolition and removal of existing floor slabs, foundations, utilities and pavements to minimize disturbance of the subgrade. Excessive disturbance of the subgrade resulting from demolition activities can have serious detrimental effects on planned foundation and paving elements. Existing Foundations - Existing foundations are typically slabs, shallow footings, or drilled piers. If slab or shallow footings are encountered, they should be completely removed. If drilled piers are encountered, they should be cut off at an elevation at least 12-inches below the proposed cuts for the PVR reduction excavation and replacement operations. The remainder of the drilled pier may remain in place. Foundation elements to remain in place should be surveyed to determine the potential for obstructions to the planned construction. UES should be contacted if drilled piers are to be excavated and removed completely. Additional earthwork activities will be required to make the site suitable for new construction if the piers are to be removed completely. Existing Utilities - Existing utilities and bedding to be abandoned should be completely removed. Existing utilities and bedding may be abandoned in place if they do not interfere with planned development. Utilities which are abandoned in place should be properly pressure -grouted to completely fill the utility. Page 16 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 Backfill - Excavations resulting from the excavation of existing foundations and utilities should be backfilled with Select Fill. Other Buried Structures - Other types of buried structures (wells, cisterns, etc.) could be located on the site. If encountered, UES should be contacted to address these types of structures on a case -by - case basis. Vapor Retarder A vapor retarder, with a permeance of less than 0.3 US perms (ASTM E96), should be placed under the concrete floor slab on the properly prepared building pad or carton forms to reduce the transmission of water vapor from the supporting soil through the concrete slab and to function as a slip sheet to reduce subgrade drag friction. Polyethylene film, or polyolefin, with a minimum thickness of 10-mils (0.25 mm) is typically used for reduced vapor transmission and durability during and after its installation. The vapor retarder should be installed according to the ASTM E1643, "Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs". All penetrations through the vapor retarder should be sealed to ensure its integrity. The vapor retarder should be taped around all openings to ensure the effectiveness of the barrier. Grade stakes should not be driven through the barrier and care should be taken to avoid punctures during reinforcement and concrete placement. Placement of slab concrete directly on the vapor retarder increases the risks of surface dusting, blistering and slab curling making good concrete practice critical. A low water to cement ratio concrete mix design, combined with proper and adequate curing procedures, will help ensure a good quality slab. Where vapor transmission is not a concern, elimination of the vapor retarder may provide improvements in finishing characteristics and reductions in the risks of surface dusting, blistering and slab curling. However, exposure of portions of the subgrade or granular layer, such as at blockouts for columns or utility penetrations to inclement weather during construction may create excessive or deficient moisture conditions beneath portions of the slab that have already been placed. Blockouts for slab penetrations should be protected if a vapor retarder is omitted. ACI 302.1R-96 "Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction," recommends that a vapor retarder or vapor barrier be used only when required by the specific application. Utilities Utilities that project through a slab -on -grade floor or walls should be designed with either some degree of flexibility, or with sleeves, in order to prevent damage to these lines should vertical movement occur. Page 17 of 18 Geotechnical Engineering Report CoCC Detention Center building Addition UES Project No. G125067 April 14, 2025 Expansion and Control Joints Expansion and control joints should be designed and placed in various portions of the structure. Properly planned placement of these joints will assist in controlling the degree and location of material cracking that normally occurs due to material shrinkage, thermal affects, soil movements and other related structural conditions. GENERAL COMMENTS If significant changes are made in the character or location of the proposed COCC Detention Center Addition, a consultation should be arranged to review any changes with respect to the prevailing soil conditions. At that time, it may be necessary to submit supplementary recommendations. It is recommended that the services of UES be engaged to test and evaluate the soils in the foundation excavations prior to concreting in order to verify that the bearing soils are consistent with those encountered in the boring. UES cannot accept any responsibility for any conditions that deviate from those described in this report, nor for the performance of the foundation if not engaged to also provide construction observation and testing for this project. If it is required for UES to accept any liability, then UES must review and agree with the plans and perform such observation during construction as we recommend. All dewatering, sheeting, shoring, and bracing of trenches, pits and excavations should be made the responsibility of the contractor and should comply with all current and applicable local, state and federal safety codes, regulations and practices, including the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Page 18 of 18 APPENDIX P)(J UES NOR"HAEST CORPUS CHRISTI April 14, 2025 Geotechnical Engineering Report UES Project No: G125067 SITE VICINITY MAP Environmental Geotechnical Engineering Materials Testing Field Inspections & Code Compliance Geophysical Technologies COCC DETENTION CENTER BUILDING ADDITION 3312 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas UES 16817 Leopard St., Corpus Christi, TX 78409 I office: 361.883.4555 I fax: 361.883.4711 //I UES. April 14, 2025 Geotechnical Engineering Report UES Project No: G125067 BORING LOCATION PLAN Environmental Geotechnical Engineering Materials Testing Field Inspections & Code Compliance Geophysical Technologies COCC DETENTION CENTER BUILDING ADDITION 3312 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas UES 16817 Leopard St., Corpus Christi, TX 78409 1 office: 361.883.4555 I fax: 361.883.4711 LOG OF BORING B-1 SHEET 1 of 1 N 0 w 0 0 a C7 w z O 0 w 0 0 0 0 0 CN O Z 0 0 0 0 J ��I UES.k UES Professional Solutions 45, LLC 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78409P Telephone: (361)-883-4555 Fax: (361)-883-4711 CLIENT: Turner Ramirez Architects PROJECT: COCC Detention Center Addition LOCATION: 3312 Leopard Street, Corpus Christi, Texas P NUMBER: G125067 DATE(S) DRILLED: 3/13/2025 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): Hollow Stem Auger SOIL SYMBOL DEPTH (FT) SAMPLE NUMBER SAMPLES N: BLOWS/FT P: TONS/SQ FT T: TONS/SQ FT Qc: TONS/SQ FT MOISTURE CONTENT (%) ATTERBERG LIMITS DRY DENSITY POUNDS/CU.FT COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (TONS/SQ FT) MINUS NO. 200 SIEVE (%) LIQUID LIMIT PLASTIC LIMIT PLASTICITY INDEX GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: Groundwater (GW) encountered at 23 feet during drilling. Dry and caved at 13.5 feet upon completion. SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A LL PL PI DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM cis Ash 72 ASPHALT: approximately 4 inches. _ _ 1 FILZ:—SILTY S7�R[XIlgbitbrown,, moist. (approximately 875 — - ,- - - 5 - - 10 = ST' S 2 ST-3 S S-4 ST' ST' S-5 ST P= 4.5+ — P—_ 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 3 25 P= 2.5 18 28 30 29 31 47 78 16 25 31 53 94 93 5.7 3.5 62 90 inches) _I- FILE: SANDY LEAN ICY (CETbi own moist, TiardT FAT CLAY, dark brown, moist, hard. Same as above. (CH) Same as above, brown, very stiff. Same as above. LEAN CLAY WITH SAND (CL), brown, moist, soft. 15 - S s N= 3 25 36 15 21 71 SILT Y SAND, brown, moist, very loose. • - 20 - 25 - - 30 - - 35 SS S8 SS S-9 SS S-10 SS N= 2 X N= 3 X N= 14 N= 9 25 a 27 26 30 14 Same as above. Same as above, medium dense. Same as above, loose. -S11 Boring terminated at 35 feet. N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE QC - STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE REMARKS: Drilling operations performed by UES at GPS coordinates N 27.79725, W 97.42689 LOG OF BORING B-2 SHEET 1 of 1 N 0 w 0 0 a C7 w z O 0 w 0 0 0 0 0 O Z 0 0 0 0 J ��0 uES.k UES Professional Solutions 45, LLC Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78409 Telephone: (361)-883-4555 Fax: (361)-883-4711 CLIENT: Turner Ramirez Architects LeopardP PROJECT: COCC Detention Center Addition LOCATION: 3312 Street, Corpus Christi, Texas NUMBER: G125067 DATE(S) DRILLED: 3/13/2025 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): Hollow Stem Auger SOIL SYMBOL DEPTH (FT) SAMPLE NUMBER SAMPLES N: BLOWS/FT P: TONS/SQ FT T: TONS/SQ FT Qc: TONS/SQ FT MOISTURE CONTENT (%) ATTERBERG LIMITS DRY DENSITY POUNDS/CU.FT COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (TONS/SQ FT) MINUS NO. 200 SIEVE (%) LIQUID LIMIT PLASTIC LIMIT PLASTICITY INDEX GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: Groundwater (GW) encountered at 19 feet during drilling. GW at 14 feet and caved at 14 feet upon completion. 7 hour delayed reading: GW at 14 feet and caved at 14 feet. SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A LL PL PI DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM f ,- i / - 5S2 - 10 - - ss S-1 ST' ST S-3' ST S-4' ST S-5 X N. 8 P= 4 5+ P- 4.5+ P= 4.25 I P= 2.5 19 26 30 30 25 63 66 20 25 43 41 93 0.9 84 88 FAT CLAY WITH SAND (CH), dark brown, moist, firm. FAT CLAY, dark brown, moist, hard. Same as above. (CH) Same as above. Same as above, brown, firm. LEAN CLAY WITH SAND, brown, moist, very soft. 15 - S-6 SS X N- 2 - 25 SILTY SAND, brown, moist, medium dense. g_ 20 - - 25 - - 30 - 35 SS S-7 SS S-8 SS S-9 ,1P= S-10 X N= 28 X N= 9 X N= 20 2.5 23 29 20 26 NP NP NP 18 42 Same as above, loose. (SM) Same as above, medium dense. FAT CLAY WITH SAND, brown, moist, very stiff. - Boring terminated at 35 feet. N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE Qc - STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE REMARKS: NDrilling operations9performed26by UES at GPS coordinates N 27.79718, W 97.42669 LOG OF BORING B-3 SHEET 1 of 1 10 0 J w W 0 0 0 a C7 w w O 0 O w w w w 0 0 0 0 0 Cn (V 0 Z 0 0 0 0 J �� UES Professional Solutions 45, LLC hard Street Christi, Texas 78409 (361)-883-4555 (361)-883-4711 CLIENT: Turner Ramirez Architects PROJECT: COCC Detention Center Addition LOCATION: 3312 Leopard Street, Corpus Christi, Texas NUMBER: G125067 DATE(S) DRILLED: 3/13/2025 UES,, Corp Corpuss0 Telephone: Fax: FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): Solid Stem Auger SOIL SYMBOL DEPTH (FT) SAMPLE NUMBER SAMPLES N: BLOWS/FT P: TONS/SQ FT T: TONS/SQ FT Qc: TONS/SQ FT MOISTURE CONTENT (%) ATTERBERG LIMITS DRY DENSITY POUNDS/CU.FT COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (TONS/SQ FT) MINUS NO. 200 SIEVE (%) LIQUID LIMIT PLASTIC LIMIT PLASTICITY INDEX GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: Groundwater (GW) not encountered during drilling. Dry and open upon completion. SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A LL PL PI DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM -- ♦� •& 1 2 - - 3 4 - 5 6 - 7 - 8 9 - GRAB S 1 ST s-2 ST S 3 ST S� ST S-5 V P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ 14 27 25 28 28 42 64 17 21 25 43 98 2.0 37 81 -\ ASPHALT (approximately 2.25 inches) FILL: CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL (SC), brown, moist. (21 'Ye Gravel, 42% Sand, 37% Fines) J FAT CLAY WITH SAND (CH), dark brown, moist, hard. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above, dark gray, stiff. 10 - N - STANDARD QC - STATIC P - POCKET Boring terminated at 10 feet. PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX PENETROMETER RESISTANCE REMARKS: NDrilling operations9performed27by UES at GPS coordinates N 27.79705, W 97.42707 LOG OF BORING B-3A SHEET 1 of 1 10 0 J w W 0 0 0 a C7 w z w U 0 O w w w w 0 0 0 0 0 Cn N O Z 0 0 0 0 J 9 UES,, UES Professional Solutions 45, LLC Corp Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78409 Telephone: (361)-883-4555 Fax: (361)-883-4711 CLIENT: Turner Ramirez Architects PROJECT: COCC Detention Center Addition LOCATION: 3312 Leopard Street, Corpus Christi, Texas P P NUMBER: G125067 DATE(S) DRILLED: 3/13/2025 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): Solid Stem Auger SOIL SYMBOL DEPTH (FT) SAMPLE NUMBER SAMPLES N: BLOWS/FT P: TONS/SQ FT T: TONS/SQ FT Qc: TONS/SQ FT MOISTURE CONTENT (%) ATTERBERG LIMITS DRY DENSITY POUNDS/CU.FT COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (TONS/SQ FT) MINUS NO. 200 SIEVE (%) LIQUID LIMIT PLASTIC LIMIT PLASTICITY INDEX GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: Groundwater (GW) not encountered during drilling. Dry and open upon completion. SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A LL PL PI DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM • • GRAB S ASPHALT: approximately 2.5 inches. FILL: SILTY SAND, dark brown, moist. FILL: CLAYEY SAND, dark brown, moist. _GRAB S-2 �' FAT CLAY, dark brown, moist. A 5 GRAB S-3 Boring terminated at 8 feet. N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE Qc - STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE REMARKS: NDrilling operations performed by UES at GPS coordinates N 27.79705 W 97.42723 1,0 UES UES 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78409 Telephone: (361)-883-4555 Fax: (361)-883-4711 KEY TO SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND SYMBOLS UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM TERMS CHARACTERIZING SOIL STRUCTURE MAJOR DIVISIONS SYMBOL NAME GW iwIll '• • 041 Well Graded Gravels or Gravel -Sand mixtures, little or no fines SLICKENSIDED - having inclined planes of weakness that are slick and glossy in appearance FISSURED - containing shrinkage cracks, frequently filled with fine sand or silt; usually more or less vertical LAMINATED (VARVED) - composed of thin layers of varying color and texture, usually grading from sand or silt at the bottom to clay at the top CRUMBLY - cohesive soils which break into small blocks or crumbs on drying CALCAREOUS - containing appreciable quantities of calcium carbonate, generally nodular WELL GRADED - having wide range in grain sizes and substantial amounts of all intermediate particle sizes POORLY GRADED - predominantly of one grain size uniformly graded) or having a range of sizes with some intermediate size missing (gap or skip graded) GRAVEL AND GP O ° (N° % b, Poorly Graded Gravels or Gravel -Sand mixtures, little or no fines GRAVELLY SOILS GM oG � 3°C c) D J Silty Gravels, Gravel -Sand -Silt mixtures COARSE GC ,ice Clayey Gravels, Gravel -Sand -Clay Mixtures GRAINED SOILS SW oo ° Well Graded Sands or Gravelly Sands, little or no fines SAND AND SP . Poorly Graded Sands or Gravelly Sands, little or no fines SANDY SOILS SM • Silty Sands, Sand -Silt Mixtures SC Clayey Sands, Sand -Clay mixtures ML Inorganic Silts and very fine Sands, Rock Flour, Silty or Clayey fine Sands or Clayey Silts SILTS AND CLAYS LL < 50 CL j / Inorganic Clays of low to medium plasticity, Gravelly Clays, Sandy Clays, Silty Clays, Lean Clays SYMBOLS FOR TEST DATA a - Groundwater Level - (Initial Reading) 1 - Groundwater Level (Final Reading) ' — Shelby Tube Sample " — SPT Samples I I — Auger Sample I — Rock Core Texas Cone Penetrometer E— Grab Sample OL _ — _- — " Organic Silts and Organic Silt -Clays of low plasticity MH Inorganic Silts, Micaceous or Diatomaceous fine Sandy or Silty soils, Elastic Silts SILTS AND CLAYS LL > 50 CH A Inorganic Clays of high plasticity, Fat Clays OH .' _ Organic Clays of medium to high plasticity, Organic Silts Limestone NON USCS MATERIALS x x x x x x x x x x x x Marl/Claystone S Sandstone TERMS DESCRIBING CONSISTENCY OF SOIL COARSE GRAINED SOILS FINE GRAINED SOILS DESCRIPTIVE TERM NO. BLOWS/FT. STANDARD PEN. TEST DESCRIPTIVE TERM NO. BLOWS/FT. STANDARD PEN. TEST UNCONFINED COMPRESSION TONS PER SQ. FT. Very Loose Loose Medium Dense Very Dense 0 - 4 4 - 10 10 - 30 30 - 50 over 50 Very Soft Soft Firm Stiff Very Stiff Hard < 2 2 - 4 4 - 8 8 - 15 15 - 30 over 30 < 0.25 0.25 - 0.50 0.50 - 1.00 1.00 - 2.00 2.00 - 4.00 over 4.00 Field Classification for "Consistency" of Fine Grained Soils is determined with a 0.25" diameter penetrometer ti. eurofins Built Environment Testing Report for: Javier Caraballo All Points Environmental LLC 1245 W. Cardinal Dr Beaumont, TX 77705 Eurofins Built Environment Testing Central, LLC Regarding: Project: C25-013; 3312 Leopard C.C. TX EML ID: 3962656 Approved by: Dates of Analysis: Asbestos PLM (Layer %): 02-28-2025 Business Unit Manager Scott Ward Service SOPs: Asbestos PLM (Layer %) (EPA 40CFR App E to Sub E of Part 763 & EPA METHOD 600/R-93-116, SOP EM-AS-S- 1267) NVLAP Lab Code 200525-0 All samples were received in acceptable condition unless noted in the Report Comments portion in the body of the report. The results relate only to the samples as received and tested. The results include an inherent uncertainty of measurement associated with estimating percentages by polarized light microscopy. Measurement uncertainty data for sample results with >1% asbestos concentration can be provided when requested. Eurofins Built Environment Testing Central, LLC ("the Company"), a member of the Eurofins Built Environment Testing group of companies, shall have no liability to the client or the client's customer with respect to decisions or recommendations made, actions taken or courses of conduct implemented by either the client or the client's customer as a result of or based upon the Test Results. In no event shall the Company be liable to the client with respect to the Test Results except for the Company's own willful misconduct or gross negligence nor shall the Company be liable for incidental or consequential damages or lost profits or revenues to the fullest extent such liability may be disclaimed by law, even if the Company has been advised of the possibility of such damages, lost profits or lost revenues. In no event shall the Company's liability with respect to the Test Results exceed the amount paid to the Company by the client therefor. Eurofins Built Environment Testing Central, LLC EMLab ID: 3962656, Page 1 of 6 Client: All Points Environmental LLC C/O: Javier Caraballo Re: C25-013; 3312 Leopard C.C. TX Eurofins Built Environment Testing Central, LLC 3113 Red Bluff Road, Pasadena, TX 77503 713-290-0223 www.eurofinsus.com/Built Date of Sampling: 02-21-2025 Date of Receipt: 02-24-2025 Date of Report: 02-28-2025 Bulk Asbestos Fiber Analysis by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) Appx E Sub E 40 CFR 763 / EPA 600/R-93/116 Sample ID # Sample Description Asbestos Non -Asbestos Lab -ID version Constituents Constituents 55-321. Layer 1 Not Detected 55% Cellulose 19689214-1 White Ceiling Tile 42% Non -Fibrous Material Homogeneity:Good 3% Mineral Wool Comment 55-325. Layer 1 19689215-1 White Ceiling Tile Homogeneity:Good Not Detected 55% Cellulose 42% Non -Fibrous Material 3% Mineral Wool 55-327. Layer 1 19689216-1 White Ceiling Tile Homogeneity:Good Not Detected 55% Cellulose 42% Non -Fibrous Material 3% Mineral Wool 55-331. Layer 1 Not Detected 80% Non -Fibrous Material 19689217-1 White Sink Undercoating 20% Cellulose Homogeneity:Good 55-337. Layer 1 Not Detected 80% Non -Fibrous Material 19689218-1 White Sink Undercoating 20% Cellulose Homogeneity:Good 55-339. Layer 1 Not Detected 80% Non -Fibrous Material 19689219-1 White Sink Undercoating 20% Cellulose Homogeneity:Good 55-341. Layer 1 Not Detected 100% Non -Fibrous Material 19689220-1 White Texture Homogeneity:Good Layer 2 Brown Drywall Homogeneity:Good Not Detected 90% Non -Fibrous Material 10% Cellulose < 1% Glass Fibers 55-343. Layer 1 19689221-1 White Texture Homogeneity:Good Layer 2 Beige Tape Homogeneity:Good Layer 3 White Joint Compound Homogeneity:Good Layer 4 Brown Drywall Homogeneity:Good 2% Chrysotile 98% Non -Fibrous Material Not Detected 100% Cellulose 2% Chrysotile 98% Non -Fibrous Material Not Detected 90% Non -Fibrous Material 10% Cellulose Comments: The total percentage of sample components shown may be greater than 100% when some components are detected at <1%. The test report shall not be reproduced except in full, without written approval of the laboratory. The report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST, or any agency of the federal government. The Company reserves the right to dispose of all samples after a period of thirty (30) days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. Inhomogeneous samples are separated into homogeneous subsamples and analyzed individually. ND means no fibers of that type were detected. When detected, the minimum detection and reporting limit is less than 1% unless point counting is performed. Floor tile samples may contain large amounts of interference material and it is recommended that the sample be analyzed by gravimetric point count analysis to lower the detection limit and to aid in asbestos identification. $ A "Version" indicated by -"x" after the Lab ID# with a value greater than 1 indicates a sample with amended data. The revision number is reflected by the value of "x". Eurofins Built Environment Testing Central, LLC EMLab ID: 3962656, Page 2 of 6 Client: All Points Environmental LLC C/O: Javier Caraballo Re: C25-013; 3312 Leopard C.C. TX Eurofins Built Environment Testing Central, LLC 3113 Red Bluff Road, Pasadena, TX 77503 713-290-0223 www.eurofinsus.com/Built Date of Sampling: 02-21-2025 Date of Receipt: 02-24-2025 Date of Report: 02-28-2025 Bulk Asbestos Fiber Analysis by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) Appx E Sub E 40 CFR 763 / EPA 600/R-93/116 Sample ID # Sample Description Asbestos Non -Asbestos Lab -ID version Constituents Constituents 55-345. Layer 1 2% Chrysotile 98% Non -Fibrous Material 19689222-1(cont.) White Texture Homogeneity:Good Layer 2 Brown Drywall Homogeneity:Good Not Detected 90% Non -Fibrous Material 10% Cellulose Comment 55-351. Layer 1 Not Detected 88% Non -Fibrous Material 19689223-1 Black Tar 12% Cellulose Homogeneity:Good 55-353. Layer 1 Not Detected 88% Non -Fibrous Material 19689224-1 Black Tar 12% Cellulose Homogeneity:Good 55-357. Layer 1 Not Detected 88% Non -Fibrous Material 19689225-1 Black Tar 12% Cellulose Homogeneity:Good 55-361. Layer 1 Not Detected 100% Non -Fibrous Material 19689226-1 Yellow Cementitious Material Homogeneity:Good 55-365. Layer 1 Not Detected 100% Non -Fibrous Material 19689227-1 Yellow Cementitious Material Homogeneity:Good 55-369. Layer 1 Not Detected 100% Non -Fibrous Material 19689228-1 Yellow Cementitious Material Homogeneity:Good 55-371. Layer1 19689229-1 Black Roofing Material Homogeneity:Good Not Detected 85% Non -Fibrous Material 15% Cellulose < 1% Hair/Wool < 1% Synthetic Fibers 55-373. Layer 1 19689230-1 Black Roofing Material Homogeneity:Good Not Detected 85% Non -Fibrous Material 15% Cellulose < 1% Hair/Wool < 1% Synthetic Fibers 55-375. Layer 1 19689231-1 Black Roofing Material Homogeneity:Good Not Detected 85% Non -Fibrous Material 15% Cellulose < 1% Hair/Wool < 1% Synthetic Fibers 55-391. Layer 1 Not Detected 100% Non -Fibrous Material 19689232-1 White Mastic Homogeneity:Good 55-393. Layer 1 Not Detected 100% Non -Fibrous Material 19689233-1 White Mastic Homogeneity:Good Comments: The total percentage of sample components shown may be greater than 100% when some components are detected at <1%. The test report shall not be reproduced except in full, without written approval of the laboratory. The report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST, or any agency of the federal government. The Company reserves the right to dispose of all samples after a period of thirty (30) days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. Inhomogeneous samples are separated into homogeneous subsamples and analyzed individually. ND means no fibers of that type were detected. When detected, the minimum detection and reporting limit is less than 1% unless point counting is performed. Floor tile samples may contain large amounts of interference material and it is recommended that the sample be analyzed by gravimetric point count analysis to lower the detection limit and to aid in asbestos identification. $ A "Version" indicated by -"x" after the Lab ID# with a value greater than 1 indicates a sample with amended data. The revision number is reflected by the value of "x". Eurofins Built Environment Testing Central, LLC EMLab ID: 3962656, Page 3 of 6 Client: All Points Environmental LLC C/O: Javier Caraballo Re: C25-013; 3312 Leopard C.C. TX Eurofins Built Environment Testing Central, LLC 3113 Red Bluff Road, Pasadena, TX 77503 713-290-0223 www.eurofinsus.com/Built Date of Sampling: 02-21-2025 Date of Receipt: 02-24-2025 Date of Report: 02-28-2025 Bulk Asbestos Fiber Analysis by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) Appx E Sub E 40 CFR 763 / EPA 600/R-93/116 Sample ID # Lab -ID version 55-393. 19689233-1(cont.) Sample Description Layer 2 Silver Wrap Homogeneity:Good Layer 3 Yellow Insulation Homogeneity:Good Asbestos Constituents Not Detected Non -Asbestos Constituents 50% Cellulose 30% Non -Fibrous Material 20% Glass Fibers Not Detected 98% Mineral Wool 2% Non -Fibrous Material Comment 55-395. Layer 1 19689234-1 White Mastic / Silver Foil Homogeneity:Good Layer 2 Gray Mastic Homogeneity:Good Not Detected Not Detected 100% Non -Fibrous Material 100% Non -Fibrous Material 55-401. Layer 1 19689235-1 White Texture Homogeneity:Good Layer 2 Brown Drywall Homogeneity:Good Not Detected Not Detected 100% Non -Fibrous Material 90% Non -Fibrous Material 10% Cellulose 55-403. Layer 1 Not Detected 100% Non -Fibrous Material 19689236-1 White Texture Homogeneity:Good Layer 2 Beige Tape Homogeneity:Good Layer 3 White Joint Compound Homogeneity:Good Layer 4 Brown Drywall Homogeneity:Good Not Detected 100% Cellulose Not Detected 100% Non -Fibrous Material Not Detected 90% Non -Fibrous Material 10% Cellulose < 1% Glass Fibers 55-405. Layer 1 19689237-1 White Texture Homogeneity:Good Layer 2 Brown Drywall Homogeneity:Good 2% Chrysotile Not Detected 98% Non -Fibrous Material 90% Non -Fibrous Material 10% Cellulose Comments: The total percentage of sample components shown may be greater than 100% when some components are detected at <1%. The test report shall not be reproduced except in full, without written approval of the laboratory. The report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST, or any agency of the federal government. The Company reserves the right to dispose of all samples after a period of thirty (30) days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. Inhomogeneous samples are separated into homogeneous subsamples and analyzed individually. ND means no fibers of that type were detected. When detected, the minimum detection and reporting limit is less than 1% unless point counting is performed. Floor tile samples may contain large amounts of interference material and it is recommended that the sample be analyzed by gravimetric point count analysis to lower the detection limit and to aid in asbestos identification. $ A "Version" indicated by -"x" after the Lab ID# with a value greater than 1 indicates a sample with amended data. The revision number is reflected by the value of "x". Eurofins Built Environment Testing Central, LLC EMLab ID: 3962656, Page 4 of 6 Client: All Points Environmental LLC C/O: Javier Caraballo Re: C25-013; 3312 Leopard C.C. TX Eurofins Built Environment Testing Central, LLC 3113 Red Bluff Road, Pasadena, TX 77503 713-290-0223 www.eurofinsus.com/Built Date of Sampling: 02-21-2025 Date of Receipt: 02-24-2025 Date of Report: 02-28-2025 Bulk Asbestos Fiber Analysis by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) Appx E Sub E 40 CFR 763 / EPA 600/R-93/116 Sample ID # Sample Description Asbestos Non -Asbestos Lab -ID version Constituents Constituents 55-411. Layer 1 Not Detected 100% Non -Fibrous Material 19689238-1 Beige Flooring Material Homogeneity:Good Comment 55-413. 19689239-1 Layer 1 Beige Flooring Material Homogeneity:Good Not Detected 100% Non -Fibrous Material 55-415. 19689240-1 Layer 1 Beige Flooring Material Homogeneity:Good Not Detected 100% Non -Fibrous Material Comments: Analyst(s): Mark Silver The total percentage of sample components shown may be greater than 100% when some components are detected at <1%. The test report shall not be reproduced except in full, without written approval of the laboratory. The report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST, or any agency of the federal government. The Company reserves the right to dispose of all samples after a period of thirty (30) days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. Inhomogeneous samples are separated into homogeneous subsamples and analyzed individually. ND means no fibers of that type were detected. When detected, the minimum detection and reporting limit is less than 1% unless point counting is performed. Floor tile samples may contain large amounts of interference material and it is recommended that the sample be analyzed by gravimetric point count analysis to lower the detection limit and to aid in asbestos identification. $ A "Version" indicated by -"x" after the Lab ID# with a value greater than 1 indicates a sample with amended data. The revision number is reflected by the value of "x". Eurofins Built Environment Testing Central, LLC EMLab ID: 3962656, Page 5 of 6 Client: All Points Environmental LLC C/O: Javier Caraballo Re: C25-013; 3312 Leopard C.C. TX Eurofins Built Environment Testing Central, LLC 3113 Red Bluff Road, Pasadena, TX 77503 713-290-0223 www.eurofinsus.com/Built Date of Sampling: 02-21-2025 Date of Receipt: 02-24-2025 Date of Report: 02-28-2025 Bulk Asbestos Fiber Analysis by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) Appx E Sub E 40 CFR 763 / EPA 600/R-93/116 PROJECT ANALYST AND SIGNATORY REPORT Project Analyst Analyst: Mark Silver The test report shall not be reproduced except in full, without written approval of the laboratory. The report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST, or any agency of the federal government. The Company reserves the right to dispose of all samples after a period of thirty (30) days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. $ A "Version" indicated by -"x" after the Lab ID# with a value greater than 1 indicates a sample with amended data. The revision number is reflected by the value of "x". Eurofins Built Environment Testing Central, LLC EMLab ID: 3962656, Page 6 of 6 ,DoLtriipt, V w t,i i 1.4 .e_roh r 3113 Rea 1u . (So() Iv L 0 , C ,) All PcA—fitsron-mc['l'�d1, LL ddr s.500 N. Water St., Ste. 605 Name:cet SanAlr IDNimier Asbestos Chain of Cus[od. Foss He, Rev 7, I.Qi2 Projfct fig_ Lr -- C 73 CI,st Za; Orpus Christi; TX 78401 to tecoilccicd: 7t - t.. . h TiTX ,� .-3 2 1 ABB Bulk PL:M EPA 6 it-93'116 r174, ABA ABA-2 AHEPA Positive Skip E Air ?CM NTOSH 7400 PLM EPA *I10 Point Count [ _ABTEM ABB 1 K PLM EPA 10100 Poapa co;,:: ABBEN PLM EPA NOB** OSHA vo TWA' TEM AHERA "TX Iah,r,s =_3 1-88 -33 3 Fax Ia: ,I,aF pointsez©amailocom A BSE Soil PLM EPA &IXVR-93.116 ( uat. ice'IABB Vermiculite PLM EPA 6OOrR-9311 ] 6 n ABA[ N TEM NIOSli 7402 r—L . ABT2 TEM Level TI IQ ABEPA3 PLM EPA 400 Pnrinut Count ear rC3,1 rind Mt*LGd. ABBCH TEM Chatfield** ABBTM TEM EPA N-OBrr E PLC{ Qualitative Other: Bait New York ELAP ABWA TEM Wipe ASTM 1-64S0 ABEPA2 N'YELAP 193aI ABIDMV TEM Micrmv-ac. ASTM I1-5755 Available oil 24-1ir. to 5-day TA-1- i ABENY Water ABBE I EPA 100.2 1a NY FLAP 19L6 PLM NOB ABBNV NY ELAP 19t4 TEM NOB aFusl-h ti a Snap, 1 .1_ M,aorix Odra Turn Around rim.m 3FIR (4Ilk Tat) ❑ 6HR TEM) 0 I2.IiR ❑ �J 4 [Tay iDa i=: 5I1-ays .._I Special Instructions I Sample ; ; Sample Wen tflieatiot.Lac:Ittion I Volt] me l or AreaDate Sample F1uvv [4 Fe Stan — Stop irne TS-- 32. ! iI f C • ' r , .+ 73 4 Ste` 2. Ciave L" 1.4 h 5c - 3 2. 7 ,'A Are.",H! I i-0.41.1 4. r i 4 414,1ij whot, 14.4,„4- Ss-- YS1 00396c656 55-• 59 z7r 4).L,_ „"dri ci.J4-..1.1 3413 4 +a +,1 a y' gli r'*r i av Relinquiglolly, Date o Tittle Received by C1tte Time , 'lu ,F — 0 ff o y mo',,ij ,'-f . ,f li IT" w 1. ppswI.#.4 0140.1. 141. MAY am•e16c f.,r Y.ww s1..141w4 NW 1.. w.a..rt a FAT will be !clued in the oesr business day. Weckeo.d +rr hnllda} +park must be a hrdu]od ahead nl time a.od is charged at I;it*, of tke 31sr TAT rsr 2 minim Lan Charge of $i 50. A c,baritr h rgc w11] be applied fear 4.;1Mc day and r-day. I L r1iarurtlyd limes for offsite work-SanAfr ou-urs Ground arid' Kai 1)ay tit shippi'ek. Shipments tied al Sans with a faster shipping rate +ill result in asfdilional charges. Page V of 2-- Farm 140, R aTi c Arillri=ms"-"IMINFOCKEEMVIMIREPrir. V xF f+e+ pee• f 15' . ..F.+ ""I •''�'*d+ %IV . grin-- war.. a w..i�s P of Fens t' +eL pe g * ..m It mia Flow Test Map Residual Hydrant ChAirCorpus Christi Water_ Serving the Coastal Bend 1:1,128 0 0.01 0.01 I ti ti ti 't ti 0 0.01 0.03 0.03 mi 0.05 km City of Corpus Christi, Sources: Esri, HERE, Garmin, Intermap, increment P Corp., GEBCO, USGS, FAO, NPS, NRCAN, GeoBase, IGN, Kadaster NL, Ordnance Survey, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS User Community 1, HERE, Garmin, INCREMENT P, USGS, EPA, USDA I City of Corpus Christi I Downloaded from the Railroad Commission In 2023 I Transportation Planning and Programming Division - Datariftb%rRSlilBebfifffl TPP-GIS@txdot.gov i Corpus Christi Water ccw SET in;l Ihd Cuasial C3enc/ Test Requested By: Location Address: Company Name: Contact Number: Contact Email: WO: 25-485818 City of Corpus Christi Water Department Flow Test of Public Fire Hydrant Isaac Perez 3312 Leopard 361-826-3564 Isaacp@cctexas.com Main Size Outlet Residual Hydrant Flowing Hydrant 12" 2 1/2" Static Residual Pitot GPM Outlet smooth and well-rounded coef. 0.90 50 48 40 1061 Residual Hydrant: FRHYD: Outlet square and sharp coef. 0.80 Outlet square and projecting Into barrel coef. 0.70 Performed By: John Harris Flowing Hydrant: FRHYD: Notes: Date: 6/11/2025 Time: 9:00 AM Estimated Fire Flow @ 20 psi GPM 4579 Flowtest@cctexas.com NRG ENGINEERING 5656 S. Staples, Suite 312 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 361/852-2727 FX: 361/852-2922 TX Firm Registration No. F-00531 8 Commissioning Plan Project: Corpus Christi Detention Center 3312 Leopard ST. Corpus Christi, TX 78408 Commissioning Agent: John A. Rodriguez, P.E. TX License #90273 Mechanical Systems: 1. Verify Test and Balancing Report by sampling outlets and systems per C408.2.2, 2. Verify system functioning, startup reports and associated equipment controls per C408.2.3. 3. Direct Expansion split systems: Commissioning Not Required Per C408.2, Exception #1. Plumbing Systems: 1. Water Heater & Recirculating Pump: Commissioning Not Required Per C408.2, Exception #1. Electrical Systems: 1. Interior Lighting Controls a. Occupancy Sensors: Function test Manual on/Automatic Off Operation. i. Occupancy sensors will be function tested per IECC 2015 C408.3.1.1. Occupancy sensors shall require occupants to manually turn on lights and automatically shut off lighting within 30 minutes of all occupants leaving the space it serves; occupancy sensors shall be capable of manual shutoff by occupants. Adjustments will be made to shut off time per manufacturer's installation instructions as necessary. b. Time -Switch Controls: i. Time Switch will be function tested per IECC 2015 C408.3.1.2. Time Switch shall have a 7-day programmable clock with holiday scheduling capabilities and battery back-up. An override switch shall allow for 2- hour override of an area not greater than 5,000SF. Adjustments will be made to time schedule per manufacturer's installation instructions as necessary. Page 1 of 2 NRG Commissioning Plan Corpus Christi Detention Center NRG Project #25045 2. Exterior Lighting Controls Page 2 of 2 a. Time Clock and Photocell: Function test for Automatic On/Automatic Off Operation i. Time Clock programming will be verified ii. Battery back-up will be verify that is has been installed iii. Owners documentation will be verified END OF PLAN 5656 S. Staples, Ste 312, Corpus Christi, TX 78411 — Ph: 361.852.2727, Fax: 361.852.2922 — TX Firm #F-5318 SECTION 01 4119 - WINDSTORM CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provision of the contract, including general and supplementary conditions and other Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. All components and cladding must meet or exceed the wind load requirements as specified in this section. B. Exterior wall, exterior wall openings and roof openings shall be protected with impact - resistant covers or designed to meet impact resistance requirements. C. Exterior mechanical and electrical equipment shall be secured against indicated wind loads. D. Owner shall pay for Texas Department of Insurance Inspection Windstorm Certification for the Building Structure which includes certification of any accessory structures. The contractor is responsible for all other costs related to Windstorm Certification which includes the required inspection. E. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating and scheduling the site inspections of the Owner's Engineer responsible for Windstorm Certification. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Components and Cladding: Elements assembled to form the exterior wall and roof systems that are either directly loaded by the wind or receive wind loads originating at relatively close locations, and that transfer those loads to the main wind force resisting system. Examples: Curtain walls, exterior glass windows and panels, roof sheathing, studs, soffits, etc. B. Exterior Wall, Exterior Wall Openings, and Roof Openings: Openings that are likely to be breached during high winds. Examples: skylights, smoke vents, HVAC equipment, windows, doors, roof hatches, louvers, etc. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Wind loads shall be determined from the pressures developed by a 155 mph ultimate wind velocity (LRFD) (3-second gust), Exposure C, Risk Category II, and appropriate shape factor from the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 7-16 "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures." B. Impact resistance shall be as determined by the Texas Windstorm Code. 1. Impact Cyclic Wind Pressure Criteria. Impact protective systems and exterior opening products must be tested for windborne debris resistance under ASTM E 1886 and ASTM E 1996 or other windborne debris standards or procedures that are recognized by the Texas Department of Insurance. The missile criteria must be as follows: WINDSTORM CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 014119 - 1 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 a. Products located within 30 feet (914.4 cm) of grade must be tested to resist large, and if required small missile. If ASTM E 1996 is the test standard used, then missile level D from Table 2, Applicable Missiles, must be used. b. Products located above 30 feet (914.4 cm) of grade must be tested to resist a small missile. If ASTM E 1996 is the test standard used, then missile level D from Table 2, Applicable Missiles, must be used. 2. Impact Protective Systems. Impact protective systems must be installed under the manufacturer's installation instructions and in the manner in which they were tested for uniform static wind pressure resistance and for windborne debris resistance. 3. Exterior Opening Products. a. If the exterior opening products are not protected from windborne debris by an impact protective system, then they must be manufactured to resist windborne debris under Section 1.04.B.1. b. Exterior opening products must be installed under the manufacturer's installation instructions and under the manner in which they were tested for uniform static wind pressure resistance and for windborne debris resistance. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. All components and cladding listed in the Texas Windstorm Inspections Approved Building Products shall have the appropriate product evaluation number indicated on the submittal. B. Components and cladding not listed will require certification or third party testing indicating that they meet or exceed the design requirements of this section by the manufacturer. C. Installation instructions indicating fasteners, minimum attachment requirements, and other necessary pertinent information for installation shall be submitted. D. Forms: The following forms are available for completion on the Texas Department of Insurance website: 1. TWIA Insurability Requirements. 2. WPI-1 Application for Certificate of Compliance. 3. WPI-2-BC-7 Inspection Verification. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Notify the Architect not less than 72 hours in advance of a requested windstorm inspection. The Contractor shall provide, and have available at the job site, all necessary installation instructions during construction. It is incumbent upon the Contractor to have the project superintendent and knowledgeable representatives of the trades/craftwork being inspected in attendance with documentation to illustrate compliance of installation to TDI requirements. B. Prior to covering or concealing the fasteners or connectors, the contractor shall notify the architect/engineer in time to allow visual structural inspections by the Architect/Engineer for the multiple inspections required for Windstorm Certification by the Architect/Engineer. DO NOT COVER UP FASTENERS WITHOUT HAVING THEM REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE WINDSTORM ENGINEER. WINDSTORM CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 014119 - 2 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 C. Contractor shall furnish, upon completion, written confirmation that the installation and materials used for all components and cladding is in conformance with requirements of this section to the Windstorm Engineer. D. Re -inspection: The Windstorm Engineer will re -inspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the inspection list items from earlier inspections have been completed. 1. Upon completion of windstorm re -inspection, the Windstorm Engineer will notify the Contractor that the work being inspected complies with windstorm requirements. If the Work is incomplete, the Windstorm Engineer will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 2. If necessary, re -inspection will be repeated one time for a total of three (3) inspections of the work in question. Additional re -inspections required due to Contractor's failure to complete the list of incomplete windstorm items will be billed to the Contractor at the Windstorm Engineer's customary billing rates for the personnel involved. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) END OF SECTION 0141 19 WINDSTORM CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 014119 - 3 25069 - City of Corpus Christi Detention Center September 24, 2025 T a 0 0 m Z 0 Z TOPOGRAPHIC AND STANDARD LAND SURVEY RAPE DAWSON ENGINEERS Ile. ,a„ ff N GRAPHIC MAP SCALE ANTELOPE ST. BUFFALO ST. J NUECES BAY PROJECT SITE CALL BEFORE YOU DIG! PLANS FOR exae 811, Know what's below. Call before you dig. PARIICIPANTS REQUEST 48 HRS NOTICE BEFORE YOU DIG, DRILL, OR BLAST. STOP AND CALL DIAL "811 " THE LONE STAR NOTIFICATION COMPANY 1-800-669-8344 IPROJECT LOCATION 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRIST, TEXAS 78408 CORPUS CHRISTI BAY CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER CITY PROJECT # 25069 PREPARED BY TURNER I RAMIREZ ARCHITECTS \ ,'j 1 S. ALAMEDA ST., CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 PROJECT ARCHITECT CINL ENGINEER LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER ADDITIVE ALTERNATES: ALT. 01. SLAB -ON -GRADE IN CELLS AREA INDEX OF DRAWINGS 01 .Goloral COVER RENDERINGS CODE INFORMATION LIPE SAFE -HELM 201,117.1 EXCERPTS 201,11'.1 EXCERPTS SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS WALL PIPES • MASONR1 RES • WOOD STUDS '11ASING PLANS CIVIL COVER 3. GENERAL NOTES CI SITE DEMOLITION PLAN GENERAL DIMENSION PLAN GRADING PLAN GP,DING PLAN DRAINAGE PLAN UTILITY PLAN 20 STORM WATER POLLUTION PRE,NTION PLAN ',ING DETAILS UTILITY DETAILS 23 LMSCAPE PLAN LANDSCAPE NUTS DFAILS IRRIGATION PLAN IRRIGATION NOTES P. DETAILS STRUCTURAL NOTES 20 FOUNDATION PLAN DETAILS FLOOR FRAMING PL. ,DET AILS 30 FLOOR DETAILS ROOF FRAMING PLAN ROOF FRAMING DETAILS STRUCTUR, INSPECTIONS DETAILS OVERALL SITE PLAN ENLARGED SITE PLANS P. SITE DETAILS 36 STE DErAILS FLOOR PLAN DIMENSIONAL CONTROL FLOOR FLAN ENLARGED PLANS 40 'LAN DETAILS 'LAN DETAILS ROOF PLAN ROOF DETAILS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS BUILDING SECTIONS MLL SECTIONS WALL SECTIONS VI, SECTIONS ENLARGED WALL DETAILS DOOR SCHEDULE WINDOW SCHEDULE DOOR &WINDOW DETAILS DOOR...ND. DETAILS DOOR WINDOW DFAILS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN RCP DETAILS FLOOR FINISH PLAN ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 63 12.0 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS PIMP, FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT PLAN NILL WORN Dei AILS NECRMICAL SVP.11,13 AND LEGENDS NECRANICAL SCHEDULES NEC.HICAL SCHEDULES fig NECHANICAL DETAILS ELECTRICAL DEHOLITION PLAN ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS ELECTRICAL SVP.IBJLS ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 75 ELECTRICAL POVER PLAN FIRE ALARIA PLAN ONE.LINE DIAGRAP.I AND SCHEDULES lumbing PLUMBING DEI.10,10N FLO, PLAN PLUMBING LEGEND .D NOTES PLUMBING SITE PLAN 82 PLUMBING DM FLOOR PLC PLUMBING SCHEDULES PLUMBING DETAILS PLUMBING DETAILS PLUMBING DA^.2 RISER DIAORAF.I PLUMBING WATER RISER DIAGR PLUMBING GAS RISER DIAGRAH 50 TECHNOLOGY DEMOLITION FLOOR,. TOM TECHNOLOGY SYMBOLS .3 LEGEND TI TECHNOLO,I SITE PLAN 93 7203 rECHNOLOCY OVERALL FLOOR PLAN TECHNOLOGY FLOC, PLAN TECHNOLOCY ENLARGED VIE, TECHNOLOGY TYPICAL DETAILS AUDIO.,ISUAL DEMOLITION FLOOR PL 121 AUDIOVISUAL FLOOR PLAN 01 102 2. Smut 103 SECURI,DEUSLITION FLOOR PLAN SECURITY SYMBOLS LEGEND 105 SECURITY. PLAN 103 SECURIT (OVERALL FLOOR PLAN 107 108 7,400 SEC., DFAILS 109 SECURIT (TYPICAL DETAILS 113 SECURIT (SCHEDULES PROJECT DESIGN TURNER I RAMIREZ ARCHITECTS 3751 S. ALAMEDA ST. CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS 78411 (361) 994-8900 YORK ENGINEERING 9708 S.P.ID.. STE. A200 CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78418 (361)2459400 MEP ENGINEER TECHNOLOGY, AUDIOVISUAL, SECURITY GIGNAC LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 3833 S. STAPLES, STE. N-119 CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78411 (361) 853-0795 W + S STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 3530 S. ALAMEDA ST. CORPUS CHRISTI. TEXAS 78411 (361)853-2071 GEOTECHNICALI CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TESTING NRG ENGINEERING 5658 S. STAPLES, STE. 312 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 (381)852-2727 COMBS CONSULTING GROUP 1922 RIVER ROAD, 82 BOERNE, TX78908 ,219) 780-7828 X 700 UES 6817 LEOPARD ST. CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78409 1361)883-4555 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CONFORMED SET- 1011012025 \ J TDLR REGISTRATION I5 TABS2025024523 RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION: DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING SERVICES DATE. CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A0.0 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 H U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 uJ w 0 U SHEET 1 of 110 RECORD DRAW NG NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 4425069 9 REAR ENTRANCE CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI MAGIsTRATION 8 DETENTION CENTER PROCESSING ROOM 6 MAIN CORRIDOR kill- All DETENTION CELLS 8 5 CORRIDOR 2 ENTRY CORNER �� nmma1%\IIIllllll\\O\,l 7 PROCESSING ROOM 4 COURT ROOM 1 EXTERIOR CORNER CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A0.1 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS U SHEET 2 of 110 RECORD DRAMS NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 CODE INFORMATION REFER TO POPE PLANS ON SHEET nL22 FOR FURTHER L>DE INFORMISG WINDSTORM CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS SUTAIMRY ALL LLNFONENTS5ND_UDLING MUST MEET GR EXCEED THE WIND LORD R�NFHmENPSASPECIIFED IN THIS SECTION. ETEp URWALL, ExTEwORWALL OPHJINGEAND RDO=O ENNGEEHwLBEPROTWTED KITH IIAPRGT RESIFANTCOVER9 DRDEMCNEO TD MEET PACTR GBTVNCEREO.I RE rts ENTERJR 12E2H41.1IW52N2 REE JWL EOJIPNENT SHALL BE SECURED AGAINST INC1 GATED IV._OAD6. GENERAL NOTES I. - BUILDINGS 2, SPRUCTURES SIGNS PUSH ENCLOSU2ES BLOCK WALLS. RETAINING POLLS BUILDINGS, sDENroOTN GWORK. G05,21FCITY FOR PRaeDMRa INFORMATION. �'OCCUPANCY, EGRESS SEPARATON A aEYERALNFFOR TION CVL. CORRIDORS FOIE RESISTANCE WING: NeREOLIRED FOR RI, SPNNNLEREO BULLING MTnIINInIuvn,INCHa FOR GROUP R EDGCJPANCY. uw4mn...HES FOR GROUP B. R OEAD ENO:00FEET FOx GROI,PB(SRN NH_ERED)AVD NFEt-F FORM, BINONSPWNPLER_DI CONTINUITY: CORRIDORS REOD TO B_C0ATW0UB P22,12512T 02 ENTRY TO AN EMT 8CANNGT BE I NTERRUPTED BYVTERVEVNG ROOMS. PROJECT GENERAL INFORMATION & DESCRIPTION NTER LOCATION, 3250IcoPAgD_-r. ccRCs aMLOAs 2�De '5NLE1 1.17 - _ STATION 11,0 EXPA2DED FIRE FAGILI, AS WELL NSAVDNENTER . MINOR BUILDING ADD TONSry RENOVATIONS TO THE .IISTIING FACILITY. OWNER EEE;I elnno orI2SUAccEINSPEPSSORY iwN 5o1NOTORI2CEniwICATIO FOR THE BUILDING 2. AN OCCUPANT.. SIGN SHALL BE FOSTEL IN ANY ROOM. AN OPTHE SIGN IS REQUIRED, BEPOSTEDATOR NEa.THE CMN EMT. aNT m,D.,,ER MEANS OF EGRESS NOTES esm2ATeD GROSS SPARE FOo-Ace1B>seBlol. EvricnncwoE R ALL OTHER COSTS REL2TED TO 2.1NDST0251DEPTIFICATION '^ REQUIRE ELnGN. SPO^NBLE PoRLOORDINATNGAND BOHEDUUNGTHE NTEOIUNSPEC10N6OFPPP ONMER'6 Evdv3R RE.PONMBLEFOR,�NDBTo.OanRCan DN STAIRS AND HERS, - INIUUNTREADDEPT1iIBCSE.,I OCCUPANT LOAD CALCULATIONS: GROUP B: OCCUPANT/ OD SF • gq.TFL FLOOR lEz J, �43�9F Aron. TO, sOJARFFOmAG= RA FENI 42 SF DE: IInONS _ _ = 11 I 111T21 !MORALS: REWIRED MBE PROM DEO Mid AC:�MATED =RANT LOAD I N ACCORDANCE,Mtt TiE IBC DEFINITION FOR NET FLOOR FREA EITFER DIRECTLY LOADED BY TIE - - -STAIRWAYS TRU-MANS:ER THOSE LOADS TO-ME/A, A ND ,ORSE REUSING FISIEV. ESAMPLES,QUAN WALLS R PASS MN EXTERIOR WALL, EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS, 51.10 ROOF OPENINGS,PE1.1 NH TN, APE _RELY TO BE BRE55-1ED DURING OBS 92,7105 2112111. . HANDRAILS 5122T BE CONTINUOUS 21.10 WITHOUT OBSTRUCTIONS OBC SECTICN 1011.15 • EXTENSIONS., 2ANCRAILS REVS. THE TOR AND o s 2, RISERS IS EGRESS COMPONENTS. AxM JM TROD ELM T4NLE FYT IGROLP IrcLERE9 BUILDING HEIGHT & AREA MOST STRINGENT IBC TABLE 503 UOOIIO PROVInFn ACT. 'V AI T'S 12105115,252.EXAMPLE, 57s.n05 DO u. DOORS, PPS, LouvEP„ET..REQUIREDFERTAG DESIGN REQUIREMENTS q NGl , NunDsceoBq Ruu[.CCEi O IMPACT RED_TANCE SHALL BE AS DEERK1 NED BY, TEXAS INNDSTORFI CODE PRODUCTS 1.21NDBORNE DEBRIS STAND,. PR PROCEDURES TI-AT ARE E,vGNZEOB 'THE TEXAS DEFSRT.ENT OF NRDRXICE THEM., CRI AN BECTO21015 CANNOT __ DIMENSION MEASURED_HE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL _ ,H GENABOORcn JECTONTi eNTOe NAD NG. ANCH. CANNOT REDUCE THE 15525ING TO LESS THAN ONEN2LF THE Dx, SURFACES, RaDEEl N1 AGSM LOCATED MORE -MN ABOVE THE VERTICAL RISE A FLIGHT OF 5,1R3 CANNOT.Iu.E AVERTICAL RISE GREATERTFAry 10FEET BETWEENRLANDINGS. noa LEVELS ia 505500 PATE OF TRAVEL 150 FEET LRn 2,2, OD FEET UP B NCNSPM NNLE , GaBDoa DLO 2FEs ceLLPee RviLLRED MINIMUM 2OOP MDTH. 521 SITOTEESS TH2202ARE 6T LOADSERVEDAN A511 T • MUD, DDC.R DOTS APE .A Lajs40 PERe 511BC -A RE51PTENE2S JF EXITS: NOT LESS 13 TFE 4AGONALDSTANc EA SERVED NR,EOFEX B. o CO D OFT q6 NUMBER OF STORIES: BUILDING HEIGHT: SQUARE FOOTAGE: U.00SF 44 SF a44 SF CONSTRUCTIONTYPE. ❑FA ❑II -A N❑II4q ❑IV ❑Y-A 04B ❑II-B 0II413 al,4 SPRINKLERS. ❑NO ®YES ❑PARTIAL CeO G _ THE TEST .,TANwRouBED.. THENM3MLE LEVEL DFRDnITwLE gE P=II°IGe1eAMC8IIL�sSE IUFsi [M USED Is rNa RL EUELDFRGA sE2 P E ,r1Ai DFBRADE,USTLOTLOTEOTGES.1PV L� WALL/ FIREPROOFING REQUIREMENTS L P,.RTTDNtiE s,�DPLLNSFOLT BOT,MOLTTOM OF DECK N. 02. RTG ,EM • FOUR EMS REM! RED m01 AND GRATER ANTS EMERGENCY AINATON. BEXU ReD NAccORDAN2E Mm BP STANDPIPES:NO ❑YES CLASS'. 01 ❑II ❑III ❑N'2ET❑DRY ® FIRE PROTECTION APPROVED AUTOMATIC NFPA 12Y2Im MULTIPURPOSE DRY -CHEMICAL PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TYPE 2A 10E1C,S LB. CAPACITY. SPACED AT25'-0„ TRAVEL DISTANCE AROUND THE FLOOR. MOST BE usED B. AL_v„nF,,,wBrwwrvc❑u,u.2.w2BBPAN.LORn�A ,NOR. FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED RE/IS0NNO. DATE -51-14 CITY of CORPUS CHRIS TEXAS Department of Engineering Servic = TESTEo FDR UNER F RN_TAn_FAwrvD REBSURE REMSTANCE,NDFORMNDSGRNEDEB IBREMSTANCE C. EXTERIOR OPENING FRCDULTS. 2. AL COLUMN ENLmSJRESSHALL BBTHE SANE HEIGHT ASTHE AD.A.ENTwmu.N.D., 4. FIRE BARRIERS ABOVE CEIUNPS As NOTE IN SPECIFICATIONOv i PAINTING. APPLICABLE CODES AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION ON, BUIIMNG CODE LOCAL AMENDMENT,- EVELRAIwRSERMLE5 REQUIREMENTS CONSTRUCTION VB CONSTRUCTION IBC TABLE 6011BBC IBC CHAFTERT&10 xTENOq OPENNGPROcurra ARE NDT P=.mECIED FRDnI vdxGeDv-�NSBvnn IMPACT T E -DI. ENTs =n STREETBUILDING ELEMENT REQUIRED RATING BUILDING ELEMENT REQUIRED RATING TENVEBYBTE,THHJTHEYM.NTB VANLFAGTIREOTO REN�TWINB�VEDEBRSUNDER EECol W81 2. aNn¶ONURgE'OC Pon, wua , 3D4o D1=s ulrvN. JFR JRFs 1r,n a4., ..:el r, XERO¶OPENNGPRPoUCTSn JSi BE VBTw PEFER TO Po:PETRA:Oh], DETAILS:5ND UL GUIDELINES FOR APPROPRIATE ASSEM2LIES. 2001 INTERNAP MAI PLL151,4Co 50DE• LOCAL AblENDIENTS O025 NATO, M 12252.1512 5,11 S. PX-F2.152 5 55 SI-25-5- ENCLOSURE, 02,55, 5.1i 'I MN FOR oR STATIC VND rMTRuc2 MESH, R ... R NDBORNED N REs ST.. N. REQUIREDASSEMBLIES CFLATPLCIAMONSY AN THIS PROJECT. ENERGY 0 ro E LOCAL EDME TB E LAssocA o airs ni TED susmTrus D m1 c.ESMHu rs„wDALOE "R T`J'- SEPARATION w., N RxAPRMArOES nom4 N SwDw41GPRODJ.sHALL 1FELR E2CEEOEIE DESIGN E MREMEvTS OF PAS SEC ON BY THE UANUFFcnRER E° TNG Nq.A N_TINi THE _ REO FOR FIRE•PROOFING LOCATIONS, IF NOT SHOWN REFER TO 21-1E IBC, GI-2,ER 7 FOP E ROOF UEP2A. FOR STEPPED BUILDING WWI. SEP.RATION,JLS. BASIC CODE INFORMATION FR CLPNII..i. ROUPB EECn ON 3D5 eulLDlrvG rorvS TRUCON TUE:2B IDSDo 4n -D4rvwrewrv,A PP c uan NSALL. NSTRNCnoN9 Noce EJT RE0.11.1E B ANDOTHEi NECESSARY P anNETNFOR,wTGNFGR NBrA m SUBMITTED. N. GR., TYPE B• B RN5LERED STOKERMAX FLGFT• 2STORIES 2,5FT AREA SI. 60E0SF O.. SOD, PLUMBING CACULATIONS IBC TABLE2noz1 FORS_TFE FOLLOWINGww45AREA.WLABLE FOR COMPLETION ON THE TEM DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE „EBeIT- COMBONENTS OF THE ASSEMBLY 8SHALL IIVDICA-M a1,E. CGNIPATIBILMLF THE F IRE PRO-EGTNEASSEMBLY. IBC CHAPTERS OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY, BUSINESS(B) MAX. NO. OF OccuPArvis, 50 n. TNI, I NSURAYUr RE➢JIREAIERS 0A-1 0A-2 ❑lea 0A-4 0k5 B. M1AFRICA.,FDRCERTIFICATE DFC4FUANCE. DOORS BUSINESS m ..,ERLLDAEs wlx LA IATDRLE, Toes FDuuTaus Nnn L. „.Ii.GIIN6P:MN VEMRCAn.N. DOOR SEE _ BE SUED TOAOGOMMODATE THE ANTICIPATE ...PAULO. T NOT..NALLxt�lAn�21NCH[S. EDUCATIONAL 0 usE nul F rulE IxrDRE51 nuTe Mu FEMALE QUALM ASSURANCE FACTORY ❑Al MODERATE ❑R2 LOIN Le.Elo1 REnulaEO 1 1 - - 1 rv,A LIDO THE APCHTPCT NOT LESS THAN 75 H0222 IN ADVANCE 02A REQUESTED PONDS7052,1 INSPECTI02.722 PROJECIONS. NONE PERUFTED IN THE REWIRED WO,HAZARDOUS FLOOR. PRO...10M PTO THE CLEAR OPENING WIDTH BE,EE2 d52 ❑Hi DETONATE 0 H2 DEFLAGRATE❑H0C0MBUST 0n4 HEALTH 01xe HPMTHE Le.Fl a1 PRo.LOFO 1 i - - i 1 N/ANOTIFY v 1 CD2TRACTOR SI-ALL PROVIDE AN, HAVE AVAILABLE AT 22E JOB - ON _ D DO.uNErrAnONTOILLUSTRATEGOMPJANCE OFINSTwunON TO T4REn2REMEVTO Eu AND MRSTH. TD•IN LOCRI. DOORsvn - NHEI,: eEN Be Iry 1ITUnONAL ❑I-1 ❑I-2 POP ❑I-4 4200NDITION 01 02 03 ®4 05 ERcqunLE 0 - - - - DON�„OVER, FrS-ENEi.. MTnOJT 2rANGTiEIReIEnEDANOAPPRO'vE2xmEN1NwTOgM ErvJVER SERVING I2A6q I.IOgECCCwANigSCIDG 9 ECTIOn EOID.1.21. L LANDINGS - QHITHE DIRECTION OF-WEL OF NOT LESS ttAM44 OR LOlNG 1.,O.1.I.A,. RESIDENTIAL 0 R-1 0W2 ❑FS 0!44 STORAGE ❑SIG ❑s2 ❑HIGKMLEp ❑PARKING GARAGE ❑OPEN ENCLOSED ❑N IBC CHAPTERS INTERIOR FINISHES THAT THE INSTALLAT ON AND MATERIALS THE ACRP. BEING INSPECTE0 205IPU EP POTH 1,./12DSTOKI REPUIREMENT2 IF THE WORK IS INCOMPLETE THE • DOORS CAN BE POOR AND OTHER OPERA-FIN...2ES iN REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE VITAS MUST NOT PANIC AND FIRE EPIT 12125251RE • 22 DOORS REPLIED TO BE LOCKEPLATC5ED IN 21-1E MEA2S OF EGRESS FROM GROUP E OCCUR.2222 SEW. 2N ®DOOR ERPREAD ❑ki ❑k2 ❑❑k4 k5COORS ❑❑THA5 ❑FI MODERATE ❑A❑H DETONATE ❑FLAGRATEHS COMBUST 0n4 HEALTH ❑Ixs HPM E B - GNT,CORAi-HE,ANDS-ORM ENGINEER,PARKING .JSTOL.14e M CLING BATES FOR THE PERSOVNEL IVV0u ED. CALCULATIONS MlnunuU PARKING REGUIREQeviBPER Lrn GFQGRPu. cHwsiuD,.,21N _ION CENTER - n4P FG=0pRBAN -DUIR[OSPacE. , EXISTING' -ADDITIONNE, ADDmONA EasqulPolr JDessw INSTITUTIONAL 0I-1 01-2 045 0I-4 044000moN ❑1 ❑2 ❑3 ❑4 ❑c ERCANIILE 0 RESIDENTIAL 0.1 0R-2 ❑we 0w4 STORAGE ❑SI MODERATE 0S2 LOW 0HIG2RLED 0 PARKING GARAGE ❑OPEN ❑ENCLOSED ❑REPAIR GARAGE UTILITY ANDMSC. 0 7717=RD BARKING SPACES 3m ,wrclHC spa..ry 2015 IECC MIN. REQUIREMENTS GUN. ZONE ALL OTHERS • BUM R.25ENTIRELY ABOveDPoK SQUARE FOOTAGE TOTAL SQUARE FOOTAGE 6.442 SF TOTAL SQUARE FOOTAGE MALTS T MG SF OCCUPANCY TAG even GlAssiFinaTme MEX.., F•ROFF,. STOP FORAGE 3005F ORD, XCUPANT I OAu ON COI ATIOns DOCUPANCT sOFT Occ MOD FACTOR Occ Owp BUSINESS. 3,27 15l SOFT OCCUPANT 1.4.13 NJ SOFT. OCCUPANT uSTt1kS.IIUTIO 1. SOFT OCCUPANT L oSALLYPOR -- —I I CODE SYMBOLS & GRAPHIC CONVENTIONS ®INDICATE;FCaTRE TPONTTRa E oCTA EGRESS • FCreTe aTVEMTANCEFORCOVER , FIRE EXTINGUISHER ,N 'MALL P.I GU, DISTANCEI AREA AND OCCUPANCY CALCULATIONS REV19CN NO. DATE BY -51-14 CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services — _ _ _ L L _ — _ _ SP,E SPACE LIASSIFILATION ROOM ,RfA TAR orso a.,,uP ,vim Ta.o EXIT CALCULATIONS MCI.rrcu ®R MEM lir !PATI- PAVE. 0 ® CONINION PA, DISTANCE EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE CLEAR WIDTH CODE DOOR TAG W ��'� ill@ �° �ooRN�1 EAT APACT1 C,PR1P�R Rd ®4 �® ® ® OCCUPANCY LEGEND !�I � mom BUSINESS in ®®•EMI A '' ".® MECHANICALEOLIPLIBT RENs STORAGE .,, RR, • • m• ei ME mie El 03/ ED PLAN T,UE NORTH NORTH 414 1"- � = --- PLAN LIFE 1 ,SAFETY SCALE ,SF dELPPKIDINS-RL CF-,155K1Cu SJJI EDAIE 15p NAV OGss'nv1W r5pu-1NERGIE•-1,10ULDF.u,IIIPd?f xE F,CES01,— ,F4,e,410 FVERIC ,,,CIA1,Eos1,:CCESIJI v tlUo-JINE,„,44K6,FDRY 9On,a_ v ukv,AMNum WWlulEgt:C1[SJF,E.1.611E1,1-S SE.I.EOSVCCI,OC,InGmEF1L4NG 't. MF.4511,,H-IL41,1. 50,1,OEST 419AiunuIGKIIIIE9S WcMV i,n;61'I zD,SAlElp1 1-DC ,71,15.2,5136 SPEC111,4PE, DMA. IIN 9 111-W IUE DAUS ONFORldSIM [ ] mrior>ue MnnAtmanfostA o-ldladx,nog ir olconfonnnpoTesoorary ioo LW-U.2 KCMG ,11112[17.0.2,1. GENERAL A Toot., ore 11 ado rh roam,. „w,dan a., N73Np.,de rp aenti,raa,3ee,a„=,d3, ClinFrEio he odor Irmo, is Gri. dear.=pa nolanernp,oreporad. FI ,raff �G,.,.FaNE,yEM Ak _ dWM.lna.dN��� CaTolor,aro?-110.kFood4 lc ol ,,I-orgu nle.d,Jou,000rclAwhio ,11SE-MC4o DIRCNN16p6CElo ,,,d1 Moo he :doing oo. Ir irionn an„11N,e111emN „hp Mao nFq :lib Arno I. i„ollapo1s loaded 100 EAST. 5o. MIN wI✓"Ln,.e.E ,1 „IN 6erfl A rtd,a R d >=ma ol E II i.lNetle aA. i rala on. malm b rmr✓d Ra'v *war 1ir,a,n�nNaN old P cle Tarts r:.l0n IL loo�1:e: Nd II MIN roune.re,<rrm3., "111,111,710,,,,,F Ril',111-1111'D ,I712011SECTIOP °1,•a ME, a CO MEC Poo„I error he 41,11 Serum alS „rJ,✓ren✓ N„ , pn, n. n,n m3stlemen3nrurn6yale3;,rrtgw,Isl;Ieaooprtd .e.m q d,rcnnne,prts NAV ....oliou33mtl,aln,_' pdnres, End oop row ado ohdel. Usf�Y ,s.Ae.me3mp m JI v, cool x1emoa Nri,vuo,�Iola x.rN a_Jre6aNA, eda.ma,rN,maxesoidsh,re CD ) dm,luN,rdlreren foo reeu:2(11,2 m:E nlomued ele,mmaloo� re1e,NrerE� tirr, or, solo 5,ln..� tiv E rn1.81,111PROF COONro Nll 1 - CTIO6 C.5- L WT n "q 111,1 te 31 e Iop0. oo ue deer aum 3 na.o,.naEmlrinin. r kz•tirlk�1.M11k Ireytuldio [Ames Her. o Ba .and Fou u�L k6N11 k•M11 IA o 965 90.65999515rwortra650-murnana liosk de 3N,d.da,NI , „him um 60' NIA Ie,ne„n1re1.33r3Ire3N,al acer3o,N ✓ �1anAe, re 1.51,I:.5,,6r. NOV, olfGnrs <Ivrp.al V� oliding door ezar.oalto,oandp000hall mhos „AIM V p ds�il.,vdy3dP SsAo,ID2 Song, cogs 4la arp o3o, rJl LIT, SUE 1,41,00,FES. 311. d ,a.,raMmp Ado dam. 3r3,amh>Hs,pn, r V 1 r V -1 p o nl o1 1,1-92 �Ii 1i sr, d.opmoo NA I coop CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A0.3 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 CC Ce CC CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 2017 A117.1 EXCERPTS RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 Etd,o xn C4'IERVXE+90 EPDAE9C , 1,1ED' sr l,r r. uu vrparzPe dr'ulmn 1 r - N -. C011r11E0' n® 314 re ashfl.v.P n. eor. ar.a .,5% ll mtl Las — 3. mao gb,rep d,crialrvw = a NI pnreasaunn1,-,- r o ErdinP 4.46 Nem.ar N MI, 7SE,7101.14C,E•DOCPAADGUE14.• ng none 1 T Jk r.r 01 0 CLaglbw ED EO walk: rd hm ESTI !VP SLOPE rol ply Lill ,Ilea 1 »I.,s,m„rM1,a rl,mrOn NNINUMPRE go .501110 dlh nM1u.u,kmnr pginvvyt— uNEa1.m,...3dand Lr9.rt =¢n L N r , ardi:, a yr, vM tl. e.r9 a l d nw,O ar.1 aJ,18,1, 1,9 E EPu.1Eu:.3.p„ELJEvt 'o m Eo: , p I -.,g, dl bs,iraismilim and., s.fleraarmsm,h } an<oss -Ego olPa receta M1m....op he ap akl le 111.01,E.dird, J m e. i .>awDnrtpslAb d M A � m ...aalbke N,ulc oe,: I Rum 46.3 aoo• iding aro lamuaJ,s .N ipplhAl Eyal Pedld ,or ®a e,, elan,, ��rl PP�,flPI„aFHlRs al shdler, .rearda �mnnrmr .,.;,���d46tix�N:le ,Irtia,��m"mnalmaflm.aNmadrnflr smfle irhir FoRE 11, nI a a�ae,nnnrnrt:a., D. erd.Mana E. ,,,,,,,:slalbEnorkdscdslo1i F. de S�e.Vl..ntl .af arl lvei.ns maerelm u,smuu,,m,mnn,mar.dtt3rd•610mnmurt nlrr,.. Woe ah tt ,rev N. �M1 r"INN',PA11 men'°6 e,rta.n,m B.Mbm]N. drn,31.11 ir IA in, -.Em ear r wro..,p .,r.:m For Ai, won rnnl.d3 ktle.firP.Nor.r 48. PAIN FREE .S-RICOIC 411 ttelm n:o 13,facr.. f s nmoe r re'?NN 9. Ern,derVbllgmakmuurlk vmasgellaaNxp, rtdsrexelaxmlz,a:xrnlxall nw.imna.rm eilmearc mINUNmnp:m,ardrteurt.remue Nwre1,1-erd.r ,uhr ird-o xolecritng dl sdfiMloRrd'n?LN.54:.ed11,,f, n.r.rin,maMN 4.11 7L'1..ECN 1 dwlra 1, 771-5 71, 27,2 leghl Id mm:,:�J ��rtmrm MIN FlJrc Told par ol a'Pr ma I - o 11 Eo. vn.w^se-I�I�E+Pa"rs�ncr�7;,wr�rsuEr-mu-unEnr pm, r9f"1rNNVa NCF k"..aver] n ntluoJ aosla ,, m,murr 3M1rtlstlx+^I. resod a lards, a, ereor ce o, -. a lards tte side wl dors atlN:nalnn te It DI .110112,1-dn,ralel IL,ImnInk m,a,flar ,.Pn,aN, rl REFER TO DIMENS101 TOLERANCE, OF J, Sideml mErhen 11 in CONSULTANT S SHEET NO CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 ce w CC CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 2017 A117.1 EXCERPTS SHEET 6 of 110 RECORD DRAW NG NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 MBIM :MOM WPM CJI`MMO Nommol mfimouraMirmM o mlignmprodo..&Midl, ni.miTiilMakompmiMmons II[PE PirIMAIMM0 ProilM31oeMMIMMeMirelm .,,, .rr rn MML. MINIMM IsMIMMerem B. C'. ,ar nv Inrfi9d dtllI arrphn firl. C'.M 'MIMgrn.na �l& MEN Mmrs ESMEIMMEMME A Pm poi irm CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A0.5 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 H U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 2017 A117.1 EXCERPTS SHEET 7 of 110 RECORD DRAINS NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 C CL ACOUS ADO. ADH. ADJ. .F.F. ALT. PLT. ALUM. A ARCH. A AVG. BE. B.K. B.L. BLDG. BLK. BLKG Bhl 8.0. B.O.B. BOT . B.S. B.T.U. B.U.R. B.B. CABT. GB. C.B.B. OEM. CH.0.1. CH.B AND AT CENTERLINE POUND(S) ACOUSTICAL ADDITION ADHESIVE ADJUSTABLE ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AGGREGATE ALTERNATE ALUMINUM APPROXIMATE ARCHITECT ASPHALT AVERAGE BOARD BETWEEN BRICK BUILDING UNE BUILDING BLOCK BLOCKING BEAM BOTTOM OF BOTTOM OF DUCT BOTTOM BOTH SIDES BRITISH THERMAL UNIT BUILT-UP ROOF BULLETIN BOARD CABINET CATCH BASIN CEMEN11110US BACKER BOARD CEMENT CERAMIC CONTRACTOR FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED H CHALKBOARD C.I.P. CAST IRON PIPE CIRC. CIRCULAR CLG. or CLNG. CEIUNG CLKG. CAULKING CLOS. CLOSET CLR CLEAR C.M.P. CORRUGATED METAL PIPE C.M.U. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COL COLUMN COMPOSITION CONCRETE CONNECTION CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS CORRIDOR COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING COLD FORMED METAL STUD COLD ROLLED COLD ROLLED CHANNEL CERAMIC TILE COUNTERSUNK COATED CENTER COVERING COMP. CONC. CONN. CONSTR. CONT. CORR. CF.M.F. CM.F.S. C.R. C.R.C. C.T. CSK. CT. CTB. CVR'G. DEL DEW DEWC D.F. D DIA.A. DIAL. DIM. D D.L DN. DOGS. D.S. Dmr000 ED ED.F. EJ. ELEV. ELEV. ELEC. ENCL EQ. EQPM. EQU P. DEEP DOUBLE DEPARTMENT DRY ERASE WALL COVERING DRINKING FOUNTAIN DETAIL DIAMETER DIAGONAL DIMENSION DISPENSER DEAD LOAD DOWN DOCUMENTS DOWNSPOUT DRAWINGS DISHWASHER EAST EACH ELECTRIC DRINKING FOUNTAIN EXPANSIONJOINT(5) ELEVATION ELEVATOR ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURE EQUAL EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT ES. EACH SIDE EAST. EXISTING EXP. EXPANSION EXP. AGO. EXPOSED AGGREGATE ARCHITECTURAL ABBREVIATIONS EXP. JT. EXT. EXTR. F.D. FON. FN. F.E. F.E.C. F.E.B.C. F.F. F.H.C. FlN. EXPANSION JOINT EXTERIOR EXTRUDED FLOOR DRAIN FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FOUNDATION FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND BLANKET CABINET FINISH FLOOR FIRE HOSE CABINET FINISH FIN. FL. FINISH FINISHED FLOOR FISH. FLASHING FLR. FINISHED FLOOR FLUOR. FLUORESCENT F.O.B. FACE OF BLOCK F.O. BLDG. FACE OF BUILDING F.O.F. FACE OF FINISH F.O.S. FACE OF STUD F.O. FACE OF ITEM FRPF. FRT. F.S. FT. F FORR. FLIT. GA. GAL. GALV. G.B. G.I. cL. HD. HDWD. HDWR. H.M. H.M.F. HORIZ. HR. HT./HOT I.D. I.D.P. IN. INSUL. INT. FIREPROOFING FIRE-RETARDENT TREATED FULL SIZE FOOT or FEET FOOTING FURRING FUTURE FUME HOOD GAUGE GALLON GALVANIZED GRAB BAR GALVANIZED IRON GLASS GLASS TEXTILE WALLCOVERING GYPSUM WALL BOARD HOSE BIB HOLLOW CORE HAND HARDWOOD HARDWARE HOLLOW METAL HOLLOW METAL FRAME HORIZONTAL HIGH POINT HOUR HEIGHT HOT WATER HIGHWAY INSIDE DIAMETER INTERNAL DISTRIBUTION PANEL INCHES INSULATION INTERIOR JAW. JANITOR JT. JOINT KIT. KITCHEN LAB. LAM. LAY. L.H. LG. LKRS. hl MAX'L. MAX. MB f-M8 M.C. M.R. MECH. MEMB. MET. MFR. MH. MIN. MISC. M.O. M'uN LABORATORY LAMINATED LAVATORY POUND LEFT HAND LONG or LENGTH LIVE LOT. LOW POINT LOCKERS MATERIAL MAXIMUM MARKER BOARD STAFFED MARKER BOARD MEDICINE CABINET MAP RAIL MECHANICAL MASONRY EXPANSION JOINT MEMBRANE METAL MANUFACTURER MANHOLE MINIMUM or MINUTE MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY OPENING MICROWAVE N. NORTH N/A NOT APPLICABLE N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT NO. NUMBER NOM. NOMINAL NOS. NUMBERS N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE 0 O.A. OBS. O.C. O.D. OFF. O.F.0.1. O.F.C.I. O.H. OPNG. DPP.. PART. PART. PERM. PERM. PERP. P.I.C. PL. P. LAM. PL PLN/00'AD . PR. PREFAB. PROJ. PT. P.T.D. RAD. R.D. RE. REF. REQ. RED. R.H. R.L. RM.IRMS R.O. R.O.W. R.T.U.S. SAN. S.C. SD SCHE SD. SEC. SECT. SHEATH. SHT. SHWR. ID 5101. S SPEC. SQL. SQ. S.S. ST STA. STD. STL. STOR. STRUCT. ST. S. SU R.. SUSP. SVM. T.B. T.C. TEL. TEMP. TERR. T THK. THRU T.O. T.O.M. T.0.5. T.V. NP. U.L. U.N.O. U.Q.N. U NEIN. V.C.T V. V.T.T. V.E. VEST. VEST. OVERALL OBSCURE ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER OFFICE OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED OVERHEAD I OPPOSITE HAND OPENING OPPOSITE PARALLEL PARTITION PERFORATED PERMANENT PERPENDICULAR PRECAST INSULATED CONCRETE PLATE PLASTIC LAMINATE PLASTER PLnvo00 PAIR PREFABRICATED PREFIMSHEO PROJECTOR POINT PAINTED RISER RADIUS ROOF DRAIN REFERENCE/REFER REFRIGERATOR REINFORCE REQUIRED RESILIENT RIGHT HAND RAIL LEADER R00MIROOMS ROUGH OPENING RIGHT OF WAY ROOF TOP UNIT SYSTEM SOUTH SANITARY SOLID CORE SOLID CORE WOOD SCHEDULEIDI SIDE SIDING SECTION SHEATHING SHEET SHO'00 SLOPE IN DECK SIMILAR SPECIFICATIONS SPECIAL SQUARE SOLID SURFACE STAINLESS STEEL STATION STANDARD STEEL STORAGE STALISTRUCTURE STORMORMSEWER SURFACE SUSPENDED SYMMETRICAL TACK BOARD TOP OF CURB TELEPHONE TEMPORARY TERRAZZO TONGUE AND GROOVE THICK THROUGH 0P OF ITEM TOP OF MA50NRV TOP STEEL TELEVISION YPICAL UNDERWRITERS LAB UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UNFINISHED VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VERIFY IN FIELD VINYL TILE VAPOR BARRIER VERTICAL VESTIBULE N A WIDE W. WEST \A`1 4MTH 1N:C WATER CLOSET \A`D. WOOD IN/0 1MTH OUT W.P. 1NATERPROOF TNT. 1NALLTALKERS WALLCOVERING /00H. WIDTH X X HV/Y. EXTRA HEAVY X: STR. EXTRA STRONG ARCHITECTURAL GENERAL NOTES 1. THE INTENT OE THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSIS TO PROVIDE FOR A WATERTIGHT AND WEATHER TIGHT BUILDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL DETAILS RELATING TO THIS INTENT AND BY BIDDING OR ENTERING INTO THIS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT. WARRANTS FOR ONE FULL PEAR THE ADEQUACY OF THESE DETAILS. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR TAKE EXCEPTION TO THESE DETAILS. HE SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BIDDING. ANY DEVIATION FROM THIS GENERAL INTENT SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT FOR A'WRITTEN CLARIFICATION. 2. THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSIS TO PROVIDE FOR A PLUMB, LEVEL AND SQUARE STRUCTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ANY DEVIATION FROM THIS GENERAL INTENT SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. 3. THE BUILDING SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, TDI WINDSTORM REQUIREMENTS. ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS AS WELL AS THE DRAWINGS AND SPEGFlCATIONS. ANY CODE DEFICIENCIES IN THE DRAWINGS RECOGNIZED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT FOR A 'WRITTEN CLARIFICATION. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACCURATE PLACEMENT OF THE BUILDING ON THE SITE AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT BEFORE BIDDING THE PROJECT OR THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. THE OWNER SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CHANGES TO THE WORK DUE TO THE FAILURE OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF ',KITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. 5. 00 NOT SCALE DRAWINGS'. ALL DIMENSIONS INDICATED V.LF.' OR 't/-' DIMENSIONS SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED AND COORDINATED WITH WORK OF ALL TRADES. IF NO DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN OR DISCREPANCIES FOUND. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FORA WRITTEN CLARIFICATION BEFORE BIDDING OR COMMENCING WITH THE WORK. WHEN INDICATED' CLEAR' OR'CLR' - DIMENSION(S) INDICATED ARE CODE COMPLIANT AND TAKE PRECEDENCE TO ALL OTHER DIMENSIONS. FLOOR PLAN DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTER UNE OF COLUMNS. FACE OF FINISH FOR EXISTING WALLS, AND FACE OF STUD ON METAL FRAME WALLS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWSE. DIMENSION UNES IN RESTR00h15 FOR FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT ARE TO FACE OF FINISH OR CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE / EQUIPMENT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CENTERUNES ARE SHOWN BY "C.L"OR GRID LINE ALL WALL WIDTHS ARE SHOWN AND DIMENSIONED WITH NOMINAL DIMENSION. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED (I.E.8" C.M.U. - 7.318"). DIMENSION FOR FRAMED WALLS ARE SHOWN TO FACE OF STUDS AND/OR FACE OF BLOCK. 7. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON CODE SHEETS FOR ADA/ TAS CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE APPLIED TO ALL ITEMS IN ALL LOCATIONS THROUGHOUT THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL DIMENSIONS REQUIRED FOR FURNISHINGS,FIXTURES. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS REQUIRED THAT IS LOCATED WITHIN THE NEW WORK FOR COORDINATION OF BRINGING SUCH FROM THE SITE TO THE AREA REQUIRED. 9. CONTRACTOR AND SUBS SHALL NOT HANG ANY EQUIPMENT AND OR OTHER MATERIALS FROM H.VAC. DUCTS. CONDUIT OR PIPING. ALL SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE HUNG FROM STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. DUCTS SHALL NOT BE PENETRATED BY ELECTRICAL, FIRE SPRINKLER OR ANY OTHER ITEM. ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS ROOM NAME SYMBOL... RN NAVE, MI NUMBER. STRUCTURAL GRID... FRAME/ mmow svmeoL... O DOOR SYMBOL ... cPoo BLDG BLDG SEGMENT DATUM SYMBOL... EI?,i nI+FEO FLOOR WALL TYPE SYMBOL... TYT� REVISION SYMBOL ... A INTERIOR ELEVATION SYMBOL DETAILa SECTION SYMBOL ... 1E10L DETAIL CALL OUT SYMBOL ... oxEETp jX DETAIL SHEET DEN, N 1 SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A0.6 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 >— U CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS SHEET 8 of 110 RECORD DRAW NG N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 CEILING SECTION SECTI Z./UNDERSIDE OF = � ZUNOmSECF,PLII fi Sli'ElEECTIVLING 'LAN NU BOND BEAK PE TRUMP., rl WGDD FURRING E-xPS IIrOc ��a�iuwacLAl�rrFr+z¢u ueiEvrs 1,7 KC°,RLL,OTHSIDES I D D TFOMroENFO,MGDTAI�S ,RnnoN TYPE w9N LIMTNO HEIGHT FIRE RUING NON. RUED RUED VAX. HEI.SHT HOJRS LIL BD HEAD SECTION PL SECTION BASE SE -ION SCHEILED CEILING RE ,EFLETEL .L AN CHU BOND BEAU' ST,UCTURAL 1%2 MON FURRING. STRIPS N RE STRUCTURAL FO,EPTIIAL REINFORGEPENT REQUIREMENTS us IT NU C REINFO,LING RE: STRUCTURAL FOP PEINFO,NG DEN, PARTITION -FIFE ..4,1 HEIGHT 'IFtE RATING WEL WS HEIGHT IR LISTING HEAD SEcnON BASE SEC,. 1 JOIN TO USE THIS SHEET 1. ,EFER -0 FINISH SCHECILES =OR VPLIED FINISHES -0 BOTH SIDES OF WALLS. OEM LS. 3. COORDINATE TGPS_FFINISHEo,LALFACE A ENT"EEFI„GHEIIGHT,PERSCNEDNEESSECTIONS AND/OR a. CONSULTGF..WTECT FORA ANY DISCREPWIIES OR QUESTIONS EGARDING PARTITIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. rnu PLATION NOTE, LOC, °. FJLL]i,_IfCS,OTEC OTHEOISEe I STKOLIRFL ENGINEER, D REFER TO DECALS FOP ADDITIONAL LOCATIONS PROVIDE SPACE BETWEEN TOP OF LU MLL.luO S-RCTLREI DEO,BO.E FOFPOTErvAALDEFECTI Nil v5. 8 'X' NOTATION IN P,RTITION KEYS REFERS TO EXISTING MS.,/ P,ITIONS ,LL A:FL MTERIXL T, THESE EASING PARTITIONS APPLY 7 ,,HERE EXISTING MASONRMALLS .A.,E TO P :MAIN OPENINGS VOIDS OP CAVITIES A- TORN CDNLITICNS THICKNESS OF NIASOVFY:E'ALL Iry PFEPut TION OF SCHEDLLEU STJELL FIINISHESVNOTIF'IF ARCHTECT OF D LI'PSUI BOARD Lvot. THE ANYCONDITIONS EXPOSED CURING DEMOLITION THAT MUD A.PEAP IN,ONSISTENT 'PITH THE INTENDED FINISHED ADE.OE OF FRpM urCEILING SCHEDULE CEILING �cE EF ETEDItRE. STRro.T, P.O.0 FINISH ...SCHEDULED STRUCTJPAL FOR El IV —BASE ,v SCHEDL LED B CROEINNCERD, H'PREINFORCN TAILS P4RPPON TYPE I. 390 UNITING HEIGHT FRE RATING NON. RUED RATED WALL DEPTH HOURS BB SECTION H. SEC -ION UNDERSIDE O SGFEDULED RE PEFECTED CEILING PLAN all BOND SEW STRUCTL, RAC NOTE SE3aT6SFORTOP GF'saLLCONglO #OETErvrlarv:,Eus L....TYPE REINFORCING BLOCK FILL • BOTH SIDES .TY %CAL, LHEDULED A GONCR TE MASONRY UNIT. HORIZON, MD VERTICAL REINFORCING RE STR CT., FOP REINFCIPGI. DETAILS PARTITION T,E I. NO UNITING I -EIGHT FIRE RUIN, STC NO, RATED RATED IN,LL DEPTH MAX. HEIGH- HOURS CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A0.7A CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 H E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 WALL TYPES - MASONRY SHEET 9 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 WHERE FDIC ,D D.TT.. RASE TFRMINATION EASE AS SCHEDULED: BOTH SIDES DOETEEJOLIS SEALANT ET RIEALEIOAS STRIKE COMPRESSED FIRE EARED AT ROTE] MULE, OE SOEND RATED PARTITIONS LONE UDE. GALVANIZED SEEEL CORNER BEAD TY' ,EXCEPT < CORNER GUARDS) LOCATIONSMrF CONE ELIOL S VENDED PLAN (TERRINAI1ONS.-ENDS AND JOINTS‘ CONTINUOS SEEL,. BOTH SIDES 1 STUD TYPICAL COMPONENTS SCALE WE.S. GENERAL NOTES 1 REFER TO 5E710, OR ELEE ETIONS FOR HEIGHTS OF WELLS 2 EEERY DALE SEONN PLAN SHELL BE ONE OF THE REEL TYPES SHOWN WHETHER KEYED ON THE PLEE OR NDT IF 3 SEE DOM FEEISH SCEIEDLILE FOR FINISHES MS CEILING HEIGHTS 4 'IRE TETE OP SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS 5 51.I. SOUND WALLS Tr RECENE SEAL.-EROUND DRAG. END EEPS OF EDGES AT FL ODD CEILING AND MCI UIJ BOXES 'AKEE ELL Gm. BOARD IS Y' TYPE's'. NOW TO USE PIS StlEET 1. REFER TO FLOOR ELAND FOR REFERENCE DARNS INDICATING APPLICEDLE PARTITION 52. REFER TO FINISH SCHEL,ES FOR APFLIED FINISHES TO BOT-1 SIDES OF DALES 5ECROru<NnoR DETAIL' naau ttuu eR(WI,. MOTs: 2. Ni-ERE BR VOING METHODS BETWEEN THIS SHEET END STRUCTURE DONFLICT. STRUCTURE 5-IELL U.:HEIDE. JOT 'V ELL WOOD STUD PARTITIONS ARE TEEATED NOOD STUDS ET 1E C UHL :SS NOTED OTHEEE/DE IF THE LUTING PEPTIEIONS DESIGNATED TO EAVE SOUND ETTENUATION BLAMES 5 PROEIDE PID OR 1 2" THICK PUGH STLD SIZE) SOIJED ETTENIATION BLANK, OR BATTS EULL HEIGHT OF P5RTITION JNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE PROVIDE EBUSE RESISTENEDYPSUE1 BEEERD AT ALL PARTITIONS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE PRO, IDE MOISTERE EICED RESISTENT GYPSUI: ESERD ON `DELLS BEHIND AND ADJEDENT TD DOMING DEM ES RIGIDLY 3RECE DCORJAIBS iT THE DEED HINGE END STRIKE SIDES END WIND,: E.E THE HEAD SILL END JAMBS LOCATE CONTROL JOINTS IN GYPSUM BOARD PEETITIONS FOLLOAS C DONS, JCT. DEENCES THEI PAVE OF PARTITION 0 Kr EXPMSDEE OR DONTROL JOINTS THROUGH]. THE BUILDING E BO, LIMBS DE INTERIOR ?EXTERIOR DOOR MD EVINDD,IFPERIES ABC. 3EL01.4 HILL HEIGHT OF 1.14.LL HEED SECTION PLAN SEE, ON BASESED11, .EZE'D=E1HedNG FLAN WOOD 8TUD CONTINUOUS SE9-ENT TIP. BO, SIDES FLOOR B PARE -ION TRE FIRE RATING STC NON. RUED WEB IPx. HIGHT HOURS LED PANEL SYSTEM ALUMNI. TREE ETZEIFEEM HEAD SECTION PLAN SKTION BASE SEDTION —UNDERSIDE OFmnmma ITVETTggEDINE MD STEC WI, EWE LOON CCM-IMES SILL GASKET DaTINUOJS SEALANT TEP BOTH SIDES FLOOR A PARTITION TI PE EIRE RATING SEC RATED STUD HOPS DL LIVED CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A0.7B CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 H U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 WALL TYPES - WOOD STUDS SHEET 10 Of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 GENERAL NOTE; SLATS ARO GATES �GGk 1 PHASE 1 PLAN GALE: 1.. 20, PHASE 1- NEW ADDfON. REAR PAVING. A DETENTION CELLS RENOVATION PHASE - REMAINING INTERIOR RENOVATION B. FRONT PAVING EXISTING OPERATIONS ARE TO REMAIN FULLY FUNCTIONAL 21 HOURS DAY. I DAYS A WEEK FOR ME 1 CONSTRUCTION IMLL RESTRICT ACCESS TO EXISTING SALLYPCM PRISONER DROP OFF WILL BE PULL IN 1 NEW SALLYPORT IS OPERABLE IATDI ONE LMIE FUNCTIONING FOR DROPOFF REMAINING LANE CAN BE USED DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONAL AREAS MAY BE MODIFIED AS 1101CATED ON THIS PLAN OR AS BACKOUT FROM EXISTING DRIVE OFF LEOPARD SMEET TO STORE MATERIALS BUT ALSO WAVES AS PEDESTRAN Exa THROUGH A -.FORA. WALL AND DOOR OTHERWISE FULLY COORDINATED WITH BUILDING TOR_ 2 CONSTRUCTION WILL ELIMINATE REAR BUILDING PEDESTRIAN ACCESS CONSTRUCTED BY COMPACTOR_ 2 CONSTRUCTION WILL REQUIRE TEMPORMVSURFACEF R EMPLOYEE PMYINGCRTRN:TR LAY -OWN IN 3 EXISTING RESTROOMS WILL CONTINUE GENERAL OPEN AREA IN THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF THE SITE FAAL CONTRACTOR TO RELOCATE RS REOUOiRED FOR NIOH INVOLVING�THE EXTERIOR WALL SHALL NOT 3 REMOVE TEMPORARY FACILLTIES FROM PH/SE 1 NOTIFY OWNER 30 DAYS IN A DV/WCE OF SCHEDULE FOR PORTASLE FACILITIES AND RESTROOA TRAILER CONTRACTOR SHALL CORONATE WTM OWNER AND ENO IMPEDE THE USE OF THESE USERS CONSTRUCTION ESERESTRURE MPOPMY SURFACE FOR EMPLOYEE PNixINfvCOMMCiORUY-0DVM INPROCESSINGMS USE OF {iESTROOMS CELL AREA RV STAFF TO ARRANGE CANCELLATION OFAREA ESTRO MARES SHOULDOM TRAILER BE 3 CONSTRUCTION LAY-COWN AND EMPLOYEE PARKING CAN BE MOVED TO THE NEW PAVED AREAS DURING OCCUPIED AREAS PHASE, FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PERMANENT PARXING AREA AT THE FRONT OF THE SITE 5 CONSTRUCT HEW BUILDING ADEXTION TO OPERABLE CONDITION INCLUDING POWER, DATA. tivec, ma'am 5 COMPLETE TRANSITION OF IT RELATED ITEMS FROM EXISTING SYSTEM TON. SYSTEM THE EXISTING RESTROOM MAILER SHALL BE RELOCATED PRECEDING PHASE 1 CONTRACTOR Ol.ALL FEATURES ANC PLUMBING SOME TEMPORARY UTLITY MAY BE PERMITTED AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE 6 COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF INTERIOR RENOVATION COORDINATE THE MOVING OF THE TRAILER WITH THE LFASFIG COMPANY PHASE 2 CONSTRUCPON 7 COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF SITE CONSTRUCTION PRIVACY SLATS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE FROM OF THE BUILDING 6 DEMOUSH AHD DATA KW. EXISTING NYFFEniuRT FOR HEW DETENTION PLUMBING AND BUILDING TO OPERABLETO FACILITATE DETAINEE OROPOFF INCLUDING POWER. ELFNEMS. 6 FINAL SITE CONSTRUCTION COMPLETED WHEN TEMPORARY FACIUTIES ARE REMOVED 7 SOME TEMPORARY UTILJTV FOR OCCUPIED OPERATIONS AR. 1.1AV BE PERMITTEDeR REQUIRED TO 7 GENERAL CONTRACTOR BEARS FINAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR MEANS AM, METHODS REGARDING PHASING FACILITATE PHASE CONSTRUCTION ANY SUCH nun, SNAIL HE COORDINATED WITH BUILDING OPERATORS PLANNING AND COORDINATION WRH BUILDING OCCUPANTS FOR THEIR CONTINUOUS OPERATION IN ADVANCE TO MINIMI2E INTERFERENCE WITH ONGOING OPERATIONS 8 CONSTRUCT REMOVABLE BARRICAOE AT REAR OVERHEAD OCOR FOR PEDESTRIAN ACCESS 9 EMERGENCY BACKUP POWER GENERATOR MUST BE PROVIDED TKROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION 10 EXISTING BACKUP GENERATOR WILL BE REMOVED FROM CURRENT LOCATION 11 CONSTRUCT REAR PARKING t. DRIVES TO BOTH ADJOINING STREETS 12 TWO OF THE NEW DETENTION CELLS WILL BE USED AS TEMPORARY RESTROOMS AND SHOW, BE COVERED WITH A TEMPORARY SOLID COVER FOR PRIVACY ADDITIONAL CELLS MAY BE USED BY THE OPERATOR TO HOUSE 7...RAW OPERATIONS FUNCTIONS COORDINATE WITN THE OPERATOR ON THE NUMBER AND DISTRIBUTION OF THESE CELLS FINAL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND OTNER FURNISHINGS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN TIESE CELLS UNTIL MEV ARE NO LONGER USED TO HOUSE TEMPOURY OPERATIONS 13 NEW DATA RACK WILL NEED TO BE INSTALLED CURING PHASE 1 IN THE PHASE 2 IT ROOM WHILE THE EXISTING DATA RAC% RUNS CONCURRENTLY TO SUPPORT ONGOING OPERATIONS UNTIL REMOVAL IN PRISE 2 2 PHASE 2 PLAN ED NTH. R CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A0.8 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST. CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 PHASING PLANS SHEET 11 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT k 25069 CIVIL SHEET INDEX CIVIL SHEET INDEX THE CITY OF CORPUS CHRISM STANDARD DETAILS LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN SELECTED BY MICHAEL C. YORK, P.E., TEX. REG. NO. 124938, AS BEING APPLICABLE TO THIS PROECT. Sheet Number Sheet Title Sheet Number Sheet Title CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI STANDARDS INDEX: CALL BEFORE YOU DIG!Y C1.0 CIVIL COVER Sc GENERAL NOTES C2.5 DRAINAGE PLAN PAVEMENT STANDARD DETAILS, SHEET 1 OF 1 *Tnv�QB'i Airs REQUESTCONCRETE R,aMn C1.1 SITE DEMOLITION PLAN C2.6 UTILITY PLAN DRIVEWAY STANDARD DETAILS, SHEETS 1THRU3 CURB, CUTLER AND SIDEWALK STAMAR° DETAILS, SHEETI CF I _ • below D , µ . C2.1 GENERAL DIMENSION PLAN C3.1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN PEOFSTRAN CURB RAMP STANDARDS, SHEETS I THRU 1 STORM WATER STANDARD DETAILS, SHEETS I WU 3 Ub "` 'u . 811 C2.2 PAVEMENT SECTION & JOINT LAYOUT C4.1 PAVING DETAILS WAS-EV/ATER STANDARD DETAILS, SHEETS I THRU 4 WATER STANDARD DETALS SHEDS I THRU 4 C2.3 GRADING PLAN C4.2 UTILITY DETAILS TES, SHEET I OF 3 STORM WATER EN RONNENTTAL�PERMITS SI ISCN PUN SUED 0 COMMENTS (EPIC), SHEET 2 OF 3 C2.4 GRADING PLAN STORM WATER POOM80N PREVENDON PLAN STANDARD DETAILS, SHEET 3 OF 3 DESCRIPTION 11 TURNER I RAMIREZ \ ARCHITECT 5 NOTE CCNTRACTC2 IS RESPONSIBLE FCT OBTAINING DIE MOST CURRENT WASON OF ABOVE Mel CITY STANDARDS FROM THE CITY Of CORPUS CHRISR. CITY STANDARDS LEE) ABOVE ARE PART OF THE CCNSTRUCRON DOCUMENTS. GENERAL NOTES: RELPINARY MATTERS RN INSTRUCRONS GI. BY THE NOTES Cry THIS SHEET DO NOT CONSTINTE GHA"YA VS ENAUTo nry E,AILL INIXDD W Ca REFERENCED IN ,HE PLArvz nERro1m `�NoiDA AMNG a� WiNa �o RARER �Ms"�ow'r��o�; s al� a `�Ec",�oLlr aEEe�T ME Za Or ME norv,a,Croa >ac roa IurCnxenCnxE grtBES orvEY euD MaY BE Bxowry ,o aTSsca eWDaoL. oa ro A ..sso, BEBaEE or oErwE,naN ,SEE aEMwNBEa CT ,SEEW TO S,MARCI COAL STATE AND LOCAL HAULNG AND Demos, REGULATIONS. ro ORIRES AND NORM EFFECTED MU, COMPANIES BEFORE STAVING WORE AND COMPLY MITH THEIR a.mDEMENTS. oNIRtZ sHALLLoaCOiPFlt_TUTxiv VAPI Eu LIES'I muc VMPPELL"DL ARE TO BE r P"AL+m Ta A OEPM Or sS lNELIN ETI rHED CRADE. S REIVONENG leNt SHALL BE ooMPmTELY Rum NUIG ESTN[ mEO PP. FFtl PERMITS N au uNE£PMES AND unuRES ItSS TITAN It lrvexmINOIAMETTa MAV BE eearvoOrv. Iry PLACS PROMO. MEV ARE Ar LLAs SEA IUMT[s BELou EXesnuCUORUvauvps[ONCRaD[HIN SIBUrvoarcCPramuC AR[As�ALLHPIPW-,EVnMR Etc ABnrvoOrv. IN PUCE aALL BE GROUT FLLUD AND PWB[Tom[nPPEO PER qry CODE ONO ME CITY OR ePPRCPRIATE unurc G.A. rvOSFL. TO INSUR[THAT THE swnlz es TERMIuai.DEN. AND DRIVEWAYS DRIVEWAY TYPE SHALL BE AS SHOVEN ON RN APPROPRIATE GI, DETAILS AS APPLIG.VNTRAOME IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING CURRNT CI, REGULATIONS GOVERNING DRIVE.. PTE. tIERILREUTPTAITTNALTNCrArTOL'BEINtHErCAPESVP.7.t,1111 MADE 1. A S. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PROTECT CURB DJ GUT. AND ONER CONCRETE SURFACES NOP ASPHALT SPLATTER DARING PRIMING AND SEALING OPERATIONS. ni3O&R.I.CATRMIMISJCINTIANTGEnMIUSAIVEZMRON,E,D,OsPENEDZIPMCTWIZTHEZDOE SHALL BE CHEWED MTH A ID' STRAIGHT EDGE PRIOR TO COMPLEAON, LCNGIRIDINAL MAC RAMC JOINT LW...ALL BE APPRO. BY THE ENGINEER. RN P. BETWEEN RN SIDEWALK AND CURB , GUTTER SIALL BE GRPED 'MTH MP SOIL TIL. IS FR. OR DEBRIS. BASE. A.HALY AND CONCRETE AS DIRECTED BY RE ENGINEER. ME CURB SECnoN, A PRY To PREVENT PONDING WATER TRANSIITCN IENGM SHALL BE 10 MINIMUM. . MEN MATCHING NEW 6. CURB Jr GUTTER TO IXISANG 4. CURB, THE GUTTER ASPHALT IMPREGNATED FIBERBOARD E PAN9oN JOINT WIH 2-0, Do a'uSLOPE SHALL BE NAINMNED MID THE 2" a'LnN SHALL BE USED IP. NEW MRary MATCHEsmou SALL BE EXISTING. AN RLIAES xALNTATEm-porDaeclrza DN .. STRENRES S.W. THE CONTRACTOR W. AERIE, ME DEPTH AND ...ON OF A, marl WISING uTILITES SUFFICIENCY IN ADVANCE OF COAST... SO THAT CONFINTS CAN BE AVOIDED, MEN AN WSANG UMW OR UNDERGROUND PIPELINE IS ENCOUNTERED, THAT WAS PREVIOUSLY NOT LOCATED OR INCWRECRY LOCATED, A1E CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATE, WTI, THE ENGINEER AND A1E APPROPRIATE AMITY OtitER.HETUFMNFZQ MURALAINSTRUCACINS. WE WNTRACTOR ..5 COOPERATE DITH THE APPROPRIATE UTILM WMPANY IN NAINTAINING ACAVE SERVICES IN OPERAWN, , RELPLTECOTETPC.EL.PrOCAPTANDILEPPEZONMPLINE"DtilDIES RAERTLINTERLA"C."L'E'L" "" AtL"P"L "P" " "" "PLE' AUTY FFECTED AND SHALL BE PERFORMED IN THE PRESENCE CF OFFICIALS OF A1E AFFECTED UTILTY AND TO A1E AFFECTED LIALIAES S,NDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. MERE MA, BE NO SEPARATE P.ENT FOR SAID ADJUSMENM EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED IN WE PLANS, . ALL PIPEUNE VALVES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AT ALL MEN ORAIA g//J,AALONC D1SIINC PAVEMENTS MAi ARE SaE08000 FOR ,BSEQUENT SMEEr ExCAVAnarv. 5x MESD mNAREA F ED UNDER S OF RE IXI5nNGROA., OR TMPORARV DEM.1.1ARE REUIRED TO CARRY TRAFFIC PRIOR TO COMPLEWN OF THE STREET IMPROVTAENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY SURFACE TREATMENT M TOP OF THE BASE OR BACKALL NATERAL UNTIL SUCH ONE MAT THE PROPOSE, PA.ENT SECTION I9 CONSTR.., THESE TERPORARY PAVEMENTS (INCLUDING BACKE, BASE MATERIAL AND SURFACE TREATMENT) WILL NOT BE PAID FOR DIRECTLY BUT SHALL BE : IgeC 1m 0.4. krplin 2F,t 0,EAWNLIM LI a IMECAGRDiVal,MASZDX, ,p.....L HA. AN SDR OF 2.6 PEE AND FITTINGS SHALL HA. PuSH-. [DEPRESSION GASKET JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE 'MTH AS. DM. 7. . map. 5., Ervcoposs AEL . Am. po sTRuclums NEwssmr To cowLETE mE ARE H.R. naw. THE TEE oN THE AmELNE AND THE vALvE oN mE LEAD LEE ARE HroRwis . BE Locum crvio vALvE By usE oF RETANER GLANos oru oucTILE 1. pl. . ALL CURB INLPFS SHALL HAVE A . THROAT, UNLESS NO. OMEW1SE. ALL STORM SEVER PPE SHALL BE CLASS III REINFORCED CONCRETE E AIM ERE B mu. AND rorv000-Arvo- 0R00W JOINTS Pm ASTA1 0-Th-So OR 000000 alm HDP0 Du, 'own PIPE MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE'MTH ASW r900)02000-I9 AND NTH GASKET. WATER FIGHT JOINTS MEmNG AS0 Dn12- 07(mm) DEEM NOTED PHEW .E ory ME ORM.G.. CLAW Iv PEN.. CONMEIE PIPE WELL SE USED COHERE ICE OF PIPE IXrENUS INTO SUB6w0DE. OR BASE COURSE 0 PRE -CAST INLETS, SHALL HAAE CAST -IN -PLACE MOAT AND TCP I, A PIPE COLLAR SHALL BE USED MERE PROP.O STORM ..R IS TO BE CONNECMD TO ExISMO STORm SPAER. PPE WEL. SHALL NOT BE PAID FOR SEPARATE. Bul CONSIDERED SuBSIDIARY TO A1E VARIOUS BID ITEMS. PIPE CO.RS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED AT TONGUE AND GROOVE CONNECTIONS. 0E, At tOILIRME0aPEANPPDIDTINATE rEEXINEWDRPIXPSWAnrDERMRILEartEtArJALrg"...ER AS REWIRED. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING NTH THE G. uTILITY PRONDER AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PAXING ALL COSTS ASSWIA. 61.1 CONNECWNS W ADJUSTNENT, 1-, ALL WATER UNES AND FIT,. 12-INCHES AND WALLER MA, HA. RESMAINED JCINTS 6. TARICAL MINIMUM DEPTH OF wATER urvES WA, BE JD -INCHES TO TOP OF PIPE AND P., mAxImunl DEPTH LINDER PADJENT SHALL BE 1B-INCHES TO TOP OF PIPE. P. All WATER UNES AND ARA. 12-1NCHES AND SmAELER SHALL HA. RESTRAINED JONTS. Ut.J.IAES SHALL BE INSTALLED EP LOCA. TAPE AND TRACER JAME Iry ACCORDANCE RIM LOCAL STANDARDS. CONCRETE SHALL BE SAW MT DHERE AN EAS. C.CRETE STRENTEME IS TO OE PAR., RENWED REpovEL oF DN. Erva, IN pm, To Rm. NEw Erva, w, Nor BE prvo FoR opEcRy eur coNsoswo sue.. To THE vmous am Amm um. oTHEREGE Now. NE coNTRAGNE sHALL pRorvoE A TEmpuRARy FENcE FRom me we AN Ems,. NENE is REmo. To THE TNE THE pRoposEo RE. is RERLA., F. wsw w, Nor BE prvo FoR op., EuT coNwERED sumo., To mE ,Rous BE Ams WEITRACTOR SHAEL vER1Fy A, SuRFME C.C.. OF THE SITE PREP TO PREPARING AND SuBmITANG ITS B. vmERE ME KIRD 'PROPOSED' OR PR. r IS uALIZED IN MIS SET OF DOCLINENTS. IT SIJAEL APArl M. C.T.C. TO BE PERFOREAED AS PART CC THIS CONTRACT'. ADORABLE MOur MATERIEL STALL BE MAR.LL ADNrvNPE MANUFACTURED BY GRACE C0rv5muCAON PRODUCTS CH APPROVED EW AL THE 1LO00BLE CBOUT SHALL BE SUPPLED m4H A w WIFE CON,IN8C 100INs/Y PORTLArv0 CEMENT 25011s/CY WATER, MOIes/01 ELY ASH, 21020s/Cv SAND AND Car/CY DAHUILL MIXTURE 9TNL BE PPA0BE0 By AN PRO. READvaelx SUPPLER. THE 8Auu[OCTUBEBY REPR0SEUI0TIVE0SHALL. BE CONSULTED F. ANY nrvu A4JUSTMEMS TO IMPROVE FOR FLOWABNY CR ME MIXNHE TRAFFIC pillow corm.. Is RCnoNseLE Fore Awul...RDVAL or A ERA. CONTROL PLAN PERMIT FROM THE CsY TRAFFIC ENGINEER AND IT MUST BE IN CONFORMANCE mm CURRENT rtvs MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES.. (TI,TCP) THIS INCLUDES THE CONSTRUCTION w DRIVEWAYS AND TURN rt DOTE IN Pueuc wsn OF WArz UCTURES ARE SOP E.EMSE FOR COORDINATE wM ME CITY EPA. MGNFEwrvG ...ENT REGARDING REmUnory OR REPLACEMENT Or EXISTING SIGNS (ESIGNS. WPM SIGN, ETC) Asuan BE REQUIRED rDRAINAGE, INCLUDING CONSTRUcnoN TEMPOswALES ,NsrALAsoN AN, Rw,,, , Arm u m SPIRES AND OMER ASSOO WORK mNor BE PAID FIR SEPARATE, SEPARATBLIT STALL BE suasolAm MOLE UTILITIES AFFECT. BY PRIOR To Gt...Br WORK. A1E CONTRACT. SHALL NOAH LOCAL EMERGENCY ES (I E. WE, Emu POLICE) OF ANYOCO15SMucnON ACED. THATDWOULD AFFECT THE NORMAL FLOW F TRAFFIC. A1E CONTRACT. SHALL GIAE A MINIMUM OF 40 HOURS NOTICE TO THE ENGINEER AND AUTHORIZED TESTING LABORATORY PRIOR TO R.I. TESTS mE GoNTRAG. sHALL cooRDINATE ALL semicE sHur Dovirls v. THE APPROPRIATE cru, DEPARENENworismuorioN DINER. AT Am 45 wuRs RE. To Tx. ER UTILITY SERMDE SHUT DOM, SERVICEHUT Dw. E TTMGTIOu oix AP BAOOF REELS, A1E CONTRACTOR SHA, ADNSE A1E OWNER AND ME ENGINEER IMNEDIATELL VERBALLY AND IN MI5. OF PC MEL QR TOXIC 61ATERIAL SPILLS ONTO EW,GOAREATHECONTRACTOR STALL BERESPBNrvBL£ FOR DISPOSING WASTE MATERIALS, AND CONTAMINATED EXCAVATIaYS IN A LEGALLY APPRO. MANNER A SAFETY DEW. (RASHING LIGHTS FLAG Ma BARRICADES slws. ETC, TO PROTECT. PUBLIC SAFER AND HEALTH NA HEALTH UNTIL WORT HAS BEEN ORN EENCOMPLETED AND ACCEPT. BY ME ENGNEER AND OWNER. ALL BARRICADING SHALL BE DONE IN COMPLIANCE NAM THE TEXAS MwuAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES , TZ gITTFF214 amaamata=aaaaaala ,aaNaaamaa Cre4DZIR,R,TTUOMELICEMNI- OF EVO. REWIRE, PERMS THAT CAN ONLY BE ISSUED TO CONTRACTOR ARE TO BE OBTAINED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE DBT IPLP" 1" RIMDAN SLED MIX) P." 1".. ALL CONSTRUCTION CRERAWNS SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED IN ACCORDANCE PITH PPPLICABLE REGULAWNS OF THE P 5 ...RATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ONA(0.N.CO PIES OF OSHA S,NDARDS MAY BE PURCHASED FROM AlEll.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. , slit TA.. Dus PREGAumms To PROTECT Ems,. FAmunsM owe Romwww. PPP. ARE. DRIVL.sRuomms,nu. EN.)mom ow. Am' ... To easT.mu..mulwm As A BEsuLT BF ERE corvsTRUcnoN oPERATorvs ARE To BE REPAIRED ...ATE. By ERE GoNTRACT. To A corm. slwLAR oR EOM, TO men..B.,ERE.6.61. was DONE BEPA1u SHALL BE MADE TO me sansmowN of me moluTY ov ER AND me ENGINEER AT me cNTRACTORs EPENSE PPZIEVOT PE EL RESET (PE w�ATERu NsacRoslNG AwBDSTERATER up00 EvATIN ups pARAL MCI WasTERATEB urvEs on C.TER LISN SAID XHTEBNFEDNry000. mEERFNT Toory Ain niEETRmmE REou REMENTsao WSIONCLSL'ND Appal. E (Bsscry cn4EBA PRIOR To woe), so TAc 217.5s (corvv0NNwu couscn4N sysTsxs), A. so TAc z0Oa(e) (WATER HYnws). 0 WA. NECESSARY FOR CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AND PAID FOR BY . CONTRACTOR, A1E CONTRACTOR SHALL PR RANGE FOR A METEREDCINS)A cE LICENSING PtBEGUL.CN(MLR) REQUIREMENTS, ENGINEER WILL wemT THESE PLAN AS NAY BE REQUIRED, TO A REGISTERED ACCE.Bwm m(Rss) Fore REVlEv, of cwvumuce YAM TEKU ACCESSIBILITY s-rmo.os Cr.). FINAL wspEcT. By RAS es Remwm PRIOR TO mow,. V PRwe7 BY wnw core. z a RESPONVTBN ERR ccRREcT. my IMPImrcMeNs vmlw ARE GUT GF mmptrva KEN TAS comp,. is NOT ResvwuleE ERR Ems,. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAIDI rZSPMETCHANGES IN RED ON FIELD DRAWINGS AND DELMER RED UNES TO ENGINEER uP. CONSTRWTION COMPLEAON FOR A1E PURPOSES OF PRODUCING RECORD DRUM. LIMEY FLATIA...arfil D,AA.1D CREN.I,DPALIAMBE STATE PLANE COORDINATE SYSTEN, TEXAS SCIUM ZONE M. TY OF CORPUS CHRIS, 1tEEMIDE'NEITT 361.26-3250 AT LEAST THREE MING INTO ANY PUBLIC FAWNER DAYS IN ADVANCE OF COMM.CINC ANY WORK ON MEW mR.FDR .E,GAWAD�WIMINTHEPLBLGRIGHTmmv EXGAVADGrvME�2Ary DxTYMATGGTSPEKE,RA,Es.DRBGREYLNDER�Y RrABEFDRTMEET.xDEWTLRFAGEDRAINAGE.GRRELAmPLeLG D SPORTAAON INFRASTMCNRE PURPOSES PERMITS WILL opoEpN.DMIXFOR La:'°s:° aoFEOEAa<<ooETDF`JGA'=m<DaryHAS CF ;„s"PAo�«;DBDREc°NsF. THE ;Rc<<REPME p��B,ERE RFaG.INMEPREmDMGFLWE RTFROM THE DATE DFAGENAM aroarm YORKENGINEERING PROJECT REWIRES INSPECT. e. . ,EEIBILry EPEGIALo. =°°;R:=�=EoA <a�°° °�E°:M °��=";�o °REa� w°EME�°`=I�I�o� °a�°oa`EI=LAEao�se°�'TEoR°I° oROE°;�°� °R:=a°a�;�€oR TIN PE°o =�a=IREIo!�REo aNEIX IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROJECT REGISTRATION AN OUT PAPERRrc Y DESCRIPTION CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 CIVIL COVER & GENERAL NOTES CIVIL • PLANNING • CONSULTING /se /'/ /� s / / / /7 /� /e /�/ / cro tx M-In ro-0E u, w <q en tw—lE n no on no no —on on coore m— no on on no — r —gyp—No o, NEE. ITAXX FORRECWIES MN NAV EWE MOUTON DX ACCOMDDAIE MED AWIIIIECILPec COCUSIEll PUWby rCV LA 1.1 :� r, 1.1�v��-�,�����_I rrrrn: II PI ,r,r,<ILLL>IAII(ILI1,I�r, NOTE: PRONDE FULL DEPTN SAW W1S WIN CLEAN LINES AT LIMITS Of OENDLIUON Of EXISTING PAVING DR SIDEWALK. YORK ENGINEERING CCIVIL • PLANNING • CONSULTING CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. C1.1 Project Status 1- 41 Tn F un C-) Up FF, III lu LL,w c F— U O E } H U 0 CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 SITE DEMOLITION PLAN SHEET D1 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT#23181 AMESSE£ MPS (Pq mr swiwm acu9 f • rn ar �� �Ily'Ill v hr aCLi II �IiE6ii, OR ACCERIOLE 000 OFn are SIVIOARD DUALS) IMGM WO POIESTA (SE 1,0145) (vw OOW rc S100000 OEwu) NEW AND ACCSSIKE RAMPS ntt scwwsn EMU) PUNS RR RAW Is 11111111 YORK ENGINEERING CCIVIL PLANNING CONSULTING CONSULTANTS SHEET NO C2.1 Project Status CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 73408 GENERAL DIMENSION PLAN SHEET of RECORD DRAINING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT#23181 LEGEND W// LICHT DUTY CONCRETE PAVEMENT MEDIUM DUTY CONCRETE PAVEMENT HEAVY DUTY CONCRETE PAVEMENT ® CONCRETE SIDEWALK STRUCTURAL CONCRETE (SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS) --�—d— EXPANSION JOINT CONNACTON LAM. IS TO BF USED 15 A GUM WORN SWIM OF 40 A OEM Or OVERALL SHALL BE SOU NM IR NOM Of CONDOM POUR N YORK ENGINEERING CCIVIL • PLANNING • CONSULTING CONSULTANTS SHEET NO C2.2 Project Status N W CC Q C et w ZCC 4N 1- H CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 PAVEMENT SECTION & JOINT LAYOUT SHEET of RECORD DROVING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT#23181 RAW (1. CRT STANDARD ALMT —mm—$m)—Isms (MR W,Y STNDIRO IFF 25.471 In' /— a / °. /.°a.. 4a a / g®p, /° a� SEE ARDELECIMAL WON SMUCTLRAL PLANS FOR IMP AT BMW THeawln AND CROCCO AT SI Ct697.O F.!'J: ,CRT EX. FF 25.471 LEOPARD ST LEGEND EX. EASING FG RNISHED GROUND TC TOP of CURB 1P TOP Of PAVEMENT TW TOP Of WALK FL FLOW LINE - - - 800- - - - EASING CONTOUR -SAO- PROPOSED CONTOUR ENSTNG CONCRETE EXISTING ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK SWALE FLOW UNE GRADE BRAD EXISTING SPOT ELEVATION .-(1aO) EASING SPOT ELEVATION •-� GROUND SPOT EIEVA11ON ,r® PAVEMENT SPOT ELEVATION 0301NO DROLLY ANRIJOARCN DAL SF SEL A6m IMMO TYPICAL GRADING AT FOUNDATION N.T S YORK ENGINEERING CCIVIL • PLANNING • CONSULTING CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. C2.3 Project Status H Cn CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 GRADING PLAN SHEET o1 RECORD DR40ING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT#23181 MATCHLINE SEE SHEET C2.3 1' 1 4rz nEI immw ,- W000. „wFum N, r,SN �r LI;f 2PJ rfIZEZ IFF 25.471 WOES MORN Ai SEE ANolfmcnAturgsW IEX. FF 25.471 LEOPARD ST 6 /a IFF 25.471 EX. FF 25.471 0 STAN DARD EMS) LEGEND EX. EXISTING EC RNISHED GROUND TC TOP OF CURB 1P TOP OF PAVEMENT TW TOP Of WALLA FL FLOW LINE - - - 800- - - - EASING CONTOUR —8.40 PROPOSED CONTOUR EASING CONCRETE EASING ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK SWALE ROW UNE GRADE BRAD ENSTNG SPOT ELEVATION 4-741) EASING SPOT ELEVATION •-® GROUND SPOT ELEVATON l® PAVEMENT SPOT ELEVATION AT loNALvapR mT Rucnns ARE APPROXIME. NOM GROOFS SNOW ARE M MP MO WADE. CONTRACTOR IS PESOS.. KR Ma MTN LANDSCAPE PLANS REGARDING TOP MMES. rW1mm D.am� LWATON Cr MIND SET BELOW NellS IN WOE BEALI al mat4 SHEET. IN NARINAL MONO DISMAY ADJACENT 70 NO EASEWALL WALL NATURAL TIF TYPICAL GRADING AT FOUNDATION N.T S YORK ENGINEERING CCIVIL • PLANNING • CONSULTING CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. C2.4 Project Status CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 GRADING PLAN SHEET of RECORD DR4V0NG N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT #23181 PRE -DEVELOPMENT POST -DEVELOPMENT uo LEGEND ARIA NONDARY MM. MU y RRao&D RLc. WOW OA OM. ARIA AMA .-Orr COMMENT ME or COKENTRATON (sv[AR) ROW RnNOWT, n (o-ttAR) RUN-OFF CALCULATIONS PRE -DEVELOPMENT POST -DEVELOPMENT DA-1 DA-1 A=D.7D cc, A=0.70 ac. C=0.80 C=0.80 T =10 min, (minimum) T =10 min. (minimum) 15=6.70 In./hr. I5=6.70 in./hr. Qs=375 cfs Qs=375 cfs DRAINAGE NOTES: THE SUBJECT PROPER, IS CURRENTLY FULLY DEVELOPED LAND WITH EBISTING BUILDING FACILITIES AND PANNG THE DEVELOPMENT WILL DEMOLISHEBISTING INFRASTRUCTURE AND CONSTRUCT A NEW BUILDING ADDITION AND PAH., THE SITE CURRENTLY SURFACE DRAINS TO THE ADJACENT PUBLIC RIGHTS -OF -NAY. THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT WILL GENERALLY MAINTAIN THE EBISTING DRAINAGE PATTERNS. DRAINAGE CALCULATIONS FOR THIS PROJECT ARE BASED ON THE CURRENT CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI DRAINAGE MASTER PLAN AS NVELL AS THE INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN MANUAL FOR PURPOSES OF DETERMINING THE COEFFICIENT OF uNOFF, THE LAND USE OF BUSINESS DISTRICT WAS CHOSEN FDR BOTH PRE AND POST DEVELOPMENT CONDITIONS. A MINIMUM TIME OF CONCENTRATION (Tc) OF 10 MINUTES IS ASSUMED. RAINFALL INTENSITIES ARE FROM THE NOAA ATLAS 14 POINT PRECIPITATION RAINFALL INTENSITY FOR CORPUS CHRISM, TEXAS. THIS WITH m MASTER DRAINAGE T THE DRAINAGE DRAINAGE WILL NOT THE ADJACENT AFFECT THE DRAINAGE PATTERN OR DESIGN OF THE AOJAwnr PROPERnes C YORK ENGINEERING CIVIL • PLANNING • CONSULTING CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. C2.5 Project Status w� CC g"= aw CC fiLLI x„ ZN ZCC F41 — � SHEET or RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT#23181 / //' / //'' s / / / /„' // /a s /`/ �/ / e / a / / .1• c5 / EC IA CLAY W / Et C CID. WAHST 1,,ARA WRNS WEE A WPM / GEM PM ems® GAS LSE (SEE LIEN PUNS) A lEIER � X1 X/ /A TE (TO worm) a CAPNP xY SCR w XSc rNra maw ro AMER MuwNo CLAD),As �.. 1.omi XAoo (S onus Ps 61PER rnwmRWWV STREET) EC SA RCP _ ( uPn. PLrnn Pm cwnwnnaq V.MLIII.E=ENA Er OVER /OW M 7447 ' •+c ea ro. n-T 0N.I.EIC0PE TO EC A PVC Ex S) 1X-28 XU'RWARn RRE 'GRAPH: SCALE LEGEND DI MANHOLE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE (LEAN OUT EX ro iro "0OVERHEAD ——x.HATER LINE MECO., w EX WATER LINE ISURVE, — EX WASTEWATER IRELORDSI — — Ism,— EX STORM LINE IRECORDS, EX GAS LINE IRECORDS, GAS— « GAS LINE IAPPROX LOCATION, — — SANITARY SEWER LINE —she— ...Aar SEWER CLEAN DOT —• W�• — WATER METER (SIZED PER MEP.1 • PROPOSE FIRE HYDRAE ASSEMBLY CANT. SI E. =AIM DEPTH. AND MATERIAL OF ALL EMSIINO ALL CLEAN OUTS AND VALVES SHALL YORK ENGINEERING CCIVIL • PLANNING • CONSULTING CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. C2.6 Project Status NJ W ur CC < w C C W ZCC rr CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 UTILITY PLAN SHEET of RECORD DR4U NG NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT #23181 Aar TNEZ-,=FOLL0115 ME OUTLINE FRONDED TO NEET ME PECUIREMENTS SIAIL REGULATIONS CalLERNINO STORM WATER 1.1PNAGENENT. Ca/PUMICE VIIM THE GBIERAL PERM, BEST MANAGEMENT PRncnGES(DPI Werl wPPrePrigr hauled to o P the correct p 2 AU GRAPHIC SCALE LEGEND LEST AIANALEVIENT PRACTICE. wiPig etl land, or crItIcol dunee on the el, cant now Hwy Dole by the manufacturer... personnel w„I be instructed rego„Ing M9 Won, ���.GU ill all provide wafer nettled lo sprat!, ore. ortler lo control onfl minimize generatIon of dust and to see that .e fence posts ore firmly in the ground. tor ohs!, during conslrur,on. Lumber PVC pipe. Ductile vow Pipe linings. Concrete. morenois owe reinforcing sleet PolfelnWene pipe and pro., g. other toxic materiole mu, be stored In sealable waterproof contolner. YORK ENGINEERING CCIVIL • PLANNING • CONSULTING CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. C3.1 Project Status w CC aw CC w� ZCC I— m Tn CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 z 0 1- w w a 0 z J 0 CI'CL w 0 H C!) SHEET of RECORD DR4VMNG NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT#23181 7•CU0110 DUTY T•r WOW DM 7 • C HEAVY DUTY v a —roar omm' uErnw�mra An¢Pnw .vnxm PROC. (AM DEE} LIE A NAM EENSTY OF EN Cr GE NAMIUN CRY m'r(MiN Dom, ANDAT,,m ADM TTEE MMUS NCO M: OOwXf. CONCRETE PAVEMENT SECTION DETAIL N.T.S. WA NM. 1.. GIME FOR PARRA, BLOCKCURB, AN CURB CUTER MALL BE LOSE Pv.uE SIEELw.00 m 7 SD.06 PSL. MN SNAIL BE 9MI IN PROVIDE A CLEARANCE Df AT ..srr ALme PAVEMENT EMS OM LESS NAN A[GURRRDRDE[xrs offfun awn SEE s ORPN DSA0E P. tus4x UErT m aff 4T w44184 x nNE CAP UAL 6 NO7 FAME. MERE GRAZE 6 CREAM MAN Si ROPE USE GSM SAANT.ENANTXM WAGED AT CAP SEAL NIMFmNBmis DI 51/r VIDE BY 1/2' DEEP 91Pu BE NNE N AM CURB OUTER LAD NAIMf a10 011a'T0ti"MAM�NN4.. A FORPALL CURL a/, DICK AMMON ANTS SIEL BE PROW. AT w-r CODES (SwnNu). _ x it LONG omsi.'" SMALL ff ENmDm ICKES ORB IKER. ETRALMENN ME LASTtRE DE nE I/B10 wSUE. • aWx�P LORE A FOR NEADER CURB CUTER 001 READERGABDEW u t CAM NOE AT 4 FEET CIO.) AMR BE Mmw sP1uLT AS m ERR sENMD NADN m ro PAwAN PROECT nmS AS MR MONO DEM manvts NOT ILL 3 alERNNAIE mm 9L 1MEE WIE ne B011 AmmiN:Eµ,1mtff 'mPm Cr SEE us 9r Piu.E UE1/,USE OW faIGTON CUM .Nu4SN45(S=5"ytcw"40xwCUR° T. PANDEE EANNESPASSON WARDS ME cw A GDR CR R. CC CON ®T N NPNPRAG Mi A. SALMi.� 111SUR1DENI CMG. AT DIE CAP SEAL PIERLE-CAP SEAL ROAD BE FIL611 OR SLIMY BEM TE RAND OM. SINFAIE. CORO. 111 NOT MERE M DE EP OF PER PAVING BEALS n/4..011S"" EDMAD, Pm5/45LTm D0 DE REM CURB SURFACE WWRI WADE N. RACED GROUT BLOCK CURB DETAIL N.T.S VERTICAL SAW CUT 1/11• MDE 10 1/4" LODE PER PAVING DETAILS JONT SEALANT PER SPECS MAX. JOINT SPACING 1O' C-C EACH WAY SAWED DUMMY JOINT DETAIL (CONTRACTION JOINT) FORMED GROOVE (1/6• TO 1/4' WIDE) EDGES RQUNDED 10 1/4• RADIUS DR SABOO DOWEL N0. 4 BARS ON 24- CENTERS INTO IX PAVEMENT AND SECURE MTH EPDXY N.T.S. EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL JONI SEALANT PER SPECS PROP. CONC. PROVIDE SLEEK (SPEED LOAD TRANSFER 011.SYSTEM CR APPRO. EQUAL)) NEW CONCRETE TO EXISTING CONCRETE T1E-IN DETAIL N.T.S. 3/4" 3/4" nom BORON FLR¢ PRIOR TO mERASION BOANO BY1644 J PL.NEIr PAVING CAP SEAL DETAIL PLAIE PLAN VIEW C/s THICK GALVANIZED DIAMOND PLATE WITH TOP ATAPU EACH SIDE) CONC. WALK 90R�Mo SECTION B-B SIDEWALK DRAIN DETAILS PRFCAST CONCRETE WHFEL STOP DETAIL N.TS PA AT CHAMFER I. ALL CONCRETE CLASS 'A%.000 pall. 2 MINIMUM SIDENALE CONCRETE 4. GRROeff51EEL, GRADE c SO. C, fr = eo.000 Pa THINNESS 3. m "ians=aopANVEAACTRED BY Ni%zo-°R,,Ev. CLASS 25 USES AAND O. SHALL OR n DE IS GREATER THAN 3% SLOPE USE as SLreE GFixSuNara®sZIsSDRANSIC44 LAMS WERE CAP SEAL IS NOT FFASIBLE. WHERE acANY NOTED 9Y GRADES ON PLANS. SIDEWALK DETAIL ww.P PER PLANS PLAN VIEW 18 E/�°Axsox SFCTION R-R (TYPICAL DOWFI PI ACEMENT) NEW SIDEWALK TIE TO FOUNDATION DETAIL N.T.S SOW. OPE ANT ;.Or DONDS w IC CAL SAENT 2 WD®ELMO M91GCS. AS 11F 9NLff PEA®DAl!DNaS NEW TO EXISTING SIDEWALK TIE-IN DETAIL N.T.S. SIDEWALK 11E0 TO PAVING DETAIL NOE rt WIERF CURB IS MANURE SEM SNALL BE PRON. ON .11CAL F. OF 116 CURB FIRE LANE STRIPING DETAIL N.T.S. N.T.S. vr) NAME CAP SEAL EXPANSION uTETELP TnPF CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1/10ETESDM 92. NR ET /AHOTN s)IoIMEA V ANSrER 0Ysw MPSD A L Aoys.F Row. ANm D axs NxmPc IAW S A. WERE A 5 9 POSS. mINNOT MAT M D E N 9�SIR NNTA Affu1.11 RAMP N814 5OR 155'PA . SSA 811005AALS NOT 1D�EXCEED O FT PACED 000BY 11001 � SP. AT RE SOTTOILCF CUEtf 41(wICLr mnmum Wmu rE m!®I'ALx AID vxWLv WADE ME PARALLD AWND.LAR rAAEL PATH _ !IE RAN. D EE, RAM SEES SMALL 5E WDwEn TAMP � TO a COMAE . om CONSIST OF MICA. COOED SURFACES m ARCO. N PMrAIE PRwwm. MORES RE PROM. LwTMA LEaae LENT EREDnE S.A. MAT MAO VALUE ALA WATER PO AENNUR NAY a BE MAD EPAENT ECM OF ME 1IXK ACCERxNI1 STANDARDS cm PREPARED AND OmdTmm BY VIE l'Akr NATL. WIIIS MAY nm MR} cm.19s (vmErRArEz) A CU EADEm Va' rtR m11 m. GREET EU9WE Fm RAWP COD 9DEwrLR LmsT9sExN cmrtmc WM ALL o.RRDn MA MmMOEDro Pug ExM AaEs9aOUTY SWARM MUM SLOPES, rmnrE, LOOK COMM AND FLEVAIANA SM6NS RAMPS EDMES AND 9mABE WINN PRIVATE PROPERTY NOLL mar WM ERAS A4C®BIIT1 STANDARDS RMIC MAPS SAu =PLY WIN m05IMS WIN DEAEMES ACT (SEA) LATEST ADORN 15. PAR. AREA SIPPED SMALL BE 9ER1111 NEU. sT FAST ACT. LAID MORE NAe.D RNA (ELMN-1MBM, DEN-1142133, N0.4ARI.R) AND 9IAu EE A MT COAT APPUP0mx TEELNC A IS Al RN IL MAMA x9mS SMLt Etc IL ffSDE GESCIARr TO M1ER 7Ecr 34: AAESS 9E 0 1 BID MUNE. m 9PARAIE PAM. SMALL BE APPLE) 1D MAE ALL EIAI 41MNm¢TEFOR RAMP AND DE SEmEEiRSIwNRClplmm"E1PLm04CNW"MMALL DEW ADA M4RBANS NUS EMS uxMssurr STANDARDS 1.AlIND ECM E0IEE mm mx0An9 uo IL ACCESEELE PARTE SPACES ANO NSLF SLOE SNALL NOT EXCEED 1.5. ANY O... CUD No PAR.. 511ALL BE PANTO N Ao4Ss0E 19t9. N4ERS SV4L Of CAw9A NO MIIED 0 M AME. LITERS 0NL 0 tr MN C4ARACE2 MMIT ND 5' NN 54500 WARN L SEALANT, WA DUKOAA JOINT ooA(°,3ESNG N01rmNfi/ SEE SIDEWALK 741X.PA 3333 ...ANSI. JOINT WAN CAP SEAL TURN DOWN WALK DETAIL 1' WIDE DRAINAGE CHANNEL DETAIL P PER PLANS YORK ENGINEERING CCIVIL • PLANNING • CONSULTING CONSULTANT'S SHEET N0. C4.1 Project Status CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 PAVING DETAILS SHEET of RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT#23181 UNPAVED TOPSOIL SEE TABLE 2-ITEM B (UNPAVED ARDS) ROSE ANY OVER EXCAVATION MUST BE I, PIPE DIA CORRECTED WITH GRANULAR MATERIAL SHOWN IN TABLE 1. TRENCH BACKFILL FOR WASTEWATER LINES AND PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES NOT TO SCALE W-W DT ASP'ArT 'EPA" it'ill.,T,MNEEZ[%E'S'S CdrEEZII±G 'PEAP=EI PROVIDE PRIME COAT (0.15 GAL. PER SY MIN.) CONCRETE REPAIR: MIN THICKNESS.,INg rtgMLGL IMINE PEALTNIN THE TN' N :..NIMTgaraniffainirar rAYSETIn'tNI I r LIMESTONE BASE OR APPROVED BASE MATERIAL g12117E'llIVI:NTXSE0Ar &71..ca T'IAIZ THE THICKNESS OF THE EXISTING ADJACENT B.E PAVED BACKFILL SHALL BE CEMENT STABILIZED SAND (I 5 SACKS OF CEmENT/Dr) reAlinTRALZVED NATER, 5EE rADL„-rEv A (PAVED AREA) 'ILAUrgITISr:3FT'::IjUrlr'LL NATERIAL. SEE TABLE I CLEM OUT MIMED MACE 43NV *M' Ac.S611"..4PLALVANALIMZET.17.'" SEWER CLEAN OUT GENERAL WASTEWATER CONSTRUCTION NOTES: 70=NVEMAZWZNAVF,EWOM'ErUnn„LVIRMan Zgr,E'A"..,ENTn'uLL? ...=z1AHZ_T'z',V=A= z. FZEF-,0"Az2,`,2"RzEHEIN7„`°-',==.--, „ TAC CHAPTER 217 TIZUCACL'On1TX0IRSMRIZF'FrCLOENTPROPL 'DE,./I=ZT."L "" "'EPE " THE NIOWN MMLET,, 11-BAELR-GaESS"BNOTCA'SHZT BSE'Ll'ESGVTOn'Lln-ITS=DNE". HYDROSTATIC HEAD PRESS,RE UNDER ALL CONDITIONS Z.VIZTTITMAPNEHNOEYTANLI! 6. EBEFFFRPLAt'se EmMABHLHYOL Ts , THE MANHOLE FOUNDATION MAT BE PRECAST ON GR.:DUNI:1 rkl.,z2zZlrkl_.`"„rkkoZkAkkIkZkr.g."..11711"kkkL"",...k...2712.g."'"''' F.kkICkgszr.kla-2 k'Tkkrrkarkkg.kkk.kk AkkE,Rkk.kikk"Akkkz."..TAN7 GENERAL NOTES FOR BACKFILL TABLE 1 TN. A 7 NFOPING ANP INITIN PACKED I IBELOW PIPE TO 12" MOVE PIPET FBIAI PACKF11 I (GREATER THAN 12. ABOVE PIM. UNPAVED ARENS PAVED AF1,S BE SELECT MATERVAL FROM EXCAVATION GRAVEL WATER DOES: 7P"S'f VP B""Z 1 (VIM IMPORTED MATER, ALL TO ME" IL Ana' S'N'Ar1URE1'2' gr FOLLOW/NO " "E DEERS OP ANY DUMPS '0"A"MN:=S'E' "ETS TO LLRES 'ARDS5LVALPS u 22 WA 17224"TEETITTHMLBNIN'S"GPREP"'"''''). .5: g.4, „-Sm „-„L STD PROCTOR (DOW caw., 951 0698 STO PROCTOR LOOSE L07S OF 102 A.41.5" OR P SELECT sw-„„P-PM ALATRR, FROM „„MTIT TN DOES NOT PASSING #4 SIDAE - 300 MINIMUM , Tops, Ems= „Emm,mm ' 'AZZIWT.VAULSZPLAIN "g1Zs ,,,A r0174TEU'OTR"G"NZET TO EXISTING ADJACENT BACNDLL SNALL BR RUPERT STAHL, TEO ffLCI'LAcn".9C7LZT0 SAND GRAOATION, NPA,,ND ON TOP) "-" rr.SWL""0" ("""g" OrggIALT" CAST IRON FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTER UNPAVED AREAS PAVED AREAS SELECT DAC=LRTEPIAL ERFLE"L"St" TI")T 0609) SE0 DEL0 (EA - ITEM 'E7)1SA"OR"P"IgHH7 EXIST (42MIN. DEPTH) "PrZaNITC7EgUl"" 'AA ds SAND ENCASE "skil;k1.71.170`kV1. TYPICAL PIPE TRENCHING, BEDDING, AND BACKFILL FOR WATER LINE ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPOHL HOZ DIP GALVANIZED (2 HEOD ) DDUBLE DETECTOR CHECK VAL. OSDET GATE VALVE, FLO. W. HANDWHEEL (OPEN LEFT) DE SUPERVISORY SWITCH MP.. PLACES) DUCTILE IRON REDUCER FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION UNI-ELANGE NOT, 1 STANDARD ExTANSION I..TERIPL WILL BE !ADDED BEINEE1.1 ME VAULT 2 T.sunnzRIZIATED ALUMINUM SHIRDING AFTER INSTAL.. rkfkkkInklkkkgrAZ ILkk DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR ASSEMBLY (DCDA) W/ FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION (EEC) (FIRE PROTECTION LINE BACKFLOW PREVENTOR) YORK ENGINEERING CIVIL PLANIIIIIG CONSULTING 7ani'EF: CCNSJLTANTS SHEET NC C4.2 Project Status ?!3 CORPUS CHRISTDETENTION CENTER UTILITY DETAILS SHEET of RECORD DRAV,,INIG NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 23181 NOTE: REFER TO CIVIL PLANS FOR ALL ELEVATIONS & DRAINAGE PATTERNS 14 TX. SAGE L—_ LANDSCAPE PLAN IED TRUE NORTH RCM EDGING 44-3 IFarawst ri�- �'I..l••�I LEOPARD STREET NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXISTING VEGETATION SHRUBBERY AND ANY TREES AND DISPOSE OF PROPERLY. TREES TO BE GRUBBED OR GROUND TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 24". 14"DEPTH' 1Y" DEPTH EDGING AT BASE OF FENCE (INSIDE) LEGEND 4' OF US" MIXED GRAVEL/RIVER ROCK & FABRIC GIGNAC LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE Ran cena=..1-k. R1A01559 EDGING AT P.L. •■ STREETYARD LIMIT UNE GRAVEL DEPTH AT THAT SPOT LOCATION FOR POS SVE DRAINAGE CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. L1.0 CONSTRUCTION CUME 5 LANDSCAPE PLA SHEET of RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT A 25069 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK Work consists of, but Is not limited to: LANDSCAPING Complete installation of all Crepe Myrtle Trees, Mesquite Trees, Desert Wilow Trees, & Florida Saba! Palms Texas Sage. Mixed Gravel & fabric top dressing, grading & compost soil installation In accordance with plans specifications & construction documents. Contractor to supply and Install all requlmments of th& contract. Prepare the site for construction as specified. Site preparation to include sol work, backfiling, planting mix placement, and all grading as required for the plantings. Finish grades shall be approved by the Landscape Architect/Engineer prior to lopdressing LANDSCAPE WATERING All plantings areas shall be watered as needed to maintain a uniform healthy growth pattern. water shall be applied so that the soli is moist for planting beds. Contractor shall be responsible for all required watering and malntainence until acceptence. A. GENERAL NOTES 1. The construction areas contain underground electrical lines & pipe runs and conduits. The contractor shal verify said lines prior to excavation. 2. The bidder shall visit the site of the work and examine local conditions to be encountered. 3. Its the intent of the plans & specifications that the existing vegetation not be disturbed only as required to construct the proposed Improvements as shown on the drawings. 4. Contractor shall field verify a1 dimensions, and existing site conditions prior to bid submittal. B. LANDSCAPE NOTES 1. Contractor shall be responsible for any coordination w/ subcontractors as required to accomplish all landscape operations. 2. Planting sail backfill shall be In the following proportions: 2/3 new topsoil & 1/3 peat humus/compost. 3. Top dress all mass plantings w/ 4" of 1 1/2" of mixed gravel on a dewltt pro 5 fabric. 4. Provide one year warranty on all plantings. 5. Contractor to stake location of all trees for approval. 6. Edging to be Ye" x 4" bronze aluminum edging. Install at base of fence on gravel size. T. All planting areas shall be graded to a smooth, even and uniform plane with no abrupt change of surface prior to topdressing. Bevel soil where gravel contacts concrete, curb or flatwork. 8. Contractor to verify all quantities and bid his/hers verified quantities. 9. In all gravel beds where gravel contacts a curb or any flat work. Contractor shall taper the finish grade prior to top dressingto be 1"-1Y"so the water can flow over the curb or fiat work. LANDSCAPE CALCULATIONS ZONING -CI (REDEVELOPMENT) PRIMARY STREETYARDICO, STREETYARD soar LANDSCAPE AREA REQUIRED=15% LANDSCAPE AREA FRONDED= 01 LANmcAPE POINTS n PROVIDED= SO%TREE POINTS REQUIRE, TREF POINTS PROVIDED TOTAL POINTS PROVIDED OM CALCVUTION TREE POINTS o CREPE 0 uowi0 4 0 z i O'' uuPFw an PPT3.. TOTAL TREE PONT, S®uasanNFa/Pr.- 1403GALION®2PT5= TOTAL SHRUB POINTS= SKONDARY SIREETYARD 80%- STREET-YARD 80, 6.307 x 80% NAPE AREA RFOUIRED=Is% LANDSCAPE AR. PROVIDED LANDSCAPELAN PIS. PROVIDED DSCAPE IEO.02 SO%TREE POINTS RFOURFD= POINT CALCULATION 1 0 MPOINTS ESQUITE TREES 0 2 1/2" CALIPER 040 Prs. PIN. WILD OLIVE TREE 04" CALIPER COO Prs. EA. TOTAL TREE POINTS - LEOPARD ST. 12.270 S0.FT. 1.840 SOFT. 4.412 SO/PT. 24S PTS. 2se PR. 123 PTS. 200 PR. ass PTS. I40 PR. zoo PR. 28 PR. za Prs. Se PR. NUKES BAY BLVD. S.042 SO.m. 2 SO/FT. Ss SO/FT. 101 PR. 280 PIS. 8t PR. NO PR. 293 PR. PR. 240 PR. 280 PTS. LANDSCAPE CERTIFICATION I. ROSERT GIGNAC. A PROFESSONAL LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. DO BY CERTIFY THAT THESE PUNS SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS OF CORPUS CHRISTI LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE.ARncLE2,B. 0 DATE OSI tr2028 SIGNATURE` TYP. 'SAFE' CAP MINOR SOIL SAUCER, USE GOOD SOIL TOP OF ROOT BALL SHALL BEAR SAME RELATION TO FINISHED GRADE AS IT BORE TO PREVIOUS GRADE PLANT LIST QTY. NAME SIZE COMMENTS SPACING 14 18'N.4 s014, riot Lpay 4 „R, mml, T,,, 2112.. Chip„ As Sham 9 L.,m,�,a�e®hem S°SP,e., M,(d, i812045400INa u�,'co04222• 3G,a, , Wild Olive Tree 4 C*0e S.�LT .r•-R•NL.S•092.. A,SIw,, Ceram an9:„ s,, ,n,,. kt,,,,R 4 Sotol wheeler! 15 G,rn, A, Shown Desylron 4"s Go.Fe.etaw ace« 1 Mesquite Tree 21nCaliper sgl. TITS., 3s gl,.ra,..n HL, 02 sh2wn P R a uI� P v g. -s s1,a. c-rw. 4" OF TOPDRESSING TO BE FLUSH WITH TOP OF EDGING LANDSCAPE FABRIC COMPACT SUB SOIL 12° ALUMINUM STAKES CONCRETE WALK 8" OF PREPARED SOIL 11=11 HI III" 1 PREPARED BACKFILL MIX, COMPACT IN 6° LAYERS LOOSEN SUBSOIL TO DEPTH OF 4° 4" EDGING INSTALLATION AT CONCRETE WALK PLANTING DETAIL FOR MULTI -TRUNK TREES N.TS. MIXED GRAVEL BED CONCRETE CURB ROAD ARBORTIE WITH Y" GREEN HOSE W/ 10" WHITE FLAGGING TAPE 6' T POST ATTACH TO 3 MOST DOMINANT BRANCHES DRIVE INTO UNDISTURBED SOIL SET TREE PLUMB & IN CENTER OF PIT LANDSCAPE FABRIC 4" OF MIX GRAVEL TOPDRESSING PREPARED PLANTING MIX - COMPACT IN 6° LAYERS AGRIFORM TABLETS VERTICAL SIDES & CIRCULAR WALLS - SCARIFY SIDES OF PITS COMPACTED SUBSOIL TO FORM PEDESTAL TO TRIM LINE ALL LOWER FRONDS PREVENT SETTLING GIGNAC LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE Ran cen"=.ASIA. H1..4.1559 SET PLUMB & IN CENTER OF PIT. SET SO AS TO BEAR SAME RELATIONSHIP TO BACKFILL AFTER SETTLING AS PLANT BORE TO SOIL IN WHICH IT WAS GROWING TOPDRESS RIVER ROCK LANDSCAPE FABRIC AGRIFORM TABLETS AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION SCARIFY SIDES OF PR TO BREAK GLAZE PIT TO BE CIRCULAR / VERTICAL SIDES SHRUB PLANTING "PLANT PIT' FOR SHRUB SLOPE AS PER CIVIL PLANS —III LANDSCAPE FABRIC IIIIIIII II- III—III=1 SECTION OF GRAVEL AT CURB STAKE SAFE CAP MIX 4" OF BACKFILL w/ SUBSOIL & TAMP PRIOR TO PLANTING TIE FLORIDA SABAL PALMS WITH HEAVY TWINE IN TO PLACES ALLOWING WIND PENETRATION REDUCE TOP BY 60%AND TRIM FRONDS TIPS OP 3'-4' OF TIGHT HUSK TO REMAIN I�j TWIST TIE 3/4" HOSE TO TRUNK- —I TACK TO PREVENT SLIPPAGE 4° OF MIXED GRAVEL 4" WATERING WELL PLANTING MIX —III iS � — • GRIFORM TABLETS ILL=III''.III IIIIII. DETAIL FOR PLANTING OF FLORIDA SABAL PALMS N.T.S. CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. L1.1 CONSTRUCTION r'SCUMEI 5 a 10 LU W rn: CC 5 o2 I - cc= W u Z o: C a 7 " H CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, T%TSRD 025 W 0 Z J LU CL 0 0 N 0 Z J SHEET 24 a 110 RECORD DRA611NG NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT A 25069 LEGEND .. 1N'SALL VALVE. I' `r �"Mo`T 5H"owT,l I "I MAPPRO EOEQUAL a WATER METER (NOT SHOWN, © HUNTER XCORE «C-200} IRRIGATION CONTROLLER IRRIGATION SLEEVE SW 60 UT. LATERAL S. S.L. 34. SUPPLY LINE' ED. HUNTER LECTRIC ICV VALVE 1,11, • HUNTER ERAIN SENSOR MINI CUK W RELESS • ISOLATION VALVE LINE SIZE O.Oke NELSON QUICK COUPLERWUH 1 KEY AND SWIVELS SOLATKNN VALVE T I } HUNTER BUBBLER PLN10.1.0GPM 18 4 St - DRIP / TYP. 2 RING OF DRIP AROUND SHRUB L—_ IRRIGATION PLAN S.L RAN TRUE NORTH MORN 2 ROWS OF DRIP P.O.C. TAP NEW WATERLINE & PROVIDE ISOLATION VALVE FOR CONNECTION (SEE CIVIL UTILITY PLAN FOR WATERLINE SIZE & LOCATION) 2 ROWS OF DRIP CORDINATE ALL PIPING W/ FENCE LOCATION LEOPARD ST. VERIFY ACTUAL LOCATION OF IRRIGATION CONTROLLER IN MECHANICAL ROOM & RAIN SENSOR W/ PROJECT MANAGER PROVIDE A 1" SMOOTH SCH. 80 CONDUIT FOR CONTROLLER WIRES INTO ROOM TUNNEL UNDER WALK OR PROVIDE SLEEVES DPAHSIOH TUNNEL UNDER WALK GIGNAC LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE Ran cep =.�sLa, N1A.1559 ROWS OF DRIP 0 8 0 5 a CONSULTANT'S SHEET N0. L1.2 CONSTRUCTION CUME" S 7/31 /25 SHEET of RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT A 25069 E. IRRIGATION NOTES 1. Contractor shall conform to all codes & ordinances relevant to the work under this contract. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for all labor materials necessary to fuly execute & guarantee the work entailed In these contract documents. 3. Irrigation system layout Is diagrammatic exact locations of piping, valves & other componets shall be established by contractor and subcontractor In the field at time of installation and approved by project engineer & landscape architect. 4. All valves shall be placed In 10" & 24" jumbo valve boxes w/min. of 3" of gravel mix sump for drainage. Any valves that are in gravel provide tan color 5. Accurate as -built showing as min., valve location, supply line & sleeve location, will require along with all product information & operations manual at project close out. 6. Irrigator responsible for all coordination with the landscape contractor, general contractor and all subcontractors. 7. All necessary connections and fittings shall be supplied and installed by the irrigation contractor at the point of connection. Contractor to pay for all fees & permits. 8. The entire system shal be unconditionally guaranteed by the contractor against all defective workmanship and materials fora one year period following the date of acceptance. This Includes trench settlement. 9. Contractor shall obtain any required permits, adhere to all municipal codes, and follow standard and accepted local practices. 10. Pressure vacuum breaker shall be enclosed In a 'strong box' enclosure or approved equal. 11. Location of the irrigation controllers, rain sensors & pvb shall be approved by project engineer/landscape architect. 12. Irrigation controller & pvb shall be located in a planting bed If possible and approved by landscape architect. Actual location & mounting to be approved by landscape architect & project manager. Pvb shall be enclosed(lockable) & wlnterbed. Submit specifications &'cut sheets' for approval. 13. Irrigation contractor shall supply & provide power to all irrigation controlers. Coordinate power w/ GC and AEP. F. SUBSURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM PRODUCT: NETAFIM DRIP, 5/8' SIZE, .09 GPH, 12" EMITTERS, 15'-18' ROW SPACING. DEPTH TO BE 4" UNDER TOPDRESSING. INSTALL FILTER, PRESSURE REGULATOR, FLUSH VALVES, AND AIR VENT. AS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. INSTALLATION: 1. THE DRIP LINE SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A UNIFORM DEPTH & WIDTH. BURY BELOW THE TOP DRESSING. 2. PRESSURE TEST THE SYSTEM BEFORE COVERING TRENCHES FOR LEAKS PRIOR TO PLANTING. 3. PRE -IRRIGATE AREAS TO ENSURE THAT THE SOIL IS HYDRATED TO FIELD CAPACITY BEFORE PLANTING BEGINS. 4. PIN ALL DRIP LINES WITH 5" STAPLES 5' O.C. PLANTING : 1. PROVIDE A PROPER COMPACTED SUB GRADE PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE DRIP LINE LATERALS. 2. PLANT ALL TREES & SHRUBS PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE DRIPLINE LINES INSTALLATION STEPS: 1. ASSEMBLE & INSTALL FILTER, REMOTE CONTROL VALVE & PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY. 2. TAPE OR PLUG ALL OPEN ENDS WHILE INSTALLING THE DRIP LINE TO PREVENT DEBRIS CONTAMINATION REMOVE AFTER INSTALLATION. 3. INSTALL DRIP LINE IN UNIFORM ROWS. 4. INSTALL AIR VACUUM RELIEF VALVES AT THE ZONES HIGHEST POINTS. STAKE LOCATION FOR APPROVAL. 5. THOROUGHLY FLUSH SUPPLY HEADERS & CONNECT DRIP LINE LATERALS WHILE FLUSHING. FLUSH LINES & CONNECT LATERAL SUPPLY LINE. 6. INSTALL LINE FLUSHING VALVES & FLUSH EACH SEGMENT TO ENSURE THAT NO CONTAMINATION OCCURS. 7. INSTALL THE ENTIRE SUBSURFACE DRIP AS PER MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION GUIDE LINES AND AS DETAILED. 8. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DRIP INDICTORS ON ALL DRIP ZONES. 9. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PHOTOS OF ALL DRIP RUNS INSTALLED PRIOR TO TOPDRESS AND IN THE 'AS BUILTS' PLANS FOR REFERENCE & MAINTENANCE. 24,7 MINOR WATER WELL . 11 TUBING 24, • I • TREET ELBE II III III II II II ll1II ill III 111II 111 II I III III III- �1=1I �I-1- _ - 1=111 _MITI1 1I 11 1=I ICI -11111� I I- I I -III Ill -I I- Ili - III - III - I- I-1TI-T-III - III -I I - ill -I - 4. OF GRAVEL IANOSCAPE FABRICER,IGPM PRO FLEX SWING JONT: HUNTER PROFLEX MODEL PCN 10 BUBBLF, HSBE-050 ELBOWS (2), MARLS< W(1) LATERAL PPE TREE BUBBLER DETAIL FOR TREES & PALMS HIIRRI FR I OCATION/SPACING' FROM TRFF 24" ON BOTH SIDFS GIGNAC LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE Ran ce""=.ASLA. NIA Aryq C MAINLINE BOX FINISHED GRADE SERVICE EXPANSION COL FILTER PRESSURE REGULATOR PVC LATERAL VALVE E EXTENSION VALVE SUPPORTS REMOTE CONTROL VALVE PRESS. REG. AND FILTER FOR SUBSURFACE DRIP AXE ALL CRP IVIES a O.C. SUBSURFACE DRIPUNE SUBSURFACE DRIP DEPTH SHOULD BE 4BELOW TOP OF RIVER ROCK LANDSCAPE FABRIC S. STAPLES SEE IRRIGATION PLAN FOR DRIPLINE LATERAL SPACING, TYPICAL SPACING 24. 0.C. SUBSURFACE IRRIGATION INSTALLATION IN PLANTING FIRLSHED GRADE TOP OF VALVE BOX TO BE -1II1-I11 ;IIIIIIII _I IL 1 ooo00 'Fill/ITII o°° BRICK SUPPORTS.? PER P o VALVE BOX MINIMUM DIA WASHED PEA GRAVEL 6 MIN DEFER (FREE OF SOIL) N14 GAUGE WIRE -1II_III '10"VALVE Box 14' CIUICKCOUPLING VALVE ON SWING JOINT MAIN UNE °Ea sG�o�r.► ELBOW ORro E 1/3 END WE SIDE VIEW QUICK COUPLING VALVE CONSULTANT'S SHEET N0. L1.3 CONSTRUCTION N'SCUMEv S a �d 4 CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78400 SHEET 26 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT A 25069 NOTES: bRGOROIH rEEYo AND SLEEVES THROUGHOUT THE STRUCTURE, SLAB DEPRESSIONS, FLOOR S, INSERTS AND OTHER RELATED ITEMS BPER . FRAME FOR FRAMING MEMBERSFS AND FOR AS OPENINGS EXCEPT WHERE SO INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. C. IPE ZLE AST CRITERIA, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS: THROUGH BEAMS- 3.' MAX DIA , ,I, MIN CLEAR BETWEEN SLEEVES THROUGH SLABS S. MAX DIA., 6.' MIN CLEAR BETWEEN SLEEVES, D. CONDUITS ANO PIPES MAY BE EMBEDDED WITHIN A SLAB, WALL, OR BEAM ONLY IF CONSTRUCTED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 6.3 OF ACI 318. E VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN THE FIELD BEFORE STARTING THE WORK F. BEFORE BEGINNING CONST,CTION, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS FOUND IN THE DRAWINGS ND/ore FIELD DIMENSIONS. STNc STreuciurees ARE S OWN ON mE oRAWwcS FOR CURITY rai. VERIFY L DIXMENSIONS. ELEVATIONS ANDH iWE OF CONSTRUCTION OF THOSE STRUCTURES AND OEcRCHICs rREINNINGNEW CONSTRUCTIONS OF ANY INTERFERENCESNTIFYRosTTMIGHT H STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. WHERE LINTELS ARE NOT OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED,LINTELS IN BRICK AL LS OR BRICK FACING SHALL CONSIST 3/D HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED, FOR EACH NOMINAL THICKNESS ES MASONRY T NOT THAN EQUALI. lEA,T,B,E00ArIZTOInL DRAWINGS FOR ALL WATERPROOFING AND J. DESIGN LIVE LOADS ROOF DECK ARE, 50 0 PSF LL K. DESIGN WIND LOAD: Vult = 155.0 = 120 MPH, (THREE SECOND GUST) EXPOSURE, L. DETAILS ARE TYPICAL, H WORK AT APPROPRIATE ATI N. M. THE CONTRACT STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS REPRESENT THE FINISHED STRUCNRE AND EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN 00 NOT INDICATE THE METHOD OR MEANS OF CONSTRUCTON. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPERVISE AND DIRECT THE WORK AND SHALL BE ELASDEONSIBLLE F R ALL CCNSTRUOPON MEANS, METHODS, FOR N. THE,STRUCTURE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO RESIST DT. LOADSAONLYLAS,AmCOMPLETED BRACING, FORMWORK, AND ANY OTHER SUPPORTING ELEMENTS PROVIDED FOR CONSTRUCTON OF THE STRUCTURE DURING ERECTION AND UNTIL ALL PERMANENT CONNECTIONS ARE MADE, ThIE CONTRACTOR MUST DE TEMPORARY BRACING TO BRACE THE STRUCTURE IN ALL DIRECTIONS P. THE ENGINEER SHALL NOT HAVE CONTROL OR CHARGE OF AND SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR NITRES, SEQUENCE, OR PROCEDURES FOR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS IN DOCUMENTS. CONTRACT Q. ENCONREPORTING CHECK DSCDIMENSIONS. CONDITIONS. NEW AND EXISTING) NYICRPANIETHINEEBEFOEPROOCEDINANY PHASE OF THE WORK AS HE WILL BE RESPONSIBLETHE WORK FOR ALL FITTING AS PROCEEDING BY THE DRAWN. AND SPECIFICATIONS. R. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND SIZES OF SMALL MECHANICAL OPENINGS, SLEEVES, ETC NOT SHOWN ON THE STRUONRAL DRAWINGS. S. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL FINISHES, DIMENSIONS OF SLAB DRDP CHAMFERS, ETC. T. -,FnpUoS,LOr, RNEoprOADAUTAILOF THE DESIGN STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SHOP DRAWING U THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY, PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, THAT THE NEW STRUCTURE WILL NOT CONFLICT WITH ANY EXISPNG UTILITIES. IF CONFLICTS ARISE, NOTIFY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, AND SHALL STOP THE WORK UNTIL AN APPROPRIATE SOLUPON TO THE CONFLICTS AE FOUND, AND THE CONTRACTOR IS GIVEN WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED WI, THE WORK. 2. CONCRETE: A CONCRETE PSI DRILLED 28 DAYS, 3000 LED PILES. 4000 PSI SUSPENDED SIAB AND GRADE BEAMS AND ALL OTHER CONCRETE NOT OTHERWISE SPECIFIED C. INCLUDE AIR ENTRAINING. ADMIXTURE IN ALL CONCRETE THAT WILL BE EXPOSED TP THE WEATHER. 3. A. MEREINFORCING; as R ES B. #3 STIRRUPS. ASTM A615-40 C. ALL OTHER DAR, ASTM A615-60 D. DET-AIL, FABRICATE AND PLACE ALL REINFORCING ACCORDING TO THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF CRSI E. PROVIDE CHAIRS, BOLSTERS. AND ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH CRSI F. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. OVIDE FOR NG S FOLLOWS 3" FOR CONCRETE DEPOSITED AGAINST THE EARTH 1N1/2" TOP COVER FOR SLAB ON GRADE 4. CONCRETE FINISHES: A. STEEL TROWEL: INTERIOR FLOOR SURFACES B. BROOM. EXTERIOR WALKING AND DRIVING SURFACES C. JITTERBUG: FLOORS TO RECEIVE HARD TILE REFER TO ARCH., D. REMOVE BURRS AND PROJECTIONS FROM EXPOSED FORMED CONCRETE 5. FOUNDATION: A. A GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION FOR THIS PROJECT WAS CONDUCTED BY UES & TESTING LABORATORY INC. CORPUS CHRISTNTEXAS TI REPORTON JOB AVAILABLE G NOF FICES DATED 0-14-2025OF THE COPIES OF THE REPORT OF THE ALLOWABLE UNIT SKIN FRICTION VALUES DDURFACEH BELLOOW EXIISTING GROUND BEE UNIT SKIN FRICTION (PSF) ATION SURC ON 0-5 16-2J 350 C. DESTINATION EXAMPLE AMETEK 2 F PILE IN 88ka Iy INCHES / 4 FEET BELOW 0'-0 A TEST PILE EXCAVATION SHALL BE PERFORMED AT THE SITE TO VERIFY w CTOWS CONSTRUCTION METHOD AND WATER TABLE. SLIGHT ADJUSTMENTS MAY BE REQUIRED. ALL PILES DRILLED MUST BE POURED SAME DAY, NO EXCEPTIONS TEMPORARY STEEL CASING OR SLURRY DISPLACEMENT METHOD OF PILE INSTALLATION WILL BE REQUIRED. isx B 4 ,4-G' B w9x6-0" DOWELS P DOWELS REQUIRED REQUIRED P REOUIRED P PILE B 8T VERTICAL @3 r 5. ANCHOR BOLTS,ASTM A307 GALVANIZED INCLUDING WASHERS. A. ANCHOR BOLTSBOLTSSHALL BE PLACEDIN ALL EXTERIOR BEAMS AND THOSE INTERIOR BEAMS SUPPORTING WALLS SUBJECTED O UPLIFT LOADS. B. SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 5/e INCHES DIAMETER AND SHALL BE EMBEDDED A MINIMUM OF 6 BOLTS INTOTHECO. H.D.G.E SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH ANCHOR BOLT IN EXTERIOR WALLS AND IN WALLS SUBJECT TO UPLIFT LOADS. D. ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHIN 6. TO 12. OF THE END OF EACH PLATE. E. MAXIMUM SPACING OF 24, 0.C. ORS/WINDOWS ENGINEEIR F SUBMITTED TO PRIOR T CT/ INSTALLATION. ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIODMPO NENTS /CLADDING ANDAR000FIN9 SHALL ALSO PRIOR TO 8TT EXTERIOR IORS/WIINDOWS SHALLNW BE IMPACT NOTE: ALL NEW Rs W WS SHALL STOREFRONT SYSTEMS H.D.G. OR STAINLESS STEEL NI, 316 ANCHORS, SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS SPECIFIC COMPONENT. SUBMIT ALL SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION TO SATISFY TDI WINDSTORM COMPLIANCE. DISSIMILAR MATERIALS: WHERE ALUMINUM IS IN CONTACT OR FASTENED TO DISSIMILAR MATERIALS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO REQUIRINSTALLATION SERIES STAINLESS STEEL MAY BE PLACED COMPONENT AND CLADDING - METHOD 1 FIGURE 6-3 ENCLOSED BUILDINGS DESIGN WIND PRESSURES WALL & ROOF BASIC WIND SPEED = 120 MPH EXPOSURE -00C Vult = 155.0 GABLE ROOF (Cr - T) STRUCTU.1 STEEL: A ASTM A3,5 IN CE WITH AISC B. WIDE FLANGE SECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO A992/A572-50. C. FRAMINGR SECURING OTHER WORK TO STRUCTURAL STEEL AND FOR PASSAIGE OFRED OOTHER WORK THROUGH STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS. 10. BOLTS ASTM A325 OR STRONGER. HOT DIPPED GALVANIZE. 11. WELDING. IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS. 12. EXPANSION BOLTS: A. KWIK BOLTS BY .HILTI. OR APPROVE D EQUAL GALVANIZED. B. INSTALL IN STRICT COMPLIANCE w/ MANUFACTURES RECOMMENDATIONS. WOOD FRAMING NOTES: 1. LUMBER A. SOUTHERN PINE NO. 2 OR D.E. R EQUAL. B. STRESS RATING ON SP LUMBER SHALL NOT BE BELONG 2. DE GALVANIZED UP APPR ALL OVED VED L VERIFY. SELECTION OF CONNECTOR WITH ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3 LBE PROVIDED E (ARP IN AC REQUIRSTENERrSTHHAELTBMRKIDOEN EMENTS. TORM QNGONNToa Lv. H rrs H.O.G. USX' 2 of E" Roos G.G SPACED 5/8" xl/a GALV WASHER (. aR ��3dot'"r 1 5/G' COX SHEARWALLS SHALL BE A-S1 EXTERIOR CORNER STUD DETAIL PECIFICATIONS. S SPECIFIED SHALL BE NAILED AND INSTALLED AS PER MANF. 4. ROOF DECKING: 3/4" C NAILS FOR ROOF AND WALL SHEATHING WILL BE ALLOWED. RE -NAILING WILL BE REQUIRED. H.D.G. 5. 5/B" C .. H.D.G. NAILS. 6. A GALVANIZED HURRICANE CONNECTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ME, UPLIFT LOAD ON APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS OF ROOF RUSSES. COORDINATE WITH ENGINEER FOR PROPER SELECTION OF ]. ERTQUATERNARY (ACP) IS CONNECTORS. PLATES. THEN STAINLESS STEEL CONNECTORS WILL BE REQUIRED A WITH S.S. NAILS, OR TRIPLE ZINC G-185 CONNECTORS. 8. SUBMIT STRAPPING SCHEDULE TO ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL. A CONTINUOUS TIE SHALL BE MADE FROM ROOF TO SOLE PLATE. 9. PROVIDE GALVANIZED FLAT STRAPS AT ALL HEADERS/BEAM LOCATION VERIFY STRAP W/ENGINEER 10. PROVIDE BEAM WIDMI MUMREQ2FS 5) 2XB VERTICAL STUDS. X8 STUDS UNDER ALL BEAM RING LOCATIONS TO EXCEED WIDTH OF BEAM. EX SHALL1, CONTRACTOR SUBMIT TDI PRODUCT EVALUATION TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL SUBMIT FOR ROOFING BY ANTHONY POWER BEAM DR APPROVAL EQUAL PROVIDE STANDARD CAMBER IN CLULAM BEAM GLULAM BEAM DESIGN STRESSES PRODUCT COMBINATION FLEXURAL SS F (,20 TENSION ZONE STRESSED IN TENSION TO GRAIN EAR FH(P O (psi)'OF MOE ANTHONY POWER BEAM 2.800 1.300 805 300 2.100,000 ALL GwLAMS WILL REQUIRE FIAT STRAPS AT ENDS OR EDUAL WITH TIE BOLTS (B-S5). 13 LAMINATED BEAMS ALLOWABLE DESIGN STRESSES PRODUCT FLEXURAL (Psi) TENSION ZONE COMPRESSION COMPRESSION VRIMIDICULAR HORIzoNTAL OF DULOTM FerI VERSA-LAM BEAMS 285 2,000,000 BARRIER 14. 15 MIL VAPOR RETARDER: 1 MATERIALS A VAPOR (PER ON). WHEN THE SPECIFICATIONS OF DIFFERENT FOLLOWINGSECTIONS CONFLICT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM TO THE MOST RESTRICTIVE PROVISION. 1. VAPOR BARRIER MEMBRANE MUST HAVE THE 2. F LESS THEN 0.01 PERMS [GRAIN/FHR*RIN. HG)]S PER ASTM F 1249 OR 3. SS PER Savow e, * ,1I2.HAN]D A1117 4_ ASTM E 1745 CLASS A STELA WRAP 15- MIL VAPOR BARRIER BY STELA INDUSTRIES LLC, 949.257.4100 b. VAPOR GUARD BY GRIFFOLYN, 713.507.4251, WWW.REEFINDUSTRIES.COM c. ZERO -PERM, BY ALIMISEAL, 800.235.2313, WWW.AWMISEALCOM 2 AOCESSORIEs SEAM TAPE: 1. TAPE MUST HAVE THE FOLLOWING QUALITIES: a. WATER VAPOR TRANSMISSION RATE AST, E 96 0.3 PERMS OR LOWER 2. SEAM TAPE a. STEGO TAPE BY STEGO INDUSTRIES LLC. SAN CLEMENTE, CA (949) 257-4100 B. 1 G QUALITIES: a. R VAPOR TRANSMISSIONRATEASTM E 96 0.3 PERMS OR LOWER TIC 2 a�STEGO EU MASTIC STEGO INDUSTRIES LLC, SAN CLEMENTE. CA (949) 257-4100 WWW C. PIPE BOOTS 1 CONSTRUCT PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE MASTIC PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 3 INSTALLATION: A INSTALL VAPOR BARRIER/RETARDER 1_ INSTALLATION NDOLL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND ASTM E BARRIER/RETARDERa UNROLL VAPOR WITH THE LONGEST DIMENSION PARALLEL WITH THE DIRECTION OF THE POUR o. LAP VAPOR BARRIER/RETARDER OVER FOOTING OR SEAL TO FOUNDATION WALLS. dINCHES NS (INCLUDNG PIPES) PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS NO PENETRATION OF THE VAPOR XCEPT FOR REINFORCING STEEL AND PERMANENT UTILITIES. e. REPAIR DAMAGED AREAS BY GUTTING PATCHES OF VAPOR BARRIER/RETARDER. OVERLAPPING DAMAGED AREA 6" INCHES AND TAPING ALL FOUR SIDES WITH TAPE. 1s.cARToN LAB DEPTH) FORMSA VOID BY R EQUAL. SHE, C.PROVIDEINSTALLATION4 OF CARTON FORMS SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANU R COLOR. SKREVQID BACKFILL RETAINER HIGH DENSITY DR APPROVED WHITE IN 17 EPDXY: HILTI HIT -RE 5D0 V3 EPDXY ADHESIVE OR APPROVED EQUAL W-FS ALKERSON 9, SANDERS, INC. STRUCTURAL DIGINEERING irsl-B53-2,1 OFFICE 3,1-77.1-1373 CELL CONSULTANTS SHEET Na I DOCUMENT DOCU DETENTION CENTER CONCEPT DESIGN STRUCTURAL NOTES SHEET 27 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-693 CITY PROJECT #25069 112 e r zags Mr •1 I . I - Dsa zazlo - - • Q §§ T �- II 4 BTre vI I U 1 -> S4 24,20 q�e 2-. 41: 12a,= " 2ao., II, L'AILN,Ihimrizio „slg 1n,rz'�L : . ___ __` J ALTERNATE )1) SLAB SHALL HAVE MINIMUM .6- OF SELECT FILL DELOV,LAD ON GRADE RO C Le OEEACH REINFORCE IA0 PROVIDE 1 V2WTHOP COMER USERS 1201/MELS DETAILED ON POTION NENCTv 5" 5,B ON CRADLE SHALL BE FSI. , ST �E ®� 1. ilMEMN � r® • lEkW•Inlinghl I L 1 1® ®® ®1®11I4 I®1 IPI Plan North Foundation Plan GRAFHIC SCALE IN FEET = NEG. FINISH FLOOR BLF AS REC. ems. LAP 0 HERUNDERREAM New Sally Port Pier Only 3" SLAB ON GRADE Re. 1'e� MATS OF P5 DOWELS UP MATCH REINF b A-S2 - Dumpster Enclosure OF,PHIC SCALE IN FEET 41 I DEEP BOND BEAM RE W/ 2 #4 CONT. 8' VERTICAL F. REIN #5 ER ICAL®,' C. IN GROUT FILLED CELLS PROVIDE 8" SLAB TIP''EA,10214. LCRACM 18 CNETT BEEN!' eaTO WAY B S2 NDARD �-�� PROCTOR COVER AS IN B52 BEAM RE 3# TOP . #3 25 O.C. ESLEASTANDARD BEAD IgINF. AS C-S2 REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS OE CONCRETE CONSTRUCT,. GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET INSPECTION PSEPEITAIIE INSPECTION REFERENCE I INSPECT REINFORCEMENT AND VERIFY PLACEMENT ACI 3118. Cn. 20, 25.2. 2 INSPECT ANCHORS CAST IN CONCRETE 3 1,270,ANCHORS POST -INSTALLED IN HARDENED CONCRETE SUSTAINED TENSION LOADS. D MECHANICAL ANCHORS AND ADHESIVE ANCHORS NOT DEFINED IN 4,0 4. VERIFY USE OF REQUIRED DESIGN MIt 19081. 19082 5. PRIOR TO CONC.. PLACEMENT FABRICATE SPECIMENS FOR STRENGTH TESTS, PERFORM SLUMP ANO AIR CONTENT TESTS, AND DETERMINE THE TEMPERATURE OE THE CONCRETE 6. TECHNIQUEONC ETE PLACEMENT FOR PROPER APPLICATION VERI, MAINTENANCE OF SPECIFIED CURING TEMPERATURE AND TECHNIQUES ' INSPECT FORMWORK FOR SHAPE, LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF THE CONCRETE MEMBER BEING FORMED. ACI 318. 2E11.42() REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS OF CAST -IN -PLACE DEEP FOUNDATION ELEMENTS TYPE INSPECTION INSPECTION 1. INSPECT DRILLING OPERATIONS AND MAINTAIN COMPLETE AND POGUE,. RECORDS FOR EACH ELEMENT. 2. VERIFY PLACEMENT LOCATIONS AND PWMBNESS, CONFIRM ELEMENT DIAMETERS, BELL DIAMETERS (IF APPLICABLE). LENGTHS, EMBEDMENT INTO BEDROCK (IF APPLICABLE) AND ADEQUATE END -BEARING STRATA CAPAGtt. RECORD FeR,C3ONCRETE ELEMENTS. PERFORM TESTS AND ADDITIONAL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1205.3 3 #7 BOTTOM CONT. B-S2 67-31-2025 W-FS STRUCTURAL ENGINEEER!. Le-35372E71 OFFICE 361-774-1373 CELL CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. S2 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT NI W CC IY CC M W 02 Zcc DETENTION CENTER CONCEPT DESIGN FOUNDATION PLAN / DETAILS SHEET## of ### RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-693 CITY PRDJECT 025069 C22!) o ill see" ,5-B B qB"°. tt ,6 II II � II ,i1 _Il' 2 YLICEMMISI W' )g, 4 3.— , � e IF"- 41. \ILP o IIIl�JIIfi!n'kJ� T,SP \z. s «. : ..�oM l DEMOLISH 11111110E ER Mwri" SLAB ON GR EXISTING 5. ENE ,1111111111 Bar II I E.1 ilitlidi 111-m ' ,n IMMO I O iiliui 0; p,EasIBTING EN/ 7" SUSPENDED LAB Plan North Floor Framing Plan \■I GRAPHICET WITH A CONTINUOUS BOTTOM MAT OF AB @1,0.C. EACH ,AV TO ARCH. mVGS. REINFORCING PLACING SEQUENCE PLACE1. TBBOLSTERS . MAX, 4'-0"0.C. L LOWER LAYER OF M MAT BARS B.@12-O.G.) ? ADDED BOTTOM BARS (B) 0. UPPER LAYER OF BOTTOM TT NI MA.T BARS(. 11"O.CA(B) S ADDED LOVER LAYER OF TOP PARS (T) 7. UPPER LAYER OF TOP BARS (T) 711. NOTE ENGINEERIS AVAILABLE FOR PRE<ONSRUCTION CONFERENCE ON PLACING OF REINFORCING STEEL HIGH CHAIRS, SLAB BOLSTERS AND SUPPORT BARS SHALL BE RRONDE PROVIDE TRUSS JOINT DOWELS TO MAW H VERTICAL GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET PROVIDE TRUSS JOINT VERTICAL DOWELS TO iT VERTICAL IN EACH OF (LIGHTWEIGHT) C5 VERTICAL ORNRS TY,. 2 2 (LIGHTWEIGHT) 7 VERTICH CAL3 CELLS AT IN A—S3 Is 1 z" TO MATCH VERTICAL B—S3 (LIGHTWEIGHT) PROVIDE TRUSS /7.--ss"NPE31D VERTICALLY C—S3 07-31-2025 w+s STRUCTURAL ENGNEEINC. G alsn:EE 11 CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT N w CC Q w C LU a+ 4 F cn E 0 m DETENTION CENTER CONCEPT DESIGN FLOOR FRAMING PLAN / DETAILS SHEET## of ### RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-693 CITY PRDJECT #25069 2025 TO DOWELS MTNOFH VERTICAL FRICTION PILE PILE GRAPH. SCALE IN FEET EwsnNG ET. 2 #6 5. uP 15N° 'EPDXY' ET PORTION OF DOWEL VENEER ORESUHUUT FILLED VERIFY Cow IV V VERTICAL SUSPENDED CELLS 7" SUSPENDED SLABSUSPENDED BOTON RFESEOUEGCE BOTTOM REIN SEQUENCE BOTTOM E NF SEE REIN' i sEo EN2E 85 CARTON FORMS 2EA8 TOP COLT. 0" CARTON FORMS BETWEEN PILES A—S4 8. CARTON FOR, BEAM 9 TOP COP, ®IRRuPoO. 2 #9 BOTTOM CO, E—S4 LTJ IMMIZESEEMELV 8" CARTON FORMS BY SUREV00 OR EQUAL nsLEVAV1,Y SUSPENDED TOP REINF. BOTTOM REINF f NIWIP2a 8" CARTONS 15 MIL V., EXISTING SUSPENDED GRADE BEAM PIERS pfi PIN DOWELS AS IN K—S4 CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. 2 STOP PILE AT CONSTRUCTION GRADE 3 FORM 18'318' PLINTH e a„Wz/ aI=LEnTAF.. HOUAO G). B. Wi PILE BOWELS INTO B—S4 7" SUSPENDED SLAB COVER AS IN A-S4 8" CARTON FORMS F—S4 G—S4 vENSEEeD PIN DOWELS SET IN PRE -DRILLED 10. EMBED COVER AS IN A-S4 BACKFILL BY O OR EQUAL 0010 FRICTION PILE TOP REIN, BOTTOM REINF CARTON FORMS 2 a H—S4 PILE AS IN A-S4 AM REINF 2E AL9 TOP CENT 8"ARTO FORMS BETWEENPILES C—S4 RETAINERS FRICTION PILE BASE o OR TO NEW S,B EUT,I,NG PIER UNDERREAM PIN DOWELS SET IN 1, 18 EMBED PILE 7. SUSPENDED SLAB AS IN A-54 COVER AS IN 8" CARTON FORMS BEAM 2 #8 CONT BETWEEN10 MS CARTONN FO ONT. D—S4 REMAIN TOP HINE BOTTOM REIN 5 A 8CARTON FORMS J—S4 W-FS WILKERSON STRUCTURAL EGINE! N3613353,, OFFICE CONSULTANNTSA SHEET NO. S4 CONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENT N LU CC , d aw ce u_ z cc 1- Z (-9 to w U Z - O - U w H Lu 0 Z O H Z w uJ w 0 FLOOR DETAILS 0 SHEET 30 Df 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-693 CITY PRDJECT #25069 2025 A 1., minladm ',, IMENIMMINEM ° cu"saIIIIA.aEas ini, 1 1 1II tt 1- I la =OZN i` I�"°� ,,°RAFT �N�°�o, , I 1141 r I I ' m LEE�s� I� �.I. RE MMR�IId lj it BEE IL Ilokk iussiatitaii 1Ittl 1 7I rMa-MI Plan North Roof Framing Plan \■I GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET T sA° ° �) 0RAFTER HANGERS 2.41, RAFTERS VEF;F SVEIRCH FOR ROOF SLOPE VERIFY PlanoA_S5 - Upper Level Roof Nrth Framing Plan \■I RnFcALEiNREE° �,EREnD., B-S5 GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET 47 VERTICAL PLATE ON TOP MIN. 10" EMBED EPOW PLATE EE°ANCHOR ° a;-T a o EXISTING STRUCTURAL CLAY TILE GROUT FILL 07-31-2025 W-FS STRUCTURAL ENGINEER!. ir31-B53-2,1 OFFICE 381-77.1-13, CELL CONSULTANTS SHEET Na CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT DETENTION CENTER CONCEPT DESIGN ROOF FRAMING PLAN SHEET## of ### RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-693 CITY PRDJECT 025069 rAsTP SEE ARCH. EE ARCH. LINTEL BEAM STIRUP 2.#6 BOTTOM COW INSULATION CDX PLYWOOD DECK NAIL RATTOERS SIMPSON TOP BEAM T B TREATED TREATED E BLOCKING COM BOLTS 12 SIMPSON /2- A-S6 TREATED FASCIA W/ CO,13,0 w/B SEE ARCH. W/ M5 VERTICAL 18" HORIZONTAL BEND AT TOP GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET SEE 5E' CDX 2x10a RAFTERS DECK NAIL BLOCKING TRIMMED SIMPSON CLIP (1) 22.9 rAFTV TREATED (1) 2x 8 TREATED PLATES AS IN C-56 D-S6 SEE ARCH. 3/4' CEO( PLYWOOD 228 OUTLOOKERS 12" O.C. CUT TO ARCHITECTS SHAPE 2x10 BLOCKING Ai W VD":, H.D.C. SCREWS1:0 G-S6 W/ #5 VERTICAL rLT WIPE 18' HORIZONTAL BEND AT TOP NOTE: CONDUIT MUST BE LOCATED WITHIN 18. OF PLACE SLOPE CDX PLYWOOD DECK NAIL 2x10 SR O.C. SIMPSON "H2.SA' H.D SEE PIAN B-S6 3/. CLOPE DECK RMR SEE FOR CUT ER OND BEAM µ2P B#4 DONT 2x10 RAFTERS SIMPSON 8" DEEP BOND BEAM W/ 2 #4 E-S6 SPE ARCH. Vz/ #Mu REINF RCH DAMPPRV= R A FAA RRRFING CLAY IL ErA WALL l • ADD 16 GA PLATE E W;°(I2) 0.148,/, H D G NAILS rOnECKING H-S6 PLWOCO E/Y.. C. 2x10 DECK NAIL ® 12 O.C. BLOCKING SIMPSON ARfRH (1) 2x TREATED PLATES /1E/2'6 AEl'AN2'LTTES C-S6 SIMPSON BT 22 GA. ALV. TIES ®16712. E SPACING (1ERY 1 33 SF) NEW 8' CMU INPFILL @ EOUIING BLOCK AS REQUIRED F-S6 W-FS FNILKERSON STRUCTURAL ENGNEEER!.361-B53-2,1 OFFICE CONSULTAS�HEETNO TION DOCUCONSTRMENT DETENTION CENTER CONCEPT DESIGN ROOF FRAMING DETAILS SHEET 32 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-693 CITY PRDJECT 825069 REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION TYPE CDNTINDODS INSPECTION PERIODIC INSPECTION REFERENCE 1. INSPECT REINFORCEMENT AND VERIFY PLACEMENT 2. INSPECT ANCHORS CAST IN CONCRETE 3. INSPECT ANCHORS POST —INSTALLED IN HARDENED CONCRETE SUSTAINED TENSION LOADS. B MECHANICAL ANCHORS AND ADHESIVE ANCHORS NOT DEFINED IN 4.a. a. VERIFY USE OF REQUIRED DESIGN MIX. 5 PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEME BRICATE SPECIMENS FOR STRENGTH TESTS, PERFORM SLUMP AND AIR CONTENT TESTS, AND DETERMINE THE TEMPERATURE OF THE CONCRETE ACI 318: 26.5. 26.12 5 `..ZZIotri,A,TTENANCE OF SPECIFIED CURING TEMPERATURE AND 7. INSPECT FORMWORK FOR SHAPE, LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF THE CONCRETE MEMBER BEING FORMED. ACI 3, e. 26.11.1.2(6 REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS of us —IN —PLACE DEEP FOUNDATION ELEMENTS TYPE INSPECTION PERIO INSPECTION ION 1. INSPECT DRILLING OPERATIONS AND MAINTAIN COMPLETE AND ACCURATE RECORDS FOR EACH ELEMENT. 2. VERI, PLACEMENT LOCATIONS AND wwMBNES , CONFIRMADEQUATE LEMENTDL STRATA IAMETERS BEIAM,cERS (IF APPLICABLE). C 3. FMSONCRETE ELEMENTS. PERFORM TESTS AND ADDITIONAL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1705.3 REFER TO ARCH. BLOC G AS C-Sti rr RAFTERS rp, C.C. CIJPATEACHRAFTER 141 s.1r OX PLYWOOD 12, C� W. SI saMPSoN DEEP s coNT. BEAN A-S7 ��56oC. AS IN GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET w+s ALKERSON STRUCTURAL EGNEE! N.i61-B53-201 OFFICE CONSULTANTS THEETNO. S7 CONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENT DETENTION CENTER CONCEPT DESIGN STRUCTURAL INSPECTIONS / DETAILS SHEET 33 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-693 CITY PROJECT #25069 SITE KEYNOTES EEL NOTE DECORGSVE wTOLIA, SWINGING EX, GATES. BACKUP GENERATOR• RE ELECTRICAL & PLUMPING. GENERATOR PAD• RE CTRICN, KNOX GATE CORP, PANEL LIMITED TO GATE POSE PRP-PALL VINYL COATED MNI,IESH CHAINLINK FENCE AND TOP EMERGENCY DETAINEE ENCLOSURE• RE CIVIL AI.2. EAISP NG SIDEWALK. NEW CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND RALIPS• RE CIVIL PAINTED TRIFING• RE'. CIVIL T PPICAL• RE. OLL LANDSCAPED APEA• RE LANDSCAPING. ACCESSIBLE PARKING NEN• RE,A1.3. PAINTED DIRECTIONAL STRIPING RE. CI, CARD READER ACCESS CONTROL PANEL AND KNOX CONTROL PANEL ON DOUBLE CONTROL SYSTEM PEDESTAL • RE &AU. CZ VEGA., EQUIPMENT PAD. RE MECHANICAL FOP EP/CIPHER, RE STRUCTURAL FOR CNN ORNAMENTAL ALUMINUM FENCING• RE,OL ALITIOLIAP C GATE OPERATOR• PRO, DE CONCRETE PAD PER MANUFACTURER MAGNETIC LOOP GATE OPENER HOLDER CARD READER ACCESS CONTROL PANEL CR SINGLE CONTROL SASTEM PEDESTAL 9,0" VINYL COATED VINI4IESH CHAN CNN OA,VITH MOROSE LOCK PILO" ORNAMENTAL PEDESTRIAN GAT, RE: 7,, IC HEADER CURB AROUND EMERGE. DETNNEE ENCLOSURE PERRIETER• RE: SALL SITE LICHEN, RE ELECTRICAL 01. DIAMETER CONCRETE POLLARD• PE. P. &CM& CARD READER ACCESS PANEL ON EACH SIDE DE GATE. MOUNT TO FENCE POST. NNE DIA ALUMINUM TUBE H„NDR„ILSPGUARGR„ILSAS REDUREO FOR AwENSNG,, RE BLILLPHON SRA, RE LANDSCAPE BACNFLOV/ PRE /ENTER PL PAD RE CI, CUPP CUT AND FLUE,E CALL NOTE. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE& TALL FULL CUSTOM PRINT CONSTRUCTION FENCE SCREEN AITH REPEATING GRAPHICS AND TEXT. GRAPHICS AND TEXT TO PE PROVIDED PI ARCHITECT. ORIGINAL DETENTION EXPANSION E S ACES 1 SITEPLDAN 031 II) CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A1.1 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS H U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 OVERALL SITE PLAN SHEET 34 m 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 JCVE CAP NATE 5 GN WI -HRH LETTE NOEENFOR E.Ci TEXT 11,E. PAINT-0VATCR FENCE CrWII TOP G.C.EID GRADE RE UAL 0 EXIT /ENTRY ONLY SIGN s�ALE ,a -,.� ETE IVL "N"ETE FPNNDAIIONCRE=� e CONCRETE BOLLARD HEIGHT SOLID PIC, TOP OURSE PRIVACY SLATS As SPECIFIIEL 9 pUMPSTER ENCLOSURE - EAST S�,LE ,.D ,'r S TrearrP&:- 4' HEIGHT SOLID KC= GATE WI, m"—" cFr`0csUFE CHAINLINK GATES AND POSTS 0 8 DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE - ENLARGED PLAN scnLE DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE - NORTH ELEV. 7 ELEVAION NEW C BEYOND GALVANIZED NAM. FENCING VVIT-11 2" NIJED CORNERS 12" CONCRETE HEADER.. FINISHED GRADE RE CI, LINK FENCE 5 PAVING EDGE DETAIL GDA<E ,.D VINYL COKrED CHAIN KNOX BOX MOUNTING PLATE' RE - GATE OPE 4 }<NOX BOX MOUNTING PLATE DETAIL EMERGENCY DETAINEE ENCLOSURE - WEST ELEVATION 6 GALE „a s�LE G,G LD /—T R NnieENTAL FENCE ORNAIENTAL FENCE CRAIN LINK ENCLOSURE RE. G.A1.2 VINYL COATED MINI... DIAIN LINK FABRIC waN LINK ENCLOSURE, RE 6, EMERGENCY DETAINEE ENCLOSURE - SOUTH ELEVATION 3 KNOX BOX RE. DETAIL 6,11:2 EMERGENCY DETAINEE ENCLOSURE - NORTH ELEVATION 2 R�LE Ea ES LCONCRETE BELOWRECIVIL 7 SEC 1 EMERGENCY DETAINEE ENCLOSURE - ENLARGED PLAN ODI NOR NH 11:Ell CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. A1.2 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 1- U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 ENLARGED SITE PLANS & SITE DETAILS SHEET 35 of 110 RECORD DRASI NG NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 A EOFCURB FACE 0= CVRR� Agorow., pEomm E ENCEPOSSTT MAIN SO. FENCE PICKET CURB RE C.IM L CONTRACTOR 11 11 1 11Idi II II I � !I II IIIIIIII Eli1IIII mmmll Y�I -11BIA IIkTI SW1.1.1S HYDRAULIC GATE CLOSER , LOCKEY Te2w OR VTR°. EOUIVALEN7 (SWING 11.0UNT BADGE READER T., FEHCE POST 7 PRE -FINISHED ORNAMENTAL PEDESTRIAN GATE ITYP.j s�T� „a 0I 0I 0 I I I I �I �I �I �I V VD V it ykimr »Kin�� III mill-ITr_ueleu TI�TI�TI�.-1TI FE LE PO T CAP SO. FE CE PICKET PRE -FINISHED ORNAMENTAL DOUBLE SWING DRIVE GATE 4 s�AE BUILD. 0,.NER TnERELRAS :nPZ� CORNER END. POST TENSION BAR BRACE RAIL BRACE BAND GATE LATCH 7E CLEAR Du411,1, Furl nsuRF BOLLARD PLACEMENT DETAIL 9 sLE =11= :II II II II III � -311 II III II II IIIIII IIAi ' =11L=1 IIII IIII IIt=ill IIII11MIIII IWI I= -.- I� CIA ANCHOR TO, B0701.1 R— SErnoxnn REFLECT, TAPE CONCRETE FILLED PIPE PANT PTE 8 BOLLARD DETAIL CORNER ,END POST CON, FOOTING BY FENCING CONTRACTOR GATE FRA,IE TOP SELVAGE KNUCKLED TOP RA L TEA,. BAR CORNER END POST BRACE RAIL BRACE BAND GATE LATCH BOTTOM RAIL � IiIITWIT IIIu ��IIWIL-II ll III'II EgEI nTlrgEa I-gEgi-1 Id T 4 -1 EL 6 CHAINLINK SECTION & ELEVATIOIst SCALE,� FENCE STANDARD PACHED POST F NFENCEPon 3 PRE -FINISHED ORNAMENTAL FENCE (TYP.I SCALE „a -,, ACCESSIKE PARKING SIGN MOLNTEC, ON ROST SET IN CONCRETE• REFER TO DETAIL fr. I 3 6" CONCRETE CURB:RE: CIVIL CO.LRE-E WHEEL STOP PAK, TaT 5,10ESTRo E 5 CHAINLINK GATE DETAIL SCALE12-1-0 REFLECTIVE SHEET AL SIGN SiFETYSI, !PI 2 ADA PARKING LAYOUT s�LE FINIS-ED:3.0E RE CIVIL SET ,OST CONCRETE 1 ADA PARKING SIGN CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. A1.3 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS H E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 SITE DETAILS SHEET 36 of 110 RECORD DRAVMNG NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 2 ADA PARKING LAYOUT s�LE FINIS-ED:3.0E RE CIVIL SET ,OST CONCRETE 1 ADA PARKING SIGN CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. A1.3 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS H E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 SITE DETAILS SHEET 36 of 110 RECORD DRAVMNG NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 FLOOR PLAN KEYED NOTES KEY NOTE FLUSH WALL OONDIPON AT INFILLS. FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION• REPLUMBING FOR MAN SIZES. SLOPE ENTIRE SLAB FROM PERIMETER of ROOM DOWN TO 10 To DRAIN. RECESS. FIRE IXVNGUISHER CABINET MID FIRE EM NGUISHER • RE AU.I FOR ADA MOUNTING HEIGHT. SEM • RECESSED FIRE EXINGDISHER CABINET AND PRE EXINGUISHER • RE ..1 FOR ADA MOOTING HEIGHT. Gfi ST. STL. RECESSED VAVLE BOX ACUDORARVB PX,X61,,TH PADDLE HANDLE TO HOUSE ENERGENCY CELL DOOR RELEASE CONTROL. ON JOINT, RE PYLON WALL• RE DETAIL SW,. FLOOR, FLOOR ON JOINT DOVER PROM BULLNOSE CM AT CORNER 1 i (l� I EXISTING BUILDING• OM SF XXXX`XXMXXX> '4- I SALLYPORT I "`"`inn I I X>/.-XXXx� ® E .71 p 1 'I CORRIDOR Ono ® ° yl 4* __AI__ MLE o 1 B tl Dal -•• I D� >Ca v U > Y MrLFo Or > . v. m 2. GENERAL NOTES - FLOOR PLAN THE,S,ELCONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING THE DRAWINGS. SPECIFICATIONS. RIALTCOU S',VBERYEFFORTHASBEEN MADETO COORDINATE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS BUT NOT SPECIALLY MEN -BONED IN OPJTY.THESPECIFICATIONSSHALL BE FRONDED ASIFWERE ECIFlC.4nwN5' 4DDENDGAAND STME CONDITIONG PRIOR TO ION ACTIVITY AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT N WRITING, OF ANY DISCREPANCIES THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICRELOTT -LIGHT BUILDING THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL DETAILSATING TO THIS INTENT AND BY BIDDING OR ENTERING INTO THIS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, WARRANTS FOR ONE FULL 'T EAR THE ADEQUACY OF THESE DETAILS. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR TAKE EXCEPTION BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTIONTIFY THE nIITECT PRIOR TOFlC4TION. ANY DEVIATION FROM TMs GENERAL INTENT SHOULL TO THESE BETA Ls, HE SHALL OF THE ARCH TECT FOR CL4R SPECIFICATIONSTHE IS TO FRONDE FORA PLUMLE RUEDRAWINGS ISE NOTED.A FDE`VIATION RE FROM THIS GENERAL INTENT SHOULD BE BROUGHT TAND O TEJTTENn ON OF THE ARCMTECI FOR CLA.RIFICA.TION. 5. THE BUILDING SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES ORDINANCES AND REGULAIIONS A WELL AS THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICA TIONS. ANY CODE DEHCIENCIES IN THE DRAWINGS RECOGNIZED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION 0. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACCURATE PLACEMENT OF THE BUILDING ON THE SITE AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. DISCREPA.NCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE AUENTION OF THE ARCHITECT BEFORE BIDDING THE PROJECT OR THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. THE OWNER SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CHANGES TO THE WORK DUE TO THE FAILURE OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FANILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. 7. EFFECTIVELY ISOLATE ALL DISSIMILAR MATERIALS TO PREVENT CORROSION BY ELECTROLYTIC ACTION OR OTHER CAUSES AS RECOMMENDED BY THE RESPECTIVE PRODUCT MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER, OR AS REQUIRED. PROPERLY TERMINATE ALL MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES TH APPROPRIATE TRIM FLASHING, SEALANT EXPANSION CONTROL, ETC. AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR AS REOUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND PROPER INSTALLATION AS ACCEPTED BY. STANDARD BUILDING PRACTICES. 2 FLOOR PLAN WALL LEGEND siz EMS,. STRUI,TLI, CO14..90011 TTTT %T%��k aMEI AL CNST,C,ON mOOv GENERAL NOTES - FLOOR PLAN SPECIFICALLYALL MINOR DETAILS OF Vi0RK WHICH ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AS WELL AS ITEMS MENTIONED Ip THE SPECIFICATIONS. BUT ARE 013,0. Y NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER CORIPLETION OF THE NOT PER RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY STANDARD SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS INCIDENTAL AND AS BEING PART OF AND INCLUDED WITH THE WORK FOR AXIES= ETC., DAMPPROOFING OR MEMBRANE FLASHING TO CLOSE AND SEAL ADJACENT BUILDING CONPONENTS, WOOD BLOCKING SHEATHING ETC. AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE WORK.1 10 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. IF NO DIMENSIONS ARE GIF EN OR DISCREPANCIES FOUND, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION BEFORE BIDDING OR COMMENCING WITH THE WORK. 11 PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALLS AND CEILINGS AS REQUIRED TO SECURE ALL EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES, HANDRAILS CASEWORN ETC. CAREFULLY COORDINATE SUCH LOCATIONS PRIOR TO COMPLETING BUILDING ASSEMBLY. 12 REFERENCE SHEET A0.7A A.0.7B FOR PARTITION TYPES. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND flRO1 TYPEBRA,INGB FOR WALL BRACING REQUIREMENTS NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED. ARCHITECTURAL PArennoN WHERE EXPANSION JOINTS ARE EXPOSED PROF IDE FLOOR, WALL OR CEILING NSION JOINT ASSEMBLY COVERS AS B REQUIRED. CAREFULLY REVIEW CONDITIONS WHERE NEW AND OLD CONSTRUCTIOPN .ABUT FOR THE PROPER JOINT ASSEMBLY. 10 REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DRAWINGS FOR ALL CEILING TYPES AND HEIGHTS. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT BETWEEN REFLECTED CEILING PLANS, BUILDING SECTIONS, SCHEDULES, ETC., NOTIFY ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO ANY CEILING DEPENDENT ROUCH-IN ACTNITIES. REFER TO Cr, STRUGUTRE NIEP TES AND EL(T.O.S.I AND TOPOFBEAM I ELEVATIONTY, AND S INDICAATTEDRARE TO BE VERIFOR FIED ADDITIONAL STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. DIFFERENCE IN DETAILING. 16 PROVIDED BLOCKING IN WALLS AND CEILING AS REQUIRED TO SECURE ALL EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, HANDRAILS, CASEWORK ECT. CAREFULLY COORDINATE SUCH LOCATIONS PRIOR TO COMPLETING BUILDING ASSEMBLY CONTRACTOR SHALL BE CAREFULLY REVIEW ALL LOCATIONS TO RECIEVE CASEWORK, WALL PANELS, MA.RKERBOARDS TACEBOARDS, WALL PADDING, SPECIAL, EQUIPMENT, ECT. AND COORDINATE ANY ELECTRICAL COMNUNICATIONS, DATA, OR OTHER OUTLETS. WALL -MOUNTED VISUAL INDICATORS THERMOSTATS ECT. PRIOR TO ROUGH IN TO AVOID CONFLICT 18 USE TAMPER RESISTANT SEALANT AS SPECIFIED IN CELLS WHERE SEALANT IS REQUIRED 19 SHORING uMLL BE REQUIRED IN SOME AREAS, RE STRUCTURAL ® DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTES NOTE REMOVE DOOR AND FRAME. DEMOLISH EXISTINB WALL. DEMOLISH EXISTING WINDO EXISTING HSS COLUMN TO REMAIN • PROTECT ,,PRESEPNE THROUGHOUT DEMOLITIO S.CON,TRUCTION. REMOVE BIFOLD DOORS AND FRAME. SALVAGE OVERHEAD DOORS TO BE RE,SED IN NEW SALLYPORT. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOOR SLAB. EXISTING COLUMNS TO REMAIN. LIMESTONE MASONRY VENEER TO REMAIN EMOVE BA., WALL PER SECTIONS. DEMOLISH EvISTING DRISEWAY• RE CIVIL. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOOR TILE. FLOAT FLOOR SMOOTH AND LEVEL WITH SELKLEVELING FLOORING CONFOUND. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA DEMOLISH EXISTING WOOD FRAMED ABANDON I REMOVE DRAIN. FLOAT FLOOR SMOOTH AND LE :EL WITH ELING FLOORING COMPOUND...IT PRODUCT DATA SALVAGE EXISTING DETENTION CAGE AND BENCH FOR OWNER FUTURE RE,SE. INDICATED WALL IS LOAD BEARING AND MAY REQUIRE SHORING OF ROOF FRWING DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT ENGINEERED SNORING PL,N FOR E.O.R.. 1 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN ED IT NORTH NORTH CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A2.1 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS N w NJ Ce 2- w Z a h E H CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 FLOOR PLAN SHEET 37 of 110 RECORD DRAINS NO.. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 • REFER TO SHEET A0.6 FOR ARCHITECTURAL GENERAL NOTES so 's,n ve ., ams r ,owa n naa 1 SF e m r ns.� r.� 1 EXISTINGP" resr �n k ' ` ^� xxx xx ux>rn- uxxxy a 1 ' e - • 8 9 i 1, .Jzs. juso. . F F J 31 I 1 QM II r _1 61160 ] 11 . -n a-rw. 1 •ROOF • R A M I N G •PLAN • —: E®E® x x xxxxxxxxx xxx ��� 1 C 1 l 6 ii1.p.p� iY1 ® ""`R°"�"E°ws'"`-`°"sm,,, "°°gr-r` II a 0 saa L�®�. IralR oSH"«BEVEPoFlEDEVTFE .E CONTRALTO,•. EXISTING ROOF FRAMING REFERENCE PLAN 3 s E Ns 4 E E ING =.®!�! a® rl RDAs ary No. DATE -51-14 CITY of CORPUS CHRIS TEXAS Department of Engineering Servic C �•M m Iry M I� OD �« a. �x 1� ;1 ,F. �l1`.■■IR1■■IyIail11 11' — — 1OFFICE . CD k ■ tli.I,.1— — — � 0 a �� , 'MEI,..t3,. ICI UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - FIRST FLOOR PIMENSIONAL CONTROL FLOOR PLAN 2 1 ,� -, „a -, * 1,4.2 AIL .4. . ••• , . A ARA. N A 4•••)X W .. V . • . • ' • 44,..w. • . ••• 4,,•• v.*. • .1 4 • , • • • - - 1 • • • 4 Ad 111. = ------.' PROCESSING ME co. ...A. 1 411 0 • 4 WM • •-•-•-•V• • • ...j 4 ' - K -J _ • --1 r----j BUONO WALL ERPARSIOR JOINT -7., .:1 IS: Fl.,_.94 2 NI 4 5/ARC ii F F ••••• 47.77....,. • t CUOMO FL ERGARSIOR OR 4 - • . MD qV •• DWI Fc ./.• - 40 4 1 : • • • • • • • , , PROaING ••• 3 PROCESSING AREA PLAN .0!EtEl"ri.OV ,I2 1 2 RESTROOM ENLARGED PLAN SCALE 3,8 - 1 COURTROOM ENLARGED PLAN 1ED r70% [MH CONSULTANT S SHEET NO A3.1 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 ai CC C-, C.') (row AVihi Lr, (1) E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER ENLARGED PLANS SHEET 39 °ill° RECORD DRAWNG NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 025069 °'MrnwRES rePT24" WALL VERT CAL A""'e EEiarvrs 1/2"1, 113 GAUGE CLOSURE V. EXPOSED EDGE HEMMED NEA 1,0R MAD FRAME AS SCHEDULED CONTINUOUS FRP TRIM AS SPECIFIED FILL ANY VOIDS ATJOINTS EEPNEEN GYPSUM BOARD 9ND VESEER PAINT TRIM EXISTING LIMESTONE VENEER al.. 8" STRUCTURAL TILE PLAN DETAIL AT A118 COURT ROOM 4 B. REINFORCED CNIU HALL dITHINJoN(u-FrcroRRE STRUCTURAL • FINISH 4.5 o.oart. SOHEDULED EXISTING I2.. STRUCTURE NEW EXISTING LIMESTONE VENEER EXISTING 8" STRUCTURAL TILE PLAN DETAIL AT A106 FIRE 2 �Cxlslruo S"STRUCTURAL ILE. i— vFNFFaro aSnalN :MIEVEI4LUMN 5,8" ABUSE RESISTANT GYPSUM.. :4112" FINIS SCHEDULED WITH INJECTED FOPY INSU AI ON (,FACTOR UP) SCHEDULED INJECTED FOAM INSULATION FINISH AS SCHEDULED \-ExisrING SEMI ABOVE NEN DOOR AND FRMIEKHEDULED 3 PLAN DETAIL AT A111 DWI s�LE „rz m0.C. • FINISH AS SCHEDULED OUTSIDE CORNER m m� STRIPS AT ,O.C. • FINISH AS SCHEDULED INJECTED EOM INSULATION JJ• OUTSIDE TC FACTOR n RE STRUCTURAL. FINISH AS SCHEDULED ooeOsp,RE COMPRESSIBLE FILLER CONTINUOUS 6' ..O.. ALUM NUM PATE CLOSURE BACKER ROD &SEALANT EXISTING LI,IESTONE VENEER EXISTING UCNCRETE EXISTING , STRUCTURAL TILE STRIPS AT 12 0 C. FINISH., 1 PLAN DETAIL AT A110/A112 PROCESSING CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A4.1 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 1- 02. E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 PLAN DETAILS SHEET 40 of 110 RECORD DRANMNG NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 7 CORNER EXPANSION JOINT scaLE SEAL CAP MTH al,IFRES= EXISTING STRUCTURAL CLAY TILE WALL. REMAIN EXISTING LIVES -ONE VENEER TO REMAIN CLOSED CELL SPECA,OMI INKL,ION BACKER ,ODE.SEALANT PIREPINICI-ED ,MOLD CORI, GATED SPACER PI3ER LENIENT SIDING PANEL SISTEC nOF) "RE. RUCTURAL LADDER,PE HORIZONTAL REINFORCING 6,BUSE.RESISTANT GYPSUM BOAPD, FINISH WITH 14' FAMED WOOD 7(11,1, FINISH A. COLOR TO MATCH P1.2 BUTT.GLAZED GLAZING SYSTEM SS COUWERTOP AS SCHEDULED — N NSH WITH W Ic5FANT GYPSUM DOaRO, ‘— NEW AL NU.ALL.MOUNiED HANDRAIL SS COUNTERTOP.. SCHEDULED 9 PLAN DETAIL @ BENCH s�rLE s ANSION JOINT BEM xUMINUM PLATE CLOSURE 2, ,wOD STUD `Nn=S DT "'SenaT. ZRERPER'PL Zw.novS = E7iEwo'"'E NEW TO EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL JOINT EXPANSION CONTROL JOINT DETAIL 6 e� 5 IT REINFORCED MU WALL ON(LLFACTOR RE STRUC-URAL NEW TO EXISTING INTERIOR WALL JOINT D�LE WELDED TO PLATE EPDXIED TO FLOOR SLAB 0-1-1 MINIMUM IMBED SECI.RE POST 3 }HOLLOW TUBE COLUMN s�ALF NTs. 5 8" ABUSE RESIST 414- MARD, FINISH NTH :BPI N E6 E P rSf' ID SSEDGES INJECTABLE FOAM INSULOON SigUCTURAL PARTITION PER,: DOCP AS SCHEDULED TYPICAL DOOR OFFSET DETAIL 8 s�E SOAP CMU 0000LSFw END-m. BLOCNINC STRUCTURAL x STEEL PLATE.,SADDLE�_YI SGLUE LANINATED T eEaiA=F REMCVE TOF COURSES OF LIMESTONE VENEER POR 'BELOW LEVEL'C'E PCP, UGH.BOLTS A' MUSE RESISTANT tir.P.1 BOARD FINISH SCHELUL AIOLD LINEFFONE TO REMAIN 1 2 PYLON WALL PLAN DETAIL GLUE LAMINATED BEAM PLAN DETAIL R�LE , D , D CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A4.2 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 H U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 PLAN DETAILS SHEET 41 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 NOTE: TAPERED INSULATION IS THICKNESS AT ROOF EDGE. ALL ROOF SLOPES ARE TO BE 114,12'. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED *ewe*, iulgt04•14•00•Plasver's ROOF KEYED NOTES NOTE NE, SINGLE PLY TPA ROOFING S,STEM ON TAPERED INSULAI ON BOARD OVER EASING ROOF DECK NE, SINGLE PLY TP, ROOFING S1 STEM ON ERED INSULAV ON BOARD OVER NEV.. ROOF DECK, RE'. STRUCTURAL iN JOINT RE. DETAIL'iAsz ROOF ,VALL EXPANSION ANT. RE. SaSt ROOF GUTTERS RE 2 OVERALL ROOF PLAN scaEE „R -,-0 GENERAL NOTES - ROOFING I. THESE NOTES ARE SUPPLENENTAL TO THE ROOF PLANS, DETAIL SPE,IFIC NOTES SPECIFICWIONS AND LOCAL GWERNING CODES. FCRICATION, INSTALLATION CONSTRUCTION BORIPIANSHIP b.ND PIATERIALS SHALL CDKIPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS' OF THE DRAM. AND SPECIFICATIONS LATEST EDIPON OF APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES,ITH LOCAL AMENDMENTS AND REOUIRENENTS 0F THE PHI SOME OF THE DETAILS HAVE BEEN MODIFIED TO BE MORE STRINGENT THAN REFERENCED STANDARDS AND -HE ARCHITECT SH4LL REJEW AND HIS DECISION BE FINAL FOR,. !DISCREPANCY IN DETAILS 9IJD REFERENCED STANDARDS REOUIREKIENTS. 2. AN, PLYWOOD SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE ,ITH THE WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS OF THE ALIERILAN PL AVOOD ASSOCIATION ,PA). S. ALL SHEET METAL WORN SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE ARCHITECTURAL SHEET AIETAL PUBLISHED BY THE SHEET METAL AND FIR CONDITITNISG.NTRACTORs NATIONAL ASSTGATION ISA.. ORAS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 4. SHEET METAL EDGING F9SCIAS COPING SHALL BE SECURED BY CONTINUOUS CLEAT C01.1P,ING 'MTH REQUIREMENTS OF THE N9TIONAL ROOFING CONTRACTORS' ASSOCIATION ,NRCAl. FASTEN ALL COMINUOUS CLEFTS NO LESS THAN SI% INCHES ON CENTER STAGSERED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY ALLOOPBLE BY NRDA CLEAT JOINTS SHALL BE STAGGERED FROM ATTAGKIENT MATERIALS ,EILOCNINGI AND ATTACHED MATERIALS TOPING FASCIA ETC.)WITH ALL JOINTS IN EXPOSED SHEET METAL ,YORK HAVING BACK, AND COVER PLATES. EXPOSED SHEET METAL EDGES SHALL BE HEMMED. 5. METAL EDGING FLASHING, ETC. SHALL BE SUPPORTED BV.^2030 BLOCKING ASSEIABLIES OF SAME THICKNESS DE THE ADJACENT RIGID INSULATION TO PRO, IDE SECURE AND SOLID MOUNTING CONDITION. ANY BLOCKING LESS THAN -PNL ISCHES THICK ,NOPAINAL1 SHALL BE PLACED AT BOTTOM OF BLOCKING ASSEI.IBL T3 PROVIDE FULL DEPTH BLSCKING FOR ATTACHMENT. WOOD BLOCKING SH4LL BE SIZED SUCH THAT THE VIODDI EXTENDS P4ST THE EDGE OF THE METAL FLANGE OF THE FL4SHING MINIMUM OF ONE AND ONE HALF INCHES. 6. ALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE ACCP,IMODATED BY CURBED PENETRATIONS PIPE ENCLOSURES PRE.FABRI,ATED BOOT, ETC. FULLY COIAP4TIBLE W,H WANUFACTURERS ROOFING ASSE:IBLI. PITCH PAN.RE DT PERMITTED. z ANY SEALANT USED SHALL BE CONIR,IBLE WITH ADJACENT NATERIALS. PRIMED AND APPLIED MANUFACTURER, FLaR„ RANGE OF COLORS 0.5 SELECreo el „RCHITECT, TO MATERIAL TOWHICHAirs MATCHED FROM nin UFACTURERS REOUIREMENTS. THROUGHOUT THE DURATION DPROVIDED FOR E T E CONTRACTORS ONT A TOSUBSEQUENT RS RESPOCOMPLETED sie u.v O..ORDwIN ACCORDANCE WITH ROOPIN, N.E OTHER TRADES ELECTRICAL ND PRlOVID NECESSARY PROTECTION OF ROOF DENO ALL EYISTING ROOFING DOWN Ej 1 DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN CONSULTFS SHEET NO. A CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131/202.5 w , NJ - CC2- w Z Ce 7 a H U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 Z 0_ 0 0 05 SHEET 42 of 110 RECORD DRAINS NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 STRUCTURAL COVERBOARD TPA ROOFING MEMBRANE INSILLAITIrNTCTRFGIAT PERIMETER AGE TPA SYSTEM ST Eon e RE HUSHED ROOT ORP EDGE TRMI FASCIAGIG CEMENT FIBER GUNTER HeERCE"EN AVITHI usrE INTENT ISFOR.%ovERwwssTO MATCH EXISTINGMAL INTERSECT OR FRE COPLANAR NTH EXISTING OVERHANGS. OVERHANG TPA ROOFING MEMBRANE .PERED RIGID TPA SYSTEM STAg.= FFNGPEPGNTED STRUCTURAL NT PM ,xT2% FRAMING FASOA RE: NNNN H BER CEMENT PANEL SONG ANC TRIM TRIM PANT PTO AWALL FLASHING MASH CELL POW BACHER ROD — NANLFACTUREMS STANDARD SYSTEM FOR LICINT anC SEMI HALERASTEHER AMR PUCE HEAT MELDED LAH eooev�HEMBPAHE COVERBOARD ra P.vxoTO OwaNC 6 5 4' OVERHANG DETAIL ROOF/WALL TERMINATION na EXPANSION JOINT aA� NOTE: INTENT IS FOR NEW OVERHANGS TO MATCL EAST NG OVERHANG DIMENSIGNS AND APPEARANCE. WHEPE NEW OVERHANGS MAL INTERSECT GR ARE COPLANAR WITH EASING OVERHANGS..., ACTUAL MENSIONSIN THE HELD CONT. CAMPPROOFING 3 1' OVERHANG DETAIL SCALE ,, -, D COVERBOARD TPA POOFINO MEMBRANE TAPERED RIGID INSULATION BOARD • 1" AT PERIGETER EDGE EDGING PREFFINISHED ROOF DRIP EDGE TRIAI FIBER CEMENT SOFFIT, PAINT PT0 2INTENT ISFOR NE:, OVERHANGS :NB MATCH EADHHO OVER.NO DIMENSIONS AND APPEARANCE. WHERE NEM CVERHMLOS WM INTERSECT OR ARE COPLANAR %MTH D2STINO OVERHANGS GERM% ACTUAL DIMENSIONS IN THE FIELD 3' OVERHANG DETAIL 2 SVh, 7 GUTTER DETAIL ii1111111111111111111111111111. ROOF / WALL TERMINATION DETAIL 4 TPA FIELD MEMBRANE TPA SHEET SMOOTH NEOPRENE EXPANSION TUBE GONIPRESSIBLE INSULATION TPA. SPECIFIED SET IN ADHESIVE HEAT WELGEOLAPS RIGID INGULATINN, TAPERED 1 ROOF EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A5.2 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 NI— M2 H U CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 ROOF DETAILS SHEET 43 of 110 RECORD DRAMS NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 NOTE AS NEEDED LIMESTONE W.LSURFACES.,PRIME PHH-3LE,D6,E AND MARVIN. EDM330NrINDD rvMR EIT It TED DER3 5 aTaRl,�l ° _. --• NEN FIBER REINFORCED CEMENT PANEL SIDING PANT PR —. --. : --. _!F. . a --. . 3ENLARGED ELEV - DOOR 100 SOUTH ROOFIN NEW SINGLE.PLA ERED ENISHEDMEruDRP o LORPr,rvP a SCALEI,=ILO. FIBER ENT FASDA PAINT P. TIT NEA, FIBER REINFORCED CEMENT PANEL SIDINGPAINT P SIDING PAINT PT3 DsrDRMRaTED RE LIMESTONE DNRPM FFR ��_----•---'I�---==• SAL RDAs ary No. DATE -51-14 CITY of CORPUS CHRIS TEXAS Department of Engineering Servic NEW GROUND FACE 3MLEMTHED MA rPANEL SOFFITS PAINT Pr, /� —---—® --•+Il-------------•_,==-6�6�===ov-v-Aa==l,=====o -, —� ---- --r _=�o�o-�� l•�slvw-d®-�o-�o-�ow�w�w�� v_ v_--o�mo E--3 -- ---•� - - mo mv® o 0ov o� moo -3 --- ------ �_ m�_ .II. o� -.. e.. _.. _.. ��. - - -- . e.. e.. _ = � =m_ - E—_ - — T ------ _m�_ 0. v9w9.®o Ieosleos Ies _ w9wsi 9� si - •=. __----� -o -o -n - s vse _ v9. _s _o - ■-.� �. 5--- 1 a o n ir.ivy iv iv%� _— dos i� ■ s_ s moo o ■ ■ e i i it i i a ev v v o sS s sSo - ■ ® &-- ro rio ro— o ��=A�� �� — �—o �— _ ®—• ��-��� a o- o 0 _ o n n� n -E. .•1.,....4...__ -ss OM o oo so4�- �-- -----M ei -.� 6 ■ CCIC ■ i s� se-1M—miai—NEM—i—laM �P'� �4 ■ e '- ■■ i s� --C: is - D. PA Is RELOCATED E0SK NC.. N.M.ELECTRIC, EQUIPMENT, RE FILE TRIUL RR. n P.. RE 3B.1.3 RATED OVERHEAD DOORS EMERGENCY PRISONERER ENCLOSURE SUNG PATH, Pr3 o CEMENT PANEL CONCRETE PADS. RE. MECHANIGLL a" DlaxsE BOLLARDS DO.... RE DMA WEST ELEVATION 2 PANTED Pr, METAL DRIP ED. COLOR ...APICAL PRE.FINISHED FIRER CEMENT FASCIA. PAINT.4.TAT � EROOFING ON TAPERED / / NE MI NDSTOR .TESOFFITS IMPACT PAINT / N.,PAAEL PAGLUED sGALE INSULATION RIBBON WINDOWS. SPECIFIED TYPICAL NE,rsI NEW FIBER REINFORCED ED CEMENTPANEL SIDINGMISTNG SDFFlTS AND FASCIA APAINT Pra GUTTER PAINTED P a. TA, PRE NIRED ME,L DRIP EDGE COLOR vr,n :AL - '_ ®: � LIMESTONE PAINT No FASCIA PAINT P. e N6DENrETtEo PAINTED PT4 iYP-i rLFSIVE3DE R • MMEXISTING SOFFITS AND P. / a SA' G F �' a ; . C=' -- _vo eTs —o eC■' o -00 G m _ ® Cz —2= OM av -_.: mash a-,=— r._. P.a-l4,. 1. 7 1 MN, COATED AIIN LIES N,PDUZPAINrEDPr, T, . DD1IY�PDUT.PAINTEDPT, ram. FENCING SIG..CENTERE IAMDIvccwDPATTERN A33 DI. PAINT , 3EALM. 1 SOUTH ELEVATION 0 DIAMETER GDN�TE ----NEW ,INDSTORM RATED IMPACT NE, TY,mNDSDRMwvEo nezMBBRGLASS DOOR i/MAL I��,%ice em / "LAZEORIeeorvn.�rvoO,.Sr,PICL -- 'ervr -PANEL — SIDING PAINT ma -- O _= ; - -- -- -- -- ENLARGED ELEV. - DOOR 101 B NORTH 3 PRELFINISHED HETAL DRIP EDGE AOLOR Rid TYPICAL NEW SINGLELPLY ROOFING ON TAPERED INSULATION EXISTING SHELL UMESTONE AINT PTA L TAP. RCED CEMENT PANEL SIDING PAINT PTS NEW FIBER NEW DERARwR�o�MENr- �DrvrRD�,D�Nr N��DENrP EL SOFFITS PAINT PTAPAINT PT3 NEV,VINDSTORM RATED IMPACT LOU' ,ER, NP. NEB,HAIN UNK GATE AND „INDDr AOT GLAZED RIBBON — EW EXTERIOR �NAR LIGHTING RE �� NB, CEVENT PANEL SOFFITS PAINT PT4 I, eo RDAs ary No. DATE -51-14 CITY of CORPUS CHRIS TEXAS Department of Engineering Servic n EXISTING SOFFIT DEASDAPAINrPr �Rr E �rRD� � ______=_ DDrrERPANrEDPrA � �DDae EXTERIOR GREELE.rRICAL �E.NE„ER�a m_T=s7...nlm-m��A- LesA�.^m ,er.■.-..s .erg .-.s..-.•= -.aria ���® iiiiii iiiii e� �mie ev rs ima-IMc-ro- ro-=..2=m a=_ -- �E� _� ftiii! iii�®ii® iiii =i®iiii ro-ro-r= O o=ao-ate ao=ao= ® ■-■ O oviovio:6� 00 00 00 0ooi ■ ■_■ i m.��a ro-�-� e.e. ■�_� o-ao-ao-ao-ao- �e��e��e��e�� i i :._ S v0o�0o�009� o ii �i i i III _'- M-((.w ew0 _ - ro— -I ■��ro��� �o ..ev a r... . o-ro-ro=so-so=aoAi : �od���������-� �i� �i ■ii NEA �DARM�P NE, .v Hr„cEQUIPMENT AND CONCRETE PAD, RE MECHANICAL DOWNSPOUT PAMED P J. TYR.. E,VWA,.E¢DiP1ENT AN CDNw rEPAD, E.MEC AMC, NEW, DIAMETER rvc,RFesviA�a 2 EAST ELEVATIOELEVATION',NEM NE,,, SINCLELPLA ROOFING OINNTLEZN FIBER CEMENT FASCIA PAINT PTA. NP. NEW CEMENT PANEL SOErsPAINT Pr, PRELFINISHED METAL DRIP EDGE COLOR PT4 NBC, WINDSTORM RATED IMPACT GLAZED DD`ERP-NE, NEW SINGLELPLA ROOFING�D EXTERIOR SITE UGHTING RE ELECTNCAL NEW SINGLELPLY �FING ON TAPERED ACT GLA INSULATION � EtiE_ N NEW CEMENT PANELSDEEPA NEW WINDSTORM RATED IMPACT LOPIER,P. W GROUND FACE SINGLE MAME CRIU MASONRY RIBBON MODAS Pc ESDEre,PANrP � ®=� — NEW EXTERIOR BUILDING LIGHTING, DNE NEW FIBER R NKR.. MENT PANEL SIDI G PAINT Pia FIBERGLASS DOOR P� o o EXSTINGSOFFITS AND FASCIA ,PANTPTA , iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii=■hs NEW VINYL COATED MEEK GRAIN.SINN.EENBINS GUTTER ,PAINTED MM. „P. bB .7 ■ l ICo i_=Ml[s =iii =ii ®ii - O� ---= iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiidwe iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii�iiii■- ===iiiii== i=i iiiiiiii _ ®MWOX 4 iiii■=■ == iiiiiii■i===== ■I iiii■=■iiiiiiiiiiii ==== ■=■iiii■ _ iiii=iiiii iiiii■■=iiiii --■ a iiii■-■iiiiiiiiiiii■-■iiii■ .•- .iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiii_iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iii■ =====iiiii=iiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii■ iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii Iq NE, CONCRETE DOWNSPOUT NV...OMEN PAD, RE MECHANICAL PANrE ANDs,nes PT4L „P. rvE,Po oiamErE BOLLARD PANT REV . iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii■ rvEwe oi,anErEReawwo RE8NINT FT2 . NEWNEEEEc fLEAvD Pmn EG A NORTH ELEVATION IIIII �Illl� E :_ =. 1 --1 4 NORTH -SOUTH BUILDING SECTION 2 s�E !I. 11Ia---..i __ � . • �5:� tee:: ---- �•_— -�y®'mon ---, — iii l■--1ro .■■■firms — Imil -■YYYi ME :! II!!11 I IENI�I•--WWWY•EIEI II EEEI-YIYYYWINN--■YWNIII1n11. IN 11}w�11 1 �w{11 1�1141=1111:®:11 Linlieli_III®i�g_;i_; WUIE-u u111-u 11w�,1 u a �w{u-i-11 111-11-11 l_; il,;,rEgElli,;;lEgE_ _ �w{11 11-1111-1 _ _ �n s1�111�11 11®11 11 W1 1�11 ag11W11 a11W11-1111-11 , _ _ - im mL---mmmm • ram �..; 1m=mEW=� ICI �'I W=1 3��—=1�I1111�==111�==11EIII-II- _-_-_-11 EI I EI I I -_I II-�I�I��I�rl='�I I I I I I_I 11-11� 11-11- NORTH -SOUTH BUILDING SECTION 1 3 s�E IIEIE EI IEI_I=1I Ell GI II IEII El mm=E mmmrtt mm EAST -WEST BUILDING SECTION 2 2 • 1 EAST -WEST BUILDING SECTION 1 aE ,oa %—e SHEET 46 o1110 RECORD DRAVIING NO. PBG-963 TPA OOF NO POLVI501NSULOON eOARo. AVEw.GEa DEPTH (RYLeI R.10 FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION arNti�,!_ J srreu=F'd'H' AP SCHEDULE STRUCTURAL �BOAFo.. nVERAGEd oEP,H IP• - r---------- / AS SCHEDULED EXPANSION JOINT PECIFIED TPA ROOFING ON RaLYISO INSULATI ON FINISH SGHEENLE EXISTING CONCRETE FOUNDATION "I'"1 j 11 1 1 11 11 11 11=- 11 —11 SECTION a@ PROCESSING A109 - WEST SECTION PROCESSING A110 - EAST 4 s� 3 (a� — TM ROOFING ON 21:4r INSUurI0N INSULATION FIBER DEsMoE FIBER CEMEENT SIDING PANEL SH,EM F0.20 FIBERGLASS STRUCTURAL g"Srnmc PSUFI NIER OC 11=111=111=11®®®®®®®III 11=111=111=111=111=111=111=111=111= BEARING 11G1±, IHSULATION R.18 FIBERGLASS Mir INSULATION NT.1143PANEL EBB III III111111111 III III III III III III I- 111 SECTION @ PROCESSING A110 - NORTH SECTION @ PROCESSING A110 - NORTH 2 1 CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A7.1 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 H U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 WALL SECTIONS SHEET 47 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 BOARD, a DEP7H iais> EASTING ROOF DECK,. FRAMING FASCIA TRIM SOFFIT PANE_ ErrEPIOR LIGHTING' RE' ELECTRICAL FOAM INSULAION FACTOF,CM RE STRUCTURAL Cle1U LINTEL. RE. NEW CONCRETE MANION. RE STRUCTURAL III IIIII��� SECTION (� MECHANICAL A107 - NORTH 4 INSULAT ON BOARD .19 LF$$RATT FIBER CENENT BOARD SZTI. DEPTH ,12.2.2.91 INSULATION R.19 FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION GYPSUM BOARD CEILING BEARING eit� EXIST,. ...ABUSE RESISTANT INSULATION ,U.FACTOR 0.N.V), RE: STRUCTURAL 50 GYPSUM BOARD CEILIS6 DUCTWORK, RE, MECHANICAL BEARING 'NALL EXPANSIJN JOINT NEW CONCRETE FOUNg= FIN oo� s IT; ill rA • A Nil rA • is Jt Li6a ®®®®. SECTION (a� PROCESSING A110 - NORTH 3 BEARING 8Gnr. GYPSUM BOARD LING INSULATION BEARING net =6 LIMESTONE VE,EER TO oEPm'ma%EF R.19 FIBERGLASS BUT INSULATION FIBER ORIENT BOARD —z SOFFIT PANEL aiERI DR LIMBAZ ,2.REINFORCED. NU WALL m7H IECED FOAM LATON(u FACTOR 0.1,4 RE STRUCTURAL / ,z U LINTEL PE STRUCTURAL EXISTING GRADE BEAU RE CONCRETE FOUNDATION' — RE: STRUCTUR, STRUCTURAL FOR CONENCION RNISHEDIFoL, CONCRETE PAM, RE. ROOFING ON PBLVI,AYE EPTHreioei EXTERIOR LIGHTING RE ELECTRICAL ii 1I m1®1 , 1 ®I • I . 5 • • • m 'Air EXISTING CONCRETE GRADE BEM.I TO REMAIN FINISHED GRADE, RE CIVIL BEARING E R.19 FIBERGLASS e INSULATION N3U.,E RESISTANT GYPS. BOARD CEILING ISTING PLATE DUCTWORK RE '..IEGNAVI CAL INFILL MALL 8' REINFORCED CMU WITH INJECTED FOAK1 INSULATION P.J.F.,TOR C..397, RE STRUCTURAL EXISTING STRUCTURAL GAY -ALE SECTION (a� SALLYPORT A108 - NORTH SECTION @- CELLS A105 - NORTH 2 D 1 D RNISHEalF0L,0 CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A7.2 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 N w NJ CC CC2- w tR Z a h [ 1- CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 WALL SECTIONS SHEET 48 of 110 RECORD DRAMS NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 GUT FAS,TNR MIRO ROOF DECK b ERAS) FIBER CEsMEFITHS,r,R,ER FIBER CpEZEENLIRT= FIBER DEMENT SIDING PAVEL SYSTEM CONTINUOUS GITH POURABLE EXPANDING CLOSED CELL FOAM INSULAR ON VENEER &SILL INSOIA9 oN POARo. AVERAGE T" DEPTH iM22.81 MIS FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION R�N�oRHED;�z WINDOW AS SCHEDULED 0" CIAO BOND BEAM; RE: STRUCTURAL RATH INJECTED FOAM INSULAR ON IMFACTOR 0.907) RE STRUCTURAL FINISHED FL,C./ 4 SECTION @ OFFICE A102 - WEST SCALE Ma -, GSM TRIG 7— GUTTER ERUCTS BEAM AVERAGEa DEPTH w22..0) INSULATION I1 MISTING ROOF DKRANDFIRMING !RE "A FIDESOFFIT PANEL FIBER CEMENT SIDING RP. RIM GOOD SHEATHING) L I 3 SECTION @ VESTIBULE A100 - WEST sGALE yA -, BEAM NGPHER Pr eRESIST,ANT GYPSUM BOARD CEILING PIM ABUSE RESISTANT EFCNlER. VERIFY HEADER. AGB BEYOND NOSTORG RATED HBEROLASS DOOR AND FRAGE AS SCHEDULED INSULATION WOOD FRAMED HEADER RE STRUCTURAL 5/8" ABUSE RESISTANT GYPSUM GOOD uHd..STIPS � rO.cESSHAS PROCESSING MEE DMA. ON TONT RE STRUCTURAL NEW CONCRETE — FOUNDAI ON, RE STRUCTURAL AVERAGE4 DEPTH!)a23) U `FAS HecH� INSULATION DRIP TRIII INSULATION BOARD. AVERAGE )1" DEPTH 22.N MG FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION EXISTING ROOF DECK AND ERASING ....)))))))))))))Hp_c_R--ws 0 BASE. SCHEDULED =1 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII III III�IilllIIllILIA IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIII SECTION @ DWI A111 - EAST 2 FASCIA TRH) FIN. °H TPA ROOFING ON COMM° INSULATION BOARD AVERAGES' DEPTH Mc22.01 FIBER CEMENT slow, PANEL SYSTEM SOFFIT PANEL o97x aeSTRUCTURAL CONTMLIOSS DARIPRICICEING ELECTRICAL SITATCHSEAR RE ELECTRICAL FILL MASONRY CARTY RUH POURABLE EXPANDING CLOSED CELL FOAM INSULATION EXISTING SHELLSTONE VENEER ANESSILL FOUNDATION FINISHED GRADE, RE CIVIL EXISTING ROOF DECK ST FRAMING INMILTTION GC) ABUSE RESISTANT GIRSTRI BOARD CEILING ALUMINUM LETTERING• 1,19910=1,TE FONT PIC STATE OF TEXAS SEAL 'AIESJI'RILN°1111.'Sf]COlf. GALL. BENCH ERE GOOD FURRING STRIPS § BASE. SCHEDULED FRAMING AT,2 n.C. 1 SECTION @ BENCH A119 - SOUTH CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A7.3 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07/31,025 1- U CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 WALL SECTIONS SHEET 49 of 110 RECORD DRAMS NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 TO REAM IIII I III III II LE' 1111111 illll ell IIII IIL • 1- 1 I I I II1 - I I II II II1 1 1 Il= -IIIIL- MIIII II rnErn m IIIIIIIIII III dll- illEHIEHIEHIEHIEHIEHIEHIEHIEHHHI IIIIII I I III I IIIIIII IIIIII I I I �xsTNOumE,TONE VENEER TO PE,nai CONTIMUS MIPPROOFING FIBER C,E=4.141G3 WALL Vil-rN INJECTED FlVISN AS SCHEDULED v sun, Baum, PELL. FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATII ON E PLATE srs LUMINUMELarMANGLE, /ALL PANEL AS SCHEDULED 3 2 EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL WALL TRANSITION DETAIL D�LE DDAEE E-, TA ROOFING ON P0,150 INSULATIO, BOAD HAG: .N,.eusEPESISTMT orE w.,cEiims EXISTING LIMESTON= FIBER CEMENT SIDING SY TE - 8 BASE PLATE EXISTING a TO A.LE, PAINTED 4 EXISTING TOP PLATE DETAIL s�a� -,-0 1 EXT. WINDOW INFILL AT CMU VENERMRa<NE EEi EXISTING STRUCTURAL G. TILE MALL TO REIMAN FACTOR C.C., ,RUCTURAL CONSULTANT'S SHEET N0. A7.4 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 H U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 ENLARGED WALL DETAILS SHEET 50 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 DOOR SCHEDULE NUMBER ROOM NAME DOOR FRAME PAIR 'MUT HEIGH"! TYRE M.A.FERIAL FINISH GLAZING HARDWARE TYPE MATERIAL FINISH HEAD JAMB THRESHOLD REMARKS SIGNAGE TYPE ROOM NO. EGRESS 7EXT INGRESS TEtt IDD VESTIBULE FG FG FOI EXIT CORRIDOR 501 HM VESTIBULE ENTRY TAB CORRIDOR FG FG FG EXIT 102 OFFICE HM OFFICE 103 IT/ STOR. STORAGE 104 201 HM 04 CUSTODIAL CELLS NIX 203 HM 10513 CELLS 203 Hm CELLS FG FG 106 FIRE FG FOI FG 11248.4 102 MECHANICAL PAIR FTS 9123 HM 08 MECHANICAL SALLVPORT STEEL 001 STEEL SALLTFORT STEEL 801 STEEL 1080 SALLVPORT STEEL 001 STEEL 1080 SALLTFORT STEEL 001 STEEL PROCESSING SALLVPORT PROCESSING DWI HAI TESTING BREAK ROOM 403 BREAK ROOM BREAK ROOM 203 LIEN 3. HAI MEN WOMEN INTERVIEW 403 Hm INTERVIEW BENCH 501 HAI BENCH 122 JUDGE 503 Hm 123 MECH PAIR LAI 124 COURT ROOM Doc, HAI CELLS STEEL 002 LAI CELLS STEEL 802 HAI 224.8.4 CELLS STEEL 002 LAI CELLS STEEL 002 HAI JCS CELLS STEEL 002 HAI CELLS STEEL 002 HAI JCZ CELLS STEEL PT 002 HAI JCS CELLS STEEL 002 0.4 CELLS STEEL 002 luscnEBJLE9 TEXT LINE 2 TEXT LIN 1 TExnEDTO00 ULE GRADE I BRILL -= PL PL L BPACE2 'wseo solaL � Ncsc�vNL>Yr AN - AS SCHEDULED J GLAZING SCHEDULE GL1 LOWE COATE, TINT, MILKING LAMINATED GLASS LARGE KIISSILE IMPACT RESISTANT GLAZING THICKNESS 1.583" GL2 GLANHCNNSGTES9 D. SIGNAGE LEGEND EGDDR D F%HDDDR WALL BOOR SEM / GAGE WIRE MESS FACE POWDER GOAT • DIEM GENERAL NOTES - DOORS & WINDOW 1 INSTALL TEMPERED OR SAFETY GLASS IN OPENINGS WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE I NOT OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. SET IN CONTINUOUS BEAD OF 3. TURN SUBSILSSEALANT. LS AND FLASHING MEMBRANE UP AT JAMBST_FORM END DAMS. 5. INSTALL ONE WINDOM/ AND ONE DOOR FOR ARCHITECTS INSPECTION BEFORE REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR GLAZING SCHEDULE. 8. ALL INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL GLAZING SYSTEMS SHALL HAVE CLASS AND GLAZING STOPS ON HALLVIDAV OR MORE "PUBLIC" SIDE OF FRAME. 9 REFER TO FRAME TYPES FOR TYPIC. HEAD AND JA. DETAIL REFERENCES. DOOR REMARKS INTERIOR DOOR. EXTERIOR IIINDSTORMWATEDINIPACT RESISTANT DOOFL ALUMINUM LOUVER. 4. INSULATED DOOR. SALVAGED EXISTING OVERHEAD DOORS. 3 4' FRAME DEPTH. 19 GA. FRAME. CF°D'H DDDR B A DOOR FRAME TYPES AS SCALED BLP A DwSIZES,/ MAYWAC.TURER DOOR PANEL TYPE T WINDSTORM RATED OALUMS, L KINDSTOPM RATED WINDOW ELEVATIONS CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A8.1 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Al— IT H U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 DOOR SCHEDULE & WINDOW SCHEDULE SHEET 51 of 110 RECORD DRAINS NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 FIBER CEMENT SONG ezM3 SYSTEM DR, EDGE MOM OS S.EDULED SUB SILL CON— DAPPROOF 6 WINDOW HEAD DETAIL MOULD WINDOW HEAD DETAIL 4 5 WINDOW SILL DETAIL 3 WINDOW SILL DETAIL soMEE s , O J sc Le 3-, o FIBER CEMENT SIDING mNEL Mr. DRIP EDGE CCU. CAIRPROOF. FirswuG. GGF.,Rr_ FurcM cTa CRP EDGE WINDOW HEAD DETAIL 2 SUP SILL FIBER ,EMENT SIDMEL SYSTEM 1 WINDOW SILL DETAIL CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A8.2 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS W , ` CC 1- CL w CC - CC 2 . w Z Ce 7 a H U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 DOOR & WINDOW DETAILS SHEET 52 of 110 RECORD DRANNING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 SYSTEN oREGNsPLTNO9D SHEATHING ANGLE TRIM OCOR FRAME AS SCHEDULED 31111, FRP MEN, aOwT. ABJSE RESISTANT 8 DOOR 100B - HIGH JAMB DETAIL sra� FIBER ...SIDI. PANEL SYSTEM WINDSTCR,111,P,RESISTMT DOOR FRAME AS SCEDULED LADRER.nBERoF,=oHT,P.FOR.6 SHIM BACKER ROD 4ND SE,L.T 2x8 DIME SIONAL LUMBER 130,3 7 DOOR 100B - LOW JAMB DETAIL S�tiE FAEM3RANE FLAN. RESISTANT STOREFRONT SGEDUELI ,.. RE STBTCTLRAL DANIPPROOFINC PLYWOOD il-E,FIING 5 DOOR 100 - HIGH JAMB DETAIL DOOR 100 - LOW JAMB DETAIL 4 JsERE,STMT 6f CHM BOARD 20 DIMENSIONAL LUMBER BACKER. axoSENurvT, BOTH SIDES. Tr.. SHIA PREFIN SHED SHEET METAL ANGLE 7.1 PANEL S 'STEM SPACER 0/COD FURRING STRIPS PANEUNG- CER RDO AND SEAL, BOTH el ES,P. ,ANDSTORKI MAC RATED R,ER.SS DOOP ASKEW. 1.11PPROGFING .4 MEOW. FLAMING NISFED SEET METAL ANGLE -MI PAVEL SYSTEM PACER LADDER TFRE HORIZONTAL REIEJRCING SHIM ,NI,DSTORN 11,IP AC- RATED FIBERGLASS DOOR .SCEDULED PREMISED SEET AVG. TRIFI PANEL SYS-E,I SPACER DOOR 106 -JAMB DETAIL -,-0 WINDSTORM IVACT RATED SET THRESHOLD FULL BED OF SEALMT STRUCTURAL 1 TYP EXT. FIBERGLASS DOOR SILL CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A8.3 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 H E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 DOOR & WINDOW DETAILS SHEET 53 of 110 RECORD DRAW NG NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 aDi�Fcfiq cDN-1e'¢c. GNU LINTEL. REFER TO STUD-ERTL JNT. HM FRAME HEAD 9 DI DOOR ' srvT, Do.G NSION SCHEDULED JNT. HM FRAME JAMB 8 D�E Ems_!— •.01 i COATING GAIN ANGLO. TT EA LEDS CORI DOOR ALS SCHEDULED TROUT HUAI, FLEFITM GC, INTERIOR WITH BALMIER' LOTTING SCHEDULED 1.4,113 ELICITORS AT ENALVER GYPS G_OD°,NaaEEEDUGROUT FULMER TOOT GE ENNIO, ANKH GED INT. HM FRAME JAMB 7 qO�E O,e PC ae eoribloE0010� ID NNE LEADER., DODGED,. HOLLOW DEG, RADE ouwcn, SaTiuSwrTON na REQUITED TER GALL HIGH REF -DR TO FLOOR GAN GANG TYRES va sori si nvj DCDT AS SCHEDULED INT. HM FRAME HEAD 6 s�LE THREE AI IGN AT EACH LIATID OEN GOOD BLOCKING NOR AS SCHEDULED DOOR DIMENSION scnEDU,co EawEns AS SCHEDULED INT. HM FRAME JAMB 5 s�LE ABUSE REHSTAHT GTE. LEADER VG ARIEL PANEL PLTITOOD P�ni NAGED 3 DOOR 120 - HEAD DETAIL s�ALE a PAT GERI DD,LLAALDIERTAIE AS rIGGSWarrZTED DOOR DIDENSID EGFIRDUL PROVIDE EDGE annolvo EACH MB G AMR ITRTITTGLT GYPSUM BOARD 2 POOR 120 - JAMB DETAIL sLE CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A8.4 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS w CC CC w K iY = 0 w z= ca 7 H U CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 DOOR & WINDOW DETAILS SHEET 54 01110 RECORD DRAW NG NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 �FON- EAL.i• TOP SIDES ONLY .01-4,11C,DAPPENTAL SIDES NIENTRANE 3 LOUVER HEAD DETAIL FLANGED CONC. FL,SNING IF NC-FR.1ND WITI-1,1E,FIANICAL EQUIPMENT. Al SIDES ccNT. SEALnir• TD SIDES ONLYFLAWED LONER VS SCHEDULED RE 2 LOUVER JAMB DETAIL LURE, SCI-E.LEI, 1,EPEPAE FLASHING 1 LOUVER SILL DETAIL CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A8.5 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 EL N = W , W' F. Q 1- CC - CC2 . W Z Ce 7 a H U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 DOOR & WINDOW DETAILS SHEET 55 of 110 RECORD DRAW NG NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 RCP KEYED NOTES REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEGEND KEY NOTE TIPS LEGEND IS NOT EXCL., AND ALL ITEMS ON LEGEND MAY NOT PE SNONNIN DRAWINGS BEAM ABO, PAN,. EXPOSED NV, DUCTVORK• REFER TO MECHANICAL PANT FR. OPEN TO CEILING ABOVE. ti GYPSUM BOARD PAINTED RE FINISN SONED. FOR PAINT COLOR SELECTIONS,. •SW.ABNE.,14 ,(11Bp2PAESIPI CEILING PANELS, DRYWALL CONTROL JOINT CM T4P. ALIGN CEILING .1OPTS MTN MALL JOINTS WHERE APPLICABLE. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 2 SDALE COOPM NATE WITH ELECTRICAL SEM ES CIaTURE (REESSED, SUPPLY NR GRILLE RETURN AIR GRILLE LINEAR LI MPG FIX7UPE 0 RECESSED FIXTURE SP(B(1=010UNTED GENERAL NOTES - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN T. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE AND DEVELOP A LAYOUT OF ALL MEP a SPRINKLER SYSTEMS THAT CROSS AND SERVICE AREAS THAT ARE TO BE INSTALLED EXPOSED TO VIEVe. SUBMIT S COORDINATED PLAN TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR THE DESIGN I GN. FABGCATION ANDINSTALLATION OR OF ANY SYSTEM. z REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND/OR SECTIONS FOR LIGHT FIXTURE HEIGHTS. a. gRESEALALLGAPS. cRAcr.SAND SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGHOUT CEILINGS AT IpENTFlED RATED ASSEMBLIES 4 ALL CONDUITS NDUITS SERVING LIGHT. IS TO BE CONCEALED. INSTALL ABOVE CEILING AND/OR A s MS(STRUCTURE DUCPNORK CONDUIT, ET RECEIVE PAINTED FINISH (UNLESS OTHERNASE NOTED). ARCHITECT TO SELECT COSOR,S). u ELEVATIONS ELO,. ITEM T NODMTFINISHEDF ARE CONSIDERED ABOVE °, AFF ARE TO BE CONSIDERED RELATIVE T BO FINSH FLOOR , ALL LIGHTING SHOWN IN ARCHITECTURAL RCPS ARE FOR LOCATION PURPOSES ONLY. NPE SHALL BE DICTATED BY MEP DRAWINGS. SHOULD QUANTITY OF LIGHTS DIFFER PRICE THE GREATER OUANTINANND 6NALL SE HELD TO AS SUCH. DEMO CEILING KEYED NOTES KEY NOTE REMOVE EXISTING CEILINGS TRPOUGNOUT BUILDING, REFER TO ASBESTDS REPORT FOR VATERIAB THAT MUST BE ABATES. E. WOE FLANGE TO RE1,111. 04 RsFER TO OTHER TRADES FOR 4OGITIONAL DENG NOTES TPRO,NOUT BUILDING. CH JUDGE 1 DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN CONSULTANT S SHEET NO ^N0.1 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS H U 41.4 E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEET 56 of 110 RECORD DRANU NG NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 CALVANZED WASHER 0 0 0 Ica PONINN sTEHECULE CEILING MESH PANEL DETAIL -A104 CELLS (PERIMETER) 3 S��E FNT CEILING FURRDOWN Cad CORRIDOR 5 SCALE CCe _ ft,v<LL NUT MU PANT, STEEL MC-10F ®U2a THREADED . eE oEo /MD STUD OULD —EN STING VENEER HEADWALL JOINT DETAIL 4 ica SPAINT LEou EC COMPONENTS 0 0 0 11 • 0 0 CEILING MESH PANEL DETAIL - A104 CELLS (CELLS ABUTTING(CEILING MESH PANEL DETAIL - A104 CELLS (MID -CELL( 2 �_ 01 s�A�E CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A10.2 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS H U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 RCP DETAILS SHEET 57 of 110 RECORD DRAMS NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 FLOOR FINISH LEGEND SYMBOLS II $: SEALEDCC.arTE LUXURY VINYL mF REGIH]GS ROOM. FERENCE ROOM FINISH LEGEND FOR PRODUCT DETAILS. • HOT ALL fL001111.9TCXES 1./M BE SHOWX ON FLOOR FIN. PLAN i CORIER GUAM,, REFER TOSPFCJCAfOHs STOR A FINISH FLOOR PLAN 11.411 MORIN MOE CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. 11.0 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 110 SHEET 58 ar RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT It 25069 MIP FLOORING WALL FINISH INTERIOR WOOD WORK EXPOSED CONCRETE WALL COVERING SO1 NCI PECIRCATON SECTION_ OS 3540 SPECIFICANON SECTION_ 09 7200 FINISH TREATMENT: SEALED MANUFACTURER: NIDC INTERIOR SOLUTIONS LOCATION: REFER TO FINISH PLAN. PRODUCT TYPE: DURATEC WALL PROTECTION PRODUCT ME'. INTREPID RTMDVI1005 RESIDENT FLOORING COLOR:°LINEN`IBE - INTERIOR ELEEVATIONN9INISRSOHEDULE & SPECIFICATION SECTION. 09 65 00 MANUFACTURER: MANNNGTON COMMERCIAL TON AATIGIEIGNATDRE STYLEPLASTIC PANELING PRODUCT STONE ARo6nIS33 COLOR' STRIA ROCK PECIFICATION SECTION: 09 27 20 SIZE MA 1818 NUFACTURER: IMARLITE INSTALLHTON METHOD: G. 1O TURNPRODUCT TYPE ,IETRI%SMARTSEAM LOCATION: REFER TO FINISH PLAN. PRODUCT NAME SUBWAY PRODUCT NUMBER: SS5452 EPDXY RESINOUS FLOORING FINISHSATIN`0 *011 GRGGVE ve" RM INTERLOCKING BPEgRCATION SECTION: 096+24 LOCAION: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE& MANUFACTURER: SHERMAN WILLIAMS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. PRODUCT NAME. BEIGE TV," UP BASE FRP2 COLOR SAND A B LOCATION: REFER TO FINISH PLAN. MP"N�FALiUIRER ON E-IACTRON. .77 2fl WALL BASE MANUFACTURER TYPE 9YWLIEERIX SONS5 AM PRODUCT NAME SUM. PROCOLOR OGGIAw'wnrt GROOVEIA. FINISH SATIN WOOD ERN INTERLOCKING PATTERN REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE 8 WBI SPECIFICATION SECAON_05 20 00 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. SIZE OIGLOO" FINISH: sTAN SPECIFICATION SECTION'. 06 63 16 COLOR'. MATGi PL2 (MANUFACTURER: (WROTE CATION: REFER To FINISH PLAN. INTERIORPRODUCT PAPE ERVICE!NALL PANELS ELEVATIONS, 8 FINISH SCHEDULE.PRODUCT NA. : INODRC HPL-FACED PRODUCT NUMBER: 4143 RESIUENT WALL BASE LOCATIONEUTRAL ENE` *10 10ISHSCHEDULEA INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.. SPECIFICATION SECTION: w 6513 MANUFACTURER. ROPPE PRODUCT TYPE PROFILED WALL BASE PROFILE CONTOURS. 4MIPLICI-0 BOLD SIZE 41L'• OTION: RE.29 FPH!, CAREFER TO FINISH POW, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.& FINISH SCHEDULE. WALL FINISH CEILINGS GYPSUM CEILING SPECIFICATION SECTION 09 22 26.23 NISH: PTI COLOR SNOWBOUND FICATION. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN & NISH SCHEDULE. PLASTIC LAMINATE PLO SPECIFICATION SECTION: 06 41 16 MANUFACTURER'. WIL00NART PRODUCT NAME'. STANDARD LAMINATE PRODUCT NUMBER D25-30 NTIS FINISH'. MATT LOCATION N:ROOMI SICNACE- REFER TO SICNACE MISCELLANEOUS SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS S1 SPECIFICATION SECTION: 12 SE 81.16 MANUFACTURER '. VMLSONART SOLID SURFACE PRODUCT N'JLJBER9206CS COLOR WHITE STONE CATION: REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 6 LOCATION SCHEDULE. DOORS ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AREA ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS MILLWORK NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST COUNTER CABINETRY CEILING REMARKS 42. SE YEST PULE RBI EAST ERM EAST ACC CORRIDOR OFFICE SC11 RN RBI RBI PT 31 SF 04 SF SCI RBI RBI MAI CELLS FIRE SC I RBI PTI PM I PM PTI PM PT PM I PM AIOB Hsu ,DD SF MECHANICAL SALM PORT RBI RBI PEI PTM 33 SF CORRIDOR SC I RBI PTI PT PROCESSING 33 SF 23131 RBI PT I MESE PROCESSING RBI FRPI FRPI FRPI SE 43 SF BREAK ROOM MEN RBI RBI PEI PT PEI 331 PLI P7I P. AIO ERN RBI PT 6113 42 LECH SCI RBI PT 53 SF RBI PT COURT ROOM L SE 49 SF BENCH MAI PT YAM I PLO PTI FINISH SCHEDULE REMARKS 1. DETENTION CELL WALLS WITHIN CELLS AIL TO BE PANTED PL. ON BOTH INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR WALLS. FRAMES .UNIINUM TRAM PAINTEDBPIG AT THE TOP OFFP LONPWALLD RB GN ALL FOUR SIDES. PwcE HM 3. GYPSUM CEILING TO BE MOISTURE RESISTANT. SPECIFICATION SECTION: 00 M 13 4. PRONDE PLYW'CCD PANELS OVER GYPSUM BOARD ON EACH A'AM REFER TO FINISH. PANT TECHNOLOGY DRAWINGS. PANT AS SCHEDULED. COLOR 5PAINT STEEL MESH CEILING P72. SLEREFER DOOR SCHEDULE LOCATION: REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE SPECIFICATION SECTION: 061613 FINISH FACTORY APPLIED STANDARD URETHANE COL R DESERT SAND 312EOREFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE LOCATION: REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE DOORS SPECIFICATION SECTION: 001416 FILSH ER REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE R SCHEDULE LOCATION: REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE SPECIFICATION SECTION 03 11 13 FINISH:PT2 COLOR TAIL SLEREFEERTO DOOR SCHEDULE LOCATION: REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE NOTE FORAM I INTERIOR PANTIN. FGICIFICAnON SECTION: 001E 14 Lo FIAT PANT FLASH APPLIED AT GYP CEILINGS. WOOD MOULDING FINISH'. FACTORY APPLIED STANDARD URETHANE LL PANT FINISH APPLIED AT COLOR: DESERT SAND PARTITIONS 5PE: REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE sEM4GLOSS PANT FINISH TO BE APPLIED AT SPECIFICATION SECTION: 00 20 00 LOCATION. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE WET WALLS, METALS, DOORS,& PRODUCT TYPE WOOD MOOING FRAMES REGROWS, SIZE: 2"X914" FINISH: STAIN PAINTING COLOR: NIAr0H PL2 CATION. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. SPECIFICATION SECTION: 09 91 13 MANUFACTURER 000 11N WILLIAMS INTERIOR WOOD WORK COLOR NAME(:ASNNOWBOUND LOCATION REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE &INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. PLASTIC LAMINATE PT2 SPECIFICATION SECTON_ 09 91 13 SPECIFICATION SECTION: 0.116 MANUFACTURER MBER HERWIN MILLIAMS. MANUFACTURER: WILSONART COLOR NAME.BE18 PRODUCT NUMBER 83DARD LAMINATE LOCATION NAME' INTERIOR DOOR DOVETAIL UMBER 5239 CATION:INTETIONS3 00R SCHEDULE. FINISH: COLORCNE 20 VELVET INTERIOR ELEVATON38300RSCHEDULE LOCATION REFERT LOCATINTERIO ELEV,IONTO S 3SIGNAGULE FINISH AN, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, A SICNACE LEGEND MANUFACTURER: 6 HERWIN ALUMS PRODUCT NUMBER: fi WF602 NAMECOLOR INDIGOREFER ANUFICATION TURER:ECTON.0601 16 ELEVATIONSIEING REFER i0 EXTERIOR E REMIUML ELEVATIONS RODUCT UCT HUMEE PREMIUM LAMIINATE PTO COLOR:: STUDIO TEAMBER K 5oK in SPECIFICATION SECTION: W 9113 FINISH LINEARITY FINISH MANUFACTURER ER'WIN WILLIAMS LOC,ION. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE, FINISH NUMBERPRODUCT PLAN & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. COLOR NAME:NC CHILL SOC..: DETENTION CELL ...CEILINGS OFFITS REFER TO RASH SCHEDULE INTERIOR PECIFICATION SECTION ab 01,6 ELEVATIONS. AND EATER.R ELEVATIONS. ANUFACTURER: WILSONART PIRODUCT NAME STANDARD L.M,IINATE PECIFICATION SECTION W 8123 COLOR:: GREytleF.1500%0 NJAIMIN MOORS FINISH: MATTE DUCT. ER'. BE PRODUCT NUMBER RETARDANT CATION: ROOM SICNACE - REFER TO SICNACE PRODUCT MBERFR2,D DIN 6,. COLOR'. WNTE LOCATION:IT'STORROOIAPLYWOODPANELS - ABBREVIATIONS EXST EXISTING STONE VENEER RD. RESILIENT' GALL BASE ERFM4 EPDXY RESINOUS FLOORING BF. RESILIENT FLOORING EGLI FIBERGL.S S.4 EXPOSED CONCRETE FRF#LAZPANELING D SURFACING LpUNTERTOF6 GL. GLAZING WBM WOOD GYPSUM C# ALL COVE ERING r P.IAESMESH STIC NEL LAI viwx 'nroo3 P. PLASTIC LAMINATE 'NV4g 'P.'OOD VENFR PTA PAINT GENERAL NOTES - ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 1. ALL W.VA. TO RECEIVE EPDXY PAIN, 2. REFER TO INT. ELEV.& =OR CUSTOM WALL GRAPHICS 512ES LOCkTIONS. 3. REFER TO FINISH FLOOR PLANS FOR FLOORING PATTERN ERENTS. 4. REFER TO INT. EL.. 3OR SPECIAL.. FINISHES . 5. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEEATIONS FOR PAINT COLOR LOC... fi. REFER TO INT. ELK.. FOR SPEC. WALL FINISHES 7. ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS OF FRP FINISHED WALLS ARE TO RECE, STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS TO .A.F.F.,f, LENGTH WALL BASEI. CORNERS AKE GUARDS INSIDE CORNERS S. TOP EDGE SHALL RECEIVE ALUMINUM TRIP...SPECIFIED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 3. 41_1_ GYPSUM BOARD SURFCES SHALL BE TAPED SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. VERIFY COLORS MO EVENT OFAPPLIC4ON PAINTED. THECARCNTECT PRIOR 70 PAINTING. CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. 11.1 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS El— LA H U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE SHEET 59 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 PRIMED:, BOARD CJ F r pm ErC CCHROST0 l Orli OF CORPUS Cim —PR EbDELED 8 PROCESSING A110 - NORTH ELEV. scA<E „a P.M. CONTROL MINT COMER PTA FORT MICROSOFT SRNS SERIF AMPIEJIMIRIM DRYWALL &EXPANSION PLURINU DMM L CONTROL.. ONTROL..LOCFAONS.°LP..1 SONDsw'T MAST NO LIMESTONE VENEER TER TRINES S EE- nECOZS,P; ; ou�soecowdes,Tw. 111111 ca N, GM fCa NIESHMICAL SCHEDULED MS AA —.11/ P O "°, SRAM FMI.1 MIA PROCESSING A110/A112 - WEST ELEV 5 LD EOM HICROSOFT SANS SERIF STAINLESS STEEMORNER GUARDS. ALL FM 0.9 DE CORNERS TR 7 PROCESSING A110/A112 - EAST ELEV. RGALE I,a — I O TE.ERI Nc•4PRI NT'NH.E `IEIONT' RP t BRAS F SAM U ED 2 CORRIDOR A101 - WEST ELEV. EALE „4 RIBBOMANDOCIS RAM MERINO AS SCHEDULED ROSE, MHEDLLED 4 COURT ROOM A118 - EAST ELEV FIFIALE „4 ROOM SIGLIAGE SMIEDULED RE SIGN., LEDFORD,. SCHEDULE EP:MI.1011 CONTROL JOINT COVER DETAIL ERRE ACME BUILDING EXPASIOR JOINT RE GENERAL NOTES -INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 1. ARCHITECT TO SELECT ALL PAINT COLORS WHETHER IDENTIFIELI OR NOT. x. REFER TO A0.3AO., ANDAO.5 FOR REQUIRED IVOUNTING HEIGHTS PER TAS S. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULES FOR MATERIAL DESIGNATIONS SHMN ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR TOILET ACCESSORIES (TA) SCHEDULE. REFER TO SHEETS Fn3. AND A0.5 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. wAra 47, MPEN 'ONSF33..D-DOLED sRPI Mee RP wurftr WWI 6 PROCESSING A110 - SOUTH ELEV. FRP PANELING DRCHLELL CONTROL JOINT DECITALL COMET MINT SAND BM. STARLESS STEEL COMER GUARDS., ALL FRP bur., DE TYP FINISHED.. /N3 EDnra PA MED IS BOOM 3 $REAK ROOM A113 - SOUTH ELEV SCALE „4 MONITOR ,11010,1SUA. T ADA OMAT DRRIE N RII .Min eOTpe SPEW Di RE U BIN_ PWI.IBIN6gPE SEND BLEST MIST. MIESTOLIERELIEER 1 CORRIDOR A101 - EAST ELEV. CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. 12.0 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEET 60 of 110 RECORD DRAINS NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 BO, FLANGES VA' 9 A11ROCESSING PYLON WALL - SOUTH ELEV. D�LE 0 PROCESSING PAINT PT- RE MECH.. DAL CONTROL JCINT 6 A115 WOMEN - NORTH ELEV A115 WOMEN - WEST ELEV s�ALE 5 s�ALE TT T. 53/ BASE ASSC,EDUOT 3 A114 MEN - NORTH ELEV. EXPANSION CONTROL Orr A114 MEN - EAST ELEV. 2 a�LE C SUE] NEV.,1,11NUIRVALL iiOUNTED,NDPAL BENCH A119 - WEST ELEV. 8 �snNesEE<isscowinNTo aeiwN. vanTm-m. -"EOHU,NDU T AEFErvniu� —v BASE AS SLHEDJLED HEDUED STAINED ADTwni MOUNTED HANDRAIL P PANELS an PR, ILE ELOU 7 BENCH A119 - EAST ELEV 14I7=14Es'A.scIs'ETIPIsTe. Tr. RIa —yam:--.--"• I V I I I I 1 I IV I\ I fl II I 1 fILI—I—L-_meu J J J C C N T}�—�I I� 1 1— 1. D I I IIETI 1 LL I I H 1 1 1 III LL II ] Ir S TT�D� y 11 1 1 1 1 11 ]l1 1 111111111 IIIIrC F IIIIIl ®®■ D III' III' III' 1 III' fl I I BASE SSCHEDU,o PA R DCOR AND FRWIE...SsLrEOULED TVP EXPOSED 14..1C DUCTWORK PANT PT4 RE NIEC..1,1 4 CELLS A105 - EAST ELEV FONT MICROS., SANS SERIF BOLD TIT •-1 . —., ==I li�i I®I• •-IyMME•. AM M II■ IIMMEMEM • M PT YHA. SCI-EDLILED RE, CIFIC,ONS 1 CELLS A105 - WEST ELEV. CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. 12.1 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 N W , W' F. Q 1- CC — CC2- w Z 7 a H U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEET 61 of 110 RECORD DRAY ING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 FURNITURE ACCESSORES SCHEDULE FURNITURE SCHEDULE FURN TURE SCHEDULE UANTM ITEM DESCNMON MANUFACTURER PRODUCT. QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER PRODUCT. FURNISHED INSTALLED Sr IMAGE x[r QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER PRODUCT NO. FURNISHED SY INSTALLED WAGE ASTER KEY(ONE KEY) HON HF22 1 , SQUARE EDGE wvlrvaTETca FLR UTERI HON HDletae CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR a 3 DECK onELL IAINATEs HON H3aaYC CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR CORE UNDECIDED KEY OPTION HON HEM HF LAMINATES RNrvcSPUN SLATE PI PAINT OPTS L6HT 1 FLAGSHIP HY, 2.DRVI"N.' PULL AL oBI ➢eH 1PD OW CORE TO OFiDER KEY ALINE HON H0180N CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR "..$f 2 GPQY' MOO° SERIES RETURN RIGHT. '0 2 2., HANDSPUN SL....7E HoN HM,I.R FLAGSHIP .1.24, 2.OR,N. PULL LATERAL FLAGSHIP LP1 PAINT OPTS IGHTGRAY ONIT CORE TO Ex KE x. HON 1191RON CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR 1 PI PAINT OPTS RAY LIGHT ... SERIES RETURN LEFT.,do'La12H GPOLI STANDARD LAMINATES HANDSPUN SLATE HON H399daL 'G'Z'LSIT41,Z413:11INIKErL'E' 'E" FIANDSPUN SLUE PI P4INT OPTS LIGHT O RAY HON NaMIL CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR 11111111 PI PAINT OPTS LIGHT GRAY METAL CENTER DRAWER .11VFOR M.; PI PAINT OPTS LIGHT GP, o] 1 LOCK FLUSH FM FIANDSPUN SLUE PI P4INT OPTS Xi GRAY LIGMOTIVATE HON H2D_15R P.TILE WITH PADDED ARM REST TIER1 VINYL BLUE NTEONSA CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR i�UN GLIDE nAIR.CET,2 NO ARM STANDARD HON nnlGl CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR 9 1 TIER1 CINVLBw- SE PHYSICIAN STOOL WITI-1 SINGLE LE.ERREtFaSE AND INTEN9A 951 CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR o ■ 0 SHADOW GHaRBLACu R[ 1 v9LE REC>-INao�/.MM EoGEFI%Eo BASE HON HMVR.2v95G.Fx CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR — — — L — — — 3 K SIMPLE HRG ROLL CONTROL ER NIEi CONTROL CONTOURETT HON HI..AIII CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR II NO GROMMETS ANDARD ATES HANDSPUN PLATINUM GLIDE PI PAINT OPTS BLACK L L T NO LUMBARDaE ACK cONMERCIAL IBACK 1 ARRAN. SEATED HEIGHTX.EA.E FOR 243D_RFC P I PAINT OPTS CHAR. HON HORS% CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR '7 - - - - ® II WIRE SHELVING UNIT, 13xdS, BLACK CAFCO 51J DL CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR ARRANGE TABLE n RIdINATE6P NO GROMMET GRD STANDARD E HON HciRNotd RDAs ary No. DATE -51-14 CITY of CORPUS CHRIS TEXAS Department of Engineering Servic r PLATINUM L L L _ _ _ _ AIR 9 STANDARD C.,INDER HEIGHT •VVIDTH ADJ ARM ECASTER HON HCFEU CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR 4 k_,a MMCOORDINATING ❑• BLACK STANDARD RASE ® L——L I ® 1❑ � IC , RECTA..0FOOT RI PAINT OPTS HON HHATB252LC CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR MECHANICAL ® CORRIDOR ® EFRCH ❑ - vREAXROOM ® ® ® t / STANDARD GLIDE MEMORY PRESET L — — J 0 - !� LAMINATESHANDSPUN TBA9E HON HYNti4a2dOGTTit �R ®IRIS !R'l114 SLATE PLATINUM ® ninon= ammo." NO GROMMET _v - 11 4e ARRANGE SEATED HEGN,BASE FOR 2430'aRFC HON HOU. CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR E. PI PAINT OPTS OFIARBLACK SQUARE TOPHON G2d NO azommEr HANDSPUN SLATE �I IIL L ❑ oNGo Ra ,®R ALL GUN SAFE GRDEBGNERGRONTRACTOR STGREMGRE G� SMS�GF, EGHGFDe.GG2 CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR RRIDOR ®_ � COLOR.C,GCOLATEBROWNWOOD PRISONER RESTRRINT BENCH. CONTRACTOR ® ��I 00NRG STORE RRT,K. ® CHOCOLATE WOOD ORE CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR 3RG,N Ai ® 1la] [Mar �� CELL...REFRIGERATORAPPLIANCESGE CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR Iv AS II* ® oR ❑ A O ® ® G �a1E APPLIANCES' CONTRACTOR ONTRa.roR MI 1111111141 LIMP ® LE 1 11 fill° F FL. STAND CONTRACTOR C2NTRA T2R - BENCH MATCHING PRISONER o Nr to PRNo[on'ITn NO Tq FF STARE CONTRACTOR CONTRACT. R 9 THE ENDURANCE ,ALL MOUNT BUNK MIDNIGHT BLUE coaTECH 7.7011,1B CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR 1 FF&E FLOOR PLAN e e 23 CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR 5e L ,Y3 -, G COLOR. CHOCOLATE STORE .BACK. LB PHRTITION �57gNoan wioeaa xeT �sx'EVE IInATE.BJJSTAB.E A =FACE COUNTERTOP.. LACE BOARD SEE FLOOR PLw -OR SLOPE SOLID SURF. BENCH MILLWORK SECTION 10 4.0 PRODUCTS TWIST LOU SOLID SEIRFRGE FULLY ADHERED COUNTERTOP RS SCHEDULED SOLID SURF. BENCH MILLWORK SECTION 4 CEILING ES SCHEILLED ERN STAINECTNOCEI CM' TRILL FINISH COLOR TO HATCL EASE TOGETHER AT CORNERS BENCH GLAZING HEAD DETAIL 9 544.10 BOARD FINISH PLR CLASH GLAND CLIENNE,E,CRL TEMEEE SOLID EL REECE FULLY ADHERED CLOUNTEETOP I" ABUSE RESISTANT FINISH FR� BENCH GLAZING SILL DETAIL 8 _ BUTT.GL HEED GLASS. GLE OUTLET RE. ELECTRICAL aa0r SOLID SURFACER/LEY FDLIFEED COUNTERTOP. REHEOULEO — NET RE OUTLET PE TECHNOLOGY BACH 04 SD, SIDE CH CARNET JR" 'FLICK ADJUSTABLE SHELF B SEES SCREC LIED SOLID SURF. BENCH MILLWORK SECTION 3 S�LE SOLID SURFACE EH, ADHERED COUNTERTOP ES SCHEDLLED. HE' CHAMFER Ai EDGE .2 LAVERS 1 EL LADF BOARD SOLID SURF. BENCH COUNTER DETAIL 7 s�LE LETTER EG. ONE NAMEPLATE FER WELL TWINER HAROLE000 NOP ATE HOLDER STAIN TO ILIAT00 PIA ROUTE EDGE RETELL 44 6 BENCH NAMEPLATE DETAIL SoaLE B -, PERM LAMINATE AS SCHEDULED MISTAKE SRELF SOIL C. SURFACE COSTER-FOP PLASM LAMINATE AS SCTECULED BASE AS SCHEDULED OUT, RE EL ECTRICAL eaCi:nr:11=10 1/2' THCF L4411144TE CLAD BENCH ENLARGED PLAN 5 HAHNE, BEYOND a ID SURFACE EOUNTERTDP EASE 43 SCHEDULED SOLID SURF. MILLWORK SECTION SOLID SURF. BREAK RM. SINK 2 1 CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. 14.0 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07131,025 W , ` F NJ CC — CC2 . w Z Ce 1- U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 MILLWORK DETAILS SHEET 63 of 110 RECORD DRAMS NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 MECHANICAL SYMBOLS MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES PIPING SYMBOLS DUCTWORK PIPING TYPES 1 PIPING AND DUCTWORK ON DR,WMGS ARE SCHEMATIC ONLY AWm:E CI" ,NSUµoo'ACsswEEEIRFEALLCESS D WFIRGSIA N,CEORI 2 BE CONFOCTSAND ALLOW ADEQUATE CI FAR., AND FIELD COORDINATED OlxENTDIOESiOAV'DO EASY ACCESS 1 COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF FLOOR AND WAL OPENINGS WITHARcxGECTAND STRUCNRAL R. CONDUCTOR SHALL COORDNATE NONELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR ALL ELECTRICAL cawDNA i>AOMETFLUES OR PLUMING VAIR ENTS roNuxrAw 5 CONTRACTOR OUTSIDE x MDRE xwlNrCOMPLYW xPPE SPACING SSPECIFIEDIN LOGO PNDFFMMLCODES AM AUTHORITIES 1 EWUPMENT SINK. DIMENSIONS. AND REQUIRED CONNECTIONS SOIL RE NAFIEO WITH THE EETS BEFORE OURING OF B.CONDUCTOR SSHALL A PATHS. ALL UNITS. REFERroFt00a f VOuFOR EXACT SaIG.WH. FORETMR A RoATHS..T0#uuNIS. RE.70 FOORPLANSANDMs AFlRE RATED WALLAFPEOMPERSIAiLBEPROVIOEO IN 10. COORDINATE EXACT LOG1MR.FNNI. AND COLOR OFALMDEVTLES WITH ARCHITECT 'I. All EAOGfC xORA LL RESSPANEALH EMINENT ABOVE HARD CEUNG. WE RECOMMENDED SEANCE CIESRarEBAD COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FOR FN. I _3 PROVDE TEMPERATURE SENSORS, BELOW THE MASHED CLEAR OF CASEY.. PRIOR TO FN. ROUGHAN MOUNT HUNDISTATS AND CO2 ec"Fwa'Ls: SWITCHES. PROVDE lN..oCOORDTEEsrcT WITH loalxGa.vnawTnorw LvFOR AL ROUND RECTANGULAR DUCT. 's. AALL LOW LNDUCT WN ON FUNS ARE UDR INSIDE ONS wWmsfw w oANDASSOCIATED IEnxTwoM SNALRECoxmruLTEDTO n. PROVE* AIRFOIL Tw8Tuax6CVA. INAaYODEGREE MOWS. I0 FASTEN AND SEAL ALL DUCTWORKJOINTS. LONGITUDINAL AND TRAVERSE SMIS AND CONNECTONS SECTIONsuz1. DUCT SEALANT SHA1 BE INSPECTED PRIRTOMLIN..BEING INSULATED. AW8IE880L SSI99EB xAROESB f0. SLOE EPUNE➢.REFER iODNMGIIIELTFOR COITLORSNS FOODOU awlExr LaaTEn artocoNs sHA1eE SELEclEoroNw nANDE MPHw INEDSAND ALL PIPE SUPPORTS AND CONDUIT SUPPORTS SHALL FIE ANCHORED TO ROOF DECK ALL AIR SHALL BE ANCHORED TO ROOFDECK.VBRAPON ISDIATORSSHFu ICLUDEUPunSECUREUENT. 72. rt S THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSBLRY TO HAVE WAIMEABTNG.IOBS. CONDITIONS WILL HAVE OBTAINED THE SCOPE Of MECHANICAL WORK MVO,. ASA RESAT OF THE RUCTURE THE SCOPE OF ST REROUTED. RELOCATED, OR REMOVED WHICH MUST PROW.xDTHAT�rs eEDICATEEDRRvwLN MMAY B as EITHER DRA 00. CWRDINATEAL MDUNDNG LOCATIONS AND WIG. OF AR DEVICES WIN ARCHITECT •. N TILDES FOR AND o :. ENGINEER. POWER REQUIREMENTS to fEEr DISTANCE BETWEEN THE PIPE SUPPORT HAVNGJIPISD=,ION. MANUFACNREA DRAWINGS AND PING PLeNsavDARDEVKE TAGS PR°RroINSTAUttIx. PANEL PER MAUFACTINFR'S LRE svros.�ucxr MEET THE IATESTSAMNA PERAxRAEwI WOx xOLEuxG ORPPRIOJ C[wlvG UCT sinus sEcOuREDDDIREocnr G STEEL CABLES COOLED CONDENSING UNITS MANG THE BIDDING SO TO T. TEMNOT ALL POTHEY RARILY MDR TO FlNA STAuipN _tE 'A"Ta %s. RG °T,3„z°z5 CAP DxEND D PRE M I.RIGERANTLOUD.. IO ELBOW UP 7 °Bow nom KM "S RERxOfRANT SICTIMM. J11 VALVE IN DROP su.,'OROM. ARIP COWEN-ATEMAMIE IOC VALVE IN RISE ...MEDA MISCELLANEOUS DIRECTION OF FLOW — ; o,FRE �R DIRECTIONDE SLOPE DOWN ELECTRIC.� HANG DiERE��MEL`�REPACED O[ONIRALTONSwLCOAPLYWIMULSTATE. b CONCENTRIC REDUCER S°) SMOKE DAMPER h N REDUCER ; Es° FRE/SIOKE DAMPER E PLUMMxGDRAWING NOTE REFERENCE �i� u M MOTOR�Db1NPER O DRAWING NOTE REFERENCE MECHANICAL ._F TEE OURETDOWH —III— ONION Z RENRx.RFLEF OR EXHAUST AAUP —VUP --I I— RANGE HOMED RISE x DUCT VDx WIPED DROP N DUCTSENSORS," —. 1F£ ANCHOR PEXPPNISOIJOIOi Jmol EXHAUSTRENRN OR DIFFUSER OUCT — WITH RLOW DOWN VALVE da "�«D TREUEEORExwIOsrARDowx GATEuuENVElrvAcexsxcxrunavvuVE C THERMOSTAT pC1 GLOBE VALVE DFI BALLVALVEEXISTING DMISER I REVISION NO. I DATE I gi CITY of CORPUS CHRIS TEXAS Department of Engineering Servic BkACNG VALVE WRx gffENENMLPHESSOPE TAPS DIVING .X.DUCT DUCTWOM( °onxGSIONS ` p�1 DssvvALVE B.K,rI ��1— NEM VALVE \ ��� BUTTERFLY VALVE ., ; REFER TOSCHED"E Y6 CFM CFQ f SUPPLY DIFFUSER TH.WAYMODu MODULATING CONTROL VALVE SOLENOID VALVE �" FLEXIBLE DUCT rEcnox d< MEW DUCTWORK PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 10.ANSIfbx - O GAS REGULATOR - 8 GAS COCK OR PLUG VALVE (VW. P) FEN' DUCT DIMENSIONS (WIDTH E. HEIGHT) i•■01,�� SUPPLY OR OUTS. AR DOWN EMI SPRNA'IERFLOOR CONfR0.5TAlpx NRNNG VANES \ MM.,. VEIL M AUTOMATIC AIR ND SLOT DFFUSER WI P.M CONNECTION .O RERU\ Y 10P REL. VALVE REFER TO DRAWNG x. SHEET MAR {I LE CLFANLANI W. CLFANLAT Ps FIIOGO Amur '1 FLOORCIFAOUT ATe00E POINT OF NEW CONNECTION TO EMSTNG DUCTWORK 4 PRESSURE GAUGE WITH GAUGE COCK DEMOLISHD 080 PTDLDGATIOxSHOWN wRMOMETER — MENKECONNECRDx v ALDWVENTURI TEMPERATURETP VACUUMVALVE PACKFLOW PREVE"8ER CIRcu7TNG PUMP ENG/NEER/NG 5050 S. STAPLES. SUITE MD CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 7E411 TEXAS EFIRM MO. 7504S G7 MEN 101110 001 10710. 0 pHUd ECH INTERVIEW LA: J O 1.7 COURT ROOM I +el trim OENLARGED MECHANICAL PLAN 1/4.=1'-0' tar JUDGE II MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES: A CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL COMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SATE BEFORE COMMENCING ANY PHASE OF THE WORN ADJUSTMENTS FOR FIT AND COORDINATION SHALL BE MADE AT NO ADDTDONAL COST TO THE OWNER NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS, DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSIONS PRPOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE CONITUCT WORK S. CSTRUCNRAL ONTRACTOR sHALL SEW ALL CFOTSNYERWINGNSPECIFICATIONS FOR ANADTIONAL REQUIREMENTS A C CONTTUCTOR .011 coca... Ha WORK W. OTHER TRADES_ D SEE MO 'I FOR MECHAN/CAL SYMBOLS LEGEND AND ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES E_ DPROVIDE IFFUSERMANUAL BALANCE DAM , GRILLEOPERS UTS IN ACCF SIBLEOT LOCATION OWN ON ALL F MOUNT ALL THERMOSTATS aY AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTEDG All EXPOSED DUCTS SHALL BE INTERNALLY LINED REFERENCE H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK. COORDNATE COLOR W. ARCHITECT. MECHANICAL KEY NOTES: O Y.0 Ew UP TO EEI O 18410. EA UP TO Eu. O 10,10'OA UP TOOH-1 ON ROOF. O RETURN AI PATH UNDER DOOR. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURE SET. O ROUTE TNSFEN AIR DUCT BETWEEN TRUSSES NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CRRRAEPANCIEs. O IWO EA UP TO ON ROOF. • MOTORIZED 0 AMPE0 `HESHALL LE:OBEo WHEN WITCH. CO. DAMSHALL PER SAL. OR NSTNLDMLLEMO. SECURITY MESH 50OTHERS. OD EP, TO UPON ORETNC 00205S°RALARMEf2TOOPERATEDONDNDDUHLY UNTI(1_) THERMOSTAT CONTROLS AHU-1. (F0 THERMOSTAT CONTROLSAMU,. Fa THERMOSTAT CONTROLS AHU3. ENGINEER/NG SOW S STAPLES. SUITE 300, CORPUS 36t_zrnR P- BS2 F TEXAS ENGINEERING FIRM NO OOSSIS 1 25045 I CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. M1.1 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT SHEET 65 m 110 RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 0 25069 ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR SCHEDULE TAG MR SERVED AEG MODEL FRESH AIR(FA) EXHAUST. (EA) $FARM RA M FA SenenleLwa Roam.(WM) 0451 Load Remmne(SRA) Sensde0a-mey E6e.(19 114513 550.7 Effect Um Uxmel Derr Now CFN1 ESP CFM ESP Dry 14e(F) am(F) WM61.6 055*4(F) BW(F) MO. (F) WyBub B MG EAv-1 BLOBMOCP BLOB RENEWME NE-2( 1m9 OA 1. O.e ER WINTER 10 6ai ♦ m 661 UA 68.99E sate T.e .2 206/100 16.6 16 ALL SUMMER 76 66 66.1 60.2 W n 6p64 111,600 11.1 00.8 NOTES: 1. PROVIDE UNIT WITH CRA HV BACK DRAFT DAMPERS ON SUPPLY ANO EXHAUST CUTLETS. 2. PROVIDE UNIT WITH MERV 13 FILTERS 3. PROVIDE UNIT WITH ECM MOTORS 3. INTERLOCK UNIT WITH TIME CLOCK FOR BA-9PM OPERATION (ADJUSTABLE). REF ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. AIR BALANCE SCHEDULE BASED ON .1.1.582.1.2010 SUPPLY PM RETURN AR 01116IREAR cuLN 1561.15111 ClITSIDE AM CELLS 1400 1100 1250 1. 250 1.0 ISO -103 02.0 E01.04101 TOTAL DIFFERENCE (01,-FA1 CONDITIONED.. ISOLIARE FEET, DESIRED C. FOR PRESSURIZATION I BUILDING LEPRAGE BES. ON FASTING 6wGXT 0 1.1131 X TOTAL SURFACE AREA BUILDING ...UST MINIMUM REQUIRED FOR B2C( AMOUNT. FRESH AIR PROODED BDELILLEREDI .12 BUILDING PRESSURIZED Pi WE CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE MAI CUs Cw TOT Nvilm 60.1 NEFFIGERANT 12-4502 114.515 COOLING STAGES SEFR2 9(I121 208/3 11201 ROWS 14 9(12 5) 20111 MCA 17 18 WG LENNOX LENNOX LENNOX 2 PROVIDE RA LAPR. HOT GAS BYPASS CONTROL DEVICE TO PROVIDE MODULATING. SWITCHES.C.A ITY 2_ PROVIDE REFRIGERANT SENSORS. WIRING HARNESSES, AND .ARM SHUTDOWNS COMPLIANT 6 SEE REFRIGERANT LINES PER MANUFACTURES RECOMMENDAIIONS. PROVIDE HIGH AND LOW PRESSURE NO -BLEED PORT ADJ STABLEDTX,/VALVE. PROVIDE DOWD LINE SIGHT GLASS AND PRESSURE TAPS ON INLET AND OURET INDOOR COILS. LOUVER SCHEDULE TAG SERVICE INTAKE MANUFACTURER GREENHECK MODEL EVHw10.36X30 Siff (INCHES)(WXH) 3BX30 AIR FLOW(CFM) 1790 FREE AREA(FT2) PRESCIN0 DROP (N WG) oa NOTES ALL L-2 INTAKE GREENHECK EVH5010.16X60 400 0.01 AL La INTAKE GREENHECK 400 001 ALL LA INTAKE GREEMECK 400 0.01 ALL La INTAKE GREENHECK 600 0.01 ALL NOTES:1. PROVIDE WITH BUNGLER BARS 2. PROVIDE WITH FLANGED FRAME. 3. PROVIDE WITH WBY ARCHITECT. 4. LINSECT OER SHALL N EWUD DR.IN, FINISH.EN AND ANODIZED COLOR DRIVEN IN. HUICANERAT PEN IBC AND TWIA FOR 120 MPH WITH A 3 SECOND GUST. 5. RUSKIN, GREENHECK, AND UNITED ENERTECH ARE APPROVED EQUALS. GRAVITY HOOD SCHEDULE TAG SERVICE MANUFACTURERS MODEL AN FLOW (CFM) TFROAT SUE(LXW) PHYSICAL SIZE (LXW) PRESSURE DROP (NWG) INTAKE OR EXHAUST NOTES GH-1 ANU-3 GREENHECK FGI-1W10 250 10210 0.03 INTAKE ALL GH2 GREENHEGK F0I-15322 1410 3922E 0.05 EXHAUST ALL . PROVIDE WRIT BUNGLER BARS 2. PROVIDE W7111 FLANGED FRAME. 3. PROVIDE WITH INSECT SCREEN AND TWO GOAT TU%KYNAR FINISH - REF. ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR COLOR. RUSNN, GREENHECK, AND UNITED ENERTECH ARE APPROVED EQUALS. DX SPLIT AIR HANDLING UNIT SCHEDULE MARK SERVES CELLS PRCCESSING COURT VERTICAL VERTCAL VERGCAL SUPPLY 1,00 1.0 OUTSIDE M(CFA1) 1. sP, IN. WO) OT 0.6 PERCENT OUTSIDE aR 1001E Av MOTON TYPE ECN ECM cocoNs Cr. MAX GM_ FACE E.1FPM1 EAT WNB(F) WWS(F) 500 02.97/1.4 56.4.0 56-5/56.0 500 791/656 TOTAL GRAND IMRUp 801 406 42.1 TOTAL ALE (5*TUH) 066 REHEAT COIL HEAGNG KW 16.0 16.0 CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. M2.1 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT 0 HEATING EAT DS RI 806 65,7 828 oB(F) ELECTRICAL DATA 208/1/60 208/1/60 A10CP MANIIEACLWE LENNOX LENNOX LENNOX CWM2UHET CBRODHET NOTES NOTES 1. PROVIDE 2- PLEATED 0015 EFFICIENT MERV. FRIERS FOR TiE ANU 2. PROVIDE SLIDE OUT FILTER FFMME ON RETURN INLET OF3 PROVIDE WITH SINGLE POINT. ELECTRIC. CONNECTION FOR EACH UNIT. THE UNITS SHALL BE CONSTANT VOLUME4. PROVIDE N. TALL STAND/PLENUM BASE FOR HORIZONTAL WM. 6 PROVIDE RUBBER IN SHEAR ISOLATORS FOR SUSPENDED /JR HANOLF_R 6. PROVIDE SECONDARY DR. PAN WITH EMERGENCY FLOAT SWITCH !MERL°. FLOAT SWITCH WITH UNIT SAFETIES ALITOMAIIC RE CONTROL' PROVIDE FOR EACH HVAC UNIT, AGE DAY THER WITH 9. NON-VtXITTE FLASH ENORY TO RETAN PROGRAM SCHEDULE. EQUIVALENT THERMOSTAT RMASUFn RI.S ARE MANE.CARRRIER, OR HONEWIELL VISOR PRO HEATrmL. APPUCABLF WIANA.°CHANGEOVER FEATURE. HEATING AND COOLING SET POINTS SHALL eE OPERATOR ADJUSTABLE (THERMOSTATS BYUNR SUPPLIER). THERMOSTAT SR.24 HOUR MEMORY RETENTKW, 6 OGRE F DEADRAID, AUIONAOC SETBACK WITH AN OCCUPANT OVERRIDE BUTTON, AND AN LCD DISPLAY. 8 INSTALL ALL LINITS . PER THE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICAGONS AND 6 MANUFACTURERS MINIMUM CLEARANCES FOR OPERATION AND SSERNCE OF THE UNIT O0.MW TT COORDINATE INSTALtAGCN OF THE UNIT WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES, DUCPNORK. STRUCTURE, ELECD0CAL AND ALL OTHER OBSTRUCT. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE UNIT.. EQUIPMENT P.. AND Alt ACCESSORIES BEQUIPMEN SH ALL NOEEICEED THE SPEC DMAANUAC RESPHYSCAL FIED DIMENSONS.ANTD WEc WEIGHTS 10. PROVIDE REFRIGERANT SENSOR AND CONTROLS AT THE UNIT WM1 SYSTEM SHUT OE VALVE FOR REFRIGERANT MITIGATOR COMPLIANT WITH UL 60336-240. 11. PROVRE DH RELAY KIT SO THAT THE FAR GOES TO YT OR G SPEED WHEREVER WITHIN DEAOBAND AND RH R ABOVE STPT. 12 ENS.. GMT AHU FAN SPEED TAPS ARE WIRED SEPARATELY BETWEEN 11 AY, E• N RG ■L 07/31/2025 _ ENGINEER/TUG CORPUS P-36LSs22rnR F -.1 8622922 TE.S ENGINEERING FIRM NO 00.18 1 25045 CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES SHEET 66 01 110 RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 0 25069 DX MINISPLIT HEAT PUMP UNIT SCHEDULE AIR HANDLER SCHEDULE MARK SSt SERVES ITISTOR A103 TYPE ALL MOUNT PLY(CFM) 440-150 FAN MOTOR TYPE DC MOTOR COOLING COIL @ DESIGN CONDITIONS COOLING COIL (MBTUH) MAXBAIN NOMINAL TONNAGE 0.75 ELECTRICAL DATA VOLTsmwla 208050 MCA 0 MITSUBISHI MODEL NO. MSYGX0ON NOTES HEAT PUMP UNIT SCHEDULE MARK SSG1 SERVES NOMINAL COOLING MBTUH 12.2 AA.BIENT TEMP. COOLING 55 5EER2 20.4 EER2 MCA 12.0 MOCP 21 WEIGHT (II,) MANUFACTURER MOSUSISHI MODEL NO. MUYGXOBNL NOTES . PROVIDE UNIT WITH MICRO5LUE OR MET RLUECONUENSATE PUMP AND RESERVOIR WITH OVERFLOW SENSOR. 2 SIZE REFRIGERANT LINES AS PER THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE INVERTER DRIVEN COMPRESSORS, HIGH AND LOW PRESSURE SWITCHES, CRANKCASE HEATERS, NON -BLEED PORT. AND ADJUSTABLE LEV VALVE. PROVIDE P..U. TAPS ON a. DO NOT EXCEED INLET CCEoFR COILS. PROVIDE ION ACCUMULATORS ON ALL UNITS. TOMMEaEERIN�TH.A. PROVIDE WIRED RMOSAWITH WIFI CAPABILITIES. 5. UNITS SHALL BE 5. ACCEPTABLE TESEITBSRLKING. OFACURARE MSUIHII ODA.7. INDOOR UNIT SHALL BE POWERED THROUGH THE OUTDOOR UNIT. AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE Awmm TYPE ALO ❑A ALU AGISIA 1 RETURN RERAN RERIRN B.N'PATIPRN SPORN 5. DROPPED NATERIN AllNIAINUN OPTONSMOTES MSS SS PLASTER FRAME ALUM RASTER FRO.IE .15 STEEL DAMPER .1553 STAINLESS SIEEL DANK, KIT EARTHQUAKE WS MONT BLADE LONG °POMPON 3 FRONT BLADE SNORT ORIENTATION ITN THROW REDUCING VANES ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE SERVES FIRE RISER MNA.ADDAER NORSEmNER 1110) 208/1,60 AU NOTES 1 MOUNT. MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED HEIGHT 2, PROVIDE MANUFACTURERS MOUNTING HARDWARE sorAE NEIGNrAs ucNrswlTOH. PROVIDE ulvwENT MANU ACRIRERS' FINISH a. MODINE. OR EQUAL 7, SET TRERMOSTAT TO 40. FOR FREE. PROTECTION e. PROVIDE UNIT WEIR INTEGRAL DISCONNECT SWRCN. FAN SCHEDULE 66.3 SNLYPORT OREDT ESP. NMG. 03 m 1115 IN 1MO s0MSIMVCI 116060 MNArIcePE6 06E06EO( aEFHEO, NmRMAPBI OIEaAVG NOTE X.E0.4051 FAN SHALL BE CONTROIED LIGHT SN ON 5.E5M001.1.6"1506 COORDINATEMlxeECINICCAL ENGINEER/NG CORPUS rn8 P-551862zF-361542922 TEXAS ENGINEERING FIRM NO 005318 1 25045 I 0 CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. M2.2 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT SHEET 67 06 110 RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 0 25069 STRUCTURE RIFFS CONNECT TO STRUCTURE N AN APPROVED MANNER IREFER TO DBrxxx • ELECTRICAL CONDUIT re • ANGLE OR -- DUCTWORK TIGHT UMRE uGxr EIMRE NOTE 1 PIPES I NCLUDING S PRINxLER PiPiNcl PM ELECTRICAL CONDUIT CAN BE ROUTED BETWEEN JOISTS OR THROUGH dOIST WEB SPACE DUCT SHALL SE LOCATED TIGHT TO STRUCTURE UNLESS EXTERNALLY INSULATED.. NOTED OTHERWISE 2 MINDIUM BOTTOM OF PIPE OR BOTTOM OF DUCT ELEVATION IS ABOVE CEILING HEIGHT LAG BOLTS TREADED ROD GALVAHLZED NUT t WASHERS PAINT EXPOSED DUCT REFER TO ADCLILIT-CT FOR FINISH 2. STEEL ANCALE GALVAHLZED 2' STEEL ANGLE LAG BOLTED TO YX ARCHITECTURAL DRAW WM 3/81 HANGER ELD LLNE FIGURE e 23 SUPPORT ASMBDVDEDPER FLANGE DUCT FLANGE AS PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATION W1a•MIN) ALL BRANCH CONNECTIONS SLMILL BE PROVIDED Willi OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER AND LOCKING QUADRANT. USE YOUNGS REGULATOR BLADE DAMPER SHALL BE NOTE THIS CONNECTION SMWL BE WPC. FOR ALL NGULAR BRANCH DUCT CONNECGONS TO RECTANGULAR •uam DUCTS INCLUDING SUPPLY. REPARN. OUTSIDE AIR AND EXHAUST DUCTS IALSALIATION STAINLESS STEEL ELEVATED REGULATOR FLEXMASTER CALADRANTOR APPROVED EQUAL STAINLESS STEEL LAMP DAMPER ROD INSIDE BEARING DBULAPCH BEM NOTE t SHALL MAINTAIN A RADIUS OF I 5XZTYPICOL OF ROL/M3 DUCT CONNECTIONS TO I. INSULATION WITLI FLEXIBLE DUCT TYP. MEP INSTALLATION DETAIL 2 OVAL OR ROUND DUCT MOUNTING 3 RECTANGULAR BRANCH DUCT TAP 4 SPIN -IN DETAIL BIRD SCARED TREATED WOOD NAILER FOAM RUBBER TO UNDERMDAPPLIED ROOF FLASHING PRE MANUFACTURED INSULATED ROOF CURB PARER TOARCH DETAILS FOR CURB FLASHING ITLAILISITICM AS REFER TO ARCH REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION tGFOR ROOF CONST BACIOPARIIMPER FOR EMMET HOW PROW. WK. WITI :11TIMR COMER DUNCES ia, -L w,wxE HOOD RR RELIEF I-1000 OA INTAKE OR EXHAUST RELIEF HOOD LAWLILLIAM RUSKIN EQUAL LOUVER REFER DWGS VD INSECT SCREEN OUTSIDE AIR CC1-.1 TO BE SELECTED BY ARCH REFER TO ARCH. DAMPER MOTOR OPPOSED BLADE CAMPER EXPANDED MET AL SCREEN AS REDD SEE DWGS DUCT CCAINERDON ANGLE IRON FRAME AS REQUIRED TO CLFAR DAMPER MOTORS FLTER DRIER SLOPE AIR COOLED LOOP TO PREVENT LIQUID FROM DRAINING INTO COMPRESSOR EVAPORATOR DXGOIL AT FAN COIL UNIT THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE VEPSOAnn NOTE 1 TIP./ FOR EACH SEPARATE I/ELEM./ANT CIRCUIT 2 PROVIDE FILTER DRYER ON ALL SYSTEMS 3 ILSE Mar HARD DRAWN COPPER REFRIGERANT PIPE SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE PROVIDE M SECTION OF INsutAnox SUPPDRT FOR REFRIGERANT DIELECTRIC ISOLATION GALVANIZED ANGLE IRON GALVANIZED SUPPORT ROD SIZED PER REcOR ExonDONS LIQUID LINE INSULATED REFRIGERANT SUCTION PIPE PIPE SADDLE 6 INTAKE LOUVER MOUNTING 7 REFRIGERANT PIPING SCHEMATIC 8 REFRIGERANT PIPE HANGER 1 _LA.2,Tl55n e _CARARAR- 1 MECHANICAL A107 ISOMETRIC REFRIGERANT LIOUID LINE PROVIDE 4' SECTION Of INSULATION PT WOLMANI2ED SASE FOR LIQUID LINE INSULATED REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINE 41344121 LONG MAN WOMANIZED BLOCK Tx 1 VAC THICK COW RUE PAD PIPE SADDLE 9 GROUND MTD. REFR. PIPE 10 YOUNG'S REGULATOR OPERATOR ■I- _ L� N R,r 07/31/2025 ENGINEER/NG SEW S STAPLES. SUITE 300, CORPUS 36i 8522rnR -F TEXAS ENGINEERING FIRM NO 005.3113 1 25045 CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. M3.1 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT 8 CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 MECHANICAL DETAILS SHEET 68 a 110 RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 0 25069 AN0.4.40110 o.n. VX D PRNLElVMN ipMRQY IaITIONDPRON. TETECTOR MOU GREATER DIVAS FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR , 3PLYAIR w DUCT BOARD FAN A 'O.i RO TNO NOM IR /DISCONNELT Er/ i vonJL x�.ueErvawrsWHEN rsuuau® cHRAUAemscwwC ,- An r■\\,.LLLbI \JJJ// a j\ ' uNRPun=ORM NEOPRENE ro SO..ORSToro ` WAWA\ x SPACE rEu I ARON. FOR ROOF CONSTRUCTION DETAIL os.NoF ND., 3� �N M.��A �M _ NSTRUC _-L IA I RATED T 1 CONDENSING UNIT MOUNTING ON GRADE 3 CENTRIFUGAL UPBLAST EXHAUST FAN 2 VERTICAL DX FAN COIL UNIT 7 ROOF RE, ARCHITECTURAL FORAICONSTRUCTIONt DETLS wR •ODRAM°WEER ROM) MOUNT NI -HAULM NEGATIVE AT FAN STATIC FRESSURE -EOLLNTOHI -EOUN_TO i' A> OR NI SEESPCCE1GTpxs ORAN PM (BY R MO) —,„�,I TOxlB DW SUSPEND UNIT FROM STRUCTURE W. FOUR ALL `,1 MFG RECOMMENDATION ux HFwTE SET AT SO UNIT F(AADV.)T-Sr q SUSPENDED UNIT HEATER NY' TO WALE 5 DRAW-THRU CONDENSATE DRAIN L ■ V A I ri R ,G unavzoxe ■.- _ ENGINEER/NG SEW S STAPLES. SUITE 360, CORPUS P-36iese zrnR F TEXAS ENG1NEFRING FIRM NO OOSSIS 1 25045 CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. M3.2 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT cn C) III} = Q 2 Ih{ LLJ w` 0 H o yO m C) s CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 MECHANICAL DETAILS SHEET 69 a 110 RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 0 25069 PHASE 1 I PHASE 2 2010W GENERATOR a PANEL 11. 0 ATS. AND EM LOADCI r L_SUB PANEL-1 OELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN 3/16' = 1'-0' ,\.,„--REROUTED. TO BE REMOVED AND /UEW LOCATIONLITY POLE GHTTO BERELOCATED. R 7�-utIC—OHC 01.1C-014C—OHC—OHC-011C OHC- 3/16 SCALE FEET ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES: w a IS THE CONTFUCTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO HAVE VERIFIED EXISTING JOBS. CONDITIONS DURING THE BIDDING PERIOD SO HE OR SHE WILL HAVE OBTAINED E SCOPE OF WORK. THE ELECTRIGL WORK SHALL INCLUDE MATERIALS AND OUTLETS, CONSISTING F FIXTURES, DEVICES, EQUIPMENT OR APPARATUS. NOT ALL EXISTING OUTLETS ARE NECESSARLLY INDICATED ON THE DRAW RIGS. B CONDUIT WHEN OUTLETS ARE REMOVED, PANELSHALL BE REMOVED RACK TO THE NEAREST REMAINING ACTIVE J.BO OR C RECONNECT ALL LIGHTS THAT MAY HAVE BEEN INTERRUPTED BECAUSE OF REMODELING WORK D. PROVIDE ALL APPURTENANCES REQUIRED TO REROUTE, RELOCATE. REMOVE, RREINSTALL ALL ITEMS DESCRIBED IN THESE NOTES_ E VERIFY THE LOADING OF EACH CIRCUIT AFFECTED BY MAXIMUM LOAD OF ANY BRANCH CIRCUIT MUST NOT EXCEED REMODELING ED 6096 OF ITS RATING. F. REMOVE ALL OUTLETS AND WIRING ASSOCIATED WITH ALL EQUIPMENT BEING REMOVED. INCLUDING MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING CQURMEM. G. NOT ALL DEVICES, E9UI ME NANNwENN9oSINDI OLDEN_ CONTRACTOR SHALL SCOPETE R RKTo FULL DEMOLMON H. SECURE ALL CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT THAT IS TO REMIAN THAT WAS AFFECTED DIRECTLY OR NON -DIRECTLY BY DEMOLITION PHASE WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THE PROJECT ELECTRICAL DEMOLITON KEY NOTES: O AND CONTRINTERIOR S TO BEREMOVEDLIGHTING INCLUDING OEMOLRION PHASE R REMOVE ALL CABLE ANDS CONDUIT BACK TO SOURCE. 0 ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES(RECEPTACLES, DATA, FIRE ALARM, ETC.) TO BE PHASE. ACABLING AND CONDUIT TO BE REMOVED AND 0 E VICE All ELECTRICAL MAN PANEL TO REMAIN ACTIVE UNTIL INSTALLATION OF NEW 0 MrolttkLiEpCIFT_JANELS AND Ars_ TO REMAIN ACTIVE UNTIL COMMENCEMENT OF 0sEr4v E .V20/20AA VILERVEET0EEMANTANEDUNTLNEW120.06,SPO © TEiECOMMUNIcnnoNSSrtEPL'A rORAOOIDONALNEORMAnON_ - REF ER TO 0 =TING UTILITY SERVICE POLE TO REMAIN ACTIVE UNTIL NEW 126,208V, 3P14 SERVICE Is OPERATIONAL REFER TO ELECTRICAL SITE PUN FOR ADDITIONAL EXISTING N AEN_ O E RELOCATED APPROMATELY WERE THE NEW GENERATOR SHALL BE LOCATED TO BE AND EXTEND EXISTING .7.701. RE ZIro' EEcrnlcus eEr FIT172Z1u rTgr GSZ MPORARr ELECTRICAL GENERAL PHASNG SCOPE 1 PHASE NI. A. EXISTING GENERATOR TO BE RELOCATED TEMPORARLY WHERE THE NEW GENRATOR EXISTINGED TO NEWINSTALLED oo9ERE- EETRE20RB. ELECTRICAL HEITO BE cOPERATIONAL PRIOR TOeDEEacOF PHASE EDEN C. HALL BE wANPOWNALL ['EWES ANEQUIIPMrTINPHASE N1. REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR LOCATION. D. BESTUBBEonRTAT GENERRATOR LNOCAATIIoi1._wGH EMERGENCY EXSTING>pMOV,3W SERVICE AND ASSOCIATED SERV. DISCONNECT AND UTILITY METER TO BE REMOVEDF. . G. EXPROVIDE TTNG PINEL�FEEDER TOEXISTING D PANEL TO B REMOVED ANRETURNED TO OWB PANEL-1 FROM NER. 2. PHASE ALL REMAINING ELECTRICAL PANELS AND IOM FEEDER BE REMOVED. B. TEMPORARY GENERATOR AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT AND FEEDERS TO BE REMOVED. C. FINAL TIE-IN FOR NEW GENERATOR. • MILru ENGINEER/NG 5656 S. STAPLES, SUITE 360, 6652CORPUS 727 F P-3 TEXAS ENGINEERING FIRM NO N85318 25045 b 5S CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. ED1.0 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT I- C SHEET 70 09 110 RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 2 25069 ABBREVIATIONS A E K Q V WV AC AMPERES ABOVE AIR CONDITIONING W) EALGE EMERGENCY UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC OLSTRIBUTION ..K.,.° EXISTING EACH .0 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR KNOCKOUT INTRUSION DETECTION KEW. OW CNIANIVVR VA VC VOLT VOLTALAPERE VOLUME CONTROL AC ALTERNATING CURRENTWR COMPRESSOR EEA“ ELECT-T/1.1 CONTRACTOR KVA KILOVOLT. AMPS VERT VERTICAL ABOVE COUNTER E C EMPTY CONDUIT KVM KEYBOARD • VIDEO -WU. SWRCH R EGSTING TO BE REMOVED VW VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE ACC AIR COOLED CHILLER EDF ELECTRIC DRINKING FOUNTAIN KW KILOWATT W RETURN AIR VP VACUUM PUMP ACCU AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT EF EXHAUST FAN KWH KILOWATTNOUR ROD REFRIGERATED AR DRYER VM VOLT METER ACL ACCESS CONTROL EFF EFFICIENCY RAF RETURN AR FAN .A AMERICANS WITH DISABILJTIES .T EHC ELECTRIC HEATING COIL L RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN W ACCESS DOOR VMS WIE0 MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AF AMPERE EWE. AMPERE FRAME EJ EWANSION JOINT RCPT RECEPTACLE W EL ELEVATION W REFERENCE REFER AFC ABOVE FINISHED CEILING W LINEAR FEET ELEC. ELECTRICAL REC RECEPTACLE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR LW LOCK POWER SUPPLY W WATT. WIRE. WIDTH EMERG EMER.NCY REFR REFRGERATOR AEG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE WA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS W/ WITH EMS ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM REINF REINFORUNG AHU AIR HANDUNG UNIT LTG LIGHTING WIO WITHOUT ENCL ENCLOSURE REL EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED ALC NAPERE INTERRUPT CAPACITY LVL LEVEL WP WEATHERPROOF EPO EMERGENCY POWER OFF M REOUWD WS ENGR. ENGIN W R . ALUMINUM REPO WATER SOFTENER AM AMMETER REV REVISION. REVISE WT WATERTIGHTWEIGHT EOUIF' EOUIPMENT RGS RIGID GALVANWO STEEL AMP NAPLIFIER (ER) EXISTING TO REMAIN LA METER YGYF WELDED WIRE FABRIC ),,, RUNNING LOAD AMPS W ACCESS PANEL. ALARM PANEL EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER MATV MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISNON SYSTEM X ANN ANNUNICATOR EUH ELECTRIC WIT HEATER kW MASTER ALARM PANEL (,), REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE pou ROOFTOP UNIT APS ACCE. CONTROL SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY EXIT EXHAUST MAX NEWMUM ARCH ARCHWCT. ARCHITECTURAL EUGE EMERGENCY UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC MC MECHANIC. CONTRACTOR XFMR TRANSFORMER AT ATS AMPERE TRIP RATING AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH F — ND MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MOTOR. D DAMPER S Z WC AMPERES SHORT CIRCUIT MCB WM CIRCUIT BREAXER AVG. AULT ASSLIX7LIAL MECH. MECHANIC. SUPPLY AIR FAN ZONE FAHRENHEIT FAN. FIRE NW WIN 13.1111BUTION PANEL SA SUPPLY AM B FA FACP FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL kW WI MANUFACNRER SAF SCHED .HEDULE METAL HALIDE ECU FAN COIL UNIT SE SEWAGE EJECTOR FD FURR•DOWN MIC MICROPHONE SEC SECURITY BC BELOW COUNTER, BELOW CEILING FIXT FIXTURE MIN. MINIMUM SECT SECTION BKR BREAXER Fu, FULL LOAD AMPS MLO TANN LUGS ONLY SF BLDG. BU.I. WI WWS NOTIFICATION sSOHEUETARE FEET C FLF-X FIR FLEXIBLE FL.R MSB LAP MEWPWL • CAMERA RESOLUTION SHT SIM SIMILAR MAIN SWITCHBOARD FLUOR FLUORESCENT SKVA STARTING KLLOVOLTANIPS MTD MOUNTED FOV FIELD OF VIEW • CAMERA PICTURE SEW STARTING KJLOWATTS C CONDI, CELNUS NV MERCURY VAPOR FP FIRE PUMP. FAN POWERED SP SUMP PUMP CAW CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM FRZR FREEZER FS FUSED SWITCH, FLOW SWITCH N SPEC SPF SPECIFICATION STAIR PRESSURIZATION FAN CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT -TELEVISION FT FOOT. FEET SPKR SPEAKER CWP CON.NSER WATER PUMP FII FEEGTHRLI LUGS SPOT SINGLC.LE. DOLPILGTHROW W CHILLER FW FUTURE N3R NELAA 3R ENCLOSURE SPST SING-CWOLE. SINGLCUTROW WP CHILLED WATER PUMP CIRC CIRCULATING SETUWE FVNR FULIWOLTAGE, NOWEVE.ING NIX NEMA W ENCLOSURE . CL CENTERUNE NEC WTIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE SSSSS C .,),SSI"ARDTS;STST,7°0P.PsSU,ALSEHES0BSSUTTco:NONTRol) G N C NORMALLY CLOSED WE WE CIRCUIT CLG CEILING NEMA WTIONZ&ECTRICAL MANUF.TUREW STE STEAM BONER WU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT W GAGE NE NONEUSED STD STANDARD COl. COLUMN GAL GALLON SR STEEL CONC CONCRETE GALV GALVANWD NEPA WTIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION SWF SURFACE CONN CONNECTION W GLASS BREAK DETECTOR NES NON•FWED SWITCH SW SWITCH CONT. CONTINOUNCONTNUATION GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR NIC NOT IN CONTWCT SW. SWITCHBOARD CONTR. CONTROLLER CONTRACTOR GEN GENERATOR NL NIGHT LIGHT CP. CIRCULATING PUMP GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER N O. NORMALLY OPEN CPU CENTRAL MCC ESSIW WIT GNI GWUND NO. NUMBER T CRTC CIRCUWTING PUMP GM WS UNR HEATER NTS NOT TO SCALE CRT CATHOOE RAY TUBE H TCP/IP TRANSFER WINTROUINTE W ET PROTCCOL CPS CAMERA POWER SUPPLY LAW NETWORK VGEO RECORDER TC TEMPERATURE CONTROL CRU CONDENSATE RETURN UNIT 0 TEL TELEPHONE W CURRENT TRANSFORMER COOUNG TOWER 11W WNOWEAUTOMATIC TF TRANSFER FAN MR CENTER TL WISTCOCK HORN .RIZONTAL W COPPER OAF OUTSIDE AJR FAN LW .RSEPOWER TOC TOP OF CURB D HPS WED SET OC OD ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER TOS TR TOP OF STEEL TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM HS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM OFCI OWNER FURNISHED. CONTRACTOR INSTALLED W TOP OF STEEL H. WND SCANNER dB DECIBEL OHE OVERHEAD ELECTRWAL WB TELEPHONE TERM WL BOARD NM HEATING DC DIRECT CURRENT OPG OPENING WC TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINET WI HEATER DOC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR TU TERMIN. UNIT GUH HOT WATERT GAS UNIT HEATER DGP DATA GATHERING PANEL TV TELEVGION DTL DETAIL CONDITIONING P TV. TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRES.R WAG HEATING. VENTILATING. AND AIR DM DIAMETER TIP TYPICAL HVIL HEATING/ VENELATING UNIT DIM DIMENSKIN P POLE PUMP DIV 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS HWC HOT WATER CIRCULWOR PA PUBLIC .DRESS PAGING U HWB HOT WATER BOILER DIV 08 OPENINGS PB PUSHBUTTON HWP HEATING WATER PUMP DIV 213 ELECTRICAL W PHASE Hp HERTZ . UNDER COUNTER OWN COMMUNICATWNS . DI. DI.ONNECT I puw PLOT LIGHT PLUMBING UG UGC UNDERGROUND UNDERGROUND COMMUNICATION RN DOWN PNEU PNEUMATIC UGP UNDERGROUND PRIMARY W DISTRIBUTION PANEL PNL PANEL ID INSIDE DIAMETER UGS UNDERGROUND SECONDARY °PDT DOUBLC-POLE DOLIBLWTHROW PP POWER POLE °PST DR DOUBLC.LE, SINGLC•THROW DROPPED RECWTACLE IG IN ISOATED GROUND INCH PRI PR PNR PRIMARY UGE W UNDERGROUND ELECTRJC UNR HEATER .4,Ea9(61:40.' WV DISHWASHER INT INTERNAL. INTERIOR WC POLYVINYL WLORIDE UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (71 DVR DIGIT. VIDEO RECORDER ..,........ INLAND INCANDESCENT WI PHOTOVOLTAIC UL UNDERWRWRS LWORATORIES, INC. PWR POWER UPS UNINTERRINTABLE POWER SYSTEM DWH wp D061 WITC WATER HEATER DOM WIIC WATER PUMP J — UNSHIELDED -TWISTED PAIR 07/31/2025 If N RG NNG DRAWING DXFC DX FAN COIL UNIT dB JUNCTION BOX EA/GM/HEM/VG , JOCKEY PUMP SL'OU6SStPIRTEITT7FIr) P • 361.852.2727 F • 361.8522922 TEXAS ENGINEERING FIRM NO. 005318 t, * 511-641,TXTS6R-Cgtiiii, I 25045 1 6 56 6 CONSULTANTS SHEET NO E0.1 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT NJ = < - _ Z = SHEET 71 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 025069 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS RACEWAYS AND WIRING LIGHTING MOTORS AND CONTROLS ONE LINE AND RISER DIAGRAMS jc ANDS.. CONDUIT CONCEALED INWALLOR REAR. BA EMERGENCY CONDUIT ETROSED CONDUIT UNDERGROUND CONDUIT. MITSTENOTEG ENCASES COMERETE 0 CONDUIT TURNED UP CONDUIT TIGNED DOWN RASH MARKS INDICATE NUMBER Cr OONOUSTORS LEFT TO RIGHT P.SEMEUTRAOSWITCli LEGGROLINDASOLATED GROUND NO HASH MAR. INDICATES .12 PLUS GROUND. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE HOMERUN TO PANEL WITH ORCUIT NUMBERISIAS INCICATED PARTIAL CIRCUIT HI:RERUN TO PANEL COMMLINMATIONS CONDUIT OR CABLE .12.A.DMAEACZAMUNICATIOIKAS MIG DENOTES CASH REGISTER DENOTES DATA F. DENOTES FIRE AIARIA, 701AgEQVNTgETOTETIVAD ELECTRICAL.. 72 DENOTES PAGING. 'E'1.1gT2:1'EU"S, SP DENOTES VIDEO. TELECOMMUNIGATIONS CABLE.. TO BE CONCEALED ABOVE ACCESS. F CEILING LETTER(s) DONTTE TYPE -SEE HOGS. FIXTURE SCHOTS. FOR MOUNTING. 2. 0 LES HOMING FIXT/STE ▪ 2.7 LEO HOGING FIXTURE MI II A' LED LITRIGNO FIXT.IE LED STRIP LIGHTING GXTURES STAGGERED STRIP LIGHTING FIXTURE 1.10 DOWNLIGHT FIXTURE WALL MOUNTFO.D ElIGN,1601-INTDEED„,0ERrl TsSr.A.c,MRROWS AS INDICATED LIG. FIXTURES ON WITH BAT...BACKUP SREILGIRING FIXTURE FIRE ALARM RECEPTACLES AND OUTLETS ALI RECEPTACLES SHALL ITE MOUNTED I. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTER 0 DEM. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE e SIMPLEX WALL RECEPTACLG NEW 126V. DUPLEX WALL RECEPTACLE. NEI. 5-20R.20, 125V. 1WPI DENOTES WEATHERPROOF SW DENOTES ISOLATED GROUND 710 DENOTES SAFE. TYPE, HAMPER PROOF) 1DR. DENOTES DROPPED RECEPTACLE, DENOTES ABO. COUNTER MOUNTING, SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT MOUNTING NEG. • GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER IGECII DUPLEX WALL RECEPTACLE MURES...16LE DUPLEMATIALL RECEPTACLE NEMA5.31220A. 125P GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTEIERUPTIMIGECI) QUADPLEN (DOUBLE DUPLEX) WALL REMPTACIE • SPECIAL RECEPTAC, NEM CONEIGURATN® AS NETTED • FLUSH ELECTRICAL FLOOR OUTLET MUSTIOUTLET SURFACE RISE.. SEE ARCHRECGLRAL DRAWINGS MR ETACT MOUNTING HEIGHTS 2 JUNCTION BOX(..RR) CCI JUNCTION BOX 10E-10-0 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH HOMERUN .0‘ DUPLEX RECEPTAC.I.DESTAL MOUNTED) TWOGANG ROOROUTLET AIKEV THREGGANG FLOOR OUTLET ▪ POWER POLE • PULL BOXICIVER MOGI< RECEPTACLE TO BE MOUNTED ...BELO...SHED rC) (2) CEILING (2) DENOTES DOUBLE SIDED CLOCK. SEE SUBSCRIFTS REFERENCED BELOW oggHEEleg2F0V@I7 FIRE AIARM STATION FIRE ALARM HOTOPSTROBE SGNAL FIRE ALARM SPEAKER/STROBE SIGN._ FRE ALARAOSSU. SIGNAL FI.MARIA HORN ONLY S.NAL FIRE AIJIRM SPE/0ER ONLY SIGNAL ADDRESSABLE ...DETECTOR ADDRESSABLE HEAT DETECTOR FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR FIRE WARM CONTROL P.0.2 VOCE EVACUATICN COMROL PANG GOW SWITCH TAMPER SWITOI 01110 MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR SUBSCRIPTS TO CEILING MOUNTED TN, VVEATHERPROOF 1AO ABOVE COUNTER AT SAFETY OPE O.._ PROOF) 0 SPIT0E OR THREE PHASE MOTOR NURSER INDIO.. HORSE POWER ELECTRIC CULT HEATER • DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCH 203/3/150. DENOTES AMPERES/POLE/FUSE, INF DENOTES NONFUSED ...DENOTES NEMA • ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER- 1200/11.501 DENOTES AMPERES/POLE/TRIP ▪ li.grORSTDAMR,EZITSI-IED BY ITNISEN 'SAND • 014BIN4TION DISCONNECT ISAFETTI SWITCH AND MOTOR STARTER 1303/15.061 DENOTES AMPERESPOLES/FUSE gLIZ.EN7a;01M2y7=7°P"'"E"v glATATERVAMMT°"'Dn""'""' • 1.33V IF' EQUIPMENT -CONNECTION • NOV IP EQUIPMENT CONNECTION O NOV SP EQUIPMENT CONNECTION O 20110, IP EQUIPMENT CONNECTION • 2011V, SP EQUIPMENT CONNECTION • VW IP EQUIPMENT CONNECTION • IBOV SP EQUIPMENT -CONNECTION • 360.1P EQUIPMENT CONNECTION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT D.T.BUTION PANEL rZA SWITCHBOARD OR MOTOR CONTR. CENTER - PANELBOARD (FLUSNISURFACE MOUNT) DRY -TYPE TRANSFORMER MAGMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH PLYWOOD...NAL BOARD. TYPE AS NOTE13,0 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE TELINETFLUfl GENERATOR REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH *0M TRANSFORMER TYPE AND RUNGS AS NOTED 03.J3P SWITCH, RATING AS SHOWN 400A FTF FUSE. RATING . SHOWN CIRCUIT BREAKER. RATING AS SHOWN. 3 POLE UNLESS CL NOTED OTHERW LSE. GIT DENOTES CURRENT LIMITING DRAW°, CIRCUIT BREMER, RATINGS. SHOWN 3 POLE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE • SHUNT TRIP • GROUND FAULT RELAY • PIRSAFT INTERLOCK DIGITAL METER El°'" AMMETER, RANGE AS SHOWN AMMETER SWITCH 0-600 VOLTMETER RANGE AS SHOWN VOLTMETER SWITCH 13-13 WATT-HOUR METER. DENOTES DEMAND REGISTER SF DENOTES MOUT. OE DEMAND INTERVAL CURRENT TRANSFORMER. RATED AS SPOWN ..,(121031120. POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER RATING AS SHOWN —II GROUND CONNECTPXJ LIGHTINGARRESTOR GENERATOR SET AUTOMATIC TRAMSFER SWITCH BUS DUCT PLUG TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR 2 ELECTRICAL METER FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH, POLE MOUNTED MECHANICAL CONNECTION CABLE TERMINATION 1NERMOWELD CONNECTION E7/C7/VEER /NG 5656 S STAPLES, SUITE 360, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX'S., P - 361 852 2.7 F - 361 852.292/ TEXAS ENGINEERING FIRM NO 0053. 25045 6 5 CONSULTANTS SHEET NO E0.2 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT 0) .<2 CC SHEET 72 d 110 RECORD DRAWING NO PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 SCALE FEET ELECTRICAL SITE GENERAL NOTES: A CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALI DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE BEFORE COMMENCING ANY PHASE OF THE WORK ADJUSTMENTS FOR PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE CONTRACT WORK S_ HRSDSPCCITOD.A STRUCTURAL ETSWNGANSPECIFICATIONS FOR ANYADIITIONALQIEMN C. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK W. OTHER TRADES. 0. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH CURRENTLY ADOPTED VERSION OF NATION ELECTRICAL CODE. E. SEAL ALL ,ROOF, AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS WITH UL LISTED FIRE SEALANT. ELECTRICAL SITE KEY NOTES: O AP;%ACT LOC TIA o WArIDNOFGATEMOTOR PROVIDE I20V CONNECTION .COORDINATE APPROMMATE LOCATION OF NWA DOCKING STATION. O HRAEVE1 EVE ERFORGENERATORSAW7 RECEPTACIOAND -1,/ APPROXIMATE E LOCATION OF cooRo xATE CT LOCATION OF STuauas wrtX VErvooas srvoP % C NEW AT GAS RA OR GEIrRMY LASTING 2O%W GENERATOR TO NEW GENERATOR LOCATION EON EMU. ATSADAD CENTERMPoRMY PoW ER FROM E%ISTNG GENERATOR i0 APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF MV0000OOOOOOO O ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN OA1 W1 11SAFG 116AFG OA1 1SAFG PROPERTY LINE .1 116AFG APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF MOUNT TRANS PROMER WITH UTILITY STREET LIGHT 07/31/2025 J e 1 VIA TIMECLOCK APPROXIMATE NF osco pCi°I REFER TO ONE LINE DIAGRAM. .40 4 0 01.1 SHE-0HE :.Nrj ENGINEER/NG 5656 S. STAPLES, SUITE MO, CORPUS HI P-3618521 F-361852292/ TEXAS ENGINEERING FIRMNO 005310 25045 5 LA 5 CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. EO.3 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT SHEET 73 of 110 RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT k 25069 N O ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SCALE ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES: FEET w CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE ADJUSTMENTSJOB SITE BEFORE COMMENCING ANY PRASE OF TIE WORK FOR FIT AND COORDINATION SHALL BE MADE AT NO f‘DDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER_ NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS. DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE CONTRACT WORK. El CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL ARCNRECTURAL, CNIL MECHANICAL& STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ANY ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. C CONTRACTOR SMALL COORDINATE MS WORK WIN OTHER TRADES ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE AS STRAIGHT. POSSIBLE AND PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO BUIMING LINES E ALL WORK SNAIL COMPLY WITH CURRENTLY ADOPTED VERSION OF NATION ELECTRICAL CODE F. SEAL ALL WALL ROOF, AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS WmI UL LISTED FIRE SEALANT. G. ALL CONWR SHALL BE ROUTED CONCEALED WITHIN WALLS AND/OR ABOVE CEILINGS, WHERE APPLICABLE. H ALL FIXTURES 61E60 PLANS FOR ROW REFER EXACT LOCATIONS AND MOUNTWG HEIGHTS OF ELECTRICAL LIGHTING KEY NOTES: O COORDINATE EXACT LIOCATION WITH WITH OWNER G IORITTO NsiMlwTpH SWITCHH BANK SHALL NAVE 14 TOGGLE SWITCHES. O oVIDE ACUR TOOAMMAL THE CLOCK WITH CONTACTS TO FUNCTION FROM DUSK TILL ❑3 ROUTE TO HAVE IRCN®UALT TO WOTSRSSWITCHFOR ROOM LOCAL CONTROLTED IN ROOM ESSRO A1t0. SWRCHBANK ALL FIMURESTYPE }1,J, J3NE,E,YNICGELHAE.EPHE, &MELO COORDINATE EXACT OCCUPANCY SENSOR SCHEDULE (SOME MAY HOT BE USED) s w 0-10V DIMMER SWITCH 'CB,. STANDARD COLOR BYARCNITE-CT oE�Vi14, 111 IJOHN A RaoRIGUEz III I qt2 07/31/2025 ii _` M ENGINEER/NG 6666 S. STAPLES, SURE 360, CORPUS P- 361 BS[ RttTw F 361 SW _MR TEXAS ENGINEERING FIRM NO 25045 LA b 5S CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. E1.0 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT I— C.D 2 1IP2 1Lu — (3 o U a SHEET 74 of 110 RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 0 25069 KESS CONTROL EL A134 R O ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN - IOF A103 1/21=T-0- to. DOCKING STATION GENELUTOR ANRSCC TRANSFER MIS 0+ AI-na5,11 N ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN OHD OHD SALLypoRT [A, 81 + Alla E CORRIDOR A29 O CLOCK RANEL •LA o:J CELLS I niMJ ORD PROCE9SRG 9j DWI A1.10 r ,,,] ..-PROCESSING Z A1-1921,95 Al -ID A+-12 MN SCALE ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES: FEET A CONTRACTOR SHALL vER1Ey ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SFTE BEFORE COmmENCING ANY PHASE OF THE WORK S FOR MT AND COORDINATION SHALL BE MADE AT NO.DITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER_ NOT1Fy ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS. DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE CONTRACT WORK. B CFUCTURAL DRARACTOR WLCNY ALA NGS AND SPECIFICATION FS ORAADGrtro0AL REQUIREMENTS. C CONTRACTOR Stia, COORDINATE HIS wORIt w. OTHER TRADES D ALL CONDUrr SHALL 9E AS STRAIGHT AS POSSIBLE AND PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO BUKD W G LINES. E AUL WORN SHALL COMPLY WITH CURRENTLY ADOPTED VERSION OF NATION ELECTRICAL CODE_ F SSEAL ALL EALANT ROOF. AND FLOOR PENETRATORS WITH uL LISTED FIRE SE G. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE ROUTED CONCEALED W.1N WALLS AND/OR ABOVE CEILLNGS, WHERE LIOU H_ REFER s 0 PLANS FOR RO EMT LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL FUTURES ELECTRICAL POWER KEY NOTES: 0 90N mFmEMA-3R DISCONNECT ICOR CLEARANCES. CON ECCTI SWCHTALL N WALL AT LOCATION THAT SATISFIES N.E.C. O 300./M8NPREMA-SR DISCONNECT SWCLEARANCES. I CHINSTALLN WALL AT LOCATION THAT SATISFIES N.E.C. REQUIRED0 60N3L5NFmEMA-1 DIQOONNMGCTS GCHIN INSTALL ON WAIL AT LOCATION THAT SATISFIES N.E.C. CORRRESPPPOONDIW CONDE TO SINGUNa: ',STORAGE SPARE CONONDOS ROOM UR FOR CONNECT FROM BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. RECEPTACLEToHsiNROIxATE EXACT LOCATOR uCOTRACORPROR PUMP. © GFCI PROTECTION TO BE ACHIEVED VK cRCUO BREAKER. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE. 0 COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT OF TV WITH ARC WTECT PRIOR TORECEPTACLE ®on conBCTaN. cooaownTe cO�vEla FuiRHwm ritE a07Tr ORDERING� EEsmo85 CONTROLLED MRR SENSOR SWITCH.EF-1 TO OPERATE WHEN ETHER R cH ACTIVATES. Pa0v102 L5.a RECEPTACLE FOR IT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH TELECOM O PPRROVI0 OR RECEPTACLE FOR IT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH TELECOM 9ATI• SRESNEMA1 DISC I RENECT FTCNH.NG INSTALL LO WALL AT LOCATION THAT O PCOTONSTLTONRCUOCooINATE ENACT LOCATION WW. ANDSCAEPRR INSTALLATION. LINE DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONALLFORMATRN.APPROxImATE LOCATION OF UTILITY METER AND SERVICE DISCONNECT. REFER roONE- ALL REFER TO TECHNOLOGY OTHERER10RICnWREOUIR052100D0ITONAL ROUGH -INS 07/31/2025 ENGINEER/NG 5658 S. STAPLES, SUITE 360. CORPUS P-38t 8521727 F TEAASENGENGINEER.. GFIRMNO 25045 LA b 5S CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. E2.0 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT NJ W 01 s� Q O' w 42 W u ZCC Iz H /2 Fn u CC 0 2 U CO IS = a 2 Ly,,w O H o U f SHEET 75 00 110 RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 0 25069 FIRE ALARM PLAN 103,.1-0' SCALE ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES: FEET A. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE ADJUSTMENTSJOB SITE BEFORE COMMENCING ANY PHASE OF THE WORK FOR FR AND COORDINATION SHALL BE MADE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER_ NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS. DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE CONTRACT WORK. B_ ITECTURAL CML MECHANCALA STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ANY ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. C CONTRACTOR SHM_L COORDINATE HIS WORK W. OTHER TRADES ALL CONDUR SHALL BE AS STRAIGHT AS POSSIBLE AND PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO SU NO W G LINES E AUL WORX SHALL COMPLY WITH CURRENTLY ADOPTED VERSION OF NATION ELECTRICAL CODE F. SEALWALL, ROOF. MO FLOOR PENETRATIONS W. UL LISTED FIRE SEALANT. G. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE ROUTED CONCEALED WITHIN WALLS AND/OR ABOVE CEILINGS, WHERE APPLICABLE. H ROUGH -IN LOCATIONS AND MOUNTWG HEIGHTS OF ALL FUTURES PRIOR TTO RO ELECTRICAL SPECIAL SYSTEMS KEY NOTES: pi TYPICAL, NOTATION V FOR VANDAL RESISTANCE SMOKE DETECTOR. AjEOF ■t 01 Mk) ENGINEER/NG Vise S. STAPLES, SUITE 360, CORPUS w P-36185[1T3TF TEXAS ENGINEERING RI GFIRMNO 006318 1 25045 LA CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. E3.0 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT H CI) Fc 2 CD }V7 III{oiLu - O H o U t SHEET 76 of 110 RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 2-2C W.4930 METER SOCKET BY OTEP EXISDNG AEP N Li MOUM TRANSEORME0. 120/24061 TA IRE ffi EMERGENCY LOAD CENTER EXISTING ATS 1O DEMOLITION/TEMPORARY ONE -LINE DIAGRAM - NOT TO SCALE 200KW ALTERNATOR NEW CEOVERHEAD ELECTRIC._ PRO.. 911 POWER ANK 7- NEW .OIUERClRWBFa BY POWER CO. \ / 2'C. FORANNIICIATOR LOCATED IN CORRIDOR SE.CE ENTRANCE DISCONNECT SWITCH FUSED 400A CONCRETE FOUNDATION SINGLE BREAKER DOCKING NON 2/NIPPLE AN A. PROVE. C—,, ..DX aJ30,tJSG 400A NNEM2 25120008V. SPX CABINET PER AEP SPECIFICATIONS IPAWG GROUND PER NEC ARW.E 250 UND PER NEC ARTICLE 250. 400A NEM0.3a. AUTO... TRANSFER SWITCH 2-2C W.4430, 14S0 -1""C W K./IA.9148G TEMP GENERATCR ARM LOAD SAW CONNECTION 10 NEW ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE DIAGRAM ��"LLNOT TO SCALE PRONDE AWG GROUND PER NEC 23'C W OX a9.w, t:YSG PANEL 'Al W.P0 4U0 AMP, M.LO., 120209 V, 31/1-1, 4W, SM, SURFACE NEMA 1, 22 KAIC 1.010 Low 065 5551565 moo sews, ono SPD O AWG MO AWG O AWG 201 M2AWG 600 LTG PHI 2W1 1112 AWG 1100 LTG PX2 201 912 AWG 1100 LTG PM CU1 2750 2750 21M AWG AM MAWS 409 201 BLDG LTG 281 1112 AWG 400 POLE LTG 10 281 DN. CLOCK 12 19 15 CD-2 2160 2160 2160 510 AWG O AWG 510 AWG 201 912 AWG 1003 SALLV PORT RECP 2011 912 AWG TKO PROCESSING RECP 15 201 912 AWG 900 eREAxROOM RECP 18 19 CW 2160 2190 2180 O AWG O AWG MOAWG 512 AWG 10. FRIDGE 201 512AWG 1200 COURIER RECP 20/1 512 AWG 600 COUNTER RECP 27 29 5850 5660 5680 66 AWG AWG 06 AWG 509 2011 540 FIRE RISER 2011 102 AWG 900 CELLS RECP 2011 912 AWG 900 PROCLDWI RECP 31 601.2 5880 5330 5680 AWG 509 281 1112 AWG CORRIDOR RECP 20/1-0 EDF 34 20.11 912 AWG MENANONIEN RR 97 99 41 5830 5680 6680 AWG AWG .AWG 509 201 912 AWG 900 JUDGE RECP 38 2011 COURT/VEST RECP 40 2011 512 AWG OFFICE RECP 1224 1574 00AWG 910 AWG 201 912 AWG 800 R MAD 2011 500 45 SPACE 30.11 CO AWG 2800 L5-9O RECP 48 49 PANEL WV PER ONE-LJNE 10495 5990 PER ONE-UNE PER ONE-MNE 2011 AWG 1503 0 RECP 50 201 AWG 1000 IT RECEP 2611 512 AWG FERE-CEP 54 CONNECTED LOAD • 1a244 VA NOTE: G • PROVIDE CLASSA PROTECRVE GEC! CIRCUIT BREMER PANEL'A2' 100 AMP. M.L.O, 1201208 V, 31311, OW, SRC SURFACE, NEMA 1, 22 KW Cat T Law Fun .5 a. 605 Loan 565. po 910 AWG O AWG O AWG 309 AWG 2003 OVERHEAD DOOR ITIP 2 381 910 AWG 2003 30/1 910 AWG 2000 1248 1218 YU MVO 512 AWG 30/1 010 AWG 2000 OVERHEAD DOORIXP 8 912 AWG IRRIGATION CTR 512 AWG 2Wt 20.1 012 AWG 500 GEN BAIT 19 202 312 AWG 2W1 ZN1 M2AWG 15 GA1E OPERATOR 1000 510 AWG 2041 512 AWG 1003 GEN HEATER GATE OPERATOR 1030 PIO AWG SPARE 19 GATE OPERATOR 1500 AWG 201 SPARE 2250 /110 AWG 2200 /110 AWG 3117 281 SPARE SPARE 1000 27 1112 AWG AWG 2. COM SPARE 20/1 SpANE 91 1600 1500 910 A.. 010 AWG 201 SPACE 1500 1500 910 AWG 510 AWG SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE 39 SPACE SPACE 41 SPACE SPACE CONNECTED LOAD =2MM VA PRASE 8=10R98 VA PHA C•BMO VA NOTE G DE MASSA PROTECTIVE GECI CIRCUIT BREAKER ESTIMATED ELECTRICAL LOAD 1zmMv, s..w DESCRIPTION CORECtm LORD CER2M FACTOR NECMOM LIGHTING 4500 125% 5625 RECEPTACLES 9000 NEC 220-44 9000 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT 1200 NEC 22056 1200 H.V.A.C. 62768 10096 62266 LARGESTMOTOR 2000 125% 2500 MOTOR LOAD 10340 100% 10340 MISC. SINGLE PHASE LOADS 19200 100% 19200 TOTAL VOLT-AMPERS 109006 110633 110633 VA/ (2081/11.232) = 307.1 AMPS of . yR ill %DIN mpEZ III/ 07/31/2025 •1 N ru ENGINEERING 5558 S. STAPLES, SUITE 300 P-3018522.7 F TEXAS ENGINEERING RI GFIRMNO 005619 25045 i CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. E4.0 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT 0 0 5S 00) CC Z U co IIl} U a 2 III{2 W W [] 1— •O U a CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 331E LEOPARD ST. CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 ONE -LINE DIAGRAM AND SCHEDULES SHEET 77 00 110 RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 0 25069 TV.ITLET WITH COM CONNECTOR BUSH N BUSHING IM ALARM 14EYPAO/ HAND SE! MAL STATION INTERCOM, CARD READER NOTE COMM. FOOT LOGTONCEIll MACES MTN ARCHITECT PROR TO ROUGNIX ALL CONDUIT FOR SPECIAL SYSTEMS AND/OR '3TIYIrLEVOTI=VE INDICATED ON THE PLANS 1 TYPICAL DEVICE ELEVATIONS (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) FINIS GRADE THIZ CONCRETE BASE SHALL IV THICK EXTEND OUT COMPACTED F07171gZOTI UMESTg= REBAR @, ON INTERSECT -NY. PROVIDE THICKENED EDGE AROUND ENTIRE PREMITER, DEEPER THAN SPECIFIED THICKNESS MINIMUM B. WIDTH ,=',Ec.111t=="Zleraor=7.;,LEE=s,s NOT LEVEL FOUNDATION SHALL BE POURED LEVEL W., AS' CHAMFERRED EDGES AROUND ENTIRE PERIMETER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CONDUIT STU6UPS WITH GENERATOR BLOCK -OUTS ALL MBAR SHALL BE MINIMUM OF 3' CLEAR OF AMY TOP, BOTTOM OR SIDE OF FOUNDATION GENERATOR FOUNDATION DETAIL GROUNDING ELECTRODE KEYED NOTES (THE FOLLOWING GROUNDING ELECTRODES ARE PERMITTED FOR GROUNDING, o VEVLIE‘Nr41.01VUILDINGENTZA= InRECT CONTACT WITH THE EARTH, A CONCRETE ENCASED ONE OR MORE STEEL REINFORCING BARS NCOT° LEM THANC' F,O,UNDATIONRCO,r,TING OrF2:Tc.TAST 20. CONDUCTOR NOT LEM THAN 04 AWG PER N EC 2S0 S2 (A) (3) 0 RDS CONDUIT WIT.1 FULL SIZE COPPER GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR PER N_EC. TABLE'S.° 0 CONNECTON SHALL BE CAMEL° COPPER -BASED EXOTiERMIC WELD_ 0 REQUIRED. COPPER BONDED STEEL ELECTRODE 3/4.IN DIAME1E_R 10.-0. LONG WM. A MINIMUM OF W.O. DIRECT CONTACT WIT.I THE EARTH PER N.E C. 260,2 (A),S). TWO (2) REQUIRED, SEPARATE BY S. ANNIMUM ;ERZV,ITIII,EAD2g1,4,0pNAANL,GZO.LNZIXDXS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE LEM THAN 2S OHMS RESISTANCE OR 0 METAL UNDERGROUND WATER PIPE IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH THE EARTH FOR 10.-0. OR MORE PER N.EC 2SO.S2 (A)(1) 0 BOLTED TYPE CONNECTION SUITABLE FOR DIRECT BURIAL OR EXOTHERMIC WELD (DM 0 METAL FRAME OF BUILDING pER MEC. 2.0.S2 (A) (.2) GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO N.E.0 2SO.S.3.1F A SINGLE ROD, PIPE. OR PLATE GROUNDING ELECTRODE HAS A RESISTANCE TO EARTH OF 250HMS OR LESS THE SUPPLEMENTAL ELECTRODE SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED CONTRACTOTLSHALL rHE 7ORN=PS==gAID=IXSr1P=NTLTIECTITOOURN.EM 53 (A) (.2). NEUTRAL BUS 0 e e 0e Nvoitiieita4iN EQuteeerr GROUNDING BUS AWG COPPER PER N EC 22.0.03(B) FINISHED GRADE AB WS COPPER PER NEC. 2S616IA) GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM DETAIL VON, AS1RONOMICALH TOMTVItlfarAi 0720.1_ OR MAL PROGRAM FOR DI= OPPERATION WAR-MX.1ND ABED NORTH TORN 0,2101. OR EQUAL CMERRICE SWITCH LTG CONTACTOR. 30A NO OF POLES AS REQUIRED HgMERL...T TO PANELS PROVDE ENCLOSURE, \ grzE NE0N,NE, / TO UGHTING / CIRCUITS NOM CIRCUR ALL LIGHTING REQUIRING PHOTOCELL AND/OR MAE CLOCK CONTROL VA CONTACTORS PROVIDE MAMMY OF ODHEACTORS WITH NUMBER OF POLES M REOUIRM1 TO SERVE ALL LLGOITING.RCURS NEEDING PHOTOTIME CONTROL LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEMATIC TAL 21.1. pm. FIRESTORM.° PRODUCTS, SYSTEMS ANDY OR ASSEMBLES SHALL BE L.11.14794ASTN4E814 LISTEDAPPROVED PER INT RNATIONAL BUILDING CODE SECT TN AND INSTALADON SHAL BE PER MANUFACTURERS DIRECT.... 4 1 PIPE PENETRATION - ALLB • ARD SCHEDULED POLE HAND HOLE ROUND FORMED CONCRETE BASE WITH RUBBED FINISH 1?..11.1M 03) REINFORCING TIESATITO'C' FURNISH AND INSTALL IN.LINE FUSES (012 CU TO FIXTURE) MECHANICAL CONNECTION OF 08 BARE COPPER Ni'ITTUTRCr°' ANCHOR BOLTS PER MANUFACTURERS TEMPLATE BOND REBAR CLAMP LISTED FOR CONCRETE EMBEDMENT OR CAMEL° UNLESS INDICATED cATHERYHVISE - PVC COATED STES_ 0 PVC CONNECTOR VZIATZTITZTILTW'ci'VE,V=Ir UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE IN STRUCTURAL MINIMUM BASE EMBEDMENT SHALL BE 8.0.. MINIMUM BASE DIAMETER S., BE 24. AND MINIMUM REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE (6,1 VERTICAL BARS W/ TIES AT 0 C THE CONCRETE POUR SHALL B MONOLITHIC VANDAL RESISTANT COVER BY FIXTURE MANUFACTURER (DO NOT OVERLAP CONCRETE BASE) DO NOT FILL VOID WITH GROUT LEVELING NUT BELOW BASE PLATE ENIARGED OFT 5 CONCRETE POLE BASE DETAIL LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE NIANLIPACTNiER CATNOG NO_ DESCRIPTION COPPER PI4M111,4SL3C3.UNV.XX SURFACE 12,48. FLAT PANEL COPPER 4111ARISL3CSUNV.XX 20 SURFACE 12,12. FLAT PANEL COPPER 0221AISL3C,UNV.XX 28 SURFACE 24,2, FLAT PANEL COPPER ltFCC.04,04.1,11-40.UNV.82.85.ED10.1 44 4000K WALLJCARNER CORRECTIONAL CORNER FIXTURE COPPER PHCS04.2043010•HM4.0525.840-41SO4-1 4000K RECESSED 4' SQUARE DOWN LIGHT COPPER 114-SNLE0,05•LN,UN,CITI 43 4000K SURFACE/CHAIN O. STRIP LED LIS EXTANT PHT.P•TD.OTISF,DIAL40-1AEODF.VU.D 4000K SUSPENDED 1fi. SUSPENDED LINEAR FS4 COPPER PHVSL2-1,134.H1-10.UNV.0.ED1D1 43 4000K SURFACE/CHAIN 4' STRIP LED W/FAILSAFE FS8 COPPER 4NVSL2.8,D4-STD-40-UNV.O.ED1D1 60 SURFACE/CHAIN EY STRIP LED WTAILSAFE 0A1 COPPER 4CCW.SA2.E.140.U.T4FT.CC 111 4000K WALL/SURFACE WALL PACK 002 COPPER liCCW.SA2.0.740,-SL,CC 84 4000K WALUSURFACE WALL PACK OC COPPER 4PR4R.FS12.0010 2_2 4000K RECESSED 4. SOFFIT DOWNLIGHT OP1 COPPER 4CCP.SA2.E.740.U.T4FT-CC 111 13BOS 4000K POLE.17 15, SINGLE HEAD FIXTURE • NOTE .1 OP, COPPER 0CC,SA,E740,-T4FT-CC 222 POLE.Iff 10. DUAL HEAD GO FIXTURE - NOTE 02 SI PROVIDE COOPER LIGHTING POLE IISSAR-12-W-X.X.1 02 PROVIDE COOPER LIGHTING POLE IISSA-5.18-W-X.X,1 Qt [RG07/31/2025 •n EA/GI/VEER/ /VG S STAPLES, SUITE 360. CORPUS CHRISTI, TX TS411 P - 8Sit 2727 - 862.292/ TEXAS ENGINEERING FIRM NO 005318 1 25045 6 56 5 CONSULTANTS SHEET NO E5.0 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT C • <2 Fc SHEET 78 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 025069 TIN➢ GENEROR TO BE R¢OCATEATO (TNrt EATEROVAES"" REHREMDNOOA IUS O TOR NE W PIPING :,ToeEREMavEG AEI VV EXISTING WATER PPING TORE REMOVED WHEN E%ISTNG REST ROOMS ARE DEMOLISHED O P1LU/8' MNING DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN = 1'-0' E. REST ROOM WATER HEATER AND PIPING DORM EXISTING SEWER PIPING EMOLISNED B SCALE FEET N " ,�l��r` 07/31/2025 �L \I R`1Ae+ ENGINEER/NG 5.6 S. STAPLES, SUITE 366, CORPUS STI, TX P-361 B522117 F TEXAS ENGINEERING RI GENMNO 0053. 25045 0 LA 0 56 CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. PD1.1 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT SHEET 79 00 110 RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 0 25069 PLUMBING LEGEND PLUMBING RISER DETAILS GENERAL NOTES: GENERAL ROOF PLAN NOTES: V DIS.GARD LEGEND .MS NOT MISLED FLOORS PROW... TRUE Au mu.. SED CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY REVIEW CONTRACT DOCUM.TS INCLUDING DRAPANGS AND PROJECT .NU.. INFLIA.TION REGARDING WORK OF THE VARIOUS TRADES AND .BCONTRACTORS ARE DISPERSED THROUGHOUT THE DOCUMENTS AND CANNOT BE sWABOL DETERMINED WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE FULL SET OF DOCUMENTS. - - SOIL OR WASTE PIPING B.G. g �A ©AACCURATELY mourn. ARANCE FOR Of S SOIL OR WASTE PIN. AG. 1311AL '-/ Iw ARCHITECT PRIOR TO !RETALIATION OF ROKM.xwor, EQUIPMENT. CONDUIT AND PIPE TO ZEE RUN THROUGH TRUSSES. COORDINATE -OW GREASE PIPING SERWCE AND CESS POINTS ABOVE CEILING TO MINIMIZE REQUIRED ACCESS. VENT PIPING V `L7CT 3. FOR All NXTURES AND EQUIPMENT WTI Assocum, Tram on 3. .L DEVICES INSTALLED PMENT EQ -ae-sTORN D.A. NNxc SO Vkf--(IL lr�I HEEQUIFTTMECHANICAL OR PLUMBING ACTET.THISLOCATOuLBEM COCADIATN- THE PRIOR TO —oo— OVERFLOWSTORM DRAIN PIPING Q' CJ—J fJ REQUIREMENTS OF, IMRE PROVISIONS FOR MD SUPPLY ALI MATERIALS AND OR SHALL SECURE LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR e — 0- GAS UNE 0 �IO T� 1T �--,� LAEO,,,„,mA«INGa,NALcoNNECTIoxa LOCATION REQUESTS SHALL BOR ONASCALED ROOF PLANALL .0WING EXACT TRATOR . INCLUDE DETAILS OF DESCRIPTION TURNER I RAMIREZ \ AR• YCHITE CTS F DREORSPNNNEaLINE . RAN .I.N;p TO BE SUPPLIED FOR FINAL NOFAILROOGx.Nmixos OF LNG - DOMESTIC COLDWATER CW A..B.mB. gRUMYNTS OPENINGS BLAME KOIMI.G WORK. PERFORM WORK AT ITS`ONTRACOR'SSOLOflEXPENSSE°COOON`TRAACTROR COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALLROOFTOP EQUIPMENT, NEW ROOF PENETRATORS, D. ALL FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT STUOINITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THE �3L a00FTOPEWIPMENi61NST.LLIATIIXI OF ALL ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT - - - - DOMESTIC HOT FNW -TV- TEMPERED NEs,cHOTWAD CIV 00 PLUMBING NARRATIVE: QATE VALVE W©, Tam SUPPLY ma as saaaa BE TYPE .1.1 TUBING. alma.. PLATED. PROVIDE irs. FIR X Yr 00 COMPRESSION FITTINGS FOR -.O- GLOBE VALVE OLv _ All MKS, LAVATORIES, AND SIMILAR FIXTURES. BREVE 3LTIR...RSLESSOJ I] KASHA. MWAPawRMUICERM. OFAT _b_ ...VALVE SV TENT WATERIER,. SYSTEM SHAL KW IN EL...ATER NEATER .-BALANCING © —0 wYPIMTOOPFR F ROYBAY M ro°aOM"TATAB IAIu.IAxY P. VKVE em Mm SABOFTT'Tx` FEROM OPYST"O MI..) BUTTERFLY. VALVE BTv O FOR LAVATORIES AND SIMILAR FIXTURES. PROVID.E 1-112P.TNIWL AMOR .LUG VALVE PLV LAWMx® RWRIBILS N.am ALL SINKS AND SIMIARFIXTIRES. MCGUIREOR EwAL _pr ...SURE PRY .......a TM B.TOLAVATORIES INDGWlOF101UY:G.T 00v`;UII°GT00IL '�. aELI PRESSURE EF VALVE TAP oq ESCUTCPLATES Fir. irrioxr TO %PEAR° FLUSH TO WW1 0011 omERNxTUREs -.3- STRAINER BTR ESCUTCxEON PLATES ARE NOT ACCEPTED. RAMO. DIS IL. SECTMx MISLAY. WATER IE. 11. FOR OTILRNWIRFASKIE -4.- UM. 1M T �- I p . ALLE.POSED!mussWO,BECLRONEPLATED NGCGNTRACTGRSNAILREP. TIE SYSTEM CGMUMNAG...RO,B,1~ S (._le S. ALL LIANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE FIXTURES SMALL BE Of WREWlREYFxi6AN0 PARTIGPATDxIx T1E CGMNSSI.eNGPRGCE6R iuwREiG ttWLYOR PARTICIPATE IEWSM IxGGRAGDR'DNMCGST TOTASS. RACT.0 APPROVED TYPES AND WITH REQUIRED cormzoLs INSTALLED TO S. THERMOMETER TARA MOWS AND CLEARANCES. AS PRESCRIBED By TNE AMERICANS vim DISAELLITED AC! ...AND T. MAD ACCESSAILITY D- CONDENSATE OR INDIRECT DRAINBRANCH o TAN.. ITT FIXTURES SMALL COIARLy wax ALL FEDERAL, AND Loci. AccEssisiurr CODE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL ENERGY NOTES: b --O '� MPERNTTEO AND EQBON BOTTOM P.C..... �WE� AVAILAMBFOR INTENDED FUOUREUSE LEBEL PIIPAGINSULn .I GDOWN P la. emu. AU EXpOSED WATER MO Maya LIN. orusoarrAs ACCESSIBLE LAVATORIES AND SINKS MTN CGUIRE 11. FIRM OF PPM IX 11011CIRCLARD. SYSTEMS SLWED V.I... DREG. HUT TRAPS MU. BF ROLLA AR IT OR. MSuuwaN. -.0 TELBDWELBOW NGREQUIRED FLOORCLEANOIT (sn2 BA rm TD PROWDE MI TO MINIMUM CLEARANCES. SYS.. SNAIL BE N. SUPPLY. c GRADE (EXTERIOR) Au/d'ar,. aims sal.. STAMPED WIDI ORANOGTLET AT N M CHGE PIPING AS ASSOCIATED aril PIEDOKNOILMAG EMINENT.EINO. ENTTMP6 -p - MTTCIB0 N1RcuNG lTIDOT WRYLY SYSTEMS OR NEAT TRACE SNAIL NAVE TRESW TCHES er FLOORDR. iv ......11.8 TALL BE OF RAM OZINDERVABON TYDE 1HATARE GPABLE OF AM SET TOMS OFFTHE SYSTEM Dw DiwrmynasSIDE MINIMUM PIPEINSULATIONTHICKNESS (In Inches) -14 WALL HYDRANT9 TT WATELCLuu Axosa vaaawrraOW ORM OPERATOR NEW TO EMTPIPECONNEcnON 0.BFR RUB 1.1. SEAL ALL SPACES sEnvE. numeric FIXTURES AM mourruaa SURFACES WITHOE LATE, CAULK WIPED SMOOTH AND FOAM , N trio, e PLUMBING RISER IDENTIFICATIONP- KEYED NOTES- RISER DIAGRAM DETAILS: DGNGNDYMIER T.NOTTATER RISER IDENTIFICATION BBDT O WEB B ...IR F GRux1N0 IGBP � ON of IN BO 1 02.Tar "� I Sr I DESCRIPTION CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3311 LEOPARD ST. CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 PLUMBING LEGEND AND NOTES eDOWNSPOUT x N"`immHORTIBmIwL.AN TT .R `1 F O RUES UNIFORMLY SLOPED ACROSS ENTRE TOILET Rooms on °vim as ROM. TT B 02 1 0 e ARE RISER IDENTIFICATION Fn.001.111.1.11.15...........M R11.77. CONVEX FLOOR SLOPE INTIENEDunmorn, OF TILE ODOR RAIN NOT AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM SECTION 15300 ABBREVIATIONS ABBR. ORSCIEDLILE SON S ��IL KOURNATE SW 1.11111 MAL ORBST EOUIVR,NT NUNUFACTUNES OF CILINA FIXTURES au BOO., ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AND AMERICO, STANDARD. EQUIVALENT MANUFACTNNES OF armaaaSS FORMES ARE JOS, ELIO , ANDADVANCELAM°. THROUGHOUTPROJECT, S, SOFFI GDDROS, µDNGS, PANEL AP G 'MOWERT WON. MSG "NCR! PO TO .COMMODATE ALLTo CEILING ED ON THE 0CCEIEIiI . SPECIFIED HERE.. AND AS UIREDBY FLOOR ,XACCE. x.,1rNW `E, VACUUM BREAKER AND BRASS ARNE TEMPERATURE AND THE CONDITIONS OFICSPRNOLERSYSTEM INCLUDING AC MP ETEBACNFLOW PREVENT. SYSTEM .E REQUIREDACCESSORIESAND B O MD LOZFOR ESTENICIR OF BUILD. AND a .LINE FULL INDIRECT ORAN D O ° 01PRING RR ER TO PISER 0196.31.310R BATTERY LOG.,DNL GRADE OR As 1wMATED ON PLANE COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF 105 GOVERNM.TAL AGENCIES AND NTHORTES _ ENIsrINGToaEAAIN IEl OEALL W.TERGMETOGLAWT.DRAM W. ROOF PENETRATIONS SO/RU.13011E IN STRIcTCOMPLIANCE wrni GINTEGTEEPEGINGArIoNaAND SMALL .ELEAKNEPA.. HAVING JURISDICTON OVER THE PREMISES. DESIGN AND INSTALLATON . coMPLrw11H AND ALL APPLI.B. STATE AND LOC. LAWS AND ORDINANC. - , EXISTING TO BE DEMOUSNED cm c) 11711CLEABOUTS 311.1111 PROVIDED Pi Exo OF urn.. OR SUBMIT SHOP DRAY.. TO INDICATE DESIGN, LAYO., .TERI.S AND IRSTALLATON. SUBMIT _ IEXISTIN BEIIELOCAlEO VALIERF PFOUIRFO BY B°PLIN,Of.. LINE FRNPES RORECONHETuc0Essro FIELDON VERIF1,11. man. [...MORS ARO LOCATIOX OF STUB AND OO BTANTHEIRAPPROVALPRIORTO DRAWINGS TO AUTHORITIES HAVING ...ON OF THE WORK OF THIS SE.ON. - FA PORIONS 01 DRAB OIN`IM Hal. our. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY wHD0WIYAFFEDTTIW0TENDEDOEMGx. lEaM«EDMT�Y SUBMIT ALITO.TC .RINWER SYSTEM SHOP VINGPLUISANDSPECIFICATIONSTOTHE FFINISHED LOOR FLR MGM. AT A WYNN 131 ABOVE NB FLOOR .RSHALL FOR REVIEW AND OVAL 0RTRAPREFTORO«GWNTIMPASSUONK.LL CBE SEE kumem ou.s E"`ND""° wDIIAILSTATEMOLOCALDODES sTRIGTGDL.L,ANDE w,NNLER CLUDINGTOIILEALTSS),PROVIIDDEEPEPRuANTEDCONCEALEDTTYPE IN °1.IR0.ERAREASEXACTED NORMALLYC CLOSED OE NRNPIDTIxG ,PROVIDE DARDHEA310000ERPENDANTORSIDEWALLTYPEINROOMsvmmCEluNGS.UPRIGHTS NOFTWAreCL AD AT eft FBELOW TFEETABOV FLOOR INSTALHEADSL HEAD GUARD TO PREVENT NNT ACGS. IF CIDENTALTRIPPING. ems' SVR1, TRAP PRIMER TP Q ..13IMUPRxa SMUT KLUX TOP. ` / MOD OF I2 MONTHS FROM DATE a FINAL ACCEPTANCE- = L COORDI.TE SPRIN.ER SYSTEM WORK PATH OTHER TRADES TO CLEAT PIPING,LIGHTING, DUCTWORK AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS A�gPt.'•�:3PF �_' . FA VETT.. ROOF VTR VTR u. TALL v. NI. CONDECUPPLv 1.1. RNA PP uLwYENEAT Guv® PIPING ABOM POSS BLS, UTILEss _ SAE. ..''!55aoORIGU• ...TALL SYLMOLS NAY BE ME0" lFxor wATER uclRcuuTwxsraTEMIS PIaWDEv. PANELS POSSIBLE, OR BOARTHCHITECTERWISE R CATEDBNCACNALCABSCONCITINT..INONS LOCATE AM 0, aAxnco DMI mmi WARMSTEFL S.ELDUD.wuxGE D. INSULATE MUM NEST. PREVENT WATER DAMAGE IN BUILDING. .U'}I'•�.„ vnsNAx RcwGDINEOUTIGNAW PNNTABLECANVASIA .. L. RG�' 07/31/2025 ENGINEER/NG NBw S. STAPLES, SUITE EGO, P-36�95.2.2. F TEXAS ENCINEERc FIRM NO. 1 25045 PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY!, DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SITE BEFORE COMMENCING ANY PHASE OF THE FOR FIT AND COORDINATION SNAIL BE MADE AT NO .DITIONOFAL COST TO THE OWNER NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS, DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSIONS PRPR TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE CONTFUCT WORK 2 TRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL ARCHITECTURAL MECHANICAL& STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ANY ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH OTHER TMDES. 4 SEAL ALL WALL, ROOF. AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS WITH LIL LISTED FIRE SEALANT 5. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO FIELD COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL. ROUTE SANITARY LINES OUT AND AWAY FROM BEAMS WHERE POSSIBLE ANO CROSS SEAMS PERPENDICULAR WITH SLEEVES AS REQUIRED. PLUMBING KEY NOTES: ❑D REFER TO CIVIL PLANS FOR CONTINUATIONS ❑2 GATE VALVE IN BOX FLUSH WITH GRADE. ❑3 NWALL ALL A1S LINE BY LOCAL GAS CBRACKETS. ETC, AS EQUIREDDBY GAS COMPANY SEE DETAIL SHEETGAS METER, REGULATOR VLFOR " WSTALLATION RINE TO TEMPORARY RIVES, RELOCATED G DISCONNECT TEMPORARY GENERATOR ACONNECT GERER TOR AAEEAND W GENERATOR WHEN W NEW GENERATOR O PLUMBING SITE PLAN ,0 SCALE 0 FEET /1 NEL 3 \v07/312025 EA/G/NEER/NG 5656 S. STALES, SUITE 360, CORPUS P-36, B522727 F TEXAS ENGINEERING RI GFIRMNO 0053. 25045 CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. P1.0 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT TX REG. N 2001 07/31,025 U VJ rs-fflui) 2 Ill cC.) 1— U SHEET of RECORD DRAWING NO PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 0 25069 MECHANICAL A1BT 1 PLUMBING DW V FLOOR PLAN PROCESSING 3 5S= A112J CORRIDOR EAN ROO A113 I INTERVIEW r++ ve•No. I — SCALE FEET PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: 1 CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SITE BEFORE COMMENCING ANY PHASE OF THE WORN ADJUSDAENTS FOR FIT AND COORDINKRON SHALL BE MADE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS, DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE CONTRACT WORN, 2 CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL STRUCTURAL L DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ANY ADDITIONAL R 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORT( WITH OTHER TRADES. 4. SEAL ALL WALL,ROOF, AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS W. UL LISTED EIRE 5STRUCTUL. ROUTE _SANITARY ES OUT MO AWAYRAFROM BEAMS WHERE POSSIBLE AND CROSS BEAMS PERPEND ULAR WITH SLEEVES AS REQUIRED. PLUMBING KEY NOTES: El REFER TO CWL PLANS FOR CONTINUATION �z ROUTE DRAIN PAN DRAW DOWN IN WALL AND TERMINATE ON THE 0xTER0R0 " ,�l��r` 07/31/2025 �L \I R�`1Ae+ EA/GUI/HEM/VG 5.6 S. STAPLES, SUITE 360, CORPUS P-361 B522727 F TEXAS ENGINEERING RI GFIRMNO 0053. 25045 LA CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. P1.1 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Tx REG, N m x+ CO = Z U Up of = a 2 Amid 1— LL ono U SHEET of RECORD DRAWING NO PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 0 25069 • 1 PLUMBING WATER AND GAS FLOOR O PUS' = 1'-0 VALVE AND DROP BELOW FLOOR CORRIDOR 1,00B.J p^+++., F Anz � IPROCEssr° I Fr TRAP PRNER BELOW FLOOR (T M) OFz U I aT EN CORRIDOR I A101 I COURT ROOM B N SCALE FEET B 8 PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALLVERIFT ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXMTING CONDITIONS AT THE JOBFOR FIT SITE NDCOORDINATIONBEFORE NSHALL BE MADE TENOOFADDITIONN. COST TO THEs POWNER..,. TNOG. COMMENCEMENT of THE CONTRACT DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSIONS 2 CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW MECHANICALB RTRPUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ANY ADDITIONAL EQUIREMENTS. S. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORN WITH OTHER TRADES. 4 SEAL ALL WALL_ Roof AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS WITH UL LISTED FIRE SEMANT 5. PLUMBINGCONTMCTOR TO DELD COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL ROUTE SANITo.V LINES OUT AND AWAY FROM BEAMS PERPENDICUUR WITH SLEEVES ABEAMS REQUIRED POSSIBLE AND CROSS PLUMBING KEY NOTES: E REFER TO CIVIL Peas FOR CONTINUATIONS. " I®^,l07/31/2025 �L \I D G EA/GUI/HEM/VG 5.6 S. STAPLES.SUITE 360. N P-361852 RttTF TEXAS ENGINEERING RI GFIRMNO 0053. 25045 LA b 56 CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. P1.2 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Tx REG. NO. m zT CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 331E LEOPARD ST. CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 PLUMBING WATER AND GAS FLOOR PLAN SHEET of RECORD DRAWING NO PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 0 25069 WATER CALCULATIONS PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE AC 50 PSI Mx SUES MARLIN ROUGH. PRESS. LOSS ACROSS METER 5PG OYLML PLAN MARK OUST 3 VENT DRAIN CRT NW DESCRIPTION INREFER TO ARCHITECTUi.LLTA&ADASHEETS AND TAYNIA REGULATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANC.. STATIC (EEV.I I05.05.ul PRESS.LOSS L02aSI NEATER E., - - - W aN• A RISE OS Kw SINGE ELOUEOEOT,2xv lto. RECOVERY AT 80.F TEMPERATUREWATER eYP6 PLAN MARK WNW ROUGH. SUES DESCRIPTION MIN. PRESS LAST FIXTURE MPG CELLS RATED HOYEAR QUOTA VENT NW BACNFLOW PREVEMTER L085 -PM WORKING PRESSURE, GLASS UNED BRA. DR/JR VALVE, AND TANK. MGS HEATR OOPS a WALL MOUNTED EOUIPSPLATFORM Vb DRAIN FITTING, ® EEC.DRINWNGFWNTAW 1 CODER) r 1-1? 1-1? 1? - BOTTLE MRSO CPPRHAND COOLER: BARSIER-FREE LEAD CMACITV, CEOT050T SOT FREE WALL MOUTIT OUAMBIENT TOTAL PRESSURE AVAEABE ,ash PM ELECTRIC WATER HEATER - - - W w (SINGLE al WATER TEMP., SHALL USE 3.7 , ARP 120W1 /604.. POWER PROVIDE ATEA° FLOOR MOUNTED WATER COOLER .H2 RECOVERY AT 80"F TEMPERATURE RISE, 20 Kw SINGE ELUOExEIrt2xv-,-, �, SUPPORT M. PROVIDE PVC P-TNAR, STOPS AND SUPPLIES. COLOR TO BE DISTAMCETOIISTFIXTIRE MOFT. REST ROOMSIBNENtROOY WORKING PRESSURE, GLASS UNED ARK, ASME. OETPFR VKVE�]1YEMPR WARRANTY, BRASS DRAIN VALVE, MD EEGS H.T TRAPS. ...RITE NO. a ELECDF/ DRINKING FOUNTAIN ETOMATIC r 1-1/r 1-1? 1R" - COLOR TO BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. LHUNG. . TOP WITH DESCRIPTION TURNER I RAMIREZ \ ARYCHITE CTS EQUIVALENT DISTANCE IN FEET aM FT. 0 WALL MOUNTED EQUIP. PLATFORM W, ORNN FRT., ISWGE COOLER)STANDARD PUSH BARS, STREAM REGULATOR, THERMOSTAT, MR COOLED, R.N]38-43" A GALLONS PER MIN. 11 GPM O OM TANK - - - • aM' - WAMTRHEAVY DLITT FGDAA APPROVEDALLON OL o..ENE OR UPPER ABS PLASTIC; CI. WNGLE ALL METERS. 1Al2. KT NEDWME WLTHBUYL, 2.0 EELMHISHAUGMM LINED EQUIVALENT MANUFACTURER SITAR TANK TO WALL WITH NOLORTE WICK P: UPPLY C.P. PPLY WSTOP, 3Ir FLEX TUBE RISER. ALLOW PRESS 1338 z100' STRAP. TANK LNOT BE SUPPORTED BY THE PIPING THAT CONNECTS TO 0 r 1-IT ,.Re• Rr ,rz LAVATORY: LOs1,00FT ELL FT.LAVATORY 43.31 T. COMPLIANT, WH., FRONT MERFLOW, CONCEALED WALL FOR A" NOTE: IF STATIC INCOMING WATER INSTALL PRESSURE IS ABOVE BO PSI, PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE. ® CP CIRCULATING Length M.• 1.0B- dal G.P.M.•t.M t•NE. dal TdaI (LAGS O.PM,•0A1 HEAP IS•4853 FM•6'C - ,Ir' GRUNDFOS MODEL TCONNEC''TTIo.",-VHASE, 85 LEAD-FREE 115 ZE VOLTS, SWEAT CONNECTION. SWITCHES ON AT SAM, AND OFF AT BPM. PROVIDE AOUASTAT,SWITCHES PUMP ON AT BST, AND OFF AT 105,. I GPM ANDO LY,' Iw.LLHUM) 0 C. TAPPING; RIF. MCAT SERIES FLOOR MOUNTED CARRIER WITH TWO UPRIGHTS; CHICAGO 420.T41.800.43CP FAUCET: C.A. BRASS BODY, 0.5 GPM AERATOR, DECK PLATE, INTEGRAL THERMOSTATIC MIYJNG VALVE ASSE 1070 CERT., SET AT 105.F; WASTE• 1-114" 17 GA C.P. BRASS Pllstre•IIR" CESS R AR1 Plpe S.•1rz' ATEA° UA ACCESS DOOR: 12,12-, 16 GUAGE WALL FLANGE AND WHITE PRIMED; INSTALL AT .L CONCEALED VALVES OR ACCESSORIES IN 000R ACCESSIBLE LOCATION NOT MORE THAN Nr AFF; COORDINATE ACCESS MATTEPANEL LOCATIO. WHII GENERAL CONTRACTOR STARLESS STEEL, ®PASTORS, IC.O. MO C.P BRASS NUTS, ESCUTCHEON; SUPPLY'. C.P. ANGLE SUPPLI. 33" FL. MBE RISERS. ESCUTCHEONS. PROVIDE TRUEBRO PIPING. SEE FINISH AT WALL LOCATIONS. FOR CEILINGS PAINT TO MATCH CEILING FIINIH ARCHITECTURAL. .-...... SINK ooUBE r 1-1rr 1-1/S 1rr 1rr TCOMPPs�eLF RIMMING, 0 ....ATE DRAIN Box OM r 1-1 " - - - BOX, -_WANSPOBAI DRAINAGE FUNNEL W/ UMBRELLA PREWSSTTALLEO VO COPPER INLET ADAPTER FOR CONNECTION TO CONDENSATE. COORDINATE WI MECHAR1 KCAL CONTRACTOR CONDENSATE SIZE AND SELECT APPROPRIATE1.1 IRE: corAanMB1T) al eOnAEp a.HOLe,Ba•xzrx6•, REAR WTVEL DECK AERATOR, B" CENTER,. TE: (2) LK.3S 2"s S.S. DRAIN BODY, BASKET STRAINER, /SVGA C., BRASS TAILPIECE, 1-1/2" 17. C.P. BRASS CONTINUOUS WASTE WITH TEE CONNECTION, 1.1/r 17GA C.P. BRASS ADJ. "P".TRAP W1C.O. - - DouBLEC1EAM1OTT DOD r - - - - WADE8000.12 (SOFAS C1100<_R-PII2uRN 21000)(SMITH 02401U0SON 6110005) Ex1ERIOR CLEA3OU1: ADJUSTABLE LI. CLEAN.? AND HOUSING, ABS TAPER PLUG, SPECIAL DUTY ROUND SCORIATED DUCTILE IRON TOP, xNLTLT TRACTOR COVER, ANCHOR IN CONCRETE PAD Orz,B•zr DEEP. FLU. WITH GRADE OR SET FLUSH WITH SIDEWALK MO C.P. BRASS NUTS, E.UTGREON SUPPLY C.P. ANGLE SUPPLI. MN STOPS, Tr FLEX TUBE RISERS, ESCUTCHE.S. INSIN.RATOR BADGER 5 DISPOSAL' GALVANIZED STEEL, 112 HP, S.S. GRINDING ELEMENTS, NEOPRENE SINK FITTING. 120,1-50, LO AMPS, MOUNT BELOW 2-COMPARTMENT SINK AS ® gIDEAxouT 0 - - - - Ba0a,21.MOUFASc„nusR P,�zuRx 2, 000o13M TH 02 HOUSING.MAR6s3mT0a1R PLUG, SPECIAL aANCHOR�= IRON TO E,301110 H GRADE OR SET FLUSH WITH SIDEWALK SERVICE SINK331 (FLOOR MOUNTED) r 2 i to. 11x ME CHICAGO No. ;«P' RM KFFAUD�CS.S. UM r STOPS,TRACMR INTEGRAL INTEGRAL CHECK VALVES, LEVER HANDLES BRACE 3/4" HOSE THREN] SPOUT, AIL HOOK ESCUTCHEONS. (MOUNT 36" AF.F.). MG SEE PLAN ,V, - MOUR. HANGER FOR THREE MOPS ND BP33 20 GA SPLASH SROUND MCS.: STERA-MLUANS No. TI.5; 26" HOSE AND S.3 WALL HOOK; ..THREADED E TRAP PRIMER TAP, BOTTOM OUTLET, CLAMPING coLua, WEEP HOLES, VP. SCREWS, ADJUSTABLE TOP; STRAINER: 6. EDIA ETERR, MHT OSET _ourr. NICKEL BRONZE. __ PROOF PROVIDE 'ERDLDSEr ARK TYPE( ®WITH r_ oETADULT TAS COMPLIANT. 17.-Ir MAX. TOP OF SEAT, ELONGATED, HANDLE AT YAM SIDE OF STALL; CHURCH 2553SC ® r. (JANITOR CLOSET) SPE-22x(YIFABF 100GMII.IDSM1 ]OOOOE-W 502511 zw6OwMTT3FDa00S1FLOORORAx: CAST IRON ORAN BODY WTm,rr lPR COLLAR, WEEP HOLES, VP. DUCTILESCREWS, ADJUSTABLE TOP; STRAINER: S DLAMETER, HEAVY DUTY. IRON, TRACTOR P PROVIDEDEEP SEAL TRAP. PRW SYSTEMS TRAP INSERT. ® WATER CLOSET wo vocv (FLUSH ffw3HVALVL7 A r •• 1 - AMERICAN STAND/ED 3043.001 "MADER, FLUSH VALVE WATER CLOSET: .ULT TAS COMPUANT. 17,15. MAX. TOP OF SEAT, FLOOR MOUNTED, BOTTOM OUTLET. V.C., 1.28 GPF SIPHON FLUSH, ELONGATED, 1.112. TOP SPUD. WHITE, BOLT CA., CLOSET SEAL; CHURCH 250.0 SEAT: ELONGATED, PLASTIC, WHITE, OPEN FRONT, SS POSTS, SELF SUSTANING CHECK HINGE; SLOAN 111-1.28 "ROYAL" FLUSH VALVE: HRAGM VACUUM BRE KERWC.P...PoSEDD,1.28HNIDESCUTCHEON, MOUNT HAND. x r 1-,m r - - PVC HUB DRAIN WITH HUB AND 2 TRAP GUARDANDGUARD DEEP SEAL TRAP. 25" MAX. AF.F. AT DE SIDE OF STALL. TRAP PALER TA - - - ler - _ _ LOCATION,AND EXPOSED IN AL EQUIPMENT BEHINDREAS APP.VEDWITH ACCVED SS PANELOR� DISTRIBUTION �NITS)BINSTALL AT MINIMUM 1r AF.F. WATER (�00135)ED) r r r 1' - ACORN MN. zSERIES.PENAL- ARE" LAWTOIL£T OOMBY: TAS SERVICE MONT.17,1a"MAX TOP OF 10 GPI TYPE300SS SATINN FIINISH, FLOOR MOUNTED BACK OUTET, ET CHASE ACCESSIBE,36" GRAB BAR INTEGRAL TOILET PAPER HOLDER ELONGATEDLITOILLY ALETTUAB� }RN. TRAP VALVE. L,2sre"Du GPF OUTLET. I er I DESCRIPTION CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST. CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 PLUMBING SCHEDULES WALL CLEANOUT WOO SEE PLAN SEE PLAN 8E PLAN - - SCREW, MINS DIA. PROVIDE CEANOUT PLUG TO MATCH PIPE MATERLAL. CLOBETAAV (FLOOR MOUNTED) r r r r - AWRN INBFACL2 SERIES "PENAL -WARE" LAV/MILET COOBY: LW RIM AT sr xx.Av.F. SERVICE HEIGHT 1rTOP OF SEAT, IK GA TYPE MR S.s,ISATIN FIBBII, FLOOR MOUNTED, BACK OUTLET PIPE CHASE ACCESSIBE, INTEGRAL O WATER HAMM. ARRESTOR WHA SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE OETAO. - - SIOUX CHEF 650 SERIES WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR, TYPE L COPPERTUBE M1010 CERT., MAXMIFF, MAX 350 PSG. LEAD AD FREE,I.TAALL TOMAOUFACTUMRSSPE SPECIFICATIONS. (FLUSH VALVE) TOMES PAPER HOLDER 1.6 OPF BLOWOUT ELONGATED TOILET BOYz,100 EAL3R TRAP S2"DIA WASTEOTLET, HYDRAULICALLY ACTUATED FLUSH VALVE WBOX - - - W - WYxzMOTmALL MWEL 6TBMM052501ECURATEWALLHYOUNT:3TNwE03 th W0B DOOR BFAO0 ANTISPWH VACUUM BREAKER EWLos6DI2A F. GAS LOAD SUMMARY (10"V11.C.) , WALL HYDRANT IN BOX _ _ _ Sir _ FORD EL2BBF,AGTDMAT'F GORANING, FRFFl F33 WALL HY� PLUMBING PIPE MATERIALS SCHEDULE 2W«F NVAWUM BREAKER ENCLOSED( ABRASS FLUSH WALL PIPING eE�ow P 9AxfARYSEWGRADE SCHEDULE. DMA PVC APRIMxcE Cr'. SANITARY ORAN AND VENTS ABOVE GRADE SCHEDULE... • BDE EA CM PRES. FIRE PROTECTION DESIGN CRITERIA PLUMBING FIXTURE UNITS DOMESTIC HOT 3 COLD WATER BELOW GRADE COPPER, TYPE IC SOFT DOMESTIC HOT 3 COLD WATER ABOVE GRADE COPPEFL TYPER• HARD DAWN EMERGENCY GENERATOR 1 r 22m .20 T VG. BR... WO. 2021 INTERNATIONAL G LDING cool DRAINAGE SUPPLY NATURAL GAS SCHEDULE. BLACKSTEEL BUILDING USEGWuv.Ia INSTITUTIONAL FIXTURE OTY. 8OV TOT.WATER CW MY PEN50aW ALUMINUPIPING TOTAL CFR .20 aM0 8� FA EA WYU SHFU W9FU HOT 3 COLD WATER PIPE INSULATION I" RIGID FIBER GLASS BUILDING CONSTRUCTOR. FULLY SPRINKLED. FIRE SPRINK.R BELOW GRADE BOBOVE MECH.JOINTS TOTAL DEN. LENGTH WILDING CLASSIFICATION. LIGHT HAZARD WATER CLOSET •FV ,1 - 0 N 10 110 110 - 20.M ORE SPRINKLER GRADE -z Y' BLACK STEEL SCHEDULE. PEESOE `5,0`. T.111a) DENSITTAREADESIGIC GPMSLFr.M1500 SO.FT. PROVIDE A to PSI SAFETY FACTOR FOR HYDRAULIC LAVATORY 11 1W 1 11 2 ]2 106 100 OAO FIRE SPRINKLER ABOVE GRADE ->2-1Ir BLACK STEEL SCHEDULE 10 -y,�EBF Ia:. UA1 CALCULATIONS. SERVICE SOUK 1 i 2 2 a a PBa 2M aA0 •xxFnDE N M. we sxuL NOT M USED IMxum rweNm. x1MRe mu. Rea. OAF USED FOR RETURNNR coxTRncTOR BM, ONLY Uc a'. ..•FF %SEAN M. NOSE DEMAND REWIRExExm:lm GPM llxslDEL tso GPM IOUTSID F DRINKING FOUNTAIN 2 1W' RAO 150 525 050 0.50 - 0.78 BELL AND BEGOT SERVICE WnwT KIT mox PIPE. RIGUQ% %'''.......906]e AF PROVIDEPANTEDAREAS SPRINKLER HEAD TYPE: AMOS WTH cGsPR�DADS CEILINGS OVIDE BTI�eE><vasEx HAVE METAL CAGE R SK 1 1,r s a vm eL FLOW TEsrMAi WATER UT., READING IN p r TRAP 1 r a a NOTE: THE ABOVE MENTIONED CRITERASHALL BE USED PS A MINIMUM DEN. WAS, BUILDING r TRAP 11 r 6 53 CONSTRUCTION, AND CLASSIFICATION TO BE CONFMMED BY CRITERLA SET FORTH IN IA HOSE BIBB 6 - 0 L� SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN MEET ExTS OF NEPA IS, NEPAA 3)51PURAL NEPA., ALL STATE/LOCALDWEa,AxDDANPRBINSURANCECOMPANY. OT/31/2025 NRG NOTE FINA.L FIRE PROTECTION DESGII CRITERLA SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE FIRE PROTECTOR DrAL W „6 ]. ,„ 21 ■� CONTRACTOR. SUBMIT, SETS OxE FOR SITE, ONE FOR TIE OWNER 20OP MO ONE TaTHE rIRE MARSH032005AProvRTHDVA MT FAR REVIEW. TOTAL OPM eF 110 730 330 ENGINEERING 566e O.OTAPES, SUITE 360. PPE SGE 0 zr 2.5. r P-3618522727 F TExAS ENGINEERING FIRM NO. 25045 DESCRIPTION TURNER 1 E C T S \ ARZ C H I T Exo.w.a39xxAND BEFORE AMINO SAND COMPACTEI LL 63936 PROCTOR DENS, F.E„CLEAR GNIATION w� �� M q BIRO... —I1I_f a j SECTIONS SFr. LINES OR WATER �DNN�EI.ANNxNND,z B. w LINE SEWER 1. LWEEN P.Ea� RACE/NAMS. WRIER PIP. SHALL EX HST.. IN RIE SAIE G WREN MITSIDE RE MALMO FOOLTRINT OF THE xwNNEIELUaxaGOINC NO PLUMP.. " O rN WM FIN FLOOR G . oG�a �, sTSET. LEAD � " CHECK aESEI.TSEA,NaNNDw..N��.N SNCOEL - DIalNvw OPEON VALVE Ir ` KV NARONDgxDNDI.BNNN� a w DRAWN.NNM wN. N SYSTEM RE PUR "'"" "uuE nr STET, ET uLrm,Ecnw. Mix. e• I carOE �.-I w«T.nOOT SEWER ✓v m IP x�r� "� 4, eNw. STRIXTLRAL .�� � ..ii...i. OP Ma �TSEO OH MIT 4 TRENCH PIPE SEPARATION DETAIL 5 WATER PIPE ENTRY DETAIL 6 VENT THRU ROOF 7 FIRE SPRINKLER RISER DETAIL iNi AN SHOULDmw AMON BE NAM NSIMMMOctwrmnrns rxssr MANSNOHOW TOI ,.OSROOncrTHOSENOSM.BEING INSTALLED . THOSE UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION OF PLASTIC PIPE MANTIC SUMP R.111611E6 SETUP {LIAM. IN STINIMPOS ME EXCAVATED wsEMOM srurmaoKO,r.EON ONSEPOPaworrsreunrararrNE.masrcnrx. sevv+seNEOMERaurmNLOW*REGIONS —TRENCH WIDTH _ SEE SPECIFICATIONS MOMS MI rnoss MAL sessrsaNcnrwxs. GRAMSEARTHss n$TNozn< SrAMMO .vcncBFOR uw.caouxoxsruu,nvarrxEIwwASLICPaBssurBawixc. ,1 I 1--I SPAR SPECIMEN I Sr I DESCRIPTION CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST. CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 PLUMBING DETAILS Iv ., .. .:, I ME OF ME GRAVEL T1ES£ I INCHES. PPE IN THE TRENCH TOPMONI FOP EVINNMN MO ORVOUS. LARGE ROCAS. STONES. IDNN GLUM ON OTHER URGEDENIS PmeioxvSIunBEREMOVED.STOEr<ansusiw.wss,NaaxH.Nii2se,E 1lIH' caB®EInnONFanNGOR uxEsvExaPLATON SWEEP II I' � GFOR Er. C � w• ro:.. MS _zIMAIN TAMPERS OReRNGF URNUITr o�Nr s'ianro iiii SExon, END OF LNLONG E ,1, 1 J KING Ounah a oni`i:o DTENRYSUPPORT c.B�.TERE FINAL , �.,, S. OfDN 1 MAIMING PREMIER LGxSEEM. IN,MmENa. B. MINIM/ROUTH OF BACIELL ABOVE THE PPE SIIMILD Of NAINTNNED PIPE pgp e :p Epp\�.r°4 annnavmnnsESTANDARDS. McpEwnnuLLarx ULTRAS OF 6 INC.W. ADVISOW ABLE cEr.urevPtNcsuEICE,mrccNPscIEDToasx EQUIPMENT .AVERSE �x P�iw roBsxcaxw.nox uwnvseE INSTALLED RUA FIRING IN.NORETEFORPIPE LOAD RERUNSAREAS mxrNEE wc<Fxenv AMOReE NECONI ULM CR MOISTURE. EARRI OR 0L SEE 001.311 PIPE LAID ON w99913.91333 EAR. OR ARM.UM. STABILIZED FILL SE STABILunoxs 1 UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION DETAIL OF PLASTIC PIPING SYSTEMS UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION 2 TWO-WAY CLEANOUT DETAIL 3 CLEANOUT DETAIL e •x`44 : 4 Lo 07/31/2025 Mill_\I �\ r ENGINEERING 5656 S. STRP.S, SORE MO. CORP. CHRISTI, TX 736111 TEXAS ENGINEERING FIRM NO. 005318 25045 DESCRIPTION TURNER I RAMIREZ \ AR• YCHITE CTS M■,c■ �, meusxiw Amos A_ -■ .-� �APPROVEDMpx —� m -. toe �m=wEw. MILK!. I? MAP SUPPLY PIPE 6EIPANCN xFPC�OfF Of GOO WATER PIPE MI MUM 17 CA, LINE .�m.- TRAP PR oxx.I.x ,r� EARANC _ eaxour\IAt nr �J coxrE -"— I � u1S1 1 FI b0717S7COPPER W4"0 SERVING UP TO FOUNT= TOM swcusrnw. G .• .' n — \_nr , .-n ' ' .,,wawn� ...- • ■ly,r .,r�I■ arm i a' ���=� - VMI0IsN% .. -. -. �., ..0, 6Frm.IALaR6uPmRr u TAMS OR SAW GROS g TYPICAL WALK IN CHASE 7 GAS CONNECTION - TYP. g GAS SERVICE CONNECTION g TRAP PRIMER DETAIL mmm 11 .xv,luRx.n Nxls aEw: ETTON A"M,M,Mx.r �ACOG.3� ucxwucmwxr INSULAnaswu � °�� �r� mw..r��a —�- R3I t sr.wRnvun ym LONG iIux �EAciE FIX,. UNM vv®MCFAwwr rcxvw® •rs FON THAT.. NOTES.• I -� _W vNRNT AUEDELECT �unxu:u.ms DISSILNAR WINSUI rROO6wS / WELDED STEEL l NM AIL EXPANSION TANK RATURE WALL UMW R- MM.., x _ .�, O COMUFTCLALA R xRE� c 140 *sic usr s - /Y AT,- Atic mwa I Sr I DESCRIPTION CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 331E LEOPARD ST. CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 PLUMBING DETAILS c ,nr nnn MO ummnGEA ,s aSSURE INSULATION LNx pwx o�Fr mE�.Et�"UVE I NI um a,wA.ewmne z z /\ OX \J �J emsxovmssn ENANC inusrms ORISO COMMIX zap MOVE �."CEu R �R AR �R6F m aI o � teGr.[GLL"u�o 3�Ru . AIM .�.�� W.IJ, "r� x 6�RR �x .�J MET.. ,6� Mr oe �roi .� vm.srzwvxu SREAsruscmNG Fa,av NANNACxcnnscxs INSTRUCTIONS FOR �PROPER o.EmrO�Ex6rM� E> r.M.�NI,,, SMALL M. MAN RARE EA .��x�xoE MICE m w. r OARING. W 69 M WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR 2 PIPE HANGER FOR INSUL. PIPE g UNINSULATED PIPE HANGER 4 WATER HEATER DETAIL 5 EXPANSION TANK DETAIL ZM , ' : isEAry M. RooRlcu¢. L■ 07/31/2025 ■I_ \I R ENGINEER/NG 5bs6 s. STAPLES, SMITE 3.1 RrT GF R-361852 TEXAS ENGINEERING FIRM xo00.18 25045 nzOVIR can PLUMBING DWV RISER DIAGRAM SC3VTR \ aEor � II I I II II II II �a �l 4H1 ,44 " I®^,l07/31/2025 �L \I D G EA/GUI/HEM/VG 5.6 S. STAPLES, SUITE 366, CORPUS -361B522117 F TEXAS ENGINEERING RI GFIRMNO 0053. 25045 5 LA CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. P4.1 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT TX REG. NO. xoat OT SHEET of RECORD DRAWING NO PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 0 25069 7 CORNER EXPANSION JOINT scaLE SEAL CAP MTH al,IFRES= EXISTING STRUCTURAL CLAY TILE WALL. REMAIN EXISTING LIVES -ONE VENEER TO REMAIN CLOSED CELL SPECA,OMI INKL,ION BACKER ,ODE.SEALANT PIREPINICI-ED ,MOLD CORI, GATED SPACER PI3ER LENIENT SIDING PANEL SISTEC nOF) "RE. RUCTURAL LADDER,PE HORIZONTAL REINFORCING 6,BUSE.RESISTANT GYPSUM BOAPD, FINISH WITH 14' FAMED WOOD 7(11,1, FINISH A. COLOR TO MATCH P1.2 BUTT.GLAZED GLAZING SYSTEM SS COUWERTOP AS SCHEDULED — lLUMINUM PLATE CLOSURE N NSH WITH W Ic5FANT GYPSUM DOaRO, ‘— NEW AL NU.ALL.MOUNiED HANDRAIL SS COUNTERTOP.. SCHEDULED 9 PLAN DETAIL @ BENCH s�rLE s ANSION JOINT BEM 2,,,wOD STUD Atv,.novs �' E7iEwo'"'E NEW TO EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL JOINT EXPANSION CONTROL JOINT DETAIL 6 e� 5 IT REINFORCED MU WALL ON(LLFACTOR RE STRUC-URAL NEW TO EXISTING INTERIOR WALL JOINT D�LE WELDED TO PLATE EPDXIED TO FLOOR SLAB 0-1-1 MINIMUM IMBED SECI.RE POST 3 }HOLLOW TUBE COLUMN s�ALF NTs. 5 8" ABUSE RESIST 414- MARD, FINISH NTH :BPI N E6 E P rSf' ID SSEDGES INJECTABLE FOAM INSULOON SigUCTURAL PARTITION PER,: DOCP AS SCHEDULED TYPICAL DOOR OFFSET DETAIL 8 s�E SOAP CMU 0000LSFw END-m. BLOCNINC STRUCTURAL x STEEL PLATE.,SADDLE�_YI SGLUE LANINATED T eEaiA=F REMCVE TOF COURSES OF LIMESTONE VENEER POR 'BELOW LEVEL'C'E PCP, UGH.BOLTS A' MUSE RESISTANT tir.P.1 BOARD FINISH SCHELUL AIOLD LINEFFONE TO REMAIN 1 2 PYLON WALL PLAN DETAIL GLUE LAMINATED BEAM PLAN DETAIL R�LE , D , D CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. A4.2 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 9,31/2025 H U E CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 PLAN DETAILS SHEET 41 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 PLUMBING GAS RISER DIAGRAM IEMFRGENCY GENERATOR Y ]10 CFH DIRT LEO " ,��l��,r`r, 07/31/2025 �L \I R EA/GUI/HEM/VG 5.6 S. STAPLES, SUITE 360. CORPUS -361 B522117 F TEXAS ENGINEERING RI GFIRMNO 0053. 25045 5 LA 5 5 5S CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. P4.3 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT NJ = w w s Q K wx; w u Z CC a SHEET 89 a 110 RECORD DRAWING N0. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT 0 25069 AP PHASE I MATE AREA y - �II 4k I I I I I I I I l lI IL 1 11 'IN II Q TECHNOLOGY DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN 0 O A Li A. U O APPROXIMATE LOCA ION 0AND PROTECTED ��&INC c N G iiiiii s. ,Tend E 7 APPROA MATE AREA OF PHASE 2 TECHNOLOGY DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES ING PLAN AND SCHEDULE OF ANY REQUIRED SYSTEM DORKING DAYS IN ADVANCE. CONTRACTOR SHALL ! NTIME ALL DATA, VOICE, 'MEC AND SECURITY SYSTEMS SHALL REMAIN OPERATIONAL AT ALL TIMES DURING BUSINESS HOURS. ANY SYSTEM DOWNTIME SHALL BE SCHEDULED WITH THE ARCHITECT,ENGINEER AND OWNER AT LEAST TEN 1,10, OR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE ARCNITECTIENGINEER AND OANER PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. ROOMS THE EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND TELECOM CONTROLS SHALL BE MAINTAINED A.T ALL TIMES. THE ROOMS AND TELECOM ROOMS TEMPERATURE SHALL REMAIN BETWEEN 60 - 70 DEGREES F WITH RELATIVE HUMIDITYEOTHE oEOUIP sD NON -CONDENSING. THE TEMPERATURE ROOMS AN TELECOM ROOMS SHALL BE MAINTAINED ETWEEIN ��T OWNER SHALL BVESPONSIBLE FOR POWER A.ND START- aDlrvniE VIiHNIAiE AECNREGI/EnGI ERC—lj NENOR A AND PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF TEN (10) SCHEDULING OF ANY REQUIRED DOWNTIME. DAYS NOTICE FOR IME. G ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AS SHOV.IN ARE APPROXIMATELY CORRECT. NOT ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE SHOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL ,SIT THE SITE TO HELD VERIF, ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED TO PROPERLY PROA OE A BID/PROPOSAL AND PERFORM ALL REQUIRED WORK. ALL EXISTING FIBER BACKBONE, HORIZONTAL DATA. CABLE. HORIZONTAL VOICE C.LE AND .1-HOOK PA.THWAYS ARE TO BE REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY AS INDICA.TED ON T6SERIES DRAWINGS. ALL OTHER FIBER OPTIC CABLE AND COPPER BACKBONE ARE CRITICAL COMPONENTS FOR THE CAMPUS AND THE DISTRICT FIBER RING AND SHALL REMAN PROTECTED AND OPERATIONAL AT ALL TIMES. ALL EXISTING COAXIAL CABLE ,.501., 'lac-se)FOR CAT, is To REMAIN IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL. ALL EXISTING WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS ARE TO BE REMOVED .D RETURNED TO OWNER. CONTRACTOR SHALL RE-IHSTALL ALL EXISTING AND NEW ARELESS ACCESS POINTS AT DOMPLE,ON OF COORDINATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING CAMERA WITH OWNER/ARCHITECT DURING CONSTRUCTION. DONLITIDN KEYED NOTES EXISTING DATANOICEWIRELESS ACCESS POINT OUTLET TO BE REMOVED. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF ALL s TERMINATED AT THIS LOCATION. IF LOCATION IS NOT F2E-USED FROM THE PATCHTPANEL OR TERMINATION BLOCK IN THE TELEC,ZMITIONS ROOM, 'F-.1I,1PILATE AND C°RIES.NO ABANDOeD CARUNCIS NGITH OF BE LEFT ABOVE CEILING. PMENT 0 ,PROXIMATELOCATION OINLINE AND PIROTECTED DURING NG NETWORK I ALL PHASES FROM E EXISTING CABINET TO THE NEW CABINET. AFTER THE To PREPARED TO TERMINATION FROM RELOCATE THE ENEXTGCIE„aTHW CABINET. THE OWNER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE POWER DOWN AND CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. TD201 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 12,5 CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 TECHNOLOGY DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN SHEET 90 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT R 25069 TECHNOLOGY SYMBOLS & LEGEND ABBREVIATIONS VOICE SYMBOLS DATA SYMBOLS ROUGH -IN & MISC. SYMBOLS GENERAL SYMBOLS A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR A.F..G. ABOVE FINISHED GE,DE AER AERIAL DRAWING TITLE DEI,RD El..IARC9TION POINT S, F KALE EMT F.O.C. ECTRIC METALLIC TkIBE DER OPTIC :NEI, VX EI.ITgEEETNIXREDTETC.T111-all'N==jr"" """ 'THE' '' V ZTl'Ef/T"TT=ENIJUTPT=g1IVT=TEEPTIC% \ E.'" T "E'E'T""" W nVlE,CE'PE/TIVATH=X.g WW/T'ET"TeT"'""' ,T4LCALLST,,,LNUNDEP.. GIP HE fil-,..N,E.,,pory D,DE NINTERCON FiEnD END TERMEDI,E MET, CONDI, ,I.S SP SIDE C‘ELE PL,NT SHEET DF IDE TERMEDI,E DISTRIE,TION FRAME DISTRIBUTION FR,V.IE 'VX i:sEa :T,,., NOTE[491=0=TE.,„Nl= ISO,,H1111,T011 TFRIIAT„HIFIDO„0.1„1.,-11-„ /5 S„ND„ ELL.TI.,CALL,T .- DETAIL 1.1,1E, IN If, OSP ...IN ANTENANCE NOLE ULTIMODE OUTSIDE ,ELE PL,NT PVC. POL,INA CHLORIDE ax `,S=',!=;`,T;;'XIT'sas":11`,WrtsguR----- L. —sas-sa--,,,sass.s,s,,,,,, as, RISID STEEL CONDUIT SP.I SINGLE MODE SP SERVICE PROIDER INDICATES TELE,NVUNICATIONS iD,I. STP SHIELDED TWISTED FAR TB TERMINAL BLOCK • XPEETETTHETILT=FIMINI=1.:VTO=E:"" TT'"E' ggITEINTITTIIITIA=CE.===TNERT=P;NTTE'ET"E E' TR TELEC.41.11.ILINICATION REGION LK.. UNDERGROUND COMMUNICATION NON LINLESS OTNERAISE NOTED LITP UNSHIELDED TOASTED PAR YTT TnEl.ITSEOT.ENTTETSTglES=2"E.E"TE"E EE"EE'EE. "ENT' ''''. 2%,MTIFIN1ZNIT'Ne "'Ter' EE"E"E' "UNTEE NOTES REVISION NO. DATE -51-14 CITY of CORPUS CHRIS TEXAS Department of Engineering Servic ' Ogr.F.J=VaZgrns.17:"'"R E. TDEOVPMEDENEgFIEN:=WITCTNI , 14=r1)Ern'gN7 n-,',Z.-TITI",,TILI,TInsYZZY.72 VOICE DATA SYMBOLS FIBER OPTIC SYMBOLS CABLE PLANT & RISER DIAGRAM MED B1TTFIETCE=VWNFMEZNETli !NE 4.11,11E., suEstsr,,N,L.1 , , INTERPRETe,• TI; ',2EEF,FFaler.,TEX71-=TTITT,T,T.,TE.,==.7.XTE" V TTZrZTS'EE.X;r/T„E"11.1;r=lEggl.====IV UNT"S Eiji,..,..,=„,T.E.,.s„,,E, ET ' INDEX OF DRAWINGS Y NtLEX2tEMTE=61M;Irl,ETFIXT9ETTI=TDETZT'EUT 7 VM:=V1,7"nraLnAZZEZTTLET'sLeT'e l; EFEEZT:L=LxanxnaTE7='s:x.IrrxR 7x EAMEJTZTINZATRIE="NTLEaTaYTTTEEUTTETETETE 'TETTE' 7,90 TECHNOLOGY SYMBOLS & LEGEND TD201 TECHNOLOGY DENOLIMN FL3JR PLAN T100 TECHNOLOGY SITE PLAN T200 TECHNOLOGY OVERALL FLOOR NAN T201 TECHNOLOGY FLOOR PLAN M ‘...EF'T,F=E:U'..1''.2%T.M2'''''=%'2"='.... ° 2=i17.,=7n7,'TZIMMT:VT':'''Ne '' T300 TECHNOLOGY ENLARGED NEM Td00 TECHNOLOGY TYPICAL DETMLS Td01 TECHNOLOGY TYPICAL DETNLS TECHNOLOGY SITE PLAN GENERAL NOTES a. 7. TECHNOLOGY DRAWINGS ARE O BEPROADED AND INSTALLED 6Y DIVISION 26. BYAgVI9pNl ZND BE PRDs", a,E YE r RRATONSFROND D FOR GHHNE CABLING BACK TO THE ORGINAL RTEAIINEGLDc7 R arR,F PRDVIDEDTH „1 NO. TRAVELING THROUGHTPENETRATONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL ,VALLS.STRUCTURES FOR TECHNOLOGY OF CONCRETE SEPARATION BETWEEN ANY FOREIGN CONDUITS AND/OR PIPES THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE CONDUIT PATHWAY. EQUIVALENT w cBD DEGREE BENDS BETWEENPU 8. CONDUITS SHALL MAINTAIN A BEND RADIUS OF 6 TIMES THE 2C.IAMETEER0ii,,F,THE CORNDUIT FOR TIE'ETMETERTF THE CONDUIT FOR CONDUITS GREATER THAN 2-INCHES. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DETECTABLE ENTIRE CON DUI IDTRENCH. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL CONDUIT PATHWAYS WITH THE ARCHITECT AND LANDSCAPE PLAN PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY TRENCHING INSTALLED FOR ALL CONDUITS PULLING OF CABLE.sTmNG CONDUITSALL SPARE FILLED ',MTH LESS THAN CONDUITS AMMLLOWED FILL RATIO SHALL NAVE A AND LEFT FOR FUTURE PULLNOFSTRING CABLELED OPPOSITE END LOCATONCLEARLY LABEL AS FULL s STRING" INDICATING TECHNOLOGY SITE PLAN NOTES Oq -W7IN'A Dx�E 6'vccoNRITa�IODI s-wrxl66 CH KEYED xgil zPPROXIMATE LOCATION OF NEWMDE ROOM Alas. . 0 6 aIN Frvu FW6HEG EFaonnTNEYRIHnrvo HOLEm CONDUIT SHALL BE TERMINATED =I -INCHES A.F.F AND NC FARTHER THAN 2-INCHES FROM THE ,NALL IN THE MOE ROOM. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PULL STRING INSIDE MDF. CONDUIT SHALL BE TERMINATED 4-INCHES A.F.F AND NO EACH CONDUIT. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NYLON FARTHER THAN 2-INCHES FROM THE ,ALL IN THE MDF BUSHINGS AND PROTECTIVE CAPS ON EACH END OF THE ROOM. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PULL STRING CONDUIT. (BY BUSHINGS AND PROTECTIVE CAPS ON EACH END OF THE INSIDE NER EACH CONDUIT. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NYLON O CURD APPROXIMATE DlO of Noe PE ESTRAIN GATE MOUNTED PROVIDED BACKBONE CAB SHALL BE MYDIV.26} oGaVINc xV INRHEI o-INCHAN HDHOLE wMI TN C17. oI' COVER ROF NANOHOEE SHALL BE FLUSH'SVITH FINAL FINISHED SHED GRADE aY dv. zsl 0 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL (2),INCN RISERS RT%IMFIATELYt FEETUP THEUIIDTY POLE Tp SUPPTNTTHE AND CABS ON THE POLE. (BY DIV 6NG. PROL DE MULE TAPE BES AL FINIINCH SHED GRADE ULE PO C FROM NE, HNDUIT NAND ED HOLE TO CARD IMPNEGRI rDESEaCH CON. DCgT. UNNRONOOVLE NYLON a°(BIzs,ROI EUINLAYS EACHEND OFTHE CONDUIT. APPROXIMATE LOCATON OF EXISTING UTILIN POLE. O 0 ,1 12 13 REQUIREMENTS.(BYDN26,B, PETEBT RpDGHIN f1ED(1.$)- CHSHEDULEea PVC CONDUITFROMCARDREADER PROVIDE PULL STRING INSIDE EACH CONDUIT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NYLON BUHIGEACH END OF THE CONDUIT.,BY oNNDPROTECTIVE -.,BPS ON APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF GATE CONTROLLER. ,BY OTHERS) TRAFFIC SIGNAL HAND HOLE. R SHALL PROVIDE PULL CONDUIT. (BY DIY. s;D PaOTECONEc vopNEACH ErvDOEITNE .17TXIMATE LOCATION OF EXISTING TRAFFIC SIGNAL HAND = 10-0 CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. T100 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS U CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 TECHNOLOGY SITE PLAN SHEET 92 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 APPROA MATE AREA OF PHASE 1 SALLATORT MECHANICAL 1 ❑ 0 ❑ 3 (Z� � • P l i.w+T ID ❑ AEC OFFICE TECHNOLOGY OVERALL FLOOR PLAN OUR 18 GENERAL NOTE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL 5'13.031DE AND INSTALL ALL 8-HOOK . POINT UNISONWITH THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS AS TO NOTALLOW THE CEILING TO BE CLOSED Iry INSTALL, TESTING AND TERm NATION PRIOR LE L. OR or FROLInTE AREA. TECHNOLOGY FLOOR PLANS-OVEPALL T100 GENERAL NOTES THE TECHNOLOGY REGION / WIRING BOUNDARIES ARE IDENTIFIED ON THE OVERALL SHEETS ONLY AND NOT ON THE ENLARGED SHEETS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE OVERALL SHEETS FOR ALL TECHNOLOGY REGIONS WIRING BOUNDARIES. ALL CONDUIT PATHWAYS, ROUGH -INS. BACNBOXES. FLOOR BOXES. CONDUIT SLEEVES, ETC. INDICATED ON THE TECHNOLOGY DRAWINGS ARE. BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY DIVISION 26.. 3. ALL POWER INDICATED ON THE TECHNOLOGY DRAWINGS IS TD BE 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL PENETRATIONS PROVIDED THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS/STRUCTURES FOR TECHNOLOGY CABLING BACK TO THE ORIGINAL RATING. CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL PENETRATIONS PROVIDED 6. TECHNOLOGY CA.BLING SHALL BE ROUTED IN SEPARATE PATHWAYS IN 8-HOOKS, CONDUITS, CONDUIT SLEEVES, CORES, ETC. oDATA6I-rtgi,g7,W TEvETo'F, ETc HARe THESAmE, """ ABOVE AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING LAN OPEN CEILING OR CLOUD TYPE CEILING IS NOT CONSIDERED AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING( IN THE SALLE ROOM WHERE THE DEVICE IS LOCATED. IF THE ROOD WHERE THE DEVICE IS LOCATED DOES NOT HAVE AN ACCESSIBLE CP LINO THE ROUTE TO THE APPLICABLE .F / IDE ROOM TO MINIMIZE THE GABLE LENGTH ENSURING CABLE LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED Z75. FEET. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE HOLIER. FROM THE DEVICE LOCATION AND NO DAISY CHAINING OF DEVICES / ROLIOH-INS SHALL BE ALL.VED. A CONDUIT SEGMENTS SHALL BE NO TH WITH TNEENMORE THAN THE EE N"LENT MORE GREEIBENDS CONDUITS SHALL NAINTAIN A BEND RADIUS OF 5 LILIES THE DIAMETER OF THE CONDUIT FOR CONDUITS 2-1..5 OR SLLALLER AND TIMES THE DIAMETER OF THE CONDUIT FOR CONDLITS GREATER THAN DINCHES. ALL CONDUITS SHALL HAVE A PULL STRING INSTALLED FOR PULLING OF CABLE. CLEARLY LABEL AS -PULL STRING" INDICALNG OPPOSITE END LOCATION. ALL SPARE CONDUITS OR CONDUITS FILLED 'AIITH LESS THAN THE MAAR. ALLOWED FILL FLATIO SHALL HAVE A PULL STRING EQUIPMENT NOT REM,. oM (EG., PIPING, DUCTW ORK, PNEUnwnC • B• NG)SHAAN rva❑EINSTALLED IN. PASS THROUGH. OR ENTER THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM ALL CONDUITS FOR TECHNOLOGY DEVICES SHALL ROUTE FROM THE DEVICE LOCATION A.ND TERNINATE ABOVE A LAG IN TYPE CEILING. IN THE SAME ROOM INHERE THE DEVICE IS LOCATED. IF THE ROOM WHERE THE DEVICE IS LOCATED DOES NOT HAVE A LAGIN TYPE <iREBTE;N;7NEFN71 NEnPECLOAGDEFA SHALL NEAREST TAKEDFADE TOMINIMIZEHE CABLE LE❑THENSURING THE CONDUITCABLE LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 275 FEET. CONNECTIONS 8-BOXES SUSPENSION ANCHORAGES, AND OTHER AND SHALL BE FULLY PAINTED TO MATCH UNLESS NOTED HD pGaw NCH EMTCOND 0 SLEEVES ABOVE HARD LID CEILING WITH NYLON BUSHINGS ON EACH END AND SECURED TO WALL CONDUIT SLEE, ES SHALL BE USED FOR LOW VOLTAGE TECHNOLOGY CABLE ❑ Wy1 NCHEMTcarvo00 VOLTAGE SLEEVES SHALL BE USED FORTECHNOLOGY CABLE • L. 0 )zmGHEMTCONDUITSLEEVESABO EHARDuoceuNGWITH NYLON BUSHINGS ON EACH END AND SECURED TO WALL CONDUIT NLv.EBVDn zEIE USED FOR LOVE VOLTAGE TECHNOLOGY CABLE ❑ APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF NEW 1a1DH x IGINCH ACCESS HATCH. O WITH EMT CONDUIT FROM PULL BOX TO ABOVE HARD UD CEILING CONDUIT TS DASHALLe USED FOR ww VOLTAGE TECHNOLOGY CABLE • MOUNTEDPULLaoxwITH REMovnBLE CCV wv. Pwnu O (—,',1DHEMTDGNDCITBFRGMPDLLB°0-V., LLBGx,MTHN,�N SHALL BE USED FOR LOW VOLTAGE TECHNOLOGY CABLE ONLY. B CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. T200 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS U CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 TECHNOLOGY OVERALL FLOOR PLAN SHEET of RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 GENERAL NOTE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MPNT A. TO BUNISON IVITH THE WHO. STRUCTUREDPATHWAYS AND CABLE FROM R U UOTON ROCESS AS TO NOT ALLOW INSTALL TESTINGHE AID TERMINATION. BE R(By TO CABLE TECHNOLOGY FLOOR PLAN JECHNOLOGY FLOOR PLANS -FLOOR PLAN T201 GENERAL NOTES NOTES IDENTIFIEDX THE TECHNOLOGY REGION / AIRING BOUNDARIES ARE 0ON THE OVERALL SHEETS ONLY AND NOT ON THE ENLARGED POINT DATA CABLE FOR INTERIOR CEILING MOUNTED WIRELESS ACCESS SHEETS. CONTFACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE OVERALL SHEETS 2 ALL CONDUIT CCONDUIT ONDUITS ARE BEPRINDICATED ON THETEEC BYS, ROUGH -INS, BACKBOXES,Y DIVISION OB02os, 3. ALL GEDAlNDIINSTALLEDBYDMsON°?°GYD�„INGGINTTrvE PRON 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL PENETRATIONS PROVIDED CABLING BACK TO ORIGINAL RATING.THROUGH FIRE RATED Es FOR TECHNOLOGY 6 CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL PENETRATIONS PROVIDED THROUGH NON -RATED AALLBSTRUCTURES FOR TECHNOLOGY CABLING FOR SOUND TO REDUCE NOISE TRAVELING THROUGH TECHNOLOGY CABLING SHALL BE ROUTED IN SEPARATE PATHWAYS IN J-HOOKS CONDUITS, CONDUIT SLEEVES CORES, ETC. THROUGHOUT THE ENTREIDATANIDEO. SECURITY. PATHWAY. SHALL NOT SHARE THE SAJ TYPES.., CONDUIT CONDUIT SLEEVE CORE, ETC. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL CONDUITS FOR TECHNOLOGY DETCES SHALL ROUTE FFICA THE DEVICE LOCATION AND TERMINATE ABOVE AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING TN OPEN CEILING OiONLOrTNY,LE CET° IS NOT CONSIDERED AN ACCESSIBLE R E ROO A AHERE THE DEVICE IS LOCATED. IF THE ROOM WHERE THE DOLCE IS LOCATED DOES NOT HAVE AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING. THE CONDUIT SHALL ROUTE TO THE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING OFF A MTN CORFIIDOF). CONDUIT PATHWAY SHALL TAKE THE SHORTEST ROUTE TO THE APPLICABLE 1.1. IDE ROCA TO MINIMIZE THE CABLE LENGTH ENSURING CABLE LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 275 FEET. ROUGH -INS SHALL BE ALLOWED. 0 DATA CABLE FOR INTERIOR WALL MOUNTED WIRELESS ACCESS POI WHERE THERE IS NOT AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING. DATA CABLE SHLL NE D BOX LOCATED INNDE THE � IREEEGBAQGESTPGINTR000HII. CAMERA ROSGH-IN. REFER TO SECURITY DRAWINGS DATA CABLE FOR CEILING NOUNTED VIDEO SURVEILLANCE CAMERA SN ACTIE sE LOCATION AND CONDUIT ROUONIN REQUIREMENTS. 0 LOCATED ITBE TERMINATED WITH A SURFACE MOUNTED BOX NSIDEHERE THERE IS NOT AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING. DATA CABLE HE CAMERA ROUGH -IN. REFER TO SECURITY DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND CONDUIT ROUTHIN REQUIREMENTS. 0INSIDE THE CAMERA ROUGH -IN. REFER TO SEC.., DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONREQUIREMENTS. 0 DATA CABLE FOR IREMENT VIDEO INTERCOM. REFER TO RE FOR QUIREMENTS. DRN EXACT LOCATION ER UDATA CABLES FOR ACCESS CONTROL SECURITY P ANEL REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND CONDUIT ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS. 0 DATA CABLE FOR W.L MOUNTED MONITOR WHERE THERE IS NOT AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING. DATA CABLE SHALL BE TERMINATED WITH A SURFACE MOUNTED BOX LOCATED INSIDE THE WALL MOUNTED WITH NO MORE THAN THE EQUIVALENT OF (2) 90 DEGREE IN LENGTH CONDUIT SEGMENTS SHALL BE NO ACCESSIBLE CEILING. DAT.A CABLE SHALL BE TERMINATED WITH A O DATA CABLE FOR AUDIOVISUAL DEVICE WHERE THERE IS NOT AN SURFACE MOUNTED BOX LOCATED INSIDE THE WALL MOUNTED PCINTS CO DUIT PULLING HALAINTAI. BETH RADIUS IF FOR CONDUITS SMALLERDIAMETER OF THE CONDUIT FOR CONDUITS CINCHES OR 0ATAID c A TIMES THE A CABLE FOR TIMooDKIT aou�ry IN REouIaEMENTs oR AND 10 TIMES THE DIAMETER 0 Oa ExncT FL=1.1 NAND ALL CONDUITS SHALL HAVE A PULL STRING INSTALLED FOR PULLING CONDUIT ROUGH IN REQUIREMENTS. OF CABLE. CLEARLY EABELAs PULL STRING INDICATING OPPOSITEEND 'Z DATA. CABLE FOR IP CAMERA. REFEN. TRLRHL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND CONDUIT ROUGH IN REQUIREMENTS ALL SPARE CONDUITS OR UITS FILLED TH LESS c MAYJMUMALLOWED FILL RATIO I SHALL HAVE APULL STRING ry HE 0 DATA. CABLES LOCATED DRAWINGS FOR MILREFER O INSTALLED AND LEFT FOR FUT.. PULLING OF C.LE. CLEARLY ARCHITECTURAL LWORHEIBHTANR T LABEL As PULL siNNT'INDICAIINT OPPOSITE END LOCATION. REQUIREMENTS. to EQUIPMENT NOT RELATED T. SUPPORT OFT 0PPROXI I TE LOCATION OF MILLWORK CABIN OTHERS/ AROOM E.G... PIPING DUCTWORK. PNEUMATIC NE MATICUTUBING)) SHALL NOT BTER THE R INSTALLED IN, RIPe ASS THROUGH, NS sTO. REQUIRED FOR MULTIMEDIA TABLETOP POP-UP POWER OR DENCE LOCATION AND TERMINATE ABOVE A LAY- IN TYPE IN THE SAME ROOM WHERE Its LOCATED DOES NUT LOCATED. ALAY-INTYPE, ALL CONDUITS FOR TECHNOLOGY DEVICES SHALL ROUTE FROM THE CEILING TO PREVENT THE CABLES FROL1 BEING EXPOSED, THE AMTNCORRIDOROURTHENEARESTMDF/I0F..l HTYPE CONDUIT OFF PATHWAY CORRIDOR LENGTH SHALL suwNGTHEC.LE LENGTH DOES NOT THE Eon; FEET. CONDUIT, NEVI IN PUBIC SPACES SHNS, J-BOXES, SUSPENSION, ANCHORAGES AND OTHER ALL BE LL BEROUTCOMPONENTSIT ECD ANDINs INSTALLED a DED O MINMIZE VISUAL IMPACT AND SHALL BE FULLY PAINTEDLTO MATCH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DATA POWER AND AUDIOVISUAL. THE PCP -UP SHALL BE PROVIDED A.ND TO THE COUNTERTOP POP-UP AS REQUIRED. (BY DIV. 2. 27 OTHERS, CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. T201 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 TECHNOLOGY FLOOR PLAN SHEET 94 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 NEW IDF A103 ROOM. LAYOUT 1 48. A.F.F. TO THE BOTTOM OF THE CABINET L5-20 AMP OUTLET NEW IDF A103 RACK ELEVATION mpF Room GENERAL NOTES 1. IN THE EVENT THE RUMDESANDINSTALLS2POST CONTRACTOR RWHnTHEDIVISIONn T ER MI NE IF THE OWNER NEEDS ADDITIONAL EDUIPMENT RACK SUPPORT SUCH AS 2. ,,,,,C=274,1MCEZF,I,Z.PATCH PANEL COUNTS WITH CABLE PivlrvcToucT7i0RE. PNEUMATIC TELLcoI sHSLi NOT BE wsTsuED IN. PASS THROUGH, OR ENTER THE CABLES, OR CABLES AS TREY TRANSITION FROM THE ENTRANCE CONDUITS TO OVERHEAD LADDER RACK. pyF Room I AVOW- KFVFD NOTES OON ALL PERIMETER WALLS. REFER TO A.RCHITECTURAL NISHEo FLooR DRAWING/SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE REQUIRED FINISH. (BY DIV. 27) Q (BY UNi x u-INCH DEEP WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT CABINET Q STANDARDS. S. LADDER E RACK SHALL BE ROUTED AROUND THE MIN SPLIT AC UNIT. DEDICATEDGROU271 s AR MOUNTED AT ea -INCHES neFLOOR. MOUNTED DIRECTLY BELOW THE WALL MOUNTED CABINET. lEl`r'DIV..2,31 DE DIV DEDICATED DUPLEX 5 mR 120 i RECEPTACLE MOUNTED AT 1sINCH AFF. DEDICATED AMP CIRCUIT HARDWIRED TO THE ACCESS CONTROL PANEL. SPACE RESERVED FOR SECUR, PANELS. ,414-INCH CONDUIT SLEEVES STUBBED OUT TO THE COORIDOR, (BY DIV..) RADIUS DROP TO SUPPORT THE CABLE TO THE LADDER RACK. DROP SHALL BETNE WIDTH OF THEaINCN SLEEVE DV27"E RADIUS AWAY FROM ALL TECHNOLOGY CABLING AND LADDER RACALL MOUNTED SPLIT AC UNTIL. THE SPLIT AC UNIT DRAM K (BALL ROUTE TEYOTHRS) NER LADDER CERESERVED ESANGLE FORD BRACKET PROVIDED FIBER OPnc CABLE AND ENCLOSURE. BV owB2D,i°R ae PORT DATA NETWORK. SATCN )Bv OWNER) NDEO SURVEluPANEL CELCABLLEDATA WIIREe CABLES ACCESS POINT WINO SAD. AND SURVEILLANCE CABLES z SHALL BE TERMINATE AT THE END OF ROW PER PATCH LADDER RACK RADIUS DROP (Br DIV. n) HORIZONTAL PDU DIV. 27) DEDICATED QUAD L5-2OR 129V RECEPTACLE MOUNTED DIRECTLY BELOW THE WALL MOUNTED CABINET. DEDICATED OUAD 5-MR120V RECEPTA.CLE MOUNTED DIRECTLY BELOW THE WALL MOUNTED CABINET. DIV..) BEEN INSTALLED. 113, DIV 2,29j 00 00000 161Cili'lANTGePNHC'AFS RE"'' NEW IT EQUIPMENT AND POWER WILL HAVE TO BE INSTALLED DURING PHASE 1. EXISTING IT EQUIPMENT A.ND POWER WILL HAVE TO REMAIN CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. T300 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS U CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 TECHNOLOGY ENLARGED VIEWS SHEET 95 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 B "BB,I9B Bp (Th TYPICAL 100 WALL -MOUNTED CAMERA / WIRELESS ACCESS POINT _ 41.11 .... TYPICAL I DUAL G.,„ :JCRS 0 1g" ' • ' '''''"LL •EE.'',`. 4 ,'EZLV,VEETHE=f=g`FF DATA OUTLET CONFIGURATION 0 ("Th e - 00,--; . 0 . --.-",- ' TYPICAL CAMERAANIRELESS ,4'........101.......;›,. .7'.4.. d>,---, 40. '-'9 0 9 STRUCTURE MOUNTED IP ACCESS POINT CONFIGURATION be' LKEYED WV- -- • W4 NOTES REVISION NO. DATE -51-14 CITY of CORPUS CHRIS TEXAS Department of Engineering Servic ,itri i .--- e ti e m\1111i e • . ,- ' ::e.''''''. '': e kt,P- k Ili e (-7') TYPICAL J-HOOK CABLE PATHWAY TYPICAL CONDUIT SLEEVE GOING THROUGH WALL (-) TYPICAL TECHNOLOGY DUCT ENTRY INTO BUILDING TBBIGE CONDUCTOR SIZING .v ED ,r,rEs 1..EL „11£8 LESS il I. ,I3, CA° ® l'iFITCTITDIZ_TBIZI=l6B2=2,iffELSWLUELL • ii• IS=7D';ITOUlfrBjWir=n%B.g-EV-'1STIQLL 'I .,''' ° ';'1EUP%1=1ErgNggin-Cr'ZET=1.1n=r • a , ' ,tmv.-r=gm,r,fzia • „',r.znLg.^:TE-r.22s,T.TF=JLT= -- - %I. psi ----:: ... EIFBIEMITES2i1-71'17i10:::: FOKIBL (Th TBB CONDUCTOR SIZING / TYPICAL THREE DATA OUTLET CONFIGURATION TYPICAL ° UETRE2'EG'If(7:PWEVO'nn'''-""'"''''N'R FOUR DATA OUTLET CONFIGURATION (Th (.7) \ w-0 O 0 00 O O 0D. 0 o..sc, :-L,N2 .. % D.n. SUM TYPICAL GROUNDING DIAGRAM \ 1Tii UD=...No rU.,.�Uw. �� D'U'LE weUme \R ll'IMIi D7ISZ-BEB oiTnD[wEuc[MLUEBUN TYPICAL TECHNOLOGY CONDUIT ROUGH -IN SCALE ���mF c�rninuiiiu.nan ...wu�Dirry m�i. m� AA TYPICAL TECHNOLOGY HANDHOLES (HH1 SCALE CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. T401 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 TECHNOLOGY TYPICAL DETAILS SHEET 97 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 OFPHOASEIMATE AREA LL 4k I I I I I I I I l lI IL JLJut L L A 1 AUDIOVISUAL DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN 7 APPROMIATE AREA OF PHASE 2 GENERAL NOTES ROAMATELv CORECT. ED TO PROPERLY P OTHE SITE TO ELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS A BID PROPOSAL ANDPERFORM FORMALLLREQUIRED T UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE REMOVE ALL AV DEACES AND RETURN TO OWNER. REMOVE CABLING TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN. PROJECT SHALL 11.1.=14.Z,NA,BANDONED CABLE ABOVE CEILING OR AT DEVICE 3. WHERE NOTED ON DRAM.. PROTECT DEVICE LOCAION AND CABLING DURING DEMOLITION UNERE REQUIRED. 4. WHERE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. REMOVE AV DEVICES ^ AND PROTECTCABLING DURING RENOVATION. RE -INSTALL CES A. TEST 45 PART OF RENOVATION WORK. ,,I.;1-1,7FA0C,-,T,Rj. REMOVE ALL AUDIOVISUAL EQUIPMENT AND TURN CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. TAD201 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS U CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 AUDIOVISUAL DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN SHEET 98 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 AUDIOVISUAL SYMBOLS & LEGEND ABBREVIATIONS AUDIOVISUAL SYMBOLS AUDIOVISUAL SYMBOLS AUDIOVISUALSIGNAL FLOW DIAGRAM SYMBOLS ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR APOVE FINISHEMPADE ® AUMO.ISUAUCONTROL PROCESSOR ® INALLFILMSTEMULTIMEDIAPLATE.-.,EA...PIIED. MOD DOHNLINITIMITENNATELEVISION NOSEMIRCUIT TELEVISION mgSPEAKER AMPLIFIER ® TABLETOP ORPACK MOUNTED MIXER EnuIPMENTNan,E'CLOSET CENTRAL OFICE DINT DOUBLE 3DLL DOUBLE THROIN ® CEILINMOCNTEBANTENNA. 84TYPE ASSPECIFIED. 0 CEIMNCI.IOUNTEOCCUPANCY SENSOR. s s ELECTRIC IdETALLIC eE 'PEP ONIC SABLE mg 'APL �Ao��TEo�TENNA,=nPE0 0 . o ��,a�NTORRC�PA��RE0 . 4 PORT OR CONNECTOR TYPEY. GIP GALVANIZED IRON PIPE . . CONDUIT FOIIIPMFNT BLOCK P INSIDE CABLE PLANT p C0 0-MODNTEDCLOCK.. ® CEILINGMOUNTEDPARTIIIONSENSOR TION FDAME RAVE MANHOLE o 0PALLMDUNTEDLDC0. Ep PROJECTOR,106AASSPECFIED. EOLIPHENT NAME EMINENT ONGE AI PULTIMODE OSP ONSIDE CABLE PLANT PALS. uax�IN LOCATION. PR PAIR ME BRANCH DMUS. CD CELNG...TED ASDIO0 SUALCAM, ® ROOM SOLED.A PHYSICALLYBr THE ME CABLE 00 uLV DR CONNECTION Per cTHE B00 � cneoacaNNEc0 0 �L IDE STP SHIELDED MISTED PAIR ® ® AUDIOVISUAL RECEIVER ON -PAGE EQUIPMENT LEADER FLAG TB TERMINAL BLOCK UM UNLESS ONE.. v,AL.MOUNTEB AMIIN.AL CAMERA UTP UNSHIELDED TWISTED MIR REVISION NO. DATE -51-14 CITY of CORPUS CHRIS TEXAS Department of Engineering Servic oDiALL.MONNTED FALL BUTT. C. CEILNR.MDUNTED SPEAKER 53 TYPE AS SPECIFIED. DETAIL NUMBER. NOTES oCEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE o ,..L I.IaUNTEBBPNREV.=T EABSPECIFIo SPECIFICAMONSCONIPLETE�LL gm ..ALLUOONTED CONTROL PANEL,= TYPE AS SPECIFIED. sa,IND a..a DRA, NUMBER OFF -PAGE EQUIPMENT LEADER FLAG „M TORN THEREIN. ADNLECART. ® SOLNDBAP WITH CI.IEPA,NDMIROPHONE CONNECNON PONaBLE DIMENSIONNSE,aELENDTRBs�DEPATR„A, 3. AUDIOVISUAL DRAVANOS SHALL BE DEEDTDCDIAPLEMENT /4—BAIA THE Y.RITTENSPECIFICATIONS. I= GA LINATON. CABLE MEAD TEMIINATOA AS SPECIFIED © TABLETOP CABLE CUB, ,.ANY DISCREPANCY OR CONFLICT ',WHIN OP BEMEEN THE DRAWINGS AM SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO ATTENTION DATA DROP TE000 SEE acWTECTI ES �0 CONsoltiNTAND O 0 STRIBUIION AMPLIFIER ® AUDIOVISUAL TRANSMITTER 6ID'O'OrTHE O ICATALSIGNAGE PLAYER 10 .1 NTEo.DLDI0 carvikaL PROPOSED IN THE MANNER OF O,ND THE BETTER 00 00 GHEACiCONTRACTOR 00 0 TOR I0 ACCORDANCE V:, THE CONSULTANT S INTERPRETATION. ® AUDIDDI0TALMGNLPROCESS, ® VIDEOCONFEREYDINSCOMPUTER 3. IN THE EVENT OF A DISCREPANCY PENMEN THE AUDIOVISUAL DRAVINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS THE GREATER QUANTITY AND COST SHALL BE UTUZED. gm EQUIPIMENTR,..e=T PESBPECIFIEa ® AUDIo,LwL„AUBOAA=T,PEasBPEOIEIED. GENERAL SYMBOLS CONFIRM MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS VJITH B. ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIORTLINSTALLA,ION. FLOOR Box. N-,YPEABSPECIFIED. FLAT PANEL DIBPAYMTYPE ASSPECIFIED. O DRAWING TITLE DRAPING DETAIL NUMBER. AR.RITE�T.o..NER,ANDEIELD.ONDIrICNB. mg , SCALE CALE LTLECALLOUT.= B ALL DISPLAYS OR WALL NOUNTED DEVICES SHALL BE R SHALL EN,IEY oIPENCODER DECODER 34 INTERACTIVE E�TPAUEL,=rvPEA SPECIFIED. DETaLB�LDLTx=DETaLN NINE. ILPLIANT S AND HE DETREAR RITE TAND D LT NT. 0 DMUA OAECONSC EEN,,=.PE SPECIFIED. /�eN A_ °_* 1 SEMIS C<,LLOUT4= DETAIL NUISBER INDEX OF DRAWINGS �J ® RUNGtiIOUNTEDIALRDPRONEN= EABSPEC.EB. DSuuP YPEBSPSIFIED. ,40 ELEVATONCALLUM8= DETAIL NUMBER. TAM AUDIOVISUAL SVIMICILS 8 LEGEND FLOOR PLAN KEYEDNOTE, EDNOTE NUMBER. PLAN MS 0:1ENLARGED o0ELEVATIONS 0 ® I,ALLLI_ANTED_VIABLEI_PMDUNIEOMICROPHONE.=APEBaEO. DEVICE CONDUIT BELDELOOP.g.I. = No A0000L ® euNo-xIOBNTEDMULRMEDIAPLATE, = TYPEASBPEOIFIET. DEVICE CONDUIT ABOVE OEIMDIN Q P.M TRIANDLE. 4 3 REMION NUMBER PEP SHEEN TRI°` INCI CAMS IELECOMMUNICADONSREGION. AUDIOVISUAL FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTtZ ACTJR _N AUVI OVISUAL INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENTS. 2. ALL POWER INDICATED ON THE DIOMSUALDRAWIN, DRAWINGS SHALLCONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL BE PROQDED AND INSTALLED BY DIVISION AA. 7. 8. PROVIDED I ED THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLWSSTRUCTURes FOR ARAUDIOVISUAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE PENETRATIONS R DNs AUDIOVISUAL CABLING TO MITIGATE SOUND TRANSFER THROUGH AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS CABLING SHALL BE ROUTED IN AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS CABLING SHALL NOT SHA.RE THE SAME .1- svSTEnns° .. iAAuNI AIONs 5TauRI Y FIREIALTRMn erC.I UNLESS NOTED OTHER:ESE, ALL CONDUITS FOR AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS SHALL ROUTE FPOM THE DEVICE LOCATION AND TERMINATE ABOVE AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING IN THE SAME ROOM WHERE THE DEVICE IS LOCATED. AN OPEN CEILING OR CLOUD MINIMIZE CABLE LENGTHS AND ENGILIR GABLE DISTANCES DO NOT EXCEED MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. THE TERMINATION DESTINATION. DAISY CHAINING OF DEVICES., ROUGH -INS IS NOT PERMITTED. EQUIVALENT OF GAL HA DEGREE BENDS BETWEEN PULLING E. CONDUITS FOR TRIES THECONDUIT SUAL SYSTEMS SHALL MAINTAIN A BEND DIAMETER OF THE CONDUFOR RADIUS OF OF THE corvDUT Fea CaNDVITe GaEATEa THAN aINpHEs.TER PULLING OF CABLE. CLEARLY LABEL AS "PULL STRING" INDICATING OPPOSITE END LOCATION. ALL SPARE CONDUITS OR CONDUITS FILLED WITH LESS THAN THE MAXIMUM ALLOWED FILL RATIO SHALL HAVE A PULL STRING. INSTALLED AND LEFT FOR FUTURE PULLING OF CABLE. CLEARLY LABEL AS "PULL STRING" INDICATING OPPOSITE END LOCATION. KEYED NOTES O TER, DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER MOUNTED IN P.,1 EQUIPMENT RACK ELECTRICAL AND DATA REQUIRED. OCUT-OUTS FOR COOLING AND HEAT RENOVAL. PROVIDE FANS AS REQUIRED I 0 REGwREDR MOUNTED IN AV CALL BOX. ELECTRICAL AND DATA OA,OONTRLLPANEL TABLETOP MOUNTED. DATA REQUIRED. LYWOOD BACKING O FLAT REQUIRED. ANDINGNTRACTOR MOU NT.POwERAND DATA REQUIRED. uCTALL (BY DIV C IIAVONT. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDEMI FACEPLATE PER SPE O TABLETOP MICROPHONE. COORDINATE TABLE GROMMETLOCATIONS WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT. O LAVINCEILING MOUNTED IUIORQPHONEARRAY, DATA REQUIRED. 10 AND cAMEaa. NTEGaATEo sourvo eAae.TN nucaOPNONE O CEILINe MOUNTED SPEAKER. AV ALL COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ,Z F 14GFFA II IC RAIUUTAFWL GABLE TERMINATED TO CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. TA201 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 AUDIOVISUAL FLOOR PLAN SHEET 100 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 HED CEILING HED FLOOR BREAK ROOM A113- ELEVATION VIEW CORRIDOR A101 - ELEVATION VIEW COURT ROOM 118 - ELEVATION VIEW FINISHED CEILING wisN5o FLOOR CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. TA3OO CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS o E } H U CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 AUDIOVISUAL ENLARGED ELEVATIONS SHEET of RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT ft 25069 o ,TE„o.o,E x mE-gm � ni ., __ i b O L i ,rktir ® O ��E `,Fa .,... M,,ou �poE F TES, T, O,Ai\ O PaoEDEABLE OF w.F ...kE. L. O TYPICAL WALL MOUNTED HDMI INPUT DETAIL TYPICAL WALL -MOUNTED FLAT PANEL DISPLAY OT d1Fl El'IRTDa oi.n E wMUF"TUFEF"'"ENU EE. E FEOE�rEIE,E_REFERTOm.1TE<E oIR„I.a,FORMOREINFoRI.TIa. TYPICAL CUT -IN LOUDSPEAKER MOUNTING DETAIL 0 ,,_T_ ®TF� O E REVISION NO. DATE -51-14 CITY of CORPUS CHRIS TEXAS Department of Engineering Servic -,0. 10 Oo E CDC,k1F12/. O ,. NOR A'SE.Fa Eh E ry TYPICAL CONTROL PANEL DETAIL- 3 GANG TYPICAL DESKTOP MICROPHONE MOUNTING DETAIL PHASE 1 —2. 0- L 11 ,,�I w \I� 0 A i SECURITY DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN PHASE 2 GENERAL NOTES — DEMOLITION SCHEDULED 1. t1/2ESsEO,1611ND;SYSTEMS SHALL REMAIN OPERATIONAL KT ALL BUSINESS HOURS AS DEFINED BY THE OWNER. ANY SECURITY SYSTEM DOWNTIME SHALL BE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND OANER AT LEAST N 1101WORKING DAYS IN ADVANCE. CONTRACTOR SHALL DEVELOP A PHASING PLAN AND SCHEDULE OF ANY REQUIRED SECURIN SYSTEM DOWNTIME FOR REVIEW AND ARPPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER HIITECT/EN INIES /BY ERANDO NERPRI0RTOANYDONGTRDC„ON THE EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND APPLICABLE SECURIN 2. MAINTAINEDENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS SHALL BE AT ALL TIMES. THE EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND TELECOM ROOMS s WITH TEMPERATURE SHALL REMAIN DETWEEN an- 70 DEGREES F RELATIVE HUMIDITY OF - NON -CONDENSING. THE DEGREES F. STARTING -UP OF ALL SECURITY SYSTEMS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE ARCHITECDENGINEER AND OWNER AND PROVIDE MINIMUM OF TEN 001 WORKING DAYS NOTICE FOR SCHEDULING OF ANY REQUIRED DOWNTIME DVISION2S). 4. ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATELY CORRECT. NOT ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE QUESTIONS OR UNCERTAINTIES TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER/OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING OR BEGINNING 5. ALL EXIST!). CABLE AND 2-HOOK P ATHWAYS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT SECURITY SYSTEMS ARE TO DE REMOVED THQ ENTIRETY AS INDICATED ON TSD-SERIES DRAWINGS. ANY FIBER OPTIC CABLE AND COPPER BACKBONE OR OTHER CRIDCAL COMPONENTS FOR THE CAMP. AND THE DISTRICT DBER RING AND ALL REMAIN PROTECTED AND OPERATIONAL AT ALL TNHES 1 DIVISION CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE REMOVAL OF DOSING SECURITY DEVICES WITH OW ERR ORCHECTENGINEER DURING CONSTRUCTION (BY KEVFD WITH,—DFxn1 WTI LL OAPPROXIMATE AREA OF EXISTING IDF. OTHE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETURN ALL SECURITY DEVICES TO THE OWNER. ALL PHASE 2 AND 2 AREA SECURITY DEVICES SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL. IF REMOVAL IS DEEMED NECESSARY. THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER. ICY DIV.2o1 0THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETURN ALL SECURITY DEVICES TO THE OWNER. ALL PHASE 3 AREA SECURITY DEVICES SHALL REMAIN/IN 0 CONTRACTOR SHOULD COORDINATE VVTH THE OWNER 1Sv THEEXISTING zITHE CONTRACTOR CSES AND TEST, CA.BONG FROM E ND TO ENO. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETURN ALL SECURIN DEA CES CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. TSD201 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 SECURITY DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN SHEET of RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 SECURITY SYMBOLS & LEGEND ABBREVIATIONS ACCESS CONTROL SYMBOLS ACCESS CONTROL SYMBOLS ELECTRONIC SURVEILLANCE SYMBOLS GENERAL SYMBOLS „VEFn,DED FLOOR ® Th DRAWING TITLE A.F.G.oXE Fn,DEo GRADE AER Ew,;, U�Fu ro.»ro,,,.,�DD.DrPD,,�D Dx..aHD ESEWIRELESS O RECEIVER D DXD„, EUa,.EDU EU.,.�.XDD,D,C D,UOn,P�,Ep SCALE: SCALE ,_.S,DU... DE-, MISER. a DEPFNCTDw,E,TA3, ._,TLI,P ® WIRELES,DCOR,ELD.TAI- DDEVIDE ® CEIJK,C,I,ED,Xell CF L ER IEF 01.1 DC, SEDDE �,7. DETAIL N.1.,D, CAT., CATEGORY 31.5 CA, COMMUNITY CCTV CLOSED ,,DTANTE�Dti " ,.,wa„EDR. E WIRELESS DUPES, KTTOrl PESENE ICE „o,CFNEILLE,,,,, ,,.CD,CT.FPD,D I EECTIONOPLLOL,,-DETAIL NU,X, CLT CLOSET CENTRAL OFFICE 0 E COOP EELCH„E E WIRE, DUAE_e,,r1Ta11,.,1rEREE.E 0 CD,,6,C.I,�1ao_Uw.Dw,ELNE,. �EP.MDDEL.4 DWI,.—DE,,SSPE,FlEa ATIDN,LDUT,DEALvMIIER -MBE F.O.C. FIBER OPTI: CABLE o ,D,E,D,, ❑ PIRE,I, AND E,,.M,ER uTE F,DR FUTURE D-,I,E O acv SURVELL,ILE.OE li OE..,D1.,,,1-1D,,. =E IA� a ,EVEoNOT, ,K,EDNS,NUP„ER. GA,MIZED IRON PIPE INTERNIEDI,E RIGID Du. ® u.,ED X UU,D ,,11T ❑ ,,Pws,,,,. ® TE .,o,,.CwELW,. EP.MODEL , C DU D F,,NSwE,D 0 �. w ANT FRAME NI qN DN,ME ® DDD ,D,1,InCFEPPTCD,ED, E D ,P,,,,,,, ,„wT„,„s. a) PAN. TILT ,.a„O UAVDL-Her,.E,...1.1,1, E.,o,Ol1M,.1-DD1-.aSEEDA, TliPFXXX INoID aTELKDMUNID,, 1,1D,1 MANHOLE HULTINIODE CIUTSIDE :ABLE PLANT ® U,,,,,,, .D,, E .PF1 FSSDU,� �, ,DU D X, , OH, uTi1,FDD,DU11T1 a "14 IILI. ,0,1 MODEL U-D,-1P, pOBSP PULLBOX PR Ea u,,Fa��1„T �PFnFTX.,,PF.vTAI. DE 14. o FVIIUF-E=1,CT',U,<,O'14ZX ,ET'PL�DX' 112.1, STP SHIELDED MISTED P.NR TO ERMINAL CLUCK DTP TERDImmU.ID,EDPAIR E ,OODFD. NOTES REVISION NO. DATE -51-14 CITY of CORPUS CHRIS TEXAS Department of Engineering Servic CM' .,.Te.. 5�R. U,DDULD. INTRUSION DETECTION SYMBOLS MISCELLANEOUS SECURITY SYMBOLS oDn7E�TS DT. DDP.;,,,;,, PRO.DFD F,D ME O,oD.S.,D,e,e�TS�Cow,.nD ALARM ...rICIATOR LIGHT o -ERP„XE'''. CTs,TXoLE,DT-E-..N'TD D,,,,mr„.Er,. L„S�D_ SILL DI -YAWN., 1TRgNSrF.7 T1: FD,FDTD,DL'FMF'TTDF o n=12 ..,.,-1NUNDERCOMTEAR,CDEDC.,,LEFbUsxBurr,, D��U,.�XTTD,��,D��T��rvL,,„�,D� �DCLT>�� E E',ECL,D,FCCD, D�D� EP��DD,Dry ,DF"TD�rv�DD °CE T. �� CD . o XUD<„DX,.N" .TDD E ,L,,,NMINTEDD.CD,LCs,X.P,,, ,P DXLD.a,L CD ,E,,,TD,D,,, ,,_, TTOTHE THE „ =TDawF „RL ® D,TD„„,,TE.,P,,u„,X,.,. aT.D®>„,,T,„CPOT, o ub ECa,sP.,"E . �u DUANY s° tDaEE°.sDESIGrvCONSULTANr °t ,EaPaE Asa . El 1141,11,, � .. ,I, 11111.11.111fLE o FIIUPE SALE .,9PES,ED. LERT„LED ,,,UEED, D.E, REFERENCE TO OR INDICATION OF DOOR HARD RE! o °DUNG -MOUNT, c D X Da LERTU,LEDN.I,,,UEE.DUDLECD,,, 0 so-CD..,'OU I.U.U.. .�OPL, ,U,CD,-I Onm,Uam,Unx. 0 SOU. DE-ECTioNNICROPHOHE. INDEX OF DRAWINGS o X„ MTIONTRETO V. WEDTOCCDX,LEGEND o ''''"' oO.'''DEOOA"TaOw,Ou'" ® „OTICXC:T=CT, TSD201 SECURITY DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN TS100 SECURITY SiTE PLAN T5200 SECURIN OVERALL FLOOR PLAN TS201 SECURITY FLOOR PLAN ,lT,f,oDDTDa1.RE.L. DD0,Du,Dw., ® .."'NEND..-T"T"D TS400 SECURIN TYPICAL DETAILS. URI,�SCHEDULES TSo. SP:S OTx S T�P�u X,.,�TD�D�Csu CCD.CD�,EP, D��D� T�EX E ,,,F,,,,,,,E.P,,Xvr,,,,,P,,,Cm,ND,„Tw.„D,,,. ® 2EOU,STT0-WT,IDDDN_3190X .11-EDMUND1,10UNTE ® OSED,CT SUPTACE 1.1As-00:1CrvD. E Fes,,sT ,,,,CDDX_N"RE ,E„DUNE o CE... E 10.7, ,1ro,E12D.T, ,TDEIANCP.EA,DLO,..LTX,-1,DE,E.P, CISTDE,DDN OFNFRA' NOTES NEW CONSTRUCTION - NITF FLA OFNFRAI NOTES -NEW CONSTRUCTION - DENERAL NOTES- NEW cONSTa1GIION - V.I.F.PIALLI ',WED NOTES -rvew CONSTRUCTION -s SITE Pi AN 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL READ AND DRAWINGS PRIOR TO BIDDING ON OR BEGINNING WORK. SPECIFICATIONS / 10. GGE CABLE. IA DIAGRAMMATICALLY COORDINATE O FL IDE a DEVICES ARE SHLACEMENT NOWIN DAGRAM LLY AND NILTANT OT TO SPRIOR CAALLE. OSECURITY RISER PANEL AND POWER SUPPLY. REFER TO CLEARLY LABEL As PULL STRING INDICATING OPPOSITE END LOCATION. INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR LISTREPONSIECT i GE FOR ENSURING SECURITY DEVICES EXACT LOCATION, POWER AND DATA z .INDICATED ON THE INSTALLED ARE IN ACCORDANCE ,MTH CURRENT ADA REQUIREMENTS. REawREMENTs. SECURITY DRAWINGS ARE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY DIVISION N. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE DOOR HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS TO DETERMINE THE DOOR HAREMARE AND ASSOCIATED LOCK POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH CARD qs COORDINATE WITH THE ARCHITECT rowNERTDESIGN & INDICATED ON THE SECURITY DRAAINGS ARE TO BE FRONDED AND SS CONTROLLED LOCATIONS AS IDENTIFIED ON THE TS-SERIES SHEETS OUTING AND MOUNTING INSTALLED BY DIVISION2, DIVISION OF UNDER DESK KNEE SPACE PUSH BUTTONS PRIOR TOINSTALa ON. CON a TRACTORIS RESPONSIBLE FOR SOunoFROONNG.NREFROONNG, ANo1C11,-/OFZIT JTDIA-1WLINTFEORRET'lltZETSrgENTZESTA=rinISCRATEEDDFHLI8nOLTAGE POWER OUTLETS, DATA CABLES, AND PANEL ASSOCIATED MDFADF (STY DN... DIV. n. AND DIIgjry PROVISIONS TATHIN EACH MULLIONS OR OTHER SURFACES FOR SECURITY CABLING AND MOUNTED ESEPARATE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXTERIOR CAMERA PLACEMENT!, WITH THE PATHWAYS IN THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE PATHWAY. ODIFFERENT MEDIA TYPES (DATA VOICE. GUTTERS/DOWNSPOUTS SECURITY, ETC., SHALL NOT SHARE THE SAME,FHOOK CONDUIT CONDUIT IAE WITH THEARCHITECT DESIGN CONSULTANT. OWNER FOR RELOCATION OF SLEEVE. CORE ETC. EXTEROR CAMERA(s. ALL CONDUITS FOFE SECURIN DEJICES SHALL ROUTE FROM THE DaICE LOCATION AND TERMINATE ABOVE A LA f-IN TYPE CEILING IN THE SAME ROOM WHERE THE DEVICE IS LOCATED. IF THE ROOM WHERE THE DEVICE. LOCATED DOES NOT HAVE A LAY -IN TYPE CEILING TO PREVENT THE CABLES FROM BEING EXPOSED THE CONDUIT SHALL ROUTE TO THE NEAREST LAY -IN TYPE CEILING OFF A MAIN CORRIDOR. THE CONDUIT PATHWAY SHALL TAKE THE SHORTEST ROUTE TO THE MAIN CORRIDOR TO MINIM ZE THE CABLE LENGTH ENSURING THE CABLE LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 275 FEET. CONDUIT, CONNECTIONS, .1-BOXES, SUSPENSION ANCHORAGES, AND OTHER CONDUIT COMPONENTS EXPOSED TO :IEW IN PUBLIC SPACES SHALL BE ROUTED AND INSTALLED CAREFULLY. TO MINII,E VISUAL IMPACT AND SHALL BE FULLY PAINTED TO MATCH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE CONDUIT MORE THAN SEGMENTRE THAN 100-FEET IN LENGTH ',MTH NO S ORI 9DEGREE BENDS BETWEEN PULLING ALL CONDUITS SHALL HAVE A PULL STRING INSTALLED FOR PULLING OF CABLE. CLEARLY LABEL AS "PULL STRING' INDICATING OPPOSITE END LOCAION. AN SECURITY SITE PLAN Qz APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF VEHICLE PEDESTAL ,BY OTHERSI oEBID51MATEMOUNTING LOCATION OFHIGH PROXREADER. APP D� REFER TO SHEET TS200 FOR MOUNTING LOCATION 1"= 10'-0 CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. TS100 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 40,0N50/St4, aicsi = 0,31,025 o E } H U CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 SECURITY SITE PLAN SHEET105 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 PHASE 1 FIRE SECURITY OVERALL FLOOR PLAN AA.XX XXXXXX-fX AA BR MECHANICAL PHASE 2 GENERAL NOTES - NEW CONSTRUCTION ,_1-9.413.1.611 INSTALLED By Divisiory PRovIDEDnrvD IrvBTnLL°D rev rriiC4ory �a7.'''"'HALL sE 2. CABLING BACK TO THE ORIGINAL RATING DIASION BO. CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL PENETRATIONS PROVIDED THROUGH NON -RATED ,ALLS/STRUCTURES FOR DA.TA, VOICE, AND SECURITY CABLING FOR PENETRATIONS (BY DIVISION 26)ENOISE TRAVEUrva THROUGH CABLING FOR DATA., VOICE, A.ND SECURITY SHALL BE POUTED IN SEPARATE PATHWAYS IN S, CONDUITS, NDUIT SLEEVES. RENT MEDIA TYPES (DATA, VOICE,CORES, ETC. CCUWUT rvKETC) SHALL NORE T SHAREETHE SAME ..1 HOOK CONDUIT. DUIT SLEEVE, CORE, ETC., ,By DIVISION 26). ECTO°N-D'IT"PEATZ.Y41-AEL'LTAKED T. SHORTEST ROUTE TO THE APPLI,ABLE DATA ROOM TO MINIMIZE THE CABLE LENGTH ,BY DIVISION 2.6,. T. CONDUIT SEGMENTS SHALL BE O F.2) ea DEGREE BENDIS BETWEENnTH NITRE NG POINTS (BY DIVISION EQUIVALENT CONDUITS SHALL MAINTQN A BEND RADIUS OF fi TIMES THE DIAMETER OF EB(FT DIAMETER E CONDUIT FOR CONDUITS GREATER THAN z-INCHTHE CONDUIT FOR CONDUITS 2.-INCHES OR SMALLER AND 10 'WES THE DNNSIa ALL CONDUITS SHALL HAVE A PULL STRING INSTALLED FOR PULLING OF CLEARLY LABEL AS 'FULL STRING.INDICATING OPPOSITE END LOCATIONDNISIO 10 ALL SPARE CONDUITS CR CONDUITS FILLED VVITH LESS THAN THE STRING" INDICATING OPPOSITE END LOCATION ,BY 1-1 EXISTING CONDUIT AND DATA CABLE THAT FEEDS EASING SURVEILLANGE CALERA, IF REMOVAL IS NECESSARY ,OORDINATE WITH THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PRIOR TO RDWVAL ,BY UNISIONS se AND 271. )(EYED NOTES- new CONSTRUCTION OAPPROXIMATE LOCATION OF NEW ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM EXACT LOCATION, POWER AND DATA REQUIREMENTS.RISER PANEL AND POWER SUPPLY. REFER TO MDF IDEveurs FeRTME CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. TS200 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 SECURITY OVERALL FLOOR PLAN SHEET of RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 GENERAL NOTES - NEW CONSTRUCTION ,J.9.2.13.1.61,1 2. INSTALLED BY DIVISION 2k3. PROVIDED nrvo IrvBTaLL°orev olVlslOry �OORA rvI" "ALL" CABLING BACK TO THE ORIGINAL RATING DIVISION BO. CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL PENETRATIONS PROVIDED THROUGH NON -RATED ,ALLS/STRUCTURES FOR DA.TA, VOICE, AND SECURITY CABLING FOR PENETRATIONS DIVISION 26)ENOISE TRAVELING THROUGH CABLING FOR DATA., VOICE, A.ND SECURITY SHALL BE POUTED IN SEPARATE PATHWAYS IN S, CONDUITS, NDUIT SLEEVES. RENT MEDIA TYPES (DATA, VOICE,CORES, ETC. OCUWUT rvKETC) SHALL NORE T SHAREETHE SAME ..1 HOOK CONDUIT. DUIT SLEEVE, CORE, ETC., ,BY DIVISION 26). SHORTEST ROUTE TO THE APPLI,ABLE DATA ROOM TO MINIMIZE THE CABLE LENGTH ,BY DIVISION 2.6,. T. CONDUIT SEGMENTS SHALL BE NO F 2)Ea DEGREE BENDS LENGTH ENN EEN'�TH NITRE POINTS (BY DIVISION EQUIVALENT 6)AN a E CONDUIT FOR CONDUITS GREATER THAN THE CONDUIT FOR CONDUITS 2.-INCHES OR SMALLER AND 10 TIMES CONDUITS SHALL MAINTQN A BEND RADIUS OF fi TIMES THE DIAMETER OF DIAMETER BY DNISIa. ALL CONDUITS SHALL HAVE A PULL STRING INSTALLED FOR PULLING OF CABLE. C CLEARLY ONISIC LABEL AS'FULL STRIrvc INDICATING OPPOSITE END B„ 10 ALL SPARE CONDUITS CR CONDUITS FILLED VVITH LESS THAN THE STRING" INDICATING OPPOSITE END LOCATION ,BY 1-1 EXISTING CONDUIT AND DATA CABLE THAT FEEDS EASING SURVEILLANCE CALERA, IF REMOVAL IS NECESSARY C,OORDINATE WITH THE cTENGINEER PRIOR TO REnOVAL ,BY DIVISIONS se AND 271. RUED NOTES- New CONSTRUCTION 0 A vou7s BoeiHE EXA.CT LOCATION, POWER AND DATA REQUIREMENTS. SECURITY FLOOR PLAN CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. TS201 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS U CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 SECURITY FLOOR PLAN SHEET 107 Or 110 RECORD DRAWING NO.. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069 ' (Th WALL ELECTRIFIED REQUEST -„,.,„,,, MOUNTED CARD READER WITH LEVERSET AND TO EXIT INTEGRAL SWITCH (-2- .-- WALL ELECTRIFIED \ REQUEST MOUNTED CARD READER WITH EXIT DEVICE AND TO EXIT INTEGRAL SWITCH (Th oil TYPICAL . -r2ndIrr.-Fv2-2E'gr4,-,17gN,L INTERCOM DETAIL d DOOR SINGLE 1 CONTACT DOOR - RECESSED ' LOCKDOVVN/DOOR RELEASE BUTTON - KNEE SPACE MOUNT # „ TYPICAL WALL EXTERIOR MOUNTED REVISION NO. DATE -51-14 CITY of CORPUS CHRIS TEXAS Department of Engineering Servic (Th SCLLE NTS SURVEILLANCE CAMERA L-LO /---,---\ 1 ,5,,,,,:!,, TYPICAL ,"'''''' WALL ® ==1.rX,Z===g;I'LST'LVN'. ® n'ig::=1:gfL71EY'Z'ED INTERIOR MOUNTED SURVEILLANCE CAMERA TYPICAL (------ MOUNTED ,EVEDNOTES ° glIHEEEE7,1-:{14LaTfiy1,N,{s172nou'FiXE ° =t0=GTEIg;VTGITED'''''E' GYPSUM BOARD SURVEILLANCE CAMERA Ck LtflhArery e (D'SVELIFSTESETERLEL'I"'' ' "' ., .., , ' , L EL 0 N'EFaf,t17ff.E.elj==,f1170LE'L'" -- --- •-: ED • --",..., -,-..' TYPICAL INTERIOR CEILING (-7 \ MOUNTED SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 0 °MEN= rococo -. PA, CORD 0 INTERIOR ROM, :OAo 1 TYPICAL EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED CAMERA IN AREA W/O CEILING ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TYPICAL BLOCK DIAGRAM ELECTRONIC SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM TYPICAL BLOCK DIAGRAM CSURVEILLANCE NE 1ED ROTES FETED NOTES REVISION NO. DATE -51-14 CITY of CORPUS CHRIS TEXAS Department of Engineering Servic a r oa CD FA T a 'ONT2g Fa F 0.)b IOilI '" GRADE GRADE TR..'V'T TYPICAL EXTERIOR MOUNTED SIDE VIE./ FRONT NEW PEDESTAL MOUNTED READER e'b aF�iirv,savvi,v n.,ii -� lJ TYPICAL PEDESTRIAN GATE -MOUNTED CARD READER WITH ELECTRIFIED EXIT DEVICE CORNER SURVEILLANCE CAMERA SINGLE CARD CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER - VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM DEVICE SCHEDULE DEVICE NUMBER DEVICE TYPE INTERIORI EXTERIOR MOUNT DEVICE HEIGHT (TO CENTER) NOTES MJESenser Lens EXTERIOR 10-FEET A.F.G. I1t Sensor Lens EXTERIOR WALL 10-FEET A.F.G. GE-3 Single Lens Dome EXTERIOR CEILING SEE TYPICAL DETAIL GE-4 MJiFSensor Lens EXTERIOR WALL FEET A.F.G GE-5 MA -Sensor Lens EXTERIOR WALL 9-FEET A.F.G GE-6 Single Lens Dome EXTERIOR CEILING SEE TYPICAL DETAIL GE-] Single Lens Dome EXTERIOR 10-FEET A.F.G. GE-8 Mat -Sensor Lens EXTERIOR WALL 10-FEET A.F.G. GE-9 Single Lens Dome EXTERIOR WALL &FEET A.F.G. GE10 G1-1 InIILN9Sensor Lens MJiFSensor Lens EXTERIOR INTERIOR wALL CEILING 9-FEET A.F.G SEE TYPICAL DETAIL G1-2 Single Lens Dome INTERIOR WALL G1-3 Single Lens Dome INTERIOR CEILING SEE TYPICAL DETAIL G1-4 Single Lens Dome INTERIOR WALL 8-FEET A.F.F. G1-5 ...Sensor Lens INTERIOR WALL 3-FEET A.F.F. Single Lens Dome INTERIOR WALL 10-FEET A.F.F. G1-T Single Lens Dome INTERIOR WALL 11-FEET A.F.F. C-1-8 Single Lens Dome INTERIOR Single Lens Dome INTERIOR CEILING SEE TYPICAL DETAIL G1-10 Single Lens Dome INTERIOR CEILING SEE TYPICAL DETAIL Single Lens Dome INTERIOR CEILING SEE TYPICAL DETAIL G1-12 Single Lens Dome INTERIOR CEILING SEE TYPICAL DETAIL G1-13 Single Lens Dome INTERIOR WALL 7-FEET CINCHES A.F.F. G1-14 Single Lens Dome INTERIOR WALL ]-FEET 6-INCHES A.F.F. G1-15 Single Lens Dome INTERIOR WALL ]-FEET CINCHES A.F.F. G1-16 Single Lens Dome INTERIOR WALL 7-FEET CHINCHES A.F.F. G1-1] Single Lens Dome INTERIOR WALL ]-FEET 6-INCHES A.F.F. G1-18 Single Lens Dome INTERIOR WALL -FEET CHINCHES A.F.F. G1-19 Single Lens Dome INTERIOR WALL ]-FEET CHINCHES A.F.F. G1-20 Single Lens Dome INTERIOR WALL ]-FEET 6-INCHES A.F.F. G1-21 Single Lens Dome INTERIOR WALL -FEET CHINCHES A.F.F. CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER - ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICE SCHEDULE DEVICE NUMBER DEVICE TYPE MOUNT DOOR TYPE DEVICE HEIGHT (TO TERMINATOR CENTER) POINT NOTES CR-E1 CARD READER GATE PEDESTRIAN GATE 42-INCHES A.F.F. IT/STGR. Al. CR-E-2 CARD READER PEDESTAL VEHICLE GATE SEE NOTES IT/STGR. A103 COORDINATE WITH PEDESTAL INSTALLER CR-E-3 CARD READER PEDESTAL VEHICLE GATE SEE NOTES IT / STOR. A103 COORDINATE WITH PEDESTAL INSTALLER ER-E-4 CR-1-1 UHF READER POLE VEHICLE GATE 7-FEET A.F.G IT/STGR. Al e3 COORDINATE FINAL MOUNTING LOCATION AND HEIGHT WITH OWNER CARD READER MUM ON SINGLE 42-INCHES A.F.F. IT/STGR. Al. CR-1-2 CARD READER WALL SINGLE 42-INCHES A.F.F. IT/STGR. A103 CR-1-3 CARD READER WALL SINGLE 42-INCHES A.F.F. IT/STGR. A103 CR-1-4 CARD READER WALL SINGLE 42-INCHES A.F.F. IT/STGR. Ale CR-1-5 GARD READER WALL SINGLE 42-INCHES A.F.F. IT/STGR. A10 OR-1-6 A-1-1 CARD READER WALL SINGLE 42-INCHES A.F.F. IT/STGR. A. VIDEO INTERCOM WALL SINGLE 42-INCHES A.F.F. IT/STGR. A103 VMF1-1 VIDEO INTERCOM MASTER STATION DESKTOP N/A SEE NOTES IT/STGR. Al. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH OWNER LD-1-1 LOCK DOWN BUTTON UNDER DESK NIA SEE NOTES IT / STGR. Al. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH OWNER CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. TS500 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 40,0NSO/st4, iciP e�= 0716.095 U CORPUS CHRISTI DETENTION CENTER 3312 LEOPARD ST, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 SECURITY SCHEDULES SHEET110 of 110 RECORD DRAWING NO. PBG-963 CITY PROJECT # 25069